185 15 4130 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/83ec78f9614e5debdb9d2b04dada5ccc.pdf 9b7611ddf735ee681571f052c96e0506 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ~ f ~ >~-~cc~ J l 9 4 1 L.. ~_..._ .. .J ~ ,.J r :!l ~ ANNOUNCEMENTS- 1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ANNOUNCEMENTS-1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understanding. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses visron, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1951 s M JUNE T w T 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 I F M T w T M s s 1 2 1 2 8 9 8 9 15 16 15 16 22 23 22 23 29 30 29 30 l SEPTEMBER s JULY F T 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 121 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 30 s 2 9 16 23 30 T OCTOBER T w T M I AUGUST T w T Contents F s ~ s 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 17 18 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 w F M s s F NOVEMBER T w T F M s 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 13 12 9 10 11 8 15 16 17 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 27 25 26 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 DECEMBER T w T F s M s 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 FEBRUARY T w T F M M T 1 8 s M F s 1 7 8 W T JUNE MAY APRIL b s MARCH T w T s F 1 2 5 6 3 4 5 7 8 9 2 3 4 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 14 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 13 12 21 22 17 18 19 10 11 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 28 29 24 25 26 27 31 30 31 s F s l sMTWTF 2 3 9 10 1t 1~ 4 5 6 7 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 111 12 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 25 26 27 28 29 30 ~ ~1~ 6 7 ; 10 8 17 15 13 14 15 16 24 22 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 31 129 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 l i 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 2 30 ----------------------~---AUGUST JULY I TWTF sMTWTF S s 2 8 1 2 3 4 1 9 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 : \ 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 117 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 51 I 24 30 _____;'----------..:...---__...--------31 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administration 11 Faculty . 12 Faculty Committees 18 A History of the College 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 1952 JANUARY M T w T College Calendar 25 26 27 28 29 . 29 Preparation for Professions and Vo canons . 33 Student Activities 38 College Cu.rricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements • • • • I , Bachelor f s · · · · · · · · o oence Requirements (Biolog)'. Chemistry, . . Physics) Bach e1or of Sciern;e rn · C ommerce and F"mance Requuements . Bach el or of Sc1ence · · Engineering . rn R equ1rements . 42 Terminal Courses Degree i M · . · · · · · · · · · · n usIC Education (Freshman and S h Description of Courses . op om ore years) 47 52 59 63 65 71 Ed ucatwn · Courses The Evening o·1v1s1on ·· Lecture Courses Index 87 133 134 135 �6 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - - - -~C:1ALENDAR _ _ _ _ __ COLLEGE CALENDAR 1951-1952 SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Freshman Orientation period February 7, Wednesday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 22, Thursday ........ Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. March 27, Tuesday ......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. April 4, Wednesday ........ Mid-Semester grades due April 7, Saturday ........... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date. April 16, Monday .......... Trial registration to April 28 May 25, Friday ............ Classes end at 5 P.M. May 26, Saturday .......... Final examinations begin May 30, Wednesday ........ Decoration Day; no classes June 7, Thursday ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturday ........... Founders Day June 9, Saturday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday, Thursday, Friday ................. Registration for summer school June 18, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Wednesday ......... Independence Day; no classes August 7, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 11, Saturday ........ Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL 1951 September 10, Monday ....... Freshman Orientation and Registration September 12, Wednesday .... Transfer Students Registration September 13, 14 Thursday, Friday .......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 17, Monday ....... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 7, Wednesday ..... Mid-Semester grades due November 12, Monday ....... Armistice Day; no classes November 14, Wednesday .... Registration to November 28 November 17, Saturday ...... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date November 17, Saturday ...... Homecoming November 21, Wednesday .... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 P.M. November 26, Monday ....... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Wednesday ..... Christmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. _ _ _ __!_7 January 3, Thursda .. . Y · · · · · • • Classes resume at 8 A M . . J anuary 18 F riday ' · · · · · · · · · • • Classes end at 5 p M J anuary 19, Saturday F' . · · anuary 31 Th d ......... mal exammations begin J , urs ay. F" . . . . . . . . . ma1exammattons end at 5 P.M. SPRING 1952 January 31, February 1, 2 Thursday, Friday Saturda F February 4, 5 ' y. . reshman Orientation period Monday, Tuesday . . . . . February 6 W d d · · · · · · · Final Reg1strat10n , e nes ay Cl b . Apr'l asses egrn at 8 A M 1 2 , W ed nesday . . . . . . . M.d · · 1 April 5, Saturday ... : : : : : : : · · I -Semester grades due April 10, Thursday. . . . . . . Encompletes _must be satisfied by this date April 14 M d . . . . . aster Vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl . . · · · · · · · · · · · asses begin at 8 A.M. May 23, Frida Registration to April 26 May 24, Satur~~ ............ C!asses end at 5 p .M. May 30 Frid y .......... .Final examinations begin June 5, Thurs~~~:::::: · · · · · -~ecoration ?a~; no classes June 7, Saturday ...... mal Exammattons end at 5 P.M. June B, Sunda · · · · · · · · · · · .Founders Day June 9 M dy · · · · · · · · · · · · .Baccalaureate Service , on ay · · · · · · · · · · · •G ra duatton . SUMMER 1952 June 11, 12, 13 Wed., Thurs., Fri... . . . . June 16, Monda . . .... Registration for summer school July 4 F 'd y · · · · · · · · · · Classes begin at 8 AM , fl ay.... · . August 6, Wednesd~~ ........ ~~dependence Day; no classes August 9, Saturday ...· : .· .· : . . . ~nal exam~nat!ons begin ... Fma1 exammattons end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS lnstmctzon: GILBERT S. Library: Chairman MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE, Chairman Miss ANNETTE EvANs , C'1Jarrman . MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT CHARLES JAMES H. P. MINER, JR., HARRIS, Secretary SAMUEL Treasurer B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: Nominatiom: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. FREDERICK]. WECKESSER, C. EDWARD GRIFFITH W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman, THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE ANDREW J. SORD0NI JAMES P. HARRIS B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ANDREW J. SORD0NI JOSEPH] . KOCYAN, M.D. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman J. HENRY POOL HoN. JoHN S. FINE H. MINER, JR. MARTS Miss ANNETTE EVANS HARRY F. GOERINGER M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ARNAUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE W. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT GEORGE MRS. EDWARD H. KENT M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JASPER 9 JASPER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Buildings and Grounds: Expiring June, 1951 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT HON. JOHNS. FINE J. HENRY POOL REUBEN JULIUS LONG STERN ARN AUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE EDWARD GRIFFITH JAMES P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. F. MARTS GEORGE B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS M.D. w. REUBEN H. LEVY C. MARTS F. GoERINGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT HARRY J. KocYAN, M.D. J. SORDONI Juuus LONG STERN FREDERICK ]. WECKESSER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring June, 1953 MISS MARY R. KOONS , \. H. LEVY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW GucKELBERGER HON. JOHNS. FINE JosEPH Chairman ]. HENRY POOL Expiring lune, 1952 JASPER EDWARD GRIFFITH, PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW J. FREDERICK SoRDONI J. WECKESSER Ex Offi c10 · on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS · M C C LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D, (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction HERBERT J. MoRRIS, A.M. (Pennsyl~ania) Director of Admissions and Registrar CELINE PoPIELARZ ............. . ....... . Assistant to the Registrar JACQUELINE BEDNER ......... . .. .... ... . Secretary to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI ..... .. ... . .... ......... .. . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS ......... .... ... ...... ... . . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAwsoN ...................... . ... . Registration Clerk IRENE THOMAS ...................... . ..... .. ....... . Recorder R AM (Northwestern) BETTY L. HARKE , · · Dean of Women GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B . (North Carolina) Dean of Men J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) . Director of Public Relations and Alumni THOMAS OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER JANE L. DODSON .... ... .. .. ......... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL ......... .......... ................. Cashier JEAN JONES .. ..... . ................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . .... .............. Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT RUTH TRETHAWAY ..................... . Secretary to the President Director of Evening Classes OFFICE OF THE DEANS JOHN J. CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) JUNE E. STEVENS ................................... . Secretary ANNA HAVIR ....... .. .. . .. . .. . ..... ..... . Secretary to the Deans College Physician GUIDANCE CENTER SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) BEVERLY Psychiatric Consultant H. VAN HORN . . .... . Secretary to the Director of Guidance JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) BOOKSTORE Librarian KATHLEEN M. MACDONALD, B.L.S. (Marywood) Reference Librarian · WAR.REN FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) MILDRED GITTENS .. .... ... ... .. ..... ... Manager of the Bookstore CAFETERIA MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN ....... ....... ... . . . Director of Cafeteria Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Facttlty GLADYS B. DAVIS . Head Resident, Sterling Hall MAINTENANCE WILLIAM JERVIS .. ... ..... Superintendent of Buildinf!,S and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH:D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics Vorus BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK J. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology JOSEPH'?· DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Awstant Professor of English GERTRU~E MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) A p ss1sta12t rof essor of English CLARE BEDILLION . , A ·M . (New y ork ) Awstant Professor of Secretarial St11die.1 MILDRED. E· HULL ' A ·M · (P ennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Math emattcs . EDWARD _M. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDw ARD •NICHOLAS HELTZEL , M •S. (B uc-k ne11 ) A ss1stant Professor of Engmeermg • . KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ PH D (Col b" A · ' · · um ia) mstant Professor of Psychology THADDEUS . MITANA, PH ·D . (C racow) Ass/Stant Professo,· of Mod em Languages HUGO V : MAILE Y, PhD · • (Pennsylvania) Asststant Professor of Pot,·,·teal Sc1ence . ARTHUR .N · KR UGER, p H.D. (Louisiana) Assistant Professor of English STANKo_M. VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Amstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion DONALD. E. COBLEIGH , AM . · · (W"1sconsm) A ssutant Professor of Music SYLVIA J?WORSKr, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of French HoH-CH_EUNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of History CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry CROMWE~L E. ~HOMAS, M.S. (Bucknell) Imtwctor m Engineering STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics ]OHN S. ~EMON, PH.D. (Cornell) Assistant Professor of Education 13 �14 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) lnstmctor in Psychology JAMES J. LAGGAN, M.A. (Pennsy_lv~nia)_ Instructor in Business Admm1strat10n WADE J. BRIGHTBILL, M.A. (Pittsburgh) Instmctor in Retail Merchandising ALFRED S. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English HELEN BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) lnstmctor in Physical Education ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Physical Education GEORGE ELLIOTT, M.A. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instmctor in Physics CHARLES J. Foxww, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in English JOHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instyuctor in Accounting HowARD HALPIN, M.S. (Lehigh) JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell). . . Insfructor in Business Admznzstratton JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bu~k~ell). Instructor in Business Admzmstratton EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology LORNA D. HOLBROOK, M.A. (Columbia) Instmctor in Sociology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instmctor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOHN A. COONEY, B.S. (Bucknell~~ Instmctor in Retail Merchandmng MADELINE M. DAGUE, M.S. (Wyoming) Instructor in Biolon MARK I. DAVIDOFF, A.B. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. Instructor in Chemistry THOMAS F. ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in History FRANCIS J. SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry PART TIME FACULTY ROBERT F. BAc_HMAN,_ A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor m Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Psychology THEODORE AL~RED EVANS, L.L.B . .(Pennsylvania) Instructor m English SAMUEL A_. G~TTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psych1atr1c Consultant and Instructor in Psychology CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.1.B. (Dickinson) In st ructor in Political Science 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music THOMAS H. JENKINS, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies FACULTY GUIDANCE CENTER JOHN 1: CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Director of Guidance BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, PH.D. (Strassbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello PETER L. PELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor ROYE. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Vocational Cotmselor CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Retail Merchandising LEROY L. LANDAU, LLB. (Virgirna) Instructor in Business Administration CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E._MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ELIZABETH BRENNAN, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD JEAN WILSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor of Secretarial Studies JOSEPH T. MURPHY MARGARET SHERIDAN, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Music BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT CASPER Instmctor in Business Administration STEPHEN EMANUEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Visual Education VICTOR BAIZ, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education -;J;7;t_;ng Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING THOMAS E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST ]OJ-I C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wik t B es- arre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~ILSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. w LIA F M . DOBSON C p A DONALD GRIFFITH' C.p .A . ALEXANDER E. LOEB c p A OHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. ' .. '1 · · · 17 �18 WILKES COLLEGE_ _. _ _ _ _ _ __ FACTJLTY COMMITTEES A History of the College 1950-1951 ry-,o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered Admissions Library HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FRANK J. J. DAVIES LORNA D. HOLBROOK JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER BETTY 1. HARKER GEORGE f. RALSTON Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERTW. PARTRIDGE JAMES J. LAGGAN THOMAS J. MORAN Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A · ROS ENBERG ' Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH HERBERT J. MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN WHITBY Graduation G EORGE F . RALS TON ' Chairman MARYE. CRAIG ELWOOD DISQUE BETTY 1. HARKER CHARLES B. REIF . HERBERT J. MORRIS, ex officio Curriwlum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL BETTY 1. HARKER HUGO V. MAILEY HOH-CHEUNG MUI THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG CHARLES 1. TAYLOR Student Activities ROBERT W · PAR TRIDGE ' Chairman MARK DAVIDOFF BETTY 1. HARKER JOSEPH H. KANNER ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ..lby other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, the United States, lacking a local college. in 1933, Bucknell and the if not in For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were .firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same time, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of years, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. Early in the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. For several years following the war, veterans Were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will continue to diminish during the next two or three years. During the years in which the College offered only two years of study, gra~u_ates transferred to more than I 00 four-year colleges and universities; in two-thirds of these colleges they made records superior to �20 WILKES COLLEGE those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, the construction of which is planned for 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Picke_ring Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; and in December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling, and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purchases, and per· th mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buildings. In e eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the University, assets have been increased by more than 2,000,000. General Information �WILKES COLLEGE 22 GENERAL INFORMATION CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the first two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event the home of the student is some dista?ce from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an inter~1ew at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. Ho~ever, a student who has taken "College Board Examinations" may subaut these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the Colleg_e. Following receipt of the application the Director of Admissions wil~ obtain an official transcript from the high school or college f?rmerly attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Comr~11ttee Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant and will nott Y the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, to as- ?F 23 se?1ble all reports required b th . . . ~mimum of two weeks for a!tione c~:m1t~e: and it ~s well to allow a m the submission of transcript ' a d ~ug 1? some mstances slowness s may e ay action for a month or more ADVANCED STANDING . Students wishing to transfer from h . procedures for admission Th ·11 ot er colleges will follow the usual to forward a transcript ;nd er r~quest the institution last attended mittee on advanced standing ~i11 ;~e~ ~onorable di~missal. The coma f ~culty adviser will counsel the stud ake a te~tat1v~ evaluation, and This schedule will be based h ent concerning his new schedule. upon t e work · 1 upon the educational objective of th t d prev10us y completed and pletion of the first term a fi 1 le s ~ ent _at Wilkes. Upon the com. d , na eva uat1on will b d me1u ed on the record at Wilkes. e ma e and the credits :1 Students who are equipped to enter ad . d~ so upon the passing of a laceme van~ed ~curses m college may ce1ve credit for the courses th~t examrnat10n. They will not renecessity of repeating work h. ~re: tpped, but they will be saved the college. A record of th. w icd t ey have already covered outside of transcript so that the repo~st mprocbe ure shl all be entered on the student's ay e comp ete. t GRADES Grades will be given to stud . each term. ents at mid-semester and at the end of A five-point grading system is used . . ber of the work The sign .fi f m which letters designate the cali. 1 cance o each letter is given below A- Exce11 ent · B-Above Average C-Average D-Below Average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete: Work must be made u b . or the incomplete will a to t· 11 Pb y a specified date WP-Withdrew . . u ma ica y ecome an F. draw f Passmg: Will be given to students who with WF-Withd:~: ;a~~~rs~ w~en the~r grade is Dor higher. draw f g. Will be given to students who withT rom a course when their grade is F 0 translate letter grade · t . · merical values are given rn oA numerical averages the following nuA, B, C, D, or F. r eac 'J semester hour of credit receiving an 1: A B . . .. . .. . C . . .. . .... . ..... . ......... ... . ..... 3 . . . ..... 2 .. .. .. . . .. . l D .......... ·········· _._._._. _. .......... . F ... . ..... 0 0 �24 WILKES COLLEGE . rades and points is used to determine eligibility for Of This system g . n in the following manner: _ advancement and graduat10 h h subJ·ect will gam three "A" · a t ree our A student earning an m . . t A "C" in a three hour f total of nme pom s. points for eac~ hour o~ a h hour or a total of three. His ~verage subject will gam one pomd~ ~~~ eac the total number of points gamed by would be computed by ivi mg ·t of work taken. the number o f ere d is GRADUATION REQU IREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES Point Average Credits Class .5 30 Sophomore .7 60 Junior .9 90 Senior 1. As specified Graduation TWO-YEAR COURSES .7 30 Sophomore 1. 60 Graduation . des does not apply to Physical The above system of cred~ts antf~e only two marks, "P" for passEducation. In these courses t ere w ing and "F" for failure. PROBATION . . d necessary to advance him to the Any student not attammg the g_ra ef semester. If, at the end robabon or one d . . b next class shall e put on P . d the minimum average for a miss10n f that eriod, he has not attame ;o his c1fss, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS sin le course during the first two A student may withdraw from any h g ·thdraws from one or more . alty A student w O wt d ther weeks without pen . k b t who continues to atten o courses after the first tv.:?F,;'eenlsessuthe administrative councWPil,~?on · an u d f or courses w1·11 receive lty adviser al1ows .. recommendation of the Dean an acu ' ·u "WF " f the first two weeks wt A ~tudent who withdraws f romhcollegehaet~:as taken together with a .. ,, "WP" for eac course ' . rk receive a WF or . t explaining the reason for his ma . notation from each mstruc or GENERAL INFORMATION 25 REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the "registration dates" will pay an additional charge of $S.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Yale, Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels have taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation that fields.fits them to give the intensive training essential to their various . ts to REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION . meet all course requ1remen . bothf Candidates for graduation must 1 with all regulations o . an d quarty of work and must comp y 1 quantity TRANSFER the College. . . of bis COUNSELING . f ul adviser at the beginning rnEach student will be assigned a ac ty f with this adviser conce d will be expected to con er ~:;s:::;h:::~::nd all educational problems. When the College offered only two years of study, graduates transferred to more than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of colJege work are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no necessary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music Eonger ducation. OF CREDITS �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~.,e examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. Music-group instruction: ?n~ hour lesson a week er violin viola or , 11 P semester of fifteen weeks ' ce o each gro . less than three or m 'h up to consist of nor ore t an five students..... . in EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study ....... . . . laboratory fees (see above)... . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • 15.00 D . . ......... 10.00, 15.00 & 20 00 ormi ory charges per semester: . Board and Room Bills for board ~~~~- ~~il~ 275.00 before the opening of th ge dorm1tones are due is required to reserve a ro::~ester. A deposit of $50.00 SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee-Bucknell University Extension.. 20.00 Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students ..... • i~ ·· ···· ·: · ·. ····•... Special Charges: 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rental of practice room per semester ............ • ;~d $225.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, Music-individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ............. . One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .... . .................. . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins ...... .. ............ . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . ....... . ............. . 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f . . .. normal load as prescribed . I or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses· Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fees (see above) ...... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 15.00 Student Activity fee fo th k' ....... . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho r ose tfa mg less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· wis mg to participate . . .. - ime student rn activities ........ . ....... 35.00 45.00 Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched I P d ! appl1Cat1on for admission S . . ~ e per ere 1t hour. . . . . ··· 5.00 pecial Exammat10n · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 1o Tran · ( ·········• · O script No charge for the ii ·t· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Late Trial Registration. rs copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Lated Final Registration.· .· .· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Gra uation f (f ··············• Conv . ee our-year students).. . .. 5.00 ocat10n fee (two-year students) . ... . :.. . . . . . . . . 15.00 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to ch... ·..... ·. 7.50 pA.Y"" angmg pnce levels. ••1 ENTS Bills fo t · . r uitron, fees and in .d $so' 00 a c1 entals are payable at the beginnin esj,hmust_ ~e paid at the. tim~ ~r;;g\otr 5t?% of the total, whichever e tuit10 f q.i • ra 10n. athleti n o .,;,225 rncludes the cost of N cs and dramatics to which no d . . . such student activities as o students ma t k . a miss10n is charged. rangem Y a e a mid-term exam· • . all b ·11 ents have been made with th C , rnation until satisfactory arligati~ s. No student may take a finatexaon:pt:~ller fo! the payment of ns to the College have been satisfied_m10a wn until all iinancial obof I each semester. A 35,00 so.oo s.oo 5.00 f �28 WILKES COLLEGE Student Welfare AND REFUNDS · WITHDRAWALS d t ho withdraw voluntarily .. ·11 be made to stu en s w d. . Refund of tmt1onh .lwi · ood stan d.mg un der the following con 1t1ons: . 1 from the College w e m g half the tuition will be . k of a term oned During the first six we~ s . hd ~al is made for adequate an refunded upon request if the wit ra GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 194.5, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand five days a week to help veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. satisfactory reasons. ·11 b efunded to all students £i · h d o rses wt e r Tuition for u~ ms e c ; th Selective Service Act or by the ordered to active duty un er e Organized Reserve Corps . . h rges) will not be made R f d of room and board ( dormitory c a e un · 1 ditions. except under speoa con h d week except with apb d ed after t e secon , No courses mday / F:~~ity Adviser and the Dean. proval of the stu en s CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than .500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional bel. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING . Counseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most nportant ways in which we are able to help in the development and 0 ~r wth of the student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar as ~ossible, the academic program can be planned to enable him to realize these objectives. 11 �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 30 h student participates in a testing proUpon entering the Coll_ege,_ eac rovide all of us who are concerned is to. P b t h1·s abilities interests and g ram ' the purpose of. which h . f rmation a ou ' h with his progress wit m o facult advisement, each student as aptitudes. Through ~ program ~f with ; member of the faculty for the a continual opportunity to col ns~ t gress and any social or personal f discussing scho astic pro purpose o. . h th tudent needs help. . es t with faculty advisers m Problem with whic d Women coopera e .bl The Deans o f M en an . d . dance wherever possi e. .. f h 1 d t ·th information an gm Providing the stu ent wi ail themse1ves o f these opportunitiesd or e· P· Students are urge d O av . a career is a realistic an pressing Realizing that the problem of cho~~~l~ e has instituted a Careers Library' one for most college students, the h. makes available to the student located in the Guida?ce Cent_er, wb~~t hundreds of occupations, proa wealth of current information a d graduate schools. tu f essional sc h oo 1s, an r is to encourage the s . . 1 of all our counse mg . t h·m The gu!ding pn?op e b"lities and potentialities, and to assis t dent to discover his own a i . . . mak.mg sou nd , independent deosions. m f PHYSICAL EDUCATION . . d . football basketball, h d les are mamtame m ' .l. Intercollegiate sports :c e u olf and swimming. Colleges wit 1m wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, g 't in these sports. Men may sub· d · cent states are me · f th meet the state an d m a )~ for h sical education courses i ey stitute an intercollegiate sport P y of intramural sports and · ments · A program · Basket.departmenta1 require opportunity to partiopate. physical education gives every m~~ ~:wlin swimming, and table tennis . ball, boxing, handball, voll~y ba ' Ph ic!i' Education requirements are ys are some Of the sports available. waived for veterans. . des folk and modern . ogram for women me1u d ft d The physical e uca~10n pr . field hockey, basketball, an so dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, ball. ORIENTATION PROGRAM . d k of the secondary school to the The transition from ~he di~ecte ·o;o~f the College occasionally caus~: independent and more mtens_ive v. _. n earl adjustment, several da) difficulty. To assist students m makm~da for lscussions with Freshme;at the beginning of the fterm ~~ed~~~;~:l \onferences to lectures o~e~t: This program ranges rom ~ . this first week, new stu meaning of a college education. During nd English placement test~ take aptitude, interest, foreign ldanhguage, ~th the1· r faculty advisers an · 1 an opes wi h new They also discuss their Pan~ .d This week also gives t e d to arrange schedules under their gui ance. .nted with one another an students the opportuni~y _t? become acquai learn about student activities. 31 During the first term the Freshman class is divided into small sections which meet once a week with a representative of the faculty. These groups discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of every day living and college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the .field of studies. Activities supplementing the academic program provide opportunities for the expression and development of interests and talents in such recreational and semi-professional fields as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, and choral work. Special clubs include Economics, Pre-Medical, Engineering, Debating, French, German, Spanish, International Relations, Psychology, Sociology, Cue 'n' Curtain, lettermen's, Literary, etc. All are conducted by students with the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring group, and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. The character and extent of such work may be determined by means of a job analysis, thus assuring the practicability of the work. Some idea of the services that are available can be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in Drafting, Mathematics, and Engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying Life Insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music. Also, a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in Economics, Selling and Advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in Chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained eco;?1ically in their industrial plants. The Economics department of ilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for part· time employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B' nai B' rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT IMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for parttime employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many iields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. >-~ 0 t ~ ~ 0 Cl "- i 0 ~ ,-J ...; < ;i: ~ ..J ;/J t/'; ~ ~ ~ ~ Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much nperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by bis understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offurs two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BusINr:ss ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many .fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much s•tperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. ...I < :i: The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not tnake engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. Busn,rnss AnMr ISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �WILKES COLLEGE 34 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. to fit in with the broad demand d editor, although English com ~a e _u~on the newspaper reporter and ~rts degree with an English ma·;/~n is undamental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science a~d :hthe most popular choice of journalthe newspaper reports all phases o~ her courses_ ~lso prove useful, since tere~ts of the United States in oth uman a~1V1ty. The increasing infor~1?n languages particularly desir:~l~o~ntnes ma~e a knowledge of pos1t10ns as foreign correspondents. n preparat10n for responsible pis CHEMISTRY Modem industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modem, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering curriculum afford a foundation fo~ a wide range of occupations. Students desiring such technological tram· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan- Journalism students ma ai . staff of one of the stud~n1 pn bf~ct1~al experience by working on the Manuscript · u icatwns: the Beacon, Amn1co · la, or LAW Preparation for the practice of l . ;r~s: English, History, Political S:i:n~eb~ed on t_he fundamental liberal c1enc~, Languages, and Mathematics conomICs, Sociology, Natural a reqmred major in undergraduate wo.rk. ost law schools do not specify M LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to c t f~~\ be~inning their special 1ibrar;mrr:~~e- a four-yea~ college course g ts ' Science, History Economics S . l mg. Foreign languages appropriate major fields. 'Man 1·b ' oc10 ogy, or Education constitut~ of two foreign languages anJ ;r r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge o e1ency rn typewriting is desirable. Music · curricul · The .aim of th e music · mu_s1c ~s an avocation which m:rn is two-f~ld: to interest the man orga01zat10ns or to a greater pl y lea~ to active participation in musi~ music d eaSure m heari th ' ~econ , to assist the few who h . ng e master works of profess10nal careers as teachers fave special talents along the road to rn rnusic or per armers Stud t h . may commence their stud : en s w o concentrate !:~lity pre-college training is very ~e:fr:rr11ed music at Wilkes. High andors ~ust expend their greatest effort e, howeve~. Although music gree ~~~1:d, tl:e s~hedule is so arranged s t~ft~:;sic, both theoretical purpo f ma1or rn music represents the fulfill achelor of Arts dese o the Liberal Arts program ,, cl me?t of the fundamental ' an e ucat10n for living" in ning their programs. MEDICINE JOURNALISM W·lk 1 es offers a p d. of the va . re-me ical course that is ada t d A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism reguir\a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow t : old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be faun 35 . stricted th:~ous medical schools. The latter h!.., e _to the reguirements cations of rr en:ollment, and most of them sc t. e: rn recent years, re Possible th Jplicants. Medical aspirants sho~~°:ize clo~ely the gualifie emands they must meet. etermme as soon as. �36 WILKES COLLEGE - - ~ -P_R~O _F_E_s_sr_o_N__S~ A=-N~D~V~O~C=-A~T~I~O~N~S~- -MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously i~ r~cent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard di 5tr1· - ~ 37 bution of h ·t . c an Y as a matter of ·· tuni~ipa!, county, state, a;~11J:~;rJatronagei· _Governmental pro ess1onal approach to th are rea izmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes off e .pro 1ems of unemployment supplemented by work in Ps ers a pre~soCial work program. Sociolo ' a valuable background ychology, B10logy, and allied fields P 'dgy, . , rov1 es :~;n~~e:, SPEAKING AND DRAM b ATICS The College offers prel1"m • . D . mary work 1 s h o ramattc~, practical experience in deba~n peec . Courses in Speech and pportun1ty for development in this field. g and play production afford TEACHING Fo A teacher's training depends u on the . . d r college _and university work Pthe b ;1?d ?f t~achmg contemplated . egrees; the1r faculty members ord. mstttut10ns require advanced ~n w~ich they concentrated as un~nan ~ take graduate work in the field ;gl1_sb, History, Sociology, take th:Jr: ~ates. Prospective teachers of o_ /Cience take the Bachelor of &· r sd egree; teachers in the schools cia tze~ fields as engineering. ience egree or degrees in such spe. Certification for public s h 1 . mg . c oo teachrng · ll regu1rements: the coll d ts usua y based on the f 11 and ege egree sp · 1· d o ows~me specialization in te h. ' e~ia tze courses in Educatio authorized by the Stat D ac mg subjects. Bucknell Un· . ~' d e epartment f p b . 1vers1ty 1s ::~o~;e;: t;ache~s in ~ost of the usuaf fiel~s ~~ trstruction ~o prepare w ·1k C ork rn Wilkes-Barre for th b ii gh school Instruction I es allege students. e ene t of school teachers and .t5 GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES Promotion or adv . . ancement ts often mad "bl tin~e th t~ sodmetm_1es practicable for studen: po~1 e by additional train6 e1r e ucat10n without ivin ~ w o are employed to conp;r~;- the widest possible servi~e to g;p th~1r positions. In its desire to tme and special students. yomrng Valley, Wilkes welcomes Anyone interest d 10 · of the · e some special open · . Adm. ?1aJor professions and vocations h tngldnot tnduded in this list 1ss1ons. s ou consult the n· 1rector of ing It . �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities P UB LICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts throughout the year. . The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history. Several programs are presented each semester before the College community and the general public. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. COLLEGE ORCHESTRA All sl:udents interested in forming an orchestra should consult. wi~h the director of the School of Music. The College is eager to assist 10 the development of instrumental music and an orchestral society will be organized as soon as student interest and abilities are discovered on the campus. A . l . mmco a, an annual yearbook . the B !cr1pt, a literary magazine are ubl . h cl ;aeon, a newspaper; and M anum writing, photography art a~d ~ e . f the students. Those interested the staffs. ' a verbsmg have an opportunity to join DEBATING Debating has proved particular! o I . for the law, or interested . bl.Y P pu _ar w1th students preparing · m pu 1c speaking A b Iegiate debates are arranged each year. · num er of intercolATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedul . . basketball, golf, soccer, swimm: a:~tamta1~ed in football, baseball, state and in adjacent states ar gt . hwrestlmg. Colleges within the · e me m t ese sports M an mtercollegiate sport for Ph sical Ed . : en may substitute mental requirements. y ucabon if they meet departA program of intra-mural sports and h . . . man an opportunity to partici at B P ysical :ducation gives every ball, bowl 'ng, swimming a:d e~ bl asketba_ll, boxmg, handball, volleyavailable. ' a e tennis are some of the sports T~e athle~ic P:ogram for women includes da . bowlmg; sw1mmmg; tennis· field h ck . b ncmg, folk and modern; ' o ey, asketball; and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisf . . . . professional, and artistic .fields Thy m11v1dual mterest in academic by students and faculty, are ke. t ~se ~ u~s, d~veloped cooperative!; be easily adapted to chang · dp qu1te . ex1ble m order that they may mg an current mterests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, Commerce and Finance, Education, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. Degree Courses The basic requirements for de r ing pages. All courses that areg 1~:t~~urses are ~utlined o~ the followchosen to satisfy the interests of th adre requued. Electives may be m t f . e stu ents and t0 t h . en _s or graduation within each . mee t e requ1rerequu; . maJor program as conditions may �WILKES COLLEGE 42 DEGREE COURSES 43 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES Major Subject English ..... . . Foreign Languag~ · : : .· : Mathematics Music ......· .· .· : .· : .· : : Philosophy-Religion .. . Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 29 46 24 Social Sciences 37 31 34 45 37 Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Free Elective 6 39 45 6 11 6 6 33' 14 39 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Humanities Majo r Humanities Economics History . . : .· : _" .· : _- : .. _- _Political Science Sociology . . . . .· .· .· .· ." ." .· Social Science ... ... .. Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 3~~ 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR Major Subject To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_desirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that 1t _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maJor in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except Chemistry, Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Science major requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scier:ce, and Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social Science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to _take twen~}' hours in Education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t e prospective teacher of Social Studies to satisfy all of the above requiremen~f Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the public schools w~o 1 receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required courses Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. i Biology ...... . . Psychology ....... . Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 Social SCJences Sciences 9 13 15 26 6 38 Free Elective �44 WILKES COLLEGE - DEGREE - - - -- COURSES 45 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Mathematics, and Music Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 Composition ......... ... . .. . Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 . •• . . • • • • • • 101 or 103 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... .... Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . .. .. . Mus 100} Physical Science .... . . . ... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... . . P.E. 101 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 T itle Number Composition ..... ... ....... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .•• . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 1021_ Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108J Alternates: Introduction to Music . . . ... Mus 100} Physical Science ..... . .... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 First Semester 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester T itle Fourth Semester N umber Cr . 4 3 3 m) 6 T itle Number World Literature .. .. . .... Eng 152 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • . . 104 or 200 Alternates: Algebra or Trig .. . ..... Math 107- 109} Hist . of Religions ...... Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 100] Intro . to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt . P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective ..... . .. .. .... . Physical Education ....... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N . umher Cr. W or l d Ltterature Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · ··· ·· ··. Eng 151 4 Differential .103 or 200 3 General Ph sics · · · · · · · · · Math 125 4 Physical ·· Phys 201 s uca t10n . . ........ P.E. 103 1 Ea1!u~~~ ········ El :·········· .. . · · · · · · · S-6 17- 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 6 Title Altern ates : Number Cr. fi st. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 101} ff 107 3 G athematics Elecci ve . . . . . . . . 1st eneral Psycholo .. ... .. . 3 Intro t E /sY· · · • • •.... EPsy 100 3 p . · o conom1es rmciples of Econo~i~~ ... .. .Ee 100} 3 rnrro ro S . · · · • •. c 101 . oc101ogy . .. ... ... . Soc 100 3 M mer. H1St. to 1865 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Cr. 3 3 3 3 3-S 15-17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title ~athern · tie . a tics EJecti ve2 CtJ ves . .. ... _... · ··· 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 3 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the adtl~nat~f with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the sche u ing of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a maj?r, one or _mr°r~ar. the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junio Y Sixth Semester Title Number Alternates : s Hi c. or W. Civilization ff Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. . -H~st 102} Mathematics Elective . . . . . . ist 108 Intro. to Philosophy. __. ____ Phil Amer_. Federal Gove.. . . . . . p S 101 Electives .... . ..... _ · · · · · · 101 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 2 Fourth Semester Title . Number C Wodd Literature r. Foreign Lan ua ~1· · · · • • • · • · · Eng 152 4 Integral CalZulu~ · · · · · · · · · · .104 or 200 3 Physical Educati~~ · · · ······ .Math 126 4 Electi ves · · · · · · · · · · P.E. 103 1 17 3 1 17 Second Semester Titls . . Numher Cr. Composmon . . . . ..... __ E 3 Fun~amentals of Speech .... Eng 102 2 Foreign Languagei · · · · · · ng 131 Analytic Geometr · · · · · · · · · · .102 or 104 3 Intro. co Musi y. · ···· ·· · . Math 122 4 Ph Ed c. · · · · · ···· · ··. Mus 100 3 ys. • and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 15 IS 16 World Literature . .... . ..... . Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 .••.. . . . . • . 103 or 200 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. .. . Math 101} History of Religions ..... .. Rel 101 Intro. to Philosphy 2 • . •• . •• Phil 101 Alternates :3 Intro . to Economics ..... . . Ee Intro . to Education . .. ... .. Ed American Federal Govt . .... P .S . General Psychology .. . .... . Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ...... . . Soc 100 Elective ............... . Physical Education ......... . P .E. 103 Title B" l . Numher Cr. JO ogical Science B. Composition · · · · · · · · · · · 10 100 3 Foreign Lan ·u·; · ·1 • • • · · • • • · • · Eng 101 3 Algebra andgTr _ge · · · · · · · · · · .101 or 103 3 Ph Ed tg. · · · · · · · · · · · Math 105 5 ys . . and Hygiene .. . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 2 3 Cr. ... .. ... . . 3 .. 12 Eighth Semester Title Mathematics E1ective2 Electives ..... . ... . . __· _. . __ Cr. 3 .. .. .. . . . .. 12 IS :--!he level 2 Ma f o the course will de end . thematics 101 115 118 ·11p upon the achievement of the student , ' w1 not count toward a major. . 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEG_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----- 46 47 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester umber Cr. Title 3 Composition .... • • · · · · · · · · · Eng lOl 3 Foreign Language . . . . . 100 5 Music Theory . . • · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 1 Applied Musi_c .. • • · · · · · · · . Bio 100 3 Biological Science .. • • • · · · · 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. · .P.E . lOO Number Cr. Title 3 Composition .. . . • • · · · · · · · · Eng 102 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 3 5 Music Theory . . • •· ··· · ·· · · .Mus 1 Applied Music . ... • • · · · · · · · 3 Physical Science . . • •• ··· · ·.Phys lOO l Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. · . P.E. lO0 16 16 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester '11111ber Title Nmnber Cr. Title 3 Fore!gn Language . . . . .... . .. Mus 103 5 Music Theory ... , • · · · · · · · · · 1 Applied Music .. • • •. ·: · · · · Electives in Human1t1es, 6 Soc. Science or Psych. • 1 Physical Education . • • · · · . P.E. 103 Fore!gn Language . .. • • · · · · · · Mu s 104 Music Theory .. . • • · · · · · · · · · Applied Music . .. • •. •: · · · · · · · Electives in Huma111ues, Soc. Science or Psych .• • • · Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · P .E . 104 Cr 3 5 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP III-PHYSICS l 6 1 This gr up is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS JUNIOR YEAR A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: Fifth Semester Sixth Semester , umber Cr. Title 4 World Literature . . •••·· ·· · · .Eng 151 2 Applied Music ... • .. Mus 109} 3 History of Music Mus 209 Title N111nber C, · World Literature .. .. ••• •••· .Eng 152 Applied Music ._.•••··· ·· · ·· · Mus uo) Hisrory of Music . . • • • · • · · · · Mus ; 3 Alternates : } Hist. of West Civ .... . . Hise 101 Amer. Hist. ro 1865 . . . . . Hise 107 Fundamentals of SJJ<:e~h · · · · · · Eng 131 Electives in Humanmes, Soc. Science or Psych.• Alternates : . Hist 1021 Hist. of West. Civ . . • • • · · · . > 3 Amer . Hist. from 1865. • • · .HiS t lOS , Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. • · · 3 2 i 210 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title History o f Mu sic Number .... M us 109} Mu s 209 Applied Mus!c . • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 215 Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Analysis ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus Electives .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Cr. 3 2 3 2 6 16 Title Hisrory of Music · · Cr umb" } . Mus 110 3 fos 210 '.; Applied M_usic . • •, · · · · · · fos 216 Orchestrat!on. • • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 21S Counterpomt . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · Elect ives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 3 6 17 I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. 2. �48 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY_ . 49 . . r e of Bachelor of Science m with Biology is i~The curriculum leading tod the ddlne the scientific method empham tended to give a thorough u". etan ct g The prescribed curriculum mcludes. on the biological and chemtca aspe s._ t the majority of medical, dental, requirements established for e~trar:ce ~:~ls· preparation for industrial biolosteopathic, andfor medica~fitechdno og1~ ~~ologfcal work in schools of graduate ogy; and bases spec1 c a vance study. Second Semes/e,· First Semester c~. FRESHMAN YEAR b Numher Title Bio 101 Cr. N ttm er ] itle B' 102 General Zoology · · · · · · · · · · : : Chem 101 5 General Zoology . • • · · · · · · · · 10 General Inorganic Chem . . . . Eng 101 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Chem 102 3 Composition · · · · . Math 107 Quali~a_tive Anal. . . : : : :Eng 3 College Algebra . . . P .E. 101 102 Composmon · Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene 1 Trigonometry · · · .· · · · : : : : : : p .E . 102 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ,5 6 3 3 1 16 Title Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE Y EAR C Title Number 201 121 101 201 103 r. Comparative Anatomy of B' the Vertebrate~ .. . . A . ·1·. c~~m Inorganic Quant~cat1ve na . . Hist Hise. of WeS t : Civ . · · ·· · ·:: : :Phys General Physics: · · · · · · · · p .E. Physical Education . . ....... . 5 4 3 5 1 Fo urth SemesterNumber Bio Embry_ology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem Organic Chem. · . . · · · · · · Hist Hist. of West_. Cn . .. . . . ..... Ph •s General Physics : • • • · · · · · · · · · p Physical Education . • • · · · · · · · · · J 202 Cr4 230 4 102 201 3 l04 5 l 18 Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. T itle Bio 241 3 Histology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem 231 4 Organic Chem . · · · ·: :Eng 151 4 Wor Id Literature · · · · · · · · · .. . 101 or 103 3 Foreign Lan guage! .... .. . Alternates: .Psych lOOt 3 General Psych· · . Soc 100J Intro. to Sociology• · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .. • · · : · · · . . . . Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elect1ve . . . . . . . . . n 134 3 Public Seeaking · · · · .. .in g 152 3 Wodd Liter a cure. . . . . . . . . . or 104 4 Foreign Language! . . 3 10{ 17 Seventh Semester Title Bacteriology • · · · Physiology . · · Seminar in B10logy . . Foreign Language! . Elective .. ·· SENIOR Number Cr. Bio 211 5 . ... Bio 251 4 ... . Bio 291 1 · : : : 103 or 200 3 3 16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. 5 Bio 252 212 Bacteriology • · · · · · · · · · · Bio 4 Physiolo~y • ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 292 l Seminar m B10logy · · · · · · .·104 or 200 3 Foreign Language! .. 3 Elective . . • • · · · · · · ]6 16 tudent. . terests of the s . achievements an d m • The level of the mum wdl depen d u Ponff the courses in the Taxonomy of fFlower· which department Biolog~ ingThe Plants (Biologyof113) an a_lsoEo m n t~~ology (Biology 223)' both o are given in the summer. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the of the student. of the science and to contribute to the broad general education fundamentals Graduates Chemistry enter school. industry immediately upon graduation or may continue in their studies inmay graduate To satisfy the r"<Juirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Socia] Sciences and Psychology, 24 to 30 in Humanities, and the language reguirements. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . ... Chem 101 4 Title Number Cr. Engineering Problems . . . .... . Engi 100 2 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .. . . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . ... .. ..... ... Engi 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... .. Hist 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Algebra and Trig . . . . .. . ..... Mach 105 5 Analytic Geo merry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 102 1 18 l'hi,J Semes/er SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . .. . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry .. .. . . .. . . .... . Ch E 206 2 Differential Calculus . . ... . . . . Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry . . .. . ..... Chem 230 4 General Physics . . . .... ...... Phys 201 5 Integral Calculus . .. .. ... .. . . Math 126 4 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 General Physics . . . . . . . . .. .. . Phys 202 5 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . .. .. P.E. 104 l 17 Fifth Semester 18 ]UNIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Sixth Semester ~rga~ic Chemistry ... . . ..... . Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr . hys1cal Chemistry ... .. . . . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Electrical Measurements . .. . . . Phys 251 3 Physical Chemistry . . ... . .. .. Chem 242 4 Elective ... ... .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 6 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 Seventh Semester Tute N umber Qualitative Organic Anal. .. . Chem 233 Cr. st 3 ~ o~y of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 t.l e~istry Elective . ... . .... . l ect1ve .... . . . . . ... . 2 11 or 12 17 Orl8 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ... .. ... . Chem 262 1 Chemistry Elective . . . . .... .. Chem 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 13 l 7 or 18 \ iser as follows: . Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty ad- in H,,,,,4nities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the followa ernatics 240. ilthEnghsh 131, 15 I, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music IOO; Religion 101; SJciaf S0 · E" h · foJi e11ces: 1g teen to twenty-four credits are to be chosen from the O1 . l °~mg: Sociology I 00, 10 7, 20 5; Po] itical Science I 00, IO I, 20 3; Economics ' 02; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207. �so WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 51 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION . Secondary This course in Education is intended to prepare students for teaching in the Secondary Schools. The required course will enable the student to obtain certification in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As the requirements vary from state to state, it will be necessary for students wishing to teach in other states to satisfy the special requirements of the state by electing the required subjects. To attain proficiency in the subject which the student wishes to teach, it will be necessary to elect a minimum of 24 hours in that subject. In addition, the student should take a minimum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. By following this plan each student can meet the minimum requirements for teaching in at least two fields. Careful consideration should be given to the combination of teaching subjects that are of greatest interest to the student and which, at the same time, will give the !::est opportunity for employment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wd~es Co_llege offers the first two . m Physics or m Engineerin Ph . years of work leadmg toward a m . tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~;;e need for men wit~ this type of ed~~~~ junng the rece~t conflict. The curric~i°ew problems whteh needed solution undamenta~s, without which further st ~m offers a firm grounding in the The course 1fl Physics prepares the stude:t o;:~~:~ be conti?ued profitably. try, teachmg, or research. f FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. en~ral Inorganic Chem Engmeering Problems . .. . . -~he~ 101 4 Composition · · · · · · · · ng1 100 2 Alge~ra and _-_-·····. Eng 101 3 American Government ...... PMSath 105 5 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene· · · · · · · p ·E· 100 3 · · · · · · · · . 101 1 G T~ig.·.· .· _- FRESHMAN YEAR 18 First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr Biological Science* .. . .... . . . Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . .. . .... Eng 101 3 American-Pa. H istory to 1865. Hist 107 3 Elec.-Teach. Sub. or Soc. Sci ... 5 or 6 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Title N umber Cr. Composition. . ... . .... Eng 102 3 American Hist. since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 3 Physical Science* ......... .. Phys 100 3 5 or 6 Elec.-Teach . Sub. or Soc. Sci . . . Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 15 or 16 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr . World Literature . . . . . ..... .. Eng 151 4 General Psych ology .. .. ... . . Psy 100 3 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . 9 Phys ical Education .... .. .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education . . . . ..... Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ...... Eng 152 Intro . to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 6 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . Physical Educ ation ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Educational Psychology .. ... Ed 2.01 3 Education al Electives. . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 Advanced Exposinon ... .. . . . Eng 105 3 Teaching Sub . and Electives . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ....... . .. . Ed 207 3 Educational Electives .... •••· 19 Teaching Sub. and Electives .. j 30 30 During the first three years one of the following courses is required: Art !Ol , Music 100, or Religion 101. Physics 100. ·1365 · · · · · · 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR · in · B'10Iogy wt·11 not ta ke B10 · 1ogy 100; maJors · m · * Maiors Second Semester Title G Number Cr. eneral Inorganic Chem Ch Basic Drawin · · · · · · em 104 4 Composition _g · · · · · · · · · · · · · .Eng1 102 3 Amer. Hist. si~~~ ·t~g l02 3 Analytic Geometr . . . . . . . tst 108 3 Phys Ed a d H y_. .. .... · .. Math 122 . . n yg1ene ..... .. P.E. 102 14 · 1 Science will not take a Ph ys1ca SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title F d Nttmber Cr. un amentals of Speech Advanced E xposmon · • · · · ··. E Eng 134 3 E~ementary Germ 1 · · · · · • · · ng 105 3 Differential Calcu] .. .. ... . . Ger 101 3 General Ph · us · · · · · · · • •Math 125 4 . ys1cs ... .. Ph Phys1cal Ed • · · · · · · · · ys 201 5 ucanon .. .. ..... . P.E. 103 1 -- 19 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. El emen tary German 1 Integral Calculus . .. .. .. . . Ger 102 3 Mechanics I, Stati~s· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Mechanics II D ·: · · · · · · .M.E. 211 3 General Physic/namics . · · · · •M.E . 212 3 Physical Ed : .. · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 5 ucat10n ... . . . . . . . P.E . 104 1 19 11 t . n ermed1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the st d . . u ent 1s qualified. �WILKES COLLEGE 52 DEGREE COURSES 53 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS The Commerce and Finance Curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the Humanities, Sciences, and Social Sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a well-balanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP I-ACCOUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Relations, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste? in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. f Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote ab~ut h.ilk of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. Accounting Courses in Major ....... ~;· Cou~ses in Commerce and Fma~ce Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po: ht1eal Science and Sociology . . .' . . . 12 Courses in Humanities 31 Courses in Science ··· 6 Free Electives 9 Physical Educati~~ ..· .· .· .· .· .· 4 Total Courses (in semester hours) 1 131 1I 1II Business Retail Administration Merchandising Cr. Cr. 36 601 27 IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 27 18 IS 18 31 9 28 6 28 IS 6 12 6 4 39 4 4 131 131 131 T!iis figure includes both ma·or . Frnance Department. J courses and other courses offered . th C 10 e ommerce and �WILKES COLLEGE 54 DEGREE COURSES 55 MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING1 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr . Title . Acct 101 Elementary A~counung ..... . B.A. 100 3 Survey of Bu~iness · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 100 3 3 Biologic.a~ Science · · · ····:::: Eng 101 3 Compos1t1on . . • • · · · · · · · · w. FR ESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester ~i!~ Al::fs~~~f Civilization · · · · 101} Amer. Hist . to 1~65 . · · · · · · · E 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P . . 101 3 1 First Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 102 3 Principl~s. of Accounting· · · _·_- Eng 102 3 Composmon . • • · · · · · · · · · · W AlHte!ntatoef Civilization .... H~st is . . . . 865 Hist Amer. Hist. since 1 .. .. ·P .S. Amer . Fede~al Govt .......... Phys Physical Science · · ·: · · · · · · · · · p E . Ph ys. Ed. and H ygiene . .. . . .. . Title N umber Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. .. . ..... . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Co mposition . .. ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Ci vilization .... Hist 101 } 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 . . ... . . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 102} 3 108 101 100 102 16 16 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 111 3 Intermediate Accounting · · · : :B.A. 231 3 Business Law · · · · · · ·.- · · · · · Ee 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... En 151 4 World Literature .···· · · ·· · ·· Mfth 101 3 Fundamentals o~ Math . . ..... p E . 103 . 1 Physical Education. • · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Title . Acct 112 3 Advanced Accouncrng . · · · · · · · B.A. 232 3 Business Law· · · · · · ·.- · · · · · · ·Ee 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . En 152 4 world Literature · · · · · · · · · · · · Mfrh 102 \ Fundamentals of ~ath ....... Math 115J 3 Mathematics of ~mance .. . . . . p E. 104 Ph ys ical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 17 17 Title Number Cr. Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Worl d Literature . . ........ . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E. 103 1 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 201 3 Cost Accountmg . · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 233 3 Business Law · · · : · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 201 3 Money and Banking· .- · .' · · · · · Ee 231 3 A lied General Statistics . . . . 131 Figdamental~ of Speech . . . . . 100 2 3 Intro . to Soc10logy • • · · · · · · · · ·~if Number Cr. T itle . Acct 202 3 Advanced Cost Accountmg ... Acct 220 3 Accounting SyS t ems . · · · · · · · · · B.A. 234 3 Business Law· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : Ee 202} 3 Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · · · Ee 226 3 Economic Geo~raphy · ·······Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics ... . . . ... . 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Acct 221 3 Tax Accoun!rn~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · Acct 231 Auditing Principles · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 209 3 3 Bus . Cor. and ~eports. · · · · · · · B.A. 225 3 Corporation Fm ance ........ . 3 Elective . . •····· ··· ··· · · ·· ·· Num Acct Audit ing Prac.t ice . · · · · · · · · · : : Mus Intro . to Mus ic . . • ••· · ····· Phil Intro . to Ph ilo_so.phy · ······:: Rel H istory of Re ltg1 ons . .... : : . . Electives. • ••····· · ··· ··· Title b 17 Fifth Sem ester Title Number Cr. M:on~y and Banking .. . ... . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Sta tistics .. .. Ee 231 3 Intro : to Sociology . . .... . ... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . 3 E!ecti ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 15 1 . the sumrn . requtre . d for all students during . in Accounting is P ractical exper~ence d · g the Senior year. lowing the Junior year or unn er fol · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Altern a tes : Theory of Money .. . ....... Ee 202} Economic Geography .... . Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .... . . . .. . Economic Statistics . .. . ...... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . ... . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective . .. . 3 Elective ... . .. ....... ...... . 3 Cr. er 232 Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR T itle 3 1 Title N mnber Cr. Business Law ..... . .. . ...... B.A. 232 3 Pri nciples of Economics .. . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ........ Eng 152 4 Al tern ates : Fundamentals of Math . . .... M ach 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Music .. . .... .. .. . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 17 Seventh Semester 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Cr. 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR y hird Semester Second Semester Title Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} Amer. Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ...... . .... .. Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P .E . 102 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus . A. Car · and Reporrs. . . . . . . . BA 3 Bu . . 209 E{ . dm. and Ee . Electives.. 12 Ctive ........ .. . _ 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electi ves .. Elective ... . ....... ... ..... . Cr. 12 3 18 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 56 DEGREE COURSES . . . Administration (Group II) in_the Bachelor Students who maJor m Busmessd p·mance may select their electives from the . C ce an of Science course m ommer following: Number 218 220 225 226 B.A. Credits and Collectt0ns. · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Real Est~te · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · ... . .. .. B.A. Corporation Fmance · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Investments. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Titles . Title Ee Government and Busmess . .... .. . E Labor Problems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ International Trade · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E Economic Geography_. . .. . . . ... . . Ee Comparative Economic Systems . . . Ec Business Cycles• · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title . 212 223 225 226 229 230 Number 201 · · · · · · . .Ee E 202 . ..... Ec 236 . Money and Bankmg Theory of Money . . . Public Finance · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Jach 115 Mathematics of Fmance 1 . . ... . . . Number Industrial Managemen t · · · · · · · · · · B.A. B.A . 235 236 Personnel Management.·· ·· ·· · ·· · B.A. 237 Production Management .... .. . . . B.A. 238 Office Management · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 240 Property Insurance . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . . ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. . ...... . . .. . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 .... ... .. Hist 107 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E . 101 1 Number E 236 Public Finan_ce .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Ec 238 Economic HtS t orr · · · · · · .. . . . . . .. E~ 241 5 Economic Analy is : · · · · · · · · · · · · · E 244 History of Econo~1c Thought . ... E~ 245 Consumer Econo~ic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 246 Economic Invesngatton . . ... ... . . Title MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title FRESHMAN YEAR N umber B.A. Life Insurance . •·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· Ee Labor Problems • · · · ·. · ·: · · ······· Ee Applied _Gener~! ~tattSttcs · · · · · · : :Ee Economic Stat1sucs .. • • · · · · · · · · Title 241 223 231 232 Number 114 216 B.A. Salesmanship .···· · ······ · ······· B.A. Advertising :····· · · · · · ··· ··· ···· B.A. Transportatton · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Marketing .• ••· ··· · · · · · ··· ·· ···· _ 217 222 Title Number Cr. 102 3 102 3 Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition . . .. ...... . . . .. Eng AI tern ates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . . Hist Physical Science . . . . .. . .... . . Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. . .. . ... . P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102} 108 100 101 102 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law . . . . . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. .. . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing . . ..... R.M. 101 3 Physical Education ... .. ... . . P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Business Law . .. .. ... . .. . . .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 World Literature ... . ... . ... . Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man . . . . R.M. 102 Physical Education . ... .... . . P.E. 104 17 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Title Second Semester Title ECONOMICS Number MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING First Semester BANK.ING AND FINANCE 57 Number Title B.A. Sales Management. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Properer Insurance.·· ·· · ·· · ···:: :Ee Intern acional Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · Ee Consumer Econo~1cs . • · · · · · · · · · · R.M. Principles of Retailing .... . ..... . 239 240 225 245 101 Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Color and Design .. .. . ... .... R.M. 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom .. . . . R.M. 205 2 Retail Selling .... . ... . . . . . .. R.M. 207 3 Title 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . Sixth Semester Number Intro. to Music .... . . .. . ..... Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. .. Phil 101} History of Religions .. . . ... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . ... . R.M. 210 Furch. and Merch. Control. . . R.M . 212 Retail Buying ( Lab. ) . .. ..... . R.M. 214 Elective . ... . . ...... .. .. .. . . Title 15 Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. g~s. Cor. and Reports . .... .. . B.A. 209 3 1 F s~l ay ( Retail) .... . . .. ..... R.M . 215 2 R.Un amentals of Fashion .. . . . R.M. 217 3 1 etaiJ Personnel Relations ... . R.M. 219 ntro ·. to Soc·101ogy . . . . . . . . . . Soc. 100 tie c. In Com . & Fin . or Soc. Sc. 3 3 3 17 Title N 11mber Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R.M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ..... .. R.M . 222 Recent Trnds . &Developments in Retail . R.M. 224 Electives. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE 58 DEGREE COURSES 59 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STIJDIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculum. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. A. 100 33 Survey ~f _BuSmess · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 101 Title . Composmon . . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · g Alternates: . H' t Hist or W. Civilization.•·· !s · . l865 Hist Amer. Hist. to ...... . : Math Fundamentals of Mach_.·.. . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .... . . ·t·t 101} 107 101 101 101 3 3 4 1 Title Number . Science . Bio Biological . .... ..... .E Composition .. . • · · ·· · · · · · ·· ng Alternates: . H' Hist. of W. Civilization . •·· !st Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . -~:~h Fundamentals of Mach_.·. . . . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg .. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . • • · · · · ·i·i 100 102 102} 108 102 102 102 Cr. 33 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr . Title · Acct 101 3 Elementary Acco_u~ttng . . . .. . En 105 3 Advanced Exposmon · · · · · · · · E g 131 2 Fundamentals_ of Speech .... . . M°!s 100 3 Intro. tO Music . . . . . . . .. ... . . S 109 4 Advanced Steno~raphy ..... . E 103 1 ·i· Physical Educauon. • • · · · · · · · · · Title Number Principles of Accounting .. . .. ~~~t Ame~ican q-overnmenc . ... . : : Ph vs Physical Science. . . . . . . . . . . S S Advanced Stenography · · · · · · · · · Elect!ve. • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · ·P.E. Physical Educat10n · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 100 110 104 The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needai to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 101 3 Princi pies of Economics .. ... . ~c Title World Literature . . •· ···· · ·· · ng Alternates: Ss Medical Stenography· · ··· · · · · Speech Reporting.••·· · ·· · .S.S. Electives.. .. · .... .. 151 4 210} 3 203 Number . Ee 102 Principle_s of Economics . . . . . . En 152 world L1terature .. • · · · · · · · · · g Electives .. •••····· Title Cr. 3 4 9 FRESHMAN YEAR 6 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. it 3 Bus. Cor . and Reports.· sBA ·s · 209 205 4 Office Proc. & Office Mac . . . . . . . 8-9 T . /,e h ·· · · Title Number Office Management . ... B.A. 238 Electives . . .. • · ··· ···· ··· ···· Cr. 1i Electives .. ••·· ··· ···· · ···· ·· 15-16 16 . d Liberal , b d' 'd d between Commerce and Finance a\ tudent. Electives shoulct. e iv~ ~ t ts and vocational objectives of eac s Arts courses according to t e m eres Number General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 Eng~neering Problems .. . ..... Engi 100 Engmeering Drawing . .. . . . .. Engi 105 Compo · · .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. E ng 101 br:s1t10n tlge ta and Trig . . .. .. .. .. .. Math 105 hys. Ed . and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 --1 Cr. 4 2 3 3 5 1 18 Second Semester Titk Number Cr . Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & QuaJ. Anal.. . Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .. .. Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry . .. Eogi 106 3 Ad vanced Exposition . . . . . . . . Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 American Government .. .. .. . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . . P.E. 102 1 18-20 Chemical st engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering udents will register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical Engineering is basic for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Therefore, the first two years in Mechanical Engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of . T electric~! engineer is trained to i!ed life depends upon electricity. The generatmg equipment H g ' ~onstruct, and operate all l t . I I •. . . · e must supervis d . e ec nca e ectnc1ty for dnvmg the mach. . . e an control the distribution of raildw~ys,hchemical processing, ~::~rnmg rgli~•. factordiesf, and mines; for electric use rn t e tome. ' mg, an or all electrical devices 60 J~:~ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all Chemical Engineering. The training of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of Chemical, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. The communications field · 1 d. ;letype, transmission of pri~t ;fc~u!elegn;f/• telephone, radio, radar, eveliment of electronic tubes, circuit es, o ~rs numerous opportunities. esses o ers opportunities in many fields osf ::Je:~~tment for commercial proc- i:~J SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. ane Surveying .......... .. . CE 103 3 Intro. to Economics E. · F~n<lamentals of S ·~~h · .. . . . c 100 3 Differential Calculrs ..... · ~ 134 3 4 General Physics · ········ th 125 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 201 ucanon ........ P.E. 103 1 Pl SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . ... .... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ... ...... Math 125 4 General Physics .... .. ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education .. . . . ..... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ....... . ....... Ch E 206 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . .... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . ... M.E . 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . . P .E. 104 1 te SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester 19 20 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of Industrial or Mana . metho?s of manufacture and roduct~m_ent Engmeering has to do with the ~f tetgn control to meet and prod~ ~~e effect~ thereon of personnel. and m ac ground in science, engineerin ~ 10n requueme1;1ts. Preparation 'with anagement, and history is necessar gTh conomICs, ~usmess administration ~ot only possess technical skill and\b-r/ s~c~essful mdustrial engineer must Hve economic and humanistic interests! I y; it is of equal importance that he coe must work with others and enlist 'than.d character and personality as well mmon goal Th · d eu co-operation · th . · chine d . . e rn us trial engineer deals w. th l m e pursuit of a r· s .an materials. This curriculm ff 1 peop e as well as with map imanly interested in the administra~o ers fihrs~ two years work for those n o tee nical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. PlaneSurveying .... ....... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics . .......... .. Phys 201 5 Ph ysical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 i; cosf CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~od industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportat10n facilities. Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. I ntegral Calculus Kinematics · · · · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 4 Mechanics ·st·a·ti~s- . · · · · · · · · M.E . 206 3 Mechanics II D · : · · · · · · · M.E . 211 3 General Ph s'ic/namics. · · · · . M.E. 212 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucanon .......... P.E. 104 1 19 19 20 61 Title Number Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics ......... . ... Phys 202 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 l T hfrd Semester Title Elernent N11mber Cr. Intro. toarEy Acco~nting ...... Acct 101 3 Fu_ndarnentals conom1cs E 3 of ... .. ... . c 100 Differential C 1 ~peech ...... Eng 134 3 General Ph .a cu us · · · · · · • • . Math 125 4 Physical EJ51cs: ........... . Phys 201 5 ucanon .......... P.E. 103 1 19 Fourth Semester Title p • . N11mber Cr. rmc1ples of Accountin 3 Integral Calculus g · · · · · Acct 102 Mechanics I, Stati~s· ......... MMaEth 126 4 3 M h · ······· 211 ec an1cs II,. Dynamics .... : : M:E. 212 3 G eneral Physics · 5 Physical Ed : . · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucat10n .......... P.E. 104 1 19 �62 WILKES COLLEGE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Plane Surveying ... .. ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Differential Calculus ......... Math General Physics . .. ......... . Phys Physical Education .......... P.E . 103 100 134 125 201 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Title Number Integral Calculus ............ Math Kinematics .. . .. . ........... M.E . Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .... . . M.E. General Physics ...... .. ..... Phys Physical Education .... ...... P.E. 126 206 211 212 202 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 1 20 Terminal Courses �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition. . . . . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . . . . . .Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .P.E. 101 1 1 itlc General Zoology. Inorganic Chem. and Qualitati,e Anal. .. Composition .. . .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . Number Cr Bio 102 5 Chem 102 Eng 102 P.E. 102 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ale Number Bacteriology . . . . . .... Bio 211 Histology. . . . . .. . ........ Bio 241 Physiology. . ............. Bio 251 Inorganic QuantiratiYe Anal.. Chem 121 Physical Education. . .... P .E. 103 Cr. 5 3 4 4 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Bacteriology ..... .. ........ Bio 212 Histologv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 Physiology ................. Bio 252 Organic Chem.. . . . . . ...... Chem 230 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 Cr 5 3 4 4 1 17 17 �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semesler First Semester Tttle Number General Zoolog y .... .. .. . ... Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Composition .. . . .... Eng 101 College Algebra . . . . . . . .Math 107 Phys. Ed. and Hyg iene .. . . . P.E . 101 Cr . 5 4 3 3 1 J itle N umber General Zoology . . . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and .Chem 102 Qu alitative An al. . Eng 102 Composition ... Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . .. . . P.E. 102 Cr 5 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number 211 . ... . . . Bio Bacteriology ......... . ... Bio 241 Histology Physiology . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . Bio 251 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 J i1le Fo11rth Semester c,. 5 3 4 4 - l 17 Number Cr. Title . . .. Bio 212 5 Bacteriology . Bio 242 3 Histology . .... . . . .. 252 4 Physiology . . ... . .. .. .. . . . Bio . . . . . . Chem 230 41 Organic Chem . . . . ..... P.E . )04 Physical Education 17 - �TERMINAL COURSES 65 ~ MUSIC I \ A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ~ -·~ \'~--"' \ ·~,. \. \ ~~-- - - .. \ FRESHMAN YEAR . \ First Semester \ ...... -.\ Title \ N11mber Composition ....... . ..... . . .Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . •••. .. . . . . 101 or 103 Music, Applied .. . ... . ... . .. . Music, Theory ........ .. .... Mus 101 Elective ......... .. ........ . Phys. Ed . and Hy giene . . .... . P.E. 101 ;. ~ E Cr. 3 3 l 5 3 :::: l 0 16 p:: Second Semester Title N 11mber Composition ....... . .. . .... Eng 102 Foreign Language 1 ••• . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Music, Applied .... . . . ..... . Intro . to Music .. . .. ......... Mus 100 Music, Theory .. . ._. .. . ...... Mus 102 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 ~ Cr. 3 3 l 3 5 l 16 '! SOPHOMORE ;:::: Title .... < G z: ~ YEAR Third Semester N 11mber Cr. Foreign Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied . . ....... . ... l Music, Theory ............ .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, History .... . ....... Mus Music, History . . ....... .. . Mus 109} 3 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E . 209 103 l -16 Fourth Semes/er Title N r,mber Cr. Foreign Language 1 . . . . ... . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . .. Hist 102 3 Music, Applied ........... . .. l Music Theory ..... .. ...... .. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Mu sic, History . . .... . ..... Mus Music, History .... . ... .. . . Mus 210 3 Physical Education .. . .... . .. P.E. 104 llO} 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �TERMINAL COURSES 65 MUSIC A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .............. . . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 16 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 1 Fore1gn Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 3 Music, Applied ............ . Intro. to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 l 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title < ,., z Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • • . . • . . • . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied .... 1 Music, Theory .... . .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, Hisrory ... . . . . . . Mus Music, Historv ... . . . . Mus 109} 3 Physical Educadon . . . ... . ... P.E. 209 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • . . . . . . • • 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music Theory ............... Mus 104 5 Al rernates : Music, Hisrory ......... ... Mus Music, Hisrory .. 3 ... Mus 210 Ph ysica1 Education ... . .. P.E. 104 no} 16 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �66 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in Chemistry and Biology. Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 College Algebra . .. ....... .. Math 107 3 Composition .... . ... .... ... Eng 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ... . ........ .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Histology . .. . ....... . ... ... Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem 121 5 General Physics ... . . . ... .. .. Phys 201 Alternates : 4 World Li teracure ...... ... . Eng 151 3 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 16-17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem Ch Composition . . . . . . em 101 4 Algebra and Eng 101 3 · g. · · · · ·· ·· ... Math 105 5 El ect1ve ...... . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygi~~~ --::::: :P.E. 101 1 Title Number lnor. C~e'.11 . & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 C~ Cornpo~ition. . . . . . . . . . . . . En 102 Analytic Geometry ··Mg h 3 Elective. . . . . . . · · · · · · · · · · at 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygi~~~:: : : : : : P.E. 102 16 17 Nt1mher Cr. Title 3 242 Bio Histology ... ....... ······. . .Chem 230 4 Organic Chemistry . General Physics . .. .......... Phys 202 5 Alternates: 4 World Literature ...... . ... Eng 152 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P.E . 104 16--17 i SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nt1mber ~~~era! Zo~lqg_y ........ : . . . Bio 101 Cr. G . Quant1tat1ve Analysis .. . Chem 121 5 ene~al Physics . . . Ph s 201 4 Physical Education. . :p 103 i Title Number Cr . General Zoology . Organic Chemisrr°y · · · · · · · · · · ~~o 102 5 General Ph · · · · · · · · · · · · em 230 4 Ph . ysics. . . . . . . . . . . . Phys 202 5 ysical Education . ..... ... : p .E. 104 1 15 15 18 16 T bird Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester T~i · ·· · · ·· · · · · ·· FRESHMAN YEAR 67 .J. JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N b A um er Cr. 0 mp._ nato~y of the Vert . .. Bio 201 5 rgamc1·Chemistry · · · · · · · · · • •Chem 231 World 5 Alternat~!~rature ....... . .... Eng 151 4 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology B.10 202 5 World Literature .. .. __ . __ ··· E Alternates: · · · ng 152 4 Hi5t. of W. Civilization H" 102} A~er • Hist. since 1865 . : : : : H~!~ 108 3 Elecnve ....... . ··· ···· · · · ·· 3- 5 Co ~iS t . of~- Civilization .... Hist 101} mer. Hist. co 1865 .. ...... Hist 107 3 17 15-17 �WILKES COLLEGE · ~ - - - - - - - 68 TERMINAL COURSES 69 RADIO PRODUCTION SECRETARIAL COURSE . will an inevitable demand_ for me~ As the influence of radio mcrea~e~, soand specialized technical skills. This essed of broad trammg . d · roduction and program~~1r;0::~ !i:spretend to devel~f~~fa~~sy :i;~ b~o~dcasting in combination . b t ·t does help to create mrng u i d t' n d h h . h ~ourses in general e uca 10 . . . in the college an t e t~c w1~ urses in general e~ucat~on will bi g~~Penof a local broadcasting stat10n. nicalo courses wi·11 be given m the wor s The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of the program leading to this degree permits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either in commerce and finan ce or in another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title . Bio 100 3 Biologic_a\ Science• · · · : : : : : : : Eng 101 3 Composmon • · · · · · · · ·h Eng 131 2 Fundamentals of Speec ..... . Alternates: c· T tion .. .. Hist Hist. of W · JV! tza Hist Amer. Hist<?ry to 1865 . . . .. Mus Intro. to Mus_1c ... .... .... . .. Rad Intro. to Radio .... _. .. . .. ... . P.E. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . 101} 107 100 100 101 3 3 3 1 Number Title _ . ___ . Eng 102 Composmon · · ·. · · · · · · · .... Eng 133 Oral Incerpretat10n . • · · · · Alternates : c· T tion ... Hist Hist. of W . ~v1 iza . Hist Amer. Hist. smce 1865 ..... Ph s Physical Scie:ice · · · · · · · · · · · · · Intro . to Soc10l?gY · · · · · .. ... Rad Radio Announcmg ·... . ... . . .. p E Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... . . so[ 102} 108 100 100 102 102 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 18 18 First Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition ...... . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 ..... .. Hist 107 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ 226 3 ComJ::tition . . ............ . Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist . since 1865 .. . .. Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title . Ee 100 3 Intro. to _Economics. · ··· · · ::: Eng 151 4 World Literature .· · ······ p 100 3 General Ps}'. chology. · · · · · ·:: :R?'d 201 3 Radio Wrmng · · · · · · p. · b Rad 203 3 Con. Rm. Tech . l!', Pro . ro .. p E. 103 1 Physical Educanon. . . . . . . . . . . d· 17 Number Cr. Title 4 World Literature . • · · · · · · · · · -~nl 152 3 101 Amer . Federal Govt ....... .. . . Altern~tes : Ed & Broad ... Rad Radio News . : Rad Radio Advems1~g .. : ..... . Rad Radio Act ing & D1rectmg ... . Electi ve. • • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · · P.E . Physical Education .. . ...... . 202} 204 206 3 3 104 l 17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ............. B.A. 231 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. 205 4 Electi ve .... . ... . . ... .. .. .. . 3 Physical Education .. .. . .... . P .E. 103 1 Fo,,rth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 4 3 Office Managament ....... ... S.S. 206 4 Elective ................... . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 . Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subSbtute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro'/,ded they demonstrate adeguate skill. Placement examinations will be given t e first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �70 WILKES COLLEGE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemis try and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Biological Science ..... . . ... . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .......... . . Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of M ath .... . . . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pe writing ... S.S. 101 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . ..... Chem 101 4 Compositi on .. . ....... .. .. . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . . . .. S.S . 120 4 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . .... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Courses Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Physiology ............. . .. . Bio 251 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civil ization ... . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 . .... . . . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 3 Elective ...... . ... . . . .... ... 3 Physical Education . .. . . . . ... P.E. 103 1 T itle N umher Cr. Physiology . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... . Bio 252 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. Hist 102( Amer. Hist. since 1865 . .. . . Hist 108] 3 Medical Stenography ... . .... S.S. 201 3 Office Man agement . . . . . . . . B.A. 238 4 Elective .......... . . . .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E . 104 1 18 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �72 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 73 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Dembert, Laggan, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, rnd branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Accr. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. THE STAFF AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, rwo hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED Cosr AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standa rd costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Th A st d f h ree hours MR W u ~ o_ t e accounting method ... . ERNER I~an ass~c1at10ns, and other s ecialize~ ~£ ?anks, ut1!1ties, building and given to mterna1 control ease ~f d. usinesses, with special attention Prer · · ' recor mg, and forms equ1s1tes: Accounting 112, 201. . AccT. 221. TAx AccouNTING-Th h ree ours A study of Federal taxes in l d' . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and miscellaneous· correct cfu m'? mcome, estate, gift, corporate ' use o various form . 1· . P rerequisites: Accounting 112. s, app 1cat10n of rates. Acer. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-TlDree h ours Methods used in verifyin l . and Balance Sheet and I g, ana yzmg, bl ncome accounts· p ica e under various circumstanc Cl ' two hours a week. es. ass, r Prerequisite: MR._LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and mterpreting tl:e records t d f s u y o the procedures aptwo hours a week; laboratory, ccountihg 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Th h ree ours Advanced application of d. . . . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER lems of classification and . atu itmg _prmc1ples to actual practice· probf • m erpretation of a • o internal control; preparation of re ~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a wee!orts to clients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. . Acer. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phases of ace t· MR. WERNER counting problems as taken froomun In$ through a study of advanced acvar10us C p A . . p rerequisites. Accou t. · · · exammat10ns. · n mg 1 12, 201, 231. ART lnstmctor: Mr. O'Toole. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Th ree hours Fundamental training in the h d1. MR. O'TooLE ~k~lls and knowledge used in t:n mg of t?ols, the acquisition of the rmciples of drawing design come pr~t~entabon of the graphic image colo 1· ' , pos1 10n cola . f • · . . 1·me t ' t r, uses o lme and tone , d · r• me and color tone · St u d'1es m IV1s1on, form, light and shade 1· h ex ure, tone, and color; space two hours. ' ig t- ark. Class two hours, studio d �74 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 75 ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- One hour MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, caligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various com1:inations of weights and types of letters. Show card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Studio three hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Th. h 1ee ottrs Advertising and editorial 1a out· m MR. O 'TooLE montage; photographs and tex/ '. oddern_ ~ayout; the use of phototype and illustrations Th d uresdm a vertismg; color in backgrounds · e a vance stude t ·11 b , th at will meet the professional t d d n _w1 e required to do work s an ar s requ1red b d .. Cl ass two hours, studio two hours. y a vertismg agencies. Prerequisites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' ' , or equivalent. ART 215-216. • FINE ART-Th ree h ours Having completed th b . MR. O'TooLE e asJC course the t · · · an d composition during th· '. rammg 1l1 drawing design IS course will be . t "fi d ' I e, study of the light-dark rinc· 1 . m ens1 e . Study of still and opaques, balance domi!:anc ip;, 1J1ght and shade; transparencies study, line, tone and c~lor. Cla :, oh ow thro~gh, contrast, texture p ss wo ours stud 10 tw h rerequis~tes: Art 101 102 ' o ours. ' , 10 3, 104 or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART T' h n Th ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART. 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. -a~ ~n e complete design, picture structure Th . . of perspective. Further study of th . : e various kmds and uses of the past an~ present Ad de pa1?t1~g, design and art movements studies · Th e creation of space ·studyvance f t d. 1~ various painting mediums 0 d · ' wo imens 1 d . · esign. Study of tensions of 1· f wna an three dimensional textures. Class two hours stud1~est, ohrms, lights and darks, colors and . . , 10 wo ours. Prerequ1Sites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' , , or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif; Instructors Dague and N . . k , am1sn1a . Two choices are open to the student of Biol a Bachelor of Science or a B h I f ogy. He may take either ~e!~ct~d is largely determin:~ ~ or t~ Arts cou_rse. The_ course that is 10d1V1dual. y e professional objective of the The curriculum leading to tl d intended for persons wh d 1_e egree Bachelor of Arts in Biology is . . o es1re a broad 1·b l b spenal1zation in Biology Th . i era ackground with a ~noice of cultural subject; and e_ p~es~ribe; curriculum permits a wide in the field of Natural Histo ,sth es1gne for those who wish to write th • ry, ose who wi h t ose whose aim is teaching at th 11 s o enter museum work graduate work in the Nat l S . e co ege level, and those who pla~ · • ura CJences The · lO Biology are listed on page 48. . re9u1rements for a major Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Tl . Dree h ours B. T 101ogical Science is a s . HE STAFF no other courses in Biology url~ey course mtended for students who take . presents the essential general information �76 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ DESCRIPTION OF _ COURSES _____ ________ ?? about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living matter, teaches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 112. GENERAL BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Mrss DAGUE Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hottrs each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 22 3. ENTOMOLOGY Entomology is the study of . h MR. REIF cation of specimens L1'f h. m~ects t. rough the collection and identiii. • e 1stones of rnsects d. d econom1c relationships and th . . 'fi are stu 1e as well as their Class, two hours a we~k- lab e1: s1gn1 dcance in industry and medicine , ora ory an field work, six hours a week.. BIO. 241 AND 242 H . ISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY Th h ree ours Histology is the study of normal t. MR. REIF to form organs and organ systems ~ss~~s ~nd_ the arrangement of tissues of both semesters work which m.ust r~/t is g1v~n only upon completion hours a week; laboratory tw h taken m sequence. Class, two , o ours a week. Three hours each semester. Bio. 251-252. p HYSIOLOGY-Four hours each Physiology is a study of th f . • semester Mrss DAGUE e unctionmg of th · an d organs of the animal b0 d L b e vanous cells, tissues · 1vmg · living forms Cl Y·tw ah oratory wo rk me · 1ud es experiments' mvo a week. . ass, o ours a week; laboratory, four hours Bro. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Genetics presents the . . . Miss DAGUE . pnnc1p1es of mh ·t f an d vanations of those cha t . en ance o normal characters rac ers 1n plants a d . k . wor rncludes experiments and roblem n . an1ma1s. Laboratory urements of genetic variations PCl s on the kmds, causes, and meashours a week. · ass, two hours a week; laboratory, six Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY O . ne credit each semester Seminar in Biology is d . MR. REIF Biology for senior studen~s1g;edhas a ;orrelating study of the field of ological topic for presentatio~ toa; /~~ ent_ prepares a paper on a bihour a week. n 1scuss10n by the group. Class, one BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg; Assistant Profe . tors Bachman, Brennan, Brightbill ;sors Morris, Bedillion; Instrucla~gan, landau, Riley Thomas W ' oyWce, Casper, Cooney, Farrar ' , erner, hitby. ' B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS- Th . l Ab . 1ee 1Jo1trs T S as1c course in the essent' 1 f HE TAFF of problems pertaining to ad 1~ ~ o ~odern business. Studies are made of . m101strat10g and fi · h I enterprise; manufacturing and d ·st .b t· nanc10g t e organization ems; governmental policies tow db1 n_ u ton of goods; personnel probar usmess. �78 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ----------- ------------4 SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR.. RILEY B.A. 1i . . . behind all buying; creation of mterest art ofpresentation sell mg;. the of mot1 ve. . meeting objections; types of cusandThe desire; serv1Ces, tomers. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business wntrng . . wi'th emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. 6 ADVERTISING-Three hours . d' MR. BACHMAN B.A. 21 . mg f h d ·ff ent departments o f advertising work ' .mclu . A survey o t e engraving, ' er . copy, art, display, trade-marks, and media; advert,smg as a social force. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite; Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. TATION-Three hours . MR · ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPOR. . ads busses, inland waterways, and ~tr and po!toes ofecon?mic ratlro . '.imp ortance of transportation; Stg· andProblems ocean transportation; nificance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. C CTIONs-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 218. CREDITS AND OLLE. . ation analysis of risks; collection The fundamentals of credit; lff~'esti~ ; the organization of credit plans and policies. Special attention given o and collection offices. . 102 Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting . MR. CASPER B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE~Three hours . ess including consideration The fundamentals of the real est~te busm le , purchase development, of titles, mortgages, leases, advertmng, sa ' ' and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENcY, BAILMENT-Three hour, Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT · g ' trade . system and functions o f mark e tPrinoples rn . Evolution of the marketing f .competition · t and the nature o · e structure, and organ1za_ IOn . trans ortation, finance, and storag . of distribution, assemblrng, gratng, . ~ study of the marketing of a Each student is required to ma e a specia selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 79 B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS MR. BOYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance con· tract. Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. �80 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three ho:.m MR. BOYCE law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 o . 1 r equ1va ent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three h . MR. ours BOYCE . h,s course IS a stu,jy of the fundamentals of fire' casualty, and mar1·ne Insurance. Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. of price and brand policies· • distribution. ' preparation of sales budgets; costs of T · B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours 81 -- Prerequisite: Business Administration 132 or approval of instructor. M B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours Th1s course 1s a study of th · · . . R. BOYCE surance from the over 11 . e P:mc1~1es, practices, and uses of life inindustry. a viewpoint o the product, cost, market, and Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hottrs MR. RILEY Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. CHEMISTRY* Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Halpin. Bone; Instructors Salley, B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing risks. operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Poto· hours MR.RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions: employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MA AGEMENT- Three hours . . Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY, MR. HALPIN An. mtroductmn to the fundamental laws and theori . ;;,em,stry. [he chemistry of selected non-metallic elemen~s o~k:;rf:",c ours a wee ; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage dep~sit req,uir;~~ Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 238. CHEM. 101. GENERAL lNORGAN1c CHEMISTRY-Pou, hou,·, MR. RILE\ The relation of the sales department to all other departments ; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and mana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis ; determinatwn CHEM. 102. IN C . ORGANIC Srx hours HEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYs·s MI · Th e reactions . ss BONE, MR. HALPIN of the common metallic el tice of elementary Qualitative Analysis 0:me~ts, t1;: theory and pracoratory, si~ ~ours a week. Breakage dep;sit re~~ir:Jr ours a week; labPrerequ1s1te: Chemistry 101, CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Pou, hours A continuation . . of Chemistry 101 The ch Miss MR. HALPIN . t BONE, f oratory work includes some Q 1't ~. em1s ry o the metals. labas a prerequisite for further ~~~;i::; Analysis. Will not be accepted Week; laboratory three ho k B y courses. C~ass, three hours a p rerequ1s1te: . . Chemistry , urs 1 o1,a wee . reakage deposit required. --- s,n:· tudents wishin~ to stuJy Chemist e a maior in Chemistry is difficult h 11 ~ !r:ang~eli~c\:~eL _bBachleAlor of Science in Chemistry, era rts program. �82 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATNE ANALYSIS-Four hoursHALPIN MR. SALLEY, MR. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN ADVANCED PHYSICAL CiiEMISTRY-Three hour, /P . f t ical analyses. Cl ass, two . hours a week; Theory a~d practice o . Breakage deposit reqmred. laboratory, six hours a wee Prerequi:;ite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122 · SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods MR. of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANA LYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours . . n of Chemistry 121. Class, tw o hours a week; laboratory, A hours contmuat1ok nine a wee . B realrage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMIS_TR y hours MR · BASTRESS -:-fFour carbon compounds. The prepara: An introduction to the chemistry_ . Class three hours a week, . f the aliphatJC senes. , . d tion and properties o a week . Breakage deposit require . laboratory, three hours Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CH . MR. BASTRESS EM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMIST RY-Five. hours . l ttention to cyclJC h •t ?30 with spec1a a k A continuation d s. Class, ofthree hoursry a - we~k-' laboratory, six hours a wee . compoun . Cd em1s Breakage deposit require . Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 2 33 · Q . ! UALITATNE ORGANIC A NALYSis-Three hours MR. BASTRESS • ML&~N A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of Inorganic Chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class,required. two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One hour MR. BASTRESS The of the science in terms of the personalities responsible fordevelopment the development. · Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour . Practice in the systematic identificat1~~a~A course designed to give . Class one hour a week, . ounds and mixtures. '. pure org~nIC comp k Breakage deposit reqmred. oratory six hours a wee . MR. literature. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. Prer;quisite: Chemistry 231. ECONOMICS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRYR.re e hours. MTh BASTRESS Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Brennan, Cooney, Elliott, Farrar, Laggan, Riley. Special top1Cs . m . Organic Chemis try, including theones . of orgamc reactions. . Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-2 42 . ter semes PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four h ours each MR. SALLEY . and the ele- t ry . op · l et~:e f Physical ChemiSlaboratory, three An introduction to t~e prCml hours a week; ments of thermo dyn amics · ·ass, uired .hours a week. Breakage deposit reMq them. atics 126, Physics 202. . . Ch em1s · try 121 , a Prerequ1s1tes: Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee_ IOO. INTRODUCTION To ECONOMICS-Three hours THEfor STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed students who plan to take ONLY ONE semester of work in this field. 11,eoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and bank- 1ng, and international trade are included . �84 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of. his environment. gov~r~ental participation in labor relati . . vestJgat1on and arbitration in lab d. ons, collect~ve bargaming, inPrerequisite: Economics 102. or isputes, and social security. Ee. 225. lNTERNATJONAL TRADE THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 1 O1. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKlNG--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisites: Approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with pecial attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, h?~rs, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union pol1oes, ours Ee. 226. EcoNOMic GEOGRAPHY Th h A stu dy of the relation of - h ree ours TH E STAFF This course describes and a gleograph y to the economic activity of man. · d ustnes, • and population na m It yzes . d t . e world distn·bu t·10n of resources ld . is wor resources and related .fields. es1gned as an intro d uctory course in' Prerequisite: ECQnomics 102. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two hours h Jee Theory and practice of . t . MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT contemporary problems andmpe{?~tton1htrade_ with special reference to quotas, foreign exchange o ~l~1bes: ~ toJ?1cs covered include tariffs d , equi 1 num 10 mt t· , stu Y will be made of h. . erna 10na1 payments. A fl . geograp JC economic so · 1 d •. uences on mternational trade R '. f ' cia ' an pol1t1eal inm en ts m . th e United States. . ev1ew o current pol"Kies . an d d evelopPrerequisite: Economics 102 Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Th. - Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY N A ORTH MERICA-Three hours M R. .BRIGHTBILL MR C A study of th . . ' · OONEY,. MR. ELLIOTT .h e econom1e regions of the N th A wit . special emphasis on the role of h U . or me~1can continent, hem1sphere. t e nited States m the Wes tern Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229 COMPARAT E CONOMJC SYSTEMs-Thr h The mstitutions of planned ee ours MR. FARRAR con temporary experiment in eveconomy of the. US S·R· an d th ose of the t" · · 1 studied. Constant objective JO~ary socialism in Great Britain are whi ch are ch aracteristic of a cap ·t pansons are made w1"th institutions . . . . 1 a11snc economy p rerequ1s1te: . . Approval of Instru t . .. . IVE c:;: c or. Ee. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Th h . ree ours A historical analysis of m . b . MR. FARRAR .. 1 a;or usmess cycles Co t a cntica examination of p bl•1 . · n emporary theories p u c po1icy toward b · rerequisite: Approval of Instructor usiness eye1es. Ee. 231. A . and PPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Th h A course in statistical tneth 0 d d . ree ours THE STAFF coll ection · and interpretat · · to b usiness. A f s an. .their appl"ICa trnn and ion statistical data f d. . measures of central tendency fitt" h , requency 1str1bution test; test of significance for small' sam1~g t e nor1:3al curve, Chi-square Prerequisite. Appro 1 f I p es, analysis of variance. · va o nstructor. ° �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee. Ee. EcoN I OMIC NVESTIGATION - Th ree hours E h MR. ELLIOTT MR FARRAR ac student conducts an investi ation i ' . terest and constructs a final re t n th~ field_ of his major inthe principles of scholarly Pt?~. (ass instruction will consist of· (1) en ICism 2) compilat. d . ograph ies, and (3) details of ood 10n an use of biblinotes, and bibliography. g orm as to content, table, body, foot- [1 . f Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Political Science 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOTT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 246. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. EDUCATION Assistant Profe s ssor emon; Instructors Balz, Boyle, Emanuel Ee. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects· 18 . tions in Science a~d semester hours rn each subject. ExcepEducation office. Social Studies will be explained in the (b) ~ommercial subjects: A total of Jects with specific requirements as MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. A more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken in the elementary Economics courses. Prerequis:te: Economics 102 . . . m commercial sub- Bookkeeping and Accountin Semester hours Commercial and Econom • 12 Commercial Law ICS eography · · · · · · · · · • 6 Commercial Math~~a-tic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6 Office Practice ················· 3 Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 3 Typewriting · .' : .· : : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • . 9 Salesmanship .... _· _· _· .' .' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · - . . 6 Junior Business Training · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Economics ·············· 3 Retail Sellin~ · : .' .' : : . _.... · · · · · " · · · · · · 6 Business English. (a) T · j · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · -- 12 Not less than tw~ semes:; :~;;m:ster h_ours in E~glish. (b) 5 resp'.)ndence. m Busmess English or Cor- J ··············••. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three homs MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in tre economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. J~l~;~~s Cd ucation . Courses: Education 101 201 207 a d .· h H' ' , ' n six ours fro ives. istory 220 is required for all t'fi m an approved list of elecT o th cer 1 cates e teacher's certificate ma b dd : the teaching of Occupational Iyf e a . ed Guidance Certification forn ormat10n whi h · . c requires srx semester t" �88 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 21 . 6'. and Economics · certificate , in addi. · 223) hours (Education 214, Education 1 Sciences. This IS . twelve semester hours m Soc1a . hon to for teachers o f O ccupational Information. required 89 En. 101. lNTRonucrroN To EnucATION-Three hour, New fersey B · R quirements · 6h Engl IS asIC . Stu d.ies, 12 hours.' Science, ours. .e h, 12 hours·. ' Social . f l8 semester hours or t hours and a mmor o A ma1·or of 30 semes er h , h i·n prescribed fields. For pref ster ours eac two minors o 12 se~e d artment of Education. A broad, general introduction to the Jie!d of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the Jield at the present time, teaching as a profession, place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and persona] qua!ilications requited of the successful teacher. Teaching subjects: scribed fields, consult t e ep ·n take at least two hours t h m New Jersey w1 . Students planning_ to eac d ractice teaching. For other reqmre. B. l a course m method, an p . . m io they ogy, should consuIt their advisor m Education. ments En. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hom-s MR. SEMON A psychological study of the natuce of the learner and the nature of the !earning process. A consideration of such problems as the importance of the interaction of the chi!d"s and the teacher·, personalities, the edu. cationa] importance of individual differences, motivation in education, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods of teaching. New York Prereguisite; Education IO 1, Psychology 100. Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; Engl_it• f . 1 ":::!~a:;:::ges ( or Physical Science, 1~ ho~r~, om 30 hours.* languages, Social Studies, Ciences, Education Courses age History Biological any Classical two) , ( 1 8 5emester hours required) : • "pies of Educa- History, Philosophy, problems or prmo_ ........... 3 to 6 hours tl ·on .......... • · · · · · · · · · · · · ." · · 3 to 6 hours .. h00 l methods and materials ........... . Secondary sc Ps chology for Adolescent development and/or y ......... 3 to 6 hours · · · · · teachmg · · · · ·. · • • · · · · · · 2 to 6 hours teachers · · · · · · · · · · · · .· · d· · ·ractice Observation and supervise p ·tten examination in the f · language a wn . h To teach must a modem oreign. passe d ' m . addition to satisfyrng t e language be satisfactorily above requirements. Other States . tates other than Pennsylvama · should Students expect to teach rn sw1"th the Education Department as to confer earlywho in their college course specific state requirements. En. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use. A study of the usual methods of treating scores. Supervised administration, scoring and interpretation of standardized tests in public schools. Practice in the construction of objective tests. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 207. PRACTICE TEACHING-Eight hours Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation with and under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, and evaluation of results are emphasized. Large group, sma]J group, and individual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 211. EXTRAcuruucuLAR ACTIVITIES-Two hours Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency gram. to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance pro. Prerequisite: Education 101 and 201. * �90 _ _ __ _ WILKES COLLEGE _ _ __ ~~::::::..==--:__ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 MR. EMANUEL TION-Two hours . . l ED 212. VISUAL EDUCA . f . 1 education· prmc1p es . . 1 d t hn1ques o v1sua ' . A study of the matena s _an e~ . he incorporation of visual mstrucand lans for the use of visual ai s, t k f the classroom. tion m the wor o . 201 * and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 101, ' ENGL 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ~ MR. BAIZ CE Three hours d ED. 214. GUIDAN . d bl ms of guidance, an an f h · c1ples an pro e · A general survey o t e prm . sed in a guidance program m introduction to activiti~s ant te~::i~~~:s;lvania guidance teachers' and a public school: Required or Chemical Engineering counselors' certificates.. 202 and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 201, ' C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall ·, Assistant Pro f essor Heltzel; Instructors Thomas and Halpin. p OBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF ENGL 100. ENGINEERI~G R int the student with the aims, purLectures and discuss10ns to ac_qua An introduction to the proper oses and methods of the engineer. res"'ntation of solutions, both Pmethod of attack upon problems, prop_er P·n . .the use of the slide rule h · l Instruction i · z mathematical and grap ica_. Gra hs Lecture one hour, practtcu11 necessary to Problem solution. P · three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL D AWING-Three hours d d R . he elements of projection drawing an ~; A basic course covermg t d t f Chemistry and Physics. s O scriptive geometry necesfsary . for stu ntsensketching orthograph'ic an d iso· 1 O • .use . mstrume , analysis' and so u t·,on .of spaced includes etterrng, . and the 1 metric drawing, d1mens1orn~g, . and revolution of points, Imes an problems involvi_ng the proJe~t1o~ents. Practicum, seven hours a we1:k. planes. Intersections and deve op ENGi. 102. BASIC MR. HELTZEL 0 AWING-Three hours . ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING R same relation to the engm:erThis and the followin~ cou;s~ be;.rhtt:ars to our daily lif~. Techmcal ing profession as the subject o d ;ft~:ing. Use and care of rnstrument~ sketching and vertical freehan . e t· drawing with dimensions an d proJec orthographic an aux iliary . . ion d reproduction processe s. Pracsections; isometric drawing; tracings an ticum, seven hours a week. * Education . course may be taken with it. 201 instead of preceding this MR. HALPIN Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from .field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KiNEMATICS-Fo11r homs MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and ac- �92 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class two hours a week: Practimm six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hottrs MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses ; centroids. Class, three hours --------ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Th . . M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Craig; Associate Professo,: Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors Evans, Foxlow, Groh, Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman and Sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English shou1J be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English . Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL E GUSH- No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. h ours 93 Prmoples of exposition· coll t 1 d. . THE STAFF ' a era rea ing; wnting of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION Th h . . - ree ours P~mc1ples of exposition cont·n d· reading; writing of themes. Prerequisite: English 101. a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. ree -- ENG. 105. An 1 . THE STAFF ue 'narrat10n and description; collateral VANCED EXPOSITION-Tl h Dree ours MRs. . . W1LLIAMs , M R. D ONNELLY T ypes of exposition• Th d • · e e 1tonal t · etc. Collateral reading; themes. ' in erv1ew, informal argument, Prerequisite: English 101 placement test. or exceptionally high rating in the English SHORT STORY Th h ree ours A writing course Tra· . . MRs. WILLIAMS · rnmg m the J • the short story. se ectton and use of materials for Prerequisite: English 105. ENG. 106. fournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h A b . , ree ours M W eginner s course ·n g th . RS. ILLIAMS 1 d ·· a errng and ·· eiirntron of news, writing leads an ':n:mg news. Topics include: news sources; a brief survey of th h~ butldmg the story, law of libel the c e 1story of Ame · · ' urrent status of freedom of the . ncan Journalism and papers address the class and ans pr~ss. Editors of local and nearby s wer questions tudents make comparative stud of . pape~s of U. S., both dailies and y and reRort on representative pract1ee in writing with weekl cou~try week11es. There is constant p rerequ1s1te: . . English ' y news ass1gnments · 102 _ ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h Th·1s course supplements E . h ree ours 1 MRs . WILLIAMS portant assignments· accidentngd1~ 121. Instruction in handling imtng · · s, 1sasters elect' 0 . s, cnme; covering the ma,· b . ' 1 ns, convent10ns meetor eats· City h 11 , quarters, federal building lab b ·. a ' court house, police headnewspaper style, writing head:r,m usm~ss, sports, _s?ciety; editing copy, Visit to local and neighb . , easurmg readabt11ty, sema.ntics. T onng newspaper ffi d . ;rm_ paper: series of articles suitable f o ces an prrnting plants. a ectmg the College or community. or newspaper on timely subject Prerequisite: English 121. • �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. 95 ENG. 211. E E ARLY NGLISH DRAMA Th h Study of the drama as a l't ree ours MR. DAVIES . 1erarytype d ·th' times to 1642; reading of 1 b an ~ s istory from the earliest dramatists exclusive of Sb kp ays y pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan . . a espeare. Prerequisite: English 152 _ ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA Th h St d f h ree ours MR D . ud yo t_ e drama in England from 1660 to th d f h .. A~IEs perio ; re~~mg of representative plays. e en o t e Victorian Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three hottrs MRS. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes . Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. E. WILLIAMS Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELL y Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON-Three houn MR. DAVIES Study of the language and literature of Old English; reading of representative selections. Prerequisite: English 15 2 and consent of instructor. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE Th h ree ours . Intensive study of selected la s. r. Mrss CRAIG 10 class. P Y ' w itten reports on others not studied Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG ~tudy of the poetical works of John Mrss CRAIG written reports. Milton; lectures, discussions, Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG. 221, AGE OF POPE Th h ree ours M A study of the poetry and n ii t' R. E. WILLIAMS the work of leading essayists,o~io c ::~!fsros~ o! this period, inclu_ding Prerequisite: English 152. g P , d1ansts, and letter wnters. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON Th h ree ours MR. E, WILLIAMS A study of the poetr and . the work of leading /ssayist:o~tct10~1 pro~: of 1740-1798, including Prerequisite: English 152. ' ograp ers, iarists, and letter writers. ENG. 237. E E ARLY NGLISH NOVEL Th h English prose fiction of th . t - h ree ours Miss CRAIG 0 f th e six eent and se t h . e novel to the dose of th . h ven eent centunes· rise .. e eig teenth century. ' P rerequ1S1te: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL Th h Th . ree ours Mr C e ma1or novelists of the nineteenth a d . ss RAIG Prerequisite: English 152 _ n early twentieth centuries. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT Th Study of the works of d ree hours MR. DONNELLY wrt't ers contemporary with wthor sworth ' Coleridge, S co tt, an d rhe prose p em. rerequisite: English 152. ,vr ... �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE- Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND Prerequisite: English 152. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF MR. E. WILLIAMS hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three Prerequisite: English 152. MR. E. WILLIAMS LITERATURE- Three hours Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. ENG. 284. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 15 2. MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 ~ Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EvANs, MR. FoxLOw The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of dear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakecs but also better critics of speech. 132. ExTEMPORANEous SPEAKING---Two hours MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for vacious occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the prfociples of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasonfog. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speakiug and thinking to a de.finite end. ENG. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretation of common prose and poetic forms are studied, with frequent practice in class; emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understanding and appreciation of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. 233. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE- Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. ReENG . quired of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructor Davidoff. F.L. 99. FuNDAMENTALS OF CoMPARATNE GRAMMAR-No cred;, THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simply as possible the principles of grammar which cause difficulty for English-speaking per- ... �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 99 . . ua e· dThis course may be required of all sons studymg a foreign Jang . g_ma students who demonstrate their equacy in grammar. One hour. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each . semester Miss DwoRsKI French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours. FR 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Thre~:._ouDrsWORSKI Miss McANIFF . MR. DISQUE, ;,uSS ' .. Introduction to F renc h grammar-' practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. F NCH-Three hours FR. 102. ELEMENTARY RE H. DWORSKI Miss McANIFF MR. DISQUE, J.V.USS , Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three MR. hours DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI Review of grammar,. prac fee 1 in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. . ' Prerequ151 . ·te •. F r ench 102 or the egmvalen~- hours FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE F RE NCH-Three MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI Intro d uc t10n . to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. · 1 Prerequisite: French 103 or the equiva en __ DwoRSKl FR 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Th ree hours d . d forMISS students who . . . I ting A course eSJgne f . Intensive P ractICe IO trans a . . French in their particular field. o IO· wish to be able to read material m_ l S . or the Natural Sciences. terest in the Humanities, the Socia _oences, . ·t . French 103 or the equivalent. Prerequm e · Miss DwoRSKl TION-Three hours . FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSA 'th emphasis on idiomat1c . · · the spoken language, wi .. f day Intensive practICe m . d aling with activities o every_ usage Use and of therecords commonedst to acquire fluency in speakmg life. an t~xpre~::~p~o:e e mi French. · l t . . French 104 o r the eqmva en . PrereqwSite: SKI Miss applied DwoR to FR 107 FRENCH COMPOSITION -Three hours . d French . . of grammar an d l'd•IOma t·JC usage m mo ern ' Stud .. compo~tion exercises and free comp0S1t1on. Pre.requisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on genera! ideas, Lterary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of a nwnber of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH CLASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsICJ Study of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three honrs MISs DwoRsK1 Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DWORSKI of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, andStudy Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NOVEL-Three hours DwoRsKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenthMiss century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Mrss Thecentury development of modern drama from the latter half of DwoRsKI the nineteenth to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH PROSE-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �100 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - ~ T I O N OF COURSES 101 German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours. GER. 203. GOETHE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VuJICA Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German I 02 or equivalent. R~ad~n~ and interpretation of selected MR. DISQUE and md1v1dua1 reports. works of Goethe. lectures Prerequisite: German 201-202 or . 1 equ1va ent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. MR. DISQUE GER, 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN D RAMA-Three hours The German drama of h . MR. DISQUE to G erh art Hauptmann. lectures t e nmeteenth century from ludw1·g T1'eck tural history of the times. and reports on the literary and cu1Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. h Th ours The modern Germa short sto f . MR. DISQUE dividua1 reports; lectures on tl ry ~om nl atural1~m to the present. Inperiod. 1e cu tura and literary history of the Prerequisite: German 201 202 o . 1 r equ1va ent. - ree Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours. Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German I 04 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. Spanish SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH y1 h - nree ours A stu dy of basic elements of MR. . DAVIDOFF, MR . M ITANA Introduction to the reading of s. glamSmar: with extensive oral exercises. imp e panish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH Th h ree 011rs C t. . of 101 with MR. DAVIDOFF, MR . J.Vll H-TANA on muation . d specrn 1 emphasis O • an the natural idiom. n conversational approach Prerequisite: Spanish IOI or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH T'' h - Dree ottrs Exerc1ses · m · simple oral and written MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA of Spanish grammar. composition. Intensive review Prerequisite: Spanish I 02 or equivalent. �102 WILKES COLLEGE._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ OF COURSES - - - - - -DESCRIPTION - 103 S NISH-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE PA MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hour, Introduction to t h e s tud Y of Spanish civilization. Readings from . selected Spanish authors. . Prerequ1s1 . ·te.. Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH MR. MITANA The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. -Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANrSH LITERATURE-Three honrs . . ertains to economic t . · re1a t'ons between study of Span,sh as_ it an Pd the United States. Special emphas,s theThe Spanish-speakin~ _countnes on business letter wntrng. . Prerequisite: Spams • h l03 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSA TON I - MR. Reading and discussion of representative works in prose andMITANA poetry of modern Spanish writers. The signilicance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA HISTORY Intensive practICe . rn . the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. . · 4 uivalent. Prerequisite: Spamsh 10 or eq SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITI ON-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA Stress will . be l ai.d on original compos1t10n . . and techniques of trans· l t . . • h l04 or equ1va en . 15 Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Rock. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are requireil to take both History I O1 and 102 and History IO 7 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. lation. Prerequ1S1te: Span , MR DAVIDOFF CULTURE- Three ,;ours . SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN .. d l nt of South America. The cultural, economic, . . an d political eve opme Prerequisite: Spams · h 104 or eqmvalent. SP 201-202. MAIN CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MR. MITANA . Three hour, each semester . h literary thought from the A SUrvey of the development of Sparns . Middle Ages to the present time. . . . S · h 104 or eqmvalent. PrereqwSite: panIS LITERATURE-Three hours SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH MR. M!TANA f the sixteenth and seventeen th centuries Study of the great authtrs of Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. . with emphasis on the wor s o . . HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development of government. social life, religion, scientiJic thought, literature and philosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. I 05. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three h orm MR. Mm A genera] course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universitiei, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of learning. . h 201-202 or eqmvalent. Prerequ1S1te: SpanIS SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. MITAN~ Representative works in the field of drama; lectures an d ind1v1dua reports. · I t Prerequisite: . . Spams . h 201-202 or equ1va en . H1sr. 106. E GLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three homs MR. Mm Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 HIST. 107. AMERICAN-p ENNA.- HISTORY TO 1865-Three hours MR. THATCHER HIST. A general survey exten d'mg from the period of discovery and explora- tion to the end of the Civil Wn . d t do their outside reading on Students in Education will bed r_equ17 t. o to the development of the the history of Pennsylvania an its re a 10n nation. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the different traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three hours T MR. HATCHER A general survey covering th e peno . d f rom 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY MR. THATCHER n~h~rs . 'od since the Spanish-American War, An intensive of theofe;1 emphasizing the study emergence t e U rn°ted States as t ay world power and the economic . an d soci'al problems of the present cen ur . Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. RUSSIA-Three hours MR. Mu1 This course deals with the background and characteristic features of the communist state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political, social and economic, religious, and intellectual traditions as they developed through the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite, and Imperial ages and on the efforts to solve some of the pcoblems arising out of the conBict between these civilization. persistent traditions and the increasing influence of western Eucopean Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hoz,rs MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and inteilectual life of Europe Revolution. ram the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French HIST. 253. THE HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY MR THATCHER Three hours each semester · . . f h American Constitution and the growth of the constitut10na ong~ns ? tlesystem with special attention to the role of Athestudy American of the Supreme Court. . d . and Political &ience 101. Restncte Hrs_tory 107, 10\23 is a prerequisite for History 224. to Prerequisite: Juniors and Sen10rs. History Prerequisites: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HisT. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development MR. of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. hours 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three ho111"s 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN fRONTIER-Tt:7 ~::~CHER MR. ROCK A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the dass will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. UNITED STATES HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE F OREIGN POLICY OF THE MR. THATCHER Four hours . . to A study of the evolution of the several poli_cies that give direct10n t he relations of the United States with other nations.. . ted Prerequisite. . . . H.ts tory 107 ' 108 ' and Polit1ca . . l Soence 101 . Restnc to Juniors and Seniors. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasileski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 45. GEOMETRY-No credit Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. Two hours per week. MATH. 98. SOLID THE STAFF �106 WILKES COLLEGE - MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Three hours THE STAFF This is a course designed for those wishing a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five hours THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours MATH. 122. ANA 107 G EOMETRY-Fottr hours T S St d f HE TAFF the uefe:al geo7:ietric figures by ~eans of coordinate systems, including LYTIC :;{s:ctio!s~ tra::r::m:~: ;q:;'::,~; :,~~~u;~ :~•;~:!d:~:;;,,ci;~::'. 0 MATH. 101. FuNDAME:r-..1ALS OF MATHEM ATICS-Three hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. ----- THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. A continuation of Mathematics 101. ~ESCRIPTION o_ F _C ~ s THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 0 1 0 quat1ons, famd1es of curves, rntroduction to Solid Analytic G eometry. pt~erequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathe - ~~10~ MATH. 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Pou , . T • . . . r tJOU,s HE STAFF L1m1ts, ~~nvattves, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. · MATH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Int~gr~tion, fundamental theorem, applications, ferentiation, multiple integrals. series, partial difPrerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS hree hours Buildin of a . MR. W ASILESKI struction !ids . ~rog~~m m s~condary mathematics, materials of int. '. rn. eac mg, maintenance of interest testing informal tee m teaching a:ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid ,geometry tp:ac ngonometry, and loganthms. , Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Th h M B . . . ree ours R. RICHARDS Alg ebgmnrngst ~bn ~abylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic and e ra, con n utrnns of the R M C . ' Hindus and the "A b. " ~mans, aya, h1nese and Japanese, the . rn . th e Middle . raA IC notation, ma t1cs k · the· Arabs as custodians of Matheges, awa ·enmgs rn Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth centur~, French mathematicians of the eighteenth centur the reat expansion and the strengthening of the foundati'on . thy, . g s m e nrneteenth cen tury, th. e_ tren d to abstraction in this century. Prerequ1s1te: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS- Th. h R tee ottrs Miss HULL ootstoptes. an_d graphs of equations, determinants and matrices , miscellaneous Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 GEOMETRY-Three hours Mrss Huu Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations be~een them, systems of pla?es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, . surfaces of revoluti_on, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadnc surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 216. Soun ANALYTIC MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. METHODS-Three hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. EQUATIONS-Three hottrs Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 251. Applied Music . Individual instruction is offered at al! levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra In. struments. A s_eries of lifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstrat10n (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. II-Three hours The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music wil! be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student wil! be advised before the opening of the follow. mg semester Music major. if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the MR. CREASY Frequency distributions of one variable, m?men~s ~s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical d1stnbut10~s for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore. than on~ vanable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlat10n, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS Liberal_Arts students wishing to major in Music wil! fol!ow the pro• gram 65. outlmed on page 46. A rwo-year terminal program is outlined on page GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI MATH. 228 . STATISTICAL Assistant Professor CobJeigh; Instructors Balshaw Henderson Isaacs Liva, McHenry, and Moran. ' ' ' MR. CREASY A priori probability, empirical prob~~ility, mortal~ty t~bles, annuities, certain, pure endowment, life annu1t1es, whole life insurance,. premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, ·gross premmms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MUSIC Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN An ele~enta'.y course in _the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-techn,cal, 1t covers bnefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102•103-104. Musrc THEORY-Five hours each course MR. RICHARDS MR. RICHARDS COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of al] Theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading Music schools. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES T h subJ. ect matter of the first two semesters of Theory is divided e lf io two hours· harmony, one between ear training, two hours; so egg Theory a;e divided into The third and fourth semesters o :~:~~aining, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by the interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic will be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next academic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the Chairman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. 110 f Th re is no prerequisite for Theory 101. . . Stued ents may be admitted to the other courses by exammat1on. Mus. 109. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. ° MR . CoBLEIGH 1· . S h 1 . t th century The rise of Nationa istic c oo s. Music in the nmde ;en ch opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered Italian, German, an ren . in 1949-50. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semes t er Prerequisite: Music 100. CoBLEIGH . .. d his music related to the social, economic pol1t_1c~l, The ·composer an d f h 'od A survey of musical acttv1ty and religious backgroun t e pen · G' ·n 1949-50 from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years. iven l . • Mus. 110. Music HISTORY-Three ere dits 111 MR . MORAN . half credit a semester for a coral of two St~dents ;nay receive on~ll students desiring credit for participation credits for rour semesters. . in the Band should consult with the Band director. Mus. 125 -126-127-128. CHORUS-One -half hour a semester MR . CoBLEIGH Mus. 210. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for the second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult with the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 19 50- 51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The in.struments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGINc---Three hours MR. MORAN . one -half credit a semester for a coral• ·of cwo s d ts may receive · c~ en c for pamopanon credits for iour semesters. All students desiring credit . in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. Mus. 209. Music HISTORY-Three hours A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) The Symphony (b) Wagnerian Opera ( c) Music since 1900 ( d) The Concerto (e) Vocal Music ( f) Beethoven (g) Bach (h) Brahms ( i) The Symphonic Tone Poem MR. CoBLEIGH Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS- Two houn MR. COBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three honrs A study of the various species of countrapunral writing which form the basis of the composers from Bach to the present. Use of texts in the application of melody to the vocal line. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY 113 PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philos?~hy and _Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Rel1g1on. Phi!osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR. VUJICA ~he developme~t of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Dun~ Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 1O1. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. !1-~ong _the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the ongm ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowl~~ge. The p~rpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the tradit10nal_ solut10n of these problems in order to interest him in s~rio~s an~ ~efl.ectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his know ledge, and to aid him m gaming an mtell1gent understanding of the world and life. MR. MrTANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the stu~~nt with the _elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasonm?, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and _other approaches to knowledge m the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as I:ed?nism, Formalis?1, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The applicat10n ~f moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic ~rder.. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character a~d th_e relat10nsh1p of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed m this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The tmttment of religious problems in Philosophy; t~e nature, _s~ope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of rel1g1?us behavior. The aim of the course is to give the stude~t a? understa~~mg of the basic principles of Religion and the contnbut10n of rehg1ous thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards· the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry an? th e fine 'arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of expenence. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hottrs MR. VUJICA The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance t~rou~h the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nal1sm (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth Century Empir1osm. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Ka_ntian_ and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern sCience m philosophical speculation. Prere uisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY- Three hours MR. VUJICA .Th~ principal trends in Twentieth Century philosophies. The contnbut10ns of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for ~ach student are included in the program of Physical Education. PhysICal Education is required of both men and women during the Freshman and Sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in Physical Education so far as possible, is done out of doors and includes soccer, football, t~nnis, and golf. ~~e indoor work during the winter includes a large number of competitive games. Th_e C?llege women al_so are given a thorough medical and physical exammat10n before entermg upon the program of Physical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activities such as dancing basketball and natural gymnastics are carried on. ' ' �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115 P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination, good heal~h habits, ~nd to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASVREMENTs---Three hours Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. EDUCATION-One hour each semester POLITICAL SCIENCE THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, without the instruction in personal Hygiene. Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, and Kazlas. A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. AU co~rses except_ ~oliticaf Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ma1or. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 236 are also acceptable. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Taylor. SCIENCE-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods,_ concepts'. vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstand~ng pnnoples of Physics to the needs of the individual and the ~ommunitf; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL PHYS. 119. METEROLOGY-Three ho,,rs MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions a~companying weather changes. Weath~r predictions, air-mass _analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agnculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS, 201. GENERAL MR. HALL PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of N~ture, meetin? requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hour, MR. MAu.EY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the perm1ss10n of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hottrs THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact the CitJzenemphasized. on the government and of the government on the citizen isofrepeatedly P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PHYS. 202. GENERAL P.S. 203. Pour1cs AND POLITICAL PARTIES---Three hours MR. MAILEY . A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. HIBBARD ministration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hottrs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and ad- P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. KAZLAS Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. A broad oencral course covering the structure, powers, and function of state g;v~rnments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hof.lrs MR. KAzLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules wh~ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European History. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KAZLAS A stud! of tw? European '?overnments representing two diametrically ~ppos:d 1dealog1e:, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~mencan system are traceable to the English, the first half of tl~e cou~se 1s devoted to the English Government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons l-etween the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. _A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this _field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 25 5 1s acceptable. The department_ requi_res t~at Psychology majors substitute one year o~ a l~borat~ry soence m B10Iogy, Chemistry, or Physics in place of B10log1cal Sc1en~e. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology ?1ust take either French or German to meet future graduate school requuements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psycholo?~ in co!l~ge, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, cl m1cal work, business, or educational or indu~tria! personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate ma;or In Psychology does not qu~lify him for professional psychological work. A?vanced graduate study 1s always required before the individual can qu~l1fy_ as a ps?chologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree 1s berng reqmred for qualification. Students ~ho wish ~o become certified by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bl1c Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 119 THE STAFF PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individu_als and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF PSY. 212 . HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only supe~ficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Recommended for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. THE STAFF n~~n TuE~FF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology PSY. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practi~e with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed rn psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PSY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~1:1d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t1ons; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours 251 or permission of instructor. THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions _to individua~ ~iff~rences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology Mrss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 100. 100. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent Psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours each semester PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the devel~pment and growth of the child. It is concerned primar!ly wi:h the _hered~ty a:~ native equipment of the child and t~e manner m whICh this equipme _ is modified during childhood. Emot10nal development, language <level opment, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. His torical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 . �120 WILKES COLLEGE PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to Seniors only. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open to Psychology majors only. RADIO Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND ST,\FF An orientation course covering the history, development, organization and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, soci~l and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microph?ne techniques,. stressing practical experience in the procedures and routm~s of a~nou?cmg. ~lso developing an understanding of the announcer s qualtficat10ns, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all ~inds _of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatlC scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of th~ news program. Information about news source_s and t_he history ~n _ development of news broadcasting. Students -:ill be given ample P portunities for actual preparation and presentat10n of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. 121 CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of various production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio production signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 204. RADIO ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commercial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for student participation in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatics. Also including experience in the techniques of radio production, tracing the development of a program from the idea stage to the presentation, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, music, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Empha~is is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exili~ periods of Hebr~w h1sto~y. ~he gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course 1s a contmuat10n of Religion 20 l. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the types of literature found in the New T_es_tament. P~oblems of language and authorship are discu~sed. ~he religious teachmgs of Jesus and the Apostolic Church a~e s_tud.1ed agamst the background_ of their own time and examined in then s1gn1ficance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors O'Toole, Riley, and Sheridan. Bachman, Brightbill, Cooney, R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MISS SHERIDAN Policies and practices of the various retail institutions;_ types of retai! institutions and types of merchandise han~le_d; store location and layout, sales and service policies; employment, tramrng, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of. the organizational structure of department s:ores; organization and fun~t:ons of operating divisions; planned observation in e~ployment, trai~m~~ receiving, marking, delivery, wrapp_ing, phone, mad order and adJuS ment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RM 201 COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. OTOOLE · · . · d t le Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. P:r.10 :' symbols classicism modern design. Components of composition, P . · ht , texture. !ems of, function; ' proport10n, balance, r h yt h m, c~1or,_ 1ig Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design m appare1· :tb- 123 R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hottrs MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MR. RILEY, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Merchandise informatibn; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHA DISE CONTROL-Three homs THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limi tation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING-Two homs THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 215. DISPLAY-Two homs THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services. within the store; window display. �124 WILKES COLLEGE ----DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 RM 217. l'UNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Th ree h ours . THE STAFF . . . How the fashion world works. Fashions as a social. force. in Fashion Paris, England, United States. Appare, 1 millinery , shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours R.M. 219.MR ETAIL BRIGHTBILL, MR. C 00 NEY' MR ' RILEY ' MISS SHERIDAN . . . . b l ·s· employment procedure; wage Retail personnel pol1C1es; JO a~a. ysi_ , m lo ee evaluation; employee plans and mcentives; empl~y~e t:ai~1fg,_ ~at1onyaffecting labor problems stabilization; employee participation, eg1s in retailing. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. ]ENKlNS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STTORES HE TAFF Two hours · 'fi · S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING-Two hottrs each semester MRs. WILSON . . factors in1·business success; Just1 cation Importance of small busmess, . . . management· employee b • fi ancing· locat10n· po Kies, ' d of new usmesses; n. , . pro , fit·, records; small business an relations; sales promotion; turnover, the future. Development of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semester. laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. RM 222 RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-T wo h ours THE . STAFF . . . d. d tment· charge accounts; passmg on apOrganization o( ere i_t ep;_r b ' . mercantile agencies; salescheck plication for cred~t; retail ~e it ~rea~;espondence; personal financing; rocedure· collection proce ure an co . d' contracts; :ms t allment credit·' legal aspects of retail ere it. P R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETA!~~ STAFF Three hours · R . ff ndamentals- trends m . reta1·1·mg,. st u dy of developments m ev1ew o with u retail. store , execu t.ives. Laboratory work; reports on cooperation trends and developments. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Four hours each semester Mrss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; A ss1stan . t Professor Bedillion; Jenkins, Whitby, Wilson. ss Instructors dMRS. dWILSON d velopment of an un erstan Development of skill m Tfpewntm'?, e material. application of typing of good style and form m_ typewritten term' a ers. Laboratory ing skill to the writing of busrness letters and PP fee required. Four hours a week. • • 99 PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING. N 0 Ct·edit S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester . . . . . o-· MR.legibility; JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and development of speed and accuracy in the application of Shorthand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING-Two hours each semester MR.s. WILSON Development of greater speed and accuracy in Typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; Rreparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto n_iaster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; d_evelopment of desuable work habits and attitudes. laboratory fee requ1red. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccOUNTING--Three hours 127 A major in Sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 255, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in Sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into seven groups: MR. WHITBY fundamental principles of Accounting and thei~ application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess10nal offices. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three ho11rs Miss BEDILLION Study of accepted procedures in typical medical _office~, cli_nics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skil!s to medical d1~ta~10n; t_ranscription of case histories taken from hospital r~cordsi specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice m fillmg out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. _Four h?urs ea_c~ week. . Prerequisite: satisfactory background 1_n English; a?il1ty to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transrnbe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures_ in typical business and professional offices;. study of personal _and technical requirements for secretaries; understandm~ and use of ~artous commercial forms ; operation and use of office machmes ~nd equipment; personal and vocational guidance. laboratory fee regutred. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SoaoLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of Sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to problems. questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SoooLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of their functional relationship to social organization and social change. The course is d"5igned to_ enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relatmn of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of maJor 1nstitut1ons, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. "' Soc. 280. HISTORY OF Soc10LoGICAL THEORIES-Three hou-, MR. SYMONOLEWicz A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a histoncal background necessary for understanding of the current trends in Soao!ogy as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, prob. lems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278. II Population and H11man Ecology Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three ho11rs Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Tb~ d~velopment of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organ12ation and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology l 00. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours .. Although_Soci; ology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses 10 Sociology, 1t 1s no accepted toward a major in Sociology. III Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEwrcz . Tb~ development of marriage and the family in ethnological and h,stoncal perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust- �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 ment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. responsible for marital success or failure. Factors Soc. 27S. RACE AND CULTURE Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SY.MONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic mstitutions- f amily, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Soci~l factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolut10n of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Religion 101. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hottrs CONTACTS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Economics 100. A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Work Note: All the courses offered in this division are pre-professional, i.e. they do not carry any graduate credit. They are introductory in character and were designed especially to meet the needs of those students who are planning to do some work in the field before enrolling in one of the recognized graduate schools of social work. Soc. 24S. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK- Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 246. SOCIAL CASE WORK-Three hours An introduction to the principles and problems of social case work. A discussion of methods of interviewing and recording. Prerequisite: Sociology 24S. IV Social Change and Social Disorganization Soc. 230. SOCIAL 248. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY RECREATION-Three hours An analysis of the concepts of recreation as an area of community service; a review of the various types of recreational services and an examination of the planning for coordination and expansion of these services. A practical and theoretical course for persons planning to enter the .field of recreation. Soc. PROBLEMS-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Prerequisites: Sociology 24S and Sociology 21S. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Th ree hottrs Mrss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods ; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisites: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278. VI Social Psychology Soc. 25S. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- T hree hottrs MR . SYMONOL EWICZ A general survey of the field of Social Psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences ; social interaction ; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 2 5 S. Vil Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hotJrs MR. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR, SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniq-q.es of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hottrs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY �132 WILKES COLLEGE SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Three hours Ams IN The Evening Division SAFETY EDUCATION- Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields . 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon comple6on of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be <egistered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is gua!i. fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishEs to regisc.::r. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this must be approved by th, Deans. ATTENDA CE Attendance at evening classes may be discontinued whenever the record of achievement indicates that the person is nor obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study. �134 WILKES COLLEGE Index lecture Courses In its role as a community college, Wilkes believes that positive good will result from the continuing education of adults. Toward that end, an introductory program in adult education is being offered in the Evening Division . These non-credit courses will meet one night each week for ten weeks during the semester. The charge for these non-credit courses is considerably less than that of the regular undergraduate courses. Each person will pay $10 per course per semester. Courses to be offered during the regular college year of 1951-52 will be announced during the summer. Further information about this Non-Credit Program may be obtained by contacting the Director of Admissions. Accounting Accreditment Admission Requirements 52, 54, 72 ...................................................................................... ·····•· .... 22 22 23 60 11 Advanced Standing .................. ··································································· Aeronautical Engineering ............................. -................................................... . Assistants in Administration Athletics Attendance 39 Band ..... -......................................... -....................... Biology ················•· .. ·······.......................................................... 25 ......................................... 38 ........... 47, 75 Conspectus of Course ....................................................... -..................... 48 Board of Trustees ............. ················································································· 8 Buildings ················•···•····························· ·············································-··························· 20 Business Administration . .. . .. .... 33 53, 77 Conspectus of Course ......................................................................................... 55 Calendar, College ................... . ................ ........................... 6 Careers Library ............................................................................................ -......... .......................... 29 Chemica I Engineering . .. . ..... ........ . . .... .......... . . . .......... ... . .... ... . 60, 9 I Conspectus of Course ...................... ................................................................... ............. 60 Chemistry ..... . ............. .......... ....................................................................... 34, 49, 81 Choral Club ............................ ........ . ······················································ ..... .... .... 38 Civil Engineering ....................... ........ ...... .. .. ... ........ . .. . ......... 60, 91 Clubs ................................................................................................................. ...................... ............. 39 Commerce and Finance ....... Conspectus of Course 52 Accounting .....-........................... ....................................................................................... 54 Business Administration ............................................... -.............-.......-.............. 55 Retail Merchandising ... ............................................... .................. 57 Secretarial Studies .. ......................................................................... 58 Community Prngrams . .... .... ..... . 31 Counseling ............................... ...................... ···-··················································24, 29 Curricula ..................................................... .................................. ...................................................22, 40 Debating .......................... ······················································-······················································ 39 Degree Courses ························································ ··························· ·········································· 41 Requirements for A. B. Degree ........................ ....... .................. 42 Requirements for B. S. Degree ..... ................. .. .. .... ... ..... 4 Description cf Com·ses .. . .. .. 711 Dramatics ......... ····-- ·-·····-··· ·······---. Economics ..... · ..........-.............................................................-..... 38 Edu cation ············-·-------------------·······-················--·-····· 83 ElectricalingEngineering ...................................................................................................................... 87 Enginee1 . 61 English ............... ···························-··· ······································-· 34, 59, 90 92 Evening Division ............................................................................................................. 133 Expenses ...... ...............•................ ·················-············································ ·· 26 ~xtension Classes ................................................................................................................... _.. 22 Facult.v ·····.· ............. ·······················-································ ......... ............. ................ 12, 25 �136 W ILKES COLLEGE IND EX F a cult y Committees ................ ........... ·· ···· ······· 18 F'ees .......................................................... ····································-········ ····•···· ··························· 26 French ................................................. 98 General Information ............ ········•·········..·····- ············································· ············· ······•······ 21 General Opportunities .................... ................................................................... 37 German .............................................. . 100 Grades ·········································-········ ··············•·••·································••··············-·-····· ·········· ... 23 Graduation Requir ements 24 Guidance Center ·····-·······-········· 29 History ............................................. . . ················· 42, 103 History of t he College .... 19 Industrial Engineering .... . .. ·• ······································· ······················· ···························· 61 Journalism .................................... ········ ......... 34, 93 Laboratory Technology .. .. . 64 Law ······- - - - ·····················-·· 35 Lecture Courses ................... .. 134 Liberal Arts Requirements ... ........ ........ 4.2 Library Work ......... ···········-······ .. .. .... ................ ................... ....... .... 35 Majors ·····-················-················-······················································································•···················-··43, 53 Marks of An Educated Man .. .................................................... ...................... ................ 3 Mathematics ................................................................................................................ ......... 45, 105 Mechanical Engineering ......... ......................... . .. ....... .... ............ ... ... 62, 91 Medical Stenography ........... ············-· ...................... ............. 70 Medical Technology ·····-·············· .................................................................................... 64 Medicine ·······················-·················· ................................................ ......................................... 35 Meterology .................................. .............................................................................................. 114 Ministry ......................................... ·····························································-················ ·····-··· ..... .... 36 Music ..................... ........................ ... .............. ....................... ............... ..... 35, 46, 65, 109 Musical Organizations .... ·········-·······-······-·• .. ·······-·················· .......................... 38 Nursing ··························-·······-····· .. ·······-···•···•·· 36 Officers of Administration ...................... ................... ...... ..... 10 Orchestra ··············-························· ·-············· ·····- .. . ..... . ......... . 38 Orientation Program ....................................... .. ............... ... ...... . .. .... ............... -............ .... 30 Payments ·······················-··············································································· ·····················••·•················-·· 27 Philosophy ...................... ........ ..... .. ................................... ....... . ...... ...................... ............... 112 Physical Education ....... ............ .................. ............. ...... ·-····· ...... .......... 30, 113 Physics ..................... ··················:.:·•····. ............................... ...... . . .. ... ............... -······ ... 36, 114 Conspectus of Course ............................... ..... . .. ............. . . . ...... ............................. 51 Placement Service .................. ·········-··········· ················-··· .......... .............................. ······-····· 32 Political Science .... ...... . ...... ..... .. ...... .. ................ ...... ..... 115 Probation ·····-·············-····· .. ··········· ··········---------- ················ ... ········· ----~---····· .. ·········· 24 Pre-Dental Course Two-Year ..... . 66 Three-Year .. . 67 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Psychology ....... . 36, 117 Publications, Student 39 Radio Production .... 68, 120 Refunds .................................... . 28 Registration ........................ Religion ..... Retail Merchandising . Safety ................. . Scholarships ........................ Secretarial Course ...... Sociology .. .... .. .................... .. Spanish ..... ........................ 137 25 121 52, 57 , 1.22 131 .. ...... ................ ............ 32 . ..... ................... 52, 58, 70, 124 ...... ......... ......... 126 101 Special Interests ···········-··········· .. ...... ........ . ............................ 31 Speech ················· .... . ····· ·····•··· ········· •········· ..... ········ ······· .. ··-· 37, 97 Student Activities ............................... .. . .................. ..... 38 Student Employment ............ ................ .. .............................. ... ...... ....... .. 32 Student Government ·····-·····································. ................................... .... ....... ...... 38 Student W elfare ..................................................... ..... ............................................. 29 Surveying ( See Civil Engi11 eering) ........ CO, !L Teacher Certification Requirements Pennsylva nia ........................ . 87 New J ersey ..................... . 88 New York ... ................ . ·············· .. . 88 Other States ..................... .................. ...... ....... ........ ......... .. 88 Teaching ...... .... ................................... .... .. ··········- ....... .. ............. ..... ...... 37 Terminal Courses ..... . ...... . .......... 63 Tuition ................................ .............................. ............. ..... .................................................. 26 Withdrawals ····-··········· ···-·············•········································ ·-········· · ······················-·············· 24 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1950-1951 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1950-1951 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/6bdf2173bb4cd51d785279b6fbd34b85.pdf 9b7611ddf735ee681571f052c96e0506 PDF Text Text WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ~ f ~ >~-~cc~ J l 9 4 1 L.. ~_..._ .. .J ~ ,.J r :!l ~ ANNOUNCEMENTS- 1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �WILKES COLLEGE CATALOGUE ISSUE-1950-1951 ANNOUNCEMENTS-1951-1952 WILKES-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �Marks of An Educated Man . . . 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understanding. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses visron, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. �1951 s M JUNE T w T 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 24 25 26 27 28 I F M T w T M s s 1 2 1 2 8 9 8 9 15 16 15 16 22 23 22 23 29 30 29 30 l SEPTEMBER s JULY F T 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 121 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 28 30 s 2 9 16 23 30 T OCTOBER T w T M I AUGUST T w T Contents F s ~ s 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 9 10 11 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 17 18 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 w F M s s F NOVEMBER T w T F M s 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 4 13 12 9 10 11 8 15 16 17 19 20 11 12 13 14 22 23 24 15 16 17 18 18 19 20 21 27 25 26 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 DECEMBER T w T F s M s 6 7 13 14 20 21 27 28 1 8 15 22 29 2 9 16 23 30 FEBRUARY T w T F M M T 1 8 s M F s 1 7 8 W T JUNE MAY APRIL b s MARCH T w T s F 1 2 5 6 3 4 5 7 8 9 2 3 4 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 14 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 13 12 21 22 17 18 19 10 11 21 22 23 16 17 18 19 20 28 29 23 24 25 26 27 24 25 26 17 18 19 20 28 29 24 25 26 27 31 30 31 s F s l sMTWTF 2 3 9 10 1t 1~ 4 5 6 7 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 111 12 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 25 26 27 28 29 30 ~ ~1~ 6 7 ; 10 8 17 15 13 14 15 16 24 22 20 21 22 23 27 28 29 30 31 129 M T W T F S 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 12 13 l i 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 2 30 ----------------------~---AUGUST JULY I TWTF sMTWTF S s 2 8 1 2 3 4 1 9 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 : \ 16 17 18 19 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 26 117 18 19 20 21 22 20 21 27 28 29 30 31 51 I 24 30 _____;'----------..:...---__...--------31 6 Board of Trustees 8 Officers of Administration 10 Assistants in Administration 11 Faculty . 12 Faculty Committees 18 A History of the College 19 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 1952 JANUARY M T w T College Calendar 25 26 27 28 29 . 29 Preparation for Professions and Vo canons . 33 Student Activities 38 College Cu.rricula 40 Bachelor of Arts Requirements • • • • I , Bachelor f s · · · · · · · · o oence Requirements (Biolog)'. Chemistry, . . Physics) Bach e1or of Sciern;e rn · C ommerce and F"mance Requuements . Bach el or of Sc1ence · · Engineering . rn R equ1rements . 42 Terminal Courses Degree i M · . · · · · · · · · · · n usIC Education (Freshman and S h Description of Courses . op om ore years) 47 52 59 63 65 71 Ed ucatwn · Courses The Evening o·1v1s1on ·· Lecture Courses Index 87 133 134 135 �6 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - - - -~C:1ALENDAR _ _ _ _ __ COLLEGE CALENDAR 1951-1952 SPRING, 1951 February 1, 2, 3 Thursday, Friday, Saturday .. Freshman Orientation period February 7, Wednesday ...... Classes begin at 8 A.M. March 22, Thursday ........ Easter vacation begins at 5 P.M. March 27, Tuesday ......... Classes resume at 8 A.M. April 4, Wednesday ........ Mid-Semester grades due April 7, Saturday ........... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date. April 16, Monday .......... Trial registration to April 28 May 25, Friday ............ Classes end at 5 P.M. May 26, Saturday .......... Final examinations begin May 30, Wednesday ........ Decoration Day; no classes June 7, Thursday ........... Final examinations end at 5 P.M. June 9, Saturday ........... Founders Day June 9, Saturday ........... Graduation SUMMER, 1951 June 13, 14, 15 Wednesday, Thursday, Friday ................. Registration for summer school June 18, Monday ........... Classes begin at 8 A.M. July 4, Wednesday ......... Independence Day; no classes August 7, Tuesday .......... Final examinations begin August 11, Saturday ........ Final examinations end at 5 P.M. FALL 1951 September 10, Monday ....... Freshman Orientation and Registration September 12, Wednesday .... Transfer Students Registration September 13, 14 Thursday, Friday .......... Registration for Upperclassmen September 17, Monday ....... Classes begin at 8 A.M. November 7, Wednesday ..... Mid-Semester grades due November 12, Monday ....... Armistice Day; no classes November 14, Wednesday .... Registration to November 28 November 17, Saturday ...... Incompletes must be satisfied by this date November 17, Saturday ...... Homecoming November 21, Wednesday .... Thanksgiving vacation begins at 5 P.M. November 26, Monday ....... Classes resume at 8 A.M. December 19, Wednesday ..... Christmas vacation begins at 5 P.M. _ _ _ __!_7 January 3, Thursda .. . Y · · · · · • • Classes resume at 8 A M . . J anuary 18 F riday ' · · · · · · · · · • • Classes end at 5 p M J anuary 19, Saturday F' . · · anuary 31 Th d ......... mal exammations begin J , urs ay. F" . . . . . . . . . ma1exammattons end at 5 P.M. SPRING 1952 January 31, February 1, 2 Thursday, Friday Saturda F February 4, 5 ' y. . reshman Orientation period Monday, Tuesday . . . . . February 6 W d d · · · · · · · Final Reg1strat10n , e nes ay Cl b . Apr'l asses egrn at 8 A M 1 2 , W ed nesday . . . . . . . M.d · · 1 April 5, Saturday ... : : : : : : : · · I -Semester grades due April 10, Thursday. . . . . . . Encompletes _must be satisfied by this date April 14 M d . . . . . aster Vacation begins at 5 p M , on ay Cl . . · · · · · · · · · · · asses begin at 8 A.M. May 23, Frida Registration to April 26 May 24, Satur~~ ............ C!asses end at 5 p .M. May 30 Frid y .......... .Final examinations begin June 5, Thurs~~~:::::: · · · · · -~ecoration ?a~; no classes June 7, Saturday ...... mal Exammattons end at 5 P.M. June B, Sunda · · · · · · · · · · · .Founders Day June 9 M dy · · · · · · · · · · · · .Baccalaureate Service , on ay · · · · · · · · · · · •G ra duatton . SUMMER 1952 June 11, 12, 13 Wed., Thurs., Fri... . . . . June 16, Monda . . .... Registration for summer school July 4 F 'd y · · · · · · · · · · Classes begin at 8 AM , fl ay.... · . August 6, Wednesd~~ ........ ~~dependence Day; no classes August 9, Saturday ...· : .· .· : . . . ~nal exam~nat!ons begin ... Fma1 exammattons end at 5 P.M. �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS lnstmctzon: GILBERT S. Library: Chairman MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE, Chairman Miss ANNETTE EvANs , C'1Jarrman . MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT CHARLES JAMES H. P. MINER, JR., HARRIS, Secretary SAMUEL Treasurer B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: Nominatiom: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. FREDERICK]. WECKESSER, C. EDWARD GRIFFITH W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman, THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH GEORGE ANDREW J. SORD0NI JAMES P. HARRIS B. CARR GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ANDREW J. SORD0NI JOSEPH] . KOCYAN, M.D. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT THE REV, CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman J. HENRY POOL HoN. JoHN S. FINE H. MINER, JR. MARTS Miss ANNETTE EVANS HARRY F. GOERINGER M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ARNAUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE W. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT GEORGE MRS. EDWARD H. KENT M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JASPER 9 JASPER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Buildings and Grounds: Expiring June, 1951 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT HON. JOHNS. FINE J. HENRY POOL REUBEN JULIUS LONG STERN ARN AUD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE EDWARD GRIFFITH JAMES P. HARRIS ARNAUD C. F. MARTS GEORGE B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS M.D. w. REUBEN H. LEVY C. MARTS F. GoERINGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT HARRY J. KocYAN, M.D. J. SORDONI Juuus LONG STERN FREDERICK ]. WECKESSER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring June, 1953 MISS MARY R. KOONS , \. H. LEVY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW GucKELBERGER HON. JOHNS. FINE JosEPH Chairman ]. HENRY POOL Expiring lune, 1952 JASPER EDWARD GRIFFITH, PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW J. FREDERICK SoRDONI J. WECKESSER Ex Offi c10 · on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS · M C C LINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION 11 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration OFFICE OF THE REGISTRAR EUGENE S. FARLEY, PH.D, (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction HERBERT J. MoRRIS, A.M. (Pennsyl~ania) Director of Admissions and Registrar CELINE PoPIELARZ ............. . ....... . Assistant to the Registrar JACQUELINE BEDNER ......... . .. .... ... . Secretary to the Registrar EMMA GRILLI ..... .. ... . .... ......... .. . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS ......... .... ... ...... ... . . Switchboard Operator MADELYN LAwsoN ...................... . ... . Registration Clerk IRENE THOMAS ...................... . ..... .. ....... . Recorder R AM (Northwestern) BETTY L. HARKE , · · Dean of Women GEORGE F. RALSTON, A.B . (North Carolina) Dean of Men J. MoRAN, B.S. (Bucknell) . Director of Public Relations and Alumni THOMAS OFFICE OF THE COMPTROLLER JANE L. DODSON .... ... .. .. ......... . Secretary to the Comptroller DOLORES HENCZEL ......... .......... ................. Cashier JEAN JONES .. ..... . ................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper MARY POPPLE . .... .............. Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD R. KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT RUTH TRETHAWAY ..................... . Secretary to the President Director of Evening Classes OFFICE OF THE DEANS JOHN J. CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) JUNE E. STEVENS ................................... . Secretary ANNA HAVIR ....... .. .. . .. . .. . ..... ..... . Secretary to the Deans College Physician GUIDANCE CENTER SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) BEVERLY Psychiatric Consultant H. VAN HORN . . .... . Secretary to the Director of Guidance JOSEPH H. MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) BOOKSTORE Librarian KATHLEEN M. MACDONALD, B.L.S. (Marywood) Reference Librarian · WAR.REN FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian NADA VuJICA, A.M. (Zagreb) MILDRED GITTENS .. .... ... ... .. ..... ... Manager of the Bookstore CAFETERIA MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN ....... ....... ... . . . Director of Cafeteria Assistant in Library CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Facttlty GLADYS B. DAVIS . Head Resident, Sterling Hall MAINTENANCE WILLIAM JERVIS .. ... ..... Superintendent of Buildinf!,S and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Assistant Professor of Business Administration GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men and Instructor in Biology BETTY L. HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern) Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD W. THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED W. BASTRESS, PH:D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics Vorus BLAINE HALL, M.S. in E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK J. J. DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English THOMAS R. RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology JOSEPH'?· DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Awstant Professor of English GERTRU~E MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) A p ss1sta12t rof essor of English CLARE BEDILLION . , A ·M . (New y ork ) Awstant Professor of Secretarial St11die.1 MILDRED. E· HULL ' A ·M · (P ennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Math emattcs . EDWARD _M. WILLIAMS, A.M. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of English EDw ARD •NICHOLAS HELTZEL , M •S. (B uc-k ne11 ) A ss1stant Professor of Engmeermg • . KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ PH D (Col b" A · ' · · um ia) mstant Professor of Psychology THADDEUS . MITANA, PH ·D . (C racow) Ass/Stant Professo,· of Mod em Languages HUGO V : MAILE Y, PhD · • (Pennsylvania) Asststant Professor of Pot,·,·teal Sc1ence . ARTHUR .N · KR UGER, p H.D. (Louisiana) Assistant Professor of English STANKo_M. VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Amstant Professor of Philosophy and Religion DONALD. E. COBLEIGH , AM . · · (W"1sconsm) A ssutant Professor of Music SYLVIA J?WORSKr, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of French HoH-CH_EUNG Mm, Ph.D. (Columbia) Amstant Professor of History CATHERINE H. BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry CROMWE~L E. ~HOMAS, M.S. (Bucknell) Imtwctor m Engineering STANLEY H. WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics ]OHN S. ~EMON, PH.D. (Cornell) Assistant Professor of Education 13 �14 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT MORAN, B.M. (Eastman) Instructor in Music EDWIN R. CREASY, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics ROBERT C. RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) lnstmctor in Psychology JAMES J. LAGGAN, M.A. (Pennsy_lv~nia)_ Instructor in Business Admm1strat10n WADE J. BRIGHTBILL, M.A. (Pittsburgh) Instmctor in Retail Merchandising ALFRED S. GROH, A.B. (Syracuse) Instmctor in English HELEN BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) lnstmctor in Physical Education ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Physical Education GEORGE ELLIOTT, M.A. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES L. TAYLOR, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instmctor in Physics CHARLES J. Foxww, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in English JOHN P. WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instyuctor in Accounting HowARD HALPIN, M.S. (Lehigh) JOHN J. RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell). . . Insfructor in Business Admznzstratton JOHN W. BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bu~k~ell). Instructor in Business Admzmstratton EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, M.S. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology LORNA D. HOLBROOK, M.A. (Columbia) Instmctor in Sociology WELTON G. FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instmctor in Economics and Political Science JOHN J. CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOHN A. COONEY, B.S. (Bucknell~~ Instmctor in Retail Merchandmng MADELINE M. DAGUE, M.S. (Wyoming) Instructor in Biolon MARK I. DAVIDOFF, A.B. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Spanish JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. Instructor in Chemistry THOMAS F. ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in History FRANCIS J. SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry PART TIME FACULTY ROBERT F. BAc_HMAN,_ A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor m Retail Merchandising CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Psychology THEODORE AL~RED EVANS, L.L.B . .(Pennsylvania) Instructor m English SAMUEL A_. G~TTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psych1atr1c Consultant and Instructor in Psychology CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, L.1.B. (Dickinson) In st ructor in Political Science 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music THOMAS H. JENKINS, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies FACULTY GUIDANCE CENTER JOHN 1: CHWALEK, M.A. (Columbia) Director of Guidance BRONIUS KAZLAUSKAS, PH.D. (Strassbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOSEPH KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell) Psychometrist FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Violin, Viola, Cello PETER L. PELA, M.A. (Pennsylvania) Vocational Counselor ROYE. MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Vocational Cotmselor CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Retail Merchandising LEROY L. LANDAU, LLB. (Virgirna) Instructor in Business Administration CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English RADIO WORKSHOP Roy E._MORGAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Radio Workshop LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English GUEST LECTURERS IN JOURNALISM ELIZABETH BRENNAN, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD JEAN WILSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor of Secretarial Studies JOSEPH T. MURPHY MARGARET SHERIDAN, M.S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Music BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Accounting ROBERT CASPER Instmctor in Business Administration STEPHEN EMANUEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Instmctor in Visual Education VICTOR BAIZ, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education -;J;7;t_;ng Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER EVENING THOMAS E. HEFFERNAN Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST ]OJ-I C. BUSH Sports Editor, Wik t B es- arre, Pa., SUNDAY INDEPENDENT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING ~ILSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. w LIA F M . DOBSON C p A DONALD GRIFFITH' C.p .A . ALEXANDER E. LOEB c p A OHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. ' .. '1 · · · 17 �18 WILKES COLLEGE_ _. _ _ _ _ _ __ FACTJLTY COMMITTEES A History of the College 1950-1951 ry-,o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered Admissions Library HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FRANK J. J. DAVIES LORNA D. HOLBROOK JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER BETTY 1. HARKER GEORGE f. RALSTON Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERTW. PARTRIDGE JAMES J. LAGGAN THOMAS J. MORAN Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A · ROS ENBERG ' Chairman DONALD E. COBLEIGH HERBERT J. MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE JOHN J. RILEY KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN WHITBY Graduation G EORGE F . RALS TON ' Chairman MARYE. CRAIG ELWOOD DISQUE BETTY 1. HARKER CHARLES B. REIF . HERBERT J. MORRIS, ex officio Curriwlum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL BETTY 1. HARKER HUGO V. MAILEY HOH-CHEUNG MUI THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG CHARLES 1. TAYLOR Student Activities ROBERT W · PAR TRIDGE ' Chairman MARK DAVIDOFF BETTY 1. HARKER JOSEPH H. KANNER ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS ..lby other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre Wyoming Valley were the largest community in Pennsylvania, the United States, lacking a local college. in 1933, Bucknell and the if not in For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were .firmly established, but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as this support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses in Wilkes-Barre enabling students to finish their Junior and Senior years at Wilkes-Barre. At the same time, the College trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. World War II deterred the growth of the College for a period of years, but the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. Early in the war, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. For several years following the war, veterans Were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, and their numbers will continue to diminish during the next two or three years. During the years in which the College offered only two years of study, gra~u_ates transferred to more than I 00 four-year colleges and universities; in two-thirds of these colleges they made records superior to �20 WILKES COLLEGE those earned at Bucknell University Junior College. At present, only two classes have been graduated, but a surprising number of graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. Present reports show that more than 37 percent of the graduates are continuing their studies beyond the baccalaureate degree. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Coyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Marts on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allen Kirby's gift, of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall, provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution, Zebulon Butler Hall in honor of the American patriot, and Gies Hall, named in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946, by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South Streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, the construction of which is planned for 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Picke_ring Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; and in December, Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling, and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. Monetary gifts paralleled these other gifts and purchases, and per· th mitted the equipping, adaptation, and erection of new buildings. In e eleven years following the promise of autonomy by the University, assets have been increased by more than 2,000,000. General Information �WILKES COLLEGE 22 GENERAL INFORMATION CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in Liberal Arts, Chemistry, Biology, and Commerce and Finance. In addition, the first two years are offered in Physics and Engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a Junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college or who are unable to make arrangements for a four-year college course, the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, radio production, and laboratory-technician training. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses from Bucknell University are offered for both undergraduate and graduate credit. Selected courses have been offered in the evening during the past ten years, and now courses are being offered through which students may obtain a special training or credit toward a degree. Persons seeking a Master's degree from Bucknell University may take six hours in Wilkes-Barre, but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, and by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Liberal Arts and Science Programs are also approved by the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS Students applying for admission to the College are requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans, and to submit their application, accompanied by a 5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event the home of the student is some dista?ce from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an inter~1ew at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. Ho~ever, a student who has taken "College Board Examinations" may subaut these results in place of the examination ordinarily given by the Colleg_e. Following receipt of the application the Director of Admissions wil~ obtain an official transcript from the high school or college f?rmerly attended by the student. Upon receipt of this record the Comr~11ttee Admissions will consider the full record of the applicant and will nott Y the applicant as early as possible. It takes much time, however, to as- ?F 23 se?1ble all reports required b th . . . ~mimum of two weeks for a!tione c~:m1t~e: and it ~s well to allow a m the submission of transcript ' a d ~ug 1? some mstances slowness s may e ay action for a month or more ADVANCED STANDING . Students wishing to transfer from h . procedures for admission Th ·11 ot er colleges will follow the usual to forward a transcript ;nd er r~quest the institution last attended mittee on advanced standing ~i11 ;~e~ ~onorable di~missal. The coma f ~culty adviser will counsel the stud ake a te~tat1v~ evaluation, and This schedule will be based h ent concerning his new schedule. upon t e work · 1 upon the educational objective of th t d prev10us y completed and pletion of the first term a fi 1 le s ~ ent _at Wilkes. Upon the com. d , na eva uat1on will b d me1u ed on the record at Wilkes. e ma e and the credits :1 Students who are equipped to enter ad . d~ so upon the passing of a laceme van~ed ~curses m college may ce1ve credit for the courses th~t examrnat10n. They will not renecessity of repeating work h. ~re: tpped, but they will be saved the college. A record of th. w icd t ey have already covered outside of transcript so that the repo~st mprocbe ure shl all be entered on the student's ay e comp ete. t GRADES Grades will be given to stud . each term. ents at mid-semester and at the end of A five-point grading system is used . . ber of the work The sign .fi f m which letters designate the cali. 1 cance o each letter is given below A- Exce11 ent · B-Above Average C-Average D-Below Average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete: Work must be made u b . or the incomplete will a to t· 11 Pb y a specified date WP-Withdrew . . u ma ica y ecome an F. draw f Passmg: Will be given to students who with WF-Withd:~: ;a~~~rs~ w~en the~r grade is Dor higher. draw f g. Will be given to students who withT rom a course when their grade is F 0 translate letter grade · t . · merical values are given rn oA numerical averages the following nuA, B, C, D, or F. r eac 'J semester hour of credit receiving an 1: A B . . .. . .. . C . . .. . .... . ..... . ......... ... . ..... 3 . . . ..... 2 .. .. .. . . .. . l D .......... ·········· _._._._. _. .......... . F ... . ..... 0 0 �24 WILKES COLLEGE . rades and points is used to determine eligibility for Of This system g . n in the following manner: _ advancement and graduat10 h h subJ·ect will gam three "A" · a t ree our A student earning an m . . t A "C" in a three hour f total of nme pom s. points for eac~ hour o~ a h hour or a total of three. His ~verage subject will gam one pomd~ ~~~ eac the total number of points gamed by would be computed by ivi mg ·t of work taken. the number o f ere d is GRADUATION REQU IREMENTS FOR CLASS ADVANCEMENT AND FOUR-YEAR COURSES Point Average Credits Class .5 30 Sophomore .7 60 Junior .9 90 Senior 1. As specified Graduation TWO-YEAR COURSES .7 30 Sophomore 1. 60 Graduation . des does not apply to Physical The above system of cred~ts antf~e only two marks, "P" for passEducation. In these courses t ere w ing and "F" for failure. PROBATION . . d necessary to advance him to the Any student not attammg the g_ra ef semester. If, at the end robabon or one d . . b next class shall e put on P . d the minimum average for a miss10n f that eriod, he has not attame ;o his c1fss, he shall be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS sin le course during the first two A student may withdraw from any h g ·thdraws from one or more . alty A student w O wt d ther weeks without pen . k b t who continues to atten o courses after the first tv.:?F,;'eenlsessuthe administrative councWPil,~?on · an u d f or courses w1·11 receive lty adviser al1ows .. recommendation of the Dean an acu ' ·u "WF " f the first two weeks wt A ~tudent who withdraws f romhcollegehaet~:as taken together with a .. ,, "WP" for eac course ' . rk receive a WF or . t explaining the reason for his ma . notation from each mstruc or GENERAL INFORMATION 25 REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the "registration dates" will pay an additional charge of $S.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 per semester is indicated in the program of courses. Any student taking a load beyond that which is recommended must maintain at least a "B" average and must pay for each additional hour at the usual hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is taken for granted and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Satisfaction of the requirements for attendance at assemblies is also expected. Failure to meet these requirements may lead to the withholding of all credit. FACULTY The value to be derived from a college is less dependent upon material equipment than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in the students. The faculty of the College have been carefully selected for their training, experience and personalities. They have been granted degrees by forty colleges and universities in the United States, Canada, and Europe: Alabama, Boston University, Bryn Mawr, Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Comenius, Cornell, Cracow, Delaware, Dickinson, Duke, Harvard, Hunter, Louisiana, Michigan, Minnesota, New England Conservatory of Music, New Rochelle, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Peabody Conservatory of Music, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Pittsburgh, Stanford, Syracuse, Tennessee State, Warsaw, Washington and lee, Western Reserve, Wisconsin, Wyoming, Yale, Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, they have taught in schools and universities throughout the United States and Europe, and their travels have taken them to all parts of the world. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective, and they bring an academic preparation that fields.fits them to give the intensive training essential to their various . ts to REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION . meet all course requ1remen . bothf Candidates for graduation must 1 with all regulations o . an d quarty of work and must comp y 1 quantity TRANSFER the College. . . of bis COUNSELING . f ul adviser at the beginning rnEach student will be assigned a ac ty f with this adviser conce d will be expected to con er ~:;s:::;h:::~::nd all educational problems. When the College offered only two years of study, graduates transferred to more than one hundred colleges. Now that four years of colJege work are offered on this campus, transfer is still possible but no necessary except for degrees in Physics, Engineering, and Music Eonger ducation. OF CREDITS �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 Approximately forty percent of the Wilkes graduates have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their Senior year. Th~.,e examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. Music-group instruction: ?n~ hour lesson a week er violin viola or , 11 P semester of fifteen weeks ' ce o each gro . less than three or m 'h up to consist of nor ore t an five students..... . in EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the bulletin at the rate of $225.00 per semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the bulletin for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study ....... . . . laboratory fees (see above)... . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • 15.00 D . . ......... 10.00, 15.00 & 20 00 ormi ory charges per semester: . Board and Room Bills for board ~~~~- ~~il~ 275.00 before the opening of th ge dorm1tones are due is required to reserve a ro::~ester. A deposit of $50.00 SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the bulletin for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, Physics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee-Bucknell University Extension.. 20.00 Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students ..... • i~ ·· ···· ·: · ·. ····•... Special Charges: 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rental of practice room per semester ............ • ;~d $225.00 Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, Music-individual instruction: One lession a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ............. . One lesson a week per semester of .fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .... . .................. . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins ...... .. ............ . One lesson a week per semester of fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . ....... . ............. . 30.00 Charges for part-time students and f . . .. normal load as prescribed . I or semester hours beyond the m regu ar courses· Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fees (see above) ...... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 15.00 Student Activity fee fo th k' ....... . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 than 9 semester ho r ose tfa mg less than 14 or more . h' urs, or or any part t· wis mg to participate . . .. - ime student rn activities ........ . ....... 35.00 45.00 Application fee to accom an . . Change of sched I P d ! appl1Cat1on for admission S . . ~ e per ere 1t hour. . . . . ··· 5.00 pecial Exammat10n · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 1o Tran · ( ·········• · O script No charge for the ii ·t· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Late Trial Registration. rs copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Lated Final Registration.· .· .· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5.00 Gra uation f (f ··············• Conv . ee our-year students).. . .. 5.00 ocat10n fee (two-year students) . ... . :.. . . . . . . . . 15.00 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to ch... ·..... ·. 7.50 pA.Y"" angmg pnce levels. ••1 ENTS Bills fo t · . r uitron, fees and in .d $so' 00 a c1 entals are payable at the beginnin esj,hmust_ ~e paid at the. tim~ ~r;;g\otr 5t?% of the total, whichever e tuit10 f q.i • ra 10n. athleti n o .,;,225 rncludes the cost of N cs and dramatics to which no d . . . such student activities as o students ma t k . a miss10n is charged. rangem Y a e a mid-term exam· • . all b ·11 ents have been made with th C , rnation until satisfactory arligati~ s. No student may take a finatexaon:pt:~ller fo! the payment of ns to the College have been satisfied_m10a wn until all iinancial obof I each semester. A 35,00 so.oo s.oo 5.00 f �28 WILKES COLLEGE Student Welfare AND REFUNDS · WITHDRAWALS d t ho withdraw voluntarily .. ·11 be made to stu en s w d. . Refund of tmt1onh .lwi · ood stan d.mg un der the following con 1t1ons: . 1 from the College w e m g half the tuition will be . k of a term oned During the first six we~ s . hd ~al is made for adequate an refunded upon request if the wit ra GUIDANCE CENTER The Guidance Center of the College, which was set up in April, 194.5, offers its services to veterans seeking entitlement under the Vocational Rehabilitation Act and "G. I. Bill." A staff of experienced Vocational Counselors and a Testing Department, headed by a clinical psychologist, are on hand five days a week to help veterans and students explore their backgrounds, capacities, interests, and general qualifications for the purpose of developing or forwarding a vocational plan. satisfactory reasons. ·11 b efunded to all students £i · h d o rses wt e r Tuition for u~ ms e c ; th Selective Service Act or by the ordered to active duty un er e Organized Reserve Corps . . h rges) will not be made R f d of room and board ( dormitory c a e un · 1 ditions. except under speoa con h d week except with apb d ed after t e secon , No courses mday / F:~~ity Adviser and the Dean. proval of the stu en s CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service which is provided not only for Seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, and are under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are a feature. In the library there are some 600 catalogs and bulletins from more than .500 American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional bel. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING . Counseling at Wilkes College is considered to be one of the most nportant ways in which we are able to help in the development and 0 ~r wth of the student. Each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives are considered at the time of application, so that, insofar as ~ossible, the academic program can be planned to enable him to realize these objectives. 11 �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 30 h student participates in a testing proUpon entering the Coll_ege,_ eac rovide all of us who are concerned is to. P b t h1·s abilities interests and g ram ' the purpose of. which h . f rmation a ou ' h with his progress wit m o facult advisement, each student as aptitudes. Through ~ program ~f with ; member of the faculty for the a continual opportunity to col ns~ t gress and any social or personal f discussing scho astic pro purpose o. . h th tudent needs help. . es t with faculty advisers m Problem with whic d Women coopera e .bl The Deans o f M en an . d . dance wherever possi e. .. f h 1 d t ·th information an gm Providing the stu ent wi ail themse1ves o f these opportunitiesd or e· P· Students are urge d O av . a career is a realistic an pressing Realizing that the problem of cho~~~l~ e has instituted a Careers Library' one for most college students, the h. makes available to the student located in the Guida?ce Cent_er, wb~~t hundreds of occupations, proa wealth of current information a d graduate schools. tu f essional sc h oo 1s, an r is to encourage the s . . 1 of all our counse mg . t h·m The gu!ding pn?op e b"lities and potentialities, and to assis t dent to discover his own a i . . . mak.mg sou nd , independent deosions. m f PHYSICAL EDUCATION . . d . football basketball, h d les are mamtame m ' .l. Intercollegiate sports :c e u olf and swimming. Colleges wit 1m wrestling, baseball, tennis, soccer, g 't in these sports. Men may sub· d · cent states are me · f th meet the state an d m a )~ for h sical education courses i ey stitute an intercollegiate sport P y of intramural sports and · ments · A program · Basket.departmenta1 require opportunity to partiopate. physical education gives every m~~ ~:wlin swimming, and table tennis . ball, boxing, handball, voll~y ba ' Ph ic!i' Education requirements are ys are some Of the sports available. waived for veterans. . des folk and modern . ogram for women me1u d ft d The physical e uca~10n pr . field hockey, basketball, an so dancing, bowling, swimming, tennis, ball. ORIENTATION PROGRAM . d k of the secondary school to the The transition from ~he di~ecte ·o;o~f the College occasionally caus~: independent and more mtens_ive v. _. n earl adjustment, several da) difficulty. To assist students m makm~da for lscussions with Freshme;at the beginning of the fterm ~~ed~~~;~:l \onferences to lectures o~e~t: This program ranges rom ~ . this first week, new stu meaning of a college education. During nd English placement test~ take aptitude, interest, foreign ldanhguage, ~th the1· r faculty advisers an · 1 an opes wi h new They also discuss their Pan~ .d This week also gives t e d to arrange schedules under their gui ance. .nted with one another an students the opportuni~y _t? become acquai learn about student activities. 31 During the first term the Freshman class is divided into small sections which meet once a week with a representative of the faculty. These groups discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of every day living and college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the .field of studies. Activities supplementing the academic program provide opportunities for the expression and development of interests and talents in such recreational and semi-professional fields as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, and choral work. Special clubs include Economics, Pre-Medical, Engineering, Debating, French, German, Spanish, International Relations, Psychology, Sociology, Cue 'n' Curtain, lettermen's, Literary, etc. All are conducted by students with the guidance of a member of the faculty, and care is taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring group, and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. The character and extent of such work may be determined by means of a job analysis, thus assuring the practicability of the work. Some idea of the services that are available can be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in Drafting, Mathematics, and Engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying Life Insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music. Also, a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in Economics, Selling and Advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in Chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained eco;?1ically in their industrial plants. The Economics department of ilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT EMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for part· time employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B' nai B' rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �WILKES COLLEGE 32 SCHOLARSHIPS A number of scholarships are available through the interest and generosity of friends of the College. They are awarded to students who rank in the upper quarter of their high school classes and who receive the highest grades in competitive examinations. Scholarship winners must remain in good standing in order to retain the scholarship. The Deans will review the records of all scholarship holders at the end of the academic year. The William Hillard Conyngham Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her husband, formerly a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the upper quarter of the high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20, and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A student who withdraws during the term cancels any scholarship arrangements. The holder of a scholarship must take the full course that is scheduled in the catalog in order to receive the funds that have been appropriated to his account. STUDENT IMPLOYMENT More than one-third of the students earn some part of their College expenses. Students desiring work should apply to the Director of Placement. A number of part-time jobs are available. Requests for student help are frequently received from local business offices and referred to the placement office. PLACEMENT SERVICE A placement office for students and graduates is located in the Guidance Center. All students interested in obtaining employment are requested to register in this office. Employers seeking students for parttime employment are requested to make inquiries at this office. . Graduates of the College, or those in their last year who seek immediate employment upon graduation, are invited to register. The Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith is sponsoring this office by contributing to its maintenance. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many iields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. >-~ 0 t ~ ~ 0 Cl "- i 0 ~ ,-J ...; < ;i: ~ ..J ;/J t/'; ~ ~ ~ ~ Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much nperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by bis understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offurs two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the Liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BusINr:ss ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many .fields, but they are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world, and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much s•tperior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background of the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. ...I < :i: The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The Liberal Arts and Science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist may enroll for the Bachelor of Arts course; he may major in one of the Social Studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In Engineering, and in Commerce and Finance, the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal Arts program are required, and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the Engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization, even though they do not tnake engineering their life work. The curricula in Engineering and in Commerce and Finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. Busn,rnss AnMr ISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the two programs of the Commerce and Finance curriculum. The General Co~rse is for those desiring a broad business background, and the Secretarial Course is for secretarial positions. �WILKES COLLEGE 34 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS The Commerce and Finance curriculum covers business principles and practices; it also includes Liberal Arts electives. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. to fit in with the broad demand d editor, although English com ~a e _u~on the newspaper reporter and ~rts degree with an English ma·;/~n is undamental. The Bachelor of ism students, but the science a~d :hthe most popular choice of journalthe newspaper reports all phases o~ her courses_ ~lso prove useful, since tere~ts of the United States in oth uman a~1V1ty. The increasing infor~1?n languages particularly desir:~l~o~ntnes ma~e a knowledge of pos1t10ns as foreign correspondents. n preparat10n for responsible pis CHEMISTRY Modem industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and chemical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analysing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. Managers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paints, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy chemicals and other substances. Last, this is an atomic age and to be an intelligent modem, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of Engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. Two years of the engineering curriculum afford a foundation fo~ a wide range of occupations. Students desiring such technological tram· ing should consult the Registrar or the Engineering faculty when plan- Journalism students ma ai . staff of one of the stud~n1 pn bf~ct1~al experience by working on the Manuscript · u icatwns: the Beacon, Amn1co · la, or LAW Preparation for the practice of l . ;r~s: English, History, Political S:i:n~eb~ed on t_he fundamental liberal c1enc~, Languages, and Mathematics conomICs, Sociology, Natural a reqmred major in undergraduate wo.rk. ost law schools do not specify M LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to c t f~~\ be~inning their special 1ibrar;mrr:~~e- a four-yea~ college course g ts ' Science, History Economics S . l mg. Foreign languages appropriate major fields. 'Man 1·b ' oc10 ogy, or Education constitut~ of two foreign languages anJ ;r r~~ scho~ls also require a knowledge o e1ency rn typewriting is desirable. Music · curricul · The .aim of th e music · mu_s1c ~s an avocation which m:rn is two-f~ld: to interest the man orga01zat10ns or to a greater pl y lea~ to active participation in musi~ music d eaSure m heari th ' ~econ , to assist the few who h . ng e master works of profess10nal careers as teachers fave special talents along the road to rn rnusic or per armers Stud t h . may commence their stud : en s w o concentrate !:~lity pre-college training is very ~e:fr:rr11ed music at Wilkes. High andors ~ust expend their greatest effort e, howeve~. Although music gree ~~~1:d, tl:e s~hedule is so arranged s t~ft~:;sic, both theoretical purpo f ma1or rn music represents the fulfill achelor of Arts dese o the Liberal Arts program ,, cl me?t of the fundamental ' an e ucat10n for living" in ning their programs. MEDICINE JOURNALISM W·lk 1 es offers a p d. of the va . re-me ical course that is ada t d A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism reguir\a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow t : old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be faun 35 . stricted th:~ous medical schools. The latter h!.., e _to the reguirements cations of rr en:ollment, and most of them sc t. e: rn recent years, re Possible th Jplicants. Medical aspirants sho~~°:ize clo~ely the gualifie emands they must meet. etermme as soon as. �36 WILKES COLLEGE - - ~ -P_R~O _F_E_s_sr_o_N__S~ A=-N~D~V~O~C=-A~T~I~O~N~S~- -MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the Liberal Arts course, with major or electives in Religion and Bible, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses with college training has increased with the progress of medical science and the wide adoption of highly skilled scientific techniques. A number of hospitals and universities now offer three years of training with a Bachelor of Science degree to student nurses who have completed two years of college. For those who wish to make a life work of nursing, and who aspire to administrative positions in the major hospitals, this course is recommended. Demand for extended training has been further accelerated by the recent expansion of health services in Federal Agencies and by increased governmental support to medical programs. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of Physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized nor understood. The tools of communication, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the employment of the fundamental laws of Physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of Psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal Arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in Psychology, Biology, Sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, industry and personnel. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously i~ r~cent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard di 5tr1· - ~ 37 bution of h ·t . c an Y as a matter of ·· tuni~ipa!, county, state, a;~11J:~;rJatronagei· _Governmental pro ess1onal approach to th are rea izmg the necespoverty, and crime. Wilkes off e .pro 1ems of unemployment supplemented by work in Ps ers a pre~soCial work program. Sociolo ' a valuable background ychology, B10logy, and allied fields P 'dgy, . , rov1 es :~;n~~e:, SPEAKING AND DRAM b ATICS The College offers prel1"m • . D . mary work 1 s h o ramattc~, practical experience in deba~n peec . Courses in Speech and pportun1ty for development in this field. g and play production afford TEACHING Fo A teacher's training depends u on the . . d r college _and university work Pthe b ;1?d ?f t~achmg contemplated . egrees; the1r faculty members ord. mstttut10ns require advanced ~n w~ich they concentrated as un~nan ~ take graduate work in the field ;gl1_sb, History, Sociology, take th:Jr: ~ates. Prospective teachers of o_ /Cience take the Bachelor of &· r sd egree; teachers in the schools cia tze~ fields as engineering. ience egree or degrees in such spe. Certification for public s h 1 . mg . c oo teachrng · ll regu1rements: the coll d ts usua y based on the f 11 and ege egree sp · 1· d o ows~me specialization in te h. ' e~ia tze courses in Educatio authorized by the Stat D ac mg subjects. Bucknell Un· . ~' d e epartment f p b . 1vers1ty 1s ::~o~;e;: t;ache~s in ~ost of the usuaf fiel~s ~~ trstruction ~o prepare w ·1k C ork rn Wilkes-Barre for th b ii gh school Instruction I es allege students. e ene t of school teachers and .t5 GENERAL OPPORTUNITIES Promotion or adv . . ancement ts often mad "bl tin~e th t~ sodmetm_1es practicable for studen: po~1 e by additional train6 e1r e ucat10n without ivin ~ w o are employed to conp;r~;- the widest possible servi~e to g;p th~1r positions. In its desire to tme and special students. yomrng Valley, Wilkes welcomes Anyone interest d 10 · of the · e some special open · . Adm. ?1aJor professions and vocations h tngldnot tnduded in this list 1ss1ons. s ou consult the n· 1rector of ing It . �STUDENT ACTIVITIES 39 Student Activities P UB LICATIONS The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be developed through academic work alone. All students are encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays, and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre, acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band is organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events, and gives concerts throughout the year. . The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is distributed to each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets three times each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history. Several programs are presented each semester before the College community and the general public. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. COLLEGE ORCHESTRA All sl:udents interested in forming an orchestra should consult. wi~h the director of the School of Music. The College is eager to assist 10 the development of instrumental music and an orchestral society will be organized as soon as student interest and abilities are discovered on the campus. A . l . mmco a, an annual yearbook . the B !cr1pt, a literary magazine are ubl . h cl ;aeon, a newspaper; and M anum writing, photography art a~d ~ e . f the students. Those interested the staffs. ' a verbsmg have an opportunity to join DEBATING Debating has proved particular! o I . for the law, or interested . bl.Y P pu _ar w1th students preparing · m pu 1c speaking A b Iegiate debates are arranged each year. · num er of intercolATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedul . . basketball, golf, soccer, swimm: a:~tamta1~ed in football, baseball, state and in adjacent states ar gt . hwrestlmg. Colleges within the · e me m t ese sports M an mtercollegiate sport for Ph sical Ed . : en may substitute mental requirements. y ucabon if they meet departA program of intra-mural sports and h . . . man an opportunity to partici at B P ysical :ducation gives every ball, bowl 'ng, swimming a:d e~ bl asketba_ll, boxmg, handball, volleyavailable. ' a e tennis are some of the sports T~e athle~ic P:ogram for women includes da . bowlmg; sw1mmmg; tennis· field h ck . b ncmg, folk and modern; ' o ey, asketball; and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisf . . . . professional, and artistic .fields Thy m11v1dual mterest in academic by students and faculty, are ke. t ~se ~ u~s, d~veloped cooperative!; be easily adapted to chang · dp qu1te . ex1ble m order that they may mg an current mterests. �College Curricula The curricula include courses leading to the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees, and a number of shorter programs requiring only two or three years of college training. The degree courses include four-year programs in the Liberal Arts, Biology, Chemistry, Commerce and Finance, Education, and two-year programs in Physics, Engineering, and Music Education. Students completing these two-year programs satisfactorily may transfer credits for their first two years of work to selected colleges offering degrees in these three fields of study. The two- and three-year programs lead to no degree but do give professional, semi-professional, and technical training required in a number of occupations. Among the occupations which may require two or three years of college background are dentistry, chiropractic, osteopathy, medical technology, laboratory technology, secretarial work for business and medicine, music, and radio. Special programs may be arranged for persons wishing to select courses that will satisfy individual interests or needs. Degree Courses The basic requirements for de r ing pages. All courses that areg 1~:t~~urses are ~utlined o~ the followchosen to satisfy the interests of th adre requued. Electives may be m t f . e stu ents and t0 t h . en _s or graduation within each . mee t e requ1rerequu; . maJor program as conditions may �WILKES COLLEGE 42 DEGREE COURSES 43 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The Liberal Arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES Major Subject English ..... . . Foreign Languag~ · : : .· : Mathematics Music ......· .· .· : .· : .· : : Philosophy-Religion .. . Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology 24 24 29 46 24 Social Sciences 37 31 34 45 37 Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Free Elective 6 39 45 6 11 6 6 33' 14 39 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Humanities Majo r Humanities Economics History . . : .· : _" .· : _- : .. _- _Political Science Sociology . . . . .· .· .· .· ." ." .· Social Science ... ... .. Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 3~~ 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR Major Subject To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is_desirable that a ma1or be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that 1t _be elected before the beginning of the Junior year. Students wishing to maJor in Biology, Mathematics, or Music must choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except Chemistry, Education, and Physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in Social Science. The Social Science major requires a total of 36 hours in Economics, History, Political Scier:ce, and Sociology. Eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social Science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to _take twen~}' hours in Education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t e prospective teacher of Social Studies to satisfy all of the above requiremen~f Hence, a student preparing to teach Social Studies in the public schools w~o 1 receive credit toward the Social Science major for all required courses Economics, History, Political Science, and Sociology. i Biology ...... . . Psychology ....... . Major Humanities 39 24 37 37 Social SCJences Sciences 9 13 15 26 6 38 Free Elective �44 WILKES COLLEGE - DEGREE - - - -- COURSES 45 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all Majors other than Mathematics, and Music Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 Composition ......... ... . .. . Eng 101 Foreign Language 1 . •• . . • • • • • • 101 or 103 Alternates: Hist. of W . Civilization .... Hist 101 } Amer. Hist. to 1865 . ... .... Hist 107 Alternates: Introduction to Music . .. .. . Mus 100} Physical Science .... . . . ... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... . . P.E. 101 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 T itle Number Composition ..... ... ....... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .•• . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 1021_ Amer. Hist. since 1865 ..... Hist 108J Alternates: Introduction to Music . . . ... Mus 100} Physical Science ..... . .... . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ..... P.E. 102 First Semester 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester T itle Fourth Semester N umber Cr . 4 3 3 m) 6 T itle Number World Literature .. .. . .... Eng 152 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • . . 104 or 200 Alternates: Algebra or Trig .. . ..... Math 107- 109} Hist . of Religions ...... Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy2 • •• Phil 101 Alternates 3 : Intro. to Economics . . .. Ee 100] Intro . to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt . P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective ..... . .. .. .... . Physical Education ....... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N . umher Cr. W or l d Ltterature Foreign Lan ua ·1· · · ··· ·· ··. Eng 151 4 Differential .103 or 200 3 General Ph sics · · · · · · · · · Math 125 4 Physical ·· Phys 201 s uca t10n . . ........ P.E. 103 1 Ea1!u~~~ ········ El :·········· .. . · · · · · · · S-6 17- 18 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 6 Title Altern ates : Number Cr. fi st. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist 101} ff 107 3 G athematics Elecci ve . . . . . . . . 1st eneral Psycholo .. ... .. . 3 Intro t E /sY· · · • • •.... EPsy 100 3 p . · o conom1es rmciples of Econo~i~~ ... .. .Ee 100} 3 rnrro ro S . · · · • •. c 101 . oc101ogy . .. ... ... . Soc 100 3 M mer. H1St. to 1865 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Cr. 3 3 3 3 3-S 15-17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title ~athern · tie . a tics EJecti ve2 CtJ ves . .. ... _... · ··· 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 3 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the adtl~nat~f with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the sche u ing of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a maj?r, one or _mr°r~ar. the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junio Y Sixth Semester Title Number Alternates : s Hi c. or W. Civilization ff Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. . -H~st 102} Mathematics Elective . . . . . . ist 108 Intro. to Philosophy. __. ____ Phil Amer_. Federal Gove.. . . . . . p S 101 Electives .... . ..... _ · · · · · · 101 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 2 Fourth Semester Title . Number C Wodd Literature r. Foreign Lan ua ~1· · · · • • • · • · · Eng 152 4 Integral CalZulu~ · · · · · · · · · · .104 or 200 3 Physical Educati~~ · · · ······ .Math 126 4 Electi ves · · · · · · · · · · P.E. 103 1 17 3 1 17 Second Semester Titls . . Numher Cr. Composmon . . . . ..... __ E 3 Fun~amentals of Speech .... Eng 102 2 Foreign Languagei · · · · · · ng 131 Analytic Geometr · · · · · · · · · · .102 or 104 3 Intro. co Musi y. · ···· ·· · . Math 122 4 Ph Ed c. · · · · · ···· · ··. Mus 100 3 ys. • and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 15 IS 16 World Literature . .... . ..... . Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 .••.. . . . . • . 103 or 200 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. .. . Math 101} History of Religions ..... .. Rel 101 Intro. to Philosphy 2 • . •• . •• Phil 101 Alternates :3 Intro . to Economics ..... . . Ee Intro . to Education . .. ... .. Ed American Federal Govt . .... P .S . General Psychology .. . .... . Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ...... . . Soc 100 Elective ............... . Physical Education ......... . P .E. 103 Title B" l . Numher Cr. JO ogical Science B. Composition · · · · · · · · · · · 10 100 3 Foreign Lan ·u·; · ·1 • • • · · • • • · • · Eng 101 3 Algebra andgTr _ge · · · · · · · · · · .101 or 103 3 Ph Ed tg. · · · · · · · · · · · Math 105 5 ys . . and Hygiene .. . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Cr. 3 2 3 Cr. ... .. ... . . 3 .. 12 Eighth Semester Title Mathematics E1ective2 Electives ..... . ... . . __· _. . __ Cr. 3 .. .. .. . . . .. 12 IS :--!he level 2 Ma f o the course will de end . thematics 101 115 118 ·11p upon the achievement of the student , ' w1 not count toward a major. . 15 �DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEG_E_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ ----- 46 47 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the Humanities and Social Sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester umber Cr. Title 3 Composition .... • • · · · · · · · · · Eng lOl 3 Foreign Language . . . . . 100 5 Music Theory . . • · · · · · · · · · · · Mus 1 Applied Musi_c .. • • · · · · · · · . Bio 100 3 Biological Science .. • • • · · · · 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. · .P.E . lOO Number Cr. Title 3 Composition .. . . • • · · · · · · · · Eng 102 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 3 5 Music Theory . . • •· ··· · ·· · · .Mus 1 Applied Music . ... • • · · · · · · · 3 Physical Science . . • •• ··· · ·.Phys lOO l Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. · . P.E. lO0 16 16 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon Biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of Biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in Biology. GROUP II-CHEMISTRY SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester '11111ber Title Nmnber Cr. Title 3 Fore!gn Language . . . . .... . .. Mus 103 5 Music Theory ... , • · · · · · · · · · 1 Applied Music .. • • •. ·: · · · · Electives in Human1t1es, 6 Soc. Science or Psych. • 1 Physical Education . • • · · · . P.E. 103 Fore!gn Language . .. • • · · · · · · Mu s 104 Music Theory .. . • • · · · · · · · · · Applied Music . .. • •. •: · · · · · · · Electives in Huma111ues, Soc. Science or Psych .• • • · Physical Education . • • • · · · · · · P .E . 104 Cr 3 5 This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in Chemistry, industrial Chemistry, or the teaching of Chemistry. GROUP III-PHYSICS l 6 1 This gr up is for students interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial Physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS JUNIOR YEAR A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: Fifth Semester Sixth Semester , umber Cr. Title 4 World Literature . . •••·· ·· · · .Eng 151 2 Applied Music ... • .. Mus 109} 3 History of Music Mus 209 Title N111nber C, · World Literature .. .. ••• •••· .Eng 152 Applied Music ._.•••··· ·· · ·· · Mus uo) Hisrory of Music . . • • • · • · · · · Mus ; 3 Alternates : } Hist. of West Civ .... . . Hise 101 Amer. Hist. ro 1865 . . . . . Hise 107 Fundamentals of SJJ<:e~h · · · · · · Eng 131 Electives in Humanmes, Soc. Science or Psych.• Alternates : . Hist 1021 Hist. of West. Civ . . • • • · · · . > 3 Amer . Hist. from 1865. • • · .HiS t lOS , Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. • · · 3 2 i 210 3 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title History o f Mu sic Number .... M us 109} Mu s 209 Applied Mus!c . • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 215 Instrumentation . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Analysis ... • · · · · · · · · · · · · · Mus Electives .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Cr. 3 2 3 2 6 16 Title Hisrory of Music · · Cr umb" } . Mus 110 3 fos 210 '.; Applied M_usic . • •, · · · · · · fos 216 Orchestrat!on. • • • • · · · · · · · · · · Mus 21S Counterpomt . .. • • · · · · · · · · · · Elect ives ... . • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 3 6 17 I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. A student beginning either language in college must complete 12 semester hours. 2. �48 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY_ . 49 . . r e of Bachelor of Science m with Biology is i~The curriculum leading tod the ddlne the scientific method empham tended to give a thorough u". etan ct g The prescribed curriculum mcludes. on the biological and chemtca aspe s._ t the majority of medical, dental, requirements established for e~trar:ce ~:~ls· preparation for industrial biolosteopathic, andfor medica~fitechdno og1~ ~~ologfcal work in schools of graduate ogy; and bases spec1 c a vance study. Second Semes/e,· First Semester c~. FRESHMAN YEAR b Numher Title Bio 101 Cr. N ttm er ] itle B' 102 General Zoology · · · · · · · · · · : : Chem 101 5 General Zoology . • • · · · · · · · · 10 General Inorganic Chem . . . . Eng 101 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Chem 102 3 Composition · · · · . Math 107 Quali~a_tive Anal. . . : : : :Eng 3 College Algebra . . . P .E. 101 102 Composmon · Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene 1 Trigonometry · · · .· · · · : : : : : : p .E . 102 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ,5 6 3 3 1 16 Title Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE Y EAR C Title Number 201 121 101 201 103 r. Comparative Anatomy of B' the Vertebrate~ .. . . A . ·1·. c~~m Inorganic Quant~cat1ve na . . Hist Hise. of WeS t : Civ . · · ·· · ·:: : :Phys General Physics: · · · · · · · · p .E. Physical Education . . ....... . 5 4 3 5 1 Fo urth SemesterNumber Bio Embry_ology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem Organic Chem. · . . · · · · · · Hist Hist. of West_. Cn . .. . . . ..... Ph •s General Physics : • • • · · · · · · · · · p Physical Education . • • · · · · · · · · · J 202 Cr4 230 4 102 201 3 l04 5 l 18 Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. T itle Bio 241 3 Histology · · · · · · · · · · · · · Chem 231 4 Organic Chem . · · · ·: :Eng 151 4 Wor Id Literature · · · · · · · · · .. . 101 or 103 3 Foreign Lan guage! .... .. . Alternates: .Psych lOOt 3 General Psych· · . Soc 100J Intro. to Sociology• · · · · · · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .. • · · : · · · . . . . Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elect1ve . . . . . . . . . n 134 3 Public Seeaking · · · · .. .in g 152 3 Wodd Liter a cure. . . . . . . . . . or 104 4 Foreign Language! . . 3 10{ 17 Seventh Semester Title Bacteriology • · · · Physiology . · · Seminar in B10logy . . Foreign Language! . Elective .. ·· SENIOR Number Cr. Bio 211 5 . ... Bio 251 4 ... . Bio 291 1 · : : : 103 or 200 3 3 16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. 5 Bio 252 212 Bacteriology • · · · · · · · · · · Bio 4 Physiolo~y • ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 292 l Seminar m B10logy · · · · · · .·104 or 200 3 Foreign Language! .. 3 Elective . . • • · · · · · · ]6 16 tudent. . terests of the s . achievements an d m • The level of the mum wdl depen d u Ponff the courses in the Taxonomy of fFlower· which department Biolog~ ingThe Plants (Biologyof113) an a_lsoEo m n t~~ology (Biology 223)' both o are given in the summer. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the of the student. of the science and to contribute to the broad general education fundamentals Graduates Chemistry enter school. industry immediately upon graduation or may continue in their studies inmay graduate To satisfy the r"<Juirements for this degree a student must complete a total of 140 credits. These credits must include 48 in Chemistry, 33 in Physics and Mathematics, 18 to 24 in the Socia] Sciences and Psychology, 24 to 30 in Humanities, and the language reguirements. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . ... Chem 101 4 Title Number Cr. Engineering Problems . . . .... . Engi 100 2 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .. . . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . ... .. ..... ... Engi 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... .. Hist 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Algebra and Trig . . . . .. . ..... Mach 105 5 Analytic Geo merry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 102 1 18 l'hi,J Semes/er SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . .. . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry .. .. . . .. . . .... . Ch E 206 2 Differential Calculus . . ... . . . . Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry . . .. . ..... Chem 230 4 General Physics . . . .... ...... Phys 201 5 Integral Calculus . .. .. ... .. . . Math 126 4 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 General Physics . . . . . . . . .. .. . Phys 202 5 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Physical Education . . . . . . .. .. P.E. 104 l 17 Fifth Semester 18 ]UNIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Sixth Semester ~rga~ic Chemistry ... . . ..... . Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr . hys1cal Chemistry ... .. . . . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Electrical Measurements . .. . . . Phys 251 3 Physical Chemistry . . ... . .. .. Chem 242 4 Elective ... ... .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 6 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 18 Seventh Semester Tute N umber Qualitative Organic Anal. .. . Chem 233 Cr. st 3 ~ o~y of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 t.l e~istry Elective . ... . .... . l ect1ve .... . . . . . ... . 2 11 or 12 17 Orl8 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ... .. ... . Chem 262 1 Chemistry Elective . . . . .... .. Chem 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 or 13 l 7 or 18 \ iser as follows: . Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty ad- in H,,,,,4nities: Twelve to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the followa ernatics 240. ilthEnghsh 131, 15 I, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music IOO; Religion 101; SJciaf S0 · E" h · foJi e11ces: 1g teen to twenty-four credits are to be chosen from the O1 . l °~mg: Sociology I 00, 10 7, 20 5; Po] itical Science I 00, IO I, 20 3; Economics ' 02; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207. �so WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 51 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION . Secondary This course in Education is intended to prepare students for teaching in the Secondary Schools. The required course will enable the student to obtain certification in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. As the requirements vary from state to state, it will be necessary for students wishing to teach in other states to satisfy the special requirements of the state by electing the required subjects. To attain proficiency in the subject which the student wishes to teach, it will be necessary to elect a minimum of 24 hours in that subject. In addition, the student should take a minimum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. By following this plan each student can meet the minimum requirements for teaching in at least two fields. Careful consideration should be given to the combination of teaching subjects that are of greatest interest to the student and which, at the same time, will give the !::est opportunity for employment. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wd~es Co_llege offers the first two . m Physics or m Engineerin Ph . years of work leadmg toward a m . tio~ was greatly emphasize~ by~~~s~;;e need for men wit~ this type of ed~~~~ junng the rece~t conflict. The curric~i°ew problems whteh needed solution undamenta~s, without which further st ~m offers a firm grounding in the The course 1fl Physics prepares the stude:t o;:~~:~ be conti?ued profitably. try, teachmg, or research. f FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. en~ral Inorganic Chem Engmeering Problems . .. . . -~he~ 101 4 Composition · · · · · · · · ng1 100 2 Alge~ra and _-_-·····. Eng 101 3 American Government ...... PMSath 105 5 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene· · · · · · · p ·E· 100 3 · · · · · · · · . 101 1 G T~ig.·.· .· _- FRESHMAN YEAR 18 First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr Biological Science* .. . .... . . . Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . . .. . .... Eng 101 3 American-Pa. H istory to 1865. Hist 107 3 Elec.-Teach. Sub. or Soc. Sci ... 5 or 6 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Title N umber Cr. Composition. . ... . .... Eng 102 3 American Hist. since 1865 . . .. Hist 108 3 Physical Science* ......... .. Phys 100 3 5 or 6 Elec.-Teach . Sub. or Soc. Sci . . . Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P .E. 102 1 16 15 or 16 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr . World Literature . . . . . ..... .. Eng 151 4 General Psych ology .. .. ... . . Psy 100 3 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . 9 Phys ical Education .... .. .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education . . . . ..... Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ...... Eng 152 Intro . to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 6 Electives-Teaching Subjects .. . Physical Educ ation ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Title N umber Cr. Educational Psychology .. ... Ed 2.01 3 Education al Electives. . . . . . . . 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 Advanced Exposinon ... .. . . . Eng 105 3 Teaching Sub . and Electives . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ....... . .. . Ed 207 3 Educational Electives .... •••· 19 Teaching Sub. and Electives .. j 30 30 During the first three years one of the following courses is required: Art !Ol , Music 100, or Religion 101. Physics 100. ·1365 · · · · · · 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR · in · B'10Iogy wt·11 not ta ke B10 · 1ogy 100; maJors · m · * Maiors Second Semester Title G Number Cr. eneral Inorganic Chem Ch Basic Drawin · · · · · · em 104 4 Composition _g · · · · · · · · · · · · · .Eng1 102 3 Amer. Hist. si~~~ ·t~g l02 3 Analytic Geometr . . . . . . . tst 108 3 Phys Ed a d H y_. .. .... · .. Math 122 . . n yg1ene ..... .. P.E. 102 14 · 1 Science will not take a Ph ys1ca SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title F d Nttmber Cr. un amentals of Speech Advanced E xposmon · • · · · ··. E Eng 134 3 E~ementary Germ 1 · · · · · • · · ng 105 3 Differential Calcu] .. .. ... . . Ger 101 3 General Ph · us · · · · · · · • •Math 125 4 . ys1cs ... .. Ph Phys1cal Ed • · · · · · · · · ys 201 5 ucanon .. .. ..... . P.E. 103 1 -- 19 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. El emen tary German 1 Integral Calculus . .. .. .. . . Ger 102 3 Mechanics I, Stati~s· · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 Mechanics II D ·: · · · · · · .M.E. 211 3 General Physic/namics . · · · · •M.E . 212 3 Physical Ed : .. · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 5 ucat10n ... . . . . . . . P.E . 104 1 19 11 t . n ermed1ate or scientific G erman may be substituted when the st d . . u ent 1s qualified. �WILKES COLLEGE 52 DEGREE COURSES 53 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP MAJORS The Commerce and Finance Curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the Humanities, Sciences, and Social Sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. The Commerce and Finance Curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. To insure a well-balanced program, faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. GROUP I-ACCOUNTING Special emphasis is placed on Accounting in preparation for a career in private or public accounting. Related courses in Economics and Business Administration provide a broad business background for students in Accounting. GROUP II-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION This group is designed for students who desire a broad business background with special work in Banking and Finance, Management and Industrial Relations, or Marketing. GROUP III-RETAIL MERCHANDISING A broad background of business is recommended for students intereste? in Retail Merchandising. Emphasis is placed on specialized courses in Retail Merchandising which are offered in cooperation with retail establishments. GROUP IV-SECRETARIAL STUDIES This group prepares students for secretarial positions. It offers training to students who desire a broad cultural and business background as well as specialization in Secretarial Studies. f Courses in all groups are arranged so that the student will devote ab~ut h.ilk of his work to Commerce and Finance courses. The remainder of his wor will be in the Social Sciences, Science, and Humanities. Accounting Courses in Major ....... ~;· Cou~ses in Commerce and Fma~ce Department (outside major) ..... 39 Courses in Social Sciences ~~ucation, History, Po: ht1eal Science and Sociology . . .' . . . 12 Courses in Humanities 31 Courses in Science ··· 6 Free Electives 9 Physical Educati~~ ..· .· .· .· .· .· 4 Total Courses (in semester hours) 1 131 1I 1II Business Retail Administration Merchandising Cr. Cr. 36 601 27 IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 27 18 IS 18 31 9 28 6 28 IS 6 12 6 4 39 4 4 131 131 131 T!iis figure includes both ma·or . Frnance Department. J courses and other courses offered . th C 10 e ommerce and �WILKES COLLEGE 54 DEGREE COURSES 55 MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING1 MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr . Title . Acct 101 Elementary A~counung ..... . B.A. 100 3 Survey of Bu~iness · · · · · · · · · · · Bio 100 3 3 Biologic.a~ Science · · · ····:::: Eng 101 3 Compos1t1on . . • • · · · · · · · · w. FR ESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester ~i!~ Al::fs~~~f Civilization · · · · 101} Amer. Hist . to 1~65 . · · · · · · · E 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P . . 101 3 1 First Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 102 3 Principl~s. of Accounting· · · _·_- Eng 102 3 Composmon . • • · · · · · · · · · · W AlHte!ntatoef Civilization .... H~st is . . . . 865 Hist Amer. Hist. since 1 .. .. ·P .S. Amer . Fede~al Govt .......... Phys Physical Science · · ·: · · · · · · · · · p E . Ph ys. Ed. and H ygiene . .. . . .. . Title N umber Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. .. . ..... . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Co mposition . .. ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 Al tern ates: Hist. of W. Ci vilization .... Hist 101 } 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 . . ... . . . Hist 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 102} 3 108 101 100 102 16 16 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 111 3 Intermediate Accounting · · · : :B.A. 231 3 Business Law · · · · · · ·.- · · · · · Ee 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... En 151 4 World Literature .···· · · ·· · ·· Mfth 101 3 Fundamentals o~ Math . . ..... p E . 103 . 1 Physical Education. • · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Title . Acct 112 3 Advanced Accouncrng . · · · · · · · B.A. 232 3 Business Law· · · · · · ·.- · · · · · · ·Ee 102 3 Principles of Economics .... . . En 152 4 world Literature · · · · · · · · · · · · Mfrh 102 \ Fundamentals of ~ath ....... Math 115J 3 Mathematics of ~mance .. . . . . p E. 104 Ph ys ical Education . . . . . . . . . . . 17 17 Title Number Cr. Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Worl d Literature . . ........ . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E. 103 1 Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title . Acct 201 3 Cost Accountmg . · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 233 3 Business Law · · · : · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 201 3 Money and Banking· .- · .' · · · · · Ee 231 3 A lied General Statistics . . . . 131 Figdamental~ of Speech . . . . . 100 2 3 Intro . to Soc10logy • • · · · · · · · · ·~if Number Cr. T itle . Acct 202 3 Advanced Cost Accountmg ... Acct 220 3 Accounting SyS t ems . · · · · · · · · · B.A. 234 3 Business Law· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Alternates : Ee 202} 3 Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance . . • · · · · · · · · · Ee 226 3 Economic Geo~raphy · ·······Ee 232 3 Economic Statistics ... . . . ... . 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Acct 221 3 Tax Accoun!rn~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · Acct 231 Auditing Principles · · · · · · · · · · B.A . 209 3 3 Bus . Cor. and ~eports. · · · · · · · B.A. 225 3 Corporation Fm ance ........ . 3 Elective . . •····· ··· ··· · · ·· ·· Num Acct Audit ing Prac.t ice . · · · · · · · · · : : Mus Intro . to Mus ic . . • ••· · ····· Phil Intro . to Ph ilo_so.phy · ······:: Rel H istory of Re ltg1 ons . .... : : . . Electives. • ••····· · ··· ··· Title b 17 Fifth Sem ester Title Number Cr. M:on~y and Banking .. . ... . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Sta tistics .. .. Ee 231 3 Intro : to Sociology . . .... . ... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . 3 E!ecti ves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 15 1 . the sumrn . requtre . d for all students during . in Accounting is P ractical exper~ence d · g the Senior year. lowing the Junior year or unn er fol · Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Altern a tes : Theory of Money .. . ....... Ee 202} Economic Geography .... . Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .... . . . .. . Economic Statistics . .. . ...... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . ... . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . ..... Rel 101 Bus. Adm . or Ee. Elective . .. . 3 Elective ... . .. ....... ...... . 3 Cr. er 232 Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR T itle 3 1 Title N mnber Cr. Business Law ..... . .. . ...... B.A. 232 3 Pri nciples of Economics .. . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ........ Eng 152 4 Al tern ates : Fundamentals of Math . . .... M ach 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Music .. . .... .. .. . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 1 16 17 Seventh Semester 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Cr. 3 3 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR y hird Semester Second Semester Title Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Alternates: H ist. of W. Civilization .. . . Hist 102} Amer. Hist . since 1865 ..... Hist 108 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ...... . .... .. Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P .E . 102 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus . A. Car · and Reporrs. . . . . . . . BA 3 Bu . . 209 E{ . dm. and Ee . Electives.. 12 Ctive ........ .. . _ 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electi ves .. Elective ... . ....... ... ..... . Cr. 12 3 18 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 56 DEGREE COURSES . . . Administration (Group II) in_the Bachelor Students who maJor m Busmessd p·mance may select their electives from the . C ce an of Science course m ommer following: Number 218 220 225 226 B.A. Credits and Collectt0ns. · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Real Est~te · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · ... . .. .. B.A. Corporation Fmance · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Investments. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Titles . Title Ee Government and Busmess . .... .. . E Labor Problems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E~ International Trade · · · · · · · · · · · · · · E Economic Geography_. . .. . . . ... . . Ee Comparative Economic Systems . . . Ec Business Cycles• · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · c Title . 212 223 225 226 229 230 Number 201 · · · · · · . .Ee E 202 . ..... Ec 236 . Money and Bankmg Theory of Money . . . Public Finance · · ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Jach 115 Mathematics of Fmance 1 . . ... . . . Number Industrial Managemen t · · · · · · · · · · B.A. B.A . 235 236 Personnel Management.·· ·· ·· · ·· · B.A. 237 Production Management .... .. . . . B.A. 238 Office Management · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. 240 Property Insurance . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . . ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. . ...... . . .. . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization . ... Hist 101} 3 Am. Hist. to 1865 .... ... .. Hist 107 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E . 101 1 Number E 236 Public Finan_ce .. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · Ec 238 Economic HtS t orr · · · · · · .. . . . . . .. E~ 241 5 Economic Analy is : · · · · · · · · · · · · · E 244 History of Econo~1c Thought . ... E~ 245 Consumer Econo~ic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · Ee 246 Economic Invesngatton . . ... ... . . Title MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title FRESHMAN YEAR N umber B.A. Life Insurance . •·· · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· Ee Labor Problems • · · · ·. · ·: · · ······· Ee Applied _Gener~! ~tattSttcs · · · · · · : :Ee Economic Stat1sucs .. • • · · · · · · · · Title 241 223 231 232 Number 114 216 B.A. Salesmanship .···· · ······ · ······· B.A. Advertising :····· · · · · · ··· ··· ···· B.A. Transportatton · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Marketing .• ••· ··· · · · · · ··· ·· ···· _ 217 222 Title Number Cr. 102 3 102 3 Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition . . .. ...... . . . .. Eng AI tern ates : Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . Hist Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . . Hist Physical Science . . . . .. . .... . . Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. . .. . ... . P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102} 108 100 101 102 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law . . . . . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. .. . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . .. . Math 101 3 Principles of Retailing . . ..... R.M. 101 3 Physical Education ... .. ... . . P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Business Law . .. .. ... . .. . . .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 World Literature ... . ... . ... . Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man . . . . R.M. 102 Physical Education . ... .... . . P.E. 104 17 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester MARKETING Title Second Semester Title ECONOMICS Number MAJOR IN RETAIL MERCHANDISING First Semester BANK.ING AND FINANCE 57 Number Title B.A. Sales Management. • • · · · · · · · · · · · · B.A. Properer Insurance.·· ·· · ·· · ···:: :Ee Intern acional Trad~ • · · · · · · · · · · Ee Consumer Econo~1cs . • · · · · · · · · · · R.M. Principles of Retailing .... . ..... . 239 240 225 245 101 Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Color and Design .. .. . ... .... R.M. 201 2 Retail Adv. & Sales Prom .. . . . R.M. 205 2 Retail Selling .... . ... . . . . . .. R.M. 207 3 Title 3 Elective in Social Science. . . . . Sixth Semester Number Intro. to Music .... . . .. . ..... Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. .. Phil 101} History of Religions .. . . ... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise . ... . R.M. 210 Furch. and Merch. Control. . . R.M . 212 Retail Buying ( Lab. ) . .. ..... . R.M. 214 Elective . ... . . ...... .. .. .. . . Title 15 Cr. 3 3 3 3 2 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. g~s. Cor. and Reports . .... .. . B.A. 209 3 1 F s~l ay ( Retail) .... . . .. ..... R.M . 215 2 R.Un amentals of Fashion .. . . . R.M. 217 3 1 etaiJ Personnel Relations ... . R.M. 219 ntro ·. to Soc·101ogy . . . . . . . . . . Soc. 100 tie c. In Com . & Fin . or Soc. Sc. 3 3 3 17 Title N 11mber Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R.M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ..... .. R.M . 222 Recent Trnds . &Developments in Retail . R.M. 224 Electives. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE 58 DEGREE COURSES 59 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STIJDIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the Engineering curriculum. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the Junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed, their work at such representative colleges as: Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in Mathematics, the Natural Sciences and their application. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. A. 100 33 Survey ~f _BuSmess · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 101 Title . Composmon . . . • • · · · · · · · · · · · g Alternates: . H' t Hist or W. Civilization.•·· !s · . l865 Hist Amer. Hist. to ...... . : Math Fundamentals of Mach_.·.. . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .... . . ·t·t 101} 107 101 101 101 3 3 4 1 Title Number . Science . Bio Biological . .... ..... .E Composition .. . • · · ·· · · · · · ·· ng Alternates: . H' Hist. of W. Civilization . •·· !st Amer. Hist. since 1865 . . . . -~:~h Fundamentals of Mach_.·. . . . . . Shorthand and Ty~wntmg .. Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . • • · · · · ·i·i 100 102 102} 108 102 102 102 Cr. 33 3 3 4 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr . Title · Acct 101 3 Elementary Acco_u~ttng . . . .. . En 105 3 Advanced Exposmon · · · · · · · · E g 131 2 Fundamentals_ of Speech .... . . M°!s 100 3 Intro. tO Music . . . . . . . .. ... . . S 109 4 Advanced Steno~raphy ..... . E 103 1 ·i· Physical Educauon. • • · · · · · · · · · Title Number Principles of Accounting .. . .. ~~~t Ame~ican q-overnmenc . ... . : : Ph vs Physical Science. . . . . . . . . . . S S Advanced Stenography · · · · · · · · · Elect!ve. • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · ·P.E. Physical Educat10n · · · · · · · · · · ~~ 100 110 104 The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: Research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needai to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception that Chemical Engineering students must take two additional hours more Chemistry in the second term. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between Chemical Engineering and one of the other branches of Engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue Civil, Industrial, Electrical, or Mechanical Engineering. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 101 3 Princi pies of Economics .. ... . ~c Title World Literature . . •· ···· · ·· · ng Alternates: Ss Medical Stenography· · ··· · · · · Speech Reporting.••·· · ·· · .S.S. Electives.. .. · .... .. 151 4 210} 3 203 Number . Ee 102 Principle_s of Economics . . . . . . En 152 world L1terature .. • · · · · · · · · · g Electives .. •••····· Title Cr. 3 4 9 FRESHMAN YEAR 6 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. it 3 Bus. Cor . and Reports.· sBA ·s · 209 205 4 Office Proc. & Office Mac . . . . . . . 8-9 T . /,e h ·· · · Title Number Office Management . ... B.A. 238 Electives . . .. • · ··· ···· ··· ···· Cr. 1i Electives .. ••·· ··· ···· · ···· ·· 15-16 16 . d Liberal , b d' 'd d between Commerce and Finance a\ tudent. Electives shoulct. e iv~ ~ t ts and vocational objectives of eac s Arts courses according to t e m eres Number General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 Eng~neering Problems .. . ..... Engi 100 Engmeering Drawing . .. . . . .. Engi 105 Compo · · .. .. .. .. . .. . .. .. E ng 101 br:s1t10n tlge ta and Trig . . .. .. .. .. .. Math 105 hys. Ed . and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 --1 Cr. 4 2 3 3 5 1 18 Second Semester Titk Number Cr . Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & QuaJ. Anal.. . Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .. .. Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry . .. Eogi 106 3 Ad vanced Exposition . . . . . . . . Eng 105 3 Analytic Geometry .. .. .. .. .. Math 122 4 American Government .. .. .. . P.S. 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . . P.E. 102 1 18-20 Chemical st engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours) . All other Engineering udents will register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical Engineering is basic for the study of Aeronautical Engineering. Therefore, the first two years in Mechanical Engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of . T electric~! engineer is trained to i!ed life depends upon electricity. The generatmg equipment H g ' ~onstruct, and operate all l t . I I •. . . · e must supervis d . e ec nca e ectnc1ty for dnvmg the mach. . . e an control the distribution of raildw~ys,hchemical processing, ~::~rnmg rgli~•. factordiesf, and mines; for electric use rn t e tome. ' mg, an or all electrical devices 60 J~:~ CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all Chemical Engineering. The training of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of Chemistry, Physics and Mathematics, and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of Chemical, Mechanical, and Electrical Engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. The communications field · 1 d. ;letype, transmission of pri~t ;fc~u!elegn;f/• telephone, radio, radar, eveliment of electronic tubes, circuit es, o ~rs numerous opportunities. esses o ers opportunities in many fields osf ::Je:~~tment for commercial proc- i:~J SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. ane Surveying .......... .. . CE 103 3 Intro. to Economics E. · F~n<lamentals of S ·~~h · .. . . . c 100 3 Differential Calculrs ..... · ~ 134 3 4 General Physics · ········ th 125 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 201 ucanon ........ P.E. 103 1 Pl SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . ... .... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ... ...... Math 125 4 General Physics .... .. ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education .. . . . ..... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ....... . ....... Ch E 206 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . .... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . ... M.E . 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . . P .E. 104 1 te SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester 19 20 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of Industrial or Mana . metho?s of manufacture and roduct~m_ent Engmeering has to do with the ~f tetgn control to meet and prod~ ~~e effect~ thereon of personnel. and m ac ground in science, engineerin ~ 10n requueme1;1ts. Preparation 'with anagement, and history is necessar gTh conomICs, ~usmess administration ~ot only possess technical skill and\b-r/ s~c~essful mdustrial engineer must Hve economic and humanistic interests! I y; it is of equal importance that he coe must work with others and enlist 'than.d character and personality as well mmon goal Th · d eu co-operation · th . · chine d . . e rn us trial engineer deals w. th l m e pursuit of a r· s .an materials. This curriculm ff 1 peop e as well as with map imanly interested in the administra~o ers fihrs~ two years work for those n o tee nical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. PlaneSurveying .... ....... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics . .......... .. Phys 201 5 Ph ysical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 i; cosf CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~od industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportat10n facilities. Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. I ntegral Calculus Kinematics · · · · · · · · · · · · Math 126 4 4 Mechanics ·st·a·ti~s- . · · · · · · · · M.E . 206 3 Mechanics II D · : · · · · · · · M.E . 211 3 General Ph s'ic/namics. · · · · . M.E. 212 5 Physical Ed · · · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucanon .......... P.E. 104 1 19 19 20 61 Title Number Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics ......... . ... Phys 202 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 l T hfrd Semester Title Elernent N11mber Cr. Intro. toarEy Acco~nting ...... Acct 101 3 Fu_ndarnentals conom1cs E 3 of ... .. ... . c 100 Differential C 1 ~peech ...... Eng 134 3 General Ph .a cu us · · · · · · • • . Math 125 4 Physical EJ51cs: ........... . Phys 201 5 ucanon .......... P.E. 103 1 19 Fourth Semester Title p • . N11mber Cr. rmc1ples of Accountin 3 Integral Calculus g · · · · · Acct 102 Mechanics I, Stati~s· ......... MMaEth 126 4 3 M h · ······· 211 ec an1cs II,. Dynamics .... : : M:E. 212 3 G eneral Physics · 5 Physical Ed : . · · · · · · · · · · · Phys 202 ucat10n .......... P.E. 104 1 19 �62 WILKES COLLEGE MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence and result of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Plane Surveying ... .. ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Differential Calculus ......... Math General Physics . .. ......... . Phys Physical Education .......... P.E . 103 100 134 125 201 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 5 1 19 Title Number Integral Calculus ............ Math Kinematics .. . .. . ........... M.E . Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .... . . M.E. General Physics ...... .. ..... Phys Physical Education .... ...... P.E. 126 206 211 212 202 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 5 1 20 Terminal Courses �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition. . . . . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . . . . . .Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene.. . .P.E. 101 1 1 itlc General Zoology. Inorganic Chem. and Qualitati,e Anal. .. Composition .. . .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . Number Cr Bio 102 5 Chem 102 Eng 102 P.E. 102 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ale Number Bacteriology . . . . . .... Bio 211 Histology. . . . . .. . ........ Bio 241 Physiology. . ............. Bio 251 Inorganic QuantiratiYe Anal.. Chem 121 Physical Education. . .... P .E. 103 Cr. 5 3 4 4 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Bacteriology ..... .. ........ Bio 212 Histologv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 Physiology ................. Bio 252 Organic Chem.. . . . . . ...... Chem 230 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 Cr 5 3 4 4 1 17 17 �WILKES COLLEGE 64 LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. REQUIREMENTS Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in Zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are Histology, Embryology, Comparative Anatomy, Physiology, Bacteriology, and Hygiene. Chemistry: 10 hours of General Inorganic Chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of Quantitative Analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: Physics, Organic Chemistry, Bacteriology, Histology, Embryology, Physiology, and Comparative Anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semesler First Semester Tttle Number General Zoolog y .... .. .. . ... Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Composition .. . . .... Eng 101 College Algebra . . . . . . . .Math 107 Phys. Ed. and Hyg iene .. . . . P.E . 101 Cr . 5 4 3 3 1 J itle N umber General Zoology . . . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and .Chem 102 Qu alitative An al. . Eng 102 Composition ... Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . .. . . P.E. 102 Cr 5 6 3 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number 211 . ... . . . Bio Bacteriology ......... . ... Bio 241 Histology Physiology . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . Bio 251 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 J i1le Fo11rth Semester c,. 5 3 4 4 - l 17 Number Cr. Title . . .. Bio 212 5 Bacteriology . Bio 242 3 Histology . .... . . . .. 252 4 Physiology . . ... . .. .. .. . . . Bio . . . . . . Chem 230 41 Organic Chem . . . . ..... P.E . )04 Physical Education 17 - �TERMINAL COURSES 65 ~ MUSIC I \ A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. ~ -·~ \'~--"' \ ·~,. \. \ ~~-- - - .. \ FRESHMAN YEAR . \ First Semester \ ...... -.\ Title \ N11mber Composition ....... . ..... . . .Eng 101 Foreign Language1 . •••. .. . . . . 101 or 103 Music, Applied .. . ... . ... . .. . Music, Theory ........ .. .... Mus 101 Elective ......... .. ........ . Phys. Ed . and Hy giene . . .... . P.E. 101 ;. ~ E Cr. 3 3 l 5 3 :::: l 0 16 p:: Second Semester Title N 11mber Composition ....... . .. . .... Eng 102 Foreign Language 1 ••• . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Music, Applied .... . . . ..... . Intro . to Music .. . .. ......... Mus 100 Music, Theory .. . ._. .. . ...... Mus 102 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 ~ Cr. 3 3 l 3 5 l 16 '! SOPHOMORE ;:::: Title .... < G z: ~ YEAR Third Semester N 11mber Cr. Foreign Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied . . ....... . ... l Music, Theory ............ .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, History .... . ....... Mus Music, History . . ....... .. . Mus 109} 3 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E . 209 103 l -16 Fourth Semes/er Title N r,mber Cr. Foreign Language 1 . . . . ... . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . .. Hist 102 3 Music, Applied ........... . .. l Music Theory ..... .. ...... .. Mus 104 5 Al tern ates: Mu sic, History . . .... . ..... Mus Music, History .... . ... .. . . Mus 210 3 Physical Education .. . .... . .. P.E. 104 llO} 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �TERMINAL COURSES 65 MUSIC A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of Music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .............. . . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 16 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 1 Fore1gn Language . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 3 Music, Applied ............ . Intro. to Music .. . ........... Mus 100 l 3 Music, Theory .............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title < ,., z Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • • . . • . . • . 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Music Applied .... 1 Music, Theory .... . .. Mus 103 5 Alternates: Music, Hisrory ... . . . . . . Mus Music, Historv ... . . . . Mus 109} 3 Physical Educadon . . . ... . ... P.E. 209 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language 1 • • • . . . . . . • • 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Music, Applied .............. 1 Music Theory ............... Mus 104 5 Al rernates : Music, Hisrory ......... ... Mus Music, Hisrory .. 3 ... Mus 210 Ph ysica1 Education ... . .. P.E. 104 no} 16 16 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �66 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following Pre-Dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of Dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in Chemistry and Biology. Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 College Algebra . .. ....... .. Math 107 3 Composition .... . ... .... ... Eng 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ... . ........ .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Histology . .. . ....... . ... ... Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem 121 5 General Physics ... . . . ... .. .. Phys 201 Alternates : 4 World Li teracure ...... ... . Eng 151 3 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 16-17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem Ch Composition . . . . . . em 101 4 Algebra and Eng 101 3 · g. · · · · ·· ·· ... Math 105 5 El ect1ve ...... . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygi~~~ --::::: :P.E. 101 1 Title Number lnor. C~e'.11 . & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 C~ Cornpo~ition. . . . . . . . . . . . . En 102 Analytic Geometry ··Mg h 3 Elective. . . . . . . · · · · · · · · · · at 122 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygi~~~:: : : : : : P.E. 102 16 17 Nt1mher Cr. Title 3 242 Bio Histology ... ....... ······. . .Chem 230 4 Organic Chemistry . General Physics . .. .......... Phys 202 5 Alternates: 4 World Literature ...... . ... Eng 152 Hist . of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 1 Physical Education ... .. ..... P.E . 104 16--17 i SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nt1mber ~~~era! Zo~lqg_y ........ : . . . Bio 101 Cr. G . Quant1tat1ve Analysis .. . Chem 121 5 ene~al Physics . . . Ph s 201 4 Physical Education. . :p 103 i Title Number Cr . General Zoology . Organic Chemisrr°y · · · · · · · · · · ~~o 102 5 General Ph · · · · · · · · · · · · em 230 4 Ph . ysics. . . . . . . . . . . . Phys 202 5 ysical Education . ..... ... : p .E. 104 1 15 15 18 16 T bird Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester T~i · ·· · · ·· · · · · ·· FRESHMAN YEAR 67 .J. JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N b A um er Cr. 0 mp._ nato~y of the Vert . .. Bio 201 5 rgamc1·Chemistry · · · · · · · · · • •Chem 231 World 5 Alternat~!~rature ....... . .... Eng 151 4 . Title Number Cr. Histology and Organology B.10 202 5 World Literature .. .. __ . __ ··· E Alternates: · · · ng 152 4 Hi5t. of W. Civilization H" 102} A~er • Hist. since 1865 . : : : : H~!~ 108 3 Elecnve ....... . ··· ···· · · · ·· 3- 5 Co ~iS t . of~- Civilization .... Hist 101} mer. Hist. co 1865 .. ...... Hist 107 3 17 15-17 �WILKES COLLEGE · ~ - - - - - - - 68 TERMINAL COURSES 69 RADIO PRODUCTION SECRETARIAL COURSE . will an inevitable demand_ for me~ As the influence of radio mcrea~e~, soand specialized technical skills. This essed of broad trammg . d · roduction and program~~1r;0::~ !i:spretend to devel~f~~fa~~sy :i;~ b~o~dcasting in combination . b t ·t does help to create mrng u i d t' n d h h . h ~ourses in general e uca 10 . . . in the college an t e t~c w1~ urses in general e~ucat~on will bi g~~Penof a local broadcasting stat10n. nicalo courses wi·11 be given m the wor s The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the Bachelor of Science Degree in Commerce and Finance when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. The flexibility of the program leading to this degree permits students to elect a 24-hour sequence either in commerce and finan ce or in another field of study, according to the interests and objectives of each student. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title . Bio 100 3 Biologic_a\ Science• · · · : : : : : : : Eng 101 3 Composmon • · · · · · · · ·h Eng 131 2 Fundamentals of Speec ..... . Alternates: c· T tion .. .. Hist Hist. of W · JV! tza Hist Amer. Hist<?ry to 1865 . . . .. Mus Intro. to Mus_1c ... .... .... . .. Rad Intro. to Radio .... _. .. . .. ... . P.E. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . 101} 107 100 100 101 3 3 3 1 Number Title _ . ___ . Eng 102 Composmon · · ·. · · · · · · · .... Eng 133 Oral Incerpretat10n . • · · · · Alternates : c· T tion ... Hist Hist. of W . ~v1 iza . Hist Amer. Hist. smce 1865 ..... Ph s Physical Scie:ice · · · · · · · · · · · · · Intro . to Soc10l?gY · · · · · .. ... Rad Radio Announcmg ·... . ... . . .. p E Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... . . so[ 102} 108 100 100 102 102 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 1 18 18 First Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Composition ...... . .. Eng 101 3 Alternates: Hist. of W. Civilization .... Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist . to 1865 ..... .. Hist 107 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Economic Geography . .. ..... Econ 226 3 ComJ::tition . . ............ . Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization ... . Hist 102} 3 Amer. Hist . since 1865 .. . .. Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title . Ee 100 3 Intro. to _Economics. · ··· · · ::: Eng 151 4 World Literature .· · ······ p 100 3 General Ps}'. chology. · · · · · ·:: :R?'d 201 3 Radio Wrmng · · · · · · p. · b Rad 203 3 Con. Rm. Tech . l!', Pro . ro .. p E. 103 1 Physical Educanon. . . . . . . . . . . d· 17 Number Cr. Title 4 World Literature . • · · · · · · · · · -~nl 152 3 101 Amer . Federal Govt ....... .. . . Altern~tes : Ed & Broad ... Rad Radio News . : Rad Radio Advems1~g .. : ..... . Rad Radio Act ing & D1rectmg ... . Electi ve. • • · · · ·: · · · · · · · · · · · · P.E . Physical Education .. . ...... . 202} 204 206 3 3 104 l 17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ............. B.A. 231 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... .. S.S. 205 4 Electi ve .... . ... . . ... .. .. .. . 3 Physical Education .. .. . .... . P .E. 103 1 Fo,,rth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 4 3 Office Managament ....... ... S.S. 206 4 Elective ................... . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 . Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subSbtute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro'/,ded they demonstrate adeguate skill. Placement examinations will be given t e first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �70 WILKES COLLEGE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by Biology and laboratory courses in Chemis try and Physiology. The courses in Secretarial Accounting and Office Procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Biological Science ..... . . ... . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .......... . . Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of M ath .... . . . Math 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pe writing ... S.S. 101 4 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . . P.E. 101 1 Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . ..... Chem 101 4 Compositi on .. . ....... .. .. . Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . . . .. S.S . 120 4 Phys. Ed. and H ygiene . . . .... P.E. 102 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Courses Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Physiology ............. . .. . Bio 251 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civil ization ... . Hist 101} 3 Amer. Hist. to 1865 . .... . . . Hist 107 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 3 Elective ...... . ... . . . .... ... 3 Physical Education . .. . . . . ... P.E. 103 1 T itle N umher Cr. Physiology . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... . Bio 252 4 Alternates : Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. Hist 102( Amer. Hist. since 1865 . .. . . Hist 108] 3 Medical Stenography ... . .... S.S. 201 3 Office Man agement . . . . . . . . B.A. 238 4 Elective .......... . . . .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .... . ... . . P .E . 104 1 18 18 A candidate for a degree with a major in Medical Stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree, should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �72 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 73 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Cooney, Dembert, Laggan, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, rnd branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. THE STAFF AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of Balance Sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Accr. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. THE STAFF AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, rwo hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112. AccT. 202. ADVANCED Cosr AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standa rd costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201. Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Th A st d f h ree hours MR W u ~ o_ t e accounting method ... . ERNER I~an ass~c1at10ns, and other s ecialize~ ~£ ?anks, ut1!1ties, building and given to mterna1 control ease ~f d. usinesses, with special attention Prer · · ' recor mg, and forms equ1s1tes: Accounting 112, 201. . AccT. 221. TAx AccouNTING-Th h ree ours A study of Federal taxes in l d' . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and miscellaneous· correct cfu m'? mcome, estate, gift, corporate ' use o various form . 1· . P rerequisites: Accounting 112. s, app 1cat10n of rates. Acer. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-TlDree h ours Methods used in verifyin l . and Balance Sheet and I g, ana yzmg, bl ncome accounts· p ica e under various circumstanc Cl ' two hours a week. es. ass, r Prerequisite: MR._LAGGAN, MR. WERNER and mterpreting tl:e records t d f s u y o the procedures aptwo hours a week; laboratory, ccountihg 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Th h ree ours Advanced application of d. . . . MR. LAGGAN, MR. WERNER lems of classification and . atu itmg _prmc1ples to actual practice· probf • m erpretation of a • o internal control; preparation of re ~counts; study of methods week; laboratory, two hours a wee!orts to clients. Class, two hours a Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. . Acer. 242. C. P.A. PROBLEMS-Three hours Review of all phases of ace t· MR. WERNER counting problems as taken froomun In$ through a study of advanced acvar10us C p A . . p rerequisites. Accou t. · · · exammat10ns. · n mg 1 12, 201, 231. ART lnstmctor: Mr. O'Toole. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Th ree hours Fundamental training in the h d1. MR. O'TooLE ~k~lls and knowledge used in t:n mg of t?ols, the acquisition of the rmciples of drawing design come pr~t~entabon of the graphic image colo 1· ' , pos1 10n cola . f • · . . 1·me t ' t r, uses o lme and tone , d · r• me and color tone · St u d'1es m IV1s1on, form, light and shade 1· h ex ure, tone, and color; space two hours. ' ig t- ark. Class two hours, studio d �74 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 75 ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- One hour MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, caligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various com1:inations of weights and types of letters. Show card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Studio three hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Th. h 1ee ottrs Advertising and editorial 1a out· m MR. O 'TooLE montage; photographs and tex/ '. oddern_ ~ayout; the use of phototype and illustrations Th d uresdm a vertismg; color in backgrounds · e a vance stude t ·11 b , th at will meet the professional t d d n _w1 e required to do work s an ar s requ1red b d .. Cl ass two hours, studio two hours. y a vertismg agencies. Prerequisites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' ' , or equivalent. ART 215-216. • FINE ART-Th ree h ours Having completed th b . MR. O'TooLE e asJC course the t · · · an d composition during th· '. rammg 1l1 drawing design IS course will be . t "fi d ' I e, study of the light-dark rinc· 1 . m ens1 e . Study of still and opaques, balance domi!:anc ip;, 1J1ght and shade; transparencies study, line, tone and c~lor. Cla :, oh ow thro~gh, contrast, texture p ss wo ours stud 10 tw h rerequis~tes: Art 101 102 ' o ours. ' , 10 3, 104 or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART T' h n Th ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART. 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class two hours, studio two hours. Prerequisites: Admission by permission of the instructor. -a~ ~n e complete design, picture structure Th . . of perspective. Further study of th . : e various kmds and uses of the past an~ present Ad de pa1?t1~g, design and art movements studies · Th e creation of space ·studyvance f t d. 1~ various painting mediums 0 d · ' wo imens 1 d . · esign. Study of tensions of 1· f wna an three dimensional textures. Class two hours stud1~est, ohrms, lights and darks, colors and . . , 10 wo ours. Prerequ1Sites: Art 101 102 103 104 . ' , , or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif; Instructors Dague and N . . k , am1sn1a . Two choices are open to the student of Biol a Bachelor of Science or a B h I f ogy. He may take either ~e!~ct~d is largely determin:~ ~ or t~ Arts cou_rse. The_ course that is 10d1V1dual. y e professional objective of the The curriculum leading to tl d intended for persons wh d 1_e egree Bachelor of Arts in Biology is . . o es1re a broad 1·b l b spenal1zation in Biology Th . i era ackground with a ~noice of cultural subject; and e_ p~es~ribe; curriculum permits a wide in the field of Natural Histo ,sth es1gne for those who wish to write th • ry, ose who wi h t ose whose aim is teaching at th 11 s o enter museum work graduate work in the Nat l S . e co ege level, and those who pla~ · • ura CJences The · lO Biology are listed on page 48. . re9u1rements for a major Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Tl . Dree h ours B. T 101ogical Science is a s . HE STAFF no other courses in Biology url~ey course mtended for students who take . presents the essential general information �76 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ DESCRIPTION OF _ COURSES _____ ________ ?? about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of Biology, explains the organization of living matter, teaches the structure of representative animals, the methods of their classification, and the basic principles of Genetics, Embryology, Evolution, and Ecology. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 112. GENERAL BOTANY-Five hours MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of Biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Five hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY- Five hours Mrss DAGUE Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hottrs each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 22 3. ENTOMOLOGY Entomology is the study of . h MR. REIF cation of specimens L1'f h. m~ects t. rough the collection and identiii. • e 1stones of rnsects d. d econom1c relationships and th . . 'fi are stu 1e as well as their Class, two hours a we~k- lab e1: s1gn1 dcance in industry and medicine , ora ory an field work, six hours a week.. BIO. 241 AND 242 H . ISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY Th h ree ours Histology is the study of normal t. MR. REIF to form organs and organ systems ~ss~~s ~nd_ the arrangement of tissues of both semesters work which m.ust r~/t is g1v~n only upon completion hours a week; laboratory tw h taken m sequence. Class, two , o ours a week. Three hours each semester. Bio. 251-252. p HYSIOLOGY-Four hours each Physiology is a study of th f . • semester Mrss DAGUE e unctionmg of th · an d organs of the animal b0 d L b e vanous cells, tissues · 1vmg · living forms Cl Y·tw ah oratory wo rk me · 1ud es experiments' mvo a week. . ass, o ours a week; laboratory, four hours Bro. 261. GENETICS-Five hours Genetics presents the . . . Miss DAGUE . pnnc1p1es of mh ·t f an d vanations of those cha t . en ance o normal characters rac ers 1n plants a d . k . wor rncludes experiments and roblem n . an1ma1s. Laboratory urements of genetic variations PCl s on the kmds, causes, and meashours a week. · ass, two hours a week; laboratory, six Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY O . ne credit each semester Seminar in Biology is d . MR. REIF Biology for senior studen~s1g;edhas a ;orrelating study of the field of ological topic for presentatio~ toa; /~~ ent_ prepares a paper on a bihour a week. n 1scuss10n by the group. Class, one BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg; Assistant Profe . tors Bachman, Brennan, Brightbill ;sors Morris, Bedillion; Instrucla~gan, landau, Riley Thomas W ' oyWce, Casper, Cooney, Farrar ' , erner, hitby. ' B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS- Th . l Ab . 1ee 1Jo1trs T S as1c course in the essent' 1 f HE TAFF of problems pertaining to ad 1~ ~ o ~odern business. Studies are made of . m101strat10g and fi · h I enterprise; manufacturing and d ·st .b t· nanc10g t e organization ems; governmental policies tow db1 n_ u ton of goods; personnel probar usmess. �78 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ----------- ------------4 SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR.. RILEY B.A. 1i . . . behind all buying; creation of mterest art ofpresentation sell mg;. the of mot1 ve. . meeting objections; types of cusandThe desire; serv1Ces, tomers. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business wntrng . . wi'th emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. 6 ADVERTISING-Three hours . d' MR. BACHMAN B.A. 21 . mg f h d ·ff ent departments o f advertising work ' .mclu . A survey o t e engraving, ' er . copy, art, display, trade-marks, and media; advert,smg as a social force. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite; Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. TATION-Three hours . MR · ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPOR. . ads busses, inland waterways, and ~tr and po!toes ofecon?mic ratlro . '.imp ortance of transportation; Stg· andProblems ocean transportation; nificance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. C CTIONs-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 218. CREDITS AND OLLE. . ation analysis of risks; collection The fundamentals of credit; lff~'esti~ ; the organization of credit plans and policies. Special attention given o and collection offices. . 102 Prerequisites: Economics 102, Accounting . MR. CASPER B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE~Three hours . ess including consideration The fundamentals of the real est~te busm le , purchase development, of titles, mortgages, leases, advertmng, sa ' ' and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENcY, BAILMENT-Three hour, Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT · g ' trade . system and functions o f mark e tPrinoples rn . Evolution of the marketing f .competition · t and the nature o · e structure, and organ1za_ IOn . trans ortation, finance, and storag . of distribution, assemblrng, gratng, . ~ study of the marketing of a Each student is required to ma e a specia selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 79 B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS MR. BOYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance con· tract. Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. �80 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three ho:.m MR. BOYCE law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisites: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 o . 1 r equ1va ent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three h . MR. ours BOYCE . h,s course IS a stu,jy of the fundamentals of fire' casualty, and mar1·ne Insurance. Instructor to be announced A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. of price and brand policies· • distribution. ' preparation of sales budgets; costs of T · B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours 81 -- Prerequisite: Business Administration 132 or approval of instructor. M B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours Th1s course 1s a study of th · · . . R. BOYCE surance from the over 11 . e P:mc1~1es, practices, and uses of life inindustry. a viewpoint o the product, cost, market, and Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hottrs MR. RILEY Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223. CHEMISTRY* Professor Bastress; Assistant Professor Halpin. Bone; Instructors Salley, B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing risks. operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Poto· hours MR.RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions: employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Six hours each week. Two hours lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MA AGEMENT- Three hours . . Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY, MR. HALPIN An. mtroductmn to the fundamental laws and theori . ;;,em,stry. [he chemistry of selected non-metallic elemen~s o~k:;rf:",c ours a wee ; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage dep~sit req,uir;~~ Prerequisite: Economics 223. B.A. 238. CHEM. 101. GENERAL lNORGAN1c CHEMISTRY-Pou, hou,·, MR. RILE\ The relation of the sales department to all other departments ; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and mana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis ; determinatwn CHEM. 102. IN C . ORGANIC Srx hours HEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYs·s MI · Th e reactions . ss BONE, MR. HALPIN of the common metallic el tice of elementary Qualitative Analysis 0:me~ts, t1;: theory and pracoratory, si~ ~ours a week. Breakage dep;sit re~~ir:Jr ours a week; labPrerequ1s1te: Chemistry 101, CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Pou, hours A continuation . . of Chemistry 101 The ch Miss MR. HALPIN . t BONE, f oratory work includes some Q 1't ~. em1s ry o the metals. labas a prerequisite for further ~~~;i::; Analysis. Will not be accepted Week; laboratory three ho k B y courses. C~ass, three hours a p rerequ1s1te: . . Chemistry , urs 1 o1,a wee . reakage deposit required. --- s,n:· tudents wishin~ to stuJy Chemist e a maior in Chemistry is difficult h 11 ~ !r:ang~eli~c\:~eL _bBachleAlor of Science in Chemistry, era rts program. �82 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATNE ANALYSIS-Four hoursHALPIN MR. SALLEY, MR. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN ADVANCED PHYSICAL CiiEMISTRY-Three hour, /P . f t ical analyses. Cl ass, two . hours a week; Theory a~d practice o . Breakage deposit reqmred. laboratory, six hours a wee Prerequi:;ite: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122 · SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods MR. of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANA LYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours . . n of Chemistry 121. Class, tw o hours a week; laboratory, A hours contmuat1ok nine a wee . B realrage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMIS_TR y hours MR · BASTRESS -:-fFour carbon compounds. The prepara: An introduction to the chemistry_ . Class three hours a week, . f the aliphatJC senes. , . d tion and properties o a week . Breakage deposit require . laboratory, three hours Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CH . MR. BASTRESS EM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMIST RY-Five. hours . l ttention to cyclJC h •t ?30 with spec1a a k A continuation d s. Class, ofthree hoursry a - we~k-' laboratory, six hours a wee . compoun . Cd em1s Breakage deposit require . Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 2 33 · Q . ! UALITATNE ORGANIC A NALYSis-Three hours MR. BASTRESS • ML&~N A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of Inorganic Chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class,required. two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 231. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One hour MR. BASTRESS The of the science in terms of the personalities responsible fordevelopment the development. · Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour . Practice in the systematic identificat1~~a~A course designed to give . Class one hour a week, . ounds and mixtures. '. pure org~nIC comp k Breakage deposit reqmred. oratory six hours a wee . MR. literature. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical Prerequisite: Completion of twenty Chemistry credits. Prer;quisite: Chemistry 231. ECONOMICS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRYR.re e hours. MTh BASTRESS Professor Rosenberg; Instructors Brennan, Cooney, Elliott, Farrar, Laggan, Riley. Special top1Cs . m . Organic Chemis try, including theones . of orgamc reactions. . Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-2 42 . ter semes PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four h ours each MR. SALLEY . and the ele- t ry . op · l et~:e f Physical ChemiSlaboratory, three An introduction to t~e prCml hours a week; ments of thermo dyn amics · ·ass, uired .hours a week. Breakage deposit reMq them. atics 126, Physics 202. . . Ch em1s · try 121 , a Prerequ1s1tes: Students who major in Economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in Economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in Economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee_ IOO. INTRODUCTION To ECONOMICS-Three hours THEfor STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed students who plan to take ONLY ONE semester of work in this field. 11,eoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and bank- 1ng, and international trade are included . �84 WILKES COLLEGE -------~ _ _ _ _ __ _ __ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of Economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of. his environment. gov~r~ental participation in labor relati . . vestJgat1on and arbitration in lab d. ons, collect~ve bargaming, inPrerequisite: Economics 102. or isputes, and social security. Ee. 225. lNTERNATJONAL TRADE THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 1 O1. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKlNG--Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisites: Approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with pecial attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisites: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. RILEY An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, h?~rs, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union pol1oes, ours Ee. 226. EcoNOMic GEOGRAPHY Th h A stu dy of the relation of - h ree ours TH E STAFF This course describes and a gleograph y to the economic activity of man. · d ustnes, • and population na m It yzes . d t . e world distn·bu t·10n of resources ld . is wor resources and related .fields. es1gned as an intro d uctory course in' Prerequisite: ECQnomics 102. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two hours h Jee Theory and practice of . t . MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT contemporary problems andmpe{?~tton1htrade_ with special reference to quotas, foreign exchange o ~l~1bes: ~ toJ?1cs covered include tariffs d , equi 1 num 10 mt t· , stu Y will be made of h. . erna 10na1 payments. A fl . geograp JC economic so · 1 d •. uences on mternational trade R '. f ' cia ' an pol1t1eal inm en ts m . th e United States. . ev1ew o current pol"Kies . an d d evelopPrerequisite: Economics 102 Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Th. - Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY N A ORTH MERICA-Three hours M R. .BRIGHTBILL MR C A study of th . . ' · OONEY,. MR. ELLIOTT .h e econom1e regions of the N th A wit . special emphasis on the role of h U . or me~1can continent, hem1sphere. t e nited States m the Wes tern Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229 COMPARAT E CONOMJC SYSTEMs-Thr h The mstitutions of planned ee ours MR. FARRAR con temporary experiment in eveconomy of the. US S·R· an d th ose of the t" · · 1 studied. Constant objective JO~ary socialism in Great Britain are whi ch are ch aracteristic of a cap ·t pansons are made w1"th institutions . . . . 1 a11snc economy p rerequ1s1te: . . Approval of Instru t . .. . IVE c:;: c or. Ee. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Th h . ree ours A historical analysis of m . b . MR. FARRAR .. 1 a;or usmess cycles Co t a cntica examination of p bl•1 . · n emporary theories p u c po1icy toward b · rerequisite: Approval of Instructor usiness eye1es. Ee. 231. A . and PPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Th h A course in statistical tneth 0 d d . ree ours THE STAFF coll ection · and interpretat · · to b usiness. A f s an. .their appl"ICa trnn and ion statistical data f d. . measures of central tendency fitt" h , requency 1str1bution test; test of significance for small' sam1~g t e nor1:3al curve, Chi-square Prerequisite. Appro 1 f I p es, analysis of variance. · va o nstructor. ° �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Prerequisite: Economics 2 31. Ee. Ee. EcoN I OMIC NVESTIGATION - Th ree hours E h MR. ELLIOTT MR FARRAR ac student conducts an investi ation i ' . terest and constructs a final re t n th~ field_ of his major inthe principles of scholarly Pt?~. (ass instruction will consist of· (1) en ICism 2) compilat. d . ograph ies, and (3) details of ood 10n an use of biblinotes, and bibliography. g orm as to content, table, body, foot- [1 . f Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisites: Economics 102, Political Science 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOTT, MR. FARRAR An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 246. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. EDUCATION Assistant Profe s ssor emon; Instructors Balz, Boyle, Emanuel Ee. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours Certification Requirements for Secondary School Teachers Pennsylvania Teaching Subjects: (a) Academic subjects· 18 . tions in Science a~d semester hours rn each subject. ExcepEducation office. Social Studies will be explained in the (b) ~ommercial subjects: A total of Jects with specific requirements as MR. FARRAR This course is intended to coordinate the work of the special courses pursued in the general field of Economics and business. A more penetrating analysis of economic forces that can be undertaken in the elementary Economics courses. Prerequis:te: Economics 102 . . . m commercial sub- Bookkeeping and Accountin Semester hours Commercial and Econom • 12 Commercial Law ICS eography · · · · · · · · · • 6 Commercial Math~~a-tic~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 6 Office Practice ················· 3 Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · •. . 3 Typewriting · .' : .· : : · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • . 9 Salesmanship .... _· _· _· .' .' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · - . . 6 Junior Business Training · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3 Economics ·············· 3 Retail Sellin~ · : .' .' : : . _.... · · · · · " · · · · · · 6 Business English. (a) T · j · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · -- 12 Not less than tw~ semes:; :~;;m:ster h_ours in E~glish. (b) 5 resp'.)ndence. m Busmess English or Cor- J ··············••. 244. HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR A study of the historical development of economic doctrines. The writings of the leading thinkers in the field of Economics, beginning with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. Ee. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three homs MR. COONEY, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. ROSENBERG The place of the consumer in tre economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. J~l~;~~s Cd ucation . Courses: Education 101 201 207 a d .· h H' ' , ' n six ours fro ives. istory 220 is required for all t'fi m an approved list of elecT o th cer 1 cates e teacher's certificate ma b dd : the teaching of Occupational Iyf e a . ed Guidance Certification forn ormat10n whi h · . c requires srx semester t" �88 WILKES COLLEGE - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 21 . 6'. and Economics · certificate , in addi. · 223) hours (Education 214, Education 1 Sciences. This IS . twelve semester hours m Soc1a . hon to for teachers o f O ccupational Information. required 89 En. 101. lNTRonucrroN To EnucATION-Three hour, New fersey B · R quirements · 6h Engl IS asIC . Stu d.ies, 12 hours.' Science, ours. .e h, 12 hours·. ' Social . f l8 semester hours or t hours and a mmor o A ma1·or of 30 semes er h , h i·n prescribed fields. For pref ster ours eac two minors o 12 se~e d artment of Education. A broad, general introduction to the Jie!d of Education, the various branches of the service, preparation demanded by each branch, the outstanding problems in the Jield at the present time, teaching as a profession, place of teaching as a profession in the social order, the preparation and persona] qua!ilications requited of the successful teacher. Teaching subjects: scribed fields, consult t e ep ·n take at least two hours t h m New Jersey w1 . Students planning_ to eac d ractice teaching. For other reqmre. B. l a course m method, an p . . m io they ogy, should consuIt their advisor m Education. ments En. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hom-s MR. SEMON A psychological study of the natuce of the learner and the nature of the !earning process. A consideration of such problems as the importance of the interaction of the chi!d"s and the teacher·, personalities, the edu. cationa] importance of individual differences, motivation in education, transfer of training, and a psychological evaluation of methods of teaching. New York Prereguisite; Education IO 1, Psychology 100. Teaching Subjects: Mathematics, 15 hours; Engl_it• f . 1 ":::!~a:;:::ges ( or Physical Science, 1~ ho~r~, om 30 hours.* languages, Social Studies, Ciences, Education Courses age History Biological any Classical two) , ( 1 8 5emester hours required) : • "pies of Educa- History, Philosophy, problems or prmo_ ........... 3 to 6 hours tl ·on .......... • · · · · · · · · · · · · ." · · 3 to 6 hours .. h00 l methods and materials ........... . Secondary sc Ps chology for Adolescent development and/or y ......... 3 to 6 hours · · · · · teachmg · · · · ·. · • • · · · · · · 2 to 6 hours teachers · · · · · · · · · · · · .· · d· · ·ractice Observation and supervise p ·tten examination in the f · language a wn . h To teach must a modem oreign. passe d ' m . addition to satisfyrng t e language be satisfactorily above requirements. Other States . tates other than Pennsylvama · should Students expect to teach rn sw1"th the Education Department as to confer earlywho in their college course specific state requirements. En. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use. A study of the usual methods of treating scores. Supervised administration, scoring and interpretation of standardized tests in public schools. Practice in the construction of objective tests. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 207. PRACTICE TEACHING-Eight hours Students observe several teachers and teach in co-operation with and under the supervision of experts. Co-operative planning, teaching, and evaluation of results are emphasized. Large group, sma]J group, and individual conferences provide opportunity for discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: Education 201. En. 211. EXTRAcuruucuLAR ACTIVITIES-Two hours Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency gram. to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance pro. Prerequisite: Education 101 and 201. * �90 _ _ __ _ WILKES COLLEGE _ _ __ ~~::::::..==--:__ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 MR. EMANUEL TION-Two hours . . l ED 212. VISUAL EDUCA . f . 1 education· prmc1p es . . 1 d t hn1ques o v1sua ' . A study of the matena s _an e~ . he incorporation of visual mstrucand lans for the use of visual ai s, t k f the classroom. tion m the wor o . 201 * and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 101, ' ENGL 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of Descriptive Geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105. ~ MR. BAIZ CE Three hours d ED. 214. GUIDAN . d bl ms of guidance, an an f h · c1ples an pro e · A general survey o t e prm . sed in a guidance program m introduction to activiti~s ant te~::i~~~:s;lvania guidance teachers' and a public school: Required or Chemical Engineering counselors' certificates.. 202 and Psychology 100. Prerequisite: Education 201, ' C.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall ·, Assistant Pro f essor Heltzel; Instructors Thomas and Halpin. p OBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF ENGL 100. ENGINEERI~G R int the student with the aims, purLectures and discuss10ns to ac_qua An introduction to the proper oses and methods of the engineer. res"'ntation of solutions, both Pmethod of attack upon problems, prop_er P·n . .the use of the slide rule h · l Instruction i · z mathematical and grap ica_. Gra hs Lecture one hour, practtcu11 necessary to Problem solution. P · three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL D AWING-Three hours d d R . he elements of projection drawing an ~; A basic course covermg t d t f Chemistry and Physics. s O scriptive geometry necesfsary . for stu ntsensketching orthograph'ic an d iso· 1 O • .use . mstrume , analysis' and so u t·,on .of spaced includes etterrng, . and the 1 metric drawing, d1mens1orn~g, . and revolution of points, Imes an problems involvi_ng the proJe~t1o~ents. Practicum, seven hours a we1:k. planes. Intersections and deve op ENGi. 102. BASIC MR. HELTZEL 0 AWING-Three hours . ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING R same relation to the engm:erThis and the followin~ cou;s~ be;.rhtt:ars to our daily lif~. Techmcal ing profession as the subject o d ;ft~:ing. Use and care of rnstrument~ sketching and vertical freehan . e t· drawing with dimensions an d proJec orthographic an aux iliary . . ion d reproduction processe s. Pracsections; isometric drawing; tracings an ticum, seven hours a week. * Education . course may be taken with it. 201 instead of preceding this MR. HALPIN Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from .field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class two hours a week: Practicum six hours a week. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KiNEMATICS-Fo11r homs MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and ac- �92 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class two hours a week: Practimm six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hottrs MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses ; centroids. Class, three hours --------ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Th . . M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Craig; Associate Professo,: Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, E. Williams, and G. Williams; Instructors Evans, Foxlow, Groh, Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the Freshman and Sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English shou1J be so distributed as to include an advanced course in Composition or Journalism, three hours of work in Linguistics (English 201, 203, or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in Literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in Education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering Freshmen are required to take a placement test in English . Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL E GUSH- No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. h ours 93 Prmoples of exposition· coll t 1 d. . THE STAFF ' a era rea ing; wnting of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION Th h . . - ree ours P~mc1ples of exposition cont·n d· reading; writing of themes. Prerequisite: English 101. a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. ree -- ENG. 105. An 1 . THE STAFF ue 'narrat10n and description; collateral VANCED EXPOSITION-Tl h Dree ours MRs. . . W1LLIAMs , M R. D ONNELLY T ypes of exposition• Th d • · e e 1tonal t · etc. Collateral reading; themes. ' in erv1ew, informal argument, Prerequisite: English 101 placement test. or exceptionally high rating in the English SHORT STORY Th h ree ours A writing course Tra· . . MRs. WILLIAMS · rnmg m the J • the short story. se ectton and use of materials for Prerequisite: English 105. ENG. 106. fournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h A b . , ree ours M W eginner s course ·n g th . RS. ILLIAMS 1 d ·· a errng and ·· eiirntron of news, writing leads an ':n:mg news. Topics include: news sources; a brief survey of th h~ butldmg the story, law of libel the c e 1story of Ame · · ' urrent status of freedom of the . ncan Journalism and papers address the class and ans pr~ss. Editors of local and nearby s wer questions tudents make comparative stud of . pape~s of U. S., both dailies and y and reRort on representative pract1ee in writing with weekl cou~try week11es. There is constant p rerequ1s1te: . . English ' y news ass1gnments · 102 _ ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Th h Th·1s course supplements E . h ree ours 1 MRs . WILLIAMS portant assignments· accidentngd1~ 121. Instruction in handling imtng · · s, 1sasters elect' 0 . s, cnme; covering the ma,· b . ' 1 ns, convent10ns meetor eats· City h 11 , quarters, federal building lab b ·. a ' court house, police headnewspaper style, writing head:r,m usm~ss, sports, _s?ciety; editing copy, Visit to local and neighb . , easurmg readabt11ty, sema.ntics. T onng newspaper ffi d . ;rm_ paper: series of articles suitable f o ces an prrnting plants. a ectmg the College or community. or newspaper on timely subject Prerequisite: English 121. • �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 123. PUBLIC RELATIONS-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Recent development in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations. Use of public opinion polls by editorial and advertising offices of newspapers; the Continuing Study of Newspaper Reading by the Advertising Research Foundation. Recognizing propaganda, use of rumor, pictures, well known devices. Study of pressure groups and lobbies, government publicity, national publicity campaigns, press releases. Special attention is given to the 2,300 trade journals and 6,000 house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. 95 ENG. 211. E E ARLY NGLISH DRAMA Th h Study of the drama as a l't ree ours MR. DAVIES . 1erarytype d ·th' times to 1642; reading of 1 b an ~ s istory from the earliest dramatists exclusive of Sb kp ays y pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan . . a espeare. Prerequisite: English 152 _ ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA Th h St d f h ree ours MR D . ud yo t_ e drama in England from 1660 to th d f h .. A~IEs perio ; re~~mg of representative plays. e en o t e Victorian Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three hottrs MRS. WILLIAMS Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes . Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. E. WILLIAMS Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELL y Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 203. ANGLO-SAXON-Three houn MR. DAVIES Study of the language and literature of Old English; reading of representative selections. Prerequisite: English 15 2 and consent of instructor. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE Th h ree ours . Intensive study of selected la s. r. Mrss CRAIG 10 class. P Y ' w itten reports on others not studied Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG ~tudy of the poetical works of John Mrss CRAIG written reports. Milton; lectures, discussions, Prerequisite: English 152 . ENG. 221, AGE OF POPE Th h ree ours M A study of the poetry and n ii t' R. E. WILLIAMS the work of leading essayists,o~io c ::~!fsros~ o! this period, inclu_ding Prerequisite: English 152. g P , d1ansts, and letter wnters. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON Th h ree ours MR. E, WILLIAMS A study of the poetr and . the work of leading /ssayist:o~tct10~1 pro~: of 1740-1798, including Prerequisite: English 152. ' ograp ers, iarists, and letter writers. ENG. 237. E E ARLY NGLISH NOVEL Th h English prose fiction of th . t - h ree ours Miss CRAIG 0 f th e six eent and se t h . e novel to the dose of th . h ven eent centunes· rise .. e eig teenth century. ' P rerequ1S1te: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL Th h Th . ree ours Mr C e ma1or novelists of the nineteenth a d . ss RAIG Prerequisite: English 152 _ n early twentieth centuries. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT Th Study of the works of d ree hours MR. DONNELLY wrt't ers contemporary with wthor sworth ' Coleridge, S co tt, an d rhe prose p em. rerequisite: English 152. ,vr ... �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 284. AMERICAN LITERATURE- Three hours MR. E. WILLIAMS Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. �WILKES COLLEGE 96 MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND Prerequisite: English 152. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in Science, Philosophy, Art, Religion, and Society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. ENG. 269. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. UTZ ENGLISH-Three hours Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English Literature and Composition: Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for seniors majoring in English. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF MR. E. WILLIAMS hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. ENG. 283. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three Prerequisite: English 152. MR. E. WILLIAMS LITERATURE- Three hours Survey of American Literature from the Civil War to the present time. ENG. 284. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 15 2. MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite: English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 ~ Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. EvANs, MR. FoxLOw The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of dear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakecs but also better critics of speech. 132. ExTEMPORANEous SPEAKING---Two hours MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for vacious occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the prfociples of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasonfog. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speakiug and thinking to a de.finite end. ENG. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ORAL INTERPRETATION-Two hours MR. KRUGER The principles and methods of oral interpretation of common prose and poetic forms are studied, with frequent practice in class; emphasis throughout is upon the sensitive understanding and appreciation of the selections read. Prerequisite: English 131 and 132. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. 233. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE- Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. ReENG . quired of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Dworski, Mitana, Vujica; Instructor Davidoff. F.L. 99. FuNDAMENTALS OF CoMPARATNE GRAMMAR-No cred;, THE STAFF A course designed to explain as briefly and as simply as possible the principles of grammar which cause difficulty for English-speaking per- ... �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 99 . . ua e· dThis course may be required of all sons studymg a foreign Jang . g_ma students who demonstrate their equacy in grammar. One hour. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each . semester Miss DwoRsKI French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours. FR 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Thre~:._ouDrsWORSKI Miss McANIFF . MR. DISQUE, ;,uSS ' .. Introduction to F renc h grammar-' practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. F NCH-Three hours FR. 102. ELEMENTARY RE H. DWORSKI Miss McANIFF MR. DISQUE, J.V.USS , Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three MR. hours DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI Review of grammar,. prac fee 1 in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. . ' Prerequ151 . ·te •. F r ench 102 or the egmvalen~- hours FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE F RE NCH-Three MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI Intro d uc t10n . to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. · 1 Prerequisite: French 103 or the equiva en __ DwoRSKl FR 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Th ree hours d . d forMISS students who . . . I ting A course eSJgne f . Intensive P ractICe IO trans a . . French in their particular field. o IO· wish to be able to read material m_ l S . or the Natural Sciences. terest in the Humanities, the Socia _oences, . ·t . French 103 or the equivalent. Prerequm e · Miss DwoRSKl TION-Three hours . FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSA 'th emphasis on idiomat1c . · · the spoken language, wi .. f day Intensive practICe m . d aling with activities o every_ usage Use and of therecords commonedst to acquire fluency in speakmg life. an t~xpre~::~p~o:e e mi French. · l t . . French 104 o r the eqmva en . PrereqwSite: SKI Miss applied DwoR to FR 107 FRENCH COMPOSITION -Three hours . d French . . of grammar an d l'd•IOma t·JC usage m mo ern ' Stud .. compo~tion exercises and free comp0S1t1on. Pre.requisite: French 104 or the equivalent. A survey of the evolution of French Literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on genera! ideas, Lterary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of a nwnber of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH CLASSIC DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsICJ Study of selected works of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 204. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three honrs MISs DwoRsK1 Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century, other than the dramatists. Three hours. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DWORSKI of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, andStudy Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 207. THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH NOVEL-Three hours DwoRsKI The development of the French novel in the nineteenthMiss century, with special emphasis on Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, and Zola . Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three hours Mrss Thecentury development of modern drama from the latter half of DwoRsKI the nineteenth to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 209. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH PROSE-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Study of selected works from representative contemporary writers. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. �100 WILKES COLLEGE - - - - - - - ~ T I O N OF COURSES 101 German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours. GER. 203. GOETHE-Three hours GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VuJICA Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German I 02 or equivalent. R~ad~n~ and interpretation of selected MR. DISQUE and md1v1dua1 reports. works of Goethe. lectures Prerequisite: German 201-202 or . 1 equ1va ent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. MR. DISQUE GER, 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN D RAMA-Three hours The German drama of h . MR. DISQUE to G erh art Hauptmann. lectures t e nmeteenth century from ludw1·g T1'eck tural history of the times. and reports on the literary and cu1Prerequisite: German 201 202 . 1 or equ1va ent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours MR. DISQUE, MR. VUJICA Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. h Th ours The modern Germa short sto f . MR. DISQUE dividua1 reports; lectures on tl ry ~om nl atural1~m to the present. Inperiod. 1e cu tura and literary history of the Prerequisite: German 201 202 o . 1 r equ1va ent. - ree Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours. Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German I 04 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. Spanish SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH y1 h - nree ours A stu dy of basic elements of MR. . DAVIDOFF, MR . M ITANA Introduction to the reading of s. glamSmar: with extensive oral exercises. imp e panish prose. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH Th h ree 011rs C t. . of 101 with MR. DAVIDOFF, MR . J.Vll H-TANA on muation . d specrn 1 emphasis O • an the natural idiom. n conversational approach Prerequisite: Spanish IOI or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH T'' h - Dree ottrs Exerc1ses · m · simple oral and written MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA of Spanish grammar. composition. Intensive review Prerequisite: Spanish I 02 or equivalent. �102 WILKES COLLEGE._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ OF COURSES - - - - - -DESCRIPTION - 103 S NISH-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE PA MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three hour, Introduction to t h e s tud Y of Spanish civilization. Readings from . selected Spanish authors. . Prerequ1s1 . ·te.. Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH MR. MITANA The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. -Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA SP. 206. CONTEMPORARY SPANrSH LITERATURE-Three honrs . . ertains to economic t . · re1a t'ons between study of Span,sh as_ it an Pd the United States. Special emphas,s theThe Spanish-speakin~ _countnes on business letter wntrng. . Prerequisite: Spams • h l03 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSA TON I - MR. Reading and discussion of representative works in prose andMITANA poetry of modern Spanish writers. The signilicance of the generation of 1898. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA HISTORY Intensive practICe . rn . the spoken language. Emphasis on idiomatic usage. . · 4 uivalent. Prerequisite: Spamsh 10 or eq SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITI ON-Three hours MR. DAVIDOFF, MR. MITANA Stress will . be l ai.d on original compos1t10n . . and techniques of trans· l t . . • h l04 or equ1va en . 15 Professor Thatcher; Assistant Professor Mui; Instructor Rock. A major in History shall consist of twenty-four hours, of which twelve shall be in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in History are requireil to take both History I O1 and 102 and History IO 7 and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not be counted toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. lation. Prerequ1S1te: Span , MR DAVIDOFF CULTURE- Three ,;ours . SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN .. d l nt of South America. The cultural, economic, . . an d political eve opme Prerequisite: Spams · h 104 or eqmvalent. SP 201-202. MAIN CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MR. MITANA . Three hour, each semester . h literary thought from the A SUrvey of the development of Sparns . Middle Ages to the present time. . . . S · h 104 or eqmvalent. PrereqwSite: panIS LITERATURE-Three hours SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH MR. M!TANA f the sixteenth and seventeen th centuries Study of the great authtrs of Cervantes, and Lope de Vega. . with emphasis on the wor s o . . HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester THE STAFF A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from Egypt and Mesopotamia to the present time. The development of government. social life, religion, scientiJic thought, literature and philosophy, and commerce and industry will be traced in general outline. HIST. I 05. ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three h orm MR. Mm A genera] course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the Anglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development of English common law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universitiei, continental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of learning. . h 201-202 or eqmvalent. Prerequ1S1te: SpanIS SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. MITAN~ Representative works in the field of drama; lectures an d ind1v1dua reports. · I t Prerequisite: . . Spams . h 201-202 or equ1va en . H1sr. 106. E GLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three homs MR. Mm Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 HIST. 107. AMERICAN-p ENNA.- HISTORY TO 1865-Three hours MR. THATCHER HIST. A general survey exten d'mg from the period of discovery and explora- tion to the end of the Civil Wn . d t do their outside reading on Students in Education will bed r_equ17 t. o to the development of the the history of Pennsylvania an its re a 10n nation. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES-Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the different traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, with emphasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three hours T MR. HATCHER A general survey covering th e peno . d f rom 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY MR. THATCHER n~h~rs . 'od since the Spanish-American War, An intensive of theofe;1 emphasizing the study emergence t e U rn°ted States as t ay world power and the economic . an d soci'al problems of the present cen ur . Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. RUSSIA-Three hours MR. Mu1 This course deals with the background and characteristic features of the communist state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political, social and economic, religious, and intellectual traditions as they developed through the Kievan, Mongol, Muscovite, and Imperial ages and on the efforts to solve some of the pcoblems arising out of the conBict between these civilization. persistent traditions and the increasing influence of western Eucopean Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hoz,rs MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and inteilectual life of Europe Revolution. ram the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French HIST. 253. THE HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY MR THATCHER Three hours each semester · . . f h American Constitution and the growth of the constitut10na ong~ns ? tlesystem with special attention to the role of Athestudy American of the Supreme Court. . d . and Political &ience 101. Restncte Hrs_tory 107, 10\23 is a prerequisite for History 224. to Prerequisite: Juniors and Sen10rs. History Prerequisites: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HisT. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development MR. of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. hours 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three ho111"s 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN fRONTIER-Tt:7 ~::~CHER MR. ROCK A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the dass will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. UNITED STATES HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE F OREIGN POLICY OF THE MR. THATCHER Four hours . . to A study of the evolution of the several poli_cies that give direct10n t he relations of the United States with other nations.. . ted Prerequisite. . . . H.ts tory 107 ' 108 ' and Polit1ca . . l Soence 101 . Restnc to Juniors and Seniors. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professors Richards, Hull, and Wasileski; Instructor Creasy. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 45. GEOMETRY-No credit Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. Two hours per week. MATH. 98. SOLID THE STAFF �106 WILKES COLLEGE - MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Three hours THE STAFF This is a course designed for those wishing a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five hours THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three hours THE STAFF Trogonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, nominal and effective rates, equations of value, force of interest, amount and present value of simple annuity, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, general annuities certain, bonds, price of bond bought between interest dates, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours MATH. 122. ANA 107 G EOMETRY-Fottr hours T S St d f HE TAFF the uefe:al geo7:ietric figures by ~eans of coordinate systems, including LYTIC :;{s:ctio!s~ tra::r::m:~: ;q:;'::,~; :,~~~u;~ :~•;~:!d:~:;;,,ci;~::'. 0 MATH. 101. FuNDAME:r-..1ALS OF MATHEM ATICS-Three hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. ----- THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. A continuation of Mathematics 101. ~ESCRIPTION o_ F _C ~ s THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 0 1 0 quat1ons, famd1es of curves, rntroduction to Solid Analytic G eometry. pt~erequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathe - ~~10~ MATH. 125. DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS-Pou , . T • . . . r tJOU,s HE STAFF L1m1ts, ~~nvattves, differentials, applications, theorem of mean value Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. · MATH. 126. INTEGRAL CALCULUS-Four hours THE STAFF Int~gr~tion, fundamental theorem, applications, ferentiation, multiple integrals. series, partial difPrerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 127. THE TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS hree hours Buildin of a . MR. W ASILESKI struction !ids . ~rog~~m m s~condary mathematics, materials of int. '. rn. eac mg, maintenance of interest testing informal tee m teaching a:ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid ,geometry tp:ac ngonometry, and loganthms. , Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Th h M B . . . ree ours R. RICHARDS Alg ebgmnrngst ~bn ~abylon and Egypt, Greek Geometry, Arithmetic and e ra, con n utrnns of the R M C . ' Hindus and the "A b. " ~mans, aya, h1nese and Japanese, the . rn . th e Middle . raA IC notation, ma t1cs k · the· Arabs as custodians of Matheges, awa ·enmgs rn Europe, Vieta and the Renaissance, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth centur~, French mathematicians of the eighteenth centur the reat expansion and the strengthening of the foundati'on . thy, . g s m e nrneteenth cen tury, th. e_ tren d to abstraction in this century. Prerequ1s1te: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. THEORY OF EQUATIONS- Th. h R tee ottrs Miss HULL ootstoptes. an_d graphs of equations, determinants and matrices , miscellaneous Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 GEOMETRY-Three hours Mrss Huu Study of space Geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations be~een them, systems of pla?es, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, . surfaces of revoluti_on, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadnc surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 216. Soun ANALYTIC MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: Plane Geometry. METHODS-Three hours Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. EQUATIONS-Three hottrs Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Continuation of Mathematics 251. Prerequisite: Mathematics 251. Applied Music . Individual instruction is offered at al! levels of difficulty to students in Piano, Pipe Organ, Voice, Violin, and several Band-Orchestra In. struments. A s_eries of lifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstrat10n (examination) before the Music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not Music majors may receive one credit each semester for Voice or Instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. II-Three hours The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in Music wil! be evaluated at the end of the Sophomore year by the Music faculty. The student wil! be advised before the opening of the follow. mg semester Music major. if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the MR. CREASY Frequency distributions of one variable, m?men~s ~s st~tistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical d1stnbut10~s for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of ~ore. than on~ vanable, ~andom sampling, linear regression and correlat10n, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS Liberal_Arts students wishing to major in Music wil! fol!ow the pro• gram 65. outlmed on page 46. A rwo-year terminal program is outlined on page GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI MATH. 228 . STATISTICAL Assistant Professor CobJeigh; Instructors Balshaw Henderson Isaacs Liva, McHenry, and Moran. ' ' ' MR. CREASY A priori probability, empirical prob~~ility, mortal~ty t~bles, annuities, certain, pure endowment, life annu1t1es, whole life insurance,. premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, ·gross premmms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MUSIC Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC-Three hours MR. COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN An ele~enta'.y course in _the art of enjoying and listening to Music. Non-techn,cal, 1t covers bnefly the entire range of Music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102•103-104. Musrc THEORY-Five hours each course MR. RICHARDS MR. RICHARDS COBLEIGH, MR. MORAN The study of Music Theory is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The concentration of al] Theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading Music schools. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES T h subJ. ect matter of the first two semesters of Theory is divided e lf io two hours· harmony, one between ear training, two hours; so egg Theory a;e divided into The third and fourth semesters o :~:~~aining, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The choice of subject material will be determined as far as possible by the interests of those electing the course. Announcement of the topic will be made on or about May 15, for the first semester of the next academic year. All students interested are asked to consult with the Chairman of the Music Department. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 1950-51. 110 f Th re is no prerequisite for Theory 101. . . Stued ents may be admitted to the other courses by exammat1on. Mus. 109. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. ° MR . CoBLEIGH 1· . S h 1 . t th century The rise of Nationa istic c oo s. Music in the nmde ;en ch opera. Offered in alternate years. Offered Italian, German, an ren . in 1949-50. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour a semes t er Prerequisite: Music 100. CoBLEIGH . .. d his music related to the social, economic pol1t_1c~l, The ·composer an d f h 'od A survey of musical acttv1ty and religious backgroun t e pen · G' ·n 1949-50 from 1500 to 1800. Offered in alternate years. iven l . • Mus. 110. Music HISTORY-Three ere dits 111 MR . MORAN . half credit a semester for a coral of two St~dents ;nay receive on~ll students desiring credit for participation credits for rour semesters. . in the Band should consult with the Band director. Mus. 125 -126-127-128. CHORUS-One -half hour a semester MR . CoBLEIGH Mus. 210. Music HISTORY- Three hours MR. COBLEIGH A detailed study of one of the topics listed under Music 209. Announcement of topics will be made on or about December 15, for the second semester of the academic year. All interested should consult with the Chairman of the Music Department before that date. Offered in alternate years. Offered in 19 50- 51. Prerequisite: Music 100. Mus. 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Three hours MR. MORAN The in.struments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Mus. 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGINc---Three hours MR. MORAN . one -half credit a semester for a coral• ·of cwo s d ts may receive · c~ en c for pamopanon credits for iour semesters. All students desiring credit . in the Chorus should consult with the Chorus director. Mus. 209. Music HISTORY-Three hours A detailed study of one of the following topics: (a) The Symphony (b) Wagnerian Opera ( c) Music since 1900 ( d) The Concerto (e) Vocal Music ( f) Beethoven (g) Bach (h) Brahms ( i) The Symphonic Tone Poem MR. CoBLEIGH Scoring for the large orchestra of the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS- Two houn MR. COBLEIGH The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of Music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three honrs A study of the various species of countrapunral writing which form the basis of the composers from Bach to the present. Use of texts in the application of melody to the vocal line. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY 113 PHIL. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Three hours Assistant Professors Mitana and Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philos?~hy and _Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Rel1g1on. Phi!osophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. MR. VUJICA ~he developme~t of philosophical thought from its appearance in Ionia to the Renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek thinkers, particularly Plato and Aristotle, to Western culture. Patristic and scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the systems of Thomas Acquinas and Dun~ Scotus. Jewish and Mohammedan medieval thought. Prerequisite: Philosophy 1O1. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of Philosophy. !1-~ong _the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the ongm ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowl~~ge. The p~rpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the tradit10nal_ solut10n of these problems in order to interest him in s~rio~s an~ ~efl.ectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his know ledge, and to aid him m gaming an mtell1gent understanding of the world and life. MR. MrTANA The objective of the course is to familiarize the stu~~nt with the _elementary principles of dear thinking. The use and validity of reasonm?, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and _other approaches to knowledge m the field of the Natural and Social Sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hours PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as I:ed?nism, Formalis?1, Utilitarianism and Self-Realizationism. The applicat10n ~f moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic ~rder.. The nature of virtue, conscience, moral character a~d th_e relat10nsh1p of ethics to other fields of knowledge are discussed m this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The tmttment of religious problems in Philosophy; t~e nature, _s~ope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of rel1g1?us behavior. The aim of the course is to give the stude~t a? understa~~mg of the basic principles of Religion and the contnbut10n of rehg1ous thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. 205. AESTHETIC-Three hours MR. MITANA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards· the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry an? th e fine 'arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of expenence. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three hottrs MR. VUJICA The most important systems of Philosophy from the Renaissance t~rou~h the end of the Nineteenth Century. Seventeenth Century Ra~1~nal1sm (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth Century Empir1osm. (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. P~st-Ka_ntian_ and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern sCience m philosophical speculation. Prere uisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY- Three hours MR. VUJICA .Th~ principal trends in Twentieth Century philosophies. The contnbut10ns of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for ~ach student are included in the program of Physical Education. PhysICal Education is required of both men and women during the Freshman and Sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in Physical Education so far as possible, is done out of doors and includes soccer, football, t~nnis, and golf. ~~e indoor work during the winter includes a large number of competitive games. Th_e C?llege women al_so are given a thorough medical and physical exammat10n before entermg upon the program of Physical Education. During the spring and fall, the work for women consists of outdoor athletics; during the winter, activities such as dancing basketball and natural gymnastics are carried on. ' ' �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 115 P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester THE STAFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal Hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination, good heal~h habits, ~nd to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Three hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASVREMENTs---Three hours Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of Chemistry: includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. EDUCATION-One hour each semester POLITICAL SCIENCE THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102, without the instruction in personal Hygiene. Assistant Professor Mailey; Instructors Hibbard, and Kazlas. A major in Political Science shall consist of twenty-four hours. AU co~rses except_ ~oliticaf Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the ma1or. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 236 are also acceptable. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Taylor. SCIENCE-Three hours MR. TAYLOR A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods,_ concepts'. vocabulary, and applications of some of the more outstand~ng pnnoples of Physics to the needs of the individual and the ~ommunitf; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL PHYS. 119. METEROLOGY-Three ho,,rs MR. TAYLOR A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions a~companying weather changes. Weath~r predictions, air-mass _analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agnculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS, 201. GENERAL MR. HALL PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of N~ture, meetin? requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all Science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work in the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. PHYSICS-Five hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and Modern Physics. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hour, MR. MAu.EY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to the natural science students only. Bachelor of Arts and Commerce and Finance students may take the course only with the perm1ss10n of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hottrs THE STAFF A study of the National Government and the Institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact the CitJzenemphasized. on the government and of the government on the citizen isofrepeatedly P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PHYS. 202. GENERAL P.S. 203. Pour1cs AND POLITICAL PARTIES---Three hours MR. MAILEY . A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 117 P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. HIBBARD ministration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hottrs MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three hours A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 0 1. MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and ad- P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. KAZLAS Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. A broad oencral course covering the structure, powers, and function of state g;v~rnments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hof.lrs MR. KAzLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules wh~ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European History. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KAZLAS A stud! of tw? European '?overnments representing two diametrically ~ppos:d 1dealog1e:, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~mencan system are traceable to the English, the first half of tl~e cou~se 1s devoted to the English Government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons l-etween the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker, Kanner, and Riley. _A major in Psychology consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours in this _field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 25 5 1s acceptable. The department_ requi_res t~at Psychology majors substitute one year o~ a l~borat~ry soence m B10Iogy, Chemistry, or Physics in place of B10log1cal Sc1en~e. Students planning to take graduate work in Psychology ?1ust take either French or German to meet future graduate school requuements. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of Psychology on a graduate level, or whose interest lies in the teaching of Psycholo?~ in co!l~ge, or in the application of Psychology to such fields as advertising, cl m1cal work, business, or educational or indu~tria! personnel. The student is cautioned that an undergraduate ma;or In Psychology does not qu~lify him for professional psychological work. A?vanced graduate study 1s always required before the individual can qu~l1fy_ as a ps?chologist. In a great many fields today, the Ph.D. degree 1s berng reqmred for qualification. Students ~ho wish ~o become certified by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bl1c Instruction as psychological examiners or as public school psychologists should plan their program carefully under the direction of their faculty adviser so that necessary courses may be taken. Courses numbered above 250 are open to Seniors only. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 119 THE STAFF PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individu_als and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to Freshmen. Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF PSY. 212 . HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only supe~ficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects_ as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Recommended for prospective majors. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. THE STAFF n~~n TuE~FF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology PSY. 203. INTRODUCTION TO EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Three hours THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of Psychology. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 204. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more advanced lecture and laboratory course, including practi~e with the older as well as with the more recent methods employed rn psychological research. Prerequisite: Psychology 203. PSY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER An introduction to the industrial application of Psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~1:1d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t1ons; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours 251 or permission of instructor. THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions _to individua~ ~iff~rences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology Mrss HARKER An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours 100. 100. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent Psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psychology 100, 201, and one additional course. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours each semester PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss HARKER The course is designed to present a general view of the devel~pment and growth of the child. It is concerned primar!ly wi:h the _hered~ty a:~ native equipment of the child and t~e manner m whICh this equipme _ is modified during childhood. Emot10nal development, language <level opment, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. His torical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 . �120 WILKES COLLEGE PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psychology 201 and 208. Open to Seniors only. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. Prerequisite: Permission of head of department and open to Psychology majors only. RADIO Instructor Morgan and Staff: Hal Berg and Thomas Bigler. RA. 100. INTRODUCTION TO RADIO-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND ST,\FF An orientation course covering the history, development, organization and control of broadcasting. Including the international system, soci~l and economic influences, as well as the administration, programming, and operation of the individual station. RA. 102. RADIO ANNOUNCING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A laboratory-studio course in basic microph?ne techniques,. stressing practical experience in the procedures and routm~s of a~nou?cmg. ~lso developing an understanding of the announcer s qualtficat10ns, skills, and work. Prerequisite: Radio 100. RA. 201. RADIO WRITING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF An intensive study of the basic principles of good radio continuity writing, providing class instruction in the writing of all ~inds _of copy: commercial announcements, program continuity, dramatlC scripts, etc. Individual exercises and assignments. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 202. RADIO NEWS EDITING AND BROADCASTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course in the editing, building, writing, and presentation of th~ news program. Information about news source_s and t_he history ~n _ development of news broadcasting. Students -:ill be given ample P portunities for actual preparation and presentat10n of newscasts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 203. 121 CONTROL ROOM TECHNIQUES AND PRODUCTION PROBLEMS Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A course designed to acquaint the student with the technical aspects of control room operation, such as handling of console and turntables, proper care and cueing of records and transcriptions. Also a study of various production problems, embracing a knowledge of studio production signals, handling of remote broadcasts, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 204. RADIO ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A study of Radio Advertising and its relation to other media. Organization of the sales staff, and the selling and servicing of commercial accounts. Problems of time buying, audience measurement, marketing statistics as they relate to local, regional, and national accounts. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RA. 206. RADIO ACTING AND DIRECTING-Three hours MR. MORGAN AND STAFF A workshop course affording opportunity for student participation in radio broadcasts and all types of radio dramatics. Also including experience in the techniques of radio production, tracing the development of a program from the idea stage to the presentation, emphasizing script reading, rehearsal techniques, sound effects, music, et cetera. Prerequisite: Radio 102. RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica. A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in Philosophy and Religion. Philosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two fields as is desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of Religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of Religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Empha~is is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exili~ periods of Hebr~w h1sto~y. ~he gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course 1s a contmuat10n of Religion 20 l. Prerequisite: Religion 101. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the types of literature found in the New T_es_tament. P~oblems of language and authorship are discu~sed. ~he religious teachmgs of Jesus and the Apostolic Church a~e s_tud.1ed agamst the background_ of their own time and examined in then s1gn1ficance for contemporary life. Prerequisite: Religion 101. RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg; Instructors O'Toole, Riley, and Sheridan. Bachman, Brightbill, Cooney, R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MISS SHERIDAN Policies and practices of the various retail institutions;_ types of retai! institutions and types of merchandise han~le_d; store location and layout, sales and service policies; employment, tramrng, and welfare. R.M. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of. the organizational structure of department s:ores; organization and fun~t:ons of operating divisions; planned observation in e~ployment, trai~m~~ receiving, marking, delivery, wrapp_ing, phone, mad order and adJuS ment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RM 201 COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. OTOOLE · · . · d t le Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. P:r.10 :' symbols classicism modern design. Components of composition, P . · ht , texture. !ems of, function; ' proport10n, balance, r h yt h m, c~1or,_ 1ig Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design m appare1· :tb- 123 R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of Retail Advertising and Sales Promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING-Three hottrs MR. BRIGHTBILL, MR. COONEY, MR. RILEY, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR. COONEY, Miss SHERIDAN Merchandise informatibn; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHA DISE CONTROL-Three homs THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of procedure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and their control; types and limi tation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING-Two homs THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. laboratory work required. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R.M. 215. DISPLAY-Two homs THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services. within the store; window display. �124 WILKES COLLEGE ----DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 125 RM 217. l'UNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Th ree h ours . THE STAFF . . . How the fashion world works. Fashions as a social. force. in Fashion Paris, England, United States. Appare, 1 millinery , shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. R PERSONNEL RELATIONS-Three hours R.M. 219.MR ETAIL BRIGHTBILL, MR. C 00 NEY' MR ' RILEY ' MISS SHERIDAN . . . . b l ·s· employment procedure; wage Retail personnel pol1C1es; JO a~a. ysi_ , m lo ee evaluation; employee plans and mcentives; empl~y~e t:ai~1fg,_ ~at1onyaffecting labor problems stabilization; employee participation, eg1s in retailing. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand; development of skill in Typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from Shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105-106. SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. ]ENKlNS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on mastering fundamental principles, during the first semester; dictation and transcription, including principles of English during the second semester. Four hours each week. All laboratory. R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STTORES HE TAFF Two hours · 'fi · S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING-Two hottrs each semester MRs. WILSON . . factors in1·business success; Just1 cation Importance of small busmess, . . . management· employee b • fi ancing· locat10n· po Kies, ' d of new usmesses; n. , . pro , fit·, records; small business an relations; sales promotion; turnover, the future. Development of skill in Typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from Shorthand notes during second semester. laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. RM 222 RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-T wo h ours THE . STAFF . . . d. d tment· charge accounts; passmg on apOrganization o( ere i_t ep;_r b ' . mercantile agencies; salescheck plication for cred~t; retail ~e it ~rea~;espondence; personal financing; rocedure· collection proce ure an co . d' contracts; :ms t allment credit·' legal aspects of retail ere it. P R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETA!~~ STAFF Three hours · R . ff ndamentals- trends m . reta1·1·mg,. st u dy of developments m ev1ew o with u retail. store , execu t.ives. Laboratory work; reports on cooperation trends and developments. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY-Four hours each semester Mrss BEDILLION Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in Shorthand, Typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg; A ss1stan . t Professor Bedillion; Jenkins, Whitby, Wilson. ss Instructors dMRS. dWILSON d velopment of an un erstan Development of skill m Tfpewntm'?, e material. application of typing of good style and form m_ typewritten term' a ers. Laboratory ing skill to the writing of busrness letters and PP fee required. Four hours a week. • • 99 PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING. N 0 Ct·edit S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester . . . . . o-· MR.legibility; JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand with emphasis on fluency and development of speed and accuracy in the application of Shorthand, Typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING-Two hours each semester MR.s. WILSON Development of greater speed and accuracy in Typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercia_l forms; Rreparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto n_iaster copies; transcription from Shorthand notes; d_evelopment of desuable work habits and attitudes. laboratory fee requ1red. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccOUNTING--Three hours 127 A major in Sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 255, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in Sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into seven groups: MR. WHITBY fundamental principles of Accounting and thei~ application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess10nal offices. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three ho11rs Miss BEDILLION Study of accepted procedures in typical medical _office~, cli_nics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skil!s to medical d1~ta~10n; t_ranscription of case histories taken from hospital r~cordsi specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice m fillmg out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours Miss BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. _Four h?urs ea_c~ week. . Prerequisite: satisfactory background 1_n English; a?il1ty to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transrnbe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures_ in typical business and professional offices;. study of personal _and technical requirements for secretaries; understandm~ and use of ~artous commercial forms ; operation and use of office machmes ~nd equipment; personal and vocational guidance. laboratory fee regutred. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SoaoLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of Sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to problems. questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SoooLOGY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of their functional relationship to social organization and social change. The course is d"5igned to_ enable the student to apply these analytical tools to the relatmn of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of maJor 1nstitut1ons, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. "' Soc. 280. HISTORY OF Soc10LoGICAL THEORIES-Three hou-, MR. SYMONOLEWicz A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a histoncal background necessary for understanding of the current trends in Soao!ogy as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, prob. lems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 278. II Population and H11man Ecology Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three ho11rs Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Tb~ d~velopment of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organ12ation and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology l 00. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, Instructors Chwalek, and Holbrook. A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours .. Although_Soci; ology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses 10 Sociology, 1t 1s no accepted toward a major in Sociology. III Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEwrcz . Tb~ development of marriage and the family in ethnological and h,stoncal perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust- �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 ment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. responsible for marital success or failure. Factors Soc. 27S. RACE AND CULTURE Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SY.MONOLEWICZ SOCIOLOGY- Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic mstitutions- f amily, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Soci~l factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolut10n of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Religion 101. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hottrs CONTACTS-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisites: Sociology 100, Psychology 100, and Economics 100. A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. V Social Work Note: All the courses offered in this division are pre-professional, i.e. they do not carry any graduate credit. They are introductory in character and were designed especially to meet the needs of those students who are planning to do some work in the field before enrolling in one of the recognized graduate schools of social work. Soc. 24S. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK- Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 246. SOCIAL CASE WORK-Three hours An introduction to the principles and problems of social case work. A discussion of methods of interviewing and recording. Prerequisite: Sociology 24S. IV Social Change and Social Disorganization Soc. 230. SOCIAL 248. INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNITY RECREATION-Three hours An analysis of the concepts of recreation as an area of community service; a review of the various types of recreational services and an examination of the planning for coordination and expansion of these services. A practical and theoretical course for persons planning to enter the .field of recreation. Soc. PROBLEMS-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisites: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Prerequisites: Sociology 24S and Sociology 21S. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Th ree hottrs Mrss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods ; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisites: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278. VI Social Psychology Soc. 25S. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- T hree hottrs MR . SYMONOL EWICZ A general survey of the field of Social Psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences ; social interaction ; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 131 Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of Social Psychology and Social Anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 2 5 S. Vil Anthropology Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hotJrs MR. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR, SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniq-q.es of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATIONS AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hottrs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY �132 WILKES COLLEGE SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Three hours Ams IN The Evening Division SAFETY EDUCATION- Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women, who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields . 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon comple6on of thirty semester hours, the student's high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at the request of the student, and he may then be <egistered as a degree candidate. However, no student may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is gua!i. fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishEs to regisc.::r. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this must be approved by th, Deans. ATTENDA CE Attendance at evening classes may be discontinued whenever the record of achievement indicates that the person is nor obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study. �134 WILKES COLLEGE Index lecture Courses In its role as a community college, Wilkes believes that positive good will result from the continuing education of adults. Toward that end, an introductory program in adult education is being offered in the Evening Division . These non-credit courses will meet one night each week for ten weeks during the semester. The charge for these non-credit courses is considerably less than that of the regular undergraduate courses. Each person will pay $10 per course per semester. Courses to be offered during the regular college year of 1951-52 will be announced during the summer. Further information about this Non-Credit Program may be obtained by contacting the Director of Admissions. Accounting Accreditment Admission Requirements 52, 54, 72 ...................................................................................... ·····•· .... 22 22 23 60 11 Advanced Standing .................. ··································································· Aeronautical Engineering ............................. -................................................... . Assistants in Administration Athletics Attendance 39 Band ..... -......................................... -....................... Biology ················•· .. ·······.......................................................... 25 ......................................... 38 ........... 47, 75 Conspectus of Course ....................................................... -..................... 48 Board of Trustees ............. ················································································· 8 Buildings ················•···•····························· ·············································-··························· 20 Business Administration . .. . .. .... 33 53, 77 Conspectus of Course ......................................................................................... 55 Calendar, College ................... . ................ ........................... 6 Careers Library ............................................................................................ -......... .......................... 29 Chemica I Engineering . .. . ..... ........ . . .... .......... . . . .......... ... . .... ... . 60, 9 I Conspectus of Course ...................... ................................................................... ............. 60 Chemistry ..... . ............. .......... ....................................................................... 34, 49, 81 Choral Club ............................ ........ . ······················································ ..... .... .... 38 Civil Engineering ....................... ........ ...... .. .. ... ........ . .. . ......... 60, 91 Clubs ................................................................................................................. ...................... ............. 39 Commerce and Finance ....... Conspectus of Course 52 Accounting .....-........................... ....................................................................................... 54 Business Administration ............................................... -.............-.......-.............. 55 Retail Merchandising ... ............................................... .................. 57 Secretarial Studies .. ......................................................................... 58 Community Prngrams . .... .... ..... . 31 Counseling ............................... ...................... ···-··················································24, 29 Curricula ..................................................... .................................. ...................................................22, 40 Debating .......................... ······················································-······················································ 39 Degree Courses ························································ ··························· ·········································· 41 Requirements for A. B. Degree ........................ ....... .................. 42 Requirements for B. S. Degree ..... ................. .. .. .... ... ..... 4 Description cf Com·ses .. . .. .. 711 Dramatics ......... ····-- ·-·····-··· ·······---. Economics ..... · ..........-.............................................................-..... 38 Edu cation ············-·-------------------·······-················--·-····· 83 ElectricalingEngineering ...................................................................................................................... 87 Enginee1 . 61 English ............... ···························-··· ······································-· 34, 59, 90 92 Evening Division ............................................................................................................. 133 Expenses ...... ...............•................ ·················-············································ ·· 26 ~xtension Classes ................................................................................................................... _.. 22 Facult.v ·····.· ............. ·······················-································ ......... ............. ................ 12, 25 �136 W ILKES COLLEGE IND EX F a cult y Committees ................ ........... ·· ···· ······· 18 F'ees .......................................................... ····································-········ ····•···· ··························· 26 French ................................................. 98 General Information ............ ········•·········..·····- ············································· ············· ······•······ 21 General Opportunities .................... ................................................................... 37 German .............................................. . 100 Grades ·········································-········ ··············•·••·································••··············-·-····· ·········· ... 23 Graduation Requir ements 24 Guidance Center ·····-·······-········· 29 History ............................................. . . ················· 42, 103 History of t he College .... 19 Industrial Engineering .... . .. ·• ······································· ······················· ···························· 61 Journalism .................................... ········ ......... 34, 93 Laboratory Technology .. .. . 64 Law ······- - - - ·····················-·· 35 Lecture Courses ................... .. 134 Liberal Arts Requirements ... ........ ........ 4.2 Library Work ......... ···········-······ .. .. .... ................ ................... ....... .... 35 Majors ·····-················-················-······················································································•···················-··43, 53 Marks of An Educated Man .. .................................................... ...................... ................ 3 Mathematics ................................................................................................................ ......... 45, 105 Mechanical Engineering ......... ......................... . .. ....... .... ............ ... ... 62, 91 Medical Stenography ........... ············-· ...................... ............. 70 Medical Technology ·····-·············· .................................................................................... 64 Medicine ·······················-·················· ................................................ ......................................... 35 Meterology .................................. .............................................................................................. 114 Ministry ......................................... ·····························································-················ ·····-··· ..... .... 36 Music ..................... ........................ ... .............. ....................... ............... ..... 35, 46, 65, 109 Musical Organizations .... ·········-·······-······-·• .. ·······-·················· .......................... 38 Nursing ··························-·······-····· .. ·······-···•···•·· 36 Officers of Administration ...................... ................... ...... ..... 10 Orchestra ··············-························· ·-············· ·····- .. . ..... . ......... . 38 Orientation Program ....................................... .. ............... ... ...... . .. .... ............... -............ .... 30 Payments ·······················-··············································································· ·····················••·•················-·· 27 Philosophy ...................... ........ ..... .. ................................... ....... . ...... ...................... ............... 112 Physical Education ....... ............ .................. ............. ...... ·-····· ...... .......... 30, 113 Physics ..................... ··················:.:·•····. ............................... ...... . . .. ... ............... -······ ... 36, 114 Conspectus of Course ............................... ..... . .. ............. . . . ...... ............................. 51 Placement Service .................. ·········-··········· ················-··· .......... .............................. ······-····· 32 Political Science .... ...... . ...... ..... .. ...... .. ................ ...... ..... 115 Probation ·····-·············-····· .. ··········· ··········---------- ················ ... ········· ----~---····· .. ·········· 24 Pre-Dental Course Two-Year ..... . 66 Three-Year .. . 67 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 33 Psychology ....... . 36, 117 Publications, Student 39 Radio Production .... 68, 120 Refunds .................................... . 28 Registration ........................ Religion ..... Retail Merchandising . Safety ................. . Scholarships ........................ Secretarial Course ...... Sociology .. .... .. .................... .. Spanish ..... ........................ 137 25 121 52, 57 , 1.22 131 .. ...... ................ ............ 32 . ..... ................... 52, 58, 70, 124 ...... ......... ......... 126 101 Special Interests ···········-··········· .. ...... ........ . ............................ 31 Speech ················· .... . ····· ·····•··· ········· •········· ..... ········ ······· .. ··-· 37, 97 Student Activities ............................... .. . .................. ..... 38 Student Employment ............ ................ .. .............................. ... ...... ....... .. 32 Student Government ·····-·····································. ................................... .... ....... ...... 38 Student W elfare ..................................................... ..... ............................................. 29 Surveying ( See Civil Engi11 eering) ........ CO, !L Teacher Certification Requirements Pennsylva nia ........................ . 87 New J ersey ..................... . 88 New York ... ................ . ·············· .. . 88 Other States ..................... .................. ...... ....... ........ ......... .. 88 Teaching ...... .... ................................... .... .. ··········- ....... .. ............. ..... ...... 37 Terminal Courses ..... . ...... . .......... 63 Tuition ................................ .............................. ............. ..... .................................................. 26 Withdrawals ····-··········· ···-·············•········································ ·-········· · ······················-·············· 24 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1951-1952 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1951-1952 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/701d11356ded6bdc9125eff5eaf0c56a.pdf f6baede78ab491c1394120a0c5caefa0 PDF Text Text ( ( ( ( (_ ............... ~""'"""..-, :·,~~::·=:-=-~~ li,(lal .) :, :, > .} �1952 -1953 �14 ;;./ 3 ~ ~ • t /-·t, --..-........S COLLEGE u et{n 1952-1953 Published qttarterly by Wilkes Coilege, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. APRIL, 1952 Vol. I, No. 2 5929 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attain- ments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6 Committees, Board of Trustees Faculty Committees History of the College General Information Student Welfare . Student Activities 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Preparation for Professions and Vocations 10 15 17 19 27 30 32 Degree Courses Terminal Courses constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. 9 Faculty . Scholarships and Awards 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates 8 Assistants in Administration 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 7 Officers of Administration Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 34 39 67 75 136 137 138 �4 WILKES COLLEGE COLLEGE CALENDAR 1952 19 5 3 1953 SEPTEMBER S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 JANUARY S M T W T F S MAY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 5 6 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 11 12 13 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 19 20 28 29 30 25 26 27 OCTOBER S M T W T F S 5 6 7 12 13 14 19 20 21 26 27 28 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 29 30 3 10 17 24 31 2 3 9 10 16 17 23 24 30 F S 1 4 5 6 7 8 FEBRUARY S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 MARCH S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 29 30 DECEMBER S M T W T F 7 8 9 10 14 15 16 17 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 28 29 30 31 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE S M T W T 4 11 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 7 18 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 14 25 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 NOVEMBER S M T W T 1 2 3 S 1 2 8 9 15 16 22 23 28 29 30 APRIL S M T W T F S 1 2 3 4 8 9 10 11 F S 3 4 5 6 10 11 12 13 17 18 19 20 24 25 26 27 FALL, 1952 September 8 and 9 ....... ... Faculty Seminars September 8 to 12 ........... Freshman Orientation & Registration September 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U pperclass Registration September 15 .............. Classes begin October 31 ................ Mid-semester grades October 31 . .... ........ . .. Final date to remove incompletes November 10 to November 21. Trial Registration November 26 to December 1 .. Thanksgiving Recess* December 19 to January 5 .... Christmas Recess* January 15 ................ Fall Semester ends January 19 to January 28 ..... Fall Semester Examinations JULY S M T W T 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 31 26 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 5 6 7 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 13 14 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 19 20 21 28 29 30 31 26 27 28 COLLEGE CALENDAR 1 2 3 4 7 8 9 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 21 22 23 24 25 28 29 30 31 AUGUST S M T W T 2 3 15 16 17 18 9 10 22 23 24 25 16 17 29 30 23 24 30 31 SPRING, 1953 F S F S 1 4 5 6 7 8 11 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 February 2 . .. . ..... ..... .. All-College Registration February 3 . . ...... ........ Classes begin March 20 ................ Mid-semester grades March 20 .... ............ Final date to remove incompletes March 27 ................. Careers Conference March 30 to April 10 ........ Trial Registration April 2 to April 7 .......... Easter Recess* May 22 .................. Spring Semester ends May 26 to June 5 ........... Spring Semester Examinations May 30 ....... .. ..... ..... Memorial Day June 7 ....... . . . ..... . ... Baccalaureate June j ................... Commencement The College is in session on the dates in bold face. SUMMER, 1953 June 15 to June 19 .......... Registration June 22 ... .. . .. . ...... ... Classes begin July 4 ... . ........... ... .. Independence Day August 12 ................ Classes end August 13 to August 15 ...... Summer Session Examinations * Begins and ends at noon. 5 �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, FREDERICK JAMES P. HARRIS, JASPER B. E. CLIFT Library: f nstruction: Chairman Secretary Treasurer MISS MARY R. KOONS CARR MRS. CHARLES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS J. WECKESSER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., 7 REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Chairman MISS ANNETTE EVANS, Chairman MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT MRS. EDWARD H. KENT J. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JOSEPH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS KocYAN, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. THE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Nominations: C. MARTS MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE ARNAUD SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. Finance: MISS ANNETTE EVANS f. GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, HARRY F. GOERINGER J. HENRY POOL HON. JOHNS. FINE REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH JAMES P. HARRIS JASPER GEORGE W. GUCKELDERGER ANDREW J. SORDONI REUBEN H. LEVY GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER MRS. EDWARD H. KENT ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK ANDREW J. SORDONI JAMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman Chairman B. CARR JULIUS LONG STERN FREDERICK J. WECKESSER TERM OF OFFICE Expiring f une, 1952 JASPER B. CARR SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Mrss ANNETTE EVANS HoN. JoHN S. Buildings and Grounds: W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK GEORGE FINE M.D. GEORGE HARRY F. GOERINGER MR.s. EDWARD H. KENT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS GILBERT F. S. ANDREW S. J. SORDONI J. WECKESSER F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, J. ARNAUD C. MARTS JULIUS LONG STERN HENRY POOL J. S0RD0NI FREDERICK J. WECKESSER Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK PETER P. MAYOCK, M.D. JAMES P. HARRIS MAR.TS JULIUS LONG STERN FREDERICK MR.s. FRANCK G. DARTE C. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST, JR. ANDREW ROUSH Expiring f une, 1954 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT Chairman J. HENRY POOL MCCLINTOCK REV. CHARLES GucKELBERGER, REUBEN H. LEVY ARNAUD Expiring f une, 1953 W. HON. JOHN S. FINE JR. �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President BEVERLY H. VAN HORN ............. ... . . Secretary to the President ALFRED WILLARD BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instrnction JAN~ L. DODSON ........................ Secretary to the Registrar · HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Registrar EMMA GRILLI ............................. 0 ffice Machine Clerk BETTY LYLE HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern)* Dean of Women MADELYN LAWSON ........................... Registration Clerk JEAN MAcHONIS .......................... Switchboard Operator GERTRUDE MARVIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Acting Dean of Women JANE WILLSEA ...................................... Recorder GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men MARY ARGENIO ................... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller DOLORES HYDOCK .. .................................. Cashier STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JEAN JONES ........................ Accounts Payable Bookkeeper JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Di-rector of Placement ANTHONY WIDEMAN ...................... Secretary to the Deans ROSALIE JABLONSKI ... ........ Secretary to the Director of Placement ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Activities and Physical Education GLORIA FOXLOW ............... .. ....... Secretary to the Librarian CHARLES JAMES FoxLOw, A.M. (Columbia) Director of P!lblic Relations and Alumni Secretary RosE MARY TURISSINI ....................... Cirettlation Assistant SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician MILDRED GITTINS ...................... Manage,- of the Bookstore SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell Uni\'ersity) Psychiat,-ic Consultant MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN .............. .. .... Director of Cafeteria JOSEPH HOOK ER MYERS, B.L.S. (McGill) Librarian WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, B.L.S. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Secretary to the Faculty GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Steding Hall CLAIRE STERN GUTTMAN, M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) Student Consultation Officer * On leave of absence for advanced srudy. WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of B1tildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President HERBERT JOHN MORRIS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Director of Admissions and Registrar GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.B. (North Carolina) Dean of Men KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English BETTY LYLE HARKER, A.M. (Northwestern)* Dean of Women and Instructor in Psychology CLARE BEDILLION, A.M. (New York) Assistant Professor of Secretarial Studies GERTRUDE MAR.VIN WILLIAMS, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Acting Deem of Women and Assistant Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Engineering MARY ELIZABETH CRAJG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Professor of English KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Psychology CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Assistant Professor of English HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History ALFRED WILLARD BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Professor of Chemistry SAMUEL ArnERT ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics VERNON Guy SMITH, En.D. (Columbia) Professor of Education VORIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German FRANK JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English HUGO VICTOR MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Associate Professor of Political Science THOMAS ROBERT RrcHAr,DS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics * On leave of ab sence for advanced study. STANKO MIRKO VUJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Assistant Professor of Philosophy and Religion SYLVIA DWORSKI, PH.D. (Yale) Assistant Professor of Modern Languages CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering PAUL RUSSELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. AD. (New York) Instructor in Accounting JAMES JOSEPH LAGGAN, B.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Bminess Administration ALFRED STUART GROH, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Physical Education JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, B.S. (Bloomsburg) Instructor in Accounting JOHN JOSEPH RILEY, B.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Business Administration and Economics JOHN WALTER BOYCE, JR., B.S. (Bucknell)* Instructor in Business Administration * On leave of absence for advanced study. 11 �12 FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE EDITH Su PERKO NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instmctor in Biology ELIZABETH BRENNAN, A.M. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration LORNA DooNE HOLBROOK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston University) Lecturer on Current Events WELTON GRANT FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Economics ROBERT CAPIN, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Accounting JOSEPH H. KANNER, A.B. (Bucknell)* Instructor in Psychology PHYLLIS I. CLARKE, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music ROBERT EDWIN MORAN, B.M. (Eastman School of Music) Instructor in Music WILLARD DAVIES, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Secretarial Studies ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology BERNARD DEMBERT, B.S. (Pennsylvania State)* Instructor in Accounting HELEN BAILEY BUBECK, B.S. (Stroudsburg) Instructor in Physical Education SAMUEL A. GUTTMAN, Ptt.D., M.D. (Cornell) Psychiatric Consultant and Instructor in Psychology GEORGE FRANCIS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) Instructor in Economics CHARLES N. HENDERSON, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Music THOMAS FRANCIS ROCK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in H1Story JoHN H. HIBBARD, LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Political Science FRANCIS JOSEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Chemistry DONALD G. HILBERT, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Sa/ ety Education JOHN GEORGE DETRO¥, JR., M.M. (Eastman School of Music) Instructor in Music WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music J. ERNEST CRANE, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Education VERNE ALTON BUNN, M.L. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education WALTER EDWARD MoKYCHIC, B.S. (Wilkes) Assistant in Biology PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music W. JOSEPH BERG Instructor in Retail Merchandising JOSEPH A. BOYLE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Imtructor in Psychology * On leave of absence for advanced study. THOMAS H. JENKINS, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Secretarial Studies EDWARD JONES, A.B. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in Business Administration HOWARD KADEN, B.S. (North Carolina State) Instructor in Retail Merchandising BRONIS KASLAS, PH.D. (Strasbourg) Instructor in Political Science JOHN KELLY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Psychology JOSEPH KREDER, LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration f ERDINAND LIVA Instructor in Violin, Viola, 'Cello * On leave of absence for service in the armed forces . 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY CHARLOTTE LORD, A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in English EDWARD McCLEARY, B.S. (Colorado) Instructor in Merchandising NEIL McDERMOTT, B.S. (Scranton) Instructor in Insurance ABRAM MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics CATHAL O'TooLE (National Academy of Design) Instructor in Art THOMAS RICHARDS, M.S. (Columbia) Instructor in Accounting ST AN LEY RosoLOWSKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Retail Merchandising CARL SCHINDLER, S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Instructor in Religion MARGARET SHERIDAN, M .S. (New York) Instructor in Retail Merchandising ALLAN STERNLICK, M.B.A. (Harvard) Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English LEONARD UTZ, B.S. (Muhlenberg) Instructor in English ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Mathematics GUEST LECTITRERS IN JOURNALISM FACULTY COMMITTEES 1951-1952 Admissions HERBERT J. MORRIS, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARY E. CRAIG ELWOOD J. DISQUE CHARLES B. REIF GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman J. JAMES ROBERT LAGGAN E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calendar HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR J. MORRIS, ex officio Library WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK J. J. DAVIES JOSEPH H. MYERS THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER Curriculum Catalogue FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Chairman GEORGE F. ELLIOT CROMWELL E. THOMAS CHARLES J. FOXLOW, ex officio Non-Credit Courses SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY HUGO V. MAILEY J. JOSEPH T. MURPHY Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., TIMES-LEADER, THE EVENING NEWS KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ STANLEY H. W ASILESKI JOHN P. WHITBY RUSSEL E. ACHY, C.P.A. DONALD GRIFFITH, C.P.A. WILLIAM F. DOBSON, C.P.A. ALEXANDER E. LOEB, C.P.A. JOHN T. STAPLETON, C.P.A. HERBERT JOHN J. RILEY H ERBERT ADVISERS IN ACCOUNTING Graduation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT W. JOHNSON Managing Editor, Wilkes-Barre, Pa., RECORD HOWARD RISLEY Editor and Publisher, Dallas, Pa., POST 15 ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman CLARE BEDILLION JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DWORSKI VORIS B. HALL HUGO V. MAILEY THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENB ERG STANLEY H. WASILESKI GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS MORRIS CATHAL O'TooLE Student Activities JOHN ] . RILEY ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ARTHUR N. KRUGER GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE M. WILLIAMS Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experi- · mental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, ~he impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. For several years after the war, veterans were a majority, as in most colleges. Since September, 1948, however, they have been outnumbered by non-veterans, who now comprise almost the entire student body. RECORD OF GROWTH The .first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn �18 WILKES COLLEGE from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citizens to enable the College to move from rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the .first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, former professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the ·other three College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. Generous monetary gifts enabled the College to adapt and equip these properties for use as classroom buildings and dormitories. In the thirteen years following the promise of autonomy by the University, College assets have been increased by more than $2,500,000. General Information �20 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL lNFORMA TION 21 CURRICULA The College offers courses leading to degrees in liberal arts, chemistry, biology, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, commercial music and nursing education. In addition, the first two years are off~red in' physics and engineering; thereafter, the student who successfully completes these courses may transfer to some other institution as a junior. TERMINAL CURRICULA To students who desire only two years of college the College offers two-year terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work. EXTENSION CLASSES Extension courses in education are offered by Bucknell University for graduate credit. This credit may be applied toward the degr~e of Master of Science and will also qualify the teacher for State certification in guidance and administration. Persons seeking the degree of Master of Science from Bucknell University may take eighteen hours in Wilkes-Barre but must take the remaining hours in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania1 the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS A student applying for admission to the College is requested to arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions or the Deans and to submit his application, accompanied by a $5.00 fee, on forms provided by the College. Interviews are a part of the admissions program and may be scheduled at the College. In the event that the home of the student is some distance from the College, the Director of Admissions will arrange an interview at a time and place that are mutually convenient. During the interview, arrangements for taking admissions tests will ordinarily be made. A student who has taken College Entrance Examination Board tests may submit the results of them and be excused from the examination given by the College. Following receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the high school or college formerly attended by the student. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the applicant and will notify him of its action as early as possible. Since it takes much time to assemble all reports required by the committee, it is well to allow a minimum of two weeks for action. In some instances, tardiness in the submission of transcripts may delay action for a month or more. ADVANCED STANDING A student wishing to transfer from another college will follow the usual procedure for admission. He will request the institution last attended to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. The Committee on Advanced Standing will then make a tentative evaluation, and a faculty adviser will counsel the student concerning his new schedule. Upon the student's completion of his tirst term at the College, a final evaluation will be made and the credits included on his record at Wilkes. Students who do not have credits to transfer but who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may do so upon the passing of a placement examination. They will not receive credit for the courses omitted, but they will be saved the necessity of repeating work which they have already covered outside of college. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by a speci.fied date or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WP-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. T~e stude~t' s academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of h1s work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hotJrs of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the st udent's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point values, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. st A udent with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each ci-edit hoM of the comse. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a three- �WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION hour course, he will gain 9 points; if " B'' in a four-hour course, he will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total nwnber of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Subject Credit Hours English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Grade in Course Number of Points C B D 3 9 10 0 C 4 A 23 courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or ''WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a "WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION Candidates for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. COUNSELING Total . ............ 18 Point Average - 26 divided by 18 - 26 1.4 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: R EQUIREM EN TS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION FOUR-YEAR COURSES At the End Number of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year . . . . . . . . . . 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year .... ..... 60 42 .7 Junior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 81 .9 Senior Year .. . . ... .. .... As specified 1.0 TWO-YEAR COURSES Freshman Year . . . . . . . . . . 30 Sophomore Year . . . . . . . . . 60 21 .7 60 1.0 NOTE: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Students are expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. Students registering after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $225 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. ~tudents are required to attend the weekly assemblies during each of their four years. They will, however, be allowed the following nwnber of cuts each year: Fre~hman and sophomore year Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. three cuts. If the student fails to satisfy the requirements for any year it will be nd necessary for him to make up the excess cuts by increasing bis afitte ance during the following year. All requirements must be satised before graduation. Seats for the assembly will be assigned at registration. �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 25 FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. They have been granted graduate degrees by such universities and colleges as Bucknell, Chicago, Columbia, Cornell University, Dickinson, Eastman School of Music, Louisiana State University, McGill, Minnesota, New York, North Carolina, Northwestern, Pennsylvania, Pennsylvania State, Syracuse, Warsaw, Yale, and Zagreb. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers have served in schools, colleges, and universities throughout the United States and Europe. They bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate and professional schools. It is recommended that students wishing to extend their education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in their senior year. These examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. Students wishing to study at other colleges during the summer must receive approval of their summer schedules from the Dean of Men or Dean of Women prior to their enrollment in the other colleges if their summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at other colleges are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for students to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. Students from other colleges taking work at Wilkes College during the summer likewise must first receive the approval of their respective deans if they wish to receive credit for their summer work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $225.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not ex- ceeded. An additional charge of $15.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $225 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ....... ... ... .. .. . . .......... . .... Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, physics .. . . . ........ .. ..... . ........... . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . . ................. . Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) .. ... . . .. . ... ... ....... . Student Teaching fee . ... .. ...... . .... ..... . .. . . . $ 225.00 15.00 10.00 10.00 20.00 Music-individual instruction: One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in piano, organ, or wind instrument ... .. . . . .. . . . . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in violin, viola or 'cello .. . . . . ..... . ........... . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .... . . . .. ... .. .. .. . . . One half-hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in voice with Mr. Isaacs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . Rental of practice room per semester ...... . . ..... . Diction Laboratory-part-time voice students .. .... . Music-group instruction: One hour lesson a week for fifteen weeks in violin viola or 'cello, each group to consist of no; less than three or more than five students ....... . 35.00 45.00 35.00 50.00 5.00 5.00 30.00 Charg~s for part-time students, students in the Evenrng School, students in two-year courses, and fo~ semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of stud . Lb y. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·... 15.00 a doratory fees (see above) . .. . .. . . . . .. . . 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Stu ent Act· · th ivity fee for those taking less than 14 or more 9 _anh. semester hours, or for any part-time student Wis 10g to part1·c· t · · ·· 1pa e m acttv1ttes ....... . . . ..... . 15.00 �WILKES COLLEGE 26 Student Welfare Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 S.oo Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges per semester: Board and Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300.00 Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Special Charges: Application fee to accompany application for admission . . . Change of schedule per credit hour. .. . ............... . Special Examination ..... . ........................ . Transcript (No charge for the first copy) ............. . Late Trial Registration ........... . . . ............... . Late Final Registration . . .. . ......... . ............. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ........ . ........ . Convocation fee (two-year students) .. . ... . ... . ...... . 5.00 1.00 s.oo 1.00 5.00 5.00 15.00 7.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS Bills for tuition, fees, and incidentals are payable at the beginning of each semester. A $50.00 payment or 50% of the total, whichever is less, must be paid at the time of registration. No students may take a mid-term examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library has taken its place on the campus because the College recognizes its responsibility for helping a student to launch his career with maximum effectiveness. The library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. WlTHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS COUNSELING Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and ~he College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each st.udent's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are ~oncerned with his progress with information about his abilities inerests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to con sult wit . h h is . f acu1ty ad viser . concerning his scholastic progress or sooa · l an d personal problems with which he needs help. T withh~ ~eans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students urge 10 ~rmation an? guidance wherever possible, and the College s stu ents to avail themselves of their services. satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT WELFARE WILKES COLLEGE 28 The guiding principle of all Wilkes counselin~ i~ ~o encourage t~e student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College oc~asionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude~ interest, _foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules un~er their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some. of the pro?l~~s of everyday living and college adjustment. By placing respons1b1hty upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions,. the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. 29 offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in ~hemistry may be avail~ble_ to small industries requiring laboratory serv1Ces that cannot be mamtamed economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College, with the financial assistance of the Seligman J. Strauss Lodge of B'nai B'rith, maintains a placement office in Ashley Hall, South River Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment; more than one-third of the students earn some part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL INTERESTS Many students have interests and abilities that lie outside the College curricula. The College therefore supplements its academic program with such activities as athletics, dramatics, debating, journalism, choral work, and the work of departmental clubs. All are conducted b_y students with the guidance of members of the faculty, and care 1s taken to prevent their conflicting with the time needed for study. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers non· credit programs for groups and organizations desiring spec~alized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires_ of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical appl1Cations rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters is studying life insurance problems and policies to increase thei~ understa1:ding o_f the_ services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses m mus1Cal literature have been CAREERS CONFERENCE As a further step toward assisting a student to choose a career and to find suitable employment, Wilkes College has instituted the Careers Conference. Through the conference, students are enabled to hear and to question leading industrialists and professional men, each highly successful in his sphere and each representing a well-known enterprise. The speakers address the whole group of students on matters of general interest, such as the following: how to apply for a position; how to conduct oneself in an interview; what a business firm looks for in a candidate for employment; education and the business ~orld. The conference then breaks up into smaller groups to con51der matters of specialized interest. The value of the Conference to the students is that they hear matters of vital importance to them discussed by people who speak with the aut~ority conferred by practical experience, personal distinction, and active participation in great affairs. For dates of meetings of the Careers Conference, see the calendar, page 5. �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. DRAMATICS Students of the drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for major and experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at all athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA Under the aegis af the School of Music, the Wilkes-Barre Symphony Orchestra is currently being reorganized. Membership in the orchestra will be open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. 31 PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, golf, soccer, swimming and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, boxing, handball, volleyball, bowling, and table tennis are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, tennis, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic .fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to changing and current interests. �SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS Scholarships and Awards Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission before April 20 and must take the examinations offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $450. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $450. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has contributed funds to be used in assisting students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in 33 assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given annually to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. J. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given each year to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Engineering Award is given annually by Mr. Voris B. Hall, head of the Department of Engineering, to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The Mrs. fames McKane Awards of $25 each will be made in the fall of 1952 to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. �PROFESSIONS A D VOCATIONS 35 Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in many fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and .finally the atomic bomb have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote; "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English composition, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance are also adapted for those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most .fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. (HE MISTRY Modern industries offer many opportunities to the chemist and cl1Ct~ical engineer. Today, most large industries employ both chemists and chemical engineers. In the smaller industries either may be called upon to do the work of both. The chemist usually works in the laboratories, analyzing, studying, and perfecting procedures and developing new processes, new methods and new uses. He meets the chemical engineer in the pilot plant where together they design and construct, on a small scale, the new manufacturing plant. The duties of the engineer may include design, construction, or operation of the chemical plant. M~n1.gers of industrial and chemical plants need technical training, as do salesmen for specialized products, buyers for manufacturing concerns, employees in many fields of government service and other activities. The chemical industries include coke, gas, dyes, gasoline, and other petroleum products, rubber, textiles, explosives, cement, metallurgy, plastics, nylon, paint~, ceramics, fertilizers, solvents, leather, drugs, light and heavy ~hem~cals and other substances. lastly this is an atomic age and to be an mtell1gent modern, one can scarcely gain too great an understanding of chemistry. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end. of ~he second year, students may trans£er their credits to other engr~een~g schools if they make their plans in advance. With slight mod1fica~1on of their program, students may complete the first two years of work tn su~h additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A_ n_umber of well-known graduate schools of journalism require 1 0Pr:l~m a 1:ary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the -k~shtoned method ofAlsecuring experience on local newspapers and wor tng the·r 1 way up. most any type of college work will be found 1. b 1 rca ie to the broa~ demands made upon the newspaper reporter and Tor, a though English composition is fundamental. he Bachelor of A t d . h E 1· . . cho ice · O f Journalism . r studegree w1t b anh ng· 1sh ma1or 1s the most popular prove usef l . s ents, ut t e science and other courses also The . u_' since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity rncreasrng interest Of th U · d s · · knowled 0 f . s e nite tates tn other countries make a responsi~: f?:ergn languages particularly desirable in preparation for positrons as foreign correspondents. :~~ �36 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manusct'ipt. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. 37 NURSING The demand for nurses trained to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and_ hospitals. are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable persons interested 10 such a career to obtain the necessary training, the College offers a course leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. In this five-year program three years of hospital training are combined with at least two years of college study. Although the catalogue suggests that the two years of college training follow the undergraduate program in the hospitals, it is possible to reverse this order if such a reversal seems best for the student. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then, the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a soun? foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. O~portunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work education business and industry. · ' , ' SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in re~en~ years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distriutio~ of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental a?encies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, ;ove~, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, a;) emblented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a ua e background. �38 WILKES COLLEGE SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; teachers in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and some specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary and secondary teachers in most fields of high school instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 136.) Anyone interested in some special opening not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �41 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 40 MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. It is expected, however, that ability in expression and interpretation will be developed. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. HUMANITIES Major Subject English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students wishing to major in mathematics or music must choose their major when they enter the College. The attention of students wishing to major in psychology is drawn to note 1, page 42. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified preceding the description of courses. A major may also be taken in social science. The social science major requires a total of 36 hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; 18 hours must be taken in one of these and at least 6 hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take cwency hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. Hence, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. 38 24 29 46 24 37 31 34 45 37 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences Free Elective 6 6 24 45 31 14 38 Sciences Ft·ee Elective 6 6 11 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject DIVISIONS Major Humanities Social Sciences Economics ........... History ............. Political Science ....... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 Sciences Free Elective SCIENCES Major Subject Psychology . . ........ Major Humanities 24 37 Social Sciences 15 6 38 �43 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 42 BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than mathematics and music FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN Y EAR Second Semester First Semester Cr. Titla Numbur Cr. Biological Science 1 . . • . • • . . • . Bio 100 3 Composition .. . ..... . . . . . ... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 . .... . ..... 101 or 103 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. ... . Hist 101 3 Alternates : Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} 3 Physical Science . . .. . .... . . Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Title Nmnbur Composition . .. .. .... . .. . . . Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language2 ........ . . . 102 or 104 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . .. . Hist 102 Alternates: Introduction to Music ..... . Mus 100} Physical Science1 ••••• • • • •• Phys 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... P.E. 102 3 2 3 1~\ 15 16 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number World Literature ... . .. ...... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 . • •• • ••• ••• 103 or 200 3 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math . . ... Math 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosphy 3 . . • . • • • Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics . . . . .. . Ee Intro . to Education . ...... . Ed American Federal Govt .. . .. P.S . General Psychology .. . . . . .. Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology . . . . .. . . Soc 100 Elective .. . ... . . .. . .. . .. . . Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. . .... . ... Bio 100 3 Compasition ... .. . ...... . ... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • .• •. . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig . . .. .... ·.... Math 105 5 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... . P .E. 101 1 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cr. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition .. . ..... .. ..... Eng 102 3 Fun~amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry . .... . ... . Math 122 4 Intro . to Music .. ........ . ... Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Wor\d Literature . . . ...... . .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 ..• . . . . • .. . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I .. ... . ..... . ... . .. Math 125 4 Gene~al Physics ............ . Phys 201 5 Physical Education .... . . . ... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature .. . ....... . . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . .. 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ...... . .. . ....... Math 126 4 Physical Education .......... P .E . 104 1 Electives . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--6 17 17- 18 15 16 Third Semester First Semester c,. Title Number 4 World Literature . ..... .. . Eng 152 3 Foreign Language2 ... .. . . 104 or 200 Alternates : Algebra or Trig ... .. .. . Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ... . . . Rel 101 Intro. to Philosophy3 •• • Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics .. .. Ee 1001 Intro. to Education . .. . Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P.S. 101 General Psychology . ... Psy 100 Elective . .. . .. .. ...... . Physical Education . . ... . . P .E. 104 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. ~ 1st . of W_. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 1~ 1 athemat1cs Elective 3 General Psychology . . ·.: : : : : : : Psy 100 3 ln~o. to Economics E 100} 3 ~rnciples of EconOI;i~~::::: :E~ 101 tro. to Sociology ...... . . . . Soc 100 3 Tit/, N umber Cr. 3 Hist . of W. Civilization . . . . . . H is t 102 3 Mathematics Elective .. . . . .. . 3 Intro . to Philosophy . .. . ..... Phil 101 3 A.mer. Federal Govt ... . ...... P.S. 101 3-5 Electives .. . .... . . . ... . . . .. . 15 15-17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours S ENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys . _1oo. 1 Students Majors in psychology must take one year of a laboratory course in biology, chern1strY, 2 3 4 or physics in place of Bio. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alte~natesf with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one.or _more; the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the 1u01or Y · S ENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tut, · El ect1ve2 . Elfathemat . ics ecuves . . ....... · -1 The 2 · . ........ 12 Titi, Cr. r ath_ematics Elective2 • • • • . • • • . • • • . • • • • 3 lecuves . . ... . .... . ......... . .... . .. . 12 15 15 Cr. 3 level f Iathematics o the course will d epeo d upon the achievement of the student. 101 102 115 118 ' ' • will not count toward a major. �DEGREE COURSES 45 WILKES COLLEGE 44 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music The curricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science provide a thorough grounding in the scientific method, supplemented by a study of the humanities and social sciences. The three curricula in science are intended to prepare students for technical work or advanced study. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester T itle Number Cr. Composition .. . ............ Eng 102 3 3 Foreign Language .. ... . .... . 5 Music Theory .......... .... Mus 102 1 Applied Music . . ........... . 3 Physical Science ...... .... .. Phys 100 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ..... P.E . 102 Title Number Cr. 3 Composition ......... . . . ... Eng 101 ~~::~;t:~~t~~::::::::::: 3 5 1 3 1 Mus 101 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Biological Science ..... ... .. . Bio 100 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P .E. 101 GROUP I-BIOLOGY Special emphasis upon biology is recommended in preparation for the study of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, and allied studies; the teaching of biology; industrial and medical technology; and graduate work in biology. 16 16 GROUP II-CHEMISTRY This group is for students planning to enter graduate study in chemistry, industrial chemistry, or the teaching of chemistry. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Foreign Language ...... .... . Music Theory ........ . . . . .. Mus 103 Applied ~usic . ... ·.. _. ...... . Electives m Humanities, Soc . Science or Psych ... . . Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 c,. 3 5 1 6 1 Number Cr. Title 3 Foreign Language .......... . Music Theory ...... . . . .. ... Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . .. .._. _. ...... . Electives in Humanmes, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . Physical Education . ......... P .E. 104 1 GROUP Ill-PHYSICS This group is for tudents interested in research, electronics, advanced study, or industrial physics. Only the first two years of this course are offered by Wilkes College. 16 16 LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester TitlB Number Cr. 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 2 Applied Music ............. . 3 History of Music ... ..... ... M_us 109 3 Hist. of West. Civ . .... . . . .. . Hist 101 2 Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 131 Electives in Humanities, 3 Soc. Science or Psych .. . .. Title Number World Literature . ......... . . Eng 152 Applied Music ............. . History of Music ........... M_us llO Hist. of West. Civ ....... . ... Hist 102 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych ..... c,. 4 2 3 3 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tit le Number Cr. 2 Applied Music ............ . . Instrumentation . .. ... ...... Mus 215 3 Analysis . . .............. .. . Mus 217 2 9 Electives . . . . .......... .... . 16 Title Number Applied Music ..... . . • • • • · · · 216 Orchestration ..... • • · · · · · · · · Mus Counterpoint ..... . ......... Mus 218 Electives ................ . . . c,. 2 3 3 9 17 A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students b~gi~ning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those begmnmg German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. 1. 2- �WILKES COLLEGE 46 DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BIOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachel_or ~f Science in ~iology is i~ tended to give a thorough un_derstanding of the sC1ent_1fic meth~d with ~mphas1: on the biological and chem1eal aspects.. The prescr~be~ cumculu~ mcludes. requirements establis~ed for entra~ce mto the maJor~ty of n:-ed1cal,_ den~al, osteopathic, and medical technologic schools_; preparat~on for mdustnal biology; and bases for specific advanced zoologJCal work m schools of graduate study. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 ] itle Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 5 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ... .. .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 Third Semester 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ..... .... Bio 201 5 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. C~em 121 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........... Hist 101 3 General Physics . ........ .... Phys 201 5 Physical Education ....... ... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Histology . . .. . ............. Bio 241 3 Organic Chem . .. . . ......... Chem 231 5 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Alternates: General Psych .......... . . Psych 100\ Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100f 3 17 Title Number Cr. Histology . . ..... ... ..... .. Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .. .. ..... . 3 Public Speaking ............ Eng 134 3 World Literature .... . ... .... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 17 Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Orga~ic Chemimy .. .... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry ....... Chem 241 4 Blee. Measurements · Foreign Language · ....... Phys 251 3 3 Elective .. . ...... : : : ...... . 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Anal. .... . ..... Chem 122 5 Physical Chem . .. ........... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language .. . ... . . 3 Electives .................. . 6 18 16 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . .. . ...... . ... Bio 211 5 Physiology ......... .... ... B~o 251 4 Seminar in Biology . . . . . . . . . Bio 291 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Elective ...... ... .......... . 3 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . ............ Bio 212 5 Physiology . .. ... .. . . ...... Bio 252 4 Seminar in Biology .......... B10 292 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . • 104 or 200 3 3 Elective . ... ............... . 16 16 1 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Joor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Composition .. ..... ... . .... Eng 102 3 Scoichiometry ............... Ch E 206 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 General Physics ............. Phys 201 5 General Physics ............. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .. .. .. .... P.E. 103 1 Elective............. .. .. ... 2 Physical Education .... ..... . P.E. 104 1 Sixth Semester 18 Seventh Semester First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 4 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. ... Chem 102 6 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 B~sic Drawing .............. Engi 102 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hm. of W. Civilization ... .. . Hist 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 18 Title Number Cr Embryology ........ ..... . . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chem .............. Chem 230 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........... Hist 102 3 General Physics ............. Phys 201 5 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 JUNIOR YEAR The chemistry curric_ulum is planned ~o provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisf~ the requireme?ts for t?is degree a student must complete a total of 140 cr~dits. These c:edits mus_t mcl_ude 45 in chemistry, 33 in physics and mathematics, 18 to 24 m the sooal SC1ences and psychology, 24 to 30 in the humanities, and the language requirement. Fourth Semester 18 Fifth Semester 47 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement and interests of the student. The Department of Biology also offers courses in the taxonomy of flow.: ing plants (Biology 113) and in entomology (Biology 223), both of whi are given in the summer. Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Title Q~alitarive Organ. Anal ~tsr~ry of Chemistry · · · · · Chem 233 3 ore1,gn Language . ·······. Chem 261 1 Elecr1ves ·········· 3 · ············ ···· ·· 11 18 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language . . .... . .... Chemistry elective . . . . . . . . . . 33 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 Electives are to b 1s 1 cl . Viser as follows: e se ecte with the advice and consent of the faculty adHumanities · Tw l . ing: English 31 eve to e~ght~en credits are to be chosen from the follow151 152 M~he~atics 240 _' • , Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; ch 0 Octal Sciences and Ps h l . sen from the f 11 0 _ye. 0 og!: Eighteen to twenty-four credits are to be 01 203; Econom~s tmg. Socio~ogy 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, sychology l00. Ol, l0 2 ; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; i b �48 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION The curricula in education are designed to equip students for teaching in elementary or secondary schools. They seek to combine specialization in education and in teaching subjects with a broad general background in the humanities, the sciences, and the social sciences. To this end a program of general educationrrecedes and parallels basic training in the principles, the?ry, and philosophy o education and in the techniques and methods of teaching. It is fundamental that the prospective teacher should be intimately acquainted with his chosen subjects of instruction. The student preparing for elementary school teaching should elect a broad range of academic subjects, emphasizing the sciences, the social studies, and English. The student preparing for seco~dary school te~ching shou!d. elect a minimum of 24 semester hours in his maJor field of teaching and a mm1mum of 18 hours in at least one additional field. In these elections consideration should be given not only to the interests of the student, ~ut also to ~h_e provision of a combination of subjects which will enhance his opportunities for employment. The programs of study are planned for certification in Pennsylvania but may be modified if certification is desired in other states. The student should consult the Department of Education regarding certification requirements of a particular state. DEGREE COURSES 49 Secondary Six additional hours of work in secondary education and a minimum of eighteen semester hours in each field of certification are required. The special requirements for certification in different subjects are as follows: English, foreign language, geography, history, mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 semester hours 18 semester hours Social Studies History, 9; economics, 3; political science, 3; sociology, 3 Sciences .... . . . ............. . . .. .... . ........... 18 semester hours Biological science: botany, 6; zoology, 6; related sciences, 6 Physical science: chemistry, 6; physics, 6; related sciences, 6 Science: physical sciences: chemistry, 3 or 6; physics, 3 or 6 Biological sciences: botany, 3 or more; zoology, 3 or more General science: 18 semester hours in any or all sciences REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 9 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History Elementary In addition to the general requirements, twenty-o_ne semester _hours in elementary education are required to prepare teachers m the followmg fields of instruction: Humane Treatment of Birds and AniEnglish mals Spelling Safety Education Reading Health-Physical Education and Phys· Writing iology Arithmetic Music Geography Art U.S. and Pa. History Civics . �51 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 50 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semeste1' First Semester Title Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Title 3 3 3 3 3 1 Cr. Number Composition . .. . .. ......... Eng History of Western Civ ...... Hist Physical Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys American Government ...... . P.S. Intro. to Sociology .. . ...... . Soc Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . . . P .E. 102 101 100 100 100 101 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Intro . to Education .... ... .. Ed 101 4 World Literature . . . . . . . .. Eng 151 Title Number 152 151 World Literature . ..... . . .. . Eng Intro. to Philosophy ..... .. . Phil Elect. Teaching subjects ... . . General Psychology .... . .... Psy Physical Education ........ . P .E . 9 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR 103 101 100 101 101 101 101 15 or 16 14 or 15 Elect. Teaching subjects . . .. . Physical Education ......... P .E. Cr. Number Basic Art . . ... . .......... . . Art Biological Science 1 . . . . . . . .. . Bio Composition . ... .... . . . .. .. Eng HistoryofWesternCiv . . . ... Hist Intro. to Music ... . .. .. .. ... Mus Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . . . P .E . Coml?osition . . .... .. ...... . Eng 102 3 Physical Science2 •• . . •. . .. .• • Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . . 5 or 6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . . P .E. 102 1 Biological Science1 . . . . . . . . . . Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. .... . ...... Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Elect. Teaching subjects . . . . . 5 or 6 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Second Semester First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR 3 6 3 1 2 4 3 1 Cr. 3 4 3 3 3 1 104 NumbBr Visual Education .. ...... . . . Ed World Literature . .... . . . . .. Eng Intro . to Philosophy. . . .. .. Phil General Psychology .. . ... Psy Elective ....... ... .. .... . Physical Education . . . . . . . P .E . 3 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 Intro. to Education ..... .... Ed 101 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . Eng 131 World Literature ........... Eng 151 Elective .... . ..... .. .. ..... . Physical Education . . . . . . . . P .E. 103 4 100 104 Cr. Number Tttle Cr . Tirl, 112 151 101 100 17 17 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semeste1" Title Title Cr . 201 3 107 3 9 or 10 Number Educational Psychology ..... Ed U .S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist Elect . Teaching subjects . . . Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Title Cr. Advanced Exposition ... . .... Eng 105 3 U.S. History since 1865 . . .... Hist 108 3 Elect . Teaching subjects . . . 9 or 10 15 or 16 N11mber Educational Psychology .. . . . Ed 101 Teach~ng of Reading . ....... Ed 231 Teachtng of English . ... ..... Ed 234 U.S.-?a. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 Elccnve . . . . . . _........ . 15 or 16 Title Title Cr . 100 3 Number Intro. to Economics ......... Ee Elect. Teaching subjects. . . . 12 Sixth Semester Number Teaching of Arithmetic .. .... Ed 232 Teaching of Social St . . ..... . Ed 236 U.S. History since 1865 . .... Hist 108 Child Psychology . . . ... Psy 107 Elective ....... . Seventh Semester Number Principles of Sec . Ed ... . ..... Ed Sec . School Curriculum ...... Ed Practice Teaching .... .. . . . .. Ed Visual Education ... . ... . ... Ed 104 105 207 112 Cr. 3 3 8 3 17 Ed Tttl, Number Cr. 3 T ucanonal Measurements Ed 203 caching of Elementary · · · School Science Ed 3 t;inc~ples ofElem .. EX ...... Ed 139 3 ecuves . . . ······ 237 6 15 1 Biological Science 100 is not required of students taking a laboratory course in the 2 biological sciences. Physical Science 100 is n ot required of students taking a laboratory course in the physical sciences. The courses in education for the second semester of the senior year will be given 1 five periods a week during the first four and the last four weeks of the semester, 1eav n_s seven weeks free for full-time student teaching. For students who must take academic courses, part-time teaching schedules will be arranged. !or s~~!~~~es Cr . 3 3 3 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester 3 15 3 3 3 3 3 3 Title 15 SENIOR YEAR Se venth Semester Cr . Eighth Semester 3 Tit!, Number Cr. 9 Practice Teaching ... . . . ... . . Ed 208 3 Children"s Literature ........ Ed 235 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 15 1 Biol · bio1it',c~l 2 Ph·}s1cal · . Science 100 . not required . Ph)sical sciences of students taking a laboratory course in the 15 3 Th · fi vee periods courses ainweek educaf d 1':>n f or the second semester of the senior year will be given for even weeks free f urng _the first four and the last four weeks of the semester leaving courses, part-time ~er ~- -time student teaching. For students who must take ;cademic ac mg schedules will be arranged. lOO is not required of students taking a laboratory course in th e �SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title Survey of Business .... . ..... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . . ........ . Bio 100 3 3 Composition . . .... . . . .. ... Eng 101 Hist . of W. Civilization . .. .. Hist 101 3 Introduction to Music ... . ... Mus 100} 3 or Basic Art ............ . . . . . Art 101 Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene . . . . .. P.E. 101 1 Number Cr. Title Composition ... . . . .. . ...... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . ... Hise 102 3 Mathematics of Finance ..... Math 115 3 Physical Science .......... . . Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology . . ...... . . Soc 100} 3 or American Government ..... . . P .S. 100 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E . 102 16 16 Thifd Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title .Acct 102 3 Principles of Accounting. or Elective Principles of Economics .. .. .. Econ 102 Intro. to Education ...... . .. Educ 101 U.S. Hist. since 1865 . ... ... Hist 108 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S . 102 or Elective Physical Education .. . .... .. P. E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting . .... Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ... . . Educ 201 3 English Elective .. . ..... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography ... .S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titk Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports . . . .. B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S . ..... . Educ 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . . . . .. Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines .. . ......... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective .. ...... .. .... ..... . 3 Title Number C,. Prin. of Secondary Educ .. .. .. Educ 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum . ..... Educ 205 3 Practice Teaching . . ........ Educ 207 8 Elective .. .. .. . ............. 2 16 16 Provisio~al College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of P~nnsylvama to waduat~s of the course in business education. Certification will be offered m business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping Commercial L~~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . 12 semester hours Commercial Arith~~ti~ · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • 6 semester hours Office Practice · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • • 3 semester hours Shorthand · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • . . 3 semester hours Typewriting. · : ·. : : ·. ·. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • • • 9 semester hours Economics · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · • • 6 semester hours Business En · ii· 6 semester hours plus tw:l v: ( ·s~~e~t~r ·h~~;s ·i~· E~gii~h · · · · · · · · · · 2 semester hours h· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ••• i2) ~ertificates are valid for teaching only those business subJ·ects which are written on the certificate. SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Title 101 3 ... Acct Elementary Accounting. or Elective Principles of Economics . _. . . Econ 101 3 U . S. - Pa. History to 1865 . . . . Hist 107 3 General Psychology .. . ...... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriti ng . . S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education .... . .. P.E. 103 1 53 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 52 Number Cr. Title 3 Advanced Accounting ...... Acct 112 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A . 232 { Office Management. .... . ... B.A. 138 4 3 English Elective . . . . . . . Eng 152 or 154 -4 Advanced Stenography .S.S. 110 or Elective �55 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 5-1 SENIOR YEAR Second Semester Number Cr. Title N11mber Cr. 102 3 Composition. . . . . . . . . . Eng Title 3 3 .. Eng 101 Physical Science ..... .. ..... Phys 100 102 s 2 131 .. Eng Music Theory . ..... .. . .... . Mus ~:r~~~~~l~ -~£ S~e~h-.· .Mus 101 s Clarinet Class and Band Mus Music Theory . .. ... ..... . . Mus 2 Methods or . ... .. ... ..... Ed Clarinet Class and Band Mus Ed 2 Brass Class and Band Methods or ...... 104 Mus Methods ... . . .. .... ...... Ed Brass Class and Band App . .. Ed 103 1 Methods ..... App Major Instrument ... ....... . Mus ½ 1 .... Mus Orchestra, Chorus . Major Instrument ....... 3 ½ Band, ... . Band, Orchestra, Chorus . Elective .......... ......... 102 1 3 P.E. .... .... ....... Phys . Ed. and Hygiene. Elective 1 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P .E. 18½ First Semester 10~) 101} Third Semester Title World Literature .......... . Eng General Psychology .. Psy Music Theory .............. Mus Music History .. . ......... .. Mus App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus Physical Education . . ....... P .E . 4 151 100 103 109 3 s 3 1 ½ 1 103 Title Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology . ... . Ed 201 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 . .. Hist 107 Mus Woodwind Class Methods ... . Ed 105 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) . . . Ed 109 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Elective ... . ........ . .... . . 3 3 2 2 2 1 ½ 3 Elective . JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester BiolTitl,• Number Cr. Com~1c_a~ Science .. .. ..... .. Bio 100 3 F d smon. .. Eng 101 3 Goun ations of N~~~~g· N E 101 cneral Psycholo ..... . . 3 Sociology ... . __ gy · · · · · · · · •Psy 100 3 · · · · ··•• .... Soc 100 3 .... . Number Cr. Title Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N .E . 102 3 3 Ward Administration ....... N .E. 105 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 3 Human Behavior . . . Psy 208 IS Number Cr. .. Ed 1 ½ 14½ First Semester Sixth Semester U.S. History since 186S ..... . Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods ........ Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral) . . ... .. . Ed Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed App Major Instrument ..... ...... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Elective ......... . Mus 4 !?pos~s waduaho? from an approved school of nursing and state registraino~he redits requir~d for the degree are 120, of which 60 may be earned for th!cho~l of nursing_ and 60 in the College. The number of credits allowed the tud sc ,001 of nursing program will be determined by an evaluation of 5 • e~t s record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Fourth Semester JUNIOR YEAR 2 he;fenurses, course in nursing ~ducation is d~signed for the training of instructors, and_ supervisors of hospitals and schools of nursing. It pre- 17½ Fifth Semester 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION Number Cr. Title 3 Intro. to Education ....... . . Ed 101 4 World Literature . ....... .. .Eng 152 5 Music Theory .... . . . ....... Mus 104 3 Music History . ............ . Mus 110 App 1 Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus ½ Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . 1 Physical Education ...... .. . P .E. 104 Cr. Number Mus Voice Class and Methods .... Ed 108 Strinf Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 204 App Major Instrument ........... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . 14½ 17½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Visual Education . .. . ...... . Ed 212 3 Orchestration . .. .. ........ . Mus 216 2 Title Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ...... Ed 2041 Education or l 3 Principles of Elementary . .... Ed 237 [ Education J Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . . Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods .. ... ...... . . .. .. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ..... ............ Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . ½ The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also en_able the_ stude_nt to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subJects. FRESHMAN YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION 3 2 1 2 SENIOR YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tirk Educational p Number Cr. Visu~l Educati~chology . .... Ed 201 3 ~gltsh E_leccive~ ·. · · · · · · · · • •Ed 212 3 cthods to Clinicai. . . . . . . . . 3 M Teaching ..... . ed. and Surg N ·: · ...... N.E. 107 3 or ursmg . . A urstng · · · · · N •E . 111 3 rts. · · · · · · .N.E. 113 , Number Cr. Title Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 3 3 Guidance .. ... .. . ..... .. .. . Ed 214 3 English Elective .. .. .. .... . . Med. and Surg . Nursing ..... N.E. 112 3 or Nursing Arts .. . .... . N .E. 114 3 Elective .. .......... ... .. . 15 15 16½ ... �57 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 56 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which need:d so_lution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm groundmg m the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be conti?-ued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title 4 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 3 Composition .... . . . .. .. . . . .. Eng 101 Algebra and Trig . ........ . .. Math 105 5 American Government .... .. . P .S. 100 3 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 Title Numb,r Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 104 4 Basic Drawing .............. Engi 102 3 Composition ... .. .. ... ..... Eng 102 3 Amer. Hist. since 1865 .. ... .. Hist 108 3 .Analytic Geometry ..... ..... Math 12.2 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. . P.E. 102 1 18 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Titk Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 134 3 Advanced Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 3 Elementary German 1 . . . . . • . . . Ger 101 4 Calculus I. ................. M ath 125 5 General Physics ............. Phys 201 Physical Education . . ... . .. . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Elementary German 1 . . . . . . . . . Ger 102 3 Calculus II ...... .. . . ....... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ....... . ... .. Phys 202 5 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 104 1 19 Group I Subjects Fourth Semester Third Semester GROUP REQUIREMENTS 19 lntennediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Group III Group IV Business Administration Retail Merchandising Secretarial Studies Cr. 60 1 Cr. 36 Cr. 26 27 18 ............ Cr. 30 Commerce and Finance2 .. . ..... 39 Social Sciences ..... 12 15 18 9 Humanities ........ 31 31 28 28 Science ........... 6 6 6 6 Electives .. .. ..... . 9 15 12 39 Ph ·sical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total .. ........... 131 131 131 130 Major ~ 1 Accounting Group II 1 Th' is figure inc!ud bo h . ., and Finance D es t maior courses and other courses offered in the Commerce - Does not . I epartment. me ude courses within the major. �59 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 58 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 FRESHMAN YEAR 2 First Semester T itle Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . . ......... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Second Semester First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition .... ........ ... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science . . ... . ....... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ... ... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ....... .... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Compasition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ..... P.E. 101 1 Title N1,mber Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 C<?mposition._. ._._. .. _. ....... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. C1vil1zat10n .. .. .. Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 16 15 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ... ......... Eng 151 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math 102} 3 Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fund:imentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 J. Number Cr. Title Bu_sin~ss Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Pnnc1 pies of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math . ..... Math 102) Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 3 Intro. to Statistics ........ Math 118 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 1 Physical Education .......... P.E . 104 16 17 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Sernester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. 3 Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems. . . . . Acct 220} C .P.A. Problems .. . . .Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Alternates: 202} Theory of Money .......... Ee 236 Public Finance ............ Ee 226 Economic Geography .. ...... Ee 232 Economic Statistics .......... Ee JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. ',..1°~ey and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 I PP ied General Statistics Ee 231 3 0 rr : ~o _Sociol_ogy . ..... : : : :soc 100 3 F ecme in Social Science 3 ree Electives ......... _· _· _· .· _· 6 Number Cr. Title Al tern ates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective .......... Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Alternates: In~ro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 ... 3 Free Elective ......... 3 18 15 8 18 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ..... .... B.A. 225 3 Free Elective3 . . . 3 Title Number Auditing Practice ............ Acct Intro. to Music .............. Mus Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil History of Religions ......... Rel Free Electives3 . . . . . . . . • . . Cr. 232 ~ 100 101} 3 101 15 15 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer fol· lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P.A. examinations should eJecc arts subjects. SENIOR YEAR Title Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Bus. Cor dR Number Cr. B • · anand Eeporcs Fus. n.dm. El . .. _..... B . A . 209 3 ree Elective ~- . ecttves . . 12 3 1---=-- ~ ee note 2, page 58 ee Page 60. · 18 Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives2. Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 IS �61 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Students who major m business administration will select their electives Major in Retail Merchandising from the following: FRESHMAN YEAR1 BANKING AND FINANCE Title Number T ztle Numbar Money and Banking . . .. .. .... . . .Ee 201 Theory of Money . ... . .. . ....... . Ee 202 Credits and Collections ..... . ... .. B.A. 218 Public Finance ... . . .. ... . . . ... .. Ee 236 Real Estate . . . ..... . . . .... .. .... B.A. 220 Mathematics of Finance I. ...... .Math 115 Corporation Finance . . . ....... .. . B.A. 225 Investments .... .. .... . .. . .. ... . . B.A. 226 EcoNOMICS Tit/.e Number Tit/.e Number Public Finance . . ...... . .. .. . ... .Ee 236 Economic History .. ... . .. .. . ... .Ee 238 Government and Business ... . ... . Ee 212 Economic Analysis . . . ...... ..... Ee 241 Labor Problems . . .. .. . .... . .. . . . Ee 223 History of Economic Thought .... Ee 244 International Trade ...... . . . ... . . Ee 225 Consumer Economics ..... . .. . . . .Ee 245 Economic Geography ..... . . . . .. . Ee 226 Economic Investigation . . .. .. ... .Ee 246 Comparative Economic Systems .. . Ee 229 Business Cycles . ... ... . ....... . . . Ee 230 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Title l umber Title Number Life Insurance ....... . ... . ... .. .. B.A. 241 Labor Problems .... . .. .... .. .. .. Ee 223 , Industrial Management. . .. . . .. .. B.A. 235 Applied General Statistics .. . . .. . .Ee 231 Personnel Management. .. ....... . B.A. 236 Economic Statistics . . .... . ....... Ee 232 Production Management ...... . .. B.A. 237 Sales Management . . ....... . B.A . 239 Office Management .. .. . . .. . .... . B.A. 238 Property Insurance .. .... . . . ...... B.A. 240 Second Semester First Semester Title Title Nttmber Elementary Accounting ... .. . Acct Biological Science . ... ... .... Bio Survey of Business ... .. . . ... . B.A. Composition ... . . ........ .. . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. .. Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. Cr. 101 100 100 101 101 101 3 3 3 3 3 Transportation .. . . . . . . . . ..... . .. B.A. 217 Marketing .. . ... . . .... ..... ... . . B.A. 222 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ..... . .... . R.M- 101 Cr. 102 102 102 100 101 102 1 3 3 3 3 3 l 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N 11mber Title Cr. 3 3 Business Law ....... .. . . .... B.A. 231 Princfles of Economics ...... Ee 101 Worl Literature .... . . . . .. . .Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math . ... . .. Math 101 Princ~ples of Retailing ....... R.M . 101 Physical Education . . . ... .... P .E. 103 Number Cr. Business Law .. . . .. . ... .. .. . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics ... .. . Ee 102 World Literature .. . .. ... . ... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . Math 102 Retail Store Organ & Man .. .. R.M. 102 Physical Education ... ... .. . . P .E. 104 4 3 3 1 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title N umber Cr. 3 ~pplied General Statistics ... . Ee 231 Tttle MARKETING Title Number Tit/.e Number Sales Management .......... . ... . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... ... .. .. . .. . . B.A . 240 Salesmanship .... . ... ... . . . ... ... B.A. 114 International Trade .. . . . . . ... .. . .Ee 225 Advertising ..... .. .. . . ... . ... . .. B.A. 216 Number Principles of Accounting .... . Acct Composition .... .. .... .. .. .Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist Physical Science ..... . .. . .... Phys Amer. Federal Govt .. .. .... .. P.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... ... P.E. undamentals of Speech .... .. Eng Color and Design ..... .. ..... R.M . Retail Adv . & Sales Prom RM Retail Sellin ·· · · · · · El · g . · · · · · · · · · · · · .. R.M. ecnve 10 Social Science ..... 131 201 205 207 N umber Cr. Intro. to Music . ... . ..... .. .. Mus 100 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ... . . .. Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ....... Rel 101 Elements of Merchandise ..... R .M . 210 3 Furch. and Merch. Control ... R .M . 212 3 Retail Buying (Lab.) ... ... . .. R.M . 214 2 3 Free Elective .. . ........ . .. . 2 2 2 3 3 17 1S SE IOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Bus Co d . . r. an Reports Number BA . . . . . . . . . . 209 Display (Retail) Fundamental f F···: · · · --.. R.M . 21S Retail Perso:nol Rlh1~:m ..... R.M. 217 Intro. to ociol e auons . ... R.M . 219 Elec.10 Com &oFgy ..... . .... Soc. 100 · 10 . or Soc. Sc. Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 3 17 l ee note 2, page 58. Title Number Organization & Operation of the Small Store . R .M. 220 Retail Cred . and Coll. . ... . ... R.M. 222 Recent Trnds. & Developments in Retail. R.M. 224 Free Electives ........ . Cr . 2 2 3 9 16 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Major in Secretarial Studies Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interestea in mathematics, the natural sciences and their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the _stud~nt should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engmeermg and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. 62 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Ti1l, Number Cr. Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... .. ...... . .... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization ... . . . Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . . . .. Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science . . . . ...... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . .. . ..... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math . . ..... Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. 102 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . ... P.E. 102 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 3 Advanced Exposition .. ...... Eng 105 2 Fundamentals of Speech .. .... Eng 131 Intro. co Music . .... ... .... . . Mus 100 3 4 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Titls Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 American Government . .. .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 110 4 3 Free Elective .. .. . ... ...... . Physical Education . . . ....... P.E. 104 1 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee World Literature . . .. .. ..... . Eng 151 4 Alternates : Medical Stenography . .. ... S.S. Speech Reporting .......... S.S. 203 6 Electives . . ....... .. .... ... . . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature .. .......... Eng 152 4 9 Free Electives .... . . . .. . ... . 210} 3 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 16 16 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. 0 ~al ~organic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 E~gioeer!ng Problems ........ Engi 100 2 g1neenng Drawing E . 105 3 Com sition · · · · · · · · ngi .-\lgeka and T~ig............. EMngh 101 3 Phvs Ed d · ·: · · · · · . . . . at 105 5 , . . an Hygiene ....... P.E . 101 1 Title Number Cr . Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102} -6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des . Geometry ... Engi 106 3 Composi tion ............ . . . Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .. .... .... Math 122 4 American Government ....... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ...... P .E . 102 1 G t SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Bus. Cor . and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach ..... S.S. 205 4 8-9 Free Electives .. . ........... . Title NtJmber Cr. Office Management . ......... B.A. 238 ~ 1 Free Electives ............. . Titu 15-16 63 1S -1 18 18-20 Chemical en 10 . . . Students w e~rs will register for Chemistry 102 ( 6 hours). All other engineering I register for Chemistry 104 ( 4 hours). ·If �65 DEGREE COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 64 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic for the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. To~ay near.ly eve:y ac~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~l engm~er 1s tramed to design, construct, and operate all electrical generatmg eqmpment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development or sales engineer. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Plane Surveying ... . ... .... . . C.E. 103 3 Intro . to Economics . . .. .. .. . . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng 134 4 Calculus I ...... . ... . . . ..... Math 125 5 General Ph/isics . ........... . Phys 201 1 Physical E ucation ..... . . . .. P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Calculus II . . . . . . . Math 126 4 Kinematics . .... .. . ..... . . .. M.E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. .... . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, D ynamics .... . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .... . .. ... . .. Phys 202 5 Physical Education .. . . ...... P.E. 104 1 19 20 Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit/q N umber Cr. Stoichiometry . .. . ...... ... .. Ch E 206 3 Calculus II ... . .... . ........ Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... . ... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M .E. 212 3 General Physics . . . . ....... . . Phys 202 5 Physical Education ... . ...... P .E . 104 1 T it[q Number Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis . . . . .... Chern 121 4 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I ... . . . ............ Math 125 4 General Physics ... . . . ....... Phys 201 5 Physical Education ... .. ..... P .E. 103 1 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 19 20 CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources ; in the treatment and disposal of sewage ~nd industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester T itle Third Semester N umber Plane Survey ing .... . ........ C.E. Intro. to Economics . . . . .... . Ee Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng Calculus I .. . ............. . . M ath General Physics . .......... . . P hys Physical Education .. . ....... P .E. Cr. 103 100 3 3 134 3 125 201 103 4 5 1 19 1 For freshman year see page 63. T itle Number Route Surveying ... ... .. .. . . . C.E. Calculus II . ............ . . . . M ath Mech anics I , Statics .. . .... . . M .E. Mechanics II, Dynamics . . .. . . M .E . General P hy sics .. . .... ... ... Phys Physical Education .... . .. ... P.E. Cr. ! 104 126 2113 3 212 2 20 104 The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the met.hods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in s~ience, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic mtrest~' as well as character and personality. He must work with others :~ . enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial ·ne!r deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This in t~~uai:,. 0 !fers _the first two years of work for those primarily interested m1strat1on of technical enterprises. cuf SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Se mester Fourth Semester Tit/, Eleme N umber Cr. • • . . ... Acct 101 Intro ntary E Ac coummg 3 · to conomics E 3 Fundamentals of S . . . . . . . . c 100 lculusl peech ...... Eng 134 3 4 Gen~al Pby~i·c~ · · · · · · · · · • • .. M ath 125 5 Ph}~tcal Edi : · · · · ····· ... Phy s 201 ucat10n .... . ..... P .E . 103 1 Number Cr. 3 Principles of Accounting . .... Acct 102 4 Calculus II .......... . .... . . Math 126 3 Mechanics I, Statics .. . . . .. . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dyn amics ... .. . M.E. 212 5 General Physics . .... .... .... Phys 202 1 Physical Education . .. ... . ... P .E. 104 19 19 i 20 ~ For fre hma n year see page 63. Title �WILKES COLLEGE 66 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installa• tion, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future . 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ............. C.E. 103 3 Intro . to Economics . ...... . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. . . . . . ....... Math 125 4 General Physics ..... .. ...... Phys 201 S Physical Education .......... P .E . 103 1 19 1 For freshman year see page 63. Title N umber Cr. Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 K.10ematics ................. M.E . 206 4 Mech anics I, Statics . . . . ..... M .E . 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E . 212 3 General Physics ......... . ... Ph ys 202 5 Physical Education ......... .P .E. 104 1 20 Terminal Courses �69 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 68 MUSIC LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. The following requirements for laboratory technicians or me~ical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technolowsts of _the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. FRESHMAN YEAR REQUIREMENTS Number Cr. Title Composition .. . .. .. .. . .. .. .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language1 • • • • • . . ••. • 101 or 103 3 1 Music, Applied . .. .. .. . . .... . Music, Theory .... .. . ... . . .. Mus 101 s 3 Elective .. .. . . . .. ..... .. ... . Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. ... . . P.E. 101 1 Chemistry: 10 hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. 4 hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Title Number General Zoology . .......... . Bio 101 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 Compasition ... . .... . . .. ... Eng 101 College Algebra . . .... . . . Math 107 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . .. P.E . 101 Cr. s 4 3 3 1 Second Semester 1 itle Number General Zoology ... . ........ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ........ . Chem 102 Composition ....... . .. . . . .. Eng 102 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene .. . ... P .E . 102 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Thfrd Semester s Title Number Cr. F~reign Language1 . • . . . . . . ••• 103 or 200 3 Hist. of W . Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory . ..... . ...... . Mus 103 S ~iusi~, History . . . ...... .. . . . Mus 109 3 Physical Education . . ... . .... P .E. 103 1 6 16 anatomy. First Semester Number Cr. Title Composition ... ... . .. . . .. .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language1 ... . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 1 Music, Applied ... . ... . . . .. . Intro. to Music . ... ......... . Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . . . . . ... . . .... Mus 102 s Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ... . . . P.E. 102 1 16 Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of 60 semester h~urs of c~llege cre~it. The following courses are recommended, but not requtr~d: physics, organic che~istry, bacteriology, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Biology: 12 semester hours, of which 10 hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requ~rement are his~ology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Cr. 3 N umber Cr. Title 1 Foreign Language .•. . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 1 Music, Applied .... . . .. . .. .. . Music, Theory ... .... ..... .. Mus 104 s Music, History ..... .. .. . ... . Mus 110 3 Physical Education .. . ... . . . . P .E. 104 1 16 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 1 ,ti, Number Cr. Bacteriology ....... . .. . . . .. B~o 211 S Physiology .... . .. .. .. . ... . . B10 251 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 Physical Education ........ . . P .E. 103 1 Elective .................... 3 Fourth Semester Titl, Numb,r Cr Bacteriology ...... . ... . .. .. Bio 212 S Physiology ..... . . .. ..... . .. Bio 252 Organic Chem . ...... . ...... Chem 230 1 Physical Education ...... .. .. P .E. 104 3 Elective .................. . . ! 17 l The level of th e course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �71 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 70 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) FRESHMAN YEAR The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in First Semester Title First Semester T itle Title Number Cr. General Zoology .. ... ....... Bio 101 GenerallnorganicChem .. .... Chem 101 College Algebra ............ Math 107 Composition ...... . .... ... . Eng 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ... .. ... .. . . Bio 102 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative An alysis .. . ... Chem 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 102 5 4 3 3 1 Title Number Histology ........ ... .... .. . Bio 241 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 General Physics ....... . .. ... Phys 201 Alternates: World Literature ........ .. Eng 151 Hist. of West. Civ ...... ... Hist 101 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Cr . 3 4 5 4 3 1 16-17 Title 5 101 4 3 107 101 101 Number 102 General Zoology . . ... ...... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem Trigonometry . . ............ Math Composition ............... Eng Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P .E . 3 1 Cr. 102 109 102 102 5 6 3 3 1 lB 6 3 3 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Title 16 T bird Semester 101 Second Semester 16 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Cr. Number General Zoology ........... Bio General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem College Algebra ............ Math Composition ............... Eng Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR Title Fourth Semester Cr. Number Histology . . ..... .. .... .. ... Bio 242 Organic Chemistry .. .... .... Chem 230 General Physics ...... ..... .. Phys 202 Alternates: World Literature ....... .. . Eng 152 Hist. of West. Civ ... .. . . .. Hist 102 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 Title l Comp. Anacomy of the Vert . . Bio Inorg. Quantitative An:il. . . .. Chem World Literature ..... . ..... Eng Basic Art .................. Art Physical Education . . . . P .E. 3 4 5 4 3 1 16-17 umber 201 121 151 101 103 Cf. 5 4 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Nr,mbcr Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chemistry. . ...... Chem World Literature ........ . .. Eng Basic Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . Art Physical Education .. _ .P .E. Cr. 202 230 152 102 104 4 4 4 3 1 16 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Title Number Cr. ~,,tology ................ . . Bio 241 3 acter~ology. . . . . . . . . ..... Bio 211 5 O Grgan1c Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 eneral Physics . . . . . . . . ... Phys 201 5 1B Sixth Semester Nwnbcr Histology . . . . . . .... Bio 242 Bacteriology. . . . . . ..... Bio 212 Chemistry Elective .......... Chem General Physics ............ Phys 202 Cr. 3 5 3 5 16 �WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES SECRETARIAL COURSE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculm may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require · 11 i-· . . special training so that they may h ave an mte gent un de_rstan d mg of their part in the work of a medical office. To rovide the essential backgroun_d, the s~cretarial courses are supplemented b biolo and laboratory · secretana y ~l · dcourses ffi rn chemistry and physiology · The courses m accoun~mg an o _ce procedures are adapt<id to the needs of the students prepanng for work m the offices of physicians. 72 73 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Title Survey of Business . . ..... .. . . B.A. 100 3 Composition . . .. ... . ... .. ... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. .. Hist 101 3 4 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 1 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E . 101 Title N umber Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ..... . ......... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . .. Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. .. . Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . ... . P.E . 102 1 14 16 Title Number Cr . Biological Science . . . .. . . . . .. Bio 100 3 Co . . mposmon ... .. . . ..... . . .. Eng 101 3 Funcfamentals of Math . ... ... Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .... .. . P.E . 101 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chern . . . . .. Chem 101 4 Composition . . . . . ... .. .. ... En 102 3 Shortha~d and Typewriting . . . 102 4 Secretanal Accounting ... . ... S.S. 120 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . ... P.E. 102 1 sJ 14 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester SOPHOMORE Y EAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............ . .. B.A . 231 3 Fundamentals of Math . . .. .. . Math 101 3 Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Elective ..... .... .. . ... . 3 Physical Education .. . ...... . P .E . 103 1 Title N 11mher Cr. lncro. to Economics ........ . Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. llO 4 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S . 120 3 Office Management . . . .. ..... B.A . 238 3 Title N Physiolo . umher Cr. 10 4 Hist. ci;iiiz~~i~~ ... . .. ~ 3 ~dvanced Stenography. : : : : : 109 4 Elffice_ Pro. and Machines . . SS 205 3 Phect~ve .. .... .. . . . ... ··· · · 3 ys1cal Education .... ."_": :: : P.E . 103 I i 18 18 17 ::1·Ei~c·a-ti~~ : .· ." .· .· : : : : : P .E . ~he;;f 104 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may sub· stitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, _pro· vided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. off. :s.t i6~ Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Phy~iology . . . . ... . ... .... . . Bio 252 4 H1_s t. of W. Civilization . ... Hise 102 3 Medical Stenography . ....... S.S. 200 3 0 ffic~ Management .... . ..... B.A. 238 3 E 1ecuve .. . .... ... . ... . 3 Physical Education . . .. . _": ::: P.E . 104 1 17 A candidate for a d .h . . sult with his adviser be,yee wit a_ maJo! in medical stenography should concompletes the two- ear e ~re planning his pro~ram of study. A student who degree should careLu P i°gramh and then decides to continue work toward a YP ant e last two years with his adviser. �Courses �77 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 76 AccT. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMS-Three hours o! ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Ca pin, Dembe rt*, Laggan, Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. Richards, Werner, Whitby. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours MR. WERNER A stud~ the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and l~an asso_c1ations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Acer. 221. TAX AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF MR.LAGGAN,MR. WERNER Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. A s~udy of federal taxes includin~ income, estate, gift, corporate and miscellaneous; correct use of various forms; application of rates. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202, or approval of instructor. AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and AccT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR.LAGGAN,MR. WERNER corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records an~ balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccoVNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Accr. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. LAGGAN, Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice· prob- e;ns of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of U:ethods Prerequisite: Accounting 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. 1 0 internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class two hours a week; laboratory' two hours a week. , Prerequisite: Accounting 231. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours * On leave of absence with the armed forces. p ROBLEMs-Three hours MR. WERNER co::;iew of all phases of accounting through a study of advanced acmg pro 6lems as taken from various C. P. A. examinations Prerequ1s1te: · · · Accounting 112, 201, 231. I 'STRUCTOR O'T OOLE, chairman THE STAFF d Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical ao comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; iaboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. ACCT. .242 · C ·p •A . ART a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours MR. WERNER ART BASIC A RT-Th ree Fu 101-102. d hours each semester MR. O'TooLE n amental training . th h 10 s Us and k d e an dl"mg of tools, the acquisition of the ki 1 Principles ~se~ in the pr~~entation of the graphic image. 0 color line and g, eSign, compos1tion, color; uses of line and tone d'iv1s1on, .. · 1·me, texture, tone, and color; space' form,coli1orhttone a . St u a·ies 1? nd shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, t ·o hours. g t~::it �78 ART 103-104. APPLIED WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ART-Three hours each semeseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantas y; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums; pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums; pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. LAYOUT-Three hours MR. O'TOOL E Analysis of basic letter forms; study of one-stroke alphabets; study of built-up alphabets. Formal and informal lettering; the script letter forms, calligraphy. Complete study of type and type faces. Brush and pen lettering for reproduction. Various combinations of weights and types of letters. Show-card lettering. Ornamental lettering. The hand-lettered book jacket. The use of decorations, borders, relief lettering, shaded lettering, composing with letter forms. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 105. LETTERING AND ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. A RT 211-212. ADVERTISING D ESIGN- Th ree ho11rs each semester MR . O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of r_epr?· duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies 10 mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halff tone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete st~dy 0 type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; stud10, two hours. Prerequisite : permission of the instructor. 79 DESIGN-Three hottrs each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester MR. O 'TooL E Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours ; studio, two hours. ART 215-216. FINE Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218 . ADVANCED FIN E Prerequisite: Art 101, 102, 103, 104 or equivalent. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructor Namisniak; Assistant Mokychic. Bro. lOO. BIOLOGICAL SOENCE-Three hours THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other cou · b. l t' b rses m 10 ogy. It presents the essential general informa1on a out plant . l s, expl ams . fun clamental laws governing the b10 •1 . s an d an1ma h ogical world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class three ours a week. , Bro. 101-102. G ENERAL ZOOLOGY-Five hours each semester Gen al z MR. REIF histor/~f b. oi°logy surv~ys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the 10 the structu ogy, explains the organization of living matter, teaches tion and thre of r~presentative animals, the methods of their classi.fica' e basic · · 1 • ecology Cl prmcip es of genet1Cs, embryology evolution and · ass , th ree hours a week; laboratory, four hours ' a week. ' �80 BIO. 113. BOTANICAL MR. TAXONOMY-Five hours REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES-Five hours MR. REIF Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of vertebrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. BIO. 202. MR. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hours REIF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Five hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bacteriology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Bacteriology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and .field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241 AND 242. HISTOLOGY AND semester 81 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ORGANOLOGY-Three hotJrs each MR. REIF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202 or permission of instructor. Bro. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Four hott1'S each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the ~arious cells, t!ssues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work mcludes expenments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 202, or permission of instructor. Bro. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. RElF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the .field o_f biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Bedillion; Instructors Brennan, Boyce*, Casper, Elliot, Farrar, Jones, Kreder, Laggan, McDermot, J. Riley, Werner, Whitby. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS-Three hours THE STAFF A basic course in the essentials of modern business. Studies are made of problems .pertaining to administrating and .financing the organization of enterprise; manufacturing and distribution of goods; personnel problems; governmental policies toward business. MR. RILEY The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest an<l desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three hours Miss BEDILLION Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 21 6. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. JONES A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including ~opyal, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a 0 c1 force. -;-- On leave of absence for advanced study during 1951-1952. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 WILKES COLLEGE 82 B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hout"S MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 218. CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONs-Three hout"S MR. ROSENBERG The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. B. A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours MR. CASPER The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure, and organization and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE- Th ree hottrs MR. LAGGAN, MR. ROSENBERG A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate ty~es of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. LAGGAN Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth~ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buyi~g and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Lao· oratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. 231. BUSINESS LAw-CoNTRACTs- Three hours MR. BoYCE The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. E:x~ina· tion of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to B.A. typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement ; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration ( that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent (legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. BOYCE A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. BoYCE Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their f?rmation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured insurer and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insur~nce con: tract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. BOYCE Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions). Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Instructor to be announced A. stu dy of the organization and management of industry with em· P · · 1es d eveloped; problems of the interrelationship ' thhas1s f on. th e prmcip of e unctions operat.mg 1.~ t h e fi eId s of management, such as production control particul prsonnel, financmg, and the forecasting of business conditions, ar Yas they relate to industry. Prerequ· ·t . B . B !Sl e. usmess Administration 225 . .A. p .236 . · PER SONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY and n10 d em practtees . mentrtnc1ples of of personnel management· instrucontrol · th t · • . of the worker; incentives ' u ed ands . ' e rammg and education p ~ecial problems encountered. rerequ1site.· Eeonomics . 223 or approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 8-t MR. RILEY B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three" hours A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. RILEY The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. RILEY B.A. 239. SALES MANAG.:::MENT-Three hours The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. BoYCE This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 85 CHEM. 102. ~NORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS MISS BONE .Stx hours The react10ns of the common metallic elements the th d f ce of 1 t 1· · ' eory an praci e _emen ary qua 1tat1ve analysis. Class, four hours a week- laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. ' Prerequisite: Chemistry 1 O1. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Fo ur hours M ISS B ONE A continuat!on of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work_ 1?cludes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a ~rereqms1te for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week, labo_r:tory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequ1S1te: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours The . . MR. SALLEY lab ory a~d pract1Ce of typ1Cal analyses. Class, two hours a weekoratory,_ ~ix hours a week. Breakage deposit required. , Prerequmte: Chemistry 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE AN,\LYSIS-Five hours A . . MR. SALLEY continuationk of Chemistr Y 121: Cl ass, two h ours a week; laboratory, nine ho urs_ a. wee · Breakage deposit required. Prerequ1S1te: Chemistry 121. CHEM. A . 230 · 0 ~GANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS mtroduct1on · tion nand ro . to th e_ ch e~1stry o f carbon compounds. The prepara- B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. BoYCE This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life in· surance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and laboratoryp thperhehs of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week ,. . ree ours a week · B reakage d eposit . requued. . ' Pr erequ1S1te: Chemistry 121. industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEM. A 231. . ORGANIC C HEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS continuation . t ry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds Cl ofh ChemiS Breakage d~pos·tass, t _rede hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week 1 requue · Prere · · · qu1s1te: Chemistry 230. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professor Bone; Instructor Salley. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS, Miss BoNE, MR. SALLEY An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required CHEM. 233 . QUA LITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three hours A course designed to . . . MR. BASTRESS pure org:inic compo dgtvedpra~ice m the systematic identification of oratory' six · hours a week un s Ban mixtures . . Class, one hour a week; labPrerequisit . Ch . . reakage deposit required. e. em1stry 231. �WILKES COLLEGE 86 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEMISTRY-Three hours CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC 87 ECONOMICS MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of chemical equilibrium, using the methods of modern thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Brennan, Elliot, Farrar, Laggan, J. Riley. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete 24 hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The 24 hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours Ee. 101. PRINOPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities respon· sible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical litereture. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. 2 0l. MONEY AND BANKING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG stu dy of the organization of financial institutions, their operation 1 and nfi~ence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve San}'stem. Ee. f. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 202 CHEM. THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects _of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pomted out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. CHEMISTRY-Three hottrs each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical pri_n~iples and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of l1vmg matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. THE M · ORY OF ONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG An analysis of th h f empo e t eory o money and credit in relation to conlatio rary . economics·, currency an d ere d 1t· pro blems; governmental reguns, of foreign exchange, and central banking. p rere control ·· quisite: Economics 201 E . ·e. 204 Cot~ l'h' · SUMER CREDIT-Two hours MR. ROSENBERG ts course incl d . . . . retail cred •t 1 u es consumer credit m its various aspects. It includes t ' sa es .finance <lit . d Prere . . , ere unions, an credit bureau activities. quisite: approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 89 WILKES COLLEGE 88 MR. FARRAR Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extrac- tive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. MR. RILEY Ee. 223. LABOR PROBLEMS-Three hours An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and develop- ments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. THE STAFF GEOGRAPHY-Three hours A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC SYSTEMS-Three hours MR. FARRftR The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain_ are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characceriscic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CYCLES-Three hours . MR. FARRAR Ah 1stonca analysis of major business cl Co . and a critical es. d bnte~porary theories . . examination of public pol1'cycy t owar usmess cycles. Ee. 230. . BUSINESS · 1 Prerequ1S1te: approval of instructor. h ours THE STAFF A c?urse m ~tatistteal ~ethods and their application to business co~ectton and mterpretalton of statistical data, frequency distributio~ an measures of central tendency, fitting the normal cu Ch. test; test of significance for small samples 1 . f ~e, I-square lecture; 2 hours laboratory. ' ana ys1s o variance. 3 hours Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTics-Th ree . . . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours A. continuation of Economics 231 Th' . . . senes analysis, construction of index. n is course will include tl~eanalysis multiple and part' 1 1 . umbers, methods of correlat10n samples'. Lecture three h ia . clobrre at10n, and test of significance for . . , ours, a oratory, two hours. Prerequmte: Economics 231. Ee.F 236. hours u~ R OSENBERG d PUBLIC l FINANCE-Three . . J.Yill.., un amenta principles of publ · fi revenue· £inane· l . . lC nance; government expenditures· shifting' and in1~d pol1C1;s and administration; taxation; principles of problems of fe~~ e~ce o taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal ernment finance t rath' state, and local government; the relation of govo e economy. Frere qu1S1te: · · Economics 102, Political Science 101 Ee.A238 d EcoNoM IC H ISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT MR FARRAR n a vanced . h the origin, growth' and . signi.ficance of econ course . . which . . d ea1s wit om1c mst1tutio · th · ' ns, w1 special emphasis upon those of Europe and the U 't d S nt e tates. Prerequisite: · · Economics 102. Ee.Th' 241. EcoNoM1c A NALYSis-Three hours M F . is course is desi d . R. ARRAR distribution Th d gne. to gtve coverage to the theory of value and go \:ern1ng . . costs · e etermmants of consumer d emand and the principles and on recent theoretical _outp~ts o_f producers are analyzed with some stress Prerequisite. E mv~sttgat1ons. The method is abstract and deductive. · conomtes 102. Ec.244 . HISTORY OF ECONO f:.. study of th h' . MIC THOUGHT-Three hours MR. FARRAR wr1tings of the leading e 1stoncal thinkde vel_opment o f economic doctrines. The ers m the field of economics, beginning �90 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE with the Greeks and Romans and continuing to the present. The leading economic movements and schools of thought. . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. ELLIOT Ee. 245. CONSUMER EeoNOMies--Three hours The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 246. EcoNOMIC INVESTIGATION-Three hours MR. ELLIOT' MR. F.ARR.AR Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and ( 3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. CRANE . A ~onsideration ~f the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of mtelhgence and ~ubJect-matter _tes~s available for school use; study of meth?ds. of treating sc~res; pnnc1ples and purposes of measurement; pract1Ce m the construction of objective tests; supervised administration scoring, and interpretation of tests. ' ED. 204. PRINOPLES OF SECONDARY EDUCATION-Three hours MR. SMITH The historical deve~opment of the secondary school; a philosophical background from wh1Ch are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. ED. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three hours MR. SMITH D~velo~ments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricul;r activities· treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units~ :~dy metho~s; test~ and marking; a survey of secondary school cur: iculum and its continuing development. iD. 2 07. STUD ENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours EDUCATION D. Professor Smith, chairman; Instructor Crane. MR. SMITH A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; _the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; and contemporary issues and trends in public education. ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL PsYCHOLOGY-Three 91 hours hours MR. SMIT» Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; ~h.e nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and faohf tation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods ; . study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methO s, and simple statistical concepts. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Nine S hours MR. SMITH, MR. CRANE e tuTdents are assigned to the guidance of competent experienced teach rers. hey . . .observe severa1 teach ers. Gradually they' assume classroomspons1b1hty .and t each und er supervmon. .. com They plan lesson units and . the teachers-in-charge . rofp1ete cumculum . um'ts. Co n f erences with and P essors-m-charg e a1'd in • d'1scuss1on . of pnnc1ples . . and problems. En.C211 : EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three hours MR. CRANE tionons1deration of the child .of th e Pla~e ~ f extracurricular activities in the educaency to b . • the orgamzahon of extracurricular activities· the tendguidance rmg th em into the school curriculum· their pl;ce in the program. ' En.A.212. stud VISUAL EDVCATION-Three hours MR. CRANE · Y of the mater · 1 d h · · · cip1es and pl f ia s an tee niques of visual education· prin• ans or the s f di · O oration of v· . u e au o-v1sual or sensory aids· the ' incorp 1sua1 instruet·ion in . the work for the classroom. ' �92 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. CRANE 214. GUIDANCE-Three hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. En. MR. CRANE 231. THE TEACHING OF READING-Three hours Study of the technigues of reading instruction and the correction of reading disability; relationship between reading and maturation; determination of reading readiness; nurturing of natural reading motivation; problems of the poor reader. En. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Three hours MR. CRANE Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF ENGLISH-Three hours MR. CRANE Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. ED. ED. 235. 236. STVDIES--Three hours MR. CRANE Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create under· standing. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. En. 237. PRINOPLES OF ELEMENTARY THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Eo. 239. MR. SMITH curriculum; its relation elementary curriculum; objectives to children's music, science, physical to the adjustneeds; educa- TEACHING OF ELEM ENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Three h ours MR. SMITH Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Eo. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Three hours MR. OTOOLE Study of the principles and practices of education in the .field of element~ry art~ methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for develop_mg units ?f work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of va:io:1s media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. ED. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL 238. Three hours CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING Three hours MR. CRANE Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. En. ED. 93 242. Music IN THE EL EMENTARY SCHOOL-Three hours MR. MORAN S~dy of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of muS1C _thr_ough performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote _smgmg; ~rogram music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Add.· . itional courses offered in other departments may count toward cectification and add to a well-rounded program: Ed ucattonal · · Sociology-See Sociology. Ch'ld 1 Psychology-See Psychology. Teaching of English in Secondary Schools-See English Teaching of M ath emahcs · m · Secondary Schools-See Mathematics. · EDUCATION-Three hours MR. ENGINE ERING SMITH The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary edu· cation; other factors in the development of the elementary school; prom· ising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and con_trol; mental _a nd physical hygiene ; records and reports; a survey of prinople5 and techniques in the elementary school. Associate Professor Hall ch . . A struct Th , au man, ssistant Professor Heltzel; Inors omas and Salley. E p ROBLEMS-Two hours THE STAFF • . Poses and metho~~u~Sions to ac_q uamt the student with the aims, purmethod of attack u f the engmeer. An introd~ction to the proper PO n problems, proper presentation of solutions both GI. lOO. ENGINEER! 1 ectures and di NG ' �95 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 94 WILKES COLLEGE mathematical and graphical. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. MR. HELTZEL ENGI. 102. BASIC DRAWING-Three hout'S A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing and descriptive geometry necessary for students of chemistry and physics. It includes lettering, use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing, dimensioning, and the analysis and solution of space problems involving the projection and revolution of points, lines and planes. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Three hours MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Technical sketching and vertical freehand lettering. Use and care of instruments, orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections; isometric drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, seven hours a week. and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY Three hours MR. HELTZEL Augments Engineering 105. Application of standard conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawings. Application of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering spaceproblems by the projection and revolution of points, lines, planes and solids. Intersections and developments. Practicum, seven hours a week. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 206. KINEMATICS- Four hours MR. THOMAS Ana~ytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and accelerati~n f_or rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trams involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, ~artooth outlines a~d thei~ application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two urs a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 201. f Prerequisite: Engineering 105. Chemical Engineering CH.E. 206. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours MR. THOMAS C.E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four hours MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln prod· ucts. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 203; Physics 201. Co-requisite: Physics 202. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three hours MR. HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium· catenary· friction; first and seco nd moments of areas, volumes masses: centroids' Class, three hours a week. ' ' · Prere · 1·_te: Physics 201, Mathematics 125. Co- qui_s requmte: Mathematics 126. M.E. L 212 · MEcHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three hours Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment MR. HALL awsWof motio body. k n, re~t u·mear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid or -energy·, 1mpu1se-momentum. Class, three hours a week. p rerequisite: M.E. 211 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 WILKES COLLEGE 96 MRS. WILLIAMS STORY-Three hours A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for ENG. 106. SHORT ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professor Davies; Assistant Professors Donnelly, Kruger, and G. Williams; Instructors Groh, Lord, the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. Tyburski, and Utz. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours which the major must carry in English should be so distributed as to include an advanced course in composition or journalism, three hours of work in linguistics (English 201 or 205) and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature, three of which must be reserved for English 215. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Composition 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. THE STAFF COMPOSITION-Three hours Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of ENG. 102. themes. Prerequisite: English 101. ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS, ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 122. JOURNALISTIC WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS This course supplements English 121. Instruction in handling important assignments: accidents, disasters, elections, conventions, meetings, crime; covering the major beats: city hall, court house, police headquarters, federal building, labor, business, sports, society; editing copy, newspaper style, writing heads; measuring readability, semantics. Visit to local and neighboring newspaper offices and printing plants. Term paper: series of articles suitable for newspaper on timely subject affecting the College or community. Prerequisite: English 12·1 . WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: ~ublic opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. W eekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLIOTY E MR. DONNELLY A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this require· ment may be waived. Journalism G. 12 4, FEATURE WRITING--Three hours MRS. WILLIAMS Featur · · f tur fi. lde writing or n~wspapers and magazines. Analysis of the featr~t e and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their and ment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article popular biographies . .' Prsuccess. . stor·e narratives. Weel<ly themes. 1 s, person al experiences, crequ1s1te: English 102. �98 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, term papers, quizzes, conferences, collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 151. WORLD LITERATURE-Four ENG. 15·2. WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MRS. G. WILLIAMS, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. MISS CRAIG CHAUCER-Three hours Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 205. MR. DAVIES DRAMA-Three hours Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH Language and Literature ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH 99 Mrss CRAIG SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. MILTON-Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. POPE-Three hours Mrss CRAIG, MR. DAVIES A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 221. AGE OF ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three hours Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. NovEL-Three hours MISS CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH ENG. 2 41. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY ~tudy of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. E G, 242 TH R · E OMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study contem of th e _wor ks of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers porary with them. Prereqws1te: · · English 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. MR. DAVIES PROSE-Three hours Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN 101 DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Prerequisite: English 152. FOREIGN LANGUAGES ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. UTZ Analysis and discussion of those methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI MR. GROH DRAMA-Three hours The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY Prerequisite: English 152. FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Mrss DWORSKI Continuation of French 1 O1. Prerequisite: French 101. Speech ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gest~re exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed t? improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to tr~io. his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. MR. KRUGER hours Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on .tbe principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. 5t Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; con ant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two Prerequisite: English 131. Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Dworski. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DwoRSKI R~view of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalen .. FR. l04. I INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours MR. DISQUE, Miss DWORSKI ntroduction to French civilization· practice in oral and written French. ' Prerequis't . 1 e.• Frenc h 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105 · TE CHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Mrss DwoRSKI 1 . trans1atrng. . wishntensive t b pract.ice 10 A course designed for students who tercst ~ ab~e to r~~d material in French in their particular field of inp n .e uma01ties, the social sciences, or the natural sciences. rerequ1site ·· French 103 or the equivalent. t: 59295 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 WILKES COLLEGE 104 MR. DISQUE GER. 203. GoETHE-Three hours Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three MR.hours DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MoDERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hoursMR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. In· dividual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201 -202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. MISS DWORSI<l SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. 1 SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three hours Mrss DwoRSK Continuation of Spanish 101 with special emphasis on conversational approach and the natural idiom. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. Miss DwoRsl{l SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Exercises in simple oral and written composition. Intensive review of Spanish grammar. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. Mrss DwoRSI<l Introduction to Spanish civilization. Readings from selected Spanish Miss DwoRSKI SP. 10}. COMMEROAL. SPANISH-Th ree hours The study of Spanish as it rt . . the Spanish-speaking countries fed ~~ns Jo. econom1e relations between st on business letter writing. n e mted ates. Special emphasis Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. Miss DwoR SP. 106. . SPANISH CONVERSATION-Th ree hours Intensive practice in the s oken lan ua . . . SKI usage. P g ge. Emphasis on idiomatic Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP.S 107. SPANISH . .COMPOSITION-Th.tee hours Miss DwoRSKI lati~:~ss will be laid on original composition and techniques of transPrerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP.The 108.cultu SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Th ree h ours Miss DwoRSKI al . r ' economte, and political development of South A . Prerequisit . s •h menca. e. pams 103 or equivalent. SP. 201-202. MAI N CURRENTS OF SPANISH LITERATURE MI Three hours each semester A survey of the d ss DwoRSKI 1 Middle Ages to the pr;:eenot Pt_ment of Spanish literary thought from the ime. Prerequis't . 104 or equivalent. i e.. spamsh s SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF PANISH LITERATURE- Th ree hours Study of the great th f Mrss DwoRSKI Prerequisite. S . ahu ors o the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. · pams 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204, NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA- Thr ee h ours Representative wo ks . Miss DWORSKI reports. r 10 the field of drama; lectures and individual Prerequisite·· Spamsh . 201-202 or equivalent. SP, 205 • .I.N I ETEENTH CEN TURY SPANISH NovEL-Three hours SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours authors. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. ~e development of th . . Miss DwoRSKI lerequisite: Spani h e Spanish novel m the nineteenth century. s 20l-202 or equivalent. �206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, HIST. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Instructor Rock. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which tw~lve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 1?1 ~nd 102, ~10wever, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constltutmg a maJor. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the moder~ world. D~e attent~on is given to the part played by America in world history, especially durmg the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. Not offered 1951-1952. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences o~ :he American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Not offered 1951-1952. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 ER Three hours MR. THATCH A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. Students in education will be required to do their outside reading on th the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of e nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865~Three hours MR. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hourJ each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A general course on the development of the English nation. The principal topics are: Britain before the Anglo-Saxons, the i:-nglo-Saxon period, the Norman Conquest, the development _of ~~glish c~mmon law, the beginnings of parliaments, towns and universities, contmental wars, the Tudor dynasty, and the Revival of Learning. 106. emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 105 . ENGLISH HISTORY TO THE ELIZABETHAN PERIOD Three hours HIST. 107 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 106 THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. 234. EAST ASIA IN MODERN TIMES--Three hours This course deals with the impact of western civilization on the diffe:ent traditions and institutions of China, Japan, and Southeast Asia, ~ 1~. e~phasis on the persistent problems arising out of the contact of civilizations and their possible solutions . (Not offered 1951-1952.) Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HisT. HIST. 2 35. SOVIET RusSIA-Three hours th This cour~e deals with the background and characteristic features of edcornmun1st state in Russia. Emphasis is placed on the political social an econom· · ' thr h ic, re1·ig10us, and intellectual traditions as they developed oug the K. M 1 . . effort ievan, ongo , Muscovite, and Impenal ages and on the thes s to ~olve some of the problems arising out of the conflict between persistent · · • influence • peane civT . trad 1·t ions an d th e mcreasmg of western Euro1 izatton. (Not offered 1951-1952.) Prere quiSite: · · History 101 and 102. �109 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 108 MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three HIST. 253. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hours MR. ROCK A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON MR. ROCK state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. A continuation of Mathematics 1O1. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction binomial ~heo_rem, comp!<~~ numbers, roots of equations, permutatio~s and combmations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF . Tr_igonometric _functi~ns, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. RocK A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. CENTURY-Three hours MR. RocK two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 43. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equa- MATH. tions. Three hours a week. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF 1'.-iATHEMATICs-Three 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Prog:essions, bino~ial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, com~ound mter~s~, equat~ons of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in .h . 1· . . ch . Students mathematical concepts wit out specia ization m te niques. . f taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit or Mathematics 101 or 102. THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of France as a national HisT. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH hours hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis correlatio~ elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under nor~al curve. ' Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 ot its equivalent. MATH. ll8. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three GEOMETRY-Four hours THE STAFF of geometric figures by m_eans of coordinate systems, including _g ner~l problem of the equation of a locus, straiaht lines circles conic. sectio ns, t rans f ormation . o ' para-' of coord.mates, polar coordinates mgetrIC equations, families of curves, introduction to solid :nalytic eometry. · · Mathematics . 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathem Prere t· qmsite: a ics 109. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC th;tut MATH . ·. 12 5. CALCULUS I-Four hours THE STAFF 1 diff~:it:-, ~erivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals p n iation and integration of algebraic functions applications ' rerequisite: Mathematics 122. ' · �lll DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 110 THE STAFF 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN MATH Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 5. Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Same as Education 277.) Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH, 222. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. WASILESKI GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESK.l An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. EQUATIONS-Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL THE STAFF Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MR. W ASILESK.l ALGEBRA-Three hours Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, .fields, matrices, determinants. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. MATH. Prerequisite: Mathematics RICHARDS 126. MATH. 25·2. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Continuation of Mathematics 2 51. Prerequisite: Mathematics 2 51. MATH. 213. HIGHER Prerequisite: Mathematics MATH. 216. SOLID ANALYTIC 125. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Study of space geometry by means of coordinate systems, including lines and planes and the relations between them, systems of planes, parametric equations of a surface, cylinders, surfaces of revoluti?n, spheres, quadric surfaces, reduction of quadric surfaces to canonical forms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours MR. W ASILESI<l A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, pre5 miums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross prerniu!ll · Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. MUSIC Instructor Detroy, chairman; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Henderson, Isaacs, Liva, and Moran. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 44. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 69. Applied Music . ln~ividual instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students 10 piano, pipe organ, voice, violin, and several band-orchestra inst~ents. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon~tration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit 15 to be obtained for such study. terSo/dents_ who a~e not music majors may receive one credit each semescr d. 0 ~ voice or mstrumental study. No examination is necessary if e it is not desired by the student. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before rhe opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music 111-112. PIA.No CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. .Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one ,hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. . 10 There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civi• lization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and t_raci~ musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music w be emphasized in the final weeks of study. AU vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate the chorus for four years. MR. DETRO¥ AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra their capabilities :d ~imitations. The technique of scoring for small i~strumental cominations; transposition and def manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. o M:uSic 216 . RCHESTRA AND BAND Scoring . for th 1 ARRANGING--Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN ch student rna e ~rge or estra or the modern symphonic band. The Yselect his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. �1[4 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. DETROY hours The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS-Two hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three 11.5 mentary songs are used to develop the stude t' . train him in voice pedagogy. n s own voICe as well as to No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL M credit hours per semester M D us1c MATERIALS-Two R. ETROY AND MR MORAN Th e development of an adequate b t h . . of various kinds of school music mat ~~ tee ni~ue and ~he presentation tary and high school instrumental m e;1a.' tr~s1~g particularly elemenschool choral materials the second se;e:~:/ t e rst semester and high No prerequisite. MuJic Education Mus. En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METH hours per semeste1' MR. MOR.AN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MoRAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS credit hours MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND semester METHODS-Two credit METHODS-Two credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Ele· . ODs-Two credit hours per A class in elementary violin la in . . _MR. LivA technical problems involved in fh y 1g ~s a pract_1cal m~roduct10n to the .. e P aymg of stringed mstruments . N o prerequ1S1te. · Mus. Eo. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT C hours per semester LASS METHODS-Two credit A class in the playin of the . 1 . MR. LIVA duction to the teachingg f th ~10 a, v10loncello, and bass as an intro0 class teaching. ese mS t ruments and as a demonstratiori of Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL M hours USIC METHODS-Two credit The course involve MR. MORAN in the elementary grads a gienera~ preparation for the teachers of music and b. . es. t entails a study of th . . I o Jectives in school music. e prmc1p es, procedures, No prerequisite. fus. ED 20 . 2. H IGH SCHOOL Musi c M ETHODS-Two credit hottrs The course is planned t . MR. MORAN a pects of music in the h'ohprohv1de a preparation for teaching the various 1g sc ool. 0 prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-2 er d' 04. OBSERVATION p e it hours per semester AND RACTICE TEACHING-Pou, course · h T S mental . in t e observation an . HE TAFF music in the elementary dhprhact1ee teaching of vocal or instruor 1g schools. A �Instructor Jessee, chairman. NURSING-Three hours Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF 102. TRENDS IN NURSING PHILOSOPHY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the main problems of philosophy. Among the topics to be considered are the nature of the univers~; the origin ~f _life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; moral, religious, and aesthetic values; the sources and validity of knowledge. The purpose of the course is to acquaint the student with the traditional solution of these problems in order to interest him _in s~rio~s an~ ~eflectiv~ tho~ght, to coordinate his knowledge, and to aid him m gammg an mtelhgent understanding of the world and life. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO NURSING EDUCATION N.E. 117 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 EDUCATION-Three hours MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. WARD ADMINISTRATION-Three hours Miss JESSEE Principles and methods involved in the efficient management of a hospital unit. N.E. 105. STAFF TEACHING-Three hours Organization of a program and methods of improving the effectiveness of student experience in the clinical areas. N.E. 107. METHODS IN CLINICAL STAFF NURSING-Three houfs A consideration of the methods of teaching and content of courses in medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 111. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL STAFF NURSING-Three hours Field experience in supervision and teaching of medical and surgical nursing. N.E. 112. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL Miss JESSEE ARTS-Three hours This course considers the methods of teaching and content of courses in nursing arts or principles of nursing. LOGIC-Three hours MR. VuJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear thinking. The use and validity of reasonin~, hypothesis, induction, deduction, and other approaches to knowledge m the field of the natural and social sciences will be presented. PHIL. 102. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL ETHICS-Three hours A study of the great ethical systems such as hedonism, formalism, utilitarianism and self-realizationism. The application of moral principles to the life of the state, the family and the economic order. The nature of virtue conscience moral character and the relationship of ethics to other fi~lds of kno;ledge are discussed in this course. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three hours The treatment of religious problems in philosophy; the nature, scope and validity of religious knowledge; forms and expressions of religious behavior. The aim of the course is to give the student an understanding of the basic principles of religion and the contribution of religious thought to current interpretations of life. PHIL. N.E. 113. NURSING MISS JESSEE ARTS-Three hours This course provides opportunity for observation and participation in the teaching of nursing arts. N.E. 114. NURSING PHILOSOPHY Assistant Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined .fields of philosophy and religion consis~ of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Philosophy 101 an Religion 101 are not accepted for credit toward a major. The courses may be selected from these two .fields as desired by the student. AESTHETICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Theories of the essential character of beauty, its purpose and standards; the application of general aesthetic principles to poetry and the fine arts; the comparison of the aesthetic with other types of experience. PHIL. 205. Pmt. 211. HISTORY OF ANCIENT AND M EDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY Th,·ee hours MR. VUJICA ~he development of philosophical thought from its appearance in 1 1 t~? a to the renaissance. The permanent contributions of the Greek ;kers, particularly Plato and Aristotle to western culture. Patristic ~ scholastic philosophy. The culmination of scholasticism in the sysems of Thomas A cqumas . . and Mohamme d an and Duns Scotus. Jewish e ieval thought. Prerequ1site: · · Philosophy 101. m d' . �PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three P.E. 103-104. hours PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One hour each semester THE STAFF MR. VUJICA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. Post-Kantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science in philosophical speculation. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other living philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Prerequisite: Philosophy 101. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGl'E NE Director Partridge; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a re~ar part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exer_ose for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical a.nd a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, tennis, golf, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and phy~ical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE One hour each semester 119 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 118 THE Sr.AFF This course includes two hours of physical instruction and one hour of class instruction in personal hygiene each week. It is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encoura~e 5 participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exerci e throughout life. Three hours each week. This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102·, without the instruction in personal hygiene. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professor Heltzel; Instructor Thomas. MR. THOMAS SCIENCE-Three hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL 119. METEOROLOGY- Three hours MR. THOMAS A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. hours MR. HALL AND STAFF "."- thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature, meeting requirements for later work in technical courses. Required of all science students and elective for other students. Mechanics, heat, and sound. ~nstruction by demonstration lecture, recitation and experimental work m the laboratory. Class four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 201. GENERAL PHYSICS-Five Prerequisite: Mathematics 105; or 107 and 109. hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Cl Continuation of Physics 201. Electricity, light and modern physics. ass four hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 201. PHYs. 202. GENERAL PHYSICS-Five PHYs. 2 51. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. HALL · ·on measurement of electrical quantities and their application to Pre th cfiisi · t ry; me · lu des thermal electromotive force, resistance therme e1d of ch emis and tho~eters, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits · a week.e1r appl'icahon. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours �120 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours Associate Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard and Kaslas. A major in political science shall consist of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. In addition, History 223, 224, and 228, and Economics 212 and 2 36 are also acceptable. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is rr.peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY l 21 MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years wh'ch · generally labeled social insurance: unemployment 1 1s compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 22 1. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Th,·ee hours t MR. KASLAS ~ s~dy of the development of the body of customs and rules which re A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. er:t~s developed to govern their relations, with particular considion or th e responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prere. quisite: · · p olitical Science 101. Desideratum.· U ni'ted States and European history. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours P.S. 2 22 MR. MAfLE'Y A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. Ab · INTE RNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hours MR. KASLAS road, general c h · h · that cond ·f h o~rse w ic aims to present many of the factors 1 p ion t e foreign policies of nations Drer_eqduisite: Political Science 101. . es1 eratum. S kn raphy. · ome owledge of history, governments, and geog- �122 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor Dominguez, chairman; Instructors Boyle, Guttman, Harker*, Kanner*, Kelly, and R. Riley. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours in this field. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology must study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychol~· gists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of thetr faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and ~o his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. * On leave of absence for advanced study. 123 PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each s.emester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY- Three hours THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsYCHOLOGY-Th,-ee hours THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three homs Miss DOMINGUEZ Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. Psy. 21 2. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF stu dy of the theory of psychological testing. The principles under1 _A st ymg t: selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course ts a .. and prerequ1S1te for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, 255. Prerequisite: · · Psychology 100. �124 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212. PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years. Not offered 1952-1953.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. PsY. 25S-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The inter· pretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. ( Offered in alternate years. Not offered 19S2-1953.) Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ A general survey of the principal fo rms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 208. PsY. 301-302. RESEARCH IN PSYCHO LOGY-T hree hours TH E STAFF An opportunity to conduct ind ividual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. 12 5 RELIGION Assistant Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. f A majo; in the ~ombi~ed fields of philosophy and religion consists o twenty- our hours. ~hilosophy 101 and Religion 101 are not acce ted for credit t~ward a maJor. The courses may be selected from these Ptw 0 fields as desired by the student. REL. 101. HISTORY OF RELIGIONS-Three h ourJ MR V N tu d . . . . . UJICA a re a_n ~rigm of _r~ligion. Significant founders and leaders of t~e great h1stoncal_ and l1vmg religions. Sacred literatures beliefs and r!~als. A compar_1son_ of the most impo.rtant features of 'the re;t religions. The contnbut10ns of religion to the developm t d g tion of cultural values. en an preservaREL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT Th ree h ours A study o~ ~he religio~s thought and practices of the early Hebrews. Codes an~ cnttcal. analysis of the earlier writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Do K. translations of the Old Testament. uay, mg James, and Jewish Prerequisite: Religion 1 o1 . REL. 202. up: THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours s~~dy; f tte ~rophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed e_ rofp etic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history The gradual rise o m l ·cl · · . · of Religion 201. ora i eas is mvestigated. The course is a continuation Prerequisite: Religion 1 o1, Rn. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEw TESTAMENT-Thr h A stud f . ee ours lems of l y o the types of literature found in the New Testament Prob of Jesus a:J~~ge and au.thorship are disC1J.ssed. The religious te~ching~ their ow t· e Apostol1~ Ch~rch are studied against the background of p n . ~e and exammed m their significance for contemporary life rerequ1s1te: Religion 101. . RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenb h . Cleary, O'Tool er?, c airman; Instructors Berg, Bunn, Kaden M ce, J. Riley, Rosolowski, Sheridan Sternlieb ' , . R.M . lOl. PRINCIPLE R s OF ETAILING--Three hours Policies d . MR. McCLEARY, Miss SHERIDAN, MR. STERNLIEB i . . an practices of th · · · · · nstttutions and ty e va~1ous retail mshtut10ns; types of retail sales and service ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout · po IC1es; employment, training, and welfare. ' p1~ �126 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES R.M. 127 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. McCLEARY, MISS SHERIDAN !3asic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TOOLE Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Two hours MR. BUNN, Miss SHERIDAN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising media, display; research. SELLING--Three hours MR. BUNN, Miss SHERIDAN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of merchandise and the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. R.M. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three hours MISS SHERIDAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. R.M. 210. ELEMENTS OF Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212-. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE CONTROL-Three hours THE STAFF Importance of purchases; principles and methods; forms of proc:· dure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventories and thei; control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application systems. ° Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL BUYING--Two hours THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 21.5. DISPLAY-Two hours THE STAFF Techniques of store arrangement; display of merchandise and services within the store; window display. R.M. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. RELATIONS-Three hours Miss SHERIDAN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL MR. BUNN, MR. RILEY, R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of n~w businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. R.M. 0 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF .. . r~aruzation of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau· mercantile agencies· salescheck procedure; collection procedure and cor;espondence· personai financing· contracts· inst llm d" 1 . ' . ' , a ent ere 1t; egal aspects of retail credit. R.M. R 224 · ECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . Three hours THE STAFF co:p:vriet~ of f~ndamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in a ton with r t ·1 · trends d d e at store executives. Laboratory work; reports on an evelopments. �129 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SECRETARIAL STUDIES S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY- Four hours each semester MR. JENKINS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Bedillion; Instructors Davies, Jenkins, Whitby. Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulati_on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, s1x hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. 128 Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the writing of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Four hours each semester Miss BEDILLION Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND-Two hours MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified. S.S. 106. SHORTHAND-Two hours MR. J ENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application ?f shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription frorn shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. four hours laboratory each week. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND-Two hours each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of ~eed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. S.S. 115-116. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING--Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite : Secretarial Studies 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING--Three bout's MR. WHITBY . Fu_ndamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. .S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hours Miss BEDILLION h S~dy of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and o~pt~als; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcnpt1on . ta ken from hospital . records; speoa . 1·ize d d.ictatio . of case h"1stones . n in several branches of medicine· practice in filling out forms for insurance . ' Com c?mpan1es, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's labo petnsation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours ra ory. Prer · · equtSite: approval of instructor. ... �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours MISS BEDILLION Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instruaor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four hours Soc. 280. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY THEORIES-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Miss BEDILLION Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL 131 Prerequisite: Sociology 278 or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructor Holbrook. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is a prerequisite for all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. A major in sociology must include the four following courses: Sociology 25 5, 265, 278, and 280. Political Science 204 may also be accepted toward the major in sociology. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into five groups: I Sociological Theory Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of socir logical problems. Soc. 278. ADVANCED GENERAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation be~een the school and community. The interaction of the formal and mf~rmal_ educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and th e1C soc10logical backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 1 oo. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ t Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Social facrot1 1~nd conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of ; ~ ous ~roups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other a1or social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prere · · . qu1S1te: Sociology 100 and Religion 101 ' or permission of the instructor. MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ An analytical study of the structural elements of society in terms of the:.r functional relationship to social organization and social cha1:ge. The course is designed to enable the student to apply these analytteal tools to the relation of society to the person, the analysis of groups, the study of major institutions, and the understanding of social change. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc 212 So A · CIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours Mrss HOLBROOK n analysis of th f 1 d . f . . . work pl e orma an in ormal social orgamzat10n of the tion and~htaucl of the_ relationship between modern industrial organizae community. . Prerequisite· So . I instructor. · cio ogy 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 133 III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN Soc. SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisites: Sociology 100. Soc. 230. SOCIAL 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and functioning of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of social psychology and social anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255. PROBLEMS-Three hours V Anthropology Miss HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hou1·s Miss HOLBROOK Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230 or Sociology 278, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three hours A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 275. RACE AND CULTURE CONTACTS-Three houn MISS HOLBROOK, MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the processes leading to acculturation of racial and ethnic groups in American society and of the economic, social and psychological forces responsible for group antagonism. The course is designed to acquaint the student with the problem of prejudice and discrimination against minority groups in a democratic society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. IV Social Psychology 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factor~ j~ human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interactwn. collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. Soc. 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; modern races and the problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the world, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 135 SAFEIT Instructor Hilbert. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours SAFETY 1. DRNER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three ho11rs The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN TH.E SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hottrs Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of acci?e.ot prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school adm1~ 1strators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs SAFETY S. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION- Three hottrJ Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature a~d methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested 1.0 his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest 15 always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the iote~est that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, e~?t10~ and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the indmdua because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �The Evening Division SPECIAL COMMUNITY LECTURE SERIES 137 To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: I. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have .first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is q_uali fied to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register fo~ evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be ap· proved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College ma}' request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. Special Community Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. It therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The fee charged each person enrolled in one of the courses is $10 a semester. The present program includes lecture courses in current events, contemporary literature, and selected topics on modern psychiatry. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. �It DEX 139 Index Accounting, Four-year Program Descriptions of Courses ·····-··················· Accreditment of Wilkes College ..................... Administration ········•····················-···················· Admission Requirements Advanced Standing ·····-······· ...................... . Advertising Design .............................................................................................. ······························ Anthropology ............ . Art ·····-·······-·········································· Athletics ··············-······························ Attendance ................................ . Awards ............................................................................................................................................................ Band ....................................••···-·········· .. ············................... _........ - •····· ··-·· .... ~. · · Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements ............ .......... ................................... ...... F'our-year Programs ····················-- - - -····· •························································· Bachelor of Science, Four-year Programs .............................................................. . Biology, Four-year Program . .. ................................ ...................... ........ ... Descriptions of Courses .............................. .......................................... .................. ......... Board of Trustees ..... -................................._...................................................... · Buildings ..................... ••··•·········• ····-· ···········-······································ ····························· Business Administration, Four-year Program ................................................ Descriptions of Courses ............. ,.......................... . .... .................. Business Education ......................................................................................................... ..... Business Law ........................................................................... ..... ........ .. -····· ..... • ···· ·· · ·· · College Calendar ................. .. ...................................................... Careers Conference ...................................... ··············-·············-····················································· Careers Library ................................................. ·············································..... Chemistry, Four-year Program . ............................... . Descriptions of Courses ............................................................... ............................. ·· Choral Club ............................................................... ······················································ Clubs ·····-················································ · ···························-········ · ··· ··············•···. Color and Design ............................................................. ·· ······· ·· ·· ···· ····· · ·· ·· ······· · Commerce and Finance ...................................... . C-ommercial Law (See Business Law) Community Lecture Series ........................................................................ . Community Programs ........ . Counseling .... ..................... ................................... ..... •··················· Curricula .............·-················-· .. ·················································-····················· Debating ··········-··· ................... - .............. .. ... . Degree Courses (See also Individua l Subjects) ... ............................. ···· Descriptions of Courses Economics .................................................................................... ··· ························ Education .................................................... ·-·······-·· ..... ...... .................................... . Program for B. S. (Secondary) .... . Program for B. S. (Elementary) ................................ • Descriptions of Courses ....................................... Employment, Student ...... ················- .................... 58 76 20 8 20 21 78 133 77 31 23 33 30 40 42 45 46 79 6 18 59 81 52 82 5 29 27 47 84 30 31 l26 57 137 28 27 20 31 39 75 87 48 50 51 90 29 Engineering .................................................................................................................. 63 Programs-Common Freshman Year .................................... . 63 -Aeronautical ................................................................................... . 64 -Chemical ........................................................................................ . 64 -Civil ......................... . 64 -Electrical .............................................................................................. ···-· 65 65 -Industrial ... ······················-······························································· -Mechanical .................... . 66 Description of Courses .............................. ........................................................................ 93 English .... . .. -······· ····· ····· · · ·· · ·· · ····································-····· ·· ·················•···•· ········•······················· .. 96 Evening Division ................................ ................................................................................. .. 136 Extension Classes ......... ............................. .. ................................... . 20 Faculty ..............-...····-············ ............................ . 10 Faculty Committees ... 15 Fees _ _ _ .................................. 25 Finance, Mathematics of .. 109, 110 F'rench -·········-······························ 101 General Information ............................ 19 German ..... -................................................................ 103 Grades ·····-····•·····························-···· 21 Graduation, Requirements for 23 History .......... ·-··································-··········· 106 History of Wilkes College ...... . 17 Hygiene ........................................................ ................ ....................... .................. ......... 118 Insurance .......................... -...................................... 84 Journalism .............. ....... ............. ......................... 97 Labor Problems ............................................................. .................................................... 88, 121 Laboratory and Medical T echnology .. ...... .......................... 68 Lettering and Layout ................. ....................... . 78 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ........ ..... ... ........ . 41 :Major in Liberal Arts, Selection of ....................................... . 40 .fajors, Requirements for (See Individual Subjects) :Marketing ···········-············•-·.. ··············································································· .......................... 82 1athematics, Four-year ProgTam .. ....................................... ............................ 43 Descriptions of Courses ... ....... ....... ............ 108 .1. ledical Stenography ........ ... .. 73 1iedical Technology ..... .......... .... .. .... .. .. ..................... ........ ...... 68 ;,.te.orology ................. ........... ........ ........... .............. ....................... .... . ...................... 119 • usic, Four-year Prog ram ....... ...........................·-········ ........... ....................... 44 Two-year Program .. .... . .... .............. .................... 69 111 1 ?escriptions of Courses ........... ........................... ...... ......................... • USiDc Education, Four-year Program .............................................. ........ 54 , escriptions of Courses ···········-······ ....... ................................... .............. 114 ·, on-?redit Program (Lecture Series) ................................................. 137 • ur 1ng Ed • · Des . ;cation, Two-year Progra m .............................................. ..................... 55 Orchest:;P ions of Courses ····················· ....... ··············· ·············································· ... 116 Orient t· :..·•···················································-·······•·••········· .. ····························•······································... 30 Payme::◊~ ~::!ram . . . ... . . . ..... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . ..... 28 26 �J-10 WILKES COLLEGE Addendum ;t~~:::ih~d~~~ti~~·· ;~d. .i ;~·i~~~···::·.: :. . . . . . . ·. :. . .: : : : : ·: : : :::: : : : : : : : :~:~: : : : : : : ~~: Physics, Program for First and Second Years ..................................... ............. Descriptions of Courses ·····-···················· .. ···-·· ................. -................................ Placement Service .......................-....... _.......................................................... . . Political Science .............................-............................ -.................. ................................................... Preparation for Professions a nd Vocations ............................. . ... ...................... Probation ···········-··· ..········-···············.. ········ .................. _.......................... .. . • ....... Pre-Dental Courses, Two-.year Program ..................................................................... Three-year Program ................... -·-·•·· ··.. .................................................... Psychology .............. -·······-·················· .. ········..································ ..... _........ .. . - - - Publkations, Student ········-·································.. .. ................................................... Real Estate _ _ _ ............................. ...................... ............................................ Refunds ··················································-·······" ................................. •· ..... ••· ·· •· -················· Registration ........................................ ............................................. .................................................. ... Religion ........................................................................................................................................................ .. Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program .................. ........................................... - Descriptions of Courses ............................... .. ...................... .............................. Safety, Courses in ··············-·······-································ ................................................................... Scholarships ....................................................... ·-·······-· .. ··· ......................... .. ... . .. .. ..... ... Secretarial Studies, F-0ur-year Program ..................................................................... Two-year Program ............................................................................................................ ..... Descriptions of Courses ..................... ................................................. ...... Social Science, Major in .............. ..... ........... ............... ..... .. 56 119 29 120 34 22 70 71 122 31 82 26 23 125 61 125 134 32 62 72 128 40 Description of methods course required f or the degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education (see page 53): Enuc. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INSTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Principles of Business Education ; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill building; techniques of instruction in type• writing and shorthand; standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. i::Ii~:~::;~{~~~:~;;~ • • • • • • • • · • • • • ·• • • • • • • • • • • • :• • •· · • ·• ~ l Statistics, Ap:i>lied General, Economic ............................................................. Introduction to ..................................... .................................................................................... .. Student Activities ......... ........................... ........... ....................................... Student Employment .................................................................. ........................ · Student Government ........... -......................................... -............................................... Student Welfare ................................ ................. ....... ·-.. .. ..... .... ...... .... . . . Summer School Credits .................................... ............................ ......................... Surveying ...................................................................................... -.... ............................. Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secon dary ................... ................... Business .......................................................-............. -.... ...................... .............................. ... Music .. ............................................-........................................................... Teaching ( See Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ....·-······................................................... .................. .. Tran sf er of Credits .. ..... ......... .. ... ... ... ....... . .. . .. ....... .... ..... . .. .. ........ •· ·· Tuition .................................................. _._. ................................. Withdrawals ......... ............ ............ .......... ....... ~: 1 :~ 30 27 24 94 48 52 54 67 21 24 26 ... �FROM: Ny --- FROM: BUFFALO -------- N.Y SYRACUSE AL' BANY FROM: CON,NECTICUT ---- ----- WAVERLY ) U,S.-6 FROM. ERIE U.S. 09 PA·IIS WILLIAMSPORT PA. f>H!LADELPHIA CAMDE N FROM: ~ATLANTC CITV BA. l TIMORE W,.., S O U T H F R A N K L HIN N ~ " AF~li : 0 HALL ~i i � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin 1952-1953 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1952-1953 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/4387552aeb8cdf0b1b2c97c2cc45e96d.pdf f46574f3f153dc1f7394a130ff3ddf83 PDF Text Text 1955-1956 �--=-------s COUEGE u etfn 1955-'1956 Published quarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 121 1951 1 at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania1 under the act of August 24, 19121 as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. JANUARY, 1955 Vol. IV, No. 1 �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5·. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical stan<lards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress . He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 16 History ofe th College 17 General Information 21 Student Welfare . 31 Student Activities 35 Scholarships and Awards 37 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 41 Degree Courses 47 Terminal Courses 73 Course Descriptions . 81 Evening Division 147 Community Lecture Series . 148 Index 149 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR FALL, 1955 Tues., Sept. 13 to Sun., Sept. 18. Freshman orientation Wed., Sept. 14 .............. Freshman registration Thurs., Sept. 15 .............. Upperclass registration Mon., Sept. 19 ............... Classes begin at 8: 00 a.m. Fri., Oct. 28 ................. Mid-semester grades Mon., Nov. 7 to Fri., Nov. 11 ... Registration Fri., Nov. 11 ................ Armistice Day observance, 11 a.m. to 1 p.m. Sat., Nov. 19 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Nov. 23 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 28 .............. Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Sat., Dec. 1 7 ................ Christmas recess begins at noon Tues., Jan. 3 ............... Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sat., Jan. 14 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 16 to Tues., Jan. 24 .. Examination period SPRING, 1956 Fri., Jan. 27 ................ All-college registration Mon., Jan. 30 ............... Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Fri., March 9 ................ Mid-semester grades Mon., March 19 to Fri., March 23 ............ Registration Fri., March 23 .... .. .... .. ... Careers Conference Fri., March 23 ............... Final date to remove incompletes Tues., March 27 .... ......... Easter recess begins at 5:00 p.m. Tues., April 3 ............... Easter recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Sun., May 13 . . . . . . . .. . ..... Parents Day Sat., May 19 ................ Classes end Mon., May 21 to Thur., May 31. Examination period Wed., May 30 ............... Memorial Day observance Sun., June 3 ................ Baccalaureate Mon., June 4 ................ Commencement SUMMER, 1956 Mon., June 11 to Sat., June 16 .. Mon., June 18 ............... Wed., July 4 ................ Fri., August 10 .............. Summer School registration Classes begin Independence Day observance Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer J. MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. HON. JOHNS. FINE M.D. KOONS REUBEN H. LEVY M. ROSENFIELD REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH HON. WILLIAM J. ANDREW HARRY F. GOERINGER w. R. KOONS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH Finance: Nominations: F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST MISS ANNETTE EVANS GEORGE K0CYAN, R. MISS MARY M.D. Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, JOSEPH MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MISS MARY CONYNGHAM CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary MRS. PAUL BEDFORD 1. Library: MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JASPER B. CARR WILLIAM f mtruction: Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES Hi. MINER, JR., 7 SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GucKELBERGER JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES 5. ROUSH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY ANDREW J. SORDONI Chairman JASPER B. CARR w. GEORGE JAMES p. GucKELBERGER HARRIS JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.0. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Juuus LONG STERN TERM OF OFFICE Expiring Tune, 1955 JASPER B. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Buildings and Grounds: w. GEORGE CARR GucKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY H. Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD MINER, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GoERINGER RE~ CHARLEs&RousH JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. ANDREW MISS MARY R. KOONS MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT 1. CONYNGHAM JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD HARRY F. GoERINGER, WILLIAM 1. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EVANS ARNAUD C. MARTS ELLSWORTH PARKHURST MISS MARY R . KOONS JOSEPH F. LESTER H. MINER, JR. ANDREW J. SORDONI CHARLES JULIUS LONG STERN HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD SORD0NI Expiring Ttme, 1957 WILLIAM GUCKELBERGER, HON. JOHN S. FINE F. Expiring Tune, 1956 J. W. Chairman GEORGE Scholarships: C. MARTS MRS. FRANCK G. OARTE F. JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, M.S. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BISHOP ................. . ...... . .. . .. . ...... Recorder JUNE STEVENS ............ . . . ..... . .. . .. Secretary to the President ELEANORE PISH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .. Secretary to the Registrar DOROTHY DAVIES ............ . .. .. ..... . ... 0 ffice Machine Clerk ELEANOR O1-IRIN ............... . . . .. . ........ Registration Clerk GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women WELTON GRANT FARRAR, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director of Development DONALD ROBERT KERSTEEN, A.B. (Bucknell) Comptroller STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Evening Classes JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Guidance and Placement ROBER: WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) D1rector of Student Activities JEAN MACHONIS ......................... . SwiJchboard Operator MARGARET E. CONNOLLY ........... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper Ros.ALIE JABLONSKI ................................... Cashier MURIEL CHAPMAN ................. Accounts Payable Bookkeeper ANNE M. WRIGHT ................... . ... . Secretary to the Deans JOAN ZuK ................. . Secretary to the Director of Placement MARY URBAN AS ... . ....... .. . Secretary to Director of Development FRANCES HOPKINS ................... . ...... Circulation Assistant MILDRED GITTINS ..................... . Manager of the Bookstore NADA Vu JICA, A.M. (Zagreb), A.M. in L.S. (Marywood) Librarian MRS. JAMES A. BRENNAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Cafeteria RUTH TINKHAM ROBERTS, A.B. (Goucher) Director of Publications and Publicity WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds SAMUEL MARSHALL DAVENPORT, M.D. (Virginia) College Physician SAMUEL ARNOLD GUTTMAN, PH.D., M.D. (Cornell University) Psychiatric Consultant GLADYS B. DAVIS Head Resident, Sterling Hall CLAIRE STERN GUTTMAN, M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) ColJege Consultation Staff �FACULTY Faculty SYLVIA DwoRSKI, PH.D. (Yale) EUGENE SHEDDEN FARLEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) President ALFRED WILLIS BASTRESS, PH.D. (Yale) Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry JOHN PROBERT WHITBY, A.M. (Columbia) Director of Admissions and Registrar Associate Professor of Modern Languages JOHN GEORGE DETROY, M.M. (Eastman School of Music) Associate Professor of Music GEORGE GATES RADDIN, PH.D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of English THOMAS ROBERT RICHARDS, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics GEORGE FRANCIS RALSTON, A.M. (Columbia) Dean of Men GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Acting Dean of Women MARY ELIZABETH CRAIG, PH.D. (Cornell University) Professor of English CHARLES BRADDOCK REIF, PH.D. (Minnesota) Professor of Biology HAROLD WESLEY THATCHER, PH.D. (Chicago) Professor of History SAMUEL ALBERT ROSENBERG, PH.D. (North Carolina) Professor of Economics HUGO MAILEY, PH.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor of Political Science EUGENE L. HAMMER, ED.D. (Columbia) Professor of Education VORIS BLAINE HALL, M.S. IN E.E. (Bucknell), A.M. (Columbia) Associate Professor of Physics and Engineering KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, M.A. (Warsaw) Assistant Professor of Sociology CATHERINE HASTIE BONE, M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Assistant Professor of Chemistry STANLEY HENRY WASILESKI, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Mathematics JOSEPH GERARD DONNELLY, A.M. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of English EDWARD NICHOLAS HELTZEL, M.S. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor of Engineering ARTHUR NEWMAN KRUGER, PH.D. (Louisiana State University) Assistant Professor of English CATHAL BRENDAN O'TooLE, N.A. (National Academy of Design) Assistant Professor of Art GEORGE FRANCIS ELLIOT, A.M. (Clark) Assistant Professor of Economics FRANCIS JosEPH SALLEY, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor of Chemistry ROBERT EDWIN MORAN, M.Mus.ED. (Northwestern) Assistant Professor of Music Education ELWOOD JOHN DISQUE, A.B. (Dickinson) Associate Professor of German RUTH WINSLOW JESSEE, A.M. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Nursing Education FRANK JOSEPH JOHN DAVIES, PH.D. (Yale) Associate Professor of English STANKO MIRKO VuJICA, PH.D. (Zagreb) Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion HOH-CHEUNG Mm, PH.D. (Columbia) Associate Professor of History DANA HEDRICK VERRY, M.S. ED. (Idaho) Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance CHARLES MAHLON WoRSTALL, PH.D. (Columbia) Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics ROBERT WOODROW PARTRIDGE, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Director and Assistant Professor of Physical Education 11 �12 W I LKE~ CO LLEGE PHYLLIS I. CLARK, M.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Music CROMWELL EDWARDS THOMAS, B.S. IN E.E. (Washington and Lee) Instructor in Engineering PAUL RussELL WERNER, A.M. IN Bus. Ao. (New York) Instructor in Accounting ALFRED STUART GROH, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English EDITH SuPERKO NAMISNIAK, A.M. (Michigan) Instructor in Biology JOHN JOSEPH CHWALEK, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Sociology JOSEPH H ERMANN KANN ER, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology ROBERT CHARLES RILEY, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Psychology WARREN FRANCIS FRENCH, M.S. IN LS. (Syracuse) Cataloguing Librarian VERNE ALTON BUNN, M.LITT. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Retail Merchandising STANLEY JOSEPH YOUNG, M.S. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Business Administration and Sociology JOSEPH B. SALMON, JR., B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A., (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) Instructor in Accounting EDWIN SHELDON CURTIS, B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Instmctor in Accounting ROSE MARIE GALLIA, A.B. (Temple) Instructor in Biology and Chemistry JOHNSTON T. KARR, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Education CH'UNG-TAI Lu, PH.D. (Maryland) Instructor in Economics GEORGE FRANCIS ERMEL, M.S. in LS. (Syracuse) Circulation and Reference Librarian FACULTY PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. (Guilmant Organ School) Instructor in Music CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Sociology and Economics LEROY E. BUGBEE, A.M. (Boston) Instructor in Economics CHARLES LEWIS CASPER, LLB. (Harvard) Instructor in Business Administration THOMAS L CONNOLLY, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Sociology RALPH CONNOR, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Business Administration ELIZABETH DECKER, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education KATHRYN ELLA DOMINGUEZ, PH.D. (Columbia) Instructor in Psychology STEPHEN EMMANUEL, A.B. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education HELEN BITLER HAWKINS, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Music JOHN H. HIBBARD, LLB. (Dickinson School of Law) Instructor in Political Science DONALD G. HILBERT, A.M. (New York) Instructor in Safety Education MARY HOFFMAN, B.S. (Columbia) Instructor in Nursing Education WILBUR G. ISAACS, A.B. (Randolph-Macon) Instructor in Music ROBERT JANJIGIAN, M.D. (Boston) Instructor in Nursing Edttcation THOMAS H. JENKINS, A.M. (New York) Instmctor in Secretarial Studies WILLIAM JOHNS, B.S. (Wilkes) Instmctor in B1,1siness Education 13 �FACULTY WILKES COLLEGE 14 BR0NIS KASLAS, PH.D. (Strasbourg) Instructor in Political Science and History JOHN F. KENNY, M.A. (Columbia) Instructor in Education FERDINAND LIVA Instructor in Music ANTOINETTE MENEGUS SHOEMAKER, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Physical Education and Economics R. J. W. TEMPLIN, M.A. (Bucknell) Instructor in Education CASIMIR TYBURSKI, A.B. (Delaware) Instructor in English ROBERT A. WEST, A.M. (Columbia) JOHN H. LIVINGSTONE, A.B. (Albany) Instructor in College of Life Underwriters CHARLOTTE V. LORD, A.M. (Bucknell), A.M. (Middlebury) Instructor in English SAMUEL J. LORUSSO Instructor in Art MURRAY MACKSON, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration MARY McANIFF, A.B. (New Rochelle) Instructor in French WALTER H. MOHR, M.A. (New York) Instructor in Education W. CURTIS MONTZ, A.B. (Pennsylvania State) Instructor in Retail Merchandising THOMAS J. MORAN, A.M. (Columbia) Instructor in English ABRAM P. MORGAN, M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor in Mathematics HENRY DAVID O'KARMA, M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Instructor in Political Science ANDREW PUHAK, A.B. (George Washington) LL.B. (Dickinson) Instructor in Business Administration MARITA SHERIDAN RILEY, A.B. (Wilkes) Instructor in Nursing Education RuTH GUTTERMAN SEEHERMAN, B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Nursing Education HELEN FRITZ McHENRY SHEEDER B Mus (New England Conservatory of Music) ' · · Instructor in Music Instructor in Mathematics FRANCES S. \°'v'ORSTALL, M.S. (Colum bia) Instructor in Mathematics J. WARREN YARN AL, M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) Instructor in Sociology MARJORIE J. YENCHA, B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) Instructor in Nursing Education 1.5 �16 WILKES COLLEGE A History of the College FACULTY COMMITTEES 1955-1956 T Admissions Library JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GEORGE F. RALSTON GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK]. J. DAVIES THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. WORSTALL EUGENE L. HAMMER Athletics GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chafrman JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS WELTON G. FARRAR Evaluation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS MARY E. CRAIG ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY JOSEPH G. DONNELLY SYLVIA DwoRsKI VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. WASILESK.I Student Activities and Planning ROBERT W. PARTRIDGE, Chairman ROBERT E. MORAN GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY o PROVIDE opportunities for edu~ation comparabl~ to t_hos: offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell Umvers1ty, m 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- �18 WILKES COLLEGE HISTORY zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Generous monetary gifts have enabled Wilkes to adapt its acquisitions and equip them completely. In the fourteen years following the promise of autonomy by Bucknell University, assets have been increased by more than $2,600,000. 19 �General Information �22 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA ADVANCED STANDING The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREOITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by the end of the sixth week of the following semester or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing - given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WF-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. The student's academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of his work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hours of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the student's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point valttes, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. A student with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each credit hour of the course. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a threehour course, he will gain 9 points; if "B'' in a four-hour course, he �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total number of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Grade in Number of Credit Sub;ect Points Course Hours C English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 3 A History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 10 B Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . S 0 D Philosophy ............. 3 4 C Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Total ............. 18 Point Average- 26 divided by 18 -1.4 26 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION At the End N1,1mber of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year .......... 30 15 .S Sophomore Year ......... 60 42 .7 Junior Year ............. 90 81 .9 Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . As specified 1.0 Norn: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's List published at the end of each term carries the name of every student whose point average is 2.25 or higher. HONORS The distribution of honors at commencement is based upon the record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for honors are as follows: for cum laude, a point average of 2.35; magna cum laude, 2.60; summa cum laude, 2.80. 25 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or "WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a ''WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $250 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. �GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WILKES COLLEGE 26 Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year - four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 32,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particuiar courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to memoers of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $250.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $17 .00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $250.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ................. . .... - . . .... . .. . .... . $250.00 Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, 15.00 physics ................................ . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 10.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 . .... . ... . ... . ..... . Chemistry Breakage Deposit (any balance refunded) ...................... . . 10.00 Student Teaching fee .............. .. ........... . 20.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument . . . . . . . . . . .......... . . . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin viola 50.00 or cello with Mr. Liva ................ '..... ' Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 50.00 Mr. Isaacs .............. . ... .. ......... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 35.00 Mrs. Hawkins . .. . ....... .. . . . . . . ....... . 5.00 Rental of practice room .... . ..... ... ...... . ..... . 5.00 Use of diction laboratory . . ............ . ......... . �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ....................... . Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . 34.00 10.00 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges ............................ . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee (two-year students) ................. . the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill which will be forwarded during the first ten days of the semester. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, students in two-year courses, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 29 300.00 2S.00 S.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or SO% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. �32 W ILKES COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. Students who are over the age of twenty-two or who have attended another college for at least one term may be excused from the sixweek orientation course and from freshman regulations. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems STUDENT WELFARE 33 and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECTAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health �34 WILKES COLLEGE and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Blue Cross. A student of the College may avail himself of Blue Cross hos~italization coverage in the Wilkes College Student Group Plan at the special_ rate o~ $1.40 a month (subject to adjustment). An application for. this. service may be filed with the Comptroller at the time of registration. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may_ rent _one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of whICh will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. Its meeting room is located on the third floor of Hollenback Hall. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB a The College maintains mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �36 WILKES COLLEGE The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. Scholarships and A wards Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of students who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �38 WILKES COLLEGE Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 39 The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. f. Van Laeys Award in fournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street Journal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. James McKane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deanl Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's.world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations_ Tl1e general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a �42 WILKES COLLEGE business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may trans£er their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS 43 LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In conseguence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. �45 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital i.chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. 44 PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING .AND DR.AM.ATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work tbe best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take tbe Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most :fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 141.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS 48 PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from whid1 he will select his major study. HUMANITIES iHajor H111na11itieJ Major Subject Art ................ English ............. foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... 36 37 24 29 47 24 32 37 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology .Major Humanities Major Subject Economics ........... History Political Science ....... Sociology ........ . .. Social Science . . . . . . .. IO o O O O O • • o O o • 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 15 15 15 15 15 S'ciences Free Elective 15 14 6 6 30 24 45 30 14 38 Socia! Scicncts Sciences Free Elective 6 6 6 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social- science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. for that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Social Si-iences SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISIONS Humanities Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion 49 Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology .......... }Hajor H1mJcmities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Sl-"iences Free Elective 31 6 38 15 �50 51 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music Major in Art FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Biological Science1 .. . . . . . •.. Bio 100 3 Com position ........ ...... .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 ... . . . . ... . 101 or 103 3 Hi st . of W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist 101 3 Alternates: Introduction to Music .... .. Mus 100} Physical Science . . .. .. . . ... Phys 100 3 Ph ys. Ed. and Hygiene .... ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... . ........ . .... P.E. 105 1 Till, Number Cr. Composition .... . . . .. .. . . .. Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language2 • • • • • • • • • • • 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hise 102 3 Alternates: Incroduccion to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science1 . . • . • • . . • . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg....... . . . . . ... P .E . 106 Title N umber Cr. Basic Art ....... ... .. ... .. . Art 101 3 Composirion . . ....... . ..... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hi st 101 3 Physical Science . . . . . . .. . ... Phy 100 3 Forei gn Language ........... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg.. . ... . . . . P.E. 105 1 Title N ttmber Cr. Basic Art . ...... .......... Art 102 3 B10logi~a~ Science . ... . ... .. . Bio 100 3 Composmon . . . . . ........ Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hise 102 3 Foreign Language ........... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed . and Hy giene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ................ P.E. 106 1 17 17 17 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... . ..... . ...... Art 103 3 Composition and Color . ..... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . ... 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . ......... P.E. 103 1 Title · N umber Cr. Applied Art . .... . .. . .. ..... Art 104 3 Composition and Color .. . . .. Art 115 2 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities ..... . 3 Social Sc ience or Psy........ . 3 Phys ical Education .. . .. ..... P .E. 104 1 15 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Worl<l Literature ........ . .. . Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 • •••• • • •• •• 103 or 200 3 Altern ates: Fundamentals of Math .. . .. Math 101} History of Religions . ... . .. Rel 101 3 Intro . to Philosophy3 •• • •• Phil 101 A.I tern ates :4 Intro. to Economics . . .. . . . Ee Intro . to Education . . ... ... Ed American Federal Govt .... . P.S. ~;) 6 General Psychology ..... . . . Psy 100 Intro . to Sociology . . ..... . Soc 100 Elective ... . .. ...... . .. . . . Physical Education ... . . . .... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . ..... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • ••••• 104 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig . . .. . ... Math 107- 109} Hist. of Relig ions . .. . .. Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates :" Intro. to Economics . .. . Ee 100} Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 6 General Psychology . . .. Psy 100 Elective, .... .. . . ..... . Physical Education ... .. . . P.E . 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . . . . .......... Art 201} Advertising Design or . ...... Ar t 211 3 Fine Art ... .. ........ . ..... Arc 215 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 131 2 World Literature . . . ... . ..... Eng 151 4 Electi ves in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy . . .... . . . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . .. .......... . Art 202} Ad vertising Design or ... . ... Art 212 3 Fine Art .... . . .. ... . ..... . . Arc 216 World Literature . .. .. . . . ... . Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, ..... 6 Social Science or Psy . ... .. . . . Studio II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 18 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bi o. 100 or Phys . 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters , nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The 1 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Illustration or ...... .. . ..... Art Adv. Advanced Design or ... . Art Fine Art . . ... . .. . .. . . . ...... Art Electives . . . ... .. . .. ... .... . Studio III .... . ...... . ... . . . 1 Eighth Semester 9 3 Title N umber Cr. Illustration or .. .. ..... . .... Art 204} Adv . Advanced Design or . .. . Art 214 3 Fine Art ..... .... .. .. ...... Art 218 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio IV. ...... . .. . . ... . . . 3 15 15 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the ~tudent. �52 DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester First Semnter Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Biological Science . .... .. .. . . Bio 100 3 Composition ..... . ... .... .. . Eng 101 3 Foreign Langu age 1 . . . . . . . . .. 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ..... . ... ... Math 105 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . .. . ...... . . . ... . P.E. 105 1 Tit/, Numb,r C,. Composition . .. . .... . .. .. ... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. ... . Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . .. . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry ....... . . . Math 122 4 Elective... .. . . . . . . . . .... . .. 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E. 106 l 16 17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio l• 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem .. . ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ..... . ......... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ . Mach 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. ... . . ... .. . ... . P.E. 105 1 Ti1le N11mber General Zoology . . ... .. .. . .. Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. . ... ... .. Chem Composition ....... .. ....... Eng Trigonometry .... . .......... Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .. ... P.E. Pers . Hyg ... ..... . .. . . ..... P.E. Cr. 102 4 102 102 109 102 106 6 3 3 I 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title 53 WILKES COLLEGE Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ......... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem World Literature .. . . . ....... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education .. . ... . .. . P.E. Cr. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 1 Number Title Embryology ... .. . . . . ... .... Bio Organic Chem . . . . .. . . . ... ... Chem World Literature .... . .. . ... . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education ...... .. . . P.E. 202 230 152 102 104 16 Tit!, Cr. 4 4 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Numh,r Cr. Intro. to Economics . ..... .. . Ee 100} Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 101 World Literature ....... . .. . . Eng 151 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . •.•. 103 or 200 Calculus I .. ..... ..... . .. . . . Math 125 General Psychology .. ....... Psy 100 Physical Education. . . .. ... P.E. 103 16 3 4 3 4 3 Title Nr.mbsr Cr. World Literature . . .. .. ...... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . • . . 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ....... . ..... . ... Math 126 4 General Physics (I) . .. .. .. . . Phys 150 4 Physical Education . . . .. . .. .. P.E. 104 1 1 16 18 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semestn Sixth Semester Titu N1.:mber Cr. Hiscology .. . . . .. . . . .. . ..... Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ......... . ..... Chem 231 5 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . •• . • 101 or 103 3 IncroduccoryPhysics . . . ... .. Phys 111 4 Tirio Number Histology ... . . . . .. . ... . . ... Bio 242 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Introductory Physics . ... .. .. Phys 112 American Government ..... .. P .S. 100 Intro. to Sociology . .... .... . Soc 100 15 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 Fifth Semester Title Sixth Semester Numb,r Cr. Number Title Cr. History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 • ••• ••• 3 General Physics (II) . . .. . .. . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 History of W. Civilization .. . Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective. . .. . ... 3 Intro. to Philosophy .. ...... Phi] 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt . ... .. .. . P.S. 101 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 16- 19 15-16 16 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titu Nu1nher Cr. Physiology . . .. . .. ... ....... Bio 251 3 Seminar .. . ...... ........ .. . Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics . .. Ee 100 3 Foreign LanguageL ... ...... . 103 or 200 3 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7 Tit/,e Number Cr. Physiology . ... ... . . ... . ... . Bio 252 3 History of Biology .. .. . .. . .. Bio 242 1 Foreign Language 1 . . .. . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . • . . • • • • • • • • . • • • • • 9-10 16-17 16-17 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Mathematics Elective 2 • • • • • • • 3 Intro. to Music ....... . .. . .. Mus 100 3 Elective . . .......... . . .... .. 9-12 Title Mathematics Electi ve2 • • . • • . • Elective. . ... . . ......... .... 15-18 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Number C,. 3 12 15 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY j4 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tirk Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Comrosition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ............... . .. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ... . .... .. ..... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .. . ......... . . Mus 102 5 1 1 Applied Music • . . . . • . . . . .•. Physical Science ........ . ... Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Foreign Language ....... .. . . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 1 Applied Music 1 . • . . . • . • .•.•. Electives in Humanities, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 Number Cr. Title Foreign Language ........ . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Applied Music 1 • • • • . • . • . . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Physical Education .. ........ P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR Y EAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ......... ... Mus 110 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition . .. ......... .... Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing . . .... .. .. . ... Engi 101 2 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. .. ............. P.E. 105 1 17 Third Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr . Applied Music 1 • • • • • • . . . . . . • 2 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 Counterpoint ............... Mus 218 3 Electives .................. . 9 Title 16 16-19 Fifth Semester 1 Private instruction. 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . • • 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements .. ....... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 Title Nrm1ber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry ....... ... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language• ......... . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry ............... Chem 106 3 Elective.................... 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 Hiscory of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature .. ....... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 1 15 Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ........ .. .. Math 126 4 General Physics (III) ........ Phys 152 4 Elective (optional).......... 0-3 Physical Education . ......... P .E. 104 1 Seventh Semester Seventh Semester 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Nnmber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics (II) ..... ... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Applied Music 1 ••••••••••••• 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 9 Electives .................. . Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ......... . Math 122 4 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: English 131, 151, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; Mathematics 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203; Economics 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; Psychology 100. �57. WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. 56 FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem Engineering Problems ........ Engi Composition ................ Eng Elementary German 1 ... . . . . . . Ger Algebra and Trig ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Title Cr. 101 4 100 101 101 2 3 105 5 101 1 1 105 3 Number General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem Elementary German 1 . . . . . . . . . Ger Analytic Geometry ... ....... Math General Physics ............. Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. Pers . Hyg ........... .... ... P.E. Cr. 104 102 122 150 102 106 6 3 4 4 1 1 Subjects SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Tit!, N11mber Cr. 105 102 134 125 3 3 3 151 4 4 101 1 18 1 Group I 19 19 Engineering Drawing ........ Engi Composition ................ Eng Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I .. .... . .... ....... Math General Physics ......... .... Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Number Cr. Engineering Drawing .. .... .. Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. }211 _6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics ............. Phys 152 4 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 104 1 17-20 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Major Accounting . Cr. ........... 30 Group II Group Ill Group IV Business Administration Retail Merchandising Secretarial Cr. 24-39 c,,. 24 Cr. 23 SttJdies Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 6 30-33 15 Electives .......... 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total ............. 131 131 131 129-130 1 Dots not include major courses. �DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR 2 Tirk FRESHMAN YEAR1 Second Semester First Semester Number Elementary Accounting ...... Acct Survey of Business . ...... . .. . B.A. Biological Science . ......... . Bio Composition ................ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Phys . Ed . and Hygiene . .. .... P.E . Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E. Cr. 101 100 100 101 101 101 105 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ... . . Acct 102 3 Composition ... ... ... . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. Hist 102 3 Amer . Federal Govt .......... P .S. 101 3 Physical Science ... .. . ...... . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P .E. 106 1 Tit!, Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. 111 231 101 151 101 103 3 3 3 4 3 1 Tit!, Cr. Elementary Accounting ... . .. Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. Biological Science . ....... ... Bio Composition ................ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... .. .. P.E. Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . ... . . . P.E. 100 100 101 101 101 105 Cost Accounting ............. Acct Business Law ... ... .. .. .. .. . B.A. Money and Banking ......... Ee Applied General Statistics .... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Intro. to Sociology .. . . . .... . Soc Cr. 201 233 201 231 131 100 3 3 3 3 2 3 Title 112 232 102 152 102} 115 104 221 231 209 225 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 15 Title Cr. 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 4 3 1 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. ...... ..... . . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ..... . Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng World Literature .. .. ...... .. Eng Fundamentals of Math ... .. .. Math Physical Education ..... . .... P .E . 101 131 151 101 103 3 2 4 3 1 Title Number Business Law ..... ..... . .... B.A. Principles of Economics .. . . .. Ee World Literature .. .. .. .. . . .. Eng Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math Mathematics of Finance . ... Math Intro co Statistics .. .. . ... Math Intro. to Music ..... . . . ..... Mus Physical Education . .... ..... P .E. 202 220} 242 234 202} 236 226 232 Number Cr. 3 3 232 102 152 4 102} 11S 3 118 100 3 104 1 17 Cr . JUNIOR YEAR 3 3 3 3 3 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 3 Tit/, Numb,r Money and Banking ......... Ee Applied General Statistics .... Ee Intro. to Sociology .... .. .. . . Soc Elective in Social Science.. . . . Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 231 100 Cr. Cr. 232 3 100 3 101} 3 101 6 15 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer following the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Numb,r Ti1!, Cr. 3 3 3 3 6 Alternates: Theory of Money .... . . .... Ee 202} Economic Geography .. ... Ee 226 3 C. & F. Elective ...... .. . . Economic Statistics ...... . ... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. co Philosophy .... ... Phil 101} J History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 •• • 3 Free Elective .... .. .... .... . 3 18 15 18 Auditing Practice . ..... . ... .. Acct Intro. to Music .. .... .. ... . .. Mus Intro . to Philosophy ..... . . .. Phil History of Religions .... ... .. Rel Free Electives3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 3 17 Third Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. 102 102 102 101 100 102 106 16 Number 17 SENIOR YEAR Tax Accounting . ........ ... . Acct Auditing Principles . . .. ..... . Acct Bus . Cor . and Reports .... .. .. B. A. Corporation Finance . . ....... B.A . Free Elective3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 3 1 1 17 Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct Accounting Sys terns .. .... . .. Acct C.P.A. Problems ..... ..... . . Acct Business Law ....... . . . .. .. . B.A. Alternates: Theory of Money .... .. .... Ee Public Finance ... .... ..... Ee Economic Geography ........ Ee Economic Statistics . ... . ..... Ee Seventh Semester 3 Number Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Amer . Federal Govt ......... . P .S. Physical Science ............. Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ... .... P .E. Pers . Hyg .. .. . ..... . . ... ... P.E. 17 Sixth Semester Nttmber 3 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Advanced Accounting . . .. .... Acct Business Law . ... ........ .. . B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ...... ..... . Eng Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math Mathematics of Finance ... . .. Math Physical Education .......... P.E. Fifth Semester Title Number 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Title Title Fourth Semester Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct Business Law .... ....... ... . B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ....... . .... Eng Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . Math Physical Education . .... . .. . . P.E. Second Semester First Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 59 WILKES COLLEGE 58 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tit/, Eighth Semester Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electives.. Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number 12 See note 2, page 58. 2 See page 60. Bus. Adm . and Ee. Electives2 • Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 3 18 1 Title 1S �60 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Retail Merchandising BANKING AND fINANCEl Tit!, N11mber Cred its and Collections .. . . .. ..... B.A. 218 Real Estate .... ... ........ .. .... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ..... . ....... B.A. 225 Investments ... . .............. . .. B.A. 226 Title Nmnbe, Theory of Money . . .. .. .... .. .. . . Ee 202 Public Finance .... . . ...... ... ... Ee 236 Mat hema tics of Finance I ........ Math 115 ECONOMICS1 Titu Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ........... . Ee 223 International Trade ............ . . Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance . . .. . .. ........... Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics .. ...... .. .. Ee 245 Economic Investigation ..... .... . Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Titu Number Industrial Management ... .. ..... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management .. . .. ..... . . .. B.A. 238 Sales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... . . .. . ... . .. . B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance .. .... ... .......... B.A. 241 Labor Problems .. . .............. Ee 223 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... .. .. . ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. of \V. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Pers. Hyg . . .... .... . .. . .. . . P.E. 105 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . .... P.E. 101 1 Title Numbtr Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition . . .. . ... . .. ... . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ... ... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt ..... ..... P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg. .... . .... .. ... P .E . 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEA'R Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. BusinessLaw .. ... . .. ...... . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ...... . Math 101 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .. ........ P.E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Business Law . .. ...... .. .. .. B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics . .. . .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ... ..... . . .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .... . . Math 102 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising .... . ...... . 3 Physical Education .. ... . . ... P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETINGl TitlB N umber Salesmanship ........ . .... ...... . B.A. 114 Advertising .............. .. ..... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ........ . ............. B.A. 222 61 Title Nmnber Sales Management ..... ...... . .. . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ... ............ B.A . 240 International Trade ......... . ... . Ee 225 Consumer Economics ........ .. .. Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ..... . . .. . . R.M. 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Fundamenrals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin.... ........... 9 Title Nmnber Cr. Intro. to Music . .. ... . ...... Mus 100 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions .... . .. Rel 101 Electives in R.M. or Com . & Fin . .. ............ 9 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Intro . to Sociology .. ........ Soc 100 3 Electives in R .M. or Com. & Fin...... .. .. ..... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. 1 See note 2, page , 8. Title Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin ....... . Free Electives ....... . Numbur Cr. 6 9 15 �6'.! WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Titu Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... ... .. .... ... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization ... ... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ................. . P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . .......... . P.E. 106 1 18 18 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Tith Elementary Accounting .... .. Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. 109 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Accounting .. ... Acct 102 3 American Government ... .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science .... .... . .... Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. ll0 4 Free Elective ...... .... ..... 3 Physical Education ........ . . P.E. 104 1 16 17 Second Semester Title Number Composition ............ . ... Eng 101 Science Elective 1 . . . . • . . • . • • • Mathematics Elective 1 . . . . . • . American Government ....... P.S. 101 Elective 1 . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Cr. 3 3-5 3-5 3 0-3 1 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ........ P.E. 106 1 14~20 16- 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ......... ... Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography ...... S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting .......... S.S. 203 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Number Cr. Principles of Economics .... .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ....... . .... Eng 152 4 Free Electives ............. . 9 16 16 Tit!, Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ..... .. ..... Eng 151 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 World Literature ... ......... Eng 152 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 I 16 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ... .. Hist 107 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .... . . Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach ..... S.S. 205 4 8-9 Free Electives .............. . Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15-16 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ...... . . Phil 101 3 Elecci ves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Number Cr. Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ................... Ed 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching .... . ...... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 1 15 15 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist . of W. Civilization ...... Hise 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phy 100 3 American Government ....... P.S. 101 3 Elective...... .............. 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers . Hrg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Nrtmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective ...... ... ........... 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective.................... 2-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hise 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hise 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. Fourth Semester 16 Fifth Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester 17 Third Semester 6.5 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Titla Number Cr. Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ....... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to ;1usic ... . ........ . Mus. 100} 3 Basic Art .. ..... . ....... .... Art 101 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ......... . Soc 100} or 3 American Government .. . .... P.S. 100 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... ....... ...... P.E. 106 1 17 Eighth Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ........... Ed 208 6 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch ......... Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch ...... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E.S ... Ed 243 2 Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ......... .. Ed 208 6 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Ari th ........... Ed 232 2 Teaching of Lang. Arts ...... Ed 234 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Teachmg of El. Sch. Sci ...... Ed 239 2 15 15 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA Third Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 or Elective Princi~es o\Economics ..... . E~on 101 3 U.S. - a. Hmory co 1865 .... H1sc 107 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Elementary In addition to the general requirements, a minimum of twenty-two semester hours in elementary education is required to prepare teachers in the following fields of instruction: English Humane Treatment of Birds and AniSpelling mals Reading Safety Education Writing Health-Physical Education and PhysArithmetic iology Geography Music U. S. and Pa. History Art Civics Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 3 Intro. to Education ......... Educ 101 3 U.S. Hist. since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Physical Education . . . . . . . . . P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acee 111 3 or Elective BusinessLaw ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Educ 201 3 English Elective ........ Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Sixth Semester Title Numbe, Cr. Advanced Accounting . ..... Acee 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective . ..... .. Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 �66 WILKES COLLEGE 67 DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports ..... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S .. ..... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines ............ S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective ........... . ....... . 3 Title Number Cr. Education ... . .. ... ......... Educ 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Educ 205 3 Student Teaching .. .... . .... Educ 207 8 Elective .. ......... ... ... .. . 2 16 14 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certi.6.cate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand ........................................ 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certi.6.cate. First Semester Second Semester Title Number [Cr. Composition ............. .. Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Music Theory ... .... . ...... Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus ) Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Music Theory ......... ..... Mus 102 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus ) Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument ... ..... ... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Physical Science ..... . ...... Phys 100 3 Elective .................. . 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ... . ........ . .... P.E. 1 18½ 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature .... .... . .. Eng 151 4 Music Theory .. . . ........ .. Mus 103 5 Music History .............. Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument ........... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ...... .. . P.E. 103 I Title Number Cr. Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 World Literature . .... ...... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus 110 3 App Major Instrument .... ...... . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Physical Education ... . ..... P.E. 104 I 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... .. Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .... Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods. . . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods ........ Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) ... ..... Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods . ... Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument ... . . ... ... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16½ �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR 69 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Secondary .. . ... Ed 2041 Education or 3 Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f Education Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Cl ass and Methods .. ... Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ................. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ................. Ed 203 4 Number Cr. Title 212 1 Visual Education .... ....... Ed Orchestration ........... ... Mus 216 1 Mus Voice Class and Methods .... Ed 108 2 StrinJ Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching ... ........... .. Ed 204 4 App 1 Major Instrument . .......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... ½ Elective .................... 3 Title Number Cr. Educational Measurements . .. Ed 202 2 Visual Education ....... ... .. Ed 212 1 World Literature ....... ... .. Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E. ..... N.E. 107 2 Electives2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Guidance ............. .. .... Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Trends in Nursing Ed .. .. .... N .E. 102 2 Field Experience ............ N.E. 112 4 Electives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5-6 15-16 15- 16 Major Instrument ........... A~s Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... 1 ½ 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The course in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicinity of Annville and Lebanon may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by taking their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 .... . .............. Hist 107 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ........... .. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ........ . Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Title Nnmber Cr. Biological Science .... . . ..... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition . ............... Eng 102 3 American History since 1865 .. Hist 108 3 Community Nursing ..... .... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ... . . . N.E. 106 2 17 16 1 For exception see page 44. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the .first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£ er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. 2 Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �70 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES FRI!SHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING The ~ivil engin_eer deal~ wit_h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au!ic, a_n d sarntar~ engmeermg, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construction and maintenance of bridges tunnels ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indi~pcnsabl~ m the design of river, canal, an~ harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co?trol of water r~sources; m _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Title Second Semester Number General Inorganic Chem .. .. . . Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems .... . ... .. ... .. .. Engi 100 Engineering Drawing and Des . Geometry ... . ....... .. Engi 105 Composition . ........... . ... Eng 101 Algebra and Trig .. .. .... .. .. Math 105 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg.. . . . ............ P.E. 105 C,. 4 2 3 3 5 1 1 Number C,. Alternates :1 lnor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. .Chem 102} -o General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition .. .. .... . .... .. Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ....... ... Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.). .... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title 19-21 19 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Tit!, 2 Fottrth Semester Tit!, Number Inor. Quant. Analysis ..... ... Chem 121 Intro . co Economics ... . ..... Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 134 Calculus I. ...... . .... . . . ... Math 125 General Physics ........ .... . Phys 151 Physical Education ...... . ... P.E. 103 Cr. 4 3 3 4 4 1 19 Title 103 100 134 125 151 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 4 1 Title N11mber Route Surveying ... . .. ....... C.E. Calculus II ................. Math Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E. General Physics .. .... ....... Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 126 211 212 152 104 18 C,. 4 4 3 3 4 1 19 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer, Third Semester Fottrth Semester N umber Plane Surveying ... . ... .... . . C.E. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... .. . Eng Calculus I ..... . . ....... . . .. Math General Physics ....... ... .. . Phys Physical Education .... . ..... P.E. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR 71 NtJmbe,, Sroichiometry . .. . . .......... Ch E Calculus II ................. Math Mechanics I, Statics .... .... . M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education . ...... ... P .E. 106 126 211 212 l 52 104 Cr. 3 4 3 3 4 1 Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electric~l engin~er is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical gener~t_mg equ1_p1:1ent. He must supervise and control the distribution of electnoty for dnvmg the machinery in mills, factories and mines· fo~ electric railw~ys, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all elect~ical devices used m the home. The commun!c~tions fiel1, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ prmt and p~ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. DeveJopment of electronic tubes, transistors, orcmts, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Titl, Fourth Semester Number Plane Surveying ............. C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I . ....... .......... Math General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 18 18 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chemistry 102 (si x hours). All other engineering students will register for Chemistry 104 ( four hours). 2 For freshman year see above. 103 100 134 125 151 103 C, . 3 3 3 4 4 I 1 For freshman year see page 70. Title Number Calculus II ................. Math Kinematics .. ... ... ... ...... . M.E. Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .... .. M.E. General Physics ............. Phys Physical Education .......... P.E. 126 206 211 212 152 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 I 18 �72 WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, e onomics, business administratio~ management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titk Number Cr. Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. . . . . . .. . . . . ...... Math 125 4 General Physics . . . . ....... . . Phys 151 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education . . . . .... .. P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . ..... Ee 102 3 Calculus II . .. .... . .. . .. . ... Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. ... ... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. ... . . .. . ... Phys 152 4 Physical Education ... .... .. . P.E. 104 1 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Plane Surveying . . ... .... ... . C.E . 103 3 Intro . to Economics . ... . . .. . . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ..... Eng 134 3 Calculus I . . ..... .. . .... . . .. Math 125 4 General Physics .. . ........ . . Phys 1S1 4 Physical Education .... . ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Calculus II .... . . . . ... . .... . Math 126 4 Kinematics . .... . ...... . ... . M.E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics .... ... .. M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. . . .... . ... . Phys 152 4 Physical Education .. ...... .. P .E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 70. Terminal Courses �74 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES L.ABORAroRY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MUSIC The following requirements for laboratory technicians or me~ical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technolog~sts of _the American Society of Oinical Pathologists. Students who complete this termmal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester ~ours of c~llege cre~it. The following courses are recommended, but not reqmred: physJCs, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. OrJinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Composition ..... . .. . ....... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• •• • . •.•. 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory .. . ... ... . . . .. Mus 101 5 Elective . . .. ... . . . .......... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. ... .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . . . . . .... . . . P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition ... .. .. ...... . . Eng 102 3 Foreign Language 1 . • . • • • • • . • . 102 or 104 3 Music, Applied . ........ .. . . 1 Intro. to Music ............. . Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . ... .......... Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ........ .. . .. ... . . P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Se cond Semester Title N11rnber Cr. General Zoology ... ... . ..... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition .. . . .. .. .... ... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. .. . . . ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... .. .. .. ....... P.E. 105 1 1 itle Number Cr. General Zoology . . .. ..... . .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. . ..... . Chem 102 6 Elective .. .. . . . .. . ..... .. ... 3 Composition ....... .. . ..... Eng 102 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . .. . P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. . ... . ........... P.E . 106 1 17 18 75 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization .. . ... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 •.• . . .•• . . • 103 or 200 3 Music, Applied . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Music, Theory . . . ...... .. ... Mus 103 5 Music, History . .. . .......... Mus 109 3 Physical Education . . ... ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number C,. Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• • •••.••• 104 or 200 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory . . . ......... .. Mus 104 5 Music, History .. .......... . . Mus llO 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . . .. . . . ... . ... . Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative I, Anal. .. ... .. . . .... . .... .. Chem 121 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education . . .... . . .. P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ..... .. . . .. . .. . . Bio 212 4 Organic Chem .. . . . .. .... .... Chem 230 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education .. . .. .. .. . P.E. 104 1 16- 17 16-17 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 1 The level of the course taken by the student will depend upon his achievement. �76 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Second Semester Number General Zoology ............ Bio General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem Composition ........ .... ... Eng College Algebra ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg . ........... ..... . P.E. 101 101 101 107 101 105 Cr. 5 4 3 3 1 1 Title Number General Zoology ............ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition ........... .... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. .............. .. P.E. 106 16 Cr. 4 Cr. Number Histology .................. Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem General Physics ............. Phys Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P .E. 241 121 111 151 101 103 3 4 4 4 3 1 15-16 Title Number Histology .... .............. Bio Organic Chemistry .......... Chem General Physics ............. Phys Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. Title Second Semester Number General Zoology ........... Bio General Inorganic Chem . .... Chem Composition ............... Eng College Algebra ............ Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 101 101 101 107 101 105 5 4 3 3 1 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ...... . .......... P.E. 106 1 17 18 Cr. SOPHOMORE YEAR 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Cr. Number Cr. Title Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Basic Art .. ................ Art 102 3 Embryology .............. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature . .... . ..... Eng 152 4 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 Fourth Semester Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester 6 3 3 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Titls 77 242 230 112 3 4 4 152 102 104 4 3 1 15-16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .... ... ........ Bio 211 4 Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 General Physics . ........... Phys 111 4 16 Title Number Bacteriology ............... Bio 212 Histology .................. Bio 242 Chemistry Elective .......... Chem General Physics ............ Phys 112 Cr. 4 3 3 4 14 �79 TERMINAL COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 78 MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY SECRETARIAL COURSE The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by biology and laboratory courses in chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First SemeJter Number Cr. Survey of Business ..... .. . ... B.A. 100 3 Composition . ... . ......... . . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. . P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. . . ....... .. . . ... P.E . 105 1 Number Cr. Title Biological Science .. . ... .. ... Bio 100 3 Composition ...... . .. .. .... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . ... Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ....... . . . .... . . . P.E. 106 1 15 17 Titu Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Business Mathematics .... .. . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . .......... Bio 100 3 Composition ... ... . . . .. .... . Eng 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . .S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg. ...... . ... . .. .. P.E . 105 1 Titls Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Composition .. .... . . . . . . . .. Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting ... . ... S.S. 12.0 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . . . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. . . . . .......... P.E. 106 1 15 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr . Tit/, Business Mathematics .... . .. B.A. 107 3 3 Business Law . . ............. B.A. 231 Intermediate Stenography . ... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . . . . S.S. 205 4 3 Elective ... . .. .. ..... . ..... . Physical Education . ... . .. . .. P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr . Office Management . .. ... . ... B.A. 238 3 Intro . to Economics . . .. .... . Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . .S.S. llO 4 Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S . 120 3 Elective ... ..... . ........... 3 Physical Education .. . . . .. . .. P .E. 104 1 18 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. Titl, Numb,r Cr. Physiology .... .. ........... Bio 251 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Advanced Stenography . ...... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . ... . S.S. 205 3 Elective.................... 3 Physical Education .. . . . .. . .. P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Numb,r Cr. Office Management. . . . . . .. . . B.A. 238 } Physiology .. . . . . . .... . .... . Bio 252 4 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. . . Hist 102 3 Medical Stenography .. . ... . . S.S. 200 3 Elective....... . ... . ..... . . . 3 Physical Education ..... .... . P.E. 104 1 18 17 A candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Description of Courses �83 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 82 WILKES COLLEGE ACCOUNTING Acer. 220. AccouNTING SYSTEMs--Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Curtis, T. C. Richards, Slamon, Werner. loan associations, and other specialized businesses, wilh special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. Acer. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three hours AccT. 221. TAXES I-Three hout'S THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; .financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. Acer. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. Acer. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three hours MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individu~ls ba~ed on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of mclus10n and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Acer. 222. TAXES II-Three hours THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three hours MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. Acer. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. SLAMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 2 31. Acer. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three ho11rs MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �85 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and ( 2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. MR. O'TooLE 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three hours Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. 84 MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART- Three hours each semester ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three hours each semeseter MR.O'TooLE ART Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ARf Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION- Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and bookjacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN- Three ho11rs each semester MR. O'TOOLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �86 ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. 215-216. FINE ART--Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART- Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, IV-Two or three homs each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART BIOLOGY 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three hours Bro. THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. MR. 101-102. GENERAL ZooLOGY-Nine hours REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Bio. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, empha- sizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, cwo hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Four hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four hours MISS GALLIA Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hottrs STAFF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 202. BIO. Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Namisniak and Gallia. BIO. 87 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Biology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and J:he culturing of bacteria. Prerequisite: Biology 102. Biology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 211. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four hours MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collect~on and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry a~d medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND each semester MISS GALLIA Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequ~~ce. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequ1S1te: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Three hot✓ H each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the :arious cells, t_issues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work rncludes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Biology 252 is Biology 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss1-Three hours THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining :he various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours ORGANOLOGY-Three hours BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 89 THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, ?ecimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest• bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and an~uities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESN:ANSHIP-Three hours MR. YOUNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTs--Three ho11rs THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. BUNN, THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. BUSINESS ADMINISTR~TION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Bunn, Casper, Connor, Livingstone, Slamon, Werner, Young, Mackson, Kohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Bloomburg. 99. BASIC BUSINESS ENGL1SH-No credit THE STAFF A course designed to aid in the writing of business letters, with stress on the fundamentals of business correspondence. Class three hours a week. B.A. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 Credit f?r this course will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 91 B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent {legal or illegal inducement to agree). Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT- Three hottrs 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, .financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics B.A. 102. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth?ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buyrng and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hotJrs MR, CASPER, MR. MACKSON The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration ( that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON A general study of the law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the law of Bailment. legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. PUHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. WERNER,MR.PUHAK law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes (crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions). Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. �92 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of offi.ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. MR. YOUNG 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. 93 Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. B.A. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required . CHEM. 102·. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS B.A. 24 0. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. THE STAFF 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three hours The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. THE STAFF 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT- Three hours Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. Six hours MISS BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MISS BONE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week ; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. �94 (HEM. WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five hours MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 30. CHEM. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures .. Class,_ one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit requued. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 31. CHEM. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC 95 CHEMISTRY-Three hottrs MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three hours each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hottr MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. CHEM. 271. CHEM. 272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three hours each semester THE STAFF 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. (HEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, ~inetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concermng the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot; Instructors Young and Lu. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this .field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF ECONOMICS-Three hours This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANK.ING-Three hours 97 history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. TRADE-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. MR. ROSENBERG CREDIT-Two hours This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course i~ world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. Ee. 227. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA- Three horm MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the wester~ hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER THE STAFF Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three hours A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. MR. YOUNG Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three hours An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, SYSTEMS-Three hours The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours MR. Lu A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WJLKES COLLEGE 98 and measures of central tendency, fitting the norm1l rurve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. ROSENBERG 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Ee. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three hottrs 99 MR. ELLIOT Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Karr; Instructor R. Moran. Prerequisite: Economics 231. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. THE STAFF hour A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours MR. HAMMER 238. EcoNOMIC HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. MR. Lu Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three hours This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three hottrs MR.LU The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income. consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerc<-1uisite: Economics 102. A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the .financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. ED. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and Education 101. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two hours MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of ED. �101 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 204. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONThree hours MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. hours MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three Eo. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Six to twelve hours MR. HAMMER, MR. KARR Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. ACTIVITIES-Three hout'S MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR Eo. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One hour THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR.HAMMER hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 214. GUIDANCE-Two MR. KARR READING-Three hours Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF THE TE~CHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 232. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING MR. KARR Three hours Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STuDrns--Three hours MR. KARR Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. �102 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION T - h wo ours Th e h istonca · · 1 development of the .MR. KARR 1 background from which are d be ~mentary school; a philosophical cation; other factors in the d r;wn asic principles of elementary eduising practices in the elem::~:P::~o~~ the elementary school;. prom. characteristics of the elementar yschool , ht~~~ho~o~ogy and guidance; mental and physical hygiene· y d c i , disciplme and control; and techniques in the elemen~::yc~rhs alnd reports; a survey of principles C 00. Prerequisite: Education 101 , 20 1. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. KARR The development of the elementa . 1 . society that supports it· th . ry ~rncu um; its relation to the ment to individual needs· :ef:erginj \e_me~tary curriculum; adjustcontent and method· t·1·'. hon o o Ject1ves to children's needs· , u i izmg t e arts music · h • ' tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum.' , science, p ys1Cal educaPrerequisite: Education 101, 201. T Eo. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE - wo ours MR. HAMMER 1 materials for demonstration. m th d or e ~mentary .school use; the integration of science 10 . , the ol s of presentation; consideration of · · e e ementary · Jecttves of science teaching· dev 1 f curricul . . um; aims an d ob. . ' e opment o a spmt of inquiry. Prerequ1sue: Education 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-T h Stu dY of the principles and wo ours THE STAFF · f elementary art· methods . ract1.ces o education in the field of developing units of wori/~ms~ o J~ct~vels; methods and techniques for of various media· the 'd asicl pnnc1p es; selection and manipulation , eve opment of creat·ive expression . appreciation. and Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. T - h wo ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two homs THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Three hours THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING h B as1c · e1ements of the sciences suitable f Eo. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 103 Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two ho1.trs THE STAFF lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC DRAWING-Two hours THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ours Study of methods for develo in a . . MR. R. MORAN music through performance anllisfenkp~e~at10n ~or and enjoyment of rote singing; program music fo h ·1d g,. e~elopmg the rhythm band; and interpretation of scales· t . r. c 1. ren, discovery of talent; writing 10 group leadershi in sin in . . Education 101, ' rammg Prerequ1s1te: P g g. 20 1. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY I.Three hours MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105 WILKES COLLEGE 104 Mechanical Engineering ENGL 106. ENGINEERING 'DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY II. -Two hours MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. Chemical Engineering CH.E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY- Three hours A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121; Physics 151. Co-requisite: Physics 152. SURVEYING-Three hours Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL MR. THOMAS MR. THOMAS hours A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrnms and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way-, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four MR. HALL Prerequisite: M.E. 2'11. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 150 Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Civil Engineering PLANE MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL M.E. 211. MECHANICS 1. STATICS-Three hours MR. WoRSTALL C.E. 103. M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three hours ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professors Davies and Raddin; Assistant Professors Donnelly and Kruger; Instructors Cappellini, Groh, Lord, Moran, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours shall include an advanced cour~e in composition or journalism, Shakespeare, and three hours ~f _work m linguistics, the History of the Languages or Chaucer and a mm1mum of fifteen hours in literature. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requi~ement of twelve hou_rs. All students who wish to take graduate work m the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be cou~ted ~ow~rd either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for cert1ficat1on in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Those who are exempted from taking English 101 as a result of the test will take English 102 and 105. Those students who show a deficiency are required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in English 1 o1. papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite; English 102. 106 Composition ENG. 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. MORAN WRITING-Three hours Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY THE STAFF A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. 102. 107 THE STAFF MR. MORAN WRITING-Three hours Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the f eature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. EXPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED STORY-Three hours MR. KRUGER A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 106. SHORT Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Fottr hottrs MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. f ournalism MR. KRUGER LITERATURE-Three hours Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN WRITING-Three hottrs MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC MR. KRUGER LITERATURE-Three hottrs Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN �108 WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 155 AND ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. 109 JOHNSON-Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, inclu_ding the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours MISS CRAIG English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. 205. CHAUCER-Three hours Mrss CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hottrs MR. DAVIES Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH SHAKESPEARE-Three hottrs Miss CRAIG Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 215. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. 221. AGE OF POPE-Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three hours Miss CRAIG The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English ENG. 260. VICTORIAN 152·. PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF Analysis and discussion of those methods of instr~ctio~ which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in ~he_ developmen_t of the English language and grammar. Intended for Juniors and sernors. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Continuation of French 101. Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. Speech MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Prerequisite: English 131. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to English 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor McAniff. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. 111 THE STAFF FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalent. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRsKI FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. Miss DwoRSKI FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three hotJrs Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and themicrophone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. MISS DWORSKT FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three homs each MISS DwORSK.I semester A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. �FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKJ Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DwORSKl Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. and Symbolism. Prerequisite: French 201.-202 or the equivalent. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH MR. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKl Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, 208. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: German 10 3 or equivalent. GER. CONVERSATION- Three hours Mn . DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 113 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 112 DRAMA-Three hours Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE COMPOSITION-Three hours Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN Miss DwoRSKl The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: German German 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 203. GOETHE-Three hours Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and GER. 101. ELEMENTARY speaking the language. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. GER. 204. SCHILLER-Three hottrs Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN MR. DISQUE DRAMA-Three hours MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. �115 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 114 CULTURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKl The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN 206. GER. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. THE STAFF 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and SP. 201-202. SP. period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. Three hours each semester Mrss DwoRSKl A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. 203. SP. speaking the language. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DwoRsKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modem Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written SP. Miss DwoRsKI 10;,. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. MISS DWORSK.l 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking SP. Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DWORSKl Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three ho11rs MISS DWORSKl Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 204. SP. The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. See page 86. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two hours MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. PHYS. 100. See page 130. �117 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116 225. HlsT. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three MR. hours THATCHER HISTORY A study of the westward movement in American history. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Instructor Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. Kaslas, Instructor Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. THE STAFF HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three hours each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865---Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. EAST-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. H1sT. 235. SovrnT RussIA AND THE FAR Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the Frend1 revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. H1sr. 253. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH REVOLUTION-Three hours A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of Franee as a national state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. HisT. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three hours MR.MUI Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. THE STAFF MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 118 MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan and West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 53. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 130. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Mathematics 101. MATH. MATH. 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours THE STAFF A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. 119 I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 01 1ts equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four hours Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathematics 109. THE STAFF MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four hours Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 12 2. MATH 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. �WILKES CO LLEG E 120 MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS JN SECONDARY SCHOOLS W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Three hours MR. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. METHODs--Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS- Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATics--Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. ALGEBRA-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI Prerequisite : Mathematics 12 5. Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva and Sheeder. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 54. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 75. APPLIED MUSIC1 MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE II-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium formulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE RICHARDS MUSIC Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, matrices, determinants. MATH. THE STAFF 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS-Three ho11rs MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 213. HIGHER 121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOMETRY- Three hours MR. W ASILESKJ .An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and prog ress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION To Music- Three hotJrs MR. DETRO¥, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. 1 For fees see page 27. �Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND- One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: {1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third a~d fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfegg10, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequ1S1te for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. MR. DETROY Music-Three hours A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF MR. DETROY Music-Three hours A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Musrc 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 123 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 122 4-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORus--One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA- One-half hour each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MusIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING--Two ho11rs MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. MR. DETROY hours The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS--Two �125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 124 METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND Music Education METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND .field. No prerequisite. credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two METHODS-Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching . Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credit hours MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS-Two Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credit hours per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. TEACHING-Fottf credit hours per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors M. Riley, Decker, Hoffman, Janjigian, Klein, Seeherman and Yencha. En!ollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hottrs MISS JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 126 N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING EDUCATION-Three hout'S 127 hours Miss HOFFMAN An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. NURSING-Two hours Miss DECKER A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL 104. COMMUNITY NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF A survey of the functions and activities of community agenci:s and organizations contributing to the maintenance of he~lth, prevent10n of disease, care of the ill, and rehabilitation of the handicapped. N.E. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two hours PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the _devel?pment of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two hours Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effe~tive methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N .E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Fo11r houn Miss JESSEE Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two hours each each semester MISS YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NURSING-Two hours MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. DR. JANJIGIAN .E. 11 7. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING-Two hours Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two iields as desired by the student. Sociology 208 is also acceptable. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO LOGIC-Three hours MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. ETHICS-Three ho11rs MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Th,-ee ho11rs MR. VUJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 129 WILKES COLLEGE 128 THE STAFF hours Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty i_n ~rts; the meaning of beauty judgments an~. the processes _of app~eoat1_on. An investigation of the objective qualities of those thmgs which are found PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three to be beautiful. PHIL 206 SOCIAL AND POLITICAL . . PHILOSOPHIES-Three hours MR.V~~ A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, ~ocke, Rous~eau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three hours MR. Vu JICA An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsc~e, He~el, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schwe~tzer? Sorokm, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF PHIL 212 HISTORY OF MODERN · · PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THE STAFF REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three hours THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Religion 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The con~ributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, ~h1tehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other rece~t _and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas charactenstic of the age. Religion RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant fo~nders and le~ders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important fea tu res of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. TESTAMENT-Three hours MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE MR. Vu JICA THOUGHT-Three hours TESTAMENT-Three hottrs A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. PHILOSOPHY-Three hours The most important systems of philosophy from the renaiss~nce through the end of the nineteenth century_. Seventeenth century ~a_ti?nalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth ce~t~ry ~mpmcism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume) . Kant's criticism an~ Hegel s idealism. ~os~Kantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern soence on philosophical speculation. REL. 101. MAN'S REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Shoemaker. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One hottr each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �130 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One hour each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102. P.E. 10S-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One hour each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The ~ourse undertakes to help students enjoy 1?~xim~m h_ealth _and happmess through bett_er understanding of nutntion, mf ection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. companying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and . the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. I SO. GENERAL PHYSICS (I)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS (II)-Four hours PHYSICS MR, HALL AND STAFF Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Worstall; Instructor Thomas. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three hours 131 MR. WoRSTALL Continuation of Physics 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS (NI)-Four hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the me~hods, conc~pts, a~d vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its ?utstandmg principles to the needs of the individual ~nd the c?mmun1t~; and the manner in which the continually expandmg frontiers of soence affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. hour THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 150 and 151. Electricity and Modern Physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the .field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. PHYS. 2.51. Prerequisite: Physics 152, Math. 126. PHYSICS-Four hours MR. WORSTALL An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections _of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic prin~iples and to acquamt the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semes~e~: mechani~s, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYS. 119. METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions ac- POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, O'Karma. chairman; Instructors Hibbard, Kaslas, and A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three hours Mit. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and .finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 101. AMEilICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT-Th1'ee hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is r~peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW- Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three houn MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three ho11rs MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. Puauc ADMINISTRATION-Three hours ~ MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. MR. MAILEY study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment pol1cy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 1o1. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three homs MR. MAILEY A. course dea.ling with the role of government in the field of labor relat1ons and with the la~s affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance ~overnment in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequmte: Political Science 101. o! P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION- Three hours MR M . . AILEY A course dea!ing_ with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent yea~s wh1ch 1s generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensat~o_n, wor~~en's compensation, and social security. Prereqms1te: Pol1t1eal Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three hours u- v . .l.VJ.l{, nJ\SLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which stat<~s have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 o1. Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL Pouncs- Three hours MR. KASLAS A broa.d? general co_urse w~1i~h aims to present many of the factors that cond1tton the foreign pol1c1es of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments and geography. ' P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours P.S. 206. MuNIOPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours 133 MR. KASLA.S A stud! of tw? European governments representing two diametrically ~ppos~d 1deolog1e~, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions m the ~merican system are traceable to the English, the first half of ~e cou!se 1s devot~d to English government; the second half is a cons1derat10~ of Russian pol1tical institutions. Comparisons between the two are contmually made. t?~ Prerequisite: Political Science 1o1. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY Instructor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public sd1ool psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. PsY. 100. GENERAL PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The 135 course includes a stud~ of several of the famous experiments 1n the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. (Offered in alte t years.) ma e Prerequisite: Psychology PsY. 206. APPLIED 100. THE sTAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours A survey of_significant contributions to individual differences. Meth- o:s _of ~~aluatrng and measuring these differences; their significance to :if:. md1v1dual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community Prerequisite: Psychology 100. sTAFF THE PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours The course is desi~ned to_ present a general view of the development an~ growt~ of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredit and ?ative ~qu1pment of the child and the manner in which this e ui ~ent 1s mod1.fied duri_ng chil1hood. Emotional development, langua!e tvelopment, and social relat10ns are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY, 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours . MISS D OMINGUEZ H~man adJ~st1:1ent and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on mot1vat1on, emotional control, personality formation and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. ' Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PSY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours T HE S TAFF . A study of th~ theory of psychological testing. The principles under1 ymg t~st select10n: _standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course 1s a prerequ1S1te for the following courses: Psychology 251 252 and 255. , , Prerequisite: Psychology 1 oo. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An_ introdu~tion. to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, cla_ss1ficat10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony/~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention· work con itions; and employee motivation and morale. ' Prerequisite: Psychology 212·. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 136 PsY. 252. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education._ Discussio~ of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems rn the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the emPERSONNEL PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss DOMINGUEZ A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The _interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal ~nd abnormal be~av10r_ of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, mcludmg examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. (Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 and permission of head of department. PSY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs MISS DOMINGUEZ THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under superv151on. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. ployee. Prerequisite: Psychology 2 51 or permission of instructor. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC 137 RETAIL MERCHANDISING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Bunn, Green, Berg, Morgan, Montz, Touey. RETAILING-Three hours . P_oli~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions an_d type~ ~f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. R.M. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RM. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hours MR. BUNN !3as~c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the <:>rganizabonal structure of department stores; organization and functions of ~p~rating di_visions;. planned observation in employment, training, rece1vmg, markmg, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TooLE Ages of civ_il~zation and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, class1:ism, modern_ design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fun~amentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 201. COLOR AND A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnorrnaliti~s, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered m alternate years.) P;.-crequisite: Psychology 208 and permission of head of department. PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM-One to three hours a semester Miss DOMINGUEZ Supervision of psychological te~ting is o~ered to individuals work~ng toward certification as psychologteal examiners or sc?oo~ psych?logists in the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is re~mred ~or one semester hour of credit. Open to graduates who are seeking certification as psychological examiners. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. R.M. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION-Three ho11rs MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising anJ sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores· type~ of_ retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, type, advertisin~ media, display; research. SELLING-Three hours MR. BUNN Funda~entals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchand1s~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; buildmg permanent business. Laboratory observation· actual selling. ' R.M. 207. RETAIL �R.M. 210. DESCR[PTlON OF COURSES WlLKES COLLEGE 138 ELEMENTS OF R.M. hours THE STAFF _Ort?nization credi_t depa_rtment; charge accounts; passing on appl1eat1on for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck: procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. MERCHANDISE-Three hours MR.BERG,MR.MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textil_e terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. . . Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212'. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND CoLLECTIONS--Two R.M. 224. o! RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hottrs THE STAFF Revie~ of f~ndame?tals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retall store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. CONTROL-Three hours MR. BUNN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Importance of purchases; principl~s and metho?s; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousmg methods; mventones_ an1 their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Curtis, Davies, Jenkins. Students majorin'? in sec~etarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to ~ecide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remamder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. BUYING-Three hours MR. MONTZ Buying as a career; types of organizations; frn:ictional bureaus as aid~ in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of cus~omer demand, where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labelmg; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL R.M. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashi?ns in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessones; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RELATIONS-Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure ; wage plans and incentives; employee training; emrloyee ev~luat1on; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affectmg labor problems in retailing. R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL R.M. 220 . 139 ORGANIZATlON AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hout·s THE STAFF Importance of small business; fa~tors in _b~siness success; justification of new businesses; financing; locat10n; polJCies; management; ~mployee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small busmess and the future. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit THE STAFF . Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understand~ng of_ good style and form in typewritten material; application of typmg skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two ho11rs typewriting each semester MR. VERRY . De~elopment of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Sii:nplified;. development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to tytical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand ?ates, durmg second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spellmg. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1- Two hours MR. JENKINS . De~elopment of ~eading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, ~implifie~, ~nd review ?f simple_English essentials that are necessary m transcription; complet10n of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Cred!t will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 140 S.S. 106. SH0RTHAND1- Two hours MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours of telegrams, manuscripts and term a . . copies; transcription from shorthand P pers_, ~tenols and Ditto maste r work habits and attitudes Lab t ttes, evelopment of desirable tory each week. · ora ory ee required. Four hours laboraPrerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108 . laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. S.S.F 120. d S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING1-Two hours each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. kee;:/;:;e~!~tr~:J MR. VERRY Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2 -Two SECRETARIAL . . ACCOUNTING--Th ree 1 S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three hours shorthand, one hour typewriting each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 -Two hours Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation !e~~rI/ I i1ours M R. CURTIS 1 i:~~~:~~ga:J~r~~:~:i:!!~ ~;:~~~ to the St d f ree ho11rs MR VERRY u Y O accepted procedures in t · l · · hospitals; application of stenogra h. yp1t11 medical ?ffices, clinics, and scription of case histories take f p ichs 1 .s to medical di~ta~ion; tran tion in several branches of nd_r~m osp1t~l records; specialized dicta. me 1cme· practJCe in fill' t f msurance companies for Vet mg ou orms for Compensation. Fiv; hours e::~n~eekmm1stration, and for Workmen's la~~oratory. · One hour lecture, four hours S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Th Ad . . Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S.S 203. SPEECH REPORTING--T wo h ours . . MR VERRY ppeed d!c_tation ~or speech reporting. Four hours each week . rerequ1S1te: satisfactory background 1. E 1· h .. . tion at 100 words a mi t d _n ng is ; ability to bke dictanu e an to transcribe not "dl d One hour :~cture, three hours laboratory. es rap1 y an accurately. Prerequ1Site: approval of instruaor. S.S. 205. hours each semester 141 OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES ' - F our 1I; 0 11r s Appl' f f . MR. VERRY Ka mn o skills to integrated o.ffi bl typical business and professional ffi . ce pro ems; procedures in requirements for secretaries· u cl o tcesd,. study of personal and technical . 1f , n ers an mg and use of . cia orms; operation and use of office ma . :vanous commerand vocational guidance. Laborator f _chines ~nd equipment; personal week. Two hours lecture s1· h ly bee required. Eight hours each . . , x ours a oratory. Prereqms1te: approval of instructor S.S. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 109-110. 1 S.S. 243. B~SINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN . . ECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three ho11rs MR VER Pnnc1ples of business education. b . . . . RY schools; psychology of skill-b 'Id. ' usmf.ss cumcula m secondary writing; techniques of instruc~~n as app. i~d to shorthand and typeards, tests, and measurement i typewn_tmg an~ shorthand, standtives, and methods of instructio~ ~he ffisecretana~ studies; content, objecm o ce practJCe. tf; �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY . . . Instructors Bloomburg, Assistant Professor SymonolewKz, ch airman, Chwalek Connolly, Yarnal, and Young. h S . ' . f twenty-four hours. Althoug oc1A maJ· or in sociology consists o . oc1·ology it is not accepted · · t 11 the courses m s ' d ology 100 is prer~qu1S1~e o a 4 and Phil. 206 will be accepte toward a major m soc1~logy. P.S. 20 Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education an I other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 142 toward the major in soc1olog~. . . 1 requested to plan their Students who intend to maJor m so~10 ogyt;r;he Chairman. A major . , D t t in consultat10n wi S · work m toe epar me~ . . lude the following three courses: o~1in sociology should ordmanly_ me 1 f the Department Chaud 280 With the approva o . d ology 2 5 5, 26 5, an · . me instances be substitute • man, however, other courses may m so f S ciology and AnthropolThe courses given by the Department o o ogy are divided into five groups: I Sociological Theory 143 Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hottrs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. Social factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Religion 101, or permission of the instructor. THE STAFF TO SoaoLOGY-T hree hours .d. essentials for an intelligent A systematic view of soc10logy, _Prov1. mg d for specialized study of approach to questions about man m sooety an sociological problems. MR. YOUNG An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. AL THEORIES-Three hours Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SocIOLOGIC MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION . ment of sociology as a science, traced A historical study of the develop . f the course is to provide the through its principal le~ders. Th~ aim of the related fields, with a hisstudent majoring in soc10logy, or mdone o d' of the current trends in d ecessary for un erstan mg b k torical bac groun n .fi . f its distinct subject matter, pro sociology as well as for clan cation o lems, and methods. m sociology or Prerequisite: So~io1ogy 100 and two other courses permission of lhe mstructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ . d the family in ethnological and The development of ma~nadg~ an . t1'on and oroblems of adjust. F mily 1sorgan1za historical perspective. . ~ Practical aspects of marriage. Factors ment to modern cond1t1ons. . . 1 f 'tal success or failure. respons1b e or man . • f the instructor. . . Sooo . 1og;t lOO or perm1ss1on o Prerequisite: Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN SoCIOLOGY-Thfee ho11rs THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230, or permission of the instructor. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. YARNAL F ELDS OF SoaAL WoRK-Th ree h ours . Soc. 245. I . roblems of social work and of agencies ~nd A survey of the marn p "th them The nature and requiremethods that have developed to cop~ wt . ments of the different fields of soCial work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. 144 IV Social Psychology MR . SYMONOLEWICZ Soc 255 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY- Th ree hours . . . . f the field of social psychology. Social factor~ m O A general survey f . d' .d differences· social interaction; h t e· psycholoay o m iv1 ua1 , cir:~~v~ab~~:vior, psycl~ology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND p ERSO NALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ d 1 ment and functioning of human A comparative study of the eve oi . t of view of social psycholpersonality in various cultures from t e porn ogy and social anthropology. . . of the 265 ' or perm1ss1on Prerequisite: Sociology 255, or Soc1·olooy b instructor. V Anthropology Soc. 265. G ENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the fie 1~ of_ anth rtdr;;~g!:~:::i~~c~:s ~:Xut~~ F ·1 n and pre 1115tonc cu1 , f aspects. oss1 ma . . t haracteristics and elements o problem of their class1ficat1on; na ure, c culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WoRL~ ltures of the world in their hisA rapid survey of the peoples an cul es nationalities and cultorical relations. Distribution ?f races, ~~gfuafor~ responsible for con'd l ·cal and soc10-econom1c ac ttues an d 1 ea ogt . . t f the worJd, particularly among temporary social unrest m vanous p_ar s o the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. . . n are offered for teachers desirous of obCourses in Sa~ety_ Educat10Ed t· Undergraduates will receive no taining certification m Safety uca ion. SAFETY 145 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND- ARY ScHooLs--Three ho11rs Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary sd1ools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings J.nd programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS--Three ho111s Inspectio:1 and testing programs in the secondary sd1ools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY lZouCATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three hours Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual �WlLKES COLLEGE 146 because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Arns IN SAFETY EoucATION- T hree hours . . d h . f ractical values m visual an ot er Discussion and dernonstrat10n ?. P d their relationship to the cursensory aids; standar_ds _for app~tsmf ~n es· minimum equipment and riculum; guiding pnn~1p~es ~n tee mqu , sources; housing and d1stnbut10n. The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. �WILKES COLLEGE 148 Index Am~::;:::•~~t;"~~;:g~ • • • • • • •. .··· ··· • • • • • • • • • • : • • • •· ·• :••·· · · ·•• ~~ Accountin~, ~our-year Program ... ········· ···" ··· ····. Special C01nmunity Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. It therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The present program includes series in current events and art for business and professional persons. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. Admmstration, Officers of.. ... ... ····· ....... ······· ·······... ····· ·· ·... ...... ............. ... Admission, Requirements for ······ ····· ·· ···· ...... ····· ··· ······ ·.. .. ··········· ·· ··.. ······· ········ ..... Advanced Standing .............. ..::.: ............ ···· ................ ··· .................................. .... 1dvertising Design ................ ............ ........... ........ .................... ......... ... 22 8 22 23 85 ntt,hFroopur~1y0egyar P.r..o.. g.. r..a..m ......·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.· .·.·:.:::::::.::::::::::::::::::::·······•················· ·············· ..................................... ....... ................. .... 14 4 Ar Description of Courses.... ....................... ........ ... ........... ...... .......................... 51 Assembly Committee .... .. ...... ······ ...... ·... .. ............ .... ... ..................... ........ 83 Athletics . ............... ......................... ........ ........................... .... 35 Attendance ···....... .... ····.. ··.. ···· ···.. ····.. ··.. ·· .. ·.. ····.. ····.. ·· ······ ·· .. · •·· •...... .... .. .. .. ........ ... 36 Awards .. ...... .. ... ::::::······ ·· ··•·· ······· ············ ·· ··· ······· ·· ····························· ······ ·· 25 Band .. ....................... ..................... ...... .............. .... ........ ............................. 37 Bachelor of Arts, G~~~~·~l ..R~q~i·~~~~~t; .. 35, 123 Four-year Programs .... .. ... .. ... ·................... •· ...... ............ 48 Bachelor of Science, Business 50 Commerce and Finance ............. ······.... ................ .... ........ 65 f~; ................................................... Ed~.~~~i·;~ ·.... .... . . ........... ......... ... .... ......... ......... .... General Requirements Fato.u rn-year Programs ...... ::::::::::::::: ... ::::::::::::::::.............. .......... ................ ········· ............................. Educ 10 General Requirements Four-year Program, Ei°~·~·~~·t;·~:::::::::::::::::: ...... ........... ...................... . Engi:::r~:;ar Program, Secondary .................... .. :.:::::::::::::::::.::::::::::::::::·· Programs-Common Freshman Year ... ....... ..... ............ ............. Aeronautical Nato~~~~~l~Ji[t:; ;J!I,,:J:~LI 45 64 63 69 J Biology, Four-year Prog;~~::::·.:::::::--···· · ........................................... Description of Courses ·.... ·....... ....... ........ ....... ................ ........ ........ Blue Cross ............ .... .............. ... ........ ................. ......................... Buildings .. :::·.·.:·.:·.:·.:::·.·:·.·.::· .. ·····...... ........... ......... ..... ............. •······----·............. Business ~d°:instration,·· Description of Courses g ................... ................................. .. ... Business Education ............... ............. ................................. . ....... ... ............ . Business Law ... .......... .. ..................... ............... .. ... ............................. Calendar ... ·...... ··........... ·.. ·....... ·....... .·······".................. ..... .............. .......... .. .. .... Careers Lib;;~ ··::::::.·.·.·::::::::::::······ ·· .... ..... ..... .......... ................ .......... ......................... Chemistry, Four-year Progra~: ··· ····· .... ·.··--·--........................ ............... Description of Courses ······· ..................................................... .. .......... Choral Club .. . ............ ······ .................. .............. ....................... F·~·~;~;~~~·· p;~···;;·~······ ······ · ........ ·.......... .................... .... ~[:;~,~1;;EE: / : \ :/ 5578 68 52 86 34 18 59 88 65 90 5 31 55 93 :/ / 3ni �WILKES COLLEGE 150 INDEX Commercial Law ( see Business Law) .... 148 Community Lecture Series •··· ·· ......... .............. ·······.................................................. 32 Community Programs ················ ···· ·····················•····· ........................... 32 Consultation Service .. ·· ·······•·············· ············ ··· ·····.:::: ........... 25, 31 ~~~~~~1/:g ... . . . . . . ... · · ··:: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: : :::: : : ::::·.·. . ..... . . . . ~~ .... ··················· ···..·................................................................................. .... . Dean's List ..................... .. ······· .. ·········........................... .. g:;:!~n~ ~~~~~···c;~~··~i~·~··i~d·i~id~~i··s~i~·i~~t~·j·... ·······::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 0 D egrees, T aking of .. .. ••••··· ··········· ·· · ··· ·· ··· · · ·· ·· · .... ·· D escription of Courses .... ···..... ················· ···· ·· ··· · ······ ·· ········ ···· ·· .... . . .. . . . .... . . .. ]~ 25 81 35 ~! ~:: : %ii~: ·c~·~;;~·~··1~:.-.-.·.·.·.-:.-.-.-.·.-.- ..-.-.-:~.-.-.-.-.-.·::::.·:: ..-::::::::·:::.·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.·:.-:::::::: . ' C urses in (see also B.S. in Educat10n) •····· ·· ···· ········ ·.. ........ ............ Education, n o Student ..... ...... . ...... .. ..... ... ..... ........... .. .. ..... . ...... .... .... .. .... . ... ... . ....... . .... 103 33 Employme t, . ( lso B in Eng ineering) .... .... .... ............. ....... .... 105 ~:::~~ri~~~r~;su::~~.. .... .. ....... ..: .. : .. ..... .... ·· ·····:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::······ 147 Evening Division ................................ ····· ···· ··· ··· ....... ....... .... 22 s ~.~ ~~~ ~ Extension Classes .................... :·.:::::::::::::.:::::::::::::·.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ... ... ........... 10, 26 Faculty .... ............ ··················· ;i ~i~iI:lf\ ttt ·:ti?\ii\:>t :!l 16 General Science ............. .. ... •· ............. .. .. ·..................... ·· ........... · g~;i;i~::;~;;; i~\ i: ~ : i: : ..... . .... .. ..... . 112 ,~; Honors .... .................... .. .................................... · · ··· ·· ·························· Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) ... .. .. . .... .............. 130 Etf.~f;jf }t\t:t:tt••••••••••••••••••••••••:•·••••••••i•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••:••••••· Laboratory and Medical T echnology, Program rn ................................... ........ :::.: Lettering and Layout. ........... .. ....... ..._. ....... ....... ............................... .. .... :::::::::::::::..... Liberal Arts, Requirements f~r Maiers ....................... .. ............ .::::::... ......... Liberal Arts, Selection of Maior ······· .. ·.......................... 1·6 ary ... .. .... .......... ... ..... ......... .. ...... ..... .................................. ~~h~d.~;~~i,; •• • •••:• •:•:• : •: ••: : ••• :•: •: •: •:: •:: :• ::::•: : : : : : : ~!! 84 49 3 4 26 34 36 Majo rs, Requirements for (see Individual Subiects) ... ................ ........... .. ..... 90 Marketing ................... .............. .................... .............. .... ..... 53 Mathematics, Four-year Program .·· .......... ······.. .... ·· ............. ...... ·........ ·.... .. ..... .. ...... 118 D escription of Cou rses . ..... ·· · .. · ····· ...... · ··· .......... ······ ······ ·...... .. ·· · 79 Medical Stenog raphy, Prog ram ~n ................................................. ::::.............. ........ 74 Medical Technology, Program m ............... ................... ... ........ .. .. .. 130 ~!'.~}!:i~~:ot:~:~•·· · · · · · . .. . . . . . . .:,ii D escription of Courses ....... ................. ... ........................ .................... ...... . 151 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) .............. 124 Non-credit Program ( see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in {see also B.S. in Nursing Education) .... .. .......... 125 Orchestra ............ .. ........... .............. ...... .. ...... ......................... .. ...... .. .............. ...... .. .. 36, 123 Orientation Program .. ... ... .. .. ........ ............ ........ ....... ..... ... ......... .. ... ...... .. ........ .. ......... 32 Part-time Study ....... ..... . ... .... .. .. .... .... .. ....... ....... ... .. .. ............ ............ ....... ............. ... .... 45 Philosophy, Courses in ........ .................... ........ ......... .. ................. .. .. .. .. .... .. ..... ........... 127 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in.... ................... .......... ....... .... .. .. .. .... .... 129 Phys ics, Two-year Program ... .. .... ....... .... ......... ........ ....... .......... .... ......... .... .......... .. ..... 56 Description of Courses. .............. ... .. ............... ..... ........ .. ................. ............. ...... 130 Placement Service ... .................... ............................. ............ .... .. .. .......... ........ ... ......... 33 Point Average ..... ................ ......... .. ............. .... ............... .. .......... ...... ................ .. .... .... 24 Political Science, Courses in .... ........ .. .................... ...... ................. .. ..... .. ........... ......... .131 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program............. .... .......... ......... .......................... ...... 76 Three-year Program ...... .... . ... .... .. ...... .. ...... ...... ........................ ...... ...... .. ... ... .... 77 Probation ........ .... .. ...... ........ .... ... ..... ... .... . .............. ............. . .... .. ...... .. ......... . ... ............. 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for........ .. ........ ......... .. ............ ................. .. 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ..................... ...... ................................ ... .. 24 Psychology, Courses in............................. .. ....................... ..... ........ .................... 134 Publications, Student .. .. ..... ....... .... .... ..... .. ..... .. .. .... ............ ...... ... .. ......... ..... ..... .......... 36 Real Estate ......... ....... .... ... ..... .. ... .. . ...... .. .... ... . ..... .. ..... ............ . ... ..... ....... .... ............ ... . 90 Refunds ..................... ..... .......... .............. .... .. .. ..... .. ... ..................... .. ... .... .. ....... ........... 29 Registration ............... ..... ... ............... ... ... ........ .......... .. .. ... .. .................. ... .. ...... .. .. ........ 25 Religion, Courses in.... . .... .. ........ ........ ........ ..... ... .. .. ........... .... ....... .. .. .... .. ...... ..... ....... 128 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program. ............. .. ...... .. ...................................... 61 Description of Courses .. ....... .. ............... .... . ......... ..... ......... .. ... ........ .. ........ .... . ... 137 Safety, Courses in .......................... ............. ....... ............... .. .. ... ............. .. ........ ....... .... 145 Scholarships ... . ....... ......... ..... ....... ..... .. .... .. ....... ....... .............. .. ............. ..... .. ........ .. 37 Secreta rial Studies, Four-year Program........ ........ .............................. ... .. ............... 62 T wo-year Program .... .. ... ... .... . ... ... . ... .... .......... .. ... . .... .. ...... ......... ....... ... ..... ........ 78 Description of Courses ... .. ....................... ....... .. .................................. .. .. ... .. ... 139 Social Science, Major in...... .. .. .... ..... .............. .... ................ .... ............... ..... ...... ..... .. .. 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ..... ... ...... ........... .. ......... ...................... ...... 142 Spanish, Courses in ............ ........ ... ............... .. .................. ... .. .... ......................... ....... 114 Speech, Courses in ........... ............ .. .. .... ... ..... .. .. ........................ .... .. ........ .. ................ 110 Statistics, Applied General, Economic................... ..... ...... ...... .. .. ...... ........ .. ........ ... . 97 Introduction to ........ ........ .... .... .... ........ ........ ........ ..... .. . .. .. ............ .. .. ........ .......... 119 Student Activities ..... ..... .... .. ... ..... ... ....... .. .. . ... ...... ..... ... ........ .. ............... .. ....... ..... ....... 35 Student Employment ..... ... ............... .. ... .................... .... ... ... .. .... ... .......... ... .............. .. 33 Student Government ... .. .. ... ... ...... ...... ..... .. .. .... ...................................... ............ ... .. .. . 35 Student Welfare . .. .. .......... ... ...... ............. .... ......... .......... ... .................. .................. .. .. 31 Summer-school Credits .. . ..... .. ...... .... .. ...... .. .. ...... .. .... ......... .... .. ..... .... .... .... .... ....... .. ... 26 Surveying ....... ...... ....... ....... . ........ .... ........ .. ...... .... .. .. ..... ....... .... .. .... .. .. .. .... ... ... ............ 104 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary. ..... .................................. ... .. ... 63 Business .. .. ..... ... .... ... ............. ...... .. ... ........ . ...... ... .......... ... .. ..... .. ........... .. .... .... .... 65 Music ........ .... ...... ............................. ........ ........ .......................... .... ... ..... ....... .... 67 Nursing ...... ............ .... ... ... .... .. .............. .. ... ... ... ..... .. ......... ..... .. .. .............. ........ .... 68 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ........... ...... ... ............ ..... ....... .. ... ... ......... ....... .. ........ ........ ..... ....... .... 73 Transfer of Credits ............ ... ...... ........................... ...... .. .......... .. ...... ...... .................... 26 Trustees, Board of. ....... .. ........... ....................... .. .... ... ....... .. .. .... ................ .. .......... .... 6 Tuition .... ........ ... .. ............ .. ....... .... ... ...................... ....... ..... ................ .. ........ ..... ..... .. 27 Wilkes College, History of.... .... ... ...... ............ ..................... ...... .. .. .. .................... .... 17 Withdrawals .. ...... ........ ..... ............... ........ ........ .. ........... ........ .. ...... ......... ..... ...... .. .... . 25, 29 �N.Y FROM: SYRACUSE AL'BANY NY ~ FROM: CON.NECTICUT ---------~~~~------------- ----- ------ HONESDALE WILLIAMS?ORT ~►~-------------DA TURNPll<E FROM~ITTSBURGH LOCATION "ROM'. BALTIMORE WASHINGTON FROM. WASHINGTON MD. o.c lHll\lll YNNYH3nosns NOl'll'IO::> J.33l!J. S u [JJ [tj ., ... ""' "'... ~ [9~(j ~ r2:IlJill] ~ ~ J.3 3YJ.S 11 CT ~ 0 ~B Y 3 A I Y [t II ~, 3 h ~ [j s I C/1 ~ HJ. nos ONIOIIYH •il( JONVarno J 11'1H )10Y8N3110H £Z l'IOISYNl'UO Y3l!Y ONl>l!Yd 11VH J.Sncnv J.N3.,J.YYd30 303110:) ' Yd '311YY8-$3)17IM ONIY33NrnN3 S3ll11M 61 81 11YH ll00J.N110'1'1 LI 11YH ONl1ll3J.S ,7!/H 383770~ S3>f71M 11'1'H 31'10H X3NNY X3NNY 6310 03 0Nlll3~0ld ~3SS3>4:J3M ONI01rne '13!:1'1 ZZ IZ J.NYA30llnJ.s 3SOOH 'oz t ll H .1.no s 11'1'H Z,61 I A0010l8 (Ill 11YH 3tiOJ.:>31 6 (YI 11't'H 3llOJ.:>31 8 11YH 11vH 91 l'IYHONANO:> £1 ZI 31lli't'8 L Y31J.na 9 1,YH A31HSY ~I ll3J.'t'3HJ. ., S,J.N30IS3Yd A31HSY 11 1131.1.08 01 ( NOIJ.Yll.l.SINll'IOYI • Ylll3q.,,y:, £ 11YH 3SYH O Z ( AllYY8l1 I 11't'H ABlll~ X30N I • 3SYH:) I I �INDEX I KIRBY HALL I LIBRARY) 2 CHASE HALL 3 CAFETERIA 4 CHASE 5 J I ADMINISTRATION I THEATER ASHLEY HALL e BUTLER 7 BARRE 8 LECTURE 9 LECTURE 12 PRESIDENT"s 13 CONYNGHAM 14 BIOLOGY " WECKESSER 16 HALL AREA HALL WILKES ENGINEERING STERLING HALL McCLINTOCK 18 STURDEVANT HOUSE HALL CA) 19 PICKERING HAL L ml 20 GIES ANNEX 11 ASHLEY ANhEX 22 GYMNASIUM 23 HOLLENBACK HALL (GUIDANCE> U HARDING HALL HALL '---;-;;-;:;FRANK;;-;;:;--LIN~ S T R E E - : ; - - - T_ _ ; 0_ I ~ WZ3 [i] f 3: R I V ~ RIVER E R @] :r ... ::, Q G] [J~Q ... w "' .,... 0: Q] ~, ffilJ'IB u;J _J l___ 6 8~ rrOO ~ ! SOUTH 1 AUGUST 20, 1952 PARKING AREA SO U T H ~ COLLEGE DEPARTMENT WILKES-BARRE, PA . HALL 10 BUTLER 21 COLLEGE BUILDING 17 HALL WILKES HOME HALL ~ .,... "'3: STREET COMMON SUSQUEHANNA R I VE-R :) "Q NOlONIHSlfM "YiOIU NO.l.0NIHSVM 31lOY-1111V8 NOLLV:)01 ·. wo!l~ 3>11dN!ln.1. Vd H0!ln8SJ..l.l~WOllJ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -...1111(~ >lll'tM:3N >lllOA M3N :YiOllJ----•.11 31!13 :YlOll.:I ! ______ - - - - - - - --;ro.1.rf1H~N19\-- - - - - - - --:iti3M,-A ~ ANV8.7V 3Sn:'.>VllAS :WOll.:I ---f------ -------;..N , . OllfJ ~na :,'IO!l.l 2 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1955-1956 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1955-1956 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/d2429e9ae64d47d61066f1c6f70c5b94.pdf 9d1e5b95004cfde29690edd0624fef3d PDF Text Text 1956 -1957 ~~~ ~~ ~ol - . .. ~ --:~ -~ �WJIKES COLLEGE u et[n 1956-1957 For Changes in Tuition and Published qttarterly by Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter October 12, 1951, at the post office at Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, under the act of August 24, 1912, as amended by the act of August 4, 1947. Dormitory Fees See Page 148a (bottom) FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS - 1956-57 Vol. V �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . .. l. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attain- ments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration 9 Faculty . 10 Faculty Committees 16 History of the College 17 5. He cultivates inner resomces and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. General Information 21 Student Welfare . 31 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. Student Activities 35 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Scholarships and Awards 37 Preparation for Professions and Vocations 41 Degree Courses 47 Terminal Courses 73 Course Descriptions . 81 forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and part1c1pates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Evening Division 147 Community Lecture Series . 148 Index 149 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 1956 Mon., June 11 to Sat., June 16 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 18 ........... ... . Classes begin Wed., July 4 ... . ... . .... ... . Independence Day observance Fri., August 10 .. .. . . .. . .. .. . Summer School ends FALL, 1956 Tues., Sept. 11 to Sun., Sept. 16 .. Freshmen orientation Wed., Sept. 12 .. . . .......... Freshmen registration Thurs., Sept. 13 . . . ...... ... .. Upperclassmen registration Mon., Sept. 1 7 .... . ...... . ... Classes begin at 8: 00 A.M. Sat., Oct. 13 ...... .. .. ...... . Homecoming- Ursinus Sun., Oct. 14 . . . . . . .... . ..... Reception-parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 27 . . ............... Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Oct. 31 ..... . ......... Mid-Semester report Mon., Nov. 5 to Fri., Nov. 9 .... Registration Wed., Nov. 21 .. .. .... .. .... Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 26 .... . ......... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Wed., Dec. 19 ....... . ....... Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Thurs., Jan. 3 . . .......... . .. Christmas recess ends at 8 :00 A.M. Sat., Jan. 12 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 14 to Tues., Jan. 22 .. Examination period SPRING, 1957 Thurs., Jan. 24 .. .... ..... . .. Winter Carnival Fri., Jan. 25 .... . . . .. ... .. ... All-college registration Mon., Jan. 28 ..... ..... .. ... Classes begin at 8:00 A.M. Sat., Mar. 9 ..... . . . . .... . ... Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 13 ............... Mid-Semester report Mon., Mar. 18 to Fri., Mar. 22 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 16 ........ . ...... Easter recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Tues., Apr. 2 3 . ... ... ..... . . . Easter recess ends at 8: 00 A.M. Sun., May 12 ... . ............ Parents Day Sat., May 18 ................. Classes end Mon., May 20 to Tues., May 28 .. Examination period Sun., June 2 ................. Baccalaureate Mon., June 3 ..... ... .. .. . . . . Commencement SUMMER, 1957 Mon., June 10 to Sat., June 15 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 17 ............... Classes begin Thurs., July 4 ............... Independence Day observance Fri., August 2 ........... . ... Summer School ends �7 BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, MRS. PAUL BEDFORD L. CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE M. SAMUEL Library: (nstruction: CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary Treasttrer MISS MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JAMES P. HARRIS, COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS R. KOONS Chairman Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY R. KooNs SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JOSEPH F. LESTER Miss ANNETTE EVANS REUBEN H. LEVY REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST DAVENPORT, M.D. HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD s. MISS ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES HON. JOHNS. fTNE ANDREW J. SORDONI HARRY F. GOERINGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JULIUS LONG STERN JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Nominations: Finance: ROUSH GILBERT s. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH, Chairman Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, ANDREW J. M.D. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ST ARK TERM OF OFFICE JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring June, 1956 MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK Buildings and Grounds: HARRY F. GOERINGER REV. CHARLESS. ROUSH GEORGE JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Expiring June, 1957 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST P. HARRIS GUCKELBERGER, WILLIAM DAVENPORT, M.D. REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EvANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. HON. JOHNS. FINE HON. WILLIAM GEORGE W. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY MISS ANNETTE EVANS C. MARTS MISS MARY R. KOONS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JOSEPH F. LESTER ANDREW J. SORDONI CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JULIUS LONG STERN HON. WILLIAM Ex Officio M. 1. M. ROSENFIELD JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring Jttne, 1958 SAMUEL HARRY F. GoERINGER, HON. JOHNS. FINE ARNAUD JOSEPH F. LESTER CONYNGHAM W. Chairman Scholarships: GUCKELBERGER M. ROSENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS._MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATIO:N Officers of Administration 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RUTH V. BISHOP . . .... ....... . ...... .. ..... . .. ... .... Recorder ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instrttetion B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) MARY MORY ........................... Secretary to the President JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) JANET DAVIES ...... ... ....... .. .... .. .. Secretary to the Registrar tGEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) DOROTHY DAVIES ......................... . Office Machine Clerk BARBARA STACKOWIAK ....... . ....... ........ . Registration Clerk GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Acting Dean of Men B.A. ( Montclair State Teachers) , M.A. (Clark) JEAN MACHONIS .. . . ...... .. . . . . ..... . . .... Switchboard Operator GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.I. (Emerson) DOLORES M. TAYLOR .... .......... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alttmni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) ROSALIE JABLONSKI .. . . .. ... .. .. .. ..... ... . ............ Cashier MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) HELEN A. MORGAN ... ... .... . . ... . . Accounts Payable Bookkeeper ANNE M. WRIGHT ............ ...... ....... Secretary to the Deans JOHN D. CURTIS, Director of Public Relations B.S. (Wilkes) JOAN ZuK ..... . .... ....... .. Secretary to the Director of Placement STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) MARIE OPSITOS .. ... .......... Secretary to Director of Development JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) DENAH FLEISHER .................... Secretary to Alumni Secretary NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M. A. (Marywood) FRANCES HOPKINS .. . .. ........ ..... .. ... ... Cirmlation Assistant WARREN F. FRENCH, Cataloguing Librarian B.A. (New Hampshire), M.S. (Syracuse) GEORGE F. ERM EL, Circulation and Reference Librarian A.B. (Wilkes), M.S. (Syracuse) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock Hall FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) tOn leave of absence 1955-1956 MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ... . . .. .... Superintendent of Buildings ctnd Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMONOLEWICZ, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL, Associate Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) STANKO M. VuJICA, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) HOH-CHEUNG MUI, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern LAnguages B.A. (Connecticut), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) GEORGE G. RAomN, JR., Associate Professor of English A.B., M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) 11 CATHERINE H. BONE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemist1'y B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) RUTH W. JESSEE, Assistant Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) t DANA H. VERRY, Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance B.S. (Oregon State), M.S. (Idaho) CHARLES M. WoRSTALL, Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics A.B. (New York), Ph.D. (Columbia) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. (Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LILLIAN FoRTEss, Assistant Professor of Education A.B. (Hunter), M.A. (New York) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) CH'UNG-TAI Lu, Assistant Professor of Economics A.B. (Fu-Jen), M.A. (Catholic University), Ph.D. (Maryland) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Instructor in Engi11eeri11g B.S. (Washington and Lee) tOn leave of absence 1955-1956 �12 WILKES COLLEGE PAUL R. WERNER, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) STANLEY J. YOUNG, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Washington University), M.A. (Pennsylvania) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Instructor in Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Wilkes) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) MARGARETT. O'BRIEN, Instructor in English A.B. (Syracuse), M.A. (McGill) JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT L. TENER, Instructor in English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) ROBERT E. WERNER, Instructor in Economics B.A. (Roosevelt), M.S. (Wisconsin) FRANCES S. WoRSTALL, Instructor in Mathematics B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Columbia) ERIC S. STEIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (New York) PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) FACULTY CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instmctor in Economics and Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) RALPH B. CONNOR, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, Instmctor in Psychology A.B. (1emple), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) OSCAR FALCIONE, Instructor in Retail Merchandising A.B. (Upsala) NORMAN FRIEDMAN, Instructor in Business Administration JOHN GREEN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Villanova) JOHN A. GRIFFITHS, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State) HELEN B. HAWKINS, Instructor in Mttsic A.B. (Wilkes) CHARLES F. HENSLEY, Instmctor in Economics B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILBUR G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, Instructor in Nursing Edttcation Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Education B.S. (Wilkes) LEWIS A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN G. KONSAVAGE, Instructor in Bttsiness Administration B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLOTTE V. LORD, Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bucknell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorship-Italy, 1954-55 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY SAMUEL J. LORUSSO, Instructor in Art FACULTY COMMITTEES MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) WALTER H. MOHR, Instructor in Education B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), A.M. (Columbia) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) HENRY D. O'KARMA, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) JOHN PISANO, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Bucknell) ANDREW PuHAK, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. (George Washington), LL.B. (Dickinson) MARITA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) SIDNEY L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising GoRDON R. SCHLIER, Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) RUTH G. SEEHERMAN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ANTOINETTE M. SHOEMAKER, Instructor in Physical Education A.B. (Wilkes) 15 1955-1956 Admissions JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON Athletics RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN JOHN G. REESE Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY Evaluation GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE ALFRED S. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Library WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman FRANK J. J. DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. WORSTALL Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman JOHN G. DETROY SYLVIA DwoRSKI VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY GEORGE G. RADDIN, JR. THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI CHARLES M. WORST ALL Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Chairman GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. CROMWELL E. THOMAS EULA SMITH, Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instrttctor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) MARJORIE J. YENCHA, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) Ex Officio on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 155 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- �18 WILKES COLLEGE HISTORY zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Generous monetary gifts have enabled Wilkes to adapt its acquisitions and equip them completely. In the fourteen years following the promise of autonomy by Bucknell University, assets have been increased by more than $2,600,000. 19 �GeneraI Information �22 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA ADVANCED STANDING The College offers courses leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a .final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal courses in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5 .00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. GRADES Grades will be given to students in the middle and at the end of each term. The mid-term grade is given to show student and faculty the quality of work being done; the final grade indicates the accomplishment of the student in the whole course. The grading system is as follows: A-Excellent B-Above average C-Average D-Below average, but passing F-Failure Inc-Incomplete-work must be made up by the end of the sixth week of the following semester or the grade will automatically become an F. WP-Withdrew Passing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are passing the course. WF-Withdrew Failing- given to students who, at the time of withdrawal, are failing the course. The student's academic standing is determined by the quantity and quality of his work. The quantity is shown by the number of credit hours of work performed during the term. The number of credit hours applicable to each course is printed in italics following the title of the course in the catalogue. The quality of work is shown by the student's point average, which is determined in the following manner: The letter grades are given numerical values, called point values, as follows: A, 3 points; B, 2 points; C, 1 point; D and F, no points. A student with a certain grade earns the point value of the grade for each credit hour of the course. Thus, if his grade is "A" in a threehour course, he will gain 9 points; if "B'' in a four-hour course, he �24 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION will gain 8 points. His point average will be computed by dividing the total number of points gained in all his courses by the total number of credit hours. The following sample record will illustrate more fully the method: Grade in Number of Subject Credit Hours Course Points English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 C 3 A History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . 5 B 10 D 0 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 4 Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 C Total ............. 18 Point Average- 26 divided by 18 -1.4 26 For advancement from class to class and for graduation, there are minimum requirements as to quantity and quality of work. These requirements are shown in the following table: REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCEMENT AND GRADUATION At the End Number of Credit Number of Point of the Hours Points Average Freshman Year .......... 30 15 .5 Sophomore Year ......... 60 42 .7 Junior Year ............. 90 81 .9 Senior Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . As specified 1.0 Norn: This system of credit hours and grades does not apply to courses in physical education. In such courses there will be only two grades, P for passing and F for failure. DEAN'S LIST The Dean's List published at the end of each term carries the name of every student whose point average is 2.25 or higher. HONORS The distribution of honors at commencement is based upon the record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for honors are as follows: for cum laude, a point average of 2.35; magna cum laude, 2.60; summa cum laude, 2.80. 25 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any single course during the first two weeks without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues to attend other courses will receive an "F" unless the administrative council, upon recommendation of the Dean and faculty adviser, allows "WP" or "WF." A student who withdraws from college after the first two weeks will receive a ''WF" or "WP" for each course he has taken, together with a notation from each instructor explaining the reason for his mark. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION A candidate for graduation must meet all course requirements as to both quantity and quality of work and must comply with all regulations of the College. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $250 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B" average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. ATTENDANCE PROBATION Any student next class will of that period, to his class, he not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end he has not attained the minimum average for admission will be dropped from college. Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year- four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. 27 EXPENSES FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 32,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to memoers of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropnate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $250.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not exceeded. An additional charge of $17.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $250.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $250.00 Laboratory fee for biology, chemistry, engineering, physics ................................ . Laboratory fee for Secretarial Studies 99, 101, 102, 107, 15.00 108, 109, 110, 115, 116 ................... . 10.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) . . ........ .. ........... . 10.00 Student Teaching fee ........................... . 20.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello with Mr. Liva .................... . 50.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mr. Isaacs ............................. . 50.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mrs. Hawkins .......................... . 35.00 Rental of practice room ......................... . 5.00 Use of diction laboratory .... ..... ...... . ........ . 5.00 �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ....................... . Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms ................................ . 34.00 10.00 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester .................... . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges ............................ . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ................. . Convocation fee ( two-year students) ................. . the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill which will be forwarded during the first ten days of the semester. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, students in two-year courses, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 29 300.00 25.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. �STUDENT WELFARE 32 33 WILKES COLLEGE ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acguainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, and with as little faculty participation as possible, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. Students who are over the age of twenty-two or who have attended another college for at least one term may be excused from the sixweek orientation course and from freshman regulations. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPEOAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Bene.fit Health �3·1 WILKES COLLEGE and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Student Activities Blue Cross. A student of the College may avail himself of Blue Cross hospitalization coverage in the Wilkes College Student Group Plan at the special rate of $1.40 a month (subject to adjustment). An application for this service may be .filed with the Comptroller at the time of registration. The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quartet of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. Its meeting room is located on the third floor of Hollenback Hall. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. �36 WILKES COLLEGE The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. Scholarships and Awards ORCHESTRA This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. PUBLICATIONS TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, and softball. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. .Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of stuJents who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Special Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the e<litor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. �38 WILKES COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. 39 The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. /. Van Laeys Award in fournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street f ournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deanl Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. �Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a �42 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background .find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The .first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the .first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." JOURNALISM MEDICINE A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. 43 Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the ~iberal arts_ course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, 1s appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. �44 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital schools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and 45 TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 141.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �Degree Courses The basic requirements for degree courses are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN SEMESTER HOURS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS PURPOSE The liberal arts course is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. 49 HU lvfANITIES Major Subject Art ........... . .... English ............. roreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major H11manities 36 37 24 29 47 24 32 37 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 14 6 6 30 24 45 30 14 38 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 15 15 15 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 SOCIAL SCIENCES DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology Music Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science .... . .. Sociology ........ .. . Social Science .... . ... Philosophy Religion Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 SCIENCES SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except biology, chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social-science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social-science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences Sciences Free Elective 15 15 31 6 15 38 �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music BACHELOR OF ARTS 50 51 Major in Art FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester First Semester Tit/, Numher Cr. Biological Science1 . . • •.• • • •. Bio 100 3 Composition ........... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 ••••••••••• 101 or 103 3 Hist . of W. Civilization .. . . . . Hist 101 3 Alternates : Introduction to Music . ..... Mus 100} Physical Science .. . .. . .... . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... .. . . P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ........ . ........ P.E . 105 1 Numher Cr. Composition ... . .... .. ... . . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . . Eng 131 2 Foreign Language2 •••••••• • •• 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Basic Art ... ... . . . . . .. . . ... Art 101 3 Composition . . .... .. ... ... . Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science . . . . . ... ... . Phy 100 3 Foreign Language .. . .. . ..... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . ..... . ..... . ... .. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art . .. ... . . . . . .. . .. . Art 102 3 Biological Science . ..... .. . . . Bio 100 3 Composition . .. ... . .. ... . .. Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . . . Hist 102 3 Foreign Language . ...... .... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .. . ...... . . . .. . .. . P.E . 106 1 17 17 17 16 Title Alternates: Introduction to Music ... . .. Mus Physical Science1 .. . . . . . . • • Phys Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. . P.E. Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E. 100} 100 3 102 106 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. World Literature .. ... . .... . . Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 .••••..•••• 103 or 200 3 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .... . Math 101} History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 • • ••• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro . to Economics . ...... Ee 100) Intro. to Education . . .... .. Ed 101 American Federal Govt .... . P.S. 101 General Psychology ........ Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology ... . .... Soc 100 Elective .. . ............. . . Physical Education ... .. . . ... P.E . 103 1 Titl, Numb,r Cr. World Literature . . . ...... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • •• •• • 104 or 200 3 Alternates : Algebra or Trig .... .... Math 107- 109} Hist. of Religions .. .... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Al tern ates :4 Intro . to Economics .... Ee 100} Intro. to Education .. . . Ed 101 6 American Federal Govt. P .S. 101 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective • ... .... . ...... Physical Education ....... P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art .... . . .. . .... . .. Art 103 3 Composition and Color . ..... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities . . . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education . . .. . ... .. P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Applied Art .. .... . . .... .... Art 104 3 Composition and Color .. . ... Art 115 2 Foreign Language1 . . . • • . . .. . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . .. . 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P.E. 104 1 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Illustration or . . ............ Art 201} Advertising Design or ... . ... Art 211 3 Fine Art . ..... . .. . . . ...... . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng 131 2 World Literature . ..... . .. .. . Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy . . . . .. .. . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title Numher Cr. Illustration or .. ...... . . ... . Art 202} Advertising Design or .... .. . Art 212 3 Fine Art . ... . ... . . .. .... . . . Art 216 World Literature . . . ..... .... Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . 6 Social Science or Psy ... . .. . . . Studio II...... . ... . ... .. . .. 2 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives- 30 hours Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alte~nates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event tha~ the schedulmg of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence ~f a maJ<;>r, one. or _more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the Junior year. 1 2 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Illustration or . . .. . ... . .... . Art 203} Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art . .. . . . . ... .. ... .. ... Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numh,r Cr. Illustration or .. .. . . .... .. . . Art 204} Adv. Advanced Design or .. .. Art 214 3 Fine Art . ... .. . . ... ... ... . . Art 218 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio IV... . . ... . ... ... .. . 3 15 15 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology Major in Mathematics FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR 52 First Semester First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ....... Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem .. . .... . Chem 101 4 Composition . ..... .. ... . . .. . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... .. . ...... . Math 107 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .... . .... . . . . .... P.E . 105 1 Number Cr. General Zoology . . .. ... . .. .. Bio 102 4 Title Title Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. .. . . .. . Chem Composition . .. . ... ... ...... Eng Trigonometry . .. . ..... ...... Math Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg . .............. . .. P.E. 102 102 109 102 106 6 3 3 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... . .. . . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ....... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . • . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . ..... P.E . 101 1 Pers . Hyg .......... . ..... . . P.E . 105 1 1 18 17 Third Semester Number Cr. Embryology .............. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chem ........ . ...... Chem 230 4 World Literature .. . ...... ... Eng 152 4 His t . of W. Civilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Physical Education ... . ...... P.E . 104 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Economics ..... . ... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 101 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language1 . . . . . • . . . . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I .. . ..... . ......... Math 125 4 General Psychology . ........ Psy 100 3 Physical Education . ......... P .E. 103 1 Title Nnrnber Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates ... . . . . .... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem World Literature ....... . .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 1 umber Cr. Composition ..... .. ... . .. .. . Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 Analytic Geometry . ... . . .. . . Math 122 Elective ... . .. ...... . .. . .... Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . .. .. . P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E . 106 3 2 3 4 3 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title 53 1 Fourth Semester Number Cr. 4 Title World Literature . ..... . .... . Eng 152 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . .. 104 or 200 Calculus II . ........ . . .. .... Math 126 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 3 4 4 1 16 16 18 16 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. 3 5 3 Histology .......... . . . .. . .. Bio 241 Organic Chem .. . . . . .... . . . .. Chem 231 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 Introductory Physics ....... . Phys 111 4 Title Number Histology .... .... .... . ..... Bio 242 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . • . . 102 or 104 Introductory Physics .. .. .. .. Phys 112 American Government . ..... . P.S. 100 Intro. to Sociology ..... . .. . . Soc 100 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 . ..••• • 3 General Physics (II) ..... .. . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ...... . .. Soc 100 3 Elective .................. .. 3-6 Number Cr. History of W. Civilization .. . Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective . .... ... 3 Intro . to Philosophy .... . . . . Phil 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt . ........ P.S. 101 3 Elective .. .. ....... . ........ 3-4 16- 19 15- 16 Title 16 15 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Physiology ....... . ......... Bio 251 3 Seminar .. .. ........... .. . . . Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics .. . Ee 100 3 Foreign Language1 .. . . . .. . .. 103 or 200 3 2 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • 6-7 Physiology . ........... . .. . . Bio 252 3 History of Biology . ...... . . . Bio 242 1 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • 9-10 16- 17 16- 17 Title Title Seventh Semester Number Cr. 'fit/, Eighth Semester Number Cr. Mathematics Elective2 . . • . . • • Intro . to Music ......... . . . . Mus Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Title 3 100 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • . . . • . Elective ............. . 9- 12 15- 18 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Mathematics 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Nmnber Cr. 3 12 15 �54 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. f-RESHMAN Y EA R First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... . ...... Bio 100 3 Composition . ... . .......... . Eng 101 3 Foreign Lang uage . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............. . . Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . • . 1 Phys. Ed . and Hyg iene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... ... ........ . . P .E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Composition . . . . .... . ... . .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory . ... . ..... ... . Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music . . . • . . . • . . . . . 1 Physical Science .. . . ... . . .. . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . .... . P .E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg . .. . .... . .. . ...... P .E. 106 1 17 Pirst Semester Title 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Foreign Language ... . . . .... . Music Theory . . ..... . .. ... . Mus 104 Applied Music 1 . •. . .. . . .. ..• Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . ... . Physical Education . ... . . . . . . P.E. 104 16 Cr. 3 5 1 6 1 Tit/, Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. Eng World Literature . .. . .... . . . . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist History of Music . .. . ..... .. . Mus Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . • . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . . . . . . 131 151 101 109 2 4 3 3 2 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . . .. . . .. . Eng Hist . of W. Civilization . .. .. Hist History of Music .. . ... . ... . . Mus Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .. . . . . 152 102 llO 4 3 3 2 3 17 4 3 4 4 1 121 101 125 151 103 15 Seventh Semester Applied Music ••••••••••••• Instrumentation .. .. . . ...... Mus Analysis . . .. .. ............. Mus Electives ..... ..... .. ... . .. . 215 217 Cr. 2 2 2 9 15 Title Tttle Number Cr. Organic Chemistry ........ . . Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ....... . .. . . Math 126 4 General Physics (III) ..... . .. Phys 152 4 Elective (optional)........ .. 0-3 Physical Education . . .. . ... . . P.E. 104 1 16 16-19 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . ......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry ... .. .. . .. Chem 241 4 Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry ..... .. . . . Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 • . . .• •• .•• 101 or 103 3 1 3 Elec. Measurements ... .... .. Phys 251 3 Foreign Language ••• .•. . . . . 102 or 104 Stoichiometry .. . . . .. ... .. ... Chem 106 3 Elective.... . .... . . . . . . .... . 3 Elective. .... .. . . .. . . ... . ... 3 18 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number 1 Tit/, Number Applied Music 1 ••.•••.•••.. • Orchestration . . ..... . ... . ... Mus Counterpoint .......... . . . .. Mus Electives . . ......... . .... . . . 216 218 Cr. 2 2 Number Cr. 18 1 18 SENIOR YEAR Qualitative Organ. Anal. .. . . Chem 233 3 History ·of Chemistry .. . . .. . . Chem 261 l 1 Foreign Language . • . • • . • . . • 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll 3 9 16 19 Fourth Semester Fifth Semester SENIOR YEAR 1 Private instruction. Number Cr. Sixth Semester N11mber Cr. Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . .. Chem 102 6 Composition .. . . .. ... . .. . . . . Eng 102 3 Analy tic Geometry .. . .. ... .. Math 122 4 General Physics (I) ......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P .E. 106 l SOPHOMORE YEAR Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem Hist. of W. Civilization ... .. . Hist Differential Calculus . .. . .. .. . Math General Physics (II) ........ Phys Physical Education . .. ...... . P.E. JUNIOR YEAR Title 4 3 2 5 1 1 1 Second Semester 17 Third Semester 16 Fifth Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. . ... Chem 101 Composition . . .. ....... . . . .. Eng 101 Basic Drawing . . . ... ... . . .. . Engi 101 Algebra and Trig . . . ... . . . ... Math 105 Basic Physical Problems .. . . . Phys 101 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. .. .. P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg . .... .. . . ...... . .. P.E. 105 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Title Number Cr. Foreign Language . . . .. .. .. . . 3 Music Theory ... .. .. . . . . . .. Mus 103 5 Applied t-.:1usic 1 . . . : ._. • • • . •.. 1 Electives 10 Hum an1t1es, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Physical Education .... .. . . .. P .E . 103 1 55 Eighth Semester Title Numb,,- Cr. Chemical Literature .. ... . . . . Chem 262 1 Foreign Lang uage 1 . . • . . . . . • • 3 Chemistry Elective . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: English 131, 151, 152; Philosophy 101, 102; Music 100; Religion 101; Mathematics 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Sociology 100, 107, 205; Political Science 100, 101, 203; Economics 101, 102; History 107, 108; Education 101, 201, 207; Psychology 100. �56 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Wilkes College offers the first two years of work lea?ing _toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with_ this type of edu_cation was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which need<:d so_lut1on during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm g~oundmg m the fundamentals without which further study cannot be contmued profitably. The course id physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. 1:'he com1:1~r.ce and .finance curricula provide training for economic and busmess activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and soc~al sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and e~o1;1omic life in a comp~titive society, to aid in the development of an ap~re':1atton f ~r cultural p_ursmts, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thmkmg and mtellectual mterests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. FR ESHMAN Y EAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... .. . Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems .. .. .. .. Engi 100 2 Composition .... ...... . . . . . . Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 .. . . . . . • . Ger 101 3 Algebra and Trig ... . . ... .. . . Math 105 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . . . . Chem 104 6 Elementary German 1 .. .. . . . . . Ger 102 3 Analytic Geometry . .. .. .. . .. Math 122 4 General Physics . .... .. ... . .. Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene . . .. ... P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E . 106 I 19 19 The commerce and .finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the indi~idual needs and pu~poses of t~e _stud~nts. These groups are: Group I, Accountmg; Group II, Busmess Admm1stratton; Group III, Retail Merchandising; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Group I SOPHOMORE YEAR Subjects Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N umber Cr. Engineering Drawing .... .... Engi 105 3 Composition ...... ... . . ..... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng 134 3 Calculus I . . ... . . . . .. ... . ... Math 125 4 General Physics ...... . ...... Phys 151 4 Physical Education . . ........ P .E . 101 1 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing .. . . . ... Engi 106 2 Amer . History since 1865 ... . Hist 108 3 Calculus II . . . .. . ... .. . . .. .. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . . . ...... M.E. }211 _ Mechanics II, Dynamics . . ... M.E. 212 3 6 General Physics . .. . . . .. . . ... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 1 57 17-20 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. Accounting Cr. Major . . . . . . . . .... 30 Commerce and Finance 1 .... . ... 21 Electives .......... 9 Group II Business Administt'ation Cr. 24-39 Group Ill Retail Merchandising Cr. 24 Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 23 6 30-33 1.5 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ... . ...... . . 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences . .... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 4 4 4 4 Total ............. 131 131 131 129-130 1 Does not include major courses. �58 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 59 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR2 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........ ... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. ....... .. Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ........ .... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 10.5 1 First Semester Tit/, Numb,, Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition . . . .. ..... .... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt . . ........ P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... ... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ................. P .E. 106 1 Titl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ..... . Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ..... ...... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E . 10.5 1 Title Numh,r Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ......... .... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt ..... .... . P.S. 101 3 Physical Science .. ....... . . . . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 102 I Pers . Hyg .... ....... ....... P .E. 106 1 17 17 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ........... .. .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 1.51 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ..... . ... ...... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ... ... ..... . Eng 1.52 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance ... . .. Math 115 3 Physical Education ....... . .. P .E. 104 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Tit/., Numlm Cr. Business Law . .. . . .. . . ...... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 1.51 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 103 1 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting ......... . .. . Acct 201 3 Business Law ...... . ..... ... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking .. .. ..... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Tit!, Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems ...... .. . Acct 220} C.P.A. Problems ..... ... .... Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202} Public Finance .. . .. ... .... Ee 236 Economic Geography . .... ... Ee 226 Economic Statistics .. .... .. . . Ee 232 17 Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports .. ... .. . B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ...... .. . B.A. 22.5 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Tit/, Number Cr. Auditing Practice ... . ..... .. . Acct 232 3 Intro . to Music . ... .. .... ... . Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101} History of Religions . ...... .. Rel 101 Free Electives1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 15 fol- lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Personal Use Typewriting (S.S. 99) during one semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 I Fifth Semester 17 JUNIOR YEAR Tit/, Number Cr. Money and Banking ........ . Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science... . . 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 18 Seventh Semester Fourth Semester Title Numh,r Business Law .......... . ... . B ..A.. 232 Principles of Economics .. .... Ee 102 World Literature .. ... . ... . . . Eng 152 Al tern ates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 Intro to Statistics ........ Math 118 Intro. to Music ........ ... .. Mus 100 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 16 SENIOR YEAR 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer Second Semester Sixth SemeJter Tit/, Numb,r Alternates: Theory of Money ... . ... . .. Ee 202} Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 C. & F. Elective ..... .. .. . Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} History of Religions ... .... Rel 101 Bus. Adm. or Ee. Elective2 .. . Free Elective .. . ... .. ... ... . 18 Seventh Semester Cr. 3 3 J 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Tttl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports . . ...... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives.. 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Eighth Semester Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives2 • Free Elective ....... .... ... . Cr. 12 3 15 1 See note 2, page 58. 2 See page 60. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BANKING AND FINANC E1 FRESHMAN YEAR 1 60 Title Number Credits and Collections .. ... . ... .. B.A. 218 Real Estate .. ..... .... .. ... . .. .. B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ... .. .... . ... B.A. 225 Investments . . . . . ... . .. .......... B.A. 226 Title Number Theory of Money . .. .. .. ... . .. ... Ee 202 Public Finance .... ... . . . .... .. .. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ...... . . Math ll5 ECONOMICS 1 Title Number Government and Business . . . . .... Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ........ ... . Ee 223 International Trade .. ..... . ... . .. Ee 225 Economic Geography . ..... .. .... Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems . .. Ee 229 Business Cycles . . .... .. ...... .. . . Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance . .. .. ... .. ..... .. . Ee 236 Economic History . ... . .. ... ..... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .. ... .. ....... Ee 241 Consumer Economics .... . . .. . .. . Ee 245 Economic Investigation . . . . .. .... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Tit/, N umber Industrial Management .. . ... . . .. B.A. 235 Personnel M an agement . .. ... ... .. B.A. 236 Production Management .. .... ... B.A. 237 Office Management ..... .... .. .. . B.A. 238 Sales Management . ..... . .. . ... . B.A. 239 Property Insurance . ..... ..... .... B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance . .... .. ..... . . . .. .. B.A. 241 Labor Problems .. . .... ... .... ... Ee 223 Major in Retail Merchandising First Semester Second Semester N1,mber Cr. Elementary Accounting . . .. . . Acct 101 3 Biological Science .. . .... . .. . Bio 100 3 Survey of Business .... .. . . . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition .... .... . . . ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . .. Hist 101 3 Pers. Hyg ......... . ........ P .E. 105 1 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting .. ... Acct 102 3 Composition .. . ..... ... .... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Ci vilization . ..... Hist 102 3 Physical Science . .. .... ...... Phys 100 3 Amer . Federal Govt ... ..... .. P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . ... .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg............ . ... P.E. 106 1 17 17 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Business Law ...... . . ... .. . . B.A. 231 3 Princi ples of Economics . .... . Ee 101 3 World Literature .. . . ..... . .. Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . .. . . Math 101 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising. . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Ni,mber Cr. Title Business Law ...... . .... . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .... . . Ee 102 3 World Literature .. ..... .... . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. . ... Math 102 3 Elective in Retail Merchandising ......... . 3 Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETING 1 Title N umber Salesmanship ... . . ... .. . .. . . . . ... B.A. 114 Advertising ... . .. .. . . .. . .. ... . . . B.A. 216 Transportation .. . ... .. ... ..... . . B.A. 217 Marketing .. .. ....... . ... .. ..... B.A. 222 61 Title Number Sales Management .... .. .. . . ..... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ......... .. .. .. B.A. 240 International Trade . ..... .. ...... Ee 225 Consumer Economics .. ........ .. Ee 245 Principles of Retailing .. .... . .... R.M. 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. Applied General Statistics ... . Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin .. . ...... . ..... 9 T itle N ttmber Cr. Intro . to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Alternates : Intro. to Philosophy . . . . . . . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . .. .... Rel 101 Electives in R.M. or Com. & Fin. ..... . ........ 9 Free Elective .... . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester T,tl, N umber Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .... ...... Soc 100 3 Electives in R.M. or Com . & Fin.. . ... . . . ...... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc. .......... . . . ..... 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. 1 See note 2, page 58. Title Electives in R .M. or Com . & Fin . ........... . Free Electives . . ........ . Number Cr. 6 9 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 62 DEGREE COURSES 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Survey of Business . . ...... .. . B.A. 100 3 Composition . . . .... . . ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. or W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . . .. . M ath 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ... . . . .... . ... . . .. P .E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. .. . .. . . . . Bio 100 3 Composition . . .. . . ... ...... Eng 102 3 H ist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ... . . . . Math 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. . S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .. . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ... ... ... .. ... . ... P.E. 106 1 18 18 R EQUIREMENTS FOR C ERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA General The four courses listed below are required of all prospective teachers: Introduction to Education. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 semester hours United States and Pennsylvania History FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . . ... . Acct 101 3 Advanced Exposition . . .... .. Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .. . . . ......... Mus 100 3 Advanced Stenography .... ... S.S. 109 4 Physical Education ... . ... ... P.E. 103 1 Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting .... . Acct 102 3 American Government . ..... . P .S. 100 3 Physical Science . . . ... . ..... . Phys 100 3 Advanced Stenography . . .. . . . S.S. llO 4 Free Elective ..... .. . ... ... . 3 Physical Education ...... . . . . P .E. 104 1 Tit/, Second Semester Title ;Number Composition ... . . .... .. .. ... Eng 101 Science Elective 1 . . . . . . • . . . . • Mathematics Elective 1 . . . . . . . American Government . .. . . . . P .S. 101 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ... . . . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg ....... . ......... . P .E. 105 Cr. 3 3-5 3-5 3 0-3 1 1 Title NNmber Cr. Composition . . ... .... .. . .. .. Eng 102 3 1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology . ... . .. . .. Soc 100 3 E1ective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . . . . .. ..... . .. . ... P.E. 106 1 16-19 14-20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Intro. to Education . .. .. ... .. Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... .. . Eng 131 2 World Literature . . ..... .. . . . Eng 151 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .. . . . . ... . P .E. 103 1 Title Nttmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ... .. . Ee 100 3 World Literature . ... . . . .... . Eng 152 4 General Psychology .. .. .. .. . Psy 100 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education . ......... P.E. 104 1 16 16-17 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Title 101 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 3 World Literature .. .... . . . . .. Eng 151 4 Alternates: Medical Stenography. . . . . . S.S. 210} 3 Speech Reporting . .. . ..... . S.S. 203 6 Electives . ... . ......... . . ... . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 102 3 World Literature . ........... Eng 152 4 Free Electives ....... . . . ... . 9 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tttl, Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. . . . Ed 201 3 U .-Pa. History to 1865 . ... . Hist 107 3 Elewves ... . . .... . .. . ..... . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 . . . ... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology . .. . .. .. .. . Psy 207 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Tit!, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Office Mach .. .. . S.S. 205 4 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 15-16 15 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy .. . . . ... Phil 101 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Title Nttmber Cr. Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed .... . ...... .. . . . . .. Ed 204 3 Sec. School Curriculum . . .... Ed 205 3 Practice Teaching . ... . .... . . Ed 207 8 Visual Education . . ..... . .... Ed 212 1 15 15 1 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition .......... . ..... E~g 101 3 Hist. of W . Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ....... ..... Phy 100 3 AmericanGovernment ....... P.S. 101 3 Elective .. .. ............. ... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ......... . ..... ... P.E. 105 1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... ... .. Bio 100 Composition .:.:: . .. _. .... . . . E~g 102 Hist. of W. C1v1lizat1on ...... Hist 102 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 Elective .... ..... . .. ... .. .. . Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 106 17 y hird Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics .. ... .... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... .. Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective ..... ..... ...... ... . 3 Physical Education .. .. ...... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro . to Music . . ....... .... Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ . Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16-17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. .. . Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .... . Hist 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 .... .. Hist 108 3 Child Psychology .... ..... . . Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Title Nttmber Cr. Practice Teaching ........ ... Ed 208 6 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch . .. ... .. . Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch . ..... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E .S. .. Ed 243 2 The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The course that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. Fourth Semester 16 Fifth Semester 65 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Survey of Business . ......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ... ... . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science .. .. .. . ... . Bio 100 3 omposition ... . ........ .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg ............ ...... P .E. 105 1 3 m American Government ....... P .S. Phys . Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg .... .. ........ . ... P.E. 100 102 106 1 1 17 Eighth Semester 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Practice Teaching ........ .. . Ed 208 6 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Ari th . ... .. . .... Ed 232 2 Teaching of Lang. Arts ... ... Ed 234 2 Principles of Elem. Ed .. .. . .. Ed 237 2 Teaching of El. Sch. Sci ... ... Ed 239 2 15 Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Composition ........ . . ... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . .. Hist 102 3 Intro. to t;1usic ... . .. ..... .. Mus. 100} 0 3 Basic Art ................... Art 101 Physical Science .. .......... Phys 100 3 Intro . to Sociology .......... Soc 100} 15 REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTIFICATION IN PENNSYLVANIA Third Semester Title N11mber Cr. Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct 101 3 or Elective Principles of Economics .. .. .. Econ 101 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 . ... Hist 107 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 horthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Physical Education .... .. .. . P .E. 103 1 Elementary In addition to the general requirements, a minimum of twei:ity-two seme~ter hours in elementary education is required to prepare teachers m the following fields of instruction: English Humane Treatment of Birds and AniSpelling mals Reading Safety Education Writing Health-Physical Education and Phys• Arithmetic iology Geography Music U.S. and Pa. History Art Civics Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics .. . ... Econ 102 3 Intro. to Education ......... Educ 101 3 U. S. Hist . since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Physical Education .... .. ... P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit/, Numher Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 or Elective Busine Law ... ........... . B.A . 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Educ 201 3 En lish Elective .. . . .... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Sixth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Advanced Accounting .. : ... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective . . ...... Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . .. ... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 �66 WJLKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SOIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres . and Reports ..... B.A. 209 3 Bus . Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ... . . . . S.S. 243 3 Intro . to Philosophy . ...... . Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines .. .. ..... ... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elective.. . ... .. .. .. ... . .... 3 16 67 Title Number Cr. Education ...... . ... . . . ..... Educ 212 I Sec. School Curriculum ..... . Educ 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Educ 207 8 Elective......... ...... ..... 2 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester 14 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the C?mmonw~alth. of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business educat~on. Cer~1ficat1on will be offered in business subjects only as the followrng reqmrements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Second Semester Tit/, Number [Cr. Title Number Composition ............... Eng 101 ·""3 Composition ............... Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 Music Theory ...... . ....... Mus 102 Music Theory . ...... .... .. . Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 Brass Class and Band Mus 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Band, Physical Science ............ Phys 100 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ph ·s. Ed. and Hygiene .... .. P.E. 101 1 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene ...... P.E. 102 Per ·. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Pers. Hyg . .. .... .... ...... . P.E. 18½ Cr. 3 5 2 1 ½ 3 3 1 1 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History ..... .. . . ... . . Mus 109 3 App Maior Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus... . . ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro . to Education .... ... .. Ed 101 3 World Literature .... .. ..... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus 110 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Education ... . .... . P.E. 104 1 17½ 17½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... . . Ed 1 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 . .. Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods . .. . Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument ... ....... . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Elective .. .............. .. . 3 16½ Title Numb,r Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods . .. ..... Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) ........ Ed 110 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 J Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ;,,, ½ Elective ................... 6 16½ �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Principles of Secondary ... .. . Ed Education or Principles of Elementary .. . .. Ed Education Instrumentation . . .... .. ... . Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ........... ...... Ed Observation and Practice Mus Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument .. . ..... ... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Number Cr. 2041 l 237J 3 215 2 107 2 113 2 203 4 Title Third Semester C,. 212 I 216 2 Number Visual Education . .. .. . . .... Ed Orchestration . .. .. ... .. .. .. Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . Ed 108 String Instrument Class Mus and Methods ..... . .. . .. .. Ed 114 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching . . . . . .. ......... Ed 204 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective.. . . . . . ... ....... . .. 3 1 ½ 15½ 14½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The course in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State regist_ration.1 Credits required for the degree ~re one hundred twenty-[our, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and wi!l be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtarned on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working_in the vicin~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. JUNIOR YEAR Second Semester First Semester N umber Cr. Composition ... . .... . ....... Eng 101 3 Title Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 . .. . ...... . .... . ... Hist Foundat ions of Nursing . ..... N.E. Physical Science .. .. . . . . ..... Phys General Psychology .. . ... . .. Psy Sociology .. ...... ... . . .. .. . Soc 107 101 100 100 100 3 2 3 3 3 Title N umber Cr. 100 3 Biological Science ...... ... .. Bio Educational Psychology . ... . Ed Composition ........ . .. . .... Eng American History since 1865 .. Hist Community Nursing .. . . . . ... N .E. Supervision and Admin .. . . .. N.E. 201 102 108 104 106 3 3 3 Title 1 For exception see page 44. Fourth Semester Number Cr. 202 2 Educational Measurements ... Ed Visual Education .... . .. .. . . . Ed 212 1 World Literature . .. . . . . . .... Eng 151 4 Prin . and Meth. in N.E . .. . .. N .E. 107 2 Electives 2 .• •••• • •••••• . •• •• 6-7 Title Number Guidance . . .. ... . ........ .. . Ed Fundamentals of Speech . ..... Eng Trends in Nursing Ed . . ..... . N.E. Field Experience . .. . . .. ..... N.E. Electives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 15-16 Cr. 214 131 102 2 112 4 5-6 15- 16 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students ha:7e transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic Univers!ty, Columbia, Cornell,. Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Leh1g~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvama State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern en~ineer~ng techni9.ues. In selecting his particular field, the _student shou~d cons1d~r his natural mterests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~esearch al?peals to the imaginativ~ mind; the more practical person may be rnterested rn development and_ design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of constructwn, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need_ed. to sell applications and equipment. As his ~xperience broadens and his Judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' 2 2 16 2 2 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 2 17 69 Electives mar be selected fro_m academ~c subjects (E_conomics, Political Science, Psychology, Soc10logy) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �70 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE COURSES 71 FR ESHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Tit!, Number Cr. General Inorg anic Chem . . .... Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems ............ .. .. . Engi 100 Engineering Drawing and Des. Geometry . .. . ... . .. ... Engi 105 Composition .... .. ... . .... . . Eng 101 Algebra and Trig . . .. .. ... ... Mach 105 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. .. .. . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg ... . .. . ........ . . . P .E. 105 4 2 3 3 5 1 1 The ~ivil engi~eer deal~ wi~h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~aufic, a_nd sanitarf engmeerrng, . and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construct10n and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ~ams, and. the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co~trol of water r~sources; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Alternaces: 1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .. . . Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition . . .... . . . ... .. . Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry ...... .. . . Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.). .. . . Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P .E. 102 I Pers. Hyg . .. ....... . . .... . . P .E . 106 l SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Tit!, 19 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. Numher Cr. 103 3 100 3 134 3 125 4 151 4 103 1 Plane Surveying .... . ..... ... C.E. Intro. to Economics .. . .. . . .. Ee Fundamentals of Speech ... ... Eng Calculus I. ... . . .. . ..... . . .. Math General Physics . ... ... ... . .. Phys Physical Education . . .. ... ... P.E. Numb,,. Cr. 4 3 3 4 4 1 19 1 2 Fourth Semester Titu 4 J J 4 1 104 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING To?ay nea~ly eve_ry ac~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~l engrn~er is trarned to design, ~onstruct, and operate all electrical generatmg equ1 pment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; Io~ electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The commun!c~tions .fiel~, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ pnnt and P!ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. Development of electrornc tubes, transistors, ctrcU1ts, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Titu SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Tit!, 126 211 212 152 19 Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad iield of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer include.; a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fund amentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. Inor. Quant. Analysis .. .. .... Chem 121 Incro . to Economics .... . . . . . Ee 100 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 Calculus I ........... . ... . .. M ath 125 General Physics .. . .. .. ...... Phys 151 Physical Education . . .. .. .... P.E. 103 Numb,,. Cr. 104 4 Route Surveying .... ... . .. ... C.E. Calculus II ... .. . . .. .. ... ... Math Mechanics I, Statics .. ... . .. . M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics . .... . M .E. General Phy sics .. . ... . . ... .. Phys Physical Education . . .. .... . . P .E. 18 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Stoichiometry .. ........ .... . Ch E Calculus II ..... .. .. . .. . .... Mat h Mechanics I, Statics . . . . .. ... M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics .. . .. . M .E. Gene~al Phy sics : .. . .. .. ... . . Ph ys Physical Education .... .. . . . . P.E . 106 126 211 212 152 104 Cr. 3 4 3 3 4 1 Numb,r Cr. 103 3 100 3 134 3 125 4 151 4 103 l Plane Surveying . .. . . . .... .. . C.E. Intro. to Economics .... . ..... Ee Fuodamencals of Speech ... ... Eng Calculus I . . . ... . . ... . .... .. Math General Physics . . ... .. ..... . Phys Physical Education . ... . . .. .. P .E . Fourth Semester Tit!, Numh,r Calculus II .... .. ... ... . .... Math 126 Kinematics ......... . ... ... . . M.E. 206 Mechanics I, Statics . .... . ... M .E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M .E. 212 General Physics . . . ... . ..... . Phys 152 Physical Education .... . ..... P.E. 104 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 1 18 18 18 Chemical engineers will register for Chemistry 102 ( six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chemistry 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. 1 For freshman year see page 70. �WILKES COLLEGE 72 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Titl, Number Cr. Principles of Economics . .... . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . . .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 General Psychology . . .. .. ... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ..... . .... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. ... ... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . . .. . M.E. 212 3 General Physics . ... . ... ..... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 Terminal Courses 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying .... ...... ... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ........ .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I. ................. Math 125 4 General Physics . . ... . . ..... . Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 18 1 For freshman year see page 70. Title Number Cr. Calculus II . .............. .. Math 126 4 Kinematics ... .. .. . .... .. ... M .E. 206 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... ... ... M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics .. ... ... ... .. Phys 152 4 Physical Education ... . .... .. P.E. 104 1 18 �74 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY MUSIC TI1e following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical technologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS Biology: Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. A two-year course in music is offered for those who wish to extend their musical training without devoting four years to a college program. Ordinarily such a restricted course should be followed by more advanced study and instruction. It is possible, however, during two years of concentrated study, to establish a sound foundation in the fundamentals of music. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Composition ........... . .... Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • • • . . • . . • .. 101 or 103 3 Music, Applied.............. 1 Music, Theory . . . ........... Mus 101 5 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ....... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . . . . .. ..... .. . . . . P.E. 105 1 Title Nttmb,r Cr. Composition . . ............. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language1 •••••••••.. 102 or 104 3 Music, Applied . . .......... . 1 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Music, Theory . ............. Mus 102 5 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... ............ P.E. 106 1 17 17 Electives: Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester hours of college credit. The fallowing courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit/, Numb,r General Zoology ............ Bio General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem Composition .... . .......... Eng College Algebra .... .. ...... Math Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . . P.E. Pers. Hyg .... . ........... .. P.E . Cr. 101 101 101 107 101 105 5 4 3 3 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Second Semester 1 itle N1,mb1r General Zoology ........... . Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. .. ..... Chem Elective . ..... . ... .. .... . . . . Composition ............... Eng Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ...... P.E. Pers. Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E. 17 Cr. 102 4 102 102 102 106 6 3 3 1 1 75 Fourth Semester Tit!, Nttmber Cr. Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 ••• • ..••••. 103 or 200 3 Music, Applied ............ . 1 Music, Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music, History .............. Mus 109 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Foreign Language 1 ••••••••••• 104 or 200 Music, Applied ............. . Music, Theory .............. Mus 104 Music, History .............. Mus 110 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numb1r Cr. Bacteriology . .. .... .. .. . .. .. Bio 212 4 Organic Chem ........ . ...... Chem 230 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-'d Physical Education ........ .. P .E. 104 1 16- 17 16-17 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 1 The level of the course taken by the student 3 3 1 ~ 3 1 16 18 Title Nnmber Cr. Bacteriology . . . . . .......... . Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative ,. Anal. .. .... . ........... .. Chem 121 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ...... .... P .E. 103 1 c,. will depend upon his achievement. �76 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Titu N umber Cr. General Zoology . . . . . . .... .. Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. . .. Chem 101 4 Composition .. . ... . .. . . . ... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ........ ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene ..... . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ....... .. ........ P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . . . ...... .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition .. . ..... ..... .. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ........ .. . ... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene . . . ... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... . .......... . . P.E. 106 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester 15- 16 (Three years) FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . . .. ... . . . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. .. Chem 101 4 Composition ...... . ... .... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... . ... ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . . .. .. .. .... . .. P.E. 105 1 Second Semester Title N umber Cr. General Zoology . . ......... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition .. ...... ... ... . Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ....... .. . . ... Math 109 3 Ph ys. Ed . and Hygiene . . .... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E . 106 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR 16 Title N1,mber Cr. Histology ... ..... .. . . . ... .. Bio 241 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. . Chem 121 4 General Physics ... . . . . .. .... Phys 111 4 .Alternates : World Literature . ..... . ... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ .... . . . .. Hist 101 3 Physical Education . .. . .. . .. . P .E. 103 1 77 Title Number Cr. Histology ... .. . ...... . . . ... Bio 242 3 Organic Chemistry .... . .. . . . Chem 230 4 General Physics . ... . . .. .... . Phys 112 4 Al tern ates: World Literature .. ........ Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ . ..... . .. Hist 102 3 Physical Education .. . .... . . . P.E. 104 1 15- 16 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. .. . .. . .. . . ...... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. ... . Chem 121 4 World Literature . . . .. . ... .. Eng 151 4 Physical Education .... . . ... P.E. 103 1 Fourth Semester T itle N umber Cr. Basic Art ... . . . . . . ... . ... .. Art 102 3 Embryology ......... . . . .. . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry . .... . .. . . Chem 230 4 World Literature . . ....... . . Eng 152 4 Physical Education .. . .. . ... P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit/, N11mber Cr. Bacteriology .... . . . . . ... . .. Bio 211 4 Histology . .. . ......... . .... Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry . . ........ Chem 231 5 General Physics ...... . ... . . Phys 111 4 16 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . Bio 212 4 Histology ...... . . .. . . . . . . .. Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .. . ..... .. Chem 3 General Physics . . . . ...... . . Phys 112 4 14 �78 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL COURSES SECRETARIAL COURSE MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this curriculum may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. Medical secretaries require special training so that they may have an intelligent understanding of their part in the work of a medical office. To provide the essential background, the secretarial courses are supplemented by biology and laboratory courses in chemistry and physiology. The courses in secretarial accounting and office procedures are adapted to the needs of the students preparing for work in the offices of physicians. 79 FRESHMAN Y EAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Survey of Business . . ... . .... . B.A. Composition .... .. .. ... ..... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . . . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . ... . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg . ......... . ....... P.E . 100 101 101 101 101 105 Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 1 Title Number Biological Science . . .. . . . . ... Bio Composition ... .. ... .. ..... Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed. and Hygiene . . .. . .. P.E. Pers . Hyg ......... . ........ P.E . 100 102 131 102 102 102 106 15 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 4 Composition ... ... ...... . .. Eng 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 102 4 Secretarial Accounting . ... .. . S.S. 120 3 Phys. Ed . and Hygiene .. . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. . ...... P.E . 106 1 15 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Third Semester Fourth Semester N umber Business Mathematics ....... B.A. Business Law .... . .. .. ... ... B.A. Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. Office Pro. and Machines . .... S.S. Elective ... .. .... . .. . . .. . .. . Physical Education .... .. .. .. P .E . 107 231 109 205 103 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 1 18 Number 1 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Second Semester Cr. Dusiness Mathematics ... . ... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science .... ... . ... Bio 100 3 Composition ....... .... ..... Eng 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed. and Hygiene .... . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg.. . ....... P.E. 105 1 Title Second Semester N umber Till, First Semester T itle Number Office Management ... ... ... . B.A. Intro . to Economics .. ....... Econ Advanced Stenography . . ..... S.S. Secretarial Accounting .. . . .. . S.S. Elective. . ..... .. . . . . .... .. . Physical Education ...... . .. . P.E . 238 100 110 120 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 Fourth Semester Number Physiology .. . . . .. . . .. . ..... Bio Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist Advanced Stenography .. ..... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines .... . S.S. Elective..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education .. . . . ... .. P.E. 251 101 109 205 103 Cr. 4 3 4 3 3 1 18 Title Number Cr. Office Management .. .. ...... B.A. Physiology . . ... .. .... .. . . . . Bio Hist . of W. Civilization ...... Hist Medical Stenography ........ S.S. Elective.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Physical Education ... .. . . . . . P.E. 238 252 102 200 104 3 4 3 3 3 1 17 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. A candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with his adviser before planning his program of study. A student who completes the two-year program and then decides to continue work toward a degree should carefully plan the last two years with his adviser. �Descript10n of Courses �82 WILKES COLLEGE ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Curtis, T. C. Richards, Slamon, Werner. AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 101. AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 102. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 111. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. AccT. 201. COST Prerequisite: Accounting 112 or approval of instructor. ACCOUNTING-Three hours THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 201 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED COST DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 83 SYSTEMS--Three hours MR. SL.AMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 201. .ACCT. 220. ACCOUNTING TAXES I-Three hours MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 221. TAXES II-Three hours THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. AccT. 222. MR. SL.AMON PRINCIPLES-Three hours Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 202. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three hours MR. SL.AMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Accounting 231. AccT. 232. AUDITING PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. AccT. 242. ADVANCED ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �84 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three hours MR. O'TooLE expression. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three hours e.ach semester ART 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three hours 85 MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ARr 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three homs each semeseter MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three hours each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three hours each semester MR. O'TOOLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESIGN-Three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ZOOLOGY-Nine hours MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. 86 ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or ec1uivalent. MR. O'TooLE ART--Three hours each semester Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 215-216. FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three hours each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three hours each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, 87 BIO. 101-102. GENERAL BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three hours each semester MR.S. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. TAXONOMY-Four hours MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Bio. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four hours Miss GALLIA Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four hours STAFF Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 202. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Namisniak and Gallia. SCIENCE-Three hours THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL Bio. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Biology 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Prerequisite: Biology 102. Biology 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 211. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss 1-Three hours THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the .field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. 88 BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four hours MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Biology 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY-Three hours each semester Miss GALLIA Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 202, or permission of instructor. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY-Three hours each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Biology 242, Chemistry 230, and Physics 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Biology 252 is Biology 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester MR. REIF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Bunn, Casper, Connor, Livingstone, Slamon, Werner, Youn , Mackson, Kohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Bloomburg. B.A. 99. BASIC BUSINESS ENGLISH-No credit THE STAFF A course designed to aid in the writing of business letters, with stress on the fundamentals of business correspondence. Class three hours a week. 89 B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP-Three hours MR. YOUNG The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three ho11rs THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: English 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three hours MR. BUNN, THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Economics 102. 1 Credit for this cour5e will be granted only to students who take it prior to taking Economics 101 and 102. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hout·s THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Accounting 102. matter); the form (written or oral); the competency of parties; and the genuineness of assent ( legal or illegal inducement to agree) . Prerequisite: Economics 102 or approval of instructor. 220. REAL EsTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Economics 102. A general study of the Law of Sales, the Law of Agency, and the Law of Bailment. Legal problems arising out of the sale of merchandise by manufacturers, distributors and dealers; out of the financing, processing, shipment, and warehousing of merchandise; and out of government regulations thereof. Prerequisite: Business Administration 2 31. B.A. 218. B.A. MARKETING-Three hours MR. ELLIOT Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 232. 91 BUSINESS LAW-SALES, AGENCY, BAILMENT-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON B.A. 222. FINANCE-Three hours MR. SLAMON A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Economics 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR. SLAMON Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: Business Administration 2 2 5. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-CONTRACTS-Three hours B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three hours MR. WERNER, MR. PUHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three hours MR. WERNER,MR.PUHAK Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: Business Administration 231, 232, Accounting 102. MR. YOUNG 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three hours A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: Business Administration 225. B.A. MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. Examination of the essential elements of a valid contract and the application to typical business transactions. These essential elements are: the agreement; the subject matter (what the contract is about); the consideration (that value which is given by each party for his interest in the subject MR. YOUNG 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three hours Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. �92 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. 93 B.A. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall Prerequisite: Economics 223 or approval of instructor. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of offi.ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three hours MR. YOUNG The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: Business Administration 114 or equivalent. B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three hours MR. CONNOR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. B.A. A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. CHEM. 101. THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. CHEM. 102. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three hours CHEM. 104. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Th1'ee hours GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours Miss THE STAFF The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six hours MISS BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours BONE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 101. THE STAFF Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four hours MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 102. �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five hours CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 12'1. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four hours MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five hours MR. BASTRES-5 A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 230. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three hours MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 2 31. 95 MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121 and 230. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One hour MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One hour MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271. CHEM. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three hours each semester 272. THE STAFF CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chemistry 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four hours each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121, Mathematics 126, Physics 202. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three hours MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 242. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot; Instructors Young and Lu. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Economics 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Economics 202, 232, and 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Economics 102. ECONOMICS-Three hours THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Economics 101. MR. ELLIOT TRADE-Three hours Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY .AND BANKING-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MONEY-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Economics 201. Ee. 202. THEORY OF CREDIT-Two hours MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 97 Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL MR. ELLIOT GEOGRAPHY-Three hours A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three hours MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 204. CONSUMER BUSINESS-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: Political Science 101, Economics 102. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT .AND SYSTEMS--Three hours The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC MR.LU BUSINESS CYCLES-Three hours A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 230. Ee. 231. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three hours MR. YOUNG An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution �98 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Economics 231. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three hours MR. ROSENBERG Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; .financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of gov• ernment finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Economics 102, Political Science 101. Ee. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three hours EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Karr; Instructor R. Moran. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One hour THE STAFF A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSis-Three hours MR. Lu This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three hours MR. HAMMER ECONOMIC Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three hours MR.LU The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Economics 102. MR. ELLIOT Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. ED. HISTORY-Three hours MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Economics 102. Ee. 238. 99 A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and Education 101. ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two hours MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR.HAMMER GUIDANCE-Two hours A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. 100 ED. 204. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three hottrs MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. CURRICULUM-Three hours MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 205. SECONDARY ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL-Eight hours En. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Six to twelve hours MR. HAMMER, MR. KARR Students are assigned to the guidance of competent, experienced teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. They plan lesson units and complete curriculum units. Conferences with the teachers-in-charge and professors-in-charge aid in discussion of principles and problems. Prerequisite: approval of Department Chairman. ACTIVITIES-Three hours MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR hour THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One 101 ED. 214. THE TEACHING OF READING-Three hours MR. KARR Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. En. 231. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 232. ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two hours MR. KARR Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING MR. KARR Three hours Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIEs--Three hours MR. KARR Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 102 ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two hours MR. KARR The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. 103 ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Three hours THE STAFF Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Three hours MR. KARR The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. curriculum; its relation to the elementary curriculum; adjustobjectives to children's needs; music, science, physical educa- ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING SCIENCE-Two hours Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. HAMMER Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. THE STAFF PROBLEMS- Two hours THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. THE STAFF DRAWING--Two hours A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY ED. 242. SCHOOL-Two hours Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two hours R. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Education 101, 201. MR. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING ENGL 101. BASIC ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY I . - Three hours MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 104 ENGi. 106. Mechanical Engineering ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY H. -Two hours MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. WI ORSTALL A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chemistry 121; Physics 151. Co-requisite: Physics 152. SURVEYING-Three hours MR. Prerequisite: Physics 150, Mathematics 125. Co-requisite: Mathematics 126. l'I. DYNAMICS-Three hours MR. HALL THOMAS MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. MR. HALL Prerequisite: M.E. 2·11. Prerequisite: Engineering 105, Mathematics 105 or 107 and 109. SURVEYING-Four hours 211. MECHANICS 1. STA.TICS-Three hours Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. C.E. 104. ROUTE M.E. M.E. 212. MECHANICS Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE KINEMATICS-Three hours MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. M.E. 206. Prerequisite: Engineering 106, Mathematics 122, Physics 150 Chemical Engineering CH.E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three hours 105 ENGLISH Professor Craig, chairman; Associate Professors Davies and Raddin; Assistant Professors Donnelly and Kruger; Instructors Cappellini, Groh, Lord, Moran, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete twenty-four hours of work beyond the prescribed courses of the freshman and sophomore years. The twenty-four hours shall include an advanced course in composition or journalism, Shakespeare, and three hours of work in linguistics, the History of the Languages or Chaucer and a minimum of fifteen hours in literature. It is strongly recommended that all majors in English take six hours in a foreign language beyond the minimum requirement of twelve hours. All students who wish to take graduate work in the field of English should take at least twenty-four hours in two foreign languages. Majors who wish to teach in secondary schools are advised to elect English 275. The credit for this course may be counted toward either the major or the satisfaction of requirements for certification in education. In planning his program with his faculty adviser, the student �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES should make an early decision regarding the field in which credit for this course is desired. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. Those who are exempted from taking English 101 as a result of the test will take English 102 and 105. Those students who show a deficiency are required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in English 1 o1. papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: English 102. 106 Composition THE STAFF 99. REMEDIAL ENGLISH-No credit A remedial course for students whose work in English is unsatisfactory. ENG. 107 WRITING-Three hottrs MR. MORAN Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to the myriad trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three hours MR. MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weeldy themes. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: English 101. EXPOSITION-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: English 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED MR. KRUGER STORY-Three hours A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: English 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four Hours MR. DA VIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. RADDIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: English 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 106. SHORT f ournalism WRITING-Three hours MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four hours MR. DAVIES, MR. DONNELLY, MR. R.ADDIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: English 151. LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three hours MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: English 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three hours each semester MR. DONNELLY, MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: English 102. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON- Three hours MISS CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 152. 108 ENG. 155 ENG. 201. AND 109 ENG. Mrss CRAIG 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL- Three hours English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: English 152. 205. CHAUCER- Three hours MISS CRAIG Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. MR. DAVIES DRAMA-Three hours Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the drama in England from 1660 to the end of the Victorian period; reading of representative plays. Prerequisite: English 1 52. ENG. Miss CRAIG 215. SHAKESPEARE-Three hours Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 216. MILTON-Three hours Miss CRAIG Study of the poetical works of John Milton; lectures, discussions, written reports. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. POPE-Three hours Miss CRAIG A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: English 15 2. ENG. 221. AGE OF MISS CRAIG 238. LATER ENGLISH NOVEL-Three hours The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONNELLY Study of the works of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three hours MR. DONN ELLY, MR. RADDIN Study of the works of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning and its relations to other literature of the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: English 15 2-. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three hours MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: English 152. ENG. 275. TEACHING OF ENGLISH IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours THE STAFF Analysis and discussion of thpse methods of instruction which have been used most effectively in the teaching of English literature and composition. Study of the principal phenomena in the development of the English language and grammar. Intended for juniors and seniors. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three hours MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for readi.tg and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: English 15 2. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Continuation of French 101. THE STAFF Prerequisite: French 101 or the equivalent. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH The physical, mental, and social equipment requisite for effective speaking. Classroom projects, which include oral reading, gesture exercise, pantomime, and various extemporaneous speeches, are designed to improve the student's physical behavior on the platform, to train his voice, to develop vocal variety, and to build habits of clear thinking. Critical analysis of speech technique and content, the purpose being to produce not only better speakers but also better critics of speech. ENG. 132. EXTEMPORANEOUS SPEAKING-Two hours THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three hours Speech 111 MR. KRUGER Continuation of English 131. Projects include speeches for various occasions, group discussions, and symposiums, with emphasis on the principles of persuasion, types of evidence, and methods of reasoning. Continued critical analysis of speech technique and content; constant practice in speaking and thinking to a definite end. Prerequisite: English 131. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: French 102 or the equivalen~. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three hours Mrss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who w1sh to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: French 103 or the equivalent. ENG. 133. ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE-Two hours MR. KRUGER The commoner forms and methods of argumentation, both written and oral, are studied and practiced, with emphasis on briefing and debate; contemporary problems and current debate questions are discussed. Required of all students participating in intercollegiate debate. Prerequisite: English 131, or consent of the instructor. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three hours MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to English 131, but with an extra, hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor McAniff. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond French 102. FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three hours Mrss DwoRsKJ Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three hours each semester Mrss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: French 104 or the equivalent. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three hours Miss DwoRSKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three hours MISS DwoRSY-.J Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. MR. DISQUE 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. COMPOSITION-Three hours MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. GER. 107. GERMAN Prerequisite: French 201.-202 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three hours Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: German 103 or equivalent. GER. DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRsK.I The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Thf'ee hours each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning Prerequisite: French 201-202 or the equivalent. to 1932. Prerequisite: German 104 or equivalent. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond German 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GERMAN-Three hours THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GER. 203. GoETHE-Three hours GERMAN-Three hours SCHILLER-Three hours Poet of German idealism. GER. 204. MR. DISQUE Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. DISQUE Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE MR. Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. lectures and individual reports. DRAMA-Three hours MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three hours MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: German 201-202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Spanish 102. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three hours THE STAFF THE STAFF Miss DwoRSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three hours SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the mirrophone to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three hours Three hours each semester Miss DwoRSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Spanish 201-202 or equivalent. Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. lOJ. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three hours SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Spanish 103 or equivalent. SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three hours Miss DwoRSKI Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three hours SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three hours 115 Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Spanish 104 or equivalent. BIO. 100. See page 86. GEOL. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two hours MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 130. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES HISTORY HIST. 225. HlSTORY OF THE AMERICAN Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Instructor Kaslas, Instructor Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take History 101, 102, 107, and 108; History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE ST.A.FF Three hottrs each semester A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three hours MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 186')--Three hours MR. TH.ATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 117 FRONTIER-Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED ST.ATES Three hours MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political Science 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. EAST-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three hours MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY H1sr. 2,3. THE HISTORY OF EUROPE FROM 1500 TO THE FRENCH Three hours MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: History 107 and 108. A study of the political, social, economic, and intellectual life of Europe from the time of its expansion in 1500 to the outbreak of the French Revolution. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three hours each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: History 107, 108, and Political &ience 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. History 223 is a prerequisite for History 224. REVOLUTION-Three hot1rs Prerequisite: History 101 and 102 or consent of instructor. HIST. 254. THE FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON Three hours A study of the origin, events, and consequences of the French Revolution. The Revolution will be considered as an intellectual and social as well as a political movement in the history of France as a national state and of Europe as a civilization. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. �118 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 119 HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three hours MR. MUI Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three hours THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three hours THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalen t. Prerequisite: History 101 and 102. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE I-Three hours THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan and West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 53. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Mathematics 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Mathematics 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three hours MATH. THE STAFF 105·. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five hours A combination of Mathematics 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three hours THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or 1ts equivalent. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four hours THE STA.FF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 130. A continuation of Mathematics 101. Prerequisite: Mathematics 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or both Mathematics 107 and Mathematics 109. MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four hours THE STAFF limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 122. MATH 126. CALCULUS II-Four hours THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, infinite series, partial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 120 MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three hours MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Mathematics 125. METHODS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Frequency distributions of one variable, moments as statistical constants, discrete frequency distributions, theoretical distributions for testing hypotheses, frequency distributions of more than one variable, random sampling, linear regression and correlation, introduction to multiple and partial correlation. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 228. STATISTICAL EQUATIONS- Three hours Solution of ordinary differential equations, applications. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL MATH. 208. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS-Three hours MR. RICHARDS Beginnings in Babylon and Egypt, the Greeks, the Hindus and Moslems, awakenings in Europe, Fermat and Descartes, Newton's importance in the seventeenth century, the great expansion of the eighteenth century, the strengthening of the foundations in the nineteenth century, the trend to abstraction in this century. 213. HIGHER RICH.ARDS MUSIC ALGEBRA-Three hours MR. W ASIL ESKI Real and complex numbers, groups, rings, integral domains, fields, matrices, determinants. Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, Liva and Sheeder. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 54. A two-year terminal program is outlined on page 75. Prerequisite : Mathematics 12 5. MATH. 218. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE THE STAFF CALCULUS-Three hours MR. An elaboration of the theory and applications of calculus. Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED Prerequisite: Mathematics 126. MATH. 121 APPLIED MUSIC1 II- Three hours MR. W ASILESKI A priori probability, empirical probability, mortality tables, annuities certain, pure endowment, life annuities, whole life insurance, premiums, premium fo rmulas, reserves, reserve systems, gross premiums. Prerequisite: Mathematics 115, or permission of instructor. GEOMETRY-Three hours MR. W ASILESKI The notable lines, points, and circles associated with the triangle; circles and systems of circles. Prerequisite: plane geometry. .MATH. 221. ADVANCED EUCLIDEAN Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. 'INTRODUCTION TO Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MOR.AN GEOMETRY- Three hours MR. W ASILESKI An introduction to projective methods and their application to the point, line, and plane. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 222. SYNTHETIC PROJECTIVE An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. 1 For fees see page 27. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five hours each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half hour each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. 122 The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three hours MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credit hours each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is reguired for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credit hours each semester Miss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Music 112. 123 Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half hour each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half hour each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Music 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MusIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING-Two hours MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Music 215. Mus. 217. ANALYSIS-Two hours MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Music 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three hours MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Music 102. �WILKES COLLEGE 124 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mu1ic Education Mus. En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND Mus. En. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credit hourJ per semester MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND METHons--Two credit hours per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. METHODS- Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credit hourJ per semester MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. METHODS- Two credit hours per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music Mus. En. 105. WOODWIND CLASS 125 METHODS- Two credit hours MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS- Two credit hours MR. MORAN MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two Mus. En. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND semester credit hours METHODS-Two credit hours per THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL MusIC MATERIALS-Two credit hours per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE credit hours per semester TEACHING-Fott1 THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors M. Riley, Decker, Hoffman, Janjigian, Klein, Seeherman and Yencha. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of Nursing Education 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING-Three hours M1ss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION-Three hours MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. 127 NuRSING--Two hours MISS HOFFMAN An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two hours Miss DECKER A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. THE STAFF NURSING--Two hours A survey of the functions and activities of community agencies and organizations contributing to the maintenance of health, prevention of disease, care of the ill, and rehabilitation of the handicapped. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two hours PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION MISS JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two hours MISS JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Fottr hours Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. MISS JESSEE 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two hours each each semester Miss YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. N.E. 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two hours MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NuRSING--Two hours THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two hours DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Associate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion .. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. Sociology 208 is also acceptable. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three hours MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHIL. 102. LOGIC-Three hout"S MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. ETHICS-Three hours MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION-Three hours MR. VuJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF �128 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three ho11rs THE STAFF REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIEs-Three THE STAFF hours REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three hours Three hours THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the_ Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual nse of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Religion 201. MR. VUJICA REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN TESTAMENT-Three hours A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. MR. VUJICA PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF 129 TESTAMENT-Three ho11rs MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHILOSOPHY-Three hout'S MR. VUJICA PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Partridge, chairman; Instructor Shoemaker. The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. THOUGHT-Three hours MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Religion REL. 101. MAN'S RELIGIONS-Three hours MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. Th~ C?llege women al~o are given a thorough medical and physical exammat1on before entermg upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One hour each semester THE STAFF This co~rse is designed to promote physical coordination and good h~alth habi~s and to enc~urage participation in activities that will provide relaxat10n and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. 1 Class instructio°: ~n personal ~ygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physmans from taking physical education. �131 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 130 P.E. 103-104. PHYSlCAL EDUCATION- One hour each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of Physical Education 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One hour each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. companying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS (!)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Mathematics 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS (Il)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. WoRSTALL PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three hours A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. THE STAFF 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One hour An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four hours MR. WoRSTALL An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. 119. METEOROLOGY-Three hours A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions ac- PHYS. Continuation of Physics 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS (l'll)-Four hours MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Physics 15 0 and 151. Electricity and Modern Physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three hours MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Physics 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard, Kaslas, and O'Karma. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except Political Science 100 and 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. AMERICAN GOVERNMENT-Three homs MR. MAILEY This course includes a treatment of government in the United States at all levels: national, state, and local. The course is offered to students in biology, chemistry, physics, and elementary education only. Arts and commerce and finance students may take the course only with the permission of the instructor. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GovERNMENT-Three hours THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into law, and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is repeatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three hours each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three hours MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: Political Science 101 and Sociology 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three hours MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three hours 133 MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three hours MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three hours MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: United States and European history. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: Political Science 101. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. P.S. 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Three hours MR. KASLAS A study of two European governments representing two diametrically opposed ideologies, the English and the Russian. Since political institutions in the American system are traceable to the English, the first half of the course is devoted to the English government; the second half is a consideration of Russian political institutions. Comparisons between the two are continually made. Prerequisite: Political Science 1 O1. �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY Instructor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Dominguez; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 135 course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the .field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. l00 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. Not open to freshmen. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100. .PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three hours Miss DOMINGUEZ Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 212. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three hours THE STAFF . A study of th~ theory of psychological testing. The principles underlyrng test select10n, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psychology 251, 252, and 255. Prerequisite: Psychology 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An_ introdu':ion. to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, class1.ficat10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t10ns; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psychology 212,. �136 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 137 PsY. 252. PERSONNEL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours An introduction to the study of psychological factors underlying personnel procedures in business, industry, and education. Discussion of case studies in the settlement of personnel problems in the business world. The administration of the personnel program is analyzed from the point of view of the psychological effects it may have on the employee. Prerequisite: Psychology 251 or permission of instructor. An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. ( Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. THE STAFF RETAIL MERCHANDISING THE STAFF Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Bunn, Green, Berg, Morgan, Montz, Touey. A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 100 and two other courses in psychology. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING--Three hours Policies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions and types of merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. PsY. 255-256. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours each semester RJvf. 102. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three hottrs R.M. A detailed study of the administration and interpretation of some of the individual tests. The student is given the opportunity for actual experience in testing in the Wilkes-Barre Public Schools. The interpretation, by the clinical method, of normal and abnormal behavior of children and adults. Historical sketch; outline of method, including examinations, classification, prognosis, and remedial measures. (Offered in alternate years. Prerequisite: Psychology 207 and 212 and permission of head of department. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three hours MISS DOMINGUEZ A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psychology 208 and permission of head of department. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three hour.s MISS DOMINGUEZ MR. BUNN Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the <:>r/pnizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. R.M. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two hours MR. O'TooLI! Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. R.M. 205. R ETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three homs MR. BUNN, MR. GREEN MISS DOMINGUEZ Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising an.I sales promotion. Organization and procedure of advertising department in retail stores; types of retail advertising; copy, headline, layout, tyre, advertising media, display; research. Supervision of psychological testing is offered to individuals working toward certification as psychological examiners or school psychologists in the State of Pennsylvania. Forty-five hours of testing is required for one semester hour of credit. Open to graduates who are seeking certification as psychological examiners. Prerequisite: Psychology 255-256 or equivalent. R.M. 207. RETAIL SELLING--Three hours MR. BUNN Fundamentals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchandis~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniques; building permanent business. Laboratory observation; actual selling. PsY. 260. CLINICAL PRACTICUM- One to three hours a semester �WILKES COLLEGE 138 RM. 210. ELEMENTS OF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MERCHANDISE-Three hours R.M. 222. RETAIL CREDITS AND COLLECTIONS-Two hours THE STAFF Organization of credit department; charge accounts; passing on application for credit; retail credit bureau; mercantile agencies; salescheck procedure; collection procedure and correspondence; personal .financing; contracts; installment credit; legal aspects of retail credit. MR. BERG, MR. MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of .fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china. R.M. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISE 139 R.M. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three hours THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. CONTROL-Three hours MR. BUNN Importance of purchases; principles and methods; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousing methods; inventones_ an~ their control; types and limitation of stock control systems; application of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Curtis, Davies, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and .finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. BUYING--Three hours MR. MONTZ Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. R.M. 214. RETAIL R.M. FASHION-Three hours THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING--No Credit Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. 217 . .FUNDAMENTALS OF RELATIONS-Three hours MR. BUNN Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee ev~luat1on; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. R.M. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL THE STAFF S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two hours shorthand, two hours typewriting each semester MR. VERRY Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability to apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND1 -Two R.M. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two hours THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. hours MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. �106. SHORTHAND 1-Two hours S.S. MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application ?f shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 105 or equivalent. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two hottrs each semester MR. DAVIES Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying !r~m rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY S.S. 141 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 140 Three hours shorthand, one hour typewriting each semester MR. VERRY Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewrit~ng, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulati_on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La~oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 102. of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 108. MR. CURTIS S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL ACCOUNTING-Three hours Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. MR. VERRY S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three hottrs Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine; practice in filling out forms for insurance companies, for Veterans Administration, and for Workmen's Compensation. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours lal:: oratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two hours MR. VERRY Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MAcHINEs-Fo11r ho11rs MR. VERRY S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2 - Two hours edch semester }.,fa. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: Secretarial Studies 106. MR. DAVIES 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2 -Two hours Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 101-102. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken Secretarial Studies 109-110. 1 S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF lNTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three hours MR. VERRY Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies· content objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. ' ' �1◄2 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Assistant Professor Symonolewicz, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, Chwalek, Connolly, Yarnal, and Young. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Sociology 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into five groups: Soc. 143 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 208. SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ I Sociological Theory Comparative study of religious behavior and institutions. SoLial factors and conditions underlying religious movements. The evolution of religious groups and types of religious leadership. Religion and other major social institutions. Function and role of the church in society. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Religion 101, or permission of the instructor. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SocIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three hours MR. YOUNG An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Soc. Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. Soc. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Economics 100, or permission of the instructor. III Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN SOCIOLOGY-Three hours THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and uroblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 or permission of the instructor. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three hours Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Sociology 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three hours MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies ~nd methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and reqmrements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three hours Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; so- IV Social Psychology ciety's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedes- 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three ho11rs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of social psychology. S~cia~ factor~ in human nature; psychology of individual differences; soC1al rnteract10n; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Sociology 100 and Psychology 100. Soc. trian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. Soc. 260. CULTURE AND PERSONALITY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A comparative study of the development and f~nctionin~ of human personality in various cultures from the point of view of soC1al psychology and social anthropology. Prerequisite: Sociology 255, or Sociology 265, or permission of the instructor. SAFETY 265. GENERAL ANTHROPOLOGY-Three hours MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and prehistoric cultures; ~o?ern races and the problem of their classification; nature, charactenst1cs and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. 270. PEOPLES OF THE WORLD-Three homs MR. SYMONOLEWICZ A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the ':odd_ i_n their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nat1onal1t1es and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors respo~sible for contemporary social unrest in various parts of the worJrl, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Sociology 100. Soc. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers de~irous ~f obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three hours The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. V Anthropology Soc. 145 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three ho11rs Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broa<lening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three hours A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three ho11rs Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual �146 WILKES COLLEGE The Evening Division because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three hours Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their_ r~lationship_ to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; m1mmum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and disrnssion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. �148 W ILKES COLLEG E BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION 148 a Special Con1munity Lecture Series A s a com m unity college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportu ni ties for adults to con.tinue .t h.e~r educarion. It therefore offers, in the Evenmg D1v1s10n, an inrroduccory program in adult education, from w hich it believes positive good w ill resul t. Commu n ity members w ho register for one of the lecture cou rses in the series m eet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course . is in session. T hey do no t receive r egu br college credit. Given each scmesrer, the lectu res cost considera bl y less than rhe regu b r undergradu Jte courses at the College. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should deteril;1ine the _requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. The prese:1t program includes series in current events and arc for busi ness and professional persons. Furrher inform ation concerning the program m ay be secured from the D irector of Admissions. REVISED FEES - TUITION, DORMITORY The following rates will become effective in the Fall Semester, 1956. Tuition .. .. ..................... ....... ...... ............. ...$275.00 per semester Room and Board (Dormitories).. .... 325.00 per semester (This rate scale supersedes that appearing on page 27, which was printed in advance of a necessary increase. For further information contact Finance Office, Chase Hall, Wilkes College.} �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION WILKES COLLEGE 143 b HUMANITIES BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Basic Art. . . . . . . Art 101 3 Composition. . . . . . . . .... . Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ. . . . .Hist 101 3 Fund. of Math. . . . . . ... .. Math 101 Phys. Science... . . .. Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed... . . .. . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hygiene . . . .......... P.E. 105 Number Cr. Title 3 Basic Art . . . . . .. Art 102 Composition .. . . ... .... . . .. E?g 102 3 3 Bio. Science . .... ... . .... ... B10 100 Hist. of West. Civ . ......... Hist 102 3 Fund. of Math .. . . ... . ... .. Math 102 3 Phys. Ed. ... . .. . . . .... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hygiene . .......... . . P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art .. . ... ... .. . ... . Art 103 3 Hist. of Art . . . . . ........... Art 111 3 Intro. to Ed . .. ... .. ....... . Ed 101 3 World Lit .... . ... ......... Eng 151 4 Amer. Fed. Gov .... . .... . .. P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed. . . . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. 3 Aeplied Art ........... . .... Art 104 3 Hist. of Art . ....... . .... ... Art 112 World Lit . .. . . . .. ..... ... . Eng 152 4 General Psych .... . .. . .. .... Psych 100 3 Intro. to Soc . ........ . ... .. Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed . . ............. . . P.E. 104 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fine Arts . ... .. . .. ..... .. . . Art 215 4 Graphic Art . . .. . ... ... .... Art 241 2 Intro. to Econ .... .. ........ Econ 100 3 Ed. Psvch .... . . .. .. . . ..... . Ed 201 3 U.S. a~d Pa . Hist ..... . .... Hist 107 3 Title Number Cr. 4 Fine Arts . . . . . ... . . . . Art 216 Graphic Art . . .. . .. . .. ..... A~t 242 2 U.S. Hist .... ..... ... . ..... Hist 108 3 3 Child Psych .. .. .... ... . .... Psy 207 3 Elective* . . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . 15 15 SocIAL SCIENCES English . . .. . . . .. . 16 Art . . . ... . ... . . . 33 Mathematics . .. . .. 6 Music .... .. .. . ... 3 Philosophy . . . .3 SCIENCES 148c FREE ELECTIVES Economics .. ...... 3 Biology . . . . .. . 3 Nine hours . Education. . . . . . 21 Physics . . . . . . . .. . 3 History .... ...... 12 Psychology . . .6 Political Science . . . 3 Sociology. . . . .. 3 61 42 12 ART COURSES ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three ho11rs each semester. Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three hours each semester. Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, etc. Color mediums: pastels, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, etc. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 112. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seve11th Semester Number Cr. Title 243 3 Arts of Presentation .. . . .. Art Prin. and Math. of .Ed 204 3 Secondary Ed . . . 2 Fund. of Speech . .... . . . .. . Eng 131 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . . .. Phil 101 .. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Music . .... 3 Elective* .. Title Nttmber Cr. 8 Student Teaching . ......... . Ed 210 Visual Ed . .. .. . ....... . .... Ed 212 1 3 Teaching of Art . . ..... ... Ed 221 3 Elective* .. . . . .... . . . . . 17 15 *Nine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields . Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. . . .9 ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or fottr hours each seniester. Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE ART-Fottr boms each semester. The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of 9 �WILKES COLLEGE 148d Index the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creations of space, study of two-dimensional and three-dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC ART-Two hours each semester. Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three hours. The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. EDUCATION 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight hours Students are assigned to work with experienced public school teachers and art specialists. Integrating conferences with other staff members will be arranged. Students will observe and instruct in both elementary and secondary school class-rooms. Opportunities will be provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Prerequisite: Approval of the Department Chairman. ART-Three hours. Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. EDUCATION 221. THE TEACHING OF i ~~~!,;~~~f;~[ : : :; : i;l Advertising Design .... ..... ... .... ............ ...... .. ........ .. ...... ... ... .. .... ... ........... .... ........ .. ...... 85 1 fr~~~~;~!;e~ P;;g~.~~·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ~i Description of Courses..................... ......... ............. .................. ............ ... ........ Assembly Committee ....................... ....... .................. .. ........... .. .. .......... .. ....... ........... 83 35 i~ttt~';; ~~i;• !! 0 5 1 1 ·;;m,~mel;i. 3. f o~·······••·•···••:••·················•·•··········· Bachelor of Science, Business Education.. ................................................. .. ........... • 65 Commerce and Finance ~;;:-~~arR;;~;::;~~~... ::::::::::::::::::: :: ::::::: ::: ::: ::::: ::::: :::::::::::: ::::: :::::::: :: ::::: Education !Ei:~=::;:~s1~i~:f,f~ >• • : ~~ ?i Engineering Programs-Common Freshman Year 69 Aeronautical ..... ....... .... .................. ·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·..·.·.·.·.·.·.::·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.:·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·.·. 70 Chemical .... .... ....... ....... .................. .... ........ .. ........ ...... .... .... ................ 70 Civil ........ ................ ............. ............. ............. ........ .. .................. 71 Electrical .. ............. ........ .... ...... .. .. .. ............ ... ..... .......... ..... ........ ... .... 71 Industrial 72 Mechanical··:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 72 Music Education .................... .. 67 ···· ····················· ...................... ····· ···········································" ···················································"·'·"·"·'"•·"·"· ·················· ............. ................................. em;:;;i!~~:-y;:~::~:::m. .............................. ........................... ..................... ... 55 ~;f~~~I;~f:{ ) . i /)"/i it~:: ~::r:~ �150 INDEX WILKES COLLEGE Commercial Law ( see Business Law) Community Lecture Series .... ........ ............ .... . ..... ......................................... ........... 148 Community Programs .............................................................................................. 32 Consultation Service ................................................................................................ 32 Counseling ............................................................................................................. 25, 31 Curricula ....... ......... ......... .. ....... .... ........................ .... .... ................................. ........... 22 Dean's List ................................................................................................................ 24 Debating .......................................................... ............................. ............................ 36 Degree Courses (see also Individual Subjects). ........ ....... .......... .. .. ...... ... ............. 47 Degrees, Taking of.................................................................................................... 25 Description of Courses ......... ... ................ .... ........................ .... ............... ... ...... ......... . 81 Dramatics .... ................................ ........ ...... .... .... .... ........ .................................... ........ 35 Economics, Courses in................. .... ...................... .................................................. 95 Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education)... ..................... ......... .. ......... 99 Employment, Student ..... .......... ........................................................ ....... ... ............. 33 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering).................................... 103 English, Courses in .................................................................................................... 105 Evening Division ...................................................................................................... 147 Extension Classes ........ .... .... .................. ............................ ........................................ 22 Faculty . ·················································· .................................................................. 10, 26 Faculty Committees .. .. ................ ............... .. ................... ......................... ...... :.......... 16 Fees ............................................................................................................................. 27 Fees, Payment of. ... .... ........ .... .... .. ................... ... ......................................... ... ............ 28 Finance, Mathematics of ................................................................................... 119, 120 French, Courses in..... ................... ..... ............... ........................................ ................ 110 General Information ................................................................................................ 21 General Science .................................... .. ......... ............. .. .............................. ............... 115 German, Courses in .................... ........ ............. .... .......... ........................... ............... . 112 Grades ............... ......................... ...................... .................................... ........... ...... .... . 23 Graduation, Requirements for ................................................................................. . 24 History, Courses in ................................................................................................... . 116 Honors ............. ............................ ............... ................. ....................... ... .................... . 24 Hospitalization ( see Blue Cross) Hygiene, Course in.................................................................................................... Insurance, Accident and Sickness...... .............. .... ............................ ..... ..... .... ....... .. . Insurance, Courses in ................... ...................................................... ..... .. ................. Journalism, Courses in .......... ....................... ............ .... ................. ............................ Labor Legislation ...................... ... ......... .......................... ........ .................................. Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in................................................ Lettering and Layout. .................. ........ ............ ... .......... ... .... ............... ........... .. .. ... ... Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ............... .... .................... ..................... ...... Liberal Arts, Selection of Major... .. ...... ......... .... ... .... .................. ... ........ ........ ...... .... Library ...... .......... ..... ........... ............... .................. ...................................................... Lockers . .... .. ........................... ................................. .................... .............................. Madrigal Singers .......... .......... ..................... ... ......... ............................. .................... Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing ................................................................................................................ . Mathematics, Four-year Program ........................................................................... . Description of Courses ......................... .. ........ ..................... .. .. .. ..................... . Medical Stenography, Program in ........................................................................... . Medical Technology, Program in ... ..... ..... ....... ................ ...... ....... .... .......... .......... .. . Meterology ............................................................................................................... . Music, Four-year Program ....................................................................................... . Two-year Program ............ .... .. ................................... ... .... ....... ..... ................... . Description of Courses .... .. ...... ......... ................... ........................................ .. ... . 130 33 92 106 133 74 84 49 48 26 34 36 90 53 118 79 74 130 54 75 121 151 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education). .............. ..... 124 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ................ 125 Orchestra ........................ ....... ..... ............................................................................ 36, 123 Orientation Program ................................................................................................ 32 Part-time Study .... .... ........ ............ .......... .. .................................................................. 45 Philosophy, Courses in.......................... ........ ................. .......................................... 127 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in.......................................................... 129 Physics, Two-year Program.. ...................................................... ................................ 56 Description of Courses..... .... ..................... .. ...................................... ....... ......... 130 Placement Service ...................................................................................................... 33 Point Average ............................. .. ......... ........ .... ........................ .... .. .. .... .... .... .... .... .... 24 Political Science, Courses in.................. .................................................................... .131 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program........ ................. ..... ............................ .......... 76 Three-year Program ....... ... .. ................ .... ... ...... ... ... ..... .. .. .... ........ .... ... ....... ...... 77 Probation ........ .................. .... ............ .... .. .. .... ............ .... ................ ..... ... .. .. .... 24 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for..... ............. ............. ...................... ....... 41 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for .................................... ........ ........ ............ 24 Psychology, Courses in...... ................ .......... ............................... .... .................... 134 Publications, Student ................ .. .............. ........................ .................... ................ .... 36 Real Estate .................... ......... ........... .. .. .. .. .... ...... .. ...... .. .............. .. ... .... .... ... .. .. .. .... .... 90 Refunds ... ...... ........... ........ ........... ........................................................ ....................... 29 Registration ................ .... ....... ...... ... .... ...... .......... .... ................ ...... .. ........ ...... .. .... .... .... 25 Religion, Courses in............ ..... ................... .......................... .................................... 128 Retail Merchandising, Four-year Program. ...... ........................ .... ....... ............ .. .. .... 61 Description of Courses ..... ..... ................................ ........................................ .... 137 Safety, Courses in.. .. ......... ...... ............... ................... ..... ............ .................... .... ...... .. 145 Scholarships .......... ...... .. ............ .. ...... .................................... ................ ..... ........... 37 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program................. ... .......................... .......... .. .... .... 62 Two-year Program ............................................................................................ 78 Description of Courses... ......................... ......................... .. .. .. .......... ...... ........ 139 Social Science, Major in.......... ... .... ................... ........................................................ 48 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in......... ................................................. ...... 142 Spanish, Courses in ............ ..................... .. ... .. .......... ........ ................. ......................... 114 Speech, Courses in..... .... ....... ....... ... .......................................................................... 110 Statistics, Applied General, Economic.............. ....... .................... .. ............... .......... 97 Introduction to .................................................................................................. 119 Student Activities ... ....... .. ............ ... ............... .................. .......................................... 35 Student Employment ................ ................................................................................ 33 Student Government .............. .. .... ............................................................................ 35 Student Welfare ........................................................................................................ 31 Summer-school Credits ............................................................................................ 26 Surveying ............ .... ........ .... .... .... .... .... .... ... ..... .... ........ ..... ... ........ ........ .... .............. .... 104 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary.. .................. ............................ 63 Business ........ .... ........ .......... .... .. ...... .......... ........ ........ ................ ............ ........ .... 65 Music ............ .................................................................................................... 67 Nursing .............................................................................................................. 68 Teaching ( see B.S. in Education, Business Education Music Education Nursing Education) ' ' Terminal Courses . ........ ............................................................................................ 73 Transfer of Credits.. .. ......................... .. ....................... .............................................. 26 Trustees, Board of.................................................................................................... 6 Tuition .... ............................................................................................... ... 27 Wilkes College, History of...................................................................................... 17 Withdrawals ............................................................................................................ 25, 29 �FROM: CON.NECTICUT NY J ------ n------FROM'. NEW YORK NEWARK ► FROM: PITTSBURGH 11-':IAI ll YNNYH3nosns ll 3 A I ll HJ. n OS I ~ en .... "'"'...."' 'ta' I ~ J.3 31lJ.S N11>1N'Vll ~ HJ. nos !>NIOo\'H lr<i O!)N\'Cln!> J 11.-H >IOVBN3110H £i l'CnlS'<fNl'IA!> O<i (Bl 11VH 31lnJ.031 6 !>Nlll3>101d 61 ('<fl 11VH 31lnJ.031 8 J.NYA30llnJ.S 81 11\'H >IOOJ.Nl10°1'C I.I 17\'H 3SnOH J.tl31'1J.llYd30 3931100 'Yd '31lll\'B ·S3>111M !>Nlll33Nl!>N3 S3>111M 11\'H 11VH 11\'H S3>i71M 9Nl11l3J.S 91 ll3SS3>103M !;I !lNI011n8 31'COH 393770::) X3NN\' ·A31HSY 11 l<i $31!) 11YH ,:i;s1 'o,: J.Sn!lnY <ii Y31lY !>Nl>lll'<fd J.!)01018 1'1 l'CYH!>NANOO ii S,J.N301S31ld <ii X3NN\' ll31J.ne 01 31lllYB I. 11YH ll31J.ne 9 11VH A31HSY 11\'H ll3J.V3HJ. 3SYH O i; 1' \'lll3J.J_~VO £ 11YH 3SYHO <i (AllYll8111 11YH ABlll)I I ( NOIJ.\'llJ.SINIWOYI X30N I �FROM'. CON.NECTICUT NY J ------ WILLIAMSPORT PA. ~ F R O M'.NEW YORK NEWARK S:ROM'. PITTSBURGH ./ ALTOONA \_HARJ!ISBURG / ► FROM" PITTSBURGH ------- ,,__., I - u.s.jis •A TUSNeiKE U.S. ~II / --LOCATION FROM T •ROMCBALTl:~:~IN GTO" MD. WASHINGTON o .c ll-31\lll NOW J. 3 311.l S ~I' ;~11~ ~17: I ~ '¼/ i½-l "' ~ @ ~ WOO II 31\ I l:l 11 3 II I . ~i j I ' ~ ~L ~1/j /'• l'I @ ~ [$] ~ ~ . ~-I ts d NI1>1N\t l:l .;1 HJ.nos !> NIOaVH tr3 i 3:) NVOIO!>) 11 .-H >IOV8N3110H £Z l'ln l SVNl'I.I.!> \t31:lV !>Nl)ll:l\td 11\tH J.Sn!>nv ·vd '31:ll:lYS-S3>111M J.ti31'1J.l:l\td30 3!>3110 ::> !>Nll:l33Nl!>N3 S3>111M '\13~'\1 S3>171M Z3 3llOJ.::>37 6 (\ti 11\tH 3110.L::>31 8 81 11\tH )l:)QJ.N 11:) 01'1 LI !>Nl11:l3J.S 91 l:l3SS3>103M !;I ON I011n8 11\tH 31'10H l:l31J.na 01 (SJ 11\tH 61 11\tH .l.31HS\t 11 X3NN\t OZ !>N l ll3>1 0 Id 11\t H X3NN\t IZ S3 I !> J.N\tl\301:lnJ.S 3S n OH 383770:) ~ ur I nffln J.331:lJ.S ~ 'oz t: 11 HJ.nos 1 1 \tH zi;e1 I • ~ M~ ~ ][ YNNYH3nosns A!>010I8 ~I l'l\tH!>N.I.NO::> ii S,J.N30IS311d Z I 31111\tS L 11vH ll37J.ns 9 11\tH A31HS\t !; 3SVH ::> ~ 11\tH 113J.\t3HJ. \tl ll3.l~.;l\t::> i 11\tH 3S\tH::> Z ( .l.ll\tll8I1 l 11\tH .1.8111>1 I iNOIJ.\tl:lJ.S I NINO\tl X30N I I �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1956-1957 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1956-1957 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/fc46d6ff27a0c6fbf303bfbaa4fe08da.pdf af1987be2f44e2ac192a72b32bff1e7d PDF Text Text WJIKES COi.LEGE u etfn 1957 - 1958 �1957-1958 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS - 1957-58 Vol. VI �Contents Marks of An Educated Man . . . College Calendar 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures understand- ing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it con.fines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resmrrces and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. Board of Trustees Committees, Board of Trustees Officers of Administration Assistants in Administration Faculty . Faculty Committees History of the College General Information Student Welfare . 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. Student Activities 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the Scholarships and Awards forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. Preparation for Professions and Vocations Degree Courses Terminal Courses Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 18 22 32 36 38 42 48 76 82 146 147 148 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 195 7 Mon., June 10 to Sat., June 15 .. Summer School registration Mon., June 17 ............... Classes begin Thurs., July 4 ............... Independence Day observance Fri., August 2 ............... Summer School ends FALL, 1957 Tues., Sept. 10 to Fri., Sept. 13 .. Freshmen Orientation Wed., Sept. 11 .............. Freshmen Registration Thurs., Sept. 12 .............. Upperclassmen Registration Mon., Sept. 16 .............. Classes begin at 8: 00 A.M. Sun., Oct. 6 ................. Reception-Parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 26 ................ Homecoming Sat., Oct. 26 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Oct. 30 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Mon., Nov. 4 to Fri., Nov. 8 .... Registration Wed., Nov. 27 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Dec. 2 ............... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8: 00 A.M. Sat., Dec. 21 ................ Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Mon., Jan. 6 ................ Christmas recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Fri., Jan. 10 ................ Classes end Mon., Jan. 13 to Tues., Jan. 21 .. Examination period SPRING, 1958 Fri., Jan. 24 ................. All-College Registration Mon., Jan. 27 ............... Classes begin at 8 :00 A.M. Sat., Mar. 8 ................. Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 12 .............. Mid-Semester Report Mon., Mar. 17 to Fri., Mar. 21 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 1 ................ Easter recess begins at 5 :00 P.M. Wed., Apr. 9 ................ Easter recess ends at 8:00 A.M. Sun., May 4 ................. Parents Day Sat., May 17 ................ Classes end Mon., May 19 to Tues., May 27. Examination period Sun., June 1 ................ Baccalaureate Mon., June 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... Commencement SUMMER, 1958 Wed., June 11 to Fri., June 13 .. Registration Mon., June 16 ............... Classes begin Fri., July 4 ................. Independence Day Fri., Aug. 1 ................. Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Board of Trustees Library: Cnstruction: Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, CHARLES H. MINER, JR., JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS FRANCIS O. CASE MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY REV. CHARLES CONYNGHAM Chairman MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MISS MARY R. KOONS L. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT MRS. PAUL BEDFORD WILLIAM Chairman s. ROUSH MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Finance: SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS HON. WILLIAM M. ROSENFIELD REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, EUGENE S. FARLEY ANDREW J. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER GEORGE W. GUCKELBE.R.GER JAMES P. HARRIS JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, HON. JOHNS. FJNE HARRY F. GOER1NGER GEORGE W . GUCKELBERGER JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. JULIUS LONG STERN MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER AARON WEISS Nominations: REV. CHARLES s. ROUSH, Chairman Chaimian M.D. ANDREW J. SoRDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK TERM OF OFFICE JULIUS LONG STERN Expiring f une, 1957 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JAMES P. HARRIS JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. HoN. JOHN S. FINE w. GucKELBERGER, HARRY F. GOERINGER, L. WILLIAM HON. JOHNS. FINE MISS ANNETTE EVANS H. LEVY Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST CHARLES H. MINER, JR. ANDREW J. SORDONI HON. WILLIAM JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS M. ROSENFIELD THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. HoN. WILLIAM M. RosENFIELD ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring f une, 1959 Development: ARNAUD C. MARTS, Chairman JAMES R. HARRIS MRS. PAUL BEDFORD GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GOERINGER REV. CHARLES J. Scholarships: Chairman FRANCIS 0. CASE ARNAUD C. MARTS FRANCIS 0. CASE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. s. FARLEY GEORGE REUBEN Expiring f tme, 1958 EUGENE Buildings and Grounds: JosEPH KocYAN, M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS s. THOMAS F. ANDREW J. SoRDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK MORGAN, JR. ROUSH ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BISHOP ..................................... Recorder MARY K. BEACHAM ..................... Secretary to the President ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) JANET DAVIES .......................... Secretary to the Registrar JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) DOROTHY DAVIES .......................... 0 ffice Machine Clerk GEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) ETHEL M. Nuss ............................. Assistant Recorder GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.I. (Emerson) BARBARA STACKOWIAK ........................ Registration Clerk ELAINE WEINSTEIN ....................... . Admissions Secretary RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alumni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) RHONWYN DAVIES ............... . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) ROSALIE JABLONSKI .................... .. .............. Cashier JOHN D. CURTIS, Director of Public Relations B.S. (Wilkes) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL, Cataloguing Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) ALICE D. SCHAPPERT, Reference and Circulation Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Carnegie) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock Hail FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) HELEN A. MORGAN ................. Accounts Pctyable Bookkeeper JOAN OSTROWSKI .......................... . Payroll Bookkeeper ELIZABETH H. BRETZ ....................... Secretary to the Deans MILDRED MARINI ............ . Secretary to the Director of Placement MARIE OPSITOS ............... Secretary to Director of Development KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ............. Secretary to Alttmni Secretary FRANCES HOPKINS .......................... Circulation Assistant MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty SHELDON G. COHEN, Associate Professor of Biological Research B. A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CATHERINE H. Bo NE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) tKONSTANTIN SYMMONS, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) 11 ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) FRANCIS L. GRAHLFS, Visiting Professor of Sociology B.A. (Hofstra) M.A. (Columbia) RUTH W. JESSEE, Assistant Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) Vorus B. HALL, Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) DANA H. VERRY, Assistant Professor of Commerce and Finance B.S. (Oregon State), M.S. (Idaho) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) CHARLES M. WoRSTALL, Assistant Professor of Chemistry and Physics A.B. (NewYork),Ph.D. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA, Associate Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) HOH-CHEUNG Mm, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A. (Connecticut), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) t On Leave of absence 1956-1957 FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. ( Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LILLIAN FoRTESS, Assistant Professor of Education A.B. (Hunter), M.A. (New York) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) CH'UNG-TAI Lu, Assistant Professor of Economics A.B. (Fu-Jen), M.A. (Catholic University), Ph.D. (Maryland) BRONIS J. KASLAS, Assistant Professor of History L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) �12 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY ALBERT CHRISTOPHER, Assistant P1-ofessor of Business Administration B.S., M.B.A. (New York) FRANCES S. WoRSTALL, Instructor in Mathematics B.A. (Toronto), M.A. (Columbia) EDWIN C. HEINLE, Assistant Professor of English A.B. (Drew) M.A. (Columbia) Brue S. STEIN, Instructor in Retailing B.S., M.S. (New York) ROBERT E. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) THEODORE L. KROHN, Instructor in Accounting and Business A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (Dickinson) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Instructor in Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) BERNICE LEAGAS, Instructor in Biology B.S. (Bucknell) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) PAUL R. WERNER, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) ROBERT J. MILLER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) HELEN B. BUBECK, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) PART-TIME FACULTY JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Instructor in Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) IRVING BARON, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (New York) C.P.A. (Penna.) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Commerce and Finance B.S. (Wilkes) CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instructor in Economics and Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) THELMA A. CHRISTOPHER, Instructor in English B.A., M.A. (Albany State Teachers) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music RALPH B. CONNOR, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) THEODORE EVANS, Instructor in Political, Science A.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) MARGARETT. O'BRIEN, Instructor in English A.B. (Syracuse), M.A. (McGill) NORMAN FRIEDMAN, Instructor in Business Administration JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT L. TENER, Instructor in English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) ERNEST GOTTSCHALK, Instructor in Economics B.S., M.B.A. (Michigan) SALLY E. GRAHLFS, Instructor in English B.S. (Potsdam State Teachers) JOHN A. GRIFFITHS, Instructor in Education B.A. (Pennsylvania State) 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY JOHN GREEN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising B.S. (Villanova) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ANNA M. HENRY, Instructor in German A.B., M.A. (Marywood) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) CHARLES F. HENSLEY, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) WILLIAM MORGAN, Instructor in Retailing B.S. (North Carolina State) JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) JOHN PITTS, Instructor in Philosophy and Religion M.A., Ph.D. (London) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) ANDREW PuHAK, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. ( George Washington), LL.B. (Dickinson) HARRY R. Hiscox, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (New York) MARITA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) WILBUR G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) SIDNEY L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retail Merchandising MINERVA JACKSON, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Misericordia) EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, Instructor in Nursing Education Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) JOSEPH M. KLEIN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S., M.D. (Michigan) LEWIS A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN G. KoNSAVAGE, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) ANNE C. LIVA, Instructor in Music J uilliard School of Music CHARLOTTE V. LORD, Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bucknell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorship-Italy, 1954-55 SAMUEL J. LORUSSO, Instructor in Art EDWARD A. LOUGHNAN, Instructor in Spanish M.A. (Oxford) MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) TONY ScARANTINO, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Wilkes) CARL SCHINDLER, lnstmctor in Religion S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) GORDON R. ScHLIER, Instructor in Business Ed11cation B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) RUTH G. SEEHERMAN, Instmctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ANTOINETTE M. SHOEMAKER, Instmctor in Economics A.B. (Wilkes) EULA SMITH, Instructor in Retail Merchandising CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instructor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study STEWART A. WALLER, Instructor in Music B.M.E. (Cornell College) S.S.M. (Union Theological) JOSEPH L. WEITZ, Instructor in Geology Ph.D. (Yale) ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) MARJORIE J. YENCHA, Instmctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) 15 �WILKES COLLEGE 16 FACULTY COMMITTEES 1957-1958 Admissions Library JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE EUGENE GEORGE F. RALSTON J. Athletics RussELL R. PICTON, JR., Chairman FRANK J. DAVIES THOMAS R. RICHARDS HAROLD W. THATCHER NADA VUJICA CHARLES E. W ORSTALL JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT E. MORAN GEORGE F. RALSTON Curriculum JOHN G. REESE GEORGE ELLIOTT' V. MAILEY, Chairman secretary ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Calendar HUGO L. HAMMER, Chairman GEORGE F. ERMEL WELTON G. FARRAR Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY FRANK}.}. DAVIES JOHN G. DETROY ELWOOD DISQUE VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER Evaluation ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE HUGO V. MAILEY THOMAS R. RICHARDS SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANLEY H. W ASILESKI CHARLES M. WORST ALL ALFRED S. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. ELLIOTT, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS ex officio GERTRUDE ALLEN DOANE Development RUSSELL R. PICTON, Chairman ARTHUR N. KRUGER J. FRANCES SALLEY ROBERT E. WERNER Ex Officio ARTHUR}. HOOVER ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. ROBERT L. TENER CROMWELL E. THOMAS on All Committees - DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �HISTORY A History of the College o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparable to those offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell University, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named it Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, Wilkes-Barre and the Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community in Pennsylvania, if not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was maintained on an experimental basis while the interest of students in advancing their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were made. While these plans were under consideration, Bucknell University adopted a policy in relation to the Junior College that significantly affected its development. In 1938, the University promised the College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enabling students to .finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirements of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1943, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences accelerated its development in the years immediately following the cessation of hostilities. T RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- 19 zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named Isaac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the American patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; Sterling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, gave his South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College residences, permits the accommodation of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Administration and the College's Guidance and Place- �20 WILKES COLLEGE ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residenc<:: to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Since 195 3 six additional properties have been acquired by gift ancl purchase. Of these properties David Roberts Warner Hall is used as a dormitory for men, and Harding House is reserved for the book store and a student lounge. The other properties have been reserved for parking areas or are temporarily used for class purposes. By September 1957, the Harold R. Stark Hall, which is now under construction, will be ready for use by the science departments. This building of approximately 50,000 square feet has been given by a group of anonymous friends and will provide students with the most modern facilities of study in the fields of biology, chemistry, and physics. Fortunately, endowment has kept pact with the expanding facilities of the College so that the tuition of each student is supplemented by further income from endowment. Annual gifts from friends and alumni also add to the funds spent for the education of each student. �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA The College offers programs leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may trans£ er as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal programs in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES General Information Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an application, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. �25 GENERAL INFORMATION 24 WILKES COLLEGE ADVANCED STANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. MARKS Five numerical grades are given by the College for academic work. These grades are: Interpretation Grade Superior 4 Very Good 3 Good 2 Passing 1 Failing 0 Averages are computed by multiplying the grade earned in a subject by the number of credits. The totals thus obtained for each subject are added and the total for all subjects is divided by the total number of credits taken by the student. This quotient shall be called the point average. USE OF MARKS Although the primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement, marks are also used by the College as guides to counselling and for administrative purposes. The faculty counsellor, before discussing future plans, must be informed concerning the student's ability, stability, interests, and achievement for it is these factors that suggest the possibilities for development of the student. Marks and averages also indicate something of the values gained from College. It is generally admitted that superior and good grades indicate that a student is benefiting from his studies; it is similarly accepted that a student who makes a poor record is gaining little from College. Marks and averages are therefore used to determine whether or not the student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in College. For the guidance of both students and faculty, the following averages are required for advancement from class to class. To be admitted to these classes the following averages are required: Class Sophomore .... . .......... . Junior ................... . Senior ................... . Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 Any student failing to meet these requirements will withdraw from the College unless he appears before the probation and evaluation committee and convinces them that he merits another opportunity. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To be eligible for graduation all requirements of the College and of the curriculum must be satisfied. These requirements are: 1. The completion of all subjects required for the degree. 2. A grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. An average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. An average of 2.0 for all subjects within the student's major. 5. Satisfaction of all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. TERMINAL CERTIFICATES Students taking terminal courses must complete all course requirements and must average 1.7 credit points for all courses. Two-YEAR ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS CERTIFICATES Certificates in engineering and physics will be awarded to sh1dents who have completed at least 64 hours of required work approved by the engineering faculty for entrance to other engineering schools and have earned an average of 1.7 for all courses. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any course during the .first two weeks of a semester without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues other courses �GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WILKES COLLEGE 26 will receive an ''F" unless the Dean, faculty adviser and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his ~egree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING . Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his ~reshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every stude~t is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accep~ed f?r two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no r~gistrations _will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $5.00. The maximum registration recommended for each course and covered by the tuition charge of $275 a semester is indicated in the program of courses. No student may carry an overload without the approval of his adviser and the Dean. Any student taking an overload must have earned at least a "B'' average during the preceding term. Each hour of work beyond that listed in the catalogue must be paid for at the hourly rate. teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 40,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. ATTENDANCE TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive_ absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. . Each student is requ_ired to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year- four cuts. Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $275.00 a semester for tuition, provided the normal load of semester hours as stated in the catalogue for each semester is not ex- �GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 28 ceeded. An additional charge of $17.00 will be made for each semester hour in excess of the normal load. The tuition of $275.00 includes a charge for maintaining student activities. SCHEDULE OF RATES Charges per semester for students taking a normal load of semester hours as specified in the catalogue for the particular semester and course selected: Tuition ............................ .. ........ $275.00 7.00 Accident Insurance per school year ................ . Laboratory fee for Bio. 101, 102, 111, 112, 113, 201, 202, 211, 212, 223, 241,242,251,252 Chem. 101, 102, 104, 121, 122, 230, 231, 233, 241, 242,251,252,271,272 C.E. 103,104 Phys. 111, 112, 150, 151, 152, 251. .............. .. 15.00 29 Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students ......... . ............. . 34.00 Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.00 Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study .......................... . 17.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ......... . 17.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 .00 Laboratory fees (see above) .. .. ... ..... .. 10.00, D.00 & 20.00 Laboratory fee for S.S. 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 205 ...... . 10.00 Fee for Ed. 207, 209, 210, Mus. Ed. 203-204 ........ . 20.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ...... .. .. ..... ........ . 10.00 Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . $ 35.00 Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin viola 50.00 or cello with Mr. Liva ............... .' ..... ' Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with 50.00 Mr. Isaacs ............................. . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano with 50.00 Mrs. Liva .. . ... . ........................ . A student registering for individual instruction in music will be charged for five lessons whether the lessons are taken or not. A student dropping his study after the fifth lesson will be charged for the full term. Students registering for individual music instruction after the third week of the semester will be charged on a pro rata basis. Rental of practice room. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Use of diction laboratory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. 00 5.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .............. . Late Registration ................................. . Graduation fee ( four-year students) ....... . ......... . Convocation fee ( two-year students) ...... . ... . . ... .. . 325.00 25.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 5.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of �30 WILKES COLLEGE the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT WELFARE Student Welfare CAREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages ?3-lled from this raw material provide background information, which 1s under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or prof essional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. 33 ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be ref erred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them �34 WILKES COLLEGE STUDENT WELFARE for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. provide this coverage at a minimum the College has arranged for group coverage with the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha. The fee of $7 .00 provides protection for the full period of the College term and is payable at the beginning of the term. Day students who wish to obtain both health and accident insurance may buy this more comprehensive coverage at the same rate paid by boarding students. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Accident Insurance. Accident insurance must be carried by all students to protect them from unnecessary loss during the school year. To 35 �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. 37 The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 19 51, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those in~ereste~ ~n writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to JOtn the staffs. DEBATING DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may he easily adapted to current interests. �SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 39 Scholarships and Awards Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Scholarships are awarded each year to entering students of outstanding ability and to students of high achievement who require assistance that they may complete their college work. To retain their scholarships, winners must remain in good scholastic standing, must carry a full schedule of studies, and must conduct themselves in a manner creditable to themselves and to the College. Scholarships may not be used as an initial payment, but they are accepted for the final balance of each term. A scholarship student who withdraws during the term cancels his scholarship arrangements with the College. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive scholarships are offered each year to students from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstanding records on the scholarship examinations given at the College on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competition must apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the examination. Leadership scholarships are offered to young men and women who have combined leadership in student activities with high scholastic achievement. Students seeking these scholarships must apply for admission a week before the scholarship examinations which are offered by the College on the last Saturday in April. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of students who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. Scholarships Amnicola Scholarships. Each year the editor-in-chief of the yearbook is offered a full-tuition scholarship valued at $480. Tuition scholarships of $100 are awarded to the business manager, assistant editor, and picture editor of the publication. Beacon Scholarships. The editor-in-chief of the College newspaper is awarded an annual full-tuition scholarship worth $480. The business manager, the news editor, and the feature editor are awarded tuition grants of $100 each. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. The Richard H. Royer Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. ~r. Harland W. Hoisington has given an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. The W. S. Carpenter Memorial Fund was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus or other equipment for use in the science department. The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of �40 WILKES COLLEGE making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. f. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street Tournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. The Tohn Wilkes, Inc., Annual Forensic Award is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. PICK H �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: ''Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the dead." The character of a man's world has always been determined by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls for the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice of electives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engineering course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization even though they do not make engineering their life work. The curricula in engineering and in commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS .ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a 43 business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. �44 PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS WILKES COLLEGE LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. 45 Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital ~chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may trans£er to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of i. sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in colleg teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. S0OAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distri bution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and �46 WILKES COLLEGE dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional train• ing. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 146.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �49 DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may ?e chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to m~:t the reqmrei:nents for graduation within each major program as conditions may reqmre. DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. �51 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music 50 FRESHMAN YEAR HUMANITIES Major Subject Art ................ English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 36 40 24 29 47 24 32 24 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 6 14 6 6 Free Elective 30 35 45 30 14 38 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Tit/8 Biological Science 1 . . • • • • . • . • Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language2 •••• • . • • • • • 101 or 103 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . ... Hist 101 3 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science .. . .. . ..... Phys 100 3 . . . . . . P.E. 101 1 Phvs. Ed ... . . ... . Pers. Hyg ........ . . . . .. .. .. P .E. 105 1 Orientation Numb,r Cr. Title Comgosition ..... . ......... Eng 102 3 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 2 Foreign Language ••••••••••• 102 or 104 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science1 . . • • . . . . • . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . .. . ...... . .. . ..... P.E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ... .. ..... . . .. . .. P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science ....... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences 15 6 15 6 6 6 6 15 15 15 Free Elective 39 39 39 39 27 SCIENCES Major Subject Biology ............. Psychology . ......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Sciences 31 9 Free Elective 15 35 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. World Literature .. .......... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 2 •••••...••• 103 or 200 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ..... . ... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 . . • • • . • 104 or 200 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig ........ Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ...... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee 100} Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 American Federal Govt.P.S. 101 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective .............. . Physical Education ....... P.E. 104 Title Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ..... Math History of Religions ....... Rel Intro. to Philosophy3 ••••• Phil Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ....... Ee Intro. to Education ........ Ed American Federal Govt ..... P.S. General Psychology ........ Psy Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc Elective ................. . Physical Education .......... P .E. 101} 101 101 3 1001 101 101 6 100 100 103 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. • During the third and fourth semesters. nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The �52 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS 53 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phy 100 3 Foreign Language ........... 101 or 103 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Basic Art ................. Art 102 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language ........... 102 or 104 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem ........ Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phvs.Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Titl, N1,mber Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Fog 102 3 Trigonometry ............... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Titl, Numb,, Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 103 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 114 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities. . . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy......... 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 104 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities...... 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates ........... Bio 201 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 15 15 16 2 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 201} Title Number Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ....... Art 212 Fine Art ................... Art 216 World Literature ............ Eng 152 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy ........ . Studio II .................. . 16 Sixth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 242 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 American Federal Government P.S. JOI 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 15 16 SENIOR YEAR 15 Seventh Semester Title Eighth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art .................... Art 217 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numb,, Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 204) Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 214 Fine Art ................... Art 218 Electives .................. . Studio IV ................. . 15 15 1 1 Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ............... Chem 231 5 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 SENIOR YEAR 203} 4 4 3 230 152 102 104 Fifth Semester Titl, 202} 17 Seventh Semester Number Cr. 202 4 Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chem ............... Chem World Literature ............ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Education .......... P.E. JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Nmnber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ....... Art 211 3 Fine Art ................... Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 6 Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Fourth Semester Tit!, The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Eighth Semester Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 251 3 Seminar .................... Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics ... Ee 100 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 2 Electives • • . . . . • . • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 252 3 History of Biology .......... Bio 292 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives 2 . . • . . • . . . . . • . . • . • . 9-10 16-17 1 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. 16-17 �5-1 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music Major in Mathematics 55 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition . ............... Eng 102 - 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 Elective... .. ............... 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . ..... . ........... P.E. 106 1 Titl, Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Phys. Ed ...... ..... . . . . . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. ..... ... . ... . .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .. ............ Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . • 1 Physical Science ........ .... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg . .... .. .... .. .... . P.E. 106 1 17 17 17 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Fo11rth Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Calculus I. ................. Math 125 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Calculus II ... .. ...... .... .. Math 126 4 General Physics I . . . ....... Phys 150 4 Physical Education ..... .. . .. P .E. 104 1 N11mbor Cr. Title Foreign Language . ......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 1 1 Applied Music . • . . . . . . . . . . . Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 1 Physical Education .... ... ... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . . . . . • . . . . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . .. . . 6 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 16 18 16 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 ••••••• 3 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ......... Soc 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective...... .. 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Amer. Federal Govt ......... P.S. 101 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 16-19 15-16 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Nmnber Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ............ Mus llO 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Mathematics Elective2 . • • • . . . Elective ... ..... ... ........ . 15-18 1 2 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Titl, Number Cr . Mathematics Elective2 ••••••• 3 Intro. to Music . . .. ......... Mus 100 3 Elective ................... . 9- 12 The leYel of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Number Cr. Title 2 Applied Music 1 • • . . • • . . . • . . • 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 Electives .................. . 9 T;tle Nmnbur Cr. Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 Counterpoint .. ............. Mus 218 3 Electives ..... ..... ...... .. . 9 15 16 Cr. 3 12 15 1 Private instruction. �57 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education was greatly emphasized by the many new problems which needed solution during the recent conflict. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. 56 Title N1,mber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Basic Drawing .............. Engi 101 2 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed...... . .. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. ... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed.......... . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 19 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title N1,mber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Differential Calculus ......... Math 125 4 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Title ' Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 19 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. }211 _6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 17-20 Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 122 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry ............... Chem 106 3 Elective.................... 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Title Number Cr. Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 18 18 1 19 Sixth Semester 18 Seventh Semester Second Semester Title Nttmber Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 102 6 Elementary German 1 ••.•....• Ger 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR 16-19 JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Tttle Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 . • . . . . . . . Ger 101 3 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Fourth Semester Tztle Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Integral Calculus ............ Math 126 4 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 16 Fifth Semester FRESHMAN YEAR The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 92. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 151, 152; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101; Math. 240. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits are to be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 101, 203; Ee. 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. 1 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1N COMMERCE AND FINANCE 1:'he comi:n~r.ce and finance curricula provide training for economic and bus.mess. act1v1tles surple~ented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and soc:al sciences. Its ?bJ~ct1ves are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and e~o~omic life in a comp~titive society, to aid in the development of an ap_rre~iatlon f ~r cultural p~rsmts, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop ~ound thm~mg and 1~tellectual mterests, and to provide technical instruction m preparat10n for busmess and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the indi~idual needs and pu!poses of t~e. stud~nts. These groups are: Group I, Accountmg;_ Group II, Business Admrn1strat10n; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Subjects Group I Group II Group III Accounting Business Administration Retailing Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. Cr. 24 23 Cr. Cr. Major ............ 30 24-39 Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 6 30-33 15 Electives .......... 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities ........ 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 6 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 6 133 59 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 58 6 FRESHMAN YEAR2 Second Semester First Semester Titl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 B10logical Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Titls Number Cr. 3 Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 1 Ph ·sical Education .......... P .E. 103 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102\ 3 Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115f Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 l 17 19 JUNIOR YE.AR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 lnrro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Free Elective2 •• . • • . • • • . • . • . . 3 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 .Accounting Systems ......... Acct 220} 3 C.P.A. Problems ............ Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions ......... Rel 101 Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 18 SENIOR YE.AR 6 131-132 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 133 Title Number Cr. 3 Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 1 Phys. Ed ... .. ............. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title Number Cr . Tax Accounting ............. Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ......... B. A. 225 3 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Titl, Number Cr. Auditing Practice ............ Acct 232 3 Theory of Money ............ Ee 202} 3 Public Finance .............. Ee 236 Economic Geography ........ Ee 226 3 18 9 1 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer fol- lowing the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one 1 Does not include major courses. semester of the freshman year. 3 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. �61 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 60 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration BANKING AND FINANCE 1 FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. ......... Bio 100 3 Composition ..... .... ....... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . ................. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... .............. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Numbsr Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Amer. Federal Govt .......... P.S. 101 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 Tith Title Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. 218 Real Estate ..................... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ............. B.A. 225 Investments ..................... B.A. 226 EC0NOMICS1 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ... ... ...... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title NNmh,r Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102 \ 3 Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 f Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 17 16 Title Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ............ Ee 223 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Numhsr Public Finance .. .............. .. Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis . ............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Economic Investigation .......... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Tit/, Number Industrial Management .......... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management ...... . ....... B.A. 238 ales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 JUNIOR YEAR 1 Title Numb,r Life Insurance ................... B.A. 241 Labor Problems ................. Ee 223 Applied Psychology ......... .... Psy 206 Hist. and Devel. of Psychometric Methods ........ Psy 216 MARKETING1 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Numb,r Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance .................. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ........ Math 115 Title Numb,r Cr. Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science... . . 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Numbsr Cr. Title Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) 226 Economic Geography .. ... Ee C. & F. Elective .. ..... .. . 232 Economic Statistics .......... Ee Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} 3 History of Religions . . .... . Rel 101 Marketing ........ ..... .... B.A. 222 3 3 Free Elective .............. . 18 15 Tttle Nttmber Salesmanship .................... B.A. 114 Advertising ..................... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ...................... B.A. 222 Title Numbtr Sales Management ............... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ........... Ret 101 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Numbsr Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 . . 12 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Titl, Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •. Free Elective .............. . Cr. l2 3 15 1 At 1 See footnote next page. least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. �63 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BAGIELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Retailing Major in Secretarial Studies 62 FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester Tit/a Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. .. . .. .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. .......... . .... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Amer. Federal Govt .. ........ P.S. 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E . 102 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ... . . ... P.E. 106 1 First Semester Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Survey of Business .. . ....... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... ............ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .. .. Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Phys. Education. . ...... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg....... . ..... P.E. 101 1 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ... . ....... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. ... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .. ..... Math 102 2 Phys. Education ........... . P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg.. .P.E. 106 1 Elective.......... ... ....... 3 17-18 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law ...... ...... ... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ....... ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective in Retailing. . . . . . . . 3 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 N1t1nber Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Elective in Retailing ....... . 3 Physical Education ......... . P .E. 104 1 17 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition .... .... Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music ..... .. ...... Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 103 1 Nttmb,r Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Physical Science . ............ Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 Free Elective ... ... . ....... 3 Physical Education ...... . . . . P.E. 104 1 16 17 Tift, JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Titu Numb,r Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... .. Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science. . . . 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 9 Titla Number Cr. Intro. to Music .. ... ........ Mus 100 3 Al tern ates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 101} History of Religions ....... Rel 101 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Free Elective................ 3 Marketing ................. B.A. 222 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc................... 3 Tit/, Number C,. Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .............. . 6 Free Electives .............. . 9 15 15 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Principle of Economics .. ..... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography . . . S.S. 109 4 Electives ....... . ......... . . 6 Number Cr. Tille Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. ll0 4 6 Electives .. ................ . 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Car. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines .. .. . S.S. 205 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management . ..... ... . B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography . ..... S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting .. . ...... S.S. 203 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. �DEGREE PROGRAMS 65 WILKES COLLEGE 64 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Students working for the B.S. in Secondary Education are those who plan to teach in one or two of the following secondary school teaching .fields: English, history, language ( s) , mathematics, science, or social studies. They are expected to build up a concentration of at least 30 hours in one of these .fields and at least 18 hours in a supporting field. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 101 3 Composition . .. ............. Eng 102 3 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 101 3 Elective.................... 3 100 3 Phys. Ed . ............ . ..... P.E. 102 1 101 l Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 106 1 105 1 17 17 Number Titl, Composition . ... ..... .. ... .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .... .. Hist Physical Science ............ Phy American Federal Government P .S. Music ..................... Mus Phvs. Ed . .................. P.E. Pers. Hyg ...... . ........... P.E. Orientation FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Science1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys. Ed. . . . . . . . . ..... P.E. 102 l Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 T itle Number Cr. Composition ...... ........ . . Eng 101 3 Science Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Mathematics Elective1 . . . . . . . 3-5 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Elective 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Phys. Ed ........ .. ........ P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Orientation 16-19 16 14-20 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fifth Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Title N11mbcr Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ... ... Ee 100 3 World Literature ... ........ . Eng 152 4 General Psychology .. . ... .. . Psy 100 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 16-17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .. . .. Hist 107 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ....... . ...... ..... Ed 204 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Number Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Studen t Teaching ... . . ...... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15 15 1 Electives shall be selected or omitted so that the total number of hours shall not exceed the maximum number of credits allowed for each term. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 101 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Elective.................... 2-3 Physical Education .... . ..... P .E. 104 1 Titlt Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Elective.................... 3 Physical Education ........ .. P.E. 103 1 16-17 Sixth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Numb1r Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Titl, Number Cr. Educational Psychology ... .. Ed 201 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 Seventh Semester SENIOR Title NtJmber Cr. Student Teaching .... .... ... Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading .. ... ... Ed 231 3 Elementary Curriculum ...... Ed 238 3 Art in the Elem. Sch ......... Ed 241 2 Music in the Elem. Sch ...... Ed 242 2 Health and P.E. in the E.S ... Ed 243 2 16 15 YE.AR Eighth Semester Title Numb,r Cr. Student Teaching ........... Ed 209 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Teaching of Arithmetic .. . . .. Ed 232 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Teaching of El. Sch. Sci ...... Ed 239 2 15 �66 --- - - - ----------------------SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Eighth Semester Seventh Semester The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, com• mercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students preferring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester first Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business . . ....... . B. A. 100 3 Business Mathematics . . . .. . . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . ... .. .. ... Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. .. .. . . . . .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . . . . ....... .. ...... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . ...... P.E . 10S 1 Orientation Tit/, Number Cr Composition ... . ........ .. . Eng 102 Hist. of W . Civilization ... . . Hist 102 Intro. to Music . ....... . . . .. Mus. 100 Physical Science . . . ...... . . . Phys 100 Intro. to Sociology .. . . . ..... Soc 100} or American Federal Government P.S . 101 Phys. Ed ... . .. . .. P.E . 102 Pers. Hyg ... . .. . .. .... ..... P.E. 106 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Tit!, 3 Elementary Accounting ... . . . Acct 101 or Elective 3 Principles of Economics .. . . .. Econ 101 101 3 Intro. to Education .. .. ..... Ed 3 U.S . - Pa. History to 186S .. .. Hist 107 4 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 or Elective Physical Education . . ..... .. P .E. 103 1 Numbsr Cr. Title Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ... . . . Econ 102 3 U.S. Hist. since 186S ...... . Hist 108 3 General Psychology .. . . . .. . . Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S . 102 4 or Elective Physical Education .... . ... . P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 67 DEGREE PROG RA M S WILK ES COLLEGE Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .... . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law . .... . ......... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology . . ... Ed 201 3 English Elective . . . . ... . Eng 151 or 1S3 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Tit!, Numbtr Cr. Advanced Accounting . .. .. . Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law .. ... .. ... ..... B. A. 232 Office Management .. .... .. . . B.A. 238 3 English Elective . . . . . .. . Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . ..... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 17·16 Tit!, Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports ... . . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S . .... . . S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . ...... Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines . .. .. .... . .. S.S. 20S 4 or Elective Elective. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. Visual Education . .. . ... . ... Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 20S 3 Student Teaching. . . ...... Ed 207 8 Elective .. . ... . . . .. . ..... . .. 3 16 15 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements .ire met: Bookkeeping ........ . ....... .. ................ .. . 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . .. . ....... . ... . .... . ............ 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours rconomics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve ( 12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. �BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION SENIOR YEAR The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. fRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 101 3 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Music Theory .............. Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument .. ......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . ½ Elective .................. . 3 1 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Orientation 18½ Title N,,mber Cr. Composition ........ ..... .. Eng 102 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 102 S Clarinet Class and Band Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ... . . .............. P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 1 Title 69 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 68 l 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History .. ........ .... Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Education ......... P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 S Music History .............. Mus no 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Physical Education ......... P.E. 104 1 17½ 17½ Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ...... Ed 204) Education or l Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f 3 Education Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Title Number Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 1 Orchestration .............. Mus 216 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . Ed 108 2 String Instrument Class Mus and Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 204 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective.................... 3 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Amer. and Penna. History to 1865 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hist 107 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Title Nmnber Cr. .Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 American History since 1865 2 . Hist 108 3 Community Nursing ......... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ...... N.E. 106 2 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N1,mber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .... Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental). . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument ........... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods. . . . . . . . Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral). . . . . . . . Ed no Mus Violin Class and Methods ... . Ed 112 App Major Instrument . .......... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16H SENIOR YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ...... N.E. 107 2 Electives 3 . • • . • . • • . . . . • • • • • . 6-7 15-16 1 2 3 Title Number Cr. 214 2 131 2 102 2 112 4 5-6 Guidance ................... Ed Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N .E. Field Experience ............ N.E. Electives 3 • • • • • • . • • • • • • • • • . • 15-16 For exception see page 44. Hist. 101 and 102 may be substituted for Hist. 107 and 108. Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should determine the requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 70 FRESH MAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester T itle N umber Basic Art .... . .... .. ....... Art Composit ion .. ............ . Eng Hist . of West. Civ . ........ . Hist Fund. of Math .. ...... . . . .. M ath Phys. Science . . . . ... . .. .. . .. Phys Phys. Ed . . . . . .. .. .......... P.E . Pers. Hygiene . . .... . .. . .... P.E. Orientation 101 101 101 101 100 101 105 Cr . 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 Title N umber Basic Art ... .. ............ . Art Composition .. ....... . ..... Eng Bio. Science .. . .. .......... . Bio Hist . of West. Civ . .. . ...... H ist Fund. of Math ... .... . .... . Math Phys. Ed ........ . .. . .... . . P.E. Pers . Hygiene .............. P.E . 102 102 100 102 102 102 106 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 17 17 SOPHOMOR E YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Title N umber AJ?plied Art ... . ............ Art Hist. of Art . ... ....... . .. . . Art Intro.toEd . . ..... ... . ..... Ed World Lit . . .... ... ..... . .. Eng Amer. Fed. Gov ..... . ...... P.S. Phys. Ed .. ..... . .......... P.E. 103 111 101 151 101 103 Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 1 Title N umber AJ?plied Art ................ Art Hist. of Art .... . ........ . .. Art World Lit . . ... . ...... . . . . . Eng General Psych ... . . . . . ...... Psych Intro . to Soc ... ............ Soc Phys. Ed ............ . ..... P.E . 104 112 152 100 100 104 Cr. 3 3 4 3 3 1 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Fine Arts ... . . . . .... . . . . . .. Art Graphic Art .. . .. .. .. . ..... Art Intro. to Econ . .. . . .. ...... . Econ Ed. Psvch . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .... Ed U.S. a~d Pa. Hist ...... . .... Hist 215 241 100 201 107 Cr. 4 2 3 3 3 Title N umber Fine Arts ... . ........ ... ... Art Graphic Art .. ...... . ... ... Art U.S . Hist .. ...... . ... . . . . .. Hist Child Psych ..... . . . ....... . Psy Elective* .. . . . .... . .. . .... . 216 242 108 207 Cr. 4 2 3 3 3 15 15 S ENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. Title Arts of Presentation ........ Art 243 3 Prin. and Math. of Secondary Ed . . . . ...... Ed 204 3 Fund. of Speech ..... .. ..... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Philosophy .. . ..... Phi l 101 3 Intro. to Music . .. . ......... Mus 100 3 3 Elective* ... ......... . .... . Title Nttmber Student Teaching ..... . . .. .. Ed Visual Ed ... . . . .. . .. . ... . . . Ed Teaching of Art .. . ........ . Ed Elective*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 *Nine hours of electives must be t aken in three differen t fields. Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. 210 212 221 Cr. 8 1 3 3 15 71 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehig~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvama State College, ,P urdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engil:"leer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the .student shoul_d consid~r his natural interests. The demands of this profession a~e exactmg, but 1t should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~esearch a_ppeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested m development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need.ed. to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his Judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. _During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the _stud 7nt should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engmeermg and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' �73 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 72 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. 4 General Inorganic Chem ..... . Chem 101 Engineering and Orientation Problems ................. Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and 3 Des. Geometry ............. Engi 105 3 Composition . ... . ........ ... Eng 101 Algebra and Trig ............ Math 105 5 1 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .... ........ . . . . . . P.E . 105 Orientation 19 Nttmber Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Analytic Geometry .......... Math 122 4 General Physics (Mech.) ... .. Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed.. . . . . . . . . . ..... P .E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au!ic, a_nd sanitar~ engineering,. and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construct10n and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co1:1trol of water r~sources; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the locat10n and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Plane Surveying ....... . . ... . C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II . .. .. .. ... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Route Surveying . . .. .. ... .. .. C.E. 104 4 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ....... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .... ...... P .E. 104 1 18 19 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ELECfRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chem· icals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may bt engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. To?ay nea~ly eve!y a~ivity of civ~lized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer 1s trarned to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR2 Third Semester Fourth Semester Titu Numb,r Cr. lnor. Quant. Analysis ... ..... Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics .... ... .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .... .. Eng 134 3 Calculus I . .. ............... Math 125 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Numb1r Cr. Stoichiometry .............. . Ch E 106 Calculus II ................. Math 126 Mechanics I, Statics . ........ M .E . 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics . ..... M.E. 212 General Physics ..... . ....... Phys 152 Physical Education ... ....... P .E. 104 19 18 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chem . 102 (six hours). All other engineering 2 students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. SOPHOMORE YE.A.R 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Numb,r Cr. Plane Surveying ............. C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus I .................. Math 125 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 1 Tit/, Nttmber C,,. Calculus II . ... ..... ........ Math 126 '4 Kinematics ................. . M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 ) Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phvs 152 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 18 18 1 For freshman year see page 72. �WILKES COLLEGE 74 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business aaministration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 101 134 125 151 3 3 4 4 100 103 3 1 Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Mechanics I, Statics ... ...... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Phvsics III. . . . . Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P.E. 104 1 18 18 Number Principles of Economics ...... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I. ............ . .... Math General Physics II .......... Phys General Psychology .. ....... Psy Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title 3 4 4 103 1 18 18 Number Cr. 103 3 100 3 Plane Surveying ... ......... . C.E. Intro. to Economics .......... Ee Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng Calculus I .................. Math General Physics II .......... Phys Physical Education .......... P .E. 1 134 125 151 Title Number Cr. Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 Kinematics ................. M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Phvsics III .......... Phys 152 4 Physical Education .......... P .E. 104 1 For freshman year see page 72. Terminal Programs �77 TERMINAL PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 76 PRE-DENTAL LABORATORY AND MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY (Two years) The following requirements for laboratory technicians or medical tech· nologists are those set forth by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Oinical Pathologists. Students who complete this terminal curriculum are eligible to apply for registration. The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FRESHMAN YEAR Biology: Title "t-.Tumber Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition ...... .. ....... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .... ... ..... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ..... ............ . . P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . .... .. .. ......... P.E. 105 1 Chemistry: Twelve hours of general inorganic chemistry, including laboratory work. Four hours of quantitative analysis, including laboratory work. Orientation Sufficient to give a minimum of sixty semester hours of college credit. The following courses are recommended, but not required: physics, organic chemistry, histology, embryology, physiology, and comparative anatomy. 4 6 3 3 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. 101 5 101 4 101 3 107 3 101 1 105 1 General Zoology ............ Bio General !norganic Chem ...... Chem Composition . . ....... ...... Eng College Algebra . ......... .. Math Phys. Ed ................... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Orientation 1 itle Number Cr. 102 4 General Zoology .. ....... ... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem Elective.................... Composition ............... Eng Phys. Ed.... . ....... P.E. Pers. Hyg ....... . .......... P.E. 102 102 102 106 6 3 3 1 1 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Number Cr. T itle Number Cr. Bacteriology ................ Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .................... Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ... . . ..... P .E. 103 1 Bacteriology ................ Bio 212 4 Organic Chem ... ............ Chem 230 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Physical Education ... . ...... P.E. 104 1 16-17 16-17 1 Cr. Number General Zoology . ......... . . Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 Phys. Ed ... ............... . P .E. 102 Pers. Hyg .... ....... ..... . . P.E. 106 Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Title 16 Electives: Title Second Semester First Semester Twelve semester hours, of which ten hours must be in zoology. Additional courses which may be taken to fulfill this requirement are histology, embryology, comparative anatomy, physiology, bacteriology, and hygiene. At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. Fourth Semester Cr. Number Title 3 Histology .................. Bio 241 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ..... ... Phys 111 Alternates: 4 World Literature .......... Eng 151 3 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 1 Physical Education .......... P .E. 103 15-16 Title Numb,r Histology .................. Bio Organic Chemistry .......... Chem In trod uccory Physics ... .... . Phys Al tern ates: World Literature .......... Eng Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist Physical Education .......... P .E. Cr. 242 230 112 3 4 4 152 102 104 4 3 1 15-16 �78 79 WILKES COLLEGE TE RMINAL PROGRAMS PRE-DENTAL SECRETARIAL COURSE (Three years) The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. General Zoology . . . . . . . .... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .. . Chem 101 4 Composition . .... . ......... Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . ... ... ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 101 I Pers. Hyg . . . ... . . . ... . ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology .. . .. ..... . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 Composition .. ..... . . . .... . Eng 102 Trigonometry . ... .. ... .... . Math 109 Phys. Ed .. ....... . .. . ...... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. . ........ . ...... P.E. 106 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester T itle Number Cr. Basic Art .. . .... .. .. . ...... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature . ... . ... ... Eng 151 4 Physical Education . ... . .. . . P .E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. .. ..... ... .. . . .. Art 102 3 Embryology . . . . . ........ . . . Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry . ..... . ... Chem 230 4 World Literature . .... .. .. . . Eng 152 4 Physical Education . . ... .... P .E. 104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. Bacteriology . ... . . . . . . . .... Bio 211 4 Histology . . . . . . . . ... . .. .. . . Bio 241 3 Org:mic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Numb,r Cr. Bacteriology .. . . .. . ........ Bio 212 4 Histology . .. ... . . .......... Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective .... . . ... . Chem 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 16 14 FRESHMAN YEAR First Sem ester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business . . . .. ... . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition . . .. . .... .. ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed . ....... .. ..... . ... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . ....... . .... . . P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... .. .... . Bio 100 3 Composition . ... .. .. .. . .. . . Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... . Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed ... . ............... P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .. .... . .. . .. . ..... P.E . 106 1 15 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Business Mathematics .. . . . . . B.A. 107 3 Business Law .. . . ... . ... ... . B.A. 231 3 Intermediate Stenography ... . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . ... S.S. 205 4 Elective . .. .. ............ .. . 3 Physical Education .. . . . ... .. P .E. 103 1 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management ... . .. . .. . B.A. 238 3 Intro. to Economics ...... . .. Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenogral?hy ... . ... S.S. 110 4 Secretarial Accounting .. . .. . . S.S . 120 3 Elective . . .. . .. .. .. . .... ... . 3 Physical Education ... ... . .. . P .E. 104 1 18 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �Description of Courses �82 AccT. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS-Three credits ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Baron, Curtis, Kohn, Krohn, Slamon, P. Werner. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. THE STAFF AccT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three credits A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits 83 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. MR. SLAMON A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. AccT. 221. TAXES I-Three credits MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; .fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 21. AccT. 231. AuDITINGPRINCIPLEs-Three credits MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. AccT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three credits MR. SLAMON Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 31. AccT. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three credits MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Lorusso. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �85 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an 'observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 70. TYPOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing with type, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. 84 ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART 109. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART llO. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION- Three credits MR. O'TooLE Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. LORUSSO Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three credits each semester MR. LORUSSO The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. �87 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 86 BIOLOGY DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or four credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three or four credits each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, ART-Two credits each semester Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. ART 243. ARTS OF Professor Reif, chairman; Instructors Leagus, Michelini and Namisniak. THE STAFF SCIENCE-Three credits Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL MR. REIF ZOOLOGY-Nine credits General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15.00 each course. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL Bio. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK ?eneral Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. MR. REIF TAXONOMY-Four credits Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of t~e Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and BIO. 202. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. topic for presentation to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 88 BIO. 211-212. 89 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four credits MR. REIF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 101, or permission of instructor. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND each semester ORGANOLOGY-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequ~~ce. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequmte: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Fee: $15 each course. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY- Three credits each semester MR. MICHELINI Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: through Bio. 242, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Bio. 252 is Bio. 251. BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY-One credit each semester STAFF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the field of biology for senior students. Each student prepares a paper on a biological Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Christopher, Elliot, Farrar, Instructors Casper, Connor, Mackson, Kohn, Krohn, Puhak, Wood, Johns, Lu, Roberts, R. Werner. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1- Three credits STAFF The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS- Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �90 WILKES COLLEGE B.A. 216. ADVERTISING-Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. MR. ROSENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. 9l and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law, agencies and procedure for enforcing legal rights are discussed. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes, with particular reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract, the nature and transfer of contractual rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three hours MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three hours THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three hours THE STAFF Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three hours MR.LU A study of the economic principles underlying the ca:pital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short- term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three hours MR.LU Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; .financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN, MR. PuHAK Principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, in their formation, operation, internal relationships, and dissolution, with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Legal aspects of the insurance contract with respect to the insured, insurer, and beneficiary, and the interest necessary to create an insurance contract. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three credits MR. PUHAK Law of property; the mortgagor-mortgagee relationships; the landlord-tenant relationship; business crimes ( crimes against the person, property, business transactions); bankruptcy; and pacts (security of person, property, business relations, and business transactions) . Prerequisite: B.A. 231,232, Acct. 102. �92 B.A. 235. WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, .financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CHRISTOPHER A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of o.&ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design a.nd effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. CHRISTOPHER MR. CHRISTOPHER B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 93 B.A. 240. PROP ERTY INSURANCE- Three credits MR. C ONNOR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits MR.FARRAR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY- Three credits MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, and Worstall; Instructor Leagus. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Fot/1° credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. (HEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three credits MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. 94 CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits Miss BONE The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and prac· tice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits Miss BoNE, MR. WoRSTALL A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week: laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory. nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRESS 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five credits A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. 95 CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Three credits MR. BASTRI:.SS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. (HEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- Four credits each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, thre hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY--T hree credits MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Th1'ee credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 2 30. CHEM. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY- One credit MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 96 MR. BASTRESS credit An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester THE STAFF Fee: $5 per credit. ECONOMICS 97 Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-T hree credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT, MR. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales .finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Lu. Instructor R. Werner. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry should include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. THE STAFF EcoNOMICs-Three credits An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO THE STAFF Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three credits An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF EcoNOMICs-Three credits This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad macro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKING--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three credits A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. STAFF Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR MovEMENT-T hree credits A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 1 O2. MR. R. WERNER Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three credits An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues in the .field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. �99 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 98 Ee. 226. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 227. EcoNOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE EcoNOMIC SYSTEMs--Three credits THE STAFF The institutions of planned economy of the U .S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR.LU Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three credits A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Ee. 236. PuBLlC FINANCE-Three creditsMR. ROSENBERG, MR. WERNER Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. EcoNOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. Lu An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. EcoNOMIC ANALYSis-Three credits MR. Lu This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MR.LU Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMICs-Three credits The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distributiori wd measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF Ee. 246. EcoNOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICs-Three credits A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include time- series analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Professor Hammer, chairman; Assistant Professor Fortess, Instructor R. Moran. THE STAFF ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One credit A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts �100 about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. En. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three credits MR. HAMMER A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financing of education; the profession of teaching ; the participation of the public contemporary issues and trends in public education. Students taking Ed. 101 will not receive credit for Ed. 100. MR. HAMMER 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and Ed. 101. ED. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits MR. HAMMER A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 204. 101 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (0BSER- VATION)-Four credits Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school classrooms, and teach. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. �103 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ACTIVITIES-Three credits MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 102 ED. 211. ExTRACURRICULAR THE STAFF EDUCATION-One credit A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL MR. HAMMER GUIDANCE-Two credits A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 214. ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH- Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting occupational choices; methods of making vocational choices; types of occupational preparation; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to job, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 221. THE TEACHING OF ART-Three credits Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. MRS. FORTESS READING-Three credits Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF ED. 234. THE TEACHING OF LANGUAGE ARTS-Two credits MRS. FORTESS Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary English; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; attention given to handwriting, spelling, and the utilization of the library. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 235. CHILDREN'S LITERATURE AND STORY TELLING Three credits MRS. FOR TESS Designed to provide familiarity with classic and modern literature for children of elementary school age. Techniques and practices in story telling will be stressed, and particular emphasis will be placed on the use of dramatization and graphic materials. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Three credits MRS. FORTESS Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two credits MRS. FORTESS The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL credits MRS. FORTESS Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching ED. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC- Two Three credits MRS. FORTESS The development of the elementary curriculum; its relation to the society that supports it; the emerging elementary curriculum; adjust- �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ment to individual needs; relation of objectives to children's needs; content and method; utilizing the arts, music, science, physical education, etc., in the elementary curriculum. ED. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION 104 Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Two ct'edits MR. HAMMER Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits THE STAFF Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY R. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits THE STAFF This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ENGINEERING MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. ED. Two ct'edits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and W orstall; Instructor Thomas. SCHOOL-Two credits MR. 105 EDUCATION-Three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC I.Three ct'edits MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY �WILKES COLLEGE 106 ENGi. 106. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY -Two credits II. MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. WORSTALL A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. MR. THOMAS C.E. 103. PLANE SuRVEYING--Three credits Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever~e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three credits MR.HALL Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. Civil Engineering C. E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING--Four credits Mechanical Engineering Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits 107 Professor Davies, chairman; Associate Professor Kruger; Assistant Professors Groh and Heinle; Instructors Fiester, Lord, Miller, Moran, Roberts, Tener, and Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: 101, 102, 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours) ; four elective courses in literature ( 12 hours) ; one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) Majors in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work in English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. �108 WILKES COLLEGE 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a deficiency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. THE STAFF ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three credits Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. THE STAFF ENG. 105. ADV AN CED EXPOSITION-Three credits A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. MR. KRUGER TING. 106. SHORT STORY-Three credits A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. f ournalism ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three credits MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel. news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. MR. MORAN ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three credits Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of: public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional .fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING- Three credits MR. MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Findi11g suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. HEINLE, MR. TENER Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. HEINLE, MR. TENER Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature [ rom the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE- Three C1'edits MR. TENER Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �111 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE llO 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH 242. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT-Tht'ee credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers con- ENG. DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three Ct"edits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. HEINLE 215. SHAKESPEARE-Tht'ee ct'edits Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied ENG. in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. GROH 287. AMERICAN DRAMA-Three credits The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. ENG. MR. HEINLE 216. MILTON-Three credits Stress is placed on the poetical works of John Milton; in addition some of the poetry of Donne, Jonson and Dryden is studied. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. Speech MR. HEINLE 221. AGE OF POPE-Three credits A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. ENG. ENG. Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. temporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three credits MR. HEINLE A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. THE STAFF 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH-Two credits A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 237. EARLY ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor Henry, Loughnan. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected reading of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 ortheequivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE 113 FR. 203. FR ENCH LIT ERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH C ENTURY Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI St_udy of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY FRENCH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. FRENCH- Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FR. 105. TECHNICAL CONVERSATION-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Intensive practice in the spoken lar;iguage, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. DRAMA- Three credits Miss DwoRSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nintteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 106. FRENCH German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MISS DWORSKJ A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstand ing writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE �WILKES COLLEGE 114 THE STAFF GERMAN- Three credits Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 1 O3 or equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY- Three credits MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. CONVERSATION-Three credits MR. DISQU E Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 106. GERMAN SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three credits SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits MR. DISQUE 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION- Three credits Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three credits each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GOETHE- Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 203. SCHILLER-Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. THE STAFF Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. GER. GER. 204. ll 5 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SPANISH - Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected reading of modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice rn oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three credits MISS DWORSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. DRAMA- Three credits MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKl Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three credits Miss DwoRSKl The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. HISTORY 116 SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE SP. Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits SP. Miss DWORSKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NOVEL-Three credits Miss DWORSKJ The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Kaslas, Mui; Instructors Connolly and Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. Bm. 100. See page 87. MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 131. THE STAFF HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHEll A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 206. THE UNlTED STAT ES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. GENERAL SCIENCE 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two credits 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. GEOL. ll7 HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. �DESCRIPTION WILKES COLLEGE 118 HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and semors. HIST. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS Against a background of the internal and international development., of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan, West and F. Worstall. The major in mathemtaics is outlined on page 54. OF COURSES 119 THE STAFF 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 131. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three c1'edits THE STAFF A continuation of Math. 101. MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three credits Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY- Three credits Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE-Three credits Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS- Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. �12l WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate ~yste~s, incl~ding the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight l!nes, circles, conic sections transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equati~ns, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. I-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. 120 MATH. 122. ANALYTIC MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Four credits THE STAFF Limits derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentlation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. MATH. 125. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 122. II-Four credits THE STAFF Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, in_finite s_eries, p~rtial derivatives, multiple integrals, and introduction to differential equations. MATH. 126. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN S ECONDARY SCHOOLS Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mat~ematics, ma_terial_s of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of mterest, testrng, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 12 5. ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Sets, mappings, relations, development of real number system from Peano's axioms, polynomials, the complex number field, groups. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 214. LINEAR GEOMETRY-Three credits MR. WASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, tria~gles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. ANALYSIS-Three credits THE STAFF Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 235. VECTOR EQUATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS-Three credits A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MATH. MR. RICHARDS MATH. 220. COLLEGE MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Hawkins, Isaacs, A. Liva, F. Liva, Sheeder and Waller. �123 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 5 5. Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. 122 Mus. 109. HISTORY OF APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. .Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music-Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non• technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF MusIC-Five credits each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solf eggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. 1 For fees see page 28. Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 <ir better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4--Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND--One-half credit each semester MR. MORAN The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half credit each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate m the orchestra should consult with the Director. �Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS credits MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. METHODS-Two credits ARRANGING-Two credits MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Mus. 217. MR. DETROY ANALYSIS-Two credits The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 218. CouNTERPOINT-Three credits MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND BAND per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND BAND per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS- Two credits per semester TI-IE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester Music Education METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND MUSIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND 125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to th technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR.MORAN MR.MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. �WILKES COLLEGE 126 Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Mus1cMETHODs-Two DESCRIPTION OF COURSES credits N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING-Four credits per semester . THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. Mus. ED. 203-204. 127 ADMINISTRATION-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Janjigan, Klein, M. Riley, Seeherman and Y encha. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. Miss JESSEE LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicin~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg theu academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley Coll~ge an1 thei~ professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or m residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 102, is limited to graduate nurses. NURSING-Three credits Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with e~phasis up?n the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION-Two credits MISS JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING RESOURCES-Two credits MISS JESSEE A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health, and social welfare of the citizens of the community. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two credits each each semester Miss YENCHA Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical-surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two credits DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two credits Miss JACKSON An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. �129 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 128 PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL NURSING-Two credits THE STAFF The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits MR. VUJICA N.E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION . A_ di~cussion of fund~mental principles underlying social and political mst1tut1ons. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. HISTORY-Three credits MR. VuJICA . An examinat~on of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF Ac;sociate Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Pitts and Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY MR. VUJICA LOGIC-Three credits The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance th~ough the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) . Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. ETHICS-Three credits MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. THOUGHT- Thfee ct'edits MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION-Three credits MR. VuJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF THE STAFF AESTHETICS-Three credits Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 205. Religion RELIGIONS-Three credits MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the gre~t religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 101. MAN'S REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 130 REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits 131 understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. PHYSICS Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Worstall; Instructor Thomas. MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Reese, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. SCIENCE-Three credits MR. WoRsTALL A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL credit THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One PHYSICS-Four credits MR. WoRSTALL An. introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics wave mo~ion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetisr'n, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Fee: $15 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY METEOROLOGY-Three credits A treatment of the fundamentals of meteorology, such as the earth's atmosphere, composition and movement. Atmospheric conditions accompanying weather changes. Weather predictions, air-mass analysis and .the evaluation of weather and climate as related to agriculture, architecture, aviation, public utilities, transportation, business, industry, health, and recreation. Class three hours a week. PHYS. 119. I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS �WILKES COLLEGE 132 Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 15 0 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. THOMAS Precisi on measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, pho to electromo tive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructors Hibbard, and O 'Karma. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P.S. 101 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 101. AMERICAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT- Three credits THE STAFF A study of the national government and the institutions related to it. Particular emphasis is placed on the Constitutional bases of the American system, the processes by which policy is enacted into la:", and the methods by which those same policies are administered. The impact of the citizen on the government and of the government on the citizen is r~peatedly emphasized. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW- -Three credits each semester MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 133 changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and Soc. 100. MR. HIBBARD P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. �WILKES COLLEGE 134 p S 221 INTERNATIONAL DESCRIPTION OF COURSES . LAW-Three ered tts MR.KASLAS . . ~ stud of the development of the body of cust?ms an~ rules wh1_ch states haJe developed to govern their relati~ns, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . Desideratum: United States and European history. s p 222 INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Th ree ere d 1"t s MR. KASLAS · A· broad, · . aims . general course w~i~h t? present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . d g Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, an geo raphy. p s 223. EUROPEAN GOVERNMENTS-Th ree ere d 1't s MR. . KASLAS . · A· stud of two European governments represen t i?g · t wo d1ametricall .. . . y Y 1 . h E r h and the Russian. Smee political mstituopposed ideo ogie~, t e ng is t bl to the English the first half tions in the American system are racea e ' d half is a of the course is devoted to the En~lis~ g?vernment; th~ secon en the consideration of Russian political mstttutions. Comparisons betwe two are continually made. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructor Kanner. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four. hours. P;ychology f The Department requires that psychology majors takeho~e yeard o La . h · t or p ystes an su1.r laboratory science; they_may elect 6101 ~ e~g~ ryStudents planning to stitute this for eithe~ B1ologyllOO 1J5i:dy ei~her French or German take graduate work m psycho ogy s 0 ~ s . d to meet graduate school requirements. m or er . d h plan to conThe major in psychology is designed for stu ents w ~l as for those tinue the study of psychology o~ the ?radu~e /eveli:::i~eges or in the whose interests lie in the teachmg o psyc o ~~ . . k busia lication of the study to such fields as advert1S1ng, clm1Cal wor , . d 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepte . °: ~f' n~fs, education, and industrial_ person:e: wo'.t}~;e~~at}; ':i,':~~r that an undergraduate maJor m psyc o odgy l'fy as a psycholo· 1 ork No stu ent can qua i h O1 1 professiona psyc ogica w · . at man fields today, gist without advanced graduate study' m a gre y 135 moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department oi Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 203-204. semester EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course ts designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. �137 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 136 Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSY. 212. RETAILING THE STAFF BEHAVIOR-Three c1'edits Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. PsY. 208. HUMAN HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF PSYCHOMETRIC METHODS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the theory of psychological testing. The principles underlying test selection, standardization, and evaluation are stressed. This course is a prerequisite for the following courses: Psy. 251, 252, and 255. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Christopher- Instructors Green, Morgan, Rubin, Stein. ' . A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101,102,207,212,214,224. RETAILING-Three credits . P_oli~ies and practices of the various retail institutions; types of retail institutions an_d type~ ?f merchandise handled; store location and layout; sales and service policies; employment, training, and welfare. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Prerequisite: Psy. 100. Three credits PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PsYCHOLOGY-T hree credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. c~~~R ~ND DESIGN-Two credits MR. O'ToOLE Ages of C1v_il~zat10n and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, .classi~ism, modern_ design. Components of composition; problems of function; . prorortion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fun~amentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel Studio, four hours each week. · RET. 201. THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A historical introduction to the conflicting points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC Bas!c ~rinciples of successful retail store organization; study of the organizatt?nal s_t~~ture of department stores; organization and functions of ~p_erating di_v1S1ons;. planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, 1ehve:y, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other courses in psychology. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. GREEN THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alter- PsY. 257. ARNORMAL nate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under super- PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN vision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Stu~y ~f basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Orgamzation ~nd proc~1ure of advertising department in retail stores; typde~ of_ retail advertismg; copy, headline, layout, type, advertising me ia, display; research. SELLING-Three credits Funda~entals of retail selling; constructive attitude; knowledge of ~erchandis~ ~nd the store; knowledge of the customer; selling techniq~es;_ bmldmg permanent business. Laboratory observation· actual selling m retail stores. ' RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits MR. MORGAN Merchan1ise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing proc_ess f ~om fiber to finished fabric; textile terminolo , trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics· new dev~~ opments. ' RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF �138 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Study of natural, industrial, and synthetic materials; _properties, technologies, imitations; plastics, woods, wood construction, leather and leather goods, glass, pottery, china, silverware. RET 212 PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING . . 139 SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Verry; Instructors Hoover, Jenkins. CONTROL-Three credits Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and .finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. MR. STEIN Importance of purchases; principl~s and metho?s; for~s of proc~dure, handling, storing, and warehousrng methods; rnventones_ an~ theu control; types and limitation of stock control systems; appl1cat1on of systems. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING-No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. Fee: $10. BUYING-Three credits THE STA:'F Buying as a career· types of organizations; functional bureaus as a1ds in buying; determina~ion of what to buy; analysis of cus~omer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labelrng; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER FASHION-Three credits THE STAFF Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashi?ns in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessones; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tc apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand note;, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. RELATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment pr~cedure; wage plans and incentives; employ~e t~aining;_ emrloyee ev~luation; employee stabilization; employee partictpation; leg1slat10n affecting labor problems in retailing. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. RET. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL S.S. 106. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on .fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE T wo ered 1't s THE STAFF Importance of small business; fa~tors in _b~siness success; j~stification of new businesses; financing; location; polmes; management, ~mployee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small busrness and the future. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. R 224. ET. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . THE STAFF Three credits Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two credits each semester MR. JENKJNS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 101-102. �140 WILKES COLLEGE -------- h rthand notes during second semester. 1 abo ratory fee required. Four s o laboratory each wee k . Fee.. $10 each course. hours An S.S. 109-110. ANCED STENOGRAPHY v . . ' Three credits JhorttJan d I redit typewriting each semester one c MR. VERRY . l"fied with emphasis on fluency and Review of Gregg Shorthand, S1mdp 1 ' in shorthand typewriting. d 1 t of speed an accuracy , b 1 . legibility; _eve opmen. . in skill to letter writing, ta u atr_on, and transcnption; apphcat1on of typ g t· of telegrams m nuscripts · l f ms• prepara 10n ' rough drafts, commerc~: o~ Ditto master copies; training in punctuaand term papers, stene1 s an r h blems· study of correct form and tion, spelling, and oth~r Enf/5 w~:: habit;, attitudes, and traits. Lab style; development of ~sira e h week Two hours lecture, six oratory fee required. Eight hours eac . hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 10 2. S.S. 113-114. semester ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each MR. JENKINS s· l"fied ' with emphasis on fluency and racy in the application of 1 t f spee an accu k legibility; op~en o d E 1· h. development of desirable wor h h d deve typewntrng an ng is ' b shabits ort an . 0'ne h our 1ecture ' three hours la oratory. and' attitudes. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. Review of Gregg Shorthand, idmp id T PEWRITING2-Two credits MR. JENKINS S.S. 115. ADVANCED Y d d accuracy in typewriting; review Development of greater ~pee an . l· pplication of typing skill to d 1 · typewritten materia , a • of form an sty e m . h d ft commercial forms; preparation letter writing, tabulati~n, roug ra s, stencils and Ditto master of telegrams, manuscripts and thermdpapter:.' development of desirable . t. from short an no e , 1b copies· transcnp ion f equired Four hours a orawork habits and attitudes. Laboratory ee r . tory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. lOS. AccouNTING--Three credits MR. HOOVER S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL . d their application to the I . "pies of accountmg an SS Fundamenta . b usmess . and professional offices. f• · f b k prme1 and records m keeping 120 may onot oo be sused ~or ere d.it towar d the accounting requirement or Business Education maJors. STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. VERRY S.S. 200. MEDICAL . t ·cal medical offices, clinics, and Study of accepted procedures rnh_YP~·us to medical dictation; tranhospitals; application of stenograp ic s i 2 Credit will be given only to stu d ents w h o have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 141 scription of case histories taken from hospital records ; speci.1lized dictation in several branches of med icine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING--Two credits MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Pou,- credits MR. VERRY, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee reguired. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three credits MR. VERRY Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloombur<t, L. Mui, Tarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. The courses given by the Department of Sociology and Anthropology are divided into fi, e groups: �142 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES I Sociological Theory 143 THE STAFF Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three credits A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Ill Social Change and Social Problems Soc. 215. URBAN sOCIOLOGY- Three credits T S Th d I HE TAFF : ~ve opment of modern cities; effects of urban liie u . orgpan1zati~~ and personality patterns; major social problems rerequ1S1te: Soc. 100. · Soc. 280. HISTORY OF SOCIOLOGICAL THEORIES-Three credits Soc. 230. SOCIAL PROBLEMS- Th MR. SYMMONS A historical study of the development of sociology as a science, traced through its principal leaders. The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. II Social Organization Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and t>roblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Practical aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. MR. SYMMONS Soc. 204. EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY-Three credits A study of the structure and function of formal education as a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions-family, church, economics, and government. The pattern of human relations within the school and the relation between the school and community. The interaction of the formal and informal educational agencies. Contemporary educational problems and their sociological backgrounds. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. olt~: ;~~~:I ina~::r:?c~:r:t~J;;:::!;g 0 Prerequisite: Soc. 1 oo. d. ree ere tts t;:;:1 MR. SYMMONS pod~ary soc~al rroblems and an exam1sorgan1zat1on · Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three credits Crime d th . . . THE STAFF and envir~~ment:/;:~mal. are _cons1dere~ with reference to individual cri . c ors ~n _crime causation. An analysis of theories of tifi;~;j:~tfv:~1:i;rr;:;t; statist1cslon crime; police methods ; prisons; sciennew peno ogy. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. Frnws OF SOCIAL WORK- Th. d' A tee ere its MR. y ARNAL meth~:::/ta:~ed::i~ ~~o~lems of _social work and of agencies and ments of the different fiepld of cop~ wl1th tkhem. The nature and requires o socia wor Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. . IV Social Psychology Soc. 255. SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits M S A general 5 f h fi 1 R. YMMONs urvey o t e e d of social psycholoay. Social facto s . h uman nature· psych 1 f • d. . o r m collective beh;vior ps~:~oog mf iv1dual tfferen_ces; social interaction; O p .. ' Y persona 1ty; social pathology. rereqms1te: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CuL TURE AND PE . RSONALITY- T hree credits MR. SYMMONS A con:pa~ative study of the development and functionin personality m various cultures from the point of vie f ~ ~f human ogy and social anthropology. w O socia psycholPrerequisite· Soc 255 S . . . , or oc. 2 6 5, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three credits THE STAFF An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. V Anthropology Soc. 265. GEN A ERAL NTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR S A general survey of the .field of an h I . .. YMMONS aspects. Fossil man and pr h. t . t lropo ogy stressmg its cultural e is oric cu tures; modern races and the �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 145 problem of their classification; nature, characteristics and elements of culture. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A rapid survey of the peoples and cultures of the world in their historical relations. Distribution of races, languages, nationalities and cultures and ideological and socio-economic factors responsible for con temporary social unrest in various parts of the wodd, particularly among the native peoples of Asia and Africa. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES OF THE SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN CATION-Three credits SAFETY EDuA discussion of the probl d involved in the organization emds, p~otce ~res, principles and techniques . , a mm1s ration and supe · · f .d prevention programs. Designed for colle . rv1s10n o acc1. e?t trators, school safety directors and th g~ mstructo!s, school admmisfor, organizing and conducting' ch o 1 ersdmterested_ m, and responsible s oo an community safety programs. 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Th . d" Treats one of th • ree oe its lem by means of d:v~~o~ apr~aches to the solution of the safety prob~ethods of dealing withp:;g It :;r tderstanding of hu~a~ nature and his own bodily safety· but ·t e atsumed that man IS Interested in always active. Ways ;ill beIdimus ~ot e assumed that that interest is that lies dormant; or is covere~c~sse to arouse. and develoR the interest and maladjustment to life· or. { ~b~d hab1ts of attent10n, emotion because he is of low-grad; int:;l;~n~e 1~1:nt :o safeguard the individual properly trained. g ' c s knowledge, or has not been SAFETY r SAFETY 6. VISUAL SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND ARY SCHOOLS-Three credit r Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THL T hree credits The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. ELEMENTARY ScHOOLs- SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. ANI? OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- T htee credits Discussion and demonstration f . 1 . . sensory aids. standards for a ?. practica ~alues m visual and other riculum. guid. . . I ppramng and their relationship to the cur' mg pr1nc1p es and techniq . · · . sources; housing and distribution. ues, mm1mum equipment and �TRAINING PROGRAM - LECTURE SERIES 147 The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. Tht:: courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM To fill a need in the commun· . the. development of manageria/;ki:ilkes College offers a program for aspire to become part of the among foremen and others who Th management group e needs of each com an . officials, foremen and othefs . y tahre analyzed and, in consultation with me et th e general and specific m e company ' a program is · arranged to re uirem ~a?Y· The program is arranged ets of the personnel in the comtmpants meet once a week at the s of_16 weeks in which the partwo hour session. ge during the day or evening for a ! . C~~ft Special Community Leeture Senes . As a community colle e W "lk . provide opportunities for g cl l I es fe~ls obligated to cation. It therefore ff ~ u ts to commueD.their edu. ·· 0 ers, m the Even· mtroducrory program . d I d _mg 1v1s10n, an it believes positive goodm ~llu t e ucanon, from which w1 result. Community members who . lecture courses in th . register for one of the e senes meet one · t h roughout the ten or fif evenmg a week session. They do n t _teen weeks the course is in . o receive regular college credit. Given each semester the l less than the regular •und ectures cost considerably College. ergraduate courses at the The present program incl d . . and art for business and uf es_ senes 111 current events pro ess10nal persons. Further information concernin h secured from the f gt e program may be 1recror O Admissions. n· 0 0 �INDEX Index Commercial Law ( see Business Law) Community Lecture Series ..................................................................................... 147 Community Programs .. .. .... .... .... .. .......... ... .... .... . .. .. .... ... .. .... ..... .. ........ .. ... 33 Consultation Service ........ .... ... .. . ..... ............ .. .. ...... ........ .. .... .... .......... .. ... ... ....... ... .... 33 Counseling ........... .................... ... .......... .................. .............................................. 26, 32 Curricula ...... ............... .... .... ..... .............. .. .. ...... .. .. .... ... ..... ....... ..... ... ..... ...... ......... .. ... 23 Debating ... ....................................... ......... ............................... ..................... ....... ... 37 59 82 23 8 g;::~;;io~ 23 24 Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for .......................................... .............. Four-year Programs •··········:·············································································· Bachelor of Science, Art Education ········ ························ ········ ········· ·· ····················· Business Education ........ ••·· ··· ······························· ·········· ···················· ············· ··· 51 70 66 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ···· ····························· ·· ······················ ········· ·· ········ Four-year Programs ···· ··· ·········································· ································· 58 59 Education General Requirements ... . •··· •··············· ···· ···· ················ ··· ··· ··· ····· ···· ···· ········ 46 65 ~~~::~:: :,r::;:::: s!!::;:;~••-••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Engineering c a~~n~o~;~·~~ ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::_"::::::::: Dramatics . . .......... ...................... Economics, Courses in ........... .... ... :::::::::::::::::::::·:::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·::::::::: Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Education) .......................... ......... ....... Employment, Student ..................... ................... .. ........................... ..... ........ .... ........ Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering). ........... .... ................... English, Courses in ....................... ................................................................... ......... Evening Division . .. ..... .. ........ ..... ...... .......... .................. ........ .............. .......... Extension Classes .. ........ ............... ............................................................................ Faculty ........................................................................... .................. ...................... Faculty Committees ... ......................... ............ ..... . .. .. .... .. . ..... .... ... ....... ............ .... Fees .......................................................................................................................... Fees, Payment of..................................................... ...... . ...... ..... .. ....... ..................... Finance Mathematics of French,' Courses in ........... :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::·:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::··::::::::::.::::::::. General Information ... ........... ......... ..................... .... .... .... ........ .... .... .... .... ........ .... .... General Science 0 History, Courses in....................... .......... ..... .................... ...... ...... . ..... ................... .... i::i::i;:, :~:i:~L~;~· fo~·································••···•························.•················· Hygiene, Course in... .. ................................ ......... ............. .. ................ .. ............ .. ...... 64 72 on Freshman Year ························ ··························· Prog~:~u~i;; ·· ·· ········ ····· ············································· •"····················· ;~ Chemical -·· ·· ··············································· ········ ············ ······ ·············· 73 Civil ·························· ··········· ·············· ············ ····· ········· ···· ········ ········ 73 Electrical .... •············································"························ · 74 Industrial ·························································································· 74 Mechanical ..... .... •. •······································ ·· ···· ···· ·· ·· ······················ ·· 68 Music Education . ·································· ······································ ············· ·····s6 57 Natural Sciences, Four- and Two-year Programs ················································ , 69 : i:i; ,~; ;}~?{f!:~~ : 149 )_i)iiii~) i)i ~1 Business Adminstration, Four-year Program................................ .................... .. .... 89 Busi~;:c~~~~;i~~ . ••································ ...········ •. . ..··.··········· •..• .. ··.· . .. . Business Law .... .... C~~rs~' .......... .. ... •. •••···· ·•········ ·· ···· ···· ········ ············································ ···· ~~ Calendar ........ •· •· ···· ···· ···· ··· ···· ····· ···· ········· ·· ····· ···· ······ ·· Careers Library ...... •••· •······················· ····························· ··· ··· ····· ········ ······················· ~ 32 56 i~!{~~£If!lI;t:II'.:ii-iii'.i~;;!;f!!/!Iii!IlJ!I!Irl\ Insurance Accident and Sickness :: 36 96 99 34 105 107 146 23 10 16 27 29 119 lll 22 116 1 ~ 117 130 34 l~ imri ;~:-~e~;;;?½~i:r•J~''-• ·- •·- ·-•· · · •·· •· · · · · · · · · -· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ~~ Labor Legislation ......... ....... .. ...... .......... .... .. .. ... ............... .... ...... .. ... ......... .. .... .... .... ... . 133 Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in ............................. .................. 76 }~~~~~~;~,C~:.:r~:/:~ •·······························•··••·················································•···•··············· Lockers .. ..................................... ................ .............................. ............................... . Madrigal Singers .... .......... .... ...... .... .................................. ................ ...................... .. Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing .............................. ......................................... ... . ... ................................... Mathematics, Four-year Program............ .... .. ................................... ..... ........... ...... MedFca~s:f!~:~l~~~~~;:~· ·i~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.::::::: 35 37 1 90 54 ~~ l~~ Musite:C~;;roe:rot~~~~:·::~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::···:::::·:·::::::::::::::::: Music Ed.ucation, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education)................. 124 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education). 126 37 :!! ~~g~2:.,t~jL•••i•••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••••• Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in ......................................................... • 130 �150 WILKES COLLEGE 57 Physics, Two-year Program .............. ..... ..................................... ........... ................... .. 131 Description of Courses ........................................... ... ..................................... . 34 Placement Service ................ .. ................................................................ .... .. ....... ...... . 24 Point Average .......................................................................................................... .. 132 Political Science, Courses in ......................................................................... . 77 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ............ ................................. ...................... . 78 Three-year Program ......................................... .......................... .................... . 25 Probation ... .... ............... ... .... ...... .. ....... ........................................ ... .............. .............. . 42 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for .................................................... .. 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ............... ................................ . 134 Psychology, Courses in ...................................................................................... . 37 Publications, Student .... .. .. ..... ... .. .... .. ... .. ...... ... .. ... .. ... .............. .. ............................. . 30 Refunds .... ................................................................................................................. . 26 Registration ........................ .. .... ..... ................... .................... ......... ..... ............... .. ..... . 129 Religion, Courses in .................................................... .. ......................................... .. 62 Retailing, Four-year Program ................... ...................................... ....... ............. .. 137 Description of Courses ............................................................ ........ ..... ............ . 144 Safety, Courses in ......................... ......................................... ... .............................. ... 38 Scholarships .... .... ........... ....................................................... .... ........................... . 63 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program ............................................................... . 79 Two-year Program .................................................... .. ....... ........................... .. 139 Description of Courses ................................................................................. .. 49 Social Science, Major in ................... ......... ................................ ................. .............. . 142 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ....................... ........ .............................. .. 115 Spanish, Courses in ................................................................................................. .. 111 Speech, Courses in .......... .... ..... ......... ................. .......... ............ .... .. ....................... . 97 Statistics, Applied General, Economic. ..................................... ............................. . 119 Introduction to ................................................................................................. . 36 Student Activities ......................... .. ..................................... ..... ................. . 34 Student Employment ............. .. ....... .................................... ..................................... . 36 Student Government ................ ................................................... ...... ..................... . 32 Student Welfare ...................................................................................................... . 27 Summer-school Credits ............ .......................... .. .................................................. . Surveying ........ .. ...... .... .... ........ .... ... ..... .. ...... .... .... .... .... ...... .. .... ....... ... ...... .. .. ...... .... .... 106 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary ........ ................. ..... ........ .......... 64 Business .............................. ................................. .............. ................... ........... 66 Music ......... ............................... .................................................. .................. .... 68 Nursing .............................................................................................................. 69 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses .... .............................. ............. ....................... .. ........... ................... 75 Transfer of Credits. ... ...... .......... ..... .. ....................... .. ................................................ 27 Trustees, Board 0£........ .. ................ .......... ...... .. ... ........................................ ....... ...... 6 Tuition ............ ................ ..... ... ........ .. ........ ........ .. ...................................................... 27 Wilkes College, History of......... ............................................................................. 18 Withdrawals ................................ .......................................................... .................. 25, 30 I I I z 0 ,... C) Wzz 0::(1) / ~ ~ 0< ::l~ :j .:: ..I < .m 2 I .,,w I :n I >-:.J I cr:lll w< 2 0 ~ I I I I IL ci I I a: e= I :j =>>- ~~ 0 z<.> I oo ,... C) z I :i: U) < I I 2 I 0 ..J ~ IL ::, m ~ 0 ~ I I I I I I ~ I II I .,,"' w :::i a: ::i w :,0: a: UJ z a:: 0 ~ ::, ... I < 0 c{ ~ ,... 0 ..J :x C) a:: :c w a:: m ::, ID ~ Cl ::, tt- a.. ~ er " I ~ I < >z Iz I0 I f-i < Iu I (/) ,... ,... ~ 2 .a:: 0 :!: I 0 I~ I I .~ 0 �WILKES COLLEGE 150 :,:: a: I.I~ ~ I- ::, I- - zO u i== u . . 4( Physics, Two-year Description of Courses .. Placement Service .................. ....... . Point Average ............... .. .. . 132 Political Science, Courses in ........... . 77 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ......................... .................. ............ .. .... .... .. 78 Three-year Program . 25 Probation 42 Professions and Vocations, Preparation 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements 134 Psychology, Courses 37 Publications, Student 30 26 Refunds Registration 129 62 Religion, Courses Retailing, Four-year Program ................. .. 137 Description of Courses .... ....................... ......................................... . 144 Safety, Courses 38 Scholarships .. 63 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program .......... ......... .... ........ ... ....... .. ......... .. ...... .... .. 79 Two-year Program 139 Description of Courses ............. ............ ... ............... .......................... . 49 Social Science, Major in .......................... ............. ..... ....... ..... .... ... ............ .. 142 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in ........................... .............. ................ . 115 Spanish, Courses in ................. . 111 Speech, Courses in ........ ... ... ... . 97 Statistics, Applied General, Economic ......... ...... ....... ............ ............ .. ............... . 119 Introduction to ............ ........... . 36 Student Activities ........ . ............... . ...... ......... .. .. ........ . 34 Student Employment 36 Student Government 32 Student Welfare ................................... . 27 Summer-school Credits 106 Surveying ................. .. 64 Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary .................. .. ................... ...... .. . f zz -j 0 .> E I >- :z: I ~ ~~~ ::l ::i I I Trustees, Board Tuition .......... .. Wilkes College, History 0£... ..................... ......... ................................ ....... . U) ~~ er m )-J Withdrawals ci ~ I U) <( I ::r 0 ,, I . a: IL I uj :> I ID i I 69 0 ..J -c: .... 6 27 0 ~ I UJ :>>- 68 75 27 • ., I 66 Business Music Nursing .... ........... ...... ..... .. ............................. . Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ................... . Transfer of Credits ............ .... ............. ......................... ............ .................... .......... .. .. ~) :::1!..J bJ 57 131 34 24 IL :> Ill 2 0 ::: I I I. I-· 18 (I I I I "'vi I II UJ ::;j ii: .w ::i 0 ~- .. ... ........................... .... .......... ..... ....... ........ ....... ..... 25, 30 <( I I >z ! 0 4( ~ I !< 0 I- I n ..J 4( <i. a.. ~ a: " lz 'o I~ f-! lu 'o 1~ ii" - I ~ a: IL u 0 �COLLEGE WILKES AREA INDEX I 2 CHASE HALL 3 CAFETEqlA 4 CHASE ASHLEY HALL 6 BUTLER 7 BARRE HALL HALL B LECTURE 9 LECTURE 10 BUTLER J I ADMI N I STRAT •ON ) THEATER 5 I I ASHLEY HOME 12 PRESIDENT'S HALL (LIBRAR Y ) KIRBY HALL IAI WILKES ENGINEERING HALL 13 CONYNGHAM 14 BIOLOGY 15 WECKESSER 16 STERLING HALL 17 lolcCLINTOCK HALL 18 STURDEVANT HOUSE 19 PICKERING BUI LDI NG Wlu<ES•BARRE, PA. HALL (Bl HALL \,_________ ; ___1\'---_ _ 22 GYMNASIUM ANNEX 23 HOLLENBACK H,e,LL I GUIDANCE l FRANKLIN SOUTH ~ ~ ~ SOUTH (? ~ [J RIVER cowwoN I/ E 6 @BE ~ t R I STREET ·- I ~ AUGUST 20, 1952 HALL 20 GIES HALL 21 PARKING AREA ANNEX COLLEGE OEPARTMEtl T R SUSQUEHANNA R I VER ~ ~ [iQ]]3l wQQ STREET ~ [ii um I ...., ...J: �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1957-1958 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1957-1958 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/4f624f12b79d09c365732ac9559b96d5.pdf 0212866a79de8ece9b66b90e7016d2b0 PDF Text Text 1958-1959 �1958-1959 FALL AND SPRING E fESTERS - 1958-59 Vol. VII �Contents Marks of An Educated Man ... 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures under• standing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it confines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great , t• tainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives. 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehend the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He know that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical stamina. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participate constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community. College Calendar 5 Board of Trustees 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 7 Officers of Administration 8 A isrants in Administration Faculty . . . Faculty Committees History of the College General Information rudenr Welfare . tudent Activities holarships and Awards Preparation for Professions and Vocations Degree Programs Terminal Programs Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series Index . . . 9 10 16 18 22 32 36 39 46 52 79 85 150 151 152 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 1958 ~ ed., June 11 to Fri., June 13. Registration fon., June 16 .............. Classes begin Fri., July 4 ...............•. Independence Day Fri., Aug. 8 ................ Summer School ends FALL, 1958 Tuts., Sept. 9 to Fri., Sept. 12 .. Freshmen Orientation Wed., Sept. 10, 9 a.m. to 12 n .. Freshmen Registration Thurs., Sept. 11, 9 a.m. to 2 p.m. Upperclassmen Registration .Mon., Sept. 15 .............. Classes begin at 8: 00 a.m. un., Oct. 5 ................ Reception-Parents of Freshmen lt., Oct. 18 ................ Homecoming lt., Oct. 25 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Mon., Nov. 3 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Thurs., Nov. 6 to Fri., Nov. 14. Registration Wed., Nov. 26 ............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Dec. 1 ............... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 a.m. at., Dec. 13 ............... Christmas recess begins at 5 :00 p.m . .Mon., Jan. 5 ............... Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. at., Jan. 17 ............... Classes end Mon., Jan. 19 to Tues., Jan. 27. Examination period SPRING, 1959 Fri., Jan. 30 ............... All-College Registration Mon., Feb. 2 ............... Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. at., Mar. 14 ............... Final date to remove incompletes fon., Mar. 23 .............. Mid-Semester Report Tues., Mar. 24 .............. Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Wed., Apr. 1 ............... Easter recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Wed., Apr. 1 to Fri. Apr. 10 ... Registration un., May 3 ................ Parents Day lt., May 23 ............... Classes end fon., May 25 to Wed., June 3. Examination period at., June 6 ................ Alumni Day un., June 7 ............... Baccalaureate ion., June 8 ............... Commencement SUMMER, 1959 Wed., June 17 to Fri., June 19. Registration Mon., June 22 .............. Classes begin Fri., Aug. 14 ............... Summer School ends �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, MRS. PAUL BEDFORD FRANK BURNSIDE FRANCIS 0. CASE MRS . CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY HON. JOHN S. FINE HARRY F. GoERJNGER COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Imtruction: Library: H. MINER, JR., Chairman (HARLES FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY R1:v. J. KOCYAN, Chairman M.D. MISS MARY R. KOONS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. CHARLES S. RousH Finance: Nominations: GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, REV. CHARLES Chairman TERM OF OFFICE Expiring fune, 1958 Juuus LONG STERN GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER J. Mrss ANNETTE EVANS W. GUCKELBERGER JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY A DREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER AARON WEISS Miss ANNETTE EVANS, JOSEPH MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH ANDREW SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK JULIUS LONG STERN 7 GEORGE S. ROUSH, Chairman W. GEORGE JAM ES P. HARRIS J. JOSEPH GUCKBLBBRGER KOCYAN, M.D. .ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK FRANCIS 0. CASE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY HON. JOHN S. FINE GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring fune, 1959 MRS. PAUL BEDFORD MISS MARY R. KOONS FRANK BURNSIDE GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK HARRY F. GOERlNGER REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH JOSEPH KOCYAN, M.D. ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER J. Expiring f une, 1960 MRs. CHARLES E. Cun WILLIAM 1. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS Buildings and Grounds: GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER, Chairman fR,\NCis 0. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS HARRY F. GOERINGER, WILLIAM CASE HON. JOHN S. FINE REVDEN H. LEVY ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELr.swoRTH PARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI 1. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss ANNETTE EVANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS Juuus LONG STERN Development: C. MARTS, Chairman R. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ARNAUD JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS Scholarships: JAMES Ex Officio ANDREW J. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. McCI.INTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.L.1. (Emerson) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) JoHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M .A. (Columbia) RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alumni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) EDNA M. STEVENS, Director of Public Relations B.A. (Brown) NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL, Cataloguing Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) ALICE D. SCHAPPERT, Reference and Circulation Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Carnegie) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) JOHN H. DOANE, College Physician M.D. (Medico Chirurgical) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McC!intock Hatt MARY J. CRAWFORD, Resident, Weckesser Hatt JANET L. LANGDON, Resident, Catlin Hall FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Barnard) KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Temple) A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RUTH V. BJSHOP ........ . ......... . .................. Recorder MARY K. BEACHAM ............. . . . ..... Secretary to the President JANET DAVIES .............. . . . ......... Secretary to the Registrar DOROTHY DAVIES ..... . ............. . .. . ... 0 lfice Machine Clerk ETHEL M. Nuss .................. . ... .... . .. Assistant Recorder PHYLLJS WRIGHT . ..... . . .. .............. . . .. Registration Clerk ELAINE WEINSTEIN ........................ Admissions Secretary CATHERINE KARMILOWICZ . .. . .... . AccotJnts Receivable Bookkeeper ROSALIE FALCHEK . .. . ... . ....... .... ... . . . ... . .. . .... Cashier HELEN A. MORGAN ... . . . .......... . Accounts Payable Bookkeeper JOAN OSTROWSKI ........ . .................. Payroll Bookkeeper ELIZABETH H. BRETZ . . .. ...... ..... . ... Secretary to Dean of Men MARY F. JILLSON .... . . .. .. . . .. ..... Secretary to Dean of Women fILDRED MARINI ............. Secretary to the Director of Placement fARIE OPSITOS .............. . Secretary to Director of Development KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ........ . .. . . Secretary to Alumni Secretary WILLIAM 1AROA J. SCHLINGMAN . . ...... . .... . .. .. ..... Assistant Library B. Rlzzo . .. . .. . . . .......... . ... .. . . . . Assistant Library Rum T. HERBERT . . . . ..... ... . . ... . .. . Assistant Public Relations MILDRED GITTINS ...... . ... . .... . .... . .. Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS . . ........ . Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemi1try B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANK J. KONSTANTIN SYMMONS, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) Vorus B. HALL, Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA, Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) HOH-CHEUNG Mm, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DwoRSKI, Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A. (Connecticut College), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) ROBERT L. CHAPMAN, Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHERINE H. BONE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) · STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHAL B. O'TOOLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. (Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) BRONIS J. KASLAS, Assistant Professor of History 1.1.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) ROBERT E. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) JOHN G. DETR0Y, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) ROBERT L. TENER, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) SHELDON G. COHEN, Associate Professor of Biological Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) RUTH W. JESSEE, Associate Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) PAUL R. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) 11 �12 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY You-KENG CHIANG, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Central), M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) EDNA C. CRAIG, Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) JOHN H. HoTSON, Instructor in Economics B.A. ( Colorado College), M.A. (Pennsylvania) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) RONALD D. MICHMAN, Instmctor in Retailing B.S., M.S. (New York) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) RussELL H. MILLER, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instructor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) PHILIP L. Rizzo, Instructor in English B.A., M.A. (Pennsylvania) JOSEPH B. SLAMON, JR., Instructor in Accottnting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) BERNARD J. ZAWISA, Instructor in Art Education B.A. (Wesleyan) M.F.A. (Iowa) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) PART-TIME FACULTY BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) (LIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) IRVING BARON, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (New York) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) (LAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) MARY R. E. BROWN, Assistant in English ROBERT S. CAPIN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) RITA M. CARLIN, Instructor in Spanish B.A. (Misericordia), M.A. (Fordham) (HARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale) , LLB. (Harvard) THEODORE L. KROHN, Instructor in Accounting and Business A.B. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (Dickinson) BERNICE LEAGUS, Instructor in Biology B.S. (Bucknell) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) ROBERT J. MILLER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) HELEN B. BUBECK, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (East Stroudsburg State) ALLENE. BACON, JR., Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Temple) ROBERT D. BHAERMAN, Instructor in Education B.S. (Wilkes), M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) JOSEPH J. CHMIOLA, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. (Wilkes) LAWRENCE DITORO, Instructor in Physics B.S. (Alabama), D.D.S. (Temple) BERNARD EDELSTEIN, Insructor in Sociology A.B., M.S.W. (Pennsylvania) THEODORE EVANS, Instructor in Political Science A.B., 11.B. (Pennsylvania) ALBERT FRIEDLANDER, Instructor in Philosophy Ph.B. (Chicago), B.H.L. (Hebrew Union) ERNEST GOTTSCHALK, Instructor in Economics B.S., M.B.A. (Michigan) ARTHUR J. HoovER, Instructor in Commerce and Finance B.S. (Wilkes) FERDINAND LIVA, Instructor in Music Conservatory of Naples, Juilliard School of Music LORNA HOLBROOK MUI, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) JOHN G. REESE, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) 13 �14 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY Instructor in Politi~al ~cience B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (D1ekmson) MARITA S. RILEY, G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) GEORGE G. ISAACS, Instructor in Music A.B. (Randolph-Macon) SIDNEY JOHN H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) DONALD B. RITCHIE, Instmctor in History B.A. (Haverford), 11.B. (Pennsylvania) WILBUR Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Misericordia) MINERVA JACKSON, EDWARD R. JANJIGIAN, L. RUBIN, Instructor in Retailing TONY SCARANTINO, Instructor in Economics B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Religion S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Instructor in Nursing Education Ph.B. (Chicago), M.D. (Boston) CARL SCHINDLER, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) GORDON R. SCHLIER, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) RUTH M. KLEIN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S., M.D. (Michigan) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, A. KOHN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) CYRIL G. KONSAVAGE, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) J. STRASSMAN, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instructor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study THOMAS H. JENKINS, WILLIAM JOHNS, JOSEPH LEWIS JOHN Instructor in Psychology B.S., M.S. (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ISIDORE KRASNO, VIRGINIA E. LEONARDI, Assistant in Mathematics C. LIVA, Instructor in Music Juilliard School of Music Instructor in Business Education B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) G. SEEHERMAN, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) ALLAN Instructor in Mwic B.Mus. (Syracuse), S.S.M. (Union Theological) MARGERY WALLER, ANNE Instructor in English B.S. (New York), M.A. (Bu~nell), M.A. (Middlebury), Fulbright Exchange Professorsh1p--Italy, 1954-55 MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), Ll.B. (Dickinson) E. RUSSELL MAY, Instructor in Engineering Problems B.S., M.S. (Purdue) JOSEPH L. WEITZ, J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) WILLIAM MORGAN, Instructor in Retailing B.S. (North Carolina State) Instmctor in Geology Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLOTTE V. LORD, THOMAS J. SPEICHER, Instructor in N11rsing Education B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) F. WELSH, Inst,-uctor in Political Science B.S. (Wilkes) HARRY JOHN J. WILLIAMS, Instructor in Civil Engineering B.A., M.A. (Bucknell) D. WILLIAMS, Visiting Lecturer in History A.B. (Williams), M.A. (Pennsylvania) RICHMOND Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) ]. WARREN YARNAL, J. YENCHA, Inst1'11ctor in Nursing Education B.S. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Bucknell) MARJORIE 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY COMMITTEES 1958-1959 Admissions Graduation JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON GEORGE F. RALSTON, ALFRED W. BASTRESS ELwooD DISQUE GERTRUDE A. DOANE ALFRED S. GROH J. Athletics RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., JOHN CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE J. Chairman CHARLES B. REIF Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY CurricultJm ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Secretary FRANK J. J. DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS MICHELINI THOMAS R. RICHARDS PHILLIP L. RIZZO SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG HAROLD W. THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI J. Evaluation GEORGE ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY Chairman JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Library HAROLD W. THATCHER, Chairman ALFRED BASTRESS, ex officio FRANK J. DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER CHARLES B. REIF THOMAS R. RICHARDS NADA VUJICA ROBERT E. WERNER BERNARD J. ZAWISA w. J. Scholarships JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN CHWALEK GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON J. Shtdent Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERT D. BHAERMAN GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. ELLIOT AR THUR HOOVER ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Ex Officio on All Committees - J. DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �HISTORY 19 A History of the College T o PROVIDE opportunities for education comparabl~ to ~hos~ offered by other communities of the nation, Bucknell Univers1t!, in 1933, established a two-year center in Wilkes-Barre and named 1t Bucknell University Junior College. Prior to that year, :X7i~kes-Barre an~ t~e Wyoming Valley comprised the largest community m Pennsylva111a, 1f not in the United States, lacking a local college. For several years the Junior College was mainta~ned o~ an ex~rimental basis while the interest of students in advancmg their education and the willingness of citizens to support the new college were determined. By 1938, the response from both groups was known and plans for a permanent college were mad~. . . . While these plans were under cons1derat1on, Bucknell _D~1vers1ty adopted a policy in relation to the Juni?r ~ollege t~at s1g01ficantly affected its development. In 1938, the U01vers1ty promised th~ College complete autonomy when its foundations were firmly established but offered to continue its sponsorship as long as such support was of value to the new college. At the same time, the responsibility originally assumed by the Board of Trustees of the University was transferred to a local Board as being more strategically placed to forecast future needs and to integrate the College as a community institution. Under this agreement, the Junior College advanced rapidly and by successive steps extended its program to include four_ years of work. In 1946, the University offered extension courses enablmg students to .finish their junior and senior years in Wilkes-Barre, and the_ College Trustees expanded the facilities of the College and established an endowment of more than $500,000. Having satisfied the requirement~ of the State, the Junior College was chartered as Wilkes College in June, 1947, and thus gained an independent legal status. Early in World War II, from February, 1913, to June, 1944, a contingent of 250 Air Crew students was stationed at the College with the Sixth College Training Detachment. These cadets were quartered at the Hotel Sterling and received training in classes separate from the regular college classes. Although the war deterred the growth of the College for a time, the impetus to education resulting from war experiences acce!crated its development in the years immediately following the cessat10n of hostilities. RECORD OF GROWTH The first classes were held in a rented office building with an enrollment of 15 5 students, and a majority of the faculty were drawn from the staff of Bucknell University. After an experimental three years, the Administration and local Trustees appealed to leading citi- zens to enable the College to move trom rented quarters into a permanent home. The response was prompt and generous. Mrs. John Conyngham and Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Slark were the first donors, and John N. Conyngham Hall and Chase Hall, given in 1937, were dedicated by President Arnaud C. Marts of Bucknell on April 9, 1938. Five hundred residents of the Valley contributed to the funds for adapting these buildings to college use. Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weckesser added the residence at 78 West Northampton Street to the College property in 1938. In 1941, Mr. Allan Kirby's gift of the former residence of his parents with spacious grounds adjoining those of Chase Hall provided the College with a real campus and permitted expansion from quarters that were already overcrowded. The new building, named the Kirby Home for Education, was dedicated on December 2, 1941. Members of the Board of Trustees gave the College three additional buildings during 1945 and 1946, which were subsequently named I aac Barre Hall, in honor of the English statesman friendly to the cause of the American Revolution; Zebulon Butler Hall, in honor of the Amencan patriot; and Gies Hall, in memory of Paul Gies, beloved professor of music, who died in 1948. Another adjacent property, Ashley Hall, was deeded to the College in 1946 by the heirs of the Ashley estate, Mrs. Marion A. Ahlborn, Dr. Henry A. Carr, and Mrs. Roccena Wolfe. In 1947, Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni presented the College with the lot at the corner of South Franklin and South streets, and later in the same year a lot on South Franklin Street was purchased as the site of a gymnasium, construction of which was completed in 1950. In 1949, three additional properties were acquired. Timothy Pickering Hall was purchased by the Board of Trustees in the spring; ..terling Hall was left to the College through a bequest of Colonel Walter C. Sterling; and the President's residence was purchased with funds contributed specifically for that purpose by a friend of the College. To provide adequate housing facilities for out-of-area women students, Mr. Gilbert S. McClintock, chairman of the Board of Trustees, give h,s South River Street home to the College in 1951. Now called McClintock Hall, the building, together with the other four College re 1dcnces, permits the accommodat10n of approximately one hundred boarding students. The gracious old Sturdevant house on South Franklin Street was purchased in the summer of 1952. Its rooms have been converted into offices and classrooms for the departments of Education and Psychology. In the following year, Miss Anna Hollenback bequeathed the College her home on South Franklin Street. It is now used for offices for the Veterans Admmistration and the College's Guidance and Place- �20 WILKES COLLEG E ment Bureau. These offices were formerly located in Ashley Hall, which has now been converted into a men's residence to accommodate the increase in out-of-town students. Since 1953 six additional properties have been acquired by gift and purchase. Of these properties David Roberts Warner Hall is used as a dormitory for men, and Harding House is reserved for the book store and a student lounge. The other properties have been reserved for parking areas or are temporarily used for class purposes. In September 1957, the Harold R. Stark Hall was opened for use by the science departments. This building of approximately 50,000 square feet has been given by a group of anonymous friends and will provide students with the most modern facilities of study in the fields of biology, chemistry, and physics. Fortunately, endowment has kept pact with the expanding facilitie · of the College so that the tuition of each student is supplemented by further income from endowment. Annual gifts from friends and alumni also add to the funds spent for the education of each student. �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA The College offers programs leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and .finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal programs in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES General Information Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of l ew York. ADMISSIONS An applicant for admission to the College should write to the Director of Admissions to request a personal interview and a set of application forms. Upon completing the forms, he should return them, together with a $5.00 fee, to the admissions office. Although it is desirable that the interview with the Director of Admissions or the appropriate Dean should take place at the College, other arrangements may be made in instances in which a trip to WilkesBarre would seriously inconvenience the student applying for admission. Admissions tests will ordinarily be scheduled during the interview. An applicant who has taken the tests given by the College Entrance Examination Board may be excused from the examination administered by the College. Upon receipt of an applica6on, the Director of Admissions will obtain an official transcript from the secondary school or college formerly attended by the applicant. The Committee on Admissions will then consider the full record of the student and will notify him of its action as early as possible. �14 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE ADVANCED ST.ANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another insti• tution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to transfer to forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the stu• dent following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. MARKS Five numerical grades are given by the College for academic work. These grades are: Interpretation Grade Superior 4 Very Good 3 Good 2 Passing 1 Failing 0 Averages are computed by multiplying the grade earned in a subject by the number of credits. The totals thus obtained for each subject are added and the total for all subjects is divided by the total number of credits taken by the student. This quotient shall be called the point average. 25 both students and farulty, the following averages are required for adran~ement from class to class. To be admitted to these classes the following averages are required: Class Average Sophomore .... . .......... . Junior ................... . Senior • • • • • • • ♦ • o o o o I• o t • • o 1.4 1.7 1.85 Any student failing to meet these requirements will withdraw from th~ College unl~ss he appears before the probation and evaluation committee and convmces them that he merits another opportunity. RlQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To be_ eligible for gradu~tion all requirements of the College and of the curriculum must be satisfied. These requirements are: 1. The completion of all subjects required for the degree. 2. A grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. An average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. An_ aver~ge of 2.0 for all subjects within the student's major. 5. Satisfact10n of all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. Tr~nsfer students must complete a minimum of 30 credits at Wtlkes. TFRMINAL CERTIFICATES tudents taking terminal courses must complete all course requirements and must average 1. 7 credit points for all courses. USE OF MARKS Although the primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement, marks are also used by the College a guides to counselling and for administrative purposes. The faculty counsellor, before discussing future plans, must be in• formed concerning the student's ability, stability, interests, and achieve• ment for it is these factors that suggest the possibilities for development of the student. Marks and averages also indicate something of the values gained from College. It is generally admitted that superior and good grades indicate that a student is benefiting from his studies; it is similarly accepted that a student who makes a poor record is gaining little from College. Mark and averages are therefore used to determine whether or not the student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in College. For the guidance of Two-YEAR ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS CERTIFICATES Certificates in engineering and physics will be awarded to students who have: 1. Completed 60 credits of required work and P. E. 101 102 103 104, 105, 106. ' ' ' 2. Attained an average of 1.7 for all courses. PROBATION Any stude?t not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class wiII be put on probation for one semester If t th d f h ·d • , a e en o t. at per10 , h~ has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from coIIege. �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 27 WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any course duri~g the first two weeks of a semester without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive an "O" unless the Dean, faculty adviser and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser ~t the_ begi~ning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer w1th this adviser con· cerning the schedule and other educational problems. R EGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the begi~ning_ of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning classes; thereaft:r no registrations will be accep:e_d. A student who registers after the reg1stra• tion dates will pay an addit10nal charge of $2.00. ot STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load fo~ the cm~r e of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with PhysiC;11 Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hour~, ~nd m Engineering it will vary from 17 to 19 hours. Any student w1shmg t_o carry an overload must obtain the approval of the Dean and his advisor. The maximum load for students with a 2.0 average sha11 be 18 hour, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overl~ad because of the rotation of courses within a department. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year : Freshman and sophomore year Junior year - eight cuts. en ior year - fifteen cuts. four cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 40,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make fu11 use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the appropriate Dean prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. �28 GENERAL INFORMATION WILKES COLLEGE 29 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student registering for individual instruction in music will be charged for five lessons whether the lessons are taken or not. A student dropping his study after the fifth lesson will be charged for the full term. Students registering for individual music instruction after the third week of the semester will be charged on a pro rata basis. Rental of practice room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . Use of diction laboratory ........................ . 5.00 5.00 EXPENSES .Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin viola or cello in groups consisting of not less than three o; more than five students ........................ . 40.00 Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms ................................ . 10.00 The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $300.00 a semester for tuition. In music, the sciences and the secretarial studies, additional fees are charged for laboratory work and individual instruction. In the event a student takes fewer courses than are required in any given semester, he will pay $20 per semester hour or $300, whichever is less. If a student elects a heavier schedule th.in is required, he will be charged $20 for each additional hour of credit. The tuition of $300 also includes a charge for maintaining student activities. ADDITIONAL FEES Accident Insurance per school year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 7.00 Laboratory fee for Bio. 101, 102, 111, 112, 113, 201, 202, 211, 212, 223, 241,242,251,252 Chem. 101, 102, 104, 121, 122, 230, 231, 233, 241, 242,251,252,271,272 Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study .......................... . 20.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ........ . 20.00 C.E. 103,104 Phys. 111, 112, 150, 151, 152, 251............ . .... 15.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Laboratory fee for S.S. 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 205 ...... . 10.00 Dormitory charges Fee for Ed. 207, 209, 210, Mus. Ed. 203-204 ........ . 20.00 Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ....................... . 10.00 Board and Room Per Semester ................... . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. 35.00 Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with .first semester charges ............................ . Music-individual instruction: Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano, organ, or wind instrument ...................... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello with Mr. Liva .................... . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in voice with Mr. Isaacs ............................. . Fifteen-week series of half-hour lessons in piano with Mrs. Liva ............................... . 50.00 50.00 50.00 350.00 25.00 Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission ............ . Change of schedule per credit hour ................... . Special Examination .............................. . Transcript (no charge for the .first copy) .............. . 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 �30 WILKES COLLEGE Late Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation fee ( four-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convocation fee (two-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.00 20.00 12.50 Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price levels. PAYMENTS A $50.00 deposit or 50% of the total charge for tuition and fees, whichever is less, is required at the time of registration. The balance of the charges for the semester is payable on receipt of an itemized bill. No students may take an examination until satisfactory arrangements have been made with the Comptroller for the payment of all bills. No student may take a final examination until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntanl; from the College while in good standing under the following conditions. During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week. except with ap• proval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. �STUDENT W ELFARE 33 Student Welfare LlREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and gueries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his col1ege career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs help. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, ereral days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them �34 WILKES COLLEGE STUDENT WELFARE for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Accident Insurance. Accident insurance must be carried by all students to protect them from unnecessary loss during the school year. To 35 provide this coverage at a minimum the College has arranged for group coverage with the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha. The fee of $7 .00 provides protection for the full period of the College term and is payable at the beginning of the term. Day students who wish to obtain both health and accident insurance may buy this more comprehensive coverage at the same rate paid by boJrding students. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic ~?rk alo_ne. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one act1v1ty during the year. 37 The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its tudcnt officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a c~-~~dinatif:g agency, to e~tablish social _standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, super~ising, and executing ·the program of student activities. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are_ gi_ven trainin~ in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-bmldmg, costummg, an~ stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used _by mu~icians _who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A umform 1s provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with me_mbership open t_o all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal exp~ncnce and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. PUBLICATIONS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic .fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to currenr interests. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC CODE Athletics are an integral part of the activity program at Wilkes College, and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration, and approved by the Board of Trustees. �38 WILKES COLLEGE In arranging the extra-curricular program, wheth~r it be a:hletics, dramatics, debating, or the yearbook, each student is responsible for determining how much participation is desirable for him. Whenever participation in activities detracts from the scholastic achievem_ent_ the student, it also tends to detract from development of those 10d1V1dual qualities to which the activity should contribute. It is believed, therefore, that at Wilkes College a balance must be maintained between scholastic and extra-curricular activities so that scholarship will not be impaired by excessive participation in student activities. In the athletic phase of the extra-curricular program ~t \X:ilkes Co~lege a particular problem is posed because the college mamtarns athletic relations with other colleges. The experiences of other colleges ha, c demonstrated beyond any doubt that there can be neither fair competition nor good sportsmanship in intercollegiate contests if relations are not confined to colleges adhering to similar policies. The emphasis upon intellectual development ~t Wilkes Coll~g_e ma~c. it infeasible to emphasize athletics. It is the belief of the admmistrat1on and faculty that high scholastic standards cannot be attained whe? too much emphasis is placed upon any one phase of an extra-cumcuhr activity. Therefore, the college gives no s~holarships for the sole pu_rpose of encouraging athletes to attend Wilkes College. Athletes w~ll receive the same consideration in admissions, in the classroom, and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Should the winner of the scholarship wish to participate in any student activity, he is free to do so. In no instance will the continuance of his scholarship depend upon such participation. High scholarship and good influences will entitle any scholarship recipient to the retention of his award. In arranging for intercollegiate competition, Wilkes College seeks to establish permanent ties with colleges adhering to the same Rolicies. of admission, maintaining similar scholastic standards, and offerrng assistance on the same basis. o! Scholarships and A wards GUIDING PRINCIPLES Alth_o~gh Wilkes College was established to bring educational opportunities to the young people of northeastern Pennsylvania it has becon:1~ clear with t?e passing of the years that many of o~r most prom1s1ng student~ still requ~re financial assistance if they are to develop those talents that l1e latent within them. To. assist these able and ambitious students, friends of Wilkes College contribute each year to a substantial scholarship fund that enables the College to more adequately serve those for whom it was created. Because these funds are given by generous men and women who are desirous of helping young people in their efforts toward sel/improvement and self-development, it is essential that worthy and able students be carefully selected and that the purpose for which these funds have been given be clearly understood. W~th the intention of assuring this understanding, the following principles have been adopted: 1. Awards shall be limited to students who have demonstrated ability, ambition, and need, plus a desire to attend Wilkes College. 2. No application for scholarships shall be considered before the student has been admitted to the College. 3. Every applic_ant for ~cholarship aid shall be expected to submit confidential mformat10n pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. No scholarship shall be granted until the student has demonstrated a sincere desire to gain an education and has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. ' ' 5. It is anticipated that the family will cooperate with the student and the College by offering the maximum of encouragement and support. When su_ch home support is lacking, the College will seek to dev~lop with the student a plan whereby his education may be contmued through work, loans and scholarships. 6. No stude~t ma! simultaneously hold more than one scholarship. 7. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first ap~ly for admi~si~n to the College and must be accepted. Application for admusion should be made prior to March J. �40 WILKES CO LLEG E SCHOLARSHIPS AND AW ARDS 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. 4. The student seeking scholarship aid shall then establish his need for assistance by providing on the application the information that is requested. This application should be mbmitted to the Director of Admissions before April 1. 5. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal rf erences from three teachers or other members of the commumty. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April 1. TYPES OF SCHOLARSHIPS Competitive sch olarships are offered each year to studen~s from the first quarter of their high school class who make outstandmg records on the scholarship examinations given at the Co~l~ge on the last Saturday in April. All participants in this competit10n ri:ust_apply for admission to the College prior to the date of the exammat10n. LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS Leadership Scholarships shall be award~d _to sel~cted big~ school graduates who have demonstrated. leade_rs~~P m theu academic work, the arts, or in student and community activities. As these awards are made in expectation that the qualities of leadership manifested in high school will be demonstrated in t~e College, the scholarships will be awarded for one year only, but will be renewe_d annually if the student's performance in College measures up to his promise in high school. Music and art scholarships are available to a limited number of stu• dents who possess marked aptitude for either music or art. PUBLICATION S Scholarships are offered to students holding responsible and d~manding positions on the student publications. These scholarships are awarded as follows : AMNICOLA Y cars of Service Position Editor in Chief Business Mgr. Assistant Editor Picture Editor ! 4 3 2 Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition Two-thirds Tuition Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition One-third Tuition BEACON Years of Service Position Editor in Chief Business Mgr. ews Editor ports Editor Feature Editor 41 } 4 3 2 Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition Two-thirds Tuition Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition One-third Tuition Name Scholarships have been created by frie~ds of the College for sistance of able and worthy students. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollen- �42 WILKES COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS 43 back, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. _1n announcing the ~onors of these scholarships, the College also wishes to acknowledge 1ts appreciation to the donors. The Richard H. Royer Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. BARRE FOOTWEAR COMPANY Mr. Harland W. Hoisington has given an annual scholarship to FRANKE. BALDWIN COMPANY CENTRAL SLIPPER COMPANY, INC. EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA UPPLY COMPANY The John Lloyd Evans Memorial scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. FIRST NATIONAL BANK The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may be able to provide needed assistance to able :i.nd ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover some of the difference between the tuition changes and the cost of education. FRANKE. PARKHURST, INC. CUSTOM PRODUCTS assist students of high scholastic ability. The W. S. Carpenter Memorial Fund was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing res~a~ch projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, prov1dmg scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus or other equipment for use in the science department. MELODY SHOE CORPORATION MINERS NATIONAL BANK PENNA. POWER & LIGHT Co. PIONEER MANUFACTURING Co. PLANTERS NuT & CHOCOLATE COMPANY B. POST COMPANY J. foWLER, DICK AND WALKER foWLER & WILLIAMS F PRESTIGE SHOE CORPORATION SECOND NATIONAL BANK RANCONI AUTO PARTS FRANKLIN FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN TRIANGLE SHOE STORES GENERAL ROOFING COMP ANY GLEN ALDEN CORPORATION WILKES-BARRE DEPOSIT & SAVINGS BANK C. F. GOERINGER WILKES-BARRE IRON & WIRE WORKS CONSTRUCTION Co., INc. HARRY F. GOERINGER & SONS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER WYOMING NATIONAL BANK OF WILKES-BARRE KANAAR CORPORATION LESTER PONTIAC WALBEN, INC. AWARDS _Ea~h year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship 10 selected fields. T~e E~gineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engmeenng to the student whose achievement in the two yea · . course 1s . most outstandmg. . - r engmeermg The W. F. Dobson Award i_n Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstandmg record in accounting during h · f years at the College. is our The L. /. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given to the raduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. g The Wall Stre~t Journal Au:ard is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilk College Alu~ni Association to the graduate considered by a speci~I faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames 1:fcl_(ane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman m_ the Juntor class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. �44 WILKES COLLEGE The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. The /ohn Wilkes, Inc., Annual Forensic Award is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. The Linda Morris Award is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. MeCLINTOCK HALL 1951 �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as _tech• nical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are _to the d~ad." The c~aracter of a man's world has always been determmed by his understanding of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a backwound in. th.e hum~nities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Spec1al1zed tram. ing should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education f?r life, and specific training for various vocations. The general educat10n develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses re• quired for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific voca• tions by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who ~molls ~or the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the soe1al studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and finance the course of stu?y is, by contrast, primarily technological, alth?ugh cours~s fr~m the liberal arts program are required and the choice of_ ele~t1ves 1s left to the individual preference. Students find the engmeerrng course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization. eve°: thou~h t~ey do n?t make engineering their life work. The curricula m engmeenng and m commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach tl,ese subjects. 47 business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. (HE MISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government (including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or M(lnt/JCt'ipt. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a LAW Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fundamental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a reguired major in undergraduate work. �48 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complet: ~ four-yea~ college course before beginning their specialize~ librar~ trarnmg. Forei$n langu~ges, English, science, history, econo~ics, soc10logy, or educ~tion constitute appropriate major .fields. Many ~ibrar~ schools ~l~o r:qmr~ a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency m typewntmg is desirable. Music The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may_ lead them to participate ~ctively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have speoal talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or perf?rmers. Although students who concent~ate in m_usic may commen~e _the1~ study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college tramrng is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in ~us_ic Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach musJC_m the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillm:nt of th_e _fun~amental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living. MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted _to the requirement· of the various medical schools. The latter have, m recent years, re• stricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should det~rmin: as soon a· possible, though consultation with the Deans and theu advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required ot prospective ministers. The pre-theol?gic~l .st_u dent should learn the requirements of his de~orninati?n and its ~ivm!ty sc~~ols. In ge~eral, the liberal arts course, with a maJor or electives m religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses prepared to assume administrative, supervis_ory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable Waduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparat10_n, th~ Colleg~ offers a ~rogram leading to the degree of Bachelo~ o~ Science m Nursing Educat1?n. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. 49 Extensi~n courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chal!man of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a proo-ram suited to meet their individual needs. b The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital ,chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. PHYSICS The first two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications electronics transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engine;ring, manu~ facturing, and medicine (to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. OCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental a"encies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty. and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and allied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The College offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and �50 WILKES COLLEGE dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For college and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usually based on the following requirements: the college degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most fields of instruction. PART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional train• ing. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 150.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. CHEMIS-r'A, and ·EN �DEGREE PROGRAMS 53 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM Degree Programs A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS The basic requirements for degree pr~grams ar~ outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may ?e chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to m~~t the reqmrer:nents for graduation within each major program as conditions may requue. Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social -science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. tudents preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music 54 FRESHMAN Y EAR HUMANITIES Major Subject Art ................. English ............. Foreign Language . . . . Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 36 40 24 28* 47 24 32 24 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 15 Fm Sciences ElectitJe 6 6 30 35 45 30 14 38 6 14 6 6 First Semester Second Semester fitl, Number Cr. Biological Science1 • • • • • •••• • Bio 100 3 Compasition . .. ... . . . . . . . .. . Eng 101 3 2 Foreign Language •••• ••••••• 101 or 103 3 H1 t. of \V. Civilization .. .. .. Hist 101 3 Alternates: Introduction to Music .. . ... Mus 100} 3 Physical Science . .......... Phys 100 Phy . Ed . ...... . ........... P .E. 101 1 Pers.Hyg . .. .. ....... .. . . . . P .E. Orientation 105 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Economics ........... History ............. Political Science . ...... Sociology ........... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Biology ...... :• •..... Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 . 1 Title N umber Composition . ... . . . . . .. .. .. Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech . ... . . Eng 131 Foreign Language 2 •• •• .••• . • • 102 or 104 Hist. of W. Civilization .. .. . . Hist 102 Alternates : Introduction to Music ... ... Mus Phy sical Science1 .. • . . . . . •. Phys 100 Phy s. Ed ....... . ........ . .. P .E. 102 Pers. H yg . .. .. ... . .... . .... P.E . 106 SociaJ Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 6 6 6 Free Elec//tJt 39 39 39 39 27 Social Sciences Sciences 15 31 15 9 Free Electit·e 15 35 Cr. 3 2 3 3 100} 3 1 l 16 17 SCIENCES Major Subject 55 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Third Semester Tttl, Fourth Semester Number World Literature ... .... .. . .. Eng Cr. 151 4 Foreign Language2 • • •••. • ••• • 103 or 200 3 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math . ... . Math 101} H1 tory of Religions . ..... . Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 •• • •• Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. co Economics ...... . Ee Intro. to Education ..... . . . Ed American Federal Govt ..... P .S. 6 General Psychology .... .. .. Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology ... .. .. . Soc 100 Elective .. . . ....... . . . ... . p I S EJ ........ . ....... . P .E . 103 1 !~) Title Number World Literature ... ... .. . Eng 152 Foreign Language2 . •. • • • • 104 or 200 Alternates : Al gebra or Trig . ..... . . Math 107- 109} Hist. of Relig ions . .. ... Rel 101 Intro. co Philosophy3 ... Phil 101 Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics . .. . Ee 100 Intro. to Education . . .. Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science .. ......... . .. . P .S. 100 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective . .. ........... . Phys. Ed . ........ ... .... P .E . 104 17 Cr. 4 3 3 6 1 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 ~tudents may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. l The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. l Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 1 During *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 105, it will count as a free elective. the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delayed, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR 56 First Semester First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art . . ..... ........... Art 101 3 Composition . . .. . .. . ... .. . . Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... H ist 101 3 Physical Science . . .. . . . ..... Phy 100 3 Foreign Language .. . ....... . 101 or 103 3 Phys . Ed ... . .. .......... .. . P .E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. . .. ... .. ..... ... P .E. 105 1 Orientation T itle Number Cr. Basic Art . . .. . .. . .. ... . . .. Art 102 Biological Science ........ .. . Bio 100 Composition .......... . .... Eng 102 History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 102 Foreign Language .... . .. ... . 102 or 104 Phys. Ed ............. .... .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . .. . .. . .. . . .. ... . P.E. 106 17 17 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ....... . ... . Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem . . ... . . . Chem 101 4 Composition ............... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . ...... . ... . Math 107 3 Phys. Ed .... .. ............ . P .E . 101 l Pers. Hyg . .... .. . .. ... . . .. . P .E . 105 1 0rienracioo T itle Number Cr. General Zoology .... . ... . . . . Bio 102 4 Inorg anic Chem . and Qualitative Anal. . ... . . . . . Chem 102 6 Composition . . . . .. .. ... ..... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry . . .. . . ... . .. . . . M ath 109 3 Phys. Ed . ..... .. .. . ........ P. E. 102 1 Pers . H yg . .... .. ... . . . . .. .. P.E. 106 1 17 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Title Number Cr. Applied Art . . . ............. Art 103 3 Composition and Color ... .. . Art 114 2 1 Foreign Language •. . . . . . . . . 103 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities...... 3 Social Science or Psy......... 3 Phys. Ed .. ... . .... ...... ... P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Applied Art .............. .. Art 104 3 Composition and Color . .. ... Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Electives in Humanities . ... .. 3 Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed .............. .. . . . P.E. 104 1 15 15 Fourth Semester N11mber Cr. Comparative Anatomy of che Vertebrates . .. . . . ..... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .Chem World Literature . ........... E ng Hise. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist Phys. Ed .. ............ . .. . . P .E. 4 4 4 3 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Illustration or . . ... ..... . ... Art 201} Advertising Design or ..... .. Art 211 3 Fine Art .. .......... . .. . .. . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 131 2 World Literature .. . .... . .... Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 6 Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title Number &. Illustration or . .... . ... ... .. Art 202} Advertising Design or . . ... . . Art 212 Fine Art ................... Art 216 World Literature . ......... . . Eng 152 Electives in Humanities, . . . . . Social Science or Psy ........ . Studio II . . ..... . . . . ... . ... . 17 15 Sixth Semester Titl, Number Cr. Histology . .. . . ... . . ... .. ... Bio 241 3 Organic Chem ............... Chern 231 5 Foreign Language 1 . . . •• ••... 101 or 103 3 Introductory Physics . .. . .... Phys 111 4 Title N umber Cr. Histology .. ..... . . . . . . . . . . . Bio 242 3 Foreig n Language 1 .. . • • . • . . . 102 or 104 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ..... ... .. Soc 100 3 15 16 SENIOR YEAR SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 201 121 151 101 103 Title N umber Cr. Embryology . . .... . . ... .. .. . Bio 202 4 Organ ic Chem . ...... ........ Chem 230 4 World Literature . . . . . . ...... Eng 152 4 Hist. of W . Civili zation ...... H ist 102 3 Phys. Ed .... . .. . .......... . P .E. 104 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester 57 Title Number Cr. Illustration or . . ....... . .... Art 203} Adv. Advanced Design or . ... Art 213 3 Fine Art .. ... . . . . . ... ....... Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numbtr Cr. Illustration or . ... .. . ... ... . Art 204} Adv. Advanced Design or . ... Art 214 Fine Art . . .. ............ . . . Art 218 Electives . .. . . . .......... . . . Studio IV . ................ . 15 15 Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 251 3 Seminar .. ....... . .......... Bio 291 1 Introduction to Economics . . . Ee 100 3 Foreign Language1 . .. • •••••• 103 or 200 3 Electi ves 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 Title Number Cr. Physiology ...... . . . . ....... Bio 252 3 History of Biology . ......... Bio 292 1 Foreign Language 1 . •.• . • . . . . 104 or 200 3 E1ectives 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 9-10 16-17 16-17 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 2 One elective is to be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Botany or 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Bacteriology electives may be chosen in senior year. �WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Major in Music 58 Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the cour e in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr . Biological Science .. .... .. .. . Bio 100 3 Composition ......... . ..... . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . .. . .. .. 101 or 103 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . 4- 5 Ph ys. Ed . . ............ . .... P .E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ... . ....... .. .. ... P.E . 105 1 Orientation N umber Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100} 3 Principles of Economics ... ... Ee 101 World Literature . ... ...... .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Language1 . . . . • .• . •. 103 or 200 3 M at hematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Psychology .. ...... . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . ..... .. . .. ... . . . P .E. 103 1 Tit le N umber Cr. Composition .. . .... .. . . . . .. Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . .. . .. . ... . 3 Music Theory ... . ... ..... . . Mus 102 5 1 Applied Music .••. . • • • . . . . • 1 Physical Science .. . ..... . ... Phys 100 3 Phys . E d . .. . .. . .. .. .. . . . .. . P.E. 102 1 Pers. H yg . ..... . .. .. ...... . P.E. 106 1 17 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Tir/, N umber Cr. Foreign Language . ... ..... . . 3 Music Theory .. .. .......... Mus 103 5 Applied Music 1 .. .•.• . • . . ..• 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . ... . 6 Php. Eu.. .. . .............. P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Foreign Lang uage .... ..... . . 3 Music Theory ....... . . ... .. Mus 104 5 1 Appl ied Music .• . . . • . . . . • . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych . ... . 6 Phys . Ed .. . .. . ....... . . . ... P .E . 104 1 16 16 17 Tit le Number Cr. World Literature ... .. .. . .. .. Eng 152 4 Foreig n Lang uage1 . . . . . . . . . . 104 or 200 3 Mathem atics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics I ....... ... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ...... .. .. . ........ P.E. 104 1 16 JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Electi ve2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II . ... .. . . . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .... .. . .. . Soc 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 N 11mb~r Cr. B1ological Science . . .... . . .. . Bio 100 3 Compom10n ... . ... . . ... . .. . Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 1us1c Theory ... . ... ... .. . .. Mus 101 5 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . • • • 1 Phi s. Ed .... . ........ . .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . . ... . ... .. . . .. ... P. E . 105 1 ic1J t.1t ion Fourth Semester 18 Fifth Semester Second Semester Tttl, SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Composition . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . Eng 102 Fund amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language 1 .. . . . . • . . . 102 or 104 Mathematics . .. . .... .. . .. . . Elective .............. .. ... . Phys. E d ...... . .. . .... . .... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . . .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. P.E. 106 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester 15-16 Third Semester .59 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N 11mber Cr. Fundamentals of Speech .. . . . . Eng 131 2 World Literature ... ... . .. . .. Eng 151 4 Htst. of W Civilization . .. . . Hist 101 3 H,srory of Music .. .... .. . . . . Mu s 109 3 Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives m Humanities, oc. Science or Psych . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature .. ... .... . . . Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist 102 3 History of Music . .. ... .. . .. . Mus 110 3 Applied Music . . . . . ....... .. 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. H istory of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 M athem atics Electi ve . . . . . . . . 3 Intro . to Philosophy .. . . . . . . Phil 101 3 Intro . to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester 15 16 Tir!t N umber Cr. Applied Music 1 ••••.• . •. .• •• 2 In 1rumencation ... . .... . ... Mus 215 2 Analrsis .. ... . .. .. . .... .. .. Mus 217 2 Elmi1·cs ... ..... . .. . . ...... 9 Title Nttmber Cr. Mathematics Elective2 • ••••• • 3 Intro. to Music .. .. . ........ Mus 100 3 9- 12 Elective ....... . .... . .... . . . T itle Number Cr M athematics Elective2 •• • •• • • 3 Elective . . .. . . . . ........ ... . 12 Title N 1;mbet Cr. Appl ied Music 1 • • • • • • . • • . . . . 2 Orchestration .... ..... . .. ... Mus 216 2 Counterpoint .. . . . . ...... .. . Mus 218 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15 16 15-18 15 16- 19 Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. 2 Math 100,101, 102,115, 118willnotcounttowardamajor. 1 I Private instruction . �Seventh Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the course in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. 18 18 The !_eve! of the course will d~pend upon_ the achievement of the student. See page 92. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS . Wil~es ~Hege ?ffor~ the firs_t two years of work leading toward a major •~ physics or m _engmeermg phys1Cs. The need for men with this type of education _is ~mphas1zed by the many new problems which have arisen with the appltcat10n of nu.clear ener~w The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamenta~s, w1t~out which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course m physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. FRESHMAN YEAR 19 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester _, Title N11mh1r Cr. Title Number Cr. Inor . Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Elective (optional).......... 0-3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 1 Phys. Ed . ... .... . .. . . .... .. P .E. 104 1 Fifth Semester JUNIOR Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .. ...... .. Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • •••.. 101 or '103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective.... ................ 3 18 ~ij YEAR Sixth Semester · Title Numhtr C,. Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 4 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . • . 102 or 104 } Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Eng. 106 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 18 Second Semester First Semester Tttl, Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engmeering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Elementary Germani ......... Ger 101 3 hthematics 2 • • • . • • • • • • • • • • 4-5 Ph)S Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 0nencarion Tit!, Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 102 6 Elementary Germani ......... Ger 102 3 Mathematics 2 . • . . • • • • • • • • • • 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ... .. .. ... .. ...... P.E. 102 1 Pers. Hyg ................ .. P.E. 106 1 19 19 Third Semester M Eighth Semester Tit!, Numbtr Cr. Inorg . Quan. Analysis ....... Chem 122 5 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 152 4 Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 Foreign Langua~ei . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives are ~o. be se!ected ~1th the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humam~res: _Nme to e1g~teen credits are to be chos_en fr~m the following: Eng. l?_l, 153, 154, Phil_. 101, 102, Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Socral Soences and Psychology: , me to fifteen credits are _to be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. Title Numh,r Cr Inor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ...... . .... ........ P.E. 102 l Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16- 17 SENIOR YEAR Tit!, Numher Cr. Qoal1tative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 ,\est. World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Fore1~n Language 1 . . • . . . • . • • 3 E!ect1Ves................... 7 1 This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geom• etry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 12 5, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed ............ ... .... P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .......... .. ...... P.E. 105 1 Orientation 61 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 60 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 134 3 2 lachematics • • . • • • • • • • • • • • 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 PhJs. Ed ................... P.E. 101 1 Tit/, Numbtr Cr. Engineering Dra:wing ........ Engi 106 2 Amer. History srnce 1865 . ... Hist 108 3 2 Mathemacics • • • • • . • • • • • . . • 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M .E. }211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3-6 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 1 18 17-20 !Intermediate or scientific Ge~man may be substituted when the student is qualified. • ee paragraph on Mathemat1Cs under Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. �62 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE lN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accountingl The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal. social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group l. Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. FRESHMAN YEAR 2 First Semester T,tl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . ..... Acee 101 3 Sun·er of Business ..... . . . ... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science .. .... . ... . Bio 100 3 Composiuon . . . ... . ..... . ... Eng 101 3 Hm. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ... . ............ .. P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg ..... . . ...... . .... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Subjects Major Group II Group Ill Accounting Business Administration Gro11pW Secretari,J Retailing Cr. 30 Cr. 24-39 Cr. 24 Studies Cr. 23 .... . .. .. ... Commerce and Finance 1 . ... ... . 21 6 30-33 15 Electives ... . . ... .. 9 15 12 38-39 .... .. .. 28 28 28 28 Science ... . ....... . 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences . ... . 33 33-48 24-27 15 Humanities Physical Education . . 6 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 6 133 6 133 17 Fourth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Advanced Accounting . .... . .. Acct 112 3 Business Law .. . . ... . ..... . . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .. .... Ee 102 3 World Literature . ... . .. .... . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .. . ... Math 115 3 Phys. Ed . ............. .. ... P.E. 104 1 19 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Co t Accounting . ... . ... . .... Acct 201 3 Busine s Law . .... ... . . . . . . . B.A. 233 3 loney and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics . . . . Ee 231 3 lncro . to ociology .. . .. . .. . . Soc 100 3 Free Elective2• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 17 Sixth Semester Td/11 Number Cr. 202 3 Advanced Cost Accounting .. . Acct Accounting Systems . .... .. . . Acct C.P.A . Problems .... . . . ... . . Acct Business Law .. ... ..... . ... . B.A. In tro . co Philosophy .... .. . .. Phil History of Re ligions .... . .. . . Rel Economic Statistics ...... .. .. Ee Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220} 3 242 234 3 101} 3 101 232 3 18 6 131-132 Tttl, Number 231 209 225 100 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 1 2 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Aud iring Principles .. . .. . . . . . Acee Bu . Car. and Reports ........ B.A. Corporation Finance . . . . . .. .. B.A. Intro. to Music ...... . ....... Mus Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does not include major courses. 17 Third Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ... .. Acct 111 3 Business Law ..... . ..... . ... B.A. 231 3 Pr10ciples of Economics . . .... Ee 101 3 World Literature .. ....... . . . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . . .. . .. Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. ... Eng 131 2 Ph}s. Ed . ... . . . . . . ....... . P.E. 103 1 Tax Accounting . . . ... . ..... . Acee 221 1 Second Semester Title Nrrmh,r Cr. Principles of Accounting . .. .. Acct 102 3 Composition .. . . . .... . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . ... Hist 102 3 Intro . to Political Science .... P.S . 100 3 Physical Science ... . . ... . . . . . Phys 100 3 Phys . Ed . ....... . ... . .. . . . P.E. 102 l Pers. Hyg . ... . .. .... .. .. ... P.E. 106 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR GROUP REQUCREMENTS Group I 63 Eighth Semester Title Number Auditing Practice . .. . . . ...... Acct 232 Theory of Money . . ... .. .. . . . Ee 202} Public Fin ance .... .. .. . ..... Ee 236 Economic Geography ........ Ee 226 Cr . 3 3 3 9 Pra:tical e~pe:ience in acco1;1nting is required for all students during the summer following the 1un10r year or durrng the senior year. It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. s Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. �WILKES COLLEGE 64 DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration Students who major in business administration will select their electives from the following: FRESHMAN YEAR1 BANKING AND FINANCEl Second Semester First Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B:A. 100 3 Biological Science ... . ....... B10 100 3 Composition ........ . ....... E~g 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ... . .... .. .... .. .. . P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .......... ... ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Principles of Accounting ..... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. Physical Science ............. Phys Phys. Ed ............... . ... P.E. Pers. Hyg .. . ............... P.E. 102 1D2 102 100 100 102 106 Tlfl, Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. 218 Real Estate .................. B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ............. B.A. 225 JJ~estments ..................... B.A. 226 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 l 1 T11/, Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ............ Ee 223 lnternmonal Trade .............. Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature . . . ......... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . .... Math 101 3 Phys. Ed ....... ... ......... P.E. 103 1 Num~er Title Cr Business Law . . ............. B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature . ........... Eng 152 4 Al cerna ces: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102\ Mathematics of Finance .... Math ll Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Phys. Ed . .. ........... . . . .. P.E. 104 Title Numbn- Public Finance .................. Ee Economic History ............... Ee Economic Analysis .............. Ee Consumer Economics .. . ......... Ee Economic Investigation ........ . . Ee 236 238 241 245 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONSl Number Industrial Management .......... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Produrnon Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management .............. B.A. 238 ales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 Ttll, s; 17 16 Title Numh,r Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance .. . ............... Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I. ....... Math 115 ECONOMICS 1 17 17 Title 65 Title Numb,r Life Insurance ................... B.A. 241 Labor Problems ................. Ee 223 Applied Psychology ... . .. . ...... Psy 206 Psychological Tests ......... .. .. Psy 212 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. 201 Money and Banking ......... Ee 3 231 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 3 Intro. to Sociology .. . ....... Soc 100 3 3 Elective in Social Science .... . 6 Free Electives ............. . Tit!, MARKETING1 Number Cr Title Al tern ates: Theory of Money .......... Ee Economic Geography ..... Ee C. & F. Elective ......... . Economic Statistics .......... Ee Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil History of Religions ....... Rel Marketing ................. BA. Free Elective .............. . T,1/1 Numhe, alesmanship .................... B.A. 114 ,\d\erusing ..................... B.A. 216 Tran portation .................. B.A. 217 larketing ...................... B.A. 222 202) 226 232 101' Title Numbtr Sales Management ............... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 22} Consumer Economics ............ Ee 24} Principles of Retailing ........... Rec 101 101; ~22 15 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Titl, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •• 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Titl, Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •. Free Elective .............. . Cr 12 3 18 1 See footnote next page. 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. �66 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Secretarial Studies Major in Retailing FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . . . .. . Acct 101 3 Biological Science . . .. . . .. . .. Bio 100 3 Survey of Business . . ..... . . . . B.A. 100 3 Composition ..... . .. . ... . ... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . H ist 101 3 Phys. Ed ..... . ... . ........ P. E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. ...... . ... . ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17 67 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE Tit!, Numb,r Cr Principles of Accounting . .... Acee 102 } Composition ... .... .. .... . . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . . . Hist 102 3 Physical Science . ..... . . . .. . . Phys 100 3 Intro. to Political Science . . .. P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .... . .......... . . P.E. 102 I Pers . H yg ... . . .. ........ . .. P.E . 106 I Second Semester Trtl, Numb,r Cr. umy of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Compos1tton ..... . ...... . .. Eng 101 3 H1 c.of\V. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math . . . . ... Math 101 3 Phys l:.ducation . . . .. . . .... . P.E. 101 1 Per .J-Iyg ...... .... .. ... .. . P.E. 101 1 Ee tlVe.. ......... 3-4 Tit!, Number Cr. Biological Science .. . .. . ..... Bio 100 3 Composition ... . ........... Eng 102 3 Hist. ofW. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .. . .. . . Math 102 2 Phys. Education . .. ... .. . ... P .E . 102 1 Pers . Hyg ... .. . .... . ... .. .. P .E. 106 1 Elective ... .. ......... .. . . .. 3 17-18 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Law .. . ... . ....... . B.A . 231 3 Principles of Economics . . . ... Ee 101 3 World Literature . .. . . ...... . Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . .. ... . M ath 101 3 Elective in Retailing. . . . . . . . 3 Phys . E d .... . . .... .. .... . .. P .E . 103 1 Titla Number Cr Busi ness Law . . ..... .. .. . ... B.A. 232 3 Prine i ples of Economics . ..... Ee 102 3 World Literature .. . .. .. ... . . Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . . . . . Math 102 3 Elect ive in Retai ling . 3 Phys . Ed . ..... . ............ P.E. 104 Fourth Semester Tttl, Number Cr . Elementary Accounting .. . ... Acct 101 3 Adunces Exposition . . ...... Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . . . Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music . . . . .. ..... . . Mus 100 3 hornand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Ph} . EJ ...... ...... ... . ... P.E . 103 1 Number Cr . Title Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 American Federal Government P .S. 101 3 Physical Science . ... ......... Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 Free Elective ... ...... .. .. . . 3 1 Phys . Ed .. . ... .. . .. ... . . . .. P.E. 104 16 17 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Titk Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . .. E ng 131 2 Electives in Social Science . . . . 3 Electives in Retai ling or Com . & F in.. .... . .... 9 Title Nttmber Cr Intro. to Music ... . . . ... . . .. Mus 100 3 Alterna tes : Intro. to Philosophy . .. .... Phil 101} H istory of Relig ions ...... . Rel 101 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .. ... . . . ...... . Free E lective . . . ..... . . . .... . M ar keting . . . ...... . . . . . ... B.A. 222 Eighth Semester 15 151 109 Elccmes.. . ... . .. ....... . .. 6 17 17 4 4 SENIOR YEAR Trtu SENIOR YEAR Titls N umber Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports . ..... . B.A . 209 3 Intro. to Sociology . . . . .. ... . Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin... .. . ......... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin . or Soc. Sc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 \\ orld Literature .... . .. .... . Eng Advanced Stenography ...... S.S . Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 102 3 World Literature ... . ... . .... Eng 152 4 Ad vanced Stenography ...... S.S. llO 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Seventh Semester 17 Seventh Semester Sixth Semester T,tl, Numbtr Cr. Pn ciple of Economics ..... . . Ee 101 3 Title Number Cr Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .. .... ... . . . . . . Free Electives ... .. .. . . . . . .. . 15 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Bu . Cor. and Reports ..... . . B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines . .... S.S . 205 4 Elecnve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management ... . .. . ... D.A. 238 3 Al tern ates : Medica l Stenography .. . ... S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting ... . . . . .. S.S. 203 3 Free Electives .. ... .. ..... . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following cience courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necesry background for work in a medical office. �68 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION The program outlined below is designed to prepa~~ s~dents for certi.fi~ation in most states. Students are expected to fam1liar1ze themselves with specific state requirements. Students preparing to teach in secondary schools must major in one of the followin teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science or Social Studies. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Number Cr. Title Titls Composition . . . . .... .. .. . . .. Eng 101 3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S . 100 3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Phys . Ed .......... . . .. .... P .E . 101 1 Pers. Hyg ... ... ... . ... .... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17-18 Second Semester Number Cr Composition ....... . . . . . . ... Eng 102 3 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Intro. to Sociology ........ . . Soc 100 3 Electi ve.... . ... . ... .... ... . } Phys. Ed. . ... . . . . . ..... ... P .E. 102 I Pers . Hyg .. ....... . . .. . . . . . P.E. 106 I First Seme1ter T;t!e Number Cr. Composition._. ... _. . . _. . ... ... Eng 101 3 H1 c. of W. C1V1hzac10n .. . .. Hist 101 3 Phi s1cal Science . .... . . .. . .. Phys 100 3 lnrro. co Music . . .. ... . . ... . Mus 100 3 Intro . co Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phy. Ed .. .... . . .. .... .. .. P.E. 101 1 Per. Hyg .... ... . . .... . . ... P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16-17 16-17 Third Semester Title Number Cr. C<?mposition .: ._ . _. .. _. . .. ... . Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. C1vilizat1on ... . . Hist 102 3 Biological Science .... . .. . . . . Bio 100 3 Genera l Psychology .. . . ..... Psy 100 3 Intro. co Sociology . .. . ... . .. Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed ...... ... .. .. . ..... P.E. 102 I Pers. Hyg .. . . ....... . . . . .. . P.E. 106 l 17 Electives ... .. .... . . .. .. . . . . 15-18 Eighth Semester Titls Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy . .. .... . Phil 101 3 Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ....... . .. ... .. . ... Ed 204 3 Electives .. . .. .... . .. . ... . . . Title Number Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ..... . Ed 205 Student Teaching .... .. . . ... Ed 207 Visual Education .. . .. ...... . Ed 212 Elective .. ...... .... ..... . . 15-17 15 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ..... . .... . Eng 152 4 Human Beh~vior ........ . . . Psy 208 3 Intro . co Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 U.S. History since 1865 . .. . . . Hist 108 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed .... ... .... ... ..... P.E. 104 1 17 Fifth Semester lS-1 SENIOR YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Title N 11mber Cr. \\'orld Literature ... ... . .... Eng 151 4 Chtld Psychology ...... . . . . . Psy 207 3 Intro. to Education ..... . ... Ed 101 3 U . History co 1865 .. ..... . Hist 107 3 Elective orher than Education 3 Php. Ed ... . ... ..... .. .. .. . P.E. 103 1 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Titls Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology .... . Ed 201 3 U.S. History since 1865 .. ... . Hist 108 3 Seventh Semester Second Semester 15-17 Fifth Semester 3 FRESHMAN YEAR 17 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Nmnber Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics . . . . . .... Ee 100 Intro. to Education .. ... .. .. . Ed 101 3 World Literature ... . ... . .... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 131 2 General Psychology . . . .. . . .. Psy 100 World Literature .......... .. Eng 151 4 Electives .... . . .. ... . . . .... . Electives .. . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . . Phys. Ed ..... . ........ . .... P.E . 103 1 Phys. Ed . ..... . . . . . .. . .... . P.E. 104 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 Electives . ..... .. ... .. .. . .. . 69 17 JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ... . .. . . . Ee 100 3 B ic Art ..... . .. .. . . . . . .. . Art 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ... .. .. Math 101 3 Educational Psychology . .... Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . . Eng 131 2 Elective ocher than Education 3 Sixth Semester Title Nr,mber Cr. Economic Geography . .. . . . . Ee 226 3 Basic Art . . . .. . .... . .... ... Art 102 3 Fundamentals of Math . . .. . .. Math 102 3 Elective ocher than Education 6 17 Minimum requirement for this degree-129 credits. Requirements for each ma;or: ENGLISH Bio 100; Eco 100; Eng 105, 201 , 12 additional credits; Hist 101. 102; Lan 12 credits (in one language); Math 101, 102; Phy 100; Electives 15 credits.* FOREIGN LANGUAGE Bio 100; Eco 100; Eng 105, 201; Hist 101, 102; Math 101, 102; Lang 24 credits beyond 102 (in one language); Phy 100; Electives 9 to 15 credits.• MATHEMATICS Bio 100; Chem 101, 104; Eco 100; Hist 101, 102; Phy 111, 112; Electives 6 credits.* Math 122, 125, 126, 240, 15 additional credits in 200-level cour . SCIENCE Bio 101, 102; Eco 100; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phy 111,112; (either Bio 111, 112, 201, 202; or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, 126); Electives 17 to 23 credits of which at least 8 must be in sciences other than Psychology.* SocIAL STUDIES Bio 100; Eco 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; Math 101, 102; Phy 100; P S 6 credits; Soc 6 credits; Electives 15 credits.* *No more than 3 credits may be in Education. Seventh Semester 15 SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. tudent Teaching .... ....... Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading ... . .... Ed 231 2 Tchg. Elem. Social Studies ... Ed 236 2 Principles ofElem. Ed .. . .... Ed 237 2 Curriculum of Elem. Sch ... . . Ed 238 2 Art in Elem. School ... . ..... Ed 241 2 fusic in Elem . School . . .. .. Ed 242 2 16 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Student Teaching .. . . .... . . . Ed 209 8 Visual Education .. .. .. .. .. . Ed 212 1 Teaching of Arithmetic .. .. . . Ed 232 2 Tchg. Elem. Sch. Science . ... . Ed 239 2 Hlth. andP .E . in El. Sch .. ... Ed 243 2 15 �70 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION SENIOR YEAR The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, com• mercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Numbor Cr. Title Survey of Business . .. ....... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ... .... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science . .... . ..... Bio 100 3 Composition .. . . .. .. .. .. .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W . Civilization .... . Hist 101 3 1 Phys. Ed .. ... ..... .. . . . .. . . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . .. . .. . . . .. . ..... . P .E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Composition . . .... ... . ... . . Eng 102 Hist . ofW . Civilization .... . Hist 102 Intro. to Music . .......... . . Mus. 100 Physical Science .. ... . .. .. .. Phys 100 Intro. to Sociology .. ... . .. .. Soc 1001 or Intro . to Political Science . . . . P.S. 100, Phys. Ed . . . . .. . . .. . . . .... . . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. ..... . .......... P.E. 106 17 Cr 3 3 3 3 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N11mber Cr Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 U.S. Hist. since 1865 . ..... . Hist 108 General Psychology . .. ..... . Psy 100 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 or Elective Phys. Ed .... . .. .. . ...... ... P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Eighth Semester ::,eventh Semester Title Number Cr. Number Cr. 3 Visual Education . . .... .. ... Ed 212 1 Bus. Corres. and Reports ... . . B.A. 209 Sec. School Curriculum .. . . .. Ed 205 3 Bu • Education and Methods 3 . Student Teaching . . ... ... ... Ed 207 8 of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S . 243 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Intro. to Philosophy . . . .. . .. Phil 101 Office Procedures and bchines ...... . ..... S.S. 205 4 or Elective Elecnve .. . ............ . ... . 3 T1tl1 16 15 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business educat~on. Cer~ification will be offered in business subjects only as the followmg requuements are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours ommercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours horthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 or Elective Principles of Economics ...... Econ 101 3 Intro. co Education ......... Ed 101 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 101 4 or Elective Phys. Ed . . .. .. .. ...... . .... P.E. 103 71 DEGREE PROGRAMS Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct '·· 111 3 or Elective · !if.•~ 11 Business Law ........... . ... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ... . . Ed 201 3 English Elective . . .. . .. . Eng· 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Title Number Cr Advanced Accounting ... .. . Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ... . .......... . B.A. 232 Office Management ... . ... . . . B.A. 238 3 English Elective ... . . . .. Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography . . . . . . S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 17-16 �SENIOR YE.AR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to becom a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title N ttmbcr Cr. Composition ........ . . .. . . . E ng 101 3 2 Fundamentals of Speech . .... En g 131 Music Theory . . .. ..... .. ... Mus 101 5 Clarinet Class and Band M us Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument .. .. ....... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. . 3 1 Phys . Ed ................. .. P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... . .. ....... .. . P .E . 105 Orientation 18½ l Title Number C, Composition .. . . . ..... . .... Eng 102 Music Theory . .. .. ...... . . . Mus 102 Clarinet Class and Band Mus Methods or .... . .. .. . . .. . Ed 102~ Brass Class and Band Mus Methods .. . . . . . . .. . .... .. Ed 104) App Major Instrument .. ...... .. . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Physical Science . . .......... Phys 100 Elective . ....... . ... . ..... . Phys. Ed . ....... .. ......... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. . .. . . . . . ...... . . P.E . 19½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Seventh Semester Tit!, N umber Cr. World Literature ....... .. . . Eng 151 4 Music Theory .... . .. ... .... Mus 103 5 Music History ....... . .. . . .. Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument . .. . . . . . ... Mus 1 Intro. to Education ...... . . . Ed 101 3 Band, Orchestr a, Chorus. . . . . ½ Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 1 T itle Numbtr C, World Literature . . .... . . . .. Eng 152 4 Music Theory . ...... . .. .... Mus 104 S Music History .... . . ... . .... Mus llO 3 App Major Instrument .... .... . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . .. . General Psychology ... . .. . .. Psy 100 Phys. Ed .. ..... . .. ... ... ... P.E. 104 I ½ 3 Number Cr. Principles of Secondary ... ... Ed 204l Education or 3 Pnnciples of Elementary ... .. Ed 237f Education In trumentation ..... . ..... . Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods ..... Ed 107 2 mng Instrument Class and Mus • fcchods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Tmhing . ..... . . . .. . ..... Ed 203 4 App iaior Instrument .. . ...... . . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... ½ Title Number Cr. Visual Education ... . . . ..... Ed 212 1 Orchestration ... . ... . .. . .. . Mus 216 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . .. . Ed 108 2 Strinf Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching . .. . ........ .. .. Ed 204 4 App Major Instrument . . .. . ... ... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... ½ Elective ...... . . . . ....... . .. 3 14 ½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determmed by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester Number Cr. C.Ompo icion .... .. .......... Eng 101 3 Ht.of West. Civ .... . . . .. . . Hi st 101 3 Founfoions of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Phys al Science .... .... ..... Phys 100 3 Gtne:al Psychology .. .... ... Psy 100 3 Sociology ........... ... .... Soc 100 3 T itle Number Cr. Biological Science . . ......... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology . . .. . Ed 201 3 Composition .... . .... . . .... . Eng 102 3 Hi st . of West .Civ . ..... . .... H ist 102 3 Community Nursing . . . . ... .. N .E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin . ..... N .E . 106 2 17 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fif th Semester Title N11mber Cr. Educational Psychology . . .. . Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist . to 1865 .. . Hist 107 3 M us Woodwind Class Methods . . .. Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) . . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods . . . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument . . ........ . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Second Semester Tttu 17½ 17 ½ Eighth Semester T1tl, Fourth Semester Third Semester 73 DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 72 SENIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Third Semester T itle Numh,r Cr U.S. History since 1865 . . . . .. Hist 108 Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . . . . Ed 106 Mus Conducting (Choral) ... . . .. . Ed 110 Mus Violin Class and Methods . . . . Ed ll2 Number Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 \ 1sual Education . .. ..... .. . . Ed 212 1 \\orld Literature ... . ... ..... Eng 151 4 Pnn. and Meth. in N.E .. . .. . N.E. 107 2 Elernves 3 . . . • . . • • • • • • • • • • . 6-7 Title Number Cr. Guidance .. . ................ Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . . . Eng 131 2 Trends in Nurs ing Ed .. . .. . .. N.E. 102 2 Field Experience . . ......... . N .E. 112 4 Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5-6 15- 16 15-16 App Major Instrument . ..... . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. .. .. Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fourth Semester Ti1u I ½ 6 For exception see page 48. Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. s Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, P ychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. 1 2 �DEGREE PROGRAMS WILKES COLLEGE 74 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach· art in other states should determine the requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Pirrt Setnester Tit!, Number Cr. Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Composition . .. . ... ..... .. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ .......... Hist 101 3 Fund. of Math. .... . . . .... Math 101 3 Phys. Science ............... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed . . ...... .. . ........ P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hygiene . .... ......... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Tit!, Number Basic Art .................. Art 102 Composition ............... Eng 102 Bio. Science ....... .. ...... . Bio 100 Hist. of West. Civ .......... Hist 102 Fund. of Math ............. Math 102 Phys. Ed .. .. . . ... . ... ... .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hygiene ... ... .. ...... P.E. 106 Cr 3 3 3 3 3 l l 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Al'plied Art ...... .. ........ Art 103 3 Hist. of Art ... ...... . ..... . Art 111 3 Intro. to Ed ................ Ed 101 3 World Lit ................. Eng 151 4 Intro . to Political Science .. .. P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . . .. . . .. . ....... P .E. 103 1 Title Numher C, Applied Art ... ... .. . .. .... . Art 104 Hist. of Art .. . ..... . .... . .. Art 112 World Lit. .... ........... . Eng 152 General Psych .............. Psych 100 Intro. to Soc ..... .. ... .. .. . Soc 100 Phys. Ed ..... .. .. . ...... .. P.E. 104 17 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fine Arts . .. ..... . .. ... . ... Art 215 4 Graphic Art . . ... ........ . . Art 241 2 Intro. co Econ . ... . .. ..... .. Econ 100 3 Ed. Psych ... . ... . ..... ..... Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist .. ... ... ... Hist 107 3 Title Numher Fine Arts .. . .... .. ......... Art 216 Graphic Art ........ ... ... . Art 242 U.S. Hist .................. ffst 108 Child Psych .. ............. . Psy 207 Elective*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr 3 3 3 15 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Arts of Presentation . . .. . ... Art 243 3 Prin . and Math . of Secondary Ed ... ....... Ed 204 3 Fund . ofSpeech ............ Eng 131 2 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Elective* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number C, Student Teaching ........... Ed 210 Visual Ed .... ... ..... ...... Ed 212 Teaching of Arc . . . . . . . .... Ed 221 Elective* ................. . 17 IS *Nine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields. Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. 75 \'\'ilkcs College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students ha:ve transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic Unirersity, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehig~, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the va t range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the _student shoul_d consid~r his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but 1t should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: ~e earch a~peals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested m development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always need_ed. to sell applications and e3uipment. As his experience broadens and hrs Judgment matures, the engmeer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical or mechanical engineering. ' tudents pl~nning to major in Engine~ring should take courses in high ~hool th~t will prepare them to start their college program with the course m Analytic ~eometry. Unf~rtu1;1ately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, rn consequence, 1t will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Fresh1;11an year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, m the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. �76 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS FRESHMAN YEAR CIVIL ENGINEERING ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 4 Engineering and Orientation Problems . . . . .. . ......... . Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and Des. Geometry ... .... . . . ... Engi 10.5 3 Composition .... .. .... . . . .. . Eng 101 3 Mathematics . .. .. .. ....... . 4- .5 Phys . Ed .. ... .. . . . . .. .. . . . . P.E. 101 1 Pers . Hyg . . . .. ..... .... . ... P.E. 10.5 1 Orientation 18- 19 u. Numh,r Tit!, Alternates: 1 Inor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal. .. Chem 102}+-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry ... Engi 106 2 Composition . ....... . . . . ... Eng 102 3 Mathematics .. . ...... . ... . . General Physics (Mech.) ..... Phys 150 Phys. Ed . .... ... ...... . ... . P.E . 102 Pers. Hyg . . . ... . .... . ..... . P.E. 106 19-21 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineenng. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. The ~ivil engin_eer deal~ wit_h problems in structural, highway, railroad, h}'d~au_ltc, a_nd samtarf engmeenng,. and also wi_th surveying and geodesy. He spec1altzcs m the design, construct10n ~n1 maintenance of bridges, tunnels, ?ams, and _the stru~tural members of bmldrngs. His services are indispensable m the design of river, canal, an~ harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co~trol of water r~sources; m _the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and rn the location and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE Y EARl Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Fourth Semester Numb,r Cr. Inor. Quant. Analysis .. . . . ... Chem 121 4 Intro . to Economics .. ... .... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 M athematics.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics ........ . .. . . Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 1 19 1 2 Titlt Title Number Route Surveying . ... .. .. . . .. . C.E. M athematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanics I , Statics ... . ..... M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .... .. M .E. General Physics III ... .. . .... Phys Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 18 Cr. 4 4 3 3 4 I 104 211 212 152 104 19 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer include a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. Third Semester Fourth Semester Trtl, Number Cr. Plane Surveying ........... .. C.E. 103 3 Intro to Economics .. .. . . . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 3 1achcmarics .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 1.51 4 Ph}' . Ed . ............ . ..... P.E . 103 1 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Title 77 Numb,, Cr Stoichiometry . . . . . . . . ... . ... Ch E M athemat ics ............. . . Mechanics I , Statics .... ... .. M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics . .... M.E. General Physics .. ... ... . .. .. Phys Phys. Ed .... . ....... . .. .. .. P.E. 106 To?ay nea~ly eve!Y ac~ivity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electnc~J engm~er is tramed to design, ~onstruct, and operate all electrical gener~t.mg equi_p~ent. He must supervise and control the distribution of el 7ctrmty for ~nvmg the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railw~ys, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used m the home. The commun_ic~tions fiel1, includi~g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, tele'.ype, transmiss10n of_ prmt and p~ctures, _off~rs numerous opportunities. De, e_lopment of electromc tubes, transistors, orcuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Number Cr. M athem atics .............. . 4 Kinem atics . .... .... ..... . ... M.E . 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics . . ....... M .E . 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics . .. . .. M.E. 212 3 General Physics III . . . . ...... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed .... .... . . . .. . ..... P.E. 104 1 18 18 211 212 152 104 18 Chemical engineers will register for Chem . 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above . Fourth Semester Trtl, Number Cr. Plane Surveying ...... ... ... . C.E . 103 3 Intro. co Economics . .. ... . . .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . ... .. Eng 134 3 lathemat1cs ............ . . . 4 Gener,11 Phys ics II .......... Phys 151 4 Phy . Ed . ............. . . . .. P.E. 103 1 1 For freshman year see page 76. Title �78 WILKES COLLEGE INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . . . Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II . .. .. ..... Phys 151 4 General Psychology ........ . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed . ..... . .. .. . .... .. . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 102 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . . ... . .. . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III . . . . ... . . . Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed .. ..... .. . ... ... .. . P.E. 104 1 18 18 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installa• tion, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the a.pplication of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an under• standing of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Plane Surveying . ... ......... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ...... . ... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . . ... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .. .. ...... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ...... ............ . P.E. 103 1 18 1 For freshman year see page 76. Tit!, Numb,r Mathematics ... ... . . .. . . . . . Kinematics . . .... . . . ........ M.E. 206 Mechanics I, Statics ........ . M.E. 211 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 General Physics III ..... .. ... Phys 152 Phys . Ed . .. ....... . ..... . .. P.E. 104 Cr, 4 3 J 3 4 1 Terminal Programs �80 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL PROGRAMS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PRE-DENT.Al The Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists has established definite standards for qualification as a medical technologist. The minimum requirements to meet these standards are a two-year college program and twelve months of technical training in an approved school of medical technology. The following curriculum meets the pre-technical training requirements demanded by the Registry. Since requirements for admission to approved schools of medical technology vary, the student is urged to make inquiries concerning technical training during the Freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Second Semester Number Cr . General Zoology .... ... . . . . . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. .. . . Chem 101 4 Composition .. . ... . .. . .... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ...... . .. . . . Math 107 Phys. Ed . .. .. .............. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .. . . . . . ... . .. .. ... P.E. 105 Orientation 3 1 1 Titl, Numb,r General Zoology . .... . .. . ... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative Anal. . . .. .. ... Chem 102 Elective .... .. . .. . . . .... . . . . Composition . ... . ..... .... . Eng 102 Phys. Ed ..... . ........ . .. . . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ........ . .. .. .. . .. P.E. 106 Cr. 4 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester N11mber Cr. Bacteriology ..... . . . .. . . . ... Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. ... . .... . . .. ........ Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys . Ed . .................. P.E . 103 1 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology .. ..... ... .. . ... Bio 212 4 Organic Chem . . . .... ........ Chem 230 4 Electi ves1 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys. Ed ............ . ..... . P.E. 104 l 16- 17 1 (Two years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum i, les, condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tttl, Numh,r Cr. General Zoology . ... ... . ... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. .. . . Chem 101 4 Composition . . .. . ... ...... . Eng 101 3 C..ollel!e Algebra._. . ... ...... Math 107 3 Phv . Ed .. . ........... . . .. . P.E. 101 1 Per Hyg . ....... . ..... .. .. P.E . 105 1 Orientation Tit!, N11mb1r Cr. General Zoology ......... . .. Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem . and Qualitative Analysis ... . Chem 102 6 Composition ... .. .... ... . .. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry . ... . ... .. .. .. M ach 109 3 Phys. Ed .. ... . .. . .... . .. . .. P.E. 102 1 Pers . Hyg .... .. . . . . . .. . . ... P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 17 Title 81 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. 16-17 Fourth Semester Trtl, Numb" Cr. Histology ......... . ........ Bio 241 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ..... ... Phys 111 4 Alternates · World Literature .. ..... . . . Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ...... ... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .. . . ............... P .E . 103 I 15- 16 Titl, N11mb,r Cr. Histology . . ... . .. . .... .. .. . Bio 242 3 Organi c Chemistry . .. . , . . ... Chem 230 4 Int rorl uc cory Physics .. ..... . Phys 112 4 Al tern ates: World Literature . .... ... .. Eng 152 4 His t . of West. Civ . . ... . . . . Hist 102 3 Phys . Ed . . . ................ P.E. 104 1 15- 16 �82 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL PROGRAMS PRE-DENTAL SECRETARIAL COURSE (Three years) FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... .. . . . . . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. ... Chem 101 4 Composition .. ... .. ........ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... . . .. ..... Math 107 3 Phys . Ed . .......... . ... . ... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hy g . . ... ... ...... .... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology . ... . .. . .. . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .. . •. Chem 102 Composition .. .. . .. .. . . . . . . Eng 102 Trigonometry ..... . ........ Math 109 Phys. Ed . .. . ..... . .. . ...... P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg .......... . .. . .. .. P.E. 106 18 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Basic Art ..... . ........ . ... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .. . . Chem 121 4 World Literature . .. . .. .. .. . Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ..... . .... ........ . P.E. 103 1 Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. ...... ........ .. Art 102 3 Embryology . . . . . . . .. . . ..... Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .. ........ Chem 230 4 World Literature . . . . ..... .. Eng 152 4 Phys . Ed .. . ... . ........ . ... P.E .104 1 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of cicnce in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tttk Number Cr . urvey of Business ....... . . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition . .... .... . .. .... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S . 101 4 Phys. Ed... . . . .. . .. . P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg . ................. P.E . 105 1 Title Number Cr Bacteriology .. .. . .. . ..... . . B~o 212 4 Histology . . .. . ... . ......... Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective ........ . . Chem 3 Introductory Physics . . . ..... Phys 112 4 16 14 Title Number Biological Science . . .. . . . .. . . Bio Composition . . ... . . .. ... . .. Eng Fundamentals of Speech .... . . Eng Hist. of W . Civilization . .. .. . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting .. . S.S . Phys. Ed . . ... . ............. P.E. Pers.Hyg . ...... . ...... ... . P.E . 15 100 102 131 102 102 102 106 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 1 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Numhcr Cr. Business Mathematics .... ... B.A. 107 3 Business Law ...... . . .. . . ... B.A. 231 3 lnrermediate Stenography . .. . S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines . . . . . S.S. 205 4 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tit!, Number Cr. Bacteriology . ............ . . Bio 211 4 Histology .. ............. ... Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry ...... . ... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ...... . . Phys 111 4 83 Phys. Ed........ .. .. P.E. 3 103 1 18 Title Number C,. Office Management . .. . . . . ... B.A. 238 3 Intro. to Economics ....... . . Econ 100 3 Advanced StenograJ?hY . . ..... S.S. ll0 4 Secretarial Accountmg . . ..... S.S. 120 3 Electi ve. .. . . . ... . . .... . ... . 3 Phys. Ed ... ... . . ...... ... .. . P .E . 104 1 17 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may subtitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �Description of Courses �86 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructors Baron, Kohn, Krohn, Slamon, Strassman. AccT. 101. ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. ACCT. 102. AccT. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. ACCT. 112. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING-Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. AccT. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost ar,d process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING-Three credits THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. 87 Acer. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS-Three credits MR. SLAMON A st ud~ o_f the accounting m~t~ods of banks, utilities, building and l~an ass~ciat10ns, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to mternal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. MR. cURTIS ACCT. 221. TAXES I-Three credits The preparation of ~ederal income tax returns for individuals based on current_ law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and excluswn fr~m income; gains and losses from sales and exchan es; allowable deduct10ns; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hfurs a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. ACCT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits T HE sTAFF Tax accounting for i~stallment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; .fiduciaries and corporations· miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a weeklaboratory, two hours a week. ' Prerequisite: Acct. 221. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three credits MR. SLAMON Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records an_d balance shee~ and_ income accounts; study of the procedures a _ plJCable under vanous circumstances. Class, two hours a week- laboratoty two hours a week. ' ' Prerequisite: Acct. 202. ACCT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three credits MR. SLAMON Advanced ~ppl~cation of auditing principles to actual practice; proble~s of classification and i~terpretation of accounts; study of methods of mternal control; preparat10n of reports to clients. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. ' Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Acer. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three credits MR. CURTIS Advan_ced corporation problems including consolidations mergers and holdrng companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory 'two hour~ aw~k ' Prerequisite: Acct. 112. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Instructor Zawisa. . The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding �of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for. art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 74. TYPOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. O'TooLE . C?mple~e study of type faces and their design and differences. Des1gnmg w1:h tyRe, t"f Pe ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, size, d1rect1on, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. ART 109. ~rerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three credits MR. O'TooLE ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy, the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art. advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the variou\ black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. ZAWISA Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 89 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 88 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three credits each semester MR. ZAWI A The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The us~s of fhotostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechamcal aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART-Three hours. MR. ZAWISA History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. MR. History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. ART 112. HISTORY OF ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three ZAWISA credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration lin~ mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of vanous types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE . Editor!al illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous draw•_ng, stylize~ drawi?g. !he book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be_ given m each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro- �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or four credits each semester MR. O'T0OLI' Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART- Three or four credits each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'T0OLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to hi!. needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC ART-Two credits each semester Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. 91 ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professor Cohen; Assistant Professor Michelini; Instructors Leagus and Namisniak. Bro. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three credits MR. REIF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who t:tke no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Nine credits MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 .00 each course. B10. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. B10, 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Fo1-1r credits MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Bro. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATES- Four credits MR. MICHELINI Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and �92 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits 93 hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: through Bio. 242, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite: for Bio. 252 is Bio. 251. MR. MICHELINI BIO. 291-292. SEMINAR IN BIOLOGY- One credit each semester STAFF This seminar is designed as a correlating study of the .field of biology_ for senior stu~ents. Each student prepares a paper on a biological topic for presentat10n to and discussion by the group. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite· Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY- Four credits each semester BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Capin, Casper, Chmiola, Johns, Kohn, Krohn, Mackson, Roberts. B.A. 100. BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semest~r of the _freshman yea~ . . E1:'1phasis is placed upon examining ~he various vocational op~ortu01t1es rn modern business and upon studymg the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course prog~am. Ea~h s~dent i~ required to make an individual study of some vocat10nal ob1ect1ve. Th1s course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. MR. REU: BIO. 223. ENTOMOLOGY-Four credits SURVEY OF Entomology is the study of insects through the collection and identification of specimens. Life histories of insects are studied as well as their economic relationships, and their significance in industry and medicine. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 101, or permission of instructor. B.A. BIO. 241-242. HISTOLOGY AND ORGANOLOGY-Three credits each semester MR. MICHELINI 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Credit is given only upon completion of both semesters work which must be taken in sequence. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prereqrisite: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Fee: $15 each course. ~eview of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, ?ecimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and ~urnov_er; dep_reciation_ and distribution of overhead; payroll problems mcludmg sooal secunty and other deductions; sales and p~operty taxes; credit_ and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound mterest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds; graphs and their use in business. BIO. 251-252. PHYSIOLOGY- Three credits each semester B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is a study of the functioning of the various cells, tissues, and organs of the animal body. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three STAFF The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and deme; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. i Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �94 WILKES COLLEGE B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND DESCRIPTION OF COURSES REPORTS- Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ADVERTISING-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertisi?g work, ~~eluding copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertrsrng as a social force. B.A. 216. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits MR. RosENBERG Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three credits THE STAFF The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. ESTATE- Three credits THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three credits MR. CHIJ\NG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods .ind age_ncies, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and sellmg securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW- Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW- B.A. 220. REAL B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three credits THE STAFF Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and _storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. FINANCE- Three credits MR. CH.A 'G A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to ~lterna~e. ty~es of business organization, corporate securities, and financial polJC1es involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, worki?g capital and short- term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readJustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 225. CORPORATION INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the field of business Jaw. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts . nd remedies for their breach. AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons and th~ termin_ation of ~he agency. A study of the law of sales of good;, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties'. remedies for bre~ch, security interests in goods. A comparison of the untform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW- PARTN ERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The ~rinciples o~ la~ governing partnerships and corporations, with tmpha_s1s on the historical development of business enterprises. The l~w w1t~ respect to the ~ormation, operation, internal relationships and d1ssol~t10n of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their ~ependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate _enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantag es and disadvanta oes of these forms of business activity. b Prerequisite: B.A. 231. �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MR. KROHN B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW- PROPERTY-Three credits The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. 97 ment of the sales force; sales research and m k . . . of price and brand policies· . ar et analysis; determmation distribution. ' preparatwn of sales budgets; costs of Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. B.A. .240. PROPERTY INSURANCE- Th ree ered.1ts MR FARR This course is a study of the fundamental · AR insurance. s of .fire, casualty, and marine Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. . MR. BACON B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT- Three credits A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. MR. BACO,' B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the production problems that confront executives; develop• ing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of rela· tive risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. MR. BACON "' B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of office records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. BACON B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and manage• LIFE INSURANCE-Three ered1ts " MR FAR This course is a study of the rinci le . . RAR surance from the overall . P. Pf S, practices, and uses of life in. viewpoint o the prod uc t , cost, market, and industry. B.A. .241. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. . TIME AND MOTION STUDY Thr d" Th . ee ere tts MR. JOHNS eh prmciples and techniques of time and motion th ree ours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. study. Class, B.A. E 245. . TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Thr ee ered"its THE STAFF ·conom1c and historical aspects of traffi comparative aspects of compet·t · d c management; evaluation of i ive mo es of tra t · d ment of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff nspor atton, evelopPrerequisite: approval of instructor. . CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress chairman; Assistant Instructor Leagus. ' Professors Bone, Salley; LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific Ger . b man_ or of French is required 1 A d en may e satisfied as follows· · stu ent prepared in a 1 · test. anguage may take a reading-knowledge for this degree. The requirem t 2. A student who has taken two ears o school must complete scientific ~erma~-:o~e ~f G:man in high or more of French he m st ' . e as t en two years or advanced French. u complete six hours of intermediate 3. Students beginning either Ian ua ter hours. Those beginning !er!e must coi_nplete twelve semesin the twelve hours. an must include German 105 �98 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE CHEM . 101. G ENERAL I N ORGANIC CH EMISTRY- Four credits CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS- Three credits MR. BASTRESS THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. 99 A course . designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure org~nrc compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. CHEMISTRY- Three credits CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits Miss BoNE, MR. SALLEY CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and prac• tice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Special topics in organic chemistry including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. ' Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- Four CHEM. 104 . GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Four credits Miss BoNE, MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: 15. credits each semester MR. SALLEY CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS- Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. A stud~ of adv~nced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the tl1ree phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 24 2. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Three credits MR. ANALYSIS- Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 . MR. BASTRES credits An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara· tion and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. MR. BASTRES Five credits A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. SALLEY ~ cours~ desig~ed to introduce the student to the modern theories of morgamc chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY- Three credits each semester MR. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- BASTRESS An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE MR. BASTRESS The applicati?n of 0e~ical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemICal constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Cla~s, tw~ hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One credit MR. BASTRESS , The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. (HE.M. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 100 credit MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester THE STAFF Fee: $5 per credit. ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Gothschalk, Hotson and Scarantino. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. ECONOMICS-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economi~s de:igned for stu· dents who plan to take only one se1:1ester_ of work rn this field. T~eoretical aspects of capital value, nat10nal mcome, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic econom_ic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free en~erpnse economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad ~eld of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of whtch the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is b~sed upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such umts as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Ee. 201. MoNEY AND BANKING--Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operati?n and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commemal and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 101 Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-T hree credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT, MR. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to conte~porary economics; ~urrency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF _A studf of the. relationshit _of government to economic enterprises w1~h. special attent10n to conditions in the United States; the regulatory act1V1ties of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and ~esults of gov~rnmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR MOVEMENT- Three credits STAFF A st~dy of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course ~eals with_ the d~velopment of American labor ideology and psychology m com~~mon with o~her labor ~ovements. This course views the present position of American labor m regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three credits MR. R. WERNER . An introduction to American labor problems; analyses of major issues 1~ the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth an? _Pre~ent .Position of organized labor, union policies, gov:rn~ental parti~1pa~10n _rn labor relations, collective bargaining, invest1gat10n and arbitration m labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits THE STAFF Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs quotas, !oreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. study will ~e mad~ of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on mternat10nal trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. A �WILKES COLLEGE 102 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GEOGRAPHY-Three credits . -~R. ELLIOT A t d of the relation of geography to the economte act1V1ty of man. This sc~uise describes and analyzes the world dis~ribution of resourc~s, ·mdus t nes, · an d population . It is designed as an mtroductory course rn world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC E C 227 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-N 0 RTH . . AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A stud of the economic regions of the North Amer~can continent, with specLI emphasis on the role of the United States m the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. SYSTEMS-Three credits THE STAFF The i.nstitutions of planned economy of th~ ~.S.S:R. and tho~e ~f the contem orary experiment in evolutionary socialism m G:eat _Bn~am_ are studied~ Constant objective comparisons are made with mstltuttons which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee 229 COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. WERNER Fundamental principles of public .finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; .fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. CHIANG An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. CHIANG ered t'ts . A historical analysis of maJor business cycles. Conte~porary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward busmess cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. E 231 C. APPLIED GENERAL . STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to b~sin~ss .. A · · t a t'10n of statistical data , frequency d1stnbutton collection an d mterpre . and measures of central tendency, fitting the no:mal cur~e, Chi-square · ·5. canee for small samples , analysis of variance. 3 hours test; test o f signi lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 232. EcoNOMlC STATISTICS-Three credits _M~. RosEN~ERG A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include tt~eseries analysis, construction of index ?umbers, methods. of. correlat10n analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Ee. MR. CHIANG This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMics-Three credits Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Th ree 103 MR. CHIANG The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professor Jessee, Assistant Professor Moran, Instructors Bhaerman, Chwalek, Craig, Zawisa. ED. 100. AMERICAN PUBLIC EDUCATION-One credit THE STAFF A short course designed to acquaint students with the essential facts �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 104 about American public education. School system organization; the development and significance of education in a democracy; current problems, possible solutions and promising practices are presented and analyzed for the non-professional. EDUCATION-Three credits THE STAFF A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American publi~ education .. Stu~y of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisi~ns therefor; _the materials of instruction; the school plant; the financmg of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. Students taking Ed. 101 will not receive credit for Ed. 100. ED. 101. INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; stu~y of ?uman growth and development; the nature and measurement of mtel~1g~nce; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general ~nnc1ples of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual· effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology' of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. ED. 201. EDUCATIONAL Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and Ed. 101. 105 Eo, 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits MR. HAMMER Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum· consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocationai needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. ~h~~ observe several teachers .. ~radually they assume classroom respons1bil1ty and teach under superv1S1on. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 204. Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes permission of the instructor. ' ED, 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised ad~inistration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 204. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assun:ie classroo~ responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences w1th cooperatmg teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits Mr,. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophic~! background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors 10 the development of the secondary school; prom~sing prac~ice~ in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; mot1vat1on; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. ART-Eight credits THE STAFF Stude?t~ are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school class~ooms, and _teach .. ?pportunities are provided for them to participate m school-wide activ1t1es. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. . Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the mstructor. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN �106 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eo. 211. ExTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three credits MR. HAMMER Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculwn; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 107 ~echniq~es ~or developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction tn concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Eo. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One credit THE STAFF A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; prin• ciples and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101 , 201. St~dy of social situations pertinent to elementary school children. relation of school _and hom_e activities to the community; the study of meth~ds and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understandmg. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. GUIDANCE- T wo credits MR. CHWALEK A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 237. ED. 214. ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting occupational choices; methods of making vocational choices; types of occupational preparation; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to job, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 221. THE TEACHING OF ART-Three credits MR. ZAWISA Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. 231. THE TEACHING OF READING-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading ; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. ED. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching PRINCTPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN The historical deve!opment of the elementary school; a philosophical ba~kground from which are drawn basic principles of elementary edu~~t10n; oth~r fac_tors in the development of the elementary school; prom1Stng practices m the elementary school· methodology and gu·d . h t · · f h ' 1 ance, c arac enst1cs o t e elementary school child; discipline and cont l · mental an_d phy~ical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of princi;~; and techniques m the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits MR. BHAERMAN ~h~ development o_f the elementary curriculum; its relation to the sooetJ th_at ~upports 1t; the em_erging elementary curriculum; adjustment to mdmdual needs; relat10n of objectives to children's d . c_ontent a~d method; utilizing the arts, science, physical t10n, etc., m the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. music, ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL . ;J:c:~ SCIENCE-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN Ba~1c elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school . mat~nals fo~ demonstration; methods of presentation; consideratio:s:f ~he _mtegrati?n of scie~ce in the elementary curriculum; aims and obJect1ves of science teachmg; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR.2AWISA Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for �108 WILKES COLLEGE developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 242. MUSIC IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. R. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. BHAERMAN This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION- One to three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diag• nosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 109 ENGINEERING Associate Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas; Instructors May and J. Williams. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to ac_quaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engmeer. An introduction to the proper method o~ attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instructi~n in the use of the sl~de rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. ENGi. 101. BASIC DRAWING-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course cove~ing the e!ements of projection drawing necessary for student_s of c~em1str~. It m_cludes use of instruments, sketching, orthographIC and 1sometnc drawmg and dimensioning. Practicum six hours a week. ' 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY J _ Three credits MR. BEL TZEL, MR. THO~AS T?is and th~ following c?urse bear the same relation to the engineering prof~ss10n as the sub1ect of English bears to our daily life. Use and car~ o~ mstrum~nts. :rech?ical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary pr?Je~t10n drawrn~ "".1th dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERI~G DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY JI. -Two credits MR. HELTZEL Con~inua~ion of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of e?gmeermg space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions ~o the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduct10n processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 1O5. ENGi. Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A. problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to _the calcu~ation of heat and material balances as they are_ encounter~d In the vanous chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combust10n products, gas producers, furnace and kiln roducts. Class, three hours a week. P Prerequisite: Chem.121;Phys.151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 111 Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three credits ENGLISH MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveyjng. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equjpment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grad~ng, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapprng from field not~s with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. C. E. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING-Four credits MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, com_pound, rever:e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cr~ss se~trnns, mass dta· grams and earth work computations, grade cross1?g, rtght-of-":'ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true beanng and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicwn, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: C.E. 103 . Mechanical Engineering M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. THOMAS, MR. HELTZEL Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~c· celeration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kmemattC pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers. geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. I. STATICS-Three credits II. DYNAMICS-Three credits Majors in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. m English, are strongly advised AU entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a deficiency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement lhc.ir work in Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition THE STAFF MR. HALL Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. MECHANICS (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses m literature.) Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hour_ a week. M.E. 212. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: IOI, 102, 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 01· 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 106, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours); fou,· elective courses in literature (12 hours); one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . [NG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three credits Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. MECHANICS Professor Davies, chairman; Associate Professor Chapman and Kruger; Assistant Professors Groh and Tener; Instructors Fiester, Lord, Miller, Moran, Rizzo, Roberts, and Tyburski. MR. HALL Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. FNG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION- Three credits THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice n the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. �WILKES COLLEGE 112 STORY-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR, Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 106. SHORT fournaliJm WRITING-Three credits MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics incl~de: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG, 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG, 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE- Three credits MR. TENER ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three credits MR. MORAN Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion_ poIJs. Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covenng the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. WRITING-Three credits MR.MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feahue field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE Language and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG, 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG, 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR, GROH . Study of the dram~ as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; readmg of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. SHAKESPEARE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN . Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied m class. ENG, 215. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 114 CENTURY- Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. ENG. 216. S EVENTEENTH 115 DRAMA- Three credits MR. GROH The development ~f our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. ENG. 287. AMERICAN Prerequisite : Eng. 152. PoPE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry an d non-fict ional prose of this period, inclu_ding the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 221. AG E OF Prerequisite: Eng. 152. JOHNSON-Three credits MR. CHAPMA' A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. ENG. 222. AGE OF Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Novn-Three credits MR. DAVIVi English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Speech SPEECH-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF E G. l 34. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Si~ilar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Instructor Carlin. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. NOVEL-Three credits MR. DAVIES The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH Prerequisite: Eng. 152. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and peaking the language. writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers con- ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT- temporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. ENG. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readtng of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. MR. DAVIES PROSE-Three credits Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Hux• ley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization· practice m oral and written French. ' Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the eqmvalent. �116 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three credits Miss DwoRsKJ Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 10 3 or the equivalent. FR. Miss DW0RSKJ 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three credits Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. 117 FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA- Th ree ered.tts Miss DwoRsKJ The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Inkt~oduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing and spea mg the language. ' GER. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy rose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. P Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MISS DWORSKJ A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Emphasts o? d!flicult ~rammatical construction and idioms. Readin of prose; practJCe m speakmg and writing German. g Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credr'ts Three credits Miss Dw0RSKJ Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of G erman wous 1 represent·Continuation f . . ative o German hfe and history; practice in writing and speak· German. mg FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three creditJ FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three credits Mrss DwoRsKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three cred1'ts . . . HE sTAFF HE sTAFF T T Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three credits MR D GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three credits MR D E h · · . ISQUE ·mp as~s. la1d on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequ1S1te: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Id' . . ISQUE JOmattC_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. �WILKES COLLEGE 118 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE MR. DISQUE SP. Three credits each semester . . A survey of the literature of the important periods from the begmnmg 103. INTERMEDIATE SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE MR. DISQUE 203 _ GOETHE-Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. SCHILLER- Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 204_ GER. 205. N INETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three credits MR. DISQUI Tef The German drama of the nineteenth century from_ Ludwig to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary an cu . tural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. 206 MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three credits G ER. . MR. OISQUl The modern German short story from naturalism to the_ present£ I~dividual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history o t e period. . Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. THE ered1't s . . . STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, wntmg, and speaking the language. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Th ree 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF SPANISH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three credits Miss DWORSKI The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Th1-ee credits Miss DwoRsra Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. CULTURE-Three credits MISS DWORSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. Spanish THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. SPANI:stt-Three credits 119 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits Miss DwoRSKl Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. �120 WILKES COLLEGE SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Mrss DWORSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. NOVEL-Three credits Miss DwoRSKJ The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. 121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. HIST. See page 91. GEOLOGY-Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the est~blishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. 100. GENERAL PHYS. 100. See page 13 5. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Assistant Pr~f~ssor Kaslas; Instructors Connolly and Ritchie; Visiting Lecturer Williams. A_ major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are m co~rses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends ~nd_ on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Du.: attention ts given to _the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. 235. SOVIET RUSSIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. �122 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZ.ABETH I Three credits MR. Mu Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwea~ths. The development of the national church, the Purita? revol~, the mfl~ences o~ _the American and the French revolutions, the mdustrial r~volut_10n, pol1t1cal and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and l1beral1sm. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. 123 HIST. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. Mm A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nati??s, the expansion of British rule in India, a~d th~ growth of. the Br~t~sh dependent empire, with emphas~s on the imperial and foreign pol1C1es of Great Britain after the American Revolut10n. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TwENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS Against a background of the internal and inte~n~tional developments of the leading powers, the class will study the ongms and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATH. 101. FUND.AMENT.ALS OF MATHEMATICS- Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUND.AMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits A continuation of Math. 101. THE STAFF MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY- Five credits A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three credits THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE-Three credits THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATHEMATICS MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures Assistant Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Miller, Morgan, West; Assistant Leonardi. The major in mathemtaics is outlined on page 58. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAH Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equa• tions. Three hours a week. M.ATH. MATH. 100. S.AME .AS PHYS. 101-See page 135. of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. �125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 124 . THE STAFF I-Four ere d tts . . Limits derivatives and differentials, indefinite and defi~ite_ integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. MATH .. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MATH. 125. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 122. . THE STAFF II-Four ered tts . . Differentiation and integration of transcendental_ funct~on~, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial denvatives, mulMATH. 126. CALCULUS tiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS . MR. W ASILESKl Th ree ere dtts Buildin of a program in secondary mat~ematics, ma~erial~ of instruction, ~ids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testi?g, informal practice in teaching a~ithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and loganthms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Sets, mappings, relations, development of real number system from Peano's axioms, polynomials, the complex number field, groups. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER d ·1 MR. RICHARD ere ts . . Vector spaces, linear independen~e, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equatwns. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 214. LINEAR ALGEBRA-Th ree GEOMETRY-Three credits . M~. WASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, tna~gles, Ptolemy's theorem circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. ANALYSIS-Three credits THE STAFF Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 235. VECTOR MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE SERIES-Four credits THE STAFF First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three credits MR. RICHARDS Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technigue, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. CALCULUS-Three credits A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MATH. 252. ADVANCED MR. RICHARDS MATH. 220. COLLEGE of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. M AT H · 228 · MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits MR. WASILES~I Probability, frequency functions, e~piri~al distrib~tions ~f ~ne :arible moment generating functions, brnom1al and Poisson_ d1stnbut10ns, ~or~al distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Isaacs, A. Liva, F. Liva, Sheeder and Waller. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 59. APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band in1 For fees see page 28. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRI PTION OF COURSES struments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. 126 Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Musrc- Three hours MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music- Five credits each course MR. DETROY, MR. MORAN The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main prin ciples: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accord· ance with the method now employed in many of our leading school of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. MR. DETROY Music-Three credits A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. HISTORY OF Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with MR. DETROY J. S. Bach and tracing 127 Musrc 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2- Tw o credits each semester Mrss CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suit~ble grours acco:ding to proficiency. This course is required for all music educat10n ma1ors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Musrc 113-114 . PIANO C LASS 3 AND 4-Two ct'edits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND- One-half credit each semester MR. MORAN ~he band ~ff ers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS- One-half credit each semester DETROY The chor~s offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. . All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. MR. MUSIC 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation in_ the ~yoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student ~xpenence m . t?e complete range of symphonic literature. Students desmng to partmpate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Musrc 215. INSTRUMENTATION- Two credits MR. DETR0Y AND MR. MORA:K Th~ i?st~uments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and l1m1tat1ons. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. �WILKES COLLEGE 128 MUSIC 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ARRANGING-Two credits MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or th_e mo d ern sympho.1ic band. · The MR. DETROY .AND student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. ANALYSIS-Two credits . MR. DETROY . The technique of composition as disclosed by melod1cd _harmomc,_ a;d structural analysis of music in varied styles and from iverse peno s. . ·te.. Mu s• 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examPrereqms1 ination. Mus. 217. Mus. 218. COUNTERPOINT-Three ere dits ..MR.DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrap~ntal wntmg as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegnen. Prerequisite: Mus. 10 2 . Music Education Mus. ED. 101 102 CLARINET CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per · · MR. MORAN semester f h · th Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet or t ose m e public school music course. No prerequisite. credits per Eo. 103. 10 4. BRAss CLASS AND METHODS-TwoMR. MoRA • semester . • · th b s A course, usua11y 1·n trumpet, for students not maJonng m e ras field. No prerequisite. Mus. M us. E D. Mus. Eo. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS- Two credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. Eo. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS- Two credits per semester MR. LIVA A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. LIVA A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. 105 WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester • MR. MORAN A class conducted as an introduction to th~ teaching of ~uch 7~t winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations o class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. e ED 10 6 BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN . . h. fb A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teac _mg o rass ·nstruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these mstrument:. M 129 Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR.MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. us. ~he instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, ban• tone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 10 4 . fus. En. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. �WILKES COLLEGE 130 Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING-Fom credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE !his course de_als with t~e selection and organization of teaching matenals and learnmg expenences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. NURSING EDUCATION Assistant Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Janjigan, Klein, M. Riley, Seeherman and Yencha. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. Miss JESSEE LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and ~ilke_s Colle~~ ~ave entere~ into a cooperative program whereby nurses working_ m the vmn~ty of Annville and ~ebano_n may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by ta½mg their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley Coll~ge an1 the1~ professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or rn residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley Colle e and the other one-half at Wilkes College. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. credits Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with em_rhasis up?n the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NuRsING--Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING EDUCATION-Two 104. CoMMUNlTY RESOURCES-Two credits Miss JESSEE A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health, and social welfare of the citizens of tl.e commun1Ly. N.E. credits Mrss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the _devel?pment of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. credits each semester Miss YENCHA Advance~ study of nursin~ principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two 115. OBSTETRIC NURSING-Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.I:. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING-Two N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING-Two credits DR. JANJIGIAN A~v_anced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. credits Mrss JACKSON ~n introduction to the field of public health nursing, including histoncal development, organization, functions, and trends. credits MISS JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two . E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NURSING-Two credits MISS JACKSON The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. �132 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Friedlander and Schindler. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF HISTORY-Three credit.I PHIL, 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three credits PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO LoGic-Three credits MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 102. ETHICS-Three credits MR. VUJICA A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL RELIGION- Three credits MR. Vu;rcA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF AESTHETICS-Three credits THE STAFF Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 205 . PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits MR. VUJICA A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, MR. VUJICA An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Prag• matism are also discussed. 133 MR. VUJICA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THOUGHT-Three credits MR. VUJICA The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. Religion REL. 101. MAN's RELIGIONS-Three credits MR. VUJICA Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rihzals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The �134 WILKES COLLEGE gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. REL, 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEw TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 135 understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. PHYSICS Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel, Thomas; Instructors Ditoro and May. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Instructor Reese, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 One credit each semester THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION-One credit each semester THE SrAH This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. MR. THOMAS A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One C1'edit THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits THE STAFF An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Fee: $15 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. �136 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS credits MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, ~esi~tan~e thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circmts and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three POLITICAL changing constitutional position of the states arc particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and Soc. 100. SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Instructor Hibbard. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P.S. 100 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL 137 SCIENCE-Three credits P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. THE STAFF This course is a broad, comprehensive introduction to political s~ience. It will serve both as a starting point for more advance~ study m political science and also as a source of ~asic political informabon_f~r. the student who will only take one course m this field. All the. subd1v1s~ons of political science are presented simply and clearly and the mterrelat'.onships of these subdivisions are shown. ,:~ese commonly r~cogmzed fields of political science are covered: Polt_t1Cal th:o~, -'\merICan _g~vernment, comparative governments, public admm1strat1~n, pol~tical parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the National Government of the United States empha~izing the constitutional and legal foundations, the structure and agencies of the government, the consequent growth of public administration_ and the scope and diversity of national government programs and functions. Prequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three credits each semester MR. MAILEY AND MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits MR.MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the .field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a .field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits MR, MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 138 P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAw-Three credits MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of th~ body. of cust?ms an~ rules whi_ch states have developed to govern their rela.t10ns, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 101. . Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geog- raphy. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic governmen~ ?eginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the Bntish system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR.KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the ~oviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 223. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructors Kanner and Krasno. A major in psychology consi~ts of ~enty-four. hours. Psychology 1oo is not accepted toward a maJor; Sociology 25 5 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology m~jors take 01:e year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, ~hemistry, or phys1Cs an~ substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level'. as well as for_ those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology m colleges or rn the 139 application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many .fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (0Hered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) PsY. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PsYCHOLOGY-Th,-ee credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development ind growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and �140 WILKES COLLEGE native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. THE STAFF BEHAVIOR-Three credits Human adjustment and maladjustment to lif~ situatio~s with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits 141 THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. PsY. 208. HUMAN TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests :Wit~1 emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety o~ the gr~up and 1~d1vidual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course 1s a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 2S4. SYSTEMATIC RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Michman, Morgan, Rubin. A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101,102,207,212,214,224. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three credits MR. MICHMAN A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location, store organization, and personnel practices. The relationship of the retailer to the manufacturer, to the consumer, to the government, to the community, and to competitors is analyzed. RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 201. COLOR AND DESIGN-Two credits MR. OTOOLE Ages of civilization and development of industrial age. Periods, style symbols, classicism, modern design. Components of composition; problems of function; proportion, balance, rhythm, color, light, texture. Fundamentals of interior decoration. Color and design in apparel. Studio, four hours each week. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consid~ration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. RET. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormaliti~s, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered rn alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits MR. MlCHMAN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special emphasis is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertisements. Elements of the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrations, and selection of media are analyzed. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PsY. 257. ARNORMAL 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- �142 WILKES COLLEGE MR. MICHMAN SELLING-Three credits Techniques of retail selling including practical sales demonstrations. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques of increase sales; and building permanent business. RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits MR. MORGAN Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. 1-43 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF CONTROL-Three credits The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING THE STAFF BuYING--Three credits Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade rela· tions. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL THE STAFF FASHION-Three credits Fashion as a social force. How the fashion world works. Fashions in Paris, England, United States. Apparel, millinery, shoes, accessories; fashion shows. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 217. FUNDAMENTALS OF RELATIONS-Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor proolems in retailing. RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Craig, Hoover, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. S.S. 99. PERSONAL-USE TYPEWRITING-No Credit THE STAFF Development of skill in typewriting; development of an understanding of good style and form in typewritten material; application of typing skill to the wrmng of business letters and term papers. Laboratory fee required. Four hours a week. Fee: $10. .S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester MRS. CRAIG, MR. HOOVER Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tL apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND1-Two credits S.S. 106. SHORTHAND1-Two credits RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. �144 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES TYPEWRITING 1 -Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10 each course. S.S. 107-108. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits shorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MRS. CRAIG Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. J ENKIN~ Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. S.S. 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING 2-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL ACCOUNTING-Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. 1 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previousry taken S.S.101.102. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits 145 MRS. CRAIG Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MRS. CRAIG, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MRS. CRAIG, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF JNTRUCTION IN STUDIES-Three credits MRS. CRAIG Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SECRETARIAL SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, Edelstein, L. Mui, Yarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY- Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological _and historical perspective. Family disorganization and ,oroblen:is of adjustment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE EDUCATION-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A study of the structure and function of formal education ~s a key institution in our society. Interrelationships between education and other basic institutions. Human relations within the school. The school and the community. Contemporary educational problems and their social backgrounds. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 204. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three credits MRs. MUI An analysis of the formal and informal social ~rganiz~tion of .the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Soc, 245. 147 WORK-Three credits MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 255. FIELDS OF SOCIAL INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A study of the influences on personality that derive from group and cultural sources. Comparative study of personality formation under different cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization and reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. LIFE-Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; e~ects o_f urban life upon s?:ial organization and personality patterns; maJor social problems of the Cttles Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN PROBLEMS-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 230 SOCIAL Soc. 265. ANTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A general survey of the .field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and modern races; origin and development of culture. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. CRIMINOLOGY- Three credits MRS. MUI Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 235. INTRODUCTION TO 280. MODERN SOCIOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUND- Three credits MR. SYMMONS The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. �148 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECOND· ARY ScHOOLS-Three credits Driver and pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; so· ciety's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SCHOOLS-Three credits The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. ELEMENTARY SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SCHOOLS-Three credits Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SECONDARY SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY CATlON-Three credits Enu- A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three credits Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and SAFETY 149 ~ethods of ~ealing with it. . It may be assumed that man is interested in his own b_odtly safety; but 1t must not be assumed that that interest is alway~ active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest !hat lies d?rmant; or i~ cover~d up by bad habits of attention, emotion nd maladJ~stment to life; or 1s not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he 1_s of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge or has not been properly tramed. ' SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATION- Three credits Discus~ion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other s~nsory _aids~ ~tanda~ds _for appraising and their relationship to the curnculum, gui~mg prmc1ples and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housmg and distribution. �TRAINING PROGRAM - LECTURE SERIES The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new .field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the pro f essional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business .fields. S,. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain .fields for their personal satisfaction and im provement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each stu• dent registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to regder for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be ap• proved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. 151 MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM To fill a need in the comm 1·t W"lk C 1 the_ deve1opment of manager~a~ [kills a~~ngo~~f;;!er:n~P:~t:::i:~r 0 aspue to 6ecome part of the management group. The needs of each compan d . officials foremen and th . y ahre ana1yze and, rn consultation with • o ers rn t e compan · meet the general and spec·fi. . Y, a program 1s arranged to 1 c requirements of the personnel in the a?Y· The program is arranged in periods of 16 weeks in which th com1C1pants meet once a week at the College during the da . efpartwo hour session. Y or evening or a f Special Community Lecture Series A~ a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to pr~v1de opportunities for adults to continue their educanon. Ir therefore offers in the Even · n· .. · d ' mg 1v1s1on an inrbro . ucrory pr_o gram in adult education, from which it el1eves posmve good will result. C . l _ o~murnty _m embers who register for one of the eccure courses m the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the co . . ·, · Th urse 1s m scss1on . ey do not receive regular college credit. I Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably essll than the regular undergraduate courses at the Co ege. lhe present program includes series in current evems an arr for busmess and professional persons. Furrher information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. �INDEX Index 63 ~ri~~~~f:J~;1t:2: : : : t ~1 ::::::/:::i~:::: :: ::: Advanced Standing ............ .................... ··· ·············· ........................... .. ······ Anthropology ······································· ······· .......................................... ........ :::::::: .. Art Art Education, Four-year Programs ....... ................................ ·······...... 145 s6, 74 87 t;:~ ••·•·••·• • : :...•· • ••ii ••••. •••• •.••••••••••• )~:.•····· ~A:tht~e~n:dia!nicre~~~ .~ ... ~ ..·. ·.t.~.'.. ········ ························ l3:9 ···············•"' ~:a;~~. . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: : :: : : : : : : :::: : : : : : ... . . ...... . . . . . ... . . . ... .. 36, l~~ Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for ...................................... .................. Four-year Programs •··········:·..... ............................................. ..... ...................... ~~ Bachelor of Science, Art Education ..... .............................................. ................ .... 70 ~~:~~s~:.~~~.~.~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.·.·.·.:::·.:::::·.·.·.:·.: ·.: . .·.: :·. 60 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ......... ···· ··· .... ........................................................ Four-year Programs .................... •........ •••···· .................... ········ ···.. ........... .. 62 63 Education SO General Requirements ...... .. .... .... ....................... ····· ..... .. ... .... .... .. ............ . 69 ;~~::~::: :::::aa::,' s!~~:J:r~?:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 68 Engineering .. ................ Programs-Common Freshman Year.. ...... ··· .............. ·· .. ··.. Aeronautical ........................ .. .. ... ····· ....... ....................... .................... Chemical .......................................... .. ............................... ................. Civil ....................... ................ .......... ····· ····································· ... Electrical .... ......... ........................................ ................. ........ Industrial ..................................... . .......... ............................ ........ Mechanical ......... ... .......... .......................... ... ..................... Music Education ...................... .................................. .................................... Natural Sciences, Four- and Two-year Programs .... ............................... ............. Nursing Education ..................... .. .. ............................ ... ................................... 76 76 76 77 77 78 78 72 61 73 57 P~~~::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::: i~ 60, BioloE':s~f;~J:aif Buildings ...... .. .. ....................................... ... .... .................................... .... ............ ........ Business Adminstration, Four-year Program .... .................................. .. ............ ...... Description of Courses.................................... .................... .............................. Business Education ............... ..... · ......................................... ·· ·······..... · ... · · Business Law .......... ............... ... ................. .. .............. ......... .................. ............. ....... Careers Library ................ .. ·.... ·····.. .. ........ ....... ·.............. ...... ....... ·.. ···· ........ ·... ·... ...... · 64 93 70 95 32 60 iti~~~ii:f:~~t~~;,~·~ ti /.<: : : ;~{(})\ ~~::::t;~~c!~::n~~~.i~~··:::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :·.·_-_-_-.· ·_-_-· · . · · · · · · ·_-_-_-.·.·_-.·_-_-.: ·:.:·:.·: ::.·.·.·::.-.· . 1;~ Community Programs .................................... ........ ..... ..................... ............... ...... . 153 Consultation Service ........................................................... .. ....... ...................... ...... 33 Counseling .. .. ... ...... ....................... .... .......... ....... ................................... .............. .... 26, 32 Curricula ............... .. ......................................... ..... ................ ..... ................................ 23 Debating .......... .......... .............................. ..... ... .......... ........... .... ....... .. .. .. .................... 37 Degrees, Taking 0£............ ... .... ............... .......................................................... ........ 26 Description of Courses .... ................ .. ....................... ..... ........ .................. .................. 85 Dramatics ......... ............... ........ ....... ........ .. ...................... ... ....... ............................ .... 36 Economics, Courses in ............................ ............... .. .............................................. .. 100 Education, Courses in ( see also B.S. in Education) .. ......... ............. ................... . 103 Employment, Student ......... ... ........ ........................ ............ ........................ ............ .. 34 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering) ................ .. ................. . 109 English, Courses in ........... .... ... .................................. ... ............. ........ ................. ....... 111 Evening Division .......................................... ................................. .............. .......... .. 150 Extension Cl asses ................................................ .. .............................. .... .. .............. .. 23 Faculty .......... .............................................. ..................... ....................................... . 10 Faculty Committees ......................................................................... ... ..................... . 16 Fees ................... .... ................... ...................... .............................. .. ......................... .. 28 Fees, Payment 0£. ...... ................................. .... ........... ...................................... .......... . 30 French, Courses in ...... ..... ......................... ................ .................... .......................... .. 115 General Information ................................... ... .......... .................... .... .. .. ................... . 22 General Science.. ........................................ ...... .. .. .. ........ ..................................... ...... .. 120 German, Courses in ............................ .......................................... ........ .................... 117 Grades ......... .. ................ ............................ ............. .... ............................... ... .............. 24 Graduation, Requirements for ...... ......... ..... .... .................... ..................................... 25 History, Courses in ............................... ..... ... .. ................................. .. ........................ 120 Hygiene, Course in........................ ........ .... ............................ .... ............ ..... ............... 134 Insurance, Accident and Sickness............ ............................................. ... .... .. .......... 34 Journalism, Courses in .......................................... ................................ .... ...... .. ........ 112 Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in.................... .. .......................... 80 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors ................................. ......................... .... .... 54 Liberal Arts, Selection of Major... .... ........... ................................ .. ... ................. ...... 53 Library ............ .... .. ...................................................................................... ................ 27 Lockers ....... ..... ...... ....................... ... .... ... .... .... .. ...... ............... .................................... 35 1fadrigal Singers .............. ..... .. ................ ..................................... ................ .......... .. 37 Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing (see Retailing) ...................... .... ................... .. .................................... .. 141 Mathematics, Four-year Program........................... ...................... .... ............ ........... 58 Description of Courses... ........................ ... .. ...................................................... 122 Medical Technology, Program in ........................... ............ ... ..... ..................... ........ 80 :Music, Four.year Program. ... ......... .................................................. ......................... 59 Description of Courses ................. ......................... .... ................................. ........ 125 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S . in Music Education) ..... 128 Non-credit Program ( see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ..... ........... 130 Orchestra ............................ ........ .... .......................... .......................... .. ....... .......... 37, 127 Orientation Program ....... ..... ...... .. ................ ... ........ ... .............. ..... .......................... 33 Part•time Study .............. ..................... ..... ......... ................ ....... .......... ........................ 50 Philosophy, Courses in ... .... ... ...... ... ....................... .............. ... .. ......................... .... .... 132 Physical Educatio n and Hygiene, Courses in.... ...... ................................................ 134 Physics, Two-year Program ............ .. ............................... ........................... ............ .... 61 Description of Courses ........ ........................................ ........... ........................... 135 Placement Service ..... .... ............... .................... ................................................ .. ........ 34 Point Average ..... ....................................... ..... ....... .............................. .......... ............ 24 Political Science, Courses in...... .. ....... .......... ............... ....... ................................... .... 136 �154 WILKES COLLEGE l33lf1S 81 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ..... .............. ........... .............. .. Three-year Program ....................................................................................... . 82 Probation ................................................................................................................... . 25 Professions and Vocations, Preparation for .... .. .............................. .......... ............. . 42 Promotion, Minimum Requirements for ......... ............. .... ...... ... ........ .. ....... ....... .... . 25 138 Psychology, Courses in ............................... ......... ............ ................................ .. . Publications, Student ........ ................................ ......................... ............................... 37 Refunds ..................................................................................................................... . 30 Registration ...... ..... ....... ...... ... ..... ....... ... ..... ..... .... .. ..... ..... ........... .......... ........... ... ......... 26 Religion, Courses in........... ..................... ........................... .... ........................... ........ 133 Retailing, Four-year Program.... .... ..................................................... ..................... 66 Description of Courses. .......... ............................................ ..... .......................... 141 Safety, Courses in .... ........... ............ ·-········································••·•············ ··.. ---· ........ 148 Scholarships .......................................................................................................... 39 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program.................. .... ...... ................... ........... 67 Two-year Program ............ ................ ... ............ .......... ................. .................... .. 83 Description of Courses... ................ .... .................... ..... ... .............. .......... ........ 143 Social Science, Major in........... ................. ..... .......... ................................................. 53 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in...... .......... ........ ........................................ 145 Spanish, Courses in. ........................... ............ .......... ................... ........... .............. . 118 Student Activities ........... ..... ......... ... .... .... ................ .... ..... ... .... .... ...... .... ...... ... ........ 36 Student Employment ...... .. ...... .......... .. ... ....... ...... ..... .... .. .. ..... .... ...... ....... ..... ... ... .... .... 34 Student Government .......... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. .... .... .... .. .......... .... ........ ... ................ ... .... . 36 Student Welfare ................. ................... ................................................ .... ................ 32 Summer-school Credits .......... .... ..... ......... ... ... .. ..... ...... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ......... ... 27 Surveying .. .. ... ..... ........ .. ........ .. ........... ..... .... .. ...... .... .... ........ ... .... ..... .. ..... ......... .... .... .. llO Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary......... ....................................... 68 Business .. ....... ... ..... ..... .. ... .. .. ... .. .. ... .. ..... .. .. ........ ..... ... .. ... .... .. .... .......... ............... 70 Music .................................... .... .............. ............... ................................... ........ 72 Nursing ...................................................................................... :....................... 73 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Art Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ............................ ..... ....................................... .............................. 79 Transfer of Credits.......................... ................ .......................................................... 27 Trustees, Board 0£.................................................................................................... 6 Tuition .................... .................................... ........ ...................................................... 28 Wilkes College, History of............ .... ........ .................................. ............................ 18 Withdrawals .. ... ....... ................................................................................................ 26, 30 13)11!'1'W 1S3M z 0 ....... w w (.,) w (.,,) w 9 :-0 !X> :---,, ~ ~ A . ~~~~~~~ f~ Q. :J ~ -< .. :J a co I < .. :J" DJ =3 .,"' l3HlS NOldWv'HUON 1S3M (\ 0 8J ~ 0 z (/l 0 C --i I 'Tl ;o > fil] z ~ ;,<; z ~ r m .... A z m m G) CD ~ ;:: ;,<; f,Jl "' B j 1331!1S Hlnos ~ 1S3M iz G) .,,~ > ~ z --i G) I "'.... "' co ~ ;:: )> V> ~ "' ;v (") Q ~ m )> () 0 r r m (j) m m X �154 WILKES COLLEGE ~ ---Yll i~CIH9 JL_ I 133H1S 13)11f'Q'W 1S3M - -- ~ -- - p ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ p ~ ~ 81 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program .. ..... .......... ............ ............ ..... ... 82 Three-year Program 25 Probation Professions and Vocations, Preparation rn~ ... . .... . ... ......... . .... .. .. .... .. .. ... .. ... . ..... .. ..... . 42 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements 138 Psychology, Courses in ............................................................. .... ............... ....... Publications, Student ............. ........................... ........... ........................ ... ....... .... ..... .. 37 30 Refunds 26 Registration 133 Religion, Courses Retailing, Four-year Program ........... ...... .... .. ............... ........ ........... ............. .... ...... .. 66 141 Description of Courses .................... .... ........ .... ............ ..... ................. ... . 148 Safety, Courses 39 Sebo larshi ps 67 Secretarial Studies, Four-year Program .................... .......................................... . Two-year Program .... ................ .......... ...... ...... .... .. ...................... .................... .. 83 143 Description of Courses ............. .. ............................ .................... .. ...... .... Social Science, Major in ......................... ....... .......... ...... ...... ...... ..................... .......... . 53 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses in .. .. ................ ..................... ................ .... .. 145 Spanish, Courses in ........... ......... ................... ................................. ...... .... ................ .. 118 Student Activities ......... .. ....................................... ............ ........................ ... ......... . 36 34 Student Employment 36 Student Government 32 Student Welfare .................... .... ........................ ................................ .. .............. ... 27 Summer-school Credits 110 Surveying Teacher Certification, Elementary and Secondary.... ........................... ......... ....... . 68 70 Business 72 Music Nursing 73 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Art Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses .. ...... .... ........ ........ ........ .... ...................................................... ...... .. 79 Transfer of Credits ...... ................ ...... ....... .......... ..... ........................... ................... .. .. 27 Trustees, Board of .... ........................ .... ............ ............................ .... ....... .... ......... ... . 6 28 Tuition Wilkes College, History v• ....... . .. .. .. ..... ..... ..... .. . ... .... .. . .............. . ... .... .. .. ...... ......... .. . 18 Withdrawals ........... ... . ..... .. ........................... .... ........ .... . ....... .. ...... . . . .. . , ... .. .... . ....... .....v, 30 V, 30 .g~ c.0 ~ ~' ~ ~ I IT] LY I ~ I EJ CD :: ~ 5" Q; a °' 0 s. ~ u, ~ ~ ~ ;:r co 3 :i: ~ ::l .., ;f :c g ~. ~ f ~ ~ ::E n .,, - er, ~ ~ g,~2;-99~ ~- ~ ~ ~ ~ =.!!.-::r a, o,c:r g.g>I :c ~=~~~; Cl> ~ ; a,~~ ~ ~ ~~~i~~ ~] ~-~ :)1.g ~ C9 ~ ~ - :i: ~ - 3 ; ::::c: 0 DI C o0 :r-< rl ::. 3 ~ = :; in ~ 3 3 ~ l' ~ 5' a, :, f it f ~!f~ 3 !!: &' ~ 3 3 5· -< ~ 1 ri :r 0[3] 0 z 0 A td [b EJ < "' 133 U S NOldW'Q'HUON ,, 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 z (I> 0 ...C ~ < 0LC 0 "' EJi :r m 9 W W W W :-0 ?=> =-"' 9'- W ~ W ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 < < I (t)C a.. n C (D ::::;:' C CT f:>-- 01 w w w w - .o .~ .m .~ .~ .~ .~ .w .~ .- ~ ~ O ::,- n 0 G'l :c n.,, ::r o· !!.>n 0 ~ a- ~ !;Q. ::J ~ ~ --< G'l (D -< 0 CD Q. .;~-<a.~ ..,~ '°~-§_ ~ o_ a, (D .g ?i?~ ~ 5' ~ [ 2 ~ ~ 5· 5' a..<0'° c.0 1S3M ,r:;--Q CD ::r I ~ I Cl = ;;~ ~ V. Q. ~ t 0 QJ" ~· .... I "TI "' ► :0 ~ 1; ~ z ~ m n, CE]@] 8 ~ 13H 1 S H1n o s u, .... (;) ~ ~ ~ )> ~ ?;; ~ '{> °' z u, Q n ::0 ~ .,,~ ~,.. m m -.,, ~ ~ )> .,,. ~ ~ 1s3M ~ m V) () 0 r r m (j) G'l I A z 70 cP ~ B r ~,~ Cl> ~r ~ if :i:::, ~ [ CD n~~EJ m ~. "'::, ~ :!. ::, (0 ~ ~ IO l{' I ~· ~ :i: QI I Cl ::r = 2 n ~ :r ~ ~ ~ ; [~ =. :r i f ~ ~3 f> ;~~ ~ s. a, V, ~ <O t ::, C N .;;· ~ ~ c:B ~ Cl> c· g.. 3 ~ )> ::J ::J ~ ~? [ --< ~ Q §" )> " --< . l g. m >< � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1958-1959 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1958-1959 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/29418423fc0acbcddf023140364080d5.pdf 93f21062e0c3626ea647090ef661629e PDF Text Text 1959-1960 �I 959-1960 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS- 1959-60 Vol. VIII �Contents Marks of An Educated Man ... 1. He seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding, and College Calendar without understanding the problems that separate us are insoluble. Board of Trustees 2. He is able to communicate ideas in a manner that assures under- standing. 3. He has faith in man. He respects differences because he knows how they have come to be. He fears uniformity because it con.fines both mind and spirit. He is aware of his own limitations and his neighbor's possibilities. 4. He possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments. "Where there is no vision, the people perish." 7 Officers of Administration 8 Assistants in Administration Faculty . Faculty Committees In Perspective . General Information 6. He has ethical standards by which he lives , Student Welfare . 7. He is aware of the human struggle for progress and comprehends the forces that have assured or jeopardized this progress. He knows that man's progress iequires intellectual vigor, moral couragt:, and physical stamina. Student Activities constructivdy in the social, economic, and political life of the community. 6 Committees, Board of Trustees 5. He cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crises. 8. He is conscious of his responsibility as a citizen, and participates 5 Types of Aid . Preparation for Professions and Vocations Degree Programs Terminal Programs . Course Descriptions . Evening Division Community Lecture Series . Index 9 10 16 18 22 32 36 39 46 52 80 86 150 151 152 �COLLEGE CALENDAR COLLEGE CALENDAR SUMMER, 1959 Wed., June 17 to Fri., June 19 .. Registration Mon., June 22 ............... Classes begin Fri., Aug. 14 ................ Summer School ends FALL, 1959 Mon., Sept. 14 to Fri., Sept. 18 .. Freshmen Orientation Fri., Sept. 18, 9 a.m. to 12 n .... Freshmen Registration Thurs., Sept. 17, 9 a.m. to 2 p.m .. Upperclassmen Registration Mon., Sept. 21 ............... Classes begin at 8 a.m. Sun., Oct. 11 ................ Reception-Parents of Freshmen Sat., Oct. 24 ................. Homecoming, Lycoming College Sat., Oct. 31 ................. Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Nov. 4 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Mon., Nov. 9 to Fri., Nov. 13 ... Registration Wed., Nov. 25 .............. Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Mon., Nov. 30 ............... Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. Sat., Dec. 19 ................ Christmas recess begins at 5 p.m. Mon., Jan. 4 ................ Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. Sat., Jan. 16 ................. Classes end Mon., Jan. 18 to Tues., Jan. 26 .. Examination period SPRING, 1960 Fri., Jan. 29 ................. AU-College Registration Mon., Feb. 1 ................ Classes begin at 8 a.m. Sat., Mar. 12 ................ Final date to remove incompletes Wed., Mar. 16 ............... Mid-Semester Reports Mon., Mar. 21 to Fri., Mar. 25 .. Registration Tues., Apr. 12 ............... Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Tues., Apr. 19 ............... Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Sun., May 1 ................. Parents Day Sat., May 21 ................ Classes end Mon., May 23 to Wed., June 1 .. Examination period Sat., June 4 ................. Alumni Day Sun., June 5 ................. Baccalaureate Mon., June 6 ................ Commencement SUMMER, 1960 Wed., June 15 to Fri., June 17 .. Registration Mon., June 20 ............... Classes begin Mon., July 4 ................ Independence Day Fri., Aug. 12 ................ Summer School ends 5 �BOARD OF TRUSTEES Board of Trustees COMMITTEE APPOINTMENTS Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK, MRs. PAUL BEDFORD Miss MARY R. KooNs FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH f. LESTER REUBEN H. LEVY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST REV. CHARLES ROUSH JOSEPH SAVITZ ANDREW J. SORDONI s. J. 7 Instruction: Library: CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Chairman JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT Miss MARY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EvANS REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH Finance: Nominations: HON. JOHN S. FTNE HARRY F. GoERINGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Juuus LONG STERN GILBERT S. MCCLINTOCK, GEORGE W . GUCKELBERGER JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WAI.KER AARON WEISS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER Chairman JAMES P. HARRIS ANDREW J. REV. CHARLES S. ROUSH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER )AMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY TERM OF OFFICE Chairman M.D. Miss ANNETTE EVANS, FRANK BURNSIDE SORDONI JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Expiring f une, 1959 JULIUS LONG STERN R. MRs. PAUL BEDFORD Miss MARY FRANK BURNSIDE HARRY F. GOERINGER JOSEPH KOCYAN, M.D. GILBERTS. MCCLINTOCK REV. CHARLES ROUSH ANDREW J. SORDONI KooNs s. J. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Buildings and Grounds: HARRY F. GOERINGER, Chairman HON, JOHN S. FINE Expiring f une, 1960 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST JULIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS Expiring f une, 1961 SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Miss ANNETTE EVANS EUGENE S. FARLEY M.D. HON. JOHN S. FINE GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. JOSEPH J. SAVITZ ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK Scholarships: GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER, L. Chairman CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE REUBEN H. LEVY ARNAUD WILLIAM C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI JULIUS LONG STERN Miss ANNETTE EVANS MISS MARY R. KOONS JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS Development: ARNAUD C. MARTS, FRANK BURNSIDE Chairman JAMES R. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ANDREW]. SORDONI ADMIRAL HAROLD AARON WEISS R. STARK Ex Officio on All Committees-MR. GILBERTS. McCLINTOCK �ADMINISTRATION Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State), Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN P. WHITBY, Director of Admissions and Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALSTON, Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina), M.A. (Columbia) GERTRUDE A. DOANE, Dean of Women B.1.I. (Emerson) STANLEY H. WASILESKI, Director of Evening Classes B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) MARGARETE. CONNOLLY, Comptroller B.S. (Pennsylvania), M.A. (New York) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Director of Guidance and Placement B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR., Alumni Secretary B.S. (Wilkes) WILLIAM A. ZDANCEWICZ, Publicity B.S. (Wilkes) NADA Vu JICA, Librarian B.A., M.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL, Cataloguing Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) ALICE D. SCHAPPERT, Reference and Circulation Librarian A.B. (Wilkes) M.S. (Carnegie) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, College Physician M.D. (Virginia) JOHN H. DOANE, College Physician M.D. (Medico Chirurgical) GLADYS B. DAVIS, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Resident, McClintock HaU MARY J. CRAWFORD, Resident, W eckesser Hall JANET 1. LANGDON, Resident, Catlin Hall DAMARIS M. STURDEVANT, Resident, Weiss Hall FRANCES M. SEARS, College Consuttution Staff A.B. (Barnard) M.A. (N.Y.U.) KATHRYNE. DOMINGUEZ, College Consultation Staff A.B. (Temple) A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) 9 ASSISTANTS IN ADMINISTRATION RuTH V. BISHOP ..................................... Recorder MARY K. BEACHAM .. : ................. . Secretary to the President JANET DAVIES .......................... Secretary to the Registrar DOROTHY D. ScHLINGMAN .................. 0 ffice Machine Clerk ETHEL M. Nuss ............................. Assistant Recorder PHYLLIS WRIGHT ............................ Registration Clerk PHYLLIS M. FERA ........................ . Admissions Secretary CATHERINE KARMILOWICZ ......... Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper ROSALIE FALCHEK .................................... Cashier HELEN A. MORGAN ................. Accotmts Payable Bookkeeper JOAN OSTROWSKI ........................... Payroll Bookkeeper ELIZABETH B. LLOYD ................... Secretary to Dean of Men MARY F. JILLSON ................... Secretary to Dean of Women MILDRED MARINI ............. Secretary to the Director of Placement MARIE OPSITOS ............... Secretary to Director of Development KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ............. Secretary to Alumni Secretary RUTH T. HERBERT .................... . Assistant Public Relations MILDRED GITTINS ....................... Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ........... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds �FACULTY Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY, President B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Dean of Instruction and Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF, Professor of Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER, Professor of History A.B., M.A. (Columbia), Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG, Professor of Economics A.B., M.B.A. (Boston University), Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY, Professor of Political Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Eu GENE L. HAMMER, Professor of Education B.S. (Wheaton), M.A. (Northwestern), Ed.D. (Columbia) FRANK J. J. DAVIES, Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMMONS, Professor of Sociology B.A., M.A. (Warsaw), Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL, Professor of Physics and Engineering B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) A.M. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA, Professor of Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Zagreb), M.A. (Innsbruck), Ph.D. (Zagreb) ELWOOD DISQUE, Associate Professor of German A.B. (Dickinson) HOH-CHEUNG MUI, Associate Professor of History A.B. (Lingnan), A.M., Ph.D. (Columbia) SYLVIA DWORSKI, Associate Professor of Modern Languages B.A. ( Connecticut College), M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN G. DETROY, Associate Professor of Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.M. (Rochester) ARTHUR N. KRUGER, Associate Professor of English A.B. (Alabama), Ph.D. (Louisiana State) SHELDON G. COHEN, Associate Professor of Biological Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) RUTH W. JESSEE, Associate Professor of Nursing Education B.S., A.M. (Columbia) Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT L. CHAPMAN, Associate Professor of English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State), M.S. (Bucknell) ADNAH G. KOSTENBAUDER, Associate Professor of Mathematics B.A. (Rochester) M.A., Ph.D. (Syracuse) CATHERINE H. BONE, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STANLEY H. W ASILESKI, Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh), M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Gettysburg), M.S. (Bucknell) CATHAL B. O'TooLE, Assistant Professor of Art National Academy of Design WELTON G. FARRAR, Assistant Professor of Economics B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers), M.A. (Clark) FRANCIS J. SALLEY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's), M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. MORAN, Assistant Professor of Mwic Education B.M. (Eastman School of Music), M.Mus.Ed. (Northwestern) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Assistant Professor of Biology B.S. (Seton Hall), M.S. (Delaware), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFREDS. GROH, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Syracuse), M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Bucknell) BRONIS J. KASLAS, Assistant Professor of History 1.1.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) ROBERT E. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and lee) ROBERT L. TENER, Assistant Professor of English B.A. (Akron), M.A. (Western Reserve) CROMWELL E. THOMAS, Assistant Professor of Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) 11 �12 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY PAUL R. WERNER, Assistant Professor of Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna), M.A. (New York) You-KENG CHIANG, Assistant Professor of Economics B.A. (Central), M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) JOI-ING. REESE, Assistant Professor of Physical Education B.S. (Pennsylvania State) CHESTER E. COLSON, Assistant Professor of Art Education B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art), M.A. (Columbia) JOHN GAITO, Assistant Professor of Psychology A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (Temple), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO, Assistant Professor of Music Education B.A. (Juilliard), M.A. (Columbia) JAMES R. PARMENTER, Assistant Professor of Philosophy A.B. (Kent State University) PHYLLIS I. CLARK, Instructor in Music B.A. (Moravian), M.Mus. (Michigan) EDITH S. NAMISNIAK, Instructor in Biology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Michigan) JOHN J. CHWALEK, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (East Tennessee State), M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER, Instmctor in Psychology A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (New School for Social Research) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY, Instructor in History A.B. (Pennsylvania), A.M. (New York) ARTHUR J. HOOVER, Instructor in Commerce and Finance B.S. (Wilkes) LORNA HOLBROOK Mm, Instructor in Sociology A.B., A.M. (Columbia) RUTH T. ROBERTS, Instructor in English B.A. (Goucher) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) THEODORE L KROHN, Instructor in Accounting and Business A.B. (Wilkes) LLB. (Dickinson) ROBERT J. MILLER, Instructor in English A.B. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) HELEN B, BUBECK, Instructor in Physical Education B.S. (East Stroudsburg State) ALLENE. BACON, JR., Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Temple) JOHN H. HOTSON, Instructor in Economics B.A. (Colorado College), M.A. (Pennsylvania) RONALD D. MICH.MAN, Instructor in Retailing B.S., M.S. (New York) PHILIP L Rizzo, Instructor in English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RICHARD G. KRUTCHKOFF, Instructor in Physics A.B., A.M. (Columbia) CALVIN D. FRE~MAN, Instructor in Biology and Chemistry B.S. (Calvm) M.S. (Pennsylvania) MARTING. FRIEDMANN, Instructor in Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) GEORGE GERA, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) M.A. (Columbia) BETTY B. MAY, Instructor in Mathematics B.S., M.E. (Purdue) E. RUSSEL MAY, Instructor in Engineering B.S., M.S., M.E. (Purdue) ]AMES S. PALERMO, Instrt1ctor in Economics A.B. (Franklin and Marshall), LLB. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS S. PINKOSKSI, Instmctor in Education B.S. (Wilkes) H. RODERICK, Instructor in Elementary Education B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) }ESSIE PART-TIME FACULTY CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, Instructor in Music F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) IRVING BARON, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (NewYork) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) CLAYTON BLOOMBURG, Instructor in Sociology B.A. (Bucknell) MARY R. E. BROWN, Assistant in English ROBERT S. CAPIN, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLES L. CASPER, Instructor in Business Administration Ph.B. (Yale), LL.B. (Harvard) 13 �WILKES COLLEGE 14 FACULTY JOSEPH J. CHMIOLA, Instructor in Business Administration A.B. (Wilkes) CARL SCHINDLER, Instructor in Religion S.T.M. (Lutheran Theological Seminary) CATHERJNE F. CONBOY, Instructor in Nursing Education B.A., M.A. (Columbia) HELEN F. McHENRY SHEEDER, Instructor in Music B.Mus. (New England Conservatory) NEVIN L. DIEFFENBACH, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) CYRIL J. SPEICHER, Instructor in Nursing Education B.S. (Wilkes) THEODORE EVANS, Instructor in Political Science A.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) ALLAN J. STRASSMAN, Instructor in Accounting B.S. (Wilkes), C.P.A. (Commonwealth of Pennsylvania) ALBERT FRIEDLANDER, Instructor in Philosophy Ph.B. (Chicago), B.H.L. (Hebrew Union) CASIMIR TYBURSKI, Instructor in English B.A. (Delaware), Foreign Study HENRY E. HESS, Instructor in Insurance C.L.U. (American College Life Underwriters) MARGERY WALLER, Instrttctor in Music B.Mus. (Syracuse), S.S.M. (Union Theological) H. HIBBARD, Instructor in Political Science B.A. (Pennsylvania), LL.B. (Dickinson) JOHN ROBERT A. WEST, Instructor in Mathematics A.B. (Bucknell), M.A. (Columbia) DONALD G. HILBERT, Instructor in Safety Education B.S. (West Chester State Teachers), M.A. (New York) HARRY F. WELSH, Instructor in Political Science B.S. (Wilkes) MAURICE L. HOWELLS, I nstmctor in Economics B.S. (Wilkes) J. WARREN YARNAL, Instmctor in Sociology THOMAS H. JENKINS, Instructor in Secretarial Studies B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers), M.A. (New York) WILLIAM JOHNS, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) JOHN G. KoNSAVAGE, Instructor in Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) ISIDORE KRASNO, Instructor in Psychology B.S., M.S. (Rutgers), Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ANNE C. LIVA, Instructor in Music Juilliard School of Music MURRAY MACKSON, Instructor in Business Administration B.A. (Pennsylvania State), LL.B. (Dickinson) THOMAS J. MORAN, Instructor in English B.S. (Wilkes), A.M. (Columbia) ABRAM P. MORGAN, Instructor in Mathematics B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers), M.S. (Bucknell) MARlTA S. RILEY, Instructor in Nursing Education A.B. (Wilkes) GEORGE B. RITCHIE, Instructor in History B.A. (Haverford), LL.B. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Juniata), M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) 15 �16 WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY COMMITTEES 1959-1960 Admissions Graduation JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON GEORGE F. RALSTON, ALFRED W. BASTRESS ELWOOD J. DISQUE GERTRUDE A. DOANE ALFRED S. GROH Athletics RussELL R. PICTON, JR., JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE Chairman Chairman CHARLES Calendar HUGO V. MAILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum ALFRED W. BASTRESS, Chairman GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Secretary FRANK DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE 1. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS MICHELINI THOMAS R. RICHARDS PHILLIP 1. RIZZO SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY, ex officio Library THOMAS R. RICHARDS, Chairman ALFRED BASTR ESS, ex officio ROBERT 1. CHAPMAN CHARLES B. REIF ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA ROBERT E. WERNER w. J. J. Scholarships J. JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. RALSTON w. Student Activities and Planning Evaluation GEORGE ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE 1. HAMMER FRANCIS MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY J. Ex Officio on All GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ROBERT D. BHAERMAN GERTRUDE A. DOANE GEORGE F. ELLIOT ARTHUR HOOVER ROBERT E. MORAN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Committees - J. DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY �IN PERSPECTIVE In Perspective Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Buckn~ll U~iversity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. In September 1933 the .first classes were offered in rented quarters with a student body of 196; a local faculty and administration of .five persons were assisted by commuting members of the Bucknell faculty. During its .first few years, it was looked upo~ ~s an_ extension of Bucknell University and was governed by the admm1strat10n an~ board of the University. By 1937 it was apparent, however, that 1t could better serve the community if it was governed and supported locally, and was free to develop a program suited to the peculiar needs of the Wyoming Valley. Recognizing the desirability of greater_ aut~nomy and increased local responsibility, the Board of Bucknell Um~e~s~ty authorized the creation of a local Board carrying full respons1b1hty for the maintenance and development of the Junior College. On January 13, 1938 with President Arnaud Marts of the University presiding, the newl; elected board of nineteen members h:ld its first m~eting a~d elected as its .first chairman, Gilbert S. McClmtock whose mterests m young people and cultural affairs had long established him as an outstanding leader of the community. Although a large measure of the responsibility for the Junior College was transferred to a local Board of Trustees in 1938, nine years were to elapse before the financial responsibility and property were to be transferred from Bucknell to the newly incorporated Wilkes College. During these intervening years, that were interru~ted World War it was understood by the Boards of both the Urnvers1ty and the Junior College that complete autonomy would be granted when the College was given sufficient endowment to assure its independent development. By the spring of 1947 three buildings on South River Street had been given by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, Mrs. John N. Conyngham, and Mr. and Mrs. Allen P. Kirby, and th_e endowment had been started by gifts of $500,000. With these tangible assets the local Board sought an independent charter and on June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college dedicated to twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. Although a new institution was born of the University that ha~ sustained it for fourteen years, its character had already been established during the years in which its trustees and faculty had worked to achieve an independent status for it. ?Y :I, 19 From its beginning the College had been non-denominational in character even though its parent, Bucknell University, was affiliated with the Baptist church. It was inevitable, however, that the new college should be non-sectarian for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. As this decision grew from the relation of the college to the community, so did other decisions emerge from the efforts of the College to serve the community. One or two years of experience showed that high standards could not be maintained nor could intellectual inquiry be encouraged without the selection of able students and the refusal of those who were deficient in ability, ambition, or intellectual drive. The intermingling of these two groups was detrimental to both, and in consequence, a policy of selective admissions was adopted in 1937./ Another policy emerged from the growing conviction that group differences and antagonisms are dangerous in a world that grows smaller as communications are speeded up, and ideological conflicts grow more intense. To break through the psychological barriers that separate individuals and groups, it was decided to discourage the formation of campus organizations that were not open to all students. In consequence, clubs and activities at the College are open to all students, and groups that are exclusive do not exist. Other activities have taken their place and the students have cultivated unity of spirit and purpose in the midst of diversity. The desire of the College to encourage respect for and understanding of others inevitably led to the conclusion that the College must welcome students from other areas and other states. In consequence, a dormitory system has been developed and students now come from many states and countries, and the number of these students increases with each expansion of our dormitories. In a day when many institutions wish to enlarge the student body, the faculty and trustees of Wilkes have decided to keep enrollment within limits that will assure the warmest possible relationship between students and faculty. This self-imposed limitation has been adopted because it is believed that education is not a one-way street with the teacher offering and the student accepting knowledge, but is, on the contrary, a mutual quest for understanding and insight in which students and teachers both participate. To maintain this relationship, it is hoped to limit the day enrollment to about 1200 selected students. The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the com- �20 WILKES COLLEGE munity all benefit from cooperative effort, and it is expected that this cooperative relationship will be expanded as modern trends establish the need for trained intelligence, extended planning, and cooperative action. Education is no longer isolated from the mundane affairs of life. It is a part of our life and is essential to the further development of our economic, political and social institutions. Only through conviction and dedication can these goals be gained, and the faculty has been chosen because of its convictions, and has been held by its dedication to the purposes of the College. Its members come from many universities and from different nations. They represent diverse points of view but are united by their faith that the creative mind must be free, and by their desire to create at Wilkes an atmosphere that will release and nurture the intellectual and spiritual resources of the individual. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a quickened interest in the welfare of students and a pressing desire to build an institution that would awaken and cultivate the talents of its students. Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. �GENERAL INFORMATION 23 CURRICULA The College offers programs leading to the Bachelor's degree in liberal arts, biology, chemistry, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, business, music, and nursing education, in addition to two years of work in physics and engineering. A student who successfully completes the physics or the engineering program may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his .field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS Terminal programs in music, secretarial work, medical secretarial work, laboratory and medical technology, and pre-dental work are open to the student who desires only two years of college. EXTENSION CLASSES General Information Bucknell University gives extension courses in education on the Wilkes campus. Graduate credit earned in these courses may be applied toward the degree of Master of Science in Education and State certification in guidance and administration. A person desirous of taking the degree of Master of Science in Education at Bucknell University may earn eighteen of the required thirty hours in Wilkes-Barre but must earn the remaining twelve in residence at Lewisburg. ACCREDITMENT Wilkes College is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ADMISSIONS The College wishes to simplify admission procedures so that applications may be received and acted upon with a minimum of difficulty for the student seeking admission. To this end the following plan has been adopted: 1. Applications for admission, accompanied by a $5.00 fee, may be submitted to the Director of Admission by mail or in person. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write for the high school transcript and wiU -obtain references from those persons who are listed on the application form. 2. Admission tests are given in Stark Hall at 9:00 a.m. on two Satur- days of each month from October through May. Information on the testing dates may be obtained from the Director of Admissions. Students may substitute Co11ege Board Examinations when it is more convenient to take these tests than to make a special trip to Wilkes-Barre. �24 WILKES COLLEGE 3. Personal interviews will be scheduled by the Director of Admissions for students whose records, references, and tests indicate that they can benefit from the work offered by the College. ADVANCED STANDING A student who wishes to transfer to the College from another institution should follow the regular procedure for admission. He should request the college or university from which he desires to tra?sf r to 7 forward to the College a transcript and a letter of honorable d1sm1ssal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. The transferred credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation at the end of his first term at the College. A student who has no credits to transfer but who is equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination. Although he will not receive_ credit for ~he courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. MARKS Five numerical grades and a for academic work. These are: Grade 4 3 special mark for English usage are given Interpretation Superior Very Good 2 Good 1 Passing O Failing -E English usage is unsatisfactory Averages are computed by multiplying the grade earned in a subject by the number of credits. The totals thus obtained for each subject are added and the total for all subjects is divided by the total number of credits taken by the student. This quotient shall be called the point average. The subscript -E will be given by instructors of subjects other than English whenever the written or oral English of the student is below standard. If the student at the end of any term is judged deficient by two or more instructors, he must complete satisfactorily an additional course in English composition. This course shall be taken during the term immediately following, if possible, but under any circumstance it must be taken during the following year. USE OF MARKS Although the primary purpose of any marking system is to inform GENERAL INFORMATION 25 th~ student of his_ achievement, m~r~s are also used by the College as gmdes to counsellmg and for administrative purposes. The faculty :ounsellor, before discussing future plans, must be informed concernmg the student's ability, stability, interests, and achievement for it is these factors that suggest the possibilities for development of the student. Marks and averages also indicate something of the values gained from College. It is generally admitted that superior and good grades indicate that a student is benefiting from his studies; it is similarly accepted that a student who makes a poor record is gaining little from College. Marks and averages are therefore used to determine whether or not the student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in College. For the guidance of both students and faculty, the following averages are required for advancement from class to class. To be admitted to these classes the following averages are required: Class Sophomore ............... . Junior ................... . Senior ................... . Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 Any student failing to meet these requirements will withdraw from the College unless he appears before the probation and evaluation committee and convinces them that he merits another opportunity. REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION To be_ eligible for gradu~tion all requirements of the College and of the curriculum must be satisfied. These requirements are: 1. The completion of all subjects required for the degree. 2. A grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. An average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. An average of 2.0 for all subjects within the student's major. 5. Satisfaction of all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. Satisfaction of all requirements in English usage. 7. Transfer students must complete a minimum of 30 credits m residence at the College. TERMINAL CERTIFICATES Students taking terminal courses must complete all course requirements and must average 1. 7 credit points for all courses. Two-YEAR ENGINEERING AND PHYSICS CERTIFICATES Certificates in engineering and physics will be awarded to students who have: �26 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION 1. Completed 60 credits of required work and P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106. 2. Attained an average of 1. 7 for all courses. PROBATION Any student not attaining the grade necessary to advance him to the next class will be put on probation for one semester. If, at the end of that period, he has not attained the minimum average for admission to his class, he will be dropped from college. WITHDRAWALS A student may withdraw from any course during the .first two weeks of a semester without penalty. A student who withdraws from one or more courses after the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive an "O" unless the Dean, faculty adviser and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. TAKING OF DEGREES In order to receive his degree or certificate, a candidate must be present at commencement. If circumstances prevent his attendance, he must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. COUNSELING Each student will be assigned a faculty adviser at the beginning of his freshman year and will be expected to confer with this adviser concerning the schedule and other educational problems. REGISTRATION Every student is expected to register at the beginning of each term on the dates designated for this purpose. Late registrations may be accepted for two weeks following the beginning of classes; thereafter no registrations will be accepted. A student who registers after the registration dates will pay an additional charge of $2.00. STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load for the course of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with Pfr sical Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hours, and in Engineering it will vary from 17 to 19 hours. Any student wishing to carry an overload must obtain the approval of the Dean and his advisor. The maximum load for students with a 2.0 average shall be 18 hours, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per 27 credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Each student is required to attend weekly assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year Junior year - eight cuts. Senior year - fifteen cuts. four cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. FACULTY Inasmuch as the values to be derived from a college are less dependent upon its material resources than upon the character of its teachers and the quality of their interest in its students, the College has carefully selected its faculty for their training, experience, and personalities. A cosmopolitan group, Wilkes teachers bring to the College a breadth of experience and of vision that enables them to treat their subjects in large perspective and an academic preparation that fits them to provide the intensive training essential to their various fields. LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the College library, houses approximately 40,000 volumes. The library is staffed by three professional librarians and a number of student employees. Shelved on open stacks to encourage students and faculty members to make full use of them, the books, with the exception of those reserved for reference and as supplementary reading matter for particular courses, may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Also available to members of the College community are some four hundred current periodicals. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Approximately forty per cent of the graduates of Wilkes have entered graduate or professional schools. It is recommended that the student who wishes to extend his education beyond the Bachelor's degree take the Graduate Record Examination or another appropriate professional examination in his senior year. Such examinations are �28 WILKES COLLEGE GENERAL INFORMATION generally required by graduate and professional schools, and it is best to take them at the end of the college course. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS 1. A student who desires to study at another college during the summer must have his summer schedule approved by the Graduation Committee prior to enrollment in the other college if his summer work is to be credited toward graduation from Wilkes College. 2. When credits for the work taken in the summer at another college are requested at Wilkes, it will be necessary for this work to be evaluated. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. 3. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. EXPENSES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College enables a student to gain an education in most of the curricula outlined in the catalogue at the rate of $325.00 a semester for tuition. In music, the sciences and the secretarial studies, additional fees are charged for laboratory work and individual instruction. In the event a student takes fewer courses than are required in any given semester, he will pay $22 per semester hour or $325.00, whichever is less. If a student elects a heavier schedule than is required, he will be charged $ 22 for each additional hour of credit. The tuition of $ 325 also includes a charge for maintaining student activities. ADDITIONAL FEES Accident Insurance per school year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Laboratory fee for Bio. 101, 102, 111, 112, 113, 201, 202, 211, 212, 223, $ 7.00 A student registering for individual instruction in music will be charged for five lessons whether the lessons are taken or not. A student dropping his study after the fifth lesson will be charged for the full term. Students registering for individual music instruction after the third week of the semester will be charged on a pro rata basis. Rental of practice room ........ . .. .. ... .. . . ..... . Use of diction laboratory ............... . ........ . Chem. 101, 102, 104, 121, 122, 230, 231, 233, 241, 242,251,252,271,272 C.E. 103,104 Phys. 111, 112, 150, 151, 152, 251. ... . ..... .. ..... · Laboratory fee for S.S. 99, 101, 102, 107, 108, 109, 110, 115, 205. . . . . . . Fee for Ed. 207, 209, 210, Mus. Ed. 203-204 ........ . Chemistry Breakage Deposit ( any balance refunded) ....................... . 10.00 Music-individual instruction .. .... .... . ... . ... . ..... . 50.00 15.00 5.00 5.00 Music-group instruction: Fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons in violin, viola, or cello in groups consisting of not less than three or more than five students .... . ............ . ...... . 44.00 Music Education Laboratory Fee: Rental of school instruments used in the Music Education Course for a .fifteen-week period and the use of practice rooms ................................ . 10.00 Charges for part-time students, students in the Evening School, and for semester hours beyond the normal load prescribed in regular courses: Semester hour of study .......................... . 22.00 Student activity fee for those taking less than .fifteen or more than nine semester hours, or for any special student wishing to participate in activities ........ . 22.00 Charges for Summer School ( eight weeks) Semester hour of study. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.00 Laboratory fees (see above) .............. 10.00, 15.00 & 20.00 Dormitory charges Board and Room Per Semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bills for board and room in college dormitories are due before the opening of the semester. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. 241,242,251,252 29 Accident and sickness group insurance policy, required of all dormitory students, payable in full with first semester charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350.00 25.00 10.00 20.00 Special Charges: Fee to accompany application for admission .... . ..... . . . Change of schedule per credit hour ...... .. ..... . . . ... . Special Examination ..... . ............ ... .. ..... .. . Transcript (no charge for the first copy) .......... . . . . . 5.00 1.00 5.00 1.00 �30 WILKES COLLEGE late Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Graduation fee ( four-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Convocation fee (two-year students) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . College park lot fee (per semester) Day students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dormitory students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges are subject to adjustment to conform to changing price 2.00 20.00 12.50 3.00 10.00 levels. PAYMENTS Tuition: Regular Payments: One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) is to be paid at the time of registration and the balance within two weeks. Deferred Payments:* In the event the full sum cannot be paid at the beginning of the term, arrangements for deferred payment during the term may be made with the comptroller. Under this plan of deferred payments, One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) is to be paid at the time of registration and at the same time an agreement for the payment of the balance in four equal installments must be signed. These supplementary payments are to be made as follows: One-fourth on October 1 or February 10 One-fourth on November 1 or March 10 One-fourth on December 1 or April IO One-fourth on January 2 or May 10 Dormitories: Full payment of Three Hundred and Fifty Dollars ($350.00) is due at the time of registration. WITHDRAWALS AND REFUNDS Refund of tuition will be made to students who withdraw voluntarily from the College while in good standing under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term, one-half the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. Tuition for unfinished courses will be refunded to all students ordered to active duty under the Selective Service Act or by the Organized Reserve Corps. Refund of room and board ( dormitory charges) will not be made except under special conditions. No courses may be dropped after the second week, except with approval of the student's faculty adviser and the Dean. *A service charge of $5.00 per term will be added for deferred payment of tuition. �STUDENT WELFARE 33 Student Welfare UREERS LIBRARY The Careers Library is intended to obviate the one great factor in occupational maladjustment of American youth, namely, scarcity of information. It is an instrument of the consulting service provided not only for seniors but for all classes in the College. A consultant on careers, maintained by the College, has established and continues to maintain contact with representative industries and professional associations throughout the country. From these primary sources comes .first-hand information on careers. Thousands of pages culled from this raw material provide background information, which is under constant revision. Individual attention is given the problems and queries of each student as he seeks to set himself in the right vocational direction. One section of the library is devoted to scholarships, fellowships, and company training programs. Another has to do with careers from a geographic point of view. Forty house organs, employee magazines, and professional periodicals are included in the collection as are some six hundred catalogues and bulletins from more than .five hundred American colleges and universities, in addition to announcements from foreign institutions of learning, especially at the graduate or professional level. The Careers Consulting Service is not concerned with placement but rather with the way to a career. Long before graduation a student should have availed himself of this service. ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the secondary school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. To assist students in making an early adjustment, several days at the beginning of the term are set aside for discussions with freshmen. This program ranges from individual conferences to lectures on the meaning of a college education. During this .first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. They also discuss their plans and hopes with their faculty advisers and arrange schedules under their guidance. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet once a week with representatives of the faculty. They discuss informally, some of the problems of college adjustment. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with personal problems. Students who desire such help may apply directly to the Consultation Service staff for appointments. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. COUNSELING The College considers counseling one of the most effective ways in which to encourage the development of its students. It considers each student's personal, educational, and vocational objectives at the time of his application so that, as far as possible, it can plan its academic program to enable him to realize those objectives. Upon entering the College, each student participates in a testing program, the purpose of which is to provide all of those who are concerned with his progress with information about his abilities, interests, and aptitudes. He has opportunities throughout his college career to consult with his faculty adviser concerning his scholastic progress or social and personal problems with which he needs hdp. The Deans cooperate with faculty advisers in providing students with information and guidance wherever possible, and the College urges students to avail themselves of their services. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover bis own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions. New students or those who are unacquainted with this resource may be referred to the Service by the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, or any other interested faculty member. COMMUNITY PROGRAMS In addition to its regular classes, the College occasionally offers noncredit programs for groups and organizations desiring specialized training. All such programs are adapted to the needs and desires of the sponsoring groups and emphasis is placed upon practical applications rather than theory. Some idea of the services that are available may be gained from a statement of services that already have been offered. During the war, special courses in drafting, mathematics, and engineering were offered to prepare persons for work in defense plants. Currently, a group of underwriters are studying life insurance problems and policies to increase their understanding of the services they sell. Over a period of years, special courses in musical literature have been offered by the Department of Music, and a refresher course has been offered for chiropractors from eastern Pennsylvania to prepare them �34 WILKES COLLEGE for the examination given by the State Board of Medical Examiners. As the College expands its faculty and facilities, it will be able to offer similar courses in economics, selling, and advertising; and it is hoped that technical services in chemistry may be available to small industries requiring laboratory services that cannot be maintained economically in their industrial plants. The Economics Department of Wilkes College is engaged in research projects on a community basis. PLACEMENT OFFICE AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT The College maintains a placement office in Hollenback Hall, South Franklin Street. One purpose of the office is to help undergraduates to find part-time employment. More than one-third of the students earn part of their expenses, and the office has been particularly helpful to this large group. Students desiring such part-time work should communicate with the Director as early in the school year as possible. Another important service rendered by the Placement Office is that of assisting the graduating student to find permanent employment in a position suitable to his talents and training. Students who desire this service should see the Director early in the senior year. The Office will, moreover, be pleased to extend such assistance to any graduate of the College. SPECIAL SERVICES Accident and Sickness Insurance. Accident and sickness group insurance is required of all dormitory students, but is optional with day students. The plans are described in material mailed to all applicants upon admission to the College. The accident policy provides reimbursement for expenses arising out of any accident in which the student is involved during the entire college year. Reimbursement is made up to $500.00 for each accident. The sickness policy provides additional reimbursement for all expenses attendant upon any illness to which the student becomes subject during the college year. Under this coverage there is reimbursement up to $200.00 for each illness. Broad in scope, the plan covers all the student's illnesses and accidents, regardless of how or where they may occur. Benefits under the plan are paid in addition to benefits to which the student is entitled under any personal policy or membership in any hospital association. The fee for accident and sickness coverage is $25.00 payable at the time of registration. It is underwritten by the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha and is under the supervision of Howell & Jones, Inc., Wilkes-Barre. Accident Insurance. Accident insurance must be carried by all sh1• dents to protect them from unnecessary loss during the school year. To STUDENT WELFARE 35 provide thi~ coverage at a minimum the College has arranged for group coverage with the Mutual Benefit Health and Accident Association of Omaha. The fee of $7 .00 provides protection for the full period of the College term and is payable at the beginning of the term. Day students who wish to obtain both health and accident insurance may buy this more comprehensive coverage at the same rate paid by boarding students. Lockers. The College provides a number of conveniently located lockers for students who wish to safeguard their personal belongings. A student may rent one of the lockers at the rate of $1.00 a year, one quarter of which will be refunded when he surrenders his key. The fee is payable at registration. �STUDENT ACTIVITIES Student Activities The scholastic program is supplemented by a representative group of student activities, organized and controlled by the students. They supply values which cannot be realized through academic work alone. Each student is encouraged to participate in at least one activity during the year. STUDENT GOVERNMENT To provide a co-ordinating agency, to establish social standards, and to assure responsibility, a Student Council, representative of all students, is elected annually. The Council is responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the program of student activities. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council is the planning and co-ordinating group for dormitory residents. The Council is made up of elected representatives from the various housing units. It plans the social schedule for the dormitories, assists with administration, and the general functioning of resident hall life. 37 CHORAL CLUB The College maintains a mixed chorus with membership open to all students who pass an elementary voice test. Previous vocal experience and the ability to read music at sight are important but not required of members. The chorus meets once each week for the study of choral literature covering various periods of music history and presents several programs before the College community and the general public each semester. The Choral Club is directed by a member of the faculty. It elects its student officers and management. ORCHESTRA The Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the aegis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. Membership in the orchestra is open to talented instrumentalists in the student body. MADRIGAL SINGERS This small group specializes in the madrigal works of sixteenth- and seventeenth-century European composers. Its Christmas program is one of the most attractive features of the Town & Gown Concert Series at the College. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. PUB LI CATIO NS Amnicola, a yearbook; the Beacon, a newspaper; and Manuscript, a literary magazine, are published by the students. Those interested in writing, photography, art and advertising have an opportunity to join the staffs. DEBATING DRAMATICS Students interested in drama present several one-act plays and two major productions each year. The students are given training in the arts of the theatre: acting, make-up, scenery-building, costuming, and stage lighting. The College Theatre serves as workshop for experimental productions. COLLEGE BAND The College band, organized for the furtherance of instrumental experience, performs at athletic events and gives concerts throughout the year. The College owns instruments which are used by musicians who do not have their own bass horns, drums, etc. A uniform is provided for each member at the beginning of the year. The band library is constantly supplemented by the best martial and concert music. Debating has proved particularly popular with students preparing for the law or interested in public speaking. A number of intercollegiate debates are arranged each year. CLUBS Special clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs, developed cooperatively by students and faculty, are kept quite flexible in order that they may be easily adapted to current interests. ATHLETICS Intercollegiate sports schedules are maintained in football, baseball, basketball, soccer, and wrestling. Colleges within the state and in adjacent states are met in these sports. Men may substitute an intercollegiate sport for physical education if they meet departmental requirements. A program of intramural sports and physical education gives every �38 WILKES COLLEGE man an opportunity to participate. Basketball, touch football, volleyball, and bowling are some of the sports available. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC CODE Athletics are an integral part of the activity program at Wilkes College, and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration, and approved by the Board of Trustees. In arranging the extra-curricular program, whether it be athletics, dramatics, debating, or the yearbook, each student is responsible for determining how much participation is desirable for him. Whenever participation in activities detracts from the scholastic achievement of the student, it also tends to detract from development of those individual qualities to which the activity should contribute. It is believed, therefore, that at Wilkes College a balance must be maintained between scholastic and extra-curricular activities so that scholarship will not be impaired by excessive participation in student activities. In the athletic phase of the extra-curricular program at Wilkes College a particular problem is posed because the college maintains athletic relations with other colleges. The experiences of other colleges have demonstrated beyond any doubt that there can be neither fair competition nor good sportsmanship in intercollegiate contests if relations are not confined to colleges adhering to similar policies. The emphasis upon intellectual development at Wilkes College makes it infeasible to emphasize athletics. It is the belief of the administration and faculty that high scholastic standards cannot be attained when too much emphasis is placed upon any one phase of an extra-curricular activity. Therefore, the college gives no scholarships for the sole purpose of encouraging athletes to attend Wilkes College. Athletes will receive the same consideration in admissions, in the classroom, and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Should the winner of the scholarship wish to participate in any student activity, he is free to do so. In no instance will the continuance of his scholarship depend upon such participation. High scholarship and good influences will entitle any scholarship recipient to the retention of his award. In arranging for intercollegiate competition, Wilkes College seeks to establish permanent ties with colleges adhering to the same policies of admission, maintaining similar scholastic standards, and offering assistance on the same basis. Types of Aid Wilkes College seeks to make a college education available to all students of ability and determination without regard for their financial circumstance. To provide assistance for those who need :financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. The purpose of their gifts is not to do for a student anything he can do for himself. Their gifts are intended to give needed help to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. These gifts have enabled the College to establish scholarship and loan funds which are available to students who demonstrate seriousness of purpose, capability, and a willingness to exert every effort for the advancement of their own education. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student also accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate in an activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resource£ and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships, and should consult with the College personnel regarding his problems and his aspirations. SCHOLARSHIPS Scholarships are the basis of the student aid program. It is not intended, however, that scholarships shall cover the full cost of education. They are designed to bridge the gap between need and demand or to permit greater participation in the program of the College. The type of scholarship available to a student will vary with his needs and interests, and the student who needs assistance should apply for the type of grant that best suits his own situation. Grants In Aid: Grants are available to students with good records of achievement and rerformance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriottsness of purpose and effort. Work Scholarships: The College also offers a number of work scholarships. The holder of these scholarships will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. Honor Scholarships: A few scholarships are awarded to students of outstanding achievement as a means of stressing appreciation of their contribution to the �40 WILKES COLLEGE TYPES OF AID intellectual life of their group. The amount of each grant will be determined by need. Publication Scholarships: Scholarships are offered to students in the upper classes who hold responsible and demanding positions on the student publications. These scholarships are awarded as follows: AMNICOLA Years of Service Position Editor in Chief Business Mgr. Assistant Editor Picture Editor ! 4 3 2 Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition Two-thirds Tuition One-third Tuition Three-quarters Tuition BEACON apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. t The student seeking scholarship aid shall then establish his need for assistance by providing on the application the information that is requested. This application should be submitted to the Director of Admissions before April 1. 5. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal references from three teachers or other members of the community. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April 1. Years of Service Position 4 3 2 LOANS Full Tuition Three-quarters Tuition Two-thirds Tuition Friends of the College and the Federal Government have created a substantial fund from which students may borrow for the financing of their education. Three-quarters Tuition One-half Tuition One-third Tuition These are rotating funds and in accepting them the student must recognize an obligation for early repayment to the College so that other students may borrow from this same fund in later years. REQUIREMENTS FOR RECEIVING AND RETAINING SCHOLARSHIPS The federal fund is of particular advantage to prospective teachers as a portion of the loan will be cancelled for each year of teaching. Editor in Chief Business Mgr. News Editor Sports Editor Feature Editor } 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion, as possible, of the costs of this education. 3. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship. 5. Scholarships will be forfeited, if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 6. Scholarships are awarded for one year only, but will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in the program of the College. 7. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first 41 WORK The College Placement Office is frequently requested to recommend students for part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry. Students wishing such employment shall register with the Placement Office. FOUNDERS OF SCHOLARSHIPS Each year some 700 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. Adolph Herskowitz Memorial Scholarship Fund. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. William B. Schaeffer Memorial Scholarships. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. Mr. Andrew J. Sordoni has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. �42 WILKES COLLEGE TYPES OF AID Mrs. Lewis H. Taylor left a bequest to the College for the assistance of worthy students. In appreciation of this gift the Board of Trustees has set aside the income from the bequest to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who without assistance could not gain a college education. Dickson Memorial Scholarships. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. The William H. Conyngham Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. Jessie Sturdevant Memorial Scholarship awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. John Welles Hollenback Scholarship. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. The Richard H. Royer Scholarship is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. Mr. Harland W. Hoisington has given an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. The John Lloyd Evans Memorial scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. The W. S. Carpenter Memorial Fund was established in 1956 0y W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus or other equipment for use in the science department. 43 The Business and Professional Women's Club of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the dub in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. Theta Delta Rho, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. The National Council of Jewish Women-the Wilkes-Barre Section-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may be able to provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover some of the difference between the tuition changes and the cost of education. Jn announcing the donors of these scholarships, the College also wishes to acknowledge its appreciation to the donors. FRANKE. BALDWIN COMPANY MELODY SHOE CORPORATION BARRE FOOTWEAR COMPANY MINERS NATIONAL BANK CENTRAL SLIPPER COMPANY, INC. FRANKE. PARKHURST, INC. CUSTOM PRODUCTS PENNA. POWER & LIGHT Co. EASTERN PENNSYLVANIA SUPPLY COMPANY PIONEER MANUFACTURING Co. PLANTERS NuT & FIRST NATIONAL BANK FOWLER, DICK AND WALKER CHOCOLATE COMPANY ]. B. POST COMPANY FoWLER & WILLIAMS PRESTIGE SHOE CORPORATION FRANCONI AUTO PARTS SECOND NATIONAL BANK FRANKLIN FEDERAL SAVINGS & LOAN TRIANGLE SHOE STORES GENERAL ROOFING COMP ANY WILKES-BARRE DEPOSIT & GLEN ALDEN CORPORATION SAVINGS BANK C. F. GOERINGER WILKES-BARRE IRON & CONSTRUCTION Co., INC. WIRE WORKS HARRY F. GOERINGER & SONS GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER WYOMING NATIONAL BANK OF WILKES-BARRE KANAAR CORPORATION WALBEN, INC. LESTER PONTIAC �44 WILKES COLLEGE AWARDS Each year a number of awards are given for outstanding scholarship in selected fields. The Engineering Award is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. The W. F. Dobson Award in Accounting is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The L. J. Van Laeys Award in f ournalism is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. The Wall Street f ournal Award is granted to a graduate in commerce and .finance for high scholarship in his .field of concentration. The Outstanding Graduate of the Year Award is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The Mrs. fames Mc Kane Awards of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. The Pennsylvania Institute of Certified Public Accountants Award is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. The Chemistry Award is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. The Deans' Scholarship Awards are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. The Wilkes Faculty Women's Award is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. The f ohn Wilkes, Inc., Annual Forensic Award is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. The Linda Morris Award is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the .first three years at Wilkes College. The Annette Evans Award in the humanities and social sciences is granted each year to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. ~eGLtNTOCK HALL 1951 �PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS Preparation for Professions and Vocations Training and skill are required in all .fields, but they alone are not enough. The world needs men possessing broad vision as well as technical competence. The telegraph, radio, airplane, and .finally atomic research have rendered obsolete the isolated nationalism of yesterday. As science and technology reduce the size of the world and man's mobility increases the tempo of competition, a liberal education becomes a necessity rather than a privilege. Two thousand years ago, Aristotle wrote: "Educated men are as much superior to uneducated men as the living are to the d~ad." The c~aracter of a man's world has always been determined by h1s understandmg of the motives of other men. To offset the trend of specialization which limits the .field of a man's knowledge, the scientist and technologist need increasingly to temper their training with a background in the humanities, the distilled essence of the experience of mankind. Specialized training should be combined with courses that help the student to understand human nature, his own and other men's. The College offers two opportunities: a general education for life, and specific training for various vocations. The general education develops understanding of our civilization and prepares the student for constructive citizenship. The specific training consists of courses required for selected occupations and professions. The liberal arts and science courses may be adapted to specific vocations by the selection of congenial fields of concentration and of appropriate electives. A prospective journalist who enrolls ~or the Bachelor of Arts course may major in one of the social studies and choose electives in English, literature, and other subjects useful in his future work. In engineering and in commerce and .finance the course of study is, by contrast, primarily technological, although courses from the liberal arts program are required and the choice o~ ele~tives is left to the individual preference. Students find the engrneerrng course a useful preparation for our mechanized civilization_ eve~ thou$h t~ey do n?t make engineering their life work. The curncula m engmeenng and m commerce and finance will also prepare those who plan to teach these subjects. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Training applicable to most fields of business is offered in the various programs of the commerce and finance curricula. The commerce and finance curricula cover business principles and practices; they also include electives in liberal arts. This diversification of program enables the student to secure a comprehensive foundation for a 47 business, secretarial, public service, or teaching career. Young men and women with this cultural background find themselves eligible for opportunities closed to those lacking such training. CHEMISTRY A steady demand for chemists and chemical engineers comes from industry, government ( including the Armed Forces), and education. The variation in kinds of employment is extreme. In industry, the chemist may be in basic or development research; in pilot plant work, production, administration, sales, or personnel. Advanced study is encouraged by the chemical industry; while teaching positions require the B.S. or doctorate degrees. ENGINEERING The .first two years of work in chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, and mechanical engineering may be taken at Wilkes College. At the end of the second year, students may transfer their credits to other engineering schools. With slight modification of their program, students may complete the first two years of work in such additional types of engineering as aeronautical, mining and metallurgical, and administrative. JOURNALISM A number of well-known graduate schools of journalism require a preliminary four-year college course, but aspirants may also follow the old-fashioned method of securing experience on local newspapers and working their way up. Almost any type of college work will be found applicable to the broad demands made upon the newspaper reporter and editor, although English composition is fundamental. The Bachelor of Arts degree with an English major is the most popular choice of journalism students, but the science and other courses also prove useful, since the newspaper reports all phases of human activity. The increasing interests of the United States in other countries make a knowledge of foreign languages particularly desirable in preparation for responsible positions as foreign correspondents. Journalism students may gain practical experience by working on the staff of one of the student publications: the Beacon, Amnicola, or Manuscript. I.Aw Preparation for the practice of law is based on the fund amental liberal arts: English, history, political science, economics, sociology, natural science, languages, and mathematics. Most law schools do not specify a required major in undergraduate work. �48 WILKES COLLEGE PROFESSIONS AND VOCATIONS 49 LIBRARY WORK Librarians are generally expected to complete a four-year college course before beginning their specialized library training. Foreign languages, English, science, history, economics, sociology, or education constitute appropriate major fields. Many library schools also require a knowledge of two foreign languages. Proficiency in typewriting is desirable. MUSIC The aim of the Wilkes music curricula is two-fold: to interest the many in music as an avocation that may lead them to participate actively in musical organizations and to assist the few who have special talents along the road to professional careers as teachers or performers. Although students who concentrate in music may commence their study of applied music at Wilkes, high quality pre-college training is very desirable. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Music Education fully equips students to obtain certificates to teach music in the public schools of Pennsylvania. The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in music represents the fulfillment of the fundamental purpose of the liberal arts program, "an education for living." liberal arts course, with a major or electives in religion and philosophy, is appropriate. NURSING The demand for nurses p repared to assume administrative, supervisory, and instructional duties has for years far exceeded the supply of trained personnel. In consequence, schools of nursing and hospitals are constantly seeking qualified nurses. To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. Extension courses in Nursing Education may be arranged by writing to the Chairman of the Department of Nursing Education. High School graduates desiring college experience before entering a school of nursing may receive guidance in the selection of a program suited to meet their individual needs. The College maintains a cooperative relationship with local hospital 1;chools of nursing and provides instruction in the physical, biological and social sciences. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY For those who wish to prepare for positions as medical technologists and as technicians in research and industrial laboratories, a program for registration by the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists is strongly advised. This program calls for a minimum of two years of college work, including certain prescribed courses, and a technical training period of at least twelve months in an approved school of medical technology. A student who meets these pre-technical and technical training requirements is eligible to take the examination given by the Registry for certification as a registered medical technologist. MEDICINE Wilkes offers a pre-medical course that is adapted to the requirements of the various medical schools. The latter have, in recent years, restricted their enrollment, and most of them scrutinize closely the qualifications of applicants. Medical aspirants should determine as soon as possible, though consultation with the Deans and their advisers, exactly what demands they must meet. MINISTRY The various churches differ widely as to the training required of prospective ministers. The pre-theological student should learn the requirements of his denomination and its divinity schools. In general, the PHYSICS The Erst two years of work leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Physics may be taken at Wilkes College. After that, students may transfer to other colleges to complete their course. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed to fulfill the requirements of those colleges to which students are likely to transfer. In the modern world, the application of physics to everyday life is becoming more and more common but is, perhaps, not sufficiently recognized or understood. The tools of communications, electronics, transportation, the motion picture, illumination, engineering, manufacturing, and medicine ( to mention but a few of the many activities of modern industrial civilization) are developed and perfected by the application of the fundamental laws of physics. PSYCHOLOGY World Wars I and II stressed the importance of the application of psychology in many diversified fields. Since then the need for graduate work and specialized training has been recognized. Liberal arts preparation on the undergraduate level, consisting of a sound foundation in psychology, biology, sociology, and related fields, provides an excellent background for work in graduate schools. Opportunities for the professional psychologist are available in college teaching, clinical work, education, business, and industry. �50 WILKES COLLEGE SOCIAL WORK The demand for trained social workers has grown enormously in recent years. Taxpayers rebel against the wastefulness of haphazard distribution of charity as a matter of political patronage. Governmental agencies, municipal, county, state, and federal, are realizing the necessity for a professional approach to the problems of unemployment, poverty, and crime. Wilkes offers a pre-social-work program. Sociology, supplemented by work in psychology, biology, and aIIied fields, provides a valuable background. SPEAKING AND DRAMATICS The CoIIege offers preliminary work in speech. Courses in speech and dramatics and practical experience in debating and play production afford opportunity for development in this .field. TEACHING A teacher's training depends upon the kind of teaching contemplated. For coIIege and university work the best institutions require advanced degrees; their faculty members ordinarily take graduate work in the field in which they concentrated as undergraduates. Prospective teachers of English, history, sociology, take the Arts degree; students who expect to teach in the schools of science take the Bachelor of Science degree or degrees in such specialized .fields as engineering. Certification for public-school teaching is usuaIIy based on the following requirements: the coIIege degree, specialized courses in education, and a measure of specialization in teaching subjects. Wilkes College is authorized by the State Department of Public Instruction to prepare elementary- and secondary-school teachers in most .fields of instruction. p ART-TIME STUDY Promotion or advancement is often made possible by additional training. It is sometimes practicable for employed persons to continue their education without giving up their positions. In its desire to be of the widest possible service to Wyoming Valley, Wilkes welcomes part-time and special students. (See Evening Division, page 150.) Anyone interested in a career not included in this list of the major professions and vocations should consult the Director of Admissions. �DEGREE PROGRAMS 53 BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS Humanities Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Social Sciences Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. �54 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music HUMANITIES Mdjor Subject FRESHMAN YEAR Social Sciences Major Humanities Art ................ English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... 38 40 24 28* 47 24 32 24 31 34 45 37 15 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences Free Elective 6 6 6 14 6 6 29 35 45 30 14 38 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Biological Science 1 . . • • . • . . . • Bio 100 Composition ................ Eng 101 Foreign Language2 • • . • • . . . . • Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 Alternates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science ........... Phys 100 Phys. Ed ...... ... . ........ . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Orientation SOCIAL SOENCES Major Subject Major Humanities Economics ........... History Political Science ...... . Sociology ........... Social Science ........ ••••••••• ♦ ••• 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Biology ...... .••...•. Psychology .......... Major Humanities 31 24 32 37 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 1 Titl, Number Co~osition ............... Eng 102 Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language2 • • • • • • •• •• Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus 100} Physical Science1 •••••••••• Phys 100 Phys. Ed .... ..... ....... .. . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. ..... .. . . ... . ... P.E. 106 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 1.5 Sciences Pree Elective 6 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 27 Social Sciences 1.5 15 Sciences 31 9 Free Elective 1.5 35 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 1 15 16 SCIENCES Major Subject 55 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Foreign Language2 • • . • • • • • • • 3 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ..... Math 101) History of Religions ....... Rel 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 . • • • • Phil 101 4 Alternates : Intro. to Economics ....... Ee 1001 Intro. to Education . ....... Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science . . P.S. General Psychology ........ Psy 100 6 Intro. to Sociology ........ Soc 100 Elective ................. . Phys. Ed . . ... .... .. .. ...... P.E. 103 lOIJ lOOJ Title Number Cr. World Literature ......... Eng 152 '4 Foreign Language2 . • • • • • • 3 Alternates: Algebra or Trig ........ Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions ...... Rel 101 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 ••• Phil 101 Alternates: 4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee 100! Intro. to Education .... Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science ............... P.S. 100 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective .. ............ . Phys. Ed ................ P.E. 104 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, language requirement is through 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 3 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 4 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delaved, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. 2 The *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 10,, it will count as a free elective. �56 DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. ... ..... .... .... Art 101 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Physical Science .. .......... Phy 100 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 rers. Hyg ..... ... .. . ....... P.E . 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Basic Art .. ......... . ..... Art 102 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ... ....... .. ... Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization . .. Hist 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . .. .. ..... . ...... P.E. 106 16 16 First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem ........ Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ......... ... ... ... . P .E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Trigonometry ..... . ......... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ... ......... .. . . ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . .. .... .......... P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .... ....... Bio 201 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ............ ... ... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Embryology ....... ... ...... Bio 202 4 Organic Chem ............... Chem 230 4 World Literature . ........... Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed .. ..... .. . .... .. ... P.E. 104 15 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... ...... . ...... Art 103 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 114 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives in Humanities . .. . .. 3 Social Science or Psy . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ... .... . ........... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Applied Art ... . . .. ..... .. .. Art 104 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 115 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives in Humanities.. . . . . 3 Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 14 14 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Illustration or .......... . .. . Art 201} Advertising Design or . ...... Art 211 3 Fine Art .................. . Art 215 Fundamentals of Speech . . ... . Eng 131 2 World Literature .......... .. Eng 151 4 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . 6 Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Title Number Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 202) Advertising Design or ....... Art 212 3 Fine Art ... .......... ...... Art 216 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . 6 Studio II.... ..... ........ .. 2 15 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Nrtmber Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 203) Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art 213 3 Fine Art .................. .. Art 217 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Number Cr. Title Illustration or ...... ... . .... Art 2J4) Adv. Advanced Design or ... . Art 214 Fine Art ................... Art 218 Electives .................. . 9 Studio IV ................. . 3 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 231 4 Organic Chem ............... Chem 231 5 1 Foreign Language • • • • . • • • • • 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Number Cr. Genetics ................... Bio 222 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 16 16 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Physiology ................. Bio 231 4 Introduction to Economics . .. Ee 100 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . 3 Botany, Bio. 111 or Bacteriology, Bio. 2ll2. . . . . . 3-4 Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3-4 Title Number Cr. Ecology ......... ... ....... Bio 232 3 History of Biology .......... Bio 262 1 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . . . . . 3 Botany, Bio. 112 or Bacteriology, Bio. 212 1 • • • . • . 3-4 Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 16-18 16-18 level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 The student must take a full year course in botany or bacteriology in the senior year. 3 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. 1 The 1 57 WILKES COLLEGE The level of the course will depend upon the achie,·ement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. �58 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college p~ogram with_ the cour~e in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students w1ll not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music FRESHMAN YE.AR First Semester Title N11mber Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 Applied Music 1 . . . • . . • . . . . • . l Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .... . ............. P.E. 105 l Orientation Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YE.AR Second Semester Title Nnmber Cr. Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ... ...... ...... . Eng 102 3 Composition ........ ........ Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • . . . . 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Mathematics .............. . 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 Elective .... .... ......... . . . 3 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Phys. Ed .. ................. P.E. 102 Orientation Pers. Hyg . ... ........... ... P.E. 106 Third Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language . ......... . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Applied Music 1 • . • • . . . . . . • • • l Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych .... . 6 Phys. Ed ....... .... ... . .... P.E. 103 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100} World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . • . . . 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Physics I ......... . Phys 150 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Phys. Eel ................... P.E. 104 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 17 JUNIOR Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 3 Mathematics Electi ve 2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 16-19 15 YE.AR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Mathematics Electi ,·e 2 • • • • • • • 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. lCO 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 15-16 Seventh Semester SENIOR YE.AR Eighth Semester Titlt Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Mathematics Elective2 • • • • . • . 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • . . 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Elective ................... . 12 Elective ................... . 9-12 15-18 1 2 Fo11rth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .............. Mus 104 5 1 Applied Music . • • • . . • • • . . . . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . 6 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ............ Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . • . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ............ Mus llO 3 Applied Music.............. 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 17 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Applied Music 1 ••.•••••••••• 2 Instrumentation ............ Mus 215 2 Analysis ................... Mus 217 2 Electives .................. . 9 15 15 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fifth Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language .......... . 3 Music Theory .. ............ Mus 102 5 Applied Music 1 . . • • • . • • . . . • • 1 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 First Semester 14- 15 59 1 Private instruction. Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Music 1 ••••••••••••• 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 2 Counterpoint ............... Mus 218 3 Electives .................. . 9 16 �60 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS 61 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY Seventh Semester The chemistry curriculum is/lanned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science an to contribute to the broad general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, .fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ... . . . Chem 101 4 Engineering Problems ...... . . Engi 100 2 Composition ..... . .... . .. ... Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 . ... .. . . . Ger 101 3 Mathematics 2 • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Phys. Ed .... . . .... . ........ P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . ......... . ... .. .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 18 Third Semester 15 Fifth Semester 15-18 JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry ... .. .. ... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 .. • .• • .••• 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ... . ..... Phys 251 3 Elective.................. . . 3 18 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 4 Foreign Language 1 •••••••.•. 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Eng. 106 3 Elective . . . ................. 8 18 FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. !nor. Chem. & Qual. Anal.. .. Chem 102 6 Composition ... .... ..... . ... Eng 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics I . ..... . ... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . ... ...... ... ... . P.E. 106 15- 16 2 Wilkes College offers the .first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education is emphasized by the many new problems which have arisen with the application of nuclear energy. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. Second Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. !nor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . . Hist 101 3 Organic Chemistry .. ........ Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 General Physics II . . .. . ... . Phys 151 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Physics III ......... . Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed . ............. ... .. P.E. 103 Elective (optional).......... 0-3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 5 4 l 3 3 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR Cr. The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 98. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits may be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 153, 154; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits may be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 100, 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. year, or First Semester Numher Inorg . Quan. Analysis .. .. ... Chem 122 West. World Literature .... . . Eng. 152 Chemical Literature .. . . .. . .. Chem 262 Foreign Language 1 . • • • . • . . • • Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1. Taking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition .... . ... .. .. .... Eng 101 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4- 5 Intro. to Political Science . . .. P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .... . ...... .... . ... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ..... ... .. .... ... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation Eighth Semester Title 18 Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the course in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 2. SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. . . . . Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry ....... . Chem 261 1 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Second Semester Title Numher Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . . . . . Chem 102 6 Elementary German 1 ..... . . . . Ger 102 3 Mathematics 2 . • . . • . • . . . • . • • 4 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed . . . . ....... ....... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ... ... . ....... . ... P.E. 106 I 18 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Numher Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics 2 . • • . • • . • . • • • • • 4 General Physics II ..... . .. .. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ..... .............. P.E . 101 17 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ...... . . Engi 106 2 Amer. History since 1865 . ... Hist 108 3 Mathematics 2 . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ...... .. M.E. }211 _ 6 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 General Physics III ......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ........ ..... ...... P.E. 104 16-19 18 1 2 Intermediate or scientific German may be substituted when the student is qualified. See paragraph on Mathematics under Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. �62 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE FRESHMAN YEAR First Senieste1· Number Cr. General Zoology ...... . ... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . . . .Chem 101 4 Composition ..... . . ... .. . .. Eng 101 3 College Algebra . . ....... ... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed . . . ... . ... . . . . . . . . . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ....... . . .. . . . . .. . P.E . 105 1 Title Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology . . ......... Bio 102 4 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . . . Chem 102 6 Composition .. .... .. . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry .. . . .. ... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed .. . .. . .. .. ...... . . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ..... ...... . . . ... . . P.E. 106 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title N umber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. Chem 121 4 Fundamentals of Speech . . . . . . Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... His t 101 3 Foreign Language1 . . . . . • . . . . 3 Analytic Geometry ...... .. . Math 122 4 Phys. Ed .. .. .. ............. P.E . 103 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Microtechnique ... ... . . . .... Bio 204 2 Organic Chemistry ....... . . . Chem 30 4 Hist. of W. Civilization .. ... Hist 102 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 General Psychology ....... . . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .... .. . . . ... . . ... P.E . 104 16 Fifth Semester 15 JUNIOR YEAR N umber Cr. Bacteriology . . ... ... ... . . .. Bio 211 4 World Literature ... ... .. ... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . • . . • . . . • . 3 Introductory Physics . . . . . . .. Phys 111 4 Elective in the Social Sciences . 3 Title Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . ... .. . . ..... .. Bio 212 4 World Literature . . . . .... . .. Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . . . . . J Introductory Physics . . .. .... Phys 112 4 Sociology .... ... ...... . . . . . Soc 100 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR 2 Seventh Semester Title Oinical Chemistry . . . . ... ... 13 Weeks Microbiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weeks Urinalysis .... .. .. .... .. ... . 4 Weeks Eighth Semester Title Haematology and Blood Bank 12 Weeks Histology ...... ... .. . . . .. . . 6 Weeks Serology .. . ..... . ..... . . .. . 7 Weeks 25 Weeks The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, ~ciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP R EQUIRE MENTS Group I Subjects Accounting Cr. Major .... . ... . ... 30 Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 2 Retailing Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 24-39 Cr. 24 Cr. 23 Group III 6 30-33 15 Electives ...... . .. . 9 15 12 38-39 Humanities . ....... 28 28 28 28 Science ............ 6 6 6 6 Social Sciences .. .. . 33 33-48 24-27 15 Physical Education .. 2 2 2 2 Total .... . ........ 129 129 129 127-128 25 Weeks The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. Group II Business A dm inistration 21 Total academic hours during first three years-104 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sciences ................. . ........... 48 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 63 1 Dots not include major courses. �64 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting1 Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR 2 First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR 1 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 Principles of Accounting . . . . . Acct 102 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ... . ............ Eng 102 3 Biological Science . . ... . ..... Bio 100 3 Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . . Hist 102 3 Composition . .......... . . .. . Eng 101 3 Intro. to Political Science . .. . P .S. 100 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 101 3 Physical Science . . .......... . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .. ...... . .. . . .. . . .. P.E. 101 Phys . Ed . . ... ... . . . . . .. ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .. . . . .. ..... . . ... P.E. 105 1 Pers. Hyg . .. . . . ... .. . . . . . .. P.E. 106 Orientation 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acct 111 3 Business Law ... ..... . ... . .. B.A. 231 3 Principies of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 World Literature . ... . . . ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .. . ... . Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . .. Eng 131 2 Phys. Ed .. ... . .... . . . ...... P.E. 103 Title First Semester Second Semester Title N 11mber Cr. Elementary Accounting .. . .. . Acct 101 3 Survey of Business .. ... ... .. . B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ... .. .. . . .. Bio 100 3 Composition . ...... . . .. .. . . . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .................. . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ...... . . . ....... . . P.E . 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . .. . . Acct 102 3 Composition .......... ... .. Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . ... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Poli ti cal Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science . .... .. .. .. . . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .......... . ....... . P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .... . ... . ..... . . . P.E. 106 l 16 16 Fourth Semester Title Number Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 Business Law . ...... . .. ... .. B.A. 232 Principles of Economics .. ... . Ee 102 World Literature ... . . . .. . ... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math . . . . .. . Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .... .. Math 11S Phys . Ed . .. .. . ........... . . P.E. 104 SOPHOMORE Y EAR Cr. 3 3 3 4 3 18 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N umber Cr. Business Law ..... . . . . ... . .. B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics .... .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. . . Eng 131 2 World Literature . ...... ..... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . ...... Math 101 3 Phys. Ed .................. . P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Business Law .......... . . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .. . ... Ee 102 3 World Literature .. . ... .... .. Eng 152 4 Alternates : Fundamentals of Math ... . .. Math 102\ Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 f 3 Intro. to Music ... .. ... . . .. . Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed . . . ..... . .... . ... . . P.E. 104 15 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Cost Accounting .... . ... . .... Acct 201 3 Business Law .. ......... . . . . B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking . . . ...... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .. ..... . .. Soc 100 3 Free Elective2 •• • • • • • • • • •••• • 3 Title Number Advanced Cost Accounting . .. Acct 202 Accounting Systems . .... . .. . Acct 220} C.P.A. Problems . ........... Acct 242 Business Law ... . ... . .. . .... B.A. 234 Intro. to Philosophy ... . . .. . . Phil 101} History of Religions . .. . . . . .. Rel 101 Economic Statistics ..... . ... . Ee 232 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting .. . . . . . . . ... . Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles . .. .. . .. . . Acct 231 3 Bus. Car. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance . ....... . B.A. 225 3 Intro. to Music ...... . .. .. .. . Mus 100 3 Free Elective3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester JUNIOR YEAR fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Money and Banking . ... . . . .. Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology . ....... . . Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science.. . . . 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Eighth Semester Number Cr. Auditing Practice ........ . .. . Acct 232 3 Theory of Money ....... . .. . . Ee 202} Public Finance . .. . ...... . . . . Ee 236 3 Economic Geography . .. . .... Ee 226 3 Title 3 3 3 3 3 15 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee . Electives 1 .• 12 Free Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 Practical experience in accounting is required for all students during the summer following the junior year or during the senior year. 2 It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Cr. SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester 9 Title Number Alternates: Theory of Money .. . . ...... Ee 202} Economic Geography ... . . Ee 226 C. & F. Elective .. .. .. ... . Economic Statistics .... . ... .. Ee 232 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ..... . . Phil 101} History of Religions ...... . Rel 101 Marketing . ... . . . .. .. . . .. . . B.A. 222 Free Elective .... ... .. .. .. . . 18 1 3 65 t See footnote next page. Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 •• Free Elective .. ... ... ...... . Cr. ]2 3 15 �67 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: BAGIELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE 66 Major in Retailing BANKING AND FINANCEl Titl, Number Credits and Collections . . . . ... . ... B.A. 218 Real Estate . . . ..... .. . . . . .. . ... . B.A. 220 Corporation Finance . . ... . ....... B.A. 225 Investments ... .. .. . . .... . .. ..... B.A. 226 T itle Number Theory of Money ..... .. .. ... . . . . Ee 202 Public Finance . . . ............. . . Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I . ... .. .. Math 115 ECONOMJCSl Title N11mber Government and Business . . .. .. .. Ee 212 Collective Bargaining .. .. .. ...... Ee 223 International Trade . . . .. ... ... .. . Ee 225 Economic Geography . .... . . . . .. . Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems .. . Ee 229 Business Cycles .. .. .... . ......... Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance .... . ..... .. ...... Ee 236 Economic History . . . ..... . ...... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .. . ........... Ee 241 Consumer Economics ...... . . .... Ee 245 Economic Investigation . .. ... . ... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 1 Titl, Number Industrial Management .. . . . .... . B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management . ........ B.A. 237 Office Management ............. . B.A. 238 Sales Management .... . .... . .... B.A. 239 Property Insurance . .... . ....... . . B.A. 240 Title Numb,r Life Insurance .. . . . ....... . ... ... B.A. 241 Labor Problems .... . .......... .. Ee 223 Applied Psychology . .. ... ....... Psy 206 Psychological Tests . ... . . . . ..... Psy 212 FRESHMAN YEAR1 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ... ... Acct 101 3 Biological Science . .... .. . . . . Bio 100 3 Survey of Business . ..... .. ... B.A. 100 3 Composition .... . .......... . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . .. . . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed . .. . . .. . . . . . ... .. . P .E . 101 Pers. Hyg .. . . . ... . . . .. . .. . . P.E . 105 1 Orientation 16 Number Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 Composition . .. . . . ...... . .. Eng 102 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 Physical Science ....... . .. . .. Phys 100 Intro . to Political Science .. .. P .S. 100 Phys . Ed . .. . . . ... . .... . ... . P.E . 102 Pers. Hyg ... . . ........ ... .. P.E. 106 c,. 3 3 3 3 3 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Business Law .. . . ...... . .. . . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics . .. . .. Ee 101 3 World Literature .. .......... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective in Retailing .. .. ... . 3 Phys. Ed . .... .. . . ..... . ... . P.E. 103 T it!, Number Cr. Business Law . . . ........ . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ... . .. Ee 102 3 World Literature ......... ... Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Elective in Retailing . .... .. . 3 Phys. Ed ..... . ....... ..... . P .E . 104 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETING1 Title Number Salesmanship ..... . .. .. ....... . .. B.A. 114 Advertising .... . ............. . .. B.A. 216 Transportation ... . ..... . ...... .. B.A. 217 Marketing ...... ... .... . . .. ... . . B.A. 22Z Title Numb,r Sales Management ... . ........ .. . B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade ....... .. ..... Ee 225 Consumer Economics . . .. .... . ... Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ... .. ...... Ret 101 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science . . . . 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin . . .... . . ..... . . 9 T itle Number Cr. Intro. to Music .... ... ..... . Mus 100 3 Alternates : Intro. to Philosophy .... . . . Phil 101} 3 History of Religions .. .... . Rel 101 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin. . . . . .. .. . .. .. . 6 Free Elective . .. . ... . . . . .. .. . 3 Marketing . .......... . .... . B.A. 222 3 17 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports . ... . .. B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology . . . .... . .. Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin...... .. .. . .... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc. .. .. .. . . . . . ... . .. . 3 15 1 At least six courses in this group are required of students concentrating in this field. Title Number Electives in Retailing or Com . & Fin. .. ...... . ..... Free Electives... . . . . . . . . . . . . Cr. 6 9 15 �69 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION Major in Secretarial Studies The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. 68 FRESHMAN YEAR Students preparing to teach in secondary schools must major in one of the following teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science or Social Studies. First Semester Second Semester Tit/, Number Cr . Survey of Business . .. .. .. . .. B.A. 100 3 Composition ......... . ..... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .. . . . Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math . . . .... Math 101 3 Phys. Education .... . ..... .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ..... .. . . . . ... . . .. P.E. 101 1 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .. . ....... . Bio 100 3 Composition ..... .. .... .. . . Eng 102 3 Hist . of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ... .... Math 102 2 Phys. Education .. .. .. .. . ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ... ........ . .. . ... P.E. 106 1 Elective ....... . ... . ..... .. . 3 16-17 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . ... . . Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition .. . . ... . Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . . . . Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .... ......... Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed .... ... .... ....... . P.E . 103 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . . ... Acct 102 3 Intro. to Political Science ... . P.S. 100 3 Physical Science . ... . . . .. .. .. Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ... .. . . . ..... . . . . .. P.E. 104 15 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Principle of Economics . .. . .. . Ee 101 3 World Literature . . ........ .. Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography .. .... S.S. 109 4 Electives .. .. ..... .. . ... . .. . 6 Number Cr. Principles of Economics . . . .. . Ee 102 3 World Literature . . .. .. ... . . . Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography . . . .. . S.S. llO 4 6 Electives . .. . . . .. ... . . . .. . . . 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports .. .. ... B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management . . . .. . . . .. B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography . . .. .. S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting ... .. .... S.S . 203 3 Free Electives . . . . . . . . . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Composition .. . . . ..... . . . ... Eng 101 3 Composition .... .. ... .. .. .. . Eng 102 3 Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 3 Intro. to Political Science .. . . P.S. 100 3 Elective.... . .... . . . .... . ... Elective.......... .. ..... . .. 3 Phys. Ed . .. . . . ............ P.E. 102 Phys . Ed .. ..... . ... .. . .. .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . . . ..... . .. .. ... . . P.E . 106 1 Pers. Hyg .. ... .. ..... . ... . . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 14-16 16-17 T bird Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title N umber Cr. Intro. to Education ......... . Ed 101 3 World Literature . . . . . .. . .. .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Speech . ... .. Eng 131 2 General Psychology ... . . .. .. Psy 100 3 World Literature . . ..... . .. .. Eng 151 4 Electives . . ... .. . .. . .. . ... . . Electives .... . . . ...... ... . . . Phys. Ed .. ... .. .. . ......... P.E . 104 Phys. Ed . . .... .. .. ... ... ... P .E. 103 15-16 15-16 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology. : ... Ed 201 3 U.S. History since 1865 . ... .. Hist 108 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives .. .. . ... . .. . ... .. . . Electives . . ... .. . .. . ... . .. . . 15-18 15-18 Seventh Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Number Cr. Title Intro. to Philosophy . .. . .... Phil Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed .............. . .. .. Ed Child Psychology .. . ... .... . Psy. Electives ... .. .. ... .. ... . .. . Eighth Semester 101 3 204 207 3 3 Nttmber Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ..... . Ed 205 3 Student Teaching . . ..... .... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ........ .. .. Ed 212 I Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 15-17 15 Minimum requirement for this degree--129 credits. Requirements for each major: Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201, 12 additional credits, Hist 101, 102; Lang 12 credits (in one language); Math 101, 102; Phys 100; Electives 15 credits.* FOREIGN LANGUAGE Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201; Hist 101, 102; M ath 101, 102; Lang 24 credits beyond 102 (in one language); Phys 100; Electives 9 to 15 credits.* MATHEMATICS Bio 100; Chem 101, 104; Ee 100; Hist 101, 102; Phys 111, 112; Electives 6 credits.* Math 122, 125, 126, 240, 15 additional credits in 200-level courses. SCIENCE Bio 101, 102; Ee 100; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phys 111, 112; (either Bio 111, 112, 201, 202; or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, 126); Electives 17 to 23 credits of which at least 8 must be in sciences other than Psychology.* SOCIAL STUDIES Bio 100; Ee 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; Math 101, 102; Phys 100; P.S. 6 credits; Soc 6 credits ; Electives 15 credits. * *No more than 3 credits may be in Education. ENGLISH �70 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Second Semester Title N umber Cr. Composition ... . .... .. .. . .. Eng 101 3 Hist . of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist 101 3 Physical Science . ........ ... Phys 100 3 Intro. to Music ....... .... .. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . . . .... ... ...... . P.E. 101 Pers . Hyg .. . ........ . ... . . . P.E . 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition . . ... . ......... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Biological Science .. .... . . . .. Bio 100 3 General Psychology . .. . . . ... Psy 100 3 Intro. to Sociology . ... . ..... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed . . .... . . .... .. . .... P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg ..... .. .. . ... . . .. . P.E. 106 16 16 Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ...... . . . . . Eng 151 4 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Intro . to Education . . .... . .. Ed 101 3 U.S. History to 1865 ...... . . Hist 107 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed .......... . ....... . P.E. 103 Title N umber Cr. World Literature ..... .. . . .. Eng 152 4 Human Behavior ... . ....... Psy 208 3 Intro. to Philosophy .. . .... . Phil 101 3 U.S . History since 1865 . ... . . Hist 108 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed . .. . . .. .... . ..... .. P.E. 104 16 16 Fifth Semester The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title N11mber Cr. Survey of Business . ......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics . . .. .. . B.A. 107 3 Biological Science ....... . .. . Bio 100 3 Composition ... . .. . ... . .. . . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys . Ed .. ................. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ........... . ...... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition ... . ... ..... ... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hise 102 3 Intro . to Music . . ... ... . . ... Mus. 100 3 Ph ysical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology ..... . ... . Soc 100) or ~ 3 Intro . to Political Science . . .. P.S. 1ooj Phys. Ed ... ... .. .. . ........ P.E. 102 Pers . Hyg .. .. ........ . ..... P.E . 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics .. . .. . ... Ee 100 3 Basic Art . .. . .. . . . .. .. . .... Art 101 3 Fundamentals of Math .... . .. Math 101 3 Educational Psychology . .. . . Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... .. Eng 131 2 Elective other than Education 3 Title Number Cr. Economic Geography .... . .. Ee 226 3 Basic Art .. . ...... . .. .... . . Art 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .... . .. Math 102 3 Elective other than Education 6 17 15 Seventh Semester 71 DEGREE PROGRAMS SENIOR YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .... . . Acct 101 3 Principles of Economics . ... . . Econ 101 3 Intro. to Education .. ... ... . Ed 101 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Phys. Ed . ... . . . ....... . . . .. P .E. 103 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting . ... . Acct 102 3 Principles of Economics . . . . . . Econ 102 3 U. S. Hist . since 1865 . . .. .. . Hist 108 3 General Psychology ... ...... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting . . S.S. 102 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E . 104 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title N umber Cr. Student Teaching .. . . . . .. .. . Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading . .. .... . Ed 231 2 Tchg. Elem. Social Studies .. . Ed 236 2 Principles of Elem. Ed . .. ... . Ed 237 2 Curriculum of Elem. Sch . .. . . Ed 238 2 Art in Elem. School . .. . .. .. . Ed 241 2 Music in Elem. School ...... Ed 242 2 Title Number Cr. Student Teaching . . ...... . . . Ed 209 8 Visual Education . .. . .. . .. . . Ed 212 1 Teaching of Arithmetic ... .. . Ed 232 2 Tchg. Elem. Sch. Science . ... . Ed 239 2 Hlth. and P.E. in El. Sch . . ... Ed 243 2 Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. . . . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law . . . .. . . . . . .... . B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology . ... . Ed 201 3 English Elective . . .... . . Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography . . .. S.S. 109 4 or Elective Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting .. .... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ..... .... ...... B.A. 232 3 Office Management . ... ... . .. B.A. 238 3 English Elective . ... .... Eng 152 or 154 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 16 15 17-16 17-16 �72 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports .... . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Office Procedures and Machines ...... ... ... S.S . 205 4 Elective. . ... .. . ... .. .... . . . 3 16 73 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Visual Education ... ........ Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching . . . ..... .. . Ed 207 8 Elective.................... 3 The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR 15 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 semester hours Commercial law ..... . ............................ 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve ( 12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. First Semester Title Number Biological Science . . . ... ..... Bio 100 Composition ....... ... . . ... Eng 101 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 Music Theory .............. Mus 101 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App Major Instrument .. ...... . .. Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Phys. Ed ... . .. ..... . .. . . . .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ... .. .. ........ . .. P.E. 105 Orientation Second Semester Cr. 3 3 2 5 2 1 ½ 1 Title Nttmher Composition .... .... ....... Eng 102 Music Theory ... ... ........ Mus 102 Clarinet Class and Band Mus } Methods or. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 Brass Class and Band Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . .. . Physical Science ............ Phys 100 Elective .................. . Phys . Ed .... ......... ... ... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ...... ....... .. . .. P.E. 17 ½ Cr. 3 5 2 1 ½ 3 3 I 18½ SOPHOMORE YEAR Third SemeJ·ter Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Music Theory .............. Mus 103 5 Music History ... . .......... Mus 109 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Iotro. to Education ....... .. Ed 101 3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Phys. Ed . .................. P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. World Literature . . . . . .. ... . Eng 152 4 Music Theory . ............. Mus 104 5 Music History .............. Mus ll0 3 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus..... ½ General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed . . ... .. ........ ... . P.E. 104 16½ 16½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Educational Psychology .. . .. Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods. . . . Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental). . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .. .. Ed lll 2 App Major Instrument . ..... . .... Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ... . . . Hist 108 3 Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . . . . Ed 106 2 Mus Conducting (Choral) . . . . . . . . Ed ll0 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods. . . . Ed 112 2 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 16½ 16½ �74 WILKES COLLEGE DEGREE PROGRAMS 75 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Title Numh,r Cr. Principles of Secondary .... . . Ed 204l Education or 3 Principles of Elementary ..... Ed 237f Education Instrumentation . .... . . ... .. Mus 215 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods . .... Ed 107 2 String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ................. Ed 113 2 Observation and Practice Mus Teaching ............ . .... Ed 203 4 App Major Instrument . ......... . Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Eighth Semester Title Numher Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 I Orchestration .............. Mus 216 2 Mus Voice Class and Methods .. . . Ed 108 2 Strinf Instrument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 114 2 Observation and Practice Mus Treaching ................ Ed 204 4 App Major Instrument ........... Mus I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ..... ½ Elective .................... 3 14½ 15½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. JUNIOR YEAR First Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to_ teac~ art in ot~er states should determine the requirements of the state m w~1ch they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Numher Cr. Basic Art . ............... .. Art 101 3 Composition ... : ........... E~g 101 3 Hist. of West. C1v .......... Hist 101 3 Fund. of Math .. .......... . Math 101 3 Phys. Science ............... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .. . .... . ... ... ..... P.E. IOI Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 105 I Orientation 16 Title Numher Cr. Basic Art .................. Art 102 3 Composition ............... E~g 102 3 Bio. Science ................ B,o 100 3 Hist of West. Civ.. . . . .... Hist 102 3 Fund. of Math ............. Math 102 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 106 1 T bird Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 103 3 Hist. of Art . .............. . Art Ill 3 Intro. to Ed ................ Ed 101 3 World Lit ................. Eng 151 4 Intro. to Political Science .. .. P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .... .. . ......... P .E. 103 Tille Numher Cr. Applied Art . ............... Art 104 3 Hist. of Art ......... . ...... :\rt 112 3 World Lit ... .............. Eng 152 4 General Psych .............. Psych 100 3 Intro. to Soc ..... ...... .... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 104 16 16 Second Semester Tille Numher Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ . .......... Hist 101 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N.E. 101 2 Physical Science ............ . Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Sociology .................. Soc 100 3 Tille Numher Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Hist. of West. Civ ... ........ Hist 102 3 Community Resources ....... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin ...... N.E. 106 2 17 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Numher Cr. Fine Arts . ................. Art 215 4 Graphic Art ... ... ......... Art 241 2 Intro. to Econ ...... .. ...... Econ 100 3 Ed Psvch .................. Ed 201 3 U.S. a~d Pa. Hist ........... Hist 107 3 Title N11mher Cr. Fine Arts .................. Art 216 4 Graphic Art ............... Art 242 2 U.S. Hist ......... ......... Hist 108 3 Child Psych ................ Psy 207 3 Elective* ................. . 3 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Thi-rd Semester Tille Numher Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 I World Literature . .... . ...... Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ...... N.E. 107 2 E1ectives 3 • •••• ••••••••••••• 6-7 15-16 1 2 3 Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. Guidance ................... Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N.E. 102 2 Field Experience ..... ....... N.E. 112 4 Electives 3 . • • • • • • • • • • • . . • • • • 5-6 15-16 For exception see page 49. Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title N11mher Cr. Arts of Presentation .. .. .... Art 243 3 Prin. and Math. of Secondary Ed .......... Ed 204 3 Fund. of Speech ......... .. . Eng 131 2 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 101 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Elective*... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Numher Cr. Student Teaching . .......... Ed 210 8 Visual Ed .................. Ed 212 1 Teaching of Art ............ Ed 221 3 Elective*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 17 15 *Nine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields. Minimum Requirements in Semester Hours. �76 WILKES COLLEGE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may trans£ er to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State College, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it should appeal to those genuinely interested in mathematics and the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, and production. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications and equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that will prepare them to start their college program with the course in Analytic Geometry. Unfortunately, all students will not qualify for this course, and, in consequence, it will be necessary for them to start with a more elementary course in College Algebra and Trigonometry, Math. 105. This deficiency can be made up by: 1. T aking Math. 105 in the summer session preceding the Freshman year, or 2. Starting the Freshman year with Math. 105, taking Analytic Geometry, Math. 122, in the second semester, and then completing the first course in Calculus, Math. 125, in the summer between the Freshman and Sophomore years. 77 DEGRE E PROGRAMS FRESHMAN YEAR ( COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) Second Semester First Semester Cr. General Inorganic Chem .... .. Chem 101 4 Engineering and Orientation Problems . ..... . ... . .... .. Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and Des. Geometry .... . . .. . .... Engi 105 3 Composition ... ... .. . .. .. . .. Eng 101 3 Mathematics .............. . 4- 5 Phys. Ed ... . .. . . . .. ..... . .. P.E . 101 Pers. Hyg .... . . .. .. . ...... . P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17- 18 N 11mber Title N11mber Cr. Alternates: 1 !nor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal.. . Chem 102}4-6 General Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 Drawing & Des. Geometry .. . Engi 106 2 Composition .... . .. . . .. .. .. Eng 102 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics (Mech.) . . ... Phys 150 4 Phys . Ed . .... . ............. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .......... .. ..... P.E. 106 1 T i.tie 18- 20 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The d1emical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. lnor. Quant. Analysis .... .. .. Chem 121 4 Intro. to Economics . . ...... . Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. . ... Eng 134 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics ............. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed . .. .. . .. ....... .. . . P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Stoichiometry ... . . . ... .. .. .. Ch E 106 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . ....... . M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics .... .. M.E. 212 3 General Physics . ............ Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed . ..... . . ...... ..... P.E. 104 18 17 1 2 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 ( six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. �78 WILKES COLLEGE CIVIL ENGINEERING The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 T hfrd Semester Fou1'th Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Plane Surveying . . . ...... .... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .. .. ..... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ... ....... .. ....... P.E. 103 Title Nttmber Cr. Route Surveying ............. C.E. 104 4 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M.E. 212 3 General Physics III . ... ...... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed . ...... . ........... P .E. 104 17 18 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control tbe distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ............ . C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics .......... Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics ... . .... . .. . .. . 4 General Physics II .. . ... . . .. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Mathematics ..... . .... .... . 4 Kinematics .............. . ... M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics . . ....... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 17 1 79 DEGREE PROGRAMS 17 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effect.s thereon of person.nel; a?-d design control to meet cost an_d pr?duction req~.uremen_ts. Prepar_at~on ~1th a background in science, engineering, economics, ~usmes~ aam1.n1stration, management, and history is necessary. The successful indust~1al engineer n:iu~t possess not only technical skill and ability b~t also economic and ~umamshc interests, as well as character and personality. He must work wi~h oth:rs and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit .of a com:°1on goal. The. industn~ engineer deals with people as well as with machines an~ ma~en~ls. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those pnmanly mterested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Principles of Economics ..... . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Physics II .. .. ... ... Phys 151 4 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed . ..... . . ..... . .. ... P.E. 103 Title Nttmber Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 Mathematics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mechanics I, Statics . .. .. .... M .E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ... . . M.E. 212 3 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 104 17 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, co~structio~, in_stallation, and operation of machinery necessary [?r the econom1Cal application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from wh~tever source derived. The generation of power, whether by stea1:1, hydr? or 1~ternal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical ~ngmeer m the po~er field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machme tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity b~ ?roadly ~~ained in t~e ~undamental sciences and in economics and human1ties. Ability and skill m the application of the basic scienc~s are no~ sufficient. He must ~ave an und~rstanding of the influence of his profess10n upon our way of hfe and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N ttmber Cr. Plane Surveying . .. . . .. ...... C.E. 103 3 Intro. to Economics ........ .. Ee 100 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Mathematics . . . . . ......... . 4 General Physics II .. . . . . . ... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ..... ..... .... ... .. P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Mathematics .............. . 4 Kinematics ................. M.E. 206 3 Mechanics I, Statics ... . ..... M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ...... M.E. 212 3 General Physics III. ......... Phys 152 4 Phys. Ed ....... .. . . ........ P.E. 104 17 17 For freshman year see page 77. 1 For freshman year see page 77. . \I, l1 .I �81 TERMINAL PROGRAMS MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists has established definite standards for qualification as a medical technologist. The minimum requirements to meet these standards are a two-year college program and twelve months of technical training in an approved school of medical technology. The following curriculum meets the pre-technical training requirements demanded by the Registry. Since requirements for admission to approved schools of medical technology vary, the student is urged to make inquiries concerning technical training during the Freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR Terminal Programs First Semester Second Semester Title N umber Cr. General Zoology .. ... .. . .... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ... . .. Chem 101 4 Composition .. .. . ......... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra . ... .. ... ... Math 107 3 Phys . Ed . . .. ...... . ... .. . .. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ...... . .. . . . .... .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ... ..... ... . Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. .. . . .. .. . Chem 102 6 Composition . .... . . ........ Eng 102 3 Elective.. . . . .. .. .. . ........ 3 Phys. Ed . ........ .. . . . ... .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .. .. . .. . .. ... . .... P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . .. . ... . ....... Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. ........ . ...... . . . .. Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys. Ed ..... .... . ......... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . .. . .. .. ........ Bio 212 4 Organic Chem . ..... . ... . . . . . Chem 230 4 Electives 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Phys. Ed . .... . .... . .. . ..... P.E. 104 15- 16 15- 16 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or social sciences. �82 WILKES COLLEGE TERMINAL PROGRAMS 83 PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Two years) (Three years) The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fol.filling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Titl, Number Cr. General Zoology ........... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed .. ...... . ... ... . ... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .. . .. . ........ .. . . P.E. 105 1 Orientation Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. General Zoology ....... . .... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ...... ......... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry . .. .. . ........ Math 109 3 Phys . Ed .... ....... . ....... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg ... . ... . .. . ... ... . P.E. 106 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester 14- 15 Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ...... . .... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .. . ........... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed . .. . .. ... . .. . ... . .. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . . ...... .. ..... .. . P.E. 106 1 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 15 Titl, Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 241 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal.. Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics .... ... . Phys 111 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ........ . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .. ... .. ..... . . .. . . . P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. General Zoology . .. .. ... .. . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem .. . . . Chem 101 4 Composition .... . ........ .. Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. .......... Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ... . ... .. . . . . .. ... . P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg . ......... . ... . ... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology . .......... . .... . . Bio 242 3 Organic Chemistry ...... . ... Chem 230 4 Introductory Physics . ... .. .. Phys 112 4 Alternates: World Literature ..... . .... Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ . ........ Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed ... .. .. . .. ...... . . . P.E. 104 14-15 Third Semester Title N umber Cr. Basic Art . . . . ..... .. ....... Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert . . Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. . . .. Chem 121 4 World Literature ..... . . . .. . Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ........ ... . .. . .. .. P.E. 103 Fourth Semester Title N 11mber Cr. Basic Art . . .. . . ............ Art 102 3 Embryology . ............... Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature ... . ....... Eng 152 4 Phys. Ed ....... . ..... ...... P.E .104 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ...... ... . . .... Bio 211 4 Histology . ................. Bio 241 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics . .. .. . . . Phys 111 4 16 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Bacteriology . . .. ........... Bio 212 4 Histology .. ................ Bio 242 3 Chemistry Elective ......... . 3 Introduccory Physics ..... . .. Phys 112 4 14 �84 WILKES COLLEGE SECRETARIAL COURSE The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YE.AR First Semester Title Second Semester Number Survey of Business .. .. .... . .. B.A. Composition . . .. . ......... .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . . . S.S. Phys. Ed . ......... . ........ P.E . Pers. Hyg ... . ........... . .. P.E. 100 101 101 101 101 105 Cr. 3 3 3 4 1 Title Number Biological Science . . ... .. .... Bio Composition ..... ... ... . . .. Eng Fundamentals of Speech . . . ... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist Shorthand and Typewriting . .. S.S. Phys. Ed . ..... . .... . .. . .... P.E. Pers. Hyg ..... .. . .. . . .. .. .. P.E. 100 102 131 102 102 102 106 14 Cr. 3 3 2 3 4 16 SOPHOMORE YE.AR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Business Mathematics .... .. . B.A. Business Law .. . . .. . ....... . B.A. Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. Office Pro. and Machines . . ... S.S. Elective . . . ..... . ........... Phys. Ed ... .... . ... . . ...... P.E. 107 231 109 205 Cr. 3 3 4 4 3 103 17 Title Number Office Management . . .. .. . .. . B.A. Intro. to Economics ....... .. Econ Advanced Stenography ....... S.S. Secretarial Accounting .. . ... . S.S. Elective.. . .... . .. . .... . .... Phys. Ed ..... . . . ............ P.E. 238 100 Cr. 3 3 ll0 4 120 3 3 104 16 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 87 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructors Baron, Krohn, Strassman, Copin. ACCOVNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. ACCT. 101. ELEMENTARY AccovNTING--Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; .financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. Accr. 102. PRINCIPLES OF Description of Courses AccovNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. ACCT. 111. INTERMEDIATE ACCT. 112. ADVANCED AcCOVNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Accr. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Accr. 202. ADVANCED COST Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. �88 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES AccT. 220. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS-Three credits MR. STRASSMAN A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. Accr. 221. TAXES I-Three credits MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits THE STAFF Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. ACCT. 231. AUDITING PRINCIPLES-Three credits MR. STRASSMAN Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. AccT. 232. AUDITING PRACTICE-Three credits 89 MR. STRASSMAN Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 2 31. Accr. 242. ADVANCED PROBLEMS-Three credits MR. CURTIS Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Assistant Professor Colson. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended (1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding of the visual arts as part of his general education; and ( 2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 7 5. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART- Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in .fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT- Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed lettering with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. �90 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ART 109. TYPOGRAPHY-Three C1'edits MR. O'TooLE . C?mple~e study of type faces and their design and differences. Designmg wi~h ty~e, type ornaments and rules. Relationships of form, structure, s12e, d,rectton, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of ~rerequisite: mstructor. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three credits MR. O'Toou Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The us~s of _photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechantcal aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of ~rerequisite: instructor. duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN- Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 213-214. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART- Three ho11rs. MR. COLSON History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or fo11r credits each semester MR. OTOOLE ART 112. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. MR. COLSON History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'Toou Every P_Ossible use_of illustration will be explored in this course from spot dra~mgs to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration. l1n~ medmms; half-ton~ illustration_s, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazme 11lustrat10ns; design of two pages facing (double spread). Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'Toou . Editor~al illustra~ion, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawi_ng, stylize~ draw1?g. !he book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be_ given m each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to fintsh by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture ~tudy, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three or four credits each .remester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prereguisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or eguivalent. I, II, III, IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE: Individual instruction in the .field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his neecfsJ and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual inr struction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO MR. O'Toou The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro- ART- Two credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood rnt, etching, engraving, serigraph. ART 241-242. GRAPHIC �92 WILKES COLLEGE ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and proce~ses of designing for reproduction. Various methods of reproduction; lrne processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professor Cohen; Assistant Professor Michelini; Instructors Freeman and Namisniak. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Nine credits MR. REIF . General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It cons!ders the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15.00 each course. BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK ~eneral Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. I~ ~ncludes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphaS1Z1ng the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 93 embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. MR. MICHELINI BIO. 204. MICROTECHNIQUE-Two credits Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Laboratory, six hours a week. BIO. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. THE STAFF BIO. 221. HISTOLOGY-Four credits Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Four credits MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; .field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. BIO. 222. GENETICS-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comp~ra_tive Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological charactenstics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and BIO. 231. PHYSIOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours �94 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. MR. REIF BIO. 232. ECOLOGY-Three credits Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. STAFF B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1-Three credits The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 262. HISTORY OF BIOLOGY-One credit THE STAFF A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. B10. Bio. 271. RESEARCH PROJECT-One credit ' THE STAFF Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Capin, Casper, Chmiola, Johns, Krohn, Mackson, Roberts. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BusINEss-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining the various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank 95 B.A. 209. BusINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. THE STAFF B.A. 216. ADVERTISING--Three credits A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. MR. ROSENBERG B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 THE STAFF B.A. 218. CREDIT AND COLLECTIONS-Three credits The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. THE STAFF B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three credits The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. THE STAFF B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three credits Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �96 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 97 B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three credits MR. CHIANG A study of t_he economic_ principles underlying the capital structure of mo~ern busrne_ss ~nterpnse. Consideration given to alternate types of busi~ess organ~zatio~, corp?rate securities, and .financial policies involved rn promot_10n, disposit10n of net earnings, working capital and short-te~m _.financrng, mergers, expansion, .financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular refere nee to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three credits MR. CHIANG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; _financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and age~cies, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and sellrng secunties, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. LAW-PROPERTY- Three credits MR. KROHN The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. B.A. 234. BUSINESS B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the .field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. MACKSON, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation the ri'?hts_ and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and th; termrn_at10n of ~he agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss; warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties'. remedies for bre~ch, security interests in goods. A comparison r.f the umform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The .principles o~ laV.: governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the .fields of management, such as production control, personnel, .financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of o~ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; B.A. 238. OFFICE �98 WILKES COLLEGE office arrangement and worki compensation of office worke~f of standards. ' DESCRIPTION OF COURSES d. . ~~: ;ions; employmfent, training, and easurement O work and setting Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Thre d. . e ere tis MR. BACON The relation of the sales dep t II of sales organizations; selectiona\~~n~ to a other ~epartments; types :r;r~:et::~al~::~~ce; •>:I~s r_es:ar~ ~~~g;,,~~:r::~;:~~• d:~~r.::::!: 1 distribution. 99 policies, preparat10n of sales budgets; costs of Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. B.A. _240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three credits M F Th · R. ARRAR . is course is a study of the fundamentals of fire casualty and . msurance. , , marme Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits M F This course is t d f h . . R. ARRAR surance from thea: u _t e p~mciples, practices, and uses of life inindustry. vera viewpomt of the product, cost, market, and ~i° 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. CHEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY Th d. ree ct'e tts MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. study. Class, B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Th d" . ree ere tis THE STAFF co!f~;?; :~:e~:•t~;i~;;;~;i~\:;~~~!,c ::;a~:!:;~~~ti~:~u::~:7o;'. men o managenal ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress chairman; Assistant Professors Instructor Freeman. ' Bone, Salley; LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French . . for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as foll is_ required 1 A d . ows. . tes:.tu ent prepared m a language may take a reading-knowledge CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MISS BONE, MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 1O1. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit.required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara- �100 WILKES COLLEGE tion and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week: laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEMISTRY-Five credits MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four credits each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A stud~ of adv~nced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL 101 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEMISTRY-Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. CHEMISTRY-One credit MR. BASTRESS The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF LITERATURE-One credit MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 262. CHEMICAL CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester Fee: $5 per credit. THE STAFF ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon and Hotson. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMics-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 102. PRINOPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. �102 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKING-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOTT, MR. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 103 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MONEY-Three credits Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE- Three credits THE STAFF Theory and practice of international trade with speci~l referenc~ to contemporary problems and policies. The topics co~ered include tanffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in ~nterna_t10nal paym_e~ts. . A study will be made of geographic, economte, soC1al,. ~nd politteal influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MR. ROSENBERG, MR. ELLIOT, MR. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. MOVEMENT-Three credits STAFF A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING-Three credits MR. R. WERNER An introduction to labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world dis~ribution of resourc~s, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course m world resources and related .fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC Ee 227 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY- NORTH . . AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. SYSTEMS-Three credits THE STAFF The institutions of planned economy of th~ l!.S.S:R. and tho~e ~f the contemporary experiment in evolutio~ary SOC1alism m G:eat _Bn~am_ are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLEs-Three credits MR. CHIA~G A historical analysis of major business cycles. Conte?1porary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee 231 APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three credits . . MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to b~sin~ss .. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency dist:ibut10n and measures of central tendency, .fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. �104 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. 105 Ee. Ee. 236. PUBLIC MR. ROSENBERG, MR. WERNER Fundamental. principl_es of public finance; government expenditures; re:7e~ue; fina~c1~l pol1e1es and administration; taxation; principles of sh1ftmg and mc1dence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. CHIANG An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. MR. CHIANG . T~is ~ourse is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and d1stnb~tton. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governrng costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three credits Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professor Jessee, Assistant Professors Moran, Colson; Instructors Chwalek, Pinkoski, Roderick. En. 101. INTRODUCTION TO FINANCE-Three credits Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits EDUCATION MR. CHIANG The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; pro_blems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer hab1ts, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trend~ of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumpt10n_ of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and Ed. 101. En. 201. EDUCATIONAL ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 204. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the .field of his major interest ~n~ constructs a final rep?~t. Class instruction will consist of: ( 1) the prrnc1ples of scholarly cnt1c1sm, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good fo.r;m as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Ee. EDUCATION-Three credits A broad, general introduction to the .field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure; the teacher, his preparation and qualifications; the pupils, their individual differences and provisions therefor; the materials of instruction; the school plant; the .financing of education; the profession of teaching; the participation of the public; contemporary issues and trends in public education. PRINOPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits MR. HAMMER The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ED. 205. THE STAFF Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school cur- riculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. IOI, 201. TRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Th ree ere ~ Eo. 211. Ex Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They observe several teachers. _Gradually they asswne classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. of Prerequisite: the instructor. Ed. 204, Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission THE STAFF ;x guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0l. En. 212. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL 1 s d"t f xtracurricuJar activities in the educaConsideration of the place e tracurricular activities; the tendtion of the child; the orgamzaho\of riculwn ·, their place in the ency to bring them mto the sc oo cur V Eo. 207. 107 SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits EDUCATION-One credit ISUAL . THE STAFF f visual education; prtn- . of theformaterials ~r sensory aids; the incor. AI study d plans the use anfd o auted~h:~~:I roc1p es an of visual . . t·ion m . the work for the classroom. poration mstruc Prerequisite: Ed. l0l, 2 0l. 14 GUIDANCE-Two credits . En. 2 . . . d MR. CHWALEK 1 nd roblems of guidance, an A general survey of the prmdc1pt ehs a_ uef used in a guidance pro. d · t activities an ec nrq . .d an m tntro uct1on o . d f or the Pennsylvania gut ance gra in the public school. , ..fiReqmre t En. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teach- ers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. En. 215. lNTRonucnoN To Occcud~ATI ONS AND OCCUPATIONAL MR. CHWALEK RESEARCH-Two re ,ts . . . . . . . I factors affecting occupat10nal choICes, A study of mdmdua! and socia. . es of occu ationa! preparation; methods making choteesb?P means ofof entry into vocat10naJ occupat10ns; pro ems of adjuftment to job, leisure En. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits teachers' and counselors cert! ca es. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0I. THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They asswne classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences Fee: $20.with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0L T TEAC HING OF ART-Three credits ·MR.1 COLSON t . . . . the teaching of art m e emen ary Study of contemporary ~ractt;~ '~sychology of the creative process; and secondary schools; adaption of vanous artstu m~~.tao to ;he school curriculum; study of the En 221 HE organization of the art curncula. E TEACHING OF READING-Two credits En. 231. _TH . . Miss RODERICK onsideration of the relationship of m~- En. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN ART-Eight credits THE STAFF Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school classrooms, and teach. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Analys1s of dthe task' . · greading . problems ancd me th Ods in developing reading f read1· tn , f h. reading· the place o expertness; methods and tecfhniqd~es ences; development o rea mg m t~::~ttfypes ., . of o r~ading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures m readmo. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 2 0L Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. En. 232. turahon to rea THE TEACHING OF ~ A RITHMETIC-T wo creditsMiss RODERICK . o~jectives; f education in theand fieldteaching of eleStudy anthmet1e, o~ the p_ri~ciples _pract;r methods mentary metho dand s, aims, �108 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES techniq~es for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction m concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. developing units of work; basic principles; selecti?n and man~pulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credit, Miss Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. RODERICK S~dy of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 109 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY Enuc.UION-Two credit, En. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. R. MORAN Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. MISS RODERICK The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary educat10n; other factors m the development of the elementary school; prom. tsmg pr~ct'.ces m the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles .and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits Miss RODERICK This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION- En. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss RODERICK ~he development of the elementary curriculum; its relation to the sooety th_at su_pports it; the emerging elementary curriculum; adjustment to mdmdual needs; relation of objectives to children's needs; ~ontent a~d method; utilizing the arts, music, science, physical education, etc., m the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. One to three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems in elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SOENCE-Two credit, Miss RODERICK Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS En. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. COLSON Study of the principles and practices of education in the Jield of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. �110 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENGINEERING Civil Engineering Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas· Instructor May. ' ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC L- MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. ENGi. 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY -Two credits II. MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory a~d practice ~f plane and topographic surveying. Fie!~ exer~ises, inc!udmg the adjustment and use of surveying equipment mcludmg transit, !evels, com~ass and tape for surveys of area, topogra~hy, profile, grad~ng, excavatmg and the location of details. Interpretation of and mappmg from field not~s with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. 104. ROUTE SURVEYING--Four credits MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever~e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cr~ss se~tions, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossi?g, nght-of-~ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determme true beanng and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $15. C. E. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Mechanical Engineering M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 ; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. MR. MAY Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~cceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of ~mematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: mstant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi ..106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. MECHANICS Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. THOMAS THE STAFF ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY T hree credits SURVEYING--Three credits Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. DRAWING--Two credits A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ENGi. 105. C.E. 103. PLANE 111 I. STATICS-Three credits MR. MAY Study of force systems in equilibrium: caten~ry; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. MAY Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. M.E. 212. MECHANICS �112 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 113 ENGLISH Professor_ Davies, chairman; Associate Professors Chapman and Kruger; Ass,stant Professors Groh and Tener; Instructors Fiester, Miller, Moran, Rizzo, Roberts, and Tyburski. STORY-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. ENG. 106. SHORT Prerequisite: Eng. 102 and permission of instructor. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: IOI, 102, 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105 106 121 123 124 _( 3 hours)_; /our elective courses in literature (' 12 hours) ' ' ; ne' 0 elective ment ( 3 course hours)m . English that can be any course offered by the depart- /ournalism (If 20! is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) credits MR. MORAN A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics incl~de: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law ~f libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. _ Majo_rs in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work m English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and cou~try weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a de~ciency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement the,r work m Eng. !OJ. Any student in Eng. IOI or 102 may be required to take th1s extra work should his instructor think it necessary. ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three ENG. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING-Three ENG. 124. FEATURE Composition ENG. IOI. COMPOSITION-Three credit, THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 102. COMPosrrroN-Three credit, ENG. 105. ADVANCED ExPOSITION-Three credit, THE STAFF _ A study _of the ~arious expository types. Readings. Intensive practice the wntmg of informative articles. in Prerequisite: may be waived. Eng. IOI and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement MR. MORAN WRITING-Three credits MR.MORAN Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analy~is of the fe~ture field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subJects_ and th~u treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular b10graph1es and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Language and Literature THE STAFF Principles of paper. exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research Prerequisite: Eng. 101. credits Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent devel~pme~t~ in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opm10n_ polls. Special attention is given to trade jour~als and house organs covermg the industrial, merchandising, and profess10nal fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DA VIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. TENER Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. �114 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN 115 LITERATURE-Three credits CENTURY-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 216. SEVENTEENTH ENG. 221. AGE OF MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY POPE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. JOHNSON-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF NOVEL-Three credits MR. DAVIES English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. TENER Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits NovEL-Three credits MR. DAVIES The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. SHAKESPEARE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 215. MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �116 WILKES COLLEGE ENG. 287. AMERICAN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DRAMA-Three credits The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Speech SPEECH-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. THE STAFF Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FRENCH-Three credits Continuation of Fr. 1 O1. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. LITERATURE-Three credits each Miss DWORSKI semester A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary ge_nres, and_ outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits MISS DWORSKI Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. FR. COMPOSITION-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES FR. 102. ELEMENTARY CONVERSATION-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with _emphasis o.n idiom~tic usage. Use of records and the microphone to acqmre fluency m speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 106. FRENCH ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF FRENCH-Three credits FRENCH-Three credits MISS DwoRsKI Intensive practice in translating. A cou:se de~igned_ for students w_ho wish to be able to read material in French m their particular fields of mterest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. FR. 105. TECHNICAL MR. GROH, MR. Rizzo FR. 101. ELEMENTARY 117 Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTUR~ Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. �118 FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH 119 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE DRAMA-Three credits GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Miss Three credits each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning DwoRSKl The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GOETHE-Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 203. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. · GER. GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. SCHILLER-Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GER. 204. GER. 102. ELEMENTARY 103. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA- Three credits MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY- Three credits MR. DISQUE GERMAN- Three credits THE STAFF _Continuation of ~er. 103. ~apid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN- Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. 105. SCIENTIFIC The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Idiomatic_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH- Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. GER. SPANISH- Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY THE STAFF �120 WILKES COLLEGE 121 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES THE STAFF SPANISH-Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE THE STAFF SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three credits Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three credits MISS DWORSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. MISS OWORSKI SPANISH-Three credits The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMERCIAL CONVERSATION-Three credits Miss DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 106. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits Miss DwoRSKJ Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 107. SPANISH CULTURE-Three credits Miss DWORSKJ The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. See page 92. GEOLOGY- Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. 100. GENERAL PHYS. 100. See page 136. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui; Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Connolly and Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits Miss DWORSKI Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. �122 WILKES COLLEGE HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. HIST. 235. SOVIET RussIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 123 HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the Americ~n and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. Mm A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nations the expansion of British rule in India, and the growth of the British dependent empire, with emphasis on the imperial and foreign policies of Great Britain after the American Revolution. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY- Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TwENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KASLAS Against ~ background of the internal and international developments of the leadmg powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Kostenbauder; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors B. May, Morgan, West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 58. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 136. �WILKES COLLEGE 124 MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Math. 101. MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND 125 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES TRIGONOMETRY-Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF ALGEBRA-Three credits Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions . Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE THE STAFF TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE THE STAFF FINANCE-Three credits Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. THE STAFF I-Four credits Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. MATH. 125. CALCULUS THE STAFF II-Four credits Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH. 126. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 12 5. Three credits MR. MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA- Three credits Sets, mappings, relations, development of real number system from Peano's axioms, polynomials, the complex number field, groups. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA-Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF MATH. 214. LINEAR STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. GEOMETRY-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO THE STAFF GEOMETRY-Four credits Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. MATH. 220. COLLEGE MATH. 122. ANALYTIC MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits W ASILESKI Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MR. �MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II- Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. ANALYSIS-Three credits THE STAFF Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 235. VECTOR THE STAFF SERIES- Four credits First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential eL1uations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MR. RICHARDS I- Three credits Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three credits MR. RICHARDS A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 2 51. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professors Gasbarro and Moran; Instructors Balshaw, Clark, Friedmann, A. Liva, Sheeder and Waller. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 59. APPLIED MUSIC1 Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band in1 For fees see pages 28, 29. struments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music- Three hours THE STAFF MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS 127 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 126 An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Music- Five credits each course MR. D ETROY, MISS CLARK The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with MR. DETROY J. S. Bach and tracing �WILKES COLLEGE 128 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the .final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113~114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credits each semester MISS CLARK Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. Music 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern sympho..1ic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. ANALYSIS-Two credits MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. COUNTERPOINT-Three credits A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. 218. MR. MORAN CHORUS-One-half credit each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ARRANGING--Two credits BAND-One-half credit each semester The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. 129 ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. credits MR. GASBARRO The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Music 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two Music Education En. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. MORAN A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. Mus. En. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Mus. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR.MORAN A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. �WILKES COLLEGE 130 Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL Music MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. DETROY AND MR. MORAN The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR. FRIEDMANN per semester A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an. introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE credits per semester METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits MR. MORAN The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. TEACHING--Four THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. NURSING EDUCATION Associate Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Conboy, Dieffenbach, Klein, M. Riley, Seeherman and Speicher. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE AND WILKES COLLEGE Lebanon Valley College and Wilkes College have entered into a cooperative program whereby nurses working in the vicinity of Annville and Lebanon may earn a degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College by taking their academic credits on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and their professional credits at Wilkes, either in extension at the Hospital or in residence at Wilkes-Barre. The usual residence requirements for a degree in Nursing Education may be satisfied by taking one-half the work on the campus at Lebanon Valley College and the other one-half at Wilkes College. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NuRSING--Two credits MISS JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music 131 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 104. COMMUNITY RESOURCES-Two credits MISS JESSEE A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health, and social welfare of the citizens of the commun1t y. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two credits MISS JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. �132 PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of advisor. N.E. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. The courses may be selected from these two fields as desired by the student. Phil. 101 and Rel 101 will not count for credit toward a major. Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VuJICA An introduction to the main problems of philosophy: the nature of the universe; the origin of life; the nature of mind and soul; the freedom of the will; the sources, nature and validity of knowledge. The main types of philosophy, such as Materialism, Idealism, Realism, Pragmatism are also discussed. PHIL. 101. INTRODUCTION TO 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two credits each semester MISS CONBOY 115. OBSTETRIC NuRSING--Two credits Professor Vujica, chairman, Assistant Professor Parmenter; Instructor Friedlander and Schindler. Miss JESSEE Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. N.E. MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. PHIL. 102. LoGIC-Three credits MR. VUJICA The objective of the course is to familiarize the student with the elementary principles of clear and effective thinking by the study of the nature and rules of both deductive and inductive reasoning as well as the principles of scientific methodology. PHIL. 203. INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL N.E. 133 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING--Two credits ETHICS-Three credits DR. KLEIN MR. PARMENTER Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. Formalism, Utilitarianism, Self-realizationism and other great ethical systems are discussed. The application of moral principles to social, economic and political life. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NURSING--Two credits THE STAFF Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NuRsING--Two credits Miss JACKSON An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N.E. N. E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits RELIGION-Three credits MR. VUJICA A philosophic scrutiny of the phenomenon religion. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; examination of arguments for God's existence; the interpretation of good and evil in the world; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF AESTHETICS-Three credits THE STAFF Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of beauty in arts; the meaning of beauty judgments and the processes of appreciation. An investigation of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be beautiful. PHIL. 205. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits MISS JACKSON MR. PARMENTER The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. A discussion of fundamental principles underlying social and political institutions. The theories of Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau, �134 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hume, Burke, Hegel, Bentham, Mill and others will be examined. Special attention to the contemporary scene. 135 gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF HISTORY-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of the principal interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Rousseau, Nietzsche, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Wundt, Spengler, Toynbee, Schweitzer, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning and purpose of historical events. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA A study of the types of literature found in the New Testament. Problems of language and authorship. The religious teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VUJICA The most important systems of philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Seventeenth century rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz). Eighteenth century empiricism (Locke, Berkeley, Hume). Kant's criticism and Hegel's idealism. PostKantian and post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Assistant Professor Reese, chairman; Instructor Bubeck. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THOUGHT-Three credits MR. PARMENTER The principal trends in twentieth century philosophies. The contributions of Bergson, James, Dewey, Santayana, Croce, Russell, Whitehead, Heidegger, Maritain and other recent and contemporary philosophers to the problems and ideas characteristic of the age. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. Religion REL. 101. MAN'S RELIGIONS-Three credits THE STAFF Nature and origin of religion. Significant founders and leaders of the great historical and living religions. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals. A comparison of the most important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the religious thought and practice of the early Hebrews. Codes and critical analysis of the writings of the Old Testament. Comparative studies are made of the Douay, King James, and Jewish translations of the Old Testament. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits THE STAFF A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is placed upon the Prophetic and Post-Exilic periods of Hebrew history. The The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical coordination and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION THE STAFF This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �136 137 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYSICS PHYS. Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel, Thomas; Instructor Krutchkoff. MR. KRUTCHKOFF 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three credits A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration three hours a week. PHYS. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One credit PHYS. THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. THOMAS Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Hibbard and Welsh. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P.S. 100 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits THE STAFF An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory. Fee: $15 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. This course is a broad, comprehensive introduction to political science. All the subdivisions of political science are presented simply and clearly and the interrelationships of these subdivisions are shown. These commonly recognized fields of political science are covered: Political theory, American government, comparative governments, public administration, political parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the National Government of the United States emphasizing the constitutional and legal foundations, the structure and agencies of the government, the consequent growth of public administration and the scope and diversity of national government programs and functions. Prequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 201-202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW-Three credits each semester MR. MAILEY AND MR. HIBBARD A course intended to show the growth of our Constitution by the case study method. The underlying principles of federalism and the changing constitutional position of the states are particularly emphasized. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. �P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 and Soc. 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits 139 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE 138 MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three credits MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GovERNMENT- Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Gaito; Instructors Kanner and Krasno. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the �140 WILKES COLLEGE application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields toda.y, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefuUy plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each semester THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also mcluded is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) PsY. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and DESCRIPTION OF COURSES 141 native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 208. HUMAN BEHAVIOR-Three credits THE STAFF Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougaU, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 arid one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. �142 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under superV1S1on. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. trade names. Identification, testing of .fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor Michman. 143 CONTROL-Three credits The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING THE STAFF BuYING--Three credits Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which includeRet. 101,102,207,212,214,224. RETAILING--Three credits MR. MICHMAN A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location, store organization, and personnel practices. The relationship of the retailer to the manufacturer, to the consumer, to the government, to the community, and to competitors is analyzed. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. MICHMAN Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special_ emphas_is is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertiseme~ts. Elements of_ the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrat10ns, and select10n of media are analyzed. THE STAFF RELATIONS-Three credits Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. SECRETARIAL STUDIES SELLING 1-Three credits MR. MICHMAN Techniques of retail selling including practical sales demonstrations. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques of increase sales; and building permanent business. RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits THE STAFF Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF 1 Credit will not be given if credit for B.A. 214 has been received. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Gera, Hoover, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. �144 WILKES COLLEGE S.S. 101-102. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING S.S. 113-114. Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester MR.HOOVER Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tL apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. S.S. 106. SHORTHAND1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING1-Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $1 0 each course. S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits Jhorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MR. GERA Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previousry taken S.S.101-102. ADVANCED 145 SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. S.S. 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING2-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. AccouNTING-Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. GERA Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 200. MEDICAL S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MR. GERA, MR. HoovER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commer2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. �146 cial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Soc. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN S.S. 243. Soc. 230 SOCIAL BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, L. Mui, Yarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Soc. 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY- Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; e~ects o_f urban life upon s?c_:ial organization and personality patterns; maJor soCial problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. PROBLEMS- Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an exam- . ination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY- Three credits MRS. MUI Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three credits MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies ~nd methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and reqmrements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 255. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the field of social psychology. S~cia~ factor~ in human nature; psychology of individual differences; soCial interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits A study of the influences on personality that_ derive fr~m group a1_1d cultural sources. Comparative study of personality format10n under d~fferent cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization ar:id reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 265. INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRY- Three credits LIFE- Three credits MR. SYMMONS MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family ,in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and oroblems of adjust• ment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF 147 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES WILKES COLLEGE ANTHROPOLOGY- Three credits MRS. MUI MR. SYMMONS An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Fossil man and modern races; origin and development of culture. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. �148 WILKES COLLEGE DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. instruction; consideration of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. Soc. 275. GROUP RELATIONS IN THE MoDERN WoRLDThree credits MR. SYMMONS A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 280. Mo.DERN SOCIOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUNDThree credits MR. SYMMONS The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related .fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaining certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits Driver ~nd pedestrian responsibilities, sound driving practices; society's responsibilities; what makes the automobile go; driver and pedestrian attitudes; city driving; open-road driving; adjusting driving to conditions; road training; bicycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of driving school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three credits The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integration of safety material with the social studies program; techniques of SAFETY 149 SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits Inspection and testing programs in the secondary schools; broadening of techniques of instruction; practical means of developing the safety attitude; a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The course will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY EDU- CATION-Three credits A discussion of the problems, procedures, principles and techniques involved in the organization, administration and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school administrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. SAFETY 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three credits Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that that interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATIONThree credits Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �The Evening Division To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who, while employed, desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College has organized the Evening Division. A wide program of courses is offered each semester from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening Division are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5·. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. All students who register for evening courses are classed as special students. Upon such a student's completion of thirty semester hours, his high school transcript and his record as a special student will be evaluated at his request, and he may then be registered as a degree candidate. No student, however, may expect to count toward an undergraduate degree more than thirty credits earned as a special student. Students who do not seek a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. Although it is advisable, when possible, for each student registering to have first completed his high school course, the lack of part or all high school training does not debar an applicant from the advantages of the practical training of the College, provided he is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic failure will be permitted to register for evening school, nor will such student receive credit for subsequent work done in evening school. Any exception to this regulation must be approved by the Deans. Whenever a student's record of achievement indicates that he is not obtaining sufficient benefit to justify continued study, the College may request that he withdraw from the Evening Division. TRAINING PROGRAM - LECTURE SERIES 151 MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM To fill a need in the community, Wilkes College offers a program for the development of managerial skills among foremen and others who aspire to become part of the management group. The needs of each company are analyzed and, in consultation with officials, foremen and others in the company, a program is arranged to meet the general and specific requirements of the personnel in the company. The program is arranged in periods of 16 weeks in which the participants meet once a week at the College during the day or evening for a two hour session. Special Community Lecture Series As a community college, Wilkes feels obligated to provide opportunities for adults to continue their education. Ir therefore offers, in the Evening Division, an introductory program in adult education, from which it believes positive good will result. Community members who register for one of the lecture courses in the series meet one evening a week throughout the ten or fifteen weeks the course is in session. They do not receive regular college credit. Given each semester, the lectures cost considerably less than the regular undergraduate courses at the College. The present program includes series in current events and art for business and professional persons. Further information concerning the program may be secured from the Director of Admissions. �INDEX Index Accounting, Four-year Program ........ ·•······································-·· ······ ················ ···· 64 Description of Courses............................ .......................................................... 87 Accreditment, Wilkes College.... .............................................................................. 23 Adminstration, Officers of................ ........................................................................ 8 Admission, Requirements for........ ................. ......... ................................................ 23 Advanced Standing .... ........ ............... ..... ... ........................... .................................... 24 Aid, Types of...... ........................................................................................................ 39 Anthropology ................. ... ........ .................................................................... ............ 146 Art, Art Education, Four-year Programs ............ ................................................ 56, 75 Description of Courses...................................................................................... 88 Assen1bly Committee .................................................................................... ............ 36 Athletics .... ........ .................... .................... ....................................... ......................... 37 Attendance ...... ...... ........ ........... ........ .. ... .... .............. ................................. .. ..... .......... 27 Awards .................................... ................................................ ................ .... .............. 44 Band .................................................................. ........ ...................... ........................ 36, 128 Bachelor of Arts, General Requirements for............ ................ ..... ...... .. ............... 53 Four-year Programs .. ... ........ ........... ... ............ ........ .............. .. ....... ....... ............ 55 Bachelor of Science, Art Education .................................... .... ................ ................ 75 Business Education................................................................ ... .... ........ ............. 71 Chemistry .. .................... .. .. ...... .. .......... .............. ...................... ............ ... ... .. .. ...... 60 Commerce and Finance General Requirements ............................................................................ 63 Four-year Programs .... ......................... .. ..................... ........ .... ..... ... ...... .... 64 Education Four-year Program, Elementary.............................................................. 70 Four-year Program, Secondary........................ ................. ................. ........ 69 Engineering Programs-Common Freshman Year.... ...... ..... ..................... .. ........... ... 76 Aeronautical ... ......... ........ ................ ................ .............................. .... 77 Chemical ........ ............................... ................... .. .. .............................. 77 Civil .................................................................................................. 78 Electrical .... ............ .......... .. ............... ......... ........ .... ...... ........ ......... .. . 78 Industrial .......................................................................................... 79 Mechanical .... .. .......... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ................................... ......... 79 Medical Technology..... ................. ... ............................................ .................... 62 Music Education .... .......................................................................................... 73 Natural Sciences, Four- and Two-year Programs ................................................ 60, 61 Nursing Education ............................................................................................ 74 Biology, Four-year Program... ............. ...................................................................... 57 Description of Courses.... .... .......................................................... ............. ....... 92 Business Adminstration, Four-year Program................................ .................... .. .... 65 Description of Courses........ ............................ .................................. ................ 94 Business Education ........................... ....................................................................... 71 Careers Library .................... .. .. ... ..... .... ... ....... ........ ............. ......... .......... ............ .... .... 32 Chemistry, Four-year Program.................................................................... .............. 60 Description of Courses ...... ................................ ................................................ 98 Choral Club ............................ ........ ................. ..................................................... 37, 128 Clubs .................................................................................................. .... .................... 37 Commerce and Finance........ .... .................................................................................. 63 Community Lecture Series ........... ............................. .............................................. 151 Community Programs .................... ........ ........ .......................................................... 33 Consultation Service .... ........ .................................................................................... 33 Counseling .............................................................................................................. 26, 32 153 Curricula ........ ...... .................................................................................................. ... . 23 Debating .... ....................................................... ............................. ........ ...... ............. . 37 Degrees, Taking of ............................ ....................... ..... ............................ .... ........... . 26 Description of Courses ................. ..... ...................... .................... .............. ............... . 86 Dramatics ........ ........ ........................ ...................................................... ................... . 36 Economics, Courses in...... ....................... .............. .... .... ..... ... .... ...... ..... ....... .... .... .... 101 Education Courses in (see also B.S. in Education) ............................ ................ 105 Employm;nt, Student ........................................................................................... 34, 41 Engineering, Courses in (see also B.S. in Engineering).......... ...................... .... 110 English, Courses in.................... .................... ................ .................. ...... ............... ..... 112 Evening Division ........... ......... .................................... ............ .................................. 150 Extension Classes ........ ....... ..... .. ..... ....... ..... ....... .......................................... .. ............ 23 Faculty ..... ................................................................ ................... ............................. lO Faculty Committees ................. .......... ..... ........ ....... .... ... ...... ..... .... ... .... .. .................... 16 Fees .................................................................... .................... .... .......... .. ..................... 28 Fees, Payment of. ............................... ............ ..... ......................... .......... .................... 30 French, Courses in .................... .................... .. .............. ................ .... ................ ........ 116 General Information .... ........ .... .... ........ .......... ...... .... ........ .... ........ ............ .... .... .... .... 22 General Science.... ........ .................. ...... ................ ........... ..... .... ............... ..... ................ 121 German, Courses in ........ .......... .. ............................... -.......... .................. .......... ...... 118 Grades ........................................................................................................................ 24 Graduation, Requirements for.... ......................... ........... ........ .................................. 25 History, Courses in .................................................................................................... 121 Hygiene, Course in........ .............................. ...... ........ .............................. ...... ............ l35 ~~~~:a~f:~:~~i;~~ ~:~ . ~~~~~~~~::: : : : : : : : : : : : : ::: :::: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :: 1~: Laboratory and Medical Technology, Program in ............................................. 62, 81 Liberal Arts, Requirements for Majors .............................................................. .... 54 Liberal Arts, Selection of Major................. ............... ................ .... .......... ................ 53 Library ........................................................................................................................ 27 Lockers .................................................................................................................. 35 Madrigal Singers ...................................................................................................... 37 Majors, Requirements for (see Individual Subjects) Marketing (see Retailing) ........................................................................................ 142 Math;~:::f;~i::~~-~~~r;:s~~.~~~::: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 1 Medical Technology, Program in ...................... .......................................... ......... 62, ~!~! Musirie!~;;rae:~n~!~::·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 126 Music Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Music Education) ......... ..... ...... 129 Non-credit Program (see Community Lecture Series) Nursing Education, Courses in (see also B.S. in Nursing Education) ............ .... 131 Orchestra ............................................................................................................... 37, 128 Orientation Program .... .... ............ ............ ... ..... .... ............ .... .................... ............... . 33 Part-time Study ........... ........ ................................ ..... .... ............ .............................. •··· 50 Philosophy, Courses in ........................... ................... ............................................... . 133 Physical Education and Hygiene, Courses in .................... ..................................... . 135 Physics, Two-year Program ....................................................................................... . 61 Description of Courses .... ................ ................................................. ................ . 136 Placement Service ..................................................................................................... . 34 Point Average ........................................................................................................... . 24 Political Science, Courses in ................ ... ... .......... .................................. ................... . 137 Pre-dental Course, Two-year Program ......................... ...... ............. ....................... . 82 Three-year Program ................ ........................ ............................................... . 83 �154 WILKES COLLEGE -- ·- ·---- - -·7 i ~ I .. - __ __j _ 0 0 . ---~J01-0 ;:r ~, ~=:=;=:f,~fi.1.c~~~ ffi > i: -:~ . --. . ;;;;~~ [~=~=-- .-·-·-·-·~d1~ -.. .~ _ . . - JI c-- - _ ~---~:a11 1-: ~1~-►-<-',~--'_ (/) w ~ _J :c IS -_ , .._-!.--- , _ - lr \.·1 I ' .tl.l.S ; ! , , H.Ln 3 �.c: ~ ::s .c: .. ~ ~ ~ 26 Probation 46 Professions and Vocations, Preparation 25 Promotion, Minimum Requirements 139 Psychology, Courses 37 Publications, Student 30 Refunds 26 Registration 134 Religion, Courses 67 Retailing, Four-year Program ................... .. .... ............ ...................... . Description of Courses .......... ...... .................... .......................................... ....... . 142 148 Safety, Courses 39 Scholarships 68 Secretarial Studies, Four-year 84 Two-year Program 143 Description of Courses ... Social Science, Major 53 146 Sociology and Anthropology, Courses 119 Spanish, Courses Student Activities 36 34 Student Employment 36 Student Government 32 Student Welfare 28 Summer-school Credits 111 Surveying 69 Teacher Certification, 70 Business Music ............ ............ .................... . 73 Nursing 74 Teaching (see B.S. in Education, Art Education, Business Education, Music Education, Nursing Education) Terminal Courses ........ ......................... .................. ................................... ................ 80 ·Transfer of Credits.... ............................... ........... ........ .............................................. 27 Trustees, Board of.................................................................................................... 6 ·Tuition ............ ................ .................................................................................. .... .... 28 Wilkes College, In Perspective ............................................................. ..... ............ 18 Withdrawals ....... .. ....... ....... ............................. .... ................................................ .... 26, 30 ~ ~ I -5 ~ ~ :; 8-5 >u .0 ·[:;::,?:-~~~Q) w O ~;.~ ] ·~ ~ ~ -~ t; ~ ~ ~ '>.:E ·.:; ..¥ ~ 0 ... ..0 • V) Q) ... .c:a.u"io ::s :;;>- c:1.!! g- ~ .c:"'O"" -~ _g 0: "io .!!! N ..!!! ,.. '-°t;>O. v, t; ·3: t; ! t; 1: ·;: IQ E ...: ... a,·-"' ... a,.c:.C: v,u:...,::cou:uuOt- I ~ ·- -·-·_,._.J i ..~ I " ~ . ·-·_j. Q) · - ---, (0 Q) 0 aiuciu.iu:cix..:...;~ a: w ~~ -] filf0 ~ a:> Q) V C: .,, z ·5 ! z C> I 01 .!: = <{ IQ ::, ~-;; = ·5= ~ Cl o::C E Cl> E oc,E U .:! ::I:=m IQ::C o ... IQ~::C..¥ ~::c IQ 01 ~ = >01'-C:..OIQa,"i"' g_·~ ~::c gi:.s ~ :;~ E~= ::l= IQ E IQ IQ ~·= 1/) ~ a ~ ~ 0 u ffi > ii: ·-·-~[ ~1'~ -~ ·- . ci;~~a:~880~ c,;o~<'irti-.iao-or..: .-NC"4NNNNNN --;;"io - =- ~ IQ-;; _::t:::C -;; ::I:::c .!:_::c ~ -·· <( ( >< ~ C: .c: C: • w wi ?; jg ·- ·- -· ~ ,. .J ~ LLO ~ ~ ~~ J~~~vi~~oJ ~~iD---1:~ ~~·-·-· -~-·-~~1~ ~~·;~~a~~~ u~ ~ ~ ~ a~-~,s ~ O~NM-.iao-or..:co ~ ............... ,... ............... i--....- -~:- - ~~ • -··--·-· x~C__ C: 1 5oL· ··· .... ~~r --~·/ ~ ·c"' ·e .,, ~... IQ ::c Gi >-::c IQ ::c Cl) IQ ...... Q) ~e: e: E..!!!~~ ~] IQ.C: IQ IQ ~66~~.i;~~o: ~ C'i rti ..; ari -o r..: co c,; (/) 0 (/) L., 0 Z ~ ~ Q ~ ~ ~ p:.l ~ ~Uo:l l' ~ s ·c._ .. :·;i -i..,~~\ ' . _1· ~ r ~. , , I ,. ·1 I di -~ te <{ ~ ~ ~ -· "'. ·-· . . .- :i:,·· ~ l .-' :I: ==;; m~=;;==;;=-:: ::c .= ::c ::c C: IQ I 0 I!- ... .. Q) :l J i ,i.r ~o_JIDOU ::, ~ I , o 0 VI I- <ll gia:"' gi1:6 a: gi Cl) w rni ~o..i!t!3 0 • w a: w :::I .. ~ ~t~·~-~-t\S. . ~ - ---·· -- .. IQ.~~ ~ <( ·- ·- ·--·-·-·- ·- e ... -.:-;;..¥E::e ~ e:~J::c ~ ~~~ i w a::: -- II :J: (/) w :!C _) ~ - . ~ - J si11 ~ ·-: '--•·--•"· ·~ ·-· I I~ . -•~ t.', __ .• i: I : ~ .: ~~ d ~ ~:i i � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1959-1960 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1959-1960 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/89a98c839edd317cb567c16c3db21a7b.pdf bbca0ed2b058e748e9fc60e2d9445201 PDF Text Text �J~~S - COLLEGE u tin 1960-1961 �L D 00 -, kl J a I &o a /" --- ES COLLEGE u tin 1960-1961 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS-1960-61 Vol. IX �College Calendar SUMMER SESSION - 1960 Wednesday, June 15 to Friday, June 17 Registration Monday, June 20 Classes begin Monday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 12 Summer School ends FIRST SEMESTER - 1960 Monday, September 12 to Friday, September 16 Orientation for Freshmen Wednesday, September 14 Registration for Upperclassmen Thursday, September 15 Registration for Freshmen Monday, September 19 Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, October 15 Homecoming, Wilkes vs. Ursinus Saturday, October 29 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, November 2 Mid-semester reports Monday, November 7 to Friday, November 11 Registration Wednesday, November 23 Thanksgiving recess begins at noon Monday, November 28 Thanksgiving recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, December 17 Christmas recess begins at noon Tuesday, January 3, 1961 Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, January 14 Classes end Monday, January 16 to Tuesday, January 24 Examination period College Calendar SECOND SEMESTER-1961 Friday, January 27 All-College Registration Monday, January 30 Classes begin at 8 :00 a.m. Saturday, March 11 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 15 Mid-semester reports Monday, March 20 to Friday, March 24 Registration Tuesday, March 28 Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Tuesday, April 4 Easter recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Sunday, May 7 Parents Day Saturday, May 20 Classes end Monday, May 22 to Wednesday, May 31 Examination period Saturday, June 3 Alumni Day Sunday, June 4 Baccalaureate Monday, June 5 Commencement SUMMER SESSION Wednesday, June 14 to Friday, June 16 Registration Monday, June 19 Classes begin Tuesday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 11 Summer School ends 1961 �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Higher education is the area wherein men of conviction are brought together in their search for know ledge. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. Education at Wilkes In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the Faculty as a guide to learning. �Contents College Calendar . 2 Education at Wilkes 4 An Educated Man . 5 10 Admissions Expenses Policies and Objectives of the College 13 . Financial Assistance 17 Registration . 23 . . Counseling 27 Educational Resources 29 Student Activities 31 Athletics 34 Student Regulations 35 Curricula . 39 . . . Faculty Requirements 42 Graduation 47 Advanced Study . 50 College and Community. 51 Degree Programs 55 Terminal Programs 82 Description of Courses 87 Board of Trustees . 152 . Officers of Administration 154 Assistants in Administration 155 Faculty . . 156 Map of College Campus . . Facing Page 164 Index . . . . . . . . . . 165 Admissions Expenses Financial Assistance Registration �Wilk~es College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. From its inception the college has been dedicated to twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With ~esponsibility came ,a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the Faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the students will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Admission Requirements ADMISSIONS - Page 11 school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $5.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD ADMISSION TESTS Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested m studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. Admission tests are given in Stark Hall at 9:00 A.M. on two Saturdays of each month from October through May. Information on the testing dates may be obtained from the Director of Admissions. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS PERSONAL INTERVIEWS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations to determine the applicant's readiness for college work. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high Although a personal interview with each student is not required, the Admissions Officer reserves the right to request an interview with a candidate for admission. Students and their families are cordially invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. Students may substitute College Board Examinations when it is more convenient to take these tests than to make a special trip to Wilkes-Barre. �Page 12 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately and students are required to forward a .$50.00 tuition deposit by June 1 in order to guarantee their entry into the College. This deposit will be applied toward the tuition charges for the first semester. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser wilJ counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. Faculty policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Freshmen who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination, or upon approval by the department or departments concerned. Although the student will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. Expenses TUITION AND FEES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $325.00 per semest~r. .\ student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $22.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student activities fee of $22.00 will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $22.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. The cost of individual instruction in music is $50.00 for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. For a fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons on string and wind instruments in groups consisting of no fewer than three and of no more than five students the fee will be $44.00. In the sciences and the secretarial studies nominal fees are charged for laboratory work. There are no fees for library or the Town and Gown concert series. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged . 22.00 per semester hour. A fee of $22.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Students may arrange with the Finance Office for deferred payments. A service fee of $1.00 for each course is charged. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $22.00 per semester hour of study. �Page 14 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN EXPENSES - Page 15 CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE REFUNDS Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students through the American Casualty Company, Reading, Pennsylvania. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $8.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $17.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for the full College term and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under exceptional conditions. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board PAYMENTS Payments or plans for financing must be completed with the Finance Office in Parrish Hall before registration. DEFERRED PAYMENTS Students wishing to defer their payments shall consult and complete arrangements with the Comptroller prior to registration. The local banks now have excellent plans for financing a college education, but the College will arrange for deferred payments when necessary. Under the College plan $100.00 will be paid prior to registration and supplementary payments are to be made as follows: One-fourth One-fourth One-fourth One-fourth on on on on or or or or about October 15 or February 15 about November 15 or March 15 about December 15 or April 15 about January 15 or May 15 A service charge of $5. 00 per term will be added for deferred payments. DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are six men's and six women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a faculty proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to 1inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets, towels, and linen. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $375.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health and accident insurance at a cost of $25.00. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. �Financial Assistance Page 16 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ESTIMATE OF EXPENSES Items of personal expense vary according to each student's habits and circumstances. Below is an estimate of certain basic expenses for the college year: Tuition and General Expenses Commuting Students Dormitory Students . . . . $650 $ 650 100 100 8 25 Total ......................... . $758 $1525 Tuition .......................... Room and Board .............. .... Books, Supplies, Fees* ........ ... .. Insurance ......................... 750 Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Book Store, Harding House. The book store is operated on a cash basis. To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide ·cholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate in a campus activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. COLLEGE COMMONS The Commons serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Committee on Scholarships. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. • The amount is higher or lower depending upon the student's curriculum. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 Page 18 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 3. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 4. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship. 5. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 6. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in the program of the College. 7. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. loans the applicant must be a full-time student. Application forms may be received at the College. The federal fund is of particular advantage to prospective teachers, as one-half the sum to be repaid annually will be cancelled for each year of teaching. The College also administers a rotating fund for student loans. In accepting these rotating funds the student must recognize an obligation for annual repayment to the College. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. Employment 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. This completed application should be submitted to the Director of Admissions before April 1. College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. ' The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. 4. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal references from three teachers or other members of the community. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April 1. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. PART-TIME Elvf PLOYMENT CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT Loans The College participates m the National Defense Student Loan Program. In order to be eligible to receive these federal The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. �Founders of Scholarships Page 21 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Each year some 700 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. ADOLPH HERSKOWITZ MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. THE RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. MR. ANDREW J. SORDONI has endowed a scholarship which will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. THE JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. �Registration Page 22 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. In . announcing the donors of these scholarships, the College also . wishes to acknowledge its appreciation to the donors. Frank E. Baldwin C~. Barre Footwear Co. Central Slipper Co., Inc. Custom Products Eastern Pennsylvania Supply Co. First-Second National Bank & Trust Co. of W illus-Barre Fowler,Dick and Walker Fowler & Williams Franconi Auto Parts Franklin Federal Savings & Loan Assn. General Roofing Co. Glen Alden Corp. C. F. Goeringer Construction Co., Inc. Harry F. Goeringer & Sons George W. Guckelberger Kanaar Corp. Lester Pontiac Melody Shoe Corp. Miners National Ba.nk Frank E. Parkhurst, Inc. Penna. Power & Light Co. Pioneer Manufacturing Co. Planters Nut & Chocolate Co. ]. B. Post Co. Triangle Shoe Stores Northeastern Pennsylvania National Bank & Trust Co. Wilkes-Barre Iron & Wire Works Wyoming National Bank of Wilkes-Barre Walben, Inc. Every student is expected to register term on dates specified in the College senting himself for registration after registration will pay a late registration at the beginning of each calendar. A student prethe time designated for fee of $5.00. �Student Li£e at the College Counseling Educational Resources Student Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling Studying at Wilkes The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the Faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the Faculty discuss with them: I. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extra-curricular program. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 28 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans• Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Educational Resources THE LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the gift of Allen P. Kirby, houses the College library. Students and faculty use the resources of its periodical and reference rooms and depend on the more than 50,000 volumes and some 400 current periodicals and journals for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the , instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8:00 A.M. to 9:30 P.M. and on Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; on Saturday from 1:00 P.M. to 4:00 P.M. During vacation periods the hours are 9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; during examination periods from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. The services of the two community libraries, the Osterhout Free Library in Wilkes-Barre and the Hoyt Library in Kingston, are also available to students. SCIENCE FACILITIES Stark Hall, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark and completed in 1958, houses the science departments of the college. These facilities include 5 physics laboratories completely equipped for studies in all fields of the physical sciences; 5 chemical laboratories equipped for instruction and research in all fields of chemistry; 5 biology laboratories completely equipped for instruction and research in the biological sciences. In addition to the completely equipped class laboratories in each department, there are thirteen faculty offices equipped for research, two photographic dark rooms, animal rooms, greenhouse facilities, and student research rooms available for undergraduate studies. �Page 30 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN RESEARCH Research in the sciences has included such varied work as allergy research sponsored by the National Institutes of Health, Education and Welfare; immunochemical research sponsored by the Pennsylvania Heart Association; basic research on plant development sponsored by the National Science Foundation; and basic research in protozoology sponsored by the National Science Foundation. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The Faculty encourages a program of extra-curricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band; Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the Faculty. All women students are members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The Faculty discourages the formation of campus organizations that are not open to all students, and groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT c;ovERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and �Page 32 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year-four cu ts. Junior year-eight cut&. Senior year-fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. Publications The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the A mnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the student publications. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. Page 33 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES Tuition Stipends for the Staffs of the Amnicola and Beacon Based on Years of Service POSITION YEARS OF SERVICE 4 3 2 Editors-in-Chief ...... $650.00 $485.00 $430.00 Business Managers ... } Special Editors ...... 485.00 325.00 215.00 �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: 1. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting students are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking sticker will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and sophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student act1v1ty is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The Faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in such cases, the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans explaining his absence. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 36 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The Faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The Academic Program of the College Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Faculty Requirements Graduation Advanced Study College and Community �Curricula Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a uni verse ruled by truth. Thought has roots in the world of human experience. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's creative interests. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. The Faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. The Faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. DEGREE PROGRAMS Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural ,ciences. The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, medical technology, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, art, business, music, and nursing education. FXGINEERING AND PHYSJCS Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the physics and engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. It is possible that before 1961 the physics program will be extended to include the full four years of study required for the Bachelor 's degree. TERMINAL PROGRAMS tudents may earn terminal Certificates in the two-year secretarial and pre-dental curricula, in addition to the three-year pre-dental program. GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN EDUCATION Wilkes is cooperating with two universities, Bucknell and Temple, to bring to the area graduate programs in education. The Bucknell University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in Education and satisfies the requirements of the Commonwealth in guidance and administration. Courses are offered in the evening. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under the cooperative program existing between Wilkes and the two universities, all credits are guaranteed by the universities. �Page 40 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN CURRICULA - Page 41 Details of these graduate programs may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. EVENING DIVISION The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classe~ which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: I. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. . 5. Indivi~uals_ "":ishing to broaden their knowledge or to mnca e their skill m certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans. SUMMER SCHOOL The ~acuity ~ffers se~ected courses during an eight week summer sess10n, which begms in the third week of June. 1\ student from another college who wishes to take summer w_ork at ~il~es secure the approval of the proper officer of his own mst1tut10n 1£ he expects to receive credit for such work. :nus~ �Faculty Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades and a subscript E for English usage are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ............ . .. . .... . .. Superior 3 ..... . ................. Very good FACULTY REQUIREMENTS - Page 4~ COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific 11-umber of credits. For example, English 101 is a $ credit cou,r:5_e and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that ~he class meets per week. POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. 2 ........ .. ............ . Good I ..... . ...... . .......... Passing 0 ....................... Failing An E subscript is given with the grade for the course when the written or oral English of the student is below standard. If the student at the end of any term is judged deficient by two or more instructors of subjects other than English, he must complete satisfactorily an additional course in English composition. This cour e shall be taken during the term immediately following, if possible, but under any circumstance it must be taken during the following year. No student is eligible for graduation unless he is deemed competent in the use of the English language. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the sixth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. Co1113l' Credit H rs. Carried Grade Bio. 100 ................. . 3 Eng. 101 .................. 3 fr. 101 ................... ,>9. Hist. 101 ................. 3 .Mus. 100 .................. 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 4 Points Credit Hrs. Passed 12 3 3 9 3 2 I 0 6 3 3 3 0 0 Total credit hrs. passed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Total points earned ....................... 30 Averagt ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 ~ otice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in music means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be aclde<l to the total. Graduation from the College requires that a student maintain a 1.85 over-all average and a 2.0 over-all average in his major field. �Page 44 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN FACULTY REQUIREMENTS - Page 45 CLASS STANDING WITHDRAWALS Marks and averages determine whether or not a student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in college. The Faculty requires that the student earn the following averages to advance from class to class: Class Average Sophomore ......................................... 1.4 Junior ............................................. 1.7 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.85 PROBATION A student who does not meet these requirements and who wishes to remain in college must petition the Deans' Probation and Evaluation Committee and convince them that he merits another opportunity. All petitions must be submitted by July 20. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence i deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Students may change their courses during the first two weeks ol a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course alter the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. o student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Deans and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load for the course of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with Physical Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hours. Any student wishing to carry an overload must obtain the approval of his adviser and of the Dean. The maximum load for students with a 3.0 average shall be 18 hours, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necesary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The Faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the De~n•s List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.5 or higher. �Page 46 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Requirements for Graduation HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum Laude, a cumulative average of 3.5; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. The Faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: 1. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 1. He must o_btain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 0 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must show competency in speaking and writing English. Students enrolled in terminal programs must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1. 7 for all courses. Engineering and physics students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 10'2, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of I. 7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. �Awards AW ARDS - Page 49 At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate con iclered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. SENIOR AWARDS THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE ANNETTE EVANS AWARD in the humanities and social sciences is granted each year to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS A WARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE A WARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. T/JE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through rhe first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES., INC .., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated out ·tanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the ·ophomore woman 'who has ranked first in her class during her fre hman year. �Advanced Study College and Community PREPARATION FOR PROFESSIONS The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outtanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which t~e College and the Community work with one another for then mutual benefit. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional school. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Library, Law or Theology. Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. GRADUATE PLACEMENT The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To e tablish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and con ideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. �Page 52 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educational program for public officials. By providing training, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the rehabilitation of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Programs and Courses of the College Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. MATHEMATICS FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS Wilkes College, under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation, has offered for high school teachers classroom instruction intended to increase the competence of teachers in the subject matter of mathematics and the natural sciences. Particular emphasis is on topics in the new mathematics and science of the twentieth century. WILKES-BARRE PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the a:gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. The professional leadership, as well as a number of the members, comes from the department of music of the College. FINE ARTS FIESTA The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Terminal Programs Description of Courses �Degree Programs BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences Art English Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in art, biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours �Page 56 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 57 in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. BACHELOR OF ARTS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in. education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for t~e prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in t~e public schools wal receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, pol itical science, and sociology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS HUMANITIES M.ajor Subject Social Sciences Major Humanities Art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . English ....... .... .. Foreign Language ... Mathematics ....... .. Music ........ .... Philosophy-Religion . . . 38 40 32 24 24 28* 34 47 24 15 15 15 15 15 15 31 45 37 Sciences 6 6 6 45 14 30 6 14 6 38 SOCIAL S CIEN CES Major Subject Majo,, Humanities Economics .. . . . ... . .. History . .. Political Science . 24 Sociology .... . . .. 24 24 24 Social Science . ....... 36 ••••• ♦ ••• 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences Sciences 15 15 15 15 6 6 l5 6 6 6 f<t'ee Elective 39 39 39 39 27 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 O I Tit/, Numher Composition ........... .. .. Eng 102 Fundamentals of Speech . . .. . . Eng 131 Foreign Language 2 • • • • • • • • • • Hist. of W. Civilization . . . .. . Hist 102 Al tern ates: Introduction to Music .... . . Mus 100} Physical Science1 ..• • •• • . • . Phys 100 Phys. Ed .... .. .. . ..... . .. . . P .E. 102 Pers . Hyg .. . . . ........ ..... P.E. 106 Cr. 3 2 3 3 3 0 I 15 16 Free Elective 29 35 Second Semester Tit/, Numher Biological Science' . .. ....... Bio 100 Composition ... ..... . ....... Eng 101 Foreign Language2 . . . . . . . . . . Hit. of W. Civilization .. . .. . Hist 101 Alternates: Introduction to Music ..... . Mus 100} Physical Science .. .... . .... Phys 100 Phvs . Ed ...... . .... . ....... P .E . 101 Pers. Hyg ... . .. . .. . .... .. . . P.E. 105 Orientation SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Numher Cr. World Literature . ... . ....... Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 2 . • • • • • • • • • 3 .\I tern ates: Fundamentals of Math .... . Math 101] History of Religions . ... .. . Rel 100 r 3 Intro. to Philosophy3 .. . • • Phil 100 J Alternates :4 Intro. to Economics ... . ... Ee 1001 Intro. co Education .. ... . .. Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science .. P .S. General Psychology ........ Psy 100 Intro. to Sociology . .. . .... Soc 100 Elective ..... . ... . ... .. . . . Phys. Ed . ....... . ..... . .. .. P.E. 103 0 Title Numher Cr . World Literature ....... . . Eng 152 4 Foreign Language2 • • • • • • • 3 Al tern ates: Algebra or Trig ..... . .. Math 107-109} Hist. of Religions .. ... . Rel 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy 3 ••• Phil 100 Al tern ates :4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee 1001 Intro. to Education . . . . Ed 101 Intro. to Political Science . ... ... . .. . . ... P.S . 100 6 General Psychology .... Psy 100 Elective . ......... . ... . Phys. Ed . . ... . . . .. . ..... P.E. 104 0 IOOJ 6 16 j 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours S CI EN CES SENIOR YEAR Major Subject Biology ........ . ... . Psychology .......... Majo1' H11manities 31 24 32 37 Social Sciences 15 15 Scrences Free Elective 31 15 9 35 *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 105, it will count as a free elective. Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours 1 Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, language requirement is through 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 1 During the third and fourth semesters, nine hours must be chosen from the alternates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event that the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence of a major, one or more of the alternates may be delaved, with the approval of the adviser, until the junior year. :! The �Page 58 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 59 BACHELOR OF ARTS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Art Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title First Semester Number Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Basic Art ........... ....... Art 101 Composition .... ..... . ..... Eng 101 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 101 Physical Science .. .......... Phy 100 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 Pers. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 105 Orientation Number Cr. Basic Art ................. Art 102 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Title Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg . .. . ... ...... .... . P.E. 106 3 0 1 Orientation 114 2 3 3 3 0 103 Number Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 104 3 Composition and Color ...... Art 115 2 Title 3 3 3 Language1 . . . • . . • . . • Foreign Electives in Humanities...... Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ..... .............. P.E. 104 Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .. ......... Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem World Literature ..... . ...... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Phvs.Ed ......... ........ . P.E. Cr. 201} 211 3 Number 215 131 2 4 151 6 2 Number Cr. Illustration or .............. Art 202) Title Advertising Design or ....... Art Fine Art ................... Art World Literature ............ Eng Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy ........ . Studio II .... ............. . . 212 216 152 1 3 9 3 3 0 15 Title Number Cr. 204) 214 Illustration or .............. Art Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art Fine Art ................... Art Electives .. ................ . Studio IV ................. . Number Cr. 202 4 230 4 152 4 102 3 104 0 Embryology ................ Bio Organic Chem ............... Chem World Literature ............ Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 221 4 Organic Chem .... .... ....... Chem 231 5 1 Foreign Language •••••••• •• 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Nnmber Genetics ................... Bio Foreign Language1 • . • • • • • . • • Introductory Physics ........ Phys Intro. to Political Science . . .. P.S. Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc Cr. 222 112 100 100 3 3 4 3 3 16 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester 15 1 O 16 SENIOR YEAR Cr. 4 4 Title Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Seventh Semester 203} 213 217 4 121 151 101 103 Title 17 Number 102 106 17 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Fifth Semester 201 0 JUNIOR YEAR Title 109 6 3 3 Fourth Semester Cr. Number 14 14 Illustration or .............. Art Adv. Advanced Design or .... Art Fine Art .................... Art Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Studio III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 102 SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Art . ............... Art 103 3 Illustration or .............. Art Advertising Design or ...... . Art Fine Art . . ................. Art Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng World Literature ..... .... ... Eng Electives in Humanities, .... . Social Science or Psy.. . . . . . . . Studio I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number Cr. 102 4 General Zoology ............ Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ..... .... Chem Composition ................ Eng Trigonometry ............... Math Phys. Ed ... ....... ......... P.E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Title 16 16 16 Compasition and Color ...... Art Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . • Electives in Humanities...... Social Science or Psy. . . . . . . . . Phys. Ed ................... P .E. Second Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 Gen. Inorganic Chem ........ Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............. Math 107 3 Phy . Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Per. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Title Physiology ................. Bio Introduction to Economics ... Ee Foreign Language 1 • • • • • • . • • • Botany, Bio. 111 or Bacteriology, Bio. 211 2 • • • • • • Electives3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 231 100 4 3 3 3-4 3-4 Title Number Cr. 232 3 Ecology ................... Bio History of Biology .......... Bio Foreign Language1 • • • • • • • • • . Botany, Bio. 112 or Bacteriology, Bio. 212 1 • • • • • . Electives 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 262 1 3 3-4 6-7 16-18 level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 The student must take a full year course in botany or bacteriology in the senior year. :1 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. 1 The The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student, through 104 course or an equivalent prescribed by his adviser. Cr. 16-18 218 15 Number �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 61 Page 60 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ....... ......... Eng 102 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • •.. •• . {Math 122} M at h emattcs · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math 125} Mat h emattcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Math 4-5 Math 122 105 Phys. Ed ... ..... . .......... P .E. 101 o Elective .•........ ....... .. . Pers. Hyg .................. P.E . 105 1 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 Orientation Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Biological Science ...... . .... Bio 100 3 ComPosition ................ Eng 101 3 Foreign Language. . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mu ic Theory ............... Mus 101 5 1 Applied Music . . . • • • • . • • • • • 1 Phvs. Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .... ..... .... .. ... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition . ..... ..... .... Eng 102 3 3 Foreign Language .......... . 5 Music Theory ...... ........ Mus 102 1 Applied Music 1 ••.••••• • • . . . 3 Physical Science ............ Pht ~~ 0 Phys. Ed ................... P . . Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 Titu First Semester 14-1 5 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ... ..... . Ee ........ Eng 152 100} 3 World Literature .... Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 Foreign Language1 ••••••••.. World Literature ............ Eng 151 Differential Equations 4 and Infinite Series ......... Math 240 Foreign Language1 . . . • . . .. .. 3 Calculus II .... . ............ Math 126 4 General Physics I .. ..... ... Phys 150 General Psychology .. ...... . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Tit/, 3 Foreign Language .......... . 5 Music Theory ............. . Mus 103 1 1 Applied ~usic ••• : . _. ••••••• Electives 10 Humanmes, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .... . Phys. Ed ...... ............. P.E. 103 0 Number Cr. Title 3 Foreign Language ........ . . . 5 Music Theory .... .. ... .. ... Mus 104 1 Applied Music 1 • • . . • . . . . • . . . Electives in Humanities, 6 Soc. Science or Psych .. .. . Phys. Ed .... .. ............. P.E. 104 0 15 15 Third Semester 15 17 Fifth Semester JUNIOR Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization . . . Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Intro . to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective . ........ ........... 3-6 YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. History of W. Civilization ... Hist 102 3 Mathematics Elective 2 ..•. . • • 3 Intro. to Philosophy ........ Phil 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Elective.................... 3-4 16-19 Seventh Semester SENIOR Number Cr. Title Mathematics Elective2 •••• ••• 3 Intro. to Music ..... .... .... Mus 100 3 9-12 Elective ................... . 15-18 lS-16 YEAR Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Mathematics Elective2 • . . . . . . 3 Elective....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 History of Music ....... ..... Mus 109 3 Applied ~usic 1 . . . •• • : • • • • • • • 1 Electives 10 Humamttes, oc. Science or Psych. . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 History of Music ............ Mus 110 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psych.. . . . . 3 17 15 Tit/, SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Number Cr. Title 2 Applied Mus!c 1 ••••••••••••• 2 Instrumentanon ............ Mus 21S 2 Analysis ................... Mus 217 9 Electives .................. . Cr. Title Number 2 Applied Music 1 ••••••••••••. 2 Orchestration ............... Mus 216 3 Counterpoint ............... Mus 218 9 Electives ...... ....... .. .. . . IS 16 15 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester 1 Private instruction. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 63 Page 62 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY Seventh Semester The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the hwnanities, and the language requirement. Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Alg<:bra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem . . .... Chem 101 4 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 • . .............. {Math 122}4-5 Mathematics Math 105 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Basic Physical Problems ...... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed ...... . ............ P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16-17 Third Semester 125} 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. !nor. Quantitative Analysis ... Chem 121 4 Hise. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 General Physics II ......... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title N11mber Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 Differential Equations and Infinite Series ......... Math 240 General Physics III .......... Phys 152 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15 15-18 Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Tit/, Number Cr. Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 .••.•••••. 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective.................... 3 18 Sixth Semester Title Nrimber Cr. Physical Chemistry .......... Chert 242 4 Foreign Language 1 • • . . . . . . . . 102 or 104 3 Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Eng. 106 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 18 18 I The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 98. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits may be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 153, 154; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Social Sciences and Psychology: 1 1 ine to fifteen credits may be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 100, 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS Wilkes College offers the first two years of work leading toward a major in physics or in engineering physics. The need for men with this type of education is emphasized by the many new problems which have arisen with the application of nuclear energy. The curriculum offers a firm grounding in the fundamentals, without which further study cannot be continued profitably. The course in physics prepares the student for industry, teaching, or research. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Trtle Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 En ineering Problems ........ Engi 100 2 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Elementary German 1 .... . . . . . Ger 101 3 • 2 fathemattcs .............. fMath \Math 122}4-5 105 Phvs. Ed ....... .. ....... ... P .E. 101 0 Pe;.Hvg ....... ......... .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. .... Chem 102 6 Elementary German 1 . . . • . . . . • Ger 102 3 Mathematics2 •••••••••••••• {~:~~ m} General Physics I .......... Phys 150 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .......... .. .... .. P.E. 106 17-18 4 4 1 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 105 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 134 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed ...... ... .... .. .... P.E. 101 0 Title Number Cr. Engineering Drawing ........ Engi 106 2 Amer. Hisrory since 1865 .... Hist 108 3 2 Mathematics • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Math 240 4 Mechanics I, Statics ......... M.E. 3-6 Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... M.E. 212 General Physics III . . . ... . .. Phys 152 4 0 Phys. Ed .......... ..... . ... P.E. 104 17 16-19 l 18 Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Inorg. Quan. Analysis ....... Chem 122 5 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 152 4 Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 1 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . 3 Chemistry Elective . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qua!. Anal. ... Chem 102 Composition ................ Eng 102 . M at h emat1cs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 122 General ,Physics I .......... Phys 150 Phys. Ed ... . ............... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 SENIOR YEAR Tit!, Number Cr. ualirarive Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 H1 cory of Chemistry ........ Chem 261 1 \\'er World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . • . . . 3 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 }211 Jntermediate or scientific German rcay be substituted when the student is qualified. 2 ee paragraph on Mathematics under Bachelor of Science in Chemistry. �Page 64 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 65 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Number Cr. General Zoology ...... .... . Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra .. . ....... .. Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg . ............ ... . . P.E. 105 1 Title The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop ound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program farulty advisers assist each student in the choice of his major and elective studies. Second Semester Title Number C,, General Zoology .... ....... Bio 102 4 Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. ... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry ......... Math 109 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .......... .... .... P.E. 106 I 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Title Nmnber Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. Chem 121 4 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Hist. ofW. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 • . • • • • • • • • 3 Analytic Geometry ......... Math 122 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr Microtechnique ............. Bio 204 Organic Chemistry ...... . ... Chem 330 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 Foreign Language 1 . . • • • . . . • • General Psychology ......... Psy 100 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 16 Fifth Semester The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, ecretarial Studies. Fourth Semester GROUP REQUIREMENTS Group I 15 Subjects Accounting Cr. fajor ............ 36 Commerce and Finance 1 ........ 21 Electives .......... 9 JUNIOR YEAR Title N11mber Cr. Bacteriology ........ .. ..... Bio 211 4 World Literature . . .... ... .. Eng 151 4 Foreign Language 1 •.•••..• •. 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Elective in the Social Sciences. 3 Sixth Semester Title Number Cr Bacteriology ..... ...... ... . Bio 212 4 World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Sociology ..... ........ ... .. Soc 100 3 18 Seventh Semester Title Clinical Chemistry .......... 13 Weeks Microbiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weeks Urinalysis .................. 4 Weeks Eighth Semester Title Haematology and Blood Bank 12 Weeks Histology .................. 6 Weeks Serology ................... 7 Weeks 25 Weeks 2 30-33 15 15 12 38-39 28 cience ............ 28 6 6 6 ial Sciences . . . . . 6 33 33-48 .. 24-27 15 2 2 2 2 Total ............. 135 129 129 127-128 The level of the course wil I depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by hi adviser. To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. l 6 28 Total academic hours during first three years-104 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 I Cr. 24 Group IV Secretarial Studies Cr. 23 28 Physical Education 25 Weeks Retailing Cr. 24-39 Group III ........ Humanities SENIOR YEAR 2 Group II Business Administration Does not include major courses. �Page 66 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 67 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration FRESHMAN YEAR 1 First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR1 Second Semester Till, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16 Title Number Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 Composition ................ Eng 102 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 Phys. Ed .... .. ..... ....... P.E. 102 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 0 l 16 Number Cr. Elementary Accounting .. .... Acct 101 3 3 urvey of Business ........... B:A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 0 Phys. Ed ............... . ... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ...... .... .. ... .... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 Tit!, SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Second Semester First Semester Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 Fout'th Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting ..... Acct 111 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature . ........... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... Eng 131 2 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr Advanced Accounting ........ Acct 112 Business Law ..... ......... . B.A. 232 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 World Literature .. .......... Eng 152 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance ...... Math 115 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 18 16 Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates; Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102\ Mathematics of Finance .... Math llSf 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15 16 Title JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Cost Accounting ............. Acct 201 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 233 3 Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 2 Free Elective •• • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 Title Number Cr. Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems .. ..... .. Acct 220} C.P.A. Problems ............ Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 Intro. to Philosophy ......... Phil 100} History of Religions ......... Rel 100 Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 18 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Number Cr. Money and Banking . ........ Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science .... . 3 6 Free Electives ............. . Tit!, Number Cr. Al tern ates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202} 226 3 Economic Geography ..... Ee C. & F. Elective ......... . Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 100} History of Religions ....... Rel 100 3 Marketing ................ . B.A. 222 3 Free Elective .............. . 3 18 15 Tit!, SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Tax Accounting . ............ Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ......... B.A. 225 3 Intro. to Music .............. Mus 100 3 Free Elective2 • • . • • • . . . • • . • . 3 Title Number Cr, Auditing Practice ............ Acct 232 3 Theory of Money ............ Ee 202} Public Finance .............. Ee 236 3 Economic Geography . ....... Ee 226 3 Accounting Internship ...... Acct 252 6 18 15 1 SENIOR YEAR Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... . B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 • • 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 It is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. 2 Students intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 1 See 2 See footnote preceding page. footnote next page. Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 2 •• Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 15 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 69 Page 68 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Students who major m business administration will select their electives from the following: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Maj or in Retailing BANKING .AND FIN.ANCEl Titl, Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. Real Estate ..................... B.A. Corporation Finance ............. B.A. Investments ........... ...... .... B.A. 218 220 225 226 Numhtr Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance . . . ............... Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I .. ...... Math 115 ECONOMICSl Title Number Government and Business . ...... . Ee Collective Bargaining ............ Ee International Trade .............. Ee Economic Geography ............ Ee Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee Business Cycles ........ ... ...... . Ee 212 223 225 226 229 230 Titls Numbtr Public Finance ...... ........... . Ee 236 Economic Economic Consumer Economic History ............... Ee Analysis .............. Ee Economics ............ Ee Investigation .......... Ee 238 241 245 246 Tit ls Number 235 236 237 238 239 240 Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Titu Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct 101 3 B1olog1cal Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survev of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition . ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 0 Phys. Ed. ................. P.E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 Orientation 16 Title Numb,, Life Insurance ................... B..A. Labor Problems ................. Ee Applied Psychology ............. Psy Psychological Tests ........ . .. .. Psy 241 223 206 212 Number Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct Composition ............... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Physical Science ............. Phys Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. Phys . Ed ................... P .E. Pers. Hyg . . ................ P.E. 102 102 102 100 100 102 106 Cr. 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 SOPHOMORE YE.AR Fourth Semester Third Semester MANAGEMENT .AND INDUSTRIAL REL.ATIONSl Industrial Management .......... B.A. Personnel Management ........... B.A. Production Management ......... B.A. Office Management .............. B.A. Sales Management .............. B.A. Property Insurance ............... B.A. FRESHMAN YE.AR1 Titl, Tit/, Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elecnve in Retailing ... ... . . 3 0 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 Tit ls 232 102 152 102 Cr. 3 3 4 3 104 0 Number Business Law ............... B.A. Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ............ Eng Fundamentals of Math ....... Math Elective in Retailing ....... . Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 3 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR MARKETING1 Titls Numb,r Salesmanship ................... . B.A. 114 Advertising .................... . B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing . ..................... B.A. 222 Title Numbtr Sales Management ............... B..A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B..A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ........... Ret 101 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science.... 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. &Fin............... 9 Number Cr. Title Intro. to Music ............. Mus Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil History of Religions ....... Rel Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... Free Elective................ Marketing ............... .. B.A. 100 3 100} 100 3 222 6 3 3 18 17 SENIOR YE.AR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin... . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc................... 3 15 1 At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in thi field. 1 See footnote page 66. Tit/, Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .............. . Free Electives .............. . Number Cr. 6 9 15 �Pa~e 70. - WILKES -COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE .PROGRAMS-- - ·Page 71 HACHELOR .~ OF,. SCIENCE · IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY 'EDUCATION The program outlined below is designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Major in Secretarial Studies FRESHMAN YEAR First .Semester . tudents preparing to teach in secondary schools must major in one ,of the following teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science or Social Studies. Second Semester Title Number Cr. Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Phys. Education ............ P .E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .......... .. .. .... P.E. 101 1 Elective ............. . ... .. . 3-4 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition .. . ............ Eng 102 3 Hist. ofW. Civilization .. .... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 2 Phys. Education . .... .... ... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg . .. ............... P.E. 106 1 Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 16-17 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting . ..... Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro. to Music .......... ... Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 0 Title Numb,r Cr. Principles of Accounting . .... Acct 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15 16 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Titu Number Cr. Principle of Economics ....... Ee 101 3 World Literature ...........• Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 109 4 Electives .................. . 6 Tit!, Numb,r Cr. Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester N11mber Cr. Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 C~mposition .. .. ............ Eng 102 3 1ence .................... . 3-5 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Mathematics ............ . .. . Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 3-5 Elective ................... . Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Elective ................ . .. . Phys. Ed ........ ......... . P.E. 102 0 0 Phvs. Ed .................. P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Pei . Hyg .................. P .E. 105 1 Orientation 13-17 10-13 Third Semester Fourth Semester Fifth Semester First Semester Title Eighth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ...... . B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Numb,r Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography ...... S.S. 200 Speech Reporting ......... S.S. 203 Free Electives ............. . 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Intro. to Education .......... Ed 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Electives .................. . Electives .................. . Phys. pd .... ....... .... ... . P.E. 104 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 O Titu 15-16 15-16 Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Title N11mber Cr. Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 ..... Hist 107 3 Electives .................. . Electives .................. . 15-18 Seventh Semester SENIOR Titu Number Cr. Intro. to Philosophy ........ ·Phil 100 3 Principles & Methods of Sec. Ed ................... Ed 204 3 Child Psychology ........... Psy. 207 3 Electives .................. . 15-18 YEAR Eighth Semester Titl1 Number Cr. Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Ed 207 8 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 1 Elective . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 3 15-17 15 Minimum requirement for this degree--129 credits. Requirements for each major: ENGLISH Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201, 12 additional credits, Hist 101, 102; Lang 12 credits (in one language); Math 101, 102; Phys 100; Electives 15 credits.* FOREIGN LANGUAGE Bio 100; Ee 100; Eng 105, 201; Hist 101, 102; Math 101, 102,· Lang 24 credits beyond 102 (in one language); Phys 100; Electives 9 to 15 credits.* MATHEMATICS Bio 100; Chem 101, 104; Ee 100; Hist 101, 102; Phys 111, 112; Electives 6 credits.* Math 122, 125, 126, 240, 15 additional credits in 200-level courses. CJENCE Bro 101, 102; Ee 100; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phys 111, 112 or 150, 151, 152; (either Bio 111, 112,201,202; or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, 126); Electives 17 to 23 credits of which at least 8 must be in sciences other than Psychology.* OCIAL STUDIES Bio 100; Ee 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; Math 101, 102; Phys 100; P.S. 6 credits; Soc 6 credits; Electives 15 credits.* •No more than 3 credits may be in Education. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 Page 72 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION First Semester FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Titl, Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title NtJmber Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Biological Science . .......... Bio 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed ....... ... ......... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . . ..... ...... .... . P.E. 106 I 16 16 The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. The program that is outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, economics, commercial law, business English, commercial arithmetic, and in the social studies if both sociology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certified in salesmanship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR Second Semester Title Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Child Psychology ........... Psy 207 3 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 U.S. History to 1865 ........ Hist 107 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed .... ....... ........ P.E. 103 O Title Number Cr. WorldLiterature ........... Eng 152 ~ Human Behavior ........... Psy 208 3 Intro. to Philosophy ... ..... Phil 100 3 U .S. History since 1865 ...... Hist 108 3 Elective other than Education 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 Nttmber Cr. Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Business Mathematics ....... B.A. 107 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 3 Phys.Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Per. Hyg ............. ..... P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus. 100 3 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100) or ~ 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. lOOJ Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . . .............. . . P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fifth Semester JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Intro. to Economics ......... Ee 100 3 Basic Art .. ·................ Art 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Educational Psychology . .... Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... Eng 131 2 Elective other than Education 3 Title Nmnber Cr Economic Geography . .. .... Ee 226 3 Basic Art . . ... ... ..... ..... Art 102 3 Fundamentals of Math .. ..... Math 102 3 Elective other than Education 6 17 lS Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Principles ofEconomics ...... Econ 101 3 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 101 3 U.S.-Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 3 U. S. Hist. since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 General Psychology . ........ Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Seventh Semester SENIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Student Teaching ........... Ed 208 4 Teaching of Reading .. .. . ... Ed 231 2 Tchg. Elem. Social Studies ... Ed 236 2 Principles of Elem. Ed ....... Ed 237 2 Curriculum of Elem. Sch ..... Ed 238 2 Art in Elem. School. ........ Ed 241 2 Music in Elem. School. ... .. Ed 242 2 16 Eighth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr Student Teaching .. .. .. ..... Ed 209 Visual Education ........... Ed 212 Teaching of Arithmetic ...... Ed 232 Tchg. Elem. Sch. Science .... . Ed 239 Hlth. and P.E. in El. Sch ..... Ed 243 lS Sixth Semester Tit!, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ... . . Ed 201 3 English Elective . ....... Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ...... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective ........ Eng 152 or 1S4 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 17-16 �Page 7 4 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tit/, SOPHOMORE YEAR Eighth Semester Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports . .... B.A. 209 , 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy . .. . .... Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines ...... ...... S.S. 205 4 Elective.................... 3 Tit/, Number Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Ed 207 8 Elective .. ... ... . .. . ........ 3 15 16 Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements are met: Bookkeeping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 semester hours Commercial Law .................................. 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice .... . ................... : . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand ................................. ·. . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. Fourth Semester Third Semester Cr. 151 4 N11mber Title World Literature ........... Eng Music Theory .............. Mus Music History .. ... .. ....... Mus App Major Instrument ...... ..... Mus Intro. to Education ... ...... Ed Band, Orchestra, Chorus . .... Phvs. Ed ................... P .E. 103 109 5 3 1 3 101 ½ 0 103 Cr. Number Title World Literature .. .. .. .. ... Eng Music Theory . . .... ..... . .. Mus Music History, .. ........... Mus App Major Instrument . ......... . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . General Psychology ......... Psy Phys. Ed ... .... .... .... . ... P .E. 152 104 llO 4 5 3 1 ½ 100 104 3 0 16½ 16½ JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Educational Psychology . ... . Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Mus Woodwind Class Methods .. .. Ed 105 Mus . Conducting (Instrumental) ... Ed 109 Mus Violin Class and Methods. . . . Ed lll App Major Instrument ........ , . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 2 1 ½ Title Number Cr. U.S. History since 1865 ...... Hist Mus Brass Class Methods. . . . . . . . Ed Mus Conducting (Choral) . . . . . . . . Ed Mus Violin Class and Methods .... Ed App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. .. . .. . Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 3 106 2 llO 2 ll2 2 1 ½ 6 3 16½ 16½ BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements neces• sary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states: The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Second Semester Cr. Number Biological Science ..... . ..... Bio Composition ............... Eng Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng Music Theory .............. Mus Clarinet Class and Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument ........... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Phys . Ed . .. . .. .. .... .. . .... P .E. Pers. Hyg .... ....... .. .... . P.E . Orientation 100 101 131 101 3 3 2 5 ) 101 2 103 1 ½ 101 105 0 1 17½ Title Nttmber Composition ............... Eng Music Theory .............. Mus Clarinet Class and Mus Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument .. ......... Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . Physical Science . . .......... Phys Elective .................. . Phys. Ed . ........... . . ... .. P.E. Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. Cr. 102 3 102 S ) 102 , • 104 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Prrnciples of Secondary .... .. Ed Education or Principles of Elementary ..... Ed Education Instrumentation .... ..... ... Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ................. Ed Observation and Practice · Mus Teaching ........... .... .. Ed App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Cr. 204) l 237f 3 215 2 107 2 ll3 2 203 4 100 3 102 0 I 3 18½ Number Visual Education . .. ........ Ed Orchestration . .... ......... Mus .. , Mus Voice Class and 'Methods··. ·; . . Ed Strinj Ins_trument Class Mus an Methods . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. Ed Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed . App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective.................... Cr. 1 212 216 2 108 2 ll4 2 204 4 1 ½ 3 1 ½ 14½ 12 Title 15½ �Page 76 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instruc• tors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Lebanon Valley College and Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in the areas of Lebanon and Reading. Academic credits earned at Lebanon Valley College or at Albright College may be credited toward the B.S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. To satisfy the residence requirements for graduation from Wilkes, the candidate may take one-half of the work at Lebanon Valley College or Albright College and the other one-half on the campus at Wilkes. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. Title Number Cr. Composition ................ Eng 101 3 2 Hist. of West. Civ. . • ••••.•• Hist 101 3 Foundations of Nursing ...... N .E. 101 2 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Sociology . ................ . Soc 100 3 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ...... .. ... Bio 100 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 Composition ................ Eng 102 3 2 Hist. of West. Civ. •••••• ••• Hist 102 3 Community Resources ....... N.E. 104 2 Supervision and Admin .... .. N .E. 106 2 17 16 SENIOR YEAR Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. EducationatMeasurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ............ Ed 212 I World Literature . ........... Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ...... N.E. 107 2 Electi ves 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 15-16 1 2 3 Second Semester Title Number Cr. Basic Arc . ................. Art 101 3 Composition .. ..... ........ Eng 101 3 Hise. of West. Civ.......... Hist 101 3 Fund. of Mach ............. Math 101 3 Phys. Science ............... Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 105 I Title Number Cr. Basic Art ........... .. ... . . Art 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Bio. Science ................ Bio 100 3 Hist of West. Civ .......... Hist 102 3 Fund. of Math ............. Math 102 3 Phys. Ed .................. P .E. 102 0 Pers. Hygiene .............. P.E. 106 I Orientation 16 Title Number Cr. Guidance ................... Ed 214 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Trends in Nursing Ed ........ N.E. 102 2 Field Experience ............ N.E. 112 4 Electives 3 . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 5-6 Third Semester Hist. of Art ................ Art Intro. co Ed ....... . ........ Ed World Lit ................. Eng Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. Phys. Ed .................. P .E. Fourth Semester To enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Education. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. 4 3 0 Title Number Cr. Arpiied Art .. ........ ...... Art 104 3 Hist. of Art .. .... .......... Art 112 3 World Lit ................. Eng 152 4 General Psych .............. Psych 100 3 Intro. to Soc ...... .. ....... Soc 100 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 104 0 16 16 3 3 111 101 151 100 103 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Number Cr. Fine Arcs .................. Art 215 4 Graphic Art ...... .. ....... Art 241 2 Intro. to Econ .............. Econ 100 3 Title NtJmber Cr. Fine Arts ... .. .. .. ........ . Art 216 4 Graphic Art . .............. Art 242 2 U.S. Hist .................. Hist 108 3 Child Psych .... . ........... Psy 207 3 Elective• ...... .. ... . ..... . 3 Tit/, Ed Psych .................. Ed U.S. and Pa. Hist ........... Hist 201 107 3 3 15 15 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Tit/, 15-16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Applied Art ................ Art 103 3 Second Semester Third Semester FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit!, JUNIOR YEAR First Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ART EDUCATION This program is designed to prepare students for certification as public school teachers in the field of art. It has been approved by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, but students wishing to teach art in other states should determine the requirements of the state in which they wish to teach so that specific requirements of that state may be satisfied through the choice of additional courses. Number Am of Presentation ... . .... Art 243 Prin. and Meth. of Secondary Ed .... .. .... Ed 204 Fund. of Speech ............ En~ 131 Intro. to Pbilosophy ........ Phil 100 Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Elective* ................. . c,. 3 3 2 3 3 3 Eighth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Student Teaching ........... Ed 210 8 Visual Ed .................. Ed 212 1 Teaching of Art ...... . ..... Ed 221 3 Elective* . .. ..... ... .. . ... . 3 17 • ine hours of electives must be taken in three different fields. 1.5 �Page 78 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS _ Page 79 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it appeals to those genuinely interested in mathematics, the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields · research appeals most to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find . satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, andJroduction. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications an equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branc~es of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. . Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since' not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: . 1. ;Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in ·the summer session preceding the Freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the. Freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the Freshman and Sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Title Number Cr. Gen~ral ~norganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Engmeenng and Orientation Problems ... . . ..... ... . . . . Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing and De5. ~~metry ... . ... . . .. .. Engi 105 3 Composmon ........ . ...... . Eng 101 3 Mathematics .............. {MMathh 122} 4_5 at 105 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 o Pe~s. Hy15 ..... . ... . ..... . .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17-18 Second Semester Title N1,mber Cr. Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qua]. Anal.. .Chem 102} Ge~eral Inorganic Chem .... Chem 104 4-6 Drawm~ ~ Des. Geometry . .. Engi 106 2 Compos1t1on .. .. .... . .. .. . . Eng 102 3 Mathematics .. ............ {MMathh 125} 4 . at 122 ~~neral Physics I ........... Phys 150 4 p ys. Ed .. · ···· · · · ··· ...... P.E. 102 o ers. Hyg ... .. ...... .. . . ... P.E. 106 l 18-20 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic t th t d f ' Therefore, the .first two years in me:hanf u y _o a~ronautical engineering. for the advanced work offered by several . en&t1?eermg prepare the student umvers1 1es. c:l CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of che . 1 . d !n which materials undergo a physical or a chemical h ica m u~try mdude paper, textiles, gasoline other etroleum rid ange. uch materials ~lectrochemical products, paints, 'rubber, tlastics cer~. uc~, coke, gas, dyes, icals, solvents, and many others The chem. I ' . ics,. rugs, h.eavy chemd · t • · ICa engmeer 1s one skilled in the me::fr~~l~o::/;~~~:~eJ~t~:~?c~i°::t:~~:me;~ of~ndu~trjal pl~nts in which engaged_ in. research or in the development. of a epro~:;cafo;nhgu1:eer may ~e the application of th f d . , e 1s expert m lie all chemical en i: u? amenta1 u~1t-manufacturing processes which under- f a thorough knowl!d;:r~1g~~:i:imp~en~ of thJ chemical e_ngineer includes understanding of such fundamental~• [~~~ _anl mathe~at1cs and a sound engineering as will make him 1a , mechamcal, and electrical engineer. a competent evelopment, control or sales f£ SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Third Semester Title Number Cr. ln?r ..Quant. Analysis ....... . Chem 121 4 Pnnc1ples of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng 1'34 3 Calculus II . ...... . ... . ..... Math 126 4 General Physics .... ....... .. Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed . .... . ........ . .. . . P.E . 103 0 18 1 Fomth Semester Title Nttmher Cr. Stoichiometry ... .. . .... ... .. Ch E 106 3 Mathematics .. .. .. .... . .. ... Math 240 4 Mechan~cs I, Statics . ..... . . . M.E. 211 3 Mechanics II, Dynamics ... . .. M.E. 212 General Physics ........ ... . . Phys 152 ~ Phys. Ed . ....... . .......... P.E . 104 0 17 Chemical engine.ers will register for Chem. 102 ( students will register for Chem. l04 (four hours) six hours). All other engineering 2 For freshman year see above. · �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 Page 80 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN CIVIL ENGINEERING INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The ~ivil engin_eer deal~ wit_h problems in structural, highway, railroad, hyd~au~ic, a_nd sanita~ engmeenng, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes m the design, construction and maintenance of bridges tunnels ?ams, and _the stru~ural members of buildings. His services are indi~pensabl; m the design of nver, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development ~nd co1:1trol of water r~sources ; in _the treatment and disposal of sewage and mdustnal waste; and m the location and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEARl Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Plane Surveying . . . . ......... C.E. 103 3 Princi pies of Economics . . . . .. Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech .. .. .. Eng 134 3 Calculus II . ... ..... ... . . .. . Math 126 4 General Physics II . ......... P hys 151 4 Phys. Ed ... .. .............. P .E. 103 0 Titl, Number Route Surveying . . ... .. ... . .. C.E. M athematics .. .. . . .. . ...... Math Mechanics I, Statics .. ....... M .E. Mechanics II, Dynamics . . . . .. M .E. General Physics III . . . ..... .. Phys Phys. Ed .. . . .. . . . ......... . P .E . Cr. 104 4 240 4 211 212 3 3 152 4 104 0 17 18 The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to m~et cost an_d pr?duction req~iremen~s. Prepar~t~on ':'ith a background in science, engmeermg, economics, business admm1strat1on, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability b~t also economic and ~umanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines an~ ma~eri~ls. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those pnmanly mterested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Numb,r Cr. Plane Surveying . . ........ . .. C.E. 103 3 Principles of Economics ... . . . Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .. . . . Eng 134 3 Calculus II . .... . . . ..... . . .. Math 126 4 General Physics II .. . .. .. ... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed .... ...... .... . . . . . P .E . 103 0 17 Title Number Cr. 102 3 240 4 211 3 212 3 152 4 104 0 Title Principles of Economics . .. .. . Ee Mathem atics . ... ..... . . . ... Math Mechanics I, Statics ..... ... . M.E. Mechanics II, Dynamics .. ... M.E. General Physics III .......... Phys Phys. Ed . .. ............ . ... P .E . 17 17 To?ay nea~ly eve:}' ac~ivity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electric~l engm~er is tramed to design, ~onstruct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of cl~ctricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric ra1lw~ys, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used m the home. The commun!c~tions fiel1, includi1:g telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of_ prmt and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Deve_lopment of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. Tit!, Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Principles of Economics . . .... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .. .. Eng 134 3 Calculus II ................ . Math 126 4 General Physics II .. .... . . .. Phys 151 4 General Psychology ... .... . . Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .......... . ........ P.E. 103 0 Number Cr. 240 4 206 3 Mathematics .. .. . . . .. . . . . .. Math Kinematics . ... .. ... .. ... . ... M.E. Mechanics I, Statics .. . . .... . M .E. Mechanics II, Dynamics ..... . M.E. General Physics III . . .. . ..... Phys Phys . Ed .... . .... .... . . . ... P.E. 211 3 212 152 104 3 4 0 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the po~er field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR1 Fourth Semester T bird Semester Tit!, Nttmber Cr. 3 Plane Surveying ... . . . .. .. ... C.E. 103 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . . .... Eng 134 4 Calculus II . . ....... . ....... Math 126 4 General Physics II .......... Phys 1S1 0 Phys. Ed ... ........ . ..... . . P.E . 103 17 1 For freshman year see page 79. 1 For freshman year see page 79. Tit!, Number Cr. 240 4 206 3 211 3 212 3 152 4 104 0 M athematics ............... Math Kinematics . . . . .. . . .. ...... . M .E. Mechanics I, Statics .. .. ..... M.E . Mechanics II, Dynamics . . . . .. M.E. General Physics III . .. . . . .... Phys Phys. Ed . .. . .. ... . . . ....... P.E. 17 �DfGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83- Terminal Programs PRE-DENTAL (Two years) MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY The Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists has established definite standards for qualification as a medical technologist. The minimum requirements to meet these standards are a two-year college program and twelve months of technical training in an approved school of medical technology. The following curriculum meets the pre-technical training requirements demanded by the Registry. Since requirements for admission to approved schools of medical technology vary, the student is urged to make inquiries concerning technical training during the Freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Titk Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 1 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 0 Orientation Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. ......... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Elective ................... . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 17 Third Semester Fourth Semester Number Cr. Bacteriology ................ Bio 211 4 Inorganic Quantitative Anal. .................... Chem 121 4 Electives 1 . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • 7-8 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 O FRESHMAN YEAR Tit!, Number Cr. Bacteriology ................ Bio 212 4 Organic Chem •.............. Chem 230 4 Electives 1 • . . • . . . . • • . • • • • • • • 7-8 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 15-16 1 At least one elective each semester must be in the humanities or socia,1 sciences. 15-16 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ...... . ............ P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number C,. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition . . ............. Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ............ . ... . .. P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 15 16 Title SOPHOMORE YEAR Titk The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester T bird Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 221 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ... . .... Phys 111 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ........ . .. . ....... P .E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Embryology ........ . ....... Bio 202 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Introductory Physics . .. ..... Phys 112 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 14-15 14-15 �Page 84 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 PRE-DENTAL SECRETARIAL COURSE (Three years) FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ........... .... Eng 101 3 College .Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Phys. Ed ......... .. .... ... . P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Second Semester Title Numbtr Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative .Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . .. .......... ..... P.E. 106 l 16 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Titu Number Cr. Basic .Art . ................. .Art 101 3 Comp . .Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative .Anal.. ... Chem 121 4 World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ........... .. . .... . P.E. 103 0 Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Basic .Art .................. .Arc 102 3 Embryology ................ Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Phys. Ed ..... ....... . .... .. P.E .104 0 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Titl, Number C,. Bacteriology ............... Bio 211 4 Histology .................. Bio 221 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ....... . Phys 111 4 16 Sixth Semester Title N11mh1r Cr. Bacteriology ............... Bio 212 4 Genetics ................... Bio 222 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 14 The two-year intensive secretarial program has ~ threefol~ purp~s~:. to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of busmess act1v1t1es; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of ience in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Tit!, Number Cr. urvey of Business .......... . B.A. 100 3 Composition . ............... Eng 101 3 Hit. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 horthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 101 4 Phvs. Ed ......... .. .. ...... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . ... ......... ..... P.E. 106 I 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Business Mathematics .. . .... B.A. 107 3 Business Law .. ............. B..A. 231 3 Inrermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 Office Pro. and Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Intro. to Economics ... .. .... Econ 100 3 Advanced Stenogra.ehy ....... S.S. 110 4 Secretarial .Accountmg ....... S.S. 120 3 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Ed .................... P.E. 104 0 17 16 Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructors Baron, Krohn, Strassman, Capin. Acer. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Acer. 102. PRINCIPLES OF AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; .financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. Acer. 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. Acer. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Acer. 201. CosT AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. Acer. 202. ADVANCED CosT AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. �Page 88 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN SYSTEMS- Three credits MR. CAPIN A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. AccT. 220. ACCOUNTING I-Three credits MR. CURTIS The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 221. TAXES THE STAFF AccT. 222. TAXES II-Three credits Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. PRINCIPLES-Three credits MR. CAPIN Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. AccT. 231. AUDITING PRACTICE- Three credits MR. CAPIN Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Acer. 232. AUDITING THE STAFF PROBLEMS- Three credits Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. AccT. 242. ADVANCED credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 AccT. 252. AccouNTING INTERNSHIP-Six 1 Or the equivalent. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 89 ART Assistant Professor O'Toole, chairman; Assistant Professor Colson. The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Art is intended ( 1) for the student who seeks an intelligent understanding of the visual arts as part of his general education; and (2) for the talented student who wishes to acquire the technical skills necessary for successful art expression. The courses in the curriculum enable the student who is essentially an observer of art to experience as fully as possible the creative activity of the artist. They give the student with a special aptitude for art a thorough knowledge of the language of art, and an adequate training in the mechanics and techniques that he needs to achieve full creative expression. The Art Education Curriculum is outlined on p. 77. ART 101-102. BASIC ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Fundamental training in the handling of tools, the acquisition of the skills and knowledge used in the presentation of the graphic image. Principles of drawing, design, composition, color; uses of line and tone, color line and color tone. Studies in line, texture, tone, and color; space division, form, light and shade, light-dark. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 103-104. APPLIED ART-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Review of various applications of art. Realism, abstraction, fantasy; the study of art and art philosophies and their present use in fine art, advertising design and illustration; exercises will be given in the various black and white mediums: pen, pencil, charcoal, crayon, et cetera. Color mediums: pastel, water colors, colored inks, colored pencils, et cetera. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101 and 102 or equivalent. ART 105-106. INTRODUCTION TO LETTERING Three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Analysis of basic letter forms. The origin and development of the alphabet. Study of the first three one-stroke alphabets and Gothic. The basic strokes, upper and lower cases. Grouping letters into words. Simple spacing and layout. Second group of alphabets to include: thick and thin, the scripts, one-stroke Roman and italics. Combining all the one-stroke alphabets in varying weights and sizes. ART 107-108. LETTERING AND LAYOUT-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE The designed or built-up letter. Basic strokes, upper and lower cases of Gothic, Roman, italic, and script letters. Combining designed letter- �Page 90 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 91 ing with one-stroke lettering in layout. The use of color in lettering and backgrounds. Prerequisite: Art 105-106. TYPOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. O'TooLE Complete study of type faces and their design and differences. Designing wi~ ty~e, ~pe ornaments and rules .. Relationships of form, structure, size, direction, texture, color and weight. The use of type in advertising, book-jackets, brochures. ~rerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. ART 109. ART 110. HAND LETTERING FOR REPRODUCTION-Three credits MR. O'TooLE Brush lettering, pen lettering, combining hand lettering with type. The uses of photostats. Use of ruling pen, bow compass, and other mechanical aids. The hand-lettered book-jacket and posters. The paste-up and use of reproduction proofs for line cuts. Prerequisite: Art 105-106, 107-108, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. MR. COLSON ART-Three hours. History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. ART 111. HISTORY OF ART-Three hours. MR. COLSON History of art from the Renaissance to the present day. ART 112. HISTORY OF ART 201-202. ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TOOLE Every possible use of illustration will be explored in this course from spot drawings to the illustration of two pages as a unit. Line illustration, line mediums; half-tone illustrations, half-tone mediums; analysis of various types of magazine illustrations; design of two pages facing ( double spread) . Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 203-204. ADVANCED ILLUSTRATION-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Editorial illustration, caricature, decorative drawing, humorous drawing, stylized drawing. The book and book jacket; poster design. Assignments will be_ given in each type of illustration and will be prepared from rough to finish by the student. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 211-212. ADVERTISING duction; line processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, a complete study of type, type styles and type combinations. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. ART 213-214. ADVANCED ADVERTISING DESIGN-Three credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Advertising and editorial layout; modern layout; the use of photomontage; photographs and textures in advertising; color in backgrounds, type and illustrations. The advanced student will be required to do work that will meet the professional standards required by advertising agencies. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-10 2, 10 3-104, or equivalent. ART 215-216. FINE ART-Three or four credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Intensified training in drawing, design and composition. Study of still life, study of the light-dark principle, light and shade; transparencies and opaques, balance, dominance, follow through, contrast, texture study, line, tone and color. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. ART-Three or four credits each semester The complete design, picture structure. The various kinds and uses of perspective. Further study of the painting, design and art movements of the past and present. Advanced studies in various painting mediums. The creation of space, study of two dimensional and three dimensional design. Study of tensions of lines, forms, lights and darks, colors and textures. Class, two hours; studio, two hours. ART 217-218. ADVANCED FINE Prerequisite: Art 101-102, 103-104, or equivalent. IV-Two or three credits each semester MR. O'ToOLE Individual instruction in the field of art in which the student wishes to excel. Each student will be given problems according to his needs and abilities. With each problem the student will receive individual instruction and criticism. ART 219-220-221-222. STUDIO I, II, III, DESIGN-Tht'ee credits each semester MR. O'Toou The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and processes of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro- ART 241-242. GRAPHIC ART-Two credits each semester MR. O'TooLE Preparation and methods of designing in print making, linoleum, wood cut, etching, engraving, serigraph. �Page 92 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ART 243. ARTS OF PRESENTATION-Three credits The object of this course is to acquaint the student with the methods and proce~ses of designing for reproduction. Various methods of repro• duction; lme processes, half-tone processes, color separation. Studies in mediums used for line reproduction; studies in mediums used for halftone reproduction; mechanical aids; typography, lettering, layout, posters, bookjackets, the advertisement. BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professor Cohen; Associate Professor Michelini; Assistant Professor Namisniak; Instructor Freeman. Bio. 100. BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Bio. 101-102. GENERAL ZOOLOGY-Nine credits MR. REIF General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15.00 each course. BIO. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. I~ ~ncludes the study of ~e fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $15 each course. 'DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 93 embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, sixhoursaweek. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio.102. Bro. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. MR. MICHELINI Bro. 204. M1cROTECHNIQUE-Two credits Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Laboratory, six hours a week. Bro. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. THE STAFF Bro. 221. HISTOLOGY-Four credits Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Bio. 113. BOTANICAL TAXONOMY-Four credits MR. REIF Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Fee: $15. BIO. 222. GENETICS-Three credits MR. MICHELINI Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comp~ra~ive Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological charactenstics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and Bro. 231. PHYSIOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 95 Page 94 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. MR. REIF Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. B.A. 114. SALESMANSHIP 1-Three credits BIO. 232. ECOLOGY-Three credits MR. HOOVER The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS--Three credits Bio. 262. HISTORY OF BIOLOGY-One credit MRS. THE STAFF A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. B.A. 216. AovERTISING--Three credits PROJECT-One credit THE STAFF Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may Bio. 271. RESEARCH begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Capin, Casper, Chmiola, Johns, Krohn, Cappellini, Roberts, Bernstein. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the field of business and must be taken by commerce and finance students during the first semester of the freshman year. Emphasis is placed upon examining ~he various vocational opportunities in modern business and upon studying the necessary educational and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course program. Each student is required to make an individual study of some vocational objective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits MR. HOOVER Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractioris, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank ROBERTS THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertisi?g work, !~eluding copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION-Three credits THE STAFF Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 B.A. 218. CREDIT AND CoLLECTIONs-Three credits MR. HoTSON The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three credits THE STAFF The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING-Three credits THE STAFF Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �Page 96 - WILKES . COLLEGE BULLETIN 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three credits MR. CHIANG A study of t_he economic principles underlying the capital structure of mo~ern busme_ss ~nterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of bus1~ess organ~zat10~, cor_r~rate securities, and financial policies involved rn promot_10n, d1spos1t1on of net earnings, working capital and short-te:m _financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTs-'-Three credits MR. CHIANG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; _financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and age~c1es, st~c~ exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW- INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. CAPPELLINI, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. B.A. 232. BUSINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. CAPPELLINI, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons and the termin_ation of the agency. A study of the law of sales of good;, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties'. remedies for bre~ch, security interests in goods. A comparison of the umform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The frinciples o~ la~ governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The B.A. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 97 law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three credits MR. KROHN The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. MR. BACON B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. MR. BACON B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. MR. BACON B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of o~ce records and filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment; �Page 98 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 99 office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. BACON The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force ; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. B .A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three credits MR. FARRAR This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits MR.FARRAR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three credits MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. (APIN Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley; Instructors Bohning, Freeman. LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. (HEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits MR. BoHNING, Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BOHNING, MISS BONE, MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. (HEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS- Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. (HEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BASTRESS, MR. BoHNING An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The prepara- �Page 100 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 101 tion and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEMISTRY-Five credits MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. CHEM. 231. ORGANIC CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three credits A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. BASTRESS CHEMISTRY-Four credits each semester MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. CHEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. CHEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL credit MR. BASTRESS An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester THE STAFF Fee: $5 per credit. Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. CHEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL MR. BASTRESS credit The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry c1edits. CHEM. 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One (HEM. 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One MR. BASTRESS CHEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $15 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. CHEMISTRY-Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructors Bacon, Hotson, Bernstein, Williamson. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. THE STAFF Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. THE STAFF Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMICs-Three credits An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. THE STAFF Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three credits This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 1 O1. S929 �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 103 Page 102 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Ee. 201. MONEY AND Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits BANKING--Three credits MR. CHIANG, MR. R. WERNER A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operation and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MONEY-Three credits MR. CHIANG, MR. R. WERNER An analysis of the theory of money and credit in relation to contemporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. MR. ROSENBERG CREDIT-Two credits This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 226. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and analyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. 204. CONSUMER Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BusINESs-Three credits MR. FARRAR A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. MOVEMENT-Three credits STAFF A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-NORTH AMERICA-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS- Three credits MR. FARRAR The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 230. BUSINESS CYCLES-Three credits MR. FARRAR A historical analysis of maJor business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward busmess cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three credits MR. R. WERNER BARGAINING-Three credits An introduction to labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Page 104 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 232. EcoNOMIC STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 2 31. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Ee. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. R. WERNER Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. R. WERNER, MR. HOTSON An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. HOTSON, MR. FARRAR, MR. CHIANG This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distrib~tion. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governmg costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER EcoNOMICs- Three credits MR. ELLIOT, MR. R. WERNER The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibli- Ee. ographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professors Jessee, Gasbarro, Smith; Assistant Professor Colson; Instructors Chwalek, Pinkowski, Roderick. THE STAFF Eo. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three credits A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of the educational structure, the teacher, the pupils, the materials of instruction, the school plant, the financing of education, the profession of teaching, the participation of the public, contemporary issues and trends in public education. Eo. 201. EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 204. PRINOPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION- Three credits THE STAFF The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �Page 106 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ED. CURRICULUM- Three credits THE STAFF Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 205. SECONDARY ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. ~h~~ observe several teachers .. ~radually they assume classroom respons1b1l1ty and teach under superv1s10n. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 204. Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes permission of the instructor. ' ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits MISS SMITH Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assun_1e classroo~ responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. . Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the mstructor. ART-Eight credits MISS SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school class~ooms, and _teach .. ?pportunities are provided for them to participate rn school-wide act1v1t1es. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. . Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the mstructor. ED. 210. STUDENT TEACHING IN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 ency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION- One credit Eo. 214. GUIDANCE- Two credits MR. CHWALEK A general survey of the principles and problem~ of gu~dance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used m a gmdance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting oc~pational choi_ces; methods of making vocational choices; types of oc~upational p~epara~10n; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to JOb, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 221. THE TEACHING OF ART-Three credits MR. COLSON Study of contemporary practices in the teaching of art in. elementary and secondary schools; study of the psychology of the creative process; adaption of various art media to the school curriculum; study of the organization of the art curricula. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. READING- Two credits Miss RODERICK Analysis of the reading task; consideratio_n of the r~lationsh}p of m~turation to reading ; problems and methods m developmg readmg read~ness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; th~ place of e_xpenences; development of reading interests; types of readmg; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 231. THE TEACHING OF En. ACTIVITIES-Three credits THE STAFF Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR Miss JESSEE A study of the materials and techniques of visual ed_ucation; . principles and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the mcorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC- Two credits MISS RODERICK Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of ~lementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teachmg �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credits Miss RODERICK Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 239. MR. GASBARRO Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY ScHOOL-Two credits Miss RonERICK This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 290. WORKSHOP IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION- Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. 238. ED. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits credits Miss RODERICK ED. developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Miss RODERICK curriculum; its relation elementary curriculum; objectives to children's music, science, physical TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Two to the adjustneeds; educa- credits Miss RODERICK Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. En. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. COLSON Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for One to three credits THE STAFF Experienced teachers are afforded an opportunity to study together and to develop projects of particular interest to them. In addition to working individually, students meet to consider current problems m elementary education. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 291. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF READING INSTRUCTION Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental reading program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. ED. 292. WORKSHOP IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF MATHEMATICS INSTRUCTION-Two credits THE STAFF Experienced elementary school teachers study the characteristics of an effective developmental mathematics program, evaluation and diagnosis, methods of individualization and remediation. Practical applications are made in local school classrooms. Prerequisite: Teaching experience, permission of the instructor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 Page 110 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Civil Engineering ENGINEERING Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas; Instructor May. PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING DRAWING--Two credits THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. ENGi. 101. BASIC ENGL 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY 1.- T hree credits MR. HELTZEL, MR. THOMAS This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Use and care of instruments. Technical sketching; orthographic and auxiliary projection drawing with dimensions and sections. Applications of the principles of descriptive geometry. Practicum, seven hours a week. C.E. 103. PLANE SuRVEYING--Three credits Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice ~f plane and topographic surveying. Fiel~ exer~ises, inc~uding the adjustment and use of surveying equipment mcludrng transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grad~ng, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mappmg from field not~s with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. C. E. 104. RouTE SURVEYING--Four credits 106. ENGINEERING DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY II. -Two credits MR. HELTZEL Continuation of the principles of descriptive geometry to the solution of engineering space problems. Application of standard drawing conventions to the execution of detail and assembly drawing; tracings and reproduction processes. Practicum, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 105. MR. THOMAS A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, rever:e, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cr~ss se~tions, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade cross1?g, nght-of-~ay, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: CE. 103. Mechanical Engineering M. E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits ENGi. MR. THOMAS MR. MAY Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, ve~ocity ~nd ~cceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of ~rnemat1C pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: rnstant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three credits MR. MAY Study of force systems in equilibrium: caten~ry; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. MAY Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. �Page 112 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ENGLISH Professors Davies, Chairman; Professor Kruger; Associate Professors Bennett and Chapman; Assistant Professor Groh; Instructors Budd, Bush, Fiester, Gutin, Miller, Roberts, Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete the following program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: 101, 102, 131,151,152 (16hours);JuniorandSeniorYears: 215 (3hours);201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 106, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours); four elective courses in literature (12 hours); one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) Majors in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work in English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign languages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test some students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a deficiency may be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their work in Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition ENG. 101. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 102. COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. ENG. 105. ADVANCED EXPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 106. SHORT STORY--:-T hree' Cf edits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102 and permission of instructor. ENG. f ournalism E G. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three credits MR. BUSH A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. 123. PUBLICITY WRITING- Three credits MR. BUSH Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE WRITING-Three credits MR. BUSH Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. Language and Literature 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. BENNETT, MR. GuTIN Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. CHAPMAN, MR. BENNETT, MR. GUTIN Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. �Page 114 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN ENG. 153. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GUTIN Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GUTIN Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER, MR. GuTIN A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 205. CHAUCER-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. BENNETT ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE-Three credits Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 ENG. 216. SEVENTEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 221. AGE OF POPE-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three credits MR. CHAPMAN A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH NOVEL-Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. MR. DAVIES ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH NovEL-Three credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng.152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MovEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND BROWNING-Three. credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, .art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. �Page 116 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 ENG. 287. AMERICAN· DRAMA-Three credits MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Speech FR. 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three credits SPEECH- Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF ENG. 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH MISS DWORSKI Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKI Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MISS DWORSKI Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. THE STAFF FRENCH-Three credits Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. FR. A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three credits MISS DWORSKI Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Page 118 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN FR. 208. CONTEMPORARY FRENCH GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three credits each semester DRAMA-Three creatts Miss DwoRSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE GOETHE-Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures GER. 203. and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. MR. DISQUE GER. 204. ScHILLER-T hree 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and GER. credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. speaking the language. 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. GER. GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credits THE STAFF _Continuation of <?er. 103. ~apid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking GER. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three credits MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three credits MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. In· dividual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. 105. SCIENTIFIC GERMAN-Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. credits MR. DISQUE Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. GER. 106. GERMAN CONVERSATION-Three Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. 107. GERMAN COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Idiomatic_ ~sage in modern German. To develop the ability to write GER. free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Spanish MR. DISQUE A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. THE STAFF SPANISH-Three credits Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and SP. 101. ELEMENTARY speaking the language. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF ·COURSES - Page 12 l Page 120 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN THE STAFF 103. INTERMEDIATE SPAN1~tt-Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. THE STAFF 104. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH-Three credits Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. MISS DWORSKI SPANISH-Three credits The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 105. COMMEROAL MISS DWORSKI 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. MISS DWORSKJ 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. GENERAL SCIENCE BIO. 100. See page 92. GEOLOGY-Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust. and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. GEOL. 100. GENERAL PHYS. 100. CULTURE-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. See page 135. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss DWORSKI A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 203. LITERATURE-Three credits Miss Dwor.sKJ Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professor Mui: Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Connolly, Hehn, Hughes, and Ritchie. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. Hisr. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Page 122 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN 107. AMERICAN ANO PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865- Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HIST. 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HIST. 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER- Three credits MR. THATCHER HIST, 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions, the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. Mm A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nations the expansion of British rule in India, and the growth of the British dependent empire, with emphasis on the imperial and foreign policies of Great Britain after the American Revolution. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR.KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY- Three credits MR.KASLAS Against ~ background of the internal and international developments of the leadmg powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. A study of the westward movement in American history. MATHEMATICS Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107. 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. HIST. 235. SOVIET RussIA AND THE FAR EAST- Three credits MR. Mm A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. ~ssociate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Professor Kostenbauder; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors B. May, Morgan, Salsburg, West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 60. MATH. 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit THE STAFF . Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 135. �Page 124 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in technigues. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A continuation of Math. 101. MATH. 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. ALGEBRA-Three credits THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, bino• mial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 107. COLLEGE 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric eguations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. THE STAFF I-Four credits Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. MATH. 125. CALCULUS THE STAFF II-Four credits Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. MATH. 126. CALCULUS Prerequisite: Math. 125. MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA-Tht'ee credits Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 213. HIGHER FINANCE-Three credits THE STAFF Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MR. RICHARDS ALGEBRA-Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MR. W ASILESKI GEOMETRY-Three credits Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy' 5 theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF 1v1ATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STA~•F Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. MATH. 214. LINEAR MATH. 220. COLLEGE MATH. 122. ANALYTIC MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. �Page 126 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. 235. VECTOR ANALYSIS- Three credits MR. KosTENBAUDER Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and rurl, the operator del, curvilinear coordrnates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. struments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music- Three hours MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE SERIES-Four credits THE STAFF THE STAFF First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS Mus. 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music- Five credits each co11rse I- Three credits MR. KosTENBAUDER Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one Vd ! table. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through th e use of a considerable number of illustrations. II- Three credits MR. DETROY, MR. WEED The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main prmciples: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. ( 2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. MR. KOSTENBAUDER A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Gasbarro; Instructors Balshaw, Friedmann, A. Liva, F. Liva, Waller, Chapline, Weed. Liberal Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlined on page 61. APPLIED MUSIC Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of diffirulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band in- The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours ; solfeggio, two hours; harmon y, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear t raining, one hour; solfeggio. one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these t our courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prereguisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Mus. 109. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits MR. DETROY A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Mus. 110. HISTORY OF Music-Three credits A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with MR. DETROY J. S. Bach and tracing �Page 128 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Music 111-112. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Music 113-114. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4- Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Music 216. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING--Two credits MR. GASBARRO Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. ANALYSIS-Two credits MR. DETROY The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. COUNTERPOINT-Three credits MR.DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. 218. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half credit each semester MR. WEED The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS- One-half credit each semester MR. DETROY The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA- One-half credit each semester Music Education 1 Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND semester MR. GASBARRO Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. WEED A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND Mus. En. 105. MR. GASBARRO credits The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. MUSIC 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. MR. LIVA Participation in the Wyoming Valley Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate rn the orchestra should consult with the Director. METHODS-Two credits per GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. En. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits MR. WEED A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. �Page 1JO - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits pe, semester MR. CHAPLINE A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL MUSIC MATERIALS-Two credits per semester THE STAFF Mus. ED. The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. 111-112. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits pet semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. Mus. En. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits THE STAFF The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS- Two credits THE STAFF The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING--Four credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. NURSING EDUCATION Associate Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Conboy, Dieffenbach, Klein, Miller, Seeherman, Speicher. Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF NuRSING--Two credits MISS JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emyhasis up?n the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 102. TRENDS IN NURSING-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. MISS JESSEE N.E. 104. COMMUNITY RESOURCES-Two credits A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the commu01Ly. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two credits MISS JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits MISS JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. Psychology. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits MISS JESSEE Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 Page 132 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN N ..E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NuRSING--Two credits each semester Miss CONBOY Advance~ study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursrng care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. NuRSING--Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. N.E. 115. OBSTETRIC 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. N.E. 117. PSYCHIATRIC NuRSING--Two credits MR. SPEICHER or DR. JANJIGIAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. N.E. 118. PUBLIC HEALTH NuRSING--Two credits MISS JACKSON ~n introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for the existence of God. MR. VUJICA LOGIC- Three credits Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. PHIL. 103. MR. PARMENTER ETHICS-Three credits A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. PHIL. 105. RELIGION-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF MR. PARMENTER AESTHETICS-Three credits Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the me~ni~g of aesthetic_ ju~gments and processes of appreciation. An exammat10n of the ob1ect1ve qualities of those things which are found to be aesthetically effective. PHIL. 205. N.E. 119. PUBLIC SCHOOL NuRSING--Two credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N. E. 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NURSING-Two credits MISS JACKSON The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Assistant Professor Parmenter; Instructors Schindler and Friedlander. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Phil. 100 and Rel. 100 will not count toward the major. Prerequisites are determined by the Chairman on an individual basis. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIEs-Three credits MR. PARMENTER Social and political institutions as seen by such classical cri~ics as Pl~to, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attent10n to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. HISTORY-Three credits MR. Vu JICA A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Sp~ngler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meanrng of historical events. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF PHIL. 212. HISTORY OF MODERN PHILOSOPHIES- Three Philosophy PHILOSOPHY-Three credits THE STAFF . An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is PHIL. 100. INTRODUCTION TO credits MR. VUJICA The most important men and movements in philosophy from the renaissance through the end of the nineteenth century. Continental Rationalism (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz) ; British Empiricism (Locke, �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Berkeley, Hume); Kant's Criticism and Hegel's Idealism. Post-Kantian and Post-Hegelian philosophies. The impact of modern science on philosophical speculation PHIL. 213. RECENT AND CONTEMPORARY THOUGHT-Three credits MR. p ARMENTER Major trends and problems in 20th century philosophy, as treated by such thinkers as Peirce, James, Bergson, Dewey, Russell, Wittgenstein, Maritain and others. Consideration of Neo-Positivism and Existentialism; special attention to problems of knowledge and value. Religion THE STAFF REL. 100. MAN'S RELIGION-Three credits Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. REL. 202. THE TEACHINGS OF THE GREAT HEBREW PROPHETS Three credits MR. FRIEDLANDER A study of the Prophetic and Wisdom literature. Emphasis is centered around the prohetic and post-exilic periods of Hebrew history. The gradual rise of moral ideas is investigated. The course is a continuation of Rel. 201. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical well being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. THE STAFF P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. PHYSICS Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel, Thomas; Instructor Krutchkoff. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL SCIENCE-Three credits MR. KRUTCHKOFF A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration and discussion three hours a week. Assistant Professor Reese, chairman; Instructor Zoolkowski. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PROBLEMS-One credit THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Page 136 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN math~matical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits THE STAFF An _introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more_ important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Labo~atory wor~ to ~mphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity magnetis:U and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laborato~. Fee: $15, each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS I-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS II-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS III-Four credits MR. HALL AND STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. THOMAS Precision measur~ment_ of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $15. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 126. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Assistant Professor Kaslas; Instructors Hibbard, Welsh, and Hehn. A major in political science consists of twenty-four hours. All courses except P .S. 100 are acceptable toward the major. P.S. 100. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL SCIENCE-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a broad, comprehensive introduction to political science. All the subdivisions of political science are presented simply and clearly and the interrelationships of these subdivisions are shown. These commonly recognized fields of political science are covered: Political theory, American government, comparative governments, public administration, political parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT STAFF A Study of the National Government of the United States presenting the historical background for each major policy area, the broad outlines of existing programs, the interest groups and organizations most immediately concerned, the values that are in conflict, and the interrelations between process and policy. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. MR. HIBBARD P.S. 201. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. MR. MAILEY P.S. 202. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 and Soc. 100. �Page 138 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. HIBBARD A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT- Three credits MR. MAILEY A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION- Three credits MR. HIBBARD A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION- Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen 's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. KASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GovERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR.KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. PSYCHOLOGY Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Gaito; Instructors Kanner and Krasno. A major in psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 100 is not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 is accepted. The Department requires that psychology majors take one year of a laboratory science; they may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and subtitute this for either Biology 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to take graduate work in psychology should study either French or German in order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Students who desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of Public Instruction as psychological examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the study of human behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the individual and his reactions to other individuals and to �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. vidual tests which meas1.1re these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A more detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PsY. 203-204. semester EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each THE STAFF A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 206. APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 207. CHILD THE STAFF PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits TH E STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. THE STAFF PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits A general survey of the principal fo rms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. PsY. 271- 272 . R ESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY- Three credits each semester. THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. ( Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. BEHAVIOR-Three credits THE STAFF Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101, 102,207,212,214,224. TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and indi- MR. FLOWER RETAILING-Three credits A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location, store organ- PsY. 208. HUMAN PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor Flower. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF �Page 142 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 ization, and personnel practices. The relationship of the retailer to the manufacturer, to the consumer, to the government, to the community, and to competitors is analyzed. RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Basic principles of successful retail store organization; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. FLOWER Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special emphasis is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertisements. Elements of the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrations, and selection of media are analyzed. SELLING 1-Three credits MR. FLOWER Techniques of retail selling including practical sales demonstrations. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques of increase sales; and building permanent business. RELATIONS- Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems in retailing. RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONAL RET, 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING Three credits THE STAFF Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. RET. 207. RETAIL MERCHANDISE-Three credits THE STAFF Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING CONTROL-Three credits MR. BUYING-Three credits THE STAFF Buying as a career; types of organizations; functional bureaus as aids in buying; determination of what to buy; analysis of customer demand; where to buy; when and how to buy; brands and labeling; trade relations. Laboratory work required. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for B.A. 214 has been received. Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructors Gera, Hoover, Jenkins. Students majoring in secretarial studies are required to take a sequence of twenty-four credits outside the Department of Secretarial Studies. It is advisable to decide upon this sequence not later than the sophomore year. The remainder of the electives may be divided between commerce and finance and liberal arts courses according to the interests and vocational objectives of each student. S.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYPEWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester FLOWER The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. RET. 214. RETAIL SECRETARIAL STUDIES MR.HOOVER Development of reading and writing skill in Gregg Shorthand, Simplified; development of skill in typewriting, and ability tL apply skill to typical office problems; training in transcription from shorthand notes, during second semester, with emphasis on punctuation and spelling. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. S.S. 105. SHORTHAND 1-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription ; completion of basic theory. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. 1 Credit will be given only to students who have not previousry taken S.S.101-102. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Page 144 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN MR. JENKINS 106. SHOR THAND 1- Two credits Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, ,with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. S.S.' S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcription from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10 each course. S.S. 109-110'. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits Jhorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MR. GERA Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorthand, typewriting, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms ; preparation of telegrams, manuscnpts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; training in punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; study of correct form and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SHORTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. jENKTNS Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. S.S. 115. ADV AN CED TYPEWRITING 2- Two credits MR. JENKIN'j Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; application of typing skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto master copies; transcription from shorthand notes; development of desirable 1 See footnote preceding page. 2 Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee required. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL AccouNTING-Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and professional offices. S.S. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. GERA Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF !NTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Page 146 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, L. Mui, Yarnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and problems of adjust• ment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three credits MR. YARNAL A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 255. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A study of the influences on personality that derive from group and cultural sources. Comparative study of personality formation under different cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization and reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 265. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF INDUSTRY-Three credits MRs. MUI An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. INTRODUCTION TO SocIAL INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS Soc. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN LIFE-Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 230 SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. Soc. 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three credits MRs. Mm Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Human origins and evolution; the modern races; culture: its development, nature and characteristics, contemporary non-literature societies and their institutions. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 275. GROUP RELATIONS IN THE MoDERN WoRLoThree credits MR. SYMMONS A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. �Page 148 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Soc. 280. MODERN SOCIOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUND- Three credits MR. SYMMONS !he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or m one o~ the related fields, with a historical background necessary for ~nderst~nd1~g. of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its d1stmct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. SAFETY EDUCATION Instructor Hilbert. Courses in Safety Education are offered for teachers desirous of obtaini_ng certification in Safety Education. Undergraduates will receive no credit for these courses unless they receive approval from the Head of the Education Department and the Dean of Men. SAFETY 1. DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC SAFETY IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOLs-Three credits . D;iver and. ~e~~strian responsibilities, sound driving practices; soc1~ty s r~spons1b~l1t1es~ '_Vhat makes the automobile go; driver and pedest~i~n attitudes; CI_ty_ dr1V1~g; open-road driving; adjusting driving to cond1tio~s;_ road trammg; b1eycle safety; practice driving; practice teaching of dnvmg school patrols; school bus transportation; behind the wheel instruction emphasized. SAFETY 2. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS-Three credits SAFETY IN THE . The approach to safety instruction in the elementary schools; integra~10n of . safety m_ateria! with the social studies program; techniques of mstruct10n; cons1derat1on of physical arrangements in school buildings and programs from the standpoint of pupil safety; materials which can be obtained or created for safety instruction with young children. SAFETY 3. MATERIAL AND METHODS OF TEACHING SAFETY IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS-Three credits THE Inspec_tion and :esting .programs in the secondary schools; broadening of . techniques of mstruct1on; practical means of developing the safety attitude; _a survey of current materials for use in safety programs. The cou_rse will feature a study of testing devices and standard practices in their use, and classroom demonstrations. SAFETY 4. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION IN SAFETY CA TION-Three credits Enu- . A disc~ssion of th~ p~oblems, p~oced~res, princi pies and techniques mvolved m the orga01zat1on, admm1strat1on and supervision of accident prevention programs. Designed for college instructors, school admi?istrators, school safety directors, and others interested in, and responsible for, organizing and conducting school and community safety programs. 5. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION-Three credits Treats one of the major approaches to the solution of the safety problem by means of developing better understanding of human nature and methods of dealing with it. It may be assumed that man is interested in his own bodily safety; but it must not be assumed that tha.t interest is always active. Ways will be discussed to arouse and develop the interest that lies dormant; or is covered up by bad habits of attention, emotion and maladjustment to life; or is not sufficient to safeguard the individual because he is of low-grade intelligence, lacks knowledge, or has not been properly trained. SAFETY SAFETY 6. VISUAL AND OTHER Ams IN SAFETY EDUCATIONThree credits Discussion and demonstration of practical values in visual and other sensory aids; standards for appraising and their relationship to the curriculum; guiding principles and techniques; minimum equipment and sources; housing and distribution. �Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer ADMIRAL HAROLD MRS. p AUL BEDFORD R. JOSEPH J. ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, Chairman EuGE ES. KOCYAN, M.D. Vice Chairman FARLEY, President FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY R. KooNs MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER A L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. REUBEN DARTE H. FRANK A. ENGLISH REV. CHARLES S. RousH Miss ANNETTE EvANs JOSEPH J. SAVITZ EUGENE s. FARLEY ELLSWORTH PARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI HoN. JoHN S. FINE JULIUS LONG STERN HARRY F. GOERINGER MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER GEORGE \t\T. DREW J. SORDONI GucKELBERGER AARON WEISS p. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. ANDREW J. SoRDONI Buildings and Grounds THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE AARON WEISS LEVY SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. ARNAUD C. MARTS, JAMES ARNAUD C. MARTS, Miss MARY KooNs JAMES p. HARRIS WILLIAM Development Executive Committee STARK, GEORGE Instruction w. HoN. JoHN CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Chairman GucKELBERGER, Chairman S. FINE REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK BURNSIDE ARNAUD C. MARTS ~IRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT F. ELLSWORTH l\1Rs. FRANCK G. DARTE ANDREW AMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. J. p ARKHURST SoRDONI JULIUS LONG STERN 1\11 s ANNETTE Ev ANS TERM OF OFFICE REv. CHARLES S. RousH Expiring June, 1960 HARRY F. GoERINGER, REUBEN H. LEVY Finance Miss ANNETTE EVANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JAMES EUGENE S. FARLEY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. P. HARRIS, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER HoN. JoHN S. FINE JOSEPH J. SAVITZ RElJBEN H. LEVY GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK A SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Expiring June, 1961 MRS. CHARLES WILLIAM L. E. CLIFT CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES p. JOSEPH F. LESTER ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST AARON WEISS MRS. PAUL BEDFORD MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Chairman CONYNGHAM Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS .JOSEPH F. LESTER 'DREW J. SoRDONI CHARLES H. MINER, JR. J LIUS LONG STERN AARON WEISS ominations REV. CHARLES Library S. RousH, Chairman GEORGE W. GUCKELBERGER JAME Expiring June, 1962 L. WILLIAM Miss MARY R. KooNs JULIUS LONG STERN HARRIS Scholarships JosEPH p. J. Miss ANNETTE EvA s, Chairman JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs HARRIS KocYAN, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss MARY R. KooNs FRANK BURNSIDE REv. CHARLES S. RousH HARRY F. GOERINGER ANDREW J. SoRDONI JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Ex Officio on all Committees-ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �Officers of Administration EUGENE s. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) JOHN P. WHITBY B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALSTON , B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) BERYL COLE B.A. (Whittier) FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (N.Y.U.) STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) MARGARETE. CONNOLLY B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) ] OHN ] • CHWALEK B.A. (East Tennessee State) M.A. (Columbia) RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT B. MORRIS B.S. (Wilkes) WILLIAM A. ZDANCEWICZ B.S. (Wilkes) NADA VUJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) GEORGE F. ERMEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Syracuse) JAMES EIDAM B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT KERR M .D. (Virginia) B. FRANKLIN GRIFFITH M.D. (Hahnemann) President Assistants in Administration MARY K. BEACHAM .................. Secretary to the President JANET DAVIES ....... . ............. . Secretary to the Registrar Director of Admissions and Registrar PHYLLIS F. Mo D ....................... Admissions Secretary Dean of Men MOLLIE BACK ................ Secretary to the Dean of Women SHIRLEE BACHMAN .........•... . Secretary to the Dean of Men PHYLLIS WRIGHT .. Secretary to the Director of Evening Division Dean of Women MILDRED MARINI ........ Secretary to the Director of Placement Director of College Consultation MARIE OPSITOS ........ Secretary to the Director of Development Director of Evening Division JOHANNA BOROWSKI ................ . Secretary to Admin. Asst. Comptroller SANDRA DIETRICH ...................... . Office Machine Clerk KATHLEEN O'DONNELL ....... Secretary to the Alumni Secretary RuTH V. BISHOP .................................. Recorder, ETHEL M. Nuss ........................... Assistant Recorder Director of Guidance and Placement CATHERINE KARMILOWICZ ..... . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper JoAN THOMAS ...................................... Cashier Director of Development and Alumni Secretary Administrative Assistant to the President Publicity Associate ProfessorLibrarian Assistant ProfessorLibrarian Instructor-Librarian JULE CooK .................... Accounts Payable Bookkeeper JoAN OSTROWSKI ........................ . Payroll Bookkeeper RUTH T. HERBERT ......... . Assistant in the Office of Publicity MILDRED GITTINS .................. . Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS ...... Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds BEVERLY Guss ..................... Secretary to the Librarian LOLA K. PULLING, Head Resident, Sterling Hall ANNA E. CABORE, Head Resident, McClintock Hall College Physician College Physician JANET L. LANGDON, Head Resident, Catlin Hall DAMARIS M. STURDEVANT, Head Resident, Weiss Hall MARGARET BARBER, Head Resident, Chapman Hall �Faculty Name Department EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Chemistry CHARLES B. REIF B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER B.A., M.A., (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) Biology History SAMUEL A. RosENBERG Economics B.A., M.B.A. (Boston University) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY Political B.A. (West Chester State Science Teachers) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER Education B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) J. J. DAVIES B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMMONS B.A., M.A. (Warsaw) Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) AnNAH G. KosTENBAUDER B.A. (Rochester) M.A., Ph.D. (Syracuse) ARTHUR N. KRUGER B.A. (Alabama) Ph.D. (Louisiana State) Rum W. JESSEE Position B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) Administration President ALFRED W. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) FRANK FACULTY - Page 157 KOSSUTH M. WILLIAMSON B.A. (Alabama) M.A., Ph.D. (Harvard) Professor ELWOOD DISQUE B.A. (Dickinson) HoH-CHEUNG Mm B.A. (Lingnan) M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) Professor Professor SYLVIA DWORSKI Professor B.A. (Connecticut College) M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) Professor Professor Sociology Professor Physics and Professor Engineering 1 Mathematics English Professor Professor Professor Economics New York Foundation Visiting Professor German Associate Professor Associate Professor History Modern Foreign Languages Music MICHELINI B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Biology ADA Vu JICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) Library FRANCIS]. Philosophy Professor JOHN G. DETROY · B.M. (Eastman School of Music) M.M. (Rochester) SHELDON G. COHEN Biological B.A. (Ohio State) Research M.D. (New York) ROBERT L. CHAPMAN English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Michigan) THOMAS R. RICHARDS Mathematics B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) Professor English Nursing Education PAUL E. BENNEIT B.A. (University of Akron) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) English CATHERINE H. BONE B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Chemistry STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) Mathematics EDWARD N. HELTZEL B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) Engineering Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor �FACULTY - Page 159 Page 158 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN CATHAL B. O'TooLE, N.A. National Academy of Design Art Assistant Professor WILLIAM R. GASBARRO B.A. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) Music Education Assistant Professo'r WELTON G. FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Economics Assistant Professor JAMES R. p ARMENTER B.A. (Kent State University) Philosophy Assistant Professor GEORGE F. ELLIOT Economics B.A. (Montclair State Teachers) M.A. (Clark) Assistant Professor EDITH D. NAMISNIAK B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Michigan) Biology Assistant Professor FRANCIS J. SALLEY B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Chemistry Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor Education English Assistant Professor GEORGE F. ERMEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Syracuse) FRANCES SMITH B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Assistant Professor JOHN J. CHWALEK B.A. (East Tennessee State) M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) Sociology Instructor Psychology Instructor History Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Sociology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Business Admin. Instructor English Instructor Business Admin. Instructor Economics Instructor ALFRED s. GROH B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT C. RILEY B.A. (Bucknell) Psychology Assistant Professor BRONIS J. KASLAS History Assistant Professor ROBERT E. WERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) Economics Assistant Professor E. SHELDON CURTIS B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Accounting Assistant Professor CROMWELL E. THOMAS B.S. (Washington and Lee) Engineering Assistant Professor PAUL R. WERNER B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Accounting Assistant Professor You-KENG CHIANG B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) Economics Ass£stant Professor LLB. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) JOHN G. REESE Physical B.S .• M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Education Assistant Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.A. (Columbia) Art Education Assistant Professor JOHN GAITO B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (Temple) Psychology Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) LORNA HOLBROOK MUI B.A., M.A. (Columbia) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER B.A. (Wilkes) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) ROBERT J. MILLER B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) ALLENE. BACON, JR. B.S. (Tempie) JoHN H. HoTsoN B.A. (Colorado College) M.A. (Pennsylvania) �Page 160 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN FACULTY - Page 161 RICHARD G. KRUTCHKOFF B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Physics Instructor CALVIN D. FREEMAN B.S. (Calvin) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Biology and Chemistry MARTIN G. FRIEDMANN B.S., M.S. (.Julliard) English Instructor Instructor DIRK R. BUDD B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Columbia) Music Instructor Music Instructor LARRY WEED B.M. (Oklahoma City) M.M. (Rochester) GEORGE GERA B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) M.A. (Columbia) Secretarial Studies and Business Admin. JAMES EIDAM . B.S. (Wilkes) Library Instructor Instructor \fARITA 200LKOSKI Physical Education Instructor BETTY B. MAY B.S., M.E. (Purdue) Mathematics Instructor Library Instructor E. RUSSELL MAY B.S., M.S., M.E. (Purdue) Engineering Instructor S. PINKOWSKI B.S. (Wilkes) FRANCIS B.S. (East Stroudsburg State) FREDERICK .J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) Part-Time Faculty Education Instructor JESSIE H. RODERICK B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) Elementary Education Instructor ] OSEPH SALSBURG Mathematics Instructor B.A. (Bucknell) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.O. Quilmant Organ School Music Instructor FERDINAND LIVA Conservatory of Naples .Juilliard School of Music Music Instructor CLAYTON BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) Sociology Instructor Business Admin. Instructor ROBERT CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) Accounting RICHARD CHAPLINE B.S., M.S. (J uilliard) Music Instructor CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) FREDERICK FLOWER Retailing Instructor CATHERINE F. CONBOY B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Nursing Education Instructor • TEVIN L. DIEFENBACH B.S. (Wilkes) Nursing Education Instructor THEODORE EVANS Political Science Instructor Philosophy Instructor Political Science Instructor Safety Education Instructor B.S. (Grove City) M. Litt. (Pittsburgh) STANLEY S. GuTIN B.A. (Maryland) M.A. (Pennsylvania) PAUL HEHN B.A. (Oregon) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (New York) HERBERT BERNSTEIN B.B.A., M.B.A. (Western Reserve) ] AMES ] . BOHNI~G B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) English Instructor Instructor A.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) History Instructor Economics Instructor Chemistry Instructor ALBERT FRIEDLANDER Ph.B. (Chicago) B.H.L. (Hebrew Union) JOHN H. HIBBARD · B.A. (Pennsylvania) LL.B. (Dickinson) DONALD G. HILBERT B.S. (West Chester State Teachers) M.A. (New York) �Page 162 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN THOMAS H. JENKINS Secretarial B.S. (Bloomsburg State Teachers) Studies M.A. (New York) Instructor Business Admin. Instructor JoHN G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) Business Admin. Instructor ISIDORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Psychology Instructor ANNE C. LIVA Juilliard School of Music Music Instructor ABRAM P. MORGAN B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers) M.S. (Bucknell) Mathematics Instructor GEORGE B. RITCHIE B.A. (Haverford) LLB. (Pennsylvania) History Instructor CARL SCHINDLER STM (Lutheran Theological Seminary) Religion Instructor CYRIL J. SPEICHER B.S. (Wilkes) ursing Education English Instructor Instructor ROBERT A. WEST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) Mathematics Instructor HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) Political Science Instructor J. WARREN YARNAL · B.A. (Juniata) M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) Sociology Instructor JoHN BusH B.S. (Wilkes) English Instructor MARY A. THOM B.A. (Middlebury) M.A. (Wisconsin) Library Instructor JOYCE MILLER Nursing Education Instructor WILLIAM JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) M.A. (Chicago) �Faculty Committees The following are the faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1959-1960: BERYL COLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTON G. FARRAR JoHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY RoBERT E. WERNER, Key to Campus Buildings Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE Hon-CHEUNG MUI ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA Athletic Committee Chairman JORN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JoHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee Chairman HUGO V. MAILEY, MAP Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman JoHN P. WHITBY Eva.luation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI RO-BERT RILEY c. B. C. Fi D. Je E. H 1 F. 0 G. F H. C I. J. K. c. ROBERT RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. ASILESKI w Scholarship Committee Chairman JoHN P. WHITBY, J. JoHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON OF WILKES-BARRE, ~I : II~ 1~ \;; PENNSYLVANIA WlA " _ _ _ _ __,\ CJ SOUTH w. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JoHN P. WHITBY ® I~~~~ OTHER BUILDINGS COLLEGE SUOLDINGS FRANKLIN Ill ~R,EET ~ ~ z ® 0 ·-·- @ JI\~ J ~ •• ·••Kt••·- I [fill ~ r~ i1: - - BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO J. ARTHUR HooVER JoHN H. HoTsON RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR- Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. fARLE~ RIVER --- ----- ~ ~ SUSQUEHANNA Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees ~ ' ~ 21 rJ c____t-c_~I 11~11 _ Student Activities and Planning Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, chairman s. A. WILKES COLLEGE CAMPUS J. J. FRANK DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI BENJAMIN F. FIESTER ALFRED 21. 157 South Franklin 22. Pickering Hall 23. Hollenback Hall 24. Gies Hall 25. College Commons 26. 0 badiah Gore Hall 27. Gymnasium 28. Guidance Center 29. 180 South River c. Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty HAROLD THATCHER, Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall 8. Barre Hall 9. President's House 10. Conyngham Hall Library Committee Admissions Committee J oHN P. WHITBY, Chairman W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall 18. Conyngham Annex-Art 19. Sturdevant Hall 20. Harding Hall 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. RIVER ~ COM MON --= - -- c=::::7 ~ c:=;:, <:::J c=:=:7 c==;, c:, i �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1959-1960: Admissions Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman BERYL COLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTON G. FARRAR JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY Committee on Academic Freedom Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA To be elected by the Faculty Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman Athletic Committee FRANK J. HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY s. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 1. Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House 10. Conyngham Hall 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall MAP KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI JOHN J. CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HoovER JoHN H. HoTsoN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. FARLEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. Hotel terlin t. Stephen's First Baptist Je,,·ish Com Hi torical S Osterhout L , First Presby Central Y. Christian Sc Ohav Zedek Temple Isra WILKES COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA t~ Iw w w w D COLLEGE BUILDINGS ® ci OTHER BUILDINGS t(/) er SOUTH STREET FRANKLIN I- V) z 0 I- Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman 157 South Franklin Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons 0 badiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River OF FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. K. J. DAVIES Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED w. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Key to Campus Buildings LI.I • Y: 0: <( ~ ICl) LIJ ~ -·-·-·-, I I- ® a.. I: 4: I I- [ill] a: 0 z I PARKING j i i ~ I Iw If) ~ IJ-el ~ ~ IlJ.J w Q'. I- (/) ~@fa ~ ~ m111_1 1 i ==~=c===7c::::;:7C:, RIVER COM MON I r :J 0 (/) I- (/) w ~ �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1959-1960: Admissions Committee Library Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman BERYL COLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTONG. FARRAR RoBERT E. WERNER, Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman Athletic Committee FRANK ] . ] . DAVIES HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman FRANCIS Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall WILKES 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall HAROLD THATCHER Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman IV) A. Hotel terlin B. t. tephen's C. Fir t Baptist D. Jewi h Corot E. Hi torical S F. Osterhout Li G. Fir t Presbyt H. Central Y. I. Chri tian Sd J. Ohav Zedek K. Temple Isra< PENNSYLVANIA 1- w a:w 157 South Franklin Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons Obadiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, I- 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. OF J. MICHELINI STANLEY H. WASILESKI w w ~ CJ COLLEGE BUILDINGS OTHER BUILDINGS ® cl 1- '-==========================================J ~ ~=============================================~ rr===============================:::;-;::===========:--~ z SOUTH FRANKLIN 0 • ] OHN ] . CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman ALFRED V./. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED s. GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. MAP ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY Key to Campus Buildings BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HOOVER JOHN H. HoTsoN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. FARLEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees :J® J IV) ~ ··-·-·-· I l- ® a.. L 4: ---~,I ~ 0 z PARK.ING I r :::> 0 V) I- V) UJ ~ RIVER COM MON �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made Key to Campus Buildings for the academic year 1959-1960: Library Committee Admissions Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman BERYL CoLE GEORGE F. RALSTON WELTON G. FARRAR JOHN J. CHWALEK ROBERT C. RILEY RoBERT E. WERNER, ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG MUI RoBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall ADA VUJICA Athletic Committee Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK GEORGE F. RALSTON JoHN G. REESE RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. Calendar Committee V. MAILEY, Chairman HUGO MAP Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman P. WHITBY Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY c. WILKES FRANK J. J. DAVIES VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. RosENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI w. BASTRESS BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JoHN P. WHITBY s. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. Hotel terling t. tephen's Episco Fir t Baptist Churcl Je, •i h Community Hi torical Society Osterhout Library Fir t Presbyterian I Central Y. LC.A Chri tian Science ( Ohav Zedek Temple Israel COLLEGE WILKES-BARRE, CAMPUS PENN SYLVAN IA v. I t- Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman J. JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON Student Activities and Planning Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, chairman ALFRED 157 South Frankl' p·1ck ering Hall m Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons Obadiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River OF BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JoHN 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. c. Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. ::) I- V) UJ ~ ---·-·-·, I 0 V') PARK.ING\ i i \ i BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR HoovER JoHN H. HoTsoN 'R.ussELL R. PicroN, JR, J. Ex Officio on all Committees-EUGENE S. FARLEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom To be elected by the Faculty and the Trustees RIVER _--.....:::::::: s us QUEHANNA - _ - - = :: RI VE R - COM MON --~~==:==::::==:=~:::::::======--~ _ --====---= �Committees :ulty Committee assignments made 160: Key to Campus Buildings Library Committee RoBERT E. WERNER, Chairman ELWOOD DISQUE HOH-CHEUNG MUI ROBERT L. CHAPMAN ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VUJICA 1. Kirby Hall-Library 2. Chase Hall-Administration 3. Chase Theater 4. Warner Hall 5. Ashley Hall 6. Stark Hall 7. Butler Hall 8. Barre Hall 9. President's House 10. Conyngham Hall MAP Program Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman FRANK J. WILKES J. DAVIES FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG KONSTANTIN SYMMONS HAROLD THATCHER STANLEY H. WASILESKI an Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON Student Activities and Planning GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman v-Trustee Committee 1cademic Freedom y the Faculty and the Trustees A. B. Hotel Sterling . St. Stephen's Episcopal Church C. First Baptist Church D. Jewish comm~nity Center E. Historical Society F. Osterhout Library G. First Presbyterian Church H. Central Y. M. C. A. I. Christian Science Church J. Ohav Zedek K. Temple Israel PENN SYLVAN IA ® t- u.I I- 21. 157 South Franklin 22. Pickering Hall 23. Hollenback Hall 24. Gies Hall 25. College Commons 26. Obadiah Gore Hall 27. Gymnasium 28. Guidance Center 29. 180 South River OF ~ CJ COLLEGE BUILDINGS OTHER BUILDINGS uJ ~ ~~=======================:=::)(/)~~===================~===~ =-==-====-=========:-:::-~======;--:===:=--;:::===~1-r.=ll=========H=~SOUTH STREET FRANKLIN 1! z 0 Ia.. ® I: 4: 'lC I It <{ r -------·!I PARK.ING j i I- a: [@ I 0 z ~ i F IJ-tl \ (/) w 3 ; ===" i RIVER - COM MON --~ SUSQUEHANNA RIVER ---= u.1 w a: I- I/) i~§~ ~ I- I BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HOOVER JoHN H. HoTsoN RUSSELL R. PICTON, JR. :ommittees-EUGENE S. FARLEY W eckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, VORIS B. HALL EUGENE L. HAMMER HUGO V. MAILEY 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. ,, 1 c==:, c==:, tll _I = = = 7 c:=:;, ,:;::, :r: I- :) 0 (/) �Index Tb for tl Adm JOHN BERY GEOJ WEL' JOHl\ Rom Com Ac Toh Athl, HAR< JOHl\ GEOI JOHN Russ Cale: HUG< BEN ~ jOHl'i Eva.ii GEOl EuGE FRAN Rom Grad GEOl ALFR BERY ELWC ALFB CHAF JOHl'i Map of \ccounting Degree Program . . . . . . . . De cription of Courses . . . \ctivitic, Student . . . . . . . . .\dministrative Officers . . . \ssistants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . \dmis ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . Requirements . . . . . . . . . . \drnnced Course Standing. \dvanced Study . . . . . . . . . . ,\lumni Office . . . . . . . . . . . . ~nthropology ............ 66 87 31 154 155 I0 10 11 12 50 50 146 \rt College Campus Degree Program . . . . . . . . 58 Description of Courses . . . 89 \rt Education . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 .\ sembly Committee . . . . . . 32 .\ssi tance, Financial . . . . . . I 7 Employment . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Scholarships . . . . . . . . . . . I 7 Tuition Stipends . . . . . . . 33 \thletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 .\ttendance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 \wards . . .. . ........... 48, 49 Biology Degree Program . . . . . . . . Description of Courses . . . Books tore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Business Administration Degree Program . . . . . . . . Description of Courses . . Business Education . . . . . . . 59 92 16 67 94 73 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Change of Program . . . . . . . 45 Chemistry Degree Program . . . . . . . . 62 Description of Courses . . 98 Class Standing . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 College and Community . . . 51 College Commons . . . . . . . . . 16 Commerce and Finance . . . 65 Consultation Service . . . . . . 28 Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Course Credits . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Curricula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Dean's List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Degree, Bachelor of Arts . 55-57 Degree, Bachelor of Science ............. 62 Dormitories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Economics, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . IO I Education Elementary . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Secondary . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 Description of Courses ... 105 Graduate Programs in . . . 39 Educational Resources . . . . 29 Employment .... . ........ 19 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Engineering, Program Requirements . . . . . . . 78 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year . . . . . 79 �INDEX - Page 167 Page 166 - WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN Aeronautical . . . . . . . . . 79 Chemical . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Civil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Industrial . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Mechanical ... . ...... 81 Description of Courses .. llO English, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Evening School . . . . . . 13, 40, 45 Expenses ............... 13, 16 Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 Committees . . . . . . . . . . . . I 64 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . 42 Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 French, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Freshman Orientation . . . . . 27 General Science . . . . . . . . . . I 2 I German, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Graduate Placement . . . . . . 50 Graduate Programs in Education . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Graduation, Requirements for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 History, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Honors.................. 46 Insurance, Accident and Sickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inter-Dormitory Council . . 14 31 Journalism, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Liberal Arts Requirements for Majors. Selection of a Major. . . . . Library.................. Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 55 29 18 Map of College Campus Facing Page 161 Marketing (see Retailing) . 69 Mathematics Degree Program . . . . . . . . 60 Description of Courses . . 123 Medical Technology, Degree Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Medical Technology, Terminal Program . . . . 82 Music Degree Program . . . . . . . . 61 Description of Courses .. 126 Music Education Degree Program . . . . . . . . 7·1 Description of Courses .. 129 Nursing Education Degree Program . . . . . . . . 76 Description of Courses .. 131 Philosophy, Description of Courses ............. 132 Physical Education and Hygiene ............. 134 Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Physics, Two-Year Program 63 Description of Courses .. 135 Point Averages . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Political Science, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Pre-Dental, Two-Year Program 83 ·1 hree-Year Program . . . . 84 Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 P ·chology, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 taff Stipends . . . . . . . . . . 33 Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Religion, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Re earch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Retailing Degree Program . . . . . . . . 69 Description of Courses .. 141 'afety Education, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Scien e Facilities . . . . . . . . . 29 Secretarial Studie Degree Program . . . . . . . . 70 Description of Courses. . . 143 'ecretarial Studies, Terminal Program . . . . 85 Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses . 146 Spanish, Description of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Student Activities . . . . . . . . . 31 Student Advisement . . . . . . . 27 Student Government . . . . . . 31 Student Load . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Student Regulations . . . . . . 35 Student Responsibility . . . . 36 Summer School .. ..... .. 13, 41 Teacher Certification . . . . . . Terminal Programs Medical Technology . . . . Pre-Dental (Two-Year) . Pre-Dental (Three-Year) . Secretarial . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer of Summer Credits Transfer Students . . . . . . . . Trustees Board of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Committees ............ Tuition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Payment of . . . . . . . . . . . . Refund of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 82 83 84 85 45 12 152 153 13 14 15 Wilkes College . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Accreditment . . . . . . . . . . 50 Withdrawals .... . ...... 15, 45 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1960-1961 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1960-1961 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/a5d4323ecbbd43ff5f0cdeffd6356b95.pdf 8c4ddf5638f6d63e43e07454f0acbc8d PDF Text Text lL LI RARY 1961-1962 �J__ ES COLLEGE u tin 1961-1962 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS-1961-62 Vol. X �College Calendar College Calendar SUMMER SESSION - 1961 Wednesday, June 14 to Friday, June 16 Registration Monday, June 19 Classes begin Tuesday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 11 Summer School ends FIRST SEMESTER- 1961 Monday, September 11 to Friday, September 15 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 12 Registration for Freshmen Thursday, September 14 Registration for U pperclassrnen Monday, September 18 Classes begin at 8:00 a.rn. Saturday, October 21 Homecoming, Wilkes vs. Lycoming Saturday, October 28 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, November 1 Mid-semester reports Monday, November 6 to Friday, ovember 10 Registration Tuesday, November 21 Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Monday, November 27 Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 :00 a.m. Saturday, December 16 Christmas recess begins at noon Wednesday, January 3, 1962 Christmas recess ends at 8:00 a.m. Wednesday, January 17 Classes end Friday, January 19 to Saturday, January 27 Examination period SECOND SEMESTER - 1962 Wednesday, January 31 All-College Regis tra ti on ~fonday, February 5 Classes begin at 8:00 a.m. Saturday, March 17 Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 21 Mid-semester reports ~fonday, March 26 to Friday, March 30 Registration Tue ·day, April 17 Easter recess begins at 5 :00 p.m. Wednesday, April 25 Easter recess ends at 8 :00 a.1n. Sunday, May 6 Parents Day Saturday, May 26 Classes end ~londay, May 28 to Tuesday, June 5 Examination period aturday, June 9 Alumni Day Sunday, June 10 Baccalaureate . fonday, June 11 Commencement SUMMER SESSIO Wednesday, June 13 to Friday, June 15 Registration \londay, June 18 Classes begin Wednesday, July 4 Independence Day Friday, August 10 Summer School ends -1962 �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the Faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. Education at The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. Wilkes The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates cons tructi vel y in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the Faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Contents College Calendar . 2 Education at Wilkes 4 An Educated Man . 5 College and Community . 8 Admissions 12 Expenses 15 Financial Assistance 19 Registration 25 Counseling 29 Educational Resources 31 Student Activities 33 Athletics 36 Student Regulations 37 Curricula . 41 Faculty Requirements 44 Graduation 49 Advanced Study . 52 Degree Programs 55 Terminal Programs 84 Description of Courses 87 Board of Trustees . . 150 Officers of Administration . 152 Assistants in Administration . 153 Faculty . . 154 Map of College Campus . Index . Facing Page 162 . 163 Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. From its inception the college has been dedicated to twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the Faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. �COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 9 College and Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services In cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has provided for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. These local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of $150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research Center has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studies for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Economy League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commi sions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. The Area Research Center provides professional direction and secretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of 100, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. The purposes of the Center are (1) to coordinate the many studies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT �Page 10 __, COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY tional program for public officials. By providing trammg, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. Policies and Objectives of the College The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the rehabilitation of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Admissions Expenses MATHEMATICS FOR HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS Wilkes College, under the sponsorship of the National Science Foundation, has offered for high school teachers classroom instruction intended to increase the competence of teachers in the subject matter of mathematics and the natural sciences. Particular emphasis is on topics in the new mathematics and science of the twentieth century. WILKES-BARRE PHILHARMONIC ORCHESTRA The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the a!gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. The professional leadership, as well as a number of the members, comes from the department of music of the College. FINE ARTS FIESTA The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Financial Assistance Registration �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. ,chool transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. ,1DMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $5.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of .\dmissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. Ad1nission Requirements ADMISSION TESTS HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested m studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. The Scholastic Aptitude test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, January, or February tests are recommended as most suitable. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. For information concerning these tests the student should write to the Educational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, , rew Jersey. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations to determine the applicant's readiness for college work. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high Although a personal interview with each student is not required, the Admissions Officer reserves the right to request an interview with a candidate for admission. Students and their families are cordially invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. �Page 14 ,...., ADMISSIONS Expenses ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately and students are required to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit in order to guarantee their entry into the College. Thi deposit will be applied toward the tuition charges for the first semester. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. Faculty policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Freshmen who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination, or upon approval by the department or departments concerned. Although the student will not receive credit for the courses that he has omitted, he will be spared the necessity of repeating work that he has previously covered outside of college. TUITION AND FEES The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $375.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $25.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student activities fee of $25.00 will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $25.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. The cost of individual instruction in music is $50.00 for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. For a fifteen-week series of one-hour lessons on string and wind instruments in groups conisting of no fewer than three and of no more than five students the fee will be $50.00. In the sciences and the secretarial studies nominal fees are charged for laboratory work. There are no fees for library or the Town and Gown concert series. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged 25.00 per semester hour. A fee of $25.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Students may arrange with the Finance Office for deferred payments. A service fee of $1.00 for each course is charged. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $25.00 per semester hour of study. �Page 16 ,....., EXPENSES CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students through the American Casualty Company, Reading, Pennsylvania. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for the full College term and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. EXPENSES ,....., Page 17 '1. In exceptional cases, the College will accept installment payments of tuition. In such cases, arrangements must be approved by the Finance Office before registration. A service fee of $10.00 per semester will be charged for this plan of payments. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under exceptional conditions. o student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are six men's and six women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a faculty proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets, towels, and linen. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. �Page 18 - EXPENSES Financial Assistance The charge for room and board is $375.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health insurance at a cost of $30.00. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. ESTIMATE OF EXPENSES Items of personal expense vary according to each student's habits and circumstances. Below is an estimate of certain basic expenses for the college year: Tuition and General Expenses Commuting Students Dormitory Students Tuition .......................... . Room and Board ........... . ...... . Books, Supplies, Fees* ....... _..... . Insurance .................. . ...... . $750 $ 750 100 IO 750 100 30 Total ........... . ............ . $860 $1630 To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. Scholarships COLLEGE BOOK STORE Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Book Store, Harding House. The book store is operated on a cash basis. The College also maintains a United States Post Office sub-station in Harding House. COLLEGE COMMONS The Commons serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. • The amount is higher or lower depending upon the student's curriculum. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March I. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Students indicating such need shall receive an application for scholarship aid with their notification of admission to the College. This completed application should be submitted to the Director of Admissions before April I. 4. The applicant is responsible for the submission of personal references from three teachers or other members of the community. These references should be mailed directly to the Director of Admissions prior to April l. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may he obtained at the College. PEG/AL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 Founders of Scholarships made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. Each year some 700 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. ADOLPH HERSKOWITZ MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND. For a period of years Mr. Ernest Herskowitz is giving funds that will assist a worthy student to gain an education. THE RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from thi bequest has been set aside for scholarships. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. ANDREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. THE JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL scholarship was created by Rulison Evans in memory of his father, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre l\Iixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been THE NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes �REGISTRATION - Page 25 Page 24 ,....., FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE College Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. COST OF EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIPS A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. In announcing the donors of these scholarships, the College also wishes to acknowledge its appreciation to the donors. Frank E. Baldwin Co. General Roofing Co. Barre Footwear Co. Glen Alden Corp. Central Slipper Co., Inc. C. F. Goeringer Construction Co., Inc. Custom Products Eastern Pennsylvania Supply Co. First National Bank of Wilkes-Barre Fowler, Dick and Walker Penna. Power & Light Co. Pioneer Manufacturing Co. Planters Nut & Chocolate Co. ]. B. Post Co. Triangle Shoe Stores Wilk es-Barre Iron & Wire Works Wyoming National Bank of Wilkes-Barre Walben, Inc. Northeastern Pennsylvania National Bank & Trust Co. Scholastic Endowrnents THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who · was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by ubsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LJTERA TURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended cholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. Harry F. Goeringer & Sons George W. Guckelberger Kanaar Corp. Registration Lester Pontiac Franconi Auto Parts Melody Shoe Corp. Franklin Federal Savings & Loan Assn. Miners National Bank Frank E. Parkhurst, Inc. Every student is expected to register term on dates specified in the College senting himself for registration after registration will pay a late registration at the beginning of each calendar. A student prethe time designated for fee of $5.00. �Student Li£e at the College Counseling Educational Resources Student Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling Studying at Wilkes Higher education is the area wherein men of conviction are brought together in their search for know ledge. In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the fri:!edom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAJ\f The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the Faculty discuss with them: 1. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extra-curricular program. 1. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 30 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructor , his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply direct]y to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Educational Resources THE LIBRARY Kirby Hall, the gift of Allen P. Kirby, houses the College library. Students and faculty use the resources of its periodical and reference rooms and depend on the more than 50,000 volumes and some 400 current periodicals and journals for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for par- ticular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8:00 A.M. to 9:30 P.M. and on Friday from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; on Saturday from 1:00 P.M. to 4:00 P.M. During vacation periods the hours are 9:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; during examination periods from 8:00 A.M. to 4:00 P.M. The services of the two community libraries, the Osterhout Free Library in Wilkes-Barre and the Hoyt Library in Kingston, are also available to students. CIENCE FACILITIES Stark Hall, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark and completed in 1958, houses the science departments of the college. These facilities include 5 physics laboratories completely equipped for studies in all fields of the physical sciences; 5 chemical laboratories equipped for instruction and research in all fields of chemistry; 5 biology laboratories completely equipped for instruction and research in the biological sciences. In addition to the completely equipped class laboratories in each department, there are thirteen faculty offices equipped for research, two photographic dark rooms, animal rooms, greenhouse facilities, and student research rooms available for undergraduate studies. �Page 32 ,__ EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES RESEARCH Research in the sciences has included such varied work as allergy research sponsored by the National Institutes of Health, Education and Welfare; immunochemical research sponsored by the Pennsylvania Heart Association; basic research on plant development sponsored by the National Science Foundation; and basic research in protozoology sponsored by the National Science Foundation. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's intere t begun in the classroom. The Faculty encourages a program of extra-curricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of ta tes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the Faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own c,'ccutive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The Faculty discourages the formation of campus organizations that are not open to all students, and groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other tudent groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activiti~s budget to a~l tudent groups; it supervises the College social calendar; 1t arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. !1 TER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and �Page 34 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. STUDENT ACTIVITIES - Page 35 Tuition Stipends for the Staffs of the Amnicola and Beacon Based on Years of Service ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE YEARS OF SERVICE POSITION Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by student. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: Freshman and sophomore year-four cuts. Junior year-eight cut&. Senior year-fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. Publications The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the A mnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the student publications. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. 4 3 2 $750.00 $562.50 $500.00 Business Managers ... } $562.50 Special Editors ...... $375.00 $250.00 Editors-in-Chief ...... �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimmi~g, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stressc physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern; bowling, basketball, softball and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same con~ide~ation in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that 1s give~ . to ot_her students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate compet1t10n with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintainino0 comparable scholastic standards. The. College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate ~thlet1c Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between .individuals. Informal and friendly a ociations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: 1. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting tudents are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and ophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The Faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in such cases, the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans explaining his absence. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 38 - STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The Faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The Academic Program of the College Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Faculty Require1nents Graduation Advanced Study �Curricula Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Thought has roots in the world of human experience. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's creative interests. The student can strive for technical and profe sional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. The Faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the :ontinual expansion of his knowledge and upon Its relevance to human experience. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. The Faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surpri e and delight at rediscovering itself. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry and in physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and elementary, secondary, art, business, music, and nursing education. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. TERMINAL PROGRAMS tudents may earn terminal Certificates in the two-year secretarial and pre-dental curricula, in addition to the three-year pre-dental program. Graduate Programs To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes plans to introduce two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program will be published in the Bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAMS IN EDUCATION Wilkes is cooperating with two universities, Bucknell and Temple, to bring to the area graduate programs in education. �CURRICULA - Page 43 Page 42 - CURRICULA The Bucknell University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in Education and satisfies the requirements of the Commonwealth in guidance and administration. Courses are offered in the evening. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. Candidates may register at the College. Under the cooperative program existing between Wilkes and the two universities, all credits are granted by the universities. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. Details of these graduate programs may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. EVENING DIVISION 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. SUMMER SCHOOL When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The Faculty offers selected courses during an eight week summer session, which begins in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. �FACULTY REQUIREMENTS - Page 45 Faculty Requirements COURSE CREDITS GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades and a subscript E for English usage are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ....................... Superior 3 ....................... Very good Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. 2 ....................... Good 1 ....................... Passing 0 ....................... Failing An E subscript is given with the grade for the course when the written or oral English of the student is below standard. If the student at the end of any term is judged deficient by two or more instructors of subjects other than English, he must complete satisfactorily an additional course in English composition. This course shall be taken during the term immediately following, if possible, but under any circumstance it must be taken during the following year. No student is eligible for graduation unless he is deemed competent in the use of the English language. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the sixth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. Course Credit Hrs. Grade Carried Points Credit Hrs . Passed 3 4 12 Bio. 100 .................. 3 3 9 3 3 . ................. 101 Eng. 3 6 2 Fr. 101 ................... 3 3 1 3 ................. 3 101 Hit. 0 0 0 Mus. 100 .................. 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 Total credit hrs. passed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Total points earned ....................... 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 otice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in music means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. Graduation from the College requires that a tudent maintain a 1.85 over-all average and a 2.0 over-all average in his major field. �FACULTY REQUIREMENTS,....., Page 47 Page 46-FACULTY REQUIREMENTS CLASS ST ANDING Marks and averages determine whether or not a student is receiving sufficient benefit to remain in college. The Faculty requires that the student earn the following averages to advance from class to class: Class Average Sophon1ore ........... . .............. . .............. 1.4 Junior .......... .. .... . ..... . ...................... 1.7 Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.85 PROBATION A student failing to meet these requirements must petition the Deans' Probation and Evaluation Committee and convince them that he merits another opportunity. All petitions must be submitted by July 20. Any student failing to meet the grade requirements for his class, but permitted to return by action of the Deans' Committee, shall be given only one term to establish his ability and willingness to meet the requirements of the College. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD Students shall ordinarily be limited to the normal load for the course of their choice. In the Liberal Arts this will be 16 hours with Physical Education; in the Sciences it will sometimes be 17 or 18 hours. Any student wishing to carry an overload must obtain the approval of his adviser and of the Dean. The maximum load for students with a 3.0 average shall be 18 hours, and 20 hours the absolute maximum for all students. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. WITHDRAWALS Students may change their courses during the first two weeks of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first two weeks but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Deans and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. �Page 48,....., FACULTY REQUIREMENTS DEAN'S LIST The Faculty gives recogmt10n for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher. HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by the student during his last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude} a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude} 3.60; summa cum laude} 3.80. Requirements for Graduation All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. The Faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: 1. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must show competency in speaking and writing English. Students enrolled in terminal programs must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1. 7 for all courses. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. �Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. A WARDS - Page 51 THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE_ ~EAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni ~ssociauon to the graduate considered by a special fa~ulty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. SENIOR AWARDS THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in jour• nalism courses. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE A WARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given b~ Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Lm~a, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstr~ted outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is give11: to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class durmg her freshman year. �Advanced Study PREPARATION FOR PROFESSIONS Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Library, Law or Theology. Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and the University of the State of New York. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of the addresses of all living graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Programs and Courses of the College Degree Programs The basic requirements for degree programs are outlined on the following pages. All courses listed are required. Electives may be chosen to satisfy the interests of the students and to meet the requirements for graduation within each major program as conditions may require. GRADUATE PLACEMENT Terminal Programs The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. Description of Courses �Degree Programs BACHELOR OF ARTS PURPOSE The liberal arts program is primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Its studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. It creates breadth and perspective as opposed to narrow skills. NATURE OF THE PROGRAM A liberal program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity, these subjects are classified into three divisions in which the student will carry on his explorations and from which he will select his major study. DIVISIONS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy Religion Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, and it is essential that it be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students who expect to take the Bachelor's degree in biology, mathematics or music choose their major when they enter the College. A major may be taken in any subject listed in the divisions except chemistry, education, and physics. The requirements for each major are specified in the section headed "Description of Courses" in the catalogue. A major may also be taken in social science. The social-science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology; eighteen hours must be taken in one of these and at least six hours �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 57 Page 56 - DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS in each of the other three. Social science courses required in the first two years shall not count toward this major. Students preparing to teach in the public schools are required to take twenty hours in education to obtain certification. It is therefore impossible for the prospective teacher of social studies to satisfy all of the requirements mentioned above. For that reason, a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS IN CREDITS FOR LIBERAL ARTS MAJORS General requirements for all majors other than art, biology, mathematics, and music FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester N1,mber Cr. Tille Biological Science1 ..•• ••• ••• Bio 100 3 Compasicion . .. . ............ Eng 101 3 3 Foreign Language2 •••••••••• Hise. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Al cernates: Introduction to Music .... . . Mus 100} 3 Physical Science . ... . ...... Phys 100 0 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Titu Cr. 3 2 3 102 3 N1,mber ComJtsition ... . . .... . . . .. . Eng Fun amentals of Speech ...... Eng Foreign Language2 .••• •• •••• Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist Alternates: Introduction to Music ...... Mus Physical Science1 .•• . ••• .•• Phys Phys. Ed ...... . ............ P .E. Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 102 131 100} 3 100 102 0 106 1 15 16 HUMANITIES M.ajor Subject English ............. Foreign Language .... Mathematics ......... Music .............. Philosophy-Religion ... Major Humanities 40 24 28* 47 24 24 31 34 45 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 Sciences 6 6 14 6 6 35 45 30 14 38 SOCIAL SCIENCES Major Subject Economics ........... History ......... .. .. Political Science ... . ... Sociology .... . ...... Social Science ........ Major Humanities 24 24 24 24 36 37 37 37 37 37 Social Sciences 15 15 15 15 15 SOPHOMORE YEAR Free Elective Sciences free Elective 6 6 6 6 39 39 39 39 6 27 Title Major Humanities Social Sciences Sciences 31 24 32 37 15 15 31 9 *Does not include Math. 105. If a student is required to take Math. 105, it will count as a free elective. 101) 100 ~ 100 J 3 1001 101 1001 6 100 100 103 0 N1,mber World Literature .... ..... Eng Foreign Language2 . • • • • • • Alternates: Algebra or Trig ....... . Math Hist. of Religions ...... Rel Intro. to Philosophy 3 ... Phil Alternates:4 Intro. to Economics ... . Ee Intro. to Education .. .. Ed Intro. to Political Science . .. .. .... . . .... P .S. General Psychology .... Psy Elective ... ........ .. . . Phys. Ed ................ P.E. 152 Cr. 4 3 107- 109} 100 3 100 1001 101 lOOl 6 104 0 100 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours SENIOR YEAR :,eventh Semester Eighth Semester Major and Electives-30 hours Free Elective 15 35 3 Tille 16 1 Biology ............. Psychology .......... Cr. 151 4 Number World Literature .. . . ........ Eng Foreign Language2 • • • • • • • • • • Alternates: Fundamentals of Math .. ... Math History of Religions .. ..... Rel Intro. to Philosophy3 • • • •• Phil Alternates :4 Intro. co Economics ....... Ee Intro. to Education . .. . .... Ed Intro. to Political Science .. P .S. General Psychology ........ Psy Intro. to Sociology .... . ... Soc Elective ................. . Phys. Ed ... .. .. .. ... .... ... P .E. SCIENCES Major Subject Fourth Semester Third Semester Students may substitute a laboratory course in science for Bio. 100 or Phys. 100. 2 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Exc:pt for foreign language majors, language requirement is through 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 1 Philosophy is required in either the third or fourth semester. 4 During the third and fourth semesters, nine h~urs must be chosen from the alte~nates, with only three hours being allowed for electives. In the event tha~ the scheduling of any of the alternates interferes with the necessary sequence ?f a maJ<;>r, one. or _more of the alternates may be delaved, with the approval of the adviser, until the Jumor year. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 59 Page 58 - DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Biology FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology .... . . .. . ... Bio 101 5 Gen . Inorganic Chem . . . .... . Chem 101 4 Composition . ..... .. . .. . . . . . Eng 101 3 College Algebra .... . . .. .. ... Math Basic Physical Problems ... . . Phys Phys. Ed . . .. ............... P.E. Pers. Hyg . . . ... . .. ..... ... . P.E. Orientat ion 107 3 101 101 105 1 0 1 Number Cr. Title General Zoology . . . .. . . ..... Bio Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Anal. . ..... . .. Chem Composition . . . .. . . . . . . .. ... Eng Trigonometry ..... .. .. .. .... Math Phys. Ed ... . ...... . .... .... P.E. Pers. Hyg ... .. . . ... . .. . .... P.E. 102 4 102 6 3 102 109 3 102 106 O 1 17 17 First Semester SOPHOMORE YE.AR Number Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates .... ..... .. Bio Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem World Literature . ...... ..... Eng Hist. of W. Civilization . . .... Hist Phys. Ed ........ .. .. . ..... P .E. Title Cr. 201 121 151 101 103 4 4 4 3 0 FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Number Cr. Title N umb8r Cr. Biological Science .. . . ... .... Bio 100 3 Composition . ... ... . ...... . . Eng 102 3 Compasition . .... . . .... . . . .. Eng 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Tit!, Fourth Semester Third Semester Title BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Mathematics Students planning to major in mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. N umber Cr. 202 4 230 4 152 4 Embryology . ... ... ..... .. .. Bio Organic Chem ..... . .... .. .. . Chem World Literature . .. ........ . Eng Hist. of W. Civilization .. . . .. Hist Phys. Ed . .... . ..... .. ...... P.E. 102 104 3 0 Foreign Language1 • Phys. Ed .. ... . .... . .. . ..... P.E. Pers. Hyg ......... .. .. . .. . . P.E. Orientation Sixth Semester N umber Cr. Histology .. .. .. ... .. .. ..... Bio 221 4 Organic Chem . ... . ..... ..... Chem 231 5 Title Number Cr. Genetics ..... . . .. .... .... . . Bio 222 3 Foreign Language1 . • • • • • • • . • 3 Introductory Physics ... . . .. . Phys 112 4 Intro . to Political Science . . . . P.S. 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .. . .... . . . Soc 100 3 3 4 Intro. to Economics ... . . . .. . Ee Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ...... .. .. .. Eng Foreign Language 1 . • •• •. •.. • Calculus II ............ .. ... Math General Psychology . .. . . .. . . Psy Phys. Ed .... .. ... .......... P.E. Fifth Semester SENIOR YEAR T itle 3-4 3-4 Title Number Cr. Ecology .......... .. ....... Bio 232 3 History of Biology .. .... ... . Bio 262 1 Foreign Language1 . . . • •.•... Botany, Bio. 112 or Bacteriology, Bio. 212 1 •• • .•. 3-4 Electives3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 6-7 16-18 16-18 Number Cr. 231 4 Physiology . ...... . .. .. . . . .. Bio Introduction to Economics ... Ee Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . Botany, Bio. 111 or Bacteriology, Bio. 211 2 • • • • • . Electives 3 • . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • Title Eighth Semester Seventh Semester 100 3 3 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 The student must take a full year course in botany or bacteriology in the senior year. 3 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. 1 16 100} 3 101 151 4 3 126 4 100 3 103 Fourth Semester N umber Cr. 152 4 World Literature . . . .. . . ... .. Eng Foreign Language 1 • • • • • . • . • • Differential Equations and Infinite Series ... ..... . Math General Physics I .. .. . . .... Phys Phys. Ed . .. . .......... . . .. . P.E. 3 240 150 104 15 JUNIOR YEAR N umber C,·. Title History of W. Civilization . . . Hist 101 3 Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • • • 3 General Physics II . ...... . . Phys 151 4 Intro. to Sociology . ... . ..... Soc 100 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Sixth Semester N ttmber Cr. 102 3 History of W. Civilization .. . Hist Mathematics Elective 2 • • •• •• • Intro. to Philosophy . .. ..... Phil Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-19 Seventh Semester Tit/, 3 100 3 9-12 15-18 1 The 3 3 100 3 3-4 100 lS- 16 SENIOR YE.AR N umber Cr. Title Mathematics Elective2 • • ••• •• Intro. to Music . . . .. ... . ... . Mus Elective ............ . .. .. . . . 4 4 0 0 17 16 16 1 Third Semester JUNIOR YE.AR Foreign Language1 ••.•• • ••• • Introductory Physics . .... ... Phys 111 o SOPHOMORE YEAR Number Cr. Title Fifth Semester Title 101 105 Foreign Language1 • . • • . . • . . . 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Mat h emat1cs Math 125} 122 4 Elective .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ........ . ....... . . . P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .. .. .. . .. . . . . . . ... P.E. 106 1 14- 15 15 15 3 . • . . • • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Milhlll} Mathematics. Math 4-5 105 Eighth Semester Mathematics Elective2 • • • • • • • Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N umber Cr. 3 12 15 level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course presc ribed by his adviser. 2 Math 100, 101, 102, 115, 118 will not count toward a major. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 61 Page 60 - DEGREE PROGRAMS BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY BACHELOR OF ARTS Major in Music FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition .. .. . . ........ .. Eng 101 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............... Mus 101 5 Applied Music 1 . . . . • . . . . . . . . 1 Phvs . Ed . . .. .. . ... ...... ... P.E . 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Composition .. . . ...... ..... Eng 102 3 Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .... .. . .... . . . Mus 102 S 1 Applied Music • • • • • • . • • • . • • 1 Physical Science .... ........ Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ......... .. . . . . .... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . . . ..... .. ...... .. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory ............ . . Mus 103 5 Applied Music 1 • • . . • . . . ••.•• 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psy . . . . . . . 6 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title N11mber Cr. Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music Theory .... . ... .. .... Mus 104 S 1 Applied Music . . . .. .• . .. .. . 1 Electives in Humanities, Soc . Science or Psy. . . . . . . 6 Phys. Ed .. . . . ....... .. ... .. P.E. 104 0 15 lS The chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-four credits. These credits include forty-five in chemistry. thirty-two in physics and mathematics, fifteen to twenty-one in the social sciences and psychology, twenty-one to thirty-three in the humanities, and the language requirement. Students planning to major in Chemistry or Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and Infinite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session pre- ceding the freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the freshman and sophomore years. FRESHMAN YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Fundamentals of Speech . .. ... Eng 131 2 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... Hist 101 3 History of Music ...... ... ... Mus 109 3 1 Applied Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psy .. . . . . . . 3 Title N11mber Cr. World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . ... . Hist 102 3 History of Music .. ........ .. Mus 110 3 Applied Music. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Electives in Humanities, Soc. Science or Psy .. . .. .. . Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Inorganic Chem .. . ... Chem 101 4 Composition ............. . .. Eng 101 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Mathematics. Math 122} 4-5 105 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Basic Physical Problems ...... Phys 101 1 Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .. ............ .... P .E. 105 1 Orientation 16-17 Title Number Cr. Inor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. . .. Chem 102 6 Composition .. .. .... . .. .... . Eng 102 3 M at h emat1cs. · . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 125} 4 122 General Physics I .......... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed .. .......... .. . .... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg ... .. .. ... ... . .. .. P.E. 106 1 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR 17 Third Semester SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester Title Number Cr. Applied Music 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Instrumentation .......... . . Mus 215 2 Analysis ......... . . .. .. .. .. Mus 217 2 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Title Numher Cr 2 Applied Music 1 •••••• •• •••• • Orchestration . .... . .. . ... .. . Mus 216 2 Counterpoint . .. . . . . ... .. ... Mus 218 3 9 Electives ..... . ........ ... . . 15 16 1 Private instruction. Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. . Chem 121 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ... . .. Hist 101 3 Calculus II . . .. . ... .. .. . .... Math 126 4 General Physics II ..... . ... Phys 151 4 Phys. Ed .. . . . .... . . .... . ... P.E. 103 0 Title Nttmbcr Cr. Organic Chemistry ..... .. . .. Chem 230 4 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... . Hist 102 3 Differential Equations and Infinite Series ......... Math 240 4 General Physics III ..... .. ... Phys 152 4 Elective (optional). . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Phys. Ed .... .. ..... . .. .... . P.E. 104 0 15 15-18 �Page 62 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 63 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICS JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Organic Chemistry . . .. .. .... Chem 231 5 Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 241 4 Foreign Language 1 . . . • • • • • • • 101 or 103 3 Elec. Measurements ......... Phys 251 3 Elective................... . 3 Title Number Cr. Physical Chemistry .......... Chem 242 Foreign Language 1 • • • . • . . . • • 102 or 104 Stoichiometry .......... Ch. Engi. 106 Elective .. ...... ........... . 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Qualitative Organ. Anal. .... Chem 233 3 History of Chemistry .... .... Chem 261 1 West . World Literature ...... Eng. 151 4 Foreign Laoguage 1 . . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Title Number Cr. Ioorg. Quan. Analysis ....... Chem 122 5 West. World Literature ...... Eng. 152 4 Chemical Literature ......... Chem 262 1 Foreign Language 1 ••••••••.. 3 Chemistry Elective. . . . . . . . . . 3 Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 18 18 Beginning with the_ academic year 1961, a four-year curriculum leading to the Ba~helor of Science in Physics will be inaugurated. The third year courses will be offered for the first time in the fall of 1962; and in the fall of 1963 the fourth year courses will be given. . The physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding m the fundam~ntals of this rapidly-~xpanding science, as well as to acquaint the stu~ent with the c~rrent frontiers of knowledge and research. Upon complet10n_ of the reqmrements for the degree, the student will be wellprepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. A detailed curriculum for this program will be included m the next issue of the bulletin. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Tit/, Second Semester Number ~lath . . . ............. .. . . {~~~~ Composition ............... Eng Chemistry ................. Chem Engineering Drawing ....... Engi Basic Physical Problems .... . Phys Personal Hygiene ........... P.E. Phys. Educ ........ . ...... .. P .E. Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i~~ 101 101 105 101 105 101 Cr. 4-5 3 4 3 1 1 o Title Number Cr. Differential Calculus ........ Math 125 4 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Chemistry ................. Chem 104 4 Descriptive Geometry ....... Engi 106 2 Physics .................... Phys 150 4 Personal Hygiene ........... P.E. 106 1 Phys. Educ ................. P.E. 102 o O 16 18 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. See page 98. Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser as follows: Humanities: Nine to eighteen credits may be chosen from the following: Eng. 131, 153, 154; Phil. 101, 102; Mus. 100; Rel. 101. Social Sciences and Psychology: Nine to fifteen credits may be chosen from the following: Soc. 100, 107, 205; P. S. 100, 203; Ee. 100, 101, 102; His. 107, 108; Ed. 101, 201, 207; Psy. 100. Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Integral Calculus .......... . Math 126 4 Phy~ics .................... Phys 151 4 tat1cs ..................... M.E. 211 3 1 German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ger. 101 3 Hit. of Western Civ ........ Hist 101 3 Phys. Educ ................. P.E. 103 O Title Number Cr. Differential Equations ....... Math 240 4 Physics .................... Phys 152 4 Dynamics .................. M.E. 212 3 German 1 . • • • • . • . . . . . • . • • • . . Ger 102 3 Hist. of Western Civ ........ Hist 102 3 Phys. Educ ... .... ... ... .... P.E. 104 O 18 �Page 64 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 65 JUNIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Advanced Calculus .. ... ..... Math 251 3 Electricity and Magnetism .. . Phys 201 4 Electronics . . .. . ... ... ... . .. Phys 221 3 Western World Lit . . . .. ..... Eng 151 4 German 1 . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . Ger 103 3 Title Number Cr. Advanced Calculus . . ........ Math 252 Electricity and Magnetism . . . Phys 202 Optics and Light . .......... Phys 211 Western World Lit .... . . .. .. Eng 152 Scientific German 1 . . . . . .. .• .. Ger 105 18 17 SENIOR YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Nttmber Cr. General Zoology . ....... . .. Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem . . .. . Chem 101 4 Composition . .. ..... .. .... . Eng 101 3 College Algebra ... . ... ... .. Math 107 3 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed . . . . .... .. . . .. .. ... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg . . .. ... .. .. . . .. ... P.E. 105 1 Cr. Title Number General Zoology . . ..... ... . Bio 102 4 lnor. Chem. & Qual. Anal. .. . Chem 102 6 Composition . .... . ... . .... . Eng 102 3 Plane Trigonometry .... .. . .. Math 109 3 Phys . Ed . .. ... . . . .. .. ... . . P.E. 102 0 Pers . Hyg ..... .. . . . . . .. .. .. P.E. 106 1 17 17 Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Atomic Physics . . . ...... . . . . Phys 261 4 Heat and Thermodynamics ... Phys 212 3 Advanced Lab .. . ...... .... . Phys 241 0-2 Elective2 . . . • . . • • • • . • . • • • • 6- 8 Topics in Solid State .... . .. . Phys 302 3 Title Number Cr. Nuclear Physics .... . . .... .. Phys 262 4 Advanced Lab ... . .. . . . ... . . Phys 242 0-2 Speech ..... . .. .. ........... Eng 134 3 Elective2 • . . . . . . • . • • • . • • • • • • 9 11 16- 18 16-18 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Inor. Quantitative Analysis .. Chem 121 4 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Hist.ofW.Civilization ... ... Hist 101 3 Foreign Language 1 . . . . • . • • . • 3 Analytic Geometry ..... .. . . Math 122 4 Phys. Ed . . ... .. .... . ..... . . P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. 2 Microtechnique ... . . . .... ... Bio 204 Organic Chemistry . ... . . . .. . Chem 330 4 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . .. Hist 102 3 3 Foreign Language1 . . . . . . . . . . General Psychology ... ... ... Psy 100 3 Phys . Ed . ... . .. .. ... ... . .. . P.E. 104 0 16 15 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title N11mber Cr. 4 Bacteriology . .. . ..... . ... .. Bio 211 4 World Literature . .......... Eng 151 Foreign Language 1 . . . . . • • • •• 3 4 Introductory Physics . . . ..... Phys 111 Elective in the Social Sciences . 3 Title N11mber Cr. Bacteriology ... ... . .. . ... .. Bio 212 4 World Literature ... . ....... Eng 152 4 3 Foreign Language 1 . . • .• • •. • . Introductory Physics . . . ..... Phys 112 4 Sociology . .. . ...... . . . ..... Soc 100 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester 1 2 Students who have completed the equivalent of Ger 102 before entering college (as determined by a placement test) will take Ger 103 and 105 in the Sophomore year Those students will then be permitted electives in place of the German in the Junior year. Elective hours must be chosen with the approval of the student's adviser. The selection will depend upon the student's choice of industry or graduate study. 2 Eighth Semester Tit!, Clinical Chemistry . .. ....... 13 Weeks Microbiology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Weeks Urinalysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Weeks Title Haematology and Blood Bank 12 Weeks Histology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Weeks Serology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Weeks 25 Weeks 25 Weeks Total academic hours during first three years-104 Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1 The level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. The student must take a foreign language through 104 or an equivalent course prescribed by his adviser. 2 To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 66 DEGREE PROGRAMS,...., Page 67 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 1N COMMERCE AND FINANCE The commerce and finance curricula provide training for economic and business activities supplemented by a study of the humanities, sciences, and social sciences. Its objectives are to prepare the student for effective personal, social, and economic life in a competitive society, to aid in the development of an appreciation for cultural pursuits, to broaden the viewpoint, to develop sound thinking and intellectual interests, and to provide technical instruction in preparation for business and professional careers and graduate study. To insure a well-balanced program faculty advisers assist each student in the choice of his major and elective studies. The commerce and finance curricula include four groups of study to meet the individual needs and purposes of the students. These groups are: Group I, . Accounting; Group II, Business Administration; Group III, Retailing; Group IV, Secretarial Studies. GROUP REQUIREMENTS Group I Subjects Major Group III Group IV Accounting Business Administration Retailing Secretarial Studies Cr. 36 Cr. 24-39 Cr. 24 Cr. 23 ............ Commerce and Finance 1 . . . . . . . . Group II 21 6 30-33 15 9 15 12 38-39 28 28 28 28 Science ........ . ... 6 6 6 6 ..... 33 33-48 24-27 15 .. ............. 2 2 2 2 135 129 129 127-128 Social Sciences Physical Education Total 1 FRESHMAN YEAR1 First Semester Second Semester T,tl, Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 urvey of Business .. ..... .... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science . .......... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . .... . Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg ....... ..... ...... P .E . 105 1 Orientation 16 Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ... .. Acct 102 3 Composition ... ... .......... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization . . . . . Hist 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science . .. . . . . . .... . Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed .................. P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg . .. . ...... . . . . . .. . P.E. 106 1 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .. ... Acct 111 3 Business Law . . .. . .... . ... . . B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 \Vorld Literature . . ..... . .. .. Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math .... ... Math 101 3 Fundamentals of Speech . .... Eng 131 2 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting. : . . .. . . Acct 112 3 Business Law ... ..... ... . .. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics .. . . .. Ee 102 3 World Literature . .. . . . . . .. .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102} Mathematics of Finance .... .. Math 115 3 18 16 Phys . Ed . . . . .. ...... . . ... .. P.E. 104 0 JUNIOR YEAR .......... Humanities ........ Electives BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Accounting Does not include major courses. Pif th Semester Sixth Semester Tit/, Number Cr. Cost Accounting .... .. ....... Acct 201 3 Business Law .... ........... B.A. 233 3 , ioney and Banking ..... .... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .. . . Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Free Elective2••••• • • • • • • • • • • 3 Title Number Cr . Advanced Cost Accounting ... Acct 202 3 Accounting Systems ......... Acct 220} 3 C.P .A. Problems . . . ..... .... Acct 242 Business Law ............... B.A. 234 3 Intro. to Philosophy . .. ...... Phil 100} 3 History of Religions . ....... . Rel 100 Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 3 Free Elective.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 18 SENIOR YEAR Seventh Semester Eighth Semester fit/, Number Cr. Tax Accounting ... . ........ . Acct 221 3 Auditing Principles .......... Acct 231 3 Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Corporation Finance ....... .. B.A. 225 3 Intro. to Music .. ........ . . . . Mus 100 3 Free Elective2 • • • • • . • • • • • • • . 3 Title Number Cr. Auditing Practice ....... ..... Acct 232 3 Theory of Money .... . .... .. . Ee 202} 3 Public Finance .... . . . .. .. ... Ee 236 Economic Geography . .. ... . . Ee 226 3 Accounting Internsl;iip .. . . .. Acct 252 6 18 15 is suggested that all students take Typewriting (S.S. 107) during one semester of the freshman year. :? tudents intending to sit for the New York State C. P. A. examinations should elect humanity subjects. 1 It �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 68 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 69 BACHELOR OF SUENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Business Administration Students who major rn business administration will select their electives from the following: FRESHMAN YEAR 1 BANKING AND FINANCE 1 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 3 2 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 Title Number Cr. Business Law ............... B.A. 232 3 Princi pies of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Alternates: Fundamentals of Math ...... Math 102 \ Mathematics of Finance .... Math 115 f Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 104 15 16 Title Number Credits and Collections ........... B.A. 218 Real Estate ..................... B.A. 220 Corporation Finance ............. B.A. 225 Investments ..................... B.A. 226 Title Number Theory of Money ................ Ee 202 Public Finance .................. Ee 236 Mathematics of Finance I ........ Math 115 ECONOMICS 1 Title Number Government and Business ........ Ee 212 Collective Bargaining ............ Ee 223 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Economic Geography ............ Ee 226 Comparative Economic Systems ... Ee 229 Business Cycles .................. Ee 230 Title Number Public Finance .................. Ee 236 Economic History ............... Ee 238 Economic Analysis .............. Ee 241 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Economic Investigation .......... Ee 246 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS1 Title Number Industrial Management .......... B.A. 235 Personnel Management ........... B.A. 236 Production Management ......... B.A. 237 Office Management .............. B.A. 238 ales Management .............. B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 Title Number Life Insurance ................... B.A. 241 Labor Problems ................. Ee 223 Applied Psychology ............. Psy 206 Psychological Tests ............. Psy 212 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Money and Banking ......... Ee 201 3 Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Elective in Social Science .... . 3 6 Free Electives ............. . Number Cr. Title Alternates: Theory of Money .......... Ee 202) Economic Geography ..... Ee 226 C. & F. Elective ......... . Economic Statistics .......... Ee 232 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 100} History of Religions ....... Rel 100 Marketing ................. BA. 222 Free Elective .............. . 15 18 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ........ B.A. 209 3 Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 1 .• 12 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 18 1 2 See footnote preceding page. See footnote next page. Title Bus. Adm. and Ee. Electives 2 •• Free Elective .............. . Cr. 12 3 15 MARKETING1 Title Number Salesmanship .................... B.A. 114 Advertising ..................... B.A. 216 Transportation .................. B.A. 217 Marketing ...................... B.A. 222 1 Title Number Sales Management ............... B.A. 239 Property Insurance ............... B.A. 240 International Trade .............. Ee 225 Consumer Economics ............ Ee 245 Principles of Retailing ........... Ret 101 At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. �DEGREE PROGRAMS,...., Page 71 DEGREE PROGRAMS,...., Page 70 tlACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE Major in Secretarial Studies Major in Retailing FRESHMAN YEAR FRESHMAN YEAR1 Number Cr. Title 3 Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Survey of Business ........... B.A. 100 3 Composition ................ Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed. ................. P.E. 101 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 16 Second Semester First Semester Second Semester First Semester Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 Title Number Cr. urvey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Phys. Education ............ P .E. 101 0 Per.Hyg .................. P.E. 101 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 2 Elective.................... 3 Phys. Education ............ P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16-17 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 101 4 World Literature ............ Eng 151 3 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 101 3 Elective in Retailing ....... . Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Business Law .............. . B.A. 232 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee 102 3 World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math ....... Math 102 3 Elective in Retailing. . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 Title Number Cr. Intro. to Music ............. Mus 100 Alternates: Intro. to Philosophy ....... Phil 100\ History of Religions ....... Rel 100f Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Free Elective................ 3 Marketing ................. B.A. 222 3 18 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 6 Elec. in Com. & Fin. or Soc. Sc................... 3 15 1 See footnote page 67. 16 15 Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Titu Number Cr. Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Advances Exposition ........ Eng 105 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Intro to Music ............. Mus 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 4 Phys.Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Title Numb1r Cr. Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Intro. to Political Science .... P.S. 100 3 Physical Science ............. Phys 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 Free Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 JUNIOR YEAR JUNIOR YEAR Title Number Cr. Applied General Statistics .... Ee 231 3 Fundamentals of Speech ...... Eng 131 2 Electives in Social Science.... 3 Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin............... 9 Fourth Semester Third Semester Fourth Semester Title N11mber Cr. Electives in Retailing or Com. & Fin .............. . Free Electives .............. . 15 Title Number Cr. Principle ofEconomics ....... Ee 101 3 World Literature ............ Eng 151 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 109 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Number Cr. Title 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Ee World Literature ............ Eng 152 4 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. llO 4 6 Electives .................. . 17 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Titu Number Cr. Bus. Cor. and Reports ....... B.A. 209 3 Office Proc. & Machines ..... S.S. 205 4 Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Title Number Cr. Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 Alternates: Medical Stenography ...... S.S. 200 3 Speech Reporting ......... S.S. 203 3 Free Electives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 15-16 15 The candidate for a degree with a major in medical stenography should consult with her adviser before planning a program of study. The following science courses are required: Chem. 101, Bio. 251-252, to provide the necessary background for work in a medical office. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 72 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SECONDARY EDUCATION The programs outlined below are designed to prepare students for certification in most states. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Students electing this degree curriculum must major in one of the following teaching fields: English, Foreign Language, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies. All majors - common requirements: BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Title N umber Composition .... .... . . . .. . . Eng Hist. of \V. Civilization . . . .. Hist Physical Science .. . . . . . ..... Phys Intro. to Music .. ... ... . .... Mus Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. Phys. Ed ... .. .. . . . . . . . ..... P.E. Pers. Hyg . . . .. . ... . . ... . . .. P.E. Orientation P. E . 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106 Phys 100* P.S. 100 Psy 100,207 Soc 100 (Total-75 credits) Subject field majors - additional requirements: Number Composition . . . .. . .. . .. .. .. Eng Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist Biological Science . ...... .. .. Bio General Psychology .. . ... .. . Psy Intro. to Sociology .... .. ... . Soc Phys. Ed .... . .. . . . .. . . ..... P.E. Pers. H yg ... . . ..... . . .. .... P.E . 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Cr. 102 102 100 100 100 102 106 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 16 (*May be replaced by another course in the same department.) Bio 100* Ee 100* Ed 101,201, 204, 205, 207, 212 Eng 101, 102, 131, 151, 152 Hist 107, 108 Math 101*, 102* Phil 100 T itle Cr. 101 101 100 100 100 101 105 Second Semester Third Semester Title SOPHOMORE YEAR N11mber T itle Cr. World Literature .. . ..... . . . Eng 151 Child Psychology . . .. ... . ... Psy 207 Intro. to Education .... .. . . . Ed 101 U.S. History to 1865 .... .... Hist 107 Basic Art .. . . . . . .. . .... . ... Art 102 Phys. Ed ... . .. . .... . ....... P.E. 103 Fourth Semester N umber Cr. World Literature .... . . . .. .. Eng 152 Human Behavior .. . .... ... . Psy 208 Intro. to Philosophy . . . ..... Phil 100 U .S. History since 1865 . ... .. Hist 108 Elective other than Education Phys. Ed ...... . . .. . . . .. . .. . P.E. 104 4 3 3 3 3 0 4 3 3 3 3 0 16 16 ( *No more than 3 credits in Education.) ENGLISH: Eng 105, 201, 12 additional credits; Hist 101, 102; Fr, Ger, Sp (12 credits in one language) ; Electives 15.* Minimum total 126. FOREIGN LANGUAGE: Eng 105, 201; Fr, Ger, Sp {24 credits in one language beyond 102); Hist 101, 102; Electives 9 to 15_,:, Minimum total 126. MATHEMATICS: Chem 101, 104 (or 102}; Hist 101, 102; Math 122, 125, 126,240, 15 additional credits in 200-level courses; Phys 111 and 112 (or 150, 151, and 152); Electives 6.* Minimum total 125. SCIENCE: Bio 101, 102; Chem 101, 102; Math 122 plus 3 credits; Phys 101, Phys 111 and 112 (or 150, 151, and 152); Bio 111, 112, 201, and 202 (or Chem 121, 230, Math 125, and 126); Electives 14 to 16* (minimum of 43 credits in sciences other JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title T itle Number Cr. Intro. to Economics .. . . . .. . . Ee Basic Art ... . . . ..... . ...... Art Fundamentals of Math . . ..... Math Educational Psychology . . .. . Ed Fundamentals of Speech . .. . . Eng Elective other than Education 100 101 101 201 131 Sixth Semester 3 3 3 3 2 3 Number Cr. Economic Geography . .... . . Ee 226 Fundamentals of Math ... . .. . Math l 02 Electives other than Education 3 3 9 15 17 than Psy). Minimum total 127. SOCIAL STUDIES: Ee 101, 102, 226; Hist 101, 102, 12 additional credits; P .S. 6 credits; Soc 6 credits; Electives 15.* Minimum total 126. CREDITS PER SEMESTER First Semester ..... .. ..... . ..... 16-17 Second Semester . .. . . ..... . . . .. 16-17 Fifth Semester. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-18 Sixth Semester ......... . . .. .... 15-18 Third Semester . . . . .. . .... . ... . 16-17 Fourth Semester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-17 Seventh Semester ........... .. . 15-17 Eighth Semester ... . . . . ... ..... 15-17 Students may secure detailed program schedules from the Education Department office in Sturdevant Hall. Seventh Semester Title SENIOR YEAR Number tudent Teaching . .. . . ...... Ed Teaching of Reading . . . . . . . Ed Tchg. Elem. Social Studies . .. Ed Principles of Elem. Ed .. .. . .. Ed Curriculum of Elem. Sch .... . Ed Art in Elem. School . . . .. .... Ed Music in Elem. School .... . . Ed 208 231 236 237 238 241 242 Eighth Semester Title Cr. 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 16 Number Student Teaching . . . .. .. ... . Ed Visual Education . . ..... . . . . Ed Teaching of Arithmetic .. .... Ed Tchg . Elem . Sch. Science .. ... Ed Hlth. and P.E. in El. Sch . ... . Ed 209 212 232 239 243 Cr. 8 1 2 2 2 15 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 74 SENIOR YEAR BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Tit/, Number Cr. Bus. Corres. and Reports . .... B.A. 209 3 Bus. Education and Methods of Instruction in S.S ....... S.S. 243 3 Intro. to Philosophy ..... ... Phil 100 3 Office Procedures and Machines ............ S.S. 20S 4 Elective.... . . ..... . ........ 3 The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a backgro~rnd in g~neral .education w_hile it prepares the student for teaching the busmess subJects m th~ publ_ic sec~ndary schools for a career in business. The program that 1s outlined will meet the requirements of the state of Pennsylvania for certification in bookkeeping, shorthand, typing, office practice, e_conomics, . comme:cia~ law, busi_ness English, ~~mmercial arithmetic, and m the social studies 1f both sooology and political science are elected. Students pref erring to be certifi~d in. salesn:ianship or retail selling may modify the course through consultation with their advisers. o: Provisional College Certificates will be issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania to graduates of the course in business education. Certification will be offered in business subjects only as the following requirements Second Semester Nttmber Cr. Title Survey of Business .......... B.A. 100 3 3 Business Mathematics ..... .. B.A. 107 Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 3 Composition .............. . Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 101 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 Pers. Hyg ....... ........... P .E. 105 1 Orientation Number Cr. Title Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ..... Hist 102 3 Intro. to Music ............. Mus. 100 3 Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Intro. to Sociology .......... Soc 100\ or Intro. to Political Science .... P .S. 100J Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title 3 Elementary Accounting ...... Acct 101 3 Principles of Economics ...... Econ 101 3 101 Intro. to Education ......... Ed 3 U.S. - Pa. History to 1865 .... Hist 107 4 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 101 or Elective 0 Phys. Ed ... .. .. ............ P.E. 103 Number Cr. Title Principles of Accounting ..... Acct 102 3 Principles of Economics ...... Econ 102 3 U.S. Hist . since 1865 ....... Hist 108 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 Shorthand and Typewriting .. S.S. 102 4 or Elective Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 16 16 JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Intermediate Accounting .... . Acct 111 3 or Elective Business Law ............... B.A. 231 3 Educational Psychology ..... Ed 201 3 English Elective ........ Eng 151 or 153 4-3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 or Elective 17-16 Title Number Cr. Visual Education ........... Ed 212 1 Sec. School Curriculum ...... Ed 205 3 Student Teaching ........... Ed 207 8 Elective.................... 3 16 FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Sixth Semester Title Number Cr. Advanced Accounting ...... Acct 112 3 or Elective Business Law ............. .. B.A. 232 Office Management .......... B.A. 238 3 English Elective ........ Eng 152 or 1S4 4-3 Advanced Stenography ...... S.S. 110 4 or Elective 17-16 are met: Bookkeeping ..................................... 12 semester hours Commercial Law .................................. 6 semester hours Commercial Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Office Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 semester hours Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 semester hours Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 semester hours Business English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 semester hours plus twelve (12) semester hours in English Certificates are valid for teaching only those business subjects which are written on the certificate. BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in music education is designed for students wishing to teach music in the public schools. Students following the four-year curriculum will have all of the requirements necessary to obtain a teacher certificate in music education in Pennsylvania and in many other states. The curriculum will also enable the student to become a proficient performer through the study of applied music subjects. FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. Biological Science ........... Bio 100 3 3 Composition ............... Eng 101 2 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 5 Music Theory .............. Mus 101 Clarinet Class and Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 101 2 Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 103 App 1 Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus ½ Band, Orchestra, Chorus .... . 0 Phys. Ed ................... P.E . 101 Pers. Hyg .... .. .. .......... P .E . 105 1 Orientation 17½ Title Nttmber Cr. Composition ......... ... . .. Eng 102 3 Music Theory ......... . .. . . Mus 102 5 Clarinet Class and Mus } Methods or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 102 2 Brass Class and Mus Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed 104 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Physical Science ............ Phys 100 3 Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg ............. . .... P.E. 106 1 18½ �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 76 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING EDUCATION Fourth Semester N11mher Cr. World Literature ....... . .. . Eng 151 4 Music Theory ... .... . . ..... Mus 103 5 Music History . ...... .. . .... Mus 109 3 Title App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Intro . to Education .. .... .. . Ed 101 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Phys. Ed ... .. . . ..... .. . ... . P.E . 103 1 3 ½ O Title Numher Cr. World Literature .. . .... . . .. Eng 152 4 Music Theory . ... . ... . .... . Mus 104 5 Music History .... . . ... ... . . Mus ll0 3 App Major Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . 11 General Psychology . . ....... Psy 100 3 Phys. Ed .. .. . ... . ... . . ... .. P.E. 104 O 16½ 16½ JUNIOR YEAR Fifth Semester Sixth Semester N umher Cr. Educational Psychology . . . .. Ed 201 3 U.S. and Pa. Hist. to 1865 ... Hist 107 3 Title Mus Woodwind Class Methods . . . . Ed 105 2 Mus Conducting (Instrumental) . . . Ed 109 2 Mus Violin Class and Methods .. . . Ed 111 2 App Major Instrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . ½ Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 T itle Nttmher Cr. 108 3 U.S. History since 1865 .. .. .. Hist Mus Brass Class Methods . . . . . . . . Ed Mus Conducting (Choral) .. .. .... Ed Mus Violin Class and Methods ... . Ed App Major Instrument . ........ . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 ll0 112 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester N11mher Cr. Principles of Secondary ... ... Ed 204) Education or Principles of Elementary ..... Ed Education Instrumentation ....... .... . Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods . . . . . Ed String Instrument Class and Mus Methods ..... .. .. . .. . .. . . Ed Observation and Practice Mus Teaching.. . . .. .. .. .. .. . .. Ed M . I App aior nstrument. . . . . . . . . . . Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus . . . . . l 237f 3 215 2 107 2 113 2 203 4 1 Title First Semester 6 16½ Seventh Semester JUNIOR YEAR 1 ½ 16½ Title The program in nursing education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration.1 Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-four, of which at least sixty-four must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from forty to sixty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Lebanon Valley College and Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in the areas of Lebanon and Reading. Academic credits earned at Lebanon Valley College or at Albright College may be credited toward the B.S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. To satisfy the residence requirements for graduation from Wilkes, the candidate may take one-half of the work at Lebanon Valley College or Albright College and the other one-half on the campus at Wilkes. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. Number Cr. 212 1 Visual Education . . ..... .... Ed Orchestration ..... . ..... . .. Mus Mus Voice Class and Methods. . . . Ed String Instrument Class Mus and Methods . . .. . ..... . .. Ed Observation and Practice Mus Treaching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ed App Major Instrument .... . ... . .. Mus Band, Orchestra, Chorus. . . . . Elective . . .. ....... . . . .. . . . . 216 Title N11mher Cr. 100 3 201 3 102 3 102 3 104 2 106 2 Biological Science .... .. ..... Bio Educational Psychology ..... Ed Composition ... . ..... . ... . . . Eng Hist. of West. Civ. 2 • • • • • • • • • Hist Community Resources ...... . N .E . Supervision and Admin .. . . . . N .E. Elective Optional3 . . ....... . 16-19 17 2 SENIOR YEAR 108 Third Semester 114 204 1 ½ 3 Fourth Semester Title Nttmher Cr. Educational Measurements ... Ed 202 2 Visual Education ......... . . . Ed 212 1 World Literature ......... . . . Eng 151 4 Prin. and Meth. in N.E ... . .. N.E. 107 2 Electives 3 ..••• • . • •• • .•••.•• 15- 19 ½ 14½ Second Semester Title N11mher Cr. Composition ..... . . . . . ... . .. Eng 101 3 Hist. of West. Civ. 2 . •• ••• • •• Hist 101 3 Foundations of Nursing . .. . .. N .E. 101 2 Phvsical Science ..... .. ... .. . Phys 100 3 General Psychology ......... Psy 100 3 ociology . . ................ Soc 100 3 15½ 1 To Title Numher Cr. 214 2 131 2 102 2 112 4 Guidance . . . ... ... .... . ..... Ed Fundamentals of Speech ..... . Eng Trends in Nursing Ed .... .. .. N.E. Field Experience ............ N.E. Electives 3 • •• • •• • • •• •• • • • • • • 15-19 enable graduates of approved schools of nursing to obtain the necessary preparation, the College offers a program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing Lducation. A minimum of sixty-four college credits is needed to fulfill the requirements for the degree. ~ Hist. 107 and 108 may be substituted for Hist. 101 and 102. 3 Electives may be selected from academic subjects (Economics, English, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology) or Nursing Education courses with approval of the adviser. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 78 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FINE ARTS EDUCATION FRESHMAN YEAR Second Semester Firrt Semester T itle N umber Cr. Drawing & Composition . .... F.A. 103 3 Composition . .. ........... . Eng 101 3 History of Western Civ . ..... Hist 101 3 Physical Science ........ . ... Phys 100 3 Intro . to Pol. Sci . ...... .. ... P.S. 100 3 Physical Education .... . .... P .E. 101 0 Personal Hygiene . ........ . . P .E. 105 1 Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 Title Number Cr. Color and Design ...... . . . .. F.A. 104 3 Composition . ... . .. : ...... . E~g 102 3 History of Western C1v ... .. . Hist 102 3 Biological Science ........ .. Bio 100 3 Intro . to Music . .......... . . Mus 100 3 Physical Education .. . ... .. . P .E. 102 0 Personal Hygiene ......... . . P .E. 106 l 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester T itle Number Cr. Oil Painting I. ..... . ... . ... F.A . 105 3 History of Art I. . . ..... . .. . F.A. 201 2 Intro . to Education .. . ..... . Ed 101 3 Western World Literature .... Eng 151 4 Fundamentals of Math . . . ... Math 101 3 Physical Education .... . . . .. P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr . Oil Painting II . . ......... .. F.A. 106 2 History of Art II .... . . . ... .F.A. 202 2 Intro . to Psychology .... . . . . Psy 100 3 Western World Literature . . .. Eng 152 4 Fundamentals of Math . . . .. . Math 102 3 Intro. to Sociology . . .. .. .. . Soc 100 3 Physical Education . .. .... . . P.E. 104 0 15 17 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Number Cr. Water Color Painting .. . .... F.A. 107 3 Modeling and 3-Dim Const .. . F.A. 121 3 History of Modern Art . . . . .. F .A. 203 2 Educational Psychology .... . Ed 201 3 Fundamentals of Speech ..... Eng 131 2 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 ... . .. . .. . . Hist 107 3 Title Number Cr. Ceramics ...... . . ... . . . . . . .. F.A. 122 3 Graphics . ..... . . . . ...... . . . F.A. 126 3 Contemporary Design ..... . . F.A. 204 2 Intro. to Economics . .... . . .. Ee 100 3 Intro. to Philosophy .. . . ... . Phil 101 3 American History since 1865 . Hist 108 3 16 17 SENIOR YEAR Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Title Number Cr. Metalwork & Jewelry . .... . . F.A. 210 3 Studio Problems ., . . ........ F.A . 220 2 Senior Exhibit ..... ... . . .. .. F.A. 291 1 Aesthetics . . . .. . .. ... ..... . Phil 205 3 Child Psychology .... .. .... . Psy 207 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Title Number Cr. Senior Exhibit . . .. . .... .. . .. F.A. 292 1 Student Teaching in Art .. .. . Ed 220 8 The Teaching of Art ... . .. . . Ed 221 4 Art Curriculum . . . ... . ... . .. Ed 222 3 15 16 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. The engineer's main purpose is to apply scientific knowledge and discoveries to the uses of civilization. The engineer is obliged to specialize because of the vast range of modern engineering techniques. In selecting his particular field, the student should consider his natural interests. The demands of this profession are exacting, but it appeals to those genuinely interested in mathematics, the natural sciences and in their application. The following general distinctions may be made between the various fields: research appeals most to the imaginative mind; the more practical person may be interested in development and design; others find satisfaction in the tangible results of construction, operation, andJroduction. Technically trained men are always needed to sell applications an equipment. As his experience broadens and his judgment matures, the engineer qualifies for the higher executive and administrative positions. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student hould decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the college mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry. However, since not all students are prepared for this course, the program may be started with the course in College Algebra and Trigonometry. Students doing the latter should plan to finish Differential Equations and In.finite Series by the end of the fourth semester. This may be accomplished in several ways: 1. Math. 107 and Math. 109 may be taken in the summer session preceding the Freshman year. 2. After completion of Math. 105 and Math. 122 in the Freshman year, Math. 125 may be taken in the summer session between the Freshman and Sophomore years. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 80 CIVIL ENGINEERING FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINE ERING COURSES) Second Semester First Semester T itle Number Cr. General [norganic Chem .. .... Chem 101 4 Engineering and Orientation Problems .. ....... .. . . . .. . Engi 100 2 Engineering Drawing .... ... . Engi 105 3 Composition .. .............. Eng 101 3 Ma t h emat1cs · . . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 122} 4-5 105 Phys. Ed .. .. . . ..... . .. .. ... P.E . 101 0 Pers. Hyg ........ . ...... . .. P.E. 105 1 Orientation 17- 18 Title Cr. Numhsr Alternates :1 Inor. Chem. & Qua] . Anal. .. Chem 102} __ General Inorganic Chem ... . Chem 104 4 6 Des. Geometry . .. .. . .... ... Engi 106 2 Composition .... . ..... ... .. Eng 102 3 . Mat h emattcs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . {Math Math 125} 122 General Physics I . .... ...... Phys 150 4 Phys. Ed . . . ... .. ........ ... P.E. 102 0 Pers . Hyg ... .... . .... .. .. .. P.E. 106 1 18-20 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of aeronautical engineering. Therefore, the .first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. HP specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transport:itinn facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Plane Surveying ... . ...... . .. C.E. 103 3 Principles of Economics . . . Ee 100 or 101 3 tatics . . ....... . .. ... . ... .. M.E. 211 3 Calculus II ................. Math 126 General Physics II . ... . .. .. . Phys 151 Phys. Ed ... . ... .. .. .. .. .. .. P.E. 103 4 4 0 Title Number Cr. 104 4 240 4 134 3 212 3 152 4 104 0 Route Surveying ............. C.E . Mathematics .......... . .... Math Fundamentals of Speech . . ... Eng Dynamics ....... . . . ..... . . . M .E. General Physics III . . ...... .. Phys Phys. Ed ... .. .. .. .......... P.E. 18 17 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad .field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroleum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control or sales engineer. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Today nearly every activity of civilized life depends upon electricity. The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. The communications .field, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many .fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Title Number Cr. 101 3 Economics . ... .. ... . . . . . Ee 100 or Integral Calculus . .. . . ..... . Math Genl. Physics II . . .. . . . . . . .. Phys Statics . ... . ... . . ... ..... . . . M .E. Quantitative Anal. .... ... . .. Chem Phys. Ed . ..... .. . . . . ..... . . P.E. 126 151 211 121 103 4 4 3 4 0 18 1 2 3 Title Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Fourth Semester Third Semester SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 Number Cr. 134 3 2 tO 4 Fund. of Speech .......... . . Eng Diff. Equations . . .. . . . . . . . . . Math Genl. Physics III ....... .... Phys Stoichiometry .. . . . . ... . . Ch. Engi Elective 3 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Phys . Ed . .... . . ... . . . . . ... . P.E. 152 106 4 3 3 104 Number Cr. Economics .. ... . . ... .. .. Ee 100 or 101 3 Mathematics ..... . .. . ..... . Math General Physics II ....... .. . Phys Statics ............. .. ...... M.E. Mfg. Processes l Engi Surveying \or · · · · · · · · · · c.E. Phys. Ed .. .. ....... .. ...... P.E. 126 151 211 111 l 103 \ 103 4 4 3 3 0 Title Number Cr. 134 3 240 4 152 4 Fund. of Speech .. .... ...... Eng Diff. Equa ...... ... . . . . . .... Math General Physics III . . . . . . . Phys Dynamics ........ .. .. . . . ... M.E. Electric and Magnetic Circuits . ... .... . ..... . . ... . E.E. Phys. Ed .. . ...... . . ..... ... P.E. 212 3 202 3 104 0 0 17 17 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). For freshman year see above. E.E. 202 or M.E. 212 is suggested. 1 For freshman year see page 80. 17 �Page 82 --- DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS --- Page 83 ENGINEERING PHYSICS MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two y~ars of :Vork, offered at ~ilkes, are simi~ar to those of the other engineering cumcula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Fourth Semester Third Semester Title Number Cr. Economics ........... .. . Ee 100 or 101 Integral Calculus . ..... . . . .. Math 126 General Physics II .......... Phys 151 Statics ..................... M.E. 211 Mfg. Processes .. . ........ .. M .E. 111 Phys. Ed .. ................. P.E. 103 3 4 4 3 3 0 Title Number Cr. Fund. of Speech . . .......... Eng Diff. Equa . ................. Math General Physics III ......... Phys Dynamics . .. .. . ...... ... ... M.E. Electrical and Magnetic Circuits ......... E.E. Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 134 3 240 4 152 4 212 3 202 104 3 O 17 17 The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by- steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its derelopment and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Thi-rd Semester 17 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production req~iremen.ts. Prepar_at~on ~ith a background in science, engineering, economics, ~usines~ adm1.n1stration, management, and history is necessary. The successful indust~tal engineer n:iu~t possess not only technical skill and ability b~t also economic and ~umantshc interests, as well as character and personaltty. He must work w1~h oth~rs and enlist their co-operation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industnal engineer deals with people as well as with machines an~ ma.teri~ls. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those pnmanly interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester Title Fourth Semester Number Cr. Economics . .......... . . ... . Ee General Physics II . .. ....... Phys Statics .. .......... .. .. . . ... M.E. Integral Calculus . .......... Math Surveying l C.E. Mfg. Processes\ or· · · · · · · · · ·M.E. Phys. Ed ... . .. ..... ... ..... P.E. 101 151 211 126 3 4 3 4 103 l 111 \ 3 103 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 80. T itle Fourth Semester Tttle Number Cr. Economics . . ............ Ee 100 or 101 3 Integral Calculus ........... Math 126 4 General Physics II ....... . .. Phys 151 4 caries ................... M.E. 211 3 \lfg.Processes ............. Engi 111 3 Ph) Ed ................... P.E. 103 0 Number Cr. Economics ....... .. ........ Ee General Physics III . ... .. ... Phys Dynamics .............. ... . M.E. Diff. Equa . . . .............. . Math Fund. of Speech . .. .. . .. .. .. Eng Phys . Ed ................... P.E. 102 152 212 240 134 104 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 80. Title Nttmber Cr. Fund. of Speech ............ Eng Diff. Equa .. .. .. . . .......... Math General Physics III ......... Phys Dynamics .................. M.E. Kinematics . . ...... . ....... M.E. Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 134 3 240 4 152 4 212 3 206 3 104 0 17 �TERMINAL PROGRAMS,....., Page 85 Terminal ·Programs PRE-DENTAL PRE-DENTAL (Three years) (Two years) FRESHMAN YEAR The following pre-dental curricula are recommended as fulfilling the requirements established by the majority of colleges of dentistry. The threeyear curriculum is less condensed and permits a more complete preparation in chemistry and biology. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ...... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Basic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 0 Pers . Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ............ Bio 102 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 16 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Histology .................. Bio 221 3 Inorganic Quantitative Anal..Chem 121 4 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 151 4 Hist. of West. Civ ......... Hist 101 3 Phys. Ed .... ........... .. .. P.E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Embryology ................ Bio 202 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 112 4 Alternates: World Literature .......... Eng 152 4 Hist. of West. Civ . . ....... Hist 102 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 104 0 14-15 14-15 Second Semester First Semester Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 101 5 General Inorganic Chem ..... Chem 101 4 Composition ............... Eng 101 3 College Algebra ............ Math 107 3 Ba ic Physical Problems ..... Phys 101 1 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 101 0 Pers.Hyg .................. P.E. 105 1 Orientation Title Number Cr. General Zoology ........... Bio 102 4 Inorganic Chem. and Qualitative Analysis .... Chem 102 6 Composition ............... Eng 102 3 Trigonometry .............. Math 109 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 102 0 Pers. Hyg .................. P.E. 106 1 17 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fourth Semester Third Semester Number Cr. Title Basic Art .................. Art 101 3 Comp. Anatomy of the Vert .. Bio 201 4 Inorg. Quantitative Anal. .... Chem 121 4 World Literature ........... Eng 151 4 Phys. Ed ................... P .E. 103 0 Title Number Cr. Basic Art . ................. Art 102 3 Embryology ................ Bio 202 4 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 230 4 World Literature ........... Eng 152 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E .104 0 15 15 JUNIOR YEAR Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Title Nttmber Cr. Bacteriology ............... Bio 211 4 Hiscology .................. Bio 221 3 Organic Chemistry .......... Chem 231 5 Introductory Physics ........ Phys 111 4 Title Number Cr. Bacteriology ............... Bio 212 4 Genetics ................... Bio 222 3 Chemistry Elective ......... . 3 Introductory Physics ..... ... Phys 112 4 16 14 �Page 86-TERMINAL PROGRAMS Description of Courses SECRETARIAL COURSE The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing their secretarial training. FRESHMAN YEAR First Semester Second Semester T itle Number Cr. Survey of Business . . . . ....... B.A. 100 3 Composition .. ... ..... . ... .. Eng 101 3 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 101 3 Shorthand and Ty pewriting . .. S.S. 101 4 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 101 o Pers . Hyg . . .. .............. P.E. 105 1 Title Number Cr. Biological Science .... ... .... Bio 100 3 Composition ... .... . ....... Eng 102 3 Fundamentals of Speech ... . .. Eng 131 2 Hist. of W. Civilization ...... Hist 102 3 Shorthand and Typewriting ... S.S. 102 4 Phys. Ed ......... .......... P.E. 102 O Pers. Hyg .... .. . ........... P.E. 106 1 14 16 SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Fourth Semester Title Number Cr. Title Number Cr. Business Mathematics ....... B.A . 107 3 Office Management . ......... B.A. 238 3 Business Law . . ........... .. B.A. 231 3 Intro. to Economics ......... Econ 100 3 Intermediate Stenography .... S.S. 109 4 Advanced Stenography .... .. . S.S. llO 4 Office Pro. and Machines ... . . S.S. 205 4 ... Secretarial Accounting ....... S.S. 120 3 Elective .... . . .. .. . ... ... .. . 3 Elective. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Phys. Ed ................... P.E. 103 ·o Phys . Ed .. ........... . ...... P.E. 104 O 17 16 ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructor Capin. 101. ELEMENTARY AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of .financial data; technique of recording; preparation of .financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. AccT. THE STAFF AccouNTING--Three credits A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. ACCT. 102. PRINCIPLES OF 111. INTERMEDIATE AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. AccT. 112. ADVANCED AccouNTING--Three credits THE STAFF An advanced study of partnerships and corporations; consignments and branch accounting; consolidated statements; estate and municipal accounting. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct.111. AccT. AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. AccT. 201. CosT Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may sub- stitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, pro• vided they demonstrate adequate skill. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine their levels of attainment. AccouNTING--Three credits P. WERNER Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. AccT. 202. ADVANCED CosT �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 89 Page 88 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 201. MR. CURTIS I-Three credits The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions; methods of effecting tax savings. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. AccT. 221. TAXES THE STAFF II-Three credits Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. AccT. 222. TAXES MR. (APIN PRINOPLEs-Three credits Methods used in verifying, analyzing, and interpreting the records and balance sheet and income accounts; study of the procedures applicable under various circumstances. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, AccT. 231. AUDITING two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. MR. (APIN PRACTICE-Three credits Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct.. 231. AccT. 232. AUDITING THE STAFF PROBLEMS-Three credits Advanced corporation problems including consolidations, mergers, and holding companies. Class two hours a week. Laboratory, two hours AccT. 242. ADVANCED BIOLOGY MR. CAPIN SYSTEMS-Three credits A study of the accounting methods of banks, utilities, building and loan associations, and other specialized businesses, with special attention given to internal control, ease of recording, and forms. AccT. 220. AccouNTING a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Professor Reif, chairman; Associate Professors Cohen, Michelini; Assistant Professors Leagus, Namisniak; Instructor Freeman. MRS. NAMISNIAK SCIENCE-Three credits Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. BIO. 100. BIOLOGICAL MR. REIF ZooLOGY-Nine credits General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 101 has class four hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 102 must be satisfactorily completed before credit will be given for Biology 101. Fee: $20 each course. BIO. 101-102. GENERAL B10. 111-112. GENERAL BOTANY-Three credits each semester MRS. NAMISNIAK General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. MR. REIF TAXONOMY-Four credits Botanical Taxonomy presents a survey of the great divisions of the plant kingdom with special reference to the seed plants. Class, two hours a week; field work, six hours a week. Fee: $20. BIO. 113. BOTANICAL BIO. 201. COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE VERTEBRATESFour credits MR. MICHELINI Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy ot the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. credits MR. MICHELINI Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and BIO. 202. EMBRYOLOGY-Four credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the 1 office of a Certified Public Accountant. AccT. 252. AccouNTING INTERNSHIP-Six 1 Or the equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 91 Page 90 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Oass, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. MR. MICHELINI credits Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. BIO. 204. MICROTECHNIQUE-Two Bio. 211-212. BACTERIOLOGY-Four credits each semester MR.FREEMAN Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 102. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. MR. REIF HISTOLOGY-Four credits Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Fee: 20. BIO. 221. MR. MICHELINI BIO. 222. GENETICS-Three credits Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. BIO. 231. PHYSIOLOGY-Four credits MR. MICHELINI Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. MR. REIF BIO. 232. ECOLOGY-Three credits Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permi sion of instructor. Fee: $20. Bio. 262. HISTORY OF BIOLOGY-One credit THE STAFF A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 271. RESEARCH PROJECT-One credit THE STAFF ~redit for t~is may be given_only in the eighth semester. Work may begm after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. B10. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Hoover, R. Werner; Instructors Capin, Casper, Johns, Krohn, Cappellini, Roberts, Bernstein. B.A. 100. SURVEY OF BUSINESS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is designed as an introduction to the .field of business and must be taken by commerce and .finance students during the .first semester of the _freshman yea~ .. Emphasis is placed upon examining ~he vanous vocational op~ortumties in modern business and upon studymg the necessary educat10nal and other requisites for such jobs. Attempts are made to plan in advance with each student a tentative course prog~am. Ea~h s~dent i~ required to make an individual study of some vocat10nal obJective. This course can be taken for credit by Freshmen only. B.A. 107. BUSINESS MATHEMATICS-Three credits MR. HOOVER Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, pro.fits and losses; mventory and ~urnov_er; dep~eciation_ and distribution of overhead; payroll problems mcludmg soC1al secunty and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest• bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and an~uities; stocks and bonds ; graphs and their use in business. Three credits MR. HOOVER The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 114. 1 Credit SALESMANSHIP 1 - will not be given if credit for Ret. 207 has been received. �Page 92 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 93 B.A. 209. BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE AND REPORTS-Three credits MRS. ROBERTS Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. B.A. 216. ADVERTISING--Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media; advertising as a social force. THE STAFF B.A. 217. TRANSPORTATION- Th ree credits Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic importance of transportation; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 THE STAFF credits The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. B.A. 218. CREDIT AND CoLL ECTIONs- T h ree THE STAFF B.A. 220. REAL ESTATE-Three credits The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 222. MARKETING--Three credits MR. R. WERNER Evolution of the marketing system and functions of marketing, trade structure and organization, and the nature of competition. Principles of distribution, assembling, grading, transportation, finance, and storage. Each student is required to make a special study of the marketing of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. MR. CHIANG B.A. 225. CORPORATION FINANCE-Three credits A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. B.A. 226. INVESTMENTS-Three credits MR. CHIANG Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 231. BUSINESS LAW-INTRODUCTION AND CONTRACTS Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN The foundation for all subjects in the .field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee 102 or approval of instructor. B.A. 232. BusINESS LAW-AGENCY AND SALES-Three credits MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 233. BUSINESS LAW-PARTNERSHIPS AND CORPORATIONS Three credits MR. KROHN The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. B.A. 234. BUSINESS LAW-PROPERTY-Three credits MR. KROHN The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 95 Page 94 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. B.A. 235. INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the organization and management of industry, with emphasis on the principles developed; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management, such as production control, personnel, financing, and the forecasting of business conditions, particularly as they relate to industry. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. B.A. 236. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF Principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. MR. FAMAR B.A. 240. PROPERTY INSURANCE-Three credits This course is a study of the fundamentals of .fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: Business Administration 232 or approval of instructor. B.A. 241. LIFE INSURANCE-Three credits MR. FARRAR This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 244. TIME AND MOTION STUDY-Three credits MR. JOHNS The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. B.A. 245. TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT-Three credits MR. CAPIN Economic and historical aspects of traffic management; evaluation of comparative aspects of competitive modes of transportation, development of managerial ability; use of rates and tariff. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. B.A. 237. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 223 or approval of instructor. Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Salley, Swain; Instructor Bohning. B.A. 238. OFFICE MANAGEMENT-Three credits THE STAFF The organization and management of the office with emphasis on the administration and supervision of office routines; problems of ofice records and .filing; selection of stationery and other office supplies; design and effective use of forms; job analysis, specification, evaluation, and classification; selection and use of machines and specialized equipment"; office arrangement and working conditions; employment, training, and compensation of office workers ; the measurement of work and setting of standards. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. B.A. 239. SALES MANAGEMENT-Three credits CHEMISTRY LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS THE STAFF The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force ; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 114 or equivalent. (HEM. 101. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits THE STAFF An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,......, Page 97 Page 96 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEM. 102. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY AND QUALITATIVE ANALYSIS Six credits MR. BoHNING, Miss BONE, MR. SALLEY The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. CHEM. 104. GENERAL INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Four credits MR. BOHNING, MISS BONE, MR. SWAIN A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 1 O1. ANALYSIS--Four credits MR. SALLEY Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. CHEM. 121. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE CHEM. 122. INORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS-Five credits MR. SALLEY A continuation of Chemistry 121. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. CHEM. 230. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- Four credits pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. (HEM. 234. TOPICS IN ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. BASTRESS Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. (HEM. 241-242. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Four credits each semester MR. SWAIN An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121, Math. 126, Phys. 152. (HEM. 243. TOPICS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SWAIN A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. (HEM. 244. TOPICS IN INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. (HEM. 251-252. BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY-Three credits each semester MR. BASTRESS, MR. BOHNING MR. BASTRESS An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 121. The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 121 and 230. 231. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-Five credits MR. BASTRESS A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee : $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. CHEM. CHEM. 233. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. BASTRESS A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of MR. BASTRESS 261. HISTORY OF CHEMISTRY-One credit The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prert<.Juisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits . (HEM. MR. BASTRESS 262. CHEMICAL LITERATURE-One credit An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. CHEM. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 99 Page 98 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES CHEM. 271-272. RESEARCH PROJECT-One to three credits each semester Fee: $7 per credit. THE STAFF temporary economics; currency and credit problems; governmental regulations; control of foreign exchange, and central banking. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Ee. 204. CONSUMER CREDIT-Two credits ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors DeYoung, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner; Instructor Bernstein. Students who major in economics in the Bachelor of Arts course are required to complete twenty-four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101 and 102. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, 241. Ee. 100. INTRODUCTION TO EcoNOMICs-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course in principles of economics designed for students who plan to take only one semester of work in this field. Theoretical aspects of capital value, national income, money and banking, and international trade are included. Ee. 101. PRINCIPLES OF EcoNOMics-Three credits THE STAFF An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Ee. 102. PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS-Three credits THE STAFF This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Ee. 201. MONEY AND BANKING--Three credits MR. CHIANG A study of the organization of financial institutions, their operatioi1 and influence upon the economy. Consideration is given to commercial and savings banks, investment institutions, and the Federal Reserve System. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 202. THEORY OF MoNEY-T hree credits MR. CHIANC, An analysis of the theory of money and credit rn relation to con- MR. ROSENBERG This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. MR. FARRAR Ee. 212. GOVERNMENT AND BusINEss-Three credits A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trust, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. Ee. 222. THE AMERICAN LABOR MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. R. WERNER A study of the evolving labor movement and its ideology. The course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. This course views the present position of American labor in regard to political and social institutions and to the rest of the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 223. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING--Three credits MR. R. WERNER An introduction to labor problems; analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with employment, wages, hours, history, growth and present position of organized labor, union policies, governmental participation in labor relations, collective bargaining, investigation and arbitration in labor disputes, and social security. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 225. INTERNATIONAL TRADE-Three credits MR. ELLIOT Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. �Page 100 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 101 226. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the relation of geography to the economic activity of man. This course describes and ana lyzes the world distribution of resources, industries, and population. It is designed as an introductory course in world resources and related .fields. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Ee. shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Ee. 238. ECONOMIC HISTORY-Three credits MR. R. WERNER, MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 227. ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY- NORTH AMERICA- Three credits MR. ELLIOT A study of the economic regions of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the role of the United States in the western hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. An advanced course which deals with the origin, growth, and significance of economic institutions, with special emphasis upon those of Europe and the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 241. ECONOMIC ANALYSIS-Three credits MR. FARRAR, MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 229. COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS-Three credits MR. FARRAR The institutions that have developed in Soviet Russia are contrasted with those in the United States and the United Kingdom. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 230. BusINEss CYCLES-Three credits MR. FARRAR A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward busmess cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. Ee. 231. APPLIED GENERAL STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A course in statistical methods and their application to business. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, Chi-square test; test of significance for small samples, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. 232. ECONOMIC STATISTICS-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple <1.nd partial correlation, and test of significance for samples. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 2 31. Ee. Ee. 236. PUBLIC FINANCE-Three credits MR. ROSENBERG, MR. R. WERNER Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 245. CONSUMER ECONOMICS-Three credits MR. R. WERNER The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, consumer habits, standard of living, planning and budgeting; a study of the trends of consumption, income disposition, marketing processes of consumption of goods. Each student is required to make a study of the consumption of a selected commodity. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Ee. 246. ECONOMICS INVESTIGATION-Three credits THE STAFF Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction will consist of: (1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Associate Professors Jessee, Smith; Assistant Professors Colson, Gasbarro, Hoover; Instructors Chwalek, Pinkowski, Roderick. THE STAFF En. 101. INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-Three credits A broad, general introduction to the field of education. A historical and philosophical background of American public education. Study of �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,....., Page 103 Page 102 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the educational structure, the teacher, the pupils, the materials of instruction, the school plant, the financing of education, the profession of teaching, the participation of the public, contemporary issues and trends in public education. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits MR. HAMMER Practical application of basic psychological principles; study of human growth and development; the nature and measurement of intelligence; mental hygiene of pupil and teacher; the nature and general principles of learning; the measurement and facilitation of learning; guidance of the individual; effective methods of study; special aspects of learning; the psychology of teaching methods; and simple statistical concepts. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. En. 201. EDUCATIONAL ED. 207. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They observe several teachers. Gradually they assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 204. Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. 208. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (OBSERVATION-Four credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to area schools where they observe various teachers and participate as aides in the classroom. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. ED. 202. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE SECONDARY SCHOOL ED. 203. EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENTS FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits Miss JESSEE A consideration of the characteristics, uses, and interpretations of intelligence and subject-matter tests available for school use; study of methods of treating scores; principles and purposes of measurement; practice in the construction of objective tests; supervised administration, scoring, and interpretation of tests; some aspects of evaluation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101,201. ED. 209. STUDENT TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (TEACHING)-Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the instructor. ED. 211. EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITIES-Three credits ED. 204. PRINOPLES AND METHODS OF SECONDARY EDUCATIONThree credits THE STAFF The historical development of the secondary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles; other factors in the development of the secondary school; promising practices in the secondary school; methodology in different subjects; motivation; the secondary pupil; guidance and control; records and reports-a survey of secondary school teaching. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Eo. 205. SECONDARY CURRICULUM-Three credits THE STAFF Developments of recent years in the secondary school curriculum; consideration of college preparation, preparation for life, vocational needs, etc.; planning of classroom activities; extracurricular activities; treatment of individual differences; organization of curriculum units; study methods; tests and marking; a survey of secondary school curriculum and its continuing development. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. THE STAFF Consideration of the place of extracurricular activities in the education of the child; the organization of extracurricular activities; the tendency to bring them into the school curriculum; their place in the guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 212. VISUAL EDUCATION-One credit Miss JESSEE A study of the materials and techniques of visual education; prin- ciples and plans for the use of audio-visual or sensory aids; the incorporation of visual instruction in the work for the classroom. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 214. GUIDANCE-Two credits MR. CHWALEK A general survey of the principles and problems of guidance, and an introduction to activities and techniques used in a guidance program in the public school. Required for the Pennsylvania guidance teachers' and counselors' certificates. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ED. 236. TEACHING THE ELEMENTARY SOCIAL STUDIES-Two credits ED. 215. INTRODUCTION TO OCCUPATIONS AND OCCUPATIONAL RESEARCH-Two Credits MR. CHWALEK A study of individual and social factors affecting occupational choices; methods of making vocational choices; types of occupational preparation; means of entry into occupations; problems of adjustment to job, leisure time, and unemployment. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Miss RODERICK Study of social situations pertinent to elementary school children; relation of school and home activities to the community; the study of methods and techniques designed to stimulate interest and create understanding. Development of units in civics, history, and geography. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 237. PRINCIPLES OF ELEMENTARY EDUCATION-Two credits ART- Eight credits Miss SMITH Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe in both elementary and secondary school classrooms, and teach. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences with cooperating teachers and college supervisors are arranged. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Fifteen hours of credit at Wilkes, permission of the Miss RODERICK ED. 220. STUDENT TEACHING IN instructor. MR. COLSON ART-Four credits A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. En. 221. THE TEACHING OF Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. MR. (OLSON En. 222. ART CURRICULUM- Three credits A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effectiYc use in the art curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. The historical development of the elementary school; a philosophical background from which are drawn basic principles of elementary education; other factors in the development of the elementary school; promising practices in the elementary school; methodology and guidance; characteristics of the elementary school child; discipline and control; mental and physical hygiene; records and reports; a survey of principles and techniques in the elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 238. THE CURRICULUM OF THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Two credits The development of the elementary society that supports it; the emerging ment to individual needs; relation of content and method; utilizing the arts, tion, etc., in the elementary curriculum. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Miss RODERICK curriculum; its relation to the elementary curriculum; adjustobjectives to children's needs; music, science, physical educa- ED. 239. TEACHING OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE-Two credits READING-Two credits MISS RODERICK Analysis of the reading task; consideration of the relationship of maturation to reading; problems and methods in developing reading readiness; methods and techniques of teaching reading; the place of experiences; development of reading interests; types of reading; evaluation of reading growth; remedial procedures in reading. En. 231. THE TEACHING OF Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Mrss RoDERICK Basic elements of the sciences suitable for elementary school use; materials for demonstration; methods of presentation; consideration of the integration of science in the elementary curriculum; aims and objectives of science teaching; development of a spirit of inquiry. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ED. 241. ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. COLSON En. 232. THE TEACHING OF ARITHMETIC-Two credits Miss RODERICK Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary arithmetic; methods, aims, and objectives; methods and teaching techniques for developing units of work; attention given to methods of instruction in concepts of quantitative relationships. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. Study of the principles and practices of education in the field of elementary art; methods, aims, objectives; methods and techniques for developing units of work; basic principles; selection and manipulation of various media; the development of creative expression and appreciation. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. �Page 106-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES-Page 107 ED. 242. Music IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits MR. GASBARRO Study of methods for developing appreciation for and enjoyment of music through performance and listening; developing the rhythm band; rote singing; program music for children; discovery of talent; writing and interpretation of scales; training in group leadership in singing. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. ENGi. 106. DESCRIPTIVE GEOMETRY-Two credits Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours per week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math. 122; Engi. 105 is recommended. ED. 243. HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL-Two credits Miss RODERICK This course considers the health of the elementary school child including wholesome health ideas, attitudes and habits. The prospective teacher learns the fundamentals of first aid, care of the sick and attention to child health problems. Prerequisite: Ed. 101, 201. MR. HELTZEL Chemical Engineering CH. E. 106. STOICHIOMETRY-Three credits MR. SALLEY A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 121; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. ENGINEERING Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas; Instructor Koo. ENGi. 100. ENGINEERING PROBLEMS-Two credits THE STAFF Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, pur• poses and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. ENGi. 101. BASIC DRAWING--Two credits THE STAFF A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. ENGi. 105. ENGINEERING DRAWING-Three credits MR. HELTZEL This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to enginering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $20. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. PLANE SURVEYING-Three credits MR. Koo Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. C.E. 104. ROUTE SuRVEYING--Four credits MR. Koo A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC CIRCUITS-Three credits MR. THOMAS An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Mechanical Engineering PROCESSES-Three credits MR. THOMAS Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. M.E. 111. MANUFACTURING M.E. 206. KINEMATICS-Three credits MR. HELTZEi Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, ~eartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Eng 1• 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. M.E. 211. MECHANICS I. STATICS-Three credits MR. Koo Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and ,;econd moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. M.E. 212. MECHANICS II. DYNAMICS-Three credits MR. Kro Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. ENGLISH Professor Davies, Chairman; Professors Edgerton and Kruger; Associate Professor Rizzo; Assistant Professor Groh; Instructors Budd, Bush, Fiester, Gutin, Kish, Miller, Roberts, Schwartzchild, Taranow, Tyburski. Students who major in English are required to complete the followino program of English studies: Freshman and Sophomore Years: 101, 10; 131, 151, 152 (16 hours); Junior and Senior Years: 215 (3 hours); 201 or 205 (3 hours); one course from the group 105, 106, 121, 123, 124 (3 hours); four elective courses in literature (12 hours); one elective course in English that can be any course offered by the department ( 3 hours) . (If 201 is taken, 205 may be taken as one of the four elective courses in literature.) Majo~s in English, especially students who wish to take graduate work in English, are strongly advised to take as many courses in foreign lan~uages (preferably French and German) as possible beyond the minimum of twelve hours. All entering freshmen are required to take a placement test in English. As a result of the test so.me students may be exempted from taking Eng. 101; such students must take Eng. 102 and 105. Students who show a defi_ciency 1~1ay be required to take an extra hour of drill to supplement their wor~ m Eng. 101. Any student in Eng. 101 or 102 may be required to take this extra work should his instructor think it necessary. Composition COMPOSITION-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. ENG. 101. THE STAFF COMPOSITION-Three credits Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 1 O1. ENG. 102. THE STAFF EXPOSITION-Three credits A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. ENG. 105. ADVANCED STORY-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. Rizzo A writing course. Training in the selection and use of materials for the short story. Prerequisite: Eng. 102 and permission of instructor. ENG. 106. SHORT �Page 110,...., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,...., Page 111 f ournalism ENG. 154. AMERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits WRITING-Three credits MR. BusH A beginner's course in gathering and writing news. Topics include: definition of news, writing leads and building the story, law of libel, news sources; a brief survey of the history of American journalism and the current status of freedom of the press. Editors of local and nearby papers address the class and answer questions. Students make comparative study of and report on representative papers of U. S., both dailies and country weeklies. There is constant practice in writing, with weekly news assignments. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 121. JOURNALISTIC WRITING-Three credits MR. BUSH Fundamental techniques of publicity. Recent developments in fields of public opinion, propaganda, public relations, public opinion polls. Special attention is given to trade journals and house organs covering the industrial, merchandising, and professional fields. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. MR. KRUGER, MR. GUTIN Survey of American literature from the Civil War to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 155 AND 156. CONTEMPORARY LITERATURE-Three credits each semester MR. KRUGER, MR. GuTIN A course designed to familiarize the student with the best books of the twentieth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 201. HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE-Three credits ENG. 123. PUBLICITY MR. BUSH WRITING-Three credits Feature writing for newspapers and magazines. Analysis of the feature field and the magazine market. Finding suitable subjects and their treatment: the interview, the how-to-do-it article, popular biographies and success stories, personal experiences, narratives. Weekly themes. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. ENG. 124. FEATURE lAnguage and Literature ENG. 151. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. EDGERTON, M R. GUTIN, MR. RIZZO Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. ENG. 152. WESTERN WORLD LITERATURE-Four credits MR. DAVIES, MR. EDGERTON, MR. GuTIN, MR. Rizzo Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. ENG. 153. l\.MERICAN LITERATURE-Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. RIZZO Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. 205. CHAUCER- Three credits MR. Rizzo Study of the linguistic features of late Middle English; reading of some of the Canterbury Tales; written reports on collateral reading. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. ENG. 211. EARLY ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. DA VIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama as a literary type and its history from the earliest times to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2 and permission of instructor. ENG. 212. LATER ENGLISH DRAMA-Three credits MR. ENG. 215. SHAKESPEARE- Three credits Survey of American literature from the beginning to the Civil War. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. MR. EDGERTON Intensive study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 216. SEVENTEENTH CENTURY- Three credits MR. GUTIN DAVIES, MR. GROH Study of the drama from 1660 to the present. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2 and permission of instructor. MR. EDGERTON A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES POPE-Three credits MR. EDGERTON A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of this period, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Speech ENG. 221. AGE OF JOHNSON-Three credits MR. EDGERTON A study of the poetry and non-fictional prose of 1740-1798, including the work of leading essayists, biographers, diarists, and letter writers. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 222. AGE OF MR. DAVIES NovEL-Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. SPEECH-Two credits THE STAFF A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. ENG. 131. FUNDAMENTALS OF 134. FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH FOR TECHNICAL STUDENTS Three credits MR. KRUGER, MR. GROH Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work directed to the specific needs of the student. ENG. ENG. 237. EARLY ENGLISH MR. DAVIES NovEL-Three credits The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 238. LATER ENGLISH MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Scott, and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 241. THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT-Three credits MR. MILLER Study of the poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats and the prose writers contemporary with them. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 242. THE ROMANTIC BROWNING--Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the poetry of Alfred Tennyson and Robert Browning. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. ENG. 259. TENNYSON AND ENG. 260. VICTORIAN PROSE-Three credits MR. DAVIES Study of the influence of movements in science, philosophy, art, religion, and society as reflected in the works of Carlyle, Arnold, Huxley, Newman, and Ruskin. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. DRAMA-Three credits MR. GROH The development of our native drama from the colonial period to the present. Representative plays for reading and study. Written reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. FINE ARTS AND FINE ARTS EDUCATION Assistant Professor Colson, chairman; Instructor Palencar. FA 101. I-Three credits MR. COLSON Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. FA EXPERIENCING ART 102. EXPERIENCING ART II-Three credits MR. COLSON A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA 101. FA 103. DRAWING AND COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. COLSON An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102 or equivalent. FA 104. MR. COLSON COLOR AND DESIGN-Three credits A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. FA 105. THE STAFF OIL PAINTING I-Three credits An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. ENG. 287. AMERICAN FA 106. THE STAFF OIL PAINTING II-Two credits A continuation of FA 105. Lecture, one hour; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 105 or equivalent. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES-Page 115 Page 114-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 107. WATER COLOR PAINTING--Three credits THE STAFF A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. FA 121. MODELING AND THREE DIMENSIONAL CONSTRUCTIONThree credits THE STAFF An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. FA 122. CERAMICS-Three credits THE STAFF Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraflito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. THE STAFF FA 126. GRAPHICS-Three credits A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. THE STAFF FA 201. HISTORY OF ART I-Two credits History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. THE STAFF FA 202. HISTORY OF ART II-Two credits History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 201. FA 203. HISTORY OF MODERN ART-Two credits A study of twentieth century art forms. THE STAFF THE STAFF FA 204. CONTEMPORARY DESIGN-Two credits A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. FA 210. METALWORK AND JEWELRY-Three credits THE STAFF A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 220. STUDIO PROBLEMS- Two credits MR. COLSON Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. MR. COLSON FA 291. SENIOR EXHIBIT- One credit A study of exhibition techniques; each senior exhibits his work at the College. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 292. SENIOR EXHIBIT- One credit A continuation of FA 291. Prerequisite: FA 291. MR. COLSON MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Associate Professor Dworski; Assistant Professor Peirone. French A major in French consists of twenty-four hours beyond Fr. 102. Miss DwoRSKI FR. 101. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and peaking the language. FR. 102. ELEMENTARY FRENCH-Three credits Continuation of Fr. 1O1. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. MISS DWORSKI MISS DWORSKI FR. 103. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. FR. 104. INTERMEDIATE FRENCH-Three credits Miss DwoRSKI Introduction to French civilization; practice m oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. MISS DWORSKJ FR. 105. TECHNICAL FRENCH-Three credits Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular .fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. �Page 116-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 106. FRENCH CONVERSATION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS DWORSKJ Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 107. FRENCH LITERATURE-Three credits each semester Miss DwoRSKJ A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. FR. 201-202. SURVEY OF FRENCH German A major in German consists of twenty-four hours beyond Ger. 102. GER. 101. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three MR. DISQUE credits Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. MR. DISQUE 102. ELEMENTARY GERMAN-Three credits Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. GER. MR. DISQUE GERMAN-Three credits Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. GER. 103. INTERMEDIATE MR. DISQUE 104. INTERMEDIATE GERMAN-Three credits Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER. FR. 203. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKI Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. GERMAN-Three credits Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. GER, 105. SCIENTIFIC FR. 205. FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE EIGHTEENTH CENTURY Three credits Miss DwoRsKJ Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. 206. 208. MR. DISQUE CONVERSATION-Three credits Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 106. GERMAN FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Three credits MISS DwoRsKJ Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. FR. MR. DISQUE CONTEMPORARY FRENCH DRAMA-Three creatts MISS DWORSKI The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. COMPOSITION-Three credits MR. DISQUE Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. GER. 107. GERMAN GER. 201-202. SURVEY OF GERMAN LITERATURE Three credits each semester MR. DISQUE A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. �Page 118,......, DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,......, Page 119 GOETHE-Three ctedits MR. DISQUE Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 203. GER. 204. ScHILLER-Three credits SP. 105. COMMERCIAL SPANISH-Three credits MISS PEIRONE The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. MR. DISQUE Poet of German idealism. SP. 106. SPANISH CONVERSATION-Three credits Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. GER. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY GERMAN DRAMA-Three credits Miss PEIRONE MR. DISQUE The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. GER. 206. MODERN GERMAN SHORT STORY-Three credits MR. DISQUE The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Spanish A major in Spanish consists of twenty-four hours beyond Sp. 102. SPANISH- Three credits MISS PEIRONE Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. SP. 107. SPANISH COMPOSITION-Three credits MISS PEIRONE Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 108. SPANISH AMERICAN CULTURE-Three credits Miss PEIRONE The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 201-202. SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE Three credits each semester Miss PEIRONE A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. SP. 101. ELEMENTARY SPANISH-Three credits Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. SP. 102. ELEMENTARY Miss PEIRONE SP. 203. THE GOLDEN AGE OF SPANISH LITERATURE-Three credits Miss PEIRONE Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. SPANISH- Three credits MISS PEIRONF Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. SP. 204. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH DRAMA-Three credits SPANISH-Three credits Miss PEIRONE Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. SP. 205. NINETEENTH CENTURY SPANISH NovEL-Three credits SP. 103. INTERMEDIATE SP. 104. INTERMEDIATE Miss PEIRONE Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. MISS PEIRONE The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 GENERAL SCIENCE 206. THE UNITED STATES IN THE TWENTIETH CENTURY Three credits MR. THATCHER An intensive study of the period since the Spanish-American War, emphasizing the emergence of the United States as a world power and the economic and social problems of the present century. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. BIO. 100. See page 89. GEOL. 100. GENERAL GEOLOGY-Two credits MR. REIF General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. PHYS. 100. See page 134. HIST. 223-224. AMERICAN CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY Three credits each semester MR. THATCHER A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. HISTORY 225. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN FRONTIER-Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. HIST. Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professors Mui and Kaslas; Assistant Professor Connolly; Instructors Hehn, Hughes. A major in history consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108; Hist. 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. HIST. 101-102. HISTORY OF WESTERN CIVILIZATION THE STAFF Three credits each semester. A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. HIST. 228. HISTORY OF THE FOREIGN POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES Three credits MR. THATCHER A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 101. Restricted to juniors and seniors. 235. SOVIET RussIA AND THE FAR EAST-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the historical conditions under which the Communist state was established in Russia and portions of the Far East. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. HIST. 107. AMERICAN AND PENNSYLVANIA HISTORY TO 1865 Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. HIST. 242. ENGLISH HISTORY FROM THE REIGN OF ELIZABETH Three credits MR. MUI Traces the growth and expansion of England from a national state to a world empire and later to a mother of commonwealths. The development of the national church, the Puritan revolt, the influences of the American and the French revolutions , the industrial revolution, political and social reform, growth of the cabinet system, and liberalism. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 108. AMERICAN HISTORY SINCE 1865-Three credits MR. THATCHER A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. HIST. 243. THE BRITISH EMPIRE AND COMMONWEALTH OF NATIONS-Three credits MR. MUI A study of the evolution of the British Commonwealth of Nations, �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the expansion of British rule in India, and the growth of the British dependent empire, with emphasis on the imperial and foreign policies of Great Britain after the American Revolution. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 255. EUROPE IN THE NINETEENTH CENTURY-Three credits MR.KASLAS A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. HIST. 256. EUROPE IN THE TwENTIETH CENTURY-Three credits MR. KAsLAS Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Professor Kostenbauder; Assistant Professor Wasileski; Instructors Morgan, Salsburg, West. The major in mathematics is outlined on page 59. THE STAFF 99. ALGEBRA REVIEW-No credit Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equa• tions. Three hours a week. MATH. MATH. 100. SAME AS PHYS. 101-See page 134. MATH. 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE STAFF A course designed for those who want a general background itJ mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. MATH. 102. FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS-Three credits THE A continuation of Math. 101. STAFF 105. COLLEGE ALGEBRA AND TRIGONOMETRY-Five credits THE STAFF A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. MATH. 107. COLLEGE ALGEBRA-Three credits THE STAFF Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction binomial ~he~rem, compl:~ numbers, roots of equations, permutatio~s and combmations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 109. PLANE TRIGONOMETRY-Three credits THE STAFF Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 115. MATHEMATICS OF FINANCE-Three credits THE STAFF Prog~essions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 118. INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS-Three credits THE STAFF Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. MATH. 122. ANALYTIC GEOMETRY-Four credits THE STAFF Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the _gener~l problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, coni~ section~, transfor_~ation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametnc equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. MATH. 125. CALCULUS I-Four credits THE STAFF . Limits_, ~erivativ:s and ~ifferentials, indefinite and de.finite integrals, differentiation and mtegrahon of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. MATH. 126. CALCULUS II-Four credits THE STAFF . Di~erentiatio~ and int~gration ~f transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, mdetermmate forms, partial derivatives multiple integrals. ' Prerequisite: Math. 125. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MATH 127. TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisit~ath. 12 5. MATH. 240. DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND INFINITE SERIES-Four credits THE STAFF F!rst order ~qua~ions, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approxima~10n, sys_tems o~ differential equations, infinite series, power senes solut10n of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MATH. 213. HIGHER ALGEBRA-Three credits MR. SALSBURG Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: ath. 125, or permission of instructor. MATH. 251. ADVANCED CALCULUS I-Three credits MR. KosTENBAUDER . In~roduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis 1~ this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of th~ore~s concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MR. SALSBURG MATH. 214. LINEAR ALGEBRA-Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. MATH. 252. ADVANCED CALCULUS II-Three credits MR. KOSTENBAUDER A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. MATH. 220. COLLEGE GEOMETRY-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: lane geometry. MATH. 228. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS I-Three credits MR. W ASILESKJ Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. ~ MATH. 229. MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS II-Three credits MR. W ASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. MR. KosTENBAUDER MATH. 235. VECTOR ANALYSIS-Three credits Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 126. MUSIC Associate Professor Detroy, chairman; Assistant Professor Gasbarro· Instructors Balshaw, Friedmann, A. Liva, F. Liva, Chapline, Weed. ' Liberal_ Arts students wishing to major in music will follow the program outlmed on page 60. APPLIED MUSIC Individua~ an~ group_ instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students m piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band inst~ents. A s~rie~ of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demon~tration ( ex~mmation) before the music faculty are necessary if credit 1s to be obtamed for such study. Students_ who a~e not music majors may receive one credit each semester ~o~ vo1ee ~r mstrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. T~e a?ility, interest, and progress of students intending to major in mus1e will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music ~aculty. Stud~nts will be advised before the opening of the followmg _seme~ter 1f the f acuity does not recommend a continuation of the mus1e maJor. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,...., Page 127 Page 126- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Music 113-114. Mus. 100. INTRODUCTION TO Music- Three hours An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listeni_ng_ to m~sic. Non~technical, it covers briefly the entire range of m~s1c m van?us forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enl~rgmg t_he musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of 11lustrattons. Mus. PIANO CLASS 3 AND 4-Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE THE STAFF 101-102-103-104. THEORY OF Music-Five credits each course Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Mus. 121-122-123-124. BAND-One-half credit each semester MR. WEED MR. DETROY, MR. WEED The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main prin ciples: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third a~d fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solf egg10, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accord ance with the method now employed in many of our leading schoob of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. 109. HISTORY OF Music- Three credits MR. FRIEDMAN A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civi- Mus. ~he band ~:ffers the student a varied program for concerts and for vanous athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. Mus. 125-126-127-128. CHORUS-One-half credit each semester MR. CHAPLINE The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Music 131-132-133-134. ORCHESTRA-One-half credit each semester MR. LIVA Participation ir_i the. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student ~xpenence m. t~e complete range of symphonic literature. Students desmng to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. lization to the seventeenth century. MUSIC 215. INSTRUMENTATION-Two credits 110. HISTORY OF Music- Three credits MR. FRIEDMAN A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing mu ical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be t m phasized in the final weeks of study. Th~ i?st~uments of the m.odern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and l1m1tat10ns. The techntque of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Music 111-112. Music 216. Mus. PIANO CLASS 1 AND 2-Two credits each semester MR. CHAPLINE ( lass instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into :mil Lble groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all mwic education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. ORCHESTRA AND BAND ARRANGING--Two MR. GASBARRO credits MR. GASBARRO Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. �Page 128 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,....., Page 129 MR. DETROY ANALYSIS-Two credits The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Mus. 217. COUNTERPOINT-Three credits MR. DETROY A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Mus. 218. Music Education 1 METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 101-102. CLARINET CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. WEED A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 103-104. BRASS CLASS AND Mus. ED. 105. WOODWIND CLASS METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. MR. WEED METHODS-Two credits A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Mus. ED. 106. BRASS CLASS METHODS-Two credits pe, semester MR. CHAPLINE A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 107-108. VOICE CLASS AND 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. Mus. ED. 109-110. CONDUCTING AND SCHOOL MUSIC MATERIALS-Two credits per semester MR. GASBARRO The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. VIOLIN CLASS AND METHODS-Two credits per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 111-112. Mus. ED. 113-114. STRING INSTRUMENT CLASS METHODS-Two creditJ per semester MR. FRIEDMANN A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Mus. ED. 201. ELEMENTARY SCHOOL Music METHODS- Two credits THE STAFF The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Mus. ED. 202. HIGH SCHOOL Music METHODS-Two credits THE STAFF The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Mus. En. 203-204. OBSERVATION AND PRACTICE TEACHING-FotJr credits per semester THE STAFF A course in the observation and practice teaching of vocal or instrumental music in the elementary or high schools. Fee: $10.00 each semester. NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Conboy, Jackson, Janjigian, Klein, Miller, Seeherman. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Enrollment in all of the following courses, with the exceptions of N.E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. NURSING-Two credits Miss JESSEE A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the N.E. 101. FOUNDATIONS OF religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. N.E. 116. PEDIATRIC NURSING-Two credits DR. KLEIN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. N.E. 117. Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. NURSING-Two credits Miss JESSEE A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. N.E. 118. RESOURCES-Two credits Miss JESSEF A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the commumt y. N.E. 119. N.E. 106. SUPERVISION AND ADMINISTRATION-Two NURSING-Two credits DR. JANJIGIAN N.E. 102. TRENDS IN N.E. 104. COMMUNITY PSYCHIATRIC PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING-Two credits Miss JACKSON An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. credits Miss JACKSON A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. N. E. PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING-Two 120. PROBLEMS OF SCHOOL NURSING-Two Miss JESSEE A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. N.E. 107. PRINCIPLES AND METHODS IN NURSING EDUCATION Two credits Miss JESSEE This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. Psychology. MISS JACKSON The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. PHILOSOPHY- Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. N.E. 113 & 114. MEDICAL AND SURGICAL NURSING-Two credits each semester Miss CONBOY Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the c=xpert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. 115. OBSTETRIC NURSING-Two credits MRS. SEEHERMAN Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied to expert care of the obstetric patient. RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructor Friedlander. A major in the combined fields of philosophy and religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion. Phil. 100 and Rel. 100 will not count toward the major. Prerequisites are determined by the Chairnun on an individual basis. N.E. 112. FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SUPERVISION OR TEACHING Four credits Miss JESSEE N.E. credits credits Philosophy PHILOSOPHY- Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for the existence of God. PHIL. 100. INTRODUCTION TO LoGic- Th ree credits MR. VuJICA Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. PHIL. 103. �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHIL. 105. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 THE STAFF ETHICS-Three credits A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. PHIL. 204. PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. PHIL. 205. AESTHETICS-Three credits THE STAFF Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the me_ani~g of aesthetic_ ju~gments and processes of appreciation. An exammat10n of the obJective qualities of those things which are found to be aesthetically effective. PHIL. 206. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHIES-Three credits THE STAFF Social and political institutions as seen by such classical cri~ics as Pl~to, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Speoal attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. PHIL. 207. PHILOSOPHIES OF HISTORY-Three credits MR. VuJICA A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Sp~ngler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. PHIL. 208. THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY-Three credits MR. VuJICA A brief survey of the major historical divisions; a systematic analysis of some of the major figures and a consideration of their relevance to present problems. REL. 201. THE LITERATURE OF THE OLD TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. REL. 204. THE LITERATURE OF THE NEW TESTAMENT-Three credits MR. VUJICA An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Assistant Professor Reese, chairman; Instructor Saraceno. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102. PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 THE STAFF This course is designed to promote physical well being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 103-104. PHYSICAL EDUCATION This course is a continuation of P.E. 101 and 102. Religion VUJICA The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. P.E. 105-106. PERSONAL THE STAFF HYGIENE-One credit each semester THE STAFF THE STAFF Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. REL. 100. MAN'S RELIGION-Three credits 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYS. 201-202. ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISMPHYSICS Four credits each semester Professor Hall, chairman; Professor Detwiler; Associate Professor Ripley; Assistant Professor Thomas. PHYS. 100. PHYSICAL ScIENCE-Three credits MR. RIPLEY A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the me~hods, conc~pts, a?d vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding prm· ciples to the needs of the individual and the c?mmuni~; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of sC1ence affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration and discussion three hours a week. PROBLEMS-One credit · THE STAFF An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. Fee: $20. PHYS. 101. BASIC PHYSICAL PHYS. 111-112. INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-Four credits each semester THE STAFF An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws an~ met~ods ?f ~he major sections _of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic prmciples and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semes~e~: mechani~s, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electncity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of in- II-Four credits THE STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and modern physics. C11ss three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. PHYS. 151. GENERAL PHYSICS Prerequisite: Phys. 150. III-Four credits THE STAFF Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. THERMODYNAMICS-Three credits The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 252, Math. 240. PHYS. 212. ELECTRONICS-Three credits each semester A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in cir- PHYS. 221-222 cuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. THE STAFF I-Four credits A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee 20. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. PHYS. 152. GENERAL PHYSICS LIGHT-Four credits The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. PHYS. 211. OPTICS AND PHYS. 241-242. INTERMEDIATE structor. PHYS. 150. GENERAL PHYSICS Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: 20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 15 2, Math. 240. LABORATORY-One or two credits Hours to be arranged Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. PHYS. 251. ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENTS-Three credits MR. DETWILER Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. �Page 136 ,....., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYS. 261. ATOMIC PHYSICS- Four credits The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Ma th . 240 · PHYS. 262. NUCLEAR PHYSICS- Four credits Special relativity natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear struchture, ' nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Cl ass th r ee hours and one three- our laboratory_ a week. Fee: $ 2 0. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. PHYS. 271. MODERN PHYSICS-Three credits . f rther study of the modern concepts of atomic . and nucldeadr A . photo-e1ectnc1 · ·ty' X -rays ' solids . Inten e h sicsu Spectra: radioactivity, o; students not majoring in physics. Class three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151 and Ma th . 240 · f credits P HYS. 301 . TOPICS IN THEORETICAL PHYSICS-Three f h . t t and Selected topics depending upon the interests ? t e ms rue or h tudents. Topics might include advanced mechamcs, quantum mec an~cs, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Ma th . 252 · . . 't es: Atomic Physics 261 or approval of the mstructor. Coreqms1 PHYS. 302. TOPICS IN SOLID STATE PHYSICS-Three cr~dits Selected to ics depending upon the interests of the mstructor_ ~nd p ' mple theory of electrical and thermal conductmty, stud ents. F or exa ' d' 1 . . d t sem1con uc ors, bonding in solids ' point defects, is ocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class three hours. . ·tes .. Math • 240 , Math · 252 ' and Phys. 261, or approval of P rereqms1 the instructor. POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, Chal·rman·, Associate Professor Kaslas; Instructor Tuhy. A major in political science consists o f twe~ t y- f our hours . All courses except P.S. 100 are acceptable toward the ma1or. INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL ScIENCE--Three credits P.S. loo . THE STAFF . ·s a broad comprehensive introduction to political sciTh is course 1 , d · 1 d ence. All the subdivisions of political science are presente s1mp y an DESCRIPTION OF COURSES-Page 137 clearly and the interrelationships ot these subdivisions are shown. These commonly recognized fields of political science are covered: Political theory, American government, comparative governments, public administration, political parties, pressure groups, public opinion, propaganda, international politics, international law, legal systems. P.S. 200. AMERICAN NATIONAL GOVERNMENT STAFF A Study of the National Government of the United States presenting the historical background for each major policy area, the broad outlines of existing programs, the interest groups and organizations most immediately concerned, the values that are in conflict, and the interrelations between process and policy. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 201. CONSTITUTIONAL LAW MR. TUHY A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 202. CONSTITUTIONAL LA w MR. MAILEY A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 203. POLITICS AND POLITICAL PARTIES-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elecrions, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 204. PUBLIC OPINION AND PROPAGANDA-Three credits MR. MAILEY A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P.S. 100 and Soc. 100. P.S. 205. STATE GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. TUHY A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,....., Page 139 Page 138 ~ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 206. MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government ha assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the rela tionship between local and national government. P.S. 224. SOVIET SYSTEM OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. MR. TuHY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment P.S. 207. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION-Three credits policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 208. LABOR LEGISLATION-Three credits Assistant Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Gaito· Instructors Kanner and Krasno. ' MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increas_ing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 209. SOCIAL LEGISLATION-Three credits MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. P.S. 221. INTERNATIONAL LAW-Three credits MR. KAsLAS A study of the development of the body of customs and rules whi_ch states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. . Desideratum: United States and European history. P.S. 222. INTERNATIONAL POLITICS-Three credits MR. K.ASLAS A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P .S. 100. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. P.S. 223. CABINET SYSTEMS OF GOVERNMENT-Three credits MR. KASLAS A study of the European versions of democratic governmen~ ?eginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 100. PSYCHOLOGY A. major in psychology consi~ts of t:venty-four hours. Psychology 100 rs not accepted toward a maJor; Soc10logy 255 is accepted. The Depa~tment requires that psychology majors take one year of a la?orator! sCienc_e; they_ may elect biology, chemistry, or physics and substitute this for eithe~ B10logy 100 or Physics 100. Students planning to ~ake graduate work m psychology should study either French or German m order to meet graduate school requirements. The major in psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those who~e i?terests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the applteatlon ~f the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an_ undergraduate. major in psychology does not qualify them for p~ofess_1onal psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. St~dents wh? desire certification by the Pennsylvania Department of P~bltc Instruction as psycholog~cal examiners or public school psychologists should carefully plan their programs under the direction of their faculty advisers to preclude the possibility of omitting necessary courses. PsY. 100. GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introducti~n t? ~he study o~ huma~ behavior. The emphasis is on the study of the md1V1dual and his reactions to other individuals and to his environment. An attempt is made to equip the student with certain general psychological principles and to encourage the acquisition of a technical vocabulary. PsY. 201. ADVANCED GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF . A m?re detailed study of some of the topics treated only superficially m the introductory course. More attention is given to such subjects as �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES learning, perception, emotions, etc. Required of prospective majors. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PsY. 203-204. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each THE STAFF semester A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100. THE STAFF PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits A survey of significant contributions to individual differences. Methods of evaluating and measuring these differences; their significance to the individual, the home, the school, and to vocational and community PsY. 206. APPLIED life. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. PsY. 207. CHILD ony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 254. SYSTEMATIC PsYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the ~eld as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered m alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 100 and one other course in psychology. PsY. 255. CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF . A sur:ey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagno~ti~ and ~reatme~t techniques and the role of the professional psychologist rn various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. PsY. 257. ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY-Tht'ee credits THE STAFF A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. 1 PsY. 271-272. RESEARCH IN PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits each semester. THE STAFF . ~n opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervmon. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Prerequisite: Psy. 100. THE STAFF BEHAVIOR-Three credits Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. PsY. 208. HUMAN Prerequisite: Psy. 100. TEsTs-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. PsY. 212. PSYCHOLOGICAL Prerequisite: Psy. 100. PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monot- PsY. 251. INDUSTRIAL RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor Flower. . A major in Retailing consists of 24 credits in retailing courses which include Ret. 101, 102,207,212,214,224. RET. 101. PRINCIPLES OF RETAILING-Three ct'edits MR. FLOWER A b~sic_ co~m~ that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail ms~1tu~10ns; problems of store policy, store location; study of th~ organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. RET. 102. RETAIL STORE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT Three credits THE STAFF Bas!c ~rinciples of suc~essful retail store organization; study of tht organ1zat10nal structure of department swres; organization and functiom �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - p age 143 Page 142 - DESCRlPTION OF COURSES of operating divisions; planned observation in employment, training, receiving, marking, delivery, wrapping, phone, mail order and adjustment departments. Field trips to retail stores. RET. 205. RETAIL ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION- Three credits MR. FLOWER Study of basic principles of retail advertising and sales promotion. Special emphasis is placed on the preparation of copy for various types of retail establishments as well as on the analyses of current advertisements. Elements of the advertisement: headline, copy, layout, type, illustrations, and selection of media are analyzed. MR. FLOWER SELLING 1- Three credits Techniques of retail selling. Analysis of the needs of customers; the handling of difficult situations; the techniques to increase sales; build- RET. 207. RETAIL ing permanent business. THE STAFF MERCHANDISE-Three credits Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, rise, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. RET. 210. ELEMENTS OF RET. 212. PURCHASES AND MERCHANDISING CONTROL-Three credits MR. relations; the future.sales promotion.' turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and RET. 224. RECENT TRENDS AND D EVELOPMENTS IN RETAILING . Th ree ere d its Review of fundamentals· trends in reta · . . THE STAFF cooperation with retail st~re . ilmg, study of developments in executives Laborato k tren ds and developments. · ry wor ; reports on SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg cha· A . Instructor Jenkins. ' irman; ssistant Professors Gera, Hoover; Students majoring in secretarial studie . of twenty-four credits outside th D s are reqmred to take a sequence is advisable to dec1·de tl . e epartment of Secretarial Studies. It upon 11s sequenc t 1 1 year. The remainder of the electives ma e no . a~er t 1an the sophomore and finance and liberal arts co . yd~e divided between commerce . . urses accor mg to the · t d t1ona1 o6Jectives of each studen. t rn erests an vocaS.S. 101-102. SHORTHAND AND TYP EWRITING Two credits shorthand, two credits typewriting each semester FLOWER The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B.A. 107- Business Math. BUYING-Three credits MR. FLOWER A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep merchandise lines complete. Development of read· d .. MR. GERA, MR. HoovER . l'.fi mg an wntmg skill in G Sh .. regg orthand, Simp i ed; development of sk"ll . skill to typical office problems· ~rai:nty~ewntmg,_ a~d ability tL apply notes, during second semester' 'th g I~ t:anscnpt10n from shorthand ing. laboratory fee required' hte:p asis on punctuation and spellture, six hours laboratory. Fee.:$;~. ours each week. Two hours lee- i~ RET. 214. RETAIL RELATIONS- Three credits THE STAFF Retail personnel policies; job analysis; employment procedure; wage plans and incentives; employee training; employee evaluation; employee stabilization; employee participation; legislation affecting labor problems RET. 219. RETAIL PERSONNEL in retailing. RET. 220. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION OF THE SMALL STORE Two credits THE STAFF Importance of small busmess; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee S.S. 105. SHORTHANDl-Two credits Development of readin d .. . THE STAFF Simplified, and review s:: ;r~m1 ·s~11l in basic Gregg Shorthand, in transcription; completion of ha~ic :~ is essentials that are necessary hour lecture, three hours laboratory. ory. Four hours each week. One of .S. 106. SHORTHAND1-Two credits Review of Gregg Shorthand s· . . THE STAFF and legibility; development of ; 1;pl1~ed, with ~mphasis on fluency shorthand; pre-transcription tra1:: ~nd acturacy m the application of and work habits. Four hours each w~~k eve opment of desirable traits laboratory. · One hour lecture, three hours Prerequisite: S.S. 105 or equivalent. 1 Credit will be given onl Y t O st u d ents who have not previousry tiken S.S.101-102. 1 Credit will not be given if credit for B.A. 114 has been received. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Page 144 ~ DESCRIPTION OF COURSES credits each semester MR. JENKINS Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying :r~m rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style; transcn~t10n from shorthand notes during second semester. Laboratory fee reqmred. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10 each course. S.S. 107-108. TYPEWRITING 1-Two S.S. 109-110. ADVANCED STENOGRAPHY Three credits shorthand, one credit typewriting each semester MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with emphasis on fluenc~ ~nd legibility; development of speed and accuracy in shorth~n_d, typewnt~ng, and transcription; application of typing skill to letter wntmg, tabulatt.on, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation o~ telegr_a1:1s, 1:1anuscnpts and term papers, stencils and Ditlo master copies; trammg m punctuation, spelling, and other English problems; stu~y of correct f?rm and style; development of desirable work habits, attitudes, and traits. La?· oratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 102. S.S. 113-114. ADVANCED SH0RTHAND 2-Two credits each semester MR. JENKIN~ Review of Gregg Shorthand, Simplified, with e~phasis on fl~en_cy and legibility; development of speed and accuracy m the ap~lteat1on of shorthand, typewriting, and English; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106. 115. ADVANCED TYPEWRITING2-Two credits MR. JENKINS Development of greater speed and _accuracy_ in_ typewriti?g; re:7iew of form and style in typewritten matenal; application of typmg skill to letter writing, tabulation, rough drafts, commercial forms; preparation of telegrams, manuscripts and term papers, stencils and Ditto °:aster copies; transcription from shorthand notes; d~velopment of demable work habits and attitudes. Laboratory fee reqmred. Four hours laboratory each week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: S.S. 108. S.S. AccouNTING--Three credits MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of accounting and their application to the keeping of books and records in business and profess1onal offices. S.S. S.S. 120. SECRETARIAL 1 2 See footnote preceding page. Credit will be given only to students who have not previously taken S.S. 109-110. 120 may not be used for credit toward the accounting requirement for Business Education majors. S.S. 200. MEDICAL STENOGRAPHY-Three credits MR. GERA Study of accepted procedures in typical medical offices, clinics, and hospitals; application of stenographic skills to medical dictation; transcription of case histories taken from hospital records; specialized dictation in several branches of medicine. Five hours each week. One hour lecture, four hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 203. SPEECH REPORTING-Two credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Speed dictation for speech reporting. Four hours each week. Prerequisite: satisfactory background in English; ability to take dictation at 100 words a minute and to transcribe notes rapidly and accurately. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approva.l of instructor. S.S. 205. OFFICE PROCEDURES AND OFFICE MACHINES-Four credits MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER Application of skills to integrated office problems; procedures in typical business and professional offices; study of personal and technical requirements for secretaries; understanding and use of various commercial forms; operation and use of office machines and equipment; personal and vocational guidance. Laboratory fee required. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. S.S. 243. BUSINESS EDUCATION AND METHODS OF INTRUCTION IN SECRETARIAL STUDIEs-Three credits THE STAFF Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building as applied to shorthand and typewriting; techniques of instruction in typewriting and shorthand, standards, tests, and measurement in the secretarial studies ; content, objectives, and methods of instruction in office practice. SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Symmons, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, L. Mui, Y arnal. A major in sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Soc. 100 is prerequisite to all the courses in sociology, it is not accepted toward a major in sociology. P.S. 204 and Phil. 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the Department in consultation with the Chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following three courses: Soc. 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the Department Chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. SOCIOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an intelligent approach to questions about man in society and for specialized study of sociological problems. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Soc. 255. INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY-Three credits THE STAFF A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 100. INTRODUCTION TO 200. MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY-Three credits MR. SYMMONS The development of marriage and the family in ethnological and historical perspective. Family disorganization and oroblems of adjustment to modern conditions. Psychological aspects of marriage. Factors responsible for marital success or failure. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 or permission of the instructor. Soc. INDUSTRY-Three credits MRS. MUI An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Soc. 212. SOCIOLOGY OF Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Ee. 100, or permission of the instructor. 215. SOCIOLOGY OF URBAN LIFE-Three credits THE STAFF The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 230 SOCIAL PROBLEMS-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and ~n examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 260. CULTURE, SOCIETY, AND PERSONALITY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A study of the influences on personality that derive from group and cultural sources. Comparative study of personality formation under clifferent cultural conditions. Analysis of social factors related to personality disorganization and reorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 255 or Soc. 265. Soc. 265. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY-Three credits MR.SYMMONS A general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects. Human origins and evolution; the modern races; culture: its development, nature and characteristics, contemporary non-literature societies and their institutions. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. 270. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE WoRLD--Three credits MR. SYMMONS A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 100. Soc. MRS. MUI 235. CRIMINOLOGY-Three credits Crime and the criminal are considered with reference to individual and environmental factors in crime causation. An analysis of theories of crime and punishment; statistics on crime; police methods; prisons; scientific objectives of the new penology. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Soc. 245. FIELDS OF SOCIAL WORK-Three credits THE STAFF A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. Soc. 275. GROUP RELATIONS IN THE MODERN WORLD-Three credits MR. SYMMONS A the_oretical _analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with speCial reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and Psy. 100. Soc. 280. MODERN SoaOLOGY AND ITS HISTORICAL BACKGROUNDThree credits MR. SYMMONS !he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or m one o~ the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understandmg of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 100 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. �Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees Executive Committee Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman ANDREW J. SoRDONI, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES p. HARRIS, Treasurer Finance ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, MRS. p AUL Miss MARY R. KooNs FRANK BURN SIDE JOSEPH F. LESTER MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT REUBEN L. Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman \NDREW J. SORDONI, Vice-Chairman JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. BEDFORD WILLIAM BOYD WILLIAM \DMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, H. E GENE S. FARLEY, President Miss MARY R. KooNs JAMES p. HARRIS \ 1DREW J. SORDONI LEVY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. CONYNGHAM p ARKHURST L. P1NoLA MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Ho . FRANK Miss ANNETTE EvA ' S REV. CHARLES S. RousH EUGENE S. FARLEY JOSEPH J. SAVITZ JOHN FARR HoN. JoHN S. FINE LOUIS SHAFFER MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER HARRY F. Go ERIN GER CHARLES B. Foundation w ALLER AARON WEISS TERM OF OFFICE Instruction Expiring June, 1961 CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MORGAN' JR. s. Chairman JOSEPH J. SAVITZ LOUIS SHAFFER FARLEY HON. JOHN s. FINE ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK REUBEN H. LEVY MRs. PAUL BEDFORD JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. WILLIAM BoYD FRANK BUR 1SIDE Miss MARY R. Koo s REV. CHARLES ROUSH _JOHN FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER ANDREW J. SORDONI MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER s. wALKER MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRA CK G. DARTE JAMES p. HARRIS J OSEPII F. LESTER AR AUD C. MARTS p ARKHURST L. PINOLA REV. CHARLES ARNAUD C. MARTS, Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE JAMES P. HARRIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. LOUIS SHAFFER, ANDREW J. SORDONI AARON WEISS Buildings and Grounds LoUis SHAFFER, Chairman s. HON. JOHN FINE REUBEN H. LEVY ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST ANDREW J. SORDONI HARRY F. GoERINGER Chairman WILLIAM BOYD ' WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss ANNETTE EvANS Miss MARY R. KooNs JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES H. MI ER, JR. AARON WEISS Library Nominations Expiring June, 1963 WILLIAM FRANK BURN SIDE i\!Rs. CHARLES E. CLIFT ~fas. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. MISS ANNETTE EVANS REV. CHARLES ROUSH JOSEPH J. SAVITZ s. Expiring June, 1962 Development Scholarships CHARLES H. MINER, JR., SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. EUGENE CHARLES B. WALLER, Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE JOHN FARR JAMES P. HARRIS REUBEN H. LEVY HoN. FRANKL. PINOLA JAMES P. HARRIS, Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY ANDREW J. SORDONI AARON WEISS s. ROUSH, Chairman JAMES p. HARRIS JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. LOUIS SHAFFER Miss AN ETTE EVANS, Chairman WILLIAM BOYD JosEPH KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. Koo s CHARLES H. MINER, JR. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER J. F. ELLSWORTH HoN. FRANK CHARLES B. w ALLER AARON WEISS Ex Officio on all Committees-ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �Assistants in Administrat10n Officers of Administration DORIS MERRILL . . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . . . . . . . Secretary EUGENE s. FARLEY President ,B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) P. JOHN WHITBY RUTH Director of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) GEORGE F. RALlTON B.A. (Whittier) Comptroller H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN J. CHWALEK B.A. (East Tennessee State) M.A. (Columbia) FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ALFONSO S. ZAWADSKI B.S. (Wilkes) ROBERT B. MORRIS B.S. (Wilkes) GORDON ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) NADA VUJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) LIVINGSTON CLEWELL JOAN OSTROWSKI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant LICE PHILIPP . . . . Secretary to the Comptroller to the Alumni Secretary RUTH LEE ROHLFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to the D ean of Men to the Dean of Women to the Director of Evening Division MILDRED MARINI . . . . . . . . Secretary MARIE OPSITOS • . . • . . . . Secretary B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (NewYork) STANLEY BISHOP • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Recorder MOLLIE BACK • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary Dean of Women MARGARET E. CONNOLLY V. to the Director of Admissions KATHLEEN O'Do NELL . . . . . . . Assistant Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) BERYL COLE JA ET TROSKO . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to th e President to the Director of Placement to the Director of Development Director of Evening Division JOHANNA BOROWSKI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to Admin. Asst. JA ICE YARRISH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary to the Registrar Director of Guidance and Placement JoAN THOMAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cashier Director of College Consultation HILMA NORDSTROM . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts JULE CooK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper BEVERLY GILLETTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar Administrative Assistant to the President Director of Development and Alumni Secretary Associate ProfessorLibrarian Payable Bookkeeper Office Machine Clerk GRACE WozNIAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant MILDRED GITTINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manager WILLIAM JERVIS • . . . . . Superintendent of the Bookstore of Buildings and Grounds BEVERLY WILLIAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Secretary LOUISE O'Do NELL Recorder to the Librarian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registrar's Office Publicity B.S. (Dartmouth) JOSEPH H. KANNER Director of Tes ting Service B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) HERMAN L. OTTO B .A. (Pennsylvania State) ROBERT KERR ANNA E. CABORE, Director of Area Research Center College Physician FRANKLIN GRIFFITH M.D. (Hahnemann) JANET L. Head Resident, Sterling Hall Head Resident, McClintock Hall LANGDON, College Physician Head Resident, Catlin Hall DAMARIS M. STURDEVANT, MARGARET BARBER, M.D. (Virginia) B. MARY CRAWFORD, HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Weiss Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall Head Resident, Weckesser Hall �FACULTY,....., Page 155 Faculty Name EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Department Administration President Chemistry ALFRED w. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF Biology B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD W. THATCHER History B.A., M.A., (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) SAMUEL A. RosENBERG Economics B.A., M.B.A. (Boston University) Ph.D. (North Carolina) Political HUGO V. MAILEY Science B.A. (West Chester State Teachers) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Education EUGENE L. HAMMER B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) FRANK .J . .J. DAVIES B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) KONSTANTIN SYMMONS B.A., M.A. (Warsaw) Ph.D. (Columbia) VORIS B. HALL B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANKO M. VUJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) ADNAH G. KosTENBAUDER B.A. (Rochester) M.A., Ph.D. (Syracuse) ARTHUR N. KRUGER B.A. (Alabama) Ph.D. (Louisiana State) Position Professor R unr Nursing Education Professor DANIEL DETWILER B.A. (Swarthmore) Ph.D. (Yale) Physics Professor W1LLIAM EDGERTON English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor w. .JESSEE B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) Professor ELWOOD DISQUE B.A. (Dickinson) German Associate Professor Professor Hon-CHEUNG Mm B.A. (Lingnan) M.A., Ph.D. (Columbia) History Associate Professor French Associate Professor Professor SYLVIA DWORSKI B.A. (Connecticut College) M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) Professor Professor English Professor Sociology Professor Professor Physics and Engineering Philosophy Professor Mathematics Professor English Professor .JoHN G. DETROY Music B.M. (Eastman School of Music) M.M. (Rochester) Biological SHELDON G. COHEN Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) Mathematics THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology fRA CIS .J. MICHELINI B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Library 1 ADA VUJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Marywood) History BRONIS KASLAS L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) Economics You-KE G CHIANG B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) PHILIP Rizzo English B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Physics JULIAN RIPLEY B.A. (Yale) M.S., Ph.D. (Virginia) Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor Associate Professor �FACULTY -- Page 157 Page 156 -- FACULTY Chemistry Assistant Professor EDITH D. NAMISNIAK B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Michigan) Biology Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor GEORGE F. ERMEL B.A. (Wilkes) l\I.A. (Syracuse) Library Assistant Professor Engineering Assistant Professor FRANCES SMITH B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Education Assistant Professor Economics T. LEONARD CONNOLLY B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) History Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Economics GEORGE F. ELLIOT B.A. (Montclair State Teachers) M.A. (Clark) Assistant Professor .\RTHUR ]. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Secretarial Studies Assistant Professor FRANCIS J. SALLEY B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Chemistry Assistant Professor GEORGE GERA B.S. (Bloomsburg) :\I.A. (Columbia) Business Admin. Assistant Professor ALFRED s. GROH B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) Assistant Professor C.\RLA PEIRO E Ph.D. (Turin) Spanish English Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor ROBERT C. RILEY B.A. (Bucknell) Psychology llOWARD SWAIN B.S. (Grove City) M .. , Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Biology Economics Assistant Professor Assistant Professor ROBERT E. WERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) BI-RNICE LEAGUS B.S. (Bucknell) M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) E. SHELDON CURTIS B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Accounting Assistant Professor CROMWELL E. THOMAS B.S. (Washington and Lee) Engineering Assistant Professor Economics ROBERT DEYOUNG B.S. (University of Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) p \UL R. WERNER B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Accounting Assistant Professor CATHERINE H. BONE B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STANLEY H. W ASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTON G. FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor Assistant Physical JOHN G. REESE Professor Education B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Art Education Assistant CHESTER E. COLSON Professor B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.A. (Columbia) Assistant Music ,,vILLIAM R. GASBARRO Professor Education B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) LORNA HOLBROOK MUI B.A.,M.A. (Columbia) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) Assistant Professor Psychology Instructor Sociology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Busines Admin. Instructor �FACULTY - Page 159 Page 158,....., FACULTY ROBERT J. English Instructor MILLER B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) D. FREEMAN B.S. (Calvin) M.S. (Pennsylvania) Biology Instructor S. JESSIE H. RODERICK . B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) l OSEPH Music Instructor Education Instructor Elementary Education Instructor Instructor You su Koo B.S. (Swarthmore) M.S. in C.E. (Illinois) Engineering Instructor GFRDA English Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Library Instructor Political Science Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) TARAN OW \, E KISH B.A. (Wilkes) DORIS BERDY SARACENO Mathematics Instructor B.S. (Stroudsburg) JOA NE YURCHAK B.S. (Wilkes) Accounting Instructor ROBERT CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) Physical Education KROHLE B.A., M.A. (New York) SALSBURG . B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) Instructor J. B.S. (Wilkes) PINKOWSKI B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) Library B.S. (Wilkes) MICHAEL DYDO MARTING. FRIEDMANN FRANCIS Instructor FREDERICK CALVI B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) Library JA ms EmAM PmLIP TUHY B.A. (Valparaiso) 1.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Music Instructor Retailing Instructor RICHARD CHAPLINE B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) FREDERICK FLOWER B.S. (Grove City) M. Litt. (Pittsburgh) STANLEY s. GUTIN English B.A., M.A. (Maryland) PAUL HEHN B.A. (Oregon) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (New York) HERBERT BERNSTEIN B.B.A., M.B.A. (Western Reserve) JAMES J. History Instructor Instructor DIRK R. BUDD B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Columbia) LARRY WEED B.M. (Oklahoma City) M.M. (Rochester) CLIFFORD Music Instructor FERDINAND LIV A Music Instructor Sociology Instructor CHARLES Business Admin. Instructor CATHERINE F. CONBOY Nursing Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Political Science Instructor E. BALSHAW, F.A.G.0. Quilmant Organ School Conservatory of Naples Juilliard School of Music CLAYTON BLOOMBURG Economics Instructor Chemistry Instructm English Instructor Music Instructor BoHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Part-Time Faculty B.A. (Bucknell) L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) B.A., M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE EVANS .\.B., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) JOH H. HIBBARD B.A. (Pennsylvania) LL.B. (Dickinson) �Page 160 -FACULTY FACULTY - Page 161 History EDGAR HUGHES Instructor PAUL KLEIN B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) ursing Education EDWARD JAN JIG IAN Ph.B. (Chicago) M.D. (Boston) THOMAS H. Instructor JENKINS Secretarial Studies Instructor Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Admin. Instructor Psychology Instructor Music Instructor ABRAM Mathematics Instructor CAROLYN MORRIS Business Admin. Instructor GEORGE History Instructor CASIMIR TYBURSKI English Instructor A. WEST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) Mathematics Instructor HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) Political Science Instructor .J. WARREN YARNAL Sociology Instructor English Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) KENNETH KIRK B.S. (Bloomsburg) JoHN G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) ISIDORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ANNE C. LIVA of Music P. MORGAN B.S. (East Stroudsburg State Teachers) M.S. (Bucknell) B.A. (Wellesley) B. RITCHIE B.A. (Haverford) LL.B. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Delaware) ROBERT B.A. (Juniata) M.S.W. (Pittsburgh) B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Music Instructor B.M., M.M. (Eastman School of Music) JOSEPH KLEIN Business Admin. WILLIAM JOHNS JOHN BUSH .JOYCE MILLER HARR y TREBILCOX B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) Juilliard School Mathematics B.S. (Wilkes) B.S., M.D. (Michigan) ursing Education Instructor �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1961-1962: Admissions Committee JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CHWALEK BERYL COLE WELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY J. Chairman J. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman w. ALFRED BASTRESS DANIEL DETWILER 'i\TILLIAM EDGERTON WILLIAM R. GASBARRO EUGENE L. HAMMER ADNAH KosTENBAUDER HUGO V. MAILEY CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL ROSENBERG Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY General Education HAROLD THATCHER, CHESTER COLSON FRANCIS MICHELINI THOMAS RICHARDS JULIAN RIPLEY PHILIP Rizzo ROBERT E. \i\TERNER Chairman Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman BERYL COLE J. s. Can1pus Buildings Library Committee Athletic Committee HAROLD THATCHER, JOHN CHWALEK ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE ELWOOD DISQUE FRANK]. DAVIES ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Kev., to ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman CHESTER COLSON BENJAMIN F. FIESTER MARTIN FRIEDMAN N ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS NADA VuJICA Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall 7. Butler Hall 8. Barre Hall 9. President's House 10. Conyngham Hall MAP WILKES Scholarship Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Weckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall Student Activities and Planning RoBERT B. MORRIS, Chairman BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE J. Student Publications Committee PHILIP Rizzo GORDON ROBERTS FRANK SALLEY COLLEGE BUILDINGS ,_. _.. OTHER BUILDINGS -=====================---==--==---= ;:,uu ®I I IN _, J. ]. Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-El 'GENE S. FARLEY t- UJ I C\ liltL pP I I- [fil] a:: 0 z ~ 17 I I Iw -- RIVER ~ ~ =- ------------= - SUSQUEHANNA J oc t- (/) WJ § I t- => 0 ~ V) t- (/) !/) ~ L-~~mm~A!O= C RIVER w i] 11 0 I 4: SAMUEL ROSENBERG HAROLD THATCHER FRANCIS]. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY FRANK DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER KONSTANTIN SYMMONS STREET z Mediation Committee on Academic Freedom Faculty-Trustee Committ er' on Academic Freedom , t- !/) FRANKLIN ~ I G) II~ CJ er ~II~ H. I. J. K. ® ~II ---·-·-1 G. Hotel Sterling St. Stephen's Episcopal First Baptist Church Jewish Community Cen Historical Society Osterhout Library First Presbyterian Chur Central Y. l\f. C. A. Christian Science Churc 0hav Zedek Temple Israel PENNSYLVANIA WJ I,~ t A. B. C. D. E. F. OF J. IIJ Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons Obadiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 Sou th River COLLEGE CAMPUS WILKES-BARRE, Jil~~ 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. COM MON ---= ~-=::::::=:-:::::::::===:=--- ~ w ~ ~~ �Faculty Committees The foll~wing are the Faculty Committee assignments made for the academic year 1961-1962: Admissions Committee JoHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE '"'ELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY J. Athletic Committee HAROLD THATCHER, ] ORN CHWALEK ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE J. Chairman J. Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS DANIEL DETWILER ,VILLIAM EDGERTON WILLIAM R. GASBARRO EUGENE L. HAMMER ADNAH KosTENBAUDER HUGO V. MAILEY CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL ROSENBERG Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS ] • MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY General Education HAROLD THATCHER, CHESTER COLSOr FRA CIS MICHELINI THOMAS RICHARDS LIA RIPLEY PHILIP Rizzo Chairman J ROBERT E. '"'ER ER Graduation Committee Chairman GEORGE F. RALSTON, BERYL COLE ELWOOD DISQUE FRA K DAVIES ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY J. J. s. Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman CHESTER COLSON BENJAMI F. FIESTER MARTIN FRIEDMA . 1 , ELWOOD DISQUE HoH-CHEUNG Mm ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS ADA VUJICA Scholarship Committee 1. Kirby Hall-Library Kev to 2. 3. 4. 5. " Can1pus Buildings 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall MAP WILKES 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Weckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons 0 badiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 Sou th River A. Hotel terling I , Episcopal Churc 1 B. t. tephen s C. Fir t Baptist Ch~rch D. Je ·i h Comm~mty Center E. Bi torical Society F. 0 terhout Library G. Fir t Presbyterian Church H. Central Y. ~L C. A. I. Chri-tian Science Church J. Ohav Zedek K. Temple Israel OF COLLEGE WILKES-BARRE, 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. CAMPUS PENNSYLVANIA JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN]. CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTO ® Student Activities and Planning ROBERT B. MORRIS, Chairman BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTO JoH G. REESE Student Publications Committc, PHILIP Rizzo GORDO ROBERTS FRANK SALLEY I I- -·-·-·-·,I I PARK.ING i i ~ [fil] 0 \I) ~ i i Mediation Committee on Academic Freedom SA 1UEL ROSENBERG HAROLD THATCHER FRANCIS]. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY Faculty-Trustee Committer on Academic Freedom FRA 1K J. J. DAVIES EuGE EL. HAMMER Ko 1sTA TIN SYM 10 'S Ex Officio on ~11 Committees except committees on academic freedom-Et ·cENE S. FARLEY RIVER COM MON �Faculty Committees The following are the Faculty Committee assignments made Ior the academic year 1961-1962: Admissions Committee Jom~ P. WHITBY, Chairman JOHN J. CmVALEK BERYL CoLE \i\TELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY Chairman J. JoH G. s. ROBERT E. WER ER, JOHN CHWALEK ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON I J. J. REESE BENJAMIN F. FIESTER JOHN P. WHITBY vv. ALFRED BAsTREss J)ANIEL DETWILER \i\TILLIAM EDGERTON WILLIAM R. GASBARRO EUGE1 EL. HAMMER AoNAH KosTENBAUDER HUGO V. MAILEY CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL ROSENBERG 8. 9. 10. MAP WILKES 11. 12. 13. 14. I 5. 16. I 7. 18. 19. 20. Weckesser Hall Weiss Hall George Catlin Hall Sterling Hall McClintock Hall Isaac Chapman Hall Charles Parrish Hall Conyngham Annex-Art Sturdevant Hall Harding Hall OF COLLEGE CAMPUS Scholarship Committee Chairman J. JOHN CHWALEK BERYL COLE ROBERT B. MORRIS GEORGE F. RALSTON EUGE ' EL. HAMMER FRANCIS MICHELINI ROBERT RILEY J. c. General Education Chairman CHESTER COLSON FRA CIS MICHELI I THOMAS RICHARDS LIAN RIPLEY PHILIP Rizzo ROBERT E. \i\TER ER J Graduation Committee GEORGE F. RALSTOr , Chairman Student Activities and Planning RoBERT B. MoRRIS, Chairman BERYL COLE WILLIAM R. GASBARRO ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTO N JOHN G. REESE J. Student Publications Committc<' PHILIP Rizzo GORDO ROBERTS FRANK SALLEY 1,1ediation Committee on A cadem ic Freedom SAMUEL RosE BERG HAROLD THATCHER 1 FRANCIS MICHELL I ROBERT C. RILE Y J. Faculty-Trustee Cornmitl ef on Academic Freedom, FRANK J. J. DAVIES EuGE EL. HAMMER 1 Ko 1sTA 1TIN SY 1 1o s · e • on Ex Officio on all Committees except comm1t~e s academic freeclorn-Et ·cF.NE S. F ARI. E 't 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. Pickering Hall Hollenback Hall Gies Hall College Commons 0 badiah Gore Hall Gymnasium Guidance Center 180 South River A. Hotel terling · B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. ADA VUJICA Evaluation Committee GEORGE F. ELLIOT, Chairman BERYL CoLE Can1pus Buildings Kirby Hall-Library Chase Hall-Administration Chase Theater Warner Hall Ashley Hall Stark Hall Butler Hall Barre Hall President's House Conyngham Hall JoHN P. WHITBY, Curriculum Committee RoBERT C. RILEY, Chairman HAROLD THATCHER, Chairman CHESTER COLSON BE l JAMI F. FIESTER MARTI FRIED"MA11 , ELWOOD DISQUE HOH-CHEUNG MUI ROBERT C. RILEY CROMWELL E. THOMAS Calendar Committee HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman .t 7. Library Committee Athletic Committee HAROLD THATCHER, ELWOOD DISQUE FRANK DAVIES ALFRED GROH CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Kev to 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. RIVER COM MON t. tephen's Episcopal Church Fir t Baptist Church Jewi h Community Center Hi torical Society o terhout Library Fir t Pre byterian Church Central Y. ?\1. C. A. Chri tian Science Church Ohav Zedek Temple Israel �Index t\ccounting Degree Program ____ ___ ___ 67 Description of Courses ____ 87 Activities, Student ____ __ ______ 33 · Administrative Officers ________ 152 Assistants __________ _____ 153 ~clmission Tests ·- __ ___ __ ______ 13 dmissions _______ ______ ____________ 12 Map of College Campus Procedure ·-----------------Requirements __ _ _ _________ ~dvanced Course Standing dvanced Study __ _____________ Alumni Office .. - ___________ 13 12 14 52 52 Anthropology 145 Arca Research Center 8 Assembly Committee _____ ____ 34 Assistance, Financial _____ ____ 19 Employment ·- ------------------· Loans ______________________ Scholarships _ _ ____________ Tuition Stipends ______________ Athletics ______________ _______ \ttcndance __ __ ·-- ____ _____ .50, Awards 1 Biology Degree Program _ ____ __ __ Description of Courses _ _ Bookstore ___________________ ___ Business Administration Degree Program _ ____________ Description of Courses _·Business Education ______________ 21 21 19 35 36 46 51 58 89 18 68 91 74 Calendar Change of Program Chemistry Degree Program ___ _ ·Description of Courses Class Standing ____________________ _ Clubs College and Community College Commons _________ ___ _ Commerce and Finance ____ _ Consultation Service Costs ___ _ Counseling _.. Course Credits Curricula . _.. __ _____ __ _ _ 2 47 61 95 46 33 8 18 66 30 18 29 45 41 Dean's List ___ _ _____________ 48 Degree, Bachelor of Arts 55-57 Degree, Bachelor of Science --·--- ______ ,_____________ 61 Dormitories . ·- _______________________ 17 Economics, Description of Courses _·--- __ _____________ 98 Education Elementary _ _ __ 73 Secondary _ _. __ ____ 72 Description of Courses 10 I Graduate Programs . 41 Eel uca tional Resources ______ 31 Employment ________________________ 21 Engineering __ _____ _____ 41 Engineering, Program Requirements __________ _____ 79 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year _ ___________ 80 �INDEX - Page 165 Page 164 - INDEX Aeronautical .. .. .. ... 80 Chemical .. ...... ............ 80 Civil _ .. ... ...................... 81 Electrical 81 Engineering Physics 82 Industrial ..... ............ 82 Mechanical . ... 83 Description of Courses 106 English, Description of Courses .. .. .. I 08 Entrance Examinations . .. 12 Evening School .15, 42, 47 Expenses . .... ..... .......... 15, 18 Extra Curricular Activities 33 Faculty Committees Requirements .................. . Fees . .. .. ... . ............ . Fine Arts Education Degree Program .............. . Description of Courses . Fine Arts Fiesta ..... ........... . French, Description of Courses Freshman Orientation General Science German, Description of Courses ................ . Grades Graduate Placement Graduate Programs In Chemistry ............ .... .. .. In Education ...... ....... .. .. In Physics ..... __ ............ .. Graduation, Requirements for .. .. ............................ 154 162 44 15 78 113 IO 115 29 120 117 44 52 41 41 41 49 History, Description of Courses Honors .............. ... Hygiene Institute of Municipal Government .. Insurance, Accident and Sickness . . ... Inter-Dormitory Council Journalism, Description of Courses ... . .. Labor-Management Training Program Liberal Arts Requirements for Major Selection of a Major Library Loans . ....... .... ... . .. . Map of College Campus Facing Page Marketing (see Retailing) Mathematics Degree Program Description of Courses For High School Teachers Medical Technology, Degree Program Music Degree Program Description of Courses . . Music Education Degree Program Description of Courses . Nursing Education Degree Program Description of Courses Office of Community Services 120 48 133 9 16 33 110 9 56 55 31 21 162 70 59 122 10 65 60 125 75 128 77 129 Philosophy, Description of Courses .. ... .. ...... .. Physical Education and Hygiene . ... Physics Degree Program .. ... . .. . Description of Courses ... Point Averages . .. .. ........... Political Science, Description of Courses Pre-Dental Two-Year Program Three-Year Program . ... .. Probation .. .................... P ychology, Description of Courses .. ................. Publications ................. Staff Stipends Refunds Registration ... ...... .... Religion, Description of Courses ... ..................... Research Retailing Degree Program .. ... Description of Courses 8 131 133 63 134 45 136 84 85 46 139 34 35 17 25 132 32 70 141 cholarships 19 Founders of 22 cholastic Endowments .. ..... 25 Science Facilities ..... 31 ecretarial Studies Degree Program . ..... .. . 71 Description of Courses . .. 143 Secretarial Studies, Terminal Program 86 Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses 145 Spanish, Description of Courses ..... ..... .. 118 Student Activities 33 Student Advisement . .... ..... 29 Student Government 33 Student Load ............. 46 Student Loans . ... . .. .......... 21 Student Regulations . ....... 37 Student Responsibility 38 Summer School .. 15, 43 Teacher Certification 75 Terminal Programs Pre-Dental (Two-Year) 84 Pre-Dental (Three-Year) 85 Secretarial ... 86 Transfer of Summer Credits 47 Transfer Students .. 14 Trustees Board of 150 Committees 151 Tuition ............................. 15, 18 Payment of .. ....... .......... 16 Refund of .................. .. ... 17 Wilkes College . ....... 7 Accreditment _... ... 52 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra IO Withdrawals 17, 47 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1961-1962 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1961-1962 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/d957d81b966cc2a174dd2dbe43f4b8fe.pdf 131f46506132f0c79e1a12d799841c9b PDF Text Text WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �WllKES COUEGE u etfn 1964-1965 . FALL AND SPRING EMESTERS-1964-65 Vol. XIII �College Calendar SUMMER SESSION-1964 Wednesday, June IO to Friday, June 12-Registration Monday, June 15-Classes begin Friday, August 7-Summer School ends FALL SEMESTER-1964 Monday, September 14 to Friday, September 18 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 15-1 to 4 p.m.-Registration for Freshmm Thursday, September 17-1 to 4 p.m. ]J.egistration for Upperclassmen Monday, September 21-Classes begin at 8 a.m. Saturday, October IO-Parents' Day Saturday, October 17-Homecoming, Wilkes vs. Ursinus Monday, October 19-Student Teaching begins Saturday, October 31-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, October 28-Mid-semester reports Monday, November 2 to Friday, November 6 Registration for Seniors, Juniors, and Engineering stHd<'nls Monday, November 9 to Friday, November 13 Registration for Sophomores Monday, November 16 to Friday, November 20 Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, November 24-Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 p.m. Monday, November 30-Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. Wednesday, December 9-Student Teaching ends Saturday, December I 9-Christmas recess begins at noon Monday, January 4, 1965-Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. Saturday, January 16-Classes end Monday, January 18 to Wednesday, January 27 Examination period SPRING SEMESTER-1965 Thursday, January 28-All-College Registration Monday, February I-Classes begin at 8 a.m. Monday, March I-Student Teaching begins Saturday, March 13-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 17-Mid-semester reports Monday, March 22 to Friday, March 26 Registration for Juniors and Engineering students Monday, March 29 to Friday, April 2 Registration for Sophomores College Calendar \fonday, April 5 to Friday, April 9-Registration for Freshmen I ue day, April 13-Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Wednesday, April 20-Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Fiiday, April 23-Student Teaching ends .'aturday, May 22-C lasses end \fonday, May 24 to Wednesday, June 2-Examination period Sunday, June 6-Baccalaureate .\fonday, June ?-Commencement SUMMER SESSION-1965 Wednesday, June 9 to Friday, June I I-Registration ~Ionday, June 14-Classes begin Friday, August 6-Summer school ends Evening School FALL SEMESTER-I964 Thursday, September 17, Friday, September 18, and Monday, ~eptember 21, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, September 19 from ~l a.m. to noon-Registration ~fonday, September 21-Classes begin at 6 p.m. aturday, October 31-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, October 28-Mid-semester reports Tuesday, November 24.-Thanksgiving recess begins JO p.m. ~1onday, November 30-Thanksgiving recess ends at 6 p.m. Thur day, December I,7-Christmas recess begins at 10 p.m. Monday, January 4., 1965-Christmas recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, January 14-Classes end at 10 p.m. Monday, Jan~iarr 18 to ~hursday, January 21 Examination period SPRING SEMESTER-1965 Thursday, January 28, Friday, January 29, and Monday Febrnary I, from noo~ unt~l 8 p.m.; Saturday, January 30, £;om g a.m. to noon-Registration \fonday, February I-Classes begin at 6 p.m. Saturday, March 13-Final date to remove incompletes Wednesday, March 17-M id-semester reports Tuesday, April 13-Easter recess begins at 10 p.m. Wednesday, April 20-Easter recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, May 20-Classes end at 10 p.m. ~tonday, May 24 to Thursday, May 27-Examination period �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Office of Community Services, 63 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic, 65 Fine Arts Fiesta, 65 Registration, 14 Tuition, Fees, and Expenses, 14 Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Degree Programs, 69 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Buildings and Plant, 29 Terminal Program, 72 Degree Requirements, 73 Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 1400 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 37 Student Activities, 39 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Description of Courses, 101 Social Activities, 41 Athletics, 44 Student Regulations, 45 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Board of Trustees, 176 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Officers of Administration, 178 Academic Requirements, 53 Assistants in Administration, 179 Graduation Requirements, 58 Faculty, 180 Curricula, 49 The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encour- �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE ages them to maintain their conv1ct10ns and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong failh and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must fir t make them men." seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control ol the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pres mg desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in thei1 faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association ol Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Policies and Objectives Admissions Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing Lhe philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible Lor students of ability, determination, and oundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideal of the faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The spirit of the College is the integrity of it mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. l t believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsi• bilities that he shares with others. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Admission Requirements HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes ,r,hould be high ·chool graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested in studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS \11 candidates for admission to the freshman cl ass will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during 1he higJ1 school years. �Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS - Page 13 ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormitory deposit by May l; local students are requested to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by June I in order to guarantee their entree into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. TRANSFER STUDENTS Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a 10.00 regi. tration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. ADMISSION TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, January, or March tests are recommended as most suitable. lf unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. tudents and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from conidering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Freshmen who are equipped to enter advanced courses in college may enroll in such courses upon passing a placement examination, or upon approval by the department or departments concerned. �Registration EXPENSES - Page 15 EVENING SCHOOL Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses TUITION The Hat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the norm al load for his course is $450.00 per seme Ler. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $30.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavic1 schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $30.00 fo1 each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it nece • sary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lesson at a cost of $60.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $30.00 per year will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hour or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. Students registered in the Evening School wiJI be charged $30.00 per semester hour. A fee of $30.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School ~ession will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students through the American Casualty Company, Reading, Pennsylvania. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for the full College term and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS SPECIAL CHARGES Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Graduation fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.00 Convoca tion fee (two-year students) . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. .. . . . $15.00 Transcript (no charge for the first copy) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.00 Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. �EXPENSES - Page 17 Page 16 - EXPENSES 1. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a ational Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are nine men's and eight women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, c~air, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed lmens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. The charge to the student for this service is $26.00 per year. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge room and board is $450.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health insurance at a cost of $30.00. fo: Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gi[ ts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every othe, conscientious student-to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. · 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made C\·ery reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of Lhe costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but cholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is upported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. Scholarships INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount o( each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must hrst apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. t Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. l Wilkes is a member of the College Scholarship Service. Applicants for scholarship aid are required to forward to the College Scholarship Service in Princeton the Parents' Confidential StaLement with a request that a copy be sent to Wilkes. The Parents' Confidential Statement can be secured from the high ~chool guidance counselor. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created 'Cholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bear no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rota ting loan fund. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. ANDREW ]. SORDONJ FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four cholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. College Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. THE RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholar ship to assist students of high scholastic ability. THE JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL scholarship was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. THE NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. I'HE WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. THE TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. Cost of Education Scholarships A number of local firms m ake annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive basis by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 Scholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modern laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research center. Preparations are under way for building a new library, dormitory and dining quarters. A theater and recital hall i under construction and will be completed in September 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for the construction of a music and art building adjacent to the theater. THE LIBRARY The present library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 19-11 as a gift of Allan Kirby, one of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Education is the process of connecting and relat• ing, of testing and retesting, of discovery and Experience rediscovery. at Wilkes The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and profes• sional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and 1:nrich hi achievement. This three-floor stone structure contains more than 70,000 volumes and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students and faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Treasury rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. 10 p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and unday from I p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays, and from I p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. to An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �Page 30-BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 31 STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THE BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are hou eel in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for under graduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in chemistry and in physics. Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Bookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and upplie~ will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. GUIDANCE CENTER Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs have included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Ai1 Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, haseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is available at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to me_mbers of the Community. The testing center also provides a~'lstance to ~he State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agenoes. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Comp!ete i1!formation about job opportunities and graduate schools 1s available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. �BUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 33 Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, serves as a dining hall fot the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for com• muting students. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly im• nished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. GIES HALL (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the temporary home of the Music Department. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in this building. In 1945 it was affectionatel) named in memory of the late Professor Paul Gies, who in the early years of the College was director of music. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concert locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. CHASE THEATER Chase Theater, once the carriage house behind Chase Hall, was presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, ,md others. Frequently, the plays are student directed. Over the )Cars the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shake~reare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as those of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the 'Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, and The Music Man. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in ·wilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D. C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 180 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R . Stark. On the first floor are the Director of Admissions, the Registrar, and the Director of Student Activities; on the second, the Dean of \fen, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Alumni Office, the office of Information and News, and the office of College Development. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Weckesser Hall, the College 's most recent building, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President antl the Dean of Academic Affairs h ave their offices in Weckesscr. Student Life CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Office of Community Services and the Institute of Municipal Government occupy the fifth floor. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, and Psychology are in Parrish Hall. The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasure · and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. DORMITORIES Men's dormitories are Ashley, Barre, Butler, Dennison, Gore, Hollenback, Miner, Slocum, and Warner Halls. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, McClintock, Ster• ling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Weckesser, and Weiss Halls. Dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. Counseling Student Activities Social Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to a sist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occaionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, loreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, ,ind the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: I. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. all men. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. everyone. TVDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 38 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom i_nstructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual_ assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for _consult~tion through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially tramed staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. fhe College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. �Page 40 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES Social Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the bet program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Student eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April 1. The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encotiraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain mo t from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Special projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty Seminars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplement the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME-AND-MEET-US-PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 42 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 43 Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and foot ball games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during half time ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affair, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal: Theta Delta Rho 's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women o( Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open ·wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the United States. ,t\Tilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number o( entries. WINTER CARNIVAL Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobogganing, and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. SPRING WEEKEND Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. TDC CHRISTMAS PARTY fHE MANUSCRIPT FILMS The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance at the Commons. During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between student from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of May visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities, such as the Beaux Arts Ball, sponsored by the Art Club. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and a~ such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The Colleo-e maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsit, t> • • sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sport\ satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresse physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, ba~ketball, softball, and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: 1. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting students are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and ophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on cam pus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his intructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 46-STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The Academic Program The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Academic Requirements Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS To fulfill its objective of service to the community and th e nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the area a graduate program in education. Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought a£ ter is the measure of one's creative interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this w_ay the mind in its journeyings finds constant surpme and delight at rediscovering itself. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. 1· All course work in education required for careers in leaching available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �CURRICULA - Page 51 Page 50 - CURRICULA The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an excep· tion to this requirement for medical and dental students. The c students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the gradu• ation committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curricu• lum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." TERMINAL PROGRAM Students may earn a terminal Certificate in the two-year secretarial curriculum. A detailed description of this program will be found under "Degree Programs." Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for course in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Student5 will confer with the Director of the Evening Division arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. to When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: l. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. �Page 52 - CURRICULA Sum1ner School The faculty offers selected courses during an eight week summer session, which begins in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer o[ his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Iive numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation ,J ...•.••...•• Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3 ........ . ... Academic achievement of high quality. '.? ••..•••...•• Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 ............ Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the sixth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 54 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 55 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs . Grade Carried Points Credit Hrs. Passed 4 12 3 Bio. 101 0 0 3 Eng. 101 (i 2 Fr. 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 3 Hist. 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 9 3 Mus. 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 Total credit hrs. passed ............................ Total points earned ....................... 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 3 0 ~ CJ ;J 3 12 If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is reviewed by the Committee on Academic Standing to determine whether or not he should be allowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Any student failing to meet these grade requirements will be placed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next semester will result in automatic dismissal from the College. Unless special permission is granted, a student dropped for academic failure will not be considered for readmission until one ear after being dropped. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD == 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. No students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. WITHDRAWALS CLASS STANDING Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: Average End of Freshman Year .................................. ]A End of Sophomore Year ............ ....... ............. 1.7 End of Junior Year ... .. .. ............................. 1.85 Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the tudent be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. Students may drop overloads at any time without prejudice. �Pa~e 56 - ACA DEMlC REQUIREMENT Students carrying a normal load may drop courses for personal reasons with the permission of the Dean, but the grades for the remaining courses will not count toward honors, awards, or scholarships. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recogmt10n for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. ACADEMIC REQUIH.EMENTS - Page 57 HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulati,c average of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum /nude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two pecial awards for highest academic achievement. ~'enior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements w~ich the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: 1. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of l .85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. Students enrolled in the two-year terminal program must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102,103,104, 105, IOG, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifcsted intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest average grade in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBUC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has recei\'ed high grades in accounting and demontrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 60 - AWARDS THE W. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The College and the Community Office of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. ]AMES lvl.cKANE A WARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at ·wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the ·wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. Willres-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from out·tanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new path in a constant renewal of strength-that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helpnessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RAlilNDRANATH TAGORF Towards Univ ersal Ma11 In cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has pro\ icled for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. These local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of $150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research Center has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER The Area Research Center provides professional direction and secretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of 100, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. The purposes of the Center are (I) to coordinate the many studies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to �COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 65 Page 64 - COLLEGE AND COMM UNITY others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studie for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Economy League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commissions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and spe· cific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored Lo the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- tional program for public officials. By providing training, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the development of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the c£gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three ymphony concerts annually. A number of the members come from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. �Undergraduate Programs Degree Programs Terminal Program Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE s. FARLEY, President, Wilkes College The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Medicine, Library, Law, or Theology. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal education which aims at helping students achieve intellectual, social, resthetic, and spiritual development, and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs the College endeavors to acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields, and to give him some idea of the methods used in controlling and extending that knowledge. In addition to gaining this general knowledge the student is required to develop greater competence and understanding in one major field of study. Bachelor of Arts Degree The Bachelor of Arts degree programs are primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity these subjects are classified into three areas in which the student will carry on his explorations. AREAS Humanities English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Social Sciences Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �Page 70 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 71 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. A. DEGREE SELECTION OF A MAJOR The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. Required Courses Cr.edit Hours To be Taken in Semesters English 101, 102 6 1-2 English 151, 152 8 3-4 History IO 1, 102 6 1-2 Philosophy IO 1, 102 6 5-6 Fine Arts 101 or Music 100 3 1 or 2 12 1-2-3-4 12 1-2-3-4 12 3-4-5-6 Physical Education 101, 102, 103, 104 0 1-2-3-4 Physical Education 105, 106 2 1-2 Foreign Languages 1 101, 102, 103, 104 Mathematics 2 101, 102; or Physics 101, 102; or Biology 101, 102 Economics 101, 102; or Political Science 101, 102; or Psychology 101, 102; or Sociology 101, 102 Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Economics Education (Elementary and Secondary) English Fine Arts Foreign Language History Ma them a tics Music Philosophy - Religion Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Those students electing a career in elementary or secondary education are required to select a major in one of the subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed above and from those listed under the Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Individual department programs will define the necessary course requirements. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. COURSE REQUIREMENTS 67 1 In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by thr student's adviser. 2 To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can prof it from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic program of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 SELECTION OF A MAJOR Degree Requirements Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Chemistry Commerce and Finance (a) Accounting (b) Business Administration (c) Business Education (d) Secretarial Studies This section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. Engineering Music Education Medical T echnology Nursing Education Physics Secondary Education in Science 1 General Requirements for B. A. Degree Program of general requirements for all majors other than biology, fine arts, mathematics, and music 1 First Semester Eng. 101 For. Lang. IO I Hist. 101 :v1ath. IO I or Bio. IO l or Phys. IOI F.A.10l2, Mus.JOO, Eng.131 P. E. 101 r. E. 10s COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Second Semester 3 3 3 3 2-3 0 1 Eng. 102 For. Lang. 102 Hist. 102 Math. 102 or Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 F.A.10!2, Mus.100, Eng.131 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 15-16 Third Semester Terminal Program The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the program in secretarial studies. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. The specific requirements for a certificate are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." Eng. 151 for. Lang. 103 Math. 101 or Phys. 101 or Bio. 101 Psy. IO 1 or Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 or Soc. 101 P. E. 103 6 0 Fifth Semester Phil. 101 Major and electives 3 Fourth Semester Eng. 152 For. Lang. 104 Math. 102 or Phys. 102 or Bio. 102 Psy. 102 or Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Soc. 102 P. E. 104 3 6 0 Sixth Semester 3 12 Seventh Semester Major and electives 4 3 16 Phil. 102 Major and electives3 15 1 College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. 3 3 2-3 0 I 15-16 16 3 12 15 Eighth Semester 15 Major and electives 15 Detailed programs for these majors are outlined on the following pages. To fulfill the general requirements the student must take F. A. IOI or Mus. 100 in the first or second semester. 3 Stud~ts planni_ng to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required educatwn courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. 2 1 Wilkes 4~ 3 3 3 3 �Page 74-DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Course Requirements in the Majors Fifth Semester Bio. 221 Chem. 232 For. Lang. IOI Phys. I 1I Ee. 101 or P. S. IOI or Psy. IO 1 or Soc. 101 Biology 1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicine, teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professional schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. First Semester Bio. 103 Chem. 101 Eng. 101 Math. 122 Phys. 103 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 4 4 3 4 l 0 I Second Semester Bio. 104 Chem. 102 Eng. 102 Math. 125 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 17 Third Semester Bio. 201 Chem. 221 Eng. 151 Hist. 101 Ee. 101 or P. S. IOI or Psy. IOI or Soc. 101 P . E. 103 4 4 4 3 3 0 18 1 4 6 3 4 0 1 1~ Fourth Semester Bio. 202 Chem. 230 Eng. 152 Hist. 102 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. 102 or Soc. 102 P. E. 104 3 4 3 4 3 Sixth Semester Bio. 222 F. A. IOI or Mus. 100 For. Lang. I 02 Phys. 112 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. 102 or Soc. I 02 3 3 3 4 3 17 Seventh Semester Major elective Bio. 231 For. Lang. I 03 Phil. 101 Elective' 3-4 4 3 3 3 16 Eighth Semester Major elective Bio. 232 Bio. 262 For. Lang. 104 Phil. 102 Bio. 271 (optional) Elective 1 16-17 3-4 3 I 3 3 l 3 16-18 Economics St udents who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour ho urs o~ work in economics beyond Ee. IOI, 102 in addition to the 1 genera reqmre~ents for t?e B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be_ done 111 consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours m economics which the major m t · 1d Er. 201 , 202, 231, 232, and 241. us carry me u e Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 -18 Those students electing a career in Elementary or Seco d Ed · · d n ary ucatJOn are r_eqmre to select a major in one of the major subject areas. These sub1cct areas may _be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or B~chelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental r~r~grams will defin~ the n~cess~ry course requirements for the prospect1\e teach:r. Teachmg cert1ficat10n requirements for most states may be at ~ilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves \r1th specific state requirements. m:t A pre-professional degree program is described on page 50. The first three year of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. ' Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. �Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 English Fifth Semester Phil. 101 F. A. 121 F. A. 125 F. A. 203 Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 or Psy. 101 or Soc. IO 1 Students who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, and 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; and 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 average in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simultaneously with 152. 3 3 3 2 6 Sixth Semester Phil. 205 F. A. 122 F. A. 126 Elective ( optional) Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. I 02 or Soc. 102 Seventh Semester Fine Arts F. A. 220 F.A.291 Electives Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general require~ents for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the reqmrements for certification in education. 2 2 6 15-18 17 F. A. 205 3 3 3 0-3 Eighth Semester F. A. 292 Electives 1 14-15 1 10-12 15-17 15-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. B. A. IN FINE ARTS First Semester Eng. 101 Hist. 101 For. Lang. 101 F. A. 103 P.E. 101 P. E. 105 Bio. 101 or Math. 101 or Phys. 101 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 Second Semester Eng. 102 Hist. 102 For. Lang. 102 F. A. 104 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 Bio. 102 or Math. 102 or Phys. 102 16 Third Semester Eng. 151 For. Lang. 103 F. A. 105 F. A. 201 P. E. 103 Bio. 101 or Math. 101 or Phys. 101 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Fourth Semester Eng. 152 For. Lang. 104 F. A. 106 F. A. 202 P. E. 104 Bio. 102 or Math. 102 or Phys. 102 3 3 3 3 0 1 History A major in History consists of twenty-four hours, of which twelve are in courses numbered 200 or above. Majors in history are required to take Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108. History 101 and 102, however, may not count toward the twenty-four hours constituting a major. 3 Mathematics 16 Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. -- 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Math. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. �Page 78 _ DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 )fosic B. A. IN MATHEMATICS Second Semester First Semester Bio. 101 Eng. 101 For. Lang. 101 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Math. 122 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 -- Bio. 102 Eng. 102 For. Lang. 102 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Math. 125 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 Fourth Semester Third Semester 4 3 4 3 2 0 Math. 240 For. Lang. 104 Eng. 152 Hist. 102 Phys. 150 P. E. 104 Phys. 151 Math. 251 Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 or Psy. 101 or Soc. 101 Elective 4 3 6 3 -- Sixth Semester Phys. 152 Math. 252 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Psy. 102 or Soc. 102 Elective -15-18 Hist. 101 Math. 101 or Phys. IOI or Bio. 101 3 12 15 3 Fifth Semester Eng. 151 Phil. IOI Mus. 109 Applied Music 1 Soc. IOI For. Lang. 104 Mus. 104 Applied Music 1 Psy. 102 Hist. 102 Math. 102 or Phys. 102 or Bio. 102 P. E. 104 3 5 I 3 3 3 0 18 Sixth Semester 4 3 3 2 3 IS 1Private 5 l 0 l 16 18 -- 3 3 3 Fourth Semester 3 5 l 3 3 0 6 3 16 Math. elective Electives 5 l 0 I Third Semester P. E. 103 Eighth Semester 3 3 9-12 3 3 3 Math. 102 or Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 Eng. 102 For. Lang. l 02 Mus. 102 Applied Music 1 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 16 Psy. IOI 4 3 Second Semester P. E. IOI P. E. 105 For. Lang. l 03 Mus. 103 Applied Music 1 16 Seventh Semester Math. elective Phil. 101 Electives 4 3 4 3 4 0 First Semester Math. 10 I or Bio. IO l or Phys. 101 Eng. 101 For. Lang. IO l Mus. 101 Applied Music 1 18 16 Fifth Semester B. A. IN MUSIC 17 17 Math. 126 For. Lang. 103 Eng. 151 Hist. 101 Eng. 131 P. E. 103 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 Students who major in Music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should follow the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described in a later section of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the B. A. degree in music. Eng. 152 Phil. 205 Mus. 110 Applied Music 1 Soc. 102 4 3 3 2 3 IS instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. �Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 Seventh Semester Applied Music 1 Mus.215 Mus.217 Electives 2 2 2 9 Eighth Semester Applied Music 1 Mus. 216 Mus. 218 Electives 15 in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other thr('c. Only courses beyond the IOI , 102 level will count toward these major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for tudcnts preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet the crtiftcation requirements in education a student preparing to teach ocial studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social cicnce major for all required courses in economics, history, political cicncc, and sociology. 2 2 3 9 16 Philosophy - Religion A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses. Philosophy 101 and 102 will not count toward the major but must be taken as part of the general requirements. ociology-Anthropology .\ major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology hould ordinarily include the following four courses: Sociology 230, 255 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Psychology A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In addition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Political Science A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours. Political Science 10 I and I 02 are not accepted toward a major. Social Science Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chemistry The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough trammg in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-one credits. These credits include forty-four in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, a minimum of fortyix in the social sciences and the humanities, and the language requirement.1 1 The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be 1 Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: I. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French, he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hour.<: Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Commerce and Finance B. S. IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING B. S. IN CHEMISTRY First Semester Chem. 101 Eng. 101 Math. 122 P. S. 101 Phys. 103 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 4 3 4 3 1 0 First Semester Second Semester Chem. 102 Eng. 102 Math. 125 Phys. 150 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 6 3 4 4 0 1 I 16 cct. 101 Eng. 101 Hist. 101 Ee. 111 lath. 101 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 18 Third Semester Third Semester Chem. 210 Chem. 221 Hist. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 P. E. 103 3 4 3 4 4 0 Fourth Semester Chem. 230 Hist. 102 Math. 240 Phys. 152 P. E. 104 Elective ( optional) 1 18 Fifth Semester Chem. 231 Chem. 241 For. Lang. 101 Phys. 251 Elective 1 5 4 3 3 3 kct. 111 4 3 4 4 0 3 18 Seventh Semester Chem. 233 Chem. 261 Eng. 151 For. Lang. 103 Electives 1 3 1 4 3 7 Eighth Semester Chem. 222 Chem. 262 Eng. 152 For. Lang. 104 Chem. electives Electives 1 Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser. 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 Fifth Semester 4 3 3 8 Acct. 201 B. A. 233 Ee. 201 Ee. 231 . oc. 101 or P. S. 101 Phil. 101 3 3 3 3 3 3 Seventh Semester 5 I 4 3 3 2 Fourth Semester Acct. 112 B. A. 232 Ee. 102 Eng. 152 Bio. I 02 or Phys. I 02 P. E. 104 B.A.209 B.A.225 B.A.237 Elective 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 18 I 3 3 3 3 0 6 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 Sixth Semester Acct. 202 Acct. 242 B. A. 234 Ee. 232 Soc. 102 or P. S. 102 Elective 1 18 Acct. 221 \cct. 231 3 16 18 18 18 I B.A.231 Ee. 101 Eng. 151 Bio. 101 or Phys. 101 Eng. 131 P. E. 103 15-18 Sixth Semester Chem. 242 Chemistry elective For. Lang. 102 Electives 1 Second Semester Acct. 102 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Math. 102 or Math. 115 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 Eighth Semester Acct. 232 Acct. 252 Ee. 202 or Ee. 236 Ec.226 Elective 1 3 3 3 3 3 15 Students Intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Students who major in Business Administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION First Semester Acct. IOI Ee. 111 Eng. IOI Hist. IOI Bio. 10 I or Phys. 10 I P. E. IOI P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Second Semester Acct. 102 F. A. IOI or Mus. 100 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 Bio. I 02 or Phys. I 02 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 16 16 Third Semester B. A. 231 Ee. IOI Eng. 131 Eng. 151 Math. IOI P. S. IOI or Soc. IOI P. E. 103 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Fourth Semester B. A. 232 Ee. 102 Eng. 152 Math. 102 P. S. 102 or Soc. 102 P. E. 104 18 BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 218 B. A. 220 B. A. 225 B. A. 226 Ec.202 Ec.225 Ec.236 Ee. 241 Math. 115 ECONOMICS 3 3 4 3 3 0 Ec.212 Ee. 223 Ec.225 Ee. 226 Ec.229 Ec.230 Ec.236 Ec.241 Ee. 245 Ee. 246 16 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Fifth Semester B. A. 237 Ee. 201 Ec.231 Phil. 101 Electives 3 3 3 3 6 Sixth Semest.er Ee. 202 or Ee. 226 or C and F elective .. Ee. 232 Phil. 102 B. A. 222 Electives 3 12 Eighth Semester B. A. and Ee. electives Elective 12 3 3 18 B. A. 239 B. A. 240 B. A. 241 Ec. 223 Psy.212 MARKETING 18 18 Seventh Semester B. A. 209 B. A. and Ee. electives Elective 3 3 3 3 6 B.A.236 B. A. 237 B. A. 238 15 B. A. 114 B.A.216 B.A.217 B. A. 239 B. A. 240 Ec.225 Ee. 245 Ret. IOI �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 87 MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. First Semester Acct. 101 B. A. 107 Bio. 10 I or Phy. 10 I Eng. 101 Hist. IOI P. E. 101 P. E. 105 3 3 3 3 3 0 I -- Second Semester Acct. 102 Mus. 100 or F. A. 101 Bio. 102 or Phy. 102 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 16 Third Semester Acct. 111 or Ret. 101 Ee. 101 Hist. 107 S.S. 105 S.S. 107 Psy,. 101 P. E. 103 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 S.S. 202 S. S.208 B. A 232 Soc. 102 or P. S. 102 Eng. 152 B. A. 238 17 I 3 3 3 4 3 4 3 3 3 2 18 0 1 Second Semester Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 Math. 102 Electives P. E. 102 P. E. 106 3 3 3 3 3 0 I 16 Third Semester Acct. 101 Fng. 105 Eng. 131 P. S. 101 S.S. 105 S.S. 107 P. E. 103 3 3 2 3 2 2 0 -- 16 Fourth Semester Acct. 102 P. S. 102 Mus. 100 S.S. 106 S.S. 108 Elective P. E. 104 15 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 16 Ee. 101 Eng. 151 S.S.201 S.S. 207 Electives 3 4 I 3 6 Sixth Semester Ee. 102 Eng. 152 S.S.202 S.S.208 Electives 17 Ed. 230 Elective 12 3 Seventh Semester B.A.209 S.S. 205 Electives 3 4 8-9 15-16 15 3 4 I 3 6 17 17 Eighth Semester 3 3 3 3 3 3 Fifth Semester Sixth Semester 1 3 3 3 4 3 First Semester Bio. 101 or Phys. 101 Eng. 101 !fist. 10 I Math. 101 Electives P. E. 101 P. E. 101 16 Fifth Semester Seventh Semester S.S.243 S.S.205 Phil. 101 Ed. 200 B. A. 209 Eng. 131 I 16 Fourth Semester Acct. 112 or Ret. elective Ee. 102 Hist. 108 S.S. 106 S.S. 108 Psy. 102 P. E. 104 16 S.S.201 S.S.207 B. A. 231 Soc. 101 or P. S. 101 Eng. 151 Ed. 100 3 3 3 3 3 0 MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES Eighth Semester B. A. 238 Electives 3 15 18 �Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Engineering AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable record may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. . Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineermg. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexell, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Ne\\ York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in_ wh.ich materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials mclude pape:, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, ~oke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics,. drugs: heavy ?hemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer Is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and man~gement of industrial p~ants in .which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engmeer may be engaged in research or in the development_ of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fun?am~ntal umt-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical t'ngmeenng. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chem1·cal mecha · 1 d 1 · 1 • . . , n1ca , an e ectnca engm~ermg as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engmeer. (For freshman year see page 88.) During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses arc the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. SOPHOMORE YEAR Third Semester Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 .vf. E. 2II Chem. 221 P. E. 103 B. S. IN ENGINEERING FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) First Semester Chem. IOI Engi. 100 Engi. 105 Eng. IOI Math. 122 P. E. IOI P.E. 105 4 2 3 3 4 0 I 17 1 Second Semester Chem. I 02 or Chem. I 04 1 Engi. 106 Eng. 102 Math. 125 Phys. 150 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 3 4 4 3 4 0 18 4-6 2 3 4 4 0 l 18-20 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). 1 E. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested Fourth Semester Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 Ch. Engi. 106 Elective 1 P. E. 104 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 CIVIL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING PHYSICS Th~ curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. a fle~1~le background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis 1s on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilkes are similar_ to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide ~ sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR' SOPHOMORE YEAR I Third Semester 3 3 3 4 C. E. 103 Ee. IOI M. E. 211 Math. 126 Phys. 151 P. E. 103 4 0 Third Semester Fourth Semester C. E. 104 Math. 240 Eng. 134 M. E. 212 Phys. 152 P. E. 104 Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 M. E. 111 P. E. 103 4 4 3 3 4 0 3 4 4 3 3 0 Fourth Semester Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 E. E. 202 P. E. 104 17 3 3 0 17 18 17 3 4 4 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the di~• tribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. methods_ of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; a_nd de~1gn control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation. \:1th ~ background in science, engineering, economics, business ~dmm1~trat10n_, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but al~o economic and huma?istic interests, as well as character and personality.. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the pursuit of a_ comma~ goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machmes and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE y EAR I Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Engi. 111 or C. E. 103 P. E. 103 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 88. SOPHOMORE YEAR I Fourth Semester Third Semester Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 E. E. 202 P. E. 104 Third Semester 3 4 4 3 3 0 Ee. 101 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Math. 126 C. E. 103 P. E. 103 17 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 1 For freshman year see page 88. Fourth Semester Ee. 102 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 Math. 240 Eng. 134 P. E. 104 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessar\ wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. Third Semester Bio. 204 Chem. 221 Ee. 101 Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Engi. 111 P. E. 103 Eng. 134 Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 M. E. 206 P. E. 104 17 4 3 3 0 Hist. 101 For. Lang. IO I P. E. 103 Fourth Semester Eng. 131 Chem. 230 Eng. 152 Hist. 102 For. Lang. 102 4 4 3 3 2 P. E. 104 O 17 16 Fifth Semester Bio. 211 For. Lang. I 03 Phys. 111 Psy. 101 Soc. 101 or Ee. 101 or P. S. 101 Fourth Semester 3 4 4 3 3 0 4 Eng. 151 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 Third Semester 3 4 3 4 3 3 Sixth Semester Bio. 212 For.Lang. 104 Phys. 112 Psy. 102 Soc. 102 or Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 4 3 4 3 3 17 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 Seventh Semester 1 13 weeks Clinical Chemistry Microbiology Urinalysis 8 weeks 4 weeks 17 Eighth Semester 1 Haematology and Blood Bank Histology Serology 12 weeks 6 weeks 7 weeks Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology. The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendations and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training. B. S. IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY First Semester Bio. 103 Chem. IOI Eng. IOI Math. 107 Phys. 103 P. E. IOI P. E. 105 Second Semester 4 4 3 3 I 0 I 16 I For freshman year see page 88. Bio. 104 Chem. 102 Eng. 102 Math. 109 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 4 6 3 3 0 l 17 Music Education B. S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION First Semester Eng. 101 Bio. 101 or Phys. IOI Mus. 101 Mus. Ed. IOI or Mus. Ed. 103 Hist. 101 Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P.E.101 P. E. 105 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 I 18½ 1 Second Semester Eng. 102 Bio. 102 or Phys. 102 Mus. 102 Mus. Ed. 102 or Mus. Ed. 104 Hist. 102 Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 P.E. 105 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ O 1 18½ To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. Pri~a.te instruction. Cha_r?es for this instruction are a separate billin and are in addition to the regular tmtion charge. g 2 �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 Fourth Semester Third Semester Eng. 151 Mus. Ed. 101 or Mus. Ed. 103 Mus. 103 Mus. 109 Applied Music 1 Psy. 101 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103 0 18½ 18 1 , 2 5 3 I 3 ½ Sixth Semester Fifth Semester Ed. 100 3 Ee. 101 or P. S. IOI or Soc. 101 3 Mus. Ed. 105 2 Mus. Ed. 109 2 Mus.Ed.Ill 2 Applied Music 1 I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 111 or Soc. Sci. elective 2-3 15½-16½ Ed.200 3 Ee. 102 or P. S. 102 or Soc. 102 3 Mus. Ed. 106 2 Mus. Ed. 110 2 Mus. Ed. 112 2 Applied Music 1 I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 112 or Soc. Sci. elective 2-3 lS½-I6L2 from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the 13. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order to receive the degree from Wilkes Co1lege the student must take a minimum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. B. S. IN NURSING EDUCATION First Semester Eng. 101 IIist. 101 Bio. 103 or Math. 101 or Phys. 101 F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 Soc. 101 or Psy. IOI . E. 101 Eighth Semester Seventh Semester Mus. 215 Mus. Ed. 107 Mus. Ed. 113 Mus. Ed. 240 Applied Musk 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 113 or elective 'I he number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges Eng. 152 4 Mus. Ed. 102 or Mus. Ed. 104 2 Mus. 104 5 Mus. 110 3 Applied Music ' I Psy. 102 3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus 1/2 P. E. 104 0 4 2 2 2 8 I ½ 2 17½ Mus. 216 Mus. Ed. 108 Mus. Ed. 114 Applied Music 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 or elective 2 2 2 I ½ 6 2-3 15½-161,_ 1 Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. 3 3-4 3 3 2 Eng. 102 Hist. 102 Bio. 104 or Math. 102 or Phys. 102 N. E. 104 Soc. I 02 or Psy. I 02 N. E. 106 Elective (optional) 1 17-18 Third Semester Eng. 151 Phil. 101 P. S. 101 or Ee. 101 Ed.241 XE.107 . E.108 Elective Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools. of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursmi and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hund~ed twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be collete credits. Second Semester 3 3 3 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 16-19 Fourth Semester 4 3 3 2 2 1 Eng. 152 Phil. 102 P. S. 102 or Ee. 102 N. E. 102 N. E. 112 Elective 2-3 15-18 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and re1If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 Seventh Semester Phys. 261 Phys. 212 Phys. 241 Elective 1 Phys. 2812 search. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, th_e student will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leadmg to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. 4 3 4 3 1 1 0 Second Semester Math. 125 Eng. 102 Chem. 104 Engi. 106 Phys. 150 P. E. 106 P. E. 102 16 Third Semester Math. 126 Phys. 151 M. E. 211 Ger. 101 1 Hist. 101 P. E. 103 4 4 3 3 3 0 3 4 3 4 3 -17 16-18 B. S. IN SCIENCE EDUCATION Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B. A. in Biology, B. S. in Chemistry, or B. S. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. 4 3 4 2 4 1 During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: 0 4 4 3 3 3 0 Sixth Semester Math. 252 Phys. 202 Phys. 211 Eng. 152 Ger. 105 Psy. IOI, 102 Ed. 100,200, 210 6 18 3 4 4 4 3 -18 who have completed the equivalent of Ger. 102 before. entering college1 (as determined by a placement test) will take Ger: 103_ and 105 m the sophomo:e year. Those students will then be permitted electives m place of the German m the junior year. 1 Students 3 6-8 3 17 17 Fifth Semester Math. 251 Phys. 201 Phys. 221 Eng. 151 Ger. 103 4 0-2 cience Education 18 Fourth Semest.er Math. 240 Phys. 152 M. E. 212 Ger. 102 1 Hist. 102 P. E. 104 Eighth Semester Phys. 262 Phys. 242 Eng. 134 Elective 1 Phys. 2822 16-18 B. S. IN PHYSICS First Semester Math. 122 Eng. 101 Chem. 101 Engi. 105 Phys. 103 P. E. 105 P. E. 101 4 3 0-2 6-8 3 1 Elective hours must be chosen with the approval of the student's adviser. The selection will depend upon the student's choice of industry or graduate study. 2 Either physics 281 or 282, but not both are required. �Page 98 - TERMINAL PROGRAM Courses of Instruction Terminal Program Secretarial Studies The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the following program. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate ability. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine the student's levels of attainment. TERMINAL PROGRAM IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES First Semester 3 3 3 2 2 Acct. 101 Eng. 101 Hist. 101 S.S. 105 S.S. 107 P. E. 101 P. E. 105 Bio. IOI 0 1 3 Second Semester Acct. 102 Eng. 102 Bio. 102 Hist. 102 S.S. 106 S.S. 108 P. E. 102 P. E. 106 17 Third Semester B. A. 107 B. A. 231 S.S.201 S.S.207 S.S.205 Psy. 101 P. E. 103 3 3 1 3 4 3 0 17 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 I 17 Fourth Semester B. A. 238 Ee. 101 S.S.202 S.S.208 Psy. 102 B. A. 209 Eng. 131 P. E. 104 3 3 I 3 3 3 2 0 18 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner ; Instructor Capin. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four huurs a week. Three credits- THE STAFF Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 101. Three credits- THE STAFF Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 102. Three credits-MR. CuR TIS Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting 111. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 11 1. Three credits-MR. CURTIS �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 103 Page 102 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. P. WERNER Acct. 202. Advanced Cost Accounting II Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. Three credits- MR. P. Acct. 231. Auditing Principles I An a_nalysis o~ modern auditing co~c~~ts involving staff organization, prof ess1onal eth1~s and legal resp~n:1bil1ty, internal control, audit programs, and workmg papers, and ongmal record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits-MR. CAPIN Acct. 232. Auditing Practice II Advanced ~ppl~cation o~ auditing principles to actual practice; proble1~s of classification and 1~terpretation of accounts; study of methods of rnternal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits-MR. CAPIN WERNER Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting Acct. 220. Accounting Systems Analysis of procedures necessary for the establishment of a proper accounting system, and review of specialized systems for mercantile, manufacturing, and service organizations. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits- MR. CAPIN Acct. 252. Accounting Internship This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. I Acct. 221. Taxes I The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits- MR. Problems of consolidation, bankruptcies and insolvencies, and estates and trusts. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits-THE STAFF CURTIS Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini; Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Gershenowitz Kimball· Instructor Schonwetter. ' ' Acct. 222. Taxes II Bio. 101-102. Biological Science Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits- THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take n~ other courses in biology. It presents the essential general in~ormat10n _abou~ plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governmg the b1olog1eal world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester-MR. 1 Or the equivalent. GERSHENOWITZ �Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Bio. 103-104. General Zoology Bio. 204. Microtechnique General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It con, siders the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 103 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 104 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester-MR. REIF Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits-MRS. SCHONWETTER Bio. 111-112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester-MR. MICHELINI Bio. 121-122. Advanced General Biology Bio. 211-212. Bacteriology Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, ix hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Fo11r credits each semester-Miss KIMBALL Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. 112 or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class two hours a week; laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Three credits-MR. REIF Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Bio. 222. Genetics Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy ot the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits-MR. OGREN Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Three credits-MR. OGREN Bio. 202. Embryology Bio. 231. Physiology Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. Four credits- MR. OGREN Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities charac~eristic_ of ~11- living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments mvolvmg livrng forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Fo11r credits-MR. OGREN Bio. 221. Histology �Page 106 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 Bio. 232. Ecology B.A. 114. Salesmanship Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. Fee: $20. Three credits-MR. REIF The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. HOOVER B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Bio. 262. History of Biology A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit-THE STAFF Bio. 271. Research Project Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit-THE STAFF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors Elliot, Farrar, Gera, Hoover, R. Werner; Instructors Capin, Casper, Johns, Krohn, Roberts. B.A. 107. Business Mathematics Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds; graphs and their use in business. Three credits-MR. HOOVER Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Three credits-MR. Hoov1m, MRS. ROBERTS B.A. 216. Advertising A study ~f basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a s~rvey of differ~nt departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engravmg, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 217. Transportation and Traffic Management Pr~blems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic_ management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 218. Credit and Collections The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 220. Real Estate T~e fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. FARRAR �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short- term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. CHIANG B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting meth~ds and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buymg and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B.A. 225. Three credits-MR. CHIANG B.A. 231. Business Law-Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the .field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. Three credits-MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN Il.A. 233. Business Law-Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the Jaw of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B.A. 231. Th1'ee credits-MR. KROHN B.A. 234. Business Law-Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagormortgagee r~lationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B.A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. Three credits-MR. KROHN B.A. 236. Personnel Management A study of principles of organization; problems of the interrelationship of the functi?ns operating in the .fields of management; principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control· the training and education of the worker; incentives used and speciai problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 B.A. 23 7. Production Management A study of the production problems that confront executives; develop1ng operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits-MR. JOHNS B.A. 238. Office Management The organization and management of the office with emphasis on administration and effective control of office activities; work simplification and paperwork cost reduction with output efficiency. Office layout and working conditions; work-flow processes; forms des1gn and control; records administration; systems analysis; scheduling, mechanization, and paperwork production and utilization. Job analysis, specification, ?1ot~vation, training, job description, evaluation, and salary determmat10n. Emphasis on measurement and control of office work and setting of standards; importance of time and motion study. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Assistant Professors Bone, Rozelle, alley, Soeder, Swain. Chem. 101. General Inorganic Chemistry An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Fottr credits-THE STAFF B.A. 239. Sales Management Chem. 102. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensati~n, and ~ana~ement of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determrnat1on of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B.A. 237 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. B.A. 240. Property Insurance Chem. 104. General Chemistry This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101. Prerequisite: B.A. 232 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR Six credits-MISS Fottr credits-Miss BONE, MR. ROZELLE, MR. SALLEY, MR. SOEDER BONE, MR. ROZELLE, MR. SOEDER, MR. SWAIN Chem. 210. Inorganic Chemistry A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Three credits-MR. ROZELLE, MR. SWAIN �Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Chem. 234. Topics in Organic Chemistry Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 102. Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Four credits- MR. SALL EY Three credits- MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 222. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Chem. 241-242. Physical Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 221. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Five credits- MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152. four credits each semester-MR. SWAIN Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Four credits- MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cycli, compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits-MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 2 30, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits- MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 243. Topics in Physical Chemistry A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. Three credits- MR. ROZELLE, MR. SWAIN Chem. 244. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Three credits-MR. ROZELLE, MR. SALLEY Chem. 251. Biological Chemistry The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221 and 230. Three credits- MR. SOEDER Chem. 233. Qualitative Organic Analysis A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; lab oratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 2 31. Three credits-MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 261. History of Chemistry The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit- MR. BASTRESS �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 Chem. 262. Chemical Literature An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit- MR. BASTRESS Chem. 271-272. Research Project Fee: $7 per credit. A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits- MR. Prerequisite: approval of research adviser. One to three credits each semester- THE STAFF ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professor Chiang; Assistant Professors DeYoung, Elliot, Farrar, R. Werner. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits- THE STAFF Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Three credits-THE Ee. 201. Money and Banking CHIANG Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and nee-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Three credits- MR. CHIANG Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerec1uisite: approval of instructor. Two credits- MR. ROSENBERG Ee. 212. Government and Business A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P.S. 101, Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. FARRAR STAFF Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits-MR. DEYOUNG A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. ELLIOT Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. ELLIOT Ee. 230. Business Cycles A hist_o:ical anal~sis _o f major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a cntlcal examrnat10n of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. 3 hours lecture; 2 hours laboratory. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. A study and analysis of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. ELLIOT ROSENBERG Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits-MR. Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America FARRAR ROSENBERG Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public .finance; government expenditures; re:e~ue; .fina~ci~l policies and. administration; taxation; principles of sh1ftmg and rnc1dence of taxat10n; public debts and the budget; .fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government .finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P.S. 101. Three credits-MR. ROSENBERG, MR. R. WERNER �Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Ee. 241. Economic Analysis Ed. 200. Educational Psychology This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The dt'terminants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. FARRAR, MR. DEYOUNG A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits-MR. HAMMER Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction includes: ( 1) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor (for seniors only). Three credits-THE STAFF EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professors Colson, Hulser; Assistant Professors Hoover, West; Instructors Barone, Richards, Siles. Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits- MR. HULSER Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 100, 200. Three credits-MR. HuLSER Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fifteen credits- MR. SILES For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 215. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 223. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used m public school classrooms. One credit-MR. WEST Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits- MR. WEST To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits-MR. RICHARDS Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits-MR. RICHARDS Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. This program includes study of the teaching of reading in secondary school subjects. Fee $20. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits- MR. WEST For trans£er and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as foIIows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. Two credits-MR. HAMMER �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. Two credits-MR. HAMMER Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 234. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits-Miss JESSEE Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits-MR. BARONE Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits-MR. BARONE Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits-THE STAFF Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Same as Math. 127. (See page 138.) (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits-MR. WEST Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits-THE STAFF Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. ( Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits-MR. HULSER Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. ( Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Three credits-THE STAFF ENGINEERING Professor Hall, chairman; Assistant Professors Heltzel and Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instructi~n in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits-THE STAFF �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits-THE STAFF Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to enginering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $10. Three credits- MR. HELTZEL Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours per week. Fee: $ 10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math. 122; Engi. 105 is recommended. Two credits-MR. Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, rec!tations a~d problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic ~urveym'?. Field exercises, including the adjustment lnd use of surveymg equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for _surveys of. area, topography, pro.file, grading, excavating anJ th_e location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attend~nt. computations_ and the ~alancing of surveys. Emphasis ~n the appltcat10n of surveymg to engrneering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits-MR. THOMAS C.E. 104. Route Surveying . A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the locar1on of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and pr?blems on th~ theorf and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass dia~r~s and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and Jr~mage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C.E. 103. Four credits-MR. THOMAS HELTZEL Electrical Engineering Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An intro~uction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Three credits-MR. THOMAS Mechanical Engineering Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Three credits-MR. L~ctures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, press- SALLEY �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 ing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Pee: $15. Three credits-MR. THOMAS Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. M.E. 206. Kinematics Three credits-THE Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers ~eartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL STAFF Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition . A. study of. t~e various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice m the wntmg of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits-THE STAFF M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes. masses: centroids. Class, three hours .1 week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M.E. 211. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL Speech Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches . Two credits-THE STAFF Eng. 134. Fundamentals of Speech S~mila~ to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work. Required for cngmeenng students. Three credits-THE STAFF Language and Literature Eng. 151. Western World Literature ENGLISH Professor Davies, Chairman; Associate Professor Rizzo; Assistant Professors Fiester, Groh, Gutin, Lord; Instructors Kerr, Kish, Miller, Mistichelli, R. Roberts, Tyburski, Williams. Composition Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits-THE STAFF Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits-THE STAFF Eng. 152. Western World Literature Conti~uation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Fottr credits-THE STAFF �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 200. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. RIZZO DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes wif t, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. MILLER Eng. 205. Chaucer Eng. 237. Early English Novel Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troiltts and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. RIZZO English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DA VIES Eng. 211. Early English Drama Eng. 238. Later English Novel Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. GROH, MISS LORD Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. GROH, MISS LORD Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. Three credits-THE STAFF Eng. 215. Shakespeare A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DAVIES Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 15 2. Three credits- MR. DAVIES The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DAVIES Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. MILLER, MR. RIZZO Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits-MR. GuTIN Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry ~eadings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant wnters of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits-MR. DAVIES, MR. RIZZO Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work• special emphasis on the research paper. ' Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 291. Modern Poetry FA 104. Drawing and Composition Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. Three credits-MR. GUTIN Eng. 294. Modern Novel Three credits-MR. Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits-MR. RIZZO Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits-MR. FA 105. Oil Painting An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits-MR. Eng. 296. Modern Drama GROH, MISS LORD Associate Richards. Professor Colson, chairman; A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Evangelista, Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to· all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. STAFF FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA 1 O1. Prerequisite: FA 101. Three credits-THE RICHARDS FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction Instructors FA 1O1. Experiencing Art I Three credits-THE RICHARDS FA 106. Water Color Painting Three credits-MR. FINE ARTS COLSON STAFF An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits-THE STAFF FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF FA 103. Color and Design FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102 or equivalent. A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits-MR. COLSON Three credits-MR. EVANGELISTA �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 FA 126. Graphics A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits-MR. RICHARDS FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits-MR. COLSON FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 201. Two credits-MR. COLSON GENERAL SCIENCE Bio. 101-102. Biological Science (See page 103.) Geol. 100. General Geology General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. Two credits-MR. REIF Phys. 101-102. Physical Science (See page 158.) FA 203. History of Modern Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits-MR. EVANGELISTA HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professors Bliss, Cox, Kaslas; Assistant Professor Connolly; Instructor Hughes. FA 205. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits-MR. EVANGELISTA FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits-THE STAFF FA 291. Senior Exhibit A study of exhibition techniques; each senior exhibits his work at the College. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. One credit-THE STAFF FA 292. Senior Exhibit A continuation of FA 291. Prerequisite: FA 291. One credit-THE STAFF Hist. 101-102. History of Western Civilization A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits-MR. THATCHER Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits-MR. THATCHER �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 221-222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester-MR. Cox Hist. 223-224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester-MR. THATCHER Hist. 225. History of the American Frontier A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. T htee credits-MR. THATCHER western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Winter semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester-MR. Buss Hist. 241-242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A. study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. Durmg the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and contrasts between British and continental developments and the rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester-MR. Buss Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KASLAS Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Hist. 228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P.S. 102. Restricted to juniors and two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KASLAS seniors. Three credits-MR. Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 THATCHER Hist. 235-236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KAsLAS �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102 . Three credits- MR. KAsLAS Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo and Wasileski; Instructors Klein, Salsburg. Math. 99. Algebra Review Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. No credit-THE STAFF Math. 101-102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. Three credits each semester- THE STAFF Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Five credits-THE STAFF Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations anci combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Math. 118. Introduction to Statistics Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness. kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits- THE STAFF Math. 122. Analytic Geometry Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. Four credits-THE STAFF Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Fo11r credits-THE STAFF �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Math. 126. Calculus II Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits-THE STAFF Three credits-MR. Math. 127. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II Building of a program in secondary mathematics, materials of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testing, informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits- MR. WASILESKI Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of .fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. W ASILESKI Three credits-MR. Math. 213. Higher Algebra WASILESKI Math. 235. Vector Analysis Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications . Prerequisite: Math. 126. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits- MR. SALSBURG Three credits-MR. RICHARDS Math. 214. Linear Algebra Math. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series Vector spaces, linear mdependence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, in.finite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Fo111' credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits- MR. SALSBURG Math. 220. College Geometry Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians, orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits- MR. W ASILESKI Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I . In~roduction to the theory_ of fun~ions of real variables. The emphasi<; this course and the foilowrng one 1s on proof, by the delta-epsilon tech nique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. in Three credits-MR. RICHARDS �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits- MR. RICHARDS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Fr. 103. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisite: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable Fr. 104. Intermediate French The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits- THE STAFF Introduction to French civilization; practice French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equJvalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO 10 oral and written Fr. 105. Technical French Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite : Math. 126. Three credits-MR. EARL Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Fr. 106. French Conversation MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Instructors Ribas, Valero. Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits-MR. VALERO Fr. 107. French Composition French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits- THE STAFF Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. T hree credits-THE STAFF Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Fr. 201-202. Survey of French Literature A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester-MR. VALERO �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Ger. 103. Intermediate German Study of classicism and the outstanding w nters of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Three credits- MR. VALERO Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. VALERO DISQUE Ger. 104. Intermediate German _Continuation of <?er. 103. ~apid reading of German works representative of German ltfe and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets. and Symbolism. Three credits-MR. DISQUE Ger. 105. Scientific German Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Reading of selections from scientific German. Three credits- MR. Prerequisite: Ger. 10 3 or equivalent. VALERO Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits- MR. VALERO Three credits-MR. Ger. 106. German Conversation Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. German Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits- THE DISQUE DISQUE Ger. 107. German Composition Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free c.omposit10ns. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQUE STAFF Ger. 102. Elementary German Ger. 201-202. Survey of German Literature Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-THE Three credits each semester-MR. STAFF DISQUE �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Ger. 203. Goethe Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Thfee credits-MR. RIBAS Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQUE Ger. 204. Schiller Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQUE Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits- MR. DISQUE Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. DISQU E Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits-THE STAFF Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits-THE STAFF Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 107. Spanish Composition Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Sp. 201-202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester-MR. RIBAS Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits-MR. RIBAS MUSIC Associate Professor Gasbarro, acting chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline and Friedmann; Instructors Balshaw, A. Liva, Marcase. Applied Music Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are m addition to the regular tuition charge. Mus. 100. Introduction to Music An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various for~s, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Three hours-THE STAFF Mus. 101-102-103-104. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: (1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. ( 3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The .first two semesters of theory are divided between ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters are divided between ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course-MR. MARCASE �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. 109. History of Music Music 131-132-133-134. Orchestra A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits-MR. FRIEDMANN Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. Mus. 110. History of Music A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits-MR. FRIEDMANN Music 111-112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Clas 3 instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MRS. One-half credit each semester- MR. GASBARRO Music 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits-MR. GASBARRO LIVA Music 113-114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Music 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester-MRS. LIVA Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Mus. 121-122-123-124. Band The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester- MR. MARCASE Two credits- MR. GASBARRO Mus. 217. Analysis The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits-MR. MARCASE Mus. 125-126-127-128. Chorus The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester-MR. CHAPLINE Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits-MR. MARCASE �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. Ed. 101-102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. GASBARRO DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Mus. Ed. 109-110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. GASBARRO Mus. Ed. 103-104. Brass Class and Methods A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. MARCASE Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such woodwinds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester-MR. GASBARRO Mus. Ed. 111-112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. Mus. Ed. 113-114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits-MR. MARCASE Two credits each semester-MR. Mus. Ed. 107-108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Ell!mentary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester-MR. CHAPLINE 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. FRIEDMANN FRIEDMANN Mus. Ed. 20 I. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits-THE STAFF Mus. Ed. 202. High School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits-THE STAFF �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. _general _survey of the ~istory of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. To qualify for admission into the Professional Sem~ster, ~tuden~s must secure the recommendation of the department chauman m their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits-MR. WEST For trans£er and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used m public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music 1: Two credits-Miss JESSEE N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits-Miss JESSEE N.E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the commumty. Two credits-MISS JESSEE N.E. 106. Supervision and Administration A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits-MISS JESSEE Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Jackson, Janjigian, Klein, Liggett, M. Riley, Seeherman. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exceptions of N.E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It mdudes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits-Miss JESSEE N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N.E. 107 ( may be taken concurrently). One credit-Miss JESSEE �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Fottr credits-MISS JESSEE N.E. 113-114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester-MISS LIGGETT N.E. 120. Problems of School Nursing The identification and discussion of the problems involved in the administration of school health programs. Two credits-MISS JACKSON PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructors Barras, Gilmore, Jacobson. Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy N.E. 115. Obstetric Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as applied lo expert care of the obstetric patient. Two credits-MRS. SEEHERMAN N.E. 116. Pediatric Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as they apply to the effective care of children. Two credits-DR. KLEIN N .E. 117. Psychiatric Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and procedures as utilized in providing expert care for psychiatric patients. Two credits-DR. JANJIGIAN N.E. 118. Public Health Nursing An introduction to the field of public health nursing, including historical development, organization, functions, and trends. Two credits-MISS JACKSON N.E. 119. Public School Nursing A study of the public school health program and the functions of the nurse as an integral part of the health team. Two ct'edits-Miss JACKSON An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three ·credits-MR. VUJICA Phil. 105. Ethics A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits-MR. VuJICA �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of aesthetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be aesthetically effective. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic institutions. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 207. Philosophies of History A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits-MR. Vu JICA Phil. 208. The History of Philosophy A brief survey of the major historical divisions; a systematic analysis of some of the major figures and a consideration of their relevance to present problems. Three credits-MR. Vu JICA Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religion Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits-THE STAFF Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near fast. Three credits- MR. VUJICA An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament ~s !iterary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian. Chur0. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied agamst the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits-MR. VuJICA PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Instructors Ferris Saraceno Schmidt. ' ' Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. Th~ C?llege women al~o are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102-103-104. Physical Education This co~rse is designed to promote physical well being and good h~alth habi~s and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxatton and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. THE STAFF P.E. 105-106. Personal H ygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester-THE STAFF 1 Class instructio~ ~n personal ~ygiene ~s required of all students, even those excused by physmans from taking physical education. �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES PHYSICS Professor Detwiler, chairman; Professor Hall; Associate Professors Bellas, Ripley; Assistant Professors Bruch, Holden, Thomas. Phys. 101-102. Physical Science Phys. 151. General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and modern physics. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150 Fo11r credits-THE STAFF A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration and discussion three hours a week. Three credits each semester-MR. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 Phys. 152. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Sound, heat, and light. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Fo11r credits-THE STAFF RIPLEY Phys. 103. Basic Physical Problems Phys. 201-202. Electricity and Magnetism An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum 3 hours a week. Fee: $ 5. Sta~i~ and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectr1C1ty, etc., are covered in considerable detail The en1ph · · h' · • as1s m t 1s course 1s on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester Fe . $20 each semester. · e· One credit-THE STAFF Phys. 111-112. Introductory Physics Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Po1✓r credits each semester Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Fottr credits each semester-THE STAFF Phys. 211. Optics and Light T~e principles of geo~netrical_ and physical optics are considered in con~1derably g~eater ?etatl than m the introductory course. Image forma_t1~n, refract10n, d1ff raction, origin of spectra, polarized light, optical act1v1ty, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week Fee: $20. · Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Po11r credits Phys. 150. General Physics I Phys. 212. Thermodynamics A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class three hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee $20. The funJamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws o_f _Thermodyn~mics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mecharncs. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. Fo11r credits-THE STAFF Prerequisites: Phys. 151, 152, Math. 252, Math. 240. Three credits �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Phys. 221-222. Electronics Phys. 271. Modern Physics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits each semester A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Phys. 241-242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 15 2, Math. 240. One or two credits-Hours to be arranged Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Atomic Physics 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the .field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class two hours a week and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class three hours. Three credits Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 261. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Associate Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. Phys. 262. N udear Physics P.S. 101. Political Science I Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits-THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 102. Political Science II P.S. 205. State Government A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits-THE STAFF A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. TuHY P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY P.S. 206. Municipal Government P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II P.S. 207. Public Administration A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits- MR. MAILEY A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. TUHY A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits- MR. TUHY P.S. 208. Labor Legislation P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elec• tions, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits- MR. MAILEY P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda P.S. 209. Social Legislation A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, ancl propaganda as used by pressure groups. A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. MAILEY �Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF P.S. 221. International Law A study of the deYelopment of the body of customs and rules whicL states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consid eration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits-MR. KASLAS P.S. 222. International Politics A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits-MR. KASLAS P.S. 223. Cabinet Systems of Government A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system "f government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KAsLAS P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphasizing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KAsLAS PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Zellner; Instructors Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101-102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits-THE STAFF Psy. 203-204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the .field of psychology. Also mcluded is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF Psy. 207. Child Psychology The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Psy. 208. Human Behavior Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagno~ti~ and ~reatmer~t techniques and the role of the professional psychologist m various settings. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Psy. 210. Psychologic Theory Psy. 25 7. Abnormal Psychology A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisites: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-MR. KANNER A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes. symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Three credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits-THE STAFF Psy. 271-272. Research in Psychology Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester-THE STAFF RETAILING Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits-THE STAFF Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zerko. Ret. 101. Principles. of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits-THE STAFF Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders ·n the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102 and one other course in psychology. Three credits-THE STAFF Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; .fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from .fiber to .finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new devel opments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Ret. 225. Retail Practice Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. . Req~ired of all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In co-operation w1th local stores, a program in Retailing Practices has been established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailing must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall term of the senior year. During the period of employment, students will be required to submit reports concerning their work to the instructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. Three credits-THE STAFF Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B.A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFI-" Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permit~ed to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the mstructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive a variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits-THE STAFF SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Gera, Hoover. S.S. 105-106. Elementary Shorthand Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance of small busmess; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; .financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; pro.fit; records; small business and the future. Two credits-THE STAFF Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits-THE STAFF Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Second semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Ttvo credits each semester-MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER S.S. 107-108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewriter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. Development �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelo~es and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manusmpt writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum passing requirement: 50 words net per minute. Two credits each semester-MR. GERA, MR. HOOVER S.S. 201-202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewr~tin~; review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced appli~at10n of ~pewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and Job techmques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S.S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 words per minute. One credit each semester-MR. GERA DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits-MR. HOOVER SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Associate Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors Bloomburg, Greenspon, Moroski, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits-THE STAFF S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machin~s. and equipm~nt, namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcnbmg, duplICatmg, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits-MR. GERA S.S. 207-208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg Shorthand Simplified; build shorthand-writing skill and speed in t_ak~ng dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcnpt1on skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S.S. 106 or eq_uivalent and net typing of 50 words a minute. Three credits each semester-MR. GERA Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and family. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life The development of modern cities; effects of urban Iife upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Page 172-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 230. Social Problems Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an exam ination of current theories of social disorganization. An analysis of tbe formal and informal social organization of the ~ork plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organiza. t1on and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Ee. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World A survey of the n?n-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on _one of_the followrng areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asta, A[ nca, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 245. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and require• rnents of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF STAFF Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities A the_oretical _analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF Soc. 280. Sociological Theory Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction. collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits-THE STAFF !he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or m one o~ the related fields, with a historical background necessary for ~nderst~nd1~g. of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its d1stmct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102; Soc. 265. Three credits-THE STAFF �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees Executiv.e Committee Development ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, ARNAUD C. MARTS, Chairman Chairman FRANK w. ANDERSON ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE Lours SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman JAMES P. HARRIS R. STARK, Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Vice-Chairman LoUis SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer ADMIRAL HAROLD FRANK CHARLES H. MINER, JR. w. ANDERSON THOMAS H. KILEY J osEPH J. KocY AN, M.D. WILLIAM W. BoYD R. FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JosEPH F. LESTEn L. WILLIAM JAMES P. HARRIS Mrss MARY REUBEN H. LEVY CONYNGHAM THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. Instruction SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST WILLIAM Miss ANNETTE EvANS HoN. FRANK MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MRS. EBERHARD EUGENE L. s. FARLEY L. P1NOLA JOSEPH J. SAVITZ MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER FABER CHARLES B. JOHN B. FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER w ALLER LOUIS SHAFFER EUGENE S. FARLEY, KooNs w ALKER AARON WEISS President AARON Wmss KooNs Buildings and Grounds L. CoNYNGHAM, HARRY F. GoERINGER, Chairman Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK BURNSIDE F. ELLSWORTH MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT LOUIS SHAFFER MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE CHARLES B. SAMUEL ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. R. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. M. p ARKHURST w ALLER DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EvANS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. TERM OF OFFICE JOSEPH Nominations CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MoRGAN, JR. EUGENE JOSEPH J. SAVITZ s. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. REUBEN H. LEVY Library Miss ANNETTE EvANS, WILLIAM Expiring June, 1964 SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. J. SAVITZ MRS. EBERHARD CHARLES B. WALLER, Chairman JOHN B. FARR LOUIS SHAFFER ADMIRAL HAROLD JAMES R. ST ARK L. FABER JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY P. HARRIS Chairman w. BOYD R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER Lours SHAFFER Expiring June, 1965 Finance JAMES P. w. ANDERSON WILLIAM w. BOYD THOMAS H. KILEY FRANK BURNSIDE JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY R. KooNs MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER ANDREW HOURIGAN' FRANK MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JOHN B. FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER w ALKER Expiring June, 1966 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM HARRIS, Chairman JR. THOMAS H. KILEY Campaign Planning Chairman LOUIS SHAFFER, WILLIAM w. BOYD WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS JOSEPH J. SAVITZ ARN AUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST L. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE HoN. FRANK JAMES P. HARRIS CHARLES B. JosEPH F. LESTER AARON WEISS PINoLA w ALLER Ex Officio on all Committees-ADMIRAL HAROLD AND EUGENE s. R. STARK FARLEY �Officers of Administration President EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Dean of Academic Affairs FRANCIS J. MICHELINI COMMUNITY SERVICES IlERMAN L. OTTO B.A. (Pennsylvania State) Huco V. MAILEY B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) Director of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) Dean of Men GEORGE F. RALSTON B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) Dean of Women MARGARET M. AHLBORN B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) Comptroller MARGARETE. CONNOLLY B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) w ASILESKI Director of Evening Division B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) JOHN J. CHWALEK Director of Placement B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) w ALTER H. R. MOHR Director of Development ALFONSO S. ZAWADSKI Registrar B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) B.S. (Wilkes) ARTHUR J. HOOVER Assistant to the Dean of Men B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Alumni Relations GORDON E. ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) COLLEGE SERVICES FRANCES M. SEARS ROBERT M. KERR College Physician Director of Testing Service B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) DRA, Econ. (Rotterdam) Data Processing Programmer L. Head Resident, Catlin Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall AGNES SILVANY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall Emn-1 ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall ANNA CABORE, Head Resident, Weiss Hall JANET B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) JOSEPH H. KANNER HELEN A. MORGAN Director of College Consultation B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) RIAFRIJTERS Secretary to the President Secretary, President's Office RITA LEVIN Secretary to the Director of Graduate Program ANN MARIE LENCHAK Secretary to the Director of Admissions Run1 V. BISHOP Recorder GRACE M. WALKER Secretary to the Dean of Men SANDRA DENNIS Secretary to the Dean of Women JOAN OsrnowsKI Assistant to the Comptroller ALICE PHILIPP Secretary to the Director of Evening Division MILDRED MARINI Secretary to the Dir.ector of Placement FELICIA PERLICK Secretary to the Director of Development ELIZABETH CHAPPLE Secretary to the Registrar Jo.HANNA BOROWSKI Secr.etary to Assistant to Dean of Men KATHLEEN O'DONNELL Assistant to the Alumni Secretary BARBARA FRITZ Secretary to the Director of Public Relations RUT.HELLEN HAMMOND Assistant Recorder SusAN ZuPKO Clerk JoAN THOMAS Cashier JuLE CooK Accounts Payable Bookke.eper Hn.MA NORDSTROM Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper EILEEN ROARTY Secretary, Alumni Office MARGARET BARTECK Switchboard Operator MILDRED GITTINS Manager of the Bookstore WILLIAM JERVIS Sup.erintendent of Buildings and Grounds NANCE P. CoRDY JOHN P. WHITBY STAN LEY H. Director of Institute of Municipal Government Assistants in Administration Director of Graduate Program DANIEL P. DETWILER Director of Area Research Office LANGDON, ETHEL STARK, ( �FACULTY-Page 181 Faculty ROBERT RILEY EUGENE S. FARLEY Administration President B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED W. BASTRESS SHELDON G. COHEN Chemistry Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF Biology Professor HAROLD w. THATCHER History Professor SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG Economics Professor HUGO V. MAILEY EUGENE L. HAMMER Political Science Professor Education Professor J. DAVIES B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) K. VuJICA Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor History Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor English Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Art Education Associate Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) PHILIP L. RIZZO B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) English Professor JULIEN A. RIPLEY Professor B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Harvard) Ph.D. (Virginia) B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) VORIS B. HALL Foreign Language B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) You-KENG CHIANG B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) FRANK J. DISQUE BRONIS KASLAS B.S. (West Chester State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) NADA B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) Biological Research B.A. (Dickinson) THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) Professor B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) ELWOOD B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) Psychology B.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Physics and Engineering FREDERIC E. BELLAS B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) STANKO M. VuJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE Philosophy and Religion Professor Jm-IN V. HuLSER B.S. (New Haven) M.A. (Yale-New Haven Plan) Ph.D. (Connecticut) Nursing Education Professor JOI-ING. REESE B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) DANIEL P. DETWILER B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Physics Professor B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.A. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) BoYDL. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) �FACULTY -Page 183 Page 182-FACULTY WILLIAM R. GASBARRO Music Education B.S. (J uilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. OGREN Biology B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) HAROLD E. Cox w ASILESKI B.S. (Washington and Lee) Chemistry Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor ROBERT s. CAPIN Accounting Assistant Professor Assistant Professor RALPH B. ROZELLE Chemistry Assistant Professor Assistant Professor ALVAN BRUCH Physics Assistant Professor Assistant Professor ROBERT w. SOEDER Chemistry Assistant Professor Assistant Professor CHARLOTTE V. LORD English Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor Economics Economics Chemistry English Economics Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) CROMWELL E. THOMAS Assistant Professor Assistant Professnr Engineering B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS Business Education ROBERT DE YoUNG B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) w ERNER Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. Business Education Mathematics B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) ALFRED s. GROH Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. SALLEY History Chemistry M.S. (Bucknell) GEORGE F. ELLIOT T. LEONARD CONNOLLY Associate Professor B.S. (Gettysburg) WELTON G. FARRAR Assistant Professor History B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) EDWARD N. HELTZEL Library B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Syracuse) Associate Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) ST AN LEY H. GEORGE F. ERMEL Assistant Professor Sociology B.A., M.A. (Oxford, England) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) CATHERINE H. BONE Associate Professor Accounting B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Associate Professor J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) WILLIAM H. Buss PAUL R. WERNER History A.B. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) JAROSLAV G. MORAVEC Associate Professor Engineering Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GEORGE GERA n.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) How ARD A. Sw AIN, JR. B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) B.S. (Ursinus) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) B.S. (New York) M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) ROBERT A. WEST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) HARRY GERSHENOWITZ B.A., M.S. (Long Island) B.S. in Pharmacy (St. John's) �Page 184 - FACULTY JAMES G. DECOSMO FACULTY - Page 185 Ma them a tics B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) DoN ALD K. ZELLNER Psychology Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor B.A. (Hamilton) DONALD E. MARCASE B.M.,M.M. (Cincinnati Conservatory of Music) MARTIN FRIEDMANN STANLEY J. HOLDEN Assistant Professor J. PHILIP RICHARDS Physics Assistant Professor J. GEORGE SILES Biology Assistant Professor WILLIAM Assistant Professor pABLO VALE RO Psychology Instructor MARVIN RASNICK English Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor English Instructor English B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) ROBERT J. MILLER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) ANNE V. KISH B.A. (Wilkes) Political Science Instructor Library Instructor ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. Physical Education Instructor B.F.A. Syracuse) Art Education Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) Education Instructor J. MISTJCHELLI English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Library Instructor Art Education Instructor Biology Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor B.A. (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) Licenciado (Madrid) B.S. (New Paltz) M.L.S. (Albany) ANTHONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) JOSEPH H. SALSBURG Instructor A.B. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) English B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) JOSEPH H. KANNER DALE ALLAN BUEHLER B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) A.B. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Assistant Professor B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) GRACE C. KIMBALL PIIILIPTUHY Music B.A., M.A. (Maryland) Physical Education B.S. (Stroudsburg) Assistant Professor B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STAN LEY S. GUTIN DORIS B. SARACINO Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE Assistant Professor JosE M. RIBAS B.A., LL.B. (Barcelona, Spain) JAMES F. FERRIS B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER N. MOLLEY B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) �Page 186-FACULTY FACULTY-Page 187 MICHAEL J. BARONE Education B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Instructor WILLIAM JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) STANLEY B. KAY Philosophy and Religion B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) Instructor MARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) PAUL KLEIN Part-Time Faculty CLIFFORD E. BALSHAw F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM D. BARRAS B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) ANTONIA DOLBEAR B.S. (Misericordia) B.S. (Wilkes) Music Instructor Religion Instructor Sociology Instructor Business Administration Instructor Jmrn G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) ISADORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Lucy LIGGETT B.S. (Wilkes) NNE C. LIVA (Juilliard) ENzoA. LIVA Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Religion Instructor (Juilliard) CLINTON LONG CAROLYN D'ZURKO B.A. (Wellesley) JOHN GILMORE B.A. (Temple) B.D. (Theological Seminary of Reformed Episcopal Church) LARRY GREENSPON B.S. (Harvard) M.Sc.E. (Temple) B.S. (Pennsylvania) TIIOMAS MOROSKI B.S. (Scranton) M.S. (Fordham) MARITA S. RILEY Sociology Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) J\. FRANCIS RIOFSKI B.A. (Wilkes) EDWARD J. HELTZEL B.S. (Wilkes£ M.A. (Tempe) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) BENJAMIN JACOBSON B.A. (Augustana) B.D. (Union Theological Seminary) Mathematics Instructor FRANK J. SALVATINI B.S. (Wilkes) M.B.A. (Scranton) History Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor Business Administration Instructor Psychology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Music Instructor Music Instructor Retail Merchandise Instructor Sociology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Instructor ROBERT SLATER Religion Business Administration B.B.A. (Long Island) LL.B. (New York) Instruc 1or CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) �Page 188-FACULTY BARBARA WELLIVER Faculty Committees Sociology Instructor B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) HARRY F. WELSH Political Science Instructor English Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) MYVANWY WILLIAMS B.A. (NewYorkState) M.A. (Middlebury) RoY E. WILLIAMS A.B. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) Academic Standing Committee (~EORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN ROBERT CAPIN STANLEY S. GuTIN EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS MICHELINI STANKO VuJICA s. J. Admissions Committee Religion Instructor J01rn P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK WELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY Athletic Committee HAROLD W. THATCHER, GEORGE ELLIOT EUGENE L. HAMMER ARTHUR HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE THOMAS R. RICHARDS Chairman J. Calendar Committee HuGO V. MAILEY, Chairman FRANCIS J. MICHELINI JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman ALFRED BASTRESS DANIEL P. DETWILER WILLIAM R. GASBARRO STANLEY S. GunN EUGENE L. HAMMER BRONIS J. KASLAS HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Ex-officio CHARLES B. REIF SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANKO VuJICA STANLEY H. WASILESKI w. ELWOOD DISQUE ALFRED GROH FRANCIS MICHELINI CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY s. J. Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, FREDERIC E. BELLAS CHESTER COLSON ELWOOD DISQUE JULIEN A. RIPLEY PHILIP L. Rizzo NADA VUJICA Chairman Scholarship Committee JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON Student Activities and Planning ARTHUR J. HoovER, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN WILLIAM R. GASBARRO GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE Student Publications Committee ALFRED S. GROH, Chairman PHILIP L. Rizzo JOSEPH H. SALSBURG FRANCIS J. SALLEY Mediation Committee on Academic Freedom SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG HAROLD W. THATCHER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ROBERT C. RILEY Graduation Committee Faculty-Trustee Comniittee on Academic Freedom GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN FRANK J. J. DAVIES EUGENE L. HAMMER Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY ��WILKES COLLEGE WILKES-BARRE, PA. EVENING SCHOOL Fall Semester 1964 - 1965 �WILKES COLLEGE BULLETIN < ( ~ ~- _,_,..,._..., ') > ~ I EVENING SCHOOL Fall Semester 1964-1965 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �EVENING SCHOOL CALENDAR Fall Semester 1964-1965 Thursday, September 17, Friday, September 18, and Monday, September 21, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, September 19 from 9 a.m. to noon ........... Registration Monday, September 21 ............................... Classes begin Saturday, November 7 ............. Final day to remove lncompletes Wednesday, November 4 . ........... . ........ Mid-semester reports Tuesday, November 24 .......... Thanksgiving recess begins 10 p.m. Monday, November 30 ............ Thanksgiving recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, December 10 ... . . .. .. . .. Christmas recess begins at 10 p.m. Monday, January 4, 1965 ............. Christmas recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, January 14 ........................ Classes end at 10 p.m. Monday, January 18 to Thursday, January 21 ..... Examination period Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter a a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approxin~ately 1400 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. A N IN D EPEND ENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY KEY TO BUILDINGS Chase Hall Administration 184 S. River St. Co. Conyngham Hall 120 S. River St. GHA Gies Hall A 191 S. Franklin St. GHB Gies Hall B 195 S. Franklin St. Kirby Hall Library 190 S. River St. Par. Parrish Hall 16 S. River St. Pick. Pickering Hall 181 S. Franklin St. Stark Hall Science Hall rear 159 S. River St. Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by che thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their con,ictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formultt-ted and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �FALL SEMESTER INFORMATION REGISTRATION All applicants must register in person at Parrish Hall, Room 3, 16 South River Street, Wilkes-Barre, on the dates specified. The office of the Director of the Evening School will be open daily from 12 noon to 8 p.m. throughout the registration period. Classes will begin September 21 according to schedule. Students are urged to take only courses for which they have prerequisites. Those who lack the prerequisites specified for the courses they wish to take must consult with the Director of the Evening School or the Registrar. TUITION AND FEES Students registering for courses in the Evening Session will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. Payment of a $3.00 fee entitles the student to a parking permit for the eight-week session. WITHDRAWAL Students who withdraw from the Evening Semester or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening School and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durng the first two weeks of the Evening Semester one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director, Evening School, Wilkes College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. he Library The Library, located on the corner of South River and outh Streets is open Fonday, Tuesday, ~ ednesday and Thursday rom 8 a.m. to 10 p.m., and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. r.e Library is also open Saturday and Sunday from 1 p.m. to .m. Telephone number is 824-4651, Ext. #28. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore, in Harding Hall, 141 South Franklin Street, will be open on Monday from 12 noon to 5 p.m., and from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m.; Tuesday through Friday the Bookstore will be open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. CANCELLATION OF COURSES: The College reserves the right to change hours and to cancel any course. �THE LIBRARY The Library, located on the corner of South River and South treets, is open Monday, Tuesday and Thursday from 2 p.m. until 10 p.m., and Wednesday and Friday from 9 a.m. until 5 p.m. Telephone number after 5 p.m. is 824-'4652. --· :.,, , ___ ........; uates specified. The office of the Director of the Evening School will be open daily from 12 noon to 8 p.m. throughout the registration period. Classes will begin September 21 according to schedule. Students are urged to take only courses for which they have prerequisites. Those who lack the prerequisites specified for the courses they wish to take must consult with the Director of the Evening School or the Registrar. TUITION AND FEES Students registering for courses in the Evening Session will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. Payment of a $3.00 fee entitles the student to a parking permit for the eight-week session. WITHDRAWAL Students who withdraw from the Evening Semester or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening School and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durng the first two weeks of the Evening Semester one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director, Evening School, Wilkes College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore, in Harding Hall, 141 South Franklin Street, will be open on Monday from 12 noon to 5 p.m., and from 6 p.m. to 8 p.m.; Tuesday through Friday the Bookstore will be open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. CANCELLATION OF COURSES: The College reserves the right to change hours and to cancel any course. �EVENING SCHOOL SCHEDULE BJECT Fall Semester 1964-1965 SUBJECT COURSE DAYS & HOURS Acct. 102E Acer. 111E Acct. 201E Acer. 220E ROOM No. Elementary Accounting I MW 6:30-8 Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Par. 35 MW 8-9:30 Par. 35 Intermediate Accounting I ( Pre: Acct. 102) TTH 6:30-8 Par. 35 Cost Accounting ( Pre: Acct. 112 or approval of Instructor) TTH Accounting Systems (Pre: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of Instructor) Acct. 231E Auditing Principles I (Pre: Acct. 202) North America ( Pre: Ee. 102) .H. E. 23IE Applied General Statistics I (Pre: Approval of Instructor) c. 2.flE Economic Analysis (Pre: Ee. 102) B j Biological Sciences 8-9:30 Par. 35 B.A. 2.HE B.A. 237E Business Correspondence and Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) MW 6:30-8 Ed. 242E Guidance Eng. IOIE Ee. 102E MW 8-9:30 Eng. 102E Par. 45 MW 6:30-8 Ee. 2'01 E Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Ee. .23E MW 8-9:30 Par. 43 Production Management ( Pre: Ee. 102 or approval of Instructor) MW 6:30-8 Collective Bargaining ( Pre: Ee. 102) TTH 8-9:30 Par. 25 3 TTH 6:30-8 Par. 23 3 MW 8-9:30 Par. 25 3 TTH 6:30-8 Par. 43 3 TTH 6:30-8 Co. 104 3 TTH 8-9:30 Co. 104 3 MW 8-9:30 Co. 104 3 T 6-8 Co. 209 2 MW6-8 Co. 104 4 T 8-10 Stark 116 2 Co. 103 3 Co. 103 3 T 7-8 Par. 27 1 GEOLOGY: Geo. IOOE Bu iness Law - Introduction and Contracts ( Pre: Ee. 102 or approval of Instructor) Money and Banking ( Pre: Ee. 102) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Stark 116 Par. 26 Principles of Economics II ( Pre: Ee. 101) Composition Eng. 101EE Composition TTH 6:30-8 Principles of Economics I .H. ) Par. 45 General Geology HISTORY: Par. 43 Hit. IOIE History of Western Civilization TTH 8-9:30 Hit. 107E American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 TTH 6:30-8 HYGIENE: ECO 1OMICS: Ee. l0IE RooMNo. E GLISH: ESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 209E HOURS EDUCATION: BIOLOGY: Bio. JOIE DAYS & c. 227E Economic Geography of ACCOUNTING: Acct. l0IE COURSE P.E. 105E Personal Hygiene {1st part) MW 6:30-8 Par. 2.2 MW 6:30-8 Par. 27 MW 8-9:30 MW 8-9:30 Par. 26 Par. 27 LANGUAGES: Fr. lOlE Elementary French MW 6:30-8 p. lOlE Co. 204 Elementary Spanish 3 MW 8-9:30 Co. 204 3 Ger. lOlE Elementary German TTH 6:30-8 Rus. IOlE Co. 204 Elementary Russian 3 TTH 8-9:30 Co. 204 3 �SUBJECT COURSE DAYS & HOURS RooMNo. S.H. MATHEMATICS: M ath. l09E Plane Trigonometry (Pre: Math. 99 or equivalent) MW 6:30-8 Par. 26 M ath. llSE Mathematics of Finance (Pre: Math. 99 or equivalent) MW 8-9:30 Par. 23 Introduction to Music MW 8-9:30 GHA 101 M IC: M usic lOOE N I RSING EDUCATION: Trends in Nursing M 4-6 Par. 46 2 N .£. 106E Supervision and Administration T 4-6 Par. 46 2 N .:E. 113E Medical and Surgical Nursing TH 4-6 Par. 46 2 MW 6:30-8 Par. 25 3 3 .E. 102E PHILOSOPHY: Ph H. l OlE Introduction to Philosophy POUTICAL SCIENCE: P .. 101E Introduction to Political Science MW 8-9:30 Par. 46 P .. 205E State Government (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) MW 6:30-8 Par. 46 P YCHOLOGY: Psy. 101E General Psychology TTH 6:30-8 Par. 46 3 Psy. 257E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of dept.) TTH 8-9:30 Par. 46 3 TTH 8-9:30 Par. 27 3 RELIGION: R el. 200E Man's Religion SOCIOLOGY: Soc.. 101E Introduction to Sociology MW 8-9:30 Par. 8 Soc. 245E Fields of Social Work (Pre: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102.) TTH 6:30-8 Par. 25 �� Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1964-1965 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1964-1965 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/87725a5436715efa96c046039f958e40.pdf b44032ecad203b09605932e695eeee06 PDF Text Text �~ ES COLLEGE u t{n 1965-1966 FALL AND SPRING SEMESTERS-1965-66 Vol. XIV �College Calendar SUMMER SESSION - College Calendar 1965 Wednesday, June 16 to Friday, June 18 - Registration Monday, June 21 - Classes begin Friday, August 13 -Summer School ends FALL SEMESTER - 1965 Monday, September 13 to Friday, September 17 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 14 - I to 4 p.m. - Registration for Freshmen Friday, September 17 - I to 4 p.m. Schedule changes for Upperclassmen Monday, September 20- Classes begin at 8 a.m. Saturday, October 9 - Parents' Day Saturday, October 16 - Homecoming Saturday, October 16 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Monday, October 18 - Student Teaching begins Wednesday, October 27 -Mid-semester reports Monday, November I to Friday, November S Registration for Seniors, Juniors, and Engineering students Monday, November 8 to Friday, November 12 Registration for Sophomores Monday, November IS to Friday, November 19 Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, November 23 - Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 p.m. Monday, November 29 - Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. Wednesday, December 8 -Student Teaching ends Saturday, December 18 - Christmas recess begins at noon Monday, January 3, 1966- Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. Saturday, January IS - Classes end Monday, January 17 to Wednesday, January 26 Examination period Monday, April 4 to Friday, April 8 - Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, April 12 - Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Wednesday, April 20- Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Friday, April 22 - Student Teaching ends Saturday, May 21 - Classes end Monday, May 23 to Wednesday, June I (May 30, Holiday) Examination period Sunday, June 5 - Baccalaureate 5 p.m. Monday, June 6 - Commencement 8 p.m. SUMMER SESSION - 1966 Wednesday, June 15 to Friday, June 17 - Registration Monday, June 20- Classes begin Friday, August 12 - Summer School ends Evening School FALL SEMESTER - Thursday, September 16, Friday, September 17, and Monday, September 20, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, September 18, from 9 a.m. to noon - Registration Monday, September 20 - Classes begin at 6 p.m. Saturday, October 16 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, October 27 -Mid-semester reports Tuesday, November 23 - Thanksgiving recess begins at JO p.m. Monday, November 29 - Thanksgiving recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, December 16 - Christmas recess begins at JO p.m. Monday, January 3 - Christmas recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, January 13 - Classes end at IO p.m. Monday, January 17 to Thursday, January 20 Examination period SPRING SEMESTER - SPRING SEMESTER-1966 Friday, January 28 - Schedule changes Monday, January 31 - Classes begin at 8 a.m. Monday, February 28 - Student Teaching begins Saturday, February 28 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, March 16 - Mid-semester reports Monday, March 21 to Friday, March 25 Registration for Juniors and Engineering students Monday, March 28 to Friday, April I-Registration for Sophomores 1965 1966 Thursday, January 27, Friday, January 28, and Monday, January 31, from noon until 8 p.m.; Saturday, January 29, from 9 a.m. to noon - Registration Monday, January 31 - Classes begin at 6 p.m. Monday, February 28 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, March 16 -Mid-semester reports Tuesday, April 12- Easter recess begins at JO p.m. Wednesday, April 20 - Easter recess ends at 6 p.m. Thursday, May 19- Classes end at 10 p.m. Monday, May 23 to Thursday, May 26 - Examination period �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Office of Community Services, 63 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic, 65 Fine Arts Fiesta, 65 Registration, 14 Tuition, Fees, and Expenses, 14 Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Degree Programs, 69 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Buildings and Plant, 29 Terminal Program, 72 Degree Requirements, 73 Wilk~es College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 1400 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals-a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 37 Student Activities, 39 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Description of Courses, 101 Social Activities, 41 Athletics, 44 Student Regulations, 45 Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY Board of Trustees, 176 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Officers of Administration, 178 Academic Requirements, 53 Assistants in Administration, 179 Graduation Requirements, 58 Faculty, 180 Curricula, 49 A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encour- �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE ages them to maintain their conv1ct10ns and their loyalties. It · encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. An Educated seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Man 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the f acuity as a guide to learning. �Policies and Objectives Admissions Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places him among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. Ad1nission Requirements The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested m studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. �Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. ADMISSIONS - Page 13 tmt10n and dormitory deposit by May l; local students are requested to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by June 1 in order to guarantee their entree into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. Admissions Procedure TRANSFER STUDENTS APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. ADMISSION TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, January, or March tests are recommended as most suitable. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from caking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Superior students who have undertaken college-level courses in secondary school may request college credit for such work and permission to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the high school student must take the Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the high school record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the high school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the results of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Director of Admissions. The request will then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their action prior to registration. �EXPENSES - Page 15 Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons at a cost of $60.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $30.00 per year will be charged to those students taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. SPECIAL CHARGES TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $450.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $30.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $30.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. Graduation fee . . . .................................. $25.00 Convocation fee (two-year students) .... . ............... $ 15.00 Transcript (no charge for the first copy) ................. $ 1.00 CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $30.00 per semester hour. A fee of $30.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $30.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it necessary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory students also are required to accept a health insurance policy costing $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is available for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. �Page 16 - EXPENSES I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number of large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are nine men's and eight women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a EXPENSES - Page 17 bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. The charge to the student for this service is $26.00 per year. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $450.00 per student per semester. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health insurance at a cost of $30.00. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS 1. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT 1. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March 1. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. 3. Wilkes is a member of the College Scholarship Service. Applicants for scholarship aid are required to forward to the College Scholarship Service in Princeton the Parents' Confidential Statement with a request that a copy be sent to Wilkes. The Parents' Confidential Statement can be secured from the high school guidance counselor. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE-Page 21 Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert W. Hall, class of 1951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. ANDREW ]. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. Employment MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. �Page 22-FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NEIL C. DADURKA-DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the Class of 1957. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. PENNSYLVANIA SUPERINTENDENT'S AND FOREMAN'S ASSOCIATION OF THE SHOE INDUSTRY SCHOLARSHIP was established in February 1963 and is presented annually. The grant provides a $500.00 scholarship. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 ARNAUD C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the associates of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to honor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their Company. It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for no person has done more to bring new opportunities to the young people of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he was instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes College became an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, he has supported and guided every forward looking and constructive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and by participation in college activities, has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes College and in our nation. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was established by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their son. This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student preferably studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwise could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annually to a worthy student of high potential. Cost of Education Scholarships NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic standing. A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets the qualifications of academic competence and need. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE basis by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. The Facilities of the College ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. Scholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modem laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research center. Preparations are under way for building a new library, dormitory and dining quarters. A theater and recital hall is under construction and will be completed in September 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for the construction of a music and art building adjacent to the theater. THE LIBRARY The present library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 1941 as a gift of Allan Kirby, one of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and Experience at Wilkes rediscovery. The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. This three-floor stone structure contains more than 70,000 volumes and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students and faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Treasury rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and .Sunday from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays, and from I p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �DUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 31 Page 30 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THE BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are housed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in chemistry and in physics. Books, stationery, and supplies may be purchased at the College Bookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. GUIDANCE CENTER Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs have included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Fore:, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, baseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Cente_r, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklm Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is available at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members of the Community. The testing center also provides assistance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate schools is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. �Page 32-BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT-Page 33 THE COMMONS The Commons, facing Sou th Street, serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. GIES HALL (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the temporary home of the Music Department. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in this building. In 1945 it was affectionately named in memory of the late Professor Paul Gies, who in the early years of the College was director of music. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concerts locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. CHASE THEATER Chase Theater, once the carriage house behind Chase Hall, was presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and others. Frequently, the plays are student directed. Over the years the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as those of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, and The Music Man. ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D. C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 180 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. On the first floor are the Director of Admissions, the Registrar, and the Director of Student Activities; on the second, the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Alumni Office, the office of Information and News, and the office of College Development. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Weckesser Hall, the College's most recent building, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in Weckesser. Student Li£e CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. Counseling The Office of Community Services and the Institute of Municipal Government occupy the fifth floor. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, and Psychology are in Parrish Hall. Student Activities The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasures and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Social Activities Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Athletics Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. Student Regulations DORMITORIES Men's dormitories are Ashley, Barre, Butler, Denison, Gore, Hollenback, Miner, Slocum, and Warner Halls. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, McClintock, Sterling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Weckesser, and Weiss Halls. Dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the student, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: 1. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philo5ophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and menta] �Page 38 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. �Page 40 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES Social Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain most from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Special projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty Seminars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME-AND-MEET-US-PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 42 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and football games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 43 WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the United States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number of entries. FORMAL DANCES WINTER CARNIVAL Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobogganing, and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. HOMECOMING Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance at the Commons. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of May visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. SPRING WEEKEND THE MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities, such as the Beaux Arts Ball, sponsored by the Art Club. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. A THLETJC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. 3. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting students are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for their use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and sophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain cars on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his intructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. �Page 46 - STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The Academic Program The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. Curricula Academic Requirements Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the area a graduate program in education. Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's creative interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �Page 50 - CURRICULA The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. These students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the graduation committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." CURRICULA - Page 51 Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. TERMINAL PROGRAM 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. Students may earn a terminal Certificate in the two-year secretarial curriculum. A detailed description of this program will be found under "Degree Programs." 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. Evening Division 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. �Page 52 - CURRICULA Summer School The faculty offers selected courses during an eight week summer session, which begins in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ............ Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3 ............ Academic achievement of high quality. 2 ............ Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 ............ Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 54 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 55 POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every_ course in w~ich he is enrolled. To calculate the number of pomts earned I~.a e multiply the grade in each course by the number of c~e It for the course. To compute the point average, total tnes_e points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. ~~~:: Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs. Carried Grade Bio. 101 ............ · · · · · · Eng. 101 ......... · ·. · · · · · · Fr. 101 ......... · · · · · · · · · · 3 4 3 3 0 Hist. 101 .......... · · · · · · · 3 Mus. 100 ........ •. • • • · · · · 3 Total credit hrs. carried .. • 15 2 1 3 Points 12 0 Credit Hrs. Passed 6 3 0 3 3 J 9 3 C) Total credit hrs. passed .. • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 12 Total points earned • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is reviewed by the Committee on Academic Standing to determine whether or not he should be aIIowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Any student failing to meet these grade requirements wiU be placed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next semester will result in automatic dismissal from the CoIIege. Unless special permission is granted, a student dropped for academic failure wiU not be considered for readmission until one year after being dropped. ATTENDANCE Attendance at aII classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. No students shaII be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload wiII be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be dded to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end :, his senior year a J .85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. CLASS ST ANDING WITHDRAWALS Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: Average End End End Of F res h man Year .... • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · .......... 1.4,., of Sophomore Year ......... • • . • • • • • • • • · • • · · · · · · · · · l. /,, · y ear ... • • • • · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · .......... 1.8::, of Jun1or Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses wiU receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. Students may drop overloads at any time without prejudice. �Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS Students carrying a normal load may drop courses for personal reasons with the permission of the Dean, but the grades for the remaining courses will not count toward honors, awards, or scholarships. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a nonmatriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recogmt10n for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 HONORS The ?ranting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. Senior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He must complete all subjects required for the degree as stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of 1 or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. Students enrolled in the two-year terminal program must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of 1. 7 for all courses. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest average grade in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING A WARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 60 - AWARDS THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The College and the Community THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in journalism courses. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. Office of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. Will{_es-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength-that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helpnessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RABINDRANATH TAGORE Towards Universal Man In cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has provided for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. These local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of $150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research Center has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER The Area Research Center provides professional direction and secretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of I 00, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. The purposes of the Center are (I) to coordinate the many studies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to �COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 65 Page 64 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studies for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Economy League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commissions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular company. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campus where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- tional program for public officials. By providing training, the Institute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and research on the local governmental level. The Institute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing timely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the development of the region. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and township secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The \Vilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the a!gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. A number of the members come from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a program of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public liquare each spring. �Undergraduate Programs Degree Programs Terminal Program Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Liberal arts preparation provides an excellent background for work in professional schools, such as those of Business Administration, Education, Medicine, Library, Law, or Theology. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal education which aims at helping students achieve intellectual, social, resthetic, and spiritual development, and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs the College endeavors to acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields, and to give him some idea of the methods used in controlling and extending that knowledge. In addition to gaining this general knowledge the student is required to develop greater competence and understanding in one major field of study. Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE s. FARLEY, President, Wilkes College Bachelor of Arts Degree The Bachelor of Arts degree programs are primarily concerned with individual development and with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies are concerned with men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must necessarily include a wide range of subjects if it is to cultivate understanding of the thoughts, ideals, and institutions upon which our civilization is based. For the sake of simplicity these subjects are classified into three areas in which the student will carry on his explorations. AREAS Humanities English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Social Sciences Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 71 Page 70 - DEGREE PROGRAMS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. A. DEGREE SELECTION OF A MAJOR The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. R equired Courses Credit To be Taken Hours in Semesters Eng. 101, 102- Composition 6 1-2 Eng. 151, 152- World Literature 8 3-4 Hist. 101, 102- Western Civilization 6 1-2 Phil. 101 - Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic 6 5-6 F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. 100 - Introduction 3 1 or 2 For. Lang.I 101 - Elementary, For. Lang.I 102- Elementary, For. Lang.I 103- Intermediate, For. Lang.I 104 - Intermediate 12 1-2-3-4 Math.2101-Fundamentals, Math2102-Fundamentals; or Phys. 101 -Physical Science, Phys. 102-Physical Science; or Bio. 101 - Biological Science, Bio. 102 - Biological Science 12 1-2-3-4 Ee. 101 - Principles I, Ee. 102- Principles II; or P. S. 101 - Political Science I, P. S. 102- Political Science II; or Psy. 101- General Psychology, Psy. 102-General Psychology; or Soc. 101 - Sociology; Soc. 102 - Sociology 12 3-4-5-6 Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education 0 1-2-3-4 Phys. Ed. 105, 106 - Hygiene 2 1-2 67 In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 2 Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and Physics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. I Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Biology Economics Education (Elementary and Secondary) English Fine Arts Foreign Language History Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Those students electing a career in elementary or secondary education are required to select a major in one of the subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed above and from those listed under the Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Individual department programs will define the necessary course requirements. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic program of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 SELECTION OF A MAJOR Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Chemistry Commerce and Finance (a) Accounting (b) Business Administration ( c) Business Education (d) Secretarial Studies Engineering 1 Music Education Medical Technology Nursing Education Physics Secondary Education in Science COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Degree Requirements This section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. General Requirements for B. A. Degree For all majors other than biology, fine arts, mathematics, and music 1 FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101-Composition 3 For. Lang. 101-Elementary 3 Hist. 101 - Western Civilization 3 Math. 101-Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science 3 F. A.1012-Experiencing Art I Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P. E. 101 - Physical Education 0 P. E. 105-Hygiene I SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102-Composition 3 For. Lang. 102 - Elementary 3 Hist. 102- Western Civilization 3 Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102-Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 3 F. A. 1012-Experiencing Art I Mus. 100- Introduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P. E. l 02 - Physical Education 0 P. E. 106-Hygiene I 15-16 Terminal Program The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the program in secretarial studies. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a general education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and to give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science in Business Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. The specific requirements for a certificate are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Psy. IOI -Psychology or Ee. l 01 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political &ience I or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 6 0 3 12 15 4 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 102 - Logic Major and electives3 15 SEVENTH SEMESTER Major and electives 3 12 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER Major and electives 15 Detailed programs for these majors are outlined on the following pages. fulfill the general requirements the student must take F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 in the first or second semester. Eng. 131 is not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective. 3 Students planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. t Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. 3 16 FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction Major and electives3 2 To I 4 3 15-16 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Math. l 02 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Psy. l 02 - Psychology or Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104-Physical Education �Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Course Requirements in the Majors FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 221 - Histology Chem. 232 - Organic For. Lang. IOI -Elementary Phys. 111 - Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 - Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology Biology 1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicine, teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professional schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103- General Zoology Chem. 101 - General Inorganic Eng. IOI -Composition Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Phys. 103 - Basic Physical Problems P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 4 3 4 I 0 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104- General Zoology Chem. I 02 - Qualitative Analysis Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene I 17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Comparative Anatomy Chem. 221 - Inorganic Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101- Western Civilization Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101-Psychology or Soc. 101-Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 18 I 3 4 3 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 222 - Genetics F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Phys. 112- Introductory Ee. 102 - Principles or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 231 - Physiology For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phil. IOI -Introduction Elective 1 3-4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 232 - Ecology Bio. 262 - History of Biology For. Lang. 104-Intcrmediate Phil. 102 - Logic Bio. 271 - Research (optional) Elective 1 16-17 3-4 3 I 3 3 I 3 16-18 Economics 4 6 3 4 0 I Students who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour hours of work in economics beyond Ee. IOI, 102 in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry include• Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. 18 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202-Embryology Chem. 230 - Organic Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102-Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 18 A pre-professional degree program is described on page 50. The first three years of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. Those students electing a career in Elementary or Secondary Education are required to select a major in one of the major subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental programs will define the necessary course requirements for the prospective teacher. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. 1 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. �Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 FIFTH SEMESTER English Students who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, and 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; and 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 average in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simultaneously with 152. SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. IOI -Introduction F. A. 121 - Modeling & Construction F. A. 125-Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. IOI -Psychology or Soc. 101 - Sociology 3 3 3 2 6 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Fine Arts Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements for certification in education. Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization For. Lang. 101 -Elementary F. A. 103 - Color and Design P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene Bio. 101 -Biological Science or Math. I 01 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science 0 1 3 Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary F. A. 104- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Math. 102-Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 16 3 3 3 3 0 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER F. A. 205 - Contemporary Design 2 F. A. 220 - Studio Problems 2 F. A. 291-Senior Exhibit I Electives 10-12 15-17 F. A. 292 - Senior Exhibit Electives I 14-15 15-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) Students who major in history are required to take Hist. 101 and 102 in the freshman year, Hist. 107 and 108 in the sophomore year, and 18 additional credit hours. Mathematics 3 16 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate F. A. 106 - Water Color Painting F. A. 202-History of Art II P. E. 104- Physical Education Bio. 102-Biological Science or Math. 102- Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 18 1 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 103-Intermediate F. A. 105-Oil Painting F. A. 201 -History of Art I P. E. 103-Physical Education Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Phys. 101 -Physical Science 6 History SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. B. A. IN FINE ARTS FIRST SEMESTER Phil. 205 - Aesthetics F. A. 122 - Ceramics F. A. 126 - Graphics Elective (optional) Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102-Political Science II or Psy. 102- Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Math. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. �Page 78 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 Music B. A. IN MATHEMATICS FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 101 - Biological Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E. 101-Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100- Introduction Math. 125- Calculus I P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126-Calculus II For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 4 3 2 0 4 3 6 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240 - Diff. Equations For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization Phys. 150 - General Physics I P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 9-12 15-18 1 4 3 4 3 4 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Phys. 152- General Physics III Math. 252 -Advanced Calculus II Ee. 102-Principles I or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology Elective 16 SEVENTH SEMESTER Math. elective Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives 3 4 0 B. A. IN MUSIC 17 16 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 151 - General Physics II Math. 251-Advanced Calculus I Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 -Political Science I or Psy. 101 -Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology Elective 3 3 3 Students who major in Music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should follow the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described in a later section of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the B. A. degree in music. 4 3 3 3 3 5 1 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Ma th. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus. I 02 - Theory of Music Applied Music! P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Mus. 103 - Theory of Music Applied Musict Psy. 101 - Psychology Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Math. 101 -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 FIFTH SEMESTER Eng.151- World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109 - History of Music Applied Music! Soc. IOI -Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 15 3 3 3 5 1 0 1 16 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Mus. 104 - Theory of Music Applied Music! Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. I 02 - Western Civilization Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 6 3 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER Math. elective Electives FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Eng. 101 - Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Mus. 101 - Theory of Music Applied Music! P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 205 - Aesthetics Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Music! Soc. 102 - Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 15 3 12 15 instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. 1 Private �Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 215 - Instrumentation Mus. 217 - Analysis Electives DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 2 2 2 9 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. 218 - Counterpoint Electives 2 2 3 9 16 Philosophy-Religion A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses. Philosophy 101 and 102 will not count toward the major but must be taken as part of the general requirements. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philosophy and religion in their sophomore year. Psychology A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In addition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. Political Science A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours. Political Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. Social Science The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be I Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other three. Only courses beyond the 101, 102 level will count toward these major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for students preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet the certification requirements in education a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Sociology-Anthropology A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology should ordinarily include the following four courses: Sociology 230, 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chemistry The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. To satisfy the requirements for this degree students must complete one hundred thirty-one credits. These credits include forty-four in chemistry, thirty-two in physics and mathematics, a minimum of fortysix in the social sciences and the humanities, and the language requirement.1 1A reading knowledge of scientific German or of French is required for this degree. The requirement may be satisfied as follows: 1. A student prepared in a language may take a reading-knowledge test. 2. A student who has taken two years or more of German in high school must complete scientific German; if he has taken two years or more of French he must complete six hours of intermediate or advanced French. ' 3. Students beginning either language must complete twelve semester hours. Those beginning German must include German 105 in the twelve hours. �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Commerce and Finance B. S. IN COMMERCE AND FINANCE MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING B. S. IN CHEMISTRY FIRST SEMESTER Chem. IO I - General Inorganic Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. S. IOI -Political Science I Phys. 103 - Basic Physical Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 3 4 3 I 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102 - Qualitative Analysis Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 150- General Physics I P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 210 - Inorganic Chem. 221 - Quantitative Analysis Hist. 101- Western Civilization Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 4 3 4 4 0 FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - Western Civilization Ee. 111 - History Math. l 01 - Fundamentals P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 6 3 4 4 0 I 18 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 230-Organic Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III P. E. 104- Physical Education Elective (optional) I 18 3 3 3 3 3 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 102 - Elementary II Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100-Introduction Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Math. I IS-Finance P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. IOI - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 4 4 0 3 15-18 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 5 4 3 3 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 242 - Physical Chemistry elective For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Electives I 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Qualitive Organic Chem. 261 - History Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Electives I 3 I 4 3 7 4 3 3 8 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 222 - Quantitative Analysis Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Chem. electives Electives I 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 201 - Cost I B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 201 - Money & Banking Ee. 231 - Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. IOI -Introduction 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231-Auditing Principles B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 237 - Production Management Elective 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 1 Electives are to be selected with the advice and consent of the faculty adviser. 1 3 0 I FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 112-Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science P. E. 104 - Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER Acct. 202 - Advanced Cost II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 234 - Business Law Ee. 232-Economic Statistics Soc. I 02 - Sociology or P. S. J 02- Political Science II Elective I 18 5 I 4 3 16 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chem. 241 - Physical For. Lang. 101 -Elementary Phys. 251 - Electrical Measurements Elective I 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Acct. 232 - Auditing Practice Acct. 252-Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 226-Geography of World Elective! 3 3 3 3 3 15 Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Students who major in Business Administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 -Elementary I Ee. 111 - History Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Acct. I 02 - Elementary II F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 -Principle I Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151 - World Literature Math. IOI -Fundamentals P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 3 3 3 3 6 18 3 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Composition Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102 - Fundamentals P. S. 102-Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education SIXTH SEMESTER Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 226-Geography of the World or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Business Law Phil. 102 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 218 - Credit & Collections B. A. 220-Real Estate B. A. 225-Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 -Economic Analysis Math. 115-Mathematics of Finance ECONOMICS 16 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 3 3 3 16 18 FIFTH SEMESTER B. A. 237 - Production Management Ee. 201 - Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Phil. 101 -Introduction Electives 3 Ee. 212 - Government & Business Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230-Business Cycles Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 246 - Economics Investigation MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS 3 3 3 3 6 B. A. 236 B. A. 237 B. A. 238 B. A. 239 - Personnel Management Production Management Office Management Sales Management B. A. 240 - Property Insurance B. A. 241-Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Psy. 212 - Psychological Tests 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. & Ee. electives Elective MARKETING 12 3 15 B. A. 114- Salesmanship B. A. 216-Advertising B. A. 217 - Transportation & Traffic Management B. A. 239 - Sales Management B. A. 240-Property Insurance Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 -Principles of Retailing �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Pa~e 87 MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION MAJOR IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching the business subjects in the public secondary schools or for a career in business. FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 -Elementary I B. A. 107 - Business Mathematics Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101 - Western Civilization P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Acct. I 02 - Elementary II 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I or Ret. 101 -Principles Ee. 101 -Principles I Hist. 107 - American & Pennsylvania History to 1865 S.S. 105-Elementary Shorthand S. S. I 07 - Elementary Typewriting Psy. 101 - Psychology P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 S. S. 201 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand B. A. 231 - Business Law Soc. IO I - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Eng. 151 - World Literature Ed. 100 - Introduction 0 I Retailing elective Ee. 102 - Principles II Hist. I 08 - American History since 1865 S. S. I 06 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Psy. I 02 - Psychology P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER I 3 3 3 4 3 S. S. 202 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand B. A. 232 - Business Law Soc. I 02 - Sociology or P. S. 102 - Political Science II Eng. 152- World Literature B. A. 238 - Office Management SEVENTH SEMESTER I 3 4 3 17 Ed. 230- Secondary Education Elective 12 3 4 3 3 3 2 18 3 3 3 3 3 0 I 15 Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 102 - Fundamentals Electives P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER 0 I 16 3 3 2 3 2 2 0 Acct. 102 - Elementary II P. S. 102-Political Science II Mus. 100-Introduction S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Elective P. E. 104-Physical Education 15 FIFTH SEMESTER Ee. IOI - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature S.S. 201 -Advanced Typewriting S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand Electives 3 3 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. 105 - Advanced Composition Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech P. S. 101 - Political Science I S. S. 1OS - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Acct. 112- Intermediate II or 17 S.S. 243-Principles & Methods of Business Education S.S. 205-Office Procedures & Machines Phil. 101- Introduction Ed. 200-Educational Psychology B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 3 16 16 FIFTH SEMESTER 3 Mus. 100-Introduction or F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. l 02 - Western Civilization P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization Math. 101 -Fundamentals Electives P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 2 2 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 4 I 3 6 Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature S. S. 202 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand Electives 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 4 I 3 6 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 S. S. 205 - Office Procedures & Machines 4 Electives 8-9 15-16 B. A. 238-Office Management Electives 3 15 18 �Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Engineering Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexell, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES) 4 2 3 3 4 0 l 17 Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engineer. (For freshman year see page 88.) SOPHOMORE YEAR THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles I Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Chem. ?21 - Inorganic P. E. 103 - Physical Education B. S. IN ENGINEERING FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 101 - Inorganic Engi.100-Problems Engi. 105-Drawing Eng. 101 -Composition Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. l 05 - Hygiene AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102 - Qualitative Analysis or Chem. 1041-General Chemistry Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125- Calculus I Phys. 150- General Physics I P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 3 4 4 3 4 0 18 4-6 2 3 4 4 0 l 18-20 1 Chemical engineers will register for Chem. 102 (six hours). All other engineering students will register for Chem. 104 (four hours). IE. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III Ch. Engi. 106 - Stoichiometry Elective! P. E. 104 - Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 17 �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 CIVIL ENGINEERING ENGINEERING PHYSICS The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilkes, are similar to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER C. E. I 03 - Plane Surveying Ee. 101 - Principles I M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 3 3 4 4 0 C. E. 104 - Route Surveying Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Eng. 134-Fundamentals of Speech M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Phys. 152- General Physics III P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 4 0 Ee. 101 - Principles I Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. ISi -Generai Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 Eng. 134 - Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II E. E. 202 - Circuits P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 17 18 3 4 4 3 3 0 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles I Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes C. E. 103 - Plane Surveying P. E. 103-Physical Education For freshman year see page 88. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 4 4 3 or 3 0 17 I The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. Eng. 134-Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II E. E. 202 - Circuits P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles I Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Math. 126 - Calculus II C. E. 103 -Plane Surveying P. E. 103 - Physical Education 17 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 I For freshman year see page 88. Ee. 102 - Principles II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech .P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 4 3 4 3 0 17 �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. IOI -Principles I 3 Math. 126-Calculus II 4 Phys. 151 - General Physics II 4 M. E. 211 - Mechanics I 3 M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes 3 P. E. 103-Physical Education 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II M. E. 206 - Kinematics P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 3 4 4 3 3 0 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 204 - Microtechnique Chem. 221- Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151- World Literature Hist. 101- Western Civilization For. Lang. 101 -Elementary P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech Chem. 230 - Organic Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102- Elementary P. E. 104-Physical Education 16 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introductory Physics Psy. 101 -Psychology Soc. 101 - Sociology or Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I 4 3 4 3 3 2 4 4 3 3 0 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 212 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112 - Introductory Physics Psy. 102 - Psychology Soc. 102 - Sociology or Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II 4 3 4 3 3 17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTERI Clinical Chemistry 13 weeks Microbiology 8 weeks Urinalysis 4weeks EIGHTH SEMESTER 1 Haematology & Blood Bank 12 weeks Histology 6 weeks Serology 7weeks 17 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology. The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendations and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training. B. S. IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103- General Zoology Chem. 101 - General Inorganic Eng. IOI -Composition Math. 107 -College Algebra Phys. 103- Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 4 3 3 1 0 1 16 I For freshman year see page 88. SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104-General Zoology Chem. 102 - Qualitative Analysis Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 109 - Plane Trigonometry P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 4 6 3 3 Music Education B. S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. IOI -Physical Science Mus. 101-Theory Mus. Ed. IOI -Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Mus. 102 - Theory Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 104 - Brass Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 5 2 3 2 ½ 0 1 0 1 17 18½ I 18½ To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. 2 Private �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. IOI -Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 103-Brass Mus. 103 - Theory Mus. 109 - History Applied Music! Psy. IOI -Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103-Physical Education DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. I 02 - Clarinet or Mus. Ed. 104-Brass Mus. 104 - Theory Mus. 110-History Applied Music! Psy. I 02 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104-Physical Education 18½ FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. I 00 - Introduction Ee. IOI - Principles I or P. S. IOI - Political Science I or Soc. IOI -Sociology Mus. Ed. 105 - Brass Mus. Ed. 109 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 111 - Violin Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 111 - Piano or Soc. Sci. elective 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 18½ 2-3 SIXTH SEMESTER Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology 3 Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology 3 Mus. Ed. 106 - Brass 2 Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting 2 Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin 2 Applied Music! I Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 112 - Piano or Soc. Sci. elective 2-3 15½-16½ 15½-16½ 3 3 2 2 2 I ½ SEVENTH SEMESTER Mus. 215 - Instrumentation Mus. Ed. I07 - Voice Mus. Ed. 113 - String Mus. Ed. 240 - Professional Semester in Music Education Applied Musict Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 113- Piano or elective 2 2 2 8 I ½ 2 17½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216 - Arranging Mus. Ed. 108- Voice Mus. Ed. 114 - String Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114- Piano or elective 2 2 2 I ½ 6 2-3 15½-16½ Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and school of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. 1 Private instruction. Charges for this instruction are a separate billing and are in addition to the regular tuition charge. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of _the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nur~e Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In orde~ :o receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take. a_ m1?1mum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students part1c1patmg in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. B. S. IN NURSING EDUCATION FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - Western Civilization Bio. 103 - General Zoology or Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science F. A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100-Introduction Soc. IO I - Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N. E. IOI -Foundations 3 3 3-4 3 3 2 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization Bio. 104 - General Zoology or Math. I 02 - Fundamentals or Phys. 102-Physical Science N. E. 104 - Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102-Psychology N. E. 106- Supervision Elective (optional) I 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 16-19 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature 4 Phil. IOI -Introduction 3 P. S. IOI - Political Science I or Ee. IOI -Principles I 3 Ed. 241 - Educational Measurements 2 N. E. 107 - Principles & Methods 2 N. E.108-Techniques I Elective 2-3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic P. S. 102- Political Science II or Ee. 102-Principles II N. E. 102-Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Teaching Elective 15-18 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and reI If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 search. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 -Atomic Physics Phys. 212-Thermodynamics Phys. 241 -Advanced Laboratory Electives 1 Phys. 2812-Theoretical Physics Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. 4 3 4 3 1 1 0 4 4 3 3 3 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition Chem. 104 - General Chemistry Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Phys. ISO- General Physics I P. E. 106 - Hygiene P. E. 102-Physical Education 3 4 3 4 3 17 1 Students 16-18 Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B. A. in Biology, B. S. in Chemistry, or B. S. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. 4 3 4 2 4 During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: I 0 18 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 212 - Mechanics II Ger. 1021 - Elementary Hist. 102 - Western Civilization P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 251 -Advanced Calculus I Phys. 201 -Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 221 - Electronics Eng. 151 - World Literature Ger. 103-Intermediate 16-18 B. S. IN SCIENCE EDUCATION 16 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 151 - General Physics II M. E. 211 - Mechanics I Ger. 1011 - Elementary Hist. 101 - Western Civilization P. E. 103-Physical Education EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics 4 Phys. 242 - Advanced Laboratory 3 Eng. 134- Fundamentals of Speech 3 Electives I 6-8 Phys. 2822 - Solid State Physics 3 Science Education B. S. IN PHYSICS FIRST SEMESTER Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry Eng. IOI -Composition Chem. IOI - General Inorganic Engi. I OS - Drawing Phys. 103 - Basic Physical Problems P. E. 105-Hygiene P. E. 101 -Physical Education 4 3 0-2 6-8 3 4 4 3 3 3 0 Psy. IOI Psy. I 02 Ed. 100 Ed. 200 Ed. 230 - , 3 3 3 3 12 24 17 SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity & Magnetism Phys. 211 - Optics & Lights Eng. 152- World Literature Ger. 105- Scientific General Psychology General Psychology Introduction Educational Psychology Professional Semester 3 4 4 4 3 18 who have completed the equivalent of Ger. 102 before entering colleg s (as determined by a placement test) will take Ger. 103 and 105 in the sophomore year. Those students will then be permitted electives in place of the German in the junior year. Elective hours must be chosen with the approval of the student's adviser. The selection will depend upon the student's choice of industry or graduate study. 2 Either physics 281 or 282, but not both are required. t �Page 98 - TERMINAL PROGRAM Terminal Program Courses of Instruction Secretarial Studies The College awards a Certificate to those students who successfully complete the requirements of the following program. The two-year intensive secretarial program has a threefold purpose: to provide a genera) education; to develop an understanding of business activities; and tc give specialized training for secretarial work. The required courses in this program may be counted toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Commerce and Finance or toward that of Bachelor of Science Education when students desire to continue their education after completing these courses. Students who have had shorthand and typewriting in high school may substitute electives for one or more of the courses in the stenographic skills, provided they demonstrate adequate ability. Placement examinations will be given the first week of the term to determine the student's levels of attainment. TERMINAL PROGRAM IN SECRETARIAL STUDIES FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 -Elementary I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization S. S. 105 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene Bio. 101 - Biological Science 3 3 3 2 2 0 1 3 SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 102- Elementary II Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102-Biological Science H ist. 102 - Western Civilization S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17 THIRD EMESTER B. A. 107 - Mathematics B. A. 231 - Business Law S. S. 201 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand S. S. 205 - Office Procedures Psy. 101 -Psychology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 1 3 4 3 0 17 3 3 3 3 2 2 0 1 17 FOURTH SEMESTER B. A. 238 - Office Management Ee. 101 -Principles I S. S. 202 - Advanced Typewriting S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand Psy. 102 - Psychology B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 3 1 3 3 3 2 0 18 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Curtis, P. Werner; Instructor Capin. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits -THE STAFF Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting IOI. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. IO I. Three credits -THE STAFF Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits - MR. CURTIS Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting II I. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I I I. Three credits - MR. CURTIS �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 103 Page 102 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Acct. 231. Auditing Principles I Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. P. WERNER An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits - MR. CAPIN Acct. 202. Advanced Cost Accounting II Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. P. WERNER Acct. 220. Accounting Systems Analysis of procedures necessary for the establishment of a proper accounting system, and review of specialized systems for mercantile, manufacturing, and service organizations. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. CAPIN Acct. 221. Taxes I Acct. 232. Auditing Practice II Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits - MR. CAPIN Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting Problems of consolidation, bankruptcies and insolvencies, and estates and trusts. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits-THE STAFF Acct. 252. Accounting Internship This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. CURTIS Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini; Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Gershenowitz, Kimball; Instructor Schonwetter. Acct. 222. Taxes II Bio. 101-102. Biological Science Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits -THE STAFF Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester - MR. GERSHENOWITZ BIOLOGY 1 Or the equivalent. �Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Bio. 103-104. General Zoology General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Biology 103 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Biology 104 has class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester - MR. REIF Bio. 202. Embryology Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. Four credits - MR. OGREN Bio. 204. Microtechnique Bio. 111-112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester - Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits - MRs. ScHONWETTER MR. MICHELINI Bio. 211-212. Bacteriology Bio. 121-122. Advanced General Biology Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class, two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. 112 or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Four credits each semester - Miss KIMBALL Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits-MR. OGREN Bio. 221. Histology Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. REIF �Page 106 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 Bio. 222. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. OGREN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors Gera, Hoover, R. Werner; Instructors Capin, Casper, Johns, Krohn, Roberts. B.A. 107. Business Mathematics Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week- laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. ' Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits - MR. OGREN Review of fundamental arithmetic processes; relation of fractions, decimals, and per cent; simple interest; mark-ups, profits and losses; inventory and turnover; depreciation and distribution of overhead; payroll problems including social security and other deductions; sales and property taxes; credit and credit instruments involving interest; bank discounts; compound interest and present value; insurance and annuities; stocks and bonds; graphs and their use in business. Three credits -THE STAFF Bio. 232. Ecology . Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, smgly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. REIF Bio. 262. History of Biology A s~udy of the history of biology is designed as a correlating e_ff~rt m the field of biology through an historical approach. It is hm1ted to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit - THE STAFF B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. 102. Three credits - MRs. RoBERTS Bio. 271. Research Project B.A. 216. Advertising Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit - THE STAFF A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits -THE STAFF �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 217. Transportation and Traffic Management B.A. 226. Investments Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits -THE STAFF Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits - MR. CHIANG B.A. 218. Credit and Collections The fundamentals of credit; investigation, analysis of risks; collection plans and policies. Special attention given to the organization of credit and collection offices. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, Acct. 102. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business, including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. FARRAR B.A. 231. Business Law-Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits- MR. R. WERNER B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. CHIANG A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits - MR. CASPER, MR. KROHN B.A. 233. Business Law-Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits - MR. KROHN B.A. 234. Business Law-Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231,232, Acct. 102. Three credits - MR. KROHN B.A. 236. Personnel Management A study of principles of organization; problems of the interrelationship of the functions operating in the fields of management; principles and modern practices of personnel management; instruments of control; the training and education of the worker; incentives used and special problems encountered. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 237. Production Management A study of the production problems that confront executives; developing operational plans; handling production problems; appraisal of relative risks. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 238. Office Management The organization and management of the office with emphasis on administration and effective control of office activities; work simplification and paperwork cost reduction with output efficiency. Office layout and working conditions; work-flow processes; forms design and control; records administration; systems analysis; scheduling, mechanization, and paperwork production and utilization. Job analysis, specifications, motivation, training, job descrip- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 tion, evaluation, and salary determination. Emphasis on measurement and control of office work and setting of standards; importance of time and motion study. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 239. Sales Management The relation of the sales department to all other departments; types of sales organizations; selection, training, compensation, and management of the sales force; sales research and market analysis; determination of price and brand policies; preparation of sales budgets; costs of distribution. Prerequisite: B. A. 237 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B. A. 232 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. FARRAR B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits-MR. FARRAR B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits - MR. JoHNS CHEMISTRY Professor Bastress, chairman; Associate Professor Swain; Assistant Professors Bohning, Bone, Rozelle, Salley, Soeder. Chem. 101. General Inorganic Chemistry An introduction to the fundamental laws and theories of inorganic chemistry. The chemistry of selected non-metallic elements. �Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Four credits - THE STAFF Chem. 102. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysis The reactions of the common metallic elements, the theory and practice of elementary qualitative analysis. Class, four hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. IO I. Six credits - Miss BONE, MR. RozELLE, MR. SALLEY, MR. SOEDER Chem. I 04. General Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 101. The chemistry of the metals. Laboratory work includes some qualitative analysis. Will not be accepted as a prerequisite for further chemistry courses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. l 0 l. Four credits-MISS BONE, MR. ROZELLE, MR. SOEDER, MR. SWAIN Chem. 210. Inorganic Chemistry A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Three credits- MR. ROZELLE, MR. SwAIN Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Theory and practice of typical analyses. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02. Four credits - MR. SALLEY Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds. The preparation and properties of aliphatic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Four credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 230, with special attention to cyclic compounds. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 233. Qualitative Organic Analysis A course designed to give practice in the systematic identification of pure organic compounds and mixtures. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Three credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 234. Topics in Organic Chemistry Special topics in organic chemistry, including theories of organic reactions. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 23 l. Three credits - MR. BASTRESS, MR. SOEDER Chem. 222. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Chem. 241-242. Physical Chemistry A continuation of Chemistry 221. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, nine hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Five credits - MR. SALLEY An introduction to the principles of physical chemistry and the elements of thermodynamics. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152. Four credits each semester - MR. SWAIN �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 243. Topics in Physical Chemistry A study of advanced thermodynamics, chemical equilibrium, kinetics, and colloid chemistry. Advanced material is presented concerning the three phases of matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. Three credits- MR. RozELLE, MR. SWAIN Chem. 244. Topics in Inorganic Chemistry A course designed to introduce the student to the modern theories of inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Three credits - MR. RozELLE, MR. SALLEY DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors DeYoung, R. Werner. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits -THE STAFF Chem. 251. Biological Chemistry The application of chemical and physiochemical principles and methods to chemical constitution, reaction, and products of living matter. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221 and 230. Three credits - MR. SOEDER Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics IO I. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 10 I . Three credits -THE STAFF Chem. 261. History of Chemistry The development of the science in terms of the personalities responsible for the development. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit - MR. BASTRESS Chem. 262. Chemical Literature An orientation course in foreign and domestic chemical literature. Prerequisite: completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit - MR. BASTRESS Chem. 271-272. Research Project Fee: $7 per credit. Prerequisite: approval of research adviser. One to three credits each semester-THE STAFF Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits - MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite : Ee. I 02. Three credits - MR. CHIANG �Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 201. Three credits - MR. CHIANG Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Two credits - MR. RosENBERG Ee. 212. Government and Business DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 mental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits- MR. R. WERNER Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. ELLIOT Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 , Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. FARRAR A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisites: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. ELLIOT Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor movements. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits --MR. R. WERNER A study and analysis of the North American continent, with special emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits - MR. ELLIOT Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Govern- Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which arc characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. FARRAR Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. FARRAR Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits - MR. RosENBERG Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits - MR. RosENBERG Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Three credits -MR. RosENBERG, MR. R. WERNER Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. · Three credits - MR. FARRAR, MR. DEYOUNG Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits-MR. R. WERNER Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction includes: (I) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor ( for seniors only). Three credits -THE STAFF EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professors Colson, Hulser; Assistant Professors Hoover, West; Instructors Barone, Richards, Siles. Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits - MR. HuLSER �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 200. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits - MR. HAMMER Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 215. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. I 00, 200. Three credits - MR. HuLSER A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fifteen credits - MR. SILES For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits - MR. VlEsT For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits - l\.fa. RICHARDS �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 223. Multi-Sensory Techniques m the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit - MR. WEST Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. This program includes study of the teaching of reading in secondary school subjects. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits-MR. WEST For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as follows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. Two credits -MR. HAMMER DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. Two credits - MR. HAMMER Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 234. Multi-Sensory Techniques m Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits - Miss JESSEE Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three-credits - MR. BARONE Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits - MR. BARONE �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits - THE STAFF Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Same as Math. 127. (See page 145.) (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits- MR. WEST Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits -THE STAFF Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits - MR. HuLSER Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. I 00. Three credits -THE STAFF ENGINEERING Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professor Heltzel; Assistant Professor Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits - THE STAFF Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits - THE STAFF Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to engineering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $10. Three credits - MR. HELTZEL Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math.122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits-MR. HELTZEL Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits - MR. SALLEY �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits - MR. THOMAS Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits - MR. THOMAS Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. ISO. Three credits - MR. HELTZEL C.E. 104. Route Surveying M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. I 03. Four credits - MR. THOMAS Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits-MR. HELTZEL Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Three credits - MR. THOMAS M.E. 206. Kinematics M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 211. Three credits - MR. HELTZEL ENGLISH Professor Davies, chairman; Associate Professor Rizzo; Assistant Professors Fiester, Groh, Gutin, Lord; Instructors DeArment, Kerr, Kish, Miller, Mistichelli, Molley, R. Roberts, Tyburski, Williams. Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, Composition Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Eng. 102. Composition Eng. 200. History of the English Language Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. 101. Three credits -THE STAFF Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. Rizzo Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition Eng. 205. Chaucer A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 101 and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits -THE STAFF Speech Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits -THE STAFF Eng. 134. Fundamentals of Speech Similar to Eng. 131, but with an extra hour of work. Required for engineering students. Three credits -THE STAFF Language and Literature Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. Rizzo Eng. 211. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits- MR. GROH, Miss LORD Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from l 660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. GROH, Miss LORD Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits -THE STAFF Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits - THE STAFF Eng. 215. Shakespeare Eng. 152. Western World Literature Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits -THE STAFF A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century Eng. 291. Modern Poetry The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. MILLER Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits - MR. GuTIN Eng. 237. Early English Novel Eng. 294. Modern Novel English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. MILLER, MR. RIZZO Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits - MR. GuTIN Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits - MR. DAVIES, MR. Rizzo Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work; special emphasis on the research paper. Three credits Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits - MR. Rizzo Eng. 296. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits - MR. GROH , Miss LORD FINE ARTS Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Instructors Evangelista, Richards. FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits -THE STAFF FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA 101. Three credits -THE STAFF FA 103. Color and Design A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits - MR. COLSON �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 FA 104. Drawing and Composition FA 126. Graphics An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 03. Three credits - MR. COLSON A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS FA 105. Oil Painting An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS FA 106. Water Color Painting FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits - MR. COLSON FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 20 I. Two credits - MR. COLSON A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 04. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS FA 203. History of Modern Art FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction FA 205. Contemporary Design An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits - THE STAFF A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits - MR. EvANGE LIST A FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits - THE STAFF FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. EVANGELISTA A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits - MR. EVANGELISTA FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits - THE STAFF FA 291. Senior Exhibit A study of exhibition techniques; each senior exhibits his work at the College. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. One credit - THE STAFF FA 292. Senior Exhibit A continuation of FA 291. Prerequisite: FA 291. One credit-THE STAFF �Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Force; Instructors Allmayer-Beck, Ribas, Valero. French DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Fr. 107. French Composition Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern French, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 101. Elementary French Fr. 201-202. Survey of French Literature Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits -THE STAFF A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester - MR. VA.LERO Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Fr. 103. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 104. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 105. Technical French Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 106. French Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits - MR. VALERO �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 German Ger. 101. Elementary German Ger. 201-202. Survey of German Literature Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits -THE STAFF A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester - MR. DISQUE Ger. 102. Elementary German Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Prerequisite: Ger. 101 or equivalent. Three credits - THE STAFF Ger. 103. Intermediate German Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 104. Intermediate German Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 106. German Conversation Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 107. German Composition Idiomatic usage in modern German. To develop the ability to write free compositions. Prerequisite: Ger. I 04 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 203. Goethe Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 204. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201 202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. DISQUE Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Prerequisite: Sp. 10 I or equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 201-202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. I 04 or equivalent. Three credits each semester - MR. RIBAS Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS GENERAL SCIENCE Sp. 107. Spanish Composition Bio. 101-102. Biological Science Study of grammar and idiomatic usage in modern Spanish, applied to composition exercises and free composition. Prerequisite: Sp. I 04 or equivalent. Three credits - MR. RIBAS Geol. 100. General Geology (See page 103.) General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the crust. The chief approach of the course is through a consideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. Two credits - MR. REIF Phys. 101-102. Physical Science DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester - MR. Cox (See page 159.) HISTORY Professor Thatcher, chairman; Associate Professors Bliss, Cox, Kaslas; Assistant Professor Connolly; Instructor Hughes. Hist. 101-102. History of Western Civilization A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world. Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits -THE STAFF ,_,/ Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from I 865 to the present. Three credits - THE STAFF /4ist. 221-222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon Hist. 223-224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester - MR. THATCHER Hist. 225. History of the American Frontier A study of the westward movement in American history. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits - MR. THATCHER Hist. 228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Three credits - MR. THATCHER Hist. 235-236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Winter semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester - MR. Buss �Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 241-242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. During the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and contrasts between British and continental developments and the rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the a hove changes. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester - MR. Buss vflist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two vVorld Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS / Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo and W asileski; Instructors Klein, Salsburg. Math. 99. Algebra Review Secondary algebra, extending through simultaneous quadratic equations. Three hours a week. No credit-THE STAFF Math. 101-102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general bac~ground in mathematical concepts without specialization in techmques .. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Ma th. 101 or 102. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Five credits - THE STAFF Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathemat~cal induction, binomial theorem complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combin;tions, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry ./ Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins Trigonometric functions, solutions o! triang~es, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equat10ns. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Math. 127. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools Prog~essions, bino~ial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, com~ou~d Interest, equat10ns of value, annuities, sinking funds, amort1zat1011, depreciation, capitalized cost. Prerequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Building of a program in secondary mathematics, mat~rials. of instruction, aids in teaching, maintenance of interest, testmg, 11:formal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits - MR. W ASILESKI Math. 118. Introduction to Statistics Frequency distributions and their graphical representation, measures of central tendency, dispersion, skewness, kurtosis, correlation, elementary curve fitting, use of tables of areas under normal curve. Prequisite: Math. 99 or its equivalent. Three credits -THE STAFF Math. 213. Higher Algebra Sets, mappings, operations, relations, g~oups, integr~l do~ains, fields; particular illustration of the foregomg by an ax10mat1c development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. SALSBURG Math. 122. Analytic Geometry St~dy of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, inc_ludmg_ the gene~al pro_blem of the equation of a locus, straight Imes,. circles, come s:ct10ns, transformation of coordinates, polar coordmates, parametric equations, families of curves introduction to solid analytic geometry. ' Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and Math. 109. Four credits -THE STAFF Math. 214. Linear Algebra Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits - MR. SALSBURG Math. 220. College Geometry Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite inte?ral~, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Four credits - THE STAFF Math. 126. Calculus II _Di~eren:iation an~ integrati~n of transcendental functions, apphcat10ns, improper mtegrals, mdeterminate forms partial derivatives, multiple integrals. ' Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits -THE STAFF Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, m~dians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascals theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits - MR. W ASILESKI Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributio1:s of o~e variable, moment generating functions, binomial an~ P01sson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits - MR. W ASILESKI �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Ma th · 22 9. Mathematical Statistics II Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable on;~::~~~lzn and r:gre;sion, theoretical distributions of more than testing hyp~t~~;:a e!~:n:~~' goofness of fit, chi-square distribution, small samples student's t-~~~ ?b p~ramete:s, confidence intervals, . . ' is n ut10n, testing for randomness. P rereqms1te: Math. 228. Three credits - MR. WASILESKI The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits -THE STAFF Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Math. 235. Vector Analysis th Vector algebra, di~~rentiation of vectors, divergence and curl epoperat~~ del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields applications' rereqms1tes: Math. 126. ' · Three credits - MR. RICHARDS Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits - MR. EARL Ma~h. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series First order equation i-1 . su~cessive approximati~~' ;;s~:~;:~t~ii;;;r:;~~f ~ions,_ solu~ion series, power series solution of d•ff . I . quat10ns, infimte 1 erentia equatrnns Prerequisite: Math. 126. · Four credits - THE STAFF ?Y MUSIC Associate Professor Gasbarro, acting chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline and Friedmann; Instructors Balshaw, A. Liva, Marcase, Nutaitis. Applied Music Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I er!;~:~!u~:i~~i:oc;:setheory of functi?ns of real variables. The delta-epsilon technique anofd tthhe following one _is on proof, by the , eorems concerning s d oth er functions of one variable S . . equences an of more than one variable. . ome time is spent on functions Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits - MR. RICHARDS Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits - MR. RrcHARDs Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Mus. 100. Introduction to Music A~ elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Three credits - THE STAFF Music 111-112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MRs. LIVA Mus. 101-102-103-104. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. The ~rst two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; solfegg10, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course-THE STAFF Music 113-114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music II2. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester - MRs. LIVA Mus. 121-122-123-124. Band The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester- MR. MARCASE Mus. 125-126-127-128. Chorus A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits - MR. FRIEDMANN The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorus should consult with the Director. All vocal and piano music education majors are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester - MR. CHAPLINE Mus. 110. History of Music Music 131-132-133-134. Orchestra A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits - MR. FRIEDMANN Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester - MR. GASBARRO Mus. 109. History of Music �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Music 215. Instrumentation Mus. Ed. 103-104. Brass Class and Methods The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits - MR. GASBARRO A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. MARCASE Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods Music 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits - MR. GASBARRO A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester - MR. GASBARRO Mus. 217. Analysis Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits - MR. MARcASE Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits - MR. MARCASE Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits-MR. MARCASE MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. Ed. 107-108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. CHAPLINE Mus. Ed. 101-102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. GASBARRO 1 There is an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education students. Mus. Ed. 109-110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. GASBARRO �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 111-112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester - MR. FRIEDMANN Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits-MR. WEST For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public Mus. Ed. 113-114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Two credits each semester - MR. FRIEDMANN school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits-THE STAFF Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits NURSING EDUCATION Mus. Ed. 202. High School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits -THE STAFF Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Liggett, M. Riley. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N. E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with empha_sis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Two credits - Miss JESSEE N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits - Miss JESSEE �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES N.E. 104. Community Resources DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. Two credits - Miss JESSEE Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructors Kay, Barras, Gilmore, Jacobson, Williams. N.E. 106. Supervision and Administration Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits - Miss JESSEE An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and_ ongm of life the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theori~s of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits -THE STAFF N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. · Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits - Miss JESSEE Elementary principles and techniques of cl~ar and so~nd thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reaso~mg; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits - THE STAFF Philosophy !~e Phil. 105. Ethics A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One credit- Miss JESSEE A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men oug~t to do .. A sur_vey of representative ethical theories with the emphas~s on their a?phcation to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits - MR. KAY N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits - Miss JESSEE N.E. 113-114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester - Miss LIGGETT An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of fa~th and reason; argum~nts for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits-MR. VuJICA Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in !iterature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meanmg of �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 resthetic j~dgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the ob1ective qualities of those things which are found to be resthetically effective. Three credits - MR. VUJICA dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as P_lato, Ari~totle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attent10n to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation ?f ~hu~ch and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic mst1tut10ns. Three credits - MR. KA y Three credits - MR. BARRAS An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits-THE STAFF Phil. 207. Philosophies of History A st~dy of. the various interpretations of history. The views of Augus~me, V1co, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Sch~e1tz~r, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits -THE STAFF Phil. 208. History of Philosophy A b:ief survey of the major historical divisions; a systematic analysis of some of the major figures and a consideration of their relevance to present problems. Three credits-MR. KAY Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions . Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures beliefs and rituals of_ the great historical and living faiths. A ;omparis~n of the m?r_e important features of the great religions. The contributions of rehg10n to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits-MR. VUJICA PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Instructors Ferris, Saraceno, Schmidt. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101-102-103-104. Physical Education Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of ~he Old ~estament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. THE STAFF �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.E. 105-106. ·Personal Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester. -THE STAFF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Four credits each semester -THE STAFF Phys. 150. General Physics I Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professors Bellas Donahoe, Ripley; Assistant Professors Bruch, Holden, Thomas.' A thorough grounding in the physical laws of nature. Mechanics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Class, three hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits - THE STAFF Phys. 101-102. Physical Science Phys. 151. General Physics II A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture, demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and modern physics. Class, three hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits - THE STAFF PHYSICS Three credits each semester - MR. RIPLEY Phys. 103. Basic Physical Problems An introduction to the proper procedure for problem solution, both mathematical and graphical. Slide rule practice, graphs, and lettering. Practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. One credit - THE STAFF Phys. 111-112. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major sections of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: 1 Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. Phys. 152. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Sound, heat, and light. Class, three hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits-THE STAFF Phys. 201-202. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 211. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and ~econd l~ws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an mtroduct10n to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, Math. 252, Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 221-222. Electronics . A _study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in c1rcmts for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 241-242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics ~f their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. One or two credits -Hours to be arranged Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementar; electronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Phys. 262. N udear Physics Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits Phys. 271. Modern Physics A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Associate Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. Phys. 261. Atomic Physics P.S. 101. Political Science I The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits -THE STAFF �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 P .S. 102. Political Science II P.S. 206. Municipal Government A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits -THE STAFF A course undertaking the study of the organi~ation, work, a:~ administration of local government. Since the nation~! g?ve~nme has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. TuHY P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 207. Public Administration . A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recrmtment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. Tm-IY P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda P.S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in. :he field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY P.S. 209. Social Legislation . . social legislation A course d ealing with the broad, humanitarian, d •1· • un of recent years which is generally labe1e socia _msuran~e. . employment compensation, workmen's compensation, an socia I A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. MAILEY security. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits -- MR. MAILEY P.S. 205. State Government An examination of the politics and the. processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon th: co~plex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population m standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits -THE STAFF A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. TuHY p .S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas �Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits - MR. KASLAS P.S. 222. International Politics A broad, general course which aims to present many of the factors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits - MR. KASLAS DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learn~ng, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustrat10n, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester -THE STAFF Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 203-204. Experimental Psychology A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is p~actice with the older as well as the more recent methods of expenmental research. ( Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government Psy. 207. Child Psychology A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits - MR. KASLAS The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with t~e heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner m which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits -THE STAFF P.S. 223. Cabinet Systems of Government PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Zellner; Instructors Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101-102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of Psy. 208. Human Behavior Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits - THE STAFF �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Psy. 210. Psychologic Theory A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits - MR. KANNER Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions are studied. This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits -THE STAFF DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology .. A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormaht1es, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 207,208 and permission of head of department. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 271-272. Research in Psychology An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester - THE STAFF RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zerko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location;_ st~dy of the organizational structure of department stores; orgamzat10n and functions of operating division. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile term!nology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibe:s; care of fabric~; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits -THE STAFF Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology Ret. 211. Merchandise Information A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. (Offered in alternate years.) Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits -THE STAFF Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, glo:7es, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and chma; and furniture. Three credits-THE STAFF �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store I_mportance of ~mall business; factors in business success; justificat10n of new busmesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. Two credits -THE STAFF Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Revi~w of fun~amen_tals; tr:nds in retailing; study of developments m cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits -THE STAFF Ret. 225. Retail Practice Required of all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In cooperation with local stores, a program in Retailing Practices has ?een established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailmg must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall terr~ of the se?ior year. During the period of employment, stu~ents will be reqmred to submit reports concerning their work to the mstructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permitted to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the instructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive a variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits -THE STAFF SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Gera, Hoover. S.S. 105-106. Elementary Shorthand Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Second semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits each semester - MR. GERA, MR. HoovER S.S. 107-108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewriter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. Development of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum passing requirement: SO words net per minute. Two credits each semester - MR. GERA, MR. HoovER S.S. 201-202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced applica- �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tion of typewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and job techniques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 words per minute. One credit each semester - MR. GERA S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment, namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcribing, duplicating, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits - MR. GERA S.S. 207-208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg Shorthand Simplified; build shorthand - writing skill and speed in taking dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcription skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S. S. I 06 or equivalent and net typing of 50 words a minute. Three credits each semester - MR. GERA DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Associate Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors Olson, Bloomburg, Greenspan, Moroski, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociol?gy, ~roviding es~e~f tials for an approach to questions about man m society; analysis social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits - THE STAFF Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthro~ology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits - THE STAFF Soc. 200. The Family . . History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family m the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, _and family. Social conditions and _change_s ~ffecting the American family. Family instability and d1sorgamzat1on. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits-MR. MORAVEC Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life . The development of modern cities; e!Iects o_f urba_n hfe upon social organization and personality patterns; ma1or social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits - Miss OLSON S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits - MR. HOOVER Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemp?rar~ social_ pr~blems and an examination of current theories of social d1sorgamzat10n. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits - Miss OLSON �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits-MR. MORAVEC A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite : Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits - Miss OLSON Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities Soc. 245. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. l Ol and l 02 and Psy. IO I and I 02. Three credits -Miss OLSON A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits - Miss OLSON Soc. 280. Sociological Theory Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology . A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors m human nature; psychology of individual differences· social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality;' social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits -MR. MORAVEC Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure E~amin~tion of current theories and research bearing upon the relat10nsh1p between personality and social structure; contributions an~ convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and soc10logy. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102; Soc. 265. Three credits - MR. MORAVEC Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the wor~ p~ant and of the relationship between modern industrial orgamzat1on and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and Ee. IO I and I 02, or permission of the instructor. Three credits - MR. MORAVEC The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits-MR. MORAVEC �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees R. Honorary Chairman CHARLES B. WALLER, Chairman Lams SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary }AMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer ADMIRAL HAROLD STARK, JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FRANK BURNSIDE Miss MARY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT JOSEPH F. LESTER L. THOMAS H. KILEY CONYNGHAM R. ARNAUD C. MARTS, FRANK CHARLES H. MINER, JR. FRANK BURNSIDE JAMES P. HARRIS LOUIS SHAFFER WILLIAM L. CoNYNGHAM, THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST L. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. Instruction REUBEN H. LEVY HoN. FRANK President KooNs AARON WEISS SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Miss ANNETTE EvANs FABER R. PINOLA Chairman FRANK BURNSIDE Buildings and Grounds HARRY F. GoERINGER, Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Lams SHAFFER JOHN B. FARR JOSEPH J. SAVITZ MRS. ESTHER W ECKESSER WALKER SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES B. HARRY F. GoERINGER AARON WEISS Miss ANNETTE EvANS EUGENE S. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. Library TERM OF OFFICE Miss ANNETTE EVANS, WILLIAM Expiring June, 1965 w. ANDERSON WILLIAM w. BOYD FRANK FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. EBERHARD B. L. FABER FARR Nominations HARRY F. GoERINGER JoHN B. FARR, THOMAS H. KILEY J osEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs MRS. ESTHER WECKESSER }AMES w ALKER Expiring June, 1966 MRS. CHARLES E. CLIFT WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE ARNAUD C. MARTS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST HoN. FRANK L. CHARLES B. JOSEPH F. LESTER AARON WEISS Expiring June, 1967 DAVENPORT, M.D. CHARLES H. EUGENE s. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. REUBEN H. LEVY P1NOLA w ALLER }AMES P. HARRIS SAMUEL M. Miss ANNETTE EvANS w ALLER CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JOSEPH J. SAVITZ JOHN Chairman w. ANDERSON }AMES P. HARRIS KooNs ARNAUD C. MARTS L. Chairman Vice-Chairman Lams SHAFFER, Miss MARY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE MRS. EBERHARD Development CHARLES B. WALLER, EUGENE S. FARLEY, w. ANDERSON WILLIAM w. BOYD FRANK WILLIAM Executive Committee MRS. EBERHARD Chairman Chairman w. BOYD L. FABER JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. P. HARRIS Miss MARY R. KooNs JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Lams SHAFFER MRS. ESTHER W ECKESSER WALKER Finance JAMES P. HARRIS, Chairman Campaign Planning Chairman Louis SHAFFER, WILLIAM W. BoYD FRANK BURNSIDE L. ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. WILLIAM THOMAS H. KILEY THOMAS H. KILEY CONYNGHAM REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. AARON WEISS JOSEPH J. SAVITZ MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. J. JOSEPH SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER Ex Officio on all Committees-CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE s. FARLEY �Officers of Administration President EUGENE S. FARLEY Data Processing Programmer RIA FRIJTERS DRA, Econ. (Rotterdam) Manager of the Bookstore Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds MILDRED GITTINS WILLIAM JERVIS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Dean of Academic Affairs FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Director of Graduate Program DANIEL P. DETWILER B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) Director of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) Dean of Women B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) Comptroller MARGARET E. CoNNOLL Y B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) Director of Evening Division STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) Director of Placement JOHN J. CHWALEK B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) Director of Development MoHR B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) s. ZAWADSKI Registrar B.S. (Wilkes) Assistant to the Dean of Men ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Director of Alumni Relations GORDON E. ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) Director of Information Services W ALLISON B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) COLLEGE SERVICES FRANCES Director of Area Research Office OTTO Secretary to the President Secretary, President's Office RITA LEVIN Secretary to the Director of Graduate Program GRACE M. WALKER Secretary to the Dean of Men ANN MARIE LENCHAK Secretary to the Director of Admissions RuTH V. BISHOP Recorder SANDRA DENNIS Secretary to the Dean of Women JOAN OSTROWSKI Assistant to the Comptroller PATRICIA OLEXA Secretary to the Director of Evening Division FELICIA PERLICK Secretary to the Director of Development ELIZABETH CHAPPLE Secretary to the Registrar JOHANNA BOROWSKI Secretary to Assistant to Dean of Men KATHLEEN O'DONNELL Assistant to Director of Alumni Relations BARBARA FRITZ Secretary to the Director of Information Services MARILOU CAPRIONE Secretary, Admissions Office RuTHELLEN HAMMOND Assistant Recorder SusAN ZuPKO Clerk JOAN THOMAS Cashier JuLE CooK Accounts Payable Bookkeeper HILMA NoRDSTROM Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper BETH ALLES Clerk EILEEN RoARTY Secretary, Alumni Office MARGARET BARTECK Switchboard Operator NANCE P. CoRDY HELEN A. MORGAN MARGARET M. AHLBORN EDWARD J. L. Assistants in Administration JOHN P. \VHITBY ALFONSO HERMAN Director of Institute of Municipal Government Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) R. B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.A. (Pennsylvania State) GEORGE F. RALSTON WALTER H. COMMUNITY SERVICES HUGO V. MAILEY M. SEARS Director of College Consultation B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ROBERT M. KERR College Physician B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) Director of Testing Service L. Head Resident, Catlin Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall MILDRED B. MELOY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall EDITH ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall ESTHER BoKORNY, Head Resident, 36 West River Street JANET LANGDON, ETHEL STARK, �.Faculty EUGENE s. FARLEY FACULTY - Page 181 Administration President Chemistry Professor Biology Professor History Professor Economics Professor Political Science Professor Education Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED w. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF SAMUE,L A. ROSENBERG EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANK J. J. DAVIES B.S., M.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANKO M. VuJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE English Professor Physics and Engineering Professor Emeritus Philosophy and Religion Professor B.A. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) *Retired 1964 Ma them a tics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor History Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor English Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Art Education Associate Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) JULIEN A. RIPLEY B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Harvard) Ph.D. (Virginia) FREDERIC E. BELLAS Nursing Education B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) JOHN V. HULSER Professor B.S. (New Haven) M.A. (Yale-New Haven Plan) Ph.D. (Connecticut) JOHN G. REESE B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Physics Professor B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI Associate Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) DANIEL P. DETWILER Foreign Language B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) PHILIP L. Rizzo B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) *VORIS B. HALL Professor B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) You-KENG CHIANG B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) Biological Research B.A. (Dickinson) BRONIS KASLAS B.S. (West Chester State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) NADA K. VuJICA B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY SHELDON G. COHEN THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.A., M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Chicago) Psychology B.A. (Bucknell[ Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) ELWOOD DISQUE B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) HAROLD w. THATCHER ROBERT RILEY BOYD L. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) �Page 182-FACULTY WILLIAM R. GASBARRO FACULTY -Page 183 Music Education B.S. (J uilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. OGREN Biology B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) HAROLD E. Cox History Sociology J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) WILLIAM H. Buss How ARD A. SwAIN, JR. Economics Associate Professor Associate Professor ROBERT Associate Professor RALPH B. ROZELLE Chemistry Chemistry w ASILESKI Ma them a tics B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) FRANCIS J. SALLEY Chemistry Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED s. GROH w ERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor B.S. (Wilkes) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) RoBJ;RT DEYouNG B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) s. CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) ALVAN BRUCH B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) ROBERT w. SOEDER B.S. (Ursinus) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) CHARLOTTE V. LORD B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Accounting B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) GEORGE GERA B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) STAN LEY H. T. LEONARD CONNOLLY Associate Professor Economics Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Syracuse) Engineering B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) CATHERINE H. BONE GEORGE F. ERMEL ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) Engineering B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) Associate Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT Associate Professor Assistant Professor B.S. (Washington and Lee) Physics B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTON G. FARRAR CROMWELL E. THOMAS Associate Professor B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EDWARD N. HELTZEL Associate Professor Accounting B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) History B.A., M.A. (Oxford, England) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) FRANCIS J. DONAHOE Associate Professor E. SHELDON CURTIS PAUL R. WERNER A.B. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) JAROSLAV G. MORAVEC Associate Professor B.S. (New York) . M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) ROBERT A. w EST B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) �Page 184 - FACULTY FACULTY-Page 185 HARRY GERSHENOWITZ B.A., M.S. (Long Island) B.S. in Pharmacy (St. John's) ]AMES G. DECOSMO B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) DONALD K. ZELLNER B.A. (Hamilton) DONALD E. MARCASE B.M.,M.M. (Cincinnati Conservatory of Music) MARTIN FRIEDMANN B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STANLEY S. GUTIN B.A., M.A. (Maryland) STANLEY J. HOLDEN B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) GRACE C. KIMBALL A.B. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) BENJAMIN F. FIE STER, JR. B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) JAMES J. BOHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) MURRAY S. FORCE B.A. (South Dakota) M.A. (Missouri) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) RUTH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) Biology Mathematics Psychology Music Music Assistant Professor ROBERT J. MILLER Assistant Professor JOSEPH H. SALSBURG Assistant Professor ANNE V. KISH Assistant Professor DORIS B. SARACINO Assistant Professor PHILIP TUHY B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Wilkes) B.S. (Stroudsburg) B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) Music Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. Assistant Professor J. PHILIP RICHARDS Assistant Professor J. GEORGE SILES Assistant Professor WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI Assistant Professor p ABLO VALERO Instructor MARVIN RASNICK Biology English Chemistry Foreign Language Psychology DALE ALLAN BUEHLER A.B. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) B.F.A. Syracuse) B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) B.A. (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) Licenciado (Madrid) B.S. (New Paltz) M.L.S. (Albany) English Business Administration Instructor Instructor ANTHONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) English Instructor Mathematics Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Library Instructor Physical Education Instructor Art Education Instructor Education Instructor English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Library Instructor Art Education Instructor Biology Instructor �FACULTY-Page 187 Page 186-FACULTY JOSE M. RIBAS Foreign Language Instructor JAMES F. FERRIS Physical Education Instructor English Instructor Education Instructor CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER N. MoLLEY CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) B.A., LL.B. (Barcelona, Spain) ANTONIA DoLBEAR B.S. (Misericordia) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) CAROLYN D'ZURKO MICHAEL J. BARONE B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) B.A. (Wellesley) JOHN GILMORE STANLEY B. KAY B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) w ARREN E. DEARMENT Philosophy and Religion Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Music Instructor Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor English Instructor A.B. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) MARENE M. OLSON B.A. (Hiram) M.A. (Kent) RAYMOND J. NuTAITIS B.S. (Wilkes) M.M. (Eastman School of Music) RosEMARY ALLMAYER-BECK B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Middlebury) B.A. (Temple) B.D. (Theological Seminary of Reformed Episcopal Church) LARRY GREENSPON B.S. (Harvard) M.Sc.E. (Temple) EDWARD J. HELTZEL B.A. (Pennsylvania State) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) BENJAMIN JACOBSON A.B. (Chestnut Hill) M.A. (Lehigh) Business Administration Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Religion Instructor Sociology Instructor Ma them a tics Instructor History Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Ma them a tics Instructor Business Administration Instructor Psychology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor B.A. (Augustana) B.D. (Union Theological Seminary) B.S. (Wilkes) MARY KERR ELEANOR LANG Instructor B.S. (Wilkes? M.A. (Temp e) WILLIAM JOHNS THELMA K. BoscH Sociology B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) PAUL KLEIN B.S. (Wilkes) Part-Time Faculty JoHN G. KoNSAVAGE B.S. (Wilkes) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAW Music Instructor F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM D. BARRAS B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) Religion Instructor ISADORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Lucy LIGGETT B.S. (Wilkes) �Faculty Committees Page 188-FACULTY ANNE C. LIVA Music Instructor Music Instructor (Juilliard) ENzoA. LIVA (J uilliard) CLINTON LONG B.S. (Pennsylvania) THOMAS MoROSKI Retail Merchandise Sociology Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Instructor Political Science Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) FRANK J. SALVATINI B.S. (Wilkes) M.B.A. (Scranton) ROBERT SLATER B.B.A. (Long Island) LL.B. (New York) CASIMIR TYBURSKI Business Administration THOMAS Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) MYVANWY WILLIAMS English Instructor B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) RoY E. WILLIAMS A.B. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) Religion RICHARDS Calendar and Faculty Handbook Committee FRANCIS Political Science R. HuGo V. MAILEY, Chairman B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) HARRY F. WELSH WELTON G. FARRAR, Chairman GEORGE ELLIOT EUGENE L. HAMMER ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE HAROLD W. THATCHER B.A. (Delaware) BARBARA WELLIVER JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK WELTON G. FARRAR GEORGE F. RALSTON ROBERT C. RILEY Athletic Committee B.A. (Wilkes) A. FRANCIS RIOFSKI s. Admissions Committee B.S. (Scranton) M.S. (Fordham) MARITA S. RILEY Academic Standing Committee GEORGE F. RALSTON, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN ALFRED GROH EUGENE L. HAMMER FRANCIS J. MICHELINI CHARLES B. REIF JOHN P. WHITBY Instructor J. MICHELINI JOHN P. WHITBY Curriculum Committee ROBERT C. RILEY, Chairman ALFRED BASTRESS DANIEL P. DETWILER WILLIAM R. GASBARRO STANLEY S. GUTIN EUGENE L. HAMMER BRONIS J. KASLAS HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI, Ex-officio ROBERT OGREN SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG STANKO VuJICA JAMES DECOSMO w. Library Committee ROBERT E. WERNER, Chairman FREDERIC E. BELLAS DALE A. BUEHLER CHESTER COLSON HAROLD Cox ELWOOD DISQUE GEORGE F. ERMEL JAROSLAV MORAVEC JULIEN A. RIPLEY PHILIP L. Rizzo NADA VuJICA Scholarship Committee JOHN P. WHITBY, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN JOHN J. CHWALEK ARTHUR J. HOOVER GEORGE F. RALSTON Committee on Graduate Studies DANIEL P. DETWILER, Chairman ALFRED W. BASTRESS FREDERIC E. BELLAS RALPH B. ROZELLE Committee on External Research Support WALTER H. MoHR, Chairman DANIEL p. DETWILER HUGO V. MAILEY FRANCIS J. MICHELINI Student Activities Committee ARTHUR J. HoovER, Chairman MARGARET M. AHLBORN WILLIAM R. GASBARRO GEORGE F. RALSTON JOHN G. REESE Student Publications Committee ALFRED S. GROH, Chairman CHESTER COLSON PHILIP L. RIZZO JOSEPH H. SALSBURG EDWARD J. ALLISON w Committee on Academic Freedom a) M ediation Committee SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG (Term expires 1966) HAROLD W. THATCHER (Term expires 1965) STANKO VuJICA (Term expires 1967) ROBERT C. RILEY (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) b) Faculty-Trustee Committee EUGENE L. HAMMER (Term expires 1966) JULIEN A. RIPLEY (Term expires 1967) CHARLES B. REIF (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY �Index Academic Requirements ________ 53 Accounting Degree Program ___ ___ ___ ___ 83 Description of Courses ______ 101 Activities, Student _______ ______ _ 39 Administrative Officers __ _____ 178 Assistants __________________ ________ 179 Admission Tests ___________________ 12 Admissions ___ __ _____ _ __ _______ __ 11 Procedure ___ _ ____________________ 12 Requirements _ _ ____________ 11 Advanced Course Standing __ 13 Alumni Office _______________ _____ 33 Anthropology ___ _ __ __ _______ 172 Area Research Center _____ ___ 63 Assembly Committee __________ 40 Assistance, Financial __ _______ 18 Employment _ __ ___ _______ 20 Loans __ _ ___ _ ___ __ ________ 20 Scholarships _ 18 Tuition Stipends 40 Athletics _____ _____ ___________________ 44 Attendance ___ __ ____ ______________ 55 Awards _____________ . _____________ 59, 60 Bachelor of Science Selection of a Major _________ 72 Biology Degree Program _______ ____ _ 74 Description of Courses ______ I 03 Bookstore __ __ ___ __________ 31 Buildings and Plant _ __ __ ____ 29 Business Administration Degree Program _ 84 Description of Courses _____ 107 Business Education ____ ________ 86 Calendar -------------------------------Change of Program ______________ 2 56 Chemistry Degree Program _________ ______ 82 Description of Courses ______ 111 Class Standing ___ ______ ______ _ 54 Clubs _ _ __ _ ____ _ _39, 43 College and Community ____ _ 63 College Commons ______ __ 32 Commerce and Finance __ 83 Consultation Service _ ____ 38 Convocation Fee ____________________ 15 Counseling 37 Course Credits 53 Courses Accounting _ IO I Anthropology 172 Applied Music _____ ____ _ 147 Biology . I 03 Business Administration I 07 Chemistry 111 Economics 115 Education I 19 Engineering 124 English 127 Fine Arts 131 French ____ __ ____ 134 General Science 139 German 136 History 140 Hygiene 157 - Mathematics 143 Music 148 Music Education 150 Nursing Education 153 Philosophy 155 Physical Education 157 Physics 158 Political Science __ 161 Psychology 164 Religion 156 �Page 192 - INDEX Retailing __ __ . Secretarial Studies Sociology ________ ···- ________ Spanish _ --···-···- ___________ -·· Curricula ·····-··-·····- ___ ... _____ INDEX - Page 193 167 169 171 137 49 Dean's List _ . _ -- 56 Degree, Bachelor of Arts __ _ 70 Degree, Bachelor of Science 71 Degree Programs ______ .... 69 Dormitories 16,34 Economics, Description of Courses __ _ ---------·· 115 Education Elementary ________ --·------···· 75 Secondary 75 Business __ _ 86 Music _________ -·-···· ___ 93 Nursing . 94 Science ______ 97 Description of Courses 119 Graduate Programs 49 Employment __ _ --··· ____________ 20 Engineering __ __ 50 Engineering, Program Requirements __ __ _ _ _ _ 88 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year ______________ 88 Aeronautical ______ _ _ 89 Chemical _--------·-·-·-----·-----·- 89 Civil __ _______________________ 90 Electrical 90 Engineering Physics ----··-·-- 91 Industrial ____ _ ____ 91 Mechanical _. ____ ___ _ _____ 92 Description of Courses _____ 124 English, Description of Courses ___________ ______________ 127 Entrance Examinations ____ 11, 12 Evening School __________________ 14, 50 Expenses ----- --------------------------- 14 Extracurricular Activities ____ 39 Faculty ____ ______ ______________________ 180 Committees _-··--·---------------Fees _____ ________ --------------------·Fine Arts Education Degree Program _____ _ _ ____ Description of Courses ______ Fine Arts Fiesta ____ ______________ Foreign Languages _____________ French, Description of Courses __ . ________________ Freshman Orientation __________ 189 14 76 131 65 134 134 37 General Science ___ _______ ________ 139 German, Description of Courses __ 136 Grades ______ ___ ___ __ ___ __________ 53 Graduate Placement ____________ 31 Graduate Programs In Chemistry ______________________ 49 In Education _____ ________________ 49 In Physics __________________________ 49 Graduation Fee ______ ______ ______ 15 Graduation, Reguirements for ____ ------------------·-·--·-----·- 58 Guidance Center _-··----- -----·- 31 History, Description of Courses -----------·-------------- 140 Honors ------·--------·-------·--------·--· 57 Hygiene ----•--·---· ___________________ 157 Institution of Municipal Government _ 64 Insurance, Accident and Sickness ______ ___ ____ _____ _ 15 Inter-Dormitory Council __ 39, 42 Labor-Management Training Program 64 Liberal Arts Requirements for Major ____ 70 Selection of a Major _____ ____ 71 Library _________________ ___ __________ 29 Load, Student Work ___________ 55 Loans _____________ ____________________ ___ 20 Majors, Course Requirements 74 Mathematics Degree Program ____ 77 Description of Courses _____ 143 Medical Technology, Degree Program _ 92 Music Degree Program ______ _ 79 Description of Courses __ _ 149 Music Education Degree Program _ 93 Description of Courses 150 National Defense Student Loan Program ________ 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program _______ ________ 94 Description of Courses _____ 153 Office of Community Services 63 Orientation for Freshmen ____ 37 Overload _____________________ ________ 55 Parents' Day __ _______ ________________ 42 Payment of Tuition ______________ 15 Philosophy, Description of Courses -------------------------- 155 Physical Education and Hygiene ______________________ 157 Physics Degree Program ___ Description of Courses _____ Placement Office ____ .. _ _____ Point Averages ___ _ Political Science, Description of Courses ____ ___ Pre-Professional Degree Probation ___ _______ ____ _____ _ ___ Psychology, Description of Courses __________________ Publications _ _ Staff Stipends 95 158 31 54 161 50 55 164 40 40 Refunds 16 Registration _ 14 Religion, Description of Courses 155 Research __ 30,63 Retailing Description of Courses -· _ 167 Scholarships Founders of Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB __ _ __ Scholastic Endowments ______ Science Facilities __ _____ Secretarial Studies Degree Program ___ _ Description of Courses _ Secretarial Studies, Terminal Program __ Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses __ Social Activities ____________ . ______ Spanish, Description of Courses Student Activities _ 18 21 12 26 30 87 169 98 171 41 137 39 �Page 194 - INDEX Student Advisement 37 Student Government 39 Student Load __ _ .. __ ______ 55 Student Loans ___ _ 20 Student Regulations _ 45 Student Responsibility _____ 46 Summer School _ _ 14, 52 Trustees Board of Committees Tuition Fees Payment of __ _ _ ___ _ Refund of ___ _ Teacher Certification __ 71, 75 Terminal Program __________ _ 72 Secretarial __ . _______ 50, 98 Transcripts of Academic Record 15 Transfer of Summer Credits 56 Transfer Students ____ ____ ____ 13 Wilkes College 5 Accreditment _. 6 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra -----· -- - -- _ 65 16,55 Withdrawals 43 Wrestling Tournament 176 177 14 14 15 16 ��WllKES COLLEGE u et{n SUMMER SESSIONS 1966 Wilkes-Barre • Pennsylvania �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Uni · versity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 1,700 full-time day students and 900 adults in the Evening College and special classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested in accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates interested in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to Wilkes College students, students of other colleges, and nonmatriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each six-week session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and care in scheduling both day and evening courses. Most classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions will meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - 8:00 A.M. TO 9:30 A.M. SECOND PERIOD - 9 :45 A.M. TO 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be scheduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the summer sessions or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. �Page 8 - INFORMATION Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first two weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. This summer a Symposium in Education will be offered. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER During the summer months the Research and Graduate Center, an integral part of the College complex, will continue the various research projects now in progress. nIOLOGY SUMMER INSTITUTE The Department of Biology will conduct a Summer Institute for high school teachers of biology made possible by a grant from the National Science Foundation. The Institute will be a seven-week program from July 5 to August 20, 1966. The program of this Institute is designed to meet the needs of the secondary school teacher of biology who has little preparation in the subject or no recent exposure to modern concepts in molecular biology and ecology. Registration for this Institute closed on February 15, 1966. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers wonderful cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. INFORMATION - Page 9 DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the summer sessions: Monday through Thursday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. -Noon I :00 p.m. - 5 :00 p.m. Monday & Tuesday Evenings 6:00 p.m. -8:00 p.m. Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for the summer session: TUITION - $30 per credit hour DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $60 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory students) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are pro- �Page 10-INFORMATION PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM cessed. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no later than July 25, 1966. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. REGISTRATION In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, preliminary registration forms should be completed on the enclosed form and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant to take the course. Final registration must be completed in Parrish Hall at the following times: Registration for both six-week day sessions and the eight-week evening session is as follows: First Six-Week Session Tuesday, June 7 to Friday June 10. 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Second Six-Week Session Thursday, July 21; Friday, July 22; and Monday, July 25. - 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eight-Week Evening Session Tuesday, June 14 to Friday, June 17. 8:30 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. I propose to take the following courses in the 1966 Summer Session at Wilkes College. SECOND SESSION FIRST SESSION COURSE NO. COURSE EVENING SESSION NO. COURSE For further information or additional preliminary registration forms, write to: PROFESSOR ROBERT s. NO. I CAPIN Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., Call 824-4656) WILL YOU REQUIRE DORMITORY FACILITIES?: YEs ........ No ....... . NAME .................................................... . ..... .................. . ......... . . ........... . COLLEGE PRESENTLY ATTENDING COLLEGE ADDRESS ···············•·•·································································· Ho ME ADDRESS ·············•········································································· · �SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 13 - July 21, 1966- Monday thru Friday COURSE DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING Elementary Accounting I Acct. IOIS Intermediate Accounting I Acct. 11 IS (Pre: Acct. 102) ROOM HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 3 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B.A. 240S Property Insurance Par. 33 8:00-9:30 (Pre: B.A. 232 or approval of Instructor) 3 Par. 45 Par. 25 CHEMISTRY Chem. I0IS Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Stark 204 Laboratory Chem. 230S Organic Chemistry Stark 112 8 :00-9 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 221 or approval of Instructor) Laboratory 9:45-12:00 M-T-W 8:00-9:30 4 9:45-12:00 M-T-W ECONOMICS Econ. lOIS Econ. lllS Principles of Economics I Economic History Par.27 Par. 45 9:45-11:15 3 9 :45-11: 15 3 EDUCATION Ed.200S Ed. 209S Educational Psychology Par. 46 (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior Standing) Principles of Elementary Par.46 Education (Pre: Ed. 100,200) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM ENGLISH Eng. 99S Pre-college English Par. 56 HOUR CR. 9:45-11:15 (June 20- July 22) Eng. 131S Eng. I0IS Eng. ISIS Eng. 245S FINE ARTS F.A. IOIS F.A. I0SS HISTORY Hist. IOIS Hist. 107S Hist. 258S 8:30-9:30 2 Par. 23 Fundamentals of Speech 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 53 Composition 9:45-11 :45 4 Western World Literature Par. 33 (Pre: Eng. 102 or substitute) 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 34 American Literature (Pre: Eng. 152 or approval of Instructor) Experiencing Art I Oil Painting I Con. Annex Con. Annex 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 History of Western Civilization Par. 56 7:30-9:30 3 M-T-W-TH American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 History of Modern Russia (Pre: Hist. 101 and 102) Par. 43 Par. 25 9:45-11 :IS 3 9:45-11 :45 3 M-T-W-TH Stark 116 Stark 116 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-10:45 2 GENERAL SCIENCE Bio. IOIS Biological Science Geo. I00S General Geology COURSE DESCRIPTION MUSIC Music I00S Introduction to Music Chase Th'tre PHILOSOPHY Introduction to Philosophy Phil. IOIS PHYSICS Phys. IOI Phys. 150 Par. 23 Physical Science Stark 338 General Physics Stark 109 (Pre: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109) Laboratory POLITICAL SCIENCE Political Science I P.S. IOIS Politics and Political Parties P.S. 203S Par. 53 Par. 26 SOCIOLOGY Introduction to Sociology Soc. IOIP and Anthropology I Par. 43 HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 3 9 :45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 4 9:45-12:30 M-T-W 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 3 3 8:00-9:30 3 (June 20- July 22) Soc. IOIS Soc.200S FOREIGN LANGUAGES Elementary French Stark 306 Fr. IOIS Intermediate French Stark 306 Fr. 103S (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) Stark 100 Elementary German Ger. IOIS Intermediate German Stark 100 Ger. 103S (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) Elementary Spanish Stark 309 Span. IOIS Intermediate Spanish Stark 309 Span. 103S (Pre: Span. 102 or equivalent) MATHEMATICS Fundamentals of Math. IOIS Par. 34 Mathematics College Algebra Par. 35 Math. 107S Par. 35 Plane Trigonometry Math. 109S ROOM Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Par. 26 9:45-11 :IS 3 The Family Par. 27 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Soc. 10 I & 102 or approval of Instructor) SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 July 26 - September I, 1966 - Monday thru Friday COURSE 8:00-9:30 9:45-11:15 3 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING Elementary Accounting II Acct. 102S (Pre: Acct. 10 I) Acct. I 12S Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) CHEMISTRY Chem. 102S Chemical Equilibria (Pre: Chem. 101) Laboratory ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 35 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 45 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 204 8:00-9:30 4 9:45-12:00 M-T-W �Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION Chem. 231S Organic Chemistry (Pre: Chem. 230) Laboratory SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page t 7 ROOM HOUR CR. Stark 112 8:00-9:30 5 9:45-12:00 & I :00-3:00 M-T-W ECONOMICS Principles of Economics II Econ. 102S (Pre: Econ. 101) Par. 45 EDUCATION Introduction to Education Ed. I00S Guidance Ed. 242S (Pre: Ed. 200) Par. 46 Par. 46 ENGLISH Eng. 102S Eng. 152S FINE ARTS F.A. 102S P.A. II0S HISTORY Hist. 102S Hist. 108S Hist. 228S DESCRIPTION Fr. 104S Intermediate French II (Pre: Fr. 103) Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) Intermediate German II (Pre: Ger. I 03) Elementary Spanish II (Pre: Span. 10 I) Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Span. 103) Ger. 102S 3 Ger. 104S Span. 102S Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Experiencing Art II (Pre: P.A. 101) Oil Painting II (Pre: P.A. 105) 9:45-11: IS COURSE 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 Span. 104S ROOM HOUR CR. Stark 306 9:45-11: 15 3 Stark 100 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 100 9:45-11: IS 3 Stark 309 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 309 9:45-11:15 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 Chase Th'tre 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 23 9:45-11: IS 3 Stark 338 Stark 109 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 4 Par. 56 9:45-11: IS 3 MATHEMATICS Math. 102S Fundamentals of Mathematics Par. 34 9:45-11 :45 4 MUSIC Music I00S PHILOSOPHY Phil. 102S Logic & Scientific Method Con. Annex 8:00-9:30 3 Con. Annex 9:45-11 :IS 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 3 History of Wes tern Par. 56 Civilization American and Pennsylvania Par. 43 History from 1865 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States Par. 26 (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) GENERAL SCIENCE Biological Science II Bio. 102S (Pre: Bio. 101) Stark 116 8:00-9:30 FOREIGN LANGUAGES Elementary French II Fr. 102S (Pre: Fr. 101) Stark 306 8:00-9:30 3 PHYSICS Phys. 102 Phys. ISIS Introduction to Music Physical Science General Phvsics II (Pre: Phys. ISO) Laboratory POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. 102S Political Science II Par. 53 Government of Metropolitan P.S. 210S Areas Par. 53 (Pre: P.S. 101) PSYCHOLOGY Psy.257S Abnormal Psychology Par. 43 9:45-12:30 M-T-W 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 5:00-6:45 M-T-W-TH (Pre: Psy. 207,208 or approval of Instructor) 3 SOCIOLOGY Introduction to Sociology and Soc. 102S Anthropology II Par. 26 9:45-11: 15 3 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 19 Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE June 20 - August 12, 1966 - ROOM HOUR Acct. 11 lE B.A. 236E Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) Par. 45 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Econ.223E 6:00-8:00 3 Hist. 108E Hist. 256E Business Correspondence Par. 26 6:00-8:00 and Reports Par. 26 8:00-10:00 Personnel Management (Pre: Econ. 102 or approval of Instructor) 3 3 Principles of Economics I Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) Collective Bargaining (Pre: Econ. 102) Par. 25 Par. 27 Par. 25 8:00-10:00 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 Eng. 131E Eng. 151E Eng. 152E Math. 107E Math. 109E Math. 125E MUSIC 3 Music l00E CR. Phil. 102E Educational Measurements Stark 338 (Pre: Ed. 200) 4:00-6:00 M-W Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) 3 History of Western Civilization Par. 43 American History since 1865 Par. 35 Europe in the 20th Century Con. 105 (Pre: Hist. 101 and 102) 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 College Algebra Plane Trigonometry Calculus I (Pre: Math. 122) Introduction to Music Con. 203 Con. 203 Con.304 Chase Th'tre 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-TH 6:00-8:00 3 Con.204 Con. 104 Con. 104 Con. 105 Logic and Scientific Method Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 Stark 338 4:00-6:00 T-TH 2 Stark 116 6:30-8:00 Tuesday 2 NURSING EDUCATION N.E. lOIE Pre-college English Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech 3 PHILOSOPHY ENGLISH Eng. 99E Eng. lOIE Eng. 102E HOUR MATHEMATICS 3 3 EDUCATION Ed. 241E ROOM HISTORY Hist. 102E Par. 27 ECONOMICS Econ. lOIE Econ. 201E History of the English Language Con. 201 8:00-10:00 (Pre: Eng. 152) American Literature Con. 204 6:00-8:00 (Pre: Eng. 152 or approval of Instructor) Eng. 245E BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION B.A. 209E Eng. 200E CR. ACCOUNTING Acct. lOIE Acct. 102E DESCRIPTION Monday, Tuesday and Thursday DESCRIPTION COURSE COURSE 8:00-10:00 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 2 M-TH Con. 103 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-TH Con. 103 8:00-10:00 4 M-T-W-TH Foundations of Nursing PHYSICAL. EDUCATION P.E. 105E Personal Hygiene POLITICAL SCIENCE P.S. lOIE P.S. 102E P.S. 203E Political Science I Political Science II Politics and Political Parties (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) Par. 46 Par. 46 Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 �Page 20 .- SCHEDULE OF COURSES DESCRIPTION ROOM General Psychology Child Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Par. 56 Par. 35 COURSE HOUR CR. PSYCHOLOGY Psy. lOIE Psy. 207E Psy. 208E Psy. 212E 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 53 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 53 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 33 Par. 33 6:00-8:00 2 8:00-10:00 2 SECRET ARIAL STUDIES S.S. 105E S.S. 107E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typewriting SOCIOLOGY Soc. lOIE Introduction to Sociology and Par. 23 Anthropology 6:00-8:00 3 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1965-1966 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1965-1966 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/74fc5846ce9d2b87a06e854871959523.pdf 8c1099f2c1a6c3a06a48ff30db8ef8b7 PDF Text Text -BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �1966-1967 PRI G AND FALL Ml~ 'TER -1966-67 Vol. XV �LD College Calendar SPRING SEMESTER - 1966 Friday, January 28 - Schedule changes Monday, January 31 - Classes begin at 8 a.m. Monday, February 28 - Student Teaching begins Monday, February 28 - Submit reports on incomplete grades Wednesday, March 16 - Progress reports Monday, March 21 to Friday, March 25 Registration for Juniors and Engineering students Monday, March 28 to Friday, April 1 Registration for Sophomores Monday, April 4 to Friday, April 15 - Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, April 5 -Easter recess begins at 5 p.m. Wednesday, April 13-Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Friday, April 22-Student Teaching ends Saturday, May 14 - Classes end Monday, May 16 to Wednesday, May 25 -Examination period Sunday, June 5 -Baccalaureate 5 p.m. Monday, June 6 - Commencement 8 p.m. 8-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1966 Tuesday, June 7 to Saturday, June 11 - Regist,ration Monday, June 20- Classes begin Friday, August 12 - Summer College ends 6-WEEK SUMMER SESSIONS - 1966 Session I Tuesday, June 7 to Saturday, June 11 Registration for 6-W eek Session Monday, June 13 - First 6-week session begins Wednesday, July 20 -First 6-week session ends Session II Thursday, July 21 to Monday, July 25 Registration for sedond 6-week session Tuesday, July 26-Second 6-week session begins Thursday, September 1 - Second 6-week session ends FALL SEMESTER-1966 Monday, September 12 to Friday, September 16 Orientation for Freshmen Tuesday, September 13 - 1 to 4 p.m. - Registration for Freshmen ollege Calendar hur cla , ptember 15 - 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. R gistration for upperclassmen 1 n la ·, eptember 19- Classes begin at 8 a.m. turda , October 15 - Parents' Day turda ·, 'ovember 5 - Homecoming turclay, October 15 - Final reports on incomplete grades \ ' dn cla , ovember 2 - Progress Reports I nda , 1 1 ovembcr 7 to Friday, November 11 R gi tration for Seniors, Juniors and Engineering Students nda ·, ovember 14 to Friday, November 18 R gi tration for Sophomores I nda , 'ovember 21 to Wednesday, November 30 Registration for Freshmen u da ', 'ovember 22 - Thanksgiving recess begins at 5 p.m. fon la·, 'ovember 28 - Thanksgiving recess ends at 8 a.m. u la,, December 20 - Christmas recess begins at 5 p.m. \' dn day, January 4, 1967 - Christmas recess ends at 8 a.m. \\ dne day, January 11 - Classes end at 5 p.m. Frida ,January 13-Saturday, January 21-Examination period SPRING SEMESTER- 1967 Frida , January 27 - Registration, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. f nda ', January 30 - Classes begin at 8 a.m. 1 nday, February 27 - Submit reports on incomplete grades \ dn day, March 15 - Progress reports londay, i larch 20 to Friday, March 31 Registration for Juniors and Engineering Students 1onda , pril 3 to Friday, April 7 - Registration for Sophomores londa , April 10 to Friday, April 14 - Registration for Freshmen 1 u day, March 21 -Easter recess begins 5 p.m. dn day, March 29 - Easter recess ends at 8 a.m. Friday, pril 28 Final date for requests for summer trans/ er credit · turday, lay 13 - Classes end fonday, 1ay 15 to Wednesday, May 24 - Examination period unday, June 4 - Baccalaureate 5 p.m. onday, June 5 - Commencement 8 p.m. • On Monday, Tuesday, and Wednesday, January 9, 10, 11, the schedule for Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday classes will be followed. ening School bulletin is available uPon request. Direct inquiries to Director of Evening School, Parrish Hall. �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Office of Community Services, 65 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic, 6 Fine Arts Fiesta, 67 Registration, 14 Financial Assistance, 18 Buildings and Plant, 31 STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 39 Student Activities, 41 AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE Bachelor of Science Degree, 73 Degree Requirements, 74 Description of Courses, 103 Athletics, 46 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Board of Trustees, 180 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Curricula, 51 It wa inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for i purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters i h d the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in th community. It was believed that these ends could be rv d bet by an independent college that was interdenomin tional in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Social Activities, 43 Student Regulations, 47 tud nt. UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree, 71 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Wilke College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Uniity, re ponding to a request of community leaders, established Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell niv r ity Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College r h cl it charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The Colha grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school fr m it inception the college has been dedicated to these twin I -a ound and stimulating intellectual experience for stud nt and a program of service to the community. Tuition, Fees, and Expenses, 14 Scholarships, 18 Wilkes College Officers of Administration, 182 Academic Requirements, 55 Assistants in Administration, 183 Graduation Requirements, 60 F acuity, 184 ar have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late ilb rt S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wi dom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing d ir to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their f ith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student re vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philo ophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided b the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together tudent of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encour- �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE ages them to maintain their conv1ct10ns and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little import• ance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; 1s aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, a_n d physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instr:Jction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curricuium has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and ad:opted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Policies and Objectives dmissions R gistration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �dmissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and oundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive ming in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at \ ilkes places him among the ready men _for whom education i an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the re ponsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm per onal relationships between students and faculty. Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its instruction: from its library, its laboratories and equipment The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with othen. Admission Requirements HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high chool graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work r presenting the equivalent of the usual four-year high school or preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested in tudying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty members. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. Admissions Procedure APPLICATIONS FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission may be obtained from the Director of Admissions and should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. Upon receipt of the application, the Director of Admissions will write to the student concerning his high school transcript and recommendations. ADMISSION TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. The December, Jan• uary, or March tests are recommended as most suitable. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT The Admissions Committee meets each week and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of admission is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tmuon and dormitory deposit by May I; local students are requ l d to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by June l in order to uarante their entree into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the F bruary class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the f, 11 me ter. TRAJ SFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with adv need standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The tudent should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of hi honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative aluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will c un el him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will b placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final valuation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from conidering for admission any student who has been placed on a demic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING uperior students who have undertaken college-level courses in condary school may request college credit for such work and pennis ion to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the high school student must take the Advanced Placement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admi ion. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the high chool record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the high school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the re ults of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Director of <lmissions. The request will then be considered by the Admisions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their action prior to registration. �EXPENSES - Page 15 Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registra• tion after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The llege accepts a limited number of special students for individual in tru tion in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons t a co t of 60.00 per semester. tudent activities fee of $35.00 per semester will be charged to tho e tudents taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. PECIAL CHARGES TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $525.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $35.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $35.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $35.00 per semester hour. A fee of $35.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. raduation fee ...................................... $25.00 nvocation fee (two-year students) ... .... ............. $15.00 Tran cript (no charge for the first copy) ................. $ 1.00 CHE 1/STRY BREAKAGE tudents taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to d po it 10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. 1 'SURANCE COVERAGE Students registering for courses in the eight-week Summer School session will be charged $35.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. The College makes available both accident and accident and h alth insurance to students. Each student will be required to pur ha e an accident policy at a cost of $10.00, and dormitory tudents also are required to accept a health insurance policy o ting $20.00. This health insurance is also available to commuting students but is optional with them. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited ho pitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician is a ailable for emergency treatment. FEES PAYMENTS SUMMER SCHOOL For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it neces• sary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. everal plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be conidered when special assistance is needed. �Page 16 - EXPENSES I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program, and students needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. EXPENSES - Page 17 bureau, blanket I undry for thi · de k, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own ; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local on contract by the College. The charge to the student ervice is 26.00 per year. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educa• tional loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. II out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. 1 h charge for room and board is $525.00 per student per semest r. All dormitory students must purchase accident and health in urance at a cost of $30.00. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Offi e of Admissions. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding students is provided in a number al large mansions that have been given to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are nine men's and eight women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort i made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation-which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student-to: 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the com· munity. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combina• tion of work, loans, and scholarships. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. o scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of hievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarhip granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, rrie fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but holarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request i upported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college ctivity of his o\4Tn choice. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. IA 'STRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and efjort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must fir t apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. pplication for admission should be made prior to March 1. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the pplication for admission to the College. Wilke College participates in the College Scholarship Service ) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in C · ubscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid ramed a tudent should be based upon financial need. The CSS i t colleges and universities and other agencies in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parnt ' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarhip Service, designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by pril I. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jer ey 18540 or P. 0. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 97404. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates m the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose educa• tion may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rotating loan fund. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert W. Hall, class of I 951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Place• ment Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. ounders of Scholarships •, h year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of th College on an annual basis. Other friends have created chola hip which bear the names of the donors or of persons \'110111 they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. haeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the int re t · of the College and the students. By action of the Board f Tru tees a considerable portion of the income from this b que t has been set aside for scholarships. A DREW ]. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. hi scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promi e and proved ability. URS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be u d in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four holar hips have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These halftuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic chievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leaderhip in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College, and for years n outstanding leader in business and community life. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Mi Sturdevant. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. JOHN LLOYD EVANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who wa killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NEIL C. DADURKA-DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the Class of 1957. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN-THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION-gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman-a junior or senior-must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been e tablished in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarhip will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. PENNSYLVANIA SUPERINTENDENT'S AND FOREMAN'S ASSOCIATION OF THE SHOE INDUSTRY SCHOLARSHIP was established in February 1963 and is presented annually. The grant provides a $500.00 scholarship. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic standing. A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets the qualifications of academic competence and need. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 n C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the assoi l of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to h nor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their ompany. It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for n p r on has done more to bring new opportunities to the young p plc of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, h wa instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilke College became an independent college, he joined its Hoard of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. n cau c of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, h ha· supported and guided every forward looking and conn uctive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and by participation in college activiti , has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are n eded in Wilkes College and in our nation. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was tablished by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their on. 'l his scholarship is to be awarded to a local student preferably tudying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwi e could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded nnually to a worthy student of high potential. JJ'l~ T SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP hall be awarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matriculates at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a degree. MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FUND has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelligent boy who have insufficient financial resources of their own and who would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were unable to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be rrantcd only to boys of good moral character who are in the upper ten per cent of their class in academic standing and who have pa sed a qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilke College. �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE ABRAHAM H. BERMAN SCHOLARSHIP has been created by members of the Management Training Program of the Consolidated Cigar Corporation to honor Abraham H. Berman, Vice President of Consolidated Cigar Corporation, and a strong advocate of this training program. The scholarship is to further the education of deserving students in need of financial assistance. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP-This is an endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist students of outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and/ or senior years. JEWISH WAR VETERANS, WILKES-BARRE POST 212, SCHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Post's founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of need and ability without regard for race or creed. CARPENTER MEMORIAL MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS were established by the Board of Trustees of First Methodist Church of Wilkes-Barre, in memory of Benjamin Harold Carpenter and Georgianna Taylor Carpenter. These awards, one for $500 and another for $300, are given annually. OLIVER ]. R. TROUP MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is provided by Atlas Chain & Precision Products Co. Inc., the firm which Mr. Troup founded. This scholarship is presented to a freshman who intends to prepare for a business career. The award is granted annually to a young man whose potential is attested by the college board scores and the secondary school record. It is renewable at the end of each of the first three years. Cost of Education Scholarships A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition plus a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 27 in high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive basi by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The cholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. cholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1956 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creative writing in the fields of literature. �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Building and Plant Th College is constantly seeking to implement and improve i facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added cJa rooms, modern laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific r arch center. Construction of a dormitory and dining quarters b un la ·t pring, and preparations are under way for buildin a new library. The Center for the Performing Arts was dedit d in the fall of 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved pl, n for the onstruction of a music and art building adjacent to th theater. THE LIBRARY he pre ent library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fr d forgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 194 I a a gift of Allan Kirby, one of Wilkes-Barre's most generous b nefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Experience at Wilkes Education is the process of connecting and rebt ing, of testing and retesting, of discovery and rediscovery. The faculty can teach the student facts, but h contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of the mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his achievement. 1 hi three-floor stone structure contains more than 75,000 \'Olume and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students nd faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Tr a ure rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved n open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borlO\\ eel for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular our e circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and unday from l p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours re 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to IO p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays, and from I p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 33 STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THL BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics arc hou ed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provide approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in chemistry and in physics. B ok , tationery, and supplies may be purchased at the ColBookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The book tore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and upplies will vary with the course of study, but will average appro imately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct variou research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work a research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmo. pheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs have included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart As ociation, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private indu tries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, base• ball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. t Th College also maintains a United States Post Office subtion in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. UIDANCE CENTER 1 h College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in th ir coun eling of students. The College Testing Se~vice is vailable at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to m mbers of the Community. The testing center also provides i tance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other ageni . ·1 he Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law ffi s of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of th Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE he Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent mployment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It al o extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. l h Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time mployment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate hool is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school tern from all parts of the United States to interview students for bu iness and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from indu try, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. 11 tudents seeking employment are invited to register with the Placement Office. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers ma be given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty members ar submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either the student or the Placement Office. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, serves as a dining hall for the resident students. It also provides cafeteria service for commuting students. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. GIES HALL (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the temporary home of the Music Department. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in this building. In 1945 it was affectionate! named in memory of the late Professor Paul Gies, who in the early years of the College was director of music. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concert locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been hosr to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During the winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert serie presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 35 CE 1Tl-:R FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS fully equipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of friends of the . The ite, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirb, Park, was deeded to the College by the Wyoming Valley icty of rts and Sciences. Prcviou ly, theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly th arriage house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in I!)37 by dmiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fr d M. Cha ·e and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. ue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act pl, by O' eill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams ncl others. Frequently, the plays are student directed. Over th~ ar the College has presented Elizabethan plays of ShakeP are, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as those of Moliere, haw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis lub, has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer irl, Paint Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man, nd The Sound of Music. AL M I OFFICE 1 he Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the ollcge with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the change and needs of the institution. Pro pective students interested in finding out more about the ollege may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. urrent active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, l renton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D. C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 180 South River Street, the first building on the ampus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. tark. �Page 36 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT On the first floor are the Director of Admissions, the Regi trar, and the Director of Scholarships; on the second, the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Director of Student Activities, the Alumni Office, the office of Information and News, and the office of College Development. Weckesser Hall, the College's most recent building, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in Weekes er. tudent Life Counseling CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Preently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Office of Community Services and the Institute of Municipal Government occupy the fifth floor. Classes and facult offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, and Psychology are in Parrish Hall. The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasure and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contain the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. DORMITORIES Men's dormitories are Ashley, Barre, Butler, Denison, Gore, Hollenback, Miner, Slocum, and Warner Halls. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, McClintock, Sterling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Weckesser, and Weiss Halls. Dormitories are named after prominent local families and for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. tudent Activities ocial Activities Athletics Student Regulations �ounseling h guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage tudcnt to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to i t him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all h mu t learn to assume responsibility for all he does. th FRE HMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occaionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the t rm are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their cad mic program. Studying at Wilkes In college the teacher works with the stu• dent, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inqui and responsibility are essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, for ign language, and English-placement tests. The week also giv the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, nd the student activities. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, , nd vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: l. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3- Values of the College extracurricular program. 4. 1 he value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. TUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 40 - COUNSELING htalth affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are con• ducted on an entirely confidential basis. tudent Activities tudent activities of the College broaden a student's interb gun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of tracuu icular activities that contribute to the educational d velopment of the student who chooses to participate. tudcnt activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of t and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College ommunity. The student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, th ollcge Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male horu, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. t 1 here arc four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in acad mic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for tuclent in cooperation with the faculty. All women students m y become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own utive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. 1 he College requires that all campus organizations be open t all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not 11 student groups work in cooperation with faculty adand the Deans. TUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of nnually elected members representing the classes and other tudent groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all tudent groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. I TER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatiYe from the men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and admini ters dormitory policy. �Page 42 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES ocial Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging thee programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaperj the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities fo, students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are avail• able to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. StudentJ eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. he College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their int r t and benefit others. It has been found that students gain mo t from those activities, social and cultural, which release the b t talents of the individual. p ial projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers hri tn1as party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are nt rtaine<l; Student Government's party for children of St. Stani lau Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Stud nt Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty minars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminar attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities upplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and haperones. CO IE-AND-MEET-US-PAR TY tudent Government makes plans for student leaders to welome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the allege, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 44 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and foot• ball games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 45 WILKE OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. R tween Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilk Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout th nitcd States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over thr c•day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, th largest in the country, has the record for the most number of ntrie . FORMAL DANCES n1 Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affair, open to · the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. tudcnt Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one f the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobogganin , and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS tudent Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and o ani,ations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a • fardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday enior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned inderella Queen. HOMECOMING Throughout the year TOR and the Lettermen sponsor after, noon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christrna party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, facult)', and administration are invited to a buffet and dance at the Commons. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM JDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia. Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of Ma\ visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accornpan, both groups. 1 TER cARNIVAL PR! 1 G WEEKEND Tl/E MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the mpus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American nd foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organization plan their own special activities, such as the Beaux Arts Ball, sponsored by the Art Club. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and a such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsit sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swim• ming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sport satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresse physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch foot• ball, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, so£ tball, and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same con• sideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. tudent Regulations Jt i recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis f good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly ociations between students and faculty are a tradition on ampu. !though these relations are flexible, certain precedents have b en e tablished in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, nd none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, in the library, or on the first floor of the Commons. Facilities are availhie in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. S. The College provides several parking lots for student automobiles. Since facilities are limited, dormitory and commuting tudents are required to purchase at the Finance Office a permit which entitles them to park their cars in the areas reserved for th ir use. Cars which do not display appropriate parking stickers will be towed away at the student's expense. Freshmen and ophomore dormitory students are not permitted to maintain car on campus. 4. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 5. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student hall present his intructors with a note from the Deans. In all in tances the student is expected to make up the work that is mi sed. �Page 48 - STUDENT REGULATIONS STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in e tab. lishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. The Academic Program Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. urricula cademic Requirements Graduation Requirements �urricula raduate Programs CHEMISTRY AND PHYSICS To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. Th e curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time r duate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers ncl icntists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. Full details of this program are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Learning at Wilkes Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense ol belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recog nized and sought after is the measure of one' creative interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In thiswa the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprilt and delight at rediscovering itself. Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the r a a graduate program in education. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. ndergraduate Programs Wilkes is a liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural iences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �Page52-CURRICULA The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the sec• tion of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. These students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for per mission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the profes• sional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the gradu ation committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curricu• lum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs.'' TERMINAL PROGRAM Students may earn a terminal Certificate in the two-year secre• tarial curriculum. A detailed description of this program will be found under "Degree Programs," on page 88. Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. CURRICULA - Page 53 tudents will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and p cial requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. \ hen the student completes thirty hours, his record is revi wed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committ e recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. tudents who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes which they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, previous education, and experience. High school training is de irable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for pedal value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. ~- Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. �Page 54 - CURRICULA cademic Requirements Summer School RADES The faculty offers selected courses during summer session of six and eight weeks. The summer sessions begin in the third week of June. A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. h primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the tucl nt of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to tucl nt and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports ar ent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grad Interpretation ............ Academic achievement of ou_tstanding quality. 3 ............ Academic achievement of high quality. 2 ............ Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. O ............ Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or rea on beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific cour e assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete i not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English IOI is a 3 credit. course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course arc determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs. Carried Grade Bio. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Eng. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Fr. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Hist. IOI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mus. 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Total credit hrs. carried. . . 15 Points 4 12 0 0 6 3 9 2 I 3 Credit Hrs. Passed 3 0 3 3 3 Total credit hrs. passed ............................ 12 Total points earned ....................... 30 Average ...... 30 + 15 == 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. CLASS ST ANDING Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: End of Freshman Year ...... . .............. . End of Sophomore Year .................... . End of Junior Year ........................ . General Average Major Average 1.4 1.7 1.85 1.6 1.9 2.0 If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is r viewed by the Committee on Academic Standing to determine whether or not he should be allowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL ny student failing to meet these grade requirements will be pla ed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next mester will result in automatic dismissal from the College. nlc pecial permission is granted by the Academic Standing mmiuee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be on idcred for readmission until one year after being dropped. pon readmission the student will still be on probation and h II be given one semester in which to prove his ability to contmue in college. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. STUDENT LOAD o students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or pe ial need. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. WITHDRAWALS tudents may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty ad- �Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS viser and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a mo unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the Col• lege's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a non• matriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors con• cerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements ol the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Graduation Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the worl to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, published at the end of each tenn, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 59 HO ORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the ad mic record made by students carrying a normal load for th ir curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requi1 mcnts for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulathe a\'erage of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laudc, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, stu• dents must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. ard At ommencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two pedal awards for highest academic achievement. nior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He must complete all subjects required for the degree aJ stated in the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the program. Transfer students must complete the last 30 credit.I in residence at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientJ. tion and assembly programs and physical education. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP A WARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in olar hip throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCl1CE is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated ou tstanding holarship in one or both of these areas, and has manif t d intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the ·graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her oll ge career the highest average grade in physics courses. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to th graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a r earch project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects th r ipient of this award. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. THE CHEMISTRY A WARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest holastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. Students enrolled in the two-year terminal program must complete all course requirements and must earn a cumulative average of I. 7 for all courses. THE ENGINEERING A WARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. IOI, 102, 103,104,105,106, provided they attain a cumulative average of I. 7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting aµd demontrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 62 - A WARDS THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in ac• counting during his four years at the College. THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in jour• nalism courses. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to hm made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. The College and the Community Office of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE ALPHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SOCIETY A WARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with Wilkes College Administration, will select a Junior student from Wyoming Valley who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possesses those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outtanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many car that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In conqucnce, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Office of Community Services Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To thinl there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength-that ha always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helpnessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to discover the true India. RABINDRANATH TAGORE Towards Universal Man ln cooperation with the Chamber of Commerce, The Industrial Fund, and other community groups, the College has pro, ided for some years a program designed for the improvement of labor-management relations and for the study of modern practices in local government. These efforts have been maintained on a minimum basis by funds from the College, the Chamber of Commerce, local governments, and other civic groups. Thee local efforts have been recently strengthened by a grant of 150,000 from the Ford Foundation. In consequence, the work in both areas will be enlarged and a new Area Research enter has been established at Wilkes College. AREA RESEARCH CENTER The Area Research Center provides professional direction and ecretarial and research assistance in cooperation with the county and city development agencies, the Economy League, the Industrial Fund, the Committee of 100, the Chamber of Commerce, employers, labor unions, the Planning Council of the United Fund, and other agencies desiring special services. The purposes of the Center are (1) to coordinate the many tudies of community problems and trends so that the results may always be available to interested community groups and to �Page 66 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY others; (2) to assure continuity of studies so that long-time trends may be known and their significance in the local and national scene may be understood; (3) to make special studie for public and private groups, including municipalities, the Industrial Fund, corporations, labor organizations, the Econom} League, school boards; (4) to cooperate with the Planning Commissions of the City and County, with the United Fund, and with other social agencies and civic organizations. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING PROGRAM COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 67 tional program for public officials. By providing training, the Jn titute informs locally elected or appointed public leaders of modern practices in government. The Institute does not campaign or enter politics. The Institute does cooperate with municipal leagues and associations engaged in consultation and r earch on the local governmental level. . The In~titute publishes a monthly Newsletter containing umely articles related to the responsibilities of local officials interested in the development of the region. Because Wilkes serves an area which has been undergoing drastic economic readjustments, it is deemed essential that every effort be made to encourage cooperative planning and action. To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. The Institute has offered courses to magistrates, borough and town hip secretaries, police, councilmen and commissioners, health officers, and school directors. During the past five years over one hundred merit awards have been presented to outstanding local officials for service to their communities. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and spe• cific requirements of the particular company. Where several finn are confronted with common problems, special classes are or• ganized to include representation of several companies. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra The program designed for members of labor unions is tailored to the particular needs of the group. Broad topics in economics are presented to provide a basis for the discussion of ideas, laws, and practices. All classes are conducted on the College campu where the academic climate induces and stimulates free intellectual inquiry. It has been demonstrated that in this atmosphere the members participate more freely in the discussion and consideration of significant problems. As an integral part of the three-pronged Labor-Management Training Program, union and management personnel sometime meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT The Institute of Municipal Government, developed from the activities of the Political Science department, offers an educa- The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the gis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three mphony concerts annually. A number of the members come from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta /he.College parti_cipates wit? area-wide _cultural groups in the \\ yommg Valley Fme Arts Fiesta, a festival of music, drama, , nd the arts presented on the public square each spring. �Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Degree Requirements �1dergraduate Programs Th program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students m y mr. t the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. tud nt planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as ibl, with their department chairman. In it degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal ducation and for the concentration in special areas for which students r qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of i nc degree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve int ]I tual, social, and spiritual development. Bachelor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and ne\l conditions. Pro rams leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily conrn d with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of th men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around m n and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs r d igned to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized kills. liberal arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry on his explorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. t nt AREAS We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE s. FARLEY, President, Wilkes College Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 Page 72 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. A. DEGREE ELECTION OF A MAJOR The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanced level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfillin the general requirements in that subject. To provide depth of knowledge, some concentra_tion is req:1ired: It is d irable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially m the r a of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major fi Id of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. ajors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from th following subject areas: Required Courses Credit To be Ta Hours Eng. 101, 102- Composition 6 1-2 Eng. 151, 152- World Literature 8 3-4 Hist. 101, 102- Western Civilization 6 1-2 Phil. 101 - Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic 6 3.4-5-6 F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. 100- Introduction 3 1or2 For. Lang. 1 101-Elementary, For. Lang.I 102-Elementary, For. Lang. 1 103- Intermediate, For. Lang.I 104-Intermediate 12 1-2-3-4 Math.2 101 - Fundamentals, Math2 102-Fundamentals; or Phys. 101 -Physical Science, Phys. 102-Physical Science; or Bio. 101 - Biological Science, Bio. 102- Biological Science 12 1-2-3-4 Ee. 101 - Principles I, Ee. 102-Principles II; or P. S. 101 - Political Science I, P. S. 102- Political Science II; or Psy. 101 - General Psychology, Psy. 102-General Psychology; or Soc. 101 - Sociology; Soc. 102- Sociology 12 3.4.5-6 Biology Chemistry Economics Education (Elementary and Secondary) English Fine Arts Foreign Language History Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Political Science Psychology Social Science Sociology Thoe students electing a career in elementary or secondary education re required to select a major in one of the subject areas. Th_ese subject r a may be selected from those listed above and from th~s: listed under th Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Ind1v1dual departm nt programs will define the necessary course requiremen_ts. Teaching rtification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. tudents are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. Phys. Ed. 101, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education 0 1.2.3-4 COURSE REQUIREMENTS Phys. Ed. 105, 106-Hygiene 2 1-2 The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors re listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of hi major course requirements. 67 1 In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the ~chievem~nt of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language reqmrement 1s through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 2 Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, a Physics s~ould take courses in high school that prepare them to start the Coller mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonom• e~r_y. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. Bachelor of Science Degree The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thoug?t _and ac~ivity. Althoug~ these programs emphasize knowledge and s~ill m. speci~l ~elds, a basic proram of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Page 74 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basic ally the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specifi requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ' ·Degree Requirements." SELECTION OF A MAJOR Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Chemistry Commerce and Finance (a) Accounting (b) Business Administration ( c) Business Education Engineering' Music Education Medical Technology Nursing Education Physics Secondary Education in Science COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors ar listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of h major course requirements. neral Requirements for B. A. Degree For all majors other than biology, fine arts, mathematics, and music' Eng. 102 - Composition 3 For. Lang. 102- Elementary 3 Hist. 102- Western Civilization 3 Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science 3 F. A. 1012 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P. E. 1O2-Physical Education 0 P. E. I 06 - Hygiene 1 15-16 15-16 4 3 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Psy. l 02 - Psychology or Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. l 02 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education 16 1 jor and electivesi The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. FOURTH SEMESTER TlllRD SEMESTER Eng. ISi - World Literature F r. Lang. 103 - Intermediate 1a h. IOI - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phf(s.101-Physical Science P ·. 01 - Psychology or . IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or . 101 - Sociology p 103- Physical Education FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. IOI - Introduction3 Degree Requirements SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER 3 n IOI -Composition 3 F r. l n . IOI -Elementary 3 H t.101- Western Civilization 1 th.101- I•undamentals or Bio. IOI -Biological Science or 3 Phys. IOI -Physical Science F 1012 - Experiencing Art I or us. 100- lntroduction Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech 2-3 P . IOI -Physical Education 0 P E.105-Hygiene I 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12 Phil. 102 - Logic3 Major and electivesi 3 12 15 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 1 jor and electives 4 15 Major and electives 15 I Detailed programs for these majors are outlined on the following pages. 2To fulfill the general requirements the student must take F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 in 1 Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon com• pletion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to tht junior year of other engineering schools. the fir tor second semester. Eng. 131 is not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elective. Philosophy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may t e Phil. 101 and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the !al ience requirement. 1 tudents planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 Page 76 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS Course Requirements in the Majors Biology1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicin teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professio schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic ar of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the b logical sciences. Students planning to major in biology should t courses in high school that prepare them to start the College ma ematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. I Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103 - General Zoology Chem. 101 -Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Engi. 1032 - Basic Problems P. E. 101-Physical Education P. E. 105-Hygiene 4 3 4 1 0 1 Bio. 104 - General Zoology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Comparative Anatomy Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151- World Literature Hist. 101- Western Civilization Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 - Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 4 3 3 0 Bio. 202-Embryology Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political SciencL II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 3 4 3 4 3 Bio. 222 - Genetics F. A. 101 or Mus. 100 For. Lang. 102-Elementary Phys. 112 - Introductory Ee. 102- Princi~les II or P. S. 102 - Po itical Science II or Psy. 102-Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 3-4 4 3 3 3 Major elective Bio. 232 - Ecology Bio. 262 - History of Biology For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Phil. 102 - Logic Bio. 271 - Research (optional) Electivet pre-professional degree program is described on page 52. The first three} of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 2 If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hours. 4 3 3-4 3 I 3 3 1 3 16-18 16-17 h mi try Thi curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in t h mi try in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, hnical sales, technical librarianship, as technical translator, etc. The ud nt will choose electives after consultation with his advisor. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 85 is recommended for the student int r ted in a professional career in chemistry. Ch mi try 210 and 241 must be taken in addition to those courses Ii tcd below. The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on p 72 in the bulletin, must also be met. FIRST SEMESTER En 1. 1032-Basic Problems Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Prm iples of Chemistry Ph . 150- Introductory neral Physics I lath. 122-Analytic Geometry n .161 - Composition P . 101 - Physical Education P. E. I05 - Personal Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 4 3 0 Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Phys. 151 - Introductory General Physics II Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 1 17 1A 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER tive Physiology 103- Intermediate Introduction 3 3 16 17 SECOND SEMESTER 4 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 221 - I listology . 232 - Organic Chemistry r. l ng. IOI -Elementary P . II I - Introduction IOI - Princi~les I or P. . 101 - Po itical Science I or P . IOI -Psychology or . 101 - Sociology I El 2lf ives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hours. 4 4 4 3 0 1 16 �Page 78 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 152- Introductory General Physics III Electives 4 4 F. n Ii h Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Electives tud nts who major in English are required to take English IOI, 102, nd 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; nd 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students Ith at least a 3.0 average in IOI, 102, and 151 may take an advanced n lish course simultaneously with 152. 3 6 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 -Organic Chemistry Electives SIXTH SEMESTER 4-5 12 Chem. 262 - Research Electives r 16-17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry l Electives 14-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Electives 15-18 Fin Art tudcnts who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the followprogram of studies in addition to the general require~ents for the B. . degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the reqmrements for c rtification in education. 111 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete twenty• four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. IO I, I 02 in addition to tht general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry includ Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. FIRST SEMESTER En . 101 -Composition H1 t.101- Western Civilization F r. Lan . 101 - Elementary F. . 103 - Color and Design P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene Bio. 101 - Biological Science or ath. 101 - Fundamentals or Phy . 101 - Physical Science SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary F. A. 104- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Bio. 102- Biological Science or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science 16 3 3 3 3 0 I 3 16 Education Those students electing a career in Elementary or Secondary Educa• tion are required to select a major in one of the major subject areas These subject areas may be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental programs will define the necessary course requirements for the prospective teach:r. Teaching certification requirements for most states may~ met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. THIRD SEMESTER Eng. ISi - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate F. . I09 - Oil Painting I F. . 20 I - History of Art I P. E. 103 - Phfcsical Education Bio. IOI - Bio ogical Science or ath. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate F. A. 106- Water Color Painting F. A. 202-History of Art II P. E. 104 - Phfcsical Education Bio. 102-Bio ogical Science or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. 102- Physical Science 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 �Page 80 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 FIFTH SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction F. A. 121- Modeling & Construction F. A. 125-Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. I 01 - Psychology or Soc. 101 - Sociology 3 3 3 2 6 fa thematics Phil. 205 - Aesthetics F. A. 122-Ceramics F. A. 126 - Graphics Elective (optional) Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102- Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology FIRST SEMESTER Bo. IOI - Biological Science En . 101 - Composition For. Lang. IOI - Elementary F. . IOI - Experiencing Art I or 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER F. A. 205 - Contemporary Design F. A. 220- Studio Problems F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives 1u . I 00 - Introduction EIGHTH SEMESTER 2 2 2 9-12 15-16 SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 F. A. 290 1- Senior Exhibit Electives 2 14-15 3 4 0 I ath. 122-Analytic Geometry P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 1OS - Hygiene Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. I 02 - Composition For. Lang. I 02 - Elementary F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Math. 125 - Calculus I P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 I 17 17 14-1 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. History Students who major in history are required to take Hist. 101 and 102 in the freshman year, Hist. 107 and 108 in the sophomore year, and I additional credit hours. THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER n .151- World Literature ~ r. Lang. I03 - Intermediate H, • IOI - Western Civilization th. 126- Calculus II Phy . 150- Introduction to G neral Physics I P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 4 0 4 3 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 240 - Differential Equations Phys. 151 - Introduction to General Physics II P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 3 4 4 0 18 Mathematics Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has sho\\n that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. FIFTH SEMESTER Phy .152- Introduction to G neral Physics III 1nth. 251 -Advanced Calculus I . IOI - Principles I or P. S. I01 - Political Science I or Psy.101-Psychology or . IOI -Sociology El tive 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER Moth. elective Phil. JOI -Introduction Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semester after consultation with the department chairman. 3 3 6 3 15 In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Ma th. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 2 Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II 3 Ee. I 02 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Psy. I 02 - Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology 6 Electives 4-6 El ives 15-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 9-12 15-18 Math. elective Electives 3 12 15 �B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 Page 82 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS Music EVENTEi SEMESTER Music! 5- Instrumentation - Analysis Students who major in Music are required to complete the follow1 program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should foll the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Educati This program is described on page 96 of this bulletin. The following the course requirements for the music major. 2 2 2 9 15 EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music 1 Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. 218-Counterpoint Electives 2 2 3 9 16 I hilo ophy-Religion major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of nty-fom hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy 101 and 102. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philo ophy and religion in their sophomore year. t\ FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 -Elementary Mus. IOI -Theory of Music Applied Music! P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene_ 3 3 3 5 1 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102-Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102- Physical Science Eng. 102- Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus.102-Theory of Music: Applied Music! P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene P ychology A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology IOI nd 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology ~W3 and 204 are required for the major. In ddition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In ddition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue th study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for profession! psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without dvanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, prof sional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 16 THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Mus. 103-Theory of Music Applied Music! Psy. 101-Psychology Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101- Physical Science P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 5 1 3 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Mus. 104-Theory of Music Applied Music! Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. 102- Western Civilization Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature Phil. 101 -Introduction Mus. 109 - History of Music Applied Music! Soc. 101- Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 15 t Political Science SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152 - World Literature Phil. 205 - Aesthetics Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Musicl Soc. 102 - Sociology Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuiti charge. A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours. Political cience 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. r ocial Science The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be I Private charge. instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition �Page 84 - B.A. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other three. Only courses beyond the IOI, 102 level will count toward th major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for students preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet th certification requirements in education a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the soci~ science major for all required courses in economics, history, politica science, and sociology. Sociology-Anthropology A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology l OI, I 02 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Studen who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in th department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociolo should ordinarily include the following four courses: Sociology 230 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, ho\\• ever, other courses may in some instances be substituted. h 1111 try FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Ch m. IOI -Introduction to Prin 1pl of Chemistry f.n 1. 10 1- Basic Problems 1 • IOI -Composition 1 th. I22- Analytic Geometry Ph . 150- Introduction to neral Phhsics I P ·. 101-P ysical Education P E. 105 - Personal Hygiene 4 1 3 4 4 0 1 THIRD SEMESTER Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. 4 0 1 16 FOURTH SEMESTER Ch m. 210- Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis I or. Lang. th. 126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introduction to neral Phhsics III P. E. I 03- P ysical Education 3 4 3 4 4 0 Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 222 - Quantitative Analysis For. Lang. Math. 240-Differential Equations and Infinite Series P. E. 104 - Physical Education Elective2 18 4 4 3 4 0 3 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Ch m. 231 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 241 -Elementary Phy ical Chemistry En .151- World Literature For. Lang. El tive2 5 4 4 3 3 Chemistry The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough trainin in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. 4 3 4 16-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102-Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 151 - Introduction to General Physics II P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Personal Hygiene Chem. 233 - Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 242 - Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chem. 262-Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. Elective2 16-19 SEVENTH SEMESTER Ch m. 271 - Research 3 Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Chem. 281 - Seminar ½ El tives2 12-14 3 4 1 4 3 3 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 282 - Seminar Electives2 16½-18½ ½ 15-18 15½-18½ The following chemistry electives are all three credits: Chem. 251 Chem. 310 Chem. 331 Chem. 341 I This Biochemistry Inorganic Organic Physical Chem. 272 - Research Chem. 330 - Organic Chem. 340 - Physical Chem. 342 - Statistical Thermodynamics course may be waived by examination. tives must include two philosophy courses, Mus. 100 or F. A. IOI, at least one dvanced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8, Hist. 101-102, and one of the following: P. S. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-102. 2 El �B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 87 Page 86 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. 101 - Western Civilization Ee. 111 - History Math. 101 - Fundamentals P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene . 101 - Elementary I 111-lli tory n 101 - Composition H t.101- Western Civilization 101 - Biological Science or SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 102 - Elementary II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - Western Civilization F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Math. 102-Fundamentals or Math. 115 - Finance P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene Ph . IOI -Physical Science P E 101 - Physical Education p 105-IIygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Acct. 102 - Elementary II F. A. 101-Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 16 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101- Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 4 3 2 0 TllIRD SEMESTER . 231 - Business Law 101- Princte I Acct. 112- Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102- Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science P. E. 104- Physical Education .131- Fun amentals of Speech .151- World Literature 1ath. 101 - Fundamentals p . IOI - Political Science I or . IOI -Sociology p .103- Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 201 -Cost I Ee:. 201- Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 3 0 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER Acct. 202-Advanced Cost II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. 102 - Political Science II Elective I SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER 251 - Principles of Management 3 3 201 - Money & Banking 3 E 231 - pplied Statistics 3 Ph1l. !Ol -Introduction 6 I tiv 3 3 Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 226-Geography of the World or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Business Law Phil. 102 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives Acct. 232 - Auditing Practice Acct. 252 - Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 226- Geography of World Elective 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER B . 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 12 B . Ee. electives IS Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should el subjects in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside thf major field. El ~ 3 3 3 3 6 18 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 18 1 3 3 4 3 16 18 18 Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231 -Auditing Principles B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I Elective 1 B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102-Composition Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102 - Fundamentals P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. & Ee. electives Elective 12 3 3 18 15 �Page 88 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Students who major in Business Administration will select their el tives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. tudcnt planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageous, fir t to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in general ffi or ccrctarial proficiency. This two-year program provides a t r undntion for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for later inlization in the four-year major in business education. BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 220 - Real Estate Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241-Economic Analysis Math. 115- Mathematics of Finance Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade FIRST SEMESTER 105- Elementary Shorthand t. IOI -Elementary I 107 - Id mentary Typewriting f th. 115- Mathematics of Finance B 101 - Biological Science or Ph) .101 - Physical Science 3 En IOI - Composition 3 II IOI - Western Civilization 3 P E I I - Physical Education 0 P . 105 - I Iygiene 1 r ECONOMICS Ee. 212- Government & Business Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 222-American Labor Movement Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 225-International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230- Business Cycles Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241-Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 246 - Economics Investigation Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I Tll/RD SEMESTER . 207 - Advanced Shorthand c:ct. III - Intermediate I 3 201' -Advanced Typrewriting I . IOI - Elementry I r Ret.101 -Principles 3 B . 231 - Business Law 3 P hology IOI 3 E 1012- Principles I 3-4 P E. 103- Physical Education 0 Psy. 212 - Psychological Tests Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology Math. 122-Analytic Geometry Math. 125-Calculus I Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry P. S. 208-Labor Law FIFTH SEMESTER t. 111 - Intermediate I r R t. IOI -Principles Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 -Principles of Retailing Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology or El tive3 . 101 - Sociology or P.. IOI - Political Science En .151- World Literature Ed. 100- Introduction Prm iple of Management I 3 3 4 3 3 16 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 1 16-17 FOURTH SEMESTER S.S. 208-Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112 - Intermediate II S.S. 2021 -Advanced Typewriting Acct. 102 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psychology 102 P. E. 104-Physical Education Ee. 1022 - Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 15-17 MARKETING B. A. 114- Salesmanship B. A. 216 -Advertising B. A. 239 - Sales Management B. A. 240 - Property Insurance Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation SECOND SEMESTER S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 102 - Elementary II S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 102-Composition Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science Hist. 102- Western Civilization P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 17-18 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 222-American Labor Movement B. A. 240 - Property Insurance B. A. 241-Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining 2 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 0 3 3 15-16 SIXTH SEMESTER Acct. 112 - Intermediate II or Retailing Elective3 Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. 102-Political Science Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 200-Educational Psychology Principles of Management II 3 3 4 3 3 16 MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the stu• dent for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a career in business. tudents following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semesters of typ writing. 2 Two-year program students take S. S. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 4. udents who have already met required accounting and retailing courses would el one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the two ould be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. I �Page 90 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER S. S. 243 - Principles and Methods of Business Education S. S. 205 - Office Procedures and Machines Phil. 101 -Introduction Mus. 100 - Introduction or F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I B. A. 209- Business Correspondence and Reports 3 B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 EIGHTH SEMESTER Ed. 230 - Secondary Education Elective4 I nm ring 3 FRESHMAN YEAR 4 3 (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES EXCEPT CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 3 3 16 Engineering Wilkes College offers the first two ·years of the engineering curricula Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Cath• olic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel Institute, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technolog} New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course stu• dents must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pur• sue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown tha many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year 4 Students planning to teach in Pennsylvania should elect a course in America History for permanent certification. FIRST SEMESTER • I ·o- Introd. General Physics I 1. 100- Engineering Problems n 1. 105- E11ginecring Drawing 101- Composition 1th 122 - AnalyticGeometry p IOI - Physical Education F IOS - Prrsonal Hygiene 4 2 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Phys. 151 - Introd. Gen'! Physics II Engi. 106- Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102-Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Personal Hygiene 17 4 2 3 4 2 0 1 16 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING hanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineerTherefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare th tudcnt for the advanced work offered by several universities. in . CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Ch mical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical mdu try in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. uch materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, cer~mi drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical nginccr is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and mangcment of industrial plants in _which materials are pr?duced by che~i I change. The chemical engmeer may be engaged m research or m the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the rundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical ngineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a ound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, nd electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engineer. �Page 92 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FIRST SEMESTER ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Th electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all I trical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and min ; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 101 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry Engi. 100 - Engineering Problems Engi. 1OS - Engineering Drawing Phys. 150-Introd. Gen'l Physics I Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 1OS - Personal Hygiene 4 2 3 4 4 0 l Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 151 -Introd. Gen'! Physics II Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 101 -Physical Education P . E. 105-Personal Hygiene Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletransmission of print and pictur~s, offer~ n~merous op~ortunities. D v Iopment of electronic tubes, transistors, circmts, and eqmpment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. l •pe, 18 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 152 - In trod. Gen'! Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 101 - Composition P. E. 103-Physical Education 4 3 3 4 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER SOPHOMORE YEAR I Math. 240 - Diff. Equations and Infinite Series Ch. E. 106 - Stoichiometry Eng. 102 - Composition Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I Elective' Tl-lIRD SEMESTER 17 FOURTH SEMESTER 1 th. 126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introd. Gen'I Physics III 1 ·.211-Mechanics I. Statics 1 ·. 111 or C. E. 103- Statics or Plan urvcying Ch m. IOI - Introduction to Prrncipl s of Chemistry P. E. !03-Physical Education 16 CIVIL ENGINEERING 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electrk and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibrium P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 THIRD SEMESTER C. E. 103 - Plane Surveying M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126-Calculus II Phys. 152-Introd. Gen'! Physics III Chem. 101 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 4 3 4 0 17 3 3 3 4 0 17 The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in th treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the loca• tion and construction of all transportation facilities. 4 ENGINEERING PHYSICS The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with fl ible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics .. At the same time the ngineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems ca_n be pushed to completion. The first tw~ yea~s of wo_rk, offered at W~lkes, are similar to those of the other engmeermg curricula. They provide a ound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or s ific fields of engineering. FOURTH SEMESTER SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 C. E. 104 - Route Surveying M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamic Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibrium P. E. 104- Physical Education THIRD SEMESTER 18 1 th.126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introd. Genr'I Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Ch m. IOI -Introduction to Principles of Chemistry P. E.103- Physical Education 1 E. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. 2 For freshman year see page 91. FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 4 0 17 t For freshman year see page 91. Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. IOI - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202-Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibrium P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 17 �Page 94 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with t methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personne and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Prepara tion with a background in science, engineering, economics, busin administration, management, and history is necessary. The successf industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability b also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and person ality. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in th pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with peop as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the firr. two years of work for those primarily interested in the administratio of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I Phys. 152-Introduction to General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126 - Calculus II Chem. 101 - Introduction to Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education 3 3 4 4 0 P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 3 3 4 0 4 0 17 17 I" MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, constructio installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize po\\e from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether b steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines is of primary concern t the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessar wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in th fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must hm an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of lile and how its development and expansion affect our future. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103 - General Zoology Ch m.101-Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition th. I07 - College Algebra En i. 1032 - Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P.E !OS-Hygiene 4 4 3 3 1 0 I Bio. 104-General Zoology Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 109 - Plane Trigonometry P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 15-16 I For 2 Thi 4 4 3 3 0 I 15 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 204- M1crotechnique Chm. 221-lnorganic Quantitative Analysis En . 151 - World Literature H1 t. IOI -- Western Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementair P. E.103-- Physical Education 3 4 4 3 3 Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- Western Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104-Physical Education 2 4 4 3 3 0 0 17 For freshman year see page 91. 4 3 The American Society of Clinical Pathologists . and . t~e American oci ty of Medical Technologists recomm:nd cer~am reqmrements for rogram of training leading to a degree m Medical Technology. !he u~riculum offered at Wilkes College followsh!hese recom~en{at10~s nd is presented below. The final year in t 1s program 1s ta ·en m ho pitals approved for such training. Ee. 102- Principles of Economi('s11 Elective M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Chem. I 02 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physic?! Education 17 1 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics M. E. 206 -- Kinematics Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education f dical Technology FOURTH SEMESTER 3 TlJIRD SEMESTER 1 th. 126- Calculus II Ph . 152- Introduction to n rnl Physics III 1 . 211 - Mechanics I. Statics 1 E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Ch m.101- Introduction to Prin ipl of Chemistry . freshman year see page 91. course may be waived by examination. 16 �Page 96 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introductory Physics Psy. IOI -Psychology Soc. IOI - Sociology or Ee. IOI - Principles I or P. S. IOI - Political Science I 4 3 4 3 3 B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 212 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112- Introductory Physics Psy. 102 - Psychology Soc. I 02 - Sociology or Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II 17 SEVENTH SEMESTERI Clinical Chemistry !3 weeks Microbiology 8 weeks Urinalysis 4weeks EIGHTH SEMESTER' Haematology & Blood Bank 12 weeks Histology 6\\ Serology 7 weeks 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Eng. 102-Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Phyf;ical Science Mus. 102 - Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104 - Brass Class Hist. I 02 - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 18½ THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. IOI -Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Class Mus.103-Theory of Music Mus. 109-History of Music Applied Music2 Psy. IOI -Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 18½ 3 2 2 2 1 ½ 2-3 15½-16½ 2 2 2 8 I ½ SIXTH SEMESTER Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 106 - Brass Class Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin Class Applied Musict Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 112 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 3 3 2 2 2 I ½ 2-3 15½-16½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. Ed. 108 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 114 - String Class Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 - Piano Class or elective 2 2 2 1 ½. 6 2-3 2 17½ 15½-16½ 2 3 I 12 ursing Education 0 I 1812 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. I 04 - Brass Class Mus. 104 - Theory of Music Mus. 110 - History of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 102-Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 SEVENTH SEMESTER u . 215 - Instrumentation 1u • Ed. I07 - Voice Class fu . Ed. 113 - String Class 1us. Ed. 240 - Professional Semester in Music Education Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus 1u • 113 - Piano Class or elective Music Education FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. IOI - Physical Science Mus. IOI -Theory of Music Mus. Ed. IOI - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103- Brass Class Hist. IOI - Western Civilization Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 100- Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Scienee I or Soc. 101 - Sociology Mu . Ed. 105- Woodwind Class fu. Ed.109-Conducting fu . Ed. 111 - Violin Class pplied Music! B nd, Orchestra, Chorus fu . 111 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 1812 1 To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. 2 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nur~e Qualifying Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order to receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take a mini1Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �Page 98 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS mum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participatin in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101- Western Civilization Bio. 103 - General Zoology or Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 100 - Introduction Soc. 101 - Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N . E. 101 - Foundations SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3-4 3 3 2 analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be mad up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - Western Civilization Bio. 104- General Zoology or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. I 02 - Physieal Science ~ N. E. 104 - Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102 - Psychology N. E. 106 - Supervision Elective (optional) t 2-3 17-18 B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 99 SECOND SEMESTER 1 th. 122 - Analytic Geometry n . 101 - Composition Ch m. 101 - Introduction to Prin iple. of Chemistry Phy . 150- Introduction to G n ral Physics I P. E. 105- Personal Hygiene P E. IOI - Physical Education 4 3 4 4 1 0 Eng. 151 - World Literature 4 Phil. 101 - Introduction 3 Soc. 101 -Sociology or Psy.1012-Psychology 3 Ed. 241 - Educational Measurements 2 N. E. 107 - Principles & Methods 2 N. E. 108 - Techniques 1 Elective 2-3 4 1 0 16 16 FOURTH SEMESTER th. 126 - Calculus II Phi . 152- Introduction to General Physics III Ph 221-Electronics . IOI I - Elementary H1 . IOI - Western Civilization P. E. I03- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1022 - Psychology N. E. 102 - Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Teaching Elective 15-18 4 3 3 3 3 0 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Phys. 212 - Thermodynamics Ger.102 1 -Elementary Hist. 102- Western Civilization P. E. 104 - Physical Education 16 16-1 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough groundin in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and re• search. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the studen will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree, or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in t 4 3 4 16-1 THIRD SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Math. 125-Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Phys. 151 - Introduction to General Physics II P. E. 106 - Personal Hygiene P. E. 102-Physical Education FIFTH SEMESTER th. 251 -Advanced Calculus I Ph . 201 - Electricity and gnetism Ph 203- Mechanics Ger. 1031 - Intermediate En .151- World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 4 Functions of a Complex Variable 3 F.n 131- Fundamentals of Speech 2 I tires 6-8 3 3 3 0 17 SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 204 - Mechanics Ger. 1051 - Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Ph .261-Atomic Physics th. 255- Introduction to 4 4 3 4 3 3 4 17 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics 4 Math. 257 - Partial Diff. Equations 3 Electives 8-10 15-17 If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. 2 P. S. 101, P. S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. 1 Ru ian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. 15-17 �Page 100 - B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS Courses of Instruction Science Education Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B.A. in Biology, B.A. in Chemistry, or B.S. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: Psy. 101- General Psychology Psy. 102 - General Psychology Ed. 100 - Introduction Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ed. 230 - Professional Semester 3 3 3 3 12 24 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Capin, Curtis, P. Werner. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting IOI. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. IO I. Three credits Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting I I I. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I I I. Three credits �Page 104 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 105 Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Acct. 232. Auditing Practice II Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 12 or approval of instructor. Three credits Advanced application of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of classification and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits Acct. 202. Advanced Cost Accounting II Acct. 241. Advanced Accounting I Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201 or approval of instructor. Three credits A comprehensive review of partnerships; special procedures and problems of installment sales, consignments, home office and branch relationships; introduction to accounting for business combinations and consolidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 12, 202 or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing Principles I An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting II A detailed analysis of the problems of consolidations; analysis of the procedure in accounting for bankruptcies, receiverships, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. Three credits Acct. 252. Accounting Internship This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini; Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Kimball, Mizianty, Tappa; Instructor Schonwetter. Bio. 101 .. 102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general 1 Or the equivalent. �Page 106 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 107 information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103--104. General Zoology General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representative animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bio. 111--112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 121--122. Advanced General Biology Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class, two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. l 12 or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester •mbryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and m n. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. la , two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 201, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 204. Microtechnique Biological technique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Lecture, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits Bio. 211--212. Bacteriology Bio. 211 covers generally the morphology and identification of bacteria. Laboratory work includes microscopy, techniques of making media, methods of sterilization, and the culturing of bacteria. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. l 04. Bio. 212 emphasizes medical and industrial processes such as biological prophylaxis and allergy, diseases and disease transmission, viruses, rickettsias, and pathogenic protozoa. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Four credits each semester Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two ho 1rs a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. 1 Four credits Bio. 202. Embryology Bio. 221. Histology Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202 or permission of instructor. Three credits �Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Bio. 222. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of those characters in plants and animals. The laboratory work concerns primarily studies of inheritance in the fruit fly. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221 or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 232. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 23 I or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 262. History of Biology A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit Bio. 271. Research Project Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors Capin, Gera, R. Werner; Instructor Casper, Johns, Krohn, Roberts. B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of int r t and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on I tters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. I 02. Three credits B.A. 216. Advertising A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business, including conideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 11 O - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the ec?nomic princ!ples underlying the capital structure of modern ~usmess en~erpnse. Consideration given to altern_ate ty~e~ of _busmess ~rgamzation, corporate securities, and financial .policies . mvolved m promotion, disposition of net earnings work!ng cap~tal and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, fi. nancial read1ustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and investment programs; financial reports of leading companies forecasting metho~s and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage hou~es, methods of bu~mg and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detect10n. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law - Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction ~o the struct~re and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law o_f Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examinat10n of the essential elements of a contract under both the com l~w and_ the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of con:c~ rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 B.A. 233. Business Law- Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationhip and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and di advantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law - Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 23 I, 232, Acct. I 02. Three credits B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B. A. 232 or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 241. Life Insurance B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales A _general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation the nght_s a~d liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termmat10n of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods the t~an~f:: of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the dutie; ?nd habiht1es of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests m _goods. A co~panson of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the U mform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 23 I. Three credits This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Chem. 21 O. Inorganic Chemistry ~ature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental umversal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation plannin?' organizin?, staffing, actuating, communicating, directing: controllmg, etc. Views management as a process of integrating knowledge developed by many disciplines. Social and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and of their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 102 or permission of the instructor. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis on ~roble~s of ~roduction, sales, personnel, office, finance, organiza. t10n. Viewpomt on relationship to overall operation of enterprise. Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case study method emphasized. · Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits CHEMISTRY Associate Professor Rozelle, chairman; Professor Bastress· Asso• ci~te Professor Swain; Assistant Professors Bohning, Salley, Soeder, Stme. Chem. 101. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Chemical periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chem. 102. Chemical Equilibria _A ~tudy of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory will n~volv: theor~ and development of schemes of qualitative analysis with particular emphasis on the reactions of metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. IO I. Four credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analyses: ,olumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fe : $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 222. Quantitative Analysis Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. More recent techniques and instrumental procedures. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221. Four credits Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds through the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 22 I or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 115 Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 231,232, or permission of instructor. A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry majors. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits Chem. 233. Organic Qualitative Analysis A study of the systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures utilizing classical and instrumental techniques. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Three credits Ch.em. 241. Elementary Physical Chemistry The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 242. Intermediate Physical Chemistry Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and radiochemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 251. Biochemistry A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on Three credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit Chem. 262. Chemical Literature Discussion of the important sources of chemical information and xpericnce in the use of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein, and the chemical journals. Literature evaluation and preparation for Chem. 271 are included. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits or permission of insfructor. One credit Chem. 271. Research Original laboratory research under the direction of a staff member. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. A written report is required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 262. Three credits Chem. 272. Research Continuation of Chem. 271. A written report is required. Must be taken in eighth semester. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 271. Three credits Chem.281.Seminar Discussion of research and selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. One-half credit �Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 282. Seminar A continuation of Chem. 281. One-half credit The 300 series courses are graduate courses available to undergraduate seniors with permission of the instructor. Chem. 310. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of properties related to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, acid-base phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. Class, three hours a week. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors De Young, R. Werner. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems nd shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise conomy; the effects of the increasing importance o_f the :cono~ic role of government are pointed out. The course provides onentat_10n in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II Chem. 330-331. Advanced Organic Chemistry A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, elimination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reactions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Chem. 340-341. Advanced Physical Chemistry Topics include kinetic theory of gases, kinetics, quantum chemistry, atomic and molecular structure, electrochemistry, spectra, surface chemistry and solid state chemistry. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester Chem. 342. Thermodynamics The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are studied in detail. Statistical mechanics, including atomic and molecular spectra, is introduced. Equations for the thermodynamic properties of certain systems are derived from statistical thermodynamics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 101. Three credits Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and income determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The in• flationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 20 I . Three credits Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Two credits ments. The relationship of the American labor movement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major i ues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining i also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices uch as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 212. Government and Business A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative methods, objectives and results of governmental control. Reference is made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI, Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 225. Intemational Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 217. Economics of Transportation Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement A study of the evolving American labor movement and its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor move- Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisites: Ee. I 02. Three credits E. 227. Economic Geography of North America A study and analysis of the North American continent, with !pecial emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite:· Ee. I 02 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits Ee. 236. Public Finance Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Three credits Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value nd distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Cl.ass instruction includes: (I) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor (for seniors only). Three credits �Page 122 -- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION DESCRIPTION OF COURSES -- Page 123 Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professor Colson; Assistant Professors Richards, West; Instructors Barone, Evangelista, Siles. An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 100. Introduction to Education Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary A study of the historical development of American education, tht' role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 200. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. 100,200. Three credits Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, st1:dents must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. I 02. Fifteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: School Arithmetic Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 215. Multi,.,Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Four teen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits Ed. 223. Multi~Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. Fee: $20.00. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may ·schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as foIIows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. One and one-half credits Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - P~ 127 . Ed. 234. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed . 236. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subjects. One credit Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Building of a program in secondary mathematics, and informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. ( Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Two credits ENGINEERING Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professor Heltzel; Assistant Professor Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensionin. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $ I 0. Two credits - THE STAFF Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances a they are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and kiln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits Civil Engineering Engi. 103. Basic Problems A course equivalent to Engi. 100 but without the engineerin orientation lectures. For non-engineering students only. May be waived by examination. Practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5.00. One credit Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to engineering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $IO. Three credits Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math.122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of plane and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the adjustment and use of surveying equipment including transit, levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, rading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal, compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. l 03. Four credits �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 21 I. Three credits Three credits ENGLISH Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits Professor McCrossen, chairman; Professor Davies; Associate Professors Groh, Rizzo; Assistant Professors Fiester, Gutin, Lord; Instructors DeArment, Hadsel, Kerr, Kish, Miller, Mistichelli, Molley, Quick, R. Roberts, Tyburski, Williams. Eng. 101. Composition· Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits M.E. 206. Kinematics Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. IOI. Three credits Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. ISO. Three credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. IO I and I 02. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits Eng.131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry tudy of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng.215.Shakespeare Eng. 152. Western World Literature Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Eng. 200. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 205. Chaucer Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 211. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special mphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes wift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 237. Early English Novel English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; ri e of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits members of scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must assist in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 202. Production Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Use and operation of stage, lighting, and sound equipment. Written analysis of a one-act play, not only as a piece of literature but as a practical stage production. Each student must participate in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work· special emphasis on the research paper. ' Three credits Eng. 291. Modern Poetry Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits Eng. 294. Modern Novel Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth C-entury. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits Th. Arts 203. Directing Various styles of acting, interpretation of a role, complete planning for a production culminating in workshop performances of cenes from various types of drama. Class and workshop. Three credits FINE ARTS Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Assistant Professor Richards; Instructors Evangelista, Stein. FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits Eng. 296. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II A continuation of FA IO I. Prerequisite: FA 101. Three credits FA 103. Color and Design Theater Arts Th. Arts 201. Stagecraft . Play selection; types of drama; making a prompt book; the prac• t1cal use of the stage. Emphasis on presentation by individual class A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours . Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 FA 104. Drawing and Composition An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. Three credits FA 106. Water Color Painting A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Three credits FA 109. Oil Painting I An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits FA 11 O. Oil Painting II Increased emphasis is placed in the development of a more personal style and technique. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 109. Three credits FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 02. Three credits FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, cast• ing, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 124. Sculpture Th study of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculptur. Three credits FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. L cturc, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 126. Graphics tudy of graphic expression includi~g silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth ntury. Prerequisite: FA 201. Two credits FA 203. History of Modern Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits FA 205. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education tudents. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 139 Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 290. Senior Exhibit Fr. 105. Technical French A study of exhibition techniques. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Studio, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor Force; Instructors Allmayer-Beck. Rasi, Ribas. Valero. French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Fr. 102. Elementary French Fr. 106. French Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 201~202. Survey of French Literature A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative elections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. I 04 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester Continuation of Fr. 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Fr. 101 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Fr. 103. Intermediate French Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeenth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Century Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Fr. 104. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. I 03 or the equivalent. Three credits Study of the literature and thought in· the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama Ger. 106. German Conversation The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the c~lloquial vo~abulary. sc of records and language laboratory to acqmre fluency m speaking German. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits German Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 102. Elementary German Continuation of German 10 I. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Students presenting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 103. Intermediate German Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 201 .. 202. Survey of German Literature A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Ger. 203. Goethe Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures nd individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 204. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 104. Intermediate German Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German v; orks representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page H2 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201 202 or equivalent. Three credits Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 p. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use o_f records and language laboratory to acquire flu ncy in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 201--202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative elections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page lH - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Russian Rus. 101. Elementary Russian Ba_sic syste~atic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Russrnn; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Rus. 102. Elementary Russian . C_ontinuation of R_ussian IOI. Graded elementary readings dcpictmg the culture, hfe, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. IOI or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 103. Intermediate Russian A revi~w of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced g:am~atical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardsituat10n conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 104. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 103. Stress on conversational and written Russian t~ pro:7ide the student with confidence for self-expression and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits GENERAL SCIENCE Bio. 101--102. Biological Science (See page I 05.) Geol. 100. General Geology General geology deals with the probable formation of the planet Earth, the establishment of its crust, and subsequent movements of t?e crust. The chief approach of the course is through a con:.ideration of the paleontological, physical, and economic evidence in Earth's rocks. Two credits Phys. 101-- 102. Physical Science (See page I 63.) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 HISTORY Professor Kaslas, chairman; Associate Professors Bliss, Cox; Assistant Professors Berg, Connolly, Ireland; Instructor Hughes. Hist. 101--102. History of Western Civilization A chronological survey of the civilization of the western world from the earliest times to the present. Emphasis is placed on general trends and on concepts that have influenced the modern world . Due attention is given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the .Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medieval Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. IOI and 102. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteen th century. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Hist. 221-222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. I 07 and I 08. Three credits each semester Hist. 223-224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to junior and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester Hist. 227 -228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. l OI, l 02, I 07, and I 08. Three credits each semester. Hist. 235-236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. IOI and 102. Three credits each semester. Hi t. 241--242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. During the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and contrasts between British and continental developments and th rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially a ricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic dc\'elopments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester. Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, . social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hi t. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and re ults of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be u ed as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo, Nejib, Wasileski; Instructors E. J. Heltzel, Kravitz, Salsburg, Sours. Math. 101,,102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Students taking Math. 105, 107, or 109 will not be granted credit for Math. 101 or 102. Three credits each semester Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Five credits Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Three credits Math. 122. Analytic Geometry tudy of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equ~tion of a lo~us, straight line circles, conic sections, transformat10n of coordmates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and 109, or the equivalent. Four credits Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Four credits Math. 126. Calculus II Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits Math. 213. Higher Algebra Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Three credits Sets, mappings, operations, relations, g~oups, integr~l do~ains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an ax1omat1c development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Math. 214. Linear Algebra Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Three credits Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Math. 220. College Geometry Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, P_tolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson dis• tributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. Three credits Math. 235. Vector Analysis Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisites: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series First. order equ_atioi:s, linear equations, applications, olution by successive approx1mat10n, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Four credits The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits Math. 257. Partial Differential Equations Review of Fourier series. The linear, second-order partial differential equation, and its transformation into the canonical forms. Solution of the wave equation; the method of separation of variables. Solution of the potential equation; its boundary-value problems. Solution of the heat equation; series solutions. Approximate .solutions of partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Math 252. Three credits Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite: Ma th 251. Three credits �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 MUSIC Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline, Garber, Richter, Snyder; Instructors Nutaitis, Balshaw, A. Liva. Applied Music The first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; olfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading chools of music. Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration ( examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. There is no prerequisite for Mus. IOI. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. Mus. 109. History of Music The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester Mus. 100. Introduction to Music An elementary course in the art of enjoying and listening to music. Non-technical, it covers briefly the entire range of music in various forms, styles, and media. Emphasis is placed upon enlarging the musical horizon through the use of a considerable number of illustrations. Three credits Mus. 101 ... 102... 10J... 104. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits Mus. 110. History of Music A continuation of Mus. I 09, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Mus. 111 ... 112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester (I) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. Mus. 11 J... 114. Piano Class 3 and 4 (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music ll2. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. II2. Two credits each semester �Page 154-DESCRIPTIONOFCOURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 Mus. 121--122--123--124. Band Mu . 217. Analysis The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to partic• ipate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, nd structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. Two credits Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus Mu. 218. Counterpoint The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorm should consult with the Director. All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. 131--132--133--124. Orchestra Mu . Ed. 101--102. Clarinet Class and Methods Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103--104. Brass Class and Methods Mus. 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits Mus. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. o prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester ~ students. an instrument rental fee of $10.00 per semester for music education �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods A cl_ass in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teachingof ?rass Instruments a~d as demonstration of class teaching of these mstruments. The mstruments taught include trumpet French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. ' Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits Mus. Ed. 107 -108. Voice Class and Methods . A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breath- mg, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and conso~ants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mu. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of mu ic in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, proc dures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits Mu . Ed. 202. High School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the various aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits Mu . Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Mus. Ed. 109- 110. Conducting and School Music Materials Th~ develop~ent o~ an adequate baton technique and the pres~ntat10n of various kmds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 111-112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 113-114. String Instrument Class Methods . A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an mtroduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. II2. Two credits each semester Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester,_ stude~ts must secure the recommendation of the department chairman m their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi-Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in -the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 ffoctive methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progre s and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Liggett, M. Riley. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N. E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Two credits N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or pat• terns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits N.E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organize• tions contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. Two credits N.E. 106. Supervision and Administration A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administra• tion with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113,., 114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Instructors Kay, Barras, Gilmore, Jacobson, Williams. Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some of the other fields of human interest. approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and_ ongm of life the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theori~s of right and wrong, arguments for theism. !~e Three credits �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phil. I 02. Logic and Scientific Method Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits Phil. I 05. Ethics A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrong• ness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Phil. 207. Philosophies of History A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of ugustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Speng~er, chwcitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meamng of historical events. Three credits Phil. 209. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A study of the development of Western thought from Thales to O cam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Aristotle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus. Three credits Three credits Phil. 210. Modern and Contemporary Thought Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits A review of the history of Western philosophy from Descartes to artre with emphasis on such major figures as Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Berkeley, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzche, Russell and Wittgenstein. Three credits Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of resthetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be resthetically effective. Three credits Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic ins ti tu tions. Three credits Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Three credits Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Instructors Rainey, Sara• ceno, Schmidt. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and phys• ical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101--102--103--104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105--106. Personal Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester I Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. PHYSICS Professor Detwiler, chairman; Associate Professors Bellas, Bruch, Donahoe, Ripley; Assistant Professors Holden, Nejib, Thomas; Intructor, Lewis. Phy. 101--102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, cone pts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its out tanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture, demontration, and discussion three hours a week. Three credits each semester Phys. 111 .. 112. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the more important fundamental laws and methods of the major ctions of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their u c as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First seme tcr: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisit.e: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Four credits each semester Phys. 150. Introductory General Physics I A thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical laws of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demontration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Math 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits Phys. 151. Introductory General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and Magnetism, and Op- �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tics and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics Phys. 152. Introductory General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Modern physics. Including the experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of modern atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 151. Three credits Phys. 201--202. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 203--204. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics include Newtonian motions of particle systems ( such as a harmonic oscillator, central force problems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and stress, tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion ( theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 211. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and ccond laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, Math. 252, Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 221,. 222. Electronics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 ach semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 241,.242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. One or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits Phys. 261. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Phys. 262. Nuclear Physics P.S. 102. Political Science II Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its constitutional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits Phys. 271. Modern Physics A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationhips with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the 1 ational Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individuai and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda Professor Mailey, chairman; Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 101. Political Science I P.S. 205. State Government A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits A broad, general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits POLITICAL SCIENCE �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 P .S. 206. Municipal Government P.S. 221. International Law A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relationship between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruit• ment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 209. Social Legislation A course dealing with the broad, humanitarian, social legislation of recent years which is generally labeled social insurance: unemployment compensation, workmen's compensation, and social security. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 222. International Politics A broad, general course which aims to present many of the fac tors that condition the foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history 1 governments, and geography. Three credits P.S. 223. Cabinet Systems of Government A study of the European versions of democratic government beginning with Great Britain and considering the variations from the British system of government found on the continent. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructors Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101-102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits Psy. 203-204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and 102. Three credits each semester Psy. 207. Child Psychology DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 P y. 210. Psychologic Theory comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories nd their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is pl d on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into op rational descriptions. Pr requisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits P y. 212. Psychological Tests mvey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group nd individual tests which measure these functions are studied. l hi course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits Py. 251. Industrial Psychology n introduction to the industrial application of psychology in the I tion, classification, and training of employees; reduction of monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and 102. Three credits the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psy. l 0 I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits Psy. 208. Human Behavior P y. 255. Clinical Psychology Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, and the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and I 02. Three credits A survey of the clinical method in psychology with considcra tion of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the profesional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits P y. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent p ychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Contro~ A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits The principles, techniques, and problems encou~tered i~ merchandising; purchase planning, markup, m~rkdown, mventones and th ir control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types nd limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Psy. 271--272. Research in Psychology An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zerko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; stud} of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production. manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. Three credits Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A tudy of the scientific principles of what, when, ~nd ?o~ much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attent10n is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and oth r factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance of small business; factors ~n busin_e~s success; justifi~ cation of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management, employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small bu iness and the future. Two credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice Required of all retailing majors in the sevent~. semester .. In cooperation with local stores, a program in Retaih~g _Pra~tices h_as been established. Under this program, students ma1onng m ~etailing must be employed for an ave:age of 25 ~ours a week durmg th~ fall term of the senior year. Durmg the penod ~f emp!oyment, stu dents will be required to submit reports concer~mg the_ir wor~ to the instructor; the store manager or personnel direct~r. is reqmr:d to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailmg. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactoril} completed their terms of employment. Stude~ts who wish to seek their own place of employment ma} be permitted to do so, provided the place of employment has been approved by the _instructor. In general, this approval will be gh·en to employ~ent in department stores, independent stores, variety stores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receire a. variety of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Cera. S.S. 105--106. Elementary Shorthand Deve!op~ent of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Seco~d semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphas~s on fluen~y ~nd legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the apphcat10n of shorthand; pre-transcription trainingdevelopment of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits each semester S.S. 107 --108. Elementary Typewriting Presentat_ion and ~astery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewnter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. De:elopment of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours labo_ratory. ~equired laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum passing reqmrement: 50 words net per minute. Two credits each semester S.S. 201--202. Advanced Typewriting . Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting· review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced appiica- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 175 tion of typewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and job techniques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 \ ords per minute. One credit each semester . . 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and professional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procur ment problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment, namely, adding, calculating, dictating nd transcribing, duplicating, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits S.S. 207,. 208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg horthand Simplified; build shorthand - writing skill and speed in taking dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcription skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S. S. 106 or equivalent and net typing of 50 words a minute. Three credits each semester S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Associate Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors Olson, Bloomburg, Greenspan, Moroski, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I . Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essent1al_s for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of soctal processes, structures, and functions. Three credits Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II M~n a1?d Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology str~ss~ng its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate soc1et1es and their institutions. Three credits Soc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the dev:lopment_ of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and fam~ly. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. l OI and I 02 or permission of instructor. Three credits Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life ~he deve!opi:ient of modern cities; effects of urban life upon soctal orgamzat10n and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A ~urv~y of most pressing contemporary social problems and an exammat10n of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 oc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits oc. 251. Comparative Social Welfare Systems Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting views on responsibility for developing measur_es _to cope wi~h social pr~blems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countries. Prerequisites: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 252. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Soci~l f~ctors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social mteraction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. IOI and 102 and Psy. IOI and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02; Soc. 265. Three credits �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry Personnel of the College An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and Ee. IO 1 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World Board of Trustees A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Administration Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities Faculty A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 280. Sociological Theory The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology a well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and I 02 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 290. Methods of Research in Sociology Introduction to sociological research; selected problems of research in social relations; case studies. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and Soc. 102. Three credits �Board of Trustees Committee Appointments ADMIRAL HAROLD R. STARK, Honorary Chairman ARNAUD C. MARTS, Honorary Member Chairman Lams SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer CHARLES B. WALLER, FRANK w. ANDERSON Chairman Vice-Chairman CHARLES B. WALLER, HARRY F. GoERINGER, Louis SHAFFER, REUBEN H. LEVY P. HARRIS EuGENE S. FARLEY, JR. ANDREW HOURIGAN, THOMAS H. KILEY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE Miss MARY SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. FRED R. DAVIS JOSEPH F. LESTER Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. Mrss MARY R. LOUIS SHAFFER President WILLIAM L. Library CoNYNGHAM, Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK BURNSIDE MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER F. ELLSWORTH EUGENE S. FARLEY HoN. FRANK L. PINOLA SAMUEL JOSEPH J. SAVITZ AARON WEISS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JOHN B. FARR HARRY F. GoERINGER p ARKHURST M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Mrss ANNETTE EvANS WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRs. FRANCK G. DARTE F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST HoN. FRANKL. PrnoLA JAMES P. HARRIS JOSEPH F. LESTER CHARLES B. WALLER AARON WEISS Chairman MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER Miss MARY R. KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. J. SAVITZ Planning and Development TERM OF OFFICE Expiring June, 1966 Miss ANNETTE EVANS, JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JOSEPH w ALLER CHARLES B. KooNs l nstruction KooNs Chairman p ARKHURST F. ELLSWORTH CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JAMES FRANK BURNSIDE R. Buildings and Grounds Executive Nominations JonN Lams SHAFFER, FRANK B. FARR, Chairman P. HARRIS WILLIAM JAMES JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Chairman w. ANDERSON L. CoNYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY CHARLES Louis SHAFFER H. MINER, JR. JOSEPH J. SAVITZ AARON WEISS Expiring June, 1967 CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Finance Miss ANNETTE EVANS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. JAMES EUGENE S. FARLEY ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. REUBEN H. LEVY JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER FRANK BURNSIDE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. w. FRANK ANDERSON FRANK BURNSIDE FRED R. DAVIS MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JOHN B. FARR P. HARRIS, Chairman Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom ANDREW HOURIGAN, JR. THOMAS H. KILEY Expiring June, 1968 REUBEN H. LEVY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM AARON WEISS THOMAS H. KILEY HARRY F. GoERINGER THOMAS H. KrLEY JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs Ex Officio on all Committees-CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE s. FARLEY �Officers of Administration EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI DANIEL P. DETWILER Dean of Men B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) WHITBY Dean of Admissions B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) MARGARETE. CON NOLL y B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) S. JOHANNA SISCAVAGE GRACE M. Dean of Women Comptroller w ALKER ANN MARIE LENCHAK V. BISHOP SANDRA DENNIS JOAN OSTROWSKI DORIS BARKER REGINA MESCHINI FELICIA PERLICK Director of Evening and Summer College J. CHWALEK JOHANNA BOROWSKI KATHLEEN O'DONNELL EILEEN SHEPHERD B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) Director of Placement B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) Director of Development BARBARA FRITZ ELIZABETH CHAPPLE w ALTER H. R. MOHR RosANN M. STEARNS SusAN ZuPKO JOAN THOMAS ALFONSO S. ZAWADSKI Registrar B.S. (Wilkes) JULE COOK HILMA NORDSTROM JUDITH MACIEROWSKJ ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GORDON E. ROBERTS Assistant to the Deans J. W ALLISON B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) LoISYOUNG LoISWEBB SHEILA ROLFE Director of Alumni Relations and of Student Activities Director of Public Relations B.A. (Wilkes) Enw ARD ANCE P. CORDY NANCY BABINSKI CAPIN B. S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) JOHN Assistants m Administration Rum MARGARET M. AHLBORN ANN MARIE KRAUSER BETIY COOK MARY ELIZABETH PROFERES MARGARET BARTECK FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ROBERT M. KERR B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) Director of College Consultation College Physician Director of Testing Service L. Secretary to President Secretary, President's Office Secretary, President's Office Secretary to Director of Graduate Program Secretary to Dean of Men Secretary to Dean of Admissions Recorder Secretary to Dean of Women Assistant to Comptroller Secretary to Director of Evening & Summer College Secretary to Director of Placement Secretary to Director of Development Secretary to Registrar Secretary to Assistant to Deans Assistant to Director of Alumni Relations Secretary to Director of Student Activities Secretary to Director of Public Relations Secretary, Admissions Office Secretary, Admissions Office Clerk, Recorder's Office Cashier Accounts Payable Bookkeeper Accounts Receivable Bookkeeper Clerk, Comptroller's Office Clerk, Comptroller's Office Clerk-Stenographer, Development Office Registrar's Office Clerk, Alumni Office Clerk, Bookstore Clerk, Bookstore Switchboard Operator Head Resident, Catlin Hall Head Resident, Chapman Hall CLAIRE HARRISON, Head Resident, Hollenback Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARGARET DEVERS, Head Resident, Slocum Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall MILDRED B. MELOY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall EDITH ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall RUTH SWEZEY, Head Resident, Weiss Hall EsTHER POKORNY, Head Resident, 36 West River Street ELIZABETH PATION, Head Resident, 76 West South Street JANET COLLEGE SERVICES Director of Institute of Municipal Government B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) MARY ANN GALL B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) ROBERT I luGO V. MAILEY HELEN A. MORGAN GEORGE F. RALSTON P. COMMUNITY SERVICES Director of Graduate Program B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) JOHN President Dean of Academic Affairs B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Manager of the Bookstore Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds MILDRED GITTINS WILLIAM JERVIS LANGDON, ETHEL STARK, �Faculty EUGENE S. FARLEY B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED w. BASTRESS B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) CHARLES B. REIF B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HuGo V. MAILEY B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) FRANK J. J. DAVIES B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Yale) STANKO M. VUJICA B.S. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) DANIEL P. DETWILER B.A. (Swarthmore) M.S., Ph.D. (Yale) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.A. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT RILEY B.A. (Bucknell? Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) SHELDON G. COHEN FACULTY - Page 185 History Professor English Professor Foreign Language Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor English Associate Professor JULIEN A. RIPLEY B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Harvard) Ph.D. (Virginia) Physics Associate Professor FREDERIC E. BELLAS Physics Associate Professor Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Art Education Associate Professor Music Education Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor BRO IS KASLAS Administration President Chemistry Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) ., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) : r A. McCRossE N \ Ii B. \. (Dickinson) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) Etwooo DISQUE Biology Professor Economics Professor Political Science Professor Education Professor B.A. (Dickinson) THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) f.S. (Bucknell) ADA K. Vu JICA B. ., M.A. (Zagreb) 1.A. in L.S. (Marywood) Yo -KENc CHIANG B.A. (Central) M ., Ph.D. (Chicago) PHILIP English Philosophy and Religion Nursing Education L. RIZZO B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Professor Emeritus Professor B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) Professor JOHN G. REESE B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Physics Professor BOYD L. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Biology Professor CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) Psychology Biological Research B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) (In affiliation with Veterans Administration Hospital) Professor WILLIAM R. GASBARRO Professor ROBERT E. OGREN B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) �Page 186- FACULTY HAROLD E. Cox B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) ]AROSLAV G. MORAVEC FACULTY - Page 187 History B.A., M.A. (Oxford, England) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) FRANCIS J. DoN AHOE B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EDWARD N. HELTZEL B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTONG.FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) HOWARD A. SWAIN, JR. B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH B. ROZELLE B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) ALVAN BRUCH B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) ALFRED S. GROH B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) STANLEY H. WASILESKI B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) FRANCIS J. SALLEY B.S. (St. Joseph's) w ERNER B.A. (Roosevelt) B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor History Associate Professor Physics Associate Professor Engineering Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor ROB .RT w. SOEDER Chemistry Assistant Professor Associate Professor CHARI..OT'I ' V. LORD English Assistant Professor Associate Professor ROBERT A. WEST Education Assistant Professor Associate Professor JA1 Ma them a tics Assistant Professor Associate Professor RICHARD B. CHAPLlNE Music Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Chemistry Chemistry Physics English Mathematics Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Economics. Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS Engineering B.. (Wa hington and Lee) Associate Professor M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT E. ROMWEI.L E. THOMAS Sociology J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) WILLIAM H. Buss Associate Professor 1. LEO RD ONNOLLY B . (P nnsylvania) M . ( ew York) EORGE CERA B.. (Bloomsburg) .. (Columbia) ROBERT 01: y OUNG B.. (Rhode I land) . (Columbia) ROBERT . CAPIN B.. (Wilkes) C P. . (State of Pennsylvania) B. . (Ur inus) 1 ., Ph.D. (Delaware) B. . ( ew York) 1. . mglish (Bucknell) 11. . Italian (Middlebury) B. . (Bucknell) M. . (Columbia) G. DECOSMO B.S. (W t Chester) 1.S. ( delphi) B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STANLFY s. GUTIN B.A., M.A. (Maryland) TANLEY J. HOLDEN B. . (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) GRACE C. KIMBALL 8.. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) �Page 188 - FACULTY }AMES J. BOHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) MURRAY S. FORCE B.A. (South Dakota) M.A. (Missouri) DALE ALLAN BUEHLER B.A. (Franklin and Marshal!) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) J. PHILIP RICHARDS B.F.A (Syracuse) DONALD W. TAPPA B.S. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Williams ) Ph.D. (Yale) THOMAS J. MIZIANTY B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) OWENS. IRELAND B.A. (Toronto) M.A. (Colgate) HERBERT GARBER B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE SNYDER B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) WILLIAM R. STINE B.S. (Union) Ph.D. (Syracuse) }AMES P. BERG B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) A.M. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED H. RICHTER, JR. B.M.E., M.M.E. (Indiana) u MID R. N EJIB B.S. (Baghdad) M.S. (Carnegie) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) FACULTY -Page 189 Chemistry Foreign Language Library Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Art Education Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Instructor ROBERT J. MILLER English Instructor Jo EPH H. SALSBURG Ma them a tics Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Political Science Instructor Physical Education Instructor Education Instructor English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Art Education Instructor Biology Instructor JosH M. RIBAS Foreign Language Instructor CHESTER N. MoLLEY English Instructor Education Instructor Philosophy and Religion Instructor R TH T. ROBERTS B.A. (Goucher) 8. . (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) 8.A. (Bucknell) EV. KISH B.A. (Wilkes) DoR1s B. SARACINO B.S. (Stroudsburg) PmuPTUHY B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. Biology History Music Music Chemistry History Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) J. GEORGE SILES B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI B.A. (La Salle[, M.A. (Pennsy vania) PABLO VALERO Licenciado (Madrid) THONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) B.A., LL.B. (Barcelona, Spain) Music Assistant Professor Physics and Mathematics Assistant Professor MICHAEL J. BARONE Psychology Instructor STANLEY B. KAY B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) 8.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) �Page 190 .-FACULTY FACULTY.- Page 191 w ARREN E. DEARMENT B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) MARENE M. OLSON B.A. (Hiram) M.A. (Kent) RAYMOND J. NuTAITIS B.S. (Wilkes) English Instructor Sociology Instructor Music Instructor B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Middlebury) THELMA K. BoscH B.A. (Pennsylvania State) ELEANOR LANG B.A. (Chestnut Hill) M.A. (Lehigh) MARY K. BOHAN B.A., B.S. in L.S. (Marywood) M. JOSEPH FINNERAN B.S. (Scranton) M.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) MARTHA E. HADSEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) STEPHEN P. RASI B.A. (Catholic Univ. of America) M.A. (West Virginia) ROGER D. LEWIS B.S. (Youngstown) M.S. (Syracuse) RoN ALD G. RAINEY B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GWEN E. QUICK B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago RICHARD E. SOURS B.S. (Towson) M.A. (Michigan) MICHAEL STEIN B.F.A., M.F.A. (Kent) CuFFORD E. BALSHAw Music Instructor Religion Instructor Sociology Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) TONIA DoLBEAR Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. History Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) BRAHAM D. BARRAS M.M. (Eastman School of Music) ROSEMARY ALLMAYER-BECK Part-Time Faculty B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) Foreign Language English Instructor Instructor CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG B.A. (Bucknell) CHART.ES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LLB. (Harvard) English Instructor Jo EPH CnMIOLA Library Instructor B.S. (Misericordia) Library Instructor CAROLYN D'ZuRKO B.A. (Wellesley) URIEL I TACKER English Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Physics Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor BENJAMIN JACOBSON Instructor WILI.IAM JOHNS Instructor BE, JAMIN R. JONES, III B.A. (Princeton) B. . (Hunter) M.. (Columbia) Jou HARDIE B.A. (Wilkes) EDWARD J. HELTZEL Mathematics Art Education B.S. (Wilkes£ M.A. (Temp e) B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) B.A. (Augustana) B.D. (Union Theological Seminary) B.S. (Wilkes) L.L.B. (Temple) FREDERICK J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Inst. of Technology) Library Instructor MARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) �Page 192 - FACULTY HARRY KOZLOSKI B.A. (King's) Army Language School (Russian) ISADORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) THEODORE L. KROHN B.A. (Wilkes) LL.B. (Dickinson) Lucy LIGGETT B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Temple) ANNE C. LIVA (J uilliard) ENZO A. LIVA (Juilliard) DORIS J. MERRILL B.S. (Wilkes) FRANCIS M1coccI B.A. (King's) M.B.A. (Scranton) HAROLD MILLER B.S. (Scranton) INGER MILLER Baccalaureate, Aarhus Cathedral School (Denmark) B.A. (Wilkes) IRWIN MORRISON B.B.A. (City College of New York) LL.B. (Brooklyn) C.P.A. (State of New York) ALEX p AWLENOK B.S. (Wilkes) MARITA S. RILEY B.A. (Wilkes) CHARLES SHAFFER B.S., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT SLATER B.B.A. (Long Island) LL.B. (New York) FACULTY - Page 193 Foreign Language Instructor ARTIN SLOANE Economics Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Political Science Instructor English Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor Accounting Instructor B.S. (Syracuse) LL.B. (New York) Psychology Instructor CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) Business Administration Instructor Nursing Education Instructor BARBARA WELLIVER B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) MYVANWY WILLIAMS Music Instructor Music Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) RoY E. WILLIAMS B.A. (Eastern Nazarene) .T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) RUSSELL WILLIAMS Business Administration B.S. (Wilkes) Instructor PAULZAVADA Retailing Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Accounting Instructor Accounting Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Business Administration Inst uctor Business Administration Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) �Faculty Committees Academic Standing Committee Francis J. Michelini, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Robert DeYoung Benjamin Fi ester Eugene Hammer Stanley Holden George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif John P. Whitby Admissions Committee John P. Whitby, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn John J. Chwalek Welton G. Farrar George F. Ralston Robert C. Riley Assembly Committee Margaret M. Ahlborn, Chairman Wi11iam R. Gasbarro Alfred S. Groht George F. RalS on Gordon E. Roberts Athletic Committee Welton G. Farrar, Chairman George EUiot t Anthony Evange1iS a Arthur J. Hoover George Ralston John G. F. Reese Thomas R. Richards Ralph B. Roze11e Robert West Calendar-Faculty Handbook Committee Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Francis J. Michelini Alfonso S. Zawadski Curriculum Committee Robert C. Riley, Chairman James DeCosmo Daniel P. Detwiler Wi11iam R. Gasbarro Stanley S. Gutin Eugene L. Hammer Bronis J. Kas1as Hugo V. Mailey FrancisOgren J. Michelini, Ex-Officio Robert Samuel A. Rosenberg Robert Soeder Stanko Vujica Library Committee Robert E. Werner, Chairman Frederic E. Be11as Alvan Bruch Dale E. Buehler Chester Colson Harold Cox Elwood Disque Jaros1av Moravec Philip L. Rizzo Nada Vujica Scholarship Committee John P. Whitby, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn John J. Chwalek Arthur J. Hoover George F. Ralston Graduate Studies Committee Daniel P. Detwiler, Chairman Alfred W. Bastress Frederic E. BeUas Ralph B. Roze11e External Research Support Committee Walter H. R. Mohr, Chairman Daniel P. Detwiler Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini Student Activities Committee Gordon E. Roberts, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Wi11iam R. Gasbarro Alfred S. Groh MarthaJ.Hadse1 Arthur Hoover John G. Reese Student Publications Committee Gordon E. Roberts, Chairman Chester Colson Alfred S. Groh Martha Hadse1 Philip L. Rizzo Edward J. Wa11ison Committee on Academic Freedom a) MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg (Term expires 1966) Stanko Vujica (Term expires 1967) Robert C. Riley (Alternate (Term expires 1967) 1 b) FACULTY-TRUSTEE Eugene L. Hammer (Term expires 1966) Julien A. Ripley (Term expires 1967) Charles B. Reif (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY FACULTY - Page 19S ooperating Teachers of the Teacher Education Program Elementary Schools Mrs. Virginia Aagaard Kingston Miss Margaret Arnold Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Genevieve Balogh Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Claire Bienus Wilkes-Barre Mr. William Bosso Kingston Mrs. Mary Burke Nanticoke Plymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Gertrude Check Kingston Miss Mary Beth Comisky Kingston Mr. Luke Corbett Wilkes-Barre Miss Edith Davis West Pittston Miss Margaret Ehrhart Forty Fort Mrs. Ruth Evans Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Jennie George Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Ruth Harris Wilkes-Barre Miss Mary Hughes Kingston Mrs. Kathryn Hutton West Pittston Mrs. Louise Jennings Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Sybil Jones Kingston Miss Elizabeth Killian NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Catherine Logue NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Cornelia Mackevrican Forty Fort Mrs. Ailene McCabe Wilkes-Barre Miss Nancy McGeehan Kingston Mrs. Dorothy Monk West Pittston Mrs. Margaret Morris Forty Fort Miss Irene Moss Wilkes-Barre Miss Beverly Nagle Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Charlotte Nerhood Forty Fort Mrs. Doris Newman Kingston Mrs. Marion Rheinhart Forty Fort Mr. Donald Sabatino Wilkes-Barre Miss Mildred Schang Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Rena Schoenfeld Kingston Miss Josephine Shovlin Plymouth �FACULTY - Page 197 Page 196 - FACULTY Elementary Schools Miss Margaret Smith Kingston Miss Thelma Smith Forty Fort Mrs. Elsie Stauffer Kingston Mrs. Catherine Symons NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Miss Dorothy Thomas Plymouth Miss Mary Volbrath NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Mrs. Ida Wallace Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Florence Weinberg Kingston Mrs. Mary Williams NanticokePlymouth Twp. Jointure Mrs. Ruth Young Plymouth Cooperating Teachers of the Teacher Education Program Secondary Schools Mr. Albert Brenner Kingston Miss Veronica Brislin Wilkes-Barre Mr. Frank Castrignano Wilkes-Barre Mr. Warren Challis Wilkes-Barre Mr. Harold Chromey West Pittston Mr. Samuel Cohen Plymouth Miss Elizabeth Davenport Kingston Mr. George Davenport West Pittston Mr. Donald Devans Wilkes-Barre Mr. Robert Elias Wilkes-Barre Mr. Joseph Evan Plymouth Mr. Gordon Evans Forty Fort Mrs. Margaret Evans Wilkes-Barre Mr. Olin Evans, Jr. Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Esther Forbes Central Luzerne Co. Jointure Miss Mary C. Ford Wilkes-Barre Mr. Ralph Gramley Forty Fort Mrs. E. P. Gray Wilkes-Barre Mr. Edward Green Plymouth Miss Marjorie Green West Pittston Mrs. Miriam Harris West Pittston Mr. Robert Henderson Kingston Secondary Schools Mrs. Gladys Hilbert Wilkes-Barre Mr. Chester Hine Wilkes-Barre Miss Theresa Juzwiak Wilkes-Barre Miss Myra B. Kuschel West Pittston Mr. Joseph Lapore Kingston Miss Helen Lees Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Paul Lipiec Wilkes-Barre Mr. Graden Mayer Kingston Mrs. Florence McHose Central Luzerne Co. Jointure Miss Helen Miller Forty Fort Mrs. E. Norbert Kingston Miss Elizabeth Owens Wilkes-Barre Miss June Owens Wilkes-Barre Mr. Louis Palermo Wilkes-Barre Miss Elizabeth Payne Wilkes-Barre Mr. Reese Pelton Forty Fort Mr. Michael Powell Wilkes-Barre Mr. Harold Pugh Kingston Miss Lorraine Rice Forty Fort Mrs. Rita Ryan Wilkes-Barre Miss Jo Anne Sabol Kingston Mr. Gilbert Schappert Wilkes-Barre Mr. James Selingo Plymouth Mr. Lewis Shook West Pittston Mr. Thomas Smith, Jr. Forty Fort Mr. Leo Solomon Wilkes-Barre Mr. Andrew Stah Wilkes-Barre Mr. James Steltzer Forty Fort Mr. Fred Super Wilkes-Barre Mr. Walter Sweetra Plymouth Mr. Thomas Tryba Wilkes-Barre Miss Dorothy Turner Kingston Miss Casimir Tyburski Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Marion Uhl Kingston Mr. Walter Umlah Wilkes-Barre Miss Loretta Weis Kingston Mr. Frank Wempa Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Ruth Wetzel Wilkes-Barre Miss Myrtle Wharmby Plymouth Mr. Edward Zaboski Wilkes-Barre Mr. GeraldZezza West Pittston �Index cadcmic Requirements __ _____ 55 ounting D grc Program 86 D cription of Courses ______ 103 cti ities, Student ______________ 39 dministration Buildings ---·····-··-----·------- 35, 36 Officers ________________ 182 Staff Assistants __ ···-----------dmi sion Tests _________________ dmissions .. __ .. ··-····- _____ ____ _____ Procedure ____ ______________ Requirements ________________ dvanced Course Standing __ lumni Office ______________________ Anthropology _ _ _____________ r a Research Center ____________ rt ___ . __________ cmbly Committee __ _________ istance, Financial ·----------Employment _____________________ 183 12 11 12 11 13 35 176 65 34 42 18 20 Loans . ·····----------------Scholarships ___ _______________ Tuition Stipends ________________ Athletics . _ __ _______________ Attendance, Class _ _______________ Awards . .... ________ ···------ 61, 20 18 42 46 57 62 Bachelor of Arts D gree ···-····- _________________ 71, 72 Selection of a major __________ 73 Bachelor of Science Degree __________________ 73, 74 Selection of a major __________ 74 Band _____ ··------------------------------- 41 Biology Degree Program ---------------- 76 Description of Courses ____ __ 105 Board of Trustees _. _.. ___ .... __ ___ 180 Bookstore -------------------------------- 33 Buildings and Plant ______________ 31 Business Administration Degree Program ________________ 87 Description of Courses ______ 109 Business Education __________ 88, 89 2 35 58 Calendar -------------------------------Center for Performing Arts __ Change of Program ______________ Chemistry B.A. Degree Program ________ B.S. Degree Program ________ Description of Courses ______ Graduate Program ____________ 77 85 112 51 Chorus --------------------- --------------Class Standing ______________________ 41 56 Clubs ---------------------- ------------ 41, 45 College and Community 65, 183 College Commons __________________ 34 College Testing Service ________ 33 Commerce and Finance ________ 86 Consultation Service ____________ 40 Convocation Fee ____________________ 15 Cooperating Teachers __________ 195 Counseling ________________________ 39, 182 Course Credits ______________________ 55 Courses Accounting ________________________ 103 Anthropology ____________________ 176 Applied Music ____________________ 152 Biology -------------------------------- 105 Business Administration ___ _ 109 Chemistry -------------------------- 112 Economics __________________________ 117 Education -------------------------- 122 Engineering ________________________ 127 English -------------------------------- 131 Fine Arts ---------------------------- 135 �Page 200 - INDEX INDEX - Page 201 138 144 140 145 162 148 152 155 I 58 159 162 163 166 169 161 172 French ................................ General Scienc~ ................ German .............................. History ....... .... .. ..... .... .. .. ...... Hygiene .. ........ ... .. .. .. ........... Mathematics ...................... Music ·······-······---··············-·· Music Education ................ Nursing Education ........ .. .. Philosophy .......................... Physical Education ............ Physics ····························-··Political Science .......... ...... Psychology ....... .. ... ...... ... ... Religion .............................. Retailing ................ _........... Russian .. ... ..... .......... ... ..... .. Secretarial Studies ............ Sociology ... .. ...... ....... ........ .. Spanish .............................. Theater Arts .. ... .... .......... .. . Curricula ..... ........... ................ I44 174 176 142 134 5l Dean's List ................. ........... Debating ................................ Degree, Bachelor of Arts ...... Degree, Bachelor of Science .. Degree Programs ........ 51, 52, Dormitories ..... .... ...... .... ... 16, Drama tics ........ ........ ........ 35, Economics, Description of Courses .. .................... ..... Education Elementary ........................ Secondary ..... ........... .. ........ Business .............................. Music ......... ........................ Nursing .............................. Science ............................... . 58 41 71 73 71 36 41 117 78 78 89 96 97 100 Description of Courses ...... 122 Graduate Programs .......... 51 Employment .......................... 20 Engineering ........................ 52, 90 Engineering, Program Requirements ............ . . 90 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year ........... 91 Aeronautical ...................... 91 Chemical ............................ 91 Civil .................................... 92 Electrical ... .. .... .. ................. 93 Engineering Physics ... ...... 93 Ind us trial .... ...... ....... .. .. ...... 94 Mechanical ........................ 92 Description of Courses ...... 127 English, Description of Courses .......................... 131 Entrance Examinations .... 11, 12 Evening School ............ 14, 52, 58 Expenses _····--.. .. .. .... .............. 14 Extracurricular Activities . . 41 Faculty .................................... Committees .. .... ..... ... .......... Fees ........................................ Financial Assistance .............. Fine Arts Education Degree Program ... ........ .. . Description of Courses ...... Fine Arts Fiesta ... .. ........ .... .. Foreign Languages ................ French, Description of Courses .......................... Freshman Orientation .......... General Science .................... German, Description of Courses ........................... Grades ........... ......................... Graduate Placement ............. 184 194 14 18 79 135 67 138 138 39 144 140 55 33 raduate Programs In Chemistry ..... .. ..... .. ....... In Education ...................... In Physics .......................... Graduation Fee Graduation, Requirements 51 51 51 15 for 60 Guidance Center ........ . ...... 33 ymnasium ... ... ......... .. 32, 45 Hi tory, Description of Courses ... .... ....... 145 Homecoming ...... .... ... ..... ....... 44 Honors .... ............. 59 Hou emothers ..................... 183 Hygiene . .. ......... . .. ... .. 162 In titute of Municipal Government . . . . 66 In urance, Accident and Sickness ............... IS Inter-Dormitory Council .. 41, 44 Labor-Management Training Program Liberal Arts Requirements for Major .... Selection of a Major .... ...... Library . .. .. ......... Load, Student Work ............ Loans .. ... . .. .. . ............... Madrigal Singers . ················· Male Chorus Majors Accounting .. ..................... Business Administration .... Business Education ............ Economics . .... .......... ........ .. English .. ..................... Foreign Language ........ ... ... History .. .... ........... 66 75 73 31 57 20 41 41 86 87 89 78 79 80 80 Mathematics ··················-··- 80 Philosophy-Religion .......... 83 Political Science ...... .......... 83 Psychology ........... ... ......... ... 83 Social Science ....... ... ...... .. .. 83 Sociology-Anthropology .... 84 Course Requirements ........ 76 Mathematics Degree Program .. ... ........... 81 Description of Courses ...... 148 Medical Technology Degree Program ... .. . .. .... ... 95 Music Activity .......................... 34, 41 Degree Program ................ 82 Description of Courses ...... 152 Music Education Degree Program ... ... .......... 96 Description of Courses ...... 155 National Defense Student Loan Program ... .... ..... 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program ... .... ...... ... 97 Description of Courses ...... 158 Office of Community Services 65 Orientation for Freshmen .... 39 Overload ................... ............. 57 Parents' Day .......................... Payment of Tuition .............. Philosophy Description of Courses ..... ....... ... .. .. ....... Physical Education and Hygiene ........................ Physics Degree Program .... ...... ...... Description of Courses ...... Graduate Program ............ 43 15 159 162 98 163 51 �Page 202 - INDEX Placement Office ____________________ 33 Point Averages ______________________ 56 Political Science, Description of Courses _________ _____ ____ ____ 166 Pre-Professional Degree ______ 52 Probation -------------------------------- 57 Psychology, Description of Courses __________ .____ ___ ________ 169 Publications _____ _____________________ 42 Staff Stipends ____ _____ __ __ ____ __ _ 42 Refunds __________________________________ 16 Registration ---------------------------- 14 Religion, Description of Courses __________________ _____ _ 161 Research __ _________ __ ______________ 32, 65 Retailing Description of Courses ____ __ 172 Russian Description of Courses ______ 144 Scholarships ____________________________ 18 Founders of ________________________ 21 Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB ------------------------------ 12 Scholastic Endowments ________ 27 Science Facilities ____________________ 32 Secretarial Studies Degree Program ________________ 89 Description of Courses ______ I 74 Sociology and Anthropology, Description of Courses __ I 76 Social Activities _______ _______________ 43 Social Science _____ ____ ____ ___________ 83 Spanish, Description of Courses ___________ _______________ 142 Stark Hall of Science __________ Student Activities ____________ ___ Student Advisement ____________ . Student Government ____________ Student Course Load __ _________ Student Loans ___________________ .. Student Regulations _ Student Responsibility . Summer School _ . 14, 32 41 39 41 57 20 41 48 54 Teacher Certification 73, 75, 78 Terminal Program ___________ 52, 89 Theater Arts ____________________ 134 Town and Gown Concerts _ 34 Transcripts of Acedemic Record ------------------------- 15 Transfer of Summer Credits 58 Transfer Students ________ ______ 13 Trustees Board of ______________________________ 180 Committees _______________________ 181 Tuition -----------------------------------Fees ------------------------------ _____ Payment of ________________________ Refund of _____________ .______________ 14 14 15 16 Undergraduate Programs 51, 71 Wilkes College __ ______ ______________ 5 Accreditment __________________ 6 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra _____ _________ ____ ___ 67 Withdrawals ---------------------- 16, 57 Women's Chorus ____________ _____ 41 Wrestling Tournament _______ 45 �EVENING COLLEGE SESSION FALL SEMESTER 1966 - 1967 �Wilkes College ~al/din f"\,AJll\,<11\ (' (' {< {(. ---=--~~~ > > .) _,.,,..,.. EVENING SESSION Fall Semester 1966-1967 WILK.ES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; Wilkes College ilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unir ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Juni r College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to it current enrollment of approximately 1750 full-time day students and 900 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; Fr n its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin g ls - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a pr gram of service to the community. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for it purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters i bed the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily Ji,. ing and sustain him in times of crisi ; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner t at assures understanding, f o r understandin3 unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by 1h, faculty as a guide to learning, FREEDOM OF INQUIRY ' ar have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior Hege to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. cClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their d ision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the ork of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and piritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philo ophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by th thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world require not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, ba grounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their conietions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships b upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that aeate unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, rbe faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importuee unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can mab men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relatioaship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Co~ leges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has heel accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. 1 The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and w~men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - Wednesday or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6: 00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for course that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �GRADUATE PROGRAM Graduate courses in Chemistry and Physics leading to the de, gree of Master of Science are offered in the late afternoon and evening. Information relative to these courses is available in the Graduate Division Bulletin. Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to th Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a cJimate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are con, fronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF MUNICIPAL GOVERNMENT Programs on topics of current municipal interest are sponsored by the Institute of Municipal Government throughout the year. Ar times, these conferences and meetings are co-sponsored with other community organizations in order to acquaint both the local gov. ernment officials and the general public with emerging issues in public affairs. Information relative to these courses is available in a special brochure published by the Institute. VETERANS READJUSTMENT BENEFITS ACT OF 1966 Veterans and inservice personnel may qualify for educational assistance under the Veterans Readjustment Benefits Act. Qualified veterans should make arrangements with the Veterans Administration for uch benefits. It is also suggested that the prospective student contaet the director of the Evening and Summer College to discuss a program of study. F CIUTIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers wonderful cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity to the metropolitan area of ew York and Philadelphia. 111E LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the F II e ion: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 8: 00 a.m. to 10: 00 Friday ......................... 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 aturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 Sunday ........................ 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of tark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. 1:00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .... 6:00 p.m. Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Noon to 5:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. to Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $35 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �EVENING COLLEGE Fall Semester 1966-1967 WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: durin the first two weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. a,um ccou A For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS TING: Elementary Accounting I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 . l0lE-2 Elementary Accounting I MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 101E·3 Elementary Accounting I TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 3 A . 101E A . 102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 A . lllE Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102 ) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 Auditing Principles I (Pre: Acct. 202 ) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 112, 202) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 Biological Science TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 3 CALENDAR Registration for the evening session is as follows: Thursday, September 8 ............. 9:00 a. 01. to 8:00 p.m. Friday, September 9 ............... 9:00 a. m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday, September 10 ............. 9:00 a. m. to 12:00 noon Monday, September 12 ............. 9:00 a. m. to 8:00 p.m. Tuesday, September 13 .............. 9:00 a. m. to 8:00 p. m. Monday, September 19 ................ Classes begin 6:00 p.m. Wednesday, November 2 .................... Progress Repons Tuesday, November 22 Thanksgiving recess begins at 10:00 p. m. Monday, November 28 Thanksgiving recess ends at 6:00 p. m. Tuesday, December 20 Christmas recess begins at 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, January 4 ....... Christmas recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, January 12 ................ Classes end at 10:00 p. m. Monday, January 16 to Thursday, January 19 ................. Examination period DESCRIPTION A 201E A . 2 IE A 2 lE A , 221E BIOLOGY: Bio. lOlE B I ESS ADMINISTRATION: B . 209E Business Correspondence and Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) B . 225E Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) B . 231E Business Law - Introduction and Contracts MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 B . 23 E Business Law - Partnerships and Corporations MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 8.A. 2 7E Production Management TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 46 3 B 2 IE Life Insurance �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS DESCRIPTION ECO OMICS: Econ. IOIE OREIG Principles of Economics I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Econ. lO lE-2 Principles of Economics I TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 ITH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Economic History ITH 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 Econ. 201E Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 Econ. 22 5E International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 Econ. 231E Applied General Statistics MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 Econ. 2tf5E Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Econ. 227E Composition MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 Eng. I OIE-2 Composition MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 104 Eng. IOlE-3 Composition TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 Eng. l OlE-4 Composition Eng. 102E Eng. 131E Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 104 Con. 103 Fundamentals of Speech TH 4:00-6:00 Con. 103 Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech TH 6:00-8:00 Con. 103 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. 103 Eng. 151E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 101 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 102 3 IOIE Elementary German I n IOIE El mentary Spanish I MW 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 JOIE Elementary Russian I TTH 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 T 8:00-10:00 Stark 116 2 G neral Geology IOOE HI TORY: H IOIE Hi tory of Western Civilization ITH 8:00-9:30 Con. 103 3 H1 IOIE-2 History of Western Civilization MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 3 H1 10 E ITH 6:30-8:00 Con . 201 3 H 22 E Foreign Policy of the U.S. TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107 & 108) Con. 105 3 Con. 203 3 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 THEMATICS: th 109E Plane Trigonometry MW 6:30-8:00 th. 115E Mathematics of Finance MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 3 th 12 E Calculus I ITH 6:00-8:00 Stark 100 4 Introduction to Music TTH 6:30-8:00 Chase Theater 3 IC: IOOE 102E Experiencing Art I Intermediate French I ( Pre: Fr. 102) ING EDUCATION: FINE ARTS: F.A. JOIE CREDIT HOURS OLOGY: ENGLISH: Eng. JOIE Ru ROOM No. LANGUAGES: 10 E r Econ. ll lE DAY&HOURS MW 6:30-8:00 F.A. 109E Oil Painting I TTH 8:00-9:30 F.A. 122E Ceramics MW 8:00-9:30 106E . 112 II E Trends in Nursing upervision and Administration M 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 T 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Hrs. to be arranged fcdical & Surgical Nursing TH 4:00-6:00 4 Par. 46 2 �COURSE DESCIUPTION DAY&HOURS PHILOSOPHY: Phil. lOl E Introduction to Philosophy TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 Phil. 102E logic & Scientific Method MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 PHY ICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 105F, Personal Hygiene T 7:00-8:00 Pick. 102 Physical Science MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 100 PHY JCS: Phy . 10 lE POLITICAL SCIENCE: P .S. JO IE Political Science I MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 53 P.S. 207 E Public Administration (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 53 Par. 56 PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. JO IE General Psychology TTH 6:30-8:00 Psy. lOlE-2 General Psychology TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 Psy. 208E Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102 ) TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 Psy. 25 E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207 and 208) TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 203 RETAILING: Ret. 101E Principles of Retailing TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Ret. 2 l 2E Purchases and Merchandising Control TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 Comparative Social Welfare Systems TTH 8: 00-9: 30 (Pre: Soc.101, 102, Psy. 101,102) Par. 46 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. I0lE Soc. 2 IE Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. 105E Elementary Shorthand S. . l 07E Elementary Typewriting MW 6:00-8:00 Par. 33 MW 8:00-10:00 Par. 33 LLEWELLYN OHO~. INC." f.li...• (/_9 �YENING COLLEGE SESSION SPRING SEMESTIR 1967 �Wilkes College !Jlalldm EVENING SESSION Spring Semester 1967 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unier ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to i current enrollment of approximately 1950 full-time day students and 900 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and oootinuing education programs. has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin ls - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. knows that man! s progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physial endurance; It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, f o r understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by th, faculty as a guide to learning. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters ished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a ~ocal Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and piritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their conietions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships b upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that er te unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fule character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, ..Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the com• munity all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and w~men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - Wednesday or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �GRADUATE PROGRAM FACILITIES Graduate courses in Chemistry and Physics leading to the degree of Master of Science are offered in the late afternoon and evening. Information relative to these courses is available in the Graduate Division Bulletin. Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering 1 General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a cµmate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are COO• fronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose co1Jege organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary pheno.r.enon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and ~ontemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community in, formation, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is cooperation, rather than reform or partisanship. The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers wonderful cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall session: Monday through Thursday ...... ~:00 a.m. to Friday ......................... 8:00 a.m. to Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 :00 p.m. to Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. 10:00 p.m. 9:00 p.m. 4:00 p.m. 4:00 p.m. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of tark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Thursday ...... 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Friday ......................... 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks d supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. 1:00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .... 6:00 p.m. Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to to to to Noon 5:00 p.m. 8:00 p.m. Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $35 per semester hour credit. AH charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �EVENING COLLEGE WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Dir of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in co Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: durin the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfacto reasons. After the first two weeks no refunds are allowed and student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Tuesday, January 24 ................ 9:00 a.m. Wednesday, January 25 .............. 9:00 a.m. Thursday, January 26 ............... 9:00 a.m. Friday, January 27 .................. 9:00 a.m. Saturday, January 28 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m to 12:00 noon Monday, January 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Monday, February 27 ............... Submit incomplete grad Wednesday, March 15 ....................... Progress repons Tuesday, March 21 .......... Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, March 29 ........... Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, May 11 ................... Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 15 to Thursday, May 18 ...... Examination period For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. ( After 5: 00 p.m., call 824-4656) Spring Semester 1967 CREDIT HOURS DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ROOM No. Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I A , 102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) . 102£-2 Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) !llE Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 101-102) 112E Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) . 202E Advanced Cost Accounting (Pre: Acct. 201) 222E Taxes II (Pre: Acct. 221) A 232E Auditing Practice II (Pre: Acct. 231) 2 2E Advanced Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 112) TTH 6: 30-8: 00 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Par. 35 Par. 25 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 TTH 8:00-9: 30 Par. 45 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Stark 116 3 MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 Par. 25 Par. 43 MW 6: 30-8:00 Par. 34 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 MW 6: 30-8:00 Par. 26 MW 8:00.9:30 M 6:00-9:00 Par. 34 Con. 201 OOUllS.H BIOLOGY: Bio. 102E Biological Science II (Pre: Bio. 101) B 102E-2 Biological Science II ADMINISTRATION: B B B Salesmanship Advertising Marketing (Pre: Econ. 102) B 226E Investments ( Pre: B.A. 225) B . 2 2E Business Law - Agency & Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) B 2 2E-2 Business Law - Agency & Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) B , 2 E Partnerships and Corporation (Pre: B.A. 231) B 2 OE Property Insurance (Pre: B.A. 232) B 2 E Time and Motion Study B 251E Principles of Management I �OOURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&:HOURS E f ECONOMICS: Econ. 101E Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 202E Theory of Money (Pre: Econ. 201) Econ. 212E Government and Business (Pre: P.S. 101, Econ. 102) Econ. 226E Economic Geography of the World (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 232E Economic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) Econ. 236E Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Ed. 241E Ed. 246E Principles of Elementary Education (Pre: Ed. 100 and 200) Educational Measurements (Pre: ~d. 200) Teaching Secondary School Science (Pre: 24 Cr. Hrs. in Sciences other than Psy.) Par. 34 Par. 27 TTII 8: 00-9: 30 Par. 27 HI TORY: MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 H 102E Par. 34 MW 8:00-9: 30 Par. 27 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 106E ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS MW 6:30-8:00 Con. Annex 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. Annex 3 6:30-8:00 Con. 103 3 6:30-8:00 Con. 105 3 8:00-9:30 Con. 103 3 6:30-8:00 Con. 105 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 101 3 Con. 203 Con. 203 Stark. 100 3 3 4 History of Western Civilization TTH 102E-2 History of Western Civilization MW Hist 10 E History of America and Pennsylvania from 1865 TTH Hist 228E Foreign Policy of the United States TTH (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) GUAGES: Gtr 102E MW 6:30-8:00 M 4:00-6:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 Stark 100 Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) R 102£ Elementary Russian II (Pre: Russ. 101) n. 102E Elementary Spanish IT (Pre: Span. 101) Par. 46 Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 6:30-8:00 College Alegbra MW 8:00-9:30 Calculus II TTH 6:00-8:00 (Pre: Math. 125) ENGUSH: Eng. lOlE Composition Eng. lOlE-2 Composition Eng. 102E Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-2 Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-3 Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-4 Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eag. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 152E Western World of literature (Pre: 151) Eng. 200E History of English language (Pre: Eng. 152) Experiencing Art II (Pre: F.A. 101) Water Color Painting (Pre: F.A. 104) TTH 8:00-9:30 TTII 6: 30-8: 00 TTII 6: 30-8 :00 DAY&HOURS ARTS: 102E EDUCATION: Ed. 209E DESCRIPTION TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 5:00-6:30 Con. 201 Con. 201 Con. 104 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 TTII 6: 30-8: 00 Con. 203 IC: ' lOOE Introduction to Music ppliedMusic TTH 6:30-8:00 Chase Theatre 3 I G EDUCATION: TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 TH 4:00-6:00 TH 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. 104 Con. 104 Con. 103 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 Foundations of Nursing TH Principles and Methods in Nursing Education T (Pre: Ed. 200) E. IO E Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education W (Pre: N.E. 107) E II E Medical and Surgical Nursing TH (Pre: N.E. 113) 112E Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching To Be 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 2 4:00-5:00 Stark 216 1 4:00-6:00 Par. 46 2 Arranged 4 �OOURSB DBM:R.IPTION DAY&HOURS ROOMNo. PHILOSOPHY: Phil. lOlE Phil. 206E Introduction to Philosophy Social and Political Philosophies TTH 6:30-8:00 Barre 24 MW 6:30-8:00 Barre 2 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 106E Personal Hygiene T 7:00-8:00 Pick. 102 MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 100 PHYSICS: Phys. 10'2E Physical Science II (Pre: Phys. 101) POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102E P.S. 224E P.S. 251E Political Science II MW 6:30-8:00 Soviet System of Government M 6:00-9:00 (Pre: P.S. 101-102) Planning in Urban Development TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: P.5. 101-102) Par. 53 Par. 23 Par. 53 PSYCHOLOGY: General Psychology II (Pre: Psy. 101) Psy. 102E-2 General Psychology II (Pre: Psy. 101) Psy. 212E Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101-102) Psy. 255E Clinical P~ychology ( Approval of Instructor) Psy. 102E TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 204 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 204 RETAILING: :Ret. 224E Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 46 SECRETARIAL STIJDIES: S.S. S.S. S.S. S.S. 106E 108E 202E 208E Elementary Shorthand II Elementary Typewriting II Advanced Typewriting II Advanced Shorthand MW 6:00-8:00 MW 8:00-10:00 TTH 9:00-10:00 TTH 6:00-9:00 Par. Par. Par. Par. 33 33 33 33 SOCIOLOGY: Soc. 102E Soc. 102E-2 Soc. 252E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology TTH 6:30-8:00 Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology TTH 8:00-10:00 Fields of Social Work TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Soc. 101-102, Psy. 101-102) Par. 23 Par. 23 Par. 34 aa �~ LL.WCLLV'N ..o:.•. ~ �SUMMER SESSIONS 1967 ~.~, . ~~{.:( " ( ::,....~,.;r-- -_·.- . . r::·.. Wilkes-Barre • . il ~ Pennsylvania �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated ~an possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the as a guide to learning. facuity �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Uni· r ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College ived its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,000 ull-time day students and 900 adults in the Evening College and pecial classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin oals- a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters rished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served t by an independent college that was interdenominational in its uence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. 1cClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to trengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the tellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous here the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY Acollege that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided b· the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our orld requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together studcn of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encoura them to create friendships based upon respect for difference, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amid diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, th faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong f ith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before yo can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men' A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It ha been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and th community all benefit from cooperative effort. This coopcrati relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing th River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pa with the expansion of the campus. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula DERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates re ted in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to 'ilk College students, students of other colleges, and nontric11lated stud en ts. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each •\\ k session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and r in cheduling both day and evening courses. fo t classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions I meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - SECOND PERIOD - 8:00 A.M. TO 9:30 A.M. 9 :45 A.M. m 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for e offered during the eight-week evening session will be hcduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which r is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for r that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enllmcnt will be notified as promptly as possible. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum h been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiner of the State of New York. DMISSION dmission to the summer program is granted to: all Wilkes Co,llege students currently in good standing; high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular 1967-68 program; high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular 1967-68 program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; II tudents in good standing at their respective colleges who furni h official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; �INFORMATION - Page 9 Page 8 - INFORMATION e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special imit tion by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to becom degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or tran fr into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined b the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admission TRANSFER OF CREDITS Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclu io of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicatin to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the summer sessions or dro courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failur in courses. \ 0RKSHOP IN EDUCATIONAL THEATER - Ed. 392 Lehigh University, in cooperation with Wilkes College, will ffer a summer graduate program in educational theater to proide intensive training for high school drama coaches. Emphasis ill be on methods of directing and techniques of staging to imprO\ e the presentation of plays and musicals. Sessions will be nducted in seminar fashion, and members will participate in I boratory workshops covering all aspects of high school drama production. The course will be tailored to the special needs of the high chool drama and music coaches. Sp cific topics will include: I. coordinating music and drama events 2. interpreting the play 3. directing the student performer 4. blocking and stage business concentrated summer program in a fully-equipped, airnditioned new theater offers excellent opportunities to high hool music and drama teachers who work in different theater mironments. The course should satisfy the requirements of those teachers who pl n to broaden their background in educational theater. The · graduate credit hours offered by Lehigh University are transr rable to other institutions. The course will be offered for five eks Monday thru Friday, from July 27, 1967 to August 30, 1967. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College \\ill receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durin the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first t\\O weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition \\ii be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and sat' • factory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allo'\\ed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No stu· dent who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refund During the summer months the Research and Graduate Center, an integral part of the College complex, will continue the various r arch projects now in progress. Special Graduate Programs BIOLOGY SUMMER INSTITUTE GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM FOR TEACHERS Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading t the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and interested in exposure to a broad-base general education progra This summer a number of elective courses will be offered. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Department of Biology will conduct a Summer Institute for high school teachers of biology made possible by a grant from the Tational Science Foundation. The Institute will be a seven-week pro ram from June 26 to August 11, 1967. The program of this Institute is designed to meet the needs of the secondary school teacher of biology who has little preparation in the subject or no recent exposure to modern concepts in molecular biology and ecology. �Page 10 - INFORMATION INFORMATION - Page 11 Facilities DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in th heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both ma! and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the summer sessions: Monday through Thursday Friday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary t.:xtbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday Monday & Tuesday Evenings 9:00 a.m. -Noon l :00 p.m. - 5:00 p.m. 6:00 p.m. -8:00 p.m. Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for th summer session: TUITION - $35 per credit hour $75 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory students) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are prord. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no I tr than July 24, 1967. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. Rl:GISTRATION In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the pr liminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not obligate the registrant tQ take the course. Final registration must be completed in Parrish Hall at the following times: Registration for both six-week day sessions and the eight-week ,ening session is as follows: Fir t Six-Weck cssion Tuesday, June 6 to Friday, June 9. 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. ccond Six-Week Session Thursday, July 20; Friday, July 21; and Monday, July 24-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Eight-Week Erening Session Tuesday, June 13 to Friday, June 16. 8: 30 a.m. to 8: 00 p.m. For further information or additional preliminary registration forms, write to: PROFESSOR ROBERT S. CAPIN Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) �SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES EDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 ROOM HOUR CR. FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 12 - July 21, 1967 Con. 105 Monday thru Friday .. .... .. 0 COURSE ~ DESCRIPTION ROOM ACCOUNTING: Acct. I0IS Elementary Accounting I Acct. I I IS Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 102) BIOLOGY: Bio. IOIS Stark ll6 8:00-9:30 Eng. 101S-2 8:00-9:30 9:45-12:00 Stark ll2 Par. 43 Par. 34 Par. 27 (Pre: Econ. 102) Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval of Instructor) Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102- P.S. 101) EDUCATION: Ed. l00S Introduction to Education Ed. 209S Principles of Elementary Education r Ii r=--- - - ~ ,.......-.-- - ~ - 8:00-9:45 3 Par. 27 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 B .222E Marketing 9:45-12:00 B.A.225 Corporation Finance Stark II2 Com. Sci. 101 Introduction to Computer Science Stark 109 8:00-10:00 3 9:45-11 :l Cl) 8:00-9:30 Cll ..-4 0 Par. 34 Con. 104 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 ti) Q Par. 46 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 9:45-11:15 ti\ ..... z . A l) -' a, "" s:: j I I Par. 27 Composition t-t1 (Pre: Ed. 100,200) I q_ EVENING SESSION M-T-W Organic Chemistry ECONOMICS: Econ. lOlS Principles of Economics I Econ. lllS Economic History Econ.201S Money and Banking - 9:45-ll :15 3 Q .Lf.t:;'._ 11 .1 I:;'. FIRST SESSION M-T- - Con. 104 r,......,,, 1ni:;: E Par. 45 Par. 25 Laboratory Econ.236S e 9:45-II: IS (June 19 - July 22) ADDENDA Biological Science (Pre: Chem. 221 or Approval) Econ.23IS Con. 103 0 C7' 0 CHEMISTRY: Chem. I0IS Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Stark 204 Laboratory Chem. 230S HOUR 8:00-9:30 (June 19 - July 22) 0 0 =--· icy 0 ~ r:l > ~ rz1 ... St. 133 9:45-II :15 3 Pick. IOI Pick. IOI 8:00-9:30 9:45-1 I: 15 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-1 I: IS 3 3) 0 () ~ �SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES EDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 ROOM HOUR CR. FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 12 - July 21, 1967 COURSE DESCRIPTION Con. 105 Mo.nday thru Friday ROOM HOUR . 0 0 0 0' ....0 <") .. 0 0 r-- CX) ("') o• "'"1 ..... C ..' lt\ 0 ~ • • 0 Con. 104 Con. 105 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11: 15 -.) St. 306 Par. 26 8:00-9:00 2 9:45-11 :45 4 '° St. 306 9:45-11 :45 4 k Par. 33 9:45-11: 15 3 0 ""' 0 = '1.t ~ .... Con. Annex Con. Annex Con. Annex 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Con. Annex 9:45-11: 15 3 St. 116 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 45 9:45-11 :15 3 St. 133 8:00-9:30 3 ~ 'O .-( ~ 0 () fl. .. (,) 9:45-11: 15 (June 19 - July 22) 00 ....0""' "' Con. 103 o• 0 I"\ 0 8:00-9:30 (June 19 - July 22) a 0 4> 0 z N Econ.231S Applied General Statistics Econ.236S Public Finance (Pre: Approval of Instructor) (Pre: Econ. 102- P.S. 101) EDUCATION: Ed. l00S Introduction to Education Ed. 209S Principles of Elementary Education (Pre: Ed. 100, 200) Par. 27 8:00-9:30 ti) ....rn' 0 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 0 Cl) ~ CJ) 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 9:45-11:15 (ltl • <ll ..... Q . ..d z l) ~ Par. 46 ia fl) .... C: icy 0 i5 z rzl > ~ ~ N St. 133 3) 9:45-11 :15 3 .... 0 Pick. 101 Pick. 101 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 J 3 ') �SUMM SCHEDUL FIRST SE: SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 COURSE DESCRIPTION CR. E GLISH: Eng. 99P Pre-College English Eng. 99P-2 Pre-College English En . !OlS Eng. lOSS Composition Advanced Exposition En. l3lS En. lSlS Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature En . lSlS-2 Western World Literature Con. 105 8:00-9:30 (June 19 - July 22) June 12 - July 21, l! COURSE HOUR ROOM DESCRIPTION Con. 103 9:45-11: 15 (June 19 - July 22) Con. 104 Con. 105 9:45-11 :15 9:45-11: 15 3 St. 306 Par. 26 8:00-9:00 9:45-11 :45 2 4 St. 306 9:45-11 :45 4 Par. 33 9:45-11: 15 3 Con. Annex Con. Annex Con. Annex 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 3 3 3 Con. Annex 9:45-11: IS 3 St. 116 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 45 9:45-11: 15 3 St. 133 8:00-9:30 3 St. 133 9:45-11 :IS 3 Pick. IOI Pick. IOI 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 (Pre: Eng. 101, 102) (Pre: Eng. 102) (Pre: Eng. 102) En . 2l5S Shakespeare F . !OlS F.. lOlS-2 F.. l02S Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II F .109S Oil Painting I (Pre: Eng. 152) (Pre: F.A. 101) GENERAL SCIENCE: Introductory Earth Science En.S.101 HISTORY: Hit. lOIS Hi t.107S Econ.231S Applied Gener Hist.227S (Pre: Approv Econ.236S (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) Public FinancE (Pre: Econ. 11 EDUCATION: Ed. I00S Introduction tc Ed. 209S Principles of E Education (Pre: Ed. 100 History of Western Civilization American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States LANGUAGES: Fr. !01S Fr. 103S Elementary French Intermediate French Ger. 101S Ger.103S Elementary German Intermediate German 3 (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) 3 �Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 DESCRIPTION ROOM LANGUAGES Span. IOIS Elementary Spanish Span. 103S Intermediate Spanish 9:45-1 I :15 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 . IOIP Spanish Conversation (Pre: Sp. 104 or equivalent) MATHEMATICS: Math. IOIS Fundamentals of Mathematics St. 132 Math. 107P College Algebra Par. 35 (Pre-College Students) Math. 109P Par. 35 (Pre-College Students) MUSIC: Music I00S Introduction to Music PHILOSOPHY Phil. 102S Logic and Scientific Method Phil. 210S Modern Contemporary Thought PHYSICS: Phys. IOIS Phys. 150S .235S 9:45-11:15 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 23 9:45-11: IS 3 (June 19 - July 22) 8:00-9:30 3 SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE July 25 - August 31, 1967 - 9:45-11 :15 9:45-11:15 COURSE Monday thru Friday DESCRIPTION CCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting II cct. 102S ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 45 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 25 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 116 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 204 8:00-9:30 4 (Pre: Acct. 101) Barre 2 8:00-9:30 cct. l 12S Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111) Barre 2 9:45-11: 15 Stark 132 Stark 101 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 9:45-12:30 BIOLOGY: Advanced Laboratory Biological Science (Pre: Bio. 101) CHEMISTRY: Chemical Equilibria Chem.102S (Pre: Chem. 101) M-T-\\ Phys. 241S CR. Par. 25 Crime & Juvenile Delinquency Par. 23 Bo. l02S Physical Science General Physics Laboratory HOUR (Pre: Soc. 230 or permission) (June 19 - July 22) Chase Th. and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I (Pre-College Students) (June 19- July 22) Plane Trigonometry ROOM OCIOLOGY: lntro,duction to Sociology .IOIS Pick. 203 Pick. 201 (Pre: Sp. 102 or equivalent) Span. 106S DESCRIPTION COURSE Laboratory Hours to be arranged 1-.. 9:45-12:00 M-T-W POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. IOIS Political Science I P.S. IOIP Political Science I (Pre-College Students) P.S. 204S Chem. 231S Par. 53 Par. 26 Public Opinion & Propaganda Par. 43 International Politics (Pre: P.S. 101-102) PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. IOIS General Psychology Psy.207S Child Psychology Psy. 257E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207-208 or approval) Stark 112 8:00-9:30 9:45-12:00 - I :00-3:00 Par. 53 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 5 (Pre: Chem. 230) 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 Laboratory M-T-W (June 19- Jul} 22) (Pre: P.S. 101-102,Soc. 101-102) P.S. 222S Organic Chemistry ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics II Econ.102S Par. 23 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 27 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 46 Par. 46 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 (Pre: Econ. IOI) Econ. 232S Eco.nomic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) Par. 56 Par. 56 Par. 46 8:00-9:30 9:45-11:15 3 5:00-6:45 M-T-W-1h EDUCATION: Introduction to Education Ed. JOOS Guidance Ed. 242S (Pre: Ed. 200) �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE ROOM DESCRIPTION ENGLISH: Eng. lOlS Eng. 102S Eng. 152S Composition Composition Western World Literature Eng. 152S-2 Western World Literature ROOM DESCRIPTION HOUR Fundamentals of Ma them a tics Con. 103 Con. 103 Par. 35 Stark 132 Par. 34 Field Experience in Supervision and Teaching (Pre: Eng. 151) Physical Science Con. Annex Con. Annex Oil Painting II F.A. 125S P.A. 205S Metalwork and Jewelry Contemporary Design 4 Stark 133 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 101 8:00-9:30 4 (Pre: Phys. 101) General Physics II (Pre: F.A. 101) F.A. ll0S (Pre: Phys. 150) Con. Annex 9:45-12:30 Laboratory (Pre: F.A. 109) Con. Annex Con. Annex .242S M-T-W Advanced Laboratory Hours to be arranged POLITICAL SCIENCE: HISTORY: Hist. 102S Hist. 108S Hist. 228S History of Western Civilization American and Pennsylvania History from 1865 History of the Foreign Policy of the United States .102S Par. 45 Political Science II Municipal Government 1-2 Par. 53 Par. 53 9:45-11:15 8:00-9:30 3 3 Par. 43 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: P.S. 101-102) Par. 26 Par. 26 9:45-11 :l .102S Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II (Pre: Hist. 101-102-107-108) EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE LANGUAGES: Fr. 102S Elementary French II Fr. 104S Intermediate French II Ger. 102S Elementary German II Ger. 104S Intermediate German II Span. 102S Elementary Spanish II Span. 104S Intermediate Spanish II Pick. 101 (Pre: Fr. 101) June 19 - August 10, 1967 - Pick. 101 Monday, Tuesday and Thursday DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR. (Pre: Fr. 103) Pick. 104 (Pre: Ger. 101) CC0UNTING: Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II Pick. 104 (Pre: Ger. 103) Pick. 201 (Pre: Span. 103) BUSI ESS ADMINISTRATION: Business Correspondence and B .209E Par. 25 Reports B .220E Introduction to Music Par. 45 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 r, 6:00-8:00 .) Pick. 201 (Pre: Span. 101) MUSIC: Music l00S 3 9:45-11:15 RSING EDUCATION (Pre: Eng. 151) Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II CR. (Pre: Math. 101) FINE ARTS: F.A. lOlS F.A. 102S HOUR Chase Th. B .241E Real Estate Life Insurance Par. 23 Par. 23 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 19 COURSE DESCRIPTION ECONOMICS: Econ. lOIE Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. lllE Economic History EDUCATION: Ed.200E Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102) HOUR ROOM Par. 27 Par. 26 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 Par. 26 6:00-8:00 Par. 53 8:00-10:00 COURSE ic lOOE DESCRIPTION Introduction to Music ROOM HOUR CR. Chase Th. 6:00-8:00 3 Introduction to Philosophy Stark 109 6:00-8:00 3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: Personal Hygiene Stark 116 6:30-8:00 Tuesday only ENGLISH: Eng. lOIE Eng. lOIE-2 Eng. 102E Composition Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Stark 306 Stark 306 Stark 338 POLITICAL SCIENCE: Political Science I Political Science II State Government (Pre: P.S. 101-102) Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Stark 309 Eng. 15IE Western World Literature Stark 338 (Pre: Eng. 102) Eng. 152E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) PSYCHOLOGY P . 208E Human Behavior Stark 309 (Pre: Psy. 101-102) P .212E HISTORY: Hist. lOIE Hist. 102E Hist. 107E Hist. 256E Psychological Testing (Pre: Psy. 101-102) History of World Civilization History of World Civilization American and Pennsylvania Histo.ry to 1865 History of the 20th Century Europe (Pre: Hist. 101-102) MATHEMATICS: Math. 107E College Algebra Math. 109E Plane Trigonometry Math. 125E Calculus I (Pre: Math. 122) Stark 132 6:00-8:00 Stark 132 8:00-10:00 Stark 133 6:00-8:00 ECRETARIAL STUDIES: . lOSE Elementary Shorthand .106E Elementary Typewriting .201E Advanced Typewriting Stark 100 Stark 100 Stark 112 8 :00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 8 :00-10:00 M-T-W-Th 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 35 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 35 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 34 Par. 34 Par. 33 (Pre: S.S. 108 or SO words per minute) .207E Stark 133 Par. 56 Par. 56 Par. 53 Advanced Shorthand 6:00-8:00 2 8:00-10:00 2 6:00-7:00 1 Par. 33 7:00-10:00 3 Par. 25 8:00-10:00 3 (Pre: S.S. 106 and net typing of SO words a minute) .243E Principles and Methods of Business Education Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Stark 116 8:00-10:00 3 �PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If adrance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. PRE-REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar. ame ....................................................................................................... . ddrcss ................................................................................................... . City ............................................... State ............ Zip Code ................. . College or University no,v attending ....................................................................................... . Please mail Registration forms. 1st Semester Course No. D 2nd Semester Course No. Will you require dormitory accommodations? Evening Course No. Yes □ No □ �Wilkes College Summer Sessions Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1966-1967 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1966-1967 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/accce2dcbd261e3e65a45e15498c6662.pdf c495b9d923894073f5069dadb405772a PDF Text Text Wilkes College ~ . . - Summer Sessions ~ ( ;=(;_~~-~_·_ .--; } .. :: Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 .-· . ..· ·~~~. '-""WW S-BARRE PENNSYLVANIA �~ ---=------s COLLEGE u et(n 1967-1968 SPRING AND FALL SEMESTERS - 1967 -68 Vol. XVI �College Calendar College Calendar SIX-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1967 (Day) FIRST SESSION Tuesday, June 6 thru Friday, June 9 Monday, June 12 - SP'-Sion Begins Thursday, July 20 - Session Ends Registration SECOND SESSION Thursday, July 20, Friday, June 21 and Monday, July 24 Registration Tuesday, July 25 - Session Begins Thursday, August 31 - Session Ends EIGHT-WEEK SUMMER SESSION Wednesday, June 14 thru Friday, June 16 Monday, June 19 - Session Begins Thursday, August 10 - Session Ends FALL SEMESTER - 1967 (Evening) Registration 1967 Monday, September 11 to Friday, September 15 Freshmen Orientation Thursday, September 14 - Registration Monday, September 18 - Classes Begin Saturday, October 14 - Report on Incomplete Grades Wednesday, November I - Progress Reports Monday, November 6 to Friday, November 10 - Registration for Seniors, Juniors, and Engineering Students Monday, November 13 to Friday, November 17 - Registration for Sophomores Monday, November 20 to Saturday, December 1 Registration for Freshmen Tuesday, November 21, 10:00 p.m. to Monday, November 27, 8:00 a.m. -Thanksgiving Recess Friday, December 15, 5:00 p.m. to Wednesday, January 3, 8:00 a.m. - Christmas Recess Friday, January 12, 5:00 p.m. - Classes End Monday, January 15 to Saturday, January 20 Examination Period SPRING SEMESTER - 1968 Friday, January 26 - Registration - All Classes Monday, January 29- Classes Begin Saturday, February 24 - Report on Incomplete Grades Saturday, March 16 - Progress Reports Monday, March 18 to Friday, March 22 Registration for Juniors, Engineering Students Monday, March 25 to Friday, March 29 Registration for Sophomores Monday, April I to Friday, April 5 - Registration for Freshmen Friday, April 5, 5:00 p.m. to Wednesday, April 17, 8:00 a.m. Easter Recess Saturday, May 4 Final Date for Requests for Summer Transfer Credit Saturday, May 18 - Classes end Monday, May 20 to Saturday, May 25 - Examination Period Thursday, May 30 - Memorial Day Holiday Sunday, June 2 - Baccalaureate Monday, June 3 - Commencement SIX-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1968 (Day) FIRST SESSION Tuesday, June 4 thru Friday, June 7 - Registration Monday, June 10 - Session Begins Thursday, July 18 (Incl. Final Examination) - Session Ends SECOND SESSION Thursday, July 18, Friday, July 19 and Monday, July 22 Registration Tuesday, July 23 - Session Begins Thursday, August 29 (Incl. Final Examination) - Session Ends EIGHT-WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1968 (Evening) Wednesday, June 12 thru Friday, June 14 - Registration Monday, June 17 - Session Begins Thursday, August 8 (Incl. Final Examination) - Session Ends �Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 THE COLLEGE AND THE COMMUNITY Institute of Regional Affairs, 65 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, 67 Registration, 14 Fine Arts Fiesta, 67 Tuition, ·Fees & Expenses, 14 Performing Arts Center, 67 Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 Loans, 20 Employment, 20 Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown slowly to its current enrollment of approximately 1900 full-time day students and 500 part-time evening school students. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS Bachelor of Arts Degree, 71 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE Wilkes College Bachelor of Science Degree, 75 Degree Requirements, 76 Buildings and Plant, 31 It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 39 Student Activities, 41 COURSES OF INSTRUCTION Description of Courses, 107 Social Activities, 43 Athletics, 46 Student Regulations, 47 PERSONNEL OF THE COLLEGE Board of Trustees, 186 THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Curricula, 51 Officers of Administration, 18 Academic Requirements, 55 Assistants in Administration, 189 Graduation Requirements, 60 Faculty, 190 Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the ere a tive mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. The Chemistry curriculum is approved by the American Chemical Society. An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the as a guide to learning. facuity �Policies and Objectives Admissions Registration Tuition, Fees, and Expenses Financial Assistance �Admissions True education demands a love of learning and a spirit of sacrifice and service. Education is not a right or privilege but an opportunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College and responsibilities shared with the student. This concept has guided the faculty and trustees in developing the philosophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, making it possible for students of ability, determination, and soundness of character to study at Wilkes. Here the student will find an atmosphere of competitive learning in the world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes places hini among the ready men for whom education is an experience in excellence. He will be charged with the responsibility for fulfilling that trust. The careful selection of able and committed students is deemed essential to the attainment of high standards and warm personal relationships between students and faculty. Admission Requirements Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the ideals of the faculty and the quality of its instruction; from its library, its laboratories and equipment. The spirit of the College is the integrity of its mission, the intellectual climate that enriches the student as a person. The College believes that no attention can be too great which intensifies a student's thinking or deepens his interest or develops his techniques and skills. It believes that a good student commits himself to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to master, and to understand he must accept the responsibilities that he shares with others. HIGH SCHOOL RECORD Candidates applying for admission to Wilkes should be high school graduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work representing the equivalent of the usual four-year high school preparatory school course. For entrance into certain departments, specific courses in high school are necessary. An example would be four years of Mathematics for those interested in studying the physical sciences, engineering, or mathematics. APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION To assist students seeking admission, the College has adopted procedures designed to simplify admissions. Applications for admission and instructions regarding high school records, recommendations, and entrance examinations may be obtained from the Director of Admissions. The completed applications should be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Page 12 - ADMISSIONS ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be required to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Committee considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high school transcript and the record of performance during the high school years. ADMISSIONS TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination Board is required of all applicants. Students should plan to take this examination in December or January of their senior year. If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from taking this test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Students who wish the Admissions Committee to review their application on the basis of College Boards taken in their junior year should make this request in writing to the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is a member of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Center in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California, should refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT After receipt of the senior College Board scores the Admissions Committee meets and acts upon all completed applications. Notification of action by the Committee is sent immediately. Resident students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormitory deposit by May 1; local students are required to forward a $50.00 tuition deposit by May 1 in order to guarantee their entry into the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for the February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the fall semester. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of Admissions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty mem- bers. This committee acts upon special cases referred to it by the Director of Admissions. PERSONAL INTERVIEWS A personal interview with each student is not required. Students and their families are invited to visit the College at their convenience. It is advisable to write for an appointment so that the Deans may arrange to meet with them. TRANSFER STUDENTS Candidates from other institutions wishing to enter with advanced standing shall follow the regular procedure for admission. The student should request the college or university he is attending to forward to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his honorable dismissal. After the College has made a tentative evaluation of the record of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him concerning his new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on the Wilkes record of the student following a final evaluation. College policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from considering for admission any student who has been placed on academic probation or who has been dropped from any other college or university. ADVANCED COURSE STANDING Superior students who have undertaken college-level courses in secondary school may request college credit for such work and permission to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced placement, the high school student must take the Advanced Placement tests of the College Entrance Examination Board, in addition to the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. Action by the College will be determined by scores obtained on the Advanced Placement Examination, the high school record submitted by the student, and the recommendations of the high school faculty. After he is admitted the applicant will request the College Entrance Examination Board to send the results of the Advanced Placement Tests to the Director of Admissions. The request will �Page 14 - EXPENSES then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the appropriate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of their action prior to registration. Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specified in the College calendar. A student presenting himself for registration after the time designated for registration will pay a late registration fee of $5.00. Expenses TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student carrying the normal load for his course is $600.00 per semester. A student who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pay either $40.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, whichever amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedule than is normal for his course will be charged $40.00 for each additional hour of credit beyond the normal load. Medical technology students will be charged a $50 College Administrative Fee in conjunction with the seventh and eighth semesters of hospital work. EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged $40.00 per semester hour. A fee of $40.00 is charged for those wishing to participate in student activities. Further information regarding the content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and graduate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may be secured from the Office of Admissions. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the six and eight-week Summer School sessions will be charged $40.00 per semester hour of study payable before registration. EXPENSES - Page 15 FEES For those courses that require individual faculty supervision or the addition of supplies and equipment the College finds it necessary to charge nominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin with the course description. When these fees total more than $50.00 a flat fee of $50.00 per semester will be charged. The cost of individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for full-time students for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons. The College accepts a limited number of special students for individual instruction in applied music for a series of fifteen half-hour lessons at a cost of $60.00 per semester. A student activities fee of $40.00 per semester will be charged to those stud en ts taking fewer than 15 or more than 9 semester hours or to any special student wishing to participate in activities. SPECIAL CHARGES Graduation fee ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------------- $25.00 Convocation fee ( two-year students) -------------------------------------- $15.00 Transcript (no charge for the first copy) ---------- --- ---------- ------ _$ 1.00 CHEMISTRY BREAKAGE Students taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to deposit $10.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged equipment. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. INSURANCE COVERAGE The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to purchase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00. A health insurance policy is available to commuting students but is optional with them. Health insurance required of all resident students is prepaid as part of the dormitory charge. Both policies provide protection for twelve months and premiums are payable in full with the first semester charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician and college infirmary are available for emergency treatment. �Page 16 - EXPENSES EXPENSES - Page 17 PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is to be made at the Fin.ance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who do not have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be considered when special assistance is needed. I. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program and stud en ts needing financial assistance may apply to the College for such a loan. to, or purchased by, the College in recent years. At present there are three men's and fifteen women's dormitories, each of which accommodates from eighteen to twenty-three students and a resident proctor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosphere. Students and their families are invited to inspect these homes. Each room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Students will supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are furnished through a local laundry on contract by the College. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a National Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments over the school year, . we recommend that he apply for an educational loan at one of the local banks. Information concerning this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. All out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories on campus. A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The charge for room and board is $560.00 per student per semester. This charge includes the cost of health and accident insurance and linen rental and laundry service for bed linen and towels only. Personal laundry plans are offered, and for students who wish to do their own laundry, facilities are available on campus. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the Office of Admissions. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term. Refund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under conditions beyond the control of the student. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Living Quarters and Board DORMITORIES Residence for boarding stud en ts is provided in a new dormitory for men and in a number of large mansions that have been given �Financial Assistance To provide assistance for those who need financial help, the College receives substantial gifts from friends. These gifts provide scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort to help themselves. In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts an obligation - which is also the obligation of every other conscientious student- to: I. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the community. 3. Participate constructively in an all-college activity of his own choice. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 3. No scholarship will be granted until the student has made every reasonable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of the costs of this education. 4. Every applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential information pertaining to his financial needs and his record of achievement. 5. No student may simultaneously hold more than one scholarship granted by the College. 6. Scholarships will be forfeited if the student, at any time, carries fewer hours than are normal for the course. 7. No scholarship is awarded for more than one year, but scholarships will be renewed upon request, provided this request is supported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued need, and by constructive participation in at least one all-college activity of his own choice. In planning to meet any difference between his own resources and the cost of education the student should consider a combination of work, loans, and scholarships. 8. The amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of this confidence shall terminate the scholarship. Scholarships INSTRUCTIONS TO THE APPLICANT Scholarships and grants are available to students with good records of achievement and performance in high school or college who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education and who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without regard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of their contribution to the intellectual life of the group. The amount of each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS I. Students must be admitted to the College before their applications for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview with the Dean. I. To establish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must first apply for admission to the College and must be accepted. Application for admission should be made prior to March I. 2. Students requiring aid shall indicate their need on the application for admission to the College. Wilkes College participates in the College Scholarship Service (CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a student should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists colleges and universities and other agencies in determining the student's need for financial assistance. Entering students seeking financial assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarship Service, designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by April 1. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school or the College Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey 18540; or P. 0. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 97404. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning this program and applications for financial assistance under this program may be obtained at the College. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose education may be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bears no interest and is to be repaid by the student at the earliest practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rota ting loan fund. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was estabiished by Robert W. Hall, class of 1951, to assist students in meeting small emergency financial needs. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. The student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment during a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus work, especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, and industry arc available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard rates in the dining room, offices, laboratories, library, or on the maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obligations of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Founders of Scholarships Each year some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund of the College on an annual basis. Other friends have created scholarships which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom they have memorialized by means of a scholarship. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In 1951 a substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr. Schaeffer with the thought that it would be used to advance the interests of the College and the students. By action of the Board of Trustees a considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been set aside for scholarships. ANDREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship will be used to assist students of unusual promise and proved ability. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be used in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who otherwise could not gain a college education. DICKSON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four scholarships have been given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan H. and Kate P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholarships will be granted to students of high scholastic achievement and aptitude who have also demonstrated leadership in student affairs during their high school years. THE WILLIAM H. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her late husband, a friend and neighbor of the College and for years an outstanding leader in business and community life. /ESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made available from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturdevant. �Page 22 --- FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE JOHN WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Hollenback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John Welles Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used for scholarship purposes. RICHARD H. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. MR. HARLAND W. HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship to assist students of high scholastic ability. JOHN LLOYD EV ANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was created in memory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, conductor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Sheldon Choral Society and the Wilkes-Barre Mixed Choral Society. The scholarship of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or music education who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his chosen field of study. HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH M. PLUMB SCHOLARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholarships for students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one of the sciences and attending Wilkes College. THE BUSINESS AND PROFESSIONAL WOMEN'S CLUB of Wilkes-Barre offers to an outstanding woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The education committee of the club in cooperation with the administration choose a young woman who shows promise of making an outstanding contribution in business or professional life following graduation. THETA DELTA RHO, the all-college women's service organization, offers a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a high score in a competitive examination conducted by the college. NEIL DADURKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually by the Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for this scholarship is earned and donated by the Wilkes College FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE --- Page 23 Lettermen's Club. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of the most beloved athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed while flying for the United States Marine Corps. This half-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman who is in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. The scholarship is given to enable an athlete to participate in the sport for which the scholarship is awarded. THE NEIL C. DADURKA - DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ability and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of the College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity of the Class of 1957. THE NATIONAL COUNCIL OF JEWISH WOMEN -THE WILKES-BARRE SECTION - gives a scholarship annually to a young woman in the field of Education or Sociology. This young woman - a junior or senior - must be a resident of Wyoming Valley. WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has been established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilkes-Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in efforts to raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship will be awarded to a senior who has demonstrated ability in the classroom and in student activities. THE METROPOLITAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has created scholarships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the sons or daughters of their employees. To qualify for candidacy, a student must graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must test above 550 on the College Board Examinations, and must demonstrate financial need. The scholarship will be granted through the College to the applicant making the best record in high school and on the College Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, a student must make a strong academic record, and must exert a constructive influence in the College. THE KING FIFTH WHEEL COMPANY offers each year a scholarship in the physical sciences. This scholarship will be �Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE awarded to a student entering the physical sciences who has earned an outstanding record in high school, and whose admission tests indicate the likelihood of superior achievement in the science of his choice. Ordinarily this scholarship will be in the sum of $500 for each of the four years of College. Its retention from year to year will depend upon the scholastic record and constructive influence of the recipient. TERESA S. AND ROY P. WALTER SCHOLARSHIP will be granted to a student from Forty Fort who has demonstrated ability, ambition, and need. The scholarship will be for four years at $425 per year. GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student who without financial assistance could not attend college. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in student activities. NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student of high scholastic standing. A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic ability. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrates outstanding leadership abilities and who meets qualifications of academic competence and need. ARNAUD C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the associates of Dr. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to honor the Chairman of their Board and former President of their Company. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 It is appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for no person has done more to bring new opportunities to the young people of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he was instrumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior College, which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes College became an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees and was elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision and faith in the young people of this region, he has supported and guided every forward looking and constructive effort of the College. The Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to that outstanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by high scholarship and by participation in college activities, has demonstrated those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes College and in our nation. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was established by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their son. This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student preferably studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who otherwise could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annually to a worthy student of high potential. WEST SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP shall be awarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matriculates at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a degree. MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FUND has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelligent boys who have insufficient financial resources of their own and who would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were unable to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be granted only to boys of good moral character who are in the upper ten per cent of their class in academic standing and who have passed a qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilkes College. ABRAHAM H. BERMAN SCHOLARSHIP has been created by members of the Management Training Program of the Consolidated �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Cigar Corporation to honor Abraham H. Berman, Vice President of Consolidated Cigar Corporation, and a strong advocate of this training program. The scholarship is to further the education of deserving stud en ts in need of financial assistance. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP. This is an endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist students of outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and/or senior years. JEWISH WAR VETERANS, WILKES-BARRE POST 212, SCHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Post's founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of need and ability without regard for race or creed. CARPENTER MEMORIAL MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS were established by the Board of Trustees of First Methodist Church of Wilkes-Barre, in memory of Benjamin Harold Carpenter and Georgianna Taylor Carpenter. These awards, one for $500 and another for $300, are given annually. OLIVER ]. R. TROUP MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is provided by Atlas Chain & Precision Products Co. Inc., the firm which Mr. Troup founded. This scholarship is presented to a freshman who intends to prepare for a business career. The award is granted annually to a young man whose potential is attested by the college board scores and the secondary school record. It is renewable at the end of each of the first three years. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 27 high school and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A recipient of the scholarship will be selected on a competitive basis by the Scholarship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship will be retained by the student for the four years in College, provided his achievement and influence at the College are deemed outstanding by the faculty. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT ASSOCIATES INC. have created a half tuition scholarship which will be awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated leadership in his scholastic and extracurricular activities and who, without scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. Scholastic Endowments THE W. S. CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in 1965 by W. S. Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. Carpenter, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and lived in this community during his entire active business life. The fund was given to strengthen the work of the science division by subsidizing research projects, assisting the College in attaining able teachers, providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing exceptional tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science department. A number of local firms make annual gifts to the scholarship fund so that the College may provide needed assistance to able and ambitious students. These grants amount to one-half tuition pl~s a small amount to cover a portion of the difference between the tuition charges and the cost of education. PENNSYLVANIA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY awards a full tuition scholarship annually to an incoming freshman whose family resides in an area serviced by PP&L. The award is made to a student with outstanding academic promise and financial need. Application for this award is made through the high school principal or guidance counselor. The Scholarship Committee of the College selects the final recipient from among all applications received. THE LESLIE FAY SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the son or daughter of an employee of the Company whose record in SENIOR CAMBRIAN CLUB OF WILKES-BARRE awards a scholarship annually to a young woman of Welsh extraction and Cost of Education Scholarships �Page 28 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE a resident of Wyoming Valley. The recipient of this award is expected to show academic promise and financial need. WILKES COLLEGE FACULTY WOMEN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP is given in memory of Mrs. Eleanor Coates Farley and awarded annually to a female student in need of financial support. The Facilities of the College THE GIBBONS SCHOLARSHIP is awarded each year to a deserving male student as selected by the Scholarship Committee. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF ENGLISH LITERATURE has been created by his daughter Dorothy Dickson Darte to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholarship, and creativ~ writing in the fields of literature. Buildings and Plant �The Facilities of the College Buildings and Plant The College is constantly seeking to implement and improve its facilities for instruction. A growing campus provides added classrooms, modern laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research center. A new dormitory and dining quarters were completed in the fall of 1966. The Center for the Performing Arts was dedicated in the fall of 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for the construction of a music and art building adjacent to the theater. A new library, with a capacity of 300,000 volumes and study facilities for over six hundred students, will be completed in 1968. THE LIBRARY The present library is the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. Fred Morgan Kirby. The home was presented to the College in 1941 as a gift of Allan Kirby, son of Wilkes-Barre's most generous benefactors. The building was first named the Kirby Home for Education. Since 1947 it has been used as the College library. Education is the process of connecting and relating, of testing and retesting, of discovery and Experience rediscovery. at The faculty can teach the student facts, but his contribution to a free society depends upon the continual expansion of his knowledge and upon -Wilkes its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and professional competence, but the inner resources of thr mind and spirit must nourish and enrich his .achievement. This three-floor stone structure contains more than 75,000 volumes and some 500 current periodicals and journals. Students and faculty use the resources of the periodical, reference, and Treasure rooms for research and reading assignments. Shelved on open stacks, the books are easily accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two weeks. Reserve books for particular courses circulate for the time period specified by the instructor. The library is open Monday through Thursday from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. and on Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; on Saturday and Sunday from I p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation periods the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination periods from 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Saturdays and from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. Students may borrow books from the ten nearby libraries (public and college) through the interlibrary loan system. An introduction to the use of the library is given to every freshman during the freshman orientation week. �Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 33 STARK HALL OF SCIENCE THE BOOKSTORE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are housed in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold R. Stark, former Chief of Naval Operations and currently Honorary Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This building was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it now provides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom, laboratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for undergraduate instruction and student research in all departments, and for graduate study in biology, chemistry, and in physics. Books, stationery, and supplies ~ay be purchased at the College Bookstore, Harding House, on South Franklin Street. The bookstore is operated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies will vary with the course of study, but will average approximately $50.00 per semester. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall houses the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students, and selected undergraduate students conduct various research programs, many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work as research in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant morphology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmospheric physics, experimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surface chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs included the National Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association, the National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force, the Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, the Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and individuals. GYMNASIUM AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT Completed in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well equipped for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has a seating capacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern training room facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here also are located the playing fields for football, soccer, baseball, and hockey, as well as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All students are invited by the Jewish Community Center, on South River Street, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use their swimming pools and bowling alleys. The College also maintains a United States Post Office substation in Harding House. On the second floor are meeting rooms for Student Government. GUIDANCE CENTER The College maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in their counseling of students. The College Testing Service is availaable at no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members of the Community. The testing center also provides assistance to the State Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidance Center, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late Gilbert S. McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. PLACEMENT OFFICE The Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent employment in a position suitable to their talents and training. It also extends such assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placement Office also assists students in securing part-time employment during the school year and during the summer. Complete information about job opportunities and graduate schools is available. Each year the Office is visited by over onehundred representatives of industries and one hundred school systems from all parts of the United States to interview students for business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives from industry, from school systems, and from graduate schools to interview and discuss with students opportunities available to them. All students seeking employment are invited to register with the Placement Office. �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers may be given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty members are submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either the student or the Placement Offiice. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, on South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. THE COMMONS The Commons, facing South Street, provides cafeteria service for commuting students and includes a lounge and recreation area. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furnished Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behind Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds its annual Art Fair. Work of the students is shown, and the public is invited to the displays and exhibits. Opportunities are offered to the students to enter their paintings in local and regional competition. BUTLER AND ASHLEY HALLS (MUSIC) Gies Hall, on South Franklin Street, was formerly the home of the Music Department. This building is being razed to provide the site for the new library. Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are now located in Butler and Ashley Halls on South River Street. The band, choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concerts locally and on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has been host to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. Nationally known music educators, clinicians, and performers have participated in workshop and classroom activities. During tl.e winter and spring semesters Town and Gown concert series presents students and music faculty in instrumental and vocal programs before audiences from both the College and the community. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 35 CENTER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS A fully equipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of friends of the College. The site, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirby Park, was deeded to the College by the Wyoming Valley Society of Arts and Sciences. Until 1965, theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly the carriage house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred M. Chase and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. Cue and Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act plays by O'Neill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and others. One-act plays are student directed. Over the years the College has presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, Dekker, Middleton, as well as plays of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Pirandello, Wilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. The College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club has presented the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Pain; Your Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man The Sound of Music, and Camelot. ' ALUMNI OFFICE The Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of the College. It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College with alumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and needs of the institution. Prospective students interested in finding out more about the College may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are always welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in WilkesBarre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Philadelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, Long Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trenton; Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D.C. OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 184 South River Street, the first building on the campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark. �Page 36 -- BUILDINGS AND PLANT On the first floor are the Director of Admissions and the Director of Scholarships; on the second, the Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, and the Director of Athletics; on the third floor are the Director of Student Activities, the Alumni Office, the Public Relations Office, and the office of College Development. The Registrar's Office is in Parrish Hall, South River Street. Weckesser Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the gift of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of Academic Affairs have their offices in Weckesser. CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Lehigh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Presently, the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Institute of Regional Affairs occupies the fifth floor. Classes and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Education, Political Science, Psychology, and Sociology are in Parrish Hall. The building also has a room devoted to Polish art treasures and craftsmanship, furnished by the Women's Committee for the Polish Room at Wilkes College. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one of the earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham home was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in memory of her husband John N. Conyngham. Pickering Hall, facing South Franklin Street, is presently being used by the Modern Foreign Language Department and contains the language laboratory, a gift of the graduating class of 1962. DORMITORIES Men's residence halls are Gore, Miner, Slocum, and Hollenback, with a newly completed dormitory in the Wright Street area of the campus. Women's dormitories are Catlin, Chapman, Denison, McClintock, Sterling, Sturdevant, Susquehannock, Warner, Weckesser, · and Weiss Halls. Additional women's dormitories are in newly acquired buildings on West River Street and South River Street. Dormitories are named after prominent local families anC: for patriots of the American Revolutionary War, whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyoming Valley region. Student Life Counseling Student Activities Social Activities Athletics Student Regulations �Counseling The guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage the student to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to assist him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he must learn to assume responsibility for all he does. FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM The transition from the directed work of the high school to the independent and more intensive work of the College occasionally causes difficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are therefore set aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic program. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, foreign language, and English-placement tests. The week also gives the new students an opportunity to become acquainted with one another and to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the student activities. In college the teacher works with the stu- Studying at Wilkes dent, challenging him to extend the limits of his mind. He encourages him to think courageously and truthfully and to create with all his resources so that he may act with independent judgment. In a college community freedom of inquiry is essential. In the world community the right of the individual to differ safeguards the freedom of all men. As student and teacher engage in the experience of creative thinking, the heritage of learning becomes the responsibility of everyone. Throughout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for one hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, and vocational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss with them: 1. Methods of intelligent self-directed study. 2. Standards of value in personal conduct and in relationships with others. 3. Values of the College extracurricular program. 4. The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy of life. By placing responsibility upon the student for planning and conducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinking, initiative, poise, and breadth of view. STUDENT ADVISEMENT Students sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, and academic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 40 - COUNSELING health affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throughout his college career to consult with his classroom instructors, his faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen concerning his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance to students with difficulties of a personal or environmental nature. Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for appointments or may arrange for consultation through the Deans' Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted on an entirely confidential basis. Student Activities The student activities of the College broaden a student's interests begun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of extracurricular activities that contribute to the educational development of the student who chooses to participate. Student activities are designed to appeal to a wide variety of tastes and talents; as such they enjoy the support of the College community. The student activities includ~ Athletics, Dramatics, the College Band, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, Women's Chorus, Madrigal Singers. There are four class organizations. In addition, special departmental clubs stimulate and satisfy individual interest in academic, professional, and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for students in cooperation with the faculty. All women students may become members of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive committee, which plans and arranges social activities. The College requires that all campus organizations be open to all students; consequently, groups that are exclusive do not exist. All student groups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and the Deans. STUDENT GOVERNMENT Government of student affairs rests in a Council composed of annually elected members representing the classes and other student groups. The Council serves as a coordinating agency; it appropriates funds from the Student Activities budget to all student groups; it supervises the College social calendar; it arranges the program for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and conduct; and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of Student Activities and the Administrative Council. INTER-DORMITORY COUNCIL The Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives from the men's and women;s residence halls, plans and coordinates dormitory social functions and develops and administers dormitory policy. �Page 42 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE Social Activities Approximately half of the weekly assembly programs given during the academic year are planned and presented by students. The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected each fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists the administration and student organizations in arranging these programs and awards a trophy to the group that presents the best program of the year. The College believes in helping students to help themselves. Groups are encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their interest and benefit others. It has been found that students gain most from those activities, social and cultural, which release the best talents of the individual. Each student is required to attend assemblies during each of his four years. He will, however, be allowed the following number of cuts each year: freshman and sophomore year, four cuts; junior year, eight cuts; senior year, fifteen cuts. Special projects include the following: IDR's Golden Agers Christmas party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are entertained; Student Government's party for children of St. Stanislaus Orphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student Work Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. These requirements must be satisfied to establish eligibility for graduation. PUBLICATIONS The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the Manuscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnicola, the College annual. There are opportunities for students on the editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are available to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and managerial positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Students eligible for these grants should make written application to the faculty director of the publication before April I. In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the United Fund, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate books for students in foreign countries. The Student Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty Seminars, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student body. Under sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars attract students as well as faculty. A full and varied program of social and recreational activities supplements the extracurricular program. At all these functions members of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and chaperones. COME-AND-MEET-US-PARTY Student Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome the freshmen one week before the semester starts. An informal party and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's introduction to college life. PARENTS' DAY After they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the College, students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural, and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 45 Page 44 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Planning Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and football games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays on campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For the outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards during halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Queen and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, open to the entire student body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumni and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; Theta Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoon teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho entertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College the following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christmas party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty, and administration are invited to a buffet and dance. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM IDC also sponsors a social exchange program between students from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virginia Several Wilkes students during the last week of April and an equal number of Hampton students during the first week of May visit the other's campus. Faculty members and Deans accompany both groups. WILKES OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT Between Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the Wilkes Open Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose Bowl of Wrestling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from over sixty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the United States. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for individual and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a three-day period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the largest in the country, has the record for the most number of entries. WINTER CARNIVAL Student Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of the nearby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobagganing, and ice skating climaxes the close of the examination period. SPRING WEEKEND Student Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and organizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes on a Mardi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday a senior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned Cinderella Queen. THE MANUSCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campus distinguished motion pictures, produced by American and foreign film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations plan their own special activities. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class is invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight varsity sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimming, and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports satisfy the requirements for physical education for the duration of that sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education stresses physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football, volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for women includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softball, and swimming. Student Regulations It is recognized that courtesy and consideration are the basis of good relations between individuals. Informal and friendly associations between students and faculty are a tradition on campus. Although these relations are flexible, certain precedents have been established in the best interests of the individual and the College. A few are mentioned here: I. The possession and use of liquor on campus are forbidden, and none will be served at college affairs. 2. Smoking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, or in the library. Facilities are available in various buildings for students who may wish to smoke during their free periods. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same consideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships that is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate competition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference adhering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparable scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegiate Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association, and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. 3. Although participation in at least one student activity is encouraged, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing his time effectively. 4. The faculty cooperates with students who miss classes because of illness, or as representatives of the College, or for special religious observances; in cases of excessive absence the student shall present his instructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances the student is expected to make up the work that is missed. STUDENT RESPONSIBILITY The students in a great measure determine the influences of the College. The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing the highest possible standards of intellect and morals. Because students benefit from a program and policies to which they subscribe, the College may request students to withdraw when their influence and behavior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student body. �The Academic Program Curricula Academic Require1nents Graduation Requirements �Curricula Graduate Programs CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS, AND BIOLOGY To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the nation, Wilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the degrees of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These curricula are designed to make practicable either full-time graduate study toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and scientists with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the Wilkes-Barre area. A program leading to a Master of Science degree in Biology will begin in September, 1967. Full details of these programs are published in the bulletin of the Graduate Division. COOPERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAM Learning at Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. Wilkes Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's intellectual interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. Wilkes is cooperating with Temple University to bring to the area a graduate program in education. The Temple University program leads to the degree of Master of Science in General Education and is accepted by the Commonwealth for permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candidates may register at the College. Under this cooperative program all credits are granted by Temple University. Details of this graduate program in education may be obtained by writing to the Director of Admissions. Undergraduate Programs Wilkes is an independent, liberal arts college that offers the degree of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, and the natural sciences. All course work in education required for careers in teaching is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned. �Page 52 - CURRICULA CURRICULA - Page 53 The College also con£ers the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and finance, and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required to qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an exception to this requirement for medical and dental students. These students may, with the approval of the graduation committee, satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completing three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requesting credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in graduate school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for permission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the professional school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the final approval for the granting of the degree rests with the Academic Standing Committee of Wilkes College. ENGINEERING Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curriculum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering program the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granting degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adults who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for courses in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergraduate degree. Students will confer with the Director of the Evening Division to arrange a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and special requirements. During the semester students will consult with the Assistant Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. When the student completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed by the Admissions Committee. At this time the Committee recommends that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed on probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. Students who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes ~hich they are qualified to take by reason of their maturity, prev10us education, and experience. High school training is desirable but not necessary, provided the student is qualified to follow special courses of instruction in which he wishes to register. The courses offered in the Evening Division are designed for special value to the following groups: I. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in advanced problems and discussion courses offered in various business fields. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. Day School students will be allowed to take courses in the Evening Division only after having received written permission from the Deans or the Registrar. Summer School The faculty offers selected courses during summer sessions of six and eight weeks. The summer sessions begin in the third week of June. �Page 54 - CURRICULA A student from another college who wishes to take summer work at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his own institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student from Wilkes College who wishes to take summer work at another institution must secure the approval of the Academic Standing Committee. Application in writing shall be made through the off ice of the Dean of Men. Academic Requirements GRADES The primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the student of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students for purposes of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students and parents at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if the work is unsatisfactory. Five numerical grades are given for academic work. Grade Interpretation 4 ......................... Academic achievement of outstanding quality. 3 ..................... Academic achievement of high quality. 2 ......................... Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. 1 ....................... Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 .......................... Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompletes will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons beyond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course assignments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed within this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. COURSE CREDITS Each course at the College is assigned a specific number of credits. For example, English IOI is a 3 credit course and English 151 is a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course, multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hours for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Course Credit Hrs . Carried Grade Points 4 12 0 2 0 6 3 9 Bio. 101 ........ ....................... __ ... Eng. 101 .................................... Fr. 101 _____________________________________ ___ 3 3 3 Hist. 101 .................................... Mus. 100 .................................... 3 3 3 I Credit Hrs. Passed 3 0 3 3 3 Total credit hrs. carried ...... 15 Total credit hrs. passed ........................................................... 12 Total points earned .................................................. 30 Average .............. 30+ 15 = 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student must repeat that course. If these yearly averages are not attained, the student's record is reviewed by the Academic Standing Committee to determine whether or not he should be allowed to remain in college. PROBATION AND DISMISSAL Any student failing to meet these grade requirements will be placed on probation. Failure to attain these standards in the next semester will result in automatic dismissal from the College. Unless special permission is granted by the Academic Standing Committee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be considered for readmission until one year after being dropped. Upon readmission the student will still be on probation and shall be given one semester in which to prove his ability to continue in college. ATTENDANCE Attendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is deemed a sufficient cause for failure. Five consecutive absences from a class place a student on probation. He may be readmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the Department Chairman concerned. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average in his major field. STUDENT LOAD CLASS STANDING Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled to take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a department. Marks and averages at the end of each of the four academic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects students to achieve the following averages: End of Freshman Year .. ..... .. .... .......... ... ...... ....... ..... End of Sophomore Year ........ ........ ............. ... ... ....... End of Junior Year ...... .......................................... .. General Average Major Average 1.4 1. 7 1.85 1.6 1.9 2.0 No students shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. WITHDRAWALS Students may change their courses during the first week of a semester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser �ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 59 Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after the first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero unless the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that the student be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the College's day school program for academic reasons will be permitted to register in the Evening Division without the written consent of the Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a non-matriculating student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or drop courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to another shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and the Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirements of the Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summer must petition the Academic Standing Committee for approval. The student must earn a grade of 2 or higher in order for the work to be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be necessary for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candidates for the Dean's List, publishe_d at the end of each term, must obtain a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Students taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not be eligible for the Dean's List. HONORS The granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the academic record made by students carrying a normal load for their curriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements for Honors are as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 3.35; magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present at Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, students must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to take the degree or certificate in absentia. Awards At Commencement a number of awards are presented to outstanding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special awards for highest academic achievement. Senior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which the student must satisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He stated in program. residence THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man and woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarship throughout their four years at the College. must complete all subjects required for the degree as the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or woman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding scholarship in one or both of these areas, and has manifested intellectual curiosity and creative imagination. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of the department who has maintained throughout his or her college career the highest average grade in physics courses. 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to the graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the recipient of this award. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and assembly programs and physical education. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scholastic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the Department of Engineering to the student whose achievement in the two-year engineering course is most outstanding. Engineering students will receive certificates upon completion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. IOI, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 62 - A WARDS THEW. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. The College and the Community THE L. ]. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in the field of journalism. THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are made to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbert Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD is made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE APLHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SOCIETY AWARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with the Wilkes College Administration, will select a Junior student from Wyoming Valle,· who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possess those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. Office of Community Services Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra Fine Arts Fiesta �The College and the Community The College was founded to serve the community and has received a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstanding leaders in the community. It has recognized for many years that its growth was related to the economic and social redevelopment of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate in every effort for community betterment. In consequence, a pattern of cooperation has developed in which the College and the Community work with one another for their mutual benefit. Institute of Regional Affairs Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fate, that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is to make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths in a constant renewal of strength - that has always been the secret of progress. When a man waits helplessly for the turning in the wheel of fortune, he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from the shackles of helplessness and ignorance, an ideal for the whole of India would be established. Let a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I shall say they are my India. That is the way to disco·,er the true India. RABINDRAN ATH TAGORE T awards Universal Man The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. It is really the natural integration of prior activities in which members of the Wilkes College faculty have engaged for at least twenty years. The Institute of Regional Affairs was created to assure the coordination of these varied efforts and better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its resources include not only the College faculty in the social sciences - economics, psychology, government, sociology - but also those experts in the region who can lend their talents to teaching, research, and consultation. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. I. Labor-Management Courses To establish a climate for industrial progress, the College has pioneered a management training program under which special classes are org~nized for personnel in industry, commerce, and banking to meet the needs of business firms in this region. Such programs are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees to meet the specific problems of a particular company. �Page 66 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 67 A program designed for members of labor unions is also tailored to the needs of a particular group. All classes are conducted on the campus where the intellectual climate stimulates free intellectual inquiry. Union and management personnel sometimes meet together in an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential to constructive action. As a result of the support and the success of the College's Area Research Center, an independent Economic Development Council has been established to serve Northeastern Pennsylvania. The College has supported a number of programs in their infancy and helped them become independent, community activities. Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra 2. Banking Short courses have been co-sponsored with both the Institute of Banking and the Savings and Loan Institute. The instructional program offered to the personnel of these two groups is intended to assist them to meet changing needs and acquire a broad knowledge in their fields. 3. Municipal Government Program The fundamental general purpose in assisting local governments has been to help make American democracy stronger by guaranteeing the semi-autonomous structure of American local government, so long as it can retain the capacity to solve its own problems. The program of training, information and consultation service, publications, and research in this field have been aimed at improving the world of local government officials, both elected and appointed. In the fall of 1964, the Glen Alden Coal Company made available an area in Hanover Township known as Concrete City - a 40 acre site - for training the police, firemen, and civil defense workers. The In-Service training program for local government officials has been offered in full cooperation with the Public Service Institute of the Department of Public Instruction, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the regis of the College in the fall of 1951, presents a series of three symphony concerts annually. A number of the members are students and faculty from the department of music of the College. Fine Arts Fiesta The College participates with area-wide cultural groups in the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, a festival of music, drama, and the arts presented on the public square each spring. Performing Arts Center The Center for the Performing Arts provides a varied program of cultural and educational events for the Community as well as the College. Completed in 1965, the gift of friends of the College, the Center has facilities for theater, ballet, music, and films. Dramatic productions, student recitals, lectures, choral and band concerts, Town and Gown programs, and other cultural programs are offered throughout the year. The Center is operated by the students under faculty direction and supervision. 4. Other Activities From time to time, the Psychology Department, the Sociology Department, the Education Department, and the Guidance Center have initiated and participated in seminars, conferences, and workshops, in the fields of social welfare, mental health, and education. �Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Degree Requirements �Undergraduate Programs The program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students may meet the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. Students planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as possible with their department chairman. In its degree programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal education and for the concentration in special areas for which students are qualified and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve intellectual, social, and spiritual development. Bachelor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with the education of young people and with the vitality of our society can never accept uncertainty and confusion as the inevitable condition of society. We therefore are confronted with two choices. We can grasp and support a rigid ideology that offers final answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and truths, or we can make every effort to comprehend the significance of new facts, new truths, and new conditions. We must endeavor to extend the vision of our students, enlarge their understanding, and prepare them to participate in strengthening and developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE S. FARLEY President, Wilkes College Programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily concerned with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and of the men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around men and events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs are designed to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialized skills. A liberal arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and extent of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry on his explorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. AREAS Humanities Social Sciences Sciences English Fine Arts Foreign Languages Mathematics Music Philosophy - Religion Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Sociology Biology Chemistry Physics Psychology �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 73 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE The following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. This is a time of specialization and of dis integration: and one is the consequence of the other. In a curriculum that requires a student to begin with courses at a more advanved level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling the general requirements in that subject. The rapid development of knowledge makes universal knowledge impossible. There is so much to know that no one can master all the knowledge available in even a single area. Because there is so much to know, specialization of study in the professions and in all work is essential. Required Courses Over specialization narrows the man and splinters society into groups that cannot understand one another. In some instances, specialists become so involved in their narrow fields that they fail to recognize they are all indebted to the same society. Because specialization is inevitable, and because specialization can become a divisive force, Wilkes College wishes to inject into its program, courses that will broaden the horizons of its students and cultivate some understanding of the "wholeness" of modern society. To accomplish this end the College requires students to familiarize themselves with the thinking, the processes, and the institutions upon which modern society is founded. Through this program it is hoped that each student will gain breadth of vision, depth of understanding, and an ability to communicate with others so that ideas may be exchanged and understanding attained. Only men and women who combine depth of understanding with breadth of vision can become a unifying force in modern society. Credit To be Taken Hours in Semesters Eng. 101, 102 - Composition 6 1-2 Eng.151, 152- World Literature 8 3-4 Hist. 101, 102- World Civilization 6 1-2 Phil.101-Introduction; Phil. 102-Logic 6 3-4-5-6 F.A. 101 - Experiencing Art I; Mus. 101 - Introduction I 3 1 or 2 For. Lang.I IOI -Elementary, For. Lang.I 102-Elementary, For. Lang.I 103 - Intermediate, For. Lang.I 104 - Intermediate 12 1-2-3-4 Math.2 IOI -Fundamentals, Math.2 102-Fundamentals; or Phys. 101 - Physical Science, Phys. 102 - Physical Science; or Bio. 101 - Biological Science, Bio. 102 - Biological Science; or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science·, Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science 12 1-2-3-4 Ee. IO I - Principles I, Ee. 102 - Principles II; or P. S. 101 - Political Science I, P. S. 102 - Political Science II; or Psy. 101 - General Psychology, Psy. 102 - General Psychology; or Soc. IOI -Sociology; Soc. 102-Sociology 12 3-4-5-6 0 1-2-3-4 2 1-2 Phys. Ed. 101,102, 103, 104 ~ Physical Education Phys. Ed. 105, 106 - Hygiene To provide a feasible and productive combination of courses the College's program of general education requires the student to acquire familiarity with the humanities, the social sciences, and the physical and biological sciences. 67 I In all curricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon the achievement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language requirement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the student's adviser. 2 Students planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and Physics shou1d take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in Analytic Geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 75 Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SELECTION OF A MAJOR Bachelor of Science Degree To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. It is desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially in the areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the major field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior year. The Bachelor of Science degree programs require more concentration upon a restricted area of human thought and activity. Although these programs emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic program of general education is coupled with this specialized effort. Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE Biology Fine Arts Philosophy - Religion Chemistry Foreign Language Physics Economics History Political Science Education (Elementary Mathematics and Secondary) English Music The general requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basically the same as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific requirements are described in this bulletin under the section titled ''Degree Requirements." Psychology SELECTION OF A MAJOR Social Science Majors in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected from the following subject areas: Sociology Those students electing a career in elementary or secondary education are required to select a major in one of the subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed above and from those listed under the Bachelor of Science degree programs that follow. Individual department programs will define the necessary course requirements. Teaching certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. Chemistry Engineering 1 Commerce and Finance Music Education (a) Accounting Medical Technology (b) Business Administration Nursing Education (c) Business Education Physics Secondary Education in Science COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above majors are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requirements." The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his major course requirements. I Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 77 Page 76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Degree Requirements B.A. AND B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed information on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at Wilkes College. The general requirements for the B.A. degree are listed on page 73 of this bulletin. They are repeated on the following page to provide guidance in scheduling. The course sequence listed in the following outline is the standard sequence for all B.A. degree majors except those in biology, chemistry, fine arts, mathematics, music, and physics. These programs will be specifically outlined for convenience in scheduling. The following pages, therefore, describe the specific course requirements for each B.A. degree major and for each B.S. degree major. The student is responsible for meeting the requirements of his major program. The major subject areas follow in alphabetical order. General Requirements for B. A. Degree FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Hist. IOI- World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science F.A. 1011 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction (Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech) 1 P.E. 101 - Physical Education P.E.105-Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 2-3 0 1 Eng. 102. - Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Hist. 102 - World Civilization Math. 102. - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science F.A. 1011 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction (Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech) I P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106- Hygiene 15-16 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Math. IOI -Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Psy. 101 - Psychology or Ec.101-Principles I or P.S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc.101- Sociology (Phil.101-Introduction)2 P.E. 103- Physical Education 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science Psy. 102-Psychology or Ee. 102- Principles II or P.S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology (Phil. 102 - Logic) 2 P.E. 104 - Physical Education 4 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12-13 Phil. 102 - Logic2 Major and electives3 15-16 SEVENTH SEMESTER t To 2-3 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 FIFTH SEMESTER Major and electives 3 15-16 16 Phil. 101 - Introduction2 Major and electives3 3 3 3 3 12-13 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER 15-16 Major and electives 15-16 fulfill the general requirements the student must take F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 in the first or second semester. Eng. 131, Fundamentals of Speech, 2 credits, is not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree but may be taken as an elective. 2 Philosophy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may take Phil. 101 and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the social science requirement. Other Philosophy or Religion courses may be substituted for Phil. 102 with the approval of the student's adviser and the Philosophy Department chairman. No substitutions are permitted for Phil. 101. 3Students planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take required education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth s~mester. �Page 78 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 79 FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 221 - Histology Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Phys. 111 - Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy.101-Psychology or Soc. 101- Sociology Course Requirements in the Majors Biology 1 Students who major in Biology may be planning careers in medicine, teaching, industrial biology, research, or pre-professional training required for many positions in science-oriented business or professional schools. The biology program is a general program covering basic areas of biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of the broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biological sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103-General Zoolofc Chem. 101-Principles o Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122-Analytic Geometry Engi. 1032-Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 4 4 3 4 1 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104-General Zoology Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125- Calculus I P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E.106-Hygiene 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Comparative Anatomy Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101 - World Civilization Ee. 101 -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 - Psychology or Soc. 101 - Sociology P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 4 4 3 3 0 SEVENTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 231 - Physiology For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective! pre-professional degree program is described on page 52. The first three years of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 2 If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hours. 3 3-4 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 16 EIGHTH SEMESTER Major elective Bio. 232 - Ecology Bio. 262 - History of Biology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phil. 102 - Logic Bio. 271 -Research (optional) Elective I 3-4 3 1 3 3 1 3 16-18 Chemistry Th!s cu~riculum is ~esigned for the student interested in a major in chemi_stry m prepara t10n for a career in teaching, medicine den tis try techmcal ~ales, technical librarianship, as technical translato~, etc. Th~ student will choose electives after consultation with his adviser. , The B.S._ curriculum listed on page 88 is recommended for the student interested m a professional career in chemistry. . Chemistry 210 and 24 I must be taken in addition to those courses listed below. The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on page 73 in the bulletin, must also be met. FIRST SEMESTER Engi.1032- Basic Problems Chem. IOI - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Hist. IOI - World Civilization ~ath. 122 - Analytic Geometry Lng. 101 - Composition P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Personal Hygiene 18 1A 4 16-17 16 18 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 222 - Genetics F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Phys. 112 - Introduction Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Psy. 102 - Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 17 4 4 3 4 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202- Embryology Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102-Psychology or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 4 3 4 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER C~em. 102- Chemical Equilibria Hist. I 02 - World Civilization Math. 125-Calculus I Eng. 102-Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 15-16 1 2 Electives must be selected from the humanities or social sciences. If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 15 credit hours. 4 3 4 3 O 1 15 �Page 80 ,. . . , DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS,......, Page 81 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 150- General Physics I Electives 4 4 4 Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 151 - General Physics II Electives 4 4 9 17 6 18 SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231-Organic Chemistry Phys. 152- General Physics III Electives 4-5 3 Chem. 262- Chemical Literature' Electives 9 English Students who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, and 131 in the freshman year; 105, 151, and 152 in the sophomore year; and 21 credit hours, including 200, 205, 215, in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 average in 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simultaneously with 152. I 15 16 16-17 Fine Arts EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Electives 14-17 Electives 15-18 15-18 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete twentyfour hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101, 102 in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in consultation with the student's adviser. The twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry includr Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. Students who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements for certification in education. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary F. A. 103 - Color and Design P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys.101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102- Elementary F. A. 104- Drawing & Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Math. 102-Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science 16 Education Those students electing a career in Elementary or Secondary Education are required to select a major in one of the major subject areas. These subject areas may be selected from those listed under the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree programs. Individual departmental programs will define the necessary course requirements for the prospective teacher. Teaching certification requirements for most states may hr met at Wilkes College. Students are expected to familiarize themselves with specific state requirements. THIRD SEMESTER Eng. !SI - World Literature For. Lang. 103- Intermediate F. A. 109 - Oil Painting I F. A. 201 - History of Art I P. E. 103 - Phlcsical Education Bio. IOI - Bio ogical Science or \1ath. 101- Fundamentals or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Fnv. Sci. 101 - Earth Science 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 16 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate F. A. 106- Water Color Painting F. A. 202 - History of Art II P. E. 104 - Physical Education Bio. 102- Biological Science or Math. 102- Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science 4 3 3 2 0 3 15 �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 - Introduction F. A. 121 - Modeling & Construction F. A. 125-Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Psy. 101 -Psychology or Soc. IOI -Sociology SEVENTH SEMESTER F. A. 205-Contemporary Design F. A. 220-Studio Problems F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 83 6 SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 205 - Aesthetics 3 F. A. 122 - Ceramics 3 F. A. 126 - Graphics 3 Elective (optional) 0-3 Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102-Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 17 15-18 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 9-12 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives 2 Mathematics FIRST SEMESTER Bio. IOI -Biological Science Eng. 101 - Composition For. Lang. IOI -Elementary F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. IOI - Introduction Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. IOI -Introduction Math. 125 - Calculus I P,·E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 1 14-15 17 17 14-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twentyfour hours beyond the 102 course. History THIRD SEMESTER Eng.151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Hist. IOI - World Civilization Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. ISO - General Physics I P. E. 103- Physical Education Students who major in history are required to take Hist. 101 and 102 in the freshman year, Hist. 107 and 108 in the sophomore year, and 18 additional credit hours. Mathematics Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. In addition to the liberal arts general requirements, a mathematics major must complete a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematic! courses. Credit will not count toward the major requirement in courses below Math. 122. The following program shows the sequence of the course requirements in the mathematics major. 1 Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semester after consultation with the department chairman. 4 3 3 4 4 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- lntermediate Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 240-Differential Equations Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 104-Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys.152- General Physics III Math. 251 - Advanced Calculus I Ee. 101 - Principles I or P. S. IOI - Political Science I or Psy. IOI - Psychology or Soc. IOI - Sociology Elective SEVENTH SEMESTER Math. elective Phil. 101- Introduction Electives 4 3 3 4 4 0 18 6 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech 2 Math. 252-Advanced Calculus II 3 Ee. 102- Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Psy. 102- Psychology or Soc. 102 - Sociology 6 Electives 4-6 15 15-17 3 3 3 3 9-12 15-18 EIGHTH SEMESTER Math. elective Electives 3 12 15 �Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 85 Music 1 SEVENTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 215 - Instrumentation .\1us. 217 - Analysis Electives Students who major in Music are required to complete the following program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B. A. degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should follow the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Education. This program is described on page I 00 of this bulletin. The following are the course requirements for the music major. FIRST SEMESTER Math. IOI - Fundamentals or Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101- Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Mus. 105-Theory of Music Applied Music2 P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 s 1 0 1 THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103- Intermediate Mus. 107 -Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 101 - Psychology Hist. 101 - World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. IOI -Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI - Earth Science P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 5 I 3 3 3 0 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109-History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. IOI - Sociology 4 3 3 2 3 IS 16 A major in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of twenty-four hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy IOI and 102. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in philosophy and religion in their sophomore year. 3 3 3 5 I 0 I Physics 3 5 This curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in physics in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, dentistry, patent law, technical sales, technical translation, technical writing, etc. The student will choose electives after consultation with his advisor. 3 3 interested in a professional career in physics. I 3 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 205-Aesthetics Mus. I IO - History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. I 02 - Sociology 2 2 3 9 15 16 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Mus. 108-Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 102-Fundamentals or Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science P. E. 104 - Physical Education EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music! Mus. 216-Arranging Mus. 218-Counterpoint Electives Philosophy-Religion SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102- Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science Eng. 102- Composition For. Lang. 102 - Elementary Mus. 106-Theory of Music Applied Music2 P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 2 2 2 9 4 3 3 2 3 15 The B.S. curriculum on page 100 is recommended for the student Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high chool courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra o that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in analytic geometry. In the event of a deficiency in this respect it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning o fthe junior .year. FIRST SEMESTER fath. 122 -Analytic Geometry Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. IOI - World Civilization Phys. ISO- General Physics I P.E. 105 - Personal Hygiene P.E. IOI -Physical Education There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education major 2 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. I 4 3 3 4 1 0 IS 1 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106 - Personal Hygiene P.E. 102 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 I 0 15 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 87 Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 152 - General Physics III For. Lang. 101- Elementary P.E. 103-Physical Education Chem. 101 -Introduction to Principles of Chemistry F.A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction 4 3 3 0 4 0 4 2-3 17-18 4 3 3 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Electives 4 3 3 4 9-lll 16-17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 - Atomic Physics Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives 4 3 4 3 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 201 -Electricity & Magnetism For. Lang. 103- Intermediate Phys. 203 - Mechanics Eng. 151 - World Literature Elective P ychology FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240-Diff. Equations For. Lang. 102- Elementary Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P.E. 104-Physical Education Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Elective EIGHTH SEMESTER Phil. 102 - Logic Electives 3 13 9 16 16 The student must choose at least two physics courses from among the following list in addition to those prescribed in the curriculum: Physics 202 ( 4) Physics 204 (3) Physics 221 (3) Physics 262 ( 4) Physics 212 (3) The student must choose 12 credits from the following course combinations: or Economics 101 and 102 or Psychology 101 and 102 Political Science 101 and 102 or Sociology 101 and 102 Political Science A major in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours which must include either Political Science 201 or Political Science 202. Political Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. A major in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 200 are accepted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In addition to the general requirements the department requires that the two-semester courses in mathematics, physics, and biology be taken. In addition, English 131 and Economics 231 are required. The major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue the study of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose interests lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application of the study to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, education, and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an undergraduate major in psychology does not qualify them for professional psychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without advanced graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, professional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. ocial Science The Social Science major requires a total of thirty-six hours in economics, history, political science, and sociology. Eighteen hours must be in one of these subject areas and at least six hours in each of the other three. Only courses beyond the 101, 102 level will count toward these major requirements. Exception will be made to this requirement for students preparing to teach in public schools. In order to meet the certification requirements in education a student preparing to teach social studies in the public schools will receive credit toward the social science major for all required courses in economics, history, political science, and sociology. ociology-Anthropology A major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Sociology 101, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are not accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philosophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students who intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the department in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 89 Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS shall include the following four courses: Sociology 230, 255, 265, and 280. With the approval of the department chairman, however, other courses may in some instances be substituted. Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs Chemistry THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 210- Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis For. Lang. 101 - Elementary Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 150- General Physics I P.E. 103- Physical Education The Chemistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training in the fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general education of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry immediately upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate school. FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 241 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Eng.151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 152- General Physics III Wilkes is approved by the American Chemical Society for the professional training of chemists. Students who wish to be certified for membership in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period of two years following graduation must elect Chemistry 310 in the senior year of the B.S. course of study. Chemistry 5 4 4 3 3 4 2 4 4 C 15 SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 233 - Organic Qualitative Analysis Chem. 242 - Intermediate Physical Chemistry Chem. 262 - Chemical Literature Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Elective I 3 4 1 4 3 3 19 15-18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 Chem. 271-Research 1 Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry Chem. 281 - Seminar ½ 12-14 Electives I EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 246 - Advanced Analytical 4 Chemistry Chem. 282 - Seminar ½ 11-12 Electives 1 16½-18½ 15½ -16½ Students planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. The following chemistry electives are all three credits: 4 1 3 3 4 SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 125 - Calculus I P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106 - Hygiene Chem. 251-Biochemistry Chem. 310 - Inorganic Chem. 331-Organic Chem. 341 -Physical Chem. 272 - Research Chem. 330 - Organic Chem. 340 - Physical Chem. 343 - Statistical Thermodynamics 0 1 15-16 I 4 3 4 4 0 18 Chemistry FIRST SEMESTER Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Engi. 1031 - Basic Problems Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Math. 122-Analytic Geometry P.E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 105-Hygiene 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102- Elementary Math. 240 - Differential Equations and Infinite Series Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 104-Physical Education If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 15 credit hours. IS 1 Electives must include two philosophy courses, Mus. 101 or F.A. 101, at least one advanced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8, and one of the following: P.S. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-102. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 91 Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING FIRST SEMESTER Acct. 102- Elementary II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction Math. 102-Fundamentals or Math. 115 - Finance P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene Acct. 101 - Elementary I Eng. 101- Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Ee. 111 - Economic History Math. 101 - Fundamentals P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. IOI - Principles I Eng. 151 - World Literature Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 2 0 Acct. 112 - Intermediate II B. A. 232 - Bvsiness Law Ee. 102- Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 Hist. 101- World Civilization Bio. IOI - Biological Science or Phys. IOI - Physical Science or Em. Sci. 101 - Earth Science P. E. IOI - Physical Education P. E. 105- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 0 1 Acct. 102- Elementary II F. A. IOI - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 16 16 THIRD SEMESTER B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151- World Literature \lath. 101 - Fundamentals P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. IOI - Sociology P. E. 103- Physical Education SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 Acct. 202 - Cost Accounting II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232- Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. 102 - Political Science II Elective! 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 2 4 3 3 0 B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102- Fundamentals P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 3 3 4 3 3 0 16 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 18 1 3 0 1 cct. IOI - Elementary I Ee. II I -Economic History Eng. IOI - Composition 3 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 4 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 221 - Taxes I Acct. 231 -Auditing I B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I Elective! 3 3 3 16 18 Acct. 201 - Cost Accounting I Ee. 201- Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Soc. 101 - Sociology or P. S. 101 - Political Science I Phil. 101 - Introduction Elective 1 SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER SIXTH SEMESTER FIFTH SEMESTER B. A. 251 - Principles of Management h·. 201 - Money & Banking l:c. 231-Applied Statistics Phil. IOI - Introduction Elrt'tives Acct. 232 - Auditing II Acct. 252- Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 226- Geography of World Elective I 3 3 3 3 6 Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 226- Geography of the World or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Phil. 102-Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives 18 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER SEVENTH SEMESTER 15 Students intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect subjects in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside thl' major field. B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 3 3 3 6 B. A. & Ee. electives Elective 12 3 3 18 15 �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 93 Students who major in Business Administration will select their electives from the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are required of students concentrating in this field. BANKING AND FINANCE B. A. 220 - Real Estate B. A. 225 - Corporation Finance B. A. 226 - Investments Ee. 202 - Theory of Money Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241- Economic Analysis Math. 115 - Mathematics of Finance Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I ECONOMICS Ee. 212- Government & Business Ee. 217 -Economics of Transportation Ee. 222-American Labor Movement Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Ee. 225-International Trade Ee. 226 - Economic Geography of the World Ee. 229 - Comparative Economic Systems Ee. 230- Business Cycles Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 246 - Economics Investigation Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS B. A. 251 - Principles of Management I B. A. 252-Principles of Management II Ee. 222 -American Labor Movement B. A. 240-Property Insurance B. A. 241 - Life Insurance Ee. 223 - Collective Bargaining Psy. 212 - Psychological Tests Psy. 251 -Industrial Psychology Math. 122-Analytic Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Soc. 265- Sociology of Industry P. S. 208 - Labor Law MARKETING B. A. 114-Salesmanship B. A. 216-Advertising B. A. 240 - Property Insurance Ee. 217 - Economics of Transportation Ee. 225 - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 -Principles of Retailing Ret. 214-Retail Buying Soc. 265-Sociology of Industry Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is designed to provide a background in general education while it prepares the student for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a career in business. A student planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageous, at first, to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in general office or secretarial proficiency. This two-year program provides a foundation for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for later specialization in the four-year major in business education. FIRST SEMESTER S.S. l 05 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 101 - Elementary I S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting Math. l 15 - Mathematics of Finance Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Eng. 101 - Composition Hist. JOI - World Civilization P. E. JOI - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 102 - Elementary II S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Hist. 102- World Civilization P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER S.S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. III-Intermediate I 3 S.S. 201 I - Advanced Typrewriting 1 Acct.101-Elementry I or Ret. 101 -Principles 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law 3 Psy.101-Psychology 3 Ee. 1012- Principles I 3-4 P. E.103 - Physical Education 0 or Ret.101-Principles or Elective3 Soc. IOI - Sociology c,r P.S. 101 - Political Science I Eng. IS! - World Literature Ed. 100- Introduction B.A. 251 - Principles of :\fanagement I 3 3 0 1 16-17 FOURTH SEMESTER S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112 - Intermediate II S. S. 2021 - Advanced Typewriting Acct. l 02 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psy. 102 - Psychology P. E. 104 - Physical Education Ee. 1022-Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 15-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. II I - Intermediate I 2 3 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 0 3 3 15-16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 3 Acct. 112 - Intermediate II or Retailing Elective3 Soc. 102 - Sociology or P.S. 102 - Political Science II Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 200-Educational Psychology B.A. 252-Principles of Management II 3 3 4 3 3 16 16 I Students following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semesters of typewriting. 2Two-year program students take S.S. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 4. who have already met required accounting and retailing courses would elect one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the two should be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. J Students �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SEVENTH SEMESTER S.S. 243- Principles and Methods of Business Education S. S. 205 - Office Procedures and Machines Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 101 - Introduction or F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I B. A. 209-Business Correspondence & Reports DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 95 3 EIGHTH SEMESTER Ed. 230 - Secondary Education Electivel 12 3 4 3 FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES 3 EXCEPT CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) 3 16 15 Engineering Wilkes College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon completion of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. In the past, students have transferred to, and successfully completed their work at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Catholic University, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel Institute, Georgia School of Technology, Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, New York University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens Institute, Syracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the same with the exception of chemical engineering, in which course students must take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. For this reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year between chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineering. The curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. For this reason the student should decide by then whether he will pursue civil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. Students planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analytic geometry, Math. 122. Experience has shown that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. These courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. 1 Students Engineering planning to teach in Pennsylvania should elect a course in American History for permanent certification. FIRST SEMESTER Phys. 150 - Generaf Physics I Engi.100-Engineering Problems Engi.105-Engineering Drawing Eng.101-Composition Math. 122 -Analytic Geometry P. E.101- Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 4 2 3 3 4 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Phys. 151 - General Physics II Engi. 106-Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Calculus I Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 102-Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 17 4 2 3 4 2-3 0 1 16-17 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engineering. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering prepare the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chemical industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical change. Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum products, coke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, ceramics, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chemical engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and management of industrial plants in which materials are produced by chemical change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or in the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of the fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all chemical engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includes a thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and a sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechanical, and electrical engineering as will make him a competent development, control, or sales engineer. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 97 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Engi. 100- Engineering Problems Engi. 105 - Engineering Drawing Phys. 1SO - General Physics I Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry P. E. 101 - Physical Education P.E. 1O5-Hygiene 4 2 3 4 4 0 1 4 2 4 4 2-3 0 Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria Engi. 106- Descriptive Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Phys. 151 - General Physics II Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 1O5-Hygiene 18 I 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate all electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the distribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, and mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, and for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, teletype, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunities. Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment for commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 1O1-Composition P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 4 3 0 Math. 240- Diff. Equations and Infinite Series Ch. E. 106- Stoichiometry Eng. 1O2-Composition Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I Elective 1 17 SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 4 3 3 3 3 16 THIRD SEMESTER CIVIL ENGINEERING SOPHOMORE YEAR 2 THIRD SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 4 I E. E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. For freshman year see page 95. 4 3 4 3 4 0 0 17 2 FOURTH SEMESTER C. E. 104 - Route Surveying M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. IOI - Principles of Economics I Chem. 102- Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 4 3 3 3 4 0 0 17 17 The civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad, hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and geodesy. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of bridges, tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His services are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the treatment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the location and construction of all transportation facilities. C. E. 1O3-Plane Surveying M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126- Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E.111 or C. E. 103 - Statics or Plane Surveying Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education ENGINEERING PHYSICS The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men with a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary emphasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can be pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilkes, are similar to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics or specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II 4 Phys. 152- General Physics III 3 M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics 3 M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes 3 Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry 4 P. E. 103- Physical Education 0 17 • For freshman year see page 95. Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits . Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 17 �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 99 Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING The field of industrial or management engineering has to do with the methods of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; and design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparation with a background in science, engineering, economics, business administration, management, and history is necessary. The successful industrial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but also economic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personality. He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the pursuit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people as well as with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first two years of work for those primarily interested in the administration of technical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR THIRD SEMESTER Ee. IOI -Principles of Economics I Phys. 152 - General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics Math. 126 - Calculus II Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 3 4 4 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER Ee. 102- Principles of Economics II Elective M. E. 212- Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Chem. I 02 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 3 3 3 4 4 0 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING The mechanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, installation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical application of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power from whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by steam, hydro or internal-combustion engines, is of primary concern to the mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary wherever process equipment and machine tools are made or used. The mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the fundamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill in the application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have an understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life and how its development and expansion affect our future. THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Chem. IOI -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 O 0 17 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the American Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements for a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology The curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommend ations and _is presented below. The final year in this program is taken in hospitals approved for such training. 0 FIRST SEMESTER Bio.103-General Zoology ~hem. 101 -Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Com osition Math. 107 - Col ege Algebra Engi.1032-Basic Problems P. E. 101-Physical Education P. E. 1OS - Hygiene 1 4 4 3 3 1 0 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104- General Zoology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. I 09 - Plane Trigonometry P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 204 - Microtechnique Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature llist.101- World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 4 3 3 0 1 1 15 15-16 3 4 4 3 3 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 1 For For freshman year see page 95. 4 17 2 If 1 4 3 3 3 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240-Diff. Equations Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics M. E. 206 - Kinematics Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104 - Physical Education freshman year see page 95. Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 15 credit hours. 2 4 4 3 3 0 16 �Page 100 - DEGREE PROGRAMS FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introduction Psy. 101 -Psychology Soc. IOI - Sociology or Ee. IOI -Principles I or P. S. 101 -Political Science I 4 3 4 3 3 DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 101 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 212- Bacteriology For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112- Introduction Psy. 102-Psychology Soc. I 02 - Sociology or Ee. 102 - Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II 4 3 FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 100-Introduction Ee. IOI -Principles I or P.S. IOI - Political Science I or Soc. IOI~ Sociology Mus. Ed. 105- Woodwind Class Mus. Ed. 109 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 111 - Violin Class Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. I11 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 3 3 17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER 1 Clinical Chemistry l3weeks Microbiology 8 weeks Urinalysis 4weeks EIGHTH SEMESTER Haematology & Blood Bank 12 weeks Histology 6 weeks Serology 7 weeks 1 3 3 5 2 3 I ½ 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Eng. I 02 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. l 02 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Mus. 106 - Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Hist. 102- World Civilization Applied Music3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 18½ THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Mus. Ed. IOI - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103-Brass Class Mus. 107 - Theory of Music Mus. l 09 - History of Music Applied Music3 Psy. IOI -Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ 0 18½ 3 5 2-3 2 2 2 8 I ½ 2 17½ 2 3 SIXTH SEMESTER Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology 3 Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102 - Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology 3 Mus. Ed. 106 - Brass Class 2 Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting 2 Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin Class 2 Applied Music! 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 112 - Piano Class or Soc. Sci. elective 2-~ 15½-16½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216 - Arranging Mus. Ed. I 08 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 114-String Class Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114-Piano Class or elective 2 2 2 I ~ 2-3 15½-16½ I ½ 0 ursing Education I 4 2 5 3 I 3 ½ The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation of instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools of nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nursing and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundred twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credits. The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ranges from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation of the studenrs record and by results obtained on the Graduate Nurse Qualifying Examination. 0 18~1i To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. There is a music fee of $10 per semester for aJJ Music and Music Education majors. 3 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. 1 2 I ½ SEVENTH SEMESTER Mus. 215- Instrumen.tation Mus. Ed. I07 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 113 - String Class Mus. Ed. 240 - Professional Semester in Music Education Applied Music! Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 113- Piano Class or elective 3 18~1z FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102- Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104- Brass Class Mus. 108 - Theory of Music Mus. 110- History of Music Applied Music3 Psy. I 02 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104 - Physical Education 3 2 2 2 15½-16½ Music Education2 FIRST SEMESTER Eng. 101 - Composition Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. IOI -Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI -Earth Science Mus. I OS - Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 101 -Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 103 - Brass Class Hist. IOI - World Civilization Applied Music3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. IOI -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offering a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. Academic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward the B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order to receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take a mini1 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition charge. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 103 Page 102 ,....., DEGREE PROGRAMS mum of 15 credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participating in this cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of the Nursing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriculum. FIRST SEMESTER Eng. IOI -CompositionHist. 101 - World Civilization Bio. 103 - General Zoology or Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Phys. IOI -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101-Earth Science F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction Soc. IOI -Sociology or Psy. IOI -Psychology N. E. IOI -Foundations 3 3 3-4 3 3 2 SECOND SEMESTER Eng. I 02 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 104- General Zoology or Math. 102- Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science N. E. 104 - Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102 - Psychology N. E. 106 - Supervision Elective (optional) t FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1022 -Psychology N. E. 102 - Trends in Nursing N. E. 112 - Teaching Elective 15-18 4 3 3 4 1 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Calculus I Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106-Hygiene P. E. 102- Physical Education 15 4 3 3 4 1 0 15 3 2 2-3 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Physics The Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding in the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to acquaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and research. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student will be well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an advanced degree or to undertake an industrial position. Students planning to major in physics should seek to complete high school courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra so that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in I If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. 2 P. S. 101, P. S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Eng. 101 - ComposiJion !Iist.101- World Civilization Phys. 150 - General Physics I P.E. 105- Hygiene P. E.101- Physical Education 3.4 2 16-19 17-18 THIRD SEMESTER Eng. 151- World Literature 4 Phil. IOI -Introduction 3 Soc. 101 - Sociology or Psy. 1012 - Psychology 3 Ed. 241-Educational Measurements 2 N. E. 107 - Principles & Methods 2 N. E. 108-Techniques 1 Elective 2-3 3 3 analytic geometry. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must be made up by summer school attendance so that the course in differential equations can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Calculus II Phys. 152- General Physics III Phys. 221 - Electronics Grr.101 I -Elementary Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103- Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 240 - Diff. Equations Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Phys. 212 - Thermodynamics Ger. 1021 -Elementary Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 251 - Advanced Calculus I Phys. 201 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 203 - Mechanics Ger. 1031 - Intermediate Eng.151 - World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 4 4 3 3 4 0 SIXTH SEMESTER Math. 252-Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 204 - Mechanics Ger. 1051 -Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 3 4 3 3 4 17 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 - Atomic Physics 4 Math. 255- Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable 3 2 Eng.131-Fundamentals of Speech Electives 6-8 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics 4 Math. 257 - Partial Diff. Equations 3 Electives 8-10 15-17 15-17 1Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. �Page 104 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Courses of Instruction Science Education Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Science Education must complete the first two years in one of the science degree curricula (B.A. in Biology, B.A. in Chemistry, or B.A. in Physics) as described in this bulletin. During the student's sophomore year he will plan with his adviser a modification of his program for the third and fourth years. This modified program will include courses required for teacher certification. When such a modified program is approved by the chairman of his department and the chairman of the education department, he will be admitted to the B. S. in Science Education curriculum. Courses required for certification are: Psy. 101 - General Psychology Psy. 102- General Psychology Ed. 100 - Introduction Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ed. 230 - Professional Semester 3 3 3 3 12 24 Description of Courses �Description of Courses ACCOUNTING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Capin, Curtis, P. Werner; Instructor Zavada. Acct. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classification and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; preparation of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Three credits Acct. 102. Elementary Accounting II A continuation of Accounting IO I. Principles of partnership and corporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturing, and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. l Ol. Three credits Acct. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed analyses of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical processes and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. l 02. Three credits Acct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting II I. Accounting for installment sales, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 232. Auditing II Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Advanced appl~cati~n of auditing principles to actual practice; problems of_ class1ficat10n and interpretation of accounts; study of methods of mternal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 231. Three credits Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; methods of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cost and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 202. Cost Accounting II Acct. 241. Advanced Accounting I Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201, or approval of instructor. Three credits A comprehensive review of partnerships; special procedures and problems of installment sales, consignments, home office and branch relationships; introduction to accounting for business combinations and consolidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory~ two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I Acct. 242. Advanced Accounting II The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individuals based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Three credits A detailed analysis of the problems of consolidations; analysis of the procedure i1: accounting for bankruptcies, receiverships, estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Acct. 252. Accounting Internship Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits This course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the office of a Certified Public Accountant. 1 Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing I Professor Reif, chairman; Professors Cohen and Michelini· Associate Professor Ogren; Assistant Professors Kimball, Mi~ianty, Tappa; Instructor Schonwetter. An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control, audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits BIOLOGY Bio. 101--102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for students who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general I Or the equivalent. �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES information about plants and animals, explains fundamental laws governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relationship to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103--104. General Zoology General Zoology surveys the entire animal kingdom, outlines the history of biology, the organization of living matter, the structure of representatiye animals, and the methods of their classification. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genetics, embryology, evolution, and ecology. Class three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bio. 111--112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plant world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of biology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecology of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 121--122. Advanced General Biology Advanced General Biology presents a study of the contemporary flora and fauna of the Eastern United States, emphasizing the classifying, collecting, preserving, culturing, and utilizing of available organisms for biological study. Class, two hours a week; laboratory (including field work), four hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Prerequisite: Bio. 104 and Bio. I 12, or permission of instructor. Three credits each semester Bio. 201. Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy includes a study of the general morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates emphasizing the structural and embryological relationships of verterbrates generally. The taxonomy of the Phylum Chordata is stressed. Class, two hours a week;- laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. I 04. Four credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 Bio. 202. Embryology Embryology is the study of the early development of animals. Growth is traced from the egg to later stages in the frog, chick, and man. Laboratory work includes the technique of making slides. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 20 I, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 204. Microtechnique Microtechnique is a laboratory course involving the preparation of tissues and organs for study. This course is given in conjunction with the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those students who do not take Embryology. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Three credits Bio. 211--212. Bacteriology Bio. 211 is a general introduction, covering the morphology and growth of bacteria, sterilization, and applied uses of bacteria. It also includes a brief survey of other groups of microorganisms. The laboratory work covers techniques of staining, culturing, and biochemical testing for the identification of bacteria. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Prerequisite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bio. 212 covers the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, serology, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory work continues with special stains, identification of unknowns, isolation of bacteria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacteriology. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Bio. 211. Four credits Bio. 221. Histology Histology is the study of normal tissues and the arrangement of tissues to form organs and organ systems. Material is restricted to vertebrate tissues. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 202, or permission of instructor. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Bio. 222. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal characters and the variation of these characters in plants and animals. Laboratory work includes the study of genetic mechanisms in various botanical, animal, and microbial species. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 221, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical activities characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includes experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. 112, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 232. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organisms, singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biotic and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours a week; laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 262. History of Biology A study of the history of biology is designed as a correlating effort in the field of biology through an historical approach. It is limited to senior students majoring in biology. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit Bio. 271. Research Project Credit for this may be given only in the eighth semester. Work · may begin after satisfactory completion of the fourth semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. One credit BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors Capin, Gera, R. Werner; Instructors Engel, Johns, R. Roberts. B.A. 114. Salesmanship The art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of interest and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types of customers. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on letters and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. I 02. Three credits B.A. 216. Advertising A study of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; a survey of different departments of advertising work, including copy, art, display, engraving, trade-marks, and media. Analysis of current advertisements. Advertising as a social force. Three credits B.A. 220. Real Estate . The. funda~entals of the real estate business, including cons1derat10n of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising, sale, purchase, development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, institutions and their importance in the economy are studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 115 Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alternate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial policies involved in promotion, disposition of net earnings, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, financial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and invest ment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecasting methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, methods of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law - Introduction and Contracts The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to the structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts as agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the law of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examination of the essential elements of a contract under both the common law and the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract rights, discharge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales A general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, the rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and the termination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, the transfer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties and liabilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in goods. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales article of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 233. Business Law - Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. The law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationships and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights and duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and disadvantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law-Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. A discussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus rights of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, tangible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231, 232, Acct. I 02. Three credits B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B.A. 232, or approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and uses of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 244~Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits �Page 116 -DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 117 B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Nature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental universal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation, planning, organizing, staffing, actuating, communicating~ directi~g, controlling, etc. Views management as a process of mtegrat_mg knowledge developed by many disciplines. ~ocial and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis_ on problems of production, sales, personnel, office, fi_nance, orgarn~ation. Viewpoint on relationship to overall operat10n of enterpnse. Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case study method emphasized. Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits A study of the periodic relationships of the elements and of their compounds. An introduction to physical inorganic chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analyses: volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. I 02 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry I CHEMISTRY Professor Rozelle, chairman; Professor Bastress; Associate Professors Salley, Soeder, Swain; Assistant Professors Bohning, Stine. Chem. 101. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Chemical periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chem. 102. Chemical Equilibria A study of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory will involve theory and development of schem~s of qualitati~e analysis with particular emphasis on the react10ns of metallic elements. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. IO I. Four credits Chem. 210. Inorganic Chemistry An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds through the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry II A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry Ila A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry majors. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Page 118- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Chem. 233. Organic Qualitative Analysis A study of the systematic identification of organic compounds and mixtures utilizing classical and instrumental techniques. Class, one hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 231. Three credits Chem. 241. Elementary Physical Chemistry The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are emphasized. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the phase rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 242. Intermediate Physical Chemistry Electrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular theory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the states of matter are studied in detail. Quan tum mechanics and radiochemistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 231, 232, or permission of instructor. Three credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit Chem. 262. Chemical Literature Discussion of the important sources of chemical information and experience in the use of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein, and the chemical journals. Literature evaluation and preparation for Chem. 271 are included. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits or permission of instructor. One credit Chem. 271. Research Original laboratory research under the direction of a staff member. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. A written report is required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 262. Three credits Chem. 246. Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chem. 272. Research The theory and application of modern techniques and instrumental procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, and chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 242. Four credits Continuation of Chem. 271. A written report is required. Must be taken in eighth semester. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 271. Three credits Chem. 251. Biochemistry A study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on Chem. 281. Seminar Discussion of research and selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. One-half credit �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 Chem. 282. Seminar A continuation of Chem. 281. One -half credit ECONOMICS Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Chiang, Elliot, Farrar; Assistant Professors De Young, R. Werner; Instructor Engel. The 300 series courses are graduate courses available to undergraduate seniors with permission of the instructor. Ee. 101. Principles of Economics I Chem. 310. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of properties related to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, acid-base phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise economy; the effects of the increasing importance of the economic role of government are pointed out. The course provides orientation in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analytical trends by means of which the student can understand the economic problems of his environment. Three credits Chem. 330,., 331. Advanced Organic Chemistry Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II A detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topics include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, elimination reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl reactions, stereochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester This course is a logical sequence to Economics IO I. It is based upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on such units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. IO I. Three credits Chem. 340,.,341. Advanced Physical Chemistry Ee. 111. Economic History Topics include kinetic theory of gases, kinetics, quantum chemistry, atomic and molecular structure, electrochemistry, spectra, surface chemistry and solid state chemistry. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major stress is on institutions. Three credits Chem. 342. Thermodynamics The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are studied in detail. Statistical mechanics, including atomic and molecular spectra, is introduced. Equations for the thermodynamic properties qf certain systems are derived from statistical thermodynamics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. Development of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control. Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preferen~e and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and mcome determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The inflationary process. Exchange rates and international monetary mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 20 I. Three credits Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. It includes retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau activities. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Two credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 mcnts. The relationship of the American labor mO\·ement to other political, social and economic institutions is investigated. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Ee. 223. Collective Bargaining An introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major issues in the field of labor. This course deals with collective bargaining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governmental participation in labor relations and collective bargaining is also investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices such as social security, unemployment compensation and workmen's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 212. Government and Business Ee. 225. International Trade A study of the relationship of government to economic enterprises with special attention to conditions in the United States; the regulatory activities of government agencies; administrative met~ods, objectives and results of governmental c~ntrol. R:fere~~~ 1s made to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situat10ns, pubhc ut1ht1es, trusts, transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI, Ee. 102. Theory and practice of international trade with special reference to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered include tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social, and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 217. Economics of Transportation Problems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland waterways, and air and ocean transportation; economic aspect~ of t_ra~sportation and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; significance of transportation to society. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Three credits Ee. 226. Economic Geography of the World A study and analysis of the economic and geographic factors which underlie the national, regional, and international potentials and problems of modern man. The course attempts to give to each student a more basic understanding of causative factors and a better appreciation of the complexities involved in policy formation. Prerequisites: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 222. The American Labor Movement A study of the evolving American labor movement a~d its ideology. This course deals with the development of American labor ideology and psychology in comparison with other labor move- Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America A study and analysis of the North American continent, with ,pecial emphasis on the United States. Attention is given to the �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 236. Public Finance economic and geographic factors which have contributed to past growth and which are important determinants of future growth. In addition to a study of the nation as a unit, separate regional analyses are made of the component sections. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Fundamental principles of public finance; government expenditures; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; principles of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; the relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. 101. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.~.R. and those of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 230. Business Cycles A historical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary theories and a critical examination of public policy toward business cycles. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ee. 231. Applied General Statistics A course in statistical methods and their application. A collection and interpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and measures of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of variance. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Ee. 241. Economic Analysis This course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value and distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed with some stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method is abstract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Theories of consumption; consumption minima; problems of the individual consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and standards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trends in consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricing of consumer goods. Relationships between government activities and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits Three credits Ee. 246. Economics Investigation Ee. 232. Economic Statistics A continuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeseries analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of significance for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Prerequisite: Ee. 231. Three credits Each student conducts an investigation in the field of his major interest and constructs a final report. Class instruction includes: (I) the principles of scholarly criticism, (2) compilation and use of bibliographies, and (3) details of good form as to content, table, body, footnotes, and bibliography. Prerequisite: approval of instructor (for seniors only). Three credits �Page 126-DESCRIPTION OF COURSES EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Professor West; Assistant Professor Siles; Instructors Barone, Evangelista, Johnson. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, the role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school curricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Three credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Ed. 200. Educational Psychology Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. I 02, Junior standing. Three credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits Ed. 209. Principles of Elementary Education Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies A study of the historical development and organization of the American elementary school. Prerequisite: Ed. I 00, 200. Three credits A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits Ed. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Ed. 215. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for elementary school teaching. Fee $20. A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the elementary school classroom. One credit To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department Chairman. · Prerequisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fifteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and coIIege supervisors. Six credits �Page 128- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester,_ studen_ts must secure the recommendation of the department cha1rman m their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. · d · Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes urmg the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for most effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for secondary school teaching. Fee: $20.00. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the public school art program; evaluation of past and present philosophies. Three credits For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned as follows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. Ed. 223. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art One and one-half credits A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum One credit A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ed. 234. Multi .. Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 236. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subjects. One credit Ed. 241. Educational Measurements A study of the characteristics, construction, and use of various educational measuring instruments commonly available in secondary schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits Ed. 242. Guidance An introduction to general principles and the techniques employed in guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 243. Occupations An introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school Eng1ish courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Building of a program in secondary mathematics, and informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studies A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at the federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Two credits ENGINEERING Associate Professor Donahoe, chairman; Associate Professor Heltzel; Assistant Professors Nejib, Thomas. Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aims, purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing necessary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits - THE STAFF Chemical Engineering Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry A ?roblem course involving the application of basic chemical and physical concepts to the_ calculation of heat and material balances as they are encountered m the various chemical industrial processes F~ els and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and k11n products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits Civil Engineering Engi. 103. Basic Problems A course equivalent to Engi. 100 but without the engineering orientation lectures. For non-engineering students only. May be waived by examination. Practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5.00. One credit Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing This and the following course bear the same relation to the engineering profession as the subject of English bears to our daily life. Deals with the representation of objects according to engineering conventions. Several systems of representation, such as orthographic, isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Freehand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per week. Fee: $10. Three credits Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry Spatial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and other surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applications to promote visualization by the solution of practical problems. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Math.122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations_ and pro~lems on the theory and practice of pl~ne and topographic surveymg. Field exercises, including the ad1ustment and use of surveying equipment including transit level~, compass ~nd tape for surveys of area, topography, profile: gradmg, e_xcavatmg and the location of details. Interpretation of and m~ppmg from field notes with attendant computations and the bal~ncm? of survey?. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engmeermg work m general. Practicum, seven hours a week Fee: $20. · Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying A ~tudy of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures recitations field work and problems o~ the theory and use of ~imple horidontal, compoun~, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grades, cross_ sect1~ns, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossmg, : 1ght-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to de_termm~ true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. I 03. Four credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,...., Page 135 Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Three credits M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics . ~aws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a ng1d body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 21 I. Three credits ENGLISH Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Assistant Professor Fiester, acting chairman; Professor Rizzo; Associate Professor Groh; Assistant Professors Gutin Kaska Lord· Instructors Bosch, Boyle, DeArment, Fenby, Hads;l, Kerr'. Kish: Miller, Mistichelli, Molley, Quick, R. Roberts, Romines, Tyburski, Williams. Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by casting, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits Eng. 101. Composition M.E. 206. Kinematics Eng. 102. Composition Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and acceleration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pairs and trains involving linkages, pulleys, gears and cams: instant centers, geartooth outlines and their application, epicyclic gear trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Three credits Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. IO I. Three credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catcnary; friction; first and second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centroids. Class. three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intensive practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 10 I and 102. In exceptional cases this requirement may be waived. Three credits Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. Two credits �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. 102, or substitute in composition. Four credits Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng.215.Shakespeare Eng. 152. Western World Literature Continuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to the present time. Prerequisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Eng. 200. History of the English Language Study of the origins of the English language and of the principal phenomena of later development. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 205. Chaucer Study of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canter- bury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includes Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Eng. 237. Early English Novel Three credits English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Eng. 211. Early English Drama Study of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of plays by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of Shakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Three credits Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from 1660 to 1780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,..... Page 139 Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 245. American Literature A study of significant literature from the Age of Franklin to 1900. Prerequisite: Eng. 152, or the granting of permission. Three credits members of scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must assist in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 202. Production Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writers of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 290. Senior Seminar Designed to cover periods and figures not studied in course work; special emphasis on the research paper. Three credits Use and operation of stage, lighting, and sound equipment. Written analysis of a one-act play, not only as a piece of literature but as a practical stage production. Each student must participate in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits Th. Arts 203. Directing Various styles of acting, interpretation of a role, complete planning for a production culminating in workshop performances of scenes from various types of drama. Class and workshop. Three credits Eng. 291. Modern Poetry FINE ARTS Study of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits Eng. 294. Modern Novel Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisite: Senior Standing Three credits Associate Professor Colson, chairman; Assistant Professor Richards; Instructors Evangelista, Stein, Tymchyshyn. FA 101. Experiencing Art I Two and three dimensional studio work is planned for exploration of the creative process in a variety of media. Part of the general education program, this course is open to all students; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, three hours. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II Eng. 296. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Senior Standing. Three credits Theater Arts Th. Arts 201. Stagecraft Play selection; types of drama; making a prompt book; the practical use of the stage. Emphasis on presentation by individual class A continuation of FA 101. Prerequisite: FA IO 1. Three credits FA 103. Color and Design A study of color systems which includes their physical, psychological, and sociological properties. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 104. Drawing and Composition FA 124. Sculpture An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problems include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 103. The study of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculpture. Three credits FA 106. Water Color Painting A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Three credits FA 109. Oil Painting I An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits FA 110. Oil Painting II Increased emphasis is placed in the development of a more personal style and technique. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 109. Three credits FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; various materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA I 02. Three credits FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits Three credits FA 125. Metalwork and Jewelry A course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 126. Graphics A study of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum block, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits FA 201. History of Art I History of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Two credits FA 202. History of Art II History of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: FA 201. Two credits FA 203. History of Modern Art A study of twentieth century art forms. Two credits FA 205. Contemporary Design A study of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, technology, form, and function. Two credits FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts Education students. Lecture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 290. Senior Exhibit Fr. 105. Technical French A study of exhibition techniques. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Studio, 2 hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Intensive practice in translating. A course designed for students who wish to be able to read material in French in their particular fields of interest. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits Two credits FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Associate Professor Disque, chairman; Assistant Professor de Cubas; Instructors Goldenberg, Miller, Nitchie, Phillips, Ribas, Snyder, Sweeney, Valero. Fr. 106. French Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking French. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits French Fr. 101. Elementary French Fr. 201.-202. Survey of French Literature Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. A survey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 10 I. Students presenting two or more units from high school in French will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Fr. 10 I or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 103. Intermediate French Review of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected readings of modern French prose. Prerequisites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Three credits each semester Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century Study of classicism and the outstanding writers of the seventeen th century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Fr. 104. Intermediate French Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written French. Prerequisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century, with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama Ger. 106. German Conversation The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking German. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits German Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 102. Elementary German Ger. 201--202. Survey of German Literature A sur\'ey of the literature of the important periods from the beginning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Ger. 203. Goethe Continuation of German 101. Reading of easy prose and poetry. Some stress on German culture, life, and customs. Students p!\. senting two or more units from high school in German will not be granted credit fo::- this course. Three credits Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lectures and individual reports. Prerequisite: Ger.201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 103. Intermediate German Ger. 204. Schiller Emphasis on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Reading of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Prerequisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 104. Intermediate German Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works representative of German life and history; practice in writing and speaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story Sp. 106. Spanish Conversation The modern German short story from naturalism to the present. Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201 202 or equivalent. Three credits Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Spanish Sp. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will n ot be granted credit for this course. Three credits Sp. 102. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more units from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this course. Prerequisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 201--202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middle Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester Sp. 103. Intermediate Spanish Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature Review of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected readings from modern Spanish prose. Prerequisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, with special emphasis on Cervantes, Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Alarcon, and Calderon. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 104. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 105. Commercial Spanish The study of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the Spanish-speaking countries and the United States. Special emphasis on the writing of business letters. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spanish drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century. Prerequisite: Sp.201-202 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 149 Russian Rus. 10 L Elementary Russian Basic systematic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Russian; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Rus. 102. Elementary Russian Continuation of Russian IO I. Graded elementary readings depicting the culture, life, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. IO I or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 103. Intermediate Russian A review of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced grammatical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardsituation conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. I 02 or equivalent. Three credits Rus. 104. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 103. Stress on conversational and written Russian to provide the student with confidence for self-expression and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. I 03 or equivalent. Three credits GENERAL SCIENCE The following courses in Biological Science and Physical Science are described in the offerings of the Biology and Physics Departments. These courses are generally used to meet the science requirements of the liberal arts students. The courses listed in Environmental Science may also be elected to fulfill these requirements. Bio. 101--10 2. Biological Science (See page 109.) Env. Sci. 101. Introductory Earth Science Structure and composition of Earth from core to crust, crustal movements, weathering, erosion and sedimentation; the oceans. including the principal currents, bottom topography, general chemistry and biology, and ocean-atmosphere interactions; the atmosphere, its structure and composition, and general elements of meteorology and climatology. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Three credits Env. Sci. 102. Introductory Space Science Descriptive astronomy with primary emphasis on the solar system and Earth as a planet; the physical and chemical processes of the outer atmosphere; and the principles of satellite orbits and space travel. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Three credits Phys. 101--102. Physical Science (See page 169.) HISTORY Professor Kaslas, chairman; Associate Professor Cox; Assistant Professors Berg, Connolly, Ireland, Show; Instructors Hughes, Memming. Hist. 101--102. History of World Civilization This course is designed as a survey of all the basic cultures of the world. The major portion of the course will be devoted to the de\'elopment of western civilization. Attention will also be given to the part played by America in world history, especially during the expansion of Europe and in the twentieth century. Three credits each semester Hist. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 A general survey extending from the period of discovery and exploration to the end of the Civil War. All students will be required to do a certain proportion of their outside reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to the development of the nation. Three credits �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 Hist. 108. American History Since 1865 A general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hist. 209. Ancient History: Near East The birth of civilization in Mesopotamia and Egypt. Babylonian, Persian and Judaic backgrounds of western civilization. Attention will also be paid to certain lesser civilizations, with emphasis on the role of archeology. Prerequisite: Hist. l Ol and I 02. Three credits Hist. 210. Ancient History: Classical World The direct Greco-Roman antecedents for western civilization will be developed, beginning with Mycenae, through Homer, the Golden age, Hellenistic world, and the rise and fall of Rome. Emphasis will be on the cultural contributions of each group and period to our present world. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medie\'al Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteenth century. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 221 ... 222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester Hist. 223 . . 224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the growth of the American constitutional system with special attention to the role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors and seniors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. Three credits each semester Hist. 227 . . 228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States A study of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108. Three credits each semester. Hist. 235 ... 236. History of the Far East A study of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: I 760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and 102. Three credits each semester. Hist. 241 . . 242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth A study of British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. During the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 and contrasts between British and continental developments and the rise of the British nation and its expansion overseas. During the second semester emphasis is placed on the transition from a constitutional monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agricultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the Commonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and artistic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits each semester. Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a background of the internal and international developments of the leading powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used as background for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and 102. Three credits Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will serve as a basis for a detailed study of the development of Russia in the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins and political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from its inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and I 02. Three credits Hist. 270. Historical Research Independent study including the basic techniques of the hand ling of documentary historical source materials, measuring the \ alue of evidence, and formal presentation of the results of research. A student research paper is required. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. One to three credits Hist. 271. Historiography An introduction to the aims. methods and accomplishments of some of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. Prerequisite: Consent of head of department. One credit MATHEMATICS Associate Professor T. R. Richards, chairman; Associate Professor Earl; Assistant Professors De Cosmo, N aparsteck, Wasileski; Instructors Kravitz, Salsburg, Sours. Math. 101~102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Three credits each semester Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Fiue credits Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions . Three credits Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Three credits �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Three credits Math. 122. Analytic Geometry Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and 109, or the equi val en t. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 155 Math. 214. Linear Algebra Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 220. College Geometry Similar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's theorem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: plane geometry. Three credits Four credits Math. 125. Calculus I Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Math. 122. Four credits Math. 126. Calculus II Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivatives, multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one rnriable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary sampling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution, testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomness. Prerequisite: Math. 228. Three credits Math. 213. Higher Algebra Sets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral · domains, fields; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic development of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits Math. 235. Vector Analysis Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl, the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, applications. Prerequisites: Math. 126. Three credits �Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Math. 240. Differential Equations and Infinite Series Math. 257. Partial Differential Equations First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution by successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinite series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Review of Fourier series. The linear, second-order partial differential equation, and its transformation into the canonical forms. Solution of the wave equation; the method of separation of variables. Solution of the potential equation; its boundary-value problems. Solution of the heat equation; series solutions. Approximate solutions of partial differential equations. Prerequisite: Ma th 252. Four credits Math. 241. Numerical Analysis Three credits Solution of equations and systems of equations, e.g. special methods which are efficient for computation, approximation of functions by polynomials, interpolation, numerical integration, initial value problems of differential equations, matrix inversion, and matrix eigenvalues. Prerequisite: Mathematics 240. Math. 260. Introduction to Topology Sets, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, connectedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, normed linear spaces. Prerequisite: Math 251. Three credits Three credits Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I Computer Science Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. The emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by the delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on functions of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Comp. Sci. 101. Introduction to Computer Science Logical structure of a computer, algorithms, binary, arithmetic, functions of computer parts, machine orders, order codes, machine solution using a programming language, problem solving. Fee: $20. Three credits Three credits Comp. Sci. 102. Data Processing Math. 252. Advanced Calculus II A continuation of Math. 251. Prerequisite: Math. 251. Three credits Survey of problems and techniques involved in handling large amounts of information, both numerical and non-numerical serial file processing, searching and sorting, information retrieval: data reduction, file maintenance, document preparation, real time applications, automatic translation. Fee: $20. Three credits Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable The complex numbers and complex plane. The elementary functions. Continuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-Riemann equations. Cauchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Prerequisite: Math. 252. Three credits MUSIC 1 Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Assistant Professors Chapline, Garber, Partchey, Richter, Snyder, Sullivan; Instructors Balshaw, A. Liva. 1 There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. �Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Applied Music Individual and group instruction is offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. A series of fifteen lessons a semester and a practical demonstration (examination) before the music faculty are necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No examination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the following semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation of the music major. Fees for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition charge. One credit each semester Mus. 101. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I The materials of music and their interrelationships. Illustrations are derived from literature of all periods for the purpose of developing understanding and enjoyment through perceptive listening. Three credits Mus. 102. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II A survey of performance literature extending from the Baroque period to the present. Directed listening to illustrations of various media, forms, and styles characteristic of each period for the purpose of stimulating critical judgment in the listener. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 The first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; solfeggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth semesters include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony, three hours. The concentration of all theory into these four courses is in accordance with the method now employed in many of our leading schools of music. There is no prerequisite for Mus. 101. Students may be admitted to Mus. 102, 103, and 104 by examination. Five credits each course Mus. 109. History of Music I A detailed study of the history of music from the beginning of civilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits Mus. 110. History of Music II A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth century music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Mus. 111--112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. 105--106--107 --108. Theory of Music The study of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: ( 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through keyboard harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. Mus. 113--114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music 112. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 161 Mus. 121--122--123--124. Band Mus. 217. Analysis The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. All instrumental music education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or equivalent as demonstrated by an examination. One-half credit each semester Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the chorm should consult with the Director. All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. Two credits Mus. 218. Counterpoint A study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 102. Three credits One-half credit each semester MUSIC EDUCATION1 Mus. 131--132--133--124. Orchestra Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra gives the student experience in the complete range of symphonic literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should consult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Mus. 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrumental combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the Department. Two credits Mus. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging Scoring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. The student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits Mus. Ed. 101--102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet for those in the public school music course. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103--104. Brass Class and Methods A course, usually in trumpet, for students not majoring in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester 1 There majors. is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 202. High School Music Methods Mus. Ed. 107,, 108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and consonants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 109-- 110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the presentation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first semester and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 111-- 112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 113--114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demonstration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Two credits each semester The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching the rnrious aspects of music in the high school. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee: $20. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the us~ of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit �Page 164,...., DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocal or instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ,...., Page 165 effective methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progress and achievement. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits NURSING EDUCATION Professor Jessee, chairman; Instructors Liggett, M. Riley. Enrollment in all of the following courses with the exception of N. E. 102 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses. N.E. 101. Foundations of Nursing A general survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon the religious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated its development. Two credits N.E. 102. Trends in Nursing A discussion of present problems in nursing and trends or patterns that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits N.E. 104. Community Resources A survey of the functions and activities of agencies and organizations contributing to the health and social welfare of the citizens of the community. N.E. 108. Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nursing education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113,., 114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied ~o the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered m two semesters. Two credits each semester Two credits N .E. 106. Supervision and Administration A discussion of the basic principles of supervision and administration with emphasis upon democratic leadership and the development of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationships. Two credits N.E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education This course deals with the selection and organization of teaching materials and learning experiences. It includes the appraisal of PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor Vujica, chairman; Assistant Professor Kay; Instructors Barras, Williams. Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy . An in_troduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relat10ns to some of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits �Page 166 -- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 167 Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Phil. 207. Philosophies of History Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits A study of the various interpretations of history. The views of Augustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, Schweitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical even ts. Three credits Phil. 105. Ethics A critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongness of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion An examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits Phil. 205. Aesthetics Analysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature, painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of resthetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be resthetically effective. Three credits Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies Social and political institutions as seen by such classical critics as Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. Special attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic ins ti tu tions. Three credits Phil. 209. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A study of the development of Western thought from Thales to Occam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Aristotle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotus. Three credits Phil. 210. Modern and Contemporary Thought A review of the history of Western philosophy from Descartes to Sartre with emphasis on such major figures as Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Berkeley, Kant, Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzche, Russell and Wittgenstein. Three credits Religion Rel. 200. Man's Religions Nature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and rituals of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of the more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits Rel. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of the Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious heritage received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its dynamic context of the culture, geography and history of the ancient Near East. Three credits Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament An examination of the form and content of the books of the New Testament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave �Page 168- DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 169 rise to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time and examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits PHYSICS PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE Associate Professor Reese, chairman; Assistant Professor Schmidt; Instructors Rainey, Saracino, Mieszkowski. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a sound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. J'he College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101 .. 102 .. 103 .. 104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105 .. 106. Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertakes to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester I Class instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. Associate Professor Donahoe, chairman; Professor Bellas; Associate Professors Bruch, Holden; Assistant Professors Morrow, Nejib, Postepska, Taylor, Thomas; Instructor Lewis. Phys. 101 .. 102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of its outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the communi~y; and . the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. ' Three credits each semester Phys. 111 .. 112. Introductory Physics An introductory course designed to promote an understanding of the _more impor~ant fundamental laws and methods of the major sect10ns of P~ys1cs. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles and to acquamt the student with measuring instruments and their use as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semester: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: electricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of instructor. Four credits each semester Phys. 150. General Physics I A thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical laws of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Math 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits Phys. 151. General Physics II Continuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and Magnetism, and Op- �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES tics and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits Phys. 152. General Physics III Continuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Modern physics. Including the experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of modern atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 151. Three credits Phys. 201 ~ 202. Electricity and Magnetism Static and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The emphasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys~ 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 203~ 204. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics include Newtonian motions of particle systems (such as a harmonic oscillator, central force pro bl ems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodies, moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and stress, tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion ( theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 15 I and Math. 240. Three credits each semester Phys. 211. Optics and Light The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polarized DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phy~. 152, Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 221 ~ 222. Electronics A study of v~~uum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 152. Three credits each semester Phys. 241~242. Advanced Laboratory Students desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their own choosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 per credit hour. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. One or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phys. 251. Electrical Measurements Precision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, resistance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary electronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week and laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits Phys. 261. Atomic Physics The structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Phys. 262. Nuclear Physics P.S. 102. Political Science II Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear structure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits A descriptive and analytical study of the theory and practice of American National Government including its cons ti tu tional basis, organization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits Phys. 271. Modern Physics A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly United States governmental structure and relationships with special emphasis on change in the Constitution, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the National Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics P.S. 201. Constitutional Law I P.S. 202. Constitutional Law II A course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations between the individual and his government with special emphasis on liberty against government, protection of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 203. Politics and Political Parties Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or approval of the instructor. Three credits A course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, elections, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Professor Kaslas; Instructors Tuhy, Welsh. A study in the behavior of governance, including the factors which determine attitude, the formation and expression of public opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 101. Political Science I P.S. 205. State Government A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits A broad, ·general course covering the structure, powers, and function of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis is placed on the Pennsylvania State Government. · Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P.S. 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES- Page 175 P.S. 206. Municipal Government A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relatioll5hip between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three er.edits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P .S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stresses the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporary urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rules which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforcement. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P.S. 222. International Relations An analysis of the major concepts, principles and factors involved in an understanding of international relations and foreign policies of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and geography. Three credits P.S. 223. Comparative Government A comparative study of the various forms and kinds of governments that have developed in the modern world with primary attention directed toward Europe. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 224. Soviet System of Government A course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet Government emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with governments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and I 02. Three credits P.S. 251. The Role of Planning in Urban Development Origins and evolution of city planning, influences of urban growth, legal and institutional framework, and scientific and philosophical premises. Survey of city planning as it has evolved in the United States since 1800 in response to physical, social and economic problems. Prerequisite: P.S. 101 and 102. Three credits PSYCHOLOGY Professor R. Riley, chairman; Instructors Kanner, Krasno, Rapisardi, Ross. Psy. 101-- 102. General Psych~logy An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systema tic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES major psychological topics such as sensation, perception, learning, motivation, intelligence, and personality development. Frustration, conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the introductory course. More attention will be given to physiological foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Some background in biology or physiology would be desirable. Three credits Psy. 203--204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the student with the methods and the results of modern psychological research. The course includes a study of several of the famous experiments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with the older as well as the more recent methods of experimental research. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester Psy. 207. Child Psychology The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the heredity and native equipment of the child and the manner in which this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional development, language development, and social relations are considered. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 Psy. 210. Psychologic Theory A con:iprehe~sive ~urvey of classical and contemporary theories and thc1r relat10nsh1p to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A su~vcy o~ the. functions measured by psychological tests with cmp~as1~ ?n mtelhgence and personality. A variety of the group an~ md1v1d~al tests which measure these functions are studied. This course 1s a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An. in trod uct_ion t? the ind us trial application of psychology in the select10n, class1fic_at10n, and training of employees; reduction of monotony ~~d fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work cond1t10ns; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and I 02 and one other course in psychology. Three credits Psy. 208.~•;Htiman Behavior Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology Human adjustment and maladjustment to . life situations with emphasis on motivation, emotional co_rttrol, personality formation, and the , treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits A _survey. of tbe clinical method in psychology with cons id era tion o_f diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the professional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Pag~ 179 Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalities, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. The principles, techniques, and problems encountered in merchandising; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventorie:, and their control, turnover, retail method of inventory, and the types and limitation of stock control systems. Prerequisite: B. A. 107 or approval of instructor. Three credits Psy. 271--272. Research in Psychology An opportunity to conduct individual research projects under supervision. (Open to psychology majors only.) Prerequisite: permission of head of department. Three credits each semester RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zurko. Ret. 101. Principles of Retailing A basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of retail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of the organizational structure of department stores; organization and functions of operating division. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, manufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminology, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; new developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic materials. Three credits Ret. 211. Merchandise Information Materials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise are covered through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; and furniture. Three credits Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a study of customer demand. Special attention is given to the technique of buying; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store Importance of small business; factors in business success; justification of new businesses; financing; location; policies; management; employee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; small business and the future. Two credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Review of fundamentals; trends in retailing; study of developments in cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work; reports on trends and developments. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice Required of all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In cooperation with local stores, a program in Retailing Practices has been established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailing must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall term of the ~enior year. During the period of employment, students will be required to submit reports concerning their work to the instructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to evaluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for the course given upon certification by the manager or personnel �Page 180 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 181 director of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily completed their terms of employment. . Students who wish to seek their own place of employment may be permitted to do so, provided the place ?f employme~t has ~een approved by the instructor. In general,. this approval will be gi~en to employment in department stores, mdependent store~, van~ty stores chain stores and specialty stores where students will receive a var/ety of experi~nce, and the stores are of a sufficient size to provide adequate and diversified experience. Three credits SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professor Gera; Instructor Dolbear. S.S. 105-- 106. Elementary Shorthand Development of reading and writing skill _in basic <?regg Shorthand Simplified and review of simple English essentials that are necessary in transcription; completion of basic theory. Second semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with emphasis on fluency and legibility; development of_ s~eed a~d _ac~ curacy in the application of shorthand; pre-tr_anscnpt10n trammg, development of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each week. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Two credits each semester S.S. 107,, 108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of the typewriter; stroking techniques and ~ontrol e_mphasized. D_evelopment of skill in typewriting; applicat10n of skil_l to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copymg from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 _each course. Minimum passing requirement: 50 words net per mmute. Two credits each semester S.S. 201--202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accura:y in typewriting;. review of form and style in typewritten matenal; advanced apphca- tion of typewriting skills; production typing; accuracy, speed and job techniques emphasized; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of SO words per minute. One credit each semester S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical business and professional offices; analysis of personal and pl'.ofessional requirements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines and equipment, namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcribing, duplicating, photocopying, accounting, in'tegrated data processing. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits S.S. 207,, 208. Advanced Shorthand Review and strengthen knowledge of the principles of Gregg Shorthand Simplified; build shorthand - writing skill and speed in taking dictation with great emphasis placed on the development of transcription skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: S. S. I 06 or equivalent and net typing of SO words a minute. Three credits each semester S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits �Page 182 ,_, DESCRIPTION OF COURSES SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Moravec, chairman; Assistant Professor Hapeman; Instructors Bloomburg, Green, Welliver. Soc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essentials for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of social processes, structures, and functions. Three credits Soc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II Man and Culture; a general survey of the)ield of anthropology stressing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate societies and their institutions. Three credits Soc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of .church, state, .and family. Social conditions and changes affectmg the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits Soc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon social organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an examination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES,_, Pa~ 183 Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factors and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior. Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 251. Comparative Social Welfare Systems Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting views on responsibility for developing measures to cope with social problems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countries. Prerequisites: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 252. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencies and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102; Soc. 255. Three credits �Page 184 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 265. Sociology of Industry An analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the work plant and of the relationship between modern industrial organization and the community. Personnel of the College Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and Ee. IO I and I 02, or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World A survey of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emphasis on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far East, South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits Soc. 275. Sociology of Minorities A theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of adjustment with special reference to modern racial, national, and religious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Soc. 280. Sociological Theory The aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in sociology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background necessary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as well as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and methods. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits Soc. 290. Methods of Research in Sociology Introduction to sociological research; selected problems of research in social relations; case studies. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and Soc. I 02. Three credits Board of Trustees Administration Faculty �Committee Appointments Board of Trustees ADMIRAL HAROLD R. ARNAUD C. MARTS, CHARLES Honorary Chairman Honorary Member STARK, JoHN B. L. R. Miss MARY KooNs REUBEN H. LEVY THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST RICHARD L. PEARSALL HoN. FRANK L. P1NOLA FABER JosEPH J. SAVITZ FARR AARON WEISS HARRY F. GoERINGER Miss A:NNETTE EvANS EUGENE s. FARLEY WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM, Chairman MRS. FRANCK SAMUEL G. DARTE M. DAVENPORT, M.D. JoHN L. B. FARR, Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Do ALD F. CARPENTER THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. JAMES THOMAS H. KILEY JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FABER Miss MARY R. KooNs R. Miss MARY KooNs CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Planning and Development P. HARRIS JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Loms SHAFFER FRANK Chairman w. ANDERSON L. WILLIAM CONYNGHAM THOMAS H. KILEY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. RICHARD L. PEARSALL JosEPH J. SAVITZ JAMES P. HARRIS, Chairman ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. Facuity-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom THOMAS H. KILEY REUBEN H. :ki).,y Expiring June, 1969 DONALD F. CARPENTER L. JOSEPH J. KOCYAN, M.D. Finance HARRY F. GoERINGER FARR WILLIAM Chairman FABER AARON WEISS w. ANDERSON B. L. CHARLES H. MINER, JR. JonN Expiring June, 1968 FRED R. DAVIS MRS. EBERHARD MRS. EBERHARD Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS REUBEN H. LEVY FRANK B. w ALLER Lams SHAFFER, JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. Lams SHAFFER Miss ANNETTE EVANS, Instruction Nominations M.D. F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Library JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Expiring June, 1967 Chairman REUBEN H. LEVY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. TERM OF OFFICE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, HARRY F. GoERINGER, CHARLES P. HARRIS Miss MARY R. KooNs JAMES JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. FRED R. DAVIS Miss ANNETTE Ev ANS s. FARLEY President THOMAS H. KILEY MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. EUGENE EuGENE S. FARLEY, ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. DONALD F. CARPENTER WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM MRS. EBERHARD B. WALLER, Chairman DONALD F. CARPENTER Vice-Chairman CHARLES H. MINER, JR., Secretary JAMES P. HARRIS, Treasurer w. ANDERSON CHARLES Loms SHAFFER, Vice-Chairman B. WALLER, Chairman Lams SHAFFER, FRANK Buildings and Grounds Executive CONYNGHAM MRS. FRANCK G. DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST RICHARD L. AARON WEISS WILLIAM THOMAS L. H. CONYNGHAM KILEY PEARSALL HoN. FRANKL. P1NOLA CHARLES B. w ALLER AARON WEISS Ex Officio on all Committees - CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �JOSEPH Officers of Administration EUGENE s. FARLEY President J. MICHELINI Dean of Academic Affairs B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH B. Dean of Student Affairs and Dean of Men GEORGE F. RALSTON B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) Director of Development w ALTER H. R. MOHR B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) Business Manager ABATE B.S. (Wilkes) JOHN Dean of Admissions P. WHITBY B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) JoHN Director of Placement J. CHWALEK B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) Registrar and Director of Evening and Summer College Comptroller ROBERT S. CAPIN B. S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) MARGARET E. CoNNOLL Y B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) Dean of Women MARGARET M. AHLBORN B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) ARTHUR Assistant to the Deans J. HoovER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GORDON E. ROBERTS B.A. (Wilkes) EDWARD J. w ALLISON B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) ROBERTA HAMMER B.S. Director of Alumni Relations Director of Public Relations Assistant Dean of Women (Wilkes) COLLEGE SERVICES FRANCES M. SEARS B.A. (Barnard) M.A. (New York) ROBERT M. KERR B.S. (Bucknell) M.D. (Jefferson) Manager of the Bookstore Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds Data Processing WILLIAM JERVIS JAMES HUGO Director of Graduate Program ROZELLE R. M.A. (New School for Social Research) MILDRED GITTINS E. DAVIS COMMUNITY SERVICES B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) CHARLES Director of Testing Service H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) Director of College Consultation College Physician V. MAILEY (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. Director of Institute of Regional Affairs Assistants m Administration HELEN A. MORGAN NANCE P. CORDY JOHANNA SISCAVAGE MARY ANN GALL llELENANNE BENDIK GRACE M. ALKER RUTH V. BISHOP FELICIA PERLICK HELEN GATTUSO ANN MARIE LENCHAK REGINA MESCHINI DORIS BARKER SANDRA DENNIS JOHANNA BOROWSKI MILDRED MARINI BETTY LICHTENSTEIN ELIZABETH CHAPPLE Jur.E CooK Hit.MA NORDSTROM RITA NIEMKIEWICZ ANNE KESTER ALICE RADER ANN MARIE KRAUSER BETTY COOK MARY ELIZABETH PROFERES NANCY SMITH KATHERN KoPETCHNE MARGARET BARTECK w Secretary to President Secretary, President's Office Secretary, President's Office Secretary to Director of Graduate Program Secretary, Division of Natural Sciences Secretary to Dean of Men Recorder Secretary to Director of Development Secretary to Business Manager Secretary to Dean of Admissions Secretary to Director of Placement Secretary to Registrar Secretary to Dean of Women Secretary to Assistant to Deans Assistant to Director of Alumni Relations Secretary to Director of Public Relations Secretary, Admissions Office Comptroller's Off ice Comptroller's Off ice Comptroller's Off ice Comptroller's Off ice Business Off ice Clerk, Alumni Office Bookstore Bookstore Bookstore Bookstore Switchboard Operator JANET L. LANGDON, Head Resident, Catlin Hall AMY ScoTT, Head Resident, Chapman Hall EDITH BECKENDORF, Head Resident, Denison Hall CLAIRE HARRISON, Head Resident, Hollenback Hall FANNIE F. KEITHAN, Head Resident, McClintock Hall MARGARET DEVERS, Head Resident, Slocum Hall MARY CRAWFORD, Head Resident, Sterling Hall MILDRED B. MELOY, Head Resident, Sturdevant Hall HELEN O'BRIEN, Head Resident, Susquehannock Hall MARJORIE HARRIS, Head Resident, Warner Hall EDITII ROBINSON, Head Resident, Weckesser Hall Gussrn KESTENBAUM, Head Resident, Weiss Hall ESTHER POKORNY, Head Resident, 36 West River Street ELIZABETH PATTON, Head Resident, 76 West South Street �Faculty EUGENE s. FARLEY FACULTY - Page 191 FREDERIC E. BELLAS Administration B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED w. BASTRESS JAROSLAV G. MORAVEC Chemistry Professor Sociology Professor Chemistry Professor Philosophy Visiting Fulbright Professor J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) Professor B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania State) Ph.D. (Yale) Physics B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) President RALPH B. ROZELLE B.S. (Wilkes) CHARLES B. REIF Biology Professor Economics Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.p. (Minnesota) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG Ph.D. (Alfred) GovINDA C. DEv B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Univ. of Calcutta) 1966-67 B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY Political Science Professor GIUSEPPE T. PREGNOLATO B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER Education Professor B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) STANKO M. VuJICA B.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE Nursing Education Professor Biology Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) 1966-67 Foreign Language Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor JOHN G. REESE Physical Education Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Fine Arts Associate Professor Music Education Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) Psychology Professor Biological Research Professor BoYDL. EARL B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER E. COLSON B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO History Professor English Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) PHILIP L. RIZZO You-KENG CHIANG Visiting Fulbright Professor B.A. (Central) M.A., Ph.D. (Chicago) B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) (In affiliation with Veterans Administration Hospital) BRONIS KASLAS ADAK. VuJICA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) B.A. (Bucknell? Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) SHELDON G. COHEN B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Bucknell) 1 B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT RILEY B.A. (Dickinson) Professor B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI ELWOOD DISQUE THOMAS R. RICHARDS Philosophy and Religion Mathematics Ph.D. (Universita Degli Studi Di Milano) B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. OGREN B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) Ph.D. (Illinois) �Page 192 -FACULTY HAROLD E. Cox FACULTY - Page 193 History B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) FRANCIS J. DONAHOE GEORGE F. ELLIOT Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor GEORGE CERA Economics Associate Professor ROBERT DE y OUNG Associate Professor ROBERT S. CAPIN Associate Professor CHARLOTTE V. LORD B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) How ARD A. Sw AIN, JR. Chemistry B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALVAN BRUCH Physics B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) ALFRED s. GROH English B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) FRANCIS J. SALLEY Chemistry B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT W. SOEDER Chemistry Education B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) STANLEY J. HOLDEN Physics B.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) STANLEY H. WASILESKI Mathematics B.S. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Bucknell) ROBERT E. WERNER B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Associate Professor Accounting Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professor B.S. (Susquehanna) M.A. (New York) T. LEONARD CONNOLLY B.A. (Pennsylvania) M.A. (New York) B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Rhode Island) M.A. (Columbia) B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) B.S. (New York) M.A. English (Bucknell) M.A. Italian (Middlebury) JAMES G. DECOSMO B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE Associate Professor TANLEY S. GuTIN Associate Professor GRACE C. KIMBALL Associate Professor BENJAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S. (Wisconsin) E. SHELDON CURTIS Associate Professor Assistant Professor B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) B.S. (Ursinus) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) ROBERT A. WEST PAUL R. WERNER Engineering B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) Engineering B.S. (Washington and Lee) Associate Professor B.S. (Gettysburg) M.S. (Bucknell) WELTONG.FARRAR CROMWELL E. THOMAS Physics B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EDWARD N. HELTZEL Associate Professor B.A., M.A. (Maryland) B.A. (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) JAMES J. BoHNING B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) DALE ALLAN BUEHLER BA. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) �FACULTY - Page 195 Page 194 - FACULTY J. PHILIP RICHARDS Fine Arts Assistant Professor KENNETH P. NAPARSTECK Biology Assistant Professor CLEMENT F. HAPEMAN B.F.A. (Syracuse) DONALD w. TAPPA B.S. (Brooklyn) M.A. (Williams) Ph.D. (Yale) THOMAS J. M1z1ANTY Biology OWEN s. IRELAND History B.A. (Toronto) M.A. (Colgate) Ph.D. (Pittsburgh) HERBERT GARBER Music Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) WILLIAM R. STINE Chemistry B.S. (Union) Ph.D. (Syracuse) JAMES P. BERG History B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) M.A. (Pennsylvania) ALFRED H. RICHTER, JR. B.S. (Baghdad) M.S., Ph.D. (Carnegie) ROLAND C. SCHMIDT, JR. KAY B.A. (Western Reserve) M.A. (Michigan) Ph.D. (Ohio) JORGE E. DE CUBAS B.A., LL.D., P.L.D. (Havana) English Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Music Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Psychology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Ma them a tics Instructor English Instructor Physical Education Instructor Political Science Instructor B.A. (Taiwan) M.A. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE D. SULLIVAN Assistant Professor !RENA PosTEPSKA Assistant Professor KENNETH C. p ARTCHEY Assistant Professor LEROY W. MoRROW Physics and Mathematics Assistant Professor B.S. (Muskingum) M.S. (Brown) B.S., M.S. (Lwow) Ph.D. (Poznan) B.S. (Mansfield) M.M. (Eastman) B.A. (Washington & Jefferson) Ph.D. (Wisconsin) JOSEPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (New School for Social Research) RuTH T. RoBERTS B.A. (Goucher) ROBERT J. MILLER Physical Education Education B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Scranton) STANLEY B. Kuo- KONG SHOW M. GENE TAYLOR Music B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) J. GEORGE SILES Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Duquesne) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.M.E., M.M.E. (Indiana) u MID R. N EJIB Assistant Professor Sociology B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) THEODORE SNYDER Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A., M.S.S. (Syracuse) THOMAS KASKA B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) Mathematics B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania State) Philosophy and Religion Foreign Language Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Columbia) JosEPH H. SALSBURG B.A. (Bucknell) ANNE V. KISH B.A. (Wilkes) DORIS B. SARACINO B.S., M.S. (East Stroudsburg) PHILIP TUHY B.A. (Valparaiso) M.G.A. (Pennsylvania) �Page 196 ,....., FACULTY WILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI B.A. (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) p ABLO VALERO Licenciado (Madrid) ANTHONY J. EVANGELISTA B.S. (Kutztown) M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) SARAH ScHONWETTER B.S. (Temple) JOSE M. RIBAS B.A., LLB. (Barcelona) CHESTER N. MoLLEY B.A. (Wilkes) English FACULTY,....., Page 197 Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) w ARREN E. DEARMENT B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) THELMA K. BoscH B.A. (Pennsylvania State) JUDITH E. KRAVITZ B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.Ed. (Temple) M. JOSEPH FINNERAN B.S. (Scranton) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Institute of Technology) MARTHA E. HADSEL B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) ROGER D. LEWIS B.S. (Youngstown) M.S. (Syracuse) RONALD G. RAINEY B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) GWEN E. QUICK B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Chicago) RICHARD E. SOURS B.S. (Towson) M.S. (Michigan State) Fine Arts Instructor Library Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor English Instructor Accounting Instructor Fine Arts Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor Sociology Instructor Education Instructor Psychology Instructor Foreign Language Instructor History Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Foreign Language Instructor B.F.A., M.F.A. (Kent State) Foreign Language Fine Arts and Art Education Instructor Instructor hEDERICK J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in LS. (Drexel Inst. of Technology) CHARLES H. SWEENEY B.A. (Mexico City) M.A. (Middlebury) Biology Instructor Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor PAUL Instructor ROMAN TYMCHYSHYN M. ANN ROMINES M.A. (Bucknell) MICHAEL J. BARONE MICHAEL STEIN Education B.A. (Central Methodist) M.A. (Tufts) P. ZAVADA B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) B.A., M.A. (Kent State) THEODORE J. ENGEL English Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor I JAROLD M. GREEN Instructor EDWIN L. JOHNSON B.b.A., M.A. (Miami) GEORGE FENBY Library B.A. (Rochester) M.A. (Southern California) B.A. (Adelphi) M.A. (New School for Social Research) B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) English Instructor Physics Instructor Physical Education Instructor English Instructor SALVATORE C. RAPISARDI B.A. (Duke) M.A. (Temple) RAYMOND A. PHILLIPS B.A. (SUNY at Albany) M.A. (Columbia) ROLF B. MEMMING B.A. (Villanova) M.A. (Wisconsin) PETER E. NITCHIE B.A. (Yale) M.A. (Chicago) Mathematics Instructor ROBERT D. GOLDBERG B.A. (Union) Diplome (Sorbonne) M.A. (Hunter) �FACULTY - Page 199 Page 198 - FACULTY PATRICIA M. BOYLE English Instructor Library Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania) LoRETTA FARRIS B.S. (Bucknell) M.A. (Marywood) ANTONIA DoLBEAR CAROLYN D'ZuRKO B.A. (Wellesley) Br.YTHE H. EVANS, JR. VIRGINIA K. YusrnGco Library Instructor English Instructor B.S.C. (St. Theresa's, Philippines) M.S. in L.S. (Pittsburgh) RoBERT BoMBOY B.A. (Princeton) LL.B. (Dickinson) THEODORE A. EVANS B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) B.A. (Upsala) WAGIHA ABDEL-GAWAD Economics JEANNETTE GARBER B.A. (Princeton) LL.B. (Pennsylvania) E. CLIFFORD BALSHAw Instructor D. BARRAS Business Administration Instructor Music Instructor Religion Instructor B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) CLAYTON A. BLOOMBURG A. BUCKMAN s. CANTOR B.S. (Pennsylvania) LL.B. (Harvard) CHARLES L. CASPER Ph.B. (Yale) LL.B. (Harvard) JOSEPH CHMIOLA B.A. (Wilkes) SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, JR. B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) Business Administration Instructor Political Science Instructor Business Administration Instructor English Instructor English Instructor EDWARD J. HELTZEL l Mathematics Instructor History Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor Philosophy Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor B.S. (Wilkes M.A. (Temp e) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) ATHAN HYMAN B.A., LL.B. (Cornell) JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) Sociology Instructor Chemistry Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor PAUL Business Administration Instructor Jmrn G. KoNSAVAGE Business Administration Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) Business Administration Instructor HARRY KOZLOSKI Foreign Language Instructor STARK G. JONES B.S. (Wilkes) MAURICE JOHN HARDIE WILLIAM B.A. (Bucknell) BARBARA Instructor B.A. (Wilkes) F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) ABRAHAM Business Administration B.A. (Carleton) M.A. (Columbia) B.A. (Alexandria) M.S. (Brown) Ph.D. (Clark) JOHN APONICK Instructor B.S., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) 0 CAR FALCIONE Part-Time Faculty Secretarial Studies B.S. (Misericordia) B.A. (Haverford) BD. (Princeton) MARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) A. KLEIN B.S. (Wilkes) M.A. (Rutgers) B.A. (King's) Army Language School (Russian) �Page 200 - FACULTY ISADORE KRASNO FACULTY -Page 201 Psychology Instructor B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Lucy LIGGETT Nursing Education Instructor Music Instructor Music Instructor (Juilliard) DORIS J. MERRILL B.A. (King's) M.B.A. (Scranton) JozIA MIESZKOWSKI Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Physical Education Instructor Instructor Retailing Instructor Foreign Language Instructor Accounting Instructor Accounting Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Psychology Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.S. (Wilkes) MARITA S. RILEY B.A. (Wilkes) TIN NIN A C. Ross B.S. (Marywood) M.A., M.S. (Scranton) CHARLES SHAFFER B.S., LLB. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT SLATER B.B.A. (Long Island) LLB. (New York) MYVANWY WILLIAMS Instructor Sociology Instructor Political Science Instructor English Instructor Religion Instructor Business Administration Instructor Business Administration Instructor B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) B.A. (Eastern Nazarene) S.T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) RONALD J. WYDO B.A., LL.B. (Maryland) B.B.A. (City College of New York) LL.B. (Brooklyn) C.P.A. (State of New York) ALEX PAWLENOK HARRY F. WELSH B.S. (Wilkes) Baccalaureate, Aarhus Cathedral School (Denmark) B.A. (Wilkes) IRWIN MORRISON English B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) M.Sc.E. (Temple) RUSSELL WILLIAMS B.S. (Scranton) INGER MILLER BARBARA WELLIVER RoY E. WILLIAMS Wilkes-Barre Ballet Theatre Ballet Theatre of New York Pennsylvania Ballet Company HAROLD MILLER CASIMIR TYBURSKI B.S. (Wilkes) B.S. (Wilkes) FRANCIS M1coccI Instructor B.A. (Delaware) (Juilliard) ENZO A. LIVA Foreign Language B.A., M.A. (Radcliffe) Ph.D. (Harvard) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Temple) ANNE C. LIVA CAROLINE GROTE SNYDER �Faculty Committees Academic Standing Francis J. Michelini, Chairman MargaretM.Ahlborn Robert DeYoung Benjamin Fiester Eugene L. Hammer Stanley Holden George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif Roland C. Schmidt, Jr. John P. Whitby Admissions John P. Whitby, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Michael Barone John J. Chwalek George F. Ralston Robert C. Riley Athletic Anthony Evangelista Arthur J. Hoover George F. Ralston John G. Reese Thomas R. Richards Ralph B. Rozelle Robert West John P. Whitby Calendar-Faculty Handbook Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Francis J. Michelini Curriculum Robert C. Riley, Chairman James DeCosmo Francis Donahoe William R. Gasbarro Stanley S. Gutin Eugene L. Hammer Bronis J. Kaslas Stanley Kay Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini, Ex-Officio Robert Ogren Samuel A. Rosenberg Roland C. Schmidt, Jr. Robert Soeder Stanko Vujica Library Robert E. Werner, Chairman Frederic E. Bellas Dale E. Buehler Chester Colson Harold Cox Elwood Disque Jaroslav Moravec Thomas Mizianty Philip L. Rizzo Nada Vujica Scholarship Arthur J. Hoover, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn John J. Chwalek George F. Ralston John P. Whitby Graduate Studies Ralph B. Rozelle, Chairman Francis Donahoe Charles B. Reif James Bohning Alvan Bruch Donald Tappa External Research Support Walter H. R. Mohr, Chairman Francis Donahoe Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini Student Activities George F. Ralston, Chairman Margaret M. Ahl born Harold Cox William R. Gasbarro Alfred S. Groh Arthur J. Hoover Ronald Rainey Gordon Roberts Student Publications Edward Wallison, Chairman Chester Colson Stanley Kay William Mistichelli Philip L. Rizzo Committee on Academic Freedom a) MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg (Term expires 1969) Ralph B. Rozelle (Term expires 1968) Stanko Vujica (Term expires 1967) Robert C. Riley (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) b) FACULTY-TRUSTEE Eugene L. Hammer (Term expires 1968) Welton Farrar (Term expires 1967) Charles B. Reif (Alternate) (Term expires 1967) Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY FACULTY - Page203 Cooperating Teachers of the Teacher Education Program 1966--67 School Year Elementary Schools Mrs. Dorothy Ainsworth Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Margaret Arnold Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Claire Bienus Wilkes-Barre Miss Rose Brislin Wilkes-Barre Miss Gertrude Check Wyo. Valley West Mr. Arthur Dawe Wilkes-Barre Miss Mabel Durkin Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Rachel Dziak Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Earl Feist Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Elizabeth Fitzgerald Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Helene Frank Wyo. Valley West Miss Ann George Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Jennie George Wilkes-Barre Miss Rosemary Hagel Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Roberta Hartin.an Wyo ming Area Mr. Robert Herman Wyo. Valley West Miss Mary Hughes Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Kathryn Hutton Wyo ming Area Miss Mary Ann Kachmar Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Helen Keiner Wilkes-Barre Miss Elizabeth Killian Nanticoke-Plymouth Twp. Miss Mary Kiney Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Betsy R. Kressler Wilkes-Barre Mr. Fred Krouse Wilkes-Barre Miss Sandra Leibman Wyo. Valley West Miss Catherine Logue Nanticoke-Plymouth Twp. Mrs. Paul McCabe Wilkes-Barre Miss Nancy McGeehan Wyo. Valley West Mrs. John Mer go Nanticoke-Plymouth Twp. Mrs. Dorothy Monk Wyoming Area Miss Irene Moss Wilkes-Barre Miss Beverly Nagle Wilkes-Barre Mrs. Doris Newman Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Jeanette Pawlak Wyo. Valley West Mrs. Nora Reese Wilkes-Barre Miss Carol Rhin us Wilkes-Barre �Index Academic Requirements . ...... 55 Accounting Degree Program .. ... ........ . 90 Description of Courses . . 107 Activities, Student ..... ........ 41 Administration Buildings . ... .. ..... . 31 Officers ................. 188 Staff Assistants ................. 189 Admission Tests .................... 12 Admissions ........... .... 11 Tests .. ........... ... 12 Requirements .................. 11 Advanced Course Standing .... 13 Alumni Office 35 Anthropology ..................... 182 Art ......... 34, 81 Assembly Committee .......... 42 As istance, Financial ............ 18 Employment ...................... 20 Loans ..................... 20 cholarships . .... ... ...... 18 Tuition Stipends . .............. 42 thletics .............. ,.. 46 ttendance, Class . ....... .. .. . 57 Awards . ................... 61, 62 Bnchelor of Arts Degree ......... 71, 72 Required Courses ... . .... .... 73 Selection of a major . ......... 74 Bachelor of Science Degree 75, 76 Selection of a major ............ 75 Band ..... :·.. ....... 41 Biology Degree Program ......... . ... 78 Description of Courses ... 109 Board of Trustees .. ......... .. 186 Bookstore . ........ .. . . .. .. ....... ... 33 Buildings and Plant ............ 31 Business Administration Degree Program ..... .... ...... 91 Description of Courses .... 113 Business Education ...... 93. 94 Calendar ........ .......... ........ 2 Center for the Performing Arts ............. 35, 67 Change of Program ............. 58 Chemistry B.A. Degree Program . . ..... 79 B.S. Degree Program ........ 88 Description of Courses ...... 116 Graduate Program . ..... .... 51 Chorus .............................. 41 Class Standing ................ .... 56 Clubs . .. . . .................. 41, 45 College and Community ...... 65 College Commons . ....... ...... 34 College Testing Service ......... 33 Commerce and Finance ... ..... 90 Consultation Service ............. _ 40 Convocation Fee . ............... 15 Cooperating Teachers ........... 203 Counseling .. ..... .. .. ... ..... .. .. 39 Course Credits ................ ..... 55 Courses Accounting ...................... 107 Anthropology ................ 182 A pp lied Music ................. 158 Biology .. ........... 109 Business Administration .... 113 Chemistry ........................ 116 Economics . ...... .... . ..... .... 121 Education ... .. ....... .. ..... . 126 Engineering .. .. .. .. .. ... ..... .... 131 English .. .. .. ....... ..... 135 �Page 208 - INDEX Fine Arts· _________________________ French ____________ . . General Science _. _____ ___ German ____ ______________________ INDEX - Page 209 139 142 148 144 History __ ···- -··-· _ ____ 149 Hygiene ....... __ 168 Mathematics . -···-···········- 153 Music _ ·---····· ··- 157 Music Education 161 Nursing Education 164 Philosophy 165 Physical Education 168 Physics _ ....... ···-- 169 Political Science ..... -··-· 172 Psychology _.......... ···-·· ... .... 175 Religion 165 Retailing . ........... ... ... _ 178 Russian 148 Secretarial Studies ·-·· ···- 180 Sociology ___ 182 Spanish . .. .... _ 146 Theater Arts __ .__ ........ _.. _.. 138 Curricula __ ..... .... 51 121 Faculty __ ___ ----· ··-····. Committees Fees ... ______ _______ ____ _ Financial Assistance Fine Arts Education Degree Program Description of Courses Fine Arts Fiesta ____ Foreign Languages French Description of Courses Freshman Orientation . 80 80 93 100 General Science ---, ___ ·- .. 148 German Description of Courses . 144 Grades ______ ·----··------------· ____ .. 55 Dean 's List . _ ..... -· .... ·-··· 58 Debating -···· .......... ··-·-·- ___ _ 41 Degree Bachelor of Arts ... 71 , 72 Bachelor of Science 75, 76 Degree Programs 51, 52, 71 Dormitories . 16, 36 Dramatics ... .. . . . _.. . 35, 41 Economics Description of Courses .. Education Elementary Secondary Business ···············-··· -··· _ .......... Music . Nursing 101 Science 104 Description of Courses 126 Graduate Programs 51 Employment 20 Engineering ____ 52, 94 Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year 95 Aeronautical _ .... 95 Chemical 95 Civil . ______ ····--···96 Electrical __ 97 Engineering Physics 97 Industrial 98 Mechanical 98 Description of Courses 131 English Description ot Courses . 135 Entrance Examinations 12 Evening School __ . __ 14, 52, 58 Expenses ____ ·-· _ __ _ __ _ 14 Extracurricular Activities 41 . 190 202 14 18 81 139 67 142 142 39 Graduate Placement ______________ 33 Graduate Programs In Biology _ __ _____________ _____ 51 In Chemistry _-·-··----------·-In Education -·-·· •-- _ ________ In Physics ·-·-··--·---·----··Graduation Fee ·········-·-------·· Graduation Requirements for ---·-·-··----Guidance Center __ _______________ _ Gymnasium ... ···--·-··---- ___ _32, 51 51 51 15 60 33 45 Iii tory Description of Courses ______ 149 Homecoming .. __ -·-----·----·-··- 44 Honors ... _______________ 59 Housemothers -······- -·····-·-· 189 Hygiene .. -----····-----·-·------- 168 Institute of Regional Affairs 65 In urance Accident and Sickness 15 Inter-Dormitory Council __ 41, 44 Labor-Management Training Program . _ ______ Liberal Arts Requirements for Major __ _ Selection of a Major _ ____ __ Library ____ -----·-Load, Student Work --·· ·------Loans Madrigal Singers _--· ____ ---·-·· _ fale Chorus ···--·--·-·--- _______ lajors Accounting -···-·-·····--··-·-----Biology _-· __ ______ _ Business Administration -··· Business Education --··-------- 65 77 74 31 57 20 41 41 90 78 91 93 Chemistry ---·-----·-·····------ 79, 88 Economics ·------------------------- 80 Education ---------··-·----·---------- 80 English ---·····----·--------·--·-----·· 81 Fine Arts -----------·---------------- 81 Foreign Language --·-··-------· 82 History -----····-·-·------------·-----· 82 Mathematics ________ ______________ 82 Music ----- -----------·----------· 84, 100 Philosophy-Religion __________ 85 Physics ····-------------·-·-·-·-- 85, 102 Political Science --·--------·-·-· 86 Psychology ------------·-··----·----- 87 Social Science ____ __ ______________ 87 Sociology-Anthropology -·-· 87 Course Requirements ________ 73 Mathematics Degree Program _______________ 83 Description of Courses ______ 153 Medical Technology Degree Program _________________ 99 Music Activity _______________ ----------·· 34, 41 Degree Program ___ ____ ________ 84 Description of Courses ______ 157 Music Education Degree Program ________________ 100 Description of Courses _____ 161 National Defense Student Loan Program -------·---- 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program ___________ 101 Description of Courses ______ 164 Orientation for Freshmen ____ 39 Overload _---------·-----·-------·· ---·· 57 Parents' Day ___ -------·-·-·-·-·····- 43 Payment of Tuition ----··-·------ 16 �Page210 - INDEX Philosophy Description of Courses ...... Physical Education and Hygiene .. ... ................. . .. Physics Degree Program .. .. .... 85, Description of Courses ...... Graduate Program ............ Placement Office . . .. . . .. ..... .... Point Averages ........ ... .... ... Political Science Description of Courses . ... Pre-Professional Degree ...... .. Probation ...... .. ... . .. .. . ...... ... Psychology Description of Courses ...... Publications ............................ Staff Stipends ........... .... ... 165 168 102 169 51 33 56 172 52 57 175 42 42 Refunds ................................. 16 Registration ....................... .... 14 Religion Description of Courses . . ... 165 Research ............................ 32, 67 Retailing Description of Courses ...... 178 Russian Description of Courses ...... 148 Scholarships ............................ Founders of . ...................... Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB ............................. Scholastic Endowments ........ Science Facilities .................. Secretarial Studies Degree Program .. ....... ..... .. Description of Courses ...... Social Activities ..... ...... .... ....... 18 21 12 27 32 93 180 43 Social Science .. .. .. .. 87 Sociology and Anthropology Description of Courses 182 Spanish Description of Courses .. 146 Stark Hall of Science .. 32 Student Activities 41 Student Advisement . 39 Student Government 41 Student Course Load 57 Student Loans ...... . 20 Student Regulations . 47 Student Responsibility . 47 Summer School ...... .... 14, 53 Teacher Certification .. . 74, 80 Theater Arts .. .. . . 13 Town and Gown Concerts 34 Transcripts of Academic Record ......... . . . 15 Transfer of Summer Credits 5 Transfer Students 13 Trustees Board of ................... .. .. 186 Committees ...................... 187 Tuition ................................. 14 Fees ...................... ........ 15 Payment of .................... .. 16 Refund of ...... .... ............... 16 Undergraduate Programs 51, 71 Wilkes College ....... .......... ... . 5 Accreditation . ..... 6 Wilkes- Barre Philharmonic Orchestra ... ..................... 67 Withdrawals .................. 16, 57 Women's Chorus ....... .... . 41 Wrestling Tournament . ... 45 �EVENING COLLEGE SESSION FALL SEMESTER 1967-1968 �Wilkes College f?Jalkun ~,..~ {\~~~~~=:!)I~~ .) :, ~ C { ~....,,,__: :, > _,.,,...,,.-...,..., EVENING SESSION Fall Semester 1967 - 1968 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision pre• cedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the com• munity; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by lbt faculty as a guide to learning. Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2000 full-time day students and 900 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, ••Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the com• munity all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Com• mon. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. and aspire through the study of accounting courses to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and W(?men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - Wednesday or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �GRADUATE PROGRAM Graduate courses in Chemistry and Physics leading to the degree of Master of Science are offered in the late afternoon and evening. Information relative to these courses is available in the Graduate Division Bulletin. Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. COOPERATIVE PROGRAM WITH LEHIGH UNIVERSITY Beginning this fall, Wilkes College will offer graduate work in Education in cooperation with Lehigh University. Students wiU register at the College and attend classes here, but they will receive Lehigh University credit for this work. Present plans call for the offering of one course each semester. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organiz•.:d to include representation of several companies. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs cooperation, rather than reform or partisanship. F CILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall session: Monday through Thursday . . .... 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday .................. . ...... 8:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. Saturday . . .... . ..... . . . ........ 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1: 00 p.m. to 4: 00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of tark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 9: 00 a.m. to 9: 00 p.m. Friday ......................... 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. to INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Noon 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .... 6:00 p.m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $40 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. �EVENING COLLEGE Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and mu t be paid for at the time of purchase. Fall Semester 1967-1968 WITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. COURSE Acct Acct. Acct. Acct. lOlE lOlE-2 lOlE-3 l02E Acct. lllE t. to to to to For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) 2.HE 8:00 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 8:00 p.m. 12:00 noon Monday, September 18 .............. Classes begin, 6:00 p.m. Saturday, October 14 ................. Submit incomplete grr.Jes Wednesday, November 1 ..................... Progress repons Tuesday, November 21 ........ Thanksgiving recess, 10:00 p.m. Monday, November 27 ............. Classes resume, 6:00 p.m. Thursday, December 14 ........... Christmas recess, 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, January 3 .............. Classes resume, 6:00 p.m. Thursday, January 11 .................. Classes end, 10:00 p.m. Monday, January 15 to 18 ................. Examination period DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS ACCOUNTING: CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wednesday, September 13 ........... 9:00 a.m. Thursday, September 14 ............. 9:00 a.m. Friday, September 15 ................ 9:00 a.m. Saturday, September 16 .............. 9:00 a.m. DESCRIPTION Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting I Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102 ) Advanced Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 102-202) Auditing Practice I (Pre: Acct. 202 ) Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) TTH 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. Par. Par. Par. 35 35 45 35 3 3 3 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 3 TIH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 3 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 Stark 116 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 Par. 26 3 3 3 MW 6:30-8:00 MW 6:30-8:00 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 26 Par. 25 3 3 3 MW 6:30-8:00 BIOLOGY: Bio. 101E Biological Science I Bio lOIE-2 Biological Science I 3 BU INESS ADMINISTRATION: B . 209E B . 220E B . 225E B 231E B . 241E . 251E Correspondence and Reports Real Estate Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) Business Law Introduction and Contracts Life Insurance Principles of Management I Par. 25 �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ROOM No. ECONOMICS: Econ. 101E Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 111E Economic History Econ. 201E Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 225E International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ . 227E Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 231E Applied General Statistics Econ . 245E Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) CREDIT HOUl! COUllSE DAY&HOURS DESCRIPTION ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS FINE ARTS: TTH 8:00-9: 30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 Par. 23 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 Par. 34 . lOlE Experiencing Art I . 109E Oil Painting I . 122E Ceramics MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An. 101 3 Con. An. 101 3 Con. An. 102 3 HI TORY: History of Western Civilization I Hit. lOlE-2 History of Western Civilization II Hist. 107E American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 Hit. 257E History of Russia to 1815 Hist. IOlE TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 TTH 6:30-8:00 'ITH 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 Par. 27 'ITH 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 105 3 'ITH 6:30-8:00 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 105 Con. 105 3 3 MW TTH 'ITH 'ITH Pick. Pick. Pick. Pick. 101 101 104 104 3 3 3 3 Pick. 101 3 Con. Con. Con. Con. 100 209 209 104 3 3 3 4 'ITH 6:00-8:00 Con. 104 4 'ITH 6:30-8:00 Chase Theatre 3 LANGUAGES: EDUCATION: G.E . 211 Ed . 400 Changing Perspectives in Social Sciences Sat. 9:00-12:00 (Temple University Graduate Program) Par. 56 Psychological Foundations of Education T 7:00-10:00 ( Lehigh University Graduate Program) c.s.c. Elementary French Elementary German Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102) pan. 103E Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102) Fr. Ger. Ru . Ru . IOlE lOlE 101A 103E 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 4:00-5:30 6: 30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 MATHEMATICS: ENGLISH: Eng. Eng. Eng. Eng . Eng. lOlE lOlE-2 lOlE-3 lOlE-4 102E Comp osition I Compositi<;m I Comp osition I Composition I Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151F W estern World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) MW MW TTH 'ITH MW 6:30-8:00 8:00-9:30 6:30-8:00 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 TH 4:00-6:00 TH 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. Con. Con. Con. Con. 103 104 201 ?01 103 Con. 103 Con. 103 Con. 104 Environmental Science 'ITH 6:30-8:00 MW 6: 30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 8:00-10:00 MU IC: {u . IOlE Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I RING EDUCATION: ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env . Sci. lOlE Comp. Sci. lOlE Introduction to Computer Science Plane Trigonometry Math. 109E Mathematics of Finance lath. 115E lath. 122E Analytic Geometry (Pre: Math. 105 or both Math. 107 and 109) lath. 125E Calculus I (Pre: Math. 122) TTH 8 :00-10:00 Stark 302 Trends in Nursing . 106E Supervision and Administration M 4:00-6:00 T 4:00-6:00 Stark 216 Stark 21 6 2 2 �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ROOM No. PHILOSOPHY: Phil. lOIE Phil. 102E Introduction to Philosophy Logic and Scientific Method TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 109 Stark 109 T 7:00-8:00 Pick. 203 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 105E Hygiene POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. lOIE P.S. 205E P.S. 221E Political Science I State Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) International Law (Pre: P.S. 101,_ 102) MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:-00 Par. 43 Par. 46 TTH 8:00-9:30 Con. 103 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 56 Par. 56 Con. 203 TTH 8:00-9:.30 Par. 34 TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 203 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 Par. 43 PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. lOlE General Psychology I Psy. lOlE-2 General Psychology I Psy. 208E Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) Psy. 25 IE Industrial Psychology (Pre: Psy. 212) Psy. 257E Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207, 208) RETAILING: Ret. lOlE Ret. 21 IE Principles of Retailing Merchandise Information TTH 6:30-8:00 SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. S.S. S.S. S.S. 105E 107E 201E 207E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typing Advanced Typing Advanced Shorthand MW 6:00-8:00 MW 8:00-10:00 TTH 6:00-7:00 TTH 7:00-10:00 Par. Par. Par. Par. 33 33 33 33 SOCIOLOGY: Soc . lOIE Soc. 230E Soc. 252E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology Social Problems ( Pre: Soc. 101, 102) Fields of Social Work (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 Psy. 101, 102) MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 Par. 45 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 ornm HOl'IJ �EVENING COLLEGE SESSION SPRING SEMESTER 1968 ~ LLaWcU.VN 000. OHC ', @ �CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wednesday, January 24 .............. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Wilkes College ~al/din Thursday, January 25 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Friday, January 26 .................. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday, January 27 ................. 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon Monday, January 29 ................ Classes begin at 6:00 p.m. Saturday, Febru~ry 24 .. . ........... Submit incomplete grades Saturday, March 16 ......................... Progress reports Thursday, April 4 ........... Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m. Wednesday, April 17 ............ Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, May 16 .................. Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 20 to Thursday, May 23 ...... Examination period For further information write to: EVENING SESSION Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. ( After 5: 00 p.m., call 824-4656) Spring Semester 1968 WILKES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �An Educated Man seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; possesses vision, for he knows thac vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2200 full-time day students and 1000 evening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing education programs. has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily Jiving and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the ocial, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by ,h, facuity as a guide to learning. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spirirual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. �While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, .. Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help which may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their special value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5. Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and w~men seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for oourses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday - W ednes- day or Tuesday - Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. �RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped and staffed installation that is an integral part of the College comple . During the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College has pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the needs of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and other employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requirements of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include representation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spilling into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community information, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs is cooperation, rather than reform or partisanship. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. The Graduate Science Library, located on the second fl ooc of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 9: 00 a.m. to 9: 00 p.m. Friday ......................... 9:00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textboo and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ......... 9:00 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings .. 6:00 p.m. Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 :00 a.m. to to to to 11:45 a.m. 4:45 p.m. 7:45 p.m. Noon EXPENSES Tuition - $40 per semester hour credit. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. WITIIDRAWAL FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall session: Monday through Thursday . . . . . . 8: 00 a.m. to Friday ......................... 8:00 a.m. to Saturday ....................... 9:00 a.m. to Sunday ........................ 1:00 p.m. to Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. 10: 00 9:00 4:00 4:00 p.m. p.m. p.m. p.m. A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first six weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. �EVENING COLLEGE DESCRIPTION (X)lJRSB CREDIT HOURS DAY&HOURS ROOM No. MW 8:00-930 TIH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Par. 23 3 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 46 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 27 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 27 3 M 6:30-9:30 Stark 100 3 W 6:30-9:30 Chase Hall 3 UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Spring Semester - 1968 CX>URSE DESCRIPTION DAY&HOURS ECONOMICS: ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS ACCOUNTING: Acct. lOlE Elementary Accounting I MW Acct. l0lE-2 Elementary Accounting I TIH Acee. 102E Elementary Accounting II MW ( Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. 102E-2 Elementary Accounting II TIH (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. 102E-3 Elementary Accounting II MW (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. 11 lE Intermediate Accounting I MW (Pre: Acct. 102) Acct. 112E Intermediate Accounting II TIH (Pre: Acct. 111) Acct. 202E Cost Accounting II MW (Pre: Acct. 201) Acct. 222E Taxes II TIH (Pre: Acct. 221) Acct. 232E Auditing II MW (Pre: Acct. 231) Acct. 242E Advanced Accounting II TIH (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission) Econ. 101E Principles of Economics I Econ. 102E Principles of Economics II ( Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 202E Theory of Money ( Pre: Econ. 201) Econ. 226E Economic Geography of the World (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 230E Business Cycles (Pre: Approval) Econ. 232E Economics Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) Econ. 236E Public Finance (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Par. 35 Par. 35 Par. 45 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 8:00-9:30 Par. 33 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 EDUCATION: 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Ed. lO0E 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Id. 200E 8:00-9:30 Par. 25 Ed. 241E Introduction to Education (Pre: ~ophomore Standing) Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102, Jr. Standing) Educational Measurements (Pre: Ed . 200) TH 4:00-6:00 30 W. River St. 2 BIOLOGY: Bio. 102E Biological Science Bio. 102E-2 Biological Science MW 6:30-8:00 TIH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 Stark 116 3 3 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B. A. 216E B. A. 222E Advertising MW Marketing MW (Pre: Econ. 102) B. A. 226E Investments MW (Pre: B.A. 225) B. A. 232E Business Law - Agency and Sales MW (Pre: B.A. 231) B. A . 233E Business Law - Partnership MW and Corporation (Pre : B.A. 231) B. A. 240E Property Insurance MW (Pre : B.A. 232) B. A. 244E Time and Motion Study TTH B. A. 252E Principles of Management II TIH (Pre: B.A. 251) 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 Par. 26 8:00-9: 30 Par. 46 6:30-8:00 Par. 23 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Par. 26 Par. 26 Par. 43 3 3 3 ENGLISH: Eng. lOlE Composition Eng. lOlE-2 Composition Eng. 102E Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-2 Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-3 Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 102E-4 Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 131E-2 Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 152E Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 152E-2 Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 5:00-6:30 Con. 201 Con. 201 Con. 104 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. 104 3 TIH 6:30-8:00 Coo. 104 3 TIH 8:00-9:30 Con. 104 3 TH 4:00-6:00 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. 105 Con. 105 Con. 105 2 4 MW 8:00-10:00 Con. 201 4 nH 3 3 2 �DESCRIPTION COURSE DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env . Sci. 102E introductory Space Science F. A. lJOE Water Color Painting ( Pre: F.A. 104) Painting II (Oil) DAY&HOURS ROOM No. CREDIT HOURS PHILOSOPHY: TTH 8:00-9:30 Stark 302 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An. 101 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Con. An. 201 3 FINE ARTS: F. A. 106E DESCRIPTION COURSE Stark 109 Stark 109 Stark 109 3 3 3 TH 7 :00-8:00 Stark 109 1 W 6:30-9:30 Stark 100 3 MW 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 43 3 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 TH 6:30-9:30 Par. 56 Par. 56 Con. 203 3 T 6:30-9:30 Con. 203 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 TTH 6:00-8:00 MW 6:00-7:00 Par. 33 Par. 33 2 1 MW 8:00-9:30 Stark 132 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 3 Phil lOlE Introduction to Philosophy ~~ 6:30-8:00 Phil. 102E Logic and Scientific Method 8: 00-9: 30 Phil. 206E Social and Political Philosophies TH 6: 30-9: 30 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 106E Hygiene FOREIGN LANGUAGES: French 102E G erman 102E Spani h 104E Elementary French (Pre: Fr. 101) Elementary German (Pre: Ger. 101) Intermediate Spanish ( Pre: Sp. 103) MW 6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 TTH6:30-8:00 Pick. 101 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Pick. 101 3 102E 102E-2 108E 258E (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) History of World Civilization History of World Civilization American History since 1865 History of Modern Russia (Pre: Hist. 101, 102) TTH MW TTH MW 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:30 6:30-8:00 6:30-8:00 Con. 103 Weck. An. Con. 103 Weck. An. 3 3 3 3 M ath . lOlE Math. 102E Fundamentals of Mathematics Fundamentals of Mathematics (Pre: Math. 101) Math. 107E College Algebra Comp . Sci. 102E Data Processing MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. 203 Con. 104 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 6:30-8:00 Con. 204 Stark 100 TTH 6:30-8:00 N. E. 108E N . E. J l 2E T 4:00-6:00 Foundations of Nursing M 4:00-6:00 Principles and Methods in Nursing Education (Pre: Ed. 200) W 4:00-5:00 Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education (Pre: N. E. 107) Field Experience in Hours to be arranged Supervision (Pre: Approval of advisor) General Psychology Clinical Psychology (Pre: Psy. 212) 3 3 RETAILING: 3 Ret. 214E Retail Bpying (Pre: Approval) SECRETARIAL STUDIES: NURSING EDUCATION: N . E. 101E N. E . 107E PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 255E Chase Tb. International Relations (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) Py. 102E-2 General Psychology Human Behavior (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) MUSIC: Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II P . 222E Py. 102E MATHEMATICS: Music 102E POUTICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102E Political Science II P.S. 206E Municipal Government HISTORY: Hist. Hist. Hist. H ist. PHYSICS: Phys. 102E Physical Science 30 W. River St. 2 30 W. River St. 2 .S. I06E Elementary Shorthand S.S. 202E Advanced Typing OCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY: 30 W. River St. 1 30 W. River St. 4 Soc. 102E Introduction to Anthropology Soc. 25 lE Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 & Psy. 101, 102) �GRADUATE DIVISION REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH. WILKES COURSES IS HELD DURJNG REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION HOURS IN THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF ST ARK HALL. Spring Semester - 1968 WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM The following graduate courses in biology, chemistry, and physics will be offered and may be applied toward the degree of Master of Sc!ence. Normal scheduling for the classes is in late after• noon or early evening. Biology Biology 441 Biology 460 Immunology and Immunochemistry Selected Topics in Biology ( Physiological Problems) 3 hours Chemistry 341 - Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 hours Special Topics in Organic Chemistry ( Thermo and Photochemical Cycloaddition Reactions and Syntheses of Some Interesting Organic Compounds) 3 hours Advanced Physical Chemistry II 3 hours Physics Analytical Mechanics Physics 301 Solid State Theory Physics 311 Physics 321 Nuclear Physics I Mathematics 302 Applied Mathematics II 3 3 3 3 hours hours hours hours LEHIGH-WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers graduate courses in education for graduate credit at Lehigh Universi• ty. Tuition for these courses is $45 per credit hour for elementaty and secondary teachers and administrators. All courses are applicable toward the mastees degree at Lehigh. In order to receive graduate credit for these courses, an applicant must apply for admission to the graduate school at Lehigh University. Course for Spring Semester Education 407 - Philosophical Foundations of Education Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. 3 hours Chemistry Chemistry 310 Chemistry 336 - TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM 3 hours FURTHER INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES CAN BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT WILKES COLLEGE (824.4651, Ext. 243). ��CALENDAR SIX-WEEK DAY SESSIONS - 1968 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION SESSION BEGINS SESSION ENDS - Tuesday, June 4 thru Friday, June 7 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday, June IO Thursday, July 4 - No Classes Thursday, July 18 (Including Final Examinations) SECOND SESSION REGISTRATION - SESSION BEGINS SESSION ENDS - Thursday, July 18, Friday, July 19, and Monday, July 22 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Tuesday, July 23 Thursday, August 29 (Including Final Examinations) EIGHT-WEEK EVENING SESSION REGISTRATION SESSION BEGINS SESSION ENDS - Wednesday, June 12 thru Friday, June 14 Parrish Hall - 8 :30 a.m. to, 8 :00 p.m. Monday, June 17 Thursday, August 8 (Including Final Examinations) WllKES COLLEGE u etfn SUMMER SESSIONS 1968 Fon FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 (After 5:00 p.m. - call 824-4656) Wilkes-Barre In order to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be completed and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration does not o.bligate the registrant to take the course. • Pennsylvania �Q) 0 .-s ~ Q) s 0 C) 0.. co ..c: {I) ---- -- - n, ] WILKES COLLEGE Wilkes Barre, Pennsylvania SUMMER ADDENDA - 1968 . ST SESSION : P y. 102. .. CO1 D SESSION: . A. 101S-2 . A. l 02S- 2 F. A. 2 ~ S F . A. 203 S-2 So~ . 102S E SION: General Psychology II Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II History of Modern Art History of Modern Art Introduction to Sociology &: Anthropology lv.[odern_ A r t Par. 46 9:45-11:15 Co. Ann . II 9:45-11:15 9 :45-11:15 8:00-9 :30 9:45-11:15 Par. 43 8:00-9 :3 0 Co. 6:00-8:00 II Ann �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and belief~ that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the rel~gious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, responding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,200 full-time day students and 900 adults in the Evening College and special classes. From its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin goals - a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for its purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an independent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendships based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them men." A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthened with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of New York, and the American Chemical Society. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested in accelerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates interested in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to Wilkes College students, students of other colleges, and nonmatriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each six-week session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and care in scheduling both day and evening courses. Most classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions will meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD - 8 :00 A.M. TO 9 :30 A.M. SECOND PERIOD - 9 :45 A.M. TO 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be scheduled on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6 :00 P.M. and 10 :00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for courses that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. ADMISSION Admission to the summer program is granted to: a) all Wilkes College students currently in good standing; b) high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular program; c) high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; d) all students in good standing at their respective colleges who furnish official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; �INFORMATION - Page 9 Page 8 - INFORMATION e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special invitation by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to become degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or transfer into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined by the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admissions. TRANSFER OF CREDITS DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male and female students. The cost for these services may be found under EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations may be made with the Director of Evening and Summer Col1ege. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the summer sessions: Monday through Thursday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may be transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclusion of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicating to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. WITHDRAWAL The Graduate Science Library, located on the second floor of Stark Hall, will observe the following schedule: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. A student who withdraws from the summer sessions or drops courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Evening and Summer College and to the instructors concerned in order that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first two weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refunds. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and supplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. -11 :45 a.m. l :00 p.m. -4:45 p.m. Monday & Tuesday Evenings 6:00 p.m. - 7:45 p.m. Expenses The student may expect to incur the following expenses for the summer session: TumoN - $40 per credit hour DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $75 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory students) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are processed. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no later than July 21, 1968. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 11 SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE EDUCATION: Ed. 100S Introduction to Education Ed. 200S Educational Psychology FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 10 - July 18, 1968- Monday thru Friday DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Acct. I0IS Elementary Accounting I Acct. 11 lS Intermediate Accounting I ROOM HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Acct. 102) BIOLOGY: Bio. lOIS Biological Science Stark 116 CR. 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Chase H. Chase H. 9:45-11:15 3 Guidance 9:45-11: 15 3 Chase H. (Pre: Ed. 200) ENGLISH: Eng. 99P Par. 45 Par. 25 HOUR (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) Ed. 242S COURSE ROOM DESCRIPTION Pre-College English Bdf. 13 8:00-9:30 (June 17-July 20) Eng. 99P-2 Pre-College English Bdf. 13 9 :45-11: 15 (June 17-July 20) lOIS lOIS-2 131S ISIS Composition Composition Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature Eng. 151S-2 Western World Literature Eng. Eng. Eng. Eng. Par. 33 Con. 105 Par. 33 Par. 26 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 8:00-9:00 9 :45-11 :45 3 3 2 4 Bdf 12 9:45-11:45 4 Bdf. 12 7:30-9:30 4 Bdf. Sem. 9 :45-11 : 15 3 Con. An. Con. An. Con. An. 8:00-9:30 3 9 :45-11 : 15 3 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 116 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Eng. 102) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 240S Property Insurance Par. 27 (Pre: Eng. 102) 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: B.A. 232, or Approval) Eng. ISIS-3 Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) CHEMISTRY: Chem. l0IS Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry Stark 204 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 Organic Chemistry Stark 112 Chem. 230S Eng. 291S (Pre: Eng. 152) 8:30-10:00 4 10:00-1 :00 M-W ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics I Econ. lOIS Econ. 1IIS Economic History Econ. 231S Applied General Statistics FINE ARTS: F.A. 101S F.A. 109S F.A. 110S I :00-4:00 M-W GENERAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. 101S Introductory Earth Science Fee: $10.00 HISTORY: Hist. lOIS Par. 23 Par.34 Par. 27 9:45-11:15 3 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 Hist. lOIS-2 Hist. 107S (Pre: Approval of Instructor) Econ. 241S Economic Analysis (Pre: Ee. 102) Experiencing Art I Oil Painting I Oil Painting II (Pre: F.A. 109) 10:00-11 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 221 or Approval) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 Modern Poetry Hist. 258S History of World Civilization Weck. An. History of World Civilization Par. 53 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 Week. An. History of Modern Russia Par. 25 (Pre: Hist. 101 and 102) 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 9 :45-11 : 15 3 �Page 12 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION LANGUAGES: Fr. IOIS Elementary French Fr. 103S Intermediate French SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 ROOM HOUR Pick. 101 Pick. 101 (Pre: Fr. 102 or equivalent) Ger. 101S Ger. 103S Elementary German Intermediate German Russ. IOIS Russ. 103S Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 Pick. 201 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :IS 3 Pick. 203 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 (Pre: Russ. 102 or equivalent) Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Sp. I 02 or equivalent) (Pre-College Students) Plane Trigonometry Introduction to Music DESCRIPTION PSYCHOLOGY: General Psychology Psy. IOIS Child Psychology Psy. 207S HOUR Par. 43 Par. 43 CR. 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: IS 3 3 Abnormal Psychology Par. 46 5:00-6:45 3 M-T-W-Th (Pre: Psy. 207-208 or approval) SOCIOLOGY: Introduction to Sociology Soc. IOIS and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology Soc. IOIP and Anthropology I Par. 45 Par. 56 (Pre-College Students) Sociological Theory 9:45-11:15 3 9:45-11:15 3 (June 17-July 20) Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Soc. 101 and 102 and two other courses in soc. or Approval) 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 (June 17-July20) Chase Th. ROOM (Pre: Psy. 101 and 102) Psy. 257E SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE July 23 - August 29, 1968- Monday thru Friday (June 17-July 20) Par. 35 (Pre-College Students) MUSIC: Music lOIS Applied Music COURSE Soc. 280S MATHEMATICS: Math. IOIS Fundamentals of Mathematics St. 132 Math. 107P College Algebra Par. 35 Math. 109P 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 Pick. 104 Pick. 104 (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) Span. IOIS Span. I03S CR. 9:45-11 :15 3 COURSE DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting II Acct. 102S ROOM Par. 45 HOUR CR. 8:00-9:30 3 800-9:30 3 Stark 116 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 204 8:30-10:00 10:00-1 :00 4 (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. I 12S Intermediate Accounting II Par. 25 (Pre: Acct. 111) PHILOSOPHY Phil. IOlS Introduction to Philosophy Phil. 105S Ethics PHYSICS: Phys. 101S Phys. 152S Physical Science General Physics III (Pre: Phys. 151) POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. IOlS Political Science I P.S. IOIP Political Science I Stark 100 Stark 100 Stark 132 Stark 101 Par. 53 Par. 26 (Pre-College Students) P.S. 203S Politics and Political Parties (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 Biological Science CHEMISTRY: Chemical Equilibria Chem. 102S Laboratory M-W (Pre: Chem. 101) Chem. 232S 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 (June 17-July20) Par. 46 BIOLOGY: Bio. 102S Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 Organic Chemistry Ila Stark 112 10:00-11 :30 4 (Pre: Chem. 230) Laboratory I :00-4:00 M-W Breakage Deposit $10.00 Fee: $20.00 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ECONOMICS: Econ. 102S Principles of Economics II ROOM Money and Banking Economic Statistics 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 Hist. 102S-2 Par. 27 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Econ. 231) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 222S Marketing Corporation Finance 9:45-11:15 3 Par. 25 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 26 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Ee. 102) B.A. 241S Life Insurance (Pre: Approval) EDUCATION: Ed. I00S Introduction to Education Ed. 242S Guidance Western World Literature Chase H. Chase H. Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 215S Shakespeare (Pre: Eng. 152) ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. 102S Introductory Space Science Laboratory Fee: $10.00 FINE ARTS: P.A. lOIS P.A. 102S Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 Bdf. 12 Drawing and Composition (Pre: F.A. 103) P.A. 109S Oil Painting I 9:45-11: IS 3 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 Pick. 101 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 101 9 :45-11: 15 3 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 104 9:45-11: 15 3 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 203 9:45-11: 15 3 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 201 9:45-11: 15 3 Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II Chase Th. 8:00-9:30 Hours to be arranged with instructor 3 (Pre: Fr. 101) Intermediate French II 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 Ger. 102S Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) Ger. 104S Intermediate German II 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11:45 4 Elementary Spanish II (Pre: Sp. 101) Span. 104S Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Sp. 103) Russ. 102S Elementary Russian (Pre: Russ. 101) Con. 105 9:45-11 :45 4 Russ. 104S Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 103) Bdf. 13 7:30-9:30 4 Bdf. Sem. 9:45-11:15 3 Stark 100 8:00-9:30 3 Con. An. Con. An. 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Con. An. 9:45-11:15 3 Con. An. 9:45-11: 15 3 (Pre: P.A. 101) P.A. 104S CR. (Pre: Ger. 103) (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 152S-3 HOUR (Pre: Fr. 103) (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng. 152S-2 ROOM History of World Civilization Weck. An. History of World Civilization Par. 23 American and Pennsylvania History from 1865 Weck. An. Twentieth Century America Par. 27 LANGUAGES: Fr. 102S Elementary French II Span. 102S Composition Composition Western World Literature DESCRIPTION (Pre: History 107 and 108) Fr. 104S (Pre: Ed. 200) ENGLISH: Eng. lOIS Eng. 102S Eng. 152S Hist. 108S Hist. 230S Par. 26 (Pre: Ee. 102) B.A. 225S COURSE Par. 33 (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ. 232S CR. HISTORY: Hist. 102S (Pre: Econ. 101) Econ. 201S HOUR MUSIC: Music 102S Applied Music MATHEMATICS: Math. 102S Fundamentals of Mathematics St. 132 9:45 11: IS 3 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 3 3 (Pre: Math. 101) PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 102S Logic and Scientific Method Stark 114 Phil. 204S Philosophy of Religion Stark 114 �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE PHYSICS: Phys. 102S DESCRIPTION Physical Science ROOM HOUR CR. Stark 132 8:00-9:30 3 Stark 101 8:00-9:30 4 9:45-12:00 (Pre: Phys. 101) Phys. 150S General Physics I Laboratory COURSE DESCRIPTION ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics I Econ. lOIE Principles of Economics II Eco.n. 102E ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 23 Par. 23 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 Bdf. 13 Bdf. 13 Bdf. 12 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 3 Bdf. Sem. 6:00-8:00 3 Con. 105 6:00-8:00 2 (Pre: Econ. 101) M-T-W Lab. Fee: $20.00 POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 102S Political Science II P.S. 207S Public Administration Par. 53 Par. 53 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: P.S. 101 and 102) PSYCHOLOGY: Psy. 102S General Psychology ENGLISH: Eng. lOIE Eng. lOIE-2 Eng. 102E Composition Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Eng. 105E Advanced Exposition (Pre: Eng. 102) Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 Eng. 131E Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151E Western World Literature M-W Bdf. 12 Eng. 152E Western World Literature Bdf. 14 HISTORY: Hist. lOIE June 17 - August 8, 1968 - Monday, Tuesday and Thursday COURSE DESCRIPTION ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting I Acct. IOIE Elementary Accounting II Acct. 102E ROOM HOUR CR. Hist. 102E Hist. 107E Par. 35 Par. 35 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Hist. 221E (Pre: Acct. 101) 4 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-Th (Pre: Eng. 151) EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE 6:00-8:00 M-T-W-Th (Pre: Eng. 102) History of World Weck. An. Civilization History of World Weck. An. Civilization American and Pennsylvania Stark 132 History to 1865 American Social and Stark 132 Intellectual History 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 (Pre: History 107 and 108) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Business Correspondence B.A. 209E and Reports Par. 25 6:00-8:00 3 Business Law - Introduction and Contracts Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 (Pre: Eng. 102) B.A. 231E (Pre: Ee. 102, or Approval) B.A. 232E Business Law - Agency and Sales Par. 34 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 25 8:00-10:00 3 (Pre: B.A. 231) B.A. 251E Principles of Management I MATHEMATICS: College Algebra Math. 107E Plane Trigonometry Math. 109E Analysis I (Calculus with Math. 122E Analytic Geometry) Math. 125E Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 122) Stark 100 Stark 100 Stark 112 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 4 M-T-W-Th Stark 112 8:00-10:00 4 M-T-W-Th �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE MUSIC: Music 101E Applied Music DESCRIPTION GRADUATE DIVISION ROOM HOUR CR. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Chase Th. 6:00-8:00 3 Hours to be arranged with instructor 1 NURSING EDUCATION: N.E. I 12E Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching 30 W. River PHILOSOPHY: Phil. 10IE Introduction to Philosophy Phil. 102E Logic and Scientific Method Par. 46 Par. 46 Hours to be arranged 4 6:00-8:00 3 8:00-10:00 3 SUMMER SESSION - 1968 LEHIGH-WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers graduate courses in education for graduate credit at Lehigh University. Tuition for these courses is $45 per credit hour for elementary and secondary teachers and administrators. All courses are applicable toward the master's degree at Lehigh. In order to receive graduate credit for these courses, an applicant must apply for admission to the graduate school at Lehigh University. COURSES FOR SUMMER SEMESTER Education 400- PSYCHOLOGICAL FouNDATIONS PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P .E. I 0SE Hygiene Par. 26 6:30-8:00 T POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 10IE Political Science I P.S. 102E Political Science II P.S. 222E International Relations (Pre: P.S. 101-102) PSYCHOLOGY Psy. 208E Human Behavior (Pre:Psy. 101-102) Psy. 210E Psychologic Theory (Pre: Psy. 101-102) SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. I 05E Elementary Shorthand S.S. 107E Elementary Typewriting IN Date: June 11 thru July 16 Time: 6:30 to 9:30 p.m. Tuesdays, Wednesdays, and Thursdays Education 402-ANTHROPOLOGICAL FouNDATIONS Par. 53 Par. 53 Par. 56 8:00-10:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 45 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 33 Par. 33 6:00-8:00 2 8:00-10:00 2 EDUCATION 3 credits OF EDUCATION 3 credits Date: July 23 thru August 22 Time: 6:30 to 9:30 p.m. Tuesdays, Wednesdays Education 392- WORKSHOP (Theater) Date: June 19 - July 24 Time: All Day, Daily 6 credits This course will be tailored to the special needs of the high school drama and music coaches. Specific topics will include: I. coordinating music and drama events 2. interpreting the play 3. directing the student performer 4. blocking and stage business A co.n centrated summer program in a fully-equipped, air-conditioned new theater offers excellent opportunities to high school music and drama teachers who work in different theater environments. Full scholarships are available for those accepted for the course. �Page 20 - INFORMATION TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM PRELIMINARY Wilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a General Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Degree of Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anyone who meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure to a broad-base general education program. The following course will be offered: GE 231-232- SYMPOSIUM IN EDUCATION 6 credits This course is required for the Temple University GEPT M. S. in Ed. Degree. Date: June 24 thru August 2 REGISTRATION FORM Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. Time: I :00 to 4 :30 p.m., Monday thru Friday Tuition: $16 per credit hour for Pennsylvania residents; $32 for non-residents. REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH - WILKES COURSES IS HELD DURING REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION HOURS IN THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF STARK HALL. Further information on all graduate courses can be obtained at the Graduate School Ofji.ce at Wilkes College (824-4651, Ext. 243). PRE-REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar. Name ....................................................................................................... . Address City ................................................ State ............ Zip Code .................. College or University now attending ....................................................................................... . Please mail Registration forms. 1st Semester Course No. D 2nd Semester Course No. Will you require dormitory accommodations? Evening Course No. Yes □ No □ �Wilkes College Summer Sessions Wilkes-Barre, Penna. 18703 6 � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1967-1968 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1967-1968 https://omeka.wilkes.edu/omeka/files/original/78a248b0a1c5098dc09760b77d120ef3.pdf ec7e2001b2fc12ee9f4e9607ef5127c8 PDF Text Text ES-BARRE, PENNSYLVANIA �1968-1969 PI I I A D FALL VOL. XVII �Calendar II College Calendar FALL SEMESTER - 1968-69 R i tratiori for Freshmen- Monday, March 24 to hiday, March 28 Freshman Orientation - Monday, September 9 to aturday, t r September 14 - Friday, March 28 at 5 p.m. to W dnesday, April 9 at 8 a.m. f al Dat for Requests for Summer Transfer Credit- Registration - Thursday, September 12 aturdny, May 3 Classes Begin - Monday, September 16 Report on Incomplete Grades - Rc E11d- l◄ riday, May 16 Friday, October 4 E Progress Reports - Saturday. October 26 Registration for Seniors , Juniors, and Engineering Studc11ts - ination Period- Monday, May 19 to Saturday, May 24 1 m rial Day l loliclay - Friday, May 30 Monday, October 28 to Friday, November l alaur ate - Sunday, June 1 Registration for Sophomores - Monday, November 4 to m 11c ment - Monday, June 2 Friday, November 8 Registration for Freshmen - Monday, November 11 to I ' - WEEK SUMMER SESSION -1969 (Day) Friday, November 15 Thanksgiving Recess - Tuesday, November 26 at 5 p.m. to Monday, December 2, at 8 a.m. Christmas Recess Begins - FIRST SESSION Friday, December 20 at S p.m. R · tration -Tuesday, June 3 through Friday, June 6 Christmas Recess Ends - Monday, January 6 at 8 a.m. Semester Classes End - ion B gins- Monday, June 9 Priday, January 10 at 5 p.m. ion E11d - Friday, July 18 Examination Period - Monday, January 13 to Saturday, Jamtar) l SECOND SESSION SPRING SEMESTER - 1968-69 Registration- Friday, January 24 Classes Begin - Monday, January 27 R tration - Thursday, July 17; Friday, July 18; Monday, July 21 ion Begin -Tuesday, July 22 io i End - Friday, August 29 Report on Incomplete Grades - Saturday, February 22 Progress Reports - Saturday, March 8 Registration for Juniors and Engineering Students Monday, March 10 to Friday, March 14 Registration for Sophomores - Monday, March 17 to Friday, March 21 I· I 1IT - WEEK SUMMER SESSION - 1969 (Evening) R i tration- Wednesday, June 11 through Friday, June 13 i n B gi11 - - Monday, June 16 ion End -Thursday, August 7 �Wilkes College Contents College Calendar, 2 Wilkes College, 5 ' had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unindin to a request of community leaders, established II g in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College harter as a four-year liberal arts college. The Colro\ n lowly to its current enrollment of approximately II tim cl ) students and 500 part-time evening school THE COLLEGE A D THE CO MMC· ITY Institute of Regional Affairs, 65 POLICIES AND OBJECTIVES Admissions, 11 Wilkes-Barre Philharm Orchestra, 67 Registration, 14 Fine Arts Fiesta, 67 Tuition, Fees & Expenses, 14 Performing Arts C nt r, in ption the College has been dedicated to these twin ound and stimulating intellectual experience for stuprogram of service to the community. Financial Assistance, 18 Scholarships, 18 A Loans, 20 Employment, 20 THE FACILITIES OF THE COLLEGE UNDERGRADUATE PR RA Degree Requirement 76 INDEPENDENT COLLEGE in \it hie that the new college should be non-sectarian, purp was to serve all students equally and its supporters h d th oll 'g to integrate itself with all constructive efforts ommunity. It was believed that these ends could be served n ind p ·ndcnt college that was interdenominational in nAu nc and non-denominational in its control. Buildings and Plant, 31 FREEDOM OF INQUIRY STUDENT LIFE Counseling, 39 Student Activities, 41 COURSES OF I STR CTI Description of Cour Social Activities, 43 Athletics, 46 r h passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. ,u1.,..,111.11V\.:k and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of r d i ion. With responsibility came a pressing desire to h n th work of the faculty, united in their faith that the tu l and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous th r ativ mind is free. Student Regulations, 47 NITY AMIDST DIVERSITY PERSONNEL OF TIIE COlLE THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM Board of Trustee , I Curricula, 51 Academic Requirements, 55 College Services, 197 Graduation Requirements, 60 Faculty, 198 th t \ ishes to serve all groups requires both a definite nd a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided thou ht that unity in our community, our nation, and rid r quires not only great vision but warm understand£ p opl . In its small circle Wilkes College brings together h �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE students of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It ncour ages them to maintain their convictions and their loynlti I encourages them to create friendships based upon respect f differences, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity a good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program th faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little import ance unless students emerge as men and women of strong fa1 and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before} can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them m Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of !if DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied th support during the past decades and the campus has e ·p nd steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facin River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept p with the expansion of the campus. seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; n du at d n possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; ha faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been str n I ened with the passing of the years and with growing exp ri It has been clearly demonstrated that the students, the Colic e, the community all benefit from cooperative effort. This coop ra relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and e ·t nd planning, has resulted in cooperative action. cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instrurtion the State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association Colleges and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum been accredited by the Certified Public Accounting Examin rs the State of New York. The Chemistry curriculum is approv d the American Chemical Society. participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Ii i and Objectives . . nu ions 'tion, Fees, and Expenses ·nancial Assistance �1111 ions a love of learning and a spirit of rifi r ice. Education is not a right or privilege but an rtunity that carries with it obligations prescribed by the College d r p n ibilitie shared with the student. n pt has guided the faculty and trustees in developing h philo ophy and procedures of the Admissions Committee, ing it pos ible for students of ability, determination, and undn of character to study at Wilkes. I r th tudent will find an atmosphere of competitive learning m th world of ideas. His desire to undertake study at Wilkes 1 him among the ready men for whom education is an ri n in xcellence. He will be charged with the responsibility f r fulfilling that trust. Th car ful selection of able and committed students is deemed nti I t th attainment of high standards and warm personal I tion hip between students and faculty. dmi ion Requirements Education at Wilkes The spirit of the College derives from the idea of the faculty and the quality of its instructio from its library, its laboratories and equipmen The spirit of the College is the integrity of 1 mission, the intellectual climate that enrich student as a person. HI ,H CHOOL RECORD ndid t s applying for admission to Wilkes should be high 1 raduates and should offer at least fifteen units of work r pr ntin the equivalent of the usual four-year high school prep r tory chool course. For entrance into certain departments, ifi cour es in high school are necessary. An example would be f r y ar of Mathematics for those interested in studying the ph i al ci nces, engineering, or mathematics. The College believes that no attention can too great which intensifies a student's thinkin deepens his interest or develops his techniq and skills. It believes that a good student commits hi to the disciplines of his work. To learn, to ma and to understand he must accept the re po bilities that he shares with others. PPLICATION FOR ADMISSION T i t students seeking admission, the College has adopted r dur s designed to simplify admissions. pplications for admission and instructions regarding high school rd, recommendations, and entrance examinations may be bt in d from the Director of Admissions. The completed applicall n hould be returned to him with a $10.00 registration fee. r �ADMISSIONS - Page 13 Page 12 - ADMISSIONS mmittee acts upon special cases referred to it by the mi sions. ENTRANCE EXAMINATIONS All candidates for admission to the freshman class will be r quired to take entrance examinations. The Admissions Commit considers these test results in relation to the applicant's high ch transcript and the record of performance during the high ch years. ADMISSIONS TESTS The Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance E m tion Board is required of all applicants. Students should pl, take this examination in December or January of their senior If unusual circumstances prevent the applicant from takin test, he must notify the Director of Admissions. Students ,,ho the Admissions Committee to review their application on the b of College Boards taken in their junior year should make thi r quest in writing to the Director of Admissions. Wilkes is am m of the College Entrance Examination Boards. Students communicating with the Educational Testing Cen in Princeton, New Jersey, or in Los Angeles, California hou refer to the Wilkes College code number 2977. ACCEPTANCE OF ADMISSION AND DEPOSIT After receipt of the senior College Board scores the Admi Committee meets and acts upon all completed application. o cation of action by the Committee is sent immediately. R id students are required to forward a $100.00 tuition and dormit deposit by May I; local students are required to forward n tuition deposit by May I in order to guarantee their entr} i the College. The College accepts a limited number of applications for February class. Procedures are similar to those followed in the f semester. ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE The Admissions Committee is comprised of the Director of missions, Dean of Men, Dean of Women, and three faculty m r on I interview with each student is not required. Students th ir famili s arc invited to visit the College at their convenlt i cl\'i able to write for an appointment so that the Deans to meet with them. TUDENTS from other institutions wishing to enter with add t nding hall follow the regular procedure for admission. ud nt hould request the college or university he is attending r rd to Wilkes a transcript and an official statement of his r bl di missal. After the College has made a tentative evaluaf th re ord of the student, a faculty adviser will counsel him ming hi new schedule. Acceptable credits will be placed on ilk r ord of the student following a final evaluation. policy prohibits the Admissions Committee from confor admission any student who has been placed on academpr b tion or who has been dropped from any other college or TCED COURSE STANDING ri r tudents who have undertaken college-level courses in d r} chool may request college credit for such work and m ion to enter advanced courses. To qualify for advanced m nt, the high school student must take the Advanced Placet t of the College En trance Examination Board, in addit the regular Scholastic Aptitude tests required for admission. n b the College will be determined by scores obtained on the n d Placement Examination, the high school record subt d by the student, and the recommendations of the high school ult . ftcr he is admitted the applicant will request the College c E:amination Board to send the results of the Advanced P m nt Tests to the Director of Admissions. The request will 1 �Page 14 - EXPENSES EXPENSES - Page 15 then be considered by the Admissions Committee and the app riate department chairman. The applicant will be advised of action prior to registration. ur s that require individual faculty supervision or f upplies and equipment the College finds it necesnominal fees. These fees are listed in the Bulletin de cription. When these fees total more than of $50.00 per semester will be charged. Registration Every student is expected to register on the dates specifi the College calendar. A student presenting himself for regi tr after the time designated for registration will pay a late regi tra fee of $5.00. f individual instruction in applied music is $50.00 for tud nt for a series of fourteen half-hour lessons. The pt limited number of special students for individual 1 in pplicd music for a series of fourteen half-hour lest f 70.00 per semester. t Expenses t d 1t activities fee of $40.00 per semester will be charged to 1d nt taking fewer than IS or more than 9 semester hours TUITION The flat tuition rate adopted by the College for a student c ing the normal load for his course is $650.00 per semester. tu who registers for fewer than fifteen hours of work will pa} $45.00 for each semester hour or the regular tuition fee, \\hi amount is lower. A student who elects a heavier schedul th normal for his course will be charged $45.00 for each dd1 hour of credit beyond the normal load. Medical technology tud will be charged a $50.00 College Administrative Fee in conjun with the seventh and eighth semesters of hospital work. p ial tudent wishing to participate in activities. ( two-year students) h r for the first copy requested. A charge of one dollar for d1tionnl copy. for more than one transcript are given on the argc shall be: EVENING SCHOOL Students registered in the Evening School will be charged per semester hour. A fee of $40.00 is charged for those \\i hi participate in student activities. Further information regardin content of the courses, requirements for undergraduate and uate degrees, and requirements for teacher certification may secured from the Off ice of Admissions. . $25.00 _$15.00 \ nty-five cents for the second copy. I ifty cnts for the third copy. l nt ,.five cents for each copy thereafter. SUMMER SCHOOL Students registering for courses in the six and eight-week mer School sessions will be charged $45.00 per semester h study payable before registration. d n taking chemistry laboratory courses are required to I0.00 to cover possible charges for broken, lost, or damaged m nt. The unexpended balance of this fee is refundable. �Page 16 - EXPENSES EXPENSES - Page 17 INSURANCE COVERAGE fund of dormitory charges will not be allowed except under l1ti n b yond the control of the student. The College makes available both accident and accident and health insurance to students. Each student will be required to pur chase an accident policy at a cost of $10.00. A health insurance policy is available to commuting students but is optional with them Heal th insurance required of all res id en t stud en ts is prepaid as par of the dormitory charge. Both policies provide protection for t\\Ch months and premiums are payable in full with the first semest r charges. There are four fully accredited hospitals in the vicinity of the campus, and a college physician and college infirmary arc a,a1 able for emergency treatment. PAYMENTS Payment of all charges for tuition, fees, room and board is t be made at the Finance Office, Parrish Hall, before registration. Several plans have been developed to assist students who don have the cash in hand, and it is suggested these plans be consid red when special assistance is needed. l. Wilkes College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program and students needing financial assistance ma) apply to the College for such a loan. 2. If a student does not meet the requirements for a Nation I Defense Student Loan, but wishes to space his payments mer the school year, we recommend that he apply for an educ&• tional loan at one of the local banks. Information conccrnin this method of financing an education may be obtained at the College. 3. Grants-in-aid and scholarships will be credited toward the student's bill at the beginning of each term. REFUNDS Students in good standing who withdraw from the College "ill receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: During the first six weeks of a term one-half of the tuition \\ill be refunded upon request if the withdrawal is made for adequat and satisfactory reasons. After the first six weeks no ref11nds ar allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs for the term tud nt who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any fund. nmo- Quarters and Board R 1/TORIES for boarding students is provided in a new dormitory f rm n and in a number of large mansions that have been given r pur hascd by, the College in recent years. The women's dort ri cornmodatc from eighteen to thirty students and a res- · nt pro tor. Every effort is made to maintain a homelike atmosh r . tudcnts and their families are invited to inspect these m . Ea h room includes a bureau, desk, chair, and a bed. Stunt \\ ill supply their own blankets; bed linens and towels are f rni hed through a local laundry on contract by the College. II out-of-town students must reside in the College dormitories mpu . A deposit of $50.00 is required to reserve a room. The h r for room and board is $560.00 per student per semester. hi charge includes the cost of health and accident insurance nd lin n rental and laundry service for bed linen and towels only. I r nnl laundry plans are offered, and for students who wish to th ir own laundry, facilities are available on campus. n R id nt students arc required to take their meals at the College D nin I !nil. Exceptions will not be made without formal recomnclati n from the college physician and the approval of the ouncil. D n h r sident student will be required to maintain a minimum I n of $50.00 on deposit with the College so long as that stud nt i moiled. Charges for damage to College dormitory property ill b Htttomatically deducted from the student's deposit. When h tuclcnt graduates or terminates his matriculation at the College, \ ill be given the refundable portion of the deposit. Information regarding dormitories can be obtained from the of Admissions. ffi �Financial Assistance FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 19 o To provide assistance for those who. need financia~ help, . College receives substantial gifts from fnends. These gifts prm d scholarship aid to those who are already making every effort help themselves. holarship will be granted until the student has made nable effort to finance as large a portion as possible of t of thi education. r r , ry applicant for scholarship aid shall submit confidential f rm ti n pertaining to his financial needs and his record of hi In accepting any form of aid from the College the student accepts . 110n · an o bl 1ga - which is also the obligation of every other co scientious student- to: o tudent may simultaneously hold more than one scholarr nt d by the College. holar hips will be forfeited if the student, at any time, f " r hours than are normal for his course of study. 1. Maintain a good scholastic record. 2. Exert a constructive influence in the College and the com munity. 3. Participate construcdvely in an all-college activity of his o choice. I lanning to meet any difference between his own rcsou andn t~e cost of education the student should consider a combina tion of work, loans, and scholarships. Scholarships Scholarships and grants are available to students with records of achievement and performance in high school or_ coll who cannot fully finance the cost of their college education a who can demonstrate seriousness of purpose and effort. A few honor scholarships are awarded without ~eg_ard to need to students of outstanding achievement in appreciation of the contribution to the intellectual life of the gro~p. The ~mount each grant will be determined by the Scholarship Committee. SCHOLARSHIP REQUIREMENTS l. Students must be admitted to the College before their applica tions for scholarships will be considered. 2. All applicants for scholarships must obtain an interview w the Dean. 7 o holarship is awarded for more than one year, but I r hip will be renewed upon request, provided this request upported by a good academic record, by evidence of continued nd by constructive participation in at least one all-college u ity of his own choice. Th amount of the grant is confidential, and any breach of nfid nee shall terminate the scholarship. I S1'RUCTI0NS TO THE APPLICANT I To tablish eligibility for a scholarship, the student must rt pply for admission to the College and must be accepted. p Ii tion for admission should be made prior to March 1. .. tud nt requiring aid shall indicate their need on the applican for admission to the College. ollege participates in the College Scholarship Service ) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants uh cribc to the principle that the amount of financial aid nt d tudcnt should be based upon financial need. The CSS t coll ges and universities and other agencies in determining tudent's need for financial assistance. Entering students seekfin n inl assistance are required to submit a copy of the Parnfidcntial Statement (PCS) form to the College Scholarp nice designating Wilkes College as one of the recipients, by I l. The PCS form may be obtained from a secondary school r th ollcgc Scholarship Service, P. 0. Box 176, Princeton, New Jr 1 540; or P. 0. Box 1025, Berkeley, California 97404. �Page 20 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 21 Loans The College participates in the National Defense Student Loan Program. Complete information concerning . this program ,and applications for financial assistance under this program ma} be obtained at the College. oundcr of Scholarships E h y ar some 1000 friends contribute to the scholarship fund f th ,..ollegc on an annual basis. Other friends have created h I r hips which bear the names of the donors or of persons whom th h , memorialized by means of a scholarship. SPECIAL LOAN FUND The Florence and Joseph A. Goldman Loan Fund has been created by the donors to assist Juniors and Seniors whose educamay be interrupted by unexpected difficulties. The loan bear t. 10n h I" no interest and is to be repaid by the student at t e ear 1est practical time so that other students may also receive needed assistance from this rota ting loan fund. STUDENT LOAN FUND Robert W. Hall Student Loan Fund was established by Robert Hall, class of 1951, to assist stud en ts in meeting small emergency financial needs. w. Employment PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT College makes strict demands on a student's time. T~e student who finds it necessary to seek full-time employment durmg a semester is advised to work a year and then apply for admission. The College cautions the student to limit off-campus wor~ especially during the freshman year, when working may result in academic failure. However, part-time jobs in offices, stores, an_d industry are available for students wishing to earn part of their expenses. For such jobs the student shall register with the College Placement Office. CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT The College also offers part-time employment at standard ra_t in the dining room, offices, la bora tori es, library, or on _the. maintenance staff. The holder of these jobs will meet all obhgat10ns of his assignments or forfeit all help from the College. Trust Funds and Endowed Scholarships R 1 UD C. MARTS SCHOLARSHIP was created by the assoof Or. Arnaud C. Marts, in the firm of Marts & Lundy, to h n r the Chairman of their Board and former President of their mpany. 1 t It i appropriate that this scholarship should bear his name for n J r on has done more to bring new opportunities to the young pl of Wyoming Valley. As President of Bucknell University, he in trumental in the establishment of Bucknell University Junior II l\ which became Wilkes College in 1947. After Wilkes Colb came an independent college, he joined its Board of Trustees nd wa elected Vice-Chairman of the Board. Because of his vision ncl fnith in the young people of this region, he has supported and uid d •very forward looking and constructive effort of the College. Th Arnaud C. Marts Scholarship will be awarded each year to th t out tanding senior who has need of financial aid and who, by hi h holarship and participation in college activities, has demontr t d those qualities of leadership that are needed in Wilkes II g • and in our nation. JOH 1 WELLES HOLLENBACK SCHOLARSHIP. Miss Anna Holl nback has created a scholarship in memory of her father, John \\ Ile Hollenback, and the annual interest of the principal is used f r holarship purposes. JEW! Fl WAR VETERANS, WILKES - BARRE POST 212 CHOLARSHIP is established in honor of B. J. Levin, one of the Pot founders. The purpose of this scholarship is to aid the child of a local war veteran. The award shall be made on the basis of n d and ability without regard for race or creed. �Page 22 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 23 FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE Annual Name Scholarships MABEL AND JOHN C. MOSTELLER SCHOLARSHIP FU D has been created to provide scholarships for needy and intelli boys who have insufficient financial resources of their own and\\ would not have the opportunity to attend college if they were u able to secure financial assistance. The scholarships shall be grant only to boys of gcod moral character who are in the upper ten cent of their class in academic standing and who have pa d qualifying competitive examination administered by Wilkes Coll HENRY BLACKMAN PLUMB AND EDITH PLUMB SCHOL ARSHIP TRUST has been established to provide scholar hip I students of outstanding ability and character majoring in one the sciences and attending Wilkes College. WILLIAM B. SCHAEFFER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. I 1951 a' substantial bequest was left to the College by Mr.Schaff with the thought that it would be used to advance the intere t the College and the students. By action of the Board of Tru t considerable portion of the income from this bequest has been aside for scholarships. / H llLI M II. CONYNGHAM MEMORIAL SCHOLARIP t \\ard 'd annually by Mrs. Conyngham in memory of her hu b, nd a f ricnd and neighbor of the College and for years ut t nding leader in business and community life. DI I<. ME1WORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS. Funds for four schol- h \ b n given to the College by the Trustees of the Allan II nd ' t P. Dickson Memorial Trust. These half-tuition scholh1p \ ill b granted to students of high scholastic achievement ptitud who have al o demonstrated leadership in student 1r during their high school years. H LI OYD EV ANS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP was cred in m mory of John Lloyd Evans, a life-long lover of music, du tor of the Dr. Mason Glee Society, conductor of The Shelh ral ociety and the Will·es-Barre Mixed Choral Society. ho) r hip of $300 will be awarded to a senior in music or i du ation who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his n fi Id of study. ROBERT MARC SCHUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP wa tablished by Mr. and Mrs. Marvin Schub in memory of their This scholarship is to be awarded to a local student prefcrab studying in the area of the humanities or sciences who othern could not attend college. The scholarship will be awarded annu I to a worthy student of high potential. R ~I RI..Ai D W._ HOISINGTON gives an annual scholarship 1 t tudents of high scholastic ability. n . WOOD SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition scholarship is rd d annually to a student of high scholastic ability and fin i 1n d. JESSIE STURDEVANT MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP a,,~rd to a student of unusual promise and ability has been made availab from the interest of a fund established by the late Miss Sturde\8 RI II RD If. ROYER SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a nt who has demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies nd in tudent activities. MRS. LEWIS H. TAYLOR left a bequest to the College to be in assisting students of outstanding scholastic ability who othern could not gain a college education. DREW J. SORDONI FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. This h I r hip will be used to assist students of unusual promise and r , d bility. ESTHER WECKESSER WALKER SCHOLARSHIP. This is a endowed scholarship created by Mrs. Walker to assist studen outstanding promise and achievement during their junior and senior years. L l 1 E 1. THOMAS MEMORIAL AWARD is presented anu II' t a junior or senior girl who is majoring in education and ntcr the teaching profession. �FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE - Page 25 Page 24 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE College and Community Organizations WILLITS COLEMAN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP has b established in memory of Willits Coleman, a member of the Wilk Barre Rotary Club, a service organization long active in effort raise educational standards in the schools. The scholarship ,, ill awarded to a senior-who has demonstrated ability in the clas roo and in student activities. ALPHA RHO CHAPTER OF DELTA KAPPA GAMMA annuall awards a partial scholarship to a deserving woman student inn of financial assistance. Ell DAD RKA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded anII b) th• Wilkes College Lettermen's Club. The money for holnr hip is earned and donated by the Wilkes College Letm n lub. The scholarship itself is named in honor of one of m t b lO\cd athletes of Wilkes, Neil Dadurka, who was killed h1l fl ing for the United States Marine Corps. I hi hulf-tuition scholarship is given to an incoming freshman l i in need of financial aid and who is an outstanding athlete. holar hip is given to enable an athlete to participate in the rt f r \\ hich the scholarship is awarded. THET 1 THE WYOMING VALLEY CHAPTER OF THE AMERICA BUSINESS WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION offers to an outstandi woman student of the College a scholarship each year. The educ tion committee of the club in cooperation with the administrati chooses a young woman who shows promise of making an ou standing contribution in business or professional life follo,,in graduation. THE GILBERT D. DAVIS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP awarded by the Class of 1961 to a Wilkes student who demonstrat outstanding leadership abilities and who meets qualifications academic competence and need. DBLTA RHO, the all-college women's service organizaff r a scholarship yearly to a woman student achieving a h1 h cor in a competitive examination conducted by the College. \ f T SIDE EVENING WOMAN'S CLUB SCHOLARSHIP h II b uwarded annually to a Wyoming Valley girl who matric1 t at Wilkes College with the intention of working toward a COLLEGE FACULTY WOMEN'S CLUB SCHOLARgiven in memory of Mrs. Eleanor Coates Farley and rded annually to a female student in need of financial support. Commercial and Industrial Concerns GREATER WILKES-BARRE JUNIOR CHAMBER OF CO MERCE awards a partial scholarship to a deserving student \\h without financial assistance could not attend college. LETTERWOMEN'S CLUB annually awards a partial scholar h to a woman athlete selected by the organization. THE NEIL C. DADURKA - DONALD F. STRAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is awarded annually to a Wilkes student of ab ity and need, who makes a significant contribution to the life of th College. This scholarship is made possible by the generosity oft Class of 1957. OLD FOUNDATION - Arnold Biscontini, President, proide cholarship assistance to students who demonstrate need and d mic achievement. FR 1K E. BALDWIN, INC. SCHOLARSHIP. A half-tuition ho! r hiµ is awarded annually to a student maintaining high d mic standing and in need of financial assistance. 8 I.E TER OITICAL COMPANY, INC. annually makes scholarhip funds available to assist students of proven academic ability inn d of financial assistance in order to complete their educatio.n . �Page 26 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE-Page 27 CONSOLIDATED CIGAR CORPORATION. This scholar hip awarded annually in memory of Mrs. Eleanor C. Farley to tud demonstrating scholarship excellence and financial need. THE GIBBONS SCHOLARSHIP is awarded each year to a r und cl. This scholar hip is presented to a freshman who t pr pare for a business career. The award is granted anII t a y ung man whose potential is attested by the college rd r and the secondary school record. It is renewable at the f h of tlw first three years. p serving male student as selected by the Scholarship Commit! NELSON OF KINGSTON, INC. awards a one-half tuition ch F.mployee ·s Family Scholarships , arship to a student of high scholastic standing. ADRIAN AND RICHARD PEARSALL OF CRAFT A SOC ATES, INC. hDve created a half-tuition scholarship which ,,ill awarded to a high school graduate who has demonstrated led ship in his scholastic and extra-curricular activities and who,\\ out scholarship aid, would be unable to attend college. ll· llE FM SCHOLARSHIP is granted each year to the r d u ht r of an employee of the Company whose record in h h I and on the admissions tests has been outstanding. A 11 nt of the scholar hip will be selected on a competitive basis h h larship Committee of Wilkes College. The scholarship II b r t in d b the student for the four years in College, prod hi hi cmcnt and influence at the College arc deemed outdm b • the faculty. 1 LAVENTHAL, KREKSTEIN, SCHOLARSHIP. This award is presented annually to a n accounting major by the firm of Laventhal, Krekstein, llonvath Horwath in recognition of high academic endeavor. PENNSYLVANIA MILLER'S MUTUAL INSURANCE CO PANY awards a one-half tuition scholarship to a student \\ho demonstrated outstanding ability in his studies and in tud activities. PENNSYLVANIA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY am four $300 scholarships annually to residents of PP&L's 29-coun service area. These awards are made to students with outstand academic promise and financial need. Applications for these r may be made through the high school principal or guidance co selor at the time of application for admission. The Scholar h Committee of the College selects the final recipients fro?Y: am all applications received. 1/E \ t."TROPOUTAN WIRE GOODS CORPORATION has h larships of $500, $300 or $200 at Wilkes College for the or daughters of its employees. To qualify for candidacy, a stuut graduate in the upper half of the high school class, must b ,c 550 011 the College Board Examinations, and must demr t financial need. The scholarship will be granted through II to the applicant making the best record in high school don th ~ollcge Board Examinations. To retain this scholarship, tud nt mu ·t makr a strong academic record, and must exert a n tru ti\e influence in the College. tm a,, A. RIFKIN AND COMPANY awards a one-half tuition scholar to a worthy young man or woman of outstanding scholastic abil" OLIVER J. R. TROUP MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP is prod by Atlas Chain & Precision Products Co. Inc., the firm which Special Endowments . CARPENTER MEMORIAL FUND was established in b W. . Carpenter, Jr., and his sons in memory of W. S. r nt r, who was born in Wilkes-Barre on April 5, 1853, and d in thi community during his entire active business life. The f nd \ a in!n to strengthen the work of the science division by b idizing n•search projects, assisting the College in attaining able h r providing scholarships for outstanding students, providing �Page 28 - FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE lectures by speakers of national prominence, purchasing cxc pt' tools, apparatus, or other equipment for use in the science dcp ment. THE ALLAN HAMILTON DICKSON CHAIR OF !WGL/ LITERATURE has been created by his daughter, Dorothy Di Darte, to encourage enlightened teaching, extended scholar and creative writing in the field of literature. GILBERT S. McCLINTOCK, first Chairman of the Board of Tr tees and of the Junior College Committee of Bucknell ni\ r left his entire estate to the College with the understanding that income shall be used to improve faculty salaries. h Facilities the College nil lings and Plant �h acilities of the College nildin · and Plant 1 ollcg i constantly seeking to implement and improve its f r in !ruction. A growing campus provides added class- m d rn laboratories, and an up-to-date scientific research r n ,, dormitory and dining quarters were completed in II f I 6. The Center for the Performing Arts was dedicated f II of 1965. The Board of Trustees has approved plans for n II u tion of a music building adjacent to the theater. n " library. completed in the summer of I 968, has been d b th Trustees in honor of the president of Wilkes College. 1947 Kirhy I Tall, the former residence of Mr. and Mrs. r n Kirby, has been used as the College library. The fir t named the Kirby Home for Education, was presented oll g in ) ()41 as a gift of Allan Kirby, son of Wilkes-Barre's n r u benefactors. It is presently being used by the Modern n I anguage Department and contains the language laboraift f the 1 raduating class of 1962. r Education is the process of connecting and ing, of testing and retesting, of discme Experience at ·w akes rediscovery. The faculty can teach the student facts, b contribution to a free society depends u continual expansion of his knowled~e and its relevance to human experience. The student can strive for technical and sional competence, but the inner resources mind and spirit must nourish and cnr1 achievement. n , Eugcnc S. Farley Library occupies the corner of West ncl outh I rcinlJin Streets. The four floors contain spacious r om , tuclcnt study carrels, faculty research offices; audioquipnic1nt; special collection rooms. One room is devoted to rt tn, un's and craftsmanship furnished by the Women's mitt f r the Polish Room at Wilkes College, a room for books I r from the estate of Attorney Gilbert McClintock, a room t ri al cl umcnts pre ented by Admiral Harold Stark, and a cl di at d in memory of Eleanor C. Farley, First Lady of II r,. I h hbrar, ontains more than 85,000 volumes and 840 current d1 ti , ml journals, with space provided for a total of 300,000 rnd tud · area for 600 students. Shelved on open stacks, r ~ ii , accessible and may be borrowed for periods of two n hooks for particular courses circulate for the time �Page 32 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT period specified by the instructor. Students may borro\, book the ten near by libraries (public and college) through the library loan system. An introduction to the uses of the library is given to c,cr) fr man during the freshman orientation week. The library is open Monday through Thursday from am 10 p.m.; on Friday from 8 a.m. to 9 p.m.; on Saturday from Q to 4 p.m.; on Sunday from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. During vacation pr the hours are 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.; during examination period f 8 a.m. to 10 p.m. on weekdays, from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. on Sa turd and from 1 p.m. to 4 p.m. on Sundays. ST ARK HALL OF SCIENCE The departments of biology, chemistry, and physics are ho in Stark Hall of Science, named in honor of Admiral Harold Stark, former Chief of Na val Operations and currently IIon Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the College. This buil was completed in 1958 and enlarged in 1963, so that it no\\ vides approximately 85,000 square feet of modern classroom I oratory, and office space. Complete facilities are included for un graduate instruction and student research in all departments, for graduate study in biology, chemistry, and in physics. In addition to the usual instructional facilities, Stark Hall ho the Science Research Center, where faculty, graduate students selected undergraduate students conduct various research progra many with industrial or governmental financial support. Research in the sciences has included such varied work a search in allergy, immunochemistry, developmental plant m phology, protozoology, limnology, theoretical acoustics, atmosph physics, e~perimental solid state physics, thermochemistry, surfa chemistry, fuel cell research, and organic synthesis. Outside sponsors of recent research programs included the. tional Science Foundation, the Pennsylvania Heart Association National Institutes of Health, the United States Air Force Petroleum Research Fund of the American Chemical Society, Research Corporation, and numerous private industries and ind iduals. BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 33 I M AND OUTDOOR ATHLETIC PLANT mpl t d in September of 1950, the Gymnasium is well J d for intramural and intercollegiate athletic events. It has tm apacity of 2400. Recently, the College added modern r m facilities off campus adjacent to Kirby Park. Here r I ated the playing fields for football, soccer, baseball, and \\ 11 as asphalt tennis courts and an archery range. All n r irn itcd by the Jewish Community Center, on South r trc t, and the YM-YWCA, on South Franklin Street, to use r , imming pools and bowling alleys. tl tioncry, and supplies may be purchased at the College rC', I larding House, on South Franklin Street. The book1 p rated on a cash basis. The cost of books and supplies r) ,dth the course of study, but will average approximately 0 p r emestcr. t olJege also maintains a United States Post Office subn in l larding House. oil gc maintains a testing center to assist the Deans in oun ling of students. The College Testing Service is availat no charge to all Wilkes students and, for a fee, to members th ommunity. The testing center also provides assistance to t t Bureau of Rehabilitation and other agencies. The Guidnter, on South River Street, was the law offices of the late rt . McClintock, the first Chairman of the Board of Trustees. 1 h Placement Office assists seniors in finding permanent emm nt in n position suitable to their talents and training. It also ncl uch assistance to any graduate of the College. The Placet fficc also assists students in securing part-time employment r n the, school year and during the summer. mplct · information about job opportunities and graduate I i a\ ailablc. Each year the Office is visited by over one- �Page 34 - BUILDINGS AND PLANT BUILDINGS AND PLANT - Page 35 hundred representatives of industries and on~ hun~red school terns from all parts of the United States to mterv1ew student business and teaching positions. Comfortable quarters are provided for representatives fro_m ind_us try, from school systems, and from graduate schools to mteme and discuss with students opportunities available to them. All students seeking employment are invited to register with th Placement Office. h band choruses, and woodwind ensemble present concerts nd on tour. To encourage musicianship the department has n ho t to the Pennsylvania Intercollegiate Choral Festival. t n lly ·nown music educators, clinicians, and performers have i ip t d in workshop and -classroom activities. During the nt r nd pring semesters Town and Gown concert series pret tud nt and music faculty in instrumental and vocal pror m b for audiences from both the College and the community. Full credentials are on file so that prospective employers may given adequate information regarding the student. Credentials and recommendations from faculty member ar submitted to the Placement Office upon the request of either th student or the Placement Offiice. The Placement Office is located in the Guidance Center, South River Street, next to McClintock Hall. THE COMMONS T h e Commons ' facing South Street, provides cafeteria. service f commuting students and includes a lounge and recreat10n area. SNACK BAR Cafeteria service is also provided at the College's newly furni h Snack Bar, behind McClintock Hall. An attractive patio provides a pleasant meeting place in warm weather. CONYNGHAM ANNEX (ART) Classes in art education meet in Conyngham Annex, behin Conyngham Hall. Here also the art club holds ~ts ~n~u~l Art Farr Work of the students is shown, and the public 1s mv1ted to th displays and exhibits. Opportunities ~re offered to_ ~he students enter their paintings in local and regional compet1t10n. BUTLER AND ASHLEY HALLS (MUSIC) Faculty offices, practice and rehearsal rooms are located in Butl and Ashley Halls on South River Street. TER FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS fully quipped, 500-seat theater is a gift of friends of the . The ite, with a view of the Susquehanna River and Kirby de dcd to the College by the Wyoming Valley Society of II ntil 1 5 theatrical activity was in Chase Theater, formerly rriag house behind Chase Hall, presented to the College in 7 b dmiral and Mrs. Harold R. Stark, as a memorial to Fred and his wife, the sister of Admiral Stark. u nd Curtain, the student drama group, has given one-act by ' eill, Sartre, Albee, Anouilh, Tennessee Williams, and h r. On -act plays are student directed. Over the years the II ha presented Elizabethan plays of Shakespeare, Webster, r iddleton, as well as plays of Moliere, Shaw, Ibsen, Piran\ ilder, Osborne, Noel Coward, Philip Barry. Th College, in cooperation with the Wilkes-Barre Kiwanis Club, pr nted the following musical comedies: Bloomer Girl, Paint r Wagon, Annie Get Your Gun, The Music Man, The Sound u ic and Camelot. 1 I OFFICE Th Alumni Office keeps records of all graduates and alumni of II g . It edits the Alumnus and acts as liaison for the College th lumni and interprets to the alumni chapters the changes and of the institution. Pro pective students interested in finding out more about the II may write for information to the Alumni Office. They are I welcome at Alumni Chapter meetings. �Page 36-BUILDINGS AND PLANT Current active Chapters are located in Pennsylvania in Wilk Barre, Allentown, Bethlehem, Easton, Harrisburg, Scranton, Ph adelphia; in New York in Binghamton, New York City, ui Island; in New Jersey in Newark, Somerville, Morristown, Trent Wilmington, Delaware; Baltimore, Maryland; Washington, D.C. tudent Life OFFICES OF ADMINISTRATION Chase Hall, 184 South River Street, the first building on t campus, was donated in 1937 by Admiral and Mrs. Harold R. Star On the first floor are the Director of Admissions and the Dire t r Financial Aid. The Education Department occupies the second third floors. Weckesser Hall, on South Franklin Street, is the gift of ~1r. Mrs. Frederick J. Weckesser. The President and the Dean of demic Affairs have their offices in Weckesser Hall. The Dean of Men, the Dean of Women, the Director of Athl ics, the Registrar, the Director of Student Activities, the Alu Office, the Public Relations Office, and the office of College IJe. velopment are also in Weckesser Hall. un eling tudent Activities o ial Activities CLASSROOMS AND INSTRUCTION Parrish Hall, formerly the Glen Alden Building of the Leh and Wilkes-Barre Coal Company, was acquired in 1958. Pre en the Finance Office occupies the first floor. The Institute of Regional Affairs occupies the fifth floor. Cl and faculty offices in Commerce and Finance, Political Scie Psychology, and Sociology are in Parrish Hall. Conyngham Hall, located on South River Street, was one o' earliest properties acquired by the College. The Conyngham h was a gift in 1937 of Mrs. Bertha Robinson Conyngham, in merr. of her husband, John N. Conyngham. Bedford Hall, a gift of Mr. and Mrs. Paul Bedford, of the English Department. i:; the h DORMITORIES Over twenty-five dormitories are named after prominent I families and for patriots of the American Revolutionar) \\ whose history forms part of the rich heritage of the Wyor:, Valley region. tbletics tudent Regulations �un eling 1 h guiding principle of all Wilkes counseling is to encourage tud nt to discover his own abilities and potentialities and to t him in making sound, independent decisions; most of all he u t I rn to assume responsibility for all he does. RE fl 1AN ORIENTATION PROGRAM Th tran ition from the directed work of the high school to independent and more intensive work of the College occasiondifficulty. Several days at the beginning of the term are t aside to assist freshmen in planning their academic rm. During the first week, new students take aptitude, interest, forn I nguagc, and English-placement tests. The week also gives n w tudcnts an opportunity to become acquainted with one th r nd to learn about the College, the curriculum, and the d nt activities. In college the teacher works with the dent, challenging him to extend the limi Studying at Wilkes his mind. He encourages him to think ageously and truthfully and to create v.ith his resources so that he may act with indepe en t judgment. Throu hout their first term small groups of freshmen meet for hour a week to discuss informally their personal, academic, nd ,o ational objectives. Representatives of the faculty discuss 1th th m: 1 , ethods of intelligent self-directed study. .. tandards of value in personal conduct and in relationships r. 1 h oth In a college community freedom of inq 3 alucs of the College extracurricular program. is essential. . The value of college experiences in developing a philosophy In the world community the right of individual to differ safeguards the freedom all men. As student and teacher engage in the expe ence of creative thinking, the heritage of le ing becomes the responsibility of everyone f life. B placing responsibility upon the student for planning and nducting these discussions, the College encourages clear thinkn initiative, poise, and breadth of view. DENT ADVISEMENT tudents sometimes need guidance in resolving personal, social, d cademic difficulties. Since a student's physical and mental �Page 40 - COUNSELING heal th affect his studies and his grades, he is encouraged throu out his college career to consult with his classroom instructor, faculty adviser, the Deans, or the Department Chairmen cone r ing his scholastic progress. COLLEGE CONSULTATION SERVICE The College Consultation Service offers individual assistance students with difficulties of a personal or environmental natur Students may apply directly to the Consultation Service for pointments or may arrange for consultation through the D a Office. Interviews with the specially trained staff are conducted an entirely confidential basis. t d nt Activities tud nt activities of the College broaden a student's interun in the classroom. The faculty encourages a program of urri ul r activities that contribute to the educational developt f th tudcnt who chooses to participate. d nt tivities arc designed to appeal to a wide variety of nd tal nts; as such they enjoy the support of the College unity. 1 h student activities include Athletics, Dramatics, the B nd, Debating, Choral Club, Collegians Male Chorus, horus, Madrigal Singers, the College newspaper, the nd the literary magazine. r four class organizations. In addition, special departlub timulatc and satisfy individual interest in academic, ion I and artistic fields. These clubs are developed for stum coop ration with the faculty. All women students may m mbers of Theta Delta Rho, headed by its own executive , hich plans and arranges social activities. oil g requires that all campus organizations be open to ud nt · onscqucntly, groups that are exclusive do not ~xist. 1d nt roups work in cooperation with faculty advisers and D n. rests in a Council composed of nu lly lectcd members representing the classes and other sturoup . 1 he Council serves as a coordinating agency; it apn t funds from the Student Activities budget to all student up · it upcrvises the College social calendar; it arranges the r m for Homecoming; it establishes social regulations and du t· and it serves in an advisory capacity to the Director of d nt Activities and the Administrative Council. I TER-DORMITORY COUNCIL 111 Inter-Dormitory Council, made up of elected representatives m th men's and women's residence halls, plans and coordinates ocial functions and develops and administers dormitory �Page 42 - STUDENT ACTIVITIES o ial Activities ASSEMBLY COMMITTEE The Assembly Committee, to which freshmen are elected e fall to replace members who have been graduated, assists th ministration and student organizations in arranging program h at the gymnasium and awards a trophy to the group that pre the best program of the academic year. A number of special programs, including plays, recital, lectures are offered free of charge at the Center for the Perform Arts. h College believes in helping students to help themselves. roup re encouraged to initiate programs that will serve their nt r t nd benefit others. It has been found that students gain t from those activities, social and cultural, which release the t t lent of the individual. Each student is required to attend designated assemblies dur each of his four years. cial projects include the following: TDR's Golden Agers hri tma party, at which residents of Convalescent Homes are t rt in d· Student Government's party for children of St. Stan1I u rphanage; Wilkes J.C.'s party for YMCA children; Student or· Day, in support of an orphan in a foreign land. PUBLICATIONS l mt d I◄ und, to collect toys for the Salvation Army, and to donate In addition there are various social affairs to raise money for the The students publish the Beacon, a weekly newspaper; the ar. uscript, a literary magazine, issued in the Spring; and the Amnico the College annual. There are opportunities for students on th editorial, art, and business staffs. Graduated amounts, in the form of tuition stipends, are availa to students in the upper classes who hold editorial and manager positions on the Beacon and the Amnicola. Students eligible f these grants should make written application to the faculty dir of the publication before April I. for tudents in foreign countries. tudent Seminar Committee, patterned after the Faculty min r, encourages discussion of topics of interest to the student nder sponsorship of Student Government, the seminars tr t tudents as well as faculty. full and varied program of social and recreational activities uppl m nt the extracurricular program. At all these functions mb r of the faculty and their wives are invited guests and h p rones. CO E-AND-MEET-US-PARTY tud nt Government makes plans for student leaders to welcome h fr hmcn one week before the semester starts. An informal rt and dance for the entire student body culminate the week's ntroduction to college life. P RE TTS' DAY fter they have adjusted themselves to the academic life of the Coll , students invite their families to a weekend of social, cultural and athletic events. Preparations for the annual Parents' �Page 44 - SOCIAL ACTIVITIES Day program are entirely the responsibility of a Student Plannin Committee. The agenda includes intercollegiate soccer and footba games, luncheon with the faculty, a play, and a film. HOMECOMING To welcome returning alumni, students construct displays o campus and decorate dormitory and classroom buildings. For th outstanding displays an alumni committee presents awards durin halftime ceremonies at the football game. A Homecoming Quee and her escorts are feted at a dinner dance. SOCIAL ACTIVITIES - Page 45 ILKE OPEN WRESTLING TOURNAMENT B t\\ n Christmas and New Year's the College sponsors the ii Op n Wrestling Championships. Known as the "Rose B I of Wre tling," this annual tournament attracts athletes from r i ty colleges, athletic clubs, and YMCA's throughout the nit d tates. Wilkes wrestlers join them in competing for in-· d idu I and team awards. Tourneys and clinics are held over a r -d y period in the Wilkes gymnasium. The Tournament, the tin the country, has the record for the most number of entries. I TER CARN IV AL FORMAL DANCES Student organizations and clubs sponsor four formal affairs, ope to the entire st"udent body. The Homecoming Dance, for alumn and undergraduates; the Lettermen's Christmas Formal; The Delta Rho's Valentine Formal; and during Spring Weekend the Cinderella Ball have become traditions on campus. tud nt Government sponsors a Winter Carnival, held at one of th n arby resorts in the Poconos. A day of skiing, tobagganing, nd ic PRI G WEEKEND tud nt Government also plans Spring Weekend. Clubs and r nizations set up gala outdoor booths, and the campus takes 1 rdi Gras atmosphere. At the Ball at midnight on Saturday enior, chosen by the student body by secret ballot, is crowned nd r Ila Queen. TDR AND LETTERMEN TEAS Throughout the year TDR and the Lettermen sponsor afternoo teas and student receptions. The women of Theta Delta Rho en tertain those high school seniors who plan to enter the College th following year. IDC CHRISTMAS PARTY The Inter-Dormitory Council sponsors an annual Christm party preceding the winter vacation. The student body, faculty and administration are invited to a buffet and dance. THE MA USCRIPT FILMS During each semester the Manuscript Society brings to the campu di tinguished motion pictures, produced by American and f r i n film companies. CLUB ACTIVITIES In addition to the regular social calendar, campus organizations I n their own special activities. HAMPTON EXCHANGE PROGRAM JDC also sponsors a social exchange program between studen from Wilkes and Hampton Institute, Hampton Roads, Virgini Several Wilkes students and an equal number of Hampton studen visit the others' campus. Faculty members and Deans accompan both groups. kating climaxes the close of the examination period. THE PRESIDENT'S PICNIC 1 On the Saturday before Commencement the graduating class invited by the President to a picnic and outing in the country. �Athletics tud nt Regulations Athletics are an integral part of the activity program and as such are subject to policies set by the faculty and administration and approved by the Board of Trustees. The College maintains intercollegiate schedules in eight var it sports: football, baseball, basketball, soccer, golf, tennis, swimmin and wrestling. Men who take part in intercollegiate sports sati f the requirements for physical education for the duration of tha sport. A program of intramural sports and physical education str physical standards and cooperative team spirit and recreation. Every man has a chance to participate in basketball, touch football volleyball, softball, and bowling. The athletic program for wome includes dancing, folk and modern, bowling, basketball, softbal r o nizcd that courtesy and consideration are the basis d r lation between individuals. Informal and friendly b tw Pn students and faculty are a tradition on campus. lthou h th c relations are flexible, certain precedents have n t bli hed in the best interests of the individual and the II . A few arc mentioned here: h po cs ion and use of liquor on campus are forbidden d non will be served at college affairs. ' moking is not permitted in classrooms or hallways, or in the r . F cilitics arc available in various buildings for students wi h to smoke during their free periods. and swimming. ATHLETIC POLICY Intercollegiate athletics are introduced for the benefit of the student body and in consequence athletes receive the same con sideration in admissions and in the awarding of scholarships tha is given to other students. Wilkes enters into intercollegiate com petition with other colleges of the Middle Atlantic Conference ad hering to similar policies of admission and maintaining comparabl ur im }though participation in at least one student activity is d, each student is responsible for planning and utilizing ffcctivcly. Th faculty cooperates with students who miss classes bet • of illness, or as _representatives of the College, or for special r h 1ou ob crvances; m cases of excessive absence the student shall r nt his instructors with a note from the Deans. In all instances tud nt is expected to make up the work that is missed. scholastic standards. The College is a member of the Middle Atlantic Collegial Athletic Conference, the National Collegiate Athletic Association and the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference. UDE T RESPONSIBILITY Th tudcnts in a great measure determine the influences of the II . The faculty counts upon their cooperation in establishing hi h t possible standards of intellect and morals. The College r qu t students to withdraw when their influence and beior are deemed detrimental to the best interests of the student and thr College. �h Academic Program urricula ademic Requirements raduation Requirements �urricula raduate Programs CHEM/ TRY, PHYSICS, AND BIOLOGY To fulfill its objective of service to the community and the n ti n \ ilkes in 1961 introduced two new curricula leading to the d r of Master of Science in Chemistry and in Physics. These rricula nre designed to make practicable either full-time graduate tudy toward the degrees or part-time study by engineers and 1 nti t with appropriate undergraduate training employed in the ii -Barre area. A program leading to a Master of Science der in Biology was introduced in September, 1967. h Full d tails of these programs are published in the bulletin of raduate Division. PERATIVE GRADUATE PROGRAMS ilk i cooperating with both Lehigh and Temple Universities m ke graduate program!. available to regional teachers and I h 1 mple University program leads to the degree of Master f i n e in General Education and is accepted by the CommonIth f r permanent certification of classroom teachers. Candi- Education leads men to seek answers to problems of significance and to inquire into ideas and Learning at Wilkes beliefs of eternal relevance. There is no better I m y rL·gister at the College. Under this cooperative program, I r dit nre granted by Temple University. expression of man's purpose than his sense of belonging to a universe ruled by truth. \ ilk nnd Lehigh University are cooperating in offering gradour cs in education leading to a Master's Degree in Educan, and graduate courses in Business Administration leading to a 1 1 r' Degree in Business Administration, both from Lehigh I Creative thinkers set the standards and the high aims of education. One may not reach these standards in his lifetime; that they are recognized and sought after is the measure of one's intellectual interests. The faculty encourages the student to cultivate learning that he may grow in wisdom. In this way the mind in its journeyings finds constant surprise and delight at rediscovering itself. l 1, r ity. D toil of these graduate Frograms may he obtained hy writing th Di, ctor of Graduate Studies. nd rgraduate Programs \ ilk is an independent, liberal arts college that offers the r e of Bachelor of Arts in the humanities, the social sciences, d the natural sciences. �CURRICULA - Page 53 Page 52 - CURRICULA All course work in education required for careers in teachi is available in combination with the degree programs mentioned The College also confers the degree of Bachelor of Scien<:e chemistry, physics, medical technology, commerce and financ:e and secondary education. A detailed description of these programs is provided in the tion of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs." PRE-PROFESSIONAL DEGREE PROGRAM Four years of undergraduate study are ordinarily required qualify for the Bachelor's degree. Wilkes College makes an ex ption to this requirement for medical and dental students. Th students may, with the approval of the graduation committ satisfy the requirements for the bachelor's degree by completi three years of undergraduate study at Wilkes and by requestin credit toward the degree for their first two years of work in grad , ill confer with the Director of the Evening Division rr n a course of study to meet their needs, abilities, and specI r quir mcnts. During the semester students will consult with i t nt Director of Evening Classes concerning their program. h n th tudcnt completes thirty hours, his record is reviewed th dmi sions Committee. At this time the Committee recomnd that a student continue to work for a degree, or be placed probation, or withdraw from the Evening Division. tud nts who do not desire a degree are admitted to all classes hi h th y arc qualified to take by reason of their maturity, preu ducation, and experience. High school training is desirable but not n ccssary, provided the student is qualified to follow special ur of instruction in which he wishes to register. Th cour cs offered in the Evening Division are designed for i I value to the following groups: I. Tho c employed in business or governmental organizations h de ire and need training to fit them for advancement. ua te school. Such students must petition the graduation committee for per mission to graduate, submit official transcripts from the profcs iona school, and pay the usual graduation fees. In all cases the fina approval for the granting of the degree rests with the Acad m Standing Committee of Wilkes College. 3 Teachers, nurses, and those in other professions who desire dditional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the rof ional requirements demanded of them . ENGINEERING . Bu incss executives who are interested in advanced problems nd di cussion courses offered in various business fields. Qualified students may enter the two-year engineering curri lum. Upon the successful completion of the engineering progra the student may transfer as a junior to an institution granti degrees in his field. A detailed description of these programs provided in the section of the bulletin titled "Degree Programs Evening Division The evening division offers educational opportunities to adu who cannot attend day classes. Students may register for cour in the Evening Division and earn credits toward an undergradu degree. Graduate courses are also offered during the evening hou en and women who wish to prepare themselves by study nd training for work in a new field. 5. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase th ir kill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and mprov ment. Day chool students will be allowed to take courses in the EvenDivision only after having received written permission from the De n or the Registrar. ummer School The faculty offers selected courses during summer sessions of six nd eight weeks. The summer sessions begin in the third week of Jun . �ad 1nic Requirements Page 54 - CURRICULA A student from another college who wishes to take summer ~or at Wilkes must secure the approval of the proper officer of his o, institution if he expects to receive credit for such work. A student from Wilkes College who wishes to take summer \\Or at another institution must secure 1he approval of the Acaderru Standing Committee. Application in writing shall be made throu the office of the Deans. Inquiries concerning summer graduate courses should be direc to the Chairman of Graduate Studies. R DES 1 h primary purpose of any marking system is to inform the tud •nt of his achievement. Marks also aid in evaluating students f r purpo of recommendation. Grade reports are sent to students nd par nt.s at the end of each term. Mid-term reports are sent if h ,ork i unsatisfactory. 11,c numerical grades are given for academic work. Grad Interpretation Academic achievement of outstanding quality. Academic achievement of high quality. Academic achievement of acceptable quality in meeting requirements for graduation. Academic achievement of quality below the average required for graduation. 0 Academic achievement below the minimum required for course credit. Inc. means that a student receives an incomplete grade. Incompl t will be granted to students who because of illness or reasons b ond their control have been unable to satisfy specific course i nments. All unfinished work must be completed before the fourth week of the following term. If an incomplete is not removed \ ithin this period, the grade will be changed to a zero. CO RSE CREDITS E ch course at the College is assigned a specific number of er dits. For example, English 101 is a 3 credit course and English 151 i a 4 credit course. Usually, credits assigned to the course are determined by the number of hours that the class meets per week. �Page 56 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 57 ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS If th POINT AVERAGES The student is given a number grade for every course in which he is enrolled. To calculate the number of points earned in a course multiply the grade in each course by the number of credit hou for the course. To compute the point average, total these points for all courses and divide by the total number of credit hours. Below is an example illustrating the method used to compute point averages. Credit Hrs. Carried Course Bio. 101 ...... . Eng. 101 .................................. . Fr. 101 ..................................... . Hist. 101 .................................. . Mus. 101 . . 30--;-15 3 3 Points 4 0 12 0 6 3 9 2 1 3 3 0 3 3 3 12 ....................... 30 = r tudent placed on probation must attain the required grade c in the next semester or be subject to dismissal from the II nl special permission is granted by the Academic Standing Committee, a student dropped for academic failure will not be con idered for readmission until one year after being dropped. pon readmission the student will still be on probation and hall be given one semester in which to prove his ability to continu in college. Averages are cumulative; the work of each semester will be added to the total. To graduate a student must have at the end of his senior year a 1.85 average in all his courses and a 2.0 average i his major field. CLASS STANDING Grades and averages at the end of each semester of the four a demic years indicate a student's progress. The faculty expects tu dents to achieve the following minimum averages: General Major Average Auerag 1.4 1. 7 1.85 TTE DANCE ttendance at all classes is expected, and repeated absence is d med a sufficient cause for failure. 2.0 Notice that the student has accumulated 12 credits toward graduation. The zero grade in English means that the student mu t repeat that course. Freshman Year Sophomore Year Junior Year PROBATION AND DISMISSAL 15 Total credit hrs. carried Total credit hrs. passed Total points earned Average . 3 3 3 Grade Credit Hr Pa sed minimum averages are not attained during each semester th y ar indicated, the student's record is reviewed by the Acami tanding Committee to determine whether or not he should pl d on probation or dismissed from the College. 1.6 1.9 2.0 ftcr five consecutive absences from a class, a student may be r dmitted to the class only by action of the appropriate Dean and the D partment Chairman concerned. UDENT LOAD o tudents shall be allowed to carry an overload without approval of the adviser and the Dean. An overload will be permitted only for students with an average grade record of 3 or special need. Credits in excess of the normal load are charged at the usual rate per credit, unless it can be shown that a student is compelled o take an overload because of the rotation of courses within a d partment. WITHDRAWALS tudents may change their courses during the first week of a emester, provided they secure the approval of their faculty adviser �Page 58 - ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS - Page 59 and the Dean. A student who withdraws from a course after first week but who continues other courses will receive a zero less the Dean, faculty adviser, and instructor agree that th dent be permitted to drop the course without prejudice. No student who has been advised to withdraw from the Colle day school program for academic reasons will be permitted register in the Evening Division without the written consent of Dean and then will be allowed to register only as a non-matric ting student. Students who withdraw from the Evening Division or dr courses should give prompt written or verbal notice to the Dir of the Evening Division and to the instructors concerned, in ord that their records may not unjustly show failure in courses. CHANGE OF PROGRAM Students who wish to transfer from one department to ano shall obtain the approval of the Department Chairmen and Dean. The student shall satisfy the curriculum requirement of Bulletin in force at the time of transfer. TRANSFER OF SUMMER CREDITS Students desiring to study at another college during the summ must petition the Academic Standing Committee for approval. student must earn a, grade of 2 or higher in order for the 1· ork be credited toward graduation. In some cases it may be neces for a student to take examinations before credit is granted. DEAN'S LIST The faculty gives recognition for high quality work. Candida for the Dean's List, published at the end of each term, must obta a point average of 3.25 or higher for all courses taken. Studen taking less than the full credit load for their curriculum will not~ eligible for the Dean's List. HO ORS Th granting of Honors at Commencement is based upon the d mi r ord made by stud en ts carrying a normal load for their rriculum during their last two years at the College. Requirements f Honor arc as follows: for cum laude, a cumulative average of 5 magna cum laude, 3.60; summa cum laude, 3.80. �Graduation Requirements All candidates for degrees and certificates must be present a Commencement. If circumstances prevent their attendance, stu• dents must apply to the appropriate Dean for permission to tak the degree or certificate in absentia. t Commencement a number of awards are presented to outnding students in selected fields. The Deans also give two special w rd for highest academic achievement. t nior Awards The faculty has approved the following requirements which th student must s~tisfy in order to be eligible for graduation: I. He stated in program. residence must complete all subjects required for the degree a the Bulletin in force at the time of his admission to the Transfer students must complete the last 30 credits in at the College. 2. He must earn a grade of I or better in each required subject 3. He must obtain a cumulative average of 1.85 for all courses. THE DEAN'S SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS are granted to the man nd woman in the graduating class who have excelled in scholarhip throughout their four years at the College. THE AWARD IN THE HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCI£ CES is given each year by Miss Annette Evans to the man or \Oman in the graduating class who has demonstrated outstanding holar hip in one or both of these areas, and has manifested mtell ctual curiosity and creative imagination. THE PHYSICS AWARD is presented annually to the graduate of th department who has maintained throughout his or her college re r the highest average grade in physics courses. 4. He must obtain a cumulative average of 2.0 for all subjects within his major. THE BIOLOGY RESEARCH AWARD is presented annually to he graduate who has demonstrated exceptional ability in a research project. The faculty of the Biology Department selects the reipi nt of this award. 5. He must satisfy all requirements pertaining to the orientation and physical education programs. THE CHEMISTRY AWARD is presented by the Department of 6. He must demonstrate competence in written and spoken English. Engineering students will receive certificates upon comple!ion of 60 credits of required work plus P. E. 101, 102, 103, 104, lOJ, 106. provided they attain a cumulative average of 1.7 for all courses. No student shall graduate until all financial obligations to the College have been satisfied. Chemistry to the graduate who has maintained the highest scho1 tic average throughout the four years of the chemistry course. THE ENGINEERING AWARD is given by the faculty of the D partment of Engineering to the student whose achievement in th two-year engineering course is most outstanding. THE WALL STREET JOURNAL AWARD is granted to a graduate in commerce and finance for high scholarship in his field of concentration. THE PENNSYLVANIA INSTITUTE OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS AWARD is granted to a graduating senior who has received high grades in accounting and demonstrated qualities of leadership in other activities. �Page 62 - AWARDS THE W. F. DOBSON AWARD IN ACCOUNTING is given to the graduate who has made the most outstanding record in accounting during his four years at the College. THE L. J. VAN LAEYS AWARD IN JOURNALISM is given to the graduate who has done the most creditable work in the field of journalism. The College and the ommunity THE OUTSTANDING GRADUATE OF THE YEAR AWARD is given by the Wilkes College Alumni Association to the graduate considered by a special faculty committee to have made the strongest contribution to the life of the College. ffice of Community Services Undergraduate Awards THE MRS. JAMES McKANE AWARDS of $25 each are mad to the man and woman in the junior class who have ranked highest in their class throughout their first two years of college. THE LINDA MORRIS AWARD is given by Mr. and Mrs. Herbeit Morris in memory of their daughter, Linda, to that young woman who has maintained the highest academic record through the first three years at Wilkes College. THE JOHN WILKES, INC., ANNUAL FORENSIC AWARD i made annually to the Wilkes student who has demonstrated outstanding ability in the field of forensics during the previous year. THE WILKES FACULTY WOMEN'S AWARD is given to the sophomore woman who has ranked first in her class during her freshman year. THE APLHA RHO CHAPTER OF THE DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SOCIETY AWARD is offered annually to an outstanding young woman in the field of education. The Alpha Rho Committee on Professional Affairs, in cooperation with the Wilkes Colleg Administration, will select a Junior student from W yarning Valle} who shows a concern for and a commitment to the education of young people and who possess those qualities of enthusiastic leadership which will contribute to the advancement of the teaching profession. ilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra inc Arts Fiesta P rforming Arts Center �The College and the Community Th College was founded to serve the community and has red a large measure of its ever-growing support from outstandn I aders in the community. It has recognized for many years th t it growth was related to the economic and social redevelopnt of the community and, therefore, it has sought to participate n \ ry effort for community betterment. In consequence, a patI rn of cooperation has developed in which the College and the mmunity work with one another for their mutual benefit. l\ In titute of Regional Affairs Th Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college r anization which views regional problems as belonging to no Service at Wilkes It is his own deficiency, and no degree of fat that makes a man sink into the depths. To think there is no escape from preordained misery is make the misery perpetual. To seek new paths it: a constant renewal of strength - that has ahi.a been the secret of progress. When a man "° helplessly for the turning in the wheel of Fortun he has to be regarded as shorn of manhood. If we could free even one village from th shackles of helplessness and ignorance, an ide for the whole of India would be establish .. d. Le a few villages be rebuilt in this way, and I h say they are my India. That is the way to disco\ the true India. RABINDRANATH TAGORE Towards Universal Ma impl academic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenom non spilling into many disciplines. It is really the natural ntegration of prior activities in which members of the Wilkes " II g faculty have engaged for at least twenty years. The lnstiut of Regional Affairs was created to assure the coordination of th e varied efforts and better understand and resolve complex nd contemporary problems. It re ources include not only the College faculty in the social i nee - economics, psychology, government, sociology - but Io tho e experts in the region who can lend their talents to teachm , research, and consultation. Its four-fold purpose is: education nd training, community information, research, and consultation. I. Labor-Management Courses To establish a climate for industrial progress, the College has pioneered a management training program under which special I are organized for personnel in industry, commerce, and banking to meet the needs of business firms in this region. Such programs are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and oth r employees to meet the specific problems of a particular comp ny. �Page 66 - COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE AND COMMUNITY - Page 67 A program designed for members of labor unions is also tailor to the needs of a particular group. All classes are conduct d the campus where the intellectual climate stimulates free intell tual inquiry. ult of the support and the success of the College's Area nt r, an independent Economic Development Council tablished to serve Northeastern Pennsylvania. The upported a number of programs in their infancy and th m become independent, community activities. Union and management personnel sometimes meet together 1 an effort to develop that mutual understanding that is essential constructive action. 2. Banking Short courses have been co-sponsored with both the Institute Banking and the Savings and Loan Institute. The instruction program offered to the personnel of these two groups is int nd to assist them to meet changing needs and acquire a broad kno ~1 edge in their fields. 3. Municipal Government Program The fund amen ta.I general purpose in assisting local governm has been to help make American democracy stronger by guarant ing the semi-autonomous structure of American local governm so long as it can retain the capacity to solve its own problems. Th program of training, information and consultation service, pub lications, and research in this field have been aimed at improvin the world of local government officials, both elected and appointed In the fall of 1964, the Glen Alden Coal Company made availabl an area in Hanover Township known as Concrete City - a acre site - for training the police, firemen, and civil dcfcn workers. The fo!.Service training program for local governmen officials has been offered in full cooperation with the Public r vice Institute of the Department of Public Instruction, Common wealth of Pennsylvania. 4. Other Activities From time to. time, the Psychology Department, the Sociolog) Department, the Education Department, and the Guidance Cent r have initiated and participated in seminars, conferences, and workshops, in the fields of social welfare, mental health, and education. -Barre Philharmonic Orchestra I \\ ilk -Barre Philharmonic Orchestra, organized under the f th ollege in the fall of 1951, presents a series of four ph n ' m:erts annually. A number of the members are stuncl f culty from the department of music of the College. ))) , eral members of the Board of Trustees and the faculty t d in th formation of the Wyoming Valley Fine Arts Fiesta, rt of th ,ity's Sesquicentennial celebration. The College part \\ ith area-wide cultural groups in this five-day festival of and the arts presented on the public square each 1 11. rforming Arts Center nt r for the Performing Arts provides a varied program ultural and educational events for the Community as well as Coll ge. mp! t d in 1965, the gift of friends of the College, the Center f cilitie for theater, ballet, music, and films. Dramatic proti n tudent recitals, lectures, choral and band concerts, Town own programs, and other cultural programs are offered rou hout the year. Th nter is operated by the students under faculty direction d up rvision. �ndergraduate Programs Bachelor of Arts Degree Bachelor of Science Degree Deo-ree Requirements �nd rgraduate Programs Th program at Wilkes has been carefully designed so that students m m t the entrance requirements of graduate and professional schools. ud nts planning to go to graduate school should consult as early as ibl with their department chairman. In it de rec programs Wilkes College provides for a broad liberal u tion and for the concentration in special areas for which students r gualifi d and have interest. In the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of i n d gree programs the faculty encourages the student to achieve n ll tual, social, and spiritual development. Ba h Jor of Arts Degree Leadership at Wilkes Those of us who are concerned with theed tion of young people and with the vitality of society can never accept uncertainty and conf as the inevitable condition of society. We th fore are confronted with two choices. We grasp and support a rigid ideology that offer fi answers by ignoring uncongenial facts and tru or we can make every effort to comprehend significance of new facts, new truths, and conditions. Pro rams leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree are primarily cond with the cultivation of an understanding of our civilization and h men who have created it and lived in it. Studies center around n nd events, thoughts and institutions, art and science. Programs r d i n d to create breadth and perspective as opposed to more specialrn d kills. lib ral arts program must acquaint the student with the nature and t nt of knowledge in all the principal fields. The student will carry hi e ·plorations in the humanities, social sciences, and sciences. AREAS We must endeavor to extend the vision of stud en ts, enlarge their understanding, and pr pare them to participate in strengthening developing our social institutions. DR. EUGENE S. FARLET President, Wilkes Col Humanities English inc Arts For ign Languages Mathematics u ic Philosophy - Religion Social Sciences Commerce and Finance Economics Education History Political Science Psychology Sociology Sciences Biology Chemistry Physics �Page 72 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE This is a time of specialization and of disintegration: consequence of the other. The rapid development of knowledge makes universal knowledge possible. There is so much to know that no one can master all knowledge available in even a single area. Because there is so m to know, specialization of study in the professions and in all \\Or essential. Over-specialization narrows the man and splinters society into gro that cannot understand one another. In some instances, speciali ts come so involved in their narrow fields that they fail to recognize t are all indebted to the same society. Because specialization is inevitable, and because specialization become a divisive force, Wilkes College wishes to inject into its progr courses that will broaden the horizons of its students and cultivate understanding of the "wholeness" of modern society. To accomplish this end the College requires students to famili r themselves with the thinking, the processes, and the institution u which modern society is founded. Through this program it is ho that each student will gain breadth of vision, depth of understand' and an ability to communicate with others so that ideas may be changed and understanding attained. Only men and women who co bine depth of understanding with breadth of vision can become a um ing force in modern society. To provide a feasible and productive combination of courses the lege's program of general education requires the student to acq familiarity with the humanities, the social sciences, and the scien Page 73 following courses are required of all candidates for the Bachelor rt d r . They will usually be taken in the semesters indicated. urriculnm that requires a student to begin with courses at a d\ need level, the advanced course will be accepted as fulfilling n r I requirements in that subject. Credit To be Taken Hours in Semesters 6 1-2 8 3-4 I I, I02- World Civilization 6 1-2 I I -Introduction; Phil. 102 - Logic 6 3-4-5-6 3 I or 2 1- periencing Art; or Mus. IOI - Introduction I; or rt IOI -Approach to Theater 1 I n '101-102-Elementary, For. Lang. 2 103 -Int rmediate Electives - Fundamentals; or 2- Physical Science; or - Biological Science; or I - Earth Science, Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science ci nee Electives I, 102-Principles; or IOI, 102 - Political Science; or IOI, 102- General Psychology; or IOI, 102- Sociology and Anthropology 6-12 1-2-3-4 12 1-2-3-4 12 3-4-5-6 Ed. IOI, 102, 103, 104- Physical Education 0 1-2-3-4 Ed. I05, I06 - Hygiene 2 1-2 67 in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits h) ar not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an all urricula requiring foreign language the level of the course will depend upon hi vement of the student. Except for foreign language majors, the language u rement is through the 104 course, or an equivalent course prescribed by the ent' adviser. n planning to major in Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Engineering, and hould take courses in high school that prepare them to start the College h matics program with the course in Analysis I, Math. 122. Experience has n that many students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. cour es are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universities d may be taken m the summer prior to the freshman year. �Page 74 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - SELECTION OF A MAJOR a h lor of cience Degree To provide depth of knowledge, some concentration is required. I desirable that a major be elected as early as possible, especially 1 areas of biology, mathematics, and music. It is essential that the field of concentration be elected before the beginning of the junior} Majors in the Bachelor of Arts degree program may be select df the following subject areas: Biology Fine Arts Philosophy - Rel Chemistry Foreign Language Physics Economics History Political Science Education (Elementary Mathematics and Secondary) 1 Page 75 Music Psychology Sociology English Bachelor of S icnce degree programs require more concentration r tricted area of human thought and activity. Although these r m emphasize knowledge and skill in special fields, a basic prom of g neral education is coupled with this specialized effort. n ,E ERA!., REQUIREMENTS FOR B. S. DEGREE lh eneral requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are basicII th ame as those required for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Specific uir ment are described in this bulletin under the section titled D r Requirements." ELECTION OF A MAJOR ajor in the Bachelor of Science degree program may be selected fr m th following subject areas: Biolo y hemistry COURSE REQUIREMENTS The specific requirements for a degree in any of the above ma· are listed in the section of this bulletin titled "Degree Requiremen The student with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence his major course requirements. Engineering 1 Music Education mmcrce and Finance Medical Technology (a) ccounting Nursing Education (b) Business Administration Physics (c) Business Education OURSE REQUIREMENTS The pccific requirements for a _deg~ee i~' any of the a?ove maj~rs are I t din the section of this bulletm titled Degree Reqmrements. T~e udent with his faculty adviser will plan the proper sequence of his m jor course requirements. 1 Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching should refer to page detailed information concerning the selection of a major and the sequence of quired courses in Education. lk College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. Upon comp ; 10n of the second year, students making acceptable records may transfer to the umor year of other engineering schools. �Page '76 - DEGREE PROGRAMS Degree Requirements DEGREE PROGRAMS - n ral Requirements for B. A. Degree FIRST SEMESTER 1- Compo it ion n . IOI - ·lcmcntary I - World Civilization 1 I tive (See page 73) -E p ricncing Art I or . I I - Introduction or r IOI - pproach to B.A. AND B.S. DEGREE PROGRAMS The following section of the bulletin provides the detailed informa on the requirements for each of the degree programs offered at\\' College. The general requirements for the B.A. degree are listed on pa of this bulletin. They are repeated on the following page to pr guidance in scheduling. Courses in Speech, Argumentation and D and Speech for the Stage are available as electives that may bet during the freshman year. The course sequence listed in the following outline is the stand sequence for all B.A. degree majors except those in biology, chemi fine arts, mathematics, music, and physics. These programs will be cifically outlined for convenience in scheduling. The following pages, therefore, describe the specific course r qu ments for each B.A. degree major and for each B.S. degree major. student is responsible for meeting the requirements of his major p gram. The major subject areas follow in alphabetical order. Page '7'7 ~ I - Ph) ical Education ,. -Hy ienc SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 0 I Eng. 102. - Composition For. Lang. 102-Elementary Hist. 102- World Civilization Math, Science elective (see page 73) F.A. 1011 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. IOI -Introduction or Th. Arts IO I - Approach to Theater 1 P.E. 102- Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 15-16 THIRD SEMESTER 1- World Literature L n .103- Intermediate lective (see page 73) I 1n cl tives (see page 73) I I -Introduction) 2 -Phy ical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 6 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Math, Science elective (see page 73) Social Science electives (see page 73) (Phil. I 02 - Logic) 2 P.E. 104-Physical Education r 4 3 3 6 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 12-13 Phil. 102 - Logic2 Major and electives3 15-16 E\ ENTH SEMESTER nd el tives 3 0 I 15-16 16 FIFTH SEMESTER I - Introdurtion 2 r nd lectivcs 3 3 3 3 3 3 12-13 15-16 EIGHTH SEMESTER 15-16 Major and electives 15-16 in Speech, Argumentation and Debate, and Speech for the Stage (2 credits r not required for the Bachelor of Arts degree, but may be taken as an elecdunng the freshman year. I phy majors or students interested in earlier scheduling of philosophy may Phil. IOI and 102 in the third and fourth semester by later scheduling of the I icn requirement. Other Philosophy or Religion courses may be substituted Phil. 102 \\ith the approval of the student's adviser and the Philosophy Departt hnirman. No substitutions are permitted for Phil. 101. t planning to fulfill requirements for teacher certification will usually take JtTed education courses as electives in the fifth and sixth semester. �Page 78 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Course Requirements in the Majors Biology1 FIFTH SEMESTER 1IC !03-Intermcdiate Introduction The biology program is a general program covering basic areas biology. Specific pre-professional training is minimized in favor of broadest possible background in the liberal arts as well as the biolo · sciences. Students planning to major in biology should take cours high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics pro with the course in analysis, Math. 122. Experience has shown that m students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. Th courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and uni\'ers· and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. The B.S. curriculum listed on page 88 is recommended for the stude interested in a professional career in biology. The following are the degree requirements for the Bachelor of degree with a major in biology. FIRST SEMESTER Bio 103 - General Biology Chem. 101 -Principles of Chemistry Eng. IOI -Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I Engi. 1032 - Basic Problems P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 4 4 3 4 1 0 1 SECOND SEMESTER Bio. 104- General Biology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Analysis II P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 201 - Vertebrate Morphogenesis 4 Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 For. Lang. 101 - Elementary 3 Hist. 101 - World Civilization 3 Electives3 3-4 P. E. 103 - Physical Education 0 FOURTH SEMESTER Bio. 202 - Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102-Elementary Hist. 102World Civilization Electives3 P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 4 6-7 SIXTH SEMESTER Bio. 222 - Ecology Bio. 224 - Biological Techniques For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112 - Introduction Electives1 16-17 l 15-17 Page 79 3 1 3 4 4-7 15-18 EIGI/TH SEMESTER Bio. 297 - Seminar 1 Electives 1, -18 1 15-17 16-18 urri ulum is designed for the student interested in a major in in preparation for a career in teaching, medicine, den tis try, ni I !es technical librarianship, as technical translator, etc. The nt , ill choo e electives after consultation with his adviser. 1 try Th B. . curriculum listed on page 89 is recommended for the student t d in a professional career in chemistry. h mi try 210 and 241 must be taken in addition to those courses b 10\ . The general requirements for the B.A. degree, listed on 73 in the bulletin, must also be met. FIRST SEMESTER I I -Introduction to the pl of Chemistry 1- World Civilization 122-Analysis I I - Composition I -Phy ieal Education - Per onal Hygiene 4 3 4 3 0 1 15 SECOND SEMESTER Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Hist. 102 - World Civilization Math. 125 -Analysis II Eng. 102 - Composition P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 4 3 4 3 0 1 15 17-18 A pre-professional degree program is described on page 52. The first three} of the program described here will be followed by pre-professional candidates. 2 If Engi. 103 is waived by examination, the student will carry 16 credit hour. 3 Electives must include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102-12; Eng. 151, 152-8; P 101, 102- 6; P.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 - 3; Bio. 211 plus Bio. 231 ( semester) or Bio. 232 (8th semester) - 4-8. I 1v rnu.t include: Ee., P.S., Psy., Soc. 101-102-12; Eng. 151, 152-8; Phil. , 102-6; F.A. 101 or Mus. 101 or Th. Arts 101 -3; Bio. 211 plus Bio. 231 (7th er) or Bio. 232 (8th semester) -4-8. �Page 80 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 81 THIRD SEMESTER Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Math. 126-Analysis III Phys. 150- General Physics I Electives FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 4 Pro pcctive secondary school teachers: Chem. 230 - Organic Chemi try Phys. 151 - General Physics II Electives a. may elect to major in Biology, Chemistry, Economics, English, Foreign Languages, History, Mathematics, Physics, or Political Science. Students who major in Economics or Political Science must complete 18 credits in History beyond 102. b. must elect Psych. IO 1-102. c. must elect Ed. 100, 200 and 230. (Note that Psych. 102 is prerequisite to Ed. 200.) 6 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chemistry Phys. 152- General Physics III Electives SIXTH SEMESTER 4-5 3 9 Chem. 262 - Chemical Litcratur Electives T a h r certification requirements for most states may be met at Wilkes II . tudents are expected to familiarize themselves with specific 16-17 SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry 1 Electives 14-17 Electives tud nt who major in English are required to take English 101, 102, nd 131 in the freshman year; 151 and 152 in the sophomore year; and er dit hours including 105, 200, 205, 215 in addition to the general r uircmcnts for the B.A. degree. Those students planning to become p 1blic chool teachers must also include either English 247 or English 248 mong their required courses. English 132 or Theater Arts 131 may be t n instead of English 131, and English 106 may be taken instead of Engli h 105. Selection and scheduling of these courses will be done in n ultation with the student's adviser. Students with at least a 3.0 averin 101, 102, and 151 may take an advanced English course simult n ou ly with 152. The English Department strongly recommends that 1 majors choose either German or French as their foreign language. 15-18 Economics Students who major in Economics are required to complete t\\e four hours of work in economics beyond Ee. 101, 102 in addition to general requirements for the B. A. degree. Selection and schedulin these courses will be done in consultation with the student's advi er. twenty-four hours in economics which the major must carry incl Ee. 201, 202, 231, 232, and 241. Education Fin Arts Students wishing to prepare for public school teaching in Busines jects or Music complete the B.S. program described for these sub' Other prospective teachers must satisfy B.A. degree requirements u to the following restrictions: tudents who major in Fine Arts are required to complete the..folJ.owin program of ~tudies in addition to the general requirements for the B. . degree. Electives may be used to fulfill the requirements for rtification in education. I. Prospective elementary school teachers: a. may select any major listed on page 74. b. must elect Math. 101-102. c. must elect Psych. 101-102. d. must elect Ed. 100, 200, 209 and 210. (Note that Psych. I is prerequisite to Ed. 200.) FIRST SEMESTER En . IOI -Composition H t.101- World Civilization F r. Lang. 101 1 - Elementary F . 103 - Color and Design p E.101 - Physical Education P E.105- Hygiene ~ th., Science Elective ( see page 73) SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 16 1 Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization For. Lang. 1021 - Elementary F. A. 104 - Drawing & Composition P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Math., Science Elective (see page 73) 3 3 3 3 0 1 3 16 french ;; German is recommended for students who plan to continue with gradu te programs in Art. �Page 82 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - THIRD SEMESTER 4 Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate F. A. 109-Oil Painting I F. A. 201 - History of Art I P. E. 103 - Physical Education Math., Science Elective (see page 73) 3 3 3 0 3 Page 83 FOURTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate F. A. 106- Water Color Painting F. A. 202 - History of Art II P. E. 104 - Physical Education Math., Science Elective (see page 73) general requirements, a mathematics r mu t c mplctc a minimum of twenty-eight hours in mathematics . Cr dit will not count toward the major requirement in courses ath 122. The following program shows the sequence of the r requirements in the mathematics major. 16 FIFTH SEMESTER Phil. IOI -Introduction F. A. 121 - Modeling & Construction F. A. 125 - Metalwork & Jewelry F. A. 203 - History of Modern Art Social Science Electives (see page 73) 3 3 3 3 6 SIXTH SEMESTER Phil. 205 - Aesthetics F. A. 122 - Ceramics F. A. 126 - Graphics Elective (optional) Social Science Electives (see page 73) 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER F. A. 205 - Contemporary Design F. A. 220 - Studio Problems F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives 2 2 2 9-12 IS. SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 3 tr EIGHTH SEMESTER F. A. 2901 - Senior Exhibit Electives FIRST SEMESTER I - Biolo ical Science I - Compo ition I n • IOI - Elementary I I - E periencing Art I or IOI - Introduction or rt IOI -Approach to 3 122- nalysis I 14- 4 I I - Physical Education I -Hygiene 0 I Bio. 102 - Biological Science Eng. 102-Composition For. Lang. 102-Elementary F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 -Approach to Theatre Math. 125 -Analysis II P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106- Hygiene 3 3 3 3 4 0 I 17 15-16 Foreign Languages (Modern) A major in any of the Modern Foreign Languages consists of twent) four additional credit hours in advanced language courses beyond th 102 course. History Students who major in history are required to take Hist. IOI and I~ in the freshman year, Hist. I 07 and I 08 in the sophomore year, and l additional credit hours in advanced history courses. Mathematics Students planning to major in Mathematics should take courses 1 high school that prepare them to start the College mathematics program with the course in analysis, Math. 122. Experience has shown that man students can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. Th courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and universiti and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. I 17 14- Senior Exhibit will be scheduled either the seventh or eighth semester after consulta tion with the department chairman. THIRD SEMESTER 151- World Literature FOURTH SEMESTER 4 ng. I03- Intermediate I - World Civilization 126- nalysis III ISO-General Physics I I 3- Physical Education 3 3 4 4 0 Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 240 -Analysis IV Phys. 151 - General Physics II P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 FIFTH SEMESTER 12- cneral Physics III 4 4 0 18 SIXTH SEMESTER 251 - Advanced Calculus I al ·ence Electives (see page 73) 3 3 6 3 Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 2 Math. 252-Advanced Calculus II 3 Social Science Electives (see page 73) 6 Electives 4-6 15 SEVENTH SEMESTER h I tive I I - Introduction 4 3 3 15-17 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 9-12 15-18 Math. elective Electives 3 12 15 �Page 84 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Music 1 Students who major in Music are required to complete the folio program of studies in addition to the general requirements for the B degree. Students interested in careers in Music Education should f the program described in the Bachelor of Science in Music Educa This program is described on page IO I of this bulletin. The folio\\ are the course requirements for the music major. FIRST SEMESTER Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition For. Lang. IOI -Elementary Mus. 105 - Theory of Music Applied Music2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 5 1 ½ 0 I SECOND SEMESTER Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. I 02 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science Eng. 102 - Composition For. Lang. 102- Elementary Mus. 106-Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106-Hygiene 16½ THIRD SEMESTER For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Mus. 107-Theory of Music Applied Music2 Psy. IOI -Psychology Hist. 101- World Civilization Math. 101 - Fundamentals or Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science or Env. Sci. IOI -Earth Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 103- Physical Education 3 5 1 3 3 3 ½ 0 FOURTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Mus. 108-Theory of Music Applied Music 2 Psy. 102 - Psychology Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 102- Fundamentals or Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104-Physical Education 18½ FIFTH SEMESTER Eng. 151 - World Literature Phil. 101 - Introduction Mus. 109-History of Music Applied Music 2 Soc. 101 - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus 4 3 3 2 3 ½ SIXTH SEMESTER Eng. 152- World Literature Phil. 205 - Aesthetics Mus. 110-History of Music Applied Music2 Soc. l 02 - Sociology Band, Orchestra, Chorus trumentation lysis , Chorus 2 2 2 9 ½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Applied Music1 Mus. 216- Arranging Mus. 218- Counterpoint Band, Orchestra, Chorus Electives 151/2 Page 85 2 2 3 9 ½ 16½ Philo phy-Religion m jor in the combined fields of Philosophy and Religion consists of nt -four hours in philosophy and religion courses beyond Philosophy I nd 102. Philosophy-Religion majors must schedule courses in ti ophy and religion in their sophomore year. Thi curriculum is designed for the student interested in a major in h i in preparation for a career iri teaching, medicine, dentistry, nt law, technical sales, technical translation, technical writing, etc. Th tud nt will choose electives after consultation with his advisor. Th B.S. curriculum on page I 03 is recommended for the student int d in a professional career in physics. tud nt planning to major in physics should seek to complete high I courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra h t they may begin their college mathematics with the first course in I i . ormally students will begin the physics program in the first m t r. In exceptional cases the mathematics and physics sequence may t rt d in the third semester. The preferred sequence is listed below: FIRST SEMESTER h 122- Analysis I 1 1- Composition 1 1- World Civilization I - General Physics I I - Personal Hygiene I 1- Physical Education 4 3 3 4 I 0 SECOND SEMESTER Math. 125 - Analysis II Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106- Personal Hygiene P.E. 102-Physical Education 4 3 3 4 1 0 15½ 15 I 2 There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education ma Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tu charge. 15 Pr~ t in truction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition ar . �Page 86 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152- General Physics III For. Lang. IOI -Elementary P.E. 103 - Physical Education Chem. IOI -Introduction to Principles of Chemistry F.A. IOI -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introduction or Th. Arts IOI -Approach to Theater 4 3 3 0 4 FOURTH SEMESTER Math.240 - Analysis IV For. Lang. 102- Elementary Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibri P.E. 104.-Physical Education Electives 3 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Phys. 201-Electricity & Magnetism For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phys. 203 - Mechanics Eng. 151- World Literature Elective 4 3 3 4 3 SIXTH SEMESTER For. Lang. 104- Intermediate Eng. 152- World Literature Electives 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phil. 101 -Introduction Electives 3 13 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phil. 102 - Logic Electives Page 87 P , hology m jar in Psychology consists of twenty-four hours. Psychology 101 d 102 re not accepted toward a major; Sociology 255 and Education 0 r ace pted. Psychology 203 and 204 are required for the major. In ddition t the general requirements the department requires that the - m ter courses in mathematics, physics, and general biology be n. In addition, English 131 or 132 or Theater Arts 131 and Economics I r required. Th major in Psychology is designed for students who plan to continue h tudy of psychology on the graduate level, as well as for those whose n re t lie in the teaching of psychology in colleges or in the application f th tudy to such fields as advertising, clinical work, business, educan and industrial personnel work. Students are cautioned that an und r raduate major in psychology does not qualify them for profession! p ychological work. No student can qualify as a psychologist without d need graduate study; in a great many fields today, moreover, prof ional psychologists must hold the degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 16 The student must choose at least six credits from the following 1· addition to those prescribed in the curriculum: Physics 202 Physics 204 Physics 211 Physics 221 ( 4) (3) (4) (3) Physics 241-242 (1-2) Physics 262 (4) Physics 212 (3) Physics 261 (4) A student electing the minimum of 24 credits in physics must elect additio.n al four credits in chemistry. The student must choose 12 credits from the following cour e co binations: Economics IO I and I 02 or Psychology IO I and 102; Political Scie 10 I and 102 or Sociology IO 1 and I 02. Political Science A majo.r in Political Science consists of twenty-four hours which rn include either Political Science 20 I or Political Science 202. Politi Science 101 and 102 are not accepted toward a major. ·iology-Anthropology major in Sociology consists of twenty-four hours. Although Socioly IOI, 102 are prerequisites to all the courses in sociology, they are ot accepted toward a major in sociology. Political Science 204 and Philo ophy 206 will be accepted toward the major in sociology. Students ho intend to major in sociology are requested to plan their work in the d partmcnt in consultation with the chairman. A major in sociology h II include the following courses: Sociology 255, 280, and 290. With h pproval of the department chairman, however, other courses may m ome instances be substituted. �Page 88 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS Course Requirements for B. S. Degree Programs h mi tr Biology 1 The following curriculum in Biology meets all of the liberal arts r quirements for the Bachelor of Arts degree. In addition, it provides greater concentration of advanced biology courses. This program is r ommended for those students planning to enter industry or contin with graduate study in biology. Students planning to major in biol should check the mathematics requirements on page 78. FIRST SEMESTER Bio. 103-General Biology Chem. 101- Principles of Chemistry Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 0 1 Bio. 104 - General Biology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125 - Analysis II P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 Bio. 201- Vertebrate Morphogenesis 4 Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis 4 Eng. 151- World Literature 4 Hist. 101 - World Civilization 3 For. Lang. 101 - Elementary 3 P. E. 103 - Physical Education 0 Th Ch mistry curriculum is planned to provide thorough training th fundamentals of the science and to contribute to the general tion of the student. Graduates in chemistry may enter industry m di t ly upon graduation or may continue their studies in graduate 1 ud nt planning to major in chemistry should take courses in high I th t prepare them to start the College mathematics program h th cour c in Analysis, Math. 122. 11 i approved by the American Chemical Society for the pro- on I training of chemists. Students who wish to be certified for mb r hip in the American Chemical Society in the minimum period o years following graduation must elect Chemistry 310 in the ni r y ar of the B.S. course of study. SECOND SEMESTER FIRST SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER Page 89 Bio. 202- Biology of Vertebrate Organs Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary P. E. 104- Physical Education 01 - Introduction to the 1pl of Chemistry - Composition 1- World Civilization -Analysis I - Physical Education -Ilygiene 4 3 3 4 0 1 Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Math. 125-Analysis II P.E. 102-Physical Education P .E. 106 - Hygiene 4 3 3 4 0 1 15 15 18 FIFTH SEMESTER Bio. 221 - Genetics Chem. 232 - Organic Chemistry Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 For. Lang. 103 - Intermediate Phys. 111 - Introduction SIXTH SEMESTER 4 4 3 3 4 Bio. 222 - Ecology Bio. 224 - Biological Techniques Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 For. Lang. 104 - Intermediate Phys. 112 - Introduction Electives FOURTH SEMESTER TlllRD SEMESTER m 221 - Inorganic Quantitative nI I r Lang. IOI -Elementary th 12 - Calculus II ISO-General Physics I 103- Physical Education 4 3 4 4 0 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER Bio. 211 - Bacteriology Bio. 231 - Physiology Bio. 261-Topics in Biology Phil. 101 -Introduction Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 101 Elective EIGHTH SEMESTER 4 4 I 3 3 3 Bio. 212 - Bacteriology Bio. 232 - Evolutionary Mechanisms Bio. 262 - Topics in Biology Phil. 102 - Logic Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 Elective 18 1 This degree meets the same general requirements as listed for B.A. Degree, page 15 Chem. 210-Inorganic Chemistry Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry For. Lang. 102-Elementary Math. 240 - Differential Equations and Infinite Series Phys. 151 -General Physics II P.E. 104- Physical Education 3 4 3 4 Lj C 18 �Page 90 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Chemistry mm r· and Finance FIFTH SEMESTER 5 4 4 3 3 Chem. 233 - Organic Qualitati\ Analysis Chem. 242 - Intermediate Ph Chemistry Chem. 262 - Chemical Literatur Eng. 152- World Literature For. Lang. 104-Intermediate Elective! 19 SEVENTH SEMESTER Chern. 295 - Research 3 Chem. 261 - History of Chemistry I Chem. 297 - Seminar ½ 1 Electives 12-14 2 FIRST SEMESTER The following chemistry electives are all three credits: Chem. 330 - Organic Chem. 340 - Physical Chem. 343-Statistical Thermodynamics SECOND SEMESTER t IOI - Elementary I IOI - Composition I 1- World Civilization 111 - conomic History It IOI - Fundamentals p I I - Physical Education P E 105-1 Iygienc EIGHTH SEMESTER Chem. 246 - Advanced Analytical Chemistry Chem. 297 - Seminar Electives1 16½-18½ Biochemistry Inorganic Organic Physical MAJOR IN ACCOUNTING SIXTH SEMESTER Chem. 231 - Organic Chemistry Chem. 241 - Elementary Physical Chemistry Eng. 151 - World Literature For. Lang. 103-Intermediate Phys. 152- General Physics III Chem. 251 Chem. 310 Chem. 331 Chem. 341 - Page 91 3 3 3 3 3 0 1 Acct. I 02 - Elementary II Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization F. A. 101 -Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 - Introduction or Th. Arts 101 - Approach to Theater Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Math. 115 - Finance P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER 111- Intermediate I B . 231 - Business Law IOI -Princtles I n 151- Word Literature B IOI - Biological Science or Ph) . IOI - Physical Science or v. 1. IOI -Earth Science 131 - Fundamentals of Speech p . 103- Physical Education 4 3 2 0 Acct. 112- Intermediate II B. A. 232-Business Law Ee. 102 - Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 3 4 3 0 16 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 Acct. 202 - Cost Accounting II Acct. 242 - Advanced B. A. 233 - Business Law Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Soc. 102 - Sociology or P. S. J02 - Political Science II Elective 1 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER -Taxes I Auditing I Correspondence & Reports Corporation Finance Principles of ment I 3 0 1 FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 1vel 3 16 18 FIFTH SEMESTER . 201 - Cost Accounting I I - loney & Banking 231- pplied Statistics .101 - Sociology or P. S. IOI - Political Science I Phil. IOI - Introduction 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 18 EIGHTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 3 3 3 Acct. 232 - Auditing II Acct. 252-Internship Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 228 - Economic Geography Elective I 3 3 3 3 3 1 Electives must include two J?hilosophy courses, Mus. IOI or P.A. 101 or Th. Arts I taht Iefalslt o~e adpvaSnced chemistry course in Semester 7 and/or Semester 8 and one d e o owing: .. 101-102, Psy. 101-102, or Soc. 101-102. ' 18 15 ud nt intending to sit for the New York State C.P.A. examinations should elect bj in the humanities. All students should choose electives from outside the m jor field. �Page 92 - DEGREE PROGRAMS - DEGREE PROGRAMS tudents who major in Business Administration will select their elecfrom the following. At least six courses in one of these groups are uired of students concentrating in this field. Commerce and Finance MAJOR IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Fl'RST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER Acct. 101 - Elementary I Ee. 111 - Economic History Eng. 101-Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 -Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 - Earth Science P. E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 3 3 3 3 3 0 I Page 93 BANKING AND FINANCE Acct. I 02 - Elementary II F. A. 101 - Experiencing Art I or Mus. 101 -Introductionor Th. Arts IOI -Approach to Theater Eng. 102-Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization Bio. I 02 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science P. E. 102 - Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene Ee. 236-Public Finance Ee. 241 - Economic Analysis Math. 115 - Mathematics of Finance Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125-Calculus I Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing -R al Estate - Corporation Finance -Inv tments - Th ory of Money -International Trade ECONOMICS 16 THIRD SEMESTER 12- Gov rnment & Business 7- Economics of Transportation - m rican Labor Movement - Collective Bargaining - International Trade -Economic Geography of FOURTH SEMESTER ;3 3 2 4 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law Ee. 101 - Principles I Eng. 131 - Fundamentals of Speech Eng. 151 - World Literature Math. 101 - Fundamentals P. S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. IO I - Sociology P. E. 103-Physical Education 3 0 B. A. 232 - Business Law Ee. 102-Principles II Eng. 152- World Literature Math. 102- Fundamentals P. S. I02 - Political Science II or Soc. I 02 - Sociology P. E. 104 - Physical Education orld - Comparative Economic 18 MANAGEMENT AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS FIFTH SEMESTER ~I - Principles of Management I 2- Principles of Management II -Arnerican Labor Movement 24 - Property Insurance . 241- Life Insurance 223- Collective Bargaining SIXTH SEMESTER B. A. 251 - Principles of Management Ee. 201-Money & Banking Ee. 231 -Applied Statistics Phil. 101 - Introduction Electives 3 3 3 3 6 Ee. 230 - Business Cycles Ee. 236 - Public Finance Ee. 241-Economic Analysis Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ee. 295-296 - Research Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125 - Calculus I Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing B. A. 252 - Principles of Management II Ee. 202 - Theory of Money or Ee. 228 - Economic Geography or C and F elective Ee. 232 - Economic Statistics Phil. 102 - Logic B. A. 222 - Marketing Electives Psy. 212- Psychological Tests Psy. 251 - Industrial Psychology Math. 122 - Analytic Geometry Math. 125- Calculus I Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry P. S. 208-Labor Law Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing MARKETING 18 SEVENTH SEMESTER EIGHTH SEMESTER B. A. 209 - Correspondence & Reports 3 B. A. & Ee. electives 12 Elective 3 18 n. A. & Ee. electives Elective 1 3 15 .114-Salesmanship 216-Advertising 24 - Property Insurance 217 - Economics of Transportation - International Trade Ee. 245 - Consumer Economics Ret. 101 - Principles of Retailing Ret. 214- Retail Buying Soc. 265 - Sociology of Industry Psy. 251 -Industrial Psychology Comp. Sci. 101-102-Computer Science and Data Processing �Page 94 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - The degree of Bachelor of Science in Business Education is design to provide a background in general education while it prepares the dent for teaching business subjects in secondary schools or for a car in business. A student planning to enter as a freshman may find it advantageo at first, to consider a two-year program leading to a certificate in gen r office or secretarial proficiency. This two-year program provide a foundation for general secretarial preparation, or prepares for la specialization in the four-year major in business education. FIRST SEMESTER · · Jes and Methods ation rocedures and eduction roduction or periencing Art I or - Approach to 3 Ed. 230 - Secondary Education Elective 1 12 3 4 3 3 3 16 15 SECOND SEMESTER S. S. 105 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 101 - Elementary I S. S. 107 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 131-Fundamentals of Speech Bio. 101 - Biological Science or Phys. 101 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 101 -Earth Science Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization P. E. 101 - Physical Education P. E. 105-Hygiene 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 0 l S. S. 106 - Elementary Shorthand or Acct. 102 - Elementary II S. S. 108 - Elementary Typewriting Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 115 - Mathematics of Finan Bio. 102- Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102-Space Science Hist. I 02 - World Civilization P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106 - Hygiene 16-17 THIRD SEMESTER 17-1 FOURTH SEMESTER S. S. 207 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. III - Intermediate I 3 S. S. 201 I -Advanced Typrewriting 1 Acct. 101 - Elementry I or Ret. 101 -Principles 3 B. A. 231 - Business Law 3 Psy. 101 -Psychology 3 Ee. 1012-Principles I 3-4 P. E. 103-Physical Education 0 S. S. 208 - Advanced Shorthand or Acct. 112- Intermediate II S. S. 202 1 - Advanced Typewriting Acct. 102 - Elementary II or Retailing Elective Psy. 102 - Psychology P. E. 104 - Physical Education Ee. 1022-Principles II B. A. 232 - Business Law 15-17 FIFTH SEMESTER Acct. 111 - Intermediate I or Ret. 101 - Principles or Elective3 Soc. 101- Sociology or P.S. 101 - Political Science I Eng. 151- World Literature Ed. 100-Introduction B.A. 251 -Principles of Management I EIGHTH SEMESTER EVE TH SEMESTER MAJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATION Page 95 SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 3 Acct. 112- Intermediate II or Retailing Elective3 Soc. 102 - Sociology or P.S. 102 - Political Science JI Eng. 152- World Literature Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology B.A. 252-Principles of Management II 16 Students following accounting sequence need not take third and fourth semester of typewriting. 2 Two-year program students take S.S. 205 in semester 3 and Ee. 101 in semester 3 Students who have already met required accounting and retailing courses wou elect one course in both the fifth and sixth semesters, preferably one of the t should be in retailing to meet requirement for certification in retailing. rrng 1lke College offers the first two years of the engineering curricula. ompletion of the second year, students making acceptable records tr nsfer to the junior year of other engineering schools. th pa t, students have transferred to, and successfully completed r ork at, such representative colleges as Alabama, Bucknell, Cathni\ r ity, Columbia, Cornell, Drexel Institute, Georgia School of hnolo y Lafayette, Lehigh, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, ork University, Pennsylvania State University, Purdue, Stevens ut yracuse, and the University of Nebraska. During the first year the curricula for all engineering courses are the ith the exception of chemical engineering, in which course stumu t take two additional hours of chemistry in the second semester. r thi reason the student should decide by the middle of the first year en chemical engineering and one of the other branches of engineerTh curricula change further at the beginning of the second year. thi r ason the student should decide by then whether he will purchil, industrial, electrical, or mechanical engineering. udent planning to major in Engineering should take courses in high I that prepare them to start the College mathematics program h th course in analysis, Math. 122. Experience has shown that y tudcnts can profit from a course in algebra and trigonometry. courses are usually offered in the summer at most colleges and \ r itics and may be taken in the summer prior to the freshman year. 1 planning to teach in Pennsylvania should elect a course in American H ry for permanent certification. �Page 96 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - Engineering Page 97 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING FRESHMAN YEAR (COMMON TO ALL ENGINEERING COURSES EXCEPT CHEMICAL ENGINEERING) FIRST SEMESTER Phys. 150- General Physics I Engi. 100-Engineering Problems Engi. 105-Engineering Drawing Eng. 101-Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I P. E. 101- Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 4 2 3 3 4 0 1 Phys. 151 - General Physics II Engi. 106- Descriptive Geometry Eng. 102 - Composition Math. 125-Analysis II Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 102-Physical Education P.E. 106-Hygiene 17 101- Introduction to the P n 1pl of Chemistry I - Engineering Problems 105- En ineering Drawing neral Physics I I th 122-Analy is I 101 - Phy ical Education 105-Hygiene - . Mechanical engineering is basic to the study of reronautical engin mg. Therefore, the first two years in mechanical engineering pr the student for the advanced work offered by several universities. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Chemical engineering is concerned with the broad field of chem industry in which materials undergo a physical or a chemical cha Such materials include paper, textiles, gasoline, other petroelum prod ~oke, gas, dyes, electrochemical products, paints, rubber, plastics, cer 1cs, drugs, heavy chemicals, solvents, and many others. The chem engineer is one skilled in the design, construction, operation and 111 ~gement of industrial plants in which materials are produced by ch 1cal change. The chemical engineer may be engaged in research or the development of a process, for he is expert in the application of fundamental unit-manufacturing processes which underlie all che engineering. The equipment of the chemical engineer includ thorough knowledge of chemistry, physics, and mathematics and sound understanding of such fundamentals of chemical, mechan· and electrical engineering as will make him a competent developm control, or sales engineer. 4 2 3 4 4 0 1 4 2 4 4 2-3 0 1 Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Engi. 106 - Descriptive Geometry Math. 125 - Analysis II Phys. 151 - General Physics II Elective (Humanities or Soc. Sci.) P. E. 101 -Physical Education P.E. 105 - Hygiene 17-18 18 FOURTH SEMESTER THIRD SEMESTER h. 126- Analysis III 152-General Physics III 211-M hanics I. Statics m 221 - Inorganic Quantitative ly AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING SECOND SEMESTER FIR T SEMESTER I 4 3 3 4 3 0 IOI - Composition 103- Phy ical Education Math. 240 - Analysis IV Infinite Series Ch. E. 106 - Stoichiometry Eng. 102-Co:rp.position Ee. 101- Principles of Economics I Elective! 4 4 3 3 3 3 16 17 CIVIL ENGINEERING Th civil engineer deals with problems in structural, highway, railroad hydraulic, and sanitary engineering, and also with surveying and y. He specializes in the design, construction and maintenance of ridg tunnels, dams, and the structural members of buildings. His rvi are indispensable in the design of river, canal, and harbor improvements; in the development and control of water resources; in the tment and disposal of sewage and industrial waste; and in the locan and construction of all transportation facilities. SOPHOMORE YEAR2 THIRD SEMESTER E 103 - Plane Surveying . 211 - Mechanics I. Statics th 126 - Analysis III . 152- General Physics III em. 101 - Introduction to the Prm ipl of Chemistry P E 103- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 4 3 4 E. 202 or M. E. 212 is suggested. 4 3 4 3 4 0 0 17 'For fr hman year see page 96. C. E. 104 - Route Surveying M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240- Analysis IV Ee. 101 -Principles of Economics I Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 18 �Page 98 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING The electrical engineer is trained to design, construct, and operate a electrical generating equipment. He must supervise and control the dis tribution of electricity for driving the machinery in mills, factories, a mines; for electric railways, chemical processing, heating, lighting, a for all electrical devices used in the home. Communications, including telegraph, telephone, radio, radar, tele type, transmission of print and pictures, offers numerous opportunit Development of electronic tubes, transistors, circuits, and equipment f commercial processes offers opportunities in many fields of endeavor. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152- General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M. E. 111 or C. E. 103 - Statics or Plane Surveying Chem. 101 - Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103-Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240 - Analysis IV Ee. 101 - Principles of Economics I M. E. 212-Mechanics II. Dynamics E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104 - Physical Education 17 Page 99 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING Th fi Id of industrial or management engineering has to do with the thod of manufacture and production; the effects thereon of personnel; nd design control to meet cost and production requirements. Preparan ith a background in science, engineering, economics, business dmini tration, management, and history is necessary. The successful du trial engineer must possess not only technical skill and ability but I nomic and humanistic interests, as well as character and personlit . He must work with others and enlist their cooperation in the ur uit of a common goal. The industrial engineer deals with people II a with machines and materials. This curriculum offers the first ar of work for those primarily interested in the administration hnical enterprises. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER I I -Principles of Economics I I 2- General Physics III 211 - Mechanics I. Statics h 126-Analysis III . IOI -Introduction to the Pr n 1pl of Chemistry I 3- Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 3 3 3 4 4 0 Ee. 102-Principles of Economics II Elective M. E. 212-Mechanics II. Dynamics Math. 240 - Analysis IV Chem. 102-Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104-Physical Education 3 3 3 4 4 0 ENGINEERING PHYSICS The curriculum in engineering physics is designed to equip men '\\i a flexible background of basic scientific knowledge. The primary em phasis is on the fundamental principles of physics. At the same time the engineering viewpoint is developed so that practical problems can pushed to completion. The first two years of work, offered at Wilk are similar to those of the other engineering curricula. They provide a sound basis for study toward advanced degrees in either physics specific fields of engineering. SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD .SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III 4 Phys. 152 - General Physics III 3 M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics 3 M. -E. ll 1 - Manufacturing Processes 3 Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry 4 P. E. 103- Physical Education 0 Math. 240-Analysis IV Ee. 101 - Principles of Econorr,csl M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dynami E. E. 202 - Electric and Magnetic Circuits Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 17 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Th m chanical engineer is concerned with the design, construction, t llation, and operation of machinery necessary for the economical pplication of mechanical power to industry. He must utilize power rorn whatever source derived. The generation of power, whether by m hydro or internal-combustion engines, is of primary concern to h mechanical engineer in the power field. His services are necessary h re,er process equipment and machine tools are made or used. Th mechanical engineer must of necessity be broadly trained in the undamental sciences and in economics and humanities. Ability and skill nth application of the basic sciences are not sufficient. He must have n understanding of the influence of his profession upon our way of life nd how its development and expansion affect our future. 17 1 For freshman year see page 96. 17 F r fr hman year see page 96. �DEGREE PROGRAMS - Page 101 Page 100 - DEGREE PROGRAMS SOPHOMORE YEAR 1 THIRD SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152 - General Physics III M. E. 211 - Mechanics I. Statics M . E. 111 - Manufacturing Processes Chem. 101 - Introduction to t he Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education FOURTH SEMESTER 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240 - Analysis IV Ee. 101 - Principles of Economic I M. E. 212 - Mechanics II. Dvnam1 M . E. 206 - Kinematics Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104- Physical Education 3 Bio. 212 - BacteriologyElective Phys. 112 - Introduction For. Language. 104-Intermediate Ee., Psy., P.S., Soc. 102 4 3 4 3 3 17 EIGHTH SEMESTERI E\'ENTH SEMESTERI 13 weeks 8 weeks 4 weeks Haematology & Blood Bank Histology Serology 12 weeks 6 weeks 7weeks 1u i Education2 Medical Technology The American Society of Clinical Pathologists and the America Society of Medical Technologists recommend certain requirements r a program of training leading to a degree in Medical Technology. Th curriculum offered at Wilkes College follows these recommendatio and is presented below. The final year in this program is taken hospitals approved for such training. FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER 4 4 3 4 0 I Bio. 104- General Biology Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria Eng. 102- Composition Math. 125 - Analysis IP P. E. 102-Physical Education P. E. 106-Personal Hygiene 16 THIRD SEMESTER Bio. 115 - Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 221 - Inorganic Quantitative Analysis Eng. 151 - World Literature Hist. 101 - World Civilization For. Lang. 101 - Elementary 4 3 4 3 17 17 Bio. 103 - General Biology Chem. 101 - Introduction Eng. 101 - Composition Math. 122 - Analysis I2 P.E. 101 -Physical Education P. E. 105-Personal Hygiene SIXTH SEMES7'ER FIFTH SEMESTER 211 - Bacteriology - Mi rot hnique 111 - Introduction r Lan . l 03- Intermediate P y. P.S., Soc. 101 FOURTH SEMESTER 4 4 4 3 3 Bio. 116 - Anatomy & Physiology Chem. 230 - Organic Chemistry Eng. 152- World Literature Hist. 102- World Civilization For. Lang. 102 - Elementary FIRST SEMESTER 101 - Composition 101- Biological Science or Ph . 101 - Physical Science or Em. 1.101 -Earth Science 1 . I05 - Theory of Music 1 Ed. IOI - Clarinet Class or 1u • Ed. l 03 - Brass Class H IOI- World Civilization p11cd ~usic3 nd, Orchestra, Chorus p 101 -Physical Education P E 105- Hygiene SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 Eng. 102 - Composition Bio. 102 - Biological Science or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102- Space Science Mus. 106-Theory of Music Mus. Ed. 102- Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. 104-Brass Class Hist.102- World Civilization Applied Music3 Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 102- Physical Education P. E. 105 - Hygiene 18½ THIRD SEMESTER n 151- World Literature 1 Ed. IOI -Clarinet Class or fos. Ed. I03 - Brass Class 1 . 107 - Theory of Music t 109- History of Music pphed Music3 P . IOI - Psychology nd, Orchestra, Chorus P E. 103- Physical Education 3 3 5 2 3 1 ½ 0 1 18½ FOURTH SEMESTER 4 2 5 3 1 3 ½ 0 18½ Eng. 152- World Literature Mus. Ed. 102 - Clarinet Class or Mus. Ed. l 04 - Brass Class Mus. 108-Theory of Music Mus. 110- History of Music Applied Music3 Psy. l 02 - Psychology Band, Orchestra, Chorus P. E. 104- Physical Education 4 2 5 3 1 3 ½ 0 18½ 18 1 For freshman year see page 96. To be taken at an approved school of medical technology. Th re is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. 2 Students who have a math deficiency may register in a lower level math course \\ th the permission of their adviser. Pmate instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tuition hr e. �Page 102 - DEGREE PROGRAMS DEGREE PROGRAMS - FIFTH SEMESTER Ed. 100 - Introduction Ee. 101 -Principles I or P.S. 101 - Political Science I or Soc. 101 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 105- Woodwind Class Mus. Ed. 109 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 111 - Violin Class Mus. Ed. 201 - Elementary School Methods Applied Musicl Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 111 - Piano Class SIXTH SEMESTER 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 ½ 2 Ed. 200 - Educational Psychology Ee. 102-Principles II or P. S. 102- Political Science II or Soc. 102 - Sociology Mus. Ed. 106-Brass Class Mus. Ed. 110 - Conducting Mus. Ed. 112 - Violin Class Mus. Ed. 202-Secondary School Methods Applied Musicl Band, Orchestra, Chorus Mus. 112 - Piano Class 17½ SEVENTH SEMESTER Mus. 215 - Instrumentation 2 Mus. Ed. 107 - Voice Class 2 Mus. Ed. 113-String Class 2 Mus. Ed. 240 - Professional SemP-ster in Music Education 8 ,\pplied Musicl 1 Band, Orchestra, Chorus ½ Mus. 113- Piano Class or elective 2-3 17½-18½ EIGHTH SEMESTER Mus. 216 -Arranging Mus. Ed. 108 - Voice Class Mus. Ed. 114 - String Class Applied Musicl Band, Orchestra, Chorus Elective Mus. 114 - Piano Class or elective 15½-l Nursing Education The program in Nursing Education is designed for the preparation instructors, head nurses, and supervisors in hospitals and schools o nursing. It presupposes graduation from an approved school of nur in and State registration. Credits required for the degree are one hundr twenty-three, of which at least seventy-three must be college credi The number of credits allowed for the school of nursing program ran from thirty-five to fifty and will be determined by an evaluation f the student's record and by results obtained on the Graduate ur Examination. Wilkes College is cooperating with Albright College in offerin a degree in Nursing Education to registered nurses in Reading, Pa. A demic credits earned at Albright College may be credited toward th B. S. degree in Nursing Education from Wilkes College. In order receive the degree from Wilkes College the student must take a mini 1 Private instruction. The fee for this instruction is in addition to the regular tun charge. Page 103 um of IS credit hours on the Wilkes Campus. Students participating hi cooperative program should seek assistance from the chairman of h ur ing Education Department at Wilkes in planning their curriclum. FIRST SEMESTER I I - Com osition I I - Wor d Civilization I 3- General Biology or 1 th. IOI - Fundamentals or P . IOI - Physical Science or nv. i. 101 - Earth Science IOI -Experiencing Art I or u . IOI - Introduction or Th. rt 101 -Approach to Th t r IOI- iology or P . IOI -Psychology . IOI - Foundations SECOND SEMESTER 3 3 1 3-4 3 Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102- World Civilization Bio. 104 - General Biology or Math. 102 - Fundamentals or Phys. 102 - Physical Science or Env. Sci. 102 - Space Science N. E. 104-Community Resources Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 102 - Psychology N. E. 106 - Supervision Elective (optional) I 3 2 17-18 TlllRD SEMESTER 3 3 3-4 2 3 2 2-3 16-19 FOURTH SEMESTER 151- World Literature I. IOI - Introduction 101 - Sociology or P . 1012 - Psychology I-Educational Measurements E.107-Principles & Methods E.108-Techniques 4 3 3 2 2 1 2-3 Eng.152- World Literature Phil. 102 - Logic Soc. 102 - Sociology or Psy. 1022-Psychology N. E. 102 - Trends in Nursing N. E. 112-Field Experience Elective 15-18 4 3 3 2 4 2-3 16-19 Phy ic Th Physics curriculum is designed to provide a thorough grounding m the fundamentals of this rapidly-expanding science, as well as to quaint the student with the current frontiers of knowledge and rerch. Upon completion of the requirements for the degree, the student Ill b well prepared either to proceed to graduate study leading to an d\anc d degree or to undertake an industrial positio.n. tudents planning to major in physics should seek to complete high hool courses in trigonometry, solid geometry, and advanced algebra o that they may begin their college mathematics with the course in If the Bio. 104 laboratory course is taken, the elective will not be allowed. P.. IOI, P. S. 102, Ee. 101, Ee. 102 may be substituted as electives. �Page 104 - DEGREE PROGRAMS analysis, Math. 122. In event of a deficiency in this respect, it must made up by summer school attendance so that the course in Analy i can be completed before the beginning of the junior year. FIRST SEMESTER 011rses of Instruction SECOND SEMESTER Math. 122-Analysis I Eng. IOI -Composition Hist. 101 - World Civilization Phys. 150- General Physics I P.E. 105 - Hygiene P. E. 101 - Physical Education 4 3 3 4 I 0 Math. 125 -Analysis II Eng. 102 - Composition Hist. 102 - World Civilization Phys. 151 - General Physics II P.E. 106 - Hygiene P. E. 102-Physical Education 15 THIRD SEMESTER D cription of Courses FOURTH SEMESTER Math. 126 - Analysis III Phys. 152-General Physics III Phys. 221 - Electronics Ger. 1011 -Elementary Chem. 101 -Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry P. E. 103 - Physical Education 4 3 3 3 4 0 Math. 240-Analysis IV Phys. 211 - Optics and Light Phys. 212- Thermodynamics Ger. 1021 -Elementary Chem. 102 - Chemical Equilibria P. E. 104-Physical Education 17 FIFTH SEMESTER Math. 251 - Advanced Calculus I Phys. 201 -Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 203 - Mechanics Ger. 1031 -Intermediate Eng. 151 - World Literature SIXTH SEMESTER 3 4 3 3 4 Math. 252 - Advanced Calculus II Phys. 202 - Electricity and Magnetism Phys. 204 - Mechanics Ger. 1051 -Scientific Eng. 152- World Literature 17 SEVENTH SEMESTER Phys. 261 - Atomic Physics 4 Math. 255 - Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable 3 Eng. 131 -Fundamentals of Speech 2 Electives 6-8 EIGHTH SEMESTER Phys. 262 - Nuclear Physics Math. 257 - Partial Diff. Equations Electives 15-17 I Russian may be substituted for German with the approval of the adviser. 15-· �D cription of Courses ACCOUNTING Prof or Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professors Capin, urti P. Werner; Instructor Zavada. t. 101. Elementary Accounting I Fundamental theory of debits and credits; problems of classificauon and interpretation of financial data; technique of recording; pr paration of financial statements. Class, two hours a week; labr tory, four hours a week. Three credits t. 102. Elementary Accounting II continuation of Accounting 101. Principles of partnership and rporation accounting; introduction to departmental, manufacturm and branch accounting; financial analyses of statements. Class, t o hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Pr requisite: Acct. 101. Three credits t. 111. Intermediate Accounting I Intermediate problems involving interpretation and detailed nalys of balance-sheet and profit and loss accounts; analytical pro cs and miscellaneous statements. Class, two hours a week; I b ratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. I 02. Three credits cct. 112. Intermediate Accounting II A continuation of accounting 111. Accounting for installment les, consignments, and branch accounting. Review of partnerships including liquidations. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, four hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 111. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 109 Page 108 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Acct. 201. Cost Accounting I Accounting for material, labor, and overhead expenses; method of apportionment of manufacturing costs; detailed study of job-cot and process-cost methods. Class, two hours a week; laboratory two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 202. Cost Accounting II Establishing the practical use of cost systems through analytical and comparative statements; detailed study of various cost systems; standard costs; budgets; interpretation of data. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 201, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 221. Taxes I The preparation of Federal income tax returns for individual based on current law, regulations and court decisions; problems of inclusion and exclusion from income; gains and losses from sales and exchanges; allowable deductions. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 112, 202, or approval of instructor. Three credits Acct. 222. Taxes II Tax accounting for installment and deferred payment sales; Federal tax returns for partnerships; fiduciaries and corporations; miscellaneous Federal and Pennsylvania corporate taxes. Clas two hours a week; laboratory, .two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 221. Three credits Acct. 231. Auditing I An analysis of modern auditing concepts involving staff organization, professional ethics and legal responsibility, internal control audit programs, and working papers, and original record examination. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Prerequisite: Acct. 202. Three credits t. 232. Auditing II d\ need application of auditing principles to actual practice; r bl m of classification and interpretation of accoun~s; study of m th d of internal control; preparation of reports to clients. Class, h ur a week ; laboratory, two hours a week. 0 Pr r quisite: Acct. 231. Tliree credits t. 24: 1. Advanced Accounting I omprchensive review of partnerships; special procedures and r hi m of installment sale."-;, consignments, home office and_ bra_nch r I tion hips; introduction to accounting for business combmat1ons nd con olidations. Class. two hours a week; laboratory, two hours k. uisite: Acct. 112. Tl1r credits ct. 24:2. Advanced Accounting II d tailed analysis of the problems of co_nsolidat_ions; ~nalysis of th procedure in accounting for bankruptcies, rece1v~rsh1ps, estates nd trusts, foreign exchange, and governmental units. Class, two hour a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Pr requisite: Acct. 112 and permission of instructor. T/iree credits ct. 252. Accounting Internship 'I his course provides a minimum of 240 hours of accounting in the offtcc of a Certified Public Accountant.' Three credits BIOLOGY Professor Reif chairman; Professors Cohen, Michelini; A~s?ciate Profcs ors Ogren, Kimball, Tappa; Assistant Professors Mmanty, H , : Instructor Schonwetter. Bio. 101--102. Biological Science Biological Science is a survey course intended for stu_dents who take no other courses in biology. It presents the essential general Or the equivalent. �Page 110 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES information about plants and animals, explains fundamental In governing the biological world, and emphasizes their relation h to man. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Bio. 103.-104. General Biology This course surveys both the plant and animal kingdoms, ou lines the history of biology, the organization of matter, the tr ture of representative plants and animals, and the methods of c:n fication. It considers the basic principles of physiology, genet' embryology, evolution, and ecology. Lecture, three hours a ,, laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 111 Bio. 201. Vertebrate Morphogenesis rt brat Morphogenesis is a study of the development and I morphological characteristics of selected vertebrates. The n my and evolution of Phylum Chordata will be emphasized. tur two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: 20. Pr r qui. ite: Bio. 104. Four credits Bi . 202. Biology of V ~rtebrate Organs Biology of Vertebrate Organs is a study of major vertebrate u and organs from the modern standpoints of cytology, deI pm nt, function, regulation, and interrelationships. Lecture, hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Pr r quisites: Bio. 201 and Chem. 221. Four credits Bio. 111.-112. General Botany General Botany presents a broad consideration of the plan world. It includes the study of the fundamental principles of b1 ology, emphasizing the structure, physiology, genetics, and ecolo of plants. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, three hours a,, ' Fee: $20 each course. Three credits each semester Bio. 204. Microtechnique i rot chnique is a laboratory course involving the preparation ue and organs for study. This course is given in conjunc\dth the laboratory portion of Embryology, Bio. 202, for those 1d nt who do not take Embryology. Class, one hour a week; h ratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Tl ree credits Bio. 211,. 212. Bacteriology Bio. 113. Microbiology This course presents the basic principles of bacteriology and th relationship of micro-organisms to disease and its prevention, con trol and treatment. It considers the effects of microbes within tr. body and the body's reaction to them. Class, three hours a ,, E laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Four credits Bio. 115.-116. Human Anatomy & Physiology This course provides a general study of the human bod), t structure and normal function. It provides an appreciation of tr. complex nature of the human body with relation to the promoti of a healthy organism. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, thr hours a week. Fee: $20 each course. Four credits each semester Bi . 211 i a general introduction, covering the morphology and th of bacteria, sterilization, and applied uses of bacteria. It includes a brief survey of other groups of microorganisms. h laboratory work covers techniques of staining, culturing, and h mica! testing for the identification of bacteria. Class, two ur a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Pr requisite: Bio. 104. f ur credits Bi . 212 CO\"CrS the relationship of bacteria to disease, immunity, logy, and the pathogenic organisms. Laboratory _work_ conue ,dth special stains, identification of unknowns, 1solat10n of t ria from natural sources, and techniques used in applied bacri log). Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. : 20. Pr requisite: Bio. 211. Four credits �Page 112 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 113 Bio. 221. Genetics Genetics is the study of the inheritance of normal charact r and the variation of these characters in plants and animals. Lab oratory work includes the study of genetic mechanisms in vario botanical, animal, and microbial species. Class, two hours a \\ee laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 22 l, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 222. Ecology Ecology is the study of the relationship between organi ms singly and collectively, and their environments, including the biot' and physical factors of the environments. Class, two hours awe laboratory and field trips, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 231, or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 224. Biological Techniques A laboratory course in the preparation of materials for use in the study of organisms. Included will be such procedures as arc needed to prepare photographs, make microscope slides, accomplish field collecting and telemetry, and the production of drawings for publication. Three-hour practicum. One credit Bio. 231. Physiology Physiology is the study of the physical and chemical acthiti characteristic of all living organisms. Laboratory work includ experiments involving living forms. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: through Bio. 222, Chem. 230, and Phys. l 12, or permission of instructor. Four credits Bio. 232. Evolutionary Mechanisms Evolutionary Mechanisms is a study of how new species of organisms are derived from previously existing species. Empha i i placed upon the processes of organic evolution and the development of the evolutionary ideas. Lecture, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Bio. 231 or permission of instructor. Three credits Bio. 295~ 296. Independent Research Ind p ndent study and research for advanced students in the Id of tht• major under the direction of a staff me~ her. A_ research p r at n level significantly beyond a term paper 1s required. Jr requisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. 11 to three credits Bio. 297. Seminar Pre ntations and discussions of selected topics. Pr r quisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. On to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Pr f or Rosen berg, chairman; Associate Professors Elliot, F rrar. R. Werner; Assistant Professors Capin, Gera, Engel, Bawa; In tructori;; Roberts, Lee. B.A. 114. Salesmanship ·1 h art of selling; the motive behind all buying; creation of int r t and desire; presentation of services; meeting objections; types f u tamers. Ir r quisite: approval of instructor. Thr e credits B.A. 209. Business Correspondence and Reports Fundamental principles of business writing with emphasis on I ttcr and reports. Prerequisites: Eng. 102. Thre, credits B.A. 216. Advertising tudy of basic principles of advertising. Elements of advertising; urvey of different departments of advertising "".'ork, inclu~ing py, art, display, engraving, tr~~e-marks, a~d medrn. Analysis of urr nt advertisements. Advert1smg as a socrnl force. Three credits �Page 114 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - B.A. 220. Real Estate The fundamentals of the real estate business including consideration of titles, mortgages, leases, advertising', sale, purcha , development, and management of real property. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Thre e credits B.A. 222. Marketing The fundamentals of the marketing system, its functions, in titutions and their importance in the economy arc studied. Marketing pricing policies and practices are investigated; reference is made to marketing activities and government participation. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 225. Corporation Finance A study of the economic principles underlying the capital structure of modern business enterprise. Consideration given to alt rnate types of business organization, corporate securities, and financial ~olicies . involved in promotion, disposition of net earning, working capital and short-term financing, mergers, expansion, fi. nancial readjustments, and reorganization. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits B.A. 226. Investments Consideration of leading types of investments, tests, and in\'cstment programs; financial reports of leading companies, forecastin methods and agencies, stock exchanges, brokerage houses, method of buying and selling securities, fraudulent promotions and their detection. Laboratory work and case studies. Prerequisite: B. A. 225. Three credits B.A. 231. Business Law-Introduction and Contract The foundation for all subjects in the field of business law. The nature, classification and sources of law. An introduction to th structure and functioning of the Federal and State Courts a agencies for enforcement of legal rights. A brief resume of the la\\ of Torts and Crimes with reference to business problems. Examina- Page 115 ti n of the essential elements of a contract under both the common I \ nd the Uniform Commercial Code, the nature of contract r ht , di charge of contracts and remedies for their breach. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, or approval of instructor. Thre credits B. . 232. Business Law-Agency and Sales general study of the law of agency; its nature and creation, rights and liabilities of principals, agents and third persons, and t rmination of the agency. A study of the law of sales of goods, th tr n fer of title and risk of loss, warranties in sales, the duties nd linbilities of the parties, remedies for breach, security interests in o ds. A comparison of the uniform sales act with the sales rticle of the Uniform Commercial Code. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 233. Business Law-Partnerships and Corporations The principles of law governing partnerships and corporations, with emphasis on the historical development of business enterprises. Th law with respect to the formation, operation, internal relationhip and dissolution of partnerships and corporations with particular reference to their dependency upon the law of agency. Rights nd duties of the partnership and corporate enterprise with respect to the government, the owners, and the public. Advantages and di advantages of these forms of business activity. Prerequisite: B. A. 231. Three credits B.A. 234. Business Law- Property The law of real property, nature and types of interests in land. di cussion of deeds and their prerequisites. The rights and duties of the landowner to the public. Rights of the government versus ri ht of the landowner. The landlord-tenant relationship, the mortgagor-mortgagee relationship. Business crimes ( crimes affecting property). The protection of personal and business property, t ngible and intangible. Prerequisite: B. A. 231, 232, Acct. 102. Three credits �Page 116 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - B.A. 240. Property Insurance This course is a study of the fundamentals of fire, casualty, and marine insurance. Prerequisite: B.A. 232, or approval of instructor. Three credits Page 117 B.A. 297. Seminar Pr ntations and discussions of selected topics. Prer quisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. On to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) B.A. 241. Life Insurance This course is a study of the principles, practices, and use of life insurance from the overall viewpoint of the product, cost, market, and industry. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits B.A. 244. Time and Motion Study The principles and techniques of time and motion study. Cla , three hours a week; laboratory, two hours a week. Three credits B.A. 251. Principles of Management I Nature and evolution of management thought. Fundamental universal concepts covered: decision-making, policy formulation, planning, organizing, staffing, actuating, communicating, dircctin , controlling, etc. Views management as a process of integratin knowledge developed by many disciplines. Social and ethical dimensions of the management process summarized. Three credits B.A. 252. Principles of Management II Application of universal concepts of management. Emphasis on problems of produc~ion, sales, personnel, office, finance, organization. Viewpoint on relationship to overall operation of cntcrpri e Develops analytical abilities and decision-making skills. Case stud} method emphasized. Prerequisite: B.A. 251. Three credits B.A. 295~296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Appro,val of the department chairman is required. One to three credits CHEMISTRY Professor Rozelle, chairman; Associate Professors Salley, Swain, Bohning, Faut, Stine; Assistant Professor Labows; Instructor Bu kman. Chem. tot. Introduction to the Principles of Chemistry h mica! periodicity and stoichiometry are emphasized. States of matter, atomic theory, and dynamic equilibrium are introduced. Cla , three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakcl posit required. Fee: $20.00. Four credits Chem. 102. Chemical Equilibria tudy of the principles of chemical equilibria. Laboratory \ill involve theory and development of schemes of qualitative naly is with particular emphasis on the reactions of metallic I ments. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a \ k. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Pr requisite: Chem. 101. Four credits Chem. 106. Organic & Biological Chemistry 11 introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds and retion of common functional groups with emphasis on the structur of carbohydrates, proteins_ and ami~o acids, ster?ids a_nd nucleic acids. The laboratory will emphasize the techmques m\Olvcd in the separation and identification of various classes of or anic compounds. Lecture, three hours a week; laboratory, three hour a week. Breakage deposit required. Laboratory fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 101 and permission of instructor. Four credits �Page 118 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 119 Chem. 21 O. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry A systematic description of the chemistry of the elements ba ed on fundamental chemical principles. Fundamental technique of inorganic synthesis. Class, three _hours a week; laboratory, thr hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Chem. 102, Math 125, or permission of instructor Four credits h m. 233. Organic Qualitative Analysis tudy of the systematic identification of organic compounds nd mi ·tun's utilizing classical and instrumental techniques. Class, n h ur n week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit r quir d. 1-ee: $20.00. Prcr qui ite: Chem. 231. Thre credits Chem. 221. Inorganic Quantitative Analysis An introduction to the theory and practice of typical analy volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental. Class, two hour a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 102 or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 230. Organic Chemistry I An introduction to the chemistry of carbon compounds throu h the reactions of common functional groups in aliphatic, alicyclic aromatic and heterocyclic systems. Reaction pathways will be considered. Emphasis in laboratory will be placed on the development of fundamental techniques. Class, three hours a wee laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 22 l or permission of the instructor. Four credits Chem. 231. Organic Chemistry II A continuation of Chem. 230. Emphasis in laboratory is placed on advanced techniques and sequential syntheses. Class, thr hours a week; laboratory, six hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Five credits Chem. 232. Organic Chemistry Ila A continuation of Chem. 230. Not open to B.S. chemistry major Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Brcaka deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 230. Four credits h m. 241 . Elementary Physical Chemistry l h first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are empha i1. d. The topics of electrochemistry, chemical kinetics, the ph rule, and the states of matter are introduced. Class, three h ur a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit r quir d. Fee: $20.00. Pr r quisitc: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits h m. 242. Intermediate Physical Chemistry Elcctrochemistry, electrokinetic phenomena, kinetic molecular th ory, Maxwell Boltzman distribution, chemical kinetics, and the t te of matter are studied in detail. Quantum mechanics and raclioch mistry are introduced. Class, three hours a week; laboratory, three hours a week. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Chem. 221, Math. 126, Phys. 152 or permission of instructor. Four credits Chem. 246. Advanced Analytical Chemistry l he theory and application of modern techniques and instrumental procedures, such as spectrophotometric, electro-analytical, ncl chromatographic. Theory and practice of analysis of more complex materials. Class, two hours a week; laboratory, six hours \\eek. Breakage deposit required. Fee: $20.00. Pr requisite: Chem. 242. Four credits Chem. 251. Biochemistry study of the nature and metabolism of proteins, carbohydrates, lipid , and other physiological substances. Emphasis is placed on �Page 120 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES the mechanism of enzymatic catalysis. Class, three hours a week Prerequisite: Chem. 231, 232, or permission of instructor. Three credits Chem. 261. History of Chemistry A study of chemistry in terms of the personalities responsible for its development. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits. One credit Chem. 262. Chemical Literature Discussion of the important sources of chemical information and experience in the use of Chemical Abstracts, Beilstein, and th chemical journals. Literature evaluation and preparation for Chem. 271 are included. Class, one hour a week. Prerequisite: Completion of twenty chemistry credits or permi. sion of instructor. One credit DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 121 r lat d to extra-nuclear structure of atoms, coordination chemistry, id-ba c phenomena, non-aqueous solvents, descriptive chemistry. I three hours a week. Pr requisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. Three credits Chem. 330--331. Advanced Organic Chemistry detailed study of modern theories of mechanism and structure. Topi include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, e_limin tion reactions, molecular rearrangements, carbonyl react10ns, t r ochemistry, kinetics. Class, three hours a week. Three credits each semester Chem. 340--341. Advanced Physical Chemistry Topic include kinetic theory of gases, kinetics, qu_antum chemi try, atomic and molecular structure, electrochemistry, spectra, urfacc chemistry and solid state chemistry. Class, three hours. Three credits each semester Chem. 295--296. Independent Research Chem. 342. Thermodynamics Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Cannot be taken for credit before the seventh semester but may be a continuation of work begun before the seventh semester. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. The first, second, and third laws of thermodynamics are studied in detail. Statistical mechanics, including atomic and molecular pe tra, is introduced. Equations for the th~r~odynamic proper~ies of certain systems are derived from statistical thermodynamics. Cla three hours. Prerequisite: Chem. 242 or permission of the instructor. One to three credits Three credits Chem. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics in chemistry conducted by senior chemistry majors and the staff. All chemistry majors are invited to attend the meetings. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) The 300 series courses are graduate courses available to undergraduate seniors with permission of the instructor. Chem. 310. Systematic Inorganic Chemistry Oxidation-Reduction, atomic structure, theory and application of the principles of chemical bonding, systematic study of propertic ECONOMICS Professor' Rosenberg, chairman; Associate Professors Elliot, F rrar, R. Werner; Assistant Professors DeYoung, Engel, Bawa; In tructor Ahmad. Ee. 1O1. Principles of Economics I An introductory course which presents basic economic problems and shows how these problems are solved in a free enterprise conomy; the effects of the increasing importance o_f the :cono1!1ic role of government are pointed out. The course provides onentat1on �Page 122 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES in the broad field of economics and makes use of the analyti trends by means of which the student can understand the econom problems of his environment. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 123 retail credit, sales finance, credit unions, and credit bureau iti Ir r qui ite: approval of instructor. I Two credits Ee. 102. Principles of Economics II This course is a logical sequence to Economics 101. It is ha ed upon a broad micro-economic foundation concentrated on uh units as the firm, the industry, and the consumer. Prerequisite: Ee. 10 I. Three credits Ee. 111. Economic History A study of the development of economic institutions with emphasis on the historical roots and evolutionary development of our modern economy. Analysis of causes of development. Major str is on institutions. Three credits Ee. 201. Money and Banking A study of money, credit, and banking operations. De\elopm n of American monetary and banking system. Central banking and the Federal Reserve System. Instruments of monetary control Financial intermediaries. Monetary standards and international monetary relations. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 202. Theory of Money Development of monetary theory. Liquidity preference and loanable funds theories of interest. Saving, investment, and incom determination. Keynesian and neo-Keynesian analysis. The in flationary process. Exchange rates and international monetar} mechanism. Prerequisite: Ee. 20 l. Three credits Ee. 204. Consumer Credit This course includes consumer credit in its various aspects. . 212. Government and Business tudy of the relationship of government to economic enter,\ith special attention to conditions in the United States; the ul tory activities of government agencies; administrative methobjcctivcs and results of governmental control. Reference is d to monopoly and quasi-monopoly situations, public utilities, r I t transportation, extractive industries, and public enterprise. Prer quisitc: P. S. 101, Ee. 102. i Three credits . 217. Economics of Transportation Pr blems and policies of railroads, buses, trucks, inland water. and air and ocean transportation; economic aspects of transrtntion and traffic management; use of rates and tariff; signifn f transportation to society. Pr r qui ite: Ee. 102. 1 hree credits . 222. The American Labor Movement tudy of the evolving American labor movement and its ide1 y. This course deals with the development of American labor d ology and psychology in comparison with other labor movent. The relationship of the American labor movement to other litical, social and economic institutions is investigated. Pr requisite: Ee. 102. Three credits . 223. Collective Bargaining n introduction to labor problems and an analyses of major u in the field of labor. This course deals with collective barining, employment, wages, hours and union policies. Governm nt I participation in labor relations and collective bargaining al o investigated. Reference is made to social welfare devices �Page 124 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES such as social security, unemployment compensation and \\Ork men's compensation. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits Ee. 225. International Trade Theory and practice of international trade with special referenc to contemporary problems and policies. The topics covered includ tariffs, quotas, foreign exchange, equilibrium in international payments. A study will be made of geographic, economic, social and political influences on international trade. Review of current policies and developments in the United States. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 125 . 230. Business Cycles hi torical analysis of major business cycles. Contemporary th rie and a critical examination of public policy toward business \ I . Pr r quisite: approval of instructor. Thre credits E . 231. Applied General Statistics course in statistical methods and their application. A collection nd int rpretation of statistical data, frequency distribution and ure of central tendency, fitting the normal curve, analysis of 111 rinncc. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Fee: $10. Pr requisite: approval of instructor. Thr ' credits E . 232. Economic Statistics Ee. 227. Economic Geography of North America, Europe and the Soviet Union A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the more advanced nations of the Northern Hemisphere. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credvts ontinuation of Economics 231. This course will include timeri analysis, construction of index numbers, methods of correlation analysis, multiple and partial correlation, and test of signifi 11 e for samples; Chi-square test. Lecture, three hours; laboratory, t o hours. Fee: $10. Pr requisite: Ee. 231. Three credits E . 236. Public Finance Ee. 228. Economic Geography of Asia, Africa, and Latin America A study and analysis of the characteristics, potentials and problems of the less developed nations and areas of the world. Economics 227 is not a prerequisite. Three credits Ee. 229. Comparative Economic Systems The institutions of planned economy of the U.S.S.R. and tho e of the contemporary experiment in evolutionary socialism in Great Britain are studied. Constant objective comparisons are made with institutions which are characteristic of a capitalistic economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102 or approval of instructor. Three credits I·undnmental principles of public finance; government expenditure ; revenue; financial policies and administration; taxation; prin iples of shifting and incidence of taxation; public debts and the budget; fiscal problems of federal, state, and local government; th relation of government finance to the economy. Prerequisite: Ee. 102, P. S. IOI. Three credits Ee. 241. Economic Analysis 1 his course is designed to give coverage to the theory of value nd distribution. The determinants of consumer demand and the principles governing costs and outputs of producers are analyzed \\ith ome stress on recent theoretical investigations. The method b tract and deductive. Prerequisite: Ee. I 02. Three credits �Page 126 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ee. 245. Consumer Economics The place of the consumer in the economic system. Thcoric f consumption; consumption minima; problems of the indi\'idu consumer as affected by income, taxes, consumer habits and stand ards of living are investigated. A study is made of the trend i consumption, income, income disposition and marketing and pricin of consumer goods. Relationships between government activiti and the consumer are studied. Prerequisite: Ee. 102. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 127 d. 209. Principles of Elementary Education tudy of the historical development and organization of the m rican elementary school. ( r r qui itc: Ed. 100,200. Tlire credits d. 210. Professional Semester in Elementary Education Ee. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in tn field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A re car paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required One to three credits Ee. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required Prodde classwork and practical experience to prepare students r r 1 mentary school teaching. Fee $25. 1 o qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students mu t cure the recommendation of the department chairman in h ir major and the approval by the Education Department Chairm n. Pr requisite: Ed. 209, Math. 102. Fi{ teen credits For tran fer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as r llO\ : One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student) EDUCATION Professor Hammer, chairman; Professor Jessee; Associate Profe '>Ors West, Darte; Assistant Professors Siles, Barone, 1-ahm\ Instructors Johnson, Bellucci, J. Garber. Ed. 100. Introduction to Education A study of the historical development of American education, th role of the school in American life, educational philosophies, educational organization and administration, school finance, school cur ricula, school personnel, and current issues in education. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. Ed. 211. The Teaching of Reading An introduction to the teaching of reading in the elementary grades. Two credits Ed. 212. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Arithmetic A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school arithmetic. Two credits Three credits Ed. 200. Educational Psychology A study of the principles of learning and the application of psychological principles in the practice of education. Prerequisite: Psy. 102, Junior standing. Three credits Ed. 213. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Science A study of curriculum content and teaching procedures in elementary school science. Two credits �Page 128 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 129 Ed. 214. Methods and Materials in Elementary School Social Studies Ed. 222. The Teaching of Art A study of curriculum content and teaching procedure elementary school history, geography, and government. Two credits study of materials, techniques, and experiences in the publi school art program; evaluation of past and present philo. ophi s. Three credits Ed. 215. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Elementary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in th elementary school classroom. One credit Ed. 216. Student Teaching in the Elementary School Students are assigned to work with experienced clas room teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operatin teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 223. Multi--Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Art A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Ed. 224. General Classroom Methods tudy of various instructional procedures used in public hool classrooms. On credit Ed. 225. Student Teaching in Art Ed. 220. Professional Semester in Fine Arts Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare student for the teaching of art in elementary and secondary schools. Fee 25 To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, studen must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes durin the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Fourteen credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned follows: Ed. 221. Art Curriculum A study of the organization of teaching materials for mo t effective use in the art curriculum. Three credits Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers and art specialists. They observe and teach in elementary and secondary school classrooms. Opportunities are provided for them to participate in school-wide activities. Conferences arc arranged with co-operating teachers and college upervisors. Six credits Ed. 230. Professional Semester in Secondary Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare students for econdary school teaching. Fee $25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, students mu t . ecure the recommendation of the department chairman in th ir major and the approval by the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes during th professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Twelve credits �Page 130 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES For transfer and certification purposes, credits will be assigned a follows: Ed. 231. Principles of Secondary Education A study of the historical development and organization of the American secondary school. One and one-half credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 131 Ed. 241. Educational Measurements tudy of the characteristics, construction, and use of various ducational measuring instruments commonly available in secondry chools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Two credits Ed. 242. Guidance Ed. 232. Secondary School Curriculum A study of the content and organization of the secondary school curriculum. One and one-half credits Ed. 233. Secondary School Teaching Methods A study of various teaching procedures employed in the secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 234. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Secondary School Teaching A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in th secondary school classroom. One credit Ed. 235. Student Teaching in the Secondary School Students are assigned to work with experienced classroom teachers. They assume classroom responsibility and teach under supervision. Conferences are arranged with co-operating teachers and college supervisors. Six credits Ed. 236. The Teaching of Reading in Secondary School Subjects Instruction in reading methods in secondary school subject . One credit n introduction to general principles and the techniques employ din guidance programs in public schools. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 243. Occupations n introduction to occupational research as a part of the secondary school guidance program. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Three credits Ed. 244. Teaching Secondary School English A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school English courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in English. Three credits Ed. 245. Teaching Secondary School Mathematics Building of a program in secondary mathematics, and informal practice in teaching arithmetic, algebra, plane and solid geometry, trigonometry, and logarithms. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Math. 125. Three credits Ed. 246. Teaching Secondary School Science A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school science courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in sciences other than Psychology. Three credits �Page 132 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 133 Ed. 247. Teaching Secondary School Social Studie A study of the organization and presentation of curricular content in secondary school social studies courses. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Twenty-four credits in social sciences other than Education. Three credits Ed. 250. Introduction to Educational Administration A survey of the principles of educational administration at th federal, state and local levels. (Offered summers only) Prerequisite: Ed. 100. Two credits ENGINEERING Professor Donahoe, chairman; Assistant Professors Thoma Nejib, Kaby. Engi. 105. Engineering Drawing Thi and the following course bear the same relation to the n in ring profession as the subject of English bears to our daily lif . D al with the representation of objects according to engineerm on\"entions. Several systems of representation, such as orthor phi , isometric, and oblique, are studied. Use of instruments. Ir hand sketching is emphasized. Practicum, seven hours per \\ ·k. he: $10. Three credits Engi. 106. Descriptive Geometry patial relationships as represented by points, lines, planes, and th r surfaces applied to problems in space. Emphasis is on applition lo promote visualization by the solution of practical probI m . Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $ I 0. I rercqnisitc or Co-requisite: Math. 122;Engi.105 is recommended. Two credits Chemical Engineering Engi. 100. Engineering Problems Ch. E. 106. Stoichiometry Lectures and discussions to acquaint the student with the aim purposes and methods of the engineer. An introduction to the proper method of attack upon problems, proper presentation of solutions, both mathematical and graphical, vertical freehand lettering. Instruction in the use of the slide rule necessary to problem solution. Graphs. Lecture, one hour; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $5. Two credits A problem course involving the application of basic chemical and ph ical concepts to the calculation of heat and material balances th y are encountered in the various chemical industrial processes. Fuels and their combustion products, gas producers, furnace and iln products. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Chem. 221; Phys. 151. Co-requisite: Phys. 152. Three credits Engi. 101. Basic Drawing A basic course covering the elements of projection drawing nccc. sary for students of chemistry. It includes use of instruments, sketching, orthographic and isometric drawing and dimensioning. Practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $10. Two credits-THE STAFF Civil Engineering C.E. 103. Plane Surveying Lectures, recitations and problems on the theory and practice of pl ne and topographic surveying. Field exercises, including the �Page 134 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES adjustment and use of surveying equipment including tran it levels, compass and tape for surveys of area, topography, profile, grading, excavating and the location of details. Interpretation of and mapping from field notes with attendant computations and the balancing of surveys. Emphasis on the application of surveying to engineering work in general. Practicum, seven hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Engi. 105, Math. 105 or 107 and 109. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 135 M.E. 206. Kinematics Analytical and graphical studies of displacement, velocity and 1 ration for rigid bodies in plane motion. Study of kinematic pair and trains involving linkages, pulle~s, gea~s a?d cam_s: i~tant centers, geartooth outlines and their apphcat10n, ep1cychc r trains. Class, two hours a week; practicum, three hours a " k. Fee: $5. Prerequisite: Engi. 106, Math. 122, Phys. 150. Three credits Three credits C.E. 104. Route Surveying A study of the engineering and economic problems affecting the location of routes of communication. Lectures, recitations, field work and problems on the theory and use of simple horizontal compound, reverse, spiral and vertical alignment curves; grade, cross sections, mass diagrams and earth work computations, grade crossing, right-of-way, and drainage problems. Solar observation to determine true bearing and azimuth. Class, two hours a week; practicum, six hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: C. E. 103. Four credits M.E. 211. Mechanics I. Statics Study of force systems in equilibrium: catenary; fri~tion; first nd second moments of areas, volumes, masses; centrmds. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: Phys. 150, Math. 125. Co-requisite: Math. 126. Three credits M.E. 212. Mechanics II. Dynamics Electrical Engineering E.E. 202. Electric and Magnetic Circuits An introduction to Electrical Engineering. Sources of electrical energy. Basic treatment of electric and magnetic circuits. Steady state network theorems. Class, three hours per week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and co-requisite Math. 126. Laws of motion, rectilinear and curvilinear, for a particle and a rigid body. Work-energy; impulse-momentum. Class, three hours a week. Prerequisite: M. E. 211. Three credits Three credits ENGLISH Mechanical Engineering M.E. 111. Manufacturing Processes Lectures, demonstrations by trips to industrial plants, instructional movies of the forming of metals and plastics by cast:ng, rolling, pressing. Also methods of machining, and the functions performed by various machine tools on metals and plastics. Class two hours a week; practicum, three hours a week. Fee: $15. Three credits Professor Fiester, chairman; Professor Rizzo; Associate Professor (,roh; Assistant Professors Gutin, Kaska, Lord, Perkus, DeArment, Terry, Coplan; Instructors Kish, Bosch, Boyle, Hadsel, Mistichelli, Molley, R. Roberts, Romines, Brown, Bomboy, Collins. Eng. 101. Composition Principles of exposition; collateral reading; writing of themes. Three credits �Page 136 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 137 Eng. 102. Composition Principles of exposition continued; collateral reading; writing of themes; research paper. Prerequisite: Eng. l Ol. Three credits Eng. 105. Advanced Exposition A study of the various expository types. Readings. Intcnsh practice in the writing of informative articles. Prerequisite: Eng. 102. Three credits Eng. 106. Creative Writing Eng. 152. Western World Literature ntinuation of survey, bringing the study of literature down to th pr nt time. Pr r·4uisite: Eng. 151. Four credits Eng. 200. History of the English Language tucly of the origins of the English language and of the principal ph nomcna of later development. Pr r 4uisitc: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 205. Chaucer Training in the selection and use of materials for writing the short story; attention is also given to some poetic forms and to the writing of short plays. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02. Three credits tudy of Chaucer's life and major works, including The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 131. Fundamentals of Speech 1 Eng. 210. Medieval English Literature A basic course in the preparation and delivery of short speech Two credits tudy of English literature to 1500, exclusive of Chaucer and the drama. Pr requisite: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 132. Argumentation & Debate 1 Training in the fundamentals of argumentation and debate. Practice in gathering and organizing evidence and supporting materials. Two credits Eng. 151. Western World Literature Survey of western world literature to the beginning of the eighteenth century; lectures, quizzes, conferences. Prerequisite: Eng. I 02, or substitute in composition. Four credits 1 Credit for only one of the three courses, Eng. 131, Eng. 132, and Th. Arts 131, will be accepted toward graduation requirements in any degree program. Eng. 211. Early English Drama tudy of the drama from the tenth century to 1642; reading of play by pre-Elizabethan and Elizabethan dramatists exclusive of hakespeare. Prerequisite: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 212. Restoration and Eighteenth Century Drama Study of the drama from I 660 to I 780. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits �Page 138 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Eng. 214. Tudor Prose and Poetry Study of English non-dramatic literature from 1485 to 1603. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 215. Shakespeare A study of selected plays; written reports on others not studied in class. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Page 139 Eng. 247. American Literature I tudy of American literature to the Civil War. Prcrequisi tc: Eng. 152. Thr e credits Eng. 248. American Literature II tudy of American literature from the Civil War to the presnt time. Pr rcquisi tc: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 216. Milton and the Seventeenth Century A study of the non-dramatic literature of the period with special emphasis on the poetry of John Milton. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 220. The Eighteenth Century The chief poets and essayists of the eighteenth century. Includ Swift, Pope, and Johnson. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 237. Early English Novel English prose fiction of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries; rise of the novel to the close of the eighteenth century. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 238. Later English Novel The major novelists of the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 240. Romantic Prose and Poetry Study of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley, Keats, and Byron, with related prose writers of the Romantic Period. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 250. Victorian Prose and Poetry Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, and other significant writcrs of the Victorian Age. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 251. Modern Poetry tudy of the major English and American poetry of the Twentieth Century. Prerequisi tc: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 254. Modern Novel Study of the major English and American novels of the Twentieth ntury. Prerequisite: Eng. I 52. Three credits Eng. 256. Modern Drama Study of important dramatists, European and American, from the time of Ibsen. Prerequisite: Eng. 152. Three credits Eng. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the �Page 140 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES field of the major under the directio.n of a staff member. A rescar h paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required One to three credits Eng. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Theater Arts Th. Arts 101. Approach to Theater Attention will be directed to the importance of the dramati imagination in reading and viewing plays, with the objective of developing a critical appreciation of the theater. Emphasis will be on forms of the play, structure of the playhouse, type of audience, and influence of society on theater of various ages, from pre-Shakespearean to the present. Designed for freshmen as an alternate for Music 101 or Fine Arts IOI. Three credits Th. Arts 131. Speech for the Stage Students will receive instruction and experience in diction, delivery, interpretation. Classro.o m exercises will be assigned. Incorporates within the framework of English 131, Fundamentals of Speech, material foz,- those students especially interested in th theater. May be substituted for Eng. 131 or 132. Credit may be granted for only one of these courses. Two credits Th. Arts 201. Stagecraft Play selection; types of drama; making a prompt book; the practical use of the stage. Emphasis on presentation by individual cla members of scenes from plays, to demonstrate stage picturization, dialogue, and movement. Each student must assist in the production of at least one play in the theater. Class and workshop. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 141 Th. Arts 202. Production . and operation of stage, lighting, and sou~d equi~ment. W~it1 . O f a one-act play not only as a piece of literature ut t n na Y ts c • ' h d t rticipate in practical stage production. Eac stu ent mus pa I d th produ tion of at least one play in the theater. C ass an ork hop. Thr credits Th. Art 203. Directing rious styles of acting, inter~reta_tion of a role, complete planf ning for a production culminating m workshop performances o n from various types of drama. Class and workshop. Thr credits FINE ARTS · Assistant Professors P. ociate Professor Colson, ch airman; Ri h rd, Stein, Owre, D'Vorzon. FA 101. Experiencing Art I T nd three dimensional studio work is planned for explorat' w~ ;he creative process in a variety of media. Part of the gen~a~ ;ducation program, this course is open to all students; no art pcricncc is necessary. Lecture, three hours. Three credits FA 102. Experiencing Art II continuation of FA 101. Pr requisite: FA 101. Three credits FA 103. Color and Design tudy of color systems whi_ch includes their physical, psychologicnl, and sociologica I proper t ics. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hour. Prerequisite: FA 102. or equivalent. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 143 Page 142 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES FA 104. Drawing and Composition An introductory course which explores the potential of line, form, space, and texture with a variety of media. Studio problem include figure drawing, landscape, still life, and non-objective organization. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA l 03. Three credits 124. Sculpture 'I h tur . Thr c' credits 125. Metalwork and Jewelry course in basic metalwork and jewelry techniques and design. ture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 106. Water Color Painting Thr ·e credits A basic course in transparent water color painting. Lecture, tv.o hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 104. Three credits 126. Graphics tudy of graphic expression including silkscreen, linoleum k, and wood block printing; etching; and lithography. Lecture, o hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. FA 109. Oil Painting I An introductory course; no art experience is necessary. Lectur, two hours; studio, two hours. Three credits Three credits FA 201. History of Art I J i tory of art from the prehistoric period through the Gothic era. Three credits FA 110. Oil Painting II Increased emphasis is placed in the development of a more personal style and technique. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hour Prerequisite: FA 109. Three credits FA 121. Modeling and Three Dimensional Construction An introductory course in three-dimensional expression; variou materials are employed for experimentation with realistic and nonrealistic forms. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: FA 102. Three credits FA 202. History of Art II Iii tory of art from the Renaissance through the nineteenth ntury. Prerequisite: FA 20 I. Three credits FA 203. History of Modern Art tudy of twentieth century art forms. Three credits FA 205. Contemporary Design t FA 122. Ceramics Students explore the making of pottery by solid, coil, slab, casting, wheel, and primitive techniques; they experiment with a variety of methods for surface decoration including slip, engobe, sgraffito, and underglaze. Lecture, two hours; studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three credits tudy of traditional and contemporary approaches to sculp- tudy of man's visual expression as conditioned by materials, chnology, form, and function. Two credits FA 220. Studio Problems Provides advanced study and research for Fine Arts students. Le ture, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits �Page 144 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 145 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES r. 103. Intermediate French FA 290. Senior Exhibit A study of exhibition techniques climaxed by a showing of th student's work. Required of all Fine Arts majors in either the fall or spring semester of their senior year. Studio, two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Two credits I \ iew of grammar; practice in oral and written French; selected r ding of modern French prose. Ir rcqui ites: Fr. 102 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 104. Intermediate French FA 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in th field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits FA 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. Introduction to French civilization; practice in oral and written Ir nch. Ir r quisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Thr credits Fr. 105. Technical French Int nsi\"e practice in translating. A course designed for students ho wi h to be able to read material in French in their particular fi Id of interest. Pr requisite: Fr. 103 or the equivalent. Three credits One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Fr. 106. French Conversation FOREIGN LANGUAGES (Modern) Instructor Phillips, acting chairman; Associate Professor Disque; Assistant Professors Ribas, deCubas, Belie, Planiol; Instructor Sweeney, Serzan, Miller, Lovette. French Fr. 101. Elementary French Introduction to French grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in French will not be granted credit for this cour e. Three credits Fr. 102. Elementary French Continuation of Fr. 101. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in French will not be granted credit for this cour Prerequisite: Fr. IOI or the equivalent. Three credits Inten i\"c practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire flu ncy in speaking French. Pr requisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Thr e credits Fr. 201,202. Survey of French Literature urvey of the evolution of French literature from the Middle to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genres, nd outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representative le tions from different periods of French literature. Prerequisite: Fr. 104 or the equivalent. Three credits each semester Fr. 203. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century tudy of classicism and the outstanding writers of the sevennth century. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits �Page 146 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Fr. 205. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century Study of the literature and thought in the eighteenth century with special emphasis on Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 147 r. 102. Elementary German ntinuation of German IO I. Reading of easy prose and poetry. m tress on German culture, life, and customs. Students p!\.: nting two or more units from high school in German will not be r nt d credit for this course. Three credits Three credits Fr. 206. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century G r. 103. Intermediate German Study of Romanticism, Realism, Naturalism, the Parnassian poets, and Symbolism. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equi val en t. •mpha is on difficult grammatical construction and idioms. Readin of prose; practice in speaking and writing German. Pr requisite: Ger. 102 or equivalent. Three credits Thr Fr. 208. Contemporary French Drama The development of modern drama from the latter half of the nineteenth century to the present. Prerequisite: Fr. 201-202 or the equivalent. Three credits Fr. 295..-296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in th field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits credits Ger. 104. Intermediate German Continuation of Ger. 103. Rapid reading of German works repr entative of German life and history; practice in writing and peaking German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 105. Scientific German Reading of selections from scientific German. Prerequisite: Ger. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Fr.297.Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) German Ger. 106. German Conversation Emphasis laid on speaking, with drill in the colloquial vocabulary. of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speakin German. Prequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 101. Elementary German Introduction to German grammar; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in German will not be granted credit for this course. Three credits Ger. 201~202. Survey of German Literature A survey of the literature of the important periods from the beinning to 1932. Prerequisite: Ger. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester �Page 148 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Pa~e 149 Ger. 203. Goethe Reading and interpretation of selected works of Goethe. Lcctur and individual reports. Prerequisite: G er. 20 I -202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 204. Schiller Poet of German idealism. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 205. Nineteenth Century German Drama The German drama of the nineteenth century from Ludwig Tieck to Gerhart Hauptmann. Lectures and reports on the literary and cultural history of the times. Prerequisite: Ger. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 206. Modern German Short Story The modern German short story from naturalism to the pre cnt Individual reports; lectures on the cultural and literary history of the period. Prerequisite: Ger. 201,202 or equivalent. Three credits Spanish p. 101. Elementary Spanish Introduction to Spanish grammar; practice in reading, writing, nd p aking the language. Students presenting two or more units fr m high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for this our . Thre credits p. I02. Elementary Spanish Continuation of Spanish 101. Students presenting two or more unit from high school in Spanish will not be granted credit for th1 onrsc. Pr requisite: Sp. 101 or equivalent. Thr e credits p. I 03. Intermediate Spanish R vi w of grammar; practice in oral and written Spanish; selected r ding from modern Spanish prose. Prcr quisite: Sp. 102 or equivalent. Three credits p. 104:. Intermediate Spanish Introduction to Spanish civilization; practice in oral and written pani h. Pr r quisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Ger. 295 .. 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Ger. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) p. 105. Commercial Spanish Th t 1dy of Spanish as it pertains to economic relations between the panish-speaking countries and the United States. Special mph sis on the writing of business letters. Pr requisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits p. 106. Spanish Conversation Intensive practice in the spoken language, with emphasis on idiomatic usage. Use of records and language laboratory to acquire fluency in speaking Spanish. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 150 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Sp. 108. Spanish American Culture The cultural, economic, and political development of the Spanish American countries. Prerequisite: Sp. 103 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 201 .. 202. Survey of Spanish Literature A survey of the evolution of Spanish literature from the Middl Ages to the present, with stress on general ideas, literary genre and outstanding writers of each century. Reading of representathe selections from different periods of Spanish literature. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 151 p. 207. Cervantes and Don Quixote tudy of the life and works of Cervantes with special emphasis n Don Quixote. Text analysis and interpretation. Later treatments of the Don Quixote theme in European culture. Open to nonm jor for whom suitable translations will be suggested. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 for majors, Eng. 151 for non-majors or permi ion of instructor. Three credits p.295~ 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Sp. 203. The Golden Age of Spanish Literature p. 297. Seminar Study of the great authors of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Three credits Russian Sp. 204. Nineteenth Century Spanish Drama Study of representative works of nineteenth century Spani h drama. Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 205. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel The development of the Spanish novel in the nineteenth century Prerequisite: Sp. 201-202 or equivalent. Three credits Sp. 206. The Generation of 1898 A study of the literary renaissance that took place in Spain during the turn of the century. Prerequisite: Sp. 104 or equivalent. Three credits Ru . 101. Elementary Russian Basic systematic introduction to the grammatical essentials of Ru ian; practice in reading, writing, and speaking the language. Three credits Ru . 102. Elementary Russian Continuation of Russian 10 I. Graded elementary readings depicting the culture, life, and customs of the Russian people. Prerequisite: Rus. 10 I or equivalent. Three credits Ru . 103. Intermediate Russian A review of basic grammar followed by emphasis on advanced grammatical structure. Reading of selected prose, directed standardituation conversation, and composition of Russian. Prerequisite: Rus. 102 or equivalent. Three credits �Page 152 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 153 Rus. 104. Intermediate Russian Continuation of Rus. 103. Stress on conversational and written Russian to provide the student with confidence for self-exprc ion and a basic active vocabulary. Practice in topical readings. Prerequisite: Rus. 103 or equivalent. Three credits HISTORY Prof or Kaslas, chairman; Associate Professor Cox; Assistant Pr f ors Berg, Show, Rodechko, White; Instructors Meyers, B nn tt. Hi t. 101-102. History of World Civilization GENERAL SCIENCE The following courses in Biological Science and Physical Scien are described in the offerings of the Biology and Physics Departments. These courses are generally used to meet the science requirements of the liberal arts students. The courses listed in Environmental Science may also be elected to fulfill these requirements. Bio. 101,w 102. Biological Science (See page 109.) Env. Sci. 101. Introductory Earth Science Structure and composition of Earth from core to crust, crustal movements, weathering, erosion and sedimentation; the ocean, including the principal currents, bottom topography, general chemistry and biology, and ocean-atmosphere interactions; the atmosphere, its structure and composition, and general elements of meteorology and climatology. Two hours lecture and two hour laboratory. Three credits 1 hi course is designed as a survey of all the basic cultures of h \\orld. The major portion of the course will be devoted to the d \ l0pment of western civilization. . . tt ntion will also be given to the part played by Amenca ~n rid hi tory, especially during the expansion of Europe and m th t\\Cntieth century. Three credits each semester Hi t. 107. American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 general survey extending from the period of discovery and ploration to the end of the Civil War. . . II tudents will be required to do a certain proportion of their out idc reading in the history of Pennsylvania and its relation to th d velopment of the nation. Three credits Hit. 108. American History Since 1865 general survey covering the period from 1865 to the present. Three credits Hi t. 209. Ancient History: Near East Env. Sci. 102. Introductory Space Science Descriptive astronomy with primary emphasis on the solar system and Earth as a planet; the physical and chemical processes of the outer atmosphere; and the principles of satellite orbits and space travel. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Three credits Phys. 101,w 102. Physical Science (See page 174.) The birth of civilization in Mesopotamia and Egypt. Babyloni~n, p r inn and Judaic backgrounds of western civilization. Atte~t10n \ ill al O be paid to certain lesser civilizations, with emphasis on th role of archeology. Pr rcquisite: Hist. 101 and 102. 1 Three credits Hi t. 210. Ancient History: Classical World The direct Greco-Roman antecedents for western civilization will b de\'eloped, beginning with Mycenae, through Homer, the �Page 154 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Golden age, Hellenistic world, and the rise and fall of Romr.. Emphasis will be on the cultural contributions of each group and period to our present world. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 211. Medieval Ages Consideration will be given to political, economic, cultural institutions and activities, and intellectual development in Medieval Europe to the early Renaissance. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and 102. Three credits Hist. 212. The Renaissance and Reformation Within the political and economic framework of the period, study will be made of the culture of the Renaissance, the religious reform and conflicts resulting from the crisis in the sixteenth century. Prerequisite: Hist. IO I and I 02. Three credits Hist. 221,., 222. American Social and Intellectual History A study of social and intellectual developments in the United States from the colonial period to the present time. During the first semester emphasis will be placed on the influence of the American environment during the colonial period and of expansion and sectional disputes in the federal period upon society and upon religious, economic, and political thought. During the second semester the influences of industrialization, the rise of nationalism, and the emergence of the United States as a World Power will be emphasized. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits each semester Hist. 223,., 224. American Constitutional History A study of the origins of the American Constitution and the DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 155 ro,, th of the American constitutional system with special attention th role of the Supreme Court. Pr requisite: Hist. 107, 108, and P. S. 102. Restricted to juniors nd s niors. Hist. 223 is a prerequisite for Hist. 224. to Three credits each semester Hi t. 227--228. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States tudy of the evolution of the several policies that give direction to the relations of the United States with other nations. Prerequisite: Hist. 101, 102, 107, and 108. Three credits each semester. Hi t. 231. Colonial America Discovery exploration and settlement; development of social, political, religious and intellectual institutions; independence and political reorganization. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hi t. 234. Twentieth Century America The emergence of the United States as an industrial, urban world power and the corresponding development of its political, economic ocial, religious, and intellectual institutions. Prerequisite: Hist. 107 and 108. Three credits Hit. 235,.,236. History of the Far East A tud y of the history of the civilizations developed in India, China, and Japan with emphasis on their inter-relations and distinctive characteristics and on their transformation in response to the penetration of western civilization from the sixteenth century onward. Some attention will be given to similar developments and changes among the countries of Southeast Asia. Fall semester: to c. 1760. Spring semester: 1760 to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester. �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 157 Page 156 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Hist. 241--242. History of Great Britain and the British Empire and Commonwealth . A study ?f British history from the Roman occupation to recent times. Durmg the first semester emphasis is placed on the relations and ~ontrasts bet':~en Br~tish and continental developments and the nse of the Bntish nat10n and its expansion overseas. During the s~co~d semester emphasis is placed on the transition from 8 con_stitut10nal monarchy to a mature democracy, from an essentially agn:ultural to an industrial economy, and from the mercantilist empire to the C?mmonwealth of Nations. Intellectual and arti tic developments will be touched upon insofar as they are related to the above changes. Prerequisite: Hist. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester. nd political, social, and cultural evolution of the Soviet State from it inception to the present. Prerequisite: Hist. 10 I and I 02 . Three credits Hi t. 271. Historiography n introduction to the aims, methods and accomplishments of om of the most renowned historians of Europe and America. Pr requisite: Consent of head of department. One credit Hi t. 295-- 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research Hist. 255. Europe in the Nineteenth Century A study of the political, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to World War I. Prerequisite: Hist. IO 1 and 102. Three credits Hist. 256. Europe in the Twentieth Century Against a backg~ound of the internal and international developments of the leadmg powers, the class will study the origins and results of the two World Wars. Prerequisite: Hist. IO 1 and 102. p per at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Hi t. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) MATHEMATICS Three credits Professor Wong, chairman; Associate Professors T. Richards, Hist. 257. History of Russia to 1815 E rl; Assistant Professors DeCosmo, Wasileski, Salsburg; Instructors A brief review of demographic and geographic factors will be used a~ background_ for a study of the political, social, and intellectual history of Russia from early times to 1815. Prerequisite: Hist. IO 1 and 102. Kravitz, Sours. Three credits Math. 101--102. Fundamentals of Mathematics A course designed for those who want a general background in mathematical concepts without specialization in techniques. Three credits each semester Hist. 258. History of Modern Russia _A thorough examination of nineteenth century Imperial Russia will ~er:7e as a basi~ for a detailed study of the development of Russia m the twentieth century. Emphasis will be on the origins Math. 105. College Algebra and Trigonometry A combination of Math. 107 and 109. Five credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 159 Page 158 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Math. 107. College Algebra Proportion, progressions, inequalities, mathematical induction, binomial theorem, complex numbers, roots of equations, permutations and combinations, probability, determinants, partial fractions. Three credits Math. 109. Plane Trigonometry Trigonometric functions, solutions of triangles, trigonometric identities, inverse functions, trigonometric equations. Three credits Math. 126. Analysis III ( Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Differentiation and integration of transcendental functions, applications, improper integrals, indeterminate forms, partial derivativ multiple integrals. Prerequisite: Math. 125. Four credits Math. 213. Higher Algebra ets, mappings, operations, relations, groups, integral domains, fi Id ; particular illustration of the foregoing by an axiomatic de- Math. 115. Mathematics of Finance ' lopment of the real and complex number systems. Prerequisite: Math. 125, or permission of instructor. Three credits Progressions, binomial theorem, logarithms, simple interest, compound interest, equations of value, annuities, sinking funds, amortization, depreciation, capitalized cost. Three credits Math. 214. Linear Algebra Math. 122. Analysis I (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Vector spaces, linear independence, linear transformations, matri e, determinants, systems of linear equations. Prerequisite: Math. 213 or permission of instructor. Three credits Study of geometric figures by means of coordinate systems, including the general problem of the equation of a locus, straight lines, circles, conic sections, transformation of coordinates, polar coordinates, parametric equations, families of curves, introduction to solid analytic geometry. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or both Math. 107 and 109, or the equivalent. Four credits Math. 125. Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Limits, derivatives and differentials, indefinite and definite integrals, differentiation and integration of algebraic functions, applications. Prerequisite: Ma th. 122. Four credits Math. 220. College Geometry imilar figures, systems of circles, circular inversion, triangles, Ptolemy's theorem, circles of antisimilitude, poles and polars, medians orthocenters, nine-point circle, Desargues' theorem, Pascal's th orem, theorem of Pappus. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 228. Mathematical Statistics I Probability, frequency functions, empirical distributions of one variable, moment generating functions, binomial and Poisson distributions, normal distribution, the null hypothesis, elementary nmpling theory. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits �Page 160 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 161 Math. 229. Mathematical Statistics II ath. 252. Advanced Calculus II Correlation and regression, theoretical distributions of more than one variable, normal surface, goodness of fit, chi-square distribution testing hypotheses, estimation of parameters, confidence interval small samples, student's t-distribution, testing for randomnes. Prerequisite: Math. 228. Three credits ontinuation of Math. 251. Pr requisite: Math. 251. Thr credits Math. 235. Vector Analysis Math. 255. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable Vector algebra, differentiation of vectors, divergence and curl the operator del, curvilinear coordinates, vector fields, application Prerequisites: Math. 126. Three credits complex numbers and complex plane. The elei:ientary funcontinuity and differentiability, the Cauchy-R1ema~n equati n. auchy's integral theorem and formulas. Power series. Pr requisite: Math. 252. Thre credits Math. 240. Analysis IV ( Differential Equations) First order equations, linear equations, applications, solution b successive approximation, systems of differential equations, infinit series, power series solution of differential equations. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Four credits Math. 241. Numerical Analysis Solution of equations and systems of equations, e.g. special methods which are efficient for computation, approximation of function by polynomials, interpolation, numerical integration, initial ralu problems of differential equations, matrix inversion, and matri eigenvalues. Prerequisite: Mathematics 240. Three credits Math. 251. Advanced Calculus I Introduction to the theory of functions of real variables. Th emphasis in this course and the following one is on proof, by th delta-epsilon technique, of theorems concerning sequences and other functions of one variable. Some time is spent on function of more than one variable. Prerequisite: Math. 126. Three credits Math. 257. Partial Differential Equations R \ i w of Fourier series. The linear, second-order pa~tial differntial equation, and its transformation into the cano~1cal forms. luti n of the wave equation; the method of separat10n of vari ble . olution of the potential equation; its bou?dary-value probI m . olution of the heat equation; series solut10ns. Approximate lution of partial differential equations. Prer quisite: Math 252. Three credits ath. 260. Introduction to Topology t metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, onn ctedness, Stone-Weierstrass theorems, Hausdorff spaces, n rmed linear spaces. Ir requisite: Math 251. Three credits Math. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff me1:1ber. ~ research p per nt a level significantly beyond a term paper 1s required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. 0 11 to three credits �Page 162 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 163 Math.297.Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) Computer Science Comp. Sci. 101,; 102. Computer Science & Data Processing Logical structure of a computer, algorithms, binary, arithmetic functions of computer parts, machine orders, order codes, machin solution using a programming language, problem solving. Surve} of problems and techniques involved in handling large amount of information, both numerical and non-numerical, serial file procc ing, searching and sorting, information retrieval, data reduction, file maintenance, document preparation, real time application, automatic translation. Fee: $20 each semester. Three credits each semester foll \\ ing semester if the faculty does not recommend a continuation f th music major. F for private instruction are in addition to the regular tuition hr 011e credit each semester u . 101. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Th materials of music and their interrelationships. Illustrations r d rh cd from literature of all periods for the purpose of deI pin understanding and enjoyment through perceptive listening. Thr e credit u . 102. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II urvey of performance literature extending from the Baroque p ri cl to the present. Directed listening to illustrations of various m dia. forms, and styles characteristic of each period for the purpo of timulating critical judgment in the listener. Thr e credits MUSIC 1 Associate Professor Gasbarro, chairman; Associate Professor L. Schmidt; Assistant Professors Chapline, Garber, Partchey, Sulli\an· Instructors Probert, Mowery, Balshaw, A. Liva. Applied Music Individual and group instruction are offered at all levels of difficulty to students in piano, pipe organ, voice, and orchestral and band instruments. The student receives a series of fourteen lesson a semester. A performing examination before the music faculty i necessary if credit is to be obtained for such study. Students who are not music majors may receive one credit each semester for voice or instrumental study. No performing exar.1ination is necessary if credit is not desired by the student. The ability, interest, and progress of students intending to major in music will be evaluated at the end of the sophomore year by the music faculty. Students will be advised before the opening of the I There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. u . 105--106--107,., 108. Theory of Music 1 h tudy of the theory of music is centered upon three main principles: 1) The recognition of intervals and meter through dictation. (2) The structure of chords and chord progressions through key board harmony. (3) The writing of music through exercises in harmonic and contrapuntal technics. 1 he first two semesters of theory include ear training, two hours; olfcggio, two hours; harmony, one hour. The third and fourth m tcrs include ear training, one hour; solfeggio, one hour; harmony three hours. 1 h re is no prerequisite for Mus. 105. Students may be admitted Mu. 106, 107, and 108 by examination. Five credits each course Mu . 109. History of Music I A dct,lilcd study of the history of music from the beginning of chilization to the seventeenth century. Three credits �Page 164 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 165 Mus. 110. History of Music II A continuation of Mus. 109, beginning with J. S. Bach and tracing musical development to the present day. Twentieth ccntur) music will be emphasized in the final weeks of study. Three credits Mus. 111-- 112. Piano Class 1 and 2 Class instruction in secondary piano. The classes will be divided into suitable groups according to proficiency. This course is required for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mu . 131--132--133--124. Orchestra Participation in the Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orches:ra .gives the tudent experience in the complete range of symphomc literature. Students desiring to participate in the orchestra should conult with the Director. One-half credit each semester Mu . 215. Instrumentation The instruments of the modern symphonic orchestra, their capabilities and limitations. The technique of scoring for small instrum ntal combinations; transposition and clef manipulation. Prerequisite: Mus. 102 or the approval of the Chairman of the D partment. Two credits Mus. 113--114. Piano Class 3 and 4 Class instruction in secondary piano in advance of Music I12. This course is a continuation of the required course for all music education majors who cannot play piano grade 4 or better. Prerequisite: Mus. 112. Two credits each semester Mu. 216. Orchestra and Band Arranging coring for the large orchestra or the modern symphonic band. Th student may select his field of concentration. Prerequisite: Mus. 215. Two credits Mus. 121--122--123--124.Band Mus. 217. Analysis The band offers the student a varied program for concerts and for various athletic events. Students desiring to participate in the band should consult with the Director. The technique of composition as disclosed by melodic, har~onic, nd structural analysis of music in varied styles and from diverse periods. All instrumental :µ-iusic education majors are required to participate in the band for four years. One-half credit each semester Prerequisite: Mus. 108 or equivalent as demonstrated by an exmination. Two credits Mus. 125--126--127--128. Chorus Mus. 218. Counterpoint The chorus offers the student a complete range of sacred and secular choral music. Students desiring to participate in the choru should consult with the Director. study of the sixteenth century art of contrapuntal_ writing as found in the styles of Palestrina, di Lasso, and Ingegneri. Prerequisite: Mus. 108. Three credits All music education majors studying voice or piano are required to participate in the chorus for four years. One-half credit each semester Mus. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the �Page 166 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Mus.297.Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) MUSIC EDUCATION Mus. Ed. 101--102. Clarinet Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the clarinet. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 103--104. Brass Class and Methods Methods of teaching and instruction in the brass field. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 105. Woodwind Class Methods A class conducted as an introduction to the teaching of such wood-winds as clarinet, oboe, flute, and bassoon, with demonstrations of the class teaching of those instruments. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 102. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 106. Brass Class Methods A class in brass is conducted as an introduction to the teaching of brass instruments and as demonstration of class teaching of these instruments. The instruments taught include trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone, and tuba. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 104. Two credits I There is a music fee of $10 per semester for all Music and Music Education majors. DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 167 Mu . Ed. 107,, 108. Voice Class and Methods A course in the fundamentals of correct voice production; breathing, breath control, elementary study of vowel forms, and cononants. Elementary songs are used to develop the student's own voice as well as to train him in voice pedagogy. o prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 109--110. Conducting and School Music Materials The development of an adequate baton technique and the precntation of various kinds of school music material, stressing particularly elementary and high school instrumental materials the first cmc ter and high school choral materials the second semester. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mu . Ed. 111--112. Violin Class and Methods A class in elementary violin playing as a practical introduction to the technical problems involved in the playing of stringed instruments. No prerequisite. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 113--114. String Instrument Class Methods A class in the playing of the viola, violoncello, and bass as an introduction to the teaching of these instruments and as a demontration of class teaching. Prerequisite: Mus. Ed. 112. Two credits each semester Mus. Ed. 201. Elementary School Music Methods The course involves a general preparation for the teachers of music in the elementary grades. It entails a study of the principles, procedures, and objectives in school music. No prerequisite. Two credits �Page 168 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 169 DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Mus. Ed. 202. Secondary School Music Methods The course is planned to provide a preparation for teaching th various aspects of music in the secondary school. No prerequisite. Two credits Mus. Ed. 240. Professional Semester in Music Education Provides classwork and practical experience to prepare for th teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. Fee 25. To qualify for admission into the Professional Semester, studcn must secure the recommendation of the department chairman in their major and the approval of the Education Department chairman. Students may schedule late afternoon or evening classes durin the professional semester. Prerequisite: Ed. 200. Eight credits For transfer and certification purposes, credit will be assigned as follows: 1 URSING EDUCATION Prof or Jessee, chairman; Instructor M. Riley. Enrollm nt in all of the following courses with the exception of I·. 101 and 104 is limited to graduate nurses . .E. 101. Foundations of Nursing g n ral survey of the history of nursing with emphasis upon } r ligious, social, and educational factors that have stimulated d \ lopment. Two credits .E. 102. Trends in Nursing di us ion of present problems in nursing and trends or patrn that emerge in the efforts to solve these problems. Two credits .E. 104. Community Resources urv y of the functions and activities of agencies and organiza n ontrihuting to the health and social welfare of the citizens th c mmunity. Two credits Mus. Ed. 241. General Classroom Methods A study of various instructional procedures used in public school classrooms. One credit Mus. Ed. 242. Multi,..Sensory Techniques in the Teaching of Music A study of the use of multi-sensory aids in the teaching of music in elementary and secondary schools. One credit Mus. Ed. 243. Student Teaching in Music A course in the observation and student teaching of vocai 01 instrumental music in elementary and secondary schools. Six credits .E. 106. Supervision and Administration di cu ion of the basic principles of supervision and administrat' n "'ith emphasis upon democratic leadership and the developm nt of constructive interpersonal and interdepartmental relationhip. Two credits .E. 107. Principles and Methods in Nursing Education Thi cc,urse deals with the selection and organization of teaching It includes the appraisal of ff th methods of teaching and the evaluation of student progr nnd achievement. Pr requisite: Psych. I 02 or permission of instructor. Two credits m tcrials and learning experiences. �Page 170 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 171 N.E. 108. Multi--Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education A study of the use of multi-sensory teaching aids in nur in education. Prerequisite: N. E. 107 (may be taken concurrently). One Credit N.E. 112. Field Experience in Supervision or Teaching Supervised observation and practice in a hospital. Prerequisite: Approval of adviser. Four credits N.E. 113--114. Medical and Surgical Nursing Advanced study of nursing principles and techniques as applied to the expert nursing care of medical and surgical patients. Offered in two semesters. Two credits each semester PHILOSOPHY-RELIGION Professor S. Vujica, chairman; Associate Professor Kay; Assistant Professors Williams, Belie; Instructor Barras. Phil. 105. Ethics critical study of standards for judging the rightness or wrongn of conduct. An inquiry into what men ought to do. A survey of representative ethical theories with the emphasis on their application to currently controversial issues in the social, economic, and political fields. Three credits Phil. 204. Philosophy of Religion n examination of various problems that arise when religion is made the object of philosophic reflection. The nature and forms of religious experience; the relation of faith and reason; arguments for God's existence; the problem of evil; the argument for immortality. Three credits Phil. 205. Aesthetics nalysis of the nature, standards and criteria of value in literature painting, music, and other forms of arts; the meaning of thetic judgments and processes of appreciation. An examination of the objective qualities of those things which are found to be thctically effective. Three credits Philosophy Phil. 101. Introduction to Philosophy Phil. 206. Social and Political Philosophies An introduction to the nature and function of philosophy, and its relations to some . of the other fields of human interest. The approach is through such typical problems as: the nature and origin of life, the relation of mind and body, freedom of the will, the theories of right and wrong, arguments for theism. Three credits ocial and political institutions as seen by such classical critics Plato, Aristotle, Hobbes, Hume, Burke, Bentham and others. p cial attention to analysis of the problems of censorship, relation of church and state, prejudice, aims and methods of democratic in titutions. Three credits Phil. 102. Logic and Scientific Method Phil. 207. Philosophies of History Elementary principles and techniques of clear and sound thinking. General rules of inductive and deductive reasoning; recognition of fallacies; the nature of scientific knowledge, its methods, its aims, its presuppositions. Three credits study of the various interpretations of history. The views of ugustine, Vico, Rousseau, Kant, Hegel, Marx, Comte, Spengler, hwcitzer, Toynbee, Sorokin, Niebuhr and others on the meaning of historical events. Three credits �Page 172 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phil. 209. Ancient and Medieval Philosophy A study of the development of Western thought from Thale t Occam with special attention to such key thinkers as Plato, Ari. totle, Democritus, Plotinus, Thomas Aquinas and Duns Scotu . Three credits Phil. 210. History of Modern Philosophy The major trends in philosophic thought from the Renaissance to the end of the nineteenth century, with sepcial emphasis on: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibnitz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, Kant, Heg I. Schopenhauer, Comte, Bentham, and Mill. Three credits Phil. 211. Contemporary Philosophy A review of current schools of philosophy, with special empha i on: Dialectical Materialism, Pragmatism, Existentialism, Bri ti h and American Realism, and the various trends in linguistic analy i . Major philosophers to be studied: James, Dewey, Moore, Hus er, Russell, Santayana, Heidegger, Sartre, Jaspers, Wittgenstein, and Ayer. Three credits Phil. 220. The Philosophy of Science A critical examination of the nature of science; meaning, verifiability and experimentation in the sciences; the principle of verifiability in Physics and Psychology; induction and the variou interpretations of probability; causality and laws of nature, and the nature of explanation and justification. Three credits Phil. 295,., 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phil. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 173 Religion R I. 200. Man's Religions 1ature and origin of religion. Sacred literatures, beliefs, and ritual of the great historical and living faiths. A comparison of th more important features of the great religions. The contributions of religion to the development and preservation of cultural values. Three credits R I. 201. The Literature of the Old Testament The course aims at giving the student an insight into the books of th Old Testament and the range and depth of the religious herit received from Israel. The biblical message is studied in its d)namic context of the culture, geography and history of the n ient Near East. Three credits Rel. 202. The Literature of the New Testament n e:amination of the form and content of the books of the New T tament as literary products and as records of the faith that gave ri to the Christian Church. The teachings of Jesus and the Apostolic Church are studied against the background of their own time nd examined in their significance for contemporary life. Three credits Rel. 212. Contemporary Trends in Religious Thought study of the development of religious thought from "Neo0rthodoxy" to the "Death of God" theologies. The impact of scintism, linguistic philosophies and ecumenism on modern theoloizing; the thinkers whose views will be considered include: Barth, Brunner, the Niebuhrs, Bultmann, Farmer, Weiman, Maritain, Buber, Sartre, Heidegger, Tillich, Rabner, Rubenstein, Altizer, Co ·, Brown and Weigel. Three credits PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HYGIENE ssociate Professor Reese, chairman; Assistant Professors R. chmidt, Rainey, Saracino; Instructors Lukis, Lyons. Because of the importance of health and the possession of a ound body, attention is given to the physical well-being of students �Page 174 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES as a regular part of the curriculum; mass athletics and some form of sport or exercise for each student are included in the program of physical education. Physical education is required of both men and women during the freshman and sophomore years. The College men at the beginning of each year are given a medical and a physical examination. · The work in physical education includes soccer, football, basketball, baseball, volley ball, and other competitive games. The College women also are given a thorough medical and physical examination before entering upon the program of physical education. The work for women consists of such activities as dancing, basketball, and natural gymnastics. P.E. 101~ 102~ 103~ 104. Physical Education This course is designed to promote physical well-being and good health habits and to encourage participation in activities that will provide relaxation and exercise throughout life. Two hours each week. P.E. 105~106. Hygiene 1 A study of present day health problems. The course undertake to help students enjoy maximum health and happiness through better understanding of nutrition, infection, disease, nervous and mental disorders, and problems of parenthood. One hour each week. One credit each semester PHYSICS Professor Donahoe, chairman; Professors Bellas, Holden; Associate Professor Bruch; Assistant Professors Morrow, Nejib, Thoma Hostler, Toole, Bailey, Beth. Phys. 101~102. Physical Science A course for the non-science student to enable him to understand and appreciate the universe in which he lives; the methods, concepts, and vocabulary of physics and applications of some of it outstanding principles to the needs of the individual and the community; and the manner in which the continually expanding frontiers of science affect our future way of life. Lecture, demonstration, and discussion three hours a week. Three credits each semester instruction in personal hygiene is required of all students, even those excused by physicians from taking physical education. 1 Class DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 175 Phy . 111 ~ 112. Introductory Physics n introductory course designed to promote an understanding of th more important fundamental laws and methods of the major tions of Physics. Laboratory work to emphasize basic principles ncl to acquaint the student with measuring instruments and their u as well as the interpretation of experimental data. First semt r: mechanics, wave motion, sound, and heat. Second semester: I tricity, magnetism, and optics. Three class hours and one three-hour laboratory each week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Math. 105, or Math. 107, 109, or permission of in tructor. Four credits each semester Phy . 150. General Physics I thorough grounding in the concepts, principles, and physical l \\ of Mechanics, Thermodynamics, and Acoustics. Instruction by demonstration lecture, recitation, and experimental work. Demontr tion lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Math 105, or Math. 107, 109. Four credits Phy . 151. General Physics II ontinuation of Phys. 150. Electricity and Magnetism, and Optic and Light. Demonstration lecture two hours a week, recitation one hour a week, and laboratory three hours a week. Fee: $20.00. Prerequisite: Phys. 150. Four credits Phy . 152. General Physics III ontinuation of Phys. 150 and 151. Modern physics. Including th experimental basis, concepts, and foundational principles of m dcrn atomic and nuclear physics. Demonstration lecture three hours a week. I rcrequisitc: Phys. 151. Tlirce credits Phy . 201 ~ 202. Electricity and Magnetism tatic and dynamic electricity, magnetism, electromagnetism, thermoelectricity, etc., are covered in considerable detail. The em- �Page 176 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES phasis in this course is on fundamental analysis rather than applications. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week each semester. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisites: Phys. 151, Math. 240. Four credits each semester Phys. 203--204. Mechanics Intermediate level courses designed to develop a thorough understanding of the principles of mechanics and the application of mathematical methods to the solution of its problems. Topics includ Newtonian motions of particle systems (such as a harmonic o. cillator, central force problems, etc.), rotations of rigid bodie moving coordinate systems, continuous media, inertia and str , tensors, Lagrange's equations of motion (theory of small vibrations). Recitation lecture three hours a week. Prerequisites: Phys. 151 and Math. 240. Three credits each semester DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 177 Phys. 241~242. Advanced Laboratory tudents desiring to undertake laboratory work in topics of their O\\n 1:hoosing should consult the department chairman. Lab fee: $7 p r credit hour. Pr requisites: Phys. 152, Math. 240. 011e or two credits - Hours to be arranged Phy . 251. Electrical Measurements Pre ision measurement of electrical quantities and their application to the field of chemistry; includes thermal electromotive force, r i tance thermometers, photo electromotive force, elementary I ctronic circuits and their application. Class, two hours a week nd laboratory, three hours a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, Math. 126. Three credits Phys. 211. Optics and Light Phy . 261. Atomic Physics The principles of geometrical and physical optics are considered in considerably greater detail than in the introductory course. Image formation, refraction, diffraction, origin of spectra, polariz d light, optical activity, etc. Three hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 152, Math 240. Four credits 1 he structure of the atom, the photo-electric effect, crystal structure, X-rays, spectra, introduction to quantum theory. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisites: Phys. 202, Math. 240. Four credits Phys. 212. Thermodynamics Phy . 262. Nuclear Physics The fundamental concepts of thermodynamics. The first and second laws of Thermodynamics, Carnot cycle, entropy, and an introduction to statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture-discussion. Prerequisite: Phys. 152, Math. 240. Three credits Special relativity, natural and induced radioactivity, nuclear tructure, nuclear reactions, reactors, etc. Class, three hours and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20. Prerequisite: Phys. 261. Four credits Phys. 221--222. Electronics A study of vacuum tubes, transistors, and their application in circuits for rectification, amplification, oscillation, switching, etc. Two hours class and one three-hour laboratory a week. Fee: $20 each semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 152. Three credits each semester Phy . 271. Modern Physics A further study of the modern concepts of atomic and nuclear physics. Spectra: radioactivity, photo-electricity, X-rays, solids. Intended for students not majoring in physics. Class, three hours. Prerequisite: Phys. 151, 152, and Math. 240. Three credits �Page 178 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Phys. 281. Topics in Theoretical Physics Selected topics depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. Topics might include advanced mechanics, quantum mechanics, electromagnetic theory, relativity, etc. Class, three hour. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252. Corequisites: Phys. 261 or approval of the instructor. Three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 179 P. . 102. Political Science II A de criptive and analytical study of the _theory ~nd. practice ?f merican ational Government including its const1tut10nal basis, or anization, powers, and functions and services. Three credits P. . 201. Constitutional Law I Phys. 282. Topics in Solid State Physics Selected topics, depending upon the interests of the instructor and students. For example, theory of electrical and thermal conductivity, semiconductors, bonding in solids, point defects, dislocation, magnetic properties, etc. Class, three hours. Prerequisites: Math. 240, Math. 252, and Phys. 261, or appro\'al of the instructor. course intended to show the growth of the American Cons:itution particularly United States governmental struct~re _and relat10nhip with special emphasis on change in the Const1tut10n, the three branches of government, the Federal System, and the powers of the ational Government. The case study method is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P. . 202. Constitutional Law II Three credits Phys. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Phys. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) course intended to show the growth of the American Constitution particularly the relations betw~en the in?ividual and his govrnmcnt with special emphasis on liberty agamst government, prot tion of civil rights, citizenship and its privileges. The case study m thod is used. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P. . 203. Politics and Political Parties course intended to analyze the movements of political parties, I tions, and the various methods used to gain control. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits P. . 204. Public Opinion and Propaganda POLITICAL SCIENCE Professor Mailey, chairman; Professor Kaslas; Assistant Professors Tuhy, Sugiyama. tudy in the behavior of governance, includin? the facto~s ,,hich determine attitude, the formation and express10n of pubhc opinion, and propaganda as used by pressure groups. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102 and Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits P .S. 101. Political Science I A broad, comprehensive introduction to the great topics which constitute political science, covering the nature and main elements of the modern states, their politics, their institutions, and their relations with one another. Three credits P. . 205. State Government broad, general course covering the structure, po~ers, and f~n~tion of state governments in the United States. Special emphasis IS pla ed on the Pennsylvania State Government. Prerequisite: P. S. 101 and 102. Three credits �Page 180 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 181 P .S. 206. Municipal Government A course undertaking the study of the organization, work, and administration of local government. Since the national government has assumed a new significance today, special attention is given to the relatiomhip between local and national government. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits P .S. 207. Public Administration A study of the organization, activity, problems, and the recruitment policy of the public service. Prerequisite: P. S. 10 I and 102. Three credits P.S. 208. Labor Legislation A course dealing with the role of government in the field of labor relations and with the laws affecting the conditions of employment and employee-employer relations. The course stress the increasing importance of government in a field heretofore free of any regulation. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 210. Government of Metropolitan Areas An examination of the politics and the processes of contemporarJ urban government, with special emphasis upon the complex problems presented by the rapidly expanding population in standard metropolitan areas. Prerequisite: P. S. IO I and 102. Three credits P.S. 221. International Law A study of the development of the body of customs and rule which states have developed to govern their relations, with particular consideration for the responsibility of states for their enforce• ment. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: United States and European history. Three credits P.. 222. International Relations n analysis of the major concepts, principles and factors ind in an understanding of international relations and foreign policie of nations. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Desideratum: Some knowledge of history, governments, and eography. \Oh Three credits P.S. 223. Comparative Government comparative study of the various forms and kinds of governm nt that have developed in the modern world with primary ttention directed toward Europe. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P. . 224. Soviet System of Government course dealing with the structure and functions of the Soviet GO\crnment emphazing the contrasts and similarities in form with overnments of the West. Prerequisite: P. S. IOI and 102. Three credits P. . 225. International Organization tudy of the growth of cooperative efforts toward international organization; the nature, functions, and problems relating to international organization. Prerequisites: P.S. IO I and I 02. Three credits P.S. 226. Government and Politics of Asia n analysis of the distinctive institutions, processes, and probI ms of political development and contemporary government in ia, with emphasis on the post-independence era, and on Japan and China. Prerequisites: P.S. 10 I and 102. Three credits �Page 182 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES P .S. 251. The Role of Planning in Urban Development Origins and evolution of city planning, influences of urban growt?, legal a?d institutional framework, and scientific and philosophical premises. Survey of city planning as it has evolved in the United States since 1800 in response to physical social and economic problems. ' Prerequisite: P.S. IOI and 102. Three credits P.S. 295--296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the field of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research paper at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required, One to three credits DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 183 foundations of behavior, to learning, perception, and the emotions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Some background in biology or phy iology would be desirable. Three credits P ·y. 203--· 204. Experimental Psychology A lecture and laboratory course designed to familiarize the stud nt with the methods and the results of modern psychological rerch. The course includes a study of several of the famous exp riments in the field of psychology. Also included is practice with th older as well as the more recent methods of experimental rearch. Pr requisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits each semester P y. 207. Child Psychology P:S. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) The course is designed to present a general view of the development and growth of the child. It is concerned primarily with the her dity and native equipment of the child and the manner in \\hich this equipment is modified during childhood. Emotional de\ lopment, language development, and social relations are conid red. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits PSYCHOLOGY Professor Riley, chairman; Assistant Professor Stetten; Instructor Hobrock, Kanner, Krasno. Psy. 101--102. General Psychology An introduction to the field of psychology with emphasis on objective and systematic methods of inquiry. Extensive treatment of maj?r ~syc~ologi~al topics such as sensation, perception, learning, mot1vat1on, mtelhgence, and personality development. Frus~cation conflict, and mental health also receive attention. Three credits each semester Psy. 201. Advanced General Psychology . A more detailed study of topics treated only superficially in the mtroductory course. More attention will be given to physiological P y. 208. Human Behavior Human adjustment and maladjustment to life situations with mphasis on motivation, emotional control, personality formation, nd the treatment of the lesser personality disorders. Prerequisite: Psy. IO 1 and 102. Three credits Py. 210. Psychologic Theory A comprehensive survey of classical and contemporary theories and their relationship to empirical research. Special emphasis is placed on attempts to reconcile and translate these theories into operational descriptions. Prerequisite: Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits �Page 184 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 185 Psy. 212. Psychological Tests A survey of the functions measured by psychological tests with emphasis on intelligence and personality. A variety of the group and individual tests which measure these functions arc studied This course is a prerequisite for Psy. 251 and Psy. 255. Prerequisite: Psy. IO I and 102. Three credits P y. 295--296. Independent Research Ind pendent study and research for advanced students in the fi Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research p per at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits Py. 297. Seminar Psy. 251. Industrial Psychology An introduction to the industrial application of psychology in th selection, classification, and training of employees; reduction o' monotony and fatigue; the maladjusted worker; accident prevention; work conditions; and employee motivation and morale. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits Pr ntations and discussions of selected topics. Prcr quisitc: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) RETAILING Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Instructor D'Zurko. Psy. 254. Systematic Psychology R t. 101. Principles of Retailing A historical introduction to the various points of view in recent psychology, followed by a study of the theories of such leaders in the field as Watson, Freud, McDougall, Thorndike, and Kohler Prerequisite: Psy. IOI and 102 and one other course in psychology. Three credits basic course that discusses the opportunities in retailing; types of r tail institutions; problems of store policy, store location; study of th organizational structure of department stores; organization nd functions of operating division. Three credits Psy. 255. Clinical Psychology A survey of the clinical method in psychology with consideration of diagnostic and treatment techniques and the role of the profe . sional psychologist in various settings. Prerequisite: Psy. 212. Three credits Psy. 257. Abnormal Psychology A general survey of the principal forms of mental abnormalitie, with emphasis on causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. Prerequisite: Psy. 207, 208 and permission of head of department. Three credits Ret. 210. Elements of Merchandise Merchandise information; fibers and fabrics; history, production, m nufacturing process from fiber to finished fabric; textile terminlogy, trade names. Identification, testing of fibers; care of fabrics; 11 w developments. Study of natural, industrial and synthetic mat rials. Three credits Ret. 211. Merchandise Information aterials, other than textiles, used in the creation of merchandise r co\'ercd through the study of raw materials. Categories of merchandise covered include: leather goods, such as shoes, gloves, handbags, and luggage; floor coverings; glass, pottery, and china; nd furniture. Three credits �Page 186 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Ret. 212. Purchases and Merchandising Control The_ principles, techniques, and problems encountered in mer• cha_nd1smg; purchase planning, markup, markdown, inventories an their control, turnover, retail method of inventory and the ty and limitation of stock control systems. ' Prerequisite: B. A. I 07 or approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 214. Retail Buying A study of the scientific principles of what, when, and how much to buy; a _study of cus~omer demand. Special attention is given t the techmque of buymg; markups, markdowns, stockturns, and other factors that are necessary to keep lines complete. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Three credits Ret. 220. Organization and Operation of the Small Store I_mportance of ~mall business; factors in business success; justifi• cat10n of new ~usmesses; financing; location; policies; management; em~loyee relations; sales promotion; turnover; profit; records; smal busmess and the future. Two credits Ret. 224. Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing Revi~w of fun~amen_tals; tr~nds in retailing; study of develop• ments m cooperation with retail store executives. Laboratory work· reports on trends and developments. Three credits Ret. 225. Retail Practice Req~ired ?f all retailing majors in the seventh semester. In cooperat10n ':1th local stores, a program in Retailing Practices ha ?een established. Under this program, students majoring in Retailmg must be employed for an average of 25 hours a week during the fall ten~ of the se?ior year. During the period of employment, stu• ~ents will be reqmred to submit reports concerning their work to the mstructor; the store manager or personnel director is required to DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 187 \aluate the students' ability and aptitude for retailing. Credit for th ourse given upon certification by the manager or personnel dire tor of the co-operating store that students have satisfactorily comp! tcd their terms of employment. tudents who wish to seek their own place of employment may b p rmittcd to do so, provided the place of employment has been pprovcd by the instructor. In general, this approval will be given to employment in department stores, independent stores, variety tores, chain stores, and specialty stores where students will receive \aricty of experience, and the stores are of a sufficient size to pro\id adequate and diversified experience. Three credits SECRETARIAL STUDIES Professor Rosenberg, chairman; Assistant Professo.r Gera; Instructor Dolbear. . . 105--106. Elementary Shorthand Development of reading and writing skill in basic Gregg Shorthand implified and review of simple English essentials that are ary in transcription; completion of basic theory. ccond semester: Review of Gregg Shorthand Simplified with mphasis on fluency and legibility; development of speed and accuracy in the application of shorthand; pre-transcription training; d \'Clopmcnt of desirable traits and work habits. Four hours each " k. One hour lecture, three hours laboratory. Tu o credits each semester .. 107 --108. Elementary Typewriting Presentation and mastery of the keyboard and operating parts of th typc\\riter; stroking techniques and control emphasized. De\ lopmcnt of skill in typewriting; application of skill to letter writing, envelopes and cards, tabulation problems, copying from rough draft, manuscript writing; study of form and style. Four hours each week. One hour lecture and three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Minimum pasing requirement: SO words net per minute. Two credits each semester .. 201--202. Advanced Typewriting Development of greater speed and accuracy in typewriting; review of form and style in typewritten material; advanced applica- �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 189 Page 188 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES ~ion of t~pewriting ski~ls; production typing; accuracy, speed and Job techmques emphasized; development of desirable work habit and attitudes. Three hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10 each course. Prerequisite: S. S. 108 or equivalent and net typing rate of 50 words per minute. One credit each semester S.S. 205. Office Procedures and Machines A study of technical procedures and problems in typical busine an~ professional offices; analysis of personal and professional reqmrements for office personnel; a general survey and comparison of major office machines classifications; administrative machine procurement problems and procedures; operation and use of office machines a_n~ equip~ent? namely, adding, calculating, dictating and transcn~mg, d~phcatmg, photocopying, accounting, integrated data processmg. Eight hours each week. Two hours lecture, six hours laboratory. Required laboratory fee: $10. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. Four credits S.S. 207 ~ 208. Advanced Shorthand Review a~d s:rengthc~ knowledge of the principles of Gregg Sh~rtha~d S~mphfi_ed; bmld shorthand - writing skill and speed in takmg ~ic_tat10n _with great emphasis placed on the development of transcnpt10n skill; development of desirable work habits and attitudes. Five hours each week. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory. P~erequisite: S. S. 106 or equivalent and net typing of 50 word a mmute. Three credits each semester S.S. 243. Principles and Methods of Business Education Principles of business education; business curricula in secondary schools; psychology of skill-building; objectives, standards, content; tests and measurements, and techniques of instruction in business education courses; observation. Three credits OCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY Professor Moravec, chairman; Instructors O'Connor, Welliver. oc. 101. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Man in Society; a systematic view of sociology, providing essential for an approach to questions about man in society; analysis of ocial processes, structures, and functions. Three credits oc. 102. Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology II an and Culture; a general survey of the field of anthropology tr sing its cultural aspects; study of contemporary non-literate o ietics and their institutions. Three credits oc. 200. The Family History and ethnological studies of family. Role of family in the development of the individual. Interrelation of church, state, and family. Social conditions and changes affecting the American family. Family instability and disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 or permission of instructor. Three credits oc. 215. Sociology of Urban Life The development of modern cities; effects of urban life upon ocial organization and personality patterns; major social problems of the cities. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 230. Social Problems A survey of most pressing contemporary social problems and an :amination of current theories of social disorganization. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102. Three credits �DESCRIPTION OF COURSES - Page 191 Page 190 - DESCRIPTION OF COURSES Soc. 235. Crime and Juvenile Delinquency Evaluation of current theories and research into causative factor and sociological implications of criminal and delinquent behavior, Examination of problems, programs, and issues in prevention and treatment of deviant behavior. Prerequisite: Soc. 230, or permission of the instructor: Three credits Soc. 251. Comparative Social Welfare Systems Examination of the social welfare institution within a societal and cultural context. Exploration of historical and conflicting vie\\ on responsibility for developing measures to cope with social problems in North American, European, Asiatic, and African countric. Prerequisites: Soc. 101, 102, Psy. 101, 102. Three credits Soc. 252. Fields of Social Work A survey of the main problems of social work and of agencic and methods that have developed to cope with them. The nature and requirements of the different fields of social work. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Psy. 101 and 102. Three credits Soc. 255. Introduction to Social Psychology A general survey of the field of social psychology. Social factors in human nature; psychology of individual differences; social interaction; collective behavior, psychology of personality; social pathology. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits Soc. 260. Personality and Social Structure Examination of current theories and research bearing upon the relationship between personality and social structure; contributions and convergent development in psychology, anthropology, and sociology. Prerequisite: Soc. IO I and I 02; Soc. 255. Three credits o . 265. Sociology of Industry n analysis of the formal and informal social organization of the ,ork plant and of the relationship between modern industrial ornization and the community. Prerequisite: Soc. 101 and 102 and Ee. 101 and 102, or permission of the instructor. Three credits oc. 270. Peoples and Cultures of the World suney of the non-Western cultures of the world with an emph is on one of the following areas: The Middle East, The Far E t South-East Asia, Africa, Australasia, Latin America. Prercquisi te: Soc. IO I and I 02. Three credits o . 27 5. Sociology of Minorities theoretical analysis of inter-group tensions and processes of dju tmcnt with special reference to modern racial, national, and r ligious conflicts. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and Psy. 10 I and 102. Three credits oc. 280. Sociological Theory 'I he aim of the course is to provide the student majoring in soiology, or in one of the related fields, with a historical background n cc sary for understanding of the current trends in sociology as w II as for clarification of its distinct subject matter, problems, and m thods. Prerequisite: Soc. 10 I and 102 and two other courses in sociology or permission of the instructor. Three credits oc. 295 .. 296. Independent Research Independent study and research for advanced students in the ft Id of the major under the direction of a staff member. A research pap r at a level significantly beyond a term paper is required. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits oc. 297. Seminar Presentations and discussions of selected topics. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chairman is required. One to three credits. (Maximum of three credits per student.) �Personnel of the College Board of Trustees dministration Faculty �Board of Trustees ADMIRAL HAROLD ARNAUD CHARLES C. R. STARK, Honorary Chairman Honorary Member MARTS, Vice-Chairman Secretary HARRIS, Treasurer D01 AI.D FRANK W. ANDERSON THOMAS H. KILEY DONALD F. CARPENTER WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. KooNs G. DARTE R. DAVIS THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. KENNETH G. NORTHROP ALFRED faSENPREIS F. ELLSWORTH PARKHURST Miss ANNETTE EvANS RICHARD L. PEARSALL MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER HoN. FRANKL. P1NOLA Eu GENE S. FARLEY JOSEPH J. SAVITZ JOHN B. F. RICHARD L. PEARSALL WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM HoN. FRANKL. PINOLA CHARLES DARTE JAMES P. HARRIS F. ELLSWORTH p ARKHURST B. w ALLER AARON WEISS LOUIS SHAFFER ANDREW HOURIGAN' JR. R. p ARKHURST PEARSALL CHARLES ISS MARY Chairman B. w ALLER KOONS CHARLES H. MINER, JR. Library Instruction WILLIAM L. Miss ANNETTE EvANS, CONYNGHAM, Chairman , fas. FRANCK G. DARTE AMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. Chairman MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. R. KooNs H. MINER, JR. Miss MARY CHARLES M.D. NORTHROP J. SAVITZ Jou B. FARR, Chairman Do, ALD F. CARPENTER JAMES P. HARRIS JosEPII J. KocYAN, M.D. Louis SHAFFER Finance CHARLES H. MINER, JR. THOMAS F. MORGAN, JR. KENNETH G. Planning and Development FRANK Chairman w. ANDERSON WILLIAM L. CONYNGHAM ALFRED ElSENPREIS THOMAS H. KILEY CHARLES H. MINER, JR. RICHARD L. PEARSALL JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Expiring June, 1970 s. FARLEY L. Loms SHAFFER, DONALD F. CARPENTER EUGENE F. ELLSWORTH RICHARD JA 1ES p. HARRIS ominations Expiring June, 1969 Miss ANNETTE EVANS President THOMAS H. KILEY, REUBEN H. LEVY T110 tAS H. KILEY JOSEPH TERM OF OFFICE ALFRED faSENPREIS CARPENTER UGENE S. FARLEY, KE ' ETH SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, Vice-Chairman CHARI.ESH. MINER, JR. ANDREW HOURIGAN ' JR. G. B. WALLER, Chairman IS SHAFFER, ISS ANNETTE EvANS AARON WEISS FARR MRS. FRANCK Buildings and Grounds REUBEN H. LEVY SAMUEL M. DAVENPORT, M.D. FRED CHARLES Lo CHARLES H. MINER, JR., MRS. FRANCK Ex cutive B. WALLER, Chairman Loms SHAFFER, JAMES P. Committee Appointments G. NORTHROP JOSEPH J. SAVITZ Lams SHAFFER REUBEN H. LEVY JAMES FRED AARON WEISS P. HARRIS, Chairman R. DAVIS . DREW HOURIGAN, JR. THOMAS H. KILEY Faculty-Trustee Committee on Academic Freedom L. REUBEN H. LEVY WILLIAM AARON WEISS THOMAS H. KILEY CONYNGHAM Expiring June, 1971 FRANK FRED w. ANDERSON R. DAVIS MRS. EBERHARD L. FABER JOHN B. FARR THOMAS H. KILEY JosEPH J. KocYAN, M.D. Miss MARY R. Kcx>Ns Ex Officio on all Committees - CHARLES B. WALLER AND EUGENE S. FARLEY �Officers of Administration EUGENE s. FARLEY President B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B. ROZELLE 1 t, Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) LH J. HOLDEN Coordinator of Research in the Sciences MOHR Dean of Student Affairs and Dean of Men ABATE COLLEGE SERVICES Director of Development B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.A. (New York) R. T Coordinator of Research & Applied Programs in Humanities & Social Sciences Ph.D. (Alfred) B.A. (North Carolina) M.A. (Columbia) CHARLES MAILEY B. . (West Chester) B•. (Brooklyn) GEORGE F. RALSTON R. Assistant to Dean Director of Financial Aid HARD RASPEN H GOV. Director of Graduate Program Director of Alumni Relations Director of Public Relations B.. (Wilkes) Dean of Academic Affairs B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) WALTER H. M. DAVENPORT, III LIVI G J'ON CLEWELL R1 B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH tUEI. B.. (Wilkes) 1 . (Bucknell) FRA CES Business Manager M. SEARS Director of College Consultation B.. (Barnard) .A. (New York) B.S. (Wilkes) RoBERT JOHN P. WHITBY Dean of Admissions B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Columbia) JOHN J. CHWALEK Jo EPH H. KANNER Director of Placement 'B.S. (East Tennessee) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT S. CAPIN B. S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) ALEX PAWLENOK College Physician M. KERR B. . (Bucknell) M.O. (Jefferson) Director of Testing Service B.A. (Bucknell) M . (New School for Social Research) MILDRED GITTINS Manager of the Bookstore Director of Evening and Summer College WILLIAM JERVIS Superintendent of Buildings and Grounds Comptroller JA ESE. DAVIS Data Processing B.S. (Wilkes) MARGARET M. AHLBORN Dean of Women COMMUNITY SERVICES B.A. (Mt. Holyoke) ARTHUR J. HOOVER B.S. (Wilkes) M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) B. HoPKINS MosEs A.B., M.A. (Syracuse) LL.D. (Parsons) Assistant to Dean Director of Student Activities Huco V. MAILEY Registrar VICTOR BAIZ B.S. (West Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) Ph.B. (Dickinson) M.A. (Bucknell) Director of Institute of Regional Affairs Director, Science, Math Improvement Program �FACULTY - Page 199 Faculty Sociology Professor Chemistry Professor Physics Professor Physics Professor English Professor Mathematics Professor Foreign Language Associate Professor Mathematics Associate Professor Library Associate Professor JOHN G. REESE Physical Education Associate Professor BoYo L. EARL Mathematics Associate Professor Fine Arts Associate Professor Music Education Associate Professor J RO EUGENE S. FARLEY Administration B.S. (Pennsylvania State) President LAV G. MORAVEC J.U.D. (Prague, Czechoslovakia) Ph.D. (Boston) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) RALPH B. ROZELLE CHARLES B. REIF Professor Economics Professor FRA CIS J. DONAHOE Political Science Professor TA LEY J. HOLDEN Education Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Minnesota) SAMUEL A. ROSENBERG B.A., M.B.A. (Boston) Ph.D. (North Carolina) HUGO V. MAILEY B.S. (West-Chester) M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) EUGENE L. HAMMER B.S. (Wheaton) M.A. (Northwestern) Ed. D. (Columbia) STANKO M. VuJICA B.A. (Zagreb) M.A. (Innsbruck) Ph.D. (Zagreb) RUTH w. JESSEE Nursing Education Professor EtWOOD DISQUE B. . (Oklahoma A&M) M . (Kansas State) Ph.D. (Illinois) B. . (Dickinson) Biology Professor Psychology Professor Biological Research Professor History Professor L.L.B. (Kaunas, Lithuania) M.A., Ph.D. (Strasbourg) PHILIP L. Rizzo B. . (Wilkes) Br GK. WoNG B.A. (Ohio State) M.D. (New York) (In affiliation with Veterans Administration Hospital) BRONIS KASLAS BE JAMIN F. FIESTER, JR. Professor B.A. (Bucknellf Ph.D. (Pennsy vania State) SHELDON G. COHEN B . (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Alfred) Philosophy and Religion B.S. (Seton Hall) M.S. (Delaware) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ROBERT RILEY B.A. (LaSalle) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) .. (Bucknell) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) B.S., M.A. (Columbia) Ed. D. (Pennsylvania) FRANCIS J. MICHELINI B.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Alfred) Biology THOMAS R. RICHARDS B.S. (Pennsylvania State) f.S. (Bucknell) 'ADAK. Vu;1cA B.A., M.A. (Zagreb) M.A. in L.S. (Marywood) B.S., M. Ed. (Pennsylvania State) B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) CHESTER E. COLSON English Professor Physics Professor B.A., M.A., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) B.S. (Massachusetts School of Art) M.S. (Columbia) WILLIAM R. GASBARRO FREDERIC E. BELLAS B.S., M.S., Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) B.S. (Juilliard) M.A. (Columbia) �FACULTY - Page 201 Page 200 - FACULTY ROBERT E. OGREN Biology Associate Professor History Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor Economics Associate Professor B.A. (Wheaton) M.S. (Northwestern) G CE C. KIMBALL Biology Associate Professor Biology Associate Professor Chemistry Associate Professor Philosophy and Religion Associate Professor Education Associate Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor Engineering Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor Business Education Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor Accounting Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor B . (Rochester) Ph.D. (Cornell) Ph.D. (Illinois) HAROLD E. Cox B.A. (William and Mary) M.A., Ph.D. (Virginia) WELTON G. FARRAR B.S., M.S. (Pennsylvania) GEORGE F. ELLIOT B.A. (Montclair State) M.A. (Clark) How ARD A. SwAIN, JR. Chemistry B.S. (Grove City) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) ALVAN BRUCH Associate Profe sor LOW. LEYB. T Physics English B.A. (Syracuse) M.A. (Columbia) FRANCIS J. SALLEY LEYH. Chemistry ROBERT A. WEST B.M. (Converse) M.A. (NYU) M.M. (Manhattan) Ed.D. (Columbia) WELLE. THOMAS Economics Associate Profes or GORGE Associate Professor ROBERT Chemistry GERA B. . (Bloomsburg) .. (Columbia) OE y OUNG R•• (Rhode Island) . (Columbia) Chemistry B.S. (Muhlenberg) Ph.D. (MIT) LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT CO Associate Professor B.S. (Valparaiso) M.S. (New York) Ph.D. (Northeastern) OWEN D. FAUT B.S.C. (Washington and Lee) Education B.A. (Roosevelt) M.S., Ph.D. (Wisconsin) JAMES J. BoHNING HELDON CURTIS B.S. (Washington and Lee) B.A. (Bucknell) M.A. (Columbia) ROBERT E. WERNER Associate Professor W ASILESKI BS. (Pittsburgh) 1.S. (Bucknell) Associate Professor E B.S. (St. Joseph's) M.S. (Pennsylvania) G. DARTE, II B . (Yale) 1 ., Ed.D. (Pennsylvania) Associate Professor T ALFRED S. GROH KAY B . (Western Reserve) f . {Michigan) Ph.D. (Ohio) CK B.S. (Chicago) M.S., Ph.D. (New York) TAPPA B . (Brooklyn) 1 . (Williams) Ph.D. (Yale) Music As.,ociate Professor Associate Professor ROBERT s. CAPIN B.S. (Wilkes) CP.A. (State of Pennsylvania) II RLOTTE V. LORD B. . ( rew York) M.A. En~lish (Bucknell) .. Ita ian (Middlebury) �FACULTY - Page 203 Page 202 - FACULTY JAMES G. DECOSMO Mathematics B.S. (West Chester) M.S. (Adelphi) RICHARD B. CHAPLINE Music B.S., M.S. (Juilliard) STANLEY S. GunN Assistant Profess English Assistant Professor Library Assistant Professo B.A., M.A. (Maryland) DALE ALLAN BUEHLER Assistant Profess B.A. (Franklin and Marshall) M.S.inL.S. Fine Arts Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor B.F.A. (Syracuse) THOMAS J. MIZIANTY B.S. (Scranton) M.S., Ph.D. (Delaware) HERBERT GARBER Music B.A. (New York) M.A. (Columbia) JAMES P. BERG History B.A. (Harvard) B.D. (Lutheran Seminary) M.A. (Pennsylvania) u MID R. N EJIB B.S. (Baghdad) M.S., Ph.D. (Carnegie) Ro LAND C. ScH MIDT, JR. Physics and Engineering Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Mathematics Assistant Professor Political Science Assistant Professor Foreign Language Assistant Professor Education Assistant Professor Fine Arts Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor Religion Assistant Professor Chemistry Assistant Professor Political Science Assistant Professor Physics Assistant Professor Biology Assistant Professor B . (Wa hington & Jefferson) PhD. (Wisconsin) EPH H. SALSBURG PHIi IP R. TunY B . ( alparaiso) 1. , . (Pennsylvania) EM. RIBAS B. ., LL.B. (Barcelona) Ph.D. (Madrid) Assistant Professor ICHAEL Assistant Professor ICHAHSTEIN J. BARONE B.S. (Wilkes) M.S. (Bucknell) B.F.A., M.F.A. (Kent State) H. PERKUS B. ., M.A. (Brooklyn) Ph.D. (Rochester) Assistant Professor B . (Eastern Nazarene) .T.B. (Temple) Ph.D. (Drew) Education Assistant Professor Foreign Language l1ssistant Professor English Assistant Professor L Assistant Professor WILBUR B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Duquesne) B.A. (Taiwan) M.A. (Pennsylvania) RoY W. MoRROW Assistant Professor B.A., LL.D., P.L.D. (Havana) Kuo-KONG SHow Music B . (Mansfield) I. 1. (Eastman) Physical Education B.A. (Wilkes) THOMAS KASKA C. pARTCHEY ETH Rov ·. WILLIAMS M.S. (Scranton) JORGE E. DE CUBAS Assistant Professor B . (Ju1lliard) 1 . (Columbia) RALD B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) J. GEORGE SILES Music B . (Bucknell) (Drexel Institute of Technology) J. PHILIP RICHARDS E 0. SULLIVAN History Jou . LABOWS y HI SUGIYAMA 8 .. (Lafayette) Ph.D. (Cornell) B ., • 1.A. (Florida) Ph.D. (Maryland) ERE C. HOSTLER 8 .. (MIT) 1. ., Ph.D. (Stanford) F. HAYES 8 .. (Colby) ~.S., Ph.D. (Lehigh) �FACULTY - Page 205 Page 204-FACULTY JAM ES M. TOOLE Physics B.S. (Pennsylvania State) M.S. (Wilkes) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania State) ANGEL BELIC LL.D. (Zagreb) Ph.D. (Rome, Italy) DORIS B. SARACINO B.S., M.S. (East Stroudsburg) w ARREN E. DEARMENT B.A. (Dickinson) M.A. (Pittsburgh) RONALD G. RAINEY Assistant Professor Physical Education Assistant Professor English B.B.A., M.A. (Miami) LEE C. TERRY Physical Education Business Administration English Education B.A. (Alexandria, Egypt) M.A. (Columbia) JAMES P. RoDECHKo History B.A. (Hofstra) M.A., Ph.D. (Connecticut) ROBERT D. STETTEN B.A. (Lehigh) M.A. (Iowa) EDWIN M. OwRE Psychology Art B.F.A., M.F.A. (Yale) BERENICE D'V0RZON Art B.F.A., M.A. (Columbia) FRANK G. BAILEY Physics B.S. (Pennsylvania) M.S. (Stevens) M.A. (Columbia) Ph.D. (Polytechnic Inst. of Brooklyn) VALENTIN PLANIOL LL.D. (Havana) M.A. (Middlebury) Assistant Professor Engineering Assistant Professor Economics Assistant Professor English Assistant Professor History Assistant Professor Psychology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor English Instructor ( on leave) Biology Instructor English Instructor English Instructor Mathematics Instructor Library Instructor English Instructor mjab, India) ennsylvania) Ph.D. (Cornell) R TH E. COPLAN B. (Cornell) 1. . (Virginia) Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) G. WHITE DE B ., ~1.A. (Virginia) B.A. (Southern Methodist) Ph.D. (Texas) MAHMOUD H. FAHMY ABY . (Kharkov Institute nology) .BAWA Foreign Languages B.S., M.Ed. (Pennsylvania State) THEODORE J. ENGEL Assistant Professor Foreign Language Assistant Professor Ph.D. (Dublin, Ireland) Jo EPH H. KANNER B.A. (Bucknell) Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor Assistant Professor 1.A. (New School for Social Research) RUTH T. ROBERTS B . (Goucher) \ ILLIAM J. MISTICHELLI B . (La Salle(, M.A. (Pennsy vania) Assistant Professor CHESTER N. MoLLEY Assistant Professor THELMA K. BoscH Assistant Professor JUDITH Assista1t Professor 1. Jo Assistant Professor B.A. (Wilkes) 1 . (Bucknell) B.A. (Pennsylvania State) E. KRAVITZ B.. (Pennsylvania State) M.Ed. (Temple) EPH FINNERAN B.. (Scranton) I. .in LS. (Drexel Institute of Technology) ARTIIA E. HADSEL B.A. (Wilkes) 1. . (Chicago) �Page 206 - FACULTY FACULTY - Page 207 RICHARD E. SOURS Mathematics B.S. (Towson) M.S. (Michigan State) FREDERICK J. KROHLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. in L.S. (Drexel Inst. of Technology) CHARLES H. SWEENEY B.A. (Mexico City) M.A. (Middlebury) M. ANN ROMINES B.A. (Central Methodist) M.A. (Tufts) PAUL P. ZAVADA B.S. (Wilkes) C.P.A. (State of Pennsylvania) EDWIN L. Library Instructor ( on leave} Jo R. C. HoBROCK Instructor D OLEY C. BROWN B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Bucknell) RAYMOND A. PHILLIPS B.A. (SUNY at Albany) M.A. (Columbia) Instructor English Instructor Foreign Language and Ma them a tics Instructor Education Instructor Business Administration Instructor Library Instructor Library Instructor Library Instructor History Instructor Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor Music Instructor Foreign Languages Instructor Chemistry Instructor Economics Instructor B. . (Marietta) .. (I high) Foreign Language Instructor English Instructor Accounting Instructor Education Instructor ( on leave) LBERT C. SERZAN B.. (Yale) M..T. (Chicago) Ro ALD LEE B . (Emory & Henry) ) D. (Tennessee) RIE 8YCZKOWSKI JOHNSON Psychology .B. (Kenyon) .. (Lehigh) B . (Douglass) M . in L.S. (Rutgers) I £OTA EVIL Foreign Language Instructor B.. in Ed. (Bloomsburg) LBERT W. RINEHIMER B . (Wilkes) PATRICIA M. BOYLE B.A. (Wilkes) M.A. (Pennsylvania) LORETTA FARRIS B.S. (Bucknell) English Instructor B . (Ohio Wesleyan) .. (Columbia) Library Instructor M.A. (Marywood) ROBERT BOMBOY B.A. (Wilkes) M.S. (Columbia) JOSEPH T. BELLUCCI B.S. (Scranton) M.Ed. (Lehigh) JOHN F. MEYERS B.A. (Minnesota) M.A. (Clark) SHARYN K. LYONS B.S. (West Chester) JOHN C. LUKIS B.S. (Springfield) M.S. (Trenton State) B RBARA J. BENNETT English Instructor I GER MILLER B alaurcate, Aarhus Cathedral hool (Denmark) B.. (Wilkes) 1. . (Penn State) \ . CARVFR COLLINS B.. (Pittsburgh) Education Instructor RICHARD PROBERT B.. (Wilkes) 1. .E. (Indiana) History Instructor M RY Lou LovETTE B.. (SL' Y, Cortland) . (SUNY, Binghamton) Physical Education Instructor BARBARA BUCKMAN B.. (Wilkes) Physical Education Instructor HAKII. AHMAD B.. (M.A.0., Pakistan) .. (Panjab, Pakistan) �Page 208 - FACULTY FACULTY - Page 209 w ARD F. MOWERY Music B.S. (Ohio State) M.M., M.S. (Illinois) Instructor PH KATZ B . (Brooklyn) . (Columbia) RAYMOND D. O'CONNOR Sociology B.A. (Iona) M.A. (Pittsburgh) M.S. (Duquesne) Instructor ARY KERR B.A. (Wellesley) M.A. (Rochester) I AOORE KRASNO B.S., M.S. (Rutgers) Part-Time Faculty EDWARD AUGUSTINE B.S. (Bloomsburg) M.S. (Scranton) CLIFFORD E. BALSHAw F.A.G.O. (Quilmant Organ School) Business Administration B.A. (Columbia) B.Rel.Ed., MHL., DHL. (Jewish Theological Seminary) JOSEPH CHMIOLA B.A. (Wilkes) ANTONIA DOLBEAR B.S. (Misericordia) CAROLYN D'ZURKO B.A. (Wellesley) THEODORE A. EVANS B.S., LL.B. (Pennsylvania) DAVID GURALNICK A.B. (New York) M.S. Ed. (CCNY) Ph.D. (New York) EC. Instructor JOHN HARDIE B.A. (Wilkes) EDGAR w. HUGHES, JR. B.A. (Lafayette) M.A. (Scranton) NATHAN HYMAN B.A., LL.B. (Cornell) WILLIAM JOHNS B.S. (Wilkes) LIVA Quilliard) E zo A. LIVA Music Instructor Religion Instructor Quilliard) c1s M1cocc1 B.. (King's) 1.B.. (Scranton) H ROLD MILLER B.. ( ranton) Business Administration Instructor Secretarial Studies Instructor Business Administration Instructor Political Science Instructor IRWI MORRISON B.B . (City College of New York) I LB. (Brooklyn) C.P.. (State of New York) LTER PLACEK B.. (Wilkes) .Ed. (Pennsylvania State) ARITA s. RILEY B.A. (Wilkes) Psychology Instructor English Instructor Psychology Instructor Music Instructor Music Instructor Business Administration Instructor Retailing Instructor Accounting Instructor Physics Instructor Nursing Education Instructor Business Administra tiQn Instructor English Instructor Business Administration Instructor Sociology Instructor English Instructor Ph.D. (Pennsylvania) FRA ABRAHAM D. BARRAS Psychology Instructor ART! SAMUELS B.E. (Vanderbilt University) WSIMIR English Instructor History Instructor HELOO Instructor Business Administration Instructor VALE B.. (Pennsylvania State) BARBARA Business Administration TYBURSKI B.A. (Delaware) WELLIVER B.A. (Susquehanna) M.S.W. (Washington) .. E. (Temple) YVANWY WILLIAMS B.A. (New York State) M.A. (Middlebury) �Page 210 - FA CULTY FACULTY - Page 211 Faculty Committees Academic Standing Francis J. Michelini. Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Robert DeYoung Benjamin Fiester Herbert Garber Eugene L. Hammer Stanley Holden John Labows B. Hopkins Moses George F. Ralston Charles B. Reif Roland C. Schmidt, Jr. John P. Whitby Admissions Ralph Rozelle, Chairman John J. Chwalek George Elliot Philip Richards Robert C. Riley Robert West John P. Whitby Athletic Robert West, Chairman George Elliot Welton Farrar Jon Habrock Arthur J. Hoover Chester Malley George F. Ralston John G. Reese Thomas R. Richards Ralph B. Rozelle Charles Sweeney Stanko Vujica John P. Whitby Calendar-Faculty Handbook Hugo V. Mailey, Chairman Francis J. Michelini B. Hopkins Moses Curriculum Robert C. Riley, Chairman James Berg James DeCosmo Francis Donahoe William R. Gasbarro Stanley S. Gutin Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini, Ex Officio Robert Ogren Samuel A. Rosenberg George Siles William Stine Stanko Vujica Library Robert E. Werner, Chairman Frederic E. Bellas Dale E. Buehler Chester Colson Harold Cox Elwood Disque Grace Kimball Jaroslav Moravec Gerald Perkus Philip Tuhy Nada Vujica Faculty Committees Graduate Studies ( continued) B njamin Fiester Eugene Hammer Bron is Kaslas Charles B. Reif Philip Rizzo amuel Rosenberg Donald Tappa Robert Werner Bing Wong William Gasbarro Alfred Groh Arthur Hoover Thomas Mizianty Ronald Rainey Richard Raspen Student Publications Stanley Kay, Chairman Patricia Boyle Chester Colson Re earch and Service Committee Stanley Holden, Chairman Hugo V. Mailey Francis J. Michelini Ralph Rozelle Eugene S. Farley, Ex Officio tudent Life Committee George F. Ralston, Chairman Margaret M. Ahlborn Robert Capin amuel Davenport Academic Freedom a) MEDIATION Samuel A. Rosenberg Ralph B. Rozelle Stanko Vujica Robert C. Riley (Alternate) b) FACULTY-TRUSTEE Eugene L. Hammer Welton Farrar Charles B. Reif (Alternate) Committee on Financial Aid James Bohning, Chairman Michael Barone James DeCosmo Wilbur Hayes Arthur J. Hoover Richard Raspen John P. Whitby Graduate Studies Ralph B. Rozelle, Chairman James Bohning Alvan Bruch Franck Darte Francis Donahoe Ex Officio on all Committees except committees on academic freedom-EUGENE S. FARLEY �nde c d mic Requirements 55 ounting 91 Program tion of Courses .. 107 , Student ................ . 41 d ration Buildings ········· ········ 36 .. ··········. 196 ··········•······ 12 ······ ... ······· 11 ····· ············ 12 R quircments 11 d\ n ed Course Standing 13 lunmi Office 35 nthropology .. ..... ........ . .. 189 rt 34, 81 mbly Committee .......... 42 i tancc, Financial .......... .. 18 mployment . ......... ......... 20 I oan ........ ........... 20 holar hips 18 Tuition Stipends 42 th! ti ............... 46 ... ·········· . 57 ·················· 61 62 B helor of Arts D rec ... . 71, 72 R quired Courses 73 lection of a major ...... 74 B ch lor of Science D gr e ...... 75, 76 lcction of a major 75 B nd . . ...................... 41 Bi lo } B. . Degree Program ...... 78 B. . Degree Program 88 D ription of Courses . .. I 09 Graduate Program .............. 51 Board of Trustees ................... .194 Bookstore .................................. 33 Buildings and Plant ................ 31 Business Administration Degree Program ....... ....... .. 92 Description of Courses ....... 113 Business Education .............. 94, 95 Calendar .................................. 2 Center for the Performing Arts ............. 35, 67 Change of Program ......... ....... 58 Chemistry B.A. Degree Program .. ....... 79 B.S. Degree Program .... 89, 90 Description of Courses .......... 117 Graduate Program .............. 51 Chorus .................................... 41 Class Standing ......................... 56 Clubs ................................... .41, 45 College and Community ..... 63, 65 College Commons .................. 34 College Services ........................ 197 College Testing Service ............ 33 Commerce and Finance .......... 91 Consultation Service .............. 40 Convocation Fee ..................... 15 Counseling .. .. .... ....... ....... ......... 39 Course Credits ........................ 55 Courses Accounting .......................... 107 Anthropology ..................... .189 Applied Music ..................... .162 Biology ................................ 109 Business Administration ..... 113 Chemistry ........................... .117 Economics ............................ 121 Education .......................... .126 Engineering .......................... 132 �Page 214 - INDEX English .................................. 135 Fine Arts .............................. 141 French ................................. .144 General Science ................... .152 German ................................ 146 History .................................. 153 Hygiene ............................... .174 Mathematics ........................ 157 Music .................................... 162 Music Education .................. 166 Nursing Education .............. 169 Philosophy ............................ 170 Physical Education .............. 173 Physics .................................. 174 Political Science .................. 178 Psychology .......................... 182 Religion ................................ 173 Retailing .............................. 185 Russian ............................... .151 Secretarial Studies ................ 187 Sociology ............................. .189 Spanish ................................ 149 Theater Arts ........................ 140 Curricula ........................ .......... 51 Dean's List ................................ 58 Debating .................................. 41 Degree Bachelor of Arts ........ 71, 72, 76 Bachelor of Science .......... 75, 76 Degree Programs ...... SI, 52, 71, 76 Dormitories .......................... 17, 36 Dramatics ............................ 35, 41 Economics Degree Program .................. 80 Description of Courses ........ 121 Education Elementary .......................... 80 Secondary ............................ 81 INDEX - Page 215 Business ........................ . Music ....................... . Nursing .................... . Science ................... . Description of Courses Graduate Programs Employment ................. . Engineering ............. . Degree Programs, Common Freshman Year . ... 95 Aeronautical ............. . Chemical .................... . Civil ........................ . Electrical ......... . Engineering Physics Industrial ............... . 99 Mechanical .......... . 99 Description of Courses I English Degree Program ... Description of Courses Entrance Examinations Evening School . ......... .14, 52, Expenses ..................... I Extracurricular Activities I Faculty .............................. I Committees .............. .. 202 Fees ............................ ..... I Financial Assistance . . . I Fine Arts Education Degree Program ..... Description of Courses I Fine Arts Fiesta ........ ..... . 67 Foreign Languages Degree Program ..... . Description of Courses French Description of Courses I Freshman Orientation .... 39 G ral Science ...................... 152 rman D ription of Courses ...... 146 Gr d ..... ... . ................ 55 33 Graduate Programs In Biology .......................... 51 In Chemistry ................ 51 In Education ........................ 51 In Physics ............................ 51 Gr duation Fee ........................ 15 Graduation R quircments for ............... 60 Guidance Center ...................... 33 G mnasium ..................... 33, 45 Hi tory D rce Program ........ ... 82 D cription of Courses ....... 153 Hom oming ............ ... .. ..... .... .. 44 Hono . ..... . ................... .. 59 Hy ienc ........... ............. 174 In titute of Regional Affairs ... 65 In urance ccidcnt and Sickness .......... 16 Int r-Dormitory Council ... 41, 44 bar-Management Training Program ................ I ibcral Arts Requirements for Major ...... lection of a Major............ Library . ...... .................... Lo d Student Work. ............... Loan 65 77 74 31 57 ··································· 20 adrigal Singers ...................... ale Chorus ......................... ajor Accounting .......................... Biology .................................. 41 41 91 78 Business Administration ...... 92 Business Education .......... 93, 94 Chemistry .................. 79, 89, 90 Economics ............................ 80 Education ............................ 80 English .................................. 81 Fine Arts .............................. 81 Foreign Language ................ 82 History .................................. 82 Mathematics ........................ 82 Music .............................. 84, IOI Philosophy-Religion ............ 85 Physics ...................... 85, 86, 103 Political Science .................. 86 Psychology ............................ 87 Social Science ...................... 87 Sociology-Anthropology ...... 87 Course Requirements .......... 73 Mathematics Degree Program .............. 82, 83 Description of Courses ....... .! 57 Medical Technology Degree Program ............ 100, 10 I Music Activity ............................ 34, 41 Degree Program .................. 84 Description of Courses ....... .162 Music Education Degree Program ............ 10 I, 102 Description of Courses ....... .166 National Defense Student Loan Program .............. 16, 20 Nursing Education Degree Program............ 102, 103 Description of Courses ....... .169 Orientation for Freshmen ........ Overload .................................. Parents' Day ............................ Payment of Tuition ................ 39 57 43 16 �Page 216 - INDEX Philosophy Degree Program __________________ 85 Description of Courses ________ 170 Physical Education and Hygiene ____________________________ I 73 Physics Degree Program ______ 85, 86, I 03 Description of Courses _______ .! 74 Graduate Program ______________ 51 Placement Office ______________________ 33 Point Averages ________________________ 56 Political Science Degree Program __________________ 86 Description of Courses ________ 178 Pre-Professional Degree __________ 52 Probation ---------------------------------- 57 Psychology Degree Program __________________ 87 Description of Courses ________ 182 Publications ------------------------------ 42 Staff Stipends ________________________ 42 Refunds ------------------------------------ 16 Registration ------------------------------ 14 Religion Description of Courses ________ 173 Research ______________________________ 32, 67 Retailing Description of Courses _______ -185 Russian Description of Courses _______ -151 Scholarships ------------------------------ 18 Founders of -------------------------- 21 Scholastic Aptitude Tests, CEEB -------------------------------- 12 Scholastic Endowments __________ 27 Science Facilities ______________________ 32 Secretarial Studies Degree Program __________________ 93 Description of Courses _______ .187 Social Activities --------······ Social Science _____ _ Sociology and Anthropology Degree Program _ . Description of Courses Spanish Description of Courses I Stark Hall of Science ___ 32 Student Activities __ Student Advisement _ Student Government Student Course Load Student Loans ______ _ Student Regulations Student Responsibility Summer School -------·-··-- .. Teacher Certification Theater Arts ------------· Town and Gown Concerts Transcripts of Academic Record ________________ _ Transfer of Summer Credits Transfer Students ------··-·· _ Trustees Board of -----------------·---·· __ Committees --------·---·-··· Tuition ----------------------·-····-·Fees --------------------------······· Payment of --------------••· .. Refund of ---------------···-··· Undergraduate Programs 57, i Wilkes College ________________ _ Accreditation ___________ _ Wilkes-Barre Philharmonic Orchestra _________________ . Withdrawals ---------------·· Women's Chorus __ _____ _ Wrestling Tournament o; 16 s· �COLLEGE SESSION FALi. SEMESTER 1968-1969 �CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wednesday, September 11. ........ 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p Thursday, September 12 .......... 9 :oo a.m. to a:oo p Friday, September 13 ............. 9 :00 a.m. to 8:00 p Wilkes College 2«lletiJt Saturday, September 14 ........... 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 no Monday, September 16 .......... Classes begin at 6:00 p Friday, October 4 ......... . .. Report on incomplete grad Saturday, October 26 .................... Progress repor Tuesday, November 26 ..... Thanksgiving recess, 10:00 p Monday, December 2 ............ Classes resume, 6:00 p I . . . ~~~~--=- --~ :: .-: . •· > l Thursday, December 19 ........ Christmas recess, 10:00 p Monday, January 6 .............. Classes resume, 6:00 p Thursday, January 9 .............. Classes end, 10:00 p Monday, January 13 through Thursday, January 16 ............... Examination per· For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin EVENING SESSION Fall Semester Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College 1968-1969 Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:00 p.m., call 824-4656) WILJ.ES-BA.HHE, PEl\Tl\TSYLVA.l\TIA. �seeks truth, for without truth there ca11 be 110 understanding; An Educated possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; Man is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spirit11al strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Wilkes [ollege Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, r ponding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its curnt enrollment of approximately 2200 full-time day students and 1000 v ning students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing ducation programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for 1t purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished h College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the comunity. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an ind pendent college that was interdenominational in its influence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Y ars have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their d cision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the ork of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is fre . Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, �backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their con• victions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friendship based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideals tha create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the facul, ty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unl students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men docto and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community effort has been strengthen with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has b clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the communi all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has result in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied th support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadil so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Comma Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the expansio of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Association of Coll and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been accred• ited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of e York. EVENING COLLEGE INFORMATION CURRICULA UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help hich may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide program of Evening courses from which selections may be made according to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their p cial value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire addi- tional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. 4. Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. 5, Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday or Tuesday-Thursday between the hours of 6 :00 p.m. and 10 :00 p.m. �The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered fo courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment\\. be notified as promptly as possible. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped an staffed installation that is an integral part of the College complex. D r• ing the school term the Center will continue the various public and private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College ha pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the need of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and oth employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requir ments of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted with common problems, special classes are organized to include represent• ation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college organization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple aca• demic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spillin into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordination of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve complex and contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community inform· ation, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affairs i cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the hear of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreationa facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. TIIE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Fall ion: on day through Thursday ............. 8 :00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 :00 a.m. to 9 :00 p.m. aturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 :00 a.m. to 4 :00 p.m. unday .............................. 1 :00 p.m. to 4 :00 p.m. Telephone number after 5 :00 p.m. is 824-4654. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulaon Desk of the Library. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and upplies. It will be open as follows: fonday through Friday ............... 9 :00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. 1 :00 p.m. to 4 :45 p.m. Monday and Tuesday Evenings ....... . 6 :00 p.m. to 7 :45 p.m. aturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9:oo a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. EXPE SES Tuition - $45 per semester hour credit II charges must be paid at the time registration forms are proed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must paid for at the time of purchase. WITHDRAWAL student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses fter the first week must receive approval from the instructor and hould give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the EveIng and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly how failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will reive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first i weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded pon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the 'thdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the rst six weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for th full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled hall be entitled to any refunds. �EVENING C:DLLEGE co UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION DESCRIPTION E DAY& HOURS ROOMNo. CREDIT HOURS ECO OMICS: FALL SEMESTER -1968-1969 Principles of Economics I TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 23 3 Economic History Money and Banking (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 8:00-9:30 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 Par. 34 3 3 Collective Bargaining (Pre: Econ. 102) International Trade (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 34 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 23 3 Economic Geography of North America (Pre: Econ. 102) MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 25 3 Applied General Statistics (Pre: Approval) TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 25 3 Consumer Economics (Pre: Econ. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 34 3 MW 6 :30-8 :00 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf.12 Bdf.12 3 101E·2 Composition I Composition I lOlE-3 Composition I TTH 6:30-8:00 Bdf.12 l0lE-4 Composition I Bdf.12 3 3 102E Composition II (Pre: Eng. 101) TTH 8 :00-9 :30 MW 8:00-9:30 Bdf. 13 3 Stark 116 131E Stark 110 Fundamentals of Speech Western World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) Western World of Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) TH 6:00-8:00 n 151E on 101E Econ 102E COURSE DESCRIPTION n 111E DAY& HOURS on 201E n.22 E ACCOUNTING: Acct. 101E Elementary Accounting I MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 35 on 225E Acct. 101E-2 Elementary Accounting I Acct. 101E-3 Elementary Accounting I TTH 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Par. 45 on 227E Acct.102E Elementary Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 101) Intermediate Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 102) MW 8 :00-9 :30 Par.35 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 25 Acct.111E n. 231E Econ 245E Acct. 201E Advanced Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Acct. 221E Taxes I (Pre: Acct. 102-202) TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 45 Acct. 231E Auditing Practice I (Pre: Acct. 202) Advanced Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112) MW 8 :00-9 :30 Par. 25 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 35 Acct. 241E 101E BIOLOGY: Bio. 101E Biological Science I Bio. 101E-2 Biological Science I TTH 6 :30-8 :00 TTH 8:00-9:30 En 151E-2 BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B. A. 209E Correspondence & Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) TTH 8:00-9:30 Par 25 B.A. 225E Corporation Finance (Pre: Econ. 102) Business Law Introduction & Contracts TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 45 En • ci. tOlE Environmental Science MW 6 :30-8 :00 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 43 Par. 26 F B.A. 231E B.A. 241E B.A. 251E Life Insurance (Pre: Approval of instructor) Principles of Management I 3 Bdf. 13 2 MW 6:00-8:00 Bdf. Sem. 4 TTH 6:00-8:00 Bdf. Sem. 4 IRONMENTAL SCIENCE: TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 TTH 8:00-10:00 Stark 302 3 MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6:00-8:00 Con. An.101 Con.An.101 3 3 Con. Low Lev. 3 E ARTS: 101E F . 109E F 122E Experiencing Art I Oil Painting I Ceramics �DAY& DESCRIPTION COURSE co HOURS Hist. 101E-2 Hist. 107E Hist. 221E History of Western Civilization I History of Western Civilization I American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 American Social and Intellectual History (Pre: Hist. 107 and 108) TTH 8:00-9:30 Wk An. MW 8:00-9:30 Wk. An. TTH 6:30-8:00 Wk. An. MW 6:30-8:00 Wk.An. LANGUAGES: Fr.101E Ger.101E Ger. 103E Russ.101A Russ. 103E Span.101E Span.103E Elementary French Elementary German Intermediate German (Pre: Ger. 102) Elementary Russian Intermediate Russian (Pre: Russ. 102) Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Span. 102) MW 8 :00-9 :30 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Kirby Hall Kirby Hall Kirby Hall TTH 4:00-5:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Kirby Hall Kirby Hall MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby Hall Kirby Hall Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Mathematics of Finance TTH 6:00-8:00 Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) (Pre: Math. 122) Stark 204 Stark 204 Stark 204 TTH 6 :30 8 :00 Chase Th. Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Applied Music N. E. 112E Hours to be arranged Trends in Nursing Supervision and Administration Field Experience in Supervising or Teaching (Pre: Approval of instructor) M 4:00-6:00 T 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 Kirby 107 Introduction to Philosophy Logic and Scientific Method Hygiene T 7:00-8 :00 Stark 109 1 lOlE Physical Science W 6:30-9:30 Stark 100 3 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 53 3 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Par. 53 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 46 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 MW 6:30-8:00 Par. 56 Par. 56 Kirby Hall 3 3 3 T 6:30-9:30 Kirby Hall 3 MW 6:30-8:00 Kirby Hall 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 fTH 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 43 Par. 34 3 3 MW 6:00-8:00 MW 8:00-10:00 TTH 6:00-7:00 ITH 7:00-10:00 Par. 33 Par. 33 Par. 33 Par. 33 1 3 MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 26 3 ITH 6 :30-8 :00 Par. 46 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE: p p 101E 221E p 223E p 251E Political Science I International Law (Pre: P.S. 101,102) Comparative Government (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) The Role of Planning in Urban Development (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) YCHOLOGY: lOlE 101E-2 207E 257E General Psychology I General Psychology I Child Psychology (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) Human Behavior (Pre:Psy.101,102) Abnormal Psychology (Pre: Psy. 207, 208) Principles of Retailing Purchases and Merchandise Control (Pre: B.A. 107 or approval) ECRETARIAL STUDIES: 105E . 107E 201E 207E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typing Advanced Typing Advanced Shorthand 2 2 Hrs. to be arranged Kirby 107 SOCIOLOGY: c lOlE PHILOSOPHY: Phil.101E Phil. 102E CREDIT HOURS D.iAIU G: NURSING EDUCATION: N. E. 102E N. E. 106E ROOMNo. PHYSICS: Ph R t 101E R 212E MUSIC: Mus. 101E PE 105E 208E MATHEMATICS: Math. 101E Math.115E Math.125E HOURS PHYSICAL EDUCATION: HISTORY: Hist. 101E DAY& DESCRIPTION E TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 109 Stark 114 .252E Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology Fields of Social Work (Pre: Soc. 101, 102 Psy. 101, 102) �GRADUATE DIVISION REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH-WILKES COURSES I HELD DURING REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION HOURS I THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF STARK HALL. f ALL SEMESTER-1968-1969 WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM The following graduate courses in biology, chemistry, and phy will be offered and may be applied toward the degree of Master Science. Normal scheduling for the classes is in late afternoon or evening. Biology Bio. 402 Bio. 422 - Cell Biology, Embryogenesis, and Differentiation 3 ho Current Concepts in Genetics 3ho Chemistry Chem. 310 Chem. 330 Chem. 342 - Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Advanced Organic Chemistry I Chemical Thermodynamics and Statistical Thermodynamics 3 ho 3 ho 3h Physics Phys. 301 Phys. 304 Phys. 331 - Analytical Mechanics Quantum Mechanics Crystallography LEHIGH-WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers r uate courses in education and business administration. Education Ed. 408 - Ed. 493 - Ed. 454 - Comparative Foundations of Education Thursday 7-10 Research Wednesday 7-10 The Secondary School Curriculum Tuesday 7-10 3 ho 3h 3 ho Business Administration Econ. 333 - Labor Problems Fin. 421 - Financial Management 3 ho 3 ho TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM \ ilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a G n ral Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Deof Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anywho meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure broad-base general education program. FURTHER INFORMATION ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES C BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT ILKES COLLEGE (824-4651, Ext. 243). ��CALENDAR Registration for the Evening College is as follows: Wilkes [allege Wednesday, January 22 .............. 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m Thursday, January 23 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 8:00 p.m Friday, January 24 .................. 9:oo a.m. to 8:00 p.m. Saturday, January 25 ............... 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon 'l>ulLetut Monday, January 27 .............. Classes begin at 6:00 p.m Saturday, February 22 ............ Submit incomplete grade Saturday, March 8 ....................... Progress report Thursday, March 27 ....... Easter recess begins at 10:00 p.m Wednesday, April 9 .......... Easter recess ends at 6:00 p.m. Thursday, May 15 ................ Classes end at 10:00 p.m. Monday, May 19 to Thursday, May 22 .... Examination period For further information write to: Professor Robert S. Capin Director of Evening and Summer College EVENING SESSION Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone 824-4651. (After 5:oo p.m., call 824-4656) Spring Semester 1969 WILKES-BARBE, PENNSYLVANIA �Wilkes C:ollege seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and beliefs that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape th lives of 11 zen; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. ilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell University, ponding to a request of community leaders, established its Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell University Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College received its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College has grown steadily to its curnt enrollment of approximately 2400 full-time day students and 1000 ening students engaged in undergraduate, graduate, and continuing ducation programs. From its inception the college has been dedicated to these twin goals a sound and stimulating intellectual experience for students and a rogram of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new college should be non-sectarian, for t purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters wished College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the comunity. It was believed that these ends could be served best by an inpendent college that was interdenominational in its influence and on-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. McClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their cision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to strengthen the ork of the faculty, united in their faith that the intellectual and spirual resources of the student are vigorous where the creative mind is r e. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY A college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite hilosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided by e thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our world requires not only great vision but warm understanding of peoples. In its mall circle Wilkes College brings together students of many faiths, �backgrounds, and countries. It encourages them to maintain their c victions and their loyalties. It encourages them to create friend h based upon respect for differences, and to adhere to those ideal create unity and good will amidst diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, the fa ty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance uni students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine char ct In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men docto and lawyers, you must first make them men." Wilkes College is committed to education as a way of life. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community effort has been strengthen with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It has b clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and the commun all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperative relationship, its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has r ul in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied th support during the past decades and the campus has expanded ste d so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Commo Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pace with the e pan · of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Instruction of State of Pennsylvania and the Middle States Associati011 of Colle and Secondary Schools. The Accounting curriculum has been ace ited by the Certified Public Accounting Examiners of the State of York. EVENING C:DLLEGE INFORMATION ICULA ERGRADUATE PROGRAM To meet the needs of ambitious men and women who desire the help hich may come from college instruction, Wilkes College offers a wide rogram of Evening courses from which selections may be made acording to individual tastes and requirements. The courses offered by the Evening College are designed for their cial value to the following groups: 1. Those employed in business or governmental organizations who desire and need training to fit them for advancement. 2. Men and women who wish to prepare themselves by study and training for work in a new field. 3. Teachers, nurses and those in other professions who desire additional training in one or more subjects in order to meet the professional requirements demanded of them. . Business executives who are interested in the study of problems relating to business administration and the economy of the nation and the world. , Those who wish to prepare for the profession of accounting and aspire to qualify for a certification by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as Certified Public Accountants. 6. Individuals wishing to broaden their knowledge or to increase their skill in certain fields for their personal satisfaction and improvement. 7. Men and women seeking a college degree through attendance in the Evening College. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses ered in the evening will be scheduled on Monday-Wednesday or sday-Thursday between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. �The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for wh1 there is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered f courses that may be cancelled because of insufficient enrollment be notified as promptly as possible. RESEARCH AND GRADUATE CENTER The Research and Graduate Center is an excellently equipped a staffed installation that is an integral part of the College comple . D ing the school term the Center will continue the various public an private research projects now in progress. LABOR-MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSES To establish a climate for industrial redevelopment the College h pioneered a Labor-Management Training Program in which the n of the individual and the company are analyzed. Plans are arranged in consultation with officials, foremen, and oth employees and are designed to meet the general and specific requir ments of the particular group. Where several firms are confronted Hi common problems, special classes are organized to include repre . ation of several companies. INSTITUTE OF REGIONAL AFFAIRS The Institute of Regional Affairs is a multi-purpose college orga ization which views regional problems as belonging to no simple a demic discipline, but rather as a contemporary phenomenon spill' into many disciplines. The Institute was created to assure coordinah of varied efforts in order to better understand and resolve comple · a contemporary problems. Its four-fold purpose is: education and training, community info ation, research, and consultation. The underlying philosophy of the Institute of Regional Affair cooperation, rather than reform of partisanship. FACILITIES The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in the h of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location 1 the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreation facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. THE LIBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the Spring sion: Monday through Thursday .... .. ... . .. . 8 :00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Friday ............................... 8 :00 a.m. to 5 :00 p.m. Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 :00 a.m. to 4 :00 p.m. Sunday ............................. . 2:00 p.m. to 9:00 p.m. Telephone number afler 5 :00 p.m. is 824-4654. Evening College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circula1on Desk of the Library. BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks and upplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday ........ . ... . .. 9 :00 a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. 1:00 p.m. to 4:45 p.m. onday and Tuesday Evenings .... . ... 6:00 p.m. to 7:45 p.m. aturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . g:oo a.m. to 11 :45 a.m. EXPENSES Tuition - $45 per semester hour credit II charges must be paid at the time registration forms are proed. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must paid for at the time of purchase. ITHDRAWAL A student who withdraws from the evening session or drops courses fter the first week must receive approval from the instructor and hould give prompt written or verbal notice to the Director of the Eveing and Summer College in order that their records may not unjustly how failure in courses. Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will reeive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: during the first i weeks of the evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the ithdrawal is made for adequate and satisfactory reasons. After the t i weeks no refunds are allowed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No student who is suspended or expelled hall be entitled to any refunds. �EVENING COLLEGE DAY& HOURS ROOM No. MW 8:00-9:30 Par. 43 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Par. 43 Par. 43 3 3 Principles of Economics I TTH 8:00-9:30 Principles of Economics II MW 6 :30-8 :00 (Pre: Econ. 101) n.102E-2 Principles of Economics II MW 8 :00-9 :30 (Pre: Econ. 101) n 202E Theory of Money MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Econ. 201) n. 212E Government and Business MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: P.S. 101, Econ. 102) n 228E Economic Geography of Asia, Africa, and Latin America MW 6:30-8:00 (Econ. 227 is not a prerequisite) n 230E Business Cycles TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Approval) on. 232E Economics Statistics TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 231) n 236E Public Finance TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Econ. 102, P.S. 101) Par. 23 Par. 56 3 3 Par. 56 3 Par. 35 3 Par. 23 3 Par. 46 3 Par. 34 3 Par. 23 3 Par. 34 3 Chase 209 3 Chase 209 3 Kirby 107 2 ITH 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6 :30-8 :00 TTH 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf.12 Bdf. 12 Bdf.13 3 3 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 Bdf. 12 3 MW 8 :00-9 :30 Bdf. 13 3 TH 4:00-6:00 TH 6:00-8:00 MW 6 :00-8 :00 Bdf.13 Bdf.13 Kirby 303 2 4 TTH 6 :00-8 :00 Kirby 303 4 CORSE DESCRIPTION UNDERGRADUATE DIVISION Spring Semester COURSE DESCRIPTION - 240E 1969 DAY& HOURS CREDIT ROOM No. HOUR 244E . 252E ECO OMICS: n. 101E on.102E ACCOUNTING: Acct.101E Elementary Accounting I MW 6:30-8:00 Ace t. lOlE-2 Elementary Accounting I TTH 6:30-8:00 Acct.102E Elementary Accounting II MW 6:30-8:00 Acct. 102E-2 Elementary Accounting II TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. lllE Intermediate Accounting I MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. 102) Acct.112E Intermediate Accounting II TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. III) Acct. 202E Cost Accounting II MW 6 :30-8 :00 (Pre: Acct. 201) Acct. 222E Taxes II TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Acct. 221) Acct. 232E Auditing II MW 8 :00-9 :30 (Pre: Acct. 231) Acct. 242E Advanced Accounting II TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. 112 and permission) Par. 35 Par. 35 Par. 45 Par. 25 Par. 45 Par. 35 Par. 25 Par. 45 Par. 25 Par25 ED CATION: lOOE BIOLOGY: Bio. 102E d 200E Biological Science TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 116 241E BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 114E B. A. 216E B.A. 220E B. A. 222E B.A. 226E B. A. 232E B. A. 233E Property Insurance (Pre: B.A. 232) Time and Motion Study Principles of Management II (Pre: B.A. 251) Salesmanship TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Approval of instructor) Advertising MW 6:30-8:00 Real Estate TTH 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Ee. 102) Marketing TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Econ. 102) Investments MW 8:00-9:30 (Pre: B.A. 225) Business Law - Agency MW 6:30-8:00 and Sales (Pre: B.A. 231) Business Law - Partnership MW 8:00-9:30 and Corporation (Pre: B.A. 231) Par. 46 CREDIT HOURS Introduction to Education MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Sophomore standing) Educational Psychology TTH 6:30-8:00 (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) Educational Measurements TII 4 :00-6 :00 (Pre: Ed. 200) E GLISH: . 101E Par. 43 Par. 45 102E Par. 46 102E-2 Par. 46 102E-3 Par. 23 131E 131E-2 Par. 34 152E-2 Composition Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Composition (Pre: Eng. 101) Fundamentals of Speech Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) 2 �COURSE DESCRIPTION DAY& HOURS CREDIT ROOMNo. HO COURSE E 108 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE: Env. Sci.102E Introductory Space Science Laboratory Lab Fee $10 T 8 :00-10 :00 TH 8:00-10:00 Stark 302 Stark 302 E 112E DESCRIPTION Multi-Sensory Techniques in Nursing Education (Pre: N.E. 107) Field Experience in Supervision (Pre: Approval of Advisor) DAY& HOURS W 4:00-5:00 ROOM No. Kirby 107 Hours to be arranged CREDIT HOURS 1 4 FINE ARTS: F. A.101E F. A.102E Experiencing Art I Experiencing Art II (Pre: F.A. 101) MW 6:30-8:00 MW 8:00-9:30 Con. An 101. Con. An.101 MW 8:00-9:30 Kirby 203 TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 302 TTH 8:00-9:30 Kirby 302 TTH 5:00-6:30 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 108 Kirby 208 MW 6 :30-8 :00 Kirby 203 FOREIGN LANGUAGES: French 104E Ger. 102E Ger. 104E Rus. 101A Span. 102E Span. 104E Intermediate French (Per: French 103) Elementary German (Pre: German 101) Intermediate German (Pre: German 103) Elementary Russian Elementary Spanish (Pre: Spanish 101) Intermediate Spanish (Pre: Spanish 103) PHILOSOPHY: I 102E Logic and Scientific Method TTH 6:30-8:00 Stark 112 3 T 7:00-8:00 Stark 109 1 Par. 33 Par. 33 3 3 Par. 34 3 TTH 6:30-8:00 TTH 8:00-9:30 TH 6:30-9:30 Kirby 102 Kirby 102 Kirby 203 3 3 T 6:30-9:30 Kirby 203 3 TTH 8:00-9:30 Kirby 103 3 MW 6 :00-8 :00 MW 8:00-10:00 Par. 33 Par. 33 2 2 Kirby 108 Kirby 208 3 3 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: E 106E Hygiene POLITICAL SCIENCE: 102E 206E p 224E TTH 6:30-8:00 Political Science II TTH 8:00-9:30 Municipal Government (Pre: P.S. 102) Soviet System of Government MW 6:30-8:00 (Pre: P.S. 102) YCH0L0GY: HISTORY: Hist.102E Hist. 102E-2 Hist. 102E-3 Hist.108E Hist. 222E General Psychology History of World Civilization History of World Civilization History of World Civilization American History since 1865 American Social and Intellectual History (Pre: Hist. 107 & 108) TTH 8 :00-9 :30 MW 6 :30-8 :00 MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Wk. An, Wk.An. Wk. An. Wk.An. MW 6:30-8:00 Stark 114 I 224E Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 6 :30-8 :00 Fundamentals of Mathematics MW 8 :00-9 :30 (Pre: Math. 101) Stark 204 Stark 204 Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II Applied Music TTH 6 :30-8 :00 Recent Trends and Developments in Retailing ECRET ARIAL STUDIES: MUSIC: Music 102E 255E Psychological Tests (Pre: Psy. 101 & 102) Clinical Psychology (Pre: Psy. 212) 3 RETAILING: MATHEMATICS: Math.101E Math.102E 102E-2 General Psychology Butler 20 . 106E 108E Elementary Shorthand Elementary Typing Lab Fee $10 Hours to be arranged OCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY: NURSING EDUCATION: N. E. 101E N. E. 107E Foundations of Nursing Principles and Methods in Nursing Education (Pre: Ed. 200) c 102E T 4:00-6:00 M 4:00-6:00 Kirby 107 Kirby 107 251E Introduction to Anthropology MW 8:00-9:30 TTH 6:30-8:00 Comparative Social Welfare Systems (Pre: Soc. 101, 102, & Psy. 101, 102) �GRADUATE DIVISION REGISTRATION FOR WILKES AND LEHIGH-WILKES COURSES SPRING SEMESTER - 1969 HELD DURING REGULAR EVENING SCHOOL REGISTRATION WILKES COLLEGE GRADUATE PROGRAM HOURS IN THE GRADUATE OFFICE, ROOM 136, OF STARK HALL. The following graduate courses in biology, chemistry, antl phy 1 will be offered and may be applied toward the degree of Master o Science. Normal scheduling for the classes is in late afternoon or arl evening. TEMPLE UNIVERSITY GRADUATE PROGRAM Biology Bio. 411 Bio. 432 - Physiology of Bacteria Advances in Ecological Research 3 hou 3 hou ilkes College cooperates with Temple University in offering a G neral Education Program for Teachers (G.E.P.T.) leading to the Deof Master of Science in Education. The program is open to anywho meets the academic requirements and is interested in exposure a broad-base general education program. Chemistry Chem. 331 Chem. 340 Chem. 343 - Advanced Organic Chemistry II Quantum Chemistry Kinetics 3 hour 3 hour 3 hour Physics Phys. 303 Phys. 306 Phys. 332 Math. 302 - Quantum Mechanics I Statistical Mechanics X-Ray Diffraction Applied Mathematics II 3 hou 3 hour 3 hour 3 hour LEHIGH - WILKES GRADUATE PROGRAM Wilkes College, in cooperation with Lehigh University, offers grad• uate courses in education and business administration. Education Ed. Ed. Ed. Ed. 406W 466W 422W 493W - Historical Foundations of Education - Supervision of Instruction - Ed. of Exceptional Children - Research 3 hour 3 hour 3 hour 3 hou Business Administration A course in Finance and a course in Labor will be offered in th Spring semester. Specific information pertaining to these courses ma be obtained from the Graduate School Office. FURTHER INFORMATION C ON ALL GRADUATE COURSES BE OBTAINED AT THE GRADUATE SCHOOL OFFICE AT ILKES COLLEGE (824-4651, Ext. 243). ��CALENDAR SIX-WEEK DAY SESSIONS-1969 FIRST SESSION REGISTRATION - Tuesday, June 3, thru Friday, June 6 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS-Monday June 9 Friday, July 4 - No Classes SESSION ENDS- Friday, July 18 (Including Final Examination) SECOND SESSION REGISTRATION - Thursday, July 17, Friday, July 18 and Monday, July 21 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS - Tuesday, July 22 SESSION ENDS - Friday, August 29 (Including Final Examination) ______ s COLLEGE u etfn SUMMER SESSIONS EIGHT-WEEK EVENING SESSION REGISTRATION - Wednesday, June 11, thru Friday, June 13 Parrish Hall-8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. SESSION BEGINS - Monday, June 16 SESSION ENDS - Thursday, August 7 (Including Final Examination) 1969 FoR FURTHER INFORMATION WRITE To: Director of Evening and Summer College Wilkes College Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 18703 Phone: 824-4651 (After 5:00 p.m. - call 824-4656) In o,rder to minimize the possibility of cancelling courses, the preliminary registration form on the back cover should be com pleted and forwarded to the Director of Evening and Summer College as soon as possible. The preliminary registration doe, obligate the registrant to take the course. Wilkes-Barre • Pennsylvania �seeks truth, for without truth there can be no understanding; An Educated Man possesses vision, for he knows that vision precedes all great attainments; is aware of the diversity of ideas and belief~ that exist among men; has faith in the power of ideals to shape the lives of men; knows that man's progress requires intellectual vigor, moral courage, and physical endurance; cultivates inner resources and spiritual strength, for they enrich his daily living and sustain him in times of crisis; has ethical standards by which he lives; respects the religious convictions of all men; participates constructively in the social, economic, and political life of the community; communicates ideas in a manner that assures understanding, for understanding unites men in their search for truth. Formulated and adopted by the faculty as a guide to learning. �Wilkes College Wilkes College had its beginnings in 1933 when Bucknell Unir ity, responding to a request of community leaders, established Junior College in Wilkes-Barre. On June 26, 1947, Bucknell ( ni\crsity Junior College came to an end and Wilkes College r hed its charter as a four-year liberal arts college. The College h grown steadily to its current enrollment of approximately 2,400 full-time day students and 1,000 adults in the Evening College and cial classes. J'rom its inception the College has been dedicated to these twin oal - a ound and stimulating intellectual experience for students nd n program of service to the community. AN INDEPENDENT COLLEGE It was inevitable that the new College should be non-sectarian, for it purpose was to serve all students equally and its supporters i hed the College to integrate itself with all constructive efforts in the community. It was believed that these ends could be served t by an independent college that was interdenominational in its 'nfluence and non-denominational in its control. FREEDOM OF INQUIRY Years have passed since Bucknell gave the control of the Junior College to a local Board of Trustees, guided by the late Gilbert S. lcClintock, and events of these years demonstrate the wisdom of their decision. With responsibility came a pressing desire to rcngthcn the work of the faculty, united in their faith that the ·ntellectual and spiritual resources of the student are vigorous ~h re the creative mind is free. UNITY AMIDST DIVERSITY college that wishes to serve all groups requires both a definite philosophy and a working policy. Wilkes College has been guided b} the thought that unity in our community, our nation, and our odd requires not only great vision but warm understanding of �Page 6 - WILKES COLLEGE peoples. In its small circle Wilkes College brings together studen of many faiths, backgrounds, and countries. It encourages th m to maintain their convictions and their loyalties. It encourag them to create friendships based upon respect for difference, and to adhere to those ideals that create unity and good will amid t diversity. While academic work is the basis of the College program, th faculty recognizes that academic training will be of little importance unless students emerge as men and women of strong faith and fine character. In the words of John Stuart Mill, "Before you can make men doctors and lawyers, you must first make them m n. A COOPERATIVE EFFORT The original concept of community services has been strengthen d with the passing of the years and with growing experience. It ha been clearly demonstrated that the students, the College, and th community all benefit from cooperative effort. This cooperati\ relationship, with its emphasis on trained intelligence and extended planning, has resulted in cooperative action. DECADES OF GROWTH Because of their interest and faith, friends have multiplied their support during the past decades and the campus has expanded steadily so that it now includes most of the properties facing the River Common. Fortunately, a growing endowment has kept pa with the expansion of the campus. ACCREDITATION Wilkes is accredited by the Department of Public Im.lruction of the State of Pennsylvania, the Middle States Association of Colle and Secondary Schools, Certified Public Accounting Examiner of the State of New York, and the American Chemical Society. SUMMER COLLEGE Information Curricula 'DERGRADUATE PROGRAM The summer program is designed for men and women interested ·n accC'lerating degree work, and for recent high school graduates mtcrcstrd in beginning their college careers. Courses are open to \\ ilk s College students, students of other colleges, and non• matriculated students. Course load is limited to six semester hours of credit for each i -week session. Students are cautioned to exercise judgment and arc in scheduling both day and evening courses. fost classes for courses offered during the six-week day sessions di! meet five days per week during the morning hours as follows: FIRST PERIOD SECOND PERIOD - 8:00 A.M. TO 9:30 A.M. 9 :45 A.M. TO 11: 15 A.M. Except where designated in the course schedule, classes for courses offered during the eight-week evening session will be hedulcd on Monday, Tuesday, and Thursday evenings between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 10:00 P.M. The College reserves the right to withdraw any course for which thcrr is insufficient enrollment. Students who have registered for ourscs that are subsequently cancelled because of insufficient enrollment will be notified as promptly as possible. DMISSION Admission to the summer program is granted to: a) all Wilkes College students currently in good standing; b) high school graduates who have been admitted as degree candidates to the Wilkes regular program; c) high school graduates who have been admitted as full-time students in the regular program of an accredited college other than Wilkes; d) all students in good standing at their respective colleges who furnish official confirmation of that status sent by the dean of their college to the director of the Wilkes summer session; �INFORMATION - Page 9 Page 8 - INFORMATION e) students who enroll in the summer session upon special invitation by Wilkes Committee on Admissions. Non-Wilkes summer session students who desire to bccom degree candidates here will have to qualify for admission or transfer into the college's regular program via the procedures outlined by the Committee on Admissions. Such procedures must be initiated through the office of Mr. John Whitby, Director of Admissions. TRANSFER OF CREDITS Credits earned in the Wilkes College summer session may be transferred to other institutions. Students may, at the conclusion of the course, request this service by filling out a card indicatin to which institution credits earned shall be transferred. DORMITORY AND DINING FACILITIES Dormitory and dining facilities will be available for both male nd female students. The cost for these services may be found mder EXPENSES. Arrangements for dormitory accommodations my be made with the Director of Evening and Summer College. THE UBRARY The Library will observe the following schedule during the ummcr sessions: Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. Saturday I :00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Telephone number after 5:00 p.m. is 824-4654. Summer College students may obtain a Library Card at the Circulation Desk of the Library. WITHDRAWAL Withdrawal from classes after the first week is inadvisable cept in extenuating circumstances. THE BOOKSTORE The Bookstore offers a complete stock of necessary textbooks nd ·upplies. It will be open as follows: Monday through Friday 9:00 a.m. - 11 :45 a.m. . I :00 p.m. - 4:45 p.m. Monday & Tuesday Evenings 6:00 p.m. - 7:45 p.m. (First two weeks of each session) A student who. withdraws from the summer session or drop courses after the first week must receive permission from the instructor and the Director of the Evening and Summer College i order that their records may not unjustly show failure in cour . Students in good standing who withdraw from the College will receive a refund of tuition under the following conditions: Durin the first week of the six-week sessions and during the first t\\ o weeks of the eight-week evening session one-half of the tuition will be refunded upon written request to the Director of Evening and Summer College, if the withdrawal is made for adequate and sati factory reasons. After the periods designated no refunds are allo\\ed and the student is obligated for the full costs of the term. No tudent who is suspended or expelled shall be entitled to any refund Expenses 1he student may expect to incur the following expenses for the ummcr session : TUITION - $45 per credit hour DORMITORY (Exclusive of meals) - $75 per six-week session LINEN SERVICE - $5 per six-week session (required for dormitory stud en ts) DINING FACILITIES - Dining Hall will be open Monday through Friday. Meals may be taken on a pay-as-yougo basis. Facilities The College is located in Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, in th heart of the picturesque and historic Wyoming Valley. This ideal location in the foothills of the Poconos offers abundant cultural and recreational facilities and affords close proximity and convenient transportation to the metropolitan areas of New York and Philadelphia. All charges must be paid at the time registration forms are proed. Charges for the second six-week session may be paid no later than July 19, 1969. Books and supplies may be purchased at the bookstore and must be paid for at the time of purchase. 1: �SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 11 SUMMER SESSION SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION ECO OMICS: Principles of Economics I E n. JOIS Economic History Eon. 111 Applied General Statistics Eon. 231S FIRST SESSION SCHEDULE June 9 - July 18, 1969 - Monday through Friday ROOM Par. 23 Par. 34 Par. 25 HOUR CR. 9:45-11:15 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Approval of instructor) COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR Eon. 236S Public Finance Par. 34 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Ee. 102, P.S. 101) ACCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting I Acct. 101S Intermediate Accounting I Acct. 11 IS E n. 241S Par. 45 Par. 35 8:00-9:30 8:00-9: 0 Par. 45 9:4fi-ll:15 Economic Analysis Par. 25 9:45- 11:15 3 (Pre: Econ. 102) (Pre: Acct. 102) Acct. 201S Cost Accounting I (Pre: Acct. 112 or approval) EDUCATION: Introduction to Education Ed. !OOS Ch. 202 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Sophomore standing) BIOLOGY: Bio. 101S Ed.200S Biological Science St. 116 Educational Psychology Ch. 209 9:45-11: 15 3 Ch . 202 9 :45- 11: 15 (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) 8:00-9:30 3 Ed.242S Guidance (Pre: Ed. 200) BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Property Insurance B.A. 240S Par. 23 8 :00-9: 0 3 (Pre: B.A. 232 or approval) CHEMISTRY: Introduction to the Principles Chem. IOIS of Chemistry Laboratory Breakage Deposit $ 10 Fee: $20 Chem. 221S Inorganic Quantitative Analysis E GLISH: Eng. 99P St. 204 8:30-10:00 I0:00-1 :00 St. 204 10:00-11 :00 11 :00-2:00 8:00-9:30 0 Pre-College English Bdf. 13 9:45-11: 15 0 (June 16-July 25) Eng. 99P-3 Pre-College English Bdf. Sem. 8:00-9:30 0 (June 16-July 25) Eng. IOIS Eng. IOIS-2 Eng. 131S Eng. ISIS Composition Composition Fundamentals of Speech Western World Literature En . ISIS-2 Western World Literature Bdf. 13 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 12 Kby. 203 8:00-9:30 9:45-11: 15 8:00-9:30 7:30-9:30 Kby. 203 9:45-1 I :45 4 Kby. 208 9:45-11 :45 4 3 3 2 4 (Pre: Eng. 102) ~1TWTh (Pre: Eng.102) En . ISIS-3 Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 102) St. 112 IO: 00- 11 :30 (Pre: Chem. 221 or approval) Laboratory Breakage Deposit $ I 0 Fee: $20 Eng. 99P-2 f.\ Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee:$20 Organic Chemistry Par. 33 (June 16-July 25) (June 16-Augu t 7) MTWTh Chem. 230S Pre-College English En . 207S Seminar Bdf. Sem. 9:45-11: JS 3 FINE ARTS: F \. 101S Experiencing Art I Con. An. 8:00-9:30 3 1:00-4:00 M-W �Page 12 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 13 COURSE DESCRIPTION GENERAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. IOIS Introductory Earth Scicn e Laboratory Fee: $10 HISTORY: Hist. l0IS Hist. lOlS-2 Hist. 107S Hist. 228S ROOM HOUR St. 116 History of World Civilization Weck. An. History of World Civilization Pick. 104 American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 Weck. An. History of the Foreign Policy of the United States Pick. 104 (Pre: Hist. 101, 102, 107, 108) LANGUAGES: Ger. lOIS Elementary German Ger. 103S Intermediate German (Pre: Ger. 102 or equivalent) Span. IOIS Span. 103S Elementary Spanish Intermediate Spanish Fr. lOIS Fr. 103S Elementary French Intermediate French (Pre: Sp. 102 or equivalent) (Pre: Fr. 102) MATHEMATICS: Math. lOIS Fundamentals of Mathematics Math. I07P College Alge bra (Pre-College Students) Math. 1O9P Plane Trigonometry (Pre-College Students) CR COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM CR. PHILOSOPHY: 9:30-11:15 9: 45-11 :I5 3 8:00-9:30 3 Phil. 101S Phil. 209S Introduction to Philosophy Ancient and Medieval Philosophy St. 114 9:45-11 :15 3 Phy. 101 S Phy. 150S Physical Science General Physics I St. 132 St. 302 8:00-9:30 3 10:00-11 :IS 4 Ph} . 152S Laboratory Fee: $20 General Physics III 8:00-9:30 3 PHYSICS: (Pre:Math. 105,or 107,109) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 St. 114 Hours to be arranged St. 112 (Pre: Phys. 151) Pick. 104 Pick. 104 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 POLITICAL SCIENCE: P. l01S Political Science I P . IOIP Political Science I Pick. 203 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-1 I :15 3 P.. 204S St. 301 St. 301 HOUR (Pre-College Students) Public Opinion and Propaganda Par. 53 Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11: IS 3 8:00-9:30 3 (June 16-July 25) Par. 46 9:45-11: 15 3 Par. 43 Par. 35 Par. 43 9:45-11 :15 3 9:45-11: 15 3 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 3° 9:45-11: 15 3 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102 and Soc. 101, 102) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 P YCHOLOGY: Miner 20 Miner II 9:45-11:15 3 8:00-9:30 '3 Py. l01S P>· 101S-2 Py. 207S General Psychology General Psychology Child Psychology P), 251S Industrial Psychology (Pre:Psy.101,102) (Pre: Psy. 212) (June 16-July 25) Miner 11 9:45-I 1:15 (June 16-July25) 0CIOLOGY: MUSIC: Music IOIS Applied Music .101S Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Butler 20 9:45-11 :I To Be Arranged With Department Chairman . IOIP Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I Introduction to Sociology and Anthropology I (Pre-College Students) Par. 56 Par. 56 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11 :15 3 (June 16-July 25) �Page 14 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 15 SCHEDULE OF COURSES SECOND SESSION SCHEDULE COURSE July 22 - August 29, 1969 - Monday through Friday COURSE DESCRIPTION ROOM HOUR CR DESCRIPTION EDUCATION: Introduction to Education Ed.JOOS ROOM HOUR CR. Par. 46 8:00-9:30 3 Par. 35 9:45-11:15 3 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 8:00-9:30 3 8:00-9:30 3 Kirby 208 7:30-9:30 4 Bdf. 12 9:45-11 :45 4 Bdf. 13 9:45-11 :45 4 Kirby 208 9:45-11:15 3 St. 116 8:00-9:30 3 (Pre: Sophomore standing) ACCOUNTING: Acct. 102S Elementary Accounting II Ed.242S Par. 45 8:00-D:30 Par. 35 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Acct. 101) Acct. l 12S Intermediate Accounting II (Pre: Acct. 111 ) Acct. 202S Cost Accounting II Par. 45 8:45-11 :I (Pre: Ed. 200) E GLISH: Eng. IOIS En . l02S Composition Composition En . !52S Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 101) (Pre: Acct. 201 or approval) BIOLOGY: Bio. 102S (Pre: Eng. 151) Biological Science BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: B.A. 222S Marketing St. 116 9:45-11 :IS Corporation Finance Life Insurance Par. 34 8:45-11 :I Par. 25 9:45-11:1 Par. 23 8:00-9: 0 St. 204 8:30-10:00 (Pre: Chem. 101) Chem. 231S Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee: $20 Organic Chemistry II (Pre: Eng. 151) Eng.215S 10 :00-1 :00 ~rn HISTORY: Hit. 102S Hi t.108S Hit. 256S St. 112 10:00-11 :30 I :00-4:00 Laboratory Breakage Deposit $10 Fee: $20 M\ LANGUAGES: Elementary French II Fr.102S Collective Bargaining Par. 33 8 :00-9:30 Gr. 102S Par. 25 8:00-D:' 0 Ger.104S Par. 34 8:00-9:30 (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ.232S Economic Statistics (Pre: Econ. 231) 8:00-9:30 3 9:45-11:15 3 St. 303 8:00-9:30 3 Intermediate French II St. 303 9:45-11 :15 3 Pick. 203 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 203 9:45-11:15 3 Pick. 201 8:00-9:30 3 Pick. 201 9:45-11:15 3 (Pre: Fr. 103) Par. 33 9: 45-11 :15 3 Elementary German II (Pre: Ger. 101) Intermediate German II (Pre: Ger. 103) (Pre: Econ. 102) Econ.223S 9:45-11 :15 3 (Pre: Fr. 101) (Pre: Econ. 101) Money and Banking History of World Civilization Pick. 104 American and Pennsylvania History from 1865 Weck. An. Europe in the Twentieth Century Weck. An. (Pre: Hist. 101, 102) Fr.104S Econ 201S Shakespeare E VIR0NMENTAL SCIENCE: Envi. Sci. 102S Introductory Space Science Laboratory Fee $10 (Pre: Chem. 230) ECONOMICS: Principles of Economics II Econ. 102S Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 152) (Pre: Approval) CHEMISTRY: Chem. 102S Chemical Equilibria Western World Literature (Pre: Eng. 151) (Pre: Econ. 102) B.A. 241S En . 152S-2 Eng. 152S-3 (Pre: Econ. 102) B.A. 225S Guidance pan. 102S Elementary Spanish II (Pre: Span. 101) pan. 104S Intermediate Spanish II (Pre: Span. 103) �Page 16 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE MUSIC: Music lOIS Music 102S Applied Music SCHEDULE OF COURSES - Page 17 ROOM DESCRIPTION HOUR EVENING SESSION SCHEDULE CR. June 16 August 7, 1969 Introduction to the Materials and Butler IO Literature of Music I 8:00-9:30 Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music II Butler 20 9:45-11:15 To be arranged with Department Chairm n COURSE Monday, Tuesday and Thursday DESCRIPTION ROOM CCOUNTING: Elementary Accounting I ct. 102E Elementary Accounting II Miner I I D:45-11:15 (Pre: Math. 101) 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 3 3 Par. 43 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 43 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 23 Par. 23 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 Chase 209 6:00-8:00 3 Bdf. 12 Bdf. 13 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 3 3 Bdf. 12 8:00-10:00 3 Bdf. 13 6:00-8:00 2 B SINESS EDUCATION: B . 209E Business Correspondence and Reports (Pre: Eng. 102) B .25IE PHILOSOPHY: Logic and Scientifi Method Phil. 102S Ethics Phil. IOSS St. 114 8:00-1): 0 St. 114 9:45-11:15 Principles of Management I ECONOMICS: con. IOIE Principles of Economics I n.102E Principles of Economics II (Pre: Econ. 101) PHYSICS: Phys. 102S Physical Science St. 132 8:00-9:30 EDUCATION: F.d. 200E Educational Psychology (Pre: Psy. 102, Junior standing) (Pre: Phys. 101) Phys. 151S General Physics II St. 132 10:00-11: 15 (Pre: Phys. 150) Laboratory Fee: $20 Time to be arran, d E'GLISH: n . JOIE .102E Composition Composition (Pre: Eng. 10 l ) . JOSE POLITICAL SCIENCE: Poli ti cal Science II P.S. 102S State Government P.S. 205S Advanced Exposition (Pre: Eng. 102) Par. 53 Par. 53 9:4 ·-11:15 8:00-9:30 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) En . 131E Fundamentals of Speech MTh . ISIE Western World Literature Kirby 208 (Pre: Eng. 102) PSYCHOLOGY: General Psychology Psy. 102S Par. 46 9:45-11: 15 HISTORY: H t. lOIE H1 t. l07E SOCIOLOGY: Introduction to Sociology and Soc. 102S Anthropology TI H t.222E Par. Sn 8:00-9:30 CR. Par. 35 Par. 35 (Pre: Acct. 101) MATHEMATICS: Math. 102S Fundamentals of Ma them a tics HOUR l Ii story of World Civilization American and Pennsylvania History to 1865 American Social and Intellectual History (Pre: Hist. 107, 108) 6:00-8:00 4 MTWTh Par. 25 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 34 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 34 8:00-10:00 3 �Page 18 - SCHEDULE OF COURSES COURSE DESCRIPTION MATHEMATICS: Analysis I (Calculus with Math. 122E Analytic Geometry) ROOM Analysis II (Calculus with Analytic Geometry) Miner 11 App lied Music Miner 11 8:00-10:00 MTW'Ih Introduction to the Materials and Literature of Music I Chase Th. 6:00-8:00 3 To be arranged with Department Chairman Hours to be arran !.'d Miner 20 6:30-8:00 Par. 53 Par. 53 Par. 56 8:00-10:00 6:00-8:00 3 6:00-8:00 3 Par. 56 8:00-10:00 (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) P.S. 223E Comparative Government 1hc Workshop is designed to provide trammg and experience in ta e production or directing. Students will be enrolled either in Theater rt 202 - Production ur Theater Arts 203 - Directing. Theater Arts 202 - Production 1 • e and operation of stage, lighting, and sound equipment. Each tudmt must participate in Workshop production. Theater Arts 203 - Directing Various styles of acting, interpretation of a role, complete planning r production culminating in direction of a Workshop production. T POLITICAL SCIENCE: P.S. 10IE Political Science I P.S. 102E Political Science II State Government P.S. 205E 9:30 A.M. - 4 :30 P.M. er lit NURSING EDUCATION: N.E. I 12E Field Experience in Supervision o,r Teaching Kirby 103 PHYSICAL EDUCATION: P.E. 106E Hygiene MONDAY - FRIDAY 6:00-8:00 MTWTh (Pre: Math 122) MUSIC: Music 10IE WORKSHOP IN THEATER C JUNE 23 - JULY 25, 1969 (Pre: Math. 105, or both Math 107 and 109, or the equivalent) Math. 125E HOUR (Pre: P.S. 101, 102) credits Enrollment in Theater Arts 202 is open for credit to bonafide college and a limited number of selected high school seniors. A limed number of high school juniors may participate in the program at r du cd fee ($75.00) and will receive a certificate upon successful comlction of the course. t 1dents Enrollment in Theater Arts 203 is by permission of the instructor ly and requires previous experience in theater. PSYCHOLOGY: Human Behavior Psy. 208E This offering is contingent upon sufficient enrollment in the Par. 45 6.00-8:00 3 Par. 45 8:00-10:00 3 Par. 33 Par. 33 6:00-8:00 8:00-10:00 (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) Psy. 2IOE Psychologic Theory (Pre: Psy. 101, 102) SECRETARIAL STUDIES: S.S. 105E Elementary Shorthand S.S. 107E Elementary Typewriting \ orkshop. �PRELIMINARY REGIS1RATION COURSES ADDED - 1st DAY SESSION Description Hrs. Room No. Hrs. Pre-College Mathematics (Pre: two years High School Math) 8 :00-9 :30 a.m. Miner 20 4 EVENING SESSION Description Hrs. Room No. Hrs. Introduction to Functions of a Complex Variable (Pre: Math 252) 8:00-10:00 p.m. Miner 20 3 Will you require dormitory accommodations? �PRELIMINARY REGISTRATION FORM Completion and filing of this form with the Director of Evening and Summer College, Wilkes College, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, 18703, will enable the Director to determine course demand. If advance demand does not warrant giving a particular course, the prospective student filing this form will be promptly notified. The completion and filing of this form does not, in any way, obligate the prospective student. PRE-REGISTRATION A statement of your academic standing must be submitted by your dean or registrar. Name ..................................................................................................... . Address .................................................................................................... Qty ................................................ State ...... .... Zip Code .............. . CQllege or U Diversity now attending ........... _....................................................................... . Please mail Registration forms. 1st Semester Course No. D 2nd Semester Course No. Wm you require dormitory accommodations? Evening Course No. � Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Bucknell University Junior College and Wilkes Undergraduate Bulletins, 1933-present Subject The topic of the resource Wilkes Program/Course Bulletins Dublin Core The Dublin Core metadata element set is common to all Omeka records, including items, files, and collections. For more information see, http://dublincore.org/documents/dces/. Title A name given to the resource Wilkes College Undergraduate Bulletin, 1968-1969 Creator An entity primarily responsible for making the resource Wilkes College Date A point or period of time associated with an event in the lifecycle of the resource 1968-1969